This is a modern-English version of Bibliographical history of electricity & magnetism, chronologically arranged, originally written by unknown author(s). It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling, and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.

Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL HISTORY
OF
ELECTRICITY & MAGNETISM

Bibliographical History of Electricity & Magnetism

St. Augustine.La Cité de Dieu.

St. Augustine. "The City of God."

from a manuscript in the Musée de Chantilly.

from a manuscript in the Chantilly Museum.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL HISTORY
OF
ELECTRICITY & MAGNETISM
In chronological order

RESEARCHES INTO THE DOMAIN OF THE
EARLY SCIENCES, ESPECIALLY FROM THE PERIOD OF
THE REVIVAL OF SCHOLASTICISM, WITH BIOGRAPHICAL AND OTHER
ACCOUNTS OF THE MOST DISTINGUISHED NATURAL PHILOSOPHERS
THROUGHOUT THE MIDDLE AGES

RESEARCHES INTO THE FIELD OF THE
EARLY SCIENCES, PARTICULARLY FROM THE TIME OF
THE RENAISSANCE OF SCHOLASTICISM, ALONG WITH BIOGRAPHICAL AND OTHER
ACCOUNTS OF THE MOST NOTABLE NATURAL PHILOSOPHERS
DURING THE MIDDLE AGES

COMPILED BY

CURATED BY

PAUL FLEURY MOTTELAY, Ph.D.

PAUL FLEURY MOTTELAY, Ph.D.

AUTHOR OF
“GILBERT OF COLCHESTER,” “THE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY,” ETC.

AUTHOR OF
“GILBERT OF COLCHESTER,” “THE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ELECTROCHEMISTRY,” ETC.

WITH INTRODUCTION BY THE LATE PROF. SILVANUS P. THOMPSON, D.Sc., F.R.S.

WITH INTRODUCTION BY THE DECEASED PROF. SILVANUS P. THOMPSON, D.Sc., F.R.S.

AND FOREWORD BY SIR R. T. GLAZEBROOK, K.C.B., D.Sc., F.R.S.

AND FOREWORD BY SIR R. T. GLAZEBROOK, K.C.B., D.Sc., F.R.S.

“Historia, quoquo modo scripta delectat.”—Pliny.

"History, however it's written, delights."—Pliny.

“Felix qui potuit rerum cognoscere causas.”—Virgil.

“Happy is he who can understand the reasons behind things.”—Virgil.

“Il importe beaucoup de connaître l’histoire de la science à laquelle on s’attache.”—Éloge de Boerhaave.

“It's very important to know the history of the science you're involved in.” —Éloge de Boerhaave.

“It is of great advantage to the student of any subject to read in the original memoirs on that subject, for science is always most completely assimilated when it is found in its nascent state. Every student of science should, in fact, be an antiquary in his subject.”—J. Clerk Maxwell.

“It’s really beneficial for any student to read the original writings on their subject, because you really grasp science best when you see it in its early stages. Every science student should, in fact, be a bit of a historian in their field.”—J. Clerk Maxwell.

“Les tâtonnements de nos prédécesseurs nous apprennent à marcher avec plus de sûreté, et l’on ne sait jamais mieux conduire la science en avant que lorsqu’on sait le chemin qu’elle a parcouru jusqu’à nous.”—J. P. Rossignol.

“Experiments by our predecessors teach us to move forward with greater certainty, and we can never advance science better than when we understand the path it has taken to reach us.”—J. P. Rossignol.

WITH FRONTISPIECE AND PLATES

WITH FRONTISPIECE AND ILLUSTRATIONS

LONDON

LONDON

CHARLES GRIFFIN & COMPANY LIMITED

Charles Griffin & Company Limited

12 EXETER STREET, STRAND, W.C. 2

12 EXETER STREET, STRAND, W.C. 2

1922

1922

[All rights reserved.]

[All rights reserved.]

Printed in Great Britain by Richard Clay & Sons, Limited, BUNGAY, SUFFOLK.

Printed in the UK by Richard Clay & Sons, Ltd., BUNGAY, SUFFOLK.

PORTRAIT OF
THE AUTHOR

AUTHOR'S PORTRAIT

TAKEN FOR
A PASSPORT TO FRANCE
A FEW WEEKS
BEFORE HIS DEATH

TAKEN FOR
A PASSPORT TO FRANCE
A FEW WEEKS
BEFORE HIS DEATH

FOREWORD

BY

BY

SIR RICHARD T. GLAZEBROOK, K.C.B., D.Sc., F.R.S.

SIR RICHARD T. GLAZEBROOK, K.C.B., D.Sc., F.R.S.

Past President of the Institute of Electrical Engineers
and late Director of the National Physical Laboratory

Former President of the Institute of Electrical Engineers
and recent Director of the National Physical Laboratory

This splendid volume has a tragic story. Dedicated to Lord Kelvin, it opens with an introduction by Silvanus Thompson and a preface by the distinguished author who himself passed from us before the book containing the fruit of many years of toil was ready for issue.

This beautiful book has a sad story. Dedicated to Lord Kelvin, it starts with an introduction by Silvanus Thompson and a preface by the renowned author who sadly passed away before the book, the result of many years of hard work, was ready to be published.

And what toil! A Bibliographical History of Electricity and Magnetism covering 4458 years, from 2637 B.C., when Hoang-Ti, Emperor of China, is said to have directed the pursuit of his troops after a rebellious subject by the aid of the compass, up to Christmas Day, A.D. 1821, when Faraday first caused a wire carrying a current to rotate in a magnetic field.

And what hard work! A Bibliographical History of Electricity and Magnetism covering 4,458 years, from 2637 B.C., when Hoang-Ti, Emperor of China, is said to have guided his troops after a rebellious subject using the compass, up to Christmas Day, A.D. 1821, when Faraday first made a wire carrying a current rotate in a magnetic field.

The early centuries are passed over quickly. Homer’s name occurs with quotations from the Odyssey:

The early centuries are skipped over quickly. Homer’s name appears along with quotes from the Odyssey:

“In wondrous ships self-mov’d, instinct with mind,
No helm secures their course, no pilot guides;
Like men intelligent, they plough the tides.”

Does this mean that the Greeks knew of the compass? The author is doubtful.

Does this mean that the Greeks were aware of the compass? The author isn't so sure.

Thales, 600–580 B.C., the discoverer of frictional electricity, follows. The Crusaders wrote of the magnet. A facsimile page is given of Vincent de Beauvais’ Speculum Naturale, and Gauthier d’Espinois, who lived about A.D. 1250, sang to his mistress:

Thales, 600–580 BCE, who discovered frictional electricity, comes next. The Crusaders wrote about the magnet. A facsimile page from Vincent de Beauvais’ Speculum Naturale is provided, and Gauthier d’Espinois, who lived around CE 1250, serenaded his mistress:

“Tout autresi (ainsi) comme l’aimant deçoit (detourne)
L’aigulette pas force de vertu
A ma dame tot le mont (monde) retennue
Qui sa beauté connoit et aperçoit.”

And when one passes to more recent years, there is not a name one knows omitted from the list. There are also many included who all contributed in some way to the growth of natural knowledge, but who can only be known to the few, the very few, who have burrowed in past records scattered far and wide with the perseverance, the patience, and the skill of Dr. Mottelay.

And when you look at more recent years, there's not a single name you recognize that's missing from the list. There are also many names included who all played a part in the advancement of natural knowledge, but who can only be recognized by a handful, just a tiny handful, who have dug through historical records scattered everywhere with the determination, patience, and expertise of Dr. Mottelay.

And he has discovered interesting facts without number, and at the same time has supported his case with full references to original works. To the question, How can I find out what—some unknown writer—has written about Electricity? there can in future be but one answer: Look him up in Dr. Mottelay’s Bibliographical History. Our debt to the author is no small one; our regrets that he is not here to be gratified by the reception his book must meet with are deep and sincere.

And he has uncovered countless intriguing facts while also backing up his claims with full citations from original works. To the question, How can I find out what some unknown writer has said about electricity? there will now be only one answer: Check Dr. Mottelay’s Bibliographical History. We owe a significant debt to the author; we genuinely regret that he isn't here to enjoy the reception his book will undoubtedly receive.

The Great War delayed the issue of the book. The public are indebted to Messrs. C. Griffin & Co., Ltd., for bringing out a work of the kind under the difficulties which all scientific publications have met with since 1918, and Dr. Mottelay realized to the full the value of the assistance they gave him. I trust with confidence that electricians throughout the world (for the interest of the book is world-wide) will not be slow to show their appreciation of the work of all those who have combined to render them so marked a service.

The Great War delayed the publication of the book. The public owes a debt of gratitude to Messrs. C. Griffin & Co., Ltd., for releasing a work like this despite the challenges faced by all scientific publications since 1918, and Dr. Mottelay fully recognized the value of the help they provided him. I am confident that electricians around the world (since the book's appeal is global) will not hesitate to show their appreciation for the efforts of everyone involved in delivering such a significant service.

R. T. Glazebrook.

R.T. Glazebrook.

TO
THE REVERED MEMORY
OF
LORD KELVIN

In Memory of Lord Kelvin

[vii]

[vii]

PREFACE

The present work is the definitive edition of my “Chronological History of Magnetism, Electricity and the Telegraph,” which had tentative publication (1891–1892) serially in four leading technological Journals, viz. “Engineering” of London, “The Electrical World” of New York, “La Lumière Electrique” of Paris, and “L’Industrie Moderne” of Brussels.

The current work is the final edition of my “Chronological History of Magnetism, Electricity and the Telegraph,” which was initially published in installments from 1891 to 1892 in four major technology journals: “Engineering” in London, “The Electrical World” in New York, “La Lumière Electrique” in Paris, and “L’Industrie Moderne” in Brussels.

Since the time of that first publication, it has received a most thorough revision of the original text, for correction of faults of form, or of substance, suggested by learned critics conversant with the history of electricity and magnetism; and there have been added a very large number of new entries besides exhaustive notices of the work done by Peregrinus, Gilbert, Oersted, Faraday and other great pathfinders, also biographical and bibliographical notices of all the prominent ancient writers mentioned in the original compilation.

Since that first publication, the original text has undergone a complete revision to fix issues with form and content, based on feedback from knowledgeable critics familiar with the history of electricity and magnetism. Additionally, a significant number of new entries have been added, along with detailed accounts of the work done by Peregrinus, Gilbert, Oersted, Faraday, and other significant pioneers, as well as biographical and bibliographical information about all the major ancient writers mentioned in the original compilation.

This bibliography commences B.C. 2637—conclusively shown to be the earliest date at which history notes anything resembling the application of the magnetic influence—and it ends with Michael Faraday, esteemed by Tyndall to be “the greatest experimental philosopher the world has ever seen,” and who is held “to have done more for the development of electrical science than any other investigator.” Thus is the chronological series shown to cover 4458 years, being purposely made to terminate at A.D. 1820–1821 (Oersted, Ampère, Arago, Faraday, etc.), the culminating period when, through the splendid discovery of electro-magnetism, the two immense groups of phenomena were first linked together.

This bibliography starts in 2637 B.C., which is recognized as the earliest date where history records anything like the use of magnetic influence, and it concludes with Michael Faraday, who Tyndall described as “the greatest experimental philosopher the world has ever seen,” and is considered to have “contributed more to the advancement of electrical science than any other researcher.” This chronological series spans 4458 years and intentionally ends around A.D. 1820–1821 (Oersted, Ampère, Arago, Faraday, etc.), marking the peak period when the remarkable discovery of electromagnetism first connected these two vast groups of phenomena.

Besides the matter distinctly involved in the title of the new work, it has been deemed advisable to note in this History all the most important forms of the optical telegraph, or semeiograph. Many of the ancient and historical methods for communicating intelligence swiftly at great distances are noticed in their chronological order: doubtless, this will prove to the generality of readers no less interesting than the vast multitude of curious facts pertaining to the direct line of researches. An exhaustive cross-entry Index[viii] of Selected Names and Subjects, embracing fuller titles and much additional data that could not well be entered into the body of the work, will, for the first time, make this mass of historical data readily accessible.

Besides the topic clearly covered in the title of the new work, it's also important to highlight in this History all the major types of the optical telegraph, or semeiograph. Many of the ancient and historical methods for quickly communicating information over long distances are discussed in chronological order; this will likely be just as interesting to most readers as the wealth of intriguing facts related to the main line of research. An extensive cross-entry Index[viii] of Selected Names and Subjects, including more detailed titles and extra information that couldn't be included in the main text, will for the first time make this large volume of historical data easily accessible.

To bar controversies and partisan discussion as to the relative merits of different discoverers and inventors, concerning which authorities are at variance, it has been thought best to quote all of the weightiest known authorities under the respective heads and dates of the several claimants. To the would-be historian and to the delving student, this will certainly appear the better course. A case in point, and it is no uncommon one, attaches to the invention of the mariner’s compass, where that instrument and its original employment in navigation are credited with equal assurance to China, Iceland, France, England and Italy, by equally eminent historians and scientists. And, as nearly all, except the very earliest, discoveries of any high importance have already been traced to their respective origins by many authors, additional data have been gathered and quoted wherever such data seemed deserving of more than the ordinary notices previously accorded them in print, or where the peculiar nature of the discovery, or the identity of its author, merited authentication to preclude doubt or controversy.

To avoid disputes and partisan debates about the relative achievements of different discoverers and inventors—where experts often disagree—it seems best to reference all the most respected authorities under the relevant categories and dates for each claimant. This approach will surely appeal to aspiring historians and curious students. A well-known example involves the invention of the mariner’s compass, which many notable historians and scientists equally credit to China, Iceland, France, England, and Italy for its original use in navigation. Given that nearly all significant discoveries have already been traced to their origins by various authors, additional information has been collected and cited whenever that information warranted more attention than what was previously published, or when the unique nature of the discovery or the identity of its inventor justified confirmation to eliminate doubt or contention.

The unusual number of cumulative references purposely given throughout many entries (the most important of which were originally set in italics) cannot be seriously objected to, as they afford ready means for making searches through different accessible channels, covering various phases of a subject, and they facilitate the verification of all extracts and of all quoted passages. They likewise effectually offset the likelihood of misprints necessarily attaching to many of the authorities which are cited from, and which often can be found solely in, rare early publications or in more or less unintelligible manuscripts. Only those who have had to make important searches through such can appreciate the difficulties which continually beset the investigator. Many of the older serials likewise prove quite unreliable and disappointing, either through wrong pagination or irregular and sometimes conflicting dates of publication, as well as through the rearrangement or redistribution of parts or series, at various periods and in different volumes. This is the case, more particularly, with “Le Journal des Savants” and with “The Philosophical Transactions,” as it is also with many technical serial publications of various countries which are referred to in the following pages.

The unusual number of cumulative references intentionally included throughout many entries (the most significant of which were originally italicized) shouldn’t be seriously questioned, as they provide easy ways to search through different accessible channels, covering various aspects of a topic, and they help verify all extracts and quoted passages. They also effectively counter the chance of misprints that often accompany many of the cited authorities, which can frequently only be found in rare early publications or somewhat unclear manuscripts. Only those who have had to conduct significant searches through such sources can understand the challenges that researchers constantly face. Many of the older journals also turn out to be quite unreliable and frustrating, either due to incorrect pagination or inconsistent and sometimes conflicting publication dates, as well as through the rearrangement or redistribution of parts or series at different times and in various volumes. This is particularly true for “Le Journal des Savants” and “The Philosophical Transactions,” as well as for many technical serial publications from various countries mentioned in the following pages.

In the Preface to his “Experimental Researches,” the great[ix] Faraday justly remarked that: “The date of a scientific paper containing any pretensions to discovery is frequently a matter of serious importance, and it is a great misfortune that there are many most valuable communications, essential to the history and progress of science, with respect to which this point cannot now be ascertained. This arises from the circumstance of the papers having no dates attached to them individually, and of the Journals in which they appear having such as are inaccurate, i. e. dates of a period earlier than that of publication.”

In the Preface to his “Experimental Researches,” the great[ix] Faraday wisely noted that: “The date of a scientific paper claiming any type of discovery is often very important, and it’s unfortunate that there are many valuable contributions, crucial to the history and advancement of science, for which this detail can’t be determined. This is due to the fact that the papers themselves often lack individual dates, and the journals in which they’re published have inaccurate dates, i. e. dates that are earlier than when they were actually published.”

Of the afore-named serials, the very important “Philosophical Transactions” have doubtless been most frequently alluded to herein, both in their original and abridged forms, and, for that reason, the assistance of representatives of the Royal Society has been sought in order to give a proper account to date, showing the difficulties which have throughout been encountered by its many successive editors. It will be seen, at pages 546–547, that there were numerous irregularities in the publication of the unabridged series from the initial date of 1665, only seven numbers having been issued from 1679 to 1682, whilst neither numbers nor volumes appeared between 1688 and 1690, and that, through lax editing, various numbers were often, during subsequent years, assigned to volumes differently designated. In the many abridged reports, irregularities are still greater, as shown at pages 547–548. During 1721, Motte edited “an abridgment, 1700–1720, in three volumes which was very incorrect” (“Dict. Nat. Biog.,” Vol. XXXIX. p. 194). The six volumes of 1720–1732 also appeared in two volumes, published 1733. The two volumes of 1719–1733 contained an “Index to the previous seven volumes” by different authors. This was made up by John Martyn, who published in five volumes an abridgment of the Transactions for 1719–1750, which he had previously issued in three sets of two volumes each. Mr. Samuel H. Scudder’s remarks as to various discrepancies are worthy of notice. He says (“Cat. of Scient. Serials,” 1879, p. 27) that “the Philosophical Transactions Abridged have been very irregularly issued. The first five volumes went through several editions (from five to two, according to the volume) between 1705 and 1781; the later volumes through only one, 1734–1756.” He adds: “There is a strange discrepancy here, the fourth edition of the first volume being sometimes dated 1731, sometimes 1781, and sometimes 1782, whilst the fifth edition of volumes one to three is dated 1749; the eighth volume is again sometimes dated 1734, sometimes 1747.”

Of the previously mentioned series, the very important “Philosophical Transactions” have certainly been referred to the most here, both in their original and shortened forms. Because of this, we've sought the help of representatives from the Royal Society to provide an accurate account to date, highlighting the challenges faced by its many successive editors. You can see on pages 546–547 that there were several irregularities in the publication of the unabridged series starting from 1665, with only seven issues released from 1679 to 1682. Additionally, no numbers or volumes were published between 1688 and 1690, and due to careless editing, various issues were often assigned to differently named volumes in the following years. The irregularities in the many abridged reports are even greater, as shown on pages 547–548. In 1721, Motte edited “an abridgment, 1700–1720, in three volumes which was very incorrect” (“Dict. Nat. Biog.,” Vol. XXXIX. p. 194). The six volumes from 1720–1732 were also published in two volumes in 1733. The two volumes of 1719–1733 included an “Index to the previous seven volumes” by different authors. This was compiled by John Martyn, who published an abridgment of the Transactions for 1719–1750 in five volumes, which he had earlier issued in three sets of two volumes each. Mr. Samuel H. Scudder’s comments on various discrepancies are worth noting. He states (“Cat. of Scient. Serials,” 1879, p. 27) that “the Philosophical Transactions Abridged have been very irregularly issued. The first five volumes went through several editions (from five to two, depending on the volume) between 1705 and 1781; the later volumes went through just one, 1734–1756.” He adds: “There is a strange discrepancy here, with the fourth edition of the first volume sometimes dated 1731, sometimes 1781, and sometimes 1782, while the fifth edition of volumes one to three is dated 1749; the eighth volume is again sometimes dated 1734, sometimes 1747.”

Were I to indite an apologia for the present work, I could not[x] hope to express it more happily than does Mr. J. J. Fahie in the preface to his “History of Wireless Telegraphy, 1838–1899”; or, I might adopt the words of two of the most learned French authors of the day:

Were I to write a defense of this work, I couldn't[x] hope to put it more clearly than Mr. J. J. Fahie does in the preface to his “History of Wireless Telegraphy, 1838–1899”; or, I might use the words of two of the most knowledgeable French authors of the time:

“Si je donne ces détails, nouveaux, ou peu connus, c’est qu’il est toujours intéressant de remonter à l’origine et au développement successif des inventions.” (M. Berthelot, in the “Comptes Rendus.”)

“I'm sharing these new or little-known details because it's always interesting to trace back to the origin and the successive development of inventions.” (M. Berthelot, in the “Comptes Rendus.”)

“S’il n’y a pas beaucoup de gens qu’elles intéressent, il y en a qu’elles intéressent beaucoup. À ceux-ci, nous avons, en rédigeant ces notes, eu l’intention et l’espérance de venir quelquefois en aide. Tout catalogue a des points obscurs, même les meilleurs.... L’office propre, le devoir de la critique, est de rechercher si ces points obscurs ne pourraient pas être éclairés par quelque lumière. Il est vrai qu’elle y perd souvent sa peine. Mais cela ne doît jamais la décourager.” (M. Hauréau, in “Le Journal des Savants.”)

“S'il n'y a pas beaucoup de gens qu'elles intéressent, il y en a qu'elles intéressent beaucoup. À ceux-ci, nous avons, en rédigeant ces notes, eu l'intention et l'espérance de venir quelquefois en aide. Tout catalogue a des points obscurs, même les meilleurs.... L'office propre, le devoir de la critique, est de rechercher si ces points obscurs ne pourraient pas être éclairés par quelque lumière. Il est vrai qu'elle y perd souvent sa peine. Mais cela ne doit jamais la décourager.” (M. Hauréau, in “Le Journal des Savants.”)

I am especially thankful for the warm encouragement which I have received, on all sides, since the original work appeared in serial form. This History has been frequently called for, and I regret that I have been hitherto prevented from bringing it out earlier in its present desirable book form. This is the more to be regretted as it long ago received the practical endorsement of the doyen of the electrical profession, Lord Kelvin (formerly styled Sir William Thomson), to whom it is dedicated. Leave to do this was obtained through a mutual friend in such a cordial manner that I cannot refrain from giving the correspondence attaching thereto:

I am especially grateful for the warm encouragement I've received from all sides since the original work was published in serial form. This History has often been requested, and I regret that I've been unable to present it in this desired book form any sooner. It's particularly unfortunate because it received early endorsement from the leader of the electrical profession, Lord Kelvin (formerly known as Sir William Thomson), to whom it is dedicated. Permission to do this was obtained through a mutual friend in such a friendly way that I can't help but share the related correspondence:

Westminster Chambers,

Westminster Chambers,

London, S.W.,

London, SW,

January 4, 1894.

January 4, 1894.

“Dear Mottelay,

“Dear Mottelay,”

“I duly received yours of the 21st ... but the point on which I feel guilty is your dedication.... I have now started the matter by writing to Lord Kelvin fully on the subject, and I hope, within a week, to get his reply, which I shall at once send to you—he cannot possibly wish to decline the honour....

"I got your message from the 21st... but what I feel guilty about is your dedication.... I've already reached out to Lord Kelvin and explained everything in detail, and I hope to receive his reply within a week. As soon as I do, I'll send it to you—he definitely won't want to turn down the honor...."

“I remain,

"I'm still here,

“Yours very truly,

"Best regards,"

Latimer Clark.”

“Latimer Clark.”

[xi]

[xi]

Westminster Chambers,

Westminster Chambers,

London, S.W.,

London, SW,

January 13, 1894.

January 13, 1894.

“Dear Mottelay,

“Hey Mottelay,

“Lord Kelvin’s letter is so nice a one that I send you the original, otherwise I should have liked it as an autograph for my library. I shall be glad to hear that it has duly reached you....

“Lord Kelvin’s letter is such a nice one that I’m sending you the original; otherwise, I would have liked to keep it as an autograph for my library. I’ll be happy to hear that it has safely arrived to you....

“Yours very truly,

"Best regards,"

“Latimer Clark.”

“Latimer Clark.”

The University,

The University

Glasgow,

Glasgow

January 11, 1894.

January 11, 1894.

“Dear Clark,

"Hey Clark,"

“Your letter of the 4th should have been answered sooner, but for my absence from home at the time it came.

“Your letter from the 4th should have been answered sooner, but I was away from home when it arrived."

“Will you tell Mr. Mottelay that I shall feel honoured by his dedicating his ”Chronological History of Electricity and Magnetism” to me, and express to him my thanks for his kind proposal to do so.

“Please let Mr. Mottelay know that I would be honored if he dedicates his 'Chronological History of Electricity and Magnetism' to me, and convey my gratitude for his generous offer to do so."

“Yours very truly,

"Best regards,"

“Kelvin.”

“Kelvin.”

I desire to record my great indebtedness to Dr. Silvanus P. Thompson, D.Sc., F.R.S., for the interest he has throughout manifested in, and the material aid he has given to, the improvement and development of the present work. Especial acknowledgment is made of Dr. Thompson’s personal revision of the articles on Petrus Peregrinus (at A.D. 1269), on William Gilbert (at A.D. 1600), and on Michael Faraday (at A.D. 1821). With all of these authors, he has become very prominently identified through the several special publications concerning them, which have been issued by him at different periods, and all of which are herein noticed in their proper order.

I want to express my deep gratitude to Dr. Silvanus P. Thompson, D.Sc., F.R.S., for the constant interest he has shown in and the significant support he has provided for the improvement and development of this work. Special thanks go to Dr. Thompson for personally reviewing the articles on Petrus Peregrinus (in A.D. 1269), William Gilbert (in A.D. 1600), and Michael Faraday (in A.D. 1821). He is notably associated with these authors through various special publications he has released at different times, all of which are referenced here in the appropriate order.

Thanks are likewise due, and are also by me hereby tendered, more particularly to Dr. Elihu Thomson, of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology; to Dr. J. A. Fleming, M.A., F.R.S.; to Mr. W. D. Weaver, late Editor of the “Electrical World”; to Mr. Wm. J. Hammer, representative of Mr. Thomas A. Edison; to Mr. A. Hastings White, assistant-librarian, Royal Society, London; to Messrs. Charles Spon and Louis H. Walter, M.A.; to Messieurs Henri Omont, Bibliothèque Nationale; Paul Marais, Bibliothèque Mazarine; Henri Martin, Bibliothèque de l’Arsenal;[xii] Amédée Boinet, Bibliothèque Ste. Geneviève; Messieurs Plon Nourrit et Cie; as well as to Professors C. F. Brackett, William Hallock and Edward L. Nichols, of the Universities of Princeton, Columbia and Cornell; also to Sir Arthur Schuster, Sir Edwin Durning-Lawrence, Dr. Robert L. Mond, and Dr. Horace F. Parshall, for many valuable suggestions and other aid given by all of them at different periods to the material benefit of this compilation.

I would like to extend my thanks, especially to Dr. Elihu Thomson from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology; Dr. J. A. Fleming, M.A., F.R.S.; Mr. W. D. Weaver, former Editor of the “Electrical World”; Mr. Wm. J. Hammer, representative of Mr. Thomas A. Edison; Mr. A. Hastings White, assistant librarian at the Royal Society in London; Messrs. Charles Spon and Louis H. Walter, M.A.; Messieurs Henri Omont from the Bibliothèque Nationale; Paul Marais from the Bibliothèque Mazarine; Henri Martin from the Bibliothèque de l’Arsenal; Amédée Boinet from the Bibliothèque Ste. Geneviève; Messieurs Plon Nourrit et Cie; as well as Professors C. F. Brackett, William Hallock, and Edward L. Nichols from Princeton, Columbia, and Cornell Universities; and also to Sir Arthur Schuster, Sir Edwin Durning-Lawrence, Dr. Robert L. Mond, and Dr. Horace F. Parshall, for their valuable suggestions and assistance provided at various times for the benefit of this compilation.[xii]

It is scarcely necessary adding that, notwithstanding the great care given to the preparation of this very extensive Bibliography, and to its difficult “proof” reading, errors will undoubtedly present themselves. It is, however, hoped these will not prove of material importance. Such mistakes as are of a typographical nature can easily be recognized and in due time remedied; those, however, resulting from the conflict of authorities are more difficult to trace, and I shall greatly appreciate their being pointed out to me, with the view to improving future editions.

It’s hardly necessary to add that, despite the extensive care taken in preparing this comprehensive Bibliography and its challenging proofreading, errors will still likely occur. However, it's hoped that these will not be significantly important. Typographical mistakes can be easily identified and fixed over time; however, those stemming from conflicting sources are harder to pinpoint, and I would greatly appreciate it if you could bring them to my attention to improve future editions.

P. Fleury Mottelay.

P. Fleury Mottelay.


[xiii]

[xiii]

INTRODUCTION

Anyone who enters on the perilous paths of Bibliography realizes, sooner or later, the truth that “of the making of books there is no end.” But there was a beginning: and if the Bibliography of Electricity promises to stretch onward into the future in endless line, at least its backward reach might seem to be finite in date. Nevertheless, the student of the early periods of book production, when the science of electricity was literally in that “infancy” from which in our time it has emerged, is continually finding that there are early works of which he was unaware, and of which even our best libraries are destitute. He finds, as he progresses backward, toward the origins of things, in how many points our ancestors in the domain of electric science had anticipated the discoveries of later date. He finds that, again and again, by some rare stroke of insight, the great minds that had devoted themselves to the research of phenomena had seen—it may be, with dim or imperfect glimpses—many of the things which are commonly regarded as quite modern. The pioneer, unbiased by the views of contemporary philosophers, unhampered by the load of textbook tradition, often sees further than the professed researcher who comes after him.

Anyone who ventures into the challenging world of Bibliography eventually realizes the truth that "there's no end to the making of books." But there was a starting point: and while the Bibliography of Electricity seems to extend indefinitely into the future, its historical scope might appear finite in terms of dates. Yet, the student exploring the early days of book production, when the science of electricity was literally in its "infancy" from which it has since grown, continuously discovers early works that he wasn't aware of and that even our best libraries lack. As he delves deeper into the origins of things, he sees how many of our predecessors in electric science anticipated later discoveries. He notices that, time and again, through some rare insight, the great minds dedicated to exploring these phenomena glimpsed—perhaps with vague or incomplete understanding—many concepts we consider relatively modern. The trailblazer, free from the constraints of contemporary philosophers and burdened by the weight of textbook traditions, often perceives more than the established researchers who follow in their footsteps.

The art of scientific discovery—for it is an art—can be attained in but one way, the way of attainment in all arts, namely, by practising it. In the practice of art, the aspirant may at least learn something that all the textbooks cannot drill out of him, and which will help him in his practice, by the careful examination of the actual ways in which the discoveries of science, now facts of history, were actually made. But, to do this, he must throw overboard for a time the systematic textbooks, he must abandon the logical expositions which embody, at second hand, or at third hand, the antecedent discoveries, and he must go to the original sources, the writings and records of the discoverers themselves, and learn from them how they set to work. The modern compendious handbooks in which the results of hundreds of workers have been boiled down, as it were, to a uniform consistency, is exactly the intellectual pabulum which he must eschew. Let him read Faraday, not through the eyes of Maxwell or of Tyndall, but in his own words in the immortal pages of the “Experimental Researches,” with their wealth of petty detail[xiv] and their apparent vagueness of speculation. Let him read Ohm’s own account of the law of the circuit, not some modern watered-down version. Let him turn over the pages of Franklin’s letters to Collinson, as his observations dropped red-hot out of the crucible of his endeavours. Let him read Stephen Gray’s charming experiments in the old-world diction that befitted a pensioner of the Charterhouse. Let him go back to old Gilbert, who had talked with Drake and Sir Walter Raleigh in the flesh, who had discussed magnetism with Fra Paolo Sarpi and had experimented on the dip of the needle with Robert Norman. Gilbert’s account of his own experiments is for the would-be scientific discoverer worth a hundredfold the Novum Organon of the overpraised Francis Bacon. Nay, let him go back to Peter Peregrinus, the soldier-pioneer, and see how he experimented with floating lodestones before he penned his account of the pivoted magnet—the earliest known instrument that can rightly be called a mariner’s compass. Not until he has thus become a bit of an antiquary will he have fully understood how the discoveries of old were made. And, in precisely the same spirit of quest, though with the wealth of modern appliances at his command, must he go to work, if new discoveries are to be made by him.

The art of scientific discovery—for it is an art—can only be achieved in one way, the same way all arts are mastered, which is through practice. By engaging in this practice, the learner may discover insights that no textbook can teach, which will aid in their application by closely examining how the scientific discoveries, now part of history, were actually accomplished. However, to do this, they must temporarily set aside systematic textbooks, abandon logical explanations that convey earlier discoveries secondhand or thirdhand, and they must delve into the original sources, the writings and records of the original discoverers, learning from them how they approached their work. The modern condensed handbooks, which summarize the results of countless researchers into a uniform format, are precisely the intellectual nourishment they should avoid. They should read Faraday not through Maxwell or Tyndall’s interpretations but in his own words in the timeless “Experimental Researches,” filled with intricate detail and seemingly vague speculations. They should study Ohm’s original description of the circuit law, not a simplified modern version. They should explore Franklin’s letters to Collinson, rich with observations freshly extracted from his experiments. They should appreciate Stephen Gray's delightful experiments in the old-fashioned language suited to a Charterhouse pensioner. They should revisit Gilbert, who conversed with Drake and Sir Walter Raleigh in person, discussed magnetism with Fra Paolo Sarpi, and experimented on the needle's dip with Robert Norman. Gilbert's account of his own experiments is worth a hundred times more to an aspiring scientific discoverer than Francis Bacon's overvalued Novum Organon. Indeed, they should look back at Peter Peregrinus, the soldier-pioneer, and see how he experimented with floating lodestones before writing about the pivoted magnet—the earliest known device that can truly be called a sailor's compass. Only after becoming a bit of an antiquarian will they fully grasp how past discoveries were made. And with that same spirit of inquiry, albeit with the benefits of modern tools at their disposal, they must proceed if they hope to make new discoveries themselves.

But, for all this, he needs a guide to tell him what are the records of the original pioneers, by what names their works are called, and where they can be found. Such a guide doubtless exists to some extent in the mere catalogues of electrical literature, such as the catalogue of the Ronalds’ Library at the Institution of Electrical Engineers, in London; or, more fully, even, in the new Catalogue of the Latimer Clark Library, now known as the Wheeler Collection, at the American Institute of Electrical Engineers, in New York. The Chronological History of Electricity which Mr. P. F. Mottelay contributed, week by week, to the columns of the “Electrical World” and of “Engineering” in the years 1891–1892, was the beginning of an attempt to provide an even more complete analysis of the earlier literature of the subject. But these are only the beginnings.

But even with all this, he needs a guide to tell him what the original pioneers recorded, by what names their works are known, and where they can be found. Such a guide probably exists to some extent in the simple catalogs of electrical literature, like the catalog of the Ronalds’ Library at the Institution of Electrical Engineers in London; or, more comprehensively, in the new Catalogue of the Latimer Clark Library, now known as the Wheeler Collection, at the American Institute of Electrical Engineers in New York. The Chronological History of Electricity that Mr. P. F. Mottelay contributed each week to the columns of “Electrical World” and “Engineering” from 1891 to 1892 was the start of an effort to provide an even more complete analysis of the earlier literature on the subject. But these are just the beginnings.

In the “Bibliographical History of Electricity and Magnetism,” which Mr. Mottelay is now giving to the world, a far more exhaustive and detailed account is rendered of the earlier workers and writers in our dual science. He has particularly worked up all important electrical channels, and in the more extended articles, some of which it has been the writer’s privilege to peruse in advance, there are presented valuable monographs dealing with particular workers who each in his own day made notable contributions to the advance of the science.

In the “Bibliographical History of Electricity and Magnetism,” which Mr. Mottelay is currently sharing with the public, there is a much more thorough and detailed account of the earlier researchers and authors in our dual science. He has especially focused on all significant electrical developments, and in the more extensive articles—some of which I’ve had the privilege to review in advance—there are valuable papers discussing specific contributors who each, in their own time, made important advancements in the field.

To all who would tread in their paths, and add something to the[xv] ever-widening domain of electrical discovery, this Bibliographical History may be commended, not only for what it contains, but for the appreciative spirit in which it brings before the reader the work of those men who made the science what it is.

To everyone who wants to follow in their footsteps and contribute to the[xv] growing field of electrical discovery, this Bibliographical History is worth recommending, not just for its content, but for the respectful way it presents the contributions of those who shaped the science into what it is today.

Pioneers; O Pioneers!

Pioneers, Oh Pioneers!

Silvanus P. Thompson.

Silvanus P. Thompson.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

PAGE
FOREWORD BY SIR R. T. GLAZEBROOK, K.C.B., D.SC., F.R.S.
PREFACE vii
INTRODUCTION, BY PROF. SILVANUS P. THOMPSON, D.SC., F.R.S. xiii
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS xix
CHRONOLOGICAL SECTION, B.C. 2637 TO A.D. 1821 1
APPENDIX I
ACCOUNTS OF EARLY WRITERS, NAVIGATORS AND OTHERS, ALLUDED TO IN GILBERT’S DE MAGNETE 501
“THE SCHOOL OF ATHENS” 542
APPENDIX II
DISCOVERIES MADE BY WILLIAM GILBERT (DESIGNATED IN DE MAGNETE BY LARGE ASTERISKS) 545
APPENDIX III
HISTORICAL ACCOUNT OF THE UNABRIDGED AND ABRIDGED EDITIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY “PHILOSOPHICAL TRANSACTIONS”; ALSO, OF THE “PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE” AND OF THE “JOURNAL DES SÇAVANS—SAVANTS” 547
APPENDIX IV
NAMES OF ADDITIONAL ELECTRICAL AND MAGNETICAL WORKS, PUBLISHED UP TO 1800 553
APPENDIX V
MERCATOR’S PROJECTION 559
GENERAL INDEX OF SELECTED AUTHORS AND SUBJECTS 565

[xix]

[xix]

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

ST. AUGUSTINE Frontispiece
“La Cité de Dieu, translatée et exposée par Raoul de Presles.” Taken from the manuscript in the Musée de Chantilly, by permission of the executors of Monsieur le Duc d’Aumale.
Facing page
CAIUS PLINIUS SECUNDUS 11
Page taken from the earliest known edition of the “Naturalis Historiae” Venetiis, 1469, of which there are only three known original vellum copies. These now are at Vienna, Ravenna and in the Bibliothèque Sainte Geneviève, Paris.
ARISTOTLE 11
“De Naturali Auscultatione.” Title-page of the Paris 1542 edition. This belonged to Dr. William Gilberd, when at Cambridge, and is inscribed with his name and with that of Archdeacon Thomas Drant. (From the library of the late Silvanus P. Thompson).
GUIOT DE PROVINS 30
“La Bible.” Page 93 verso of MS. Fr., No. 25405, Variorum Poëmata, in the Bibliothèque Nationale, Paris.
VINCENT DE BEAUVAIS 33
“Speculum Naturale.” Page taken from the (Argentorati) 1473 issue, la première édition et la plus rare de toutes. In the Bibliothèque Sainte Geneviève, Paris.
BRUNETTO LATINI 43
“Li Livres dou Trésor.” Page taken from the XVth Century MS. (originally copied by Jean du Quesne), No. 191, Trésor de Sapience, in the Bibliothèque Nationale, Paris.
DANTE ALIGHIERI 44
“La Divina Commedia,” Mantuae 1472, the first page of what is by many regarded as the oldest edition of the earliest known poem written in the Italian language. Now in the Bibliothèque Sainte Geneviève, Paris.
PETRUS PEREGRINUS 46
“Epistola ... de Magnete.” The earliest known treatise of experimental science. Original photographic reproduction of first page of the almost illegible MS. No. 7378 A; page 67 recto (embraced in a geometrical treatise), now in the Bibliothèque Nationale, Paris.
PETRUS PEREGRINUS 52
Facsimile of Bodleian MS., No. 7027 (MS. Ashmole No. 1522), folio 186 verso, being Chap. II, Part II, of the “Epistola ... de Magnete,” wherein is described the earliest known pivoted compass. [xx]
CHRISTOPHER COLUMBUS Between 64 and 65
Photographic reproduction of his letter, March 21, 1502, to Nicolo Oderigo, Ambassador to France and to Spain, which was acquired by the King of Sardinia and presented by him to the city of Genoa. It is now preserved in the Palace of the Genoese Municipality.
CHRISTOPHER COLUMBUS Between 64 and 65
Translation of the letter written by him to Nicolo Oderigo, shown here on opposite plate; made into English by Mr. Geo. A. Barwick, B.A., of the British Museum. Permission to copy both the original letter and its translation was given by Messrs. B. F. Stevens and Brown, London.
CECCO D’ASCOLI 524
Last page of the earliest known edition of his “Acerba,” Venetia, 1476. Printed nineteen times up to and including the edition of 1546. Now in the Bibliothèque Sainte Geneviève, Paris.
LACTANTIUS 524
“De Divinis Institutionibus.” Page taken from the Sublacensi 1465 edition, called by Joannis Vogt inter rariora typographiae incunabula rarissimum. In the Bibliothèque Sainte Geneviève, Paris.
PEDRO NUÑEZ 530
“Traitte que le docteur P. Nunes fit sur certaines doubtes de la Navigation.” Page 9 verso of MS. Fr. No. 1338, now in the Bibliothèque Nationale, Paris.

[1]

[1]

THE BIBLIOGRAPHICAL HISTORY OF
ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM

THE BIBLIOGRAPHICAL HISTORY OF
ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM

From b.c. 2637 to a.d. 1821

From 2637 B.C. to A.D. 1821

B.C. 2637.—This date has been conclusively shown to be the earliest one at which history notes anything resembling the application of the magnetic influence. It is related that, during this sixty-first year of the reign of Hoang-ti (Yeou-hioung-che, also named Koung-fun and Hiuen-yuen), the emperor’s troops, who were pursuing the rebellious prince Tchéyeou (Tchi-yeou), lost their way, as well as the course of the wind, and likewise the sight of their enemy, during the heavy fogs prevailing in the plains of Tchou-lou. Seeing which, Hoang-ti constructed a chariot upon which stood erect a prominent female figure which indicated the four cardinal points, and which always turned to the south whatever might be the direction taken by the chariot. Thus he succeeded in capturing the rebellious prince, who was put to death.

B.C. 2637.—This date has been conclusively shown to be the earliest one at which history notes anything resembling the use of magnetic influence. It is said that during the sixty-first year of the reign of Hoang-ti (Yeou-hioung-che, also known as Koung-fun and Hiuen-yuen), the emperor’s troops, while chasing the rebellious prince Tchéyeou (Tchi-yeou), got lost, as well as misdirected by the winds, and also lost sight of their enemy due to the heavy fog in the plains of Tchou-lou. In response, Hoang-ti designed a chariot that featured a prominent female figure which pointed out the four cardinal directions and always turned to face south, no matter which way the chariot was going. This allowed him to capture the rebellious prince, who was executed.

Some say that upon this chariot stood a needle, to denote the four parts of the world. That, states the French author writing in 1736, would “indicate the use of the compass, or something very similar to it ... and it is unfortunate that the device has not been explained more fully.”

Some say that on this chariot stood a needle, to represent the four parts of the world. According to the French author writing in 1736, that would “indicate the use of the compass, or something very similar to it ... and it’s unfortunate that the device hasn’t been explained more thoroughly.”

References.—Du Halde, “Description de la Chine ...,” La Haye, 1736. Vol. I. pp. 270–271; B.C. 2634, Klaproth, “Boussole,” pp. 33, 34, 71, 74, 76, 79, 82; Azuni, “Boussole,” Paris, 1809, pp. 186, 214; Staunton’s “China,” London, 1797, Vol. I. p. 446; “Encycl. Metrop.,” Vol. III. p. 736; Buffon, “La Terre,” Vol. I. p. 304; Davis, “The Chinese,” 1844, Vol. III. p. 14; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1848, Vol. V. p. 51, for Ed. Biot in Comptes Rendus, Vol. XIX. 1844, p. 822; Dr. A. T. Thompson, translation of Salverte’s “Philosophy of Magic,” 1847, Vol. II. chap. xi. p. 222 (note), wherein he alludes to Davies’ “Early History of the Mariner’s Compass”; “British Annual,” 1837; Saillant et Nyon, “Mémoires concernant l’Histoire,” Paris, 1788, Vol. XIII. pp. 234–235, giving chronological tables of the history of China, also p. 227 relative to Hoang-ti; P. Etienne Souciet, “Observations,” Paris, 1732, Vol. II. pp. 94–95.

References.—Du Halde, “Description de la Chine …,” The Hague, 1736. Vol. I. pp. 270–271; BCE 2634, Klaproth, “Boussole,” pp. 33, 34, 71, 74, 76, 79, 82; Azuni, “Boussole,” Paris, 1809, pp. 186, 214; Staunton’s “China,” London, 1797, Vol. I. p. 446; “Encycl. Metrop.,” Vol. III. p. 736; Buffon, “La Terre,” Vol. I. p. 304; Davis, “The Chinese,” 1844, Vol. III. p. 14; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1848, Vol. V. p. 51, for Ed. Biot in Comptes Rendus, Vol. XIX. 1844, p. 822; Dr. A. T. Thompson, translation of Salverte’s “Philosophy of Magic,” 1847, Vol. II. chap. xi. p. 222 (note), where he references Davies’ “Early History of the Mariner’s Compass”; “British Annual,” 1837; Saillant et Nyon, “Mémoires concernant l’Histoire,” Paris, 1788, Vol. XIII. pp. 234–235, providing chronological tables of the history of China, also p. 227 regarding Hoang-ti; P. Etienne Souciet, “Observations,” Paris, 1732, Vol. II. pp. 94–95.

Hoang-ti (Hoang, supreme king), third in the “Period of the Five Emperors” (Claude Augé, “Nouveau Larousse,” Vol. V. p. 134), regarded as the founder of the Chinese Empire, died at the age of 121, after reigning 100 years, B.C. 2598. Mailla (Joseph[2] A. M. de Moyriac de) in his “Histoire ... traduite du Thoung-Kian-Kang-Mou,” Paris, 1777, Vol. I. p. 28, makes the latter date 2599, as do likewise, Dr. Hœfer (“Nouvelle Biographie Générale,” Paris, 1858, Vol. XXIV. pp. 817–819) and Pierre Larousse (“Grand Dict, du XIXe Siècle,” 1873, Vol. IX. p. 317), but Michaud (“Biogr. Univer.,” 1857, Vol. XIX. pp. 476–477) says he reigned from 2698 to 2577 B.C., and, in “La Grande Encyclop.,” Vol. XX. pp. 157–158, we are told that the correct period is 2697–2597 B.C. (“L’art de vérifier les dates,” Paris, 1819, Vol. IV. p. 8).

Hoang-ti (Hoang, supreme king), third in the “Period of the Five Emperors” (Claude Augé, “Nouveau Larousse,” Vol. V. p. 134), is considered the founder of the Chinese Empire. He died at the age of 121, after reigning for 100 years, in BCE 2598. Mailla (Joseph[2] A. M. de Moyriac de) in his “Histoire ... traduite du Thoung-Kian-Kang-Mou,” Paris, 1777, Vol. I. p. 28, states that this date is 2599, as do also Dr. Hœfer (“Nouvelle Biographie Générale,” Paris, 1858, Vol. XXIV. pp. 817–819) and Pierre Larousse (“Grand Dict, du XIXe Siècle,” 1873, Vol. IX. p. 317). However, Michaud (“Biogr. Univer.,” 1857, Vol. XIX. pp. 476–477) claims he reigned from 2698 to 2577 BCE, and in “La Grande Encyclop.,” Vol. XX. pp. 157–158, it's reported that the correct period is 2697–2597 BCE (“L’art de vérifier les dates,” Paris, 1819, Vol. IV. p. 8).

The above-named work of Jean Baptiste Du Halde on China is considered the most complete account of that vast empire that has appeared in Europe (“New Gen. Biogr. Dict.,” London, 1850, Vol. VIII. p. 175). In any case, remarks Mr. Demetrius C. Boulger (“History of China,” London, 1881, Vol. I. pp. 4–5), it is incontestable that the individuality of Hoang-ti, who was the successor of “Fo-hi,” the first great Chinese emperor, is much more tangible than that of any of his predecessors.[1] By him, it is well recorded that the extensive Chinese territory (Empire) was divided into ten provinces, or Chow, each of which was subdivided into ten departments, or Tsee, and these again into ten districts, or Tou, each of them containing ten towns, or Ye.

The work by Jean Baptiste Du Halde about China is recognized as the most comprehensive account of that vast empire available in Europe (“New Gen. Biogr. Dict.,” London, 1850, Vol. VIII. p. 175). In any case, Mr. Demetrius C. Boulger notes (“History of China,” London, 1881, Vol. I. pp. 4–5) that it's undeniable the distinctiveness of Hoang-ti, who followed “Fo-hi,” the first great Chinese emperor, is much more evident than that of any of his predecessors.[1] It is well recorded that under him, the large Chinese territory (Empire) was divided into ten provinces, or Chow, each further divided into ten departments, or Tsee, and these again into ten districts, or Tou, with each district containing ten towns, or Ye.

[3]

[3]

B.C. 1110.—Tcheou-Koung is said to have at this date taught the use of the needle compass to the envoys from Youa-tchang. “As the ambassadors sent from Cochin China and Tonquin” (Humboldt, “Cosmos” Vol. V. p. 51) “were about to take their departure” (which was in the twenty-second cycle, more than 1040 years B.C.), “Tcheou-Koung gave them an instrument which upon one side always turned toward the north and on the opposite side to the south, the better to direct them upon their homeward voyage.[2] This instrument was called tchi-nan (chariot of the south), and it is still the name given to the compass, which leads to the belief that Tcheou-Koung invented the latter.” In his chapter on “The Magnetic Needle,” Humboldt says the apparatus was called fse-nan (indicator of the south).

B.C. 1110.—Tcheou-Koung is said to have taught the use of the needle compass to the envoys from Youa-tchang at this time. “As the ambassadors sent from Cochin China and Tonquin” (Humboldt, “Cosmos” Vol. V. p. 51) “were about to take their departure” (which was in the twenty-second cycle, over 1040 years BCE), “Tcheou-Koung gave them an instrument that on one side always pointed north and on the other side pointed south, to help them find their way home. [2] This instrument was called tchi-nan (chariot of the south), and that’s still the name used for the compass today, which suggests that Tcheou-Koung invented it.” In his chapter on “The Magnetic Needle,” Humboldt states that the device was called fse-nan (indicator of the south).

Tcheou-Koung (Ki-tan) was Chinese Minister of State under both Von-Vang (the first emperor of the Tcheou dynasty, who ruled seven years) and Tsching-Vang (second emperor, who ruled thirty-seven years), and lived to be 100 years old. He was one of the most learned and most popular men China has ever known, and is spoken of to this day by the Chinese “with an admiration bordering upon enthusiasm” (Saillant et Nyon, “Mémoires concernant l’Histoire,” Paris, 1776, Vol. III. p. 37). The emperor Tsching-Vang caused Tcheou-Koung’s body to be interred near his father’s remains, after giving it imperial funeral honours.

Tcheou-Koung (Ki-tan) was a Chinese Minister of State under both Von-Vang (the first emperor of the Tcheou dynasty, who ruled for seven years) and Tsching-Vang (the second emperor, who ruled for thirty-seven years), and he lived to be 100 years old. He was one of the most knowledgeable and popular figures in Chinese history, and the Chinese still talk about him “with an admiration bordering upon enthusiasm” (Saillant et Nyon, “Mémoires concernant l’Histoire,” Paris, 1776, Vol. III. p. 37). Emperor Tsching-Vang arranged for Tcheou-Koung’s body to be buried next to his father’s remains, after giving him an imperial funeral.

References.—Du Halde, “Description de la Chine ...,” La Haye, 1736, Vol. I. p. 312; Klaproth, “Boussole,” p. 81; Azuni, “Boussole,” pp. 190–191; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” London, 1849, Vol. II. p. 628, and Vol. V. p. 52.

References.—Du Halde, “Description de la Chine ...,” The Hague, 1736, Vol. I. p. 312; Klaproth, “Boussole,” p. 81; Azuni, “Boussole,” pp. 190–191; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” London, 1849, Vol. II. p. 628, and Vol. V. p. 52.

B.C. 1084.—According to Æschylus, the father of the Athenian drama, Agamemnon employed a line of optical signals to advise his queen Clytemnestra of the fall of Troy. Robert Browning’s translation, London, 1877, runs as follows:

B.C. 1084.—According to Æschylus, the father of Athenian drama, Agamemnon used a system of visual signals to inform his queen Clytemnestra about the fall of Troy. Robert Browning’s translation, London, 1877, goes like this:

“Troia, the Achaioi hold....
Hephaistos—sending a bright blaze from Idé
Beacon did beacon send, from fire the poster,
Hitherward: Idé to the rock Hermaian
Of Lemnos: and a third great torch o’ the island
Zeus’ seat received in turn, the Athoan summit.
And—so upsoaring as to stride sea over,
The strong lamp-voyager, and all for joyance—
Did the gold-glorious splendor, any sun like,
Pass on....”

[4]

[4]

Anna Swanwick thus renders Æschylus’ “Agamemnon,” London, 1881, p. 13:

Anna Swanwick thus translates Æschylus’ “Agamemnon,” London, 1881, p. 13:

“For Priam’s city have the Argives won.
*****
Hephaestos sending forth Idaian fire.
Hither through swift relays of courier flame....”

At page 193 of his “Agamemnon,” London, 1873, E. H. Plumptre refers to the system of posts or messengers which the Persian kings seem to have been first to organize, and which impressed the minds of both the Hebrews (Esther viii. 14) and the Greeks (Herod., viii. 98) by their regular transmission of the king’s edicts or of special news.

At page 193 of his “Agamemnon,” London, 1873, E. H. Plumptre discusses the system of posts or messengers that the Persian kings seem to be the first to establish, which left a significant impression on both the Hebrews (Esther viii. 14) and the Greeks (Herod., viii. 98) due to their reliable delivery of the king’s edicts or important news.

What of the passage from the celebrated patriarch Job (xxxviii. 35): “Canst thou send lightnings, that they may go, and say unto thee, ‘Here we are?’” (original Hebrew, “Behold us”). As has been remarked, this seems prophetic, when taken in connection with the electric telegraph.

What about the quote from the famous patriarch Job (xxxviii. 35): “Can you send lightnings so they can go and say to you, ‘Here we are?’” (original Hebrew, “Behold us”). As has been pointed out, this seems prophetic when connected to the electric telegraph.

The fire beacons are also alluded to by Plutarch in his Life of Quintus Sertorius; and Mardonius prepared fire signals to notify Xerxes, then at Sardis, of the second taking of Athens.

The fire beacons are also mentioned by Plutarch in his Life of Quintus Sertorius; and Mardonius set up fire signals to inform Xerxes, who was then in Sardis, about the second capture of Athens.

References.—“Le Théâtre des Grecs,” P. Brumoy, Paris, 1820, Vol. II. pp. 124–125; “Penny Encyc.,” Vol. XXIV. p. 145; Knight’s “Mechan. Dict.,” Vol. III. p. 2092.

References.—“The Theatre of the Greeks,” P. Brumoy, Paris, 1820, Vol. II. pp. 124–125; “Penny Encyclopedia,” Vol. XXIV. p. 145; Knight’s “Mechanics Dictionary,” Vol. III. p. 2092.

For a decidedly original explanation of the beacon fires, read the introduction to “The Agamemnon of Æschylus,” translated by A. W. Verrall, Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge, England. See, likewise, reference to Act of Scottish Parliament, 1455, c. 48, made by Walter Scott in a note to his “Lay of the Last Minstrel”; “Archeologia,” London, 1770, Vol. I. pp. i-7.

For a truly unique take on the beacon fires, check out the introduction to “The Agamemnon of Æschylus,” translated by A. W. Verrall, Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge, England. Also, see the reference to the Act of the Scottish Parliament, 1455, c. 48, mentioned by Walter Scott in a note to his “Lay of the Last Minstrel”; “Archeologia,” London, 1770, Vol. I. pp. i-7.

B.C. 1068.—In the obscure age of Codrus, the seventeenth and last king of Athens, at about the period of the “Return of the Heraclidae” (descendants of Heracles—Hercules) to the Peloponnesus, the Chinese had magnetic carriages, upon which the movable arm of the figure of a man continually pointed to the south, and which it is said served as a guide by which to find the way across the boundless grass plains of Tartary. Humboldt states, besides, that, even in the third century of our era, Chinese vessels navigated the Indian Ocean under the direction of magnetic needles pointing to the south, and that, at pages xxxviii-xlii, Vol. I. of his “Asie Centrale,” he has shown what advantages this means of topographical direction, as well as the early knowledge and application of the magnetic needle, gave the Chinese geographers over the Greeks and Romans, to whom, for instance, even the true direction of the Pyrenees and the Apennines always remained unknown.

B.C. 1068.—In the obscure time of Codrus, the seventeenth and final king of Athens, around the era of the “Return of the Heraclidae” (descendants of Heracles—Hercules) to the Peloponnesus, the Chinese had magnetic carriages. These carriages had a movable arm shaped like a man that consistently pointed south, which supposedly helped people navigate the endless grasslands of Tartary. Humboldt also notes that even in the third century AD, Chinese ships sailed the Indian Ocean using magnetic needles that pointed south. In pages xxxviii-xlii, Vol. I. of his “Asie Centrale,” he illustrates the advantages that this method of navigation and the early use of the magnetic needle gave Chinese geographers compared to the Greeks and Romans, who, for example, never accurately understood the true direction of the Pyrenees and the Apennines.

References.—Humboldt, “Cosmos,” London, 1849, Vol. I. p. 173, also his “Examen Critique de l’histoire de la Géographie,” Vol. III.[5] p. 36; “Mœurs de Reg. Athen.,” lib. iii. cap. xi. For Codrus and the Heraclidæ, consult: Chambers’ “Encycl.,” 1889, Vol. III. p. 329 and Vol. V. 1890, p. 657; “Encycl. Britan.,” 9th ed., Edinburgh, Vol. VI. p. 107 and Vol. XI. p. 92; Hœfer, “Nouv. Biog. Gén.,” Vol. XI. p. 29.

References.—Humboldt, “Cosmos,” London, 1849, Vol. I, p. 173, as well as his “Examen Critique de l’histoire de la Géographie,” Vol. III.[5] p. 36; “Mœurs de Reg. Athen.,” lib. iii. cap. xi. For Codrus and the Heraclidæ, see: Chambers’ “Encycl.,” 1889, Vol. III, p. 329 and Vol. V, 1890, p. 657; “Encycl. Britan.,” 9th ed., Edinburgh, Vol. VI, p. 107 and Vol. XI, p. 92; Hœfer, “Nouv. Biog. Gén.,” Vol. XI, p. 29.

B.C. 1033–975.—Solomon, King of Israel, son of King David and of Bathsheba, who, “in the Jewish scriptures, has the first place assigned to him among the wise men of the East,” is believed by many to have known the use of the compass. The Spanish Jesuit Pineda and Athanasius Kircher assert the same, and state that Solomon’s subjects employed it in their navigations. Others, notably Fuller, “Miscel.,” iv. cap. 19, and Levinus Lemnius, “De Occulta Naturae Miracula,” lib. iii, have even tried to prove that Solomon was the inventor of the compass, and that it was in his time used by the Syrians, Sidonians and Phœnicians, but the contrary has been shown by Henricus Kippingius in his “Antiq. Rom. de exped. Mar.,” lib. iii. cap. 6, as well as by Bochart, the geographer, in his “Géo. Sacr.,” lib. i. cap. 38.

B.C. 1033–975.—Solomon, King of Israel, son of King David and Bathsheba, who “in the Jewish scriptures, holds the top position among the wise men of the East,” is thought by many to have known how to use the compass. The Spanish Jesuit Pineda and Athanasius Kircher both claim this, stating that Solomon’s subjects used it in their navigation. Others, particularly Fuller in “Miscel.,” iv. cap. 19, and Levinus Lemnius in “De Occulta Naturae Miracula,” lib. iii, have even tried to prove that Solomon was the inventor of the compass and that it was used by the Syrians, Sidonians, and Phœnicians during his time. However, this has been challenged by Henricus Kippingius in his “Antiq. Rom. de exped. Mar.,” lib. iii. cap. 6, as well as by Bochart, the geographer, in his “Géo. Sacr.,” lib. i. cap. 38.

References.—Venanson, “Boussole,” Naples, 1808, p. 34; Enfield, “History of Philosophy,” London, 1819, Vol. I. p. 40; Cavallo, “Magnetism,” 1787, p. 48; Ronalds’ “Catal.,” 1880, articles “Hirt” and “Michaelis,” pp. 246, 344.

Sources.—Venanson, “Boussole,” Naples, 1808, p. 34; Enfield, “History of Philosophy,” London, 1819, Vol. I, p. 40; Cavallo, “Magnetism,” 1787, p. 48; Ronalds’ “Catalog,” 1880, articles “Hirt” and “Michaelis,” pp. 246, 344.

B.C. 1022.—At this period the Chinese magnetic cars held a floating needle, the motions of which were communicated to the figure of a spirit whose outstretched hand always indicated the south. An account of these cars is given in the “Szuki” (Shi-ki), or “Historical Memoirs of Szu-ma-thsian” (Szu-matsien), which were written early in the second century B.C., and are justly considered the greatest of all Chinese historical works, containing, as they do, the history of China from the beginning of the empire to the reign of Hiao-wou-ti, of the Han dynasty.

B.C. 1022.—During this time, the Chinese magnetic cars were equipped with a floating needle, the movements of which were conveyed to the figure of a spirit whose outstretched hand always pointed south. An account of these cars can be found in the “Szuki” (Shi-ki), or “Historical Memoirs of Szu-ma-thsian” (Szu-matsien), which were written in the early second century BCE, and are rightly regarded as the most important of all Chinese historical works, as they encompass the history of China from the beginning of the empire to the reign of Hiao-wou-ti of the Han dynasty.

References.—“Les peuples Orientaux,” Léon de Rosny, Paris, 1886, pp. 10, 168, 240; Johnson’s “Encyclopædia,” Vol. I. p. 929; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” Vol. II. 1849, p. 628; Klaproth, “Boussole,” 1834, p. 79, for further allusion to a passage in the Thoung-Kian-Kang-Mou, already referred to under date B.C. 2637.

References.—“Eastern Peoples,” Léon de Rosny, Paris, 1886, pp. 10, 168, 240; Johnson’s “Encyclopædia,” Vol. I. p. 929; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” Vol. II. 1849, p. 628; Klaproth, “Boussole,” 1834, p. 79, for more reference to a passage in the Thoung-Kian-Kang-Mou, already mentioned under the date BCE 2637.

B.C. 1000–907.—Homer, the greatest of epic poets, called the father of Greek poetry, and who, according to Enfield (“History of Philosophy,” Vol. I. p. 133), flourished before any other poet whose writings are extant, relates that the loadstone was used by the Greeks to direct navigation at the time of the siege of Troy.

B.C. 1000–907.—Homer, the greatest epic poet and considered the father of Greek poetry, who, according to Enfield (“History of Philosophy,” Vol. I. p. 133), lived before any other poet whose works have survived, tells us that the Greeks used lodestone for navigation during the siege of Troy.

The latter construction has been placed upon several passages in Homer, the most important being found in Book VIII of the “Odyssey.”

The latter interpretation has been applied to several sections in Homer, with the most significant one located in Book VIII of the "Odyssey."

As this appears to be the first attributed allusion to the compass, it is deemed worth while to give herein several interpretations of the original Greek. The selections made are as follows:

As this seems to be the first recognized reference to the compass, it's considered worthwhile to provide several interpretations of the original Greek here. The selections made are as follows:

[6]

[6]

“In wond’rous ships, self-mov’d, instinct with mind;
No helm secures their course, no pilot guides;
Like man intelligent, they plough the tides.
*****
Though clouds and darkness veil th’ encumber’d sky,
Fearless thro’ darkness and thro’ clouds they fly.”
Alexander Pope, “The Odyssey of Homer,” London, 1818, p. 135.
“...; for here
In our Phæacian ships no pilots are,
Nor rudders, as in ships of other lands.
Ours know the thoughts and the intents of men.
To them all cities and all fertile coasts
Inhabited by men are known; they cross
The great sea scudding fast, involved in mist
And darkness, with no fear of perishing
Or meeting harm.”
Wm. Cullen Bryant, “The Odyssey of Homer,” Boston, 1875, Vol. I. p. 174.
“For unto us no pilots appertain,
Rudder nor helm which other barks obey.
These ruled by reason, their own course essay
Sparing men’s mind ...
Sail in a fearless scorn of scathe or overthrow.”
Philip Stanhope Worsley, “The Odyssey of Homer,” London, 1861, Vol. I. p. 198.
“For all unlike the ships of other men,
Nor helm nor steersman have our country’s barks,
But of themselves they know the thoughts of men;
... and wrapped in gloom and mist
O’er the broad ocean gulfs they hold their course
Fearless of loss and shipwreck....”
Earl of Carnarvon, “The Odyssey of Homer,” London, 1886, p. 201.

“These marvellous ships, endued with human sense, and anticipating the will of their masters, flit unseen over the sea.”—“Homer’s Odyssey,” by W. W. Merry and James Riddell, Oxford, 1886, Vol. I. p. 353, note.

“These incredible ships, endowed with human understanding and anticipating their masters’ desires, glide silently across the sea.” —“Homer’s Odyssey,” by W. W. Merry and James Riddell, Oxford, 1886, Vol. I. p. 353, note.

“That our ships in their minds may know it when they bring thee hither to hand,
Because amidst us Phæacians, our ships no helmsmen steer,
Nor with us is any rudder like other ships must bear,
But our keels know the minds of menfolk, and their will they understand,
*****
And therewith exceeding swiftly over the sea-gulf do they go,
In the mist and the cloud-rack hidden....”
“The Odyssey of Homer,” translated by Wm. Morris, London, 1887, p. 145.

The afore-named construction is not, however, alluded to by Matthew Arnold in his well-known lectures given at Oxford, nor by the Right Hon. Wm. Ewart Gladstone either in his “Juventus Mundi” or throughout his very extensive “Studies on Homer and the Homeric Age.”

The construction mentioned earlier is not referenced by Matthew Arnold in his famous lectures at Oxford, nor by the Right Hon. Wm. Ewart Gladstone in his “Juventus Mundi” or in his extensive work “Studies on Homer and the Homeric Age.”

Sonnini tells us that as this period is about the same as that of the Chinese chronicles, it can scarcely be doubted that the knowledge of both the polarity of the needle and of the use of the compass[7] for navigation date back 3000 years (Buffon, “Terre,” Paris, An. VIII. p. 304).

Sonnini tells us that since this time period is roughly the same as that in the Chinese chronicles, it’s hard to doubt that the understanding of both the needle's polarity and the compass[7] for navigation dates back 3000 years (Buffon, “Terre,” Paris, An. VIII. p. 304).

This ill accords, however, with the views of others who have concluded, perhaps rightly, that the Greeks, Romans, Tuscans and Phœnicians[3] were ignorant of the directive property of the magnet, from the fact that none of the writings, more especially of Theophrastus, Plato, Aristotle, Lucretius and Pliny, make explicit allusion thereto.

This disagreement, however, conflicts with the opinions of others who have concluded, perhaps correctly, that the Greeks, Romans, Tuscans, and Phoenicians[3] were unaware of the guiding properties of the magnet, given that none of the writings, especially those of Theophrastus, Plato, Aristotle, Lucretius, and Pliny, specifically mention it.

References.—Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1859, Vol. V. p. 51; “Good Words,” 1874, p. 70; Brumoy, “Théâtre des Grecs,” 1820, Vol. I. p. 55; Pope’s translation of the “Iliad,” 1738, Vol. I. pp. 14, 20; Schaffner, “Telegraph Manual,” p. 19; also references under both the A.D. 121 and the A.D. 265–419 dates.

References.—Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1859, Vol. V. p. 51; “Good Words,” 1874, p. 70; Brumoy, “Théâtre des Grecs,” 1820, Vol. I. p. 55; Pope’s translation of the “Iliad,” 1738, Vol. I. pp. 14, 20; Schaffner, “Telegraph Manual,” p. 19; also references under both the A.D. 121 and the A.D. 265–419 dates.

B.C. 600–580.—Thales of Miletus, Ionia, one of the “seven wise men of Greece” (the others being Solon, Chilo, Pittacus, Bias, Cleobolus and Periander), founder of the Ionic philosophy, and from whose school came Socrates, is said to have been the first to observe the electricity developed by friction in amber.

B.C. 600–580.—Thales of Miletus, Ionia, one of the "seven wise men of Greece" (the others being Solon, Chilo, Pittacus, Bias, Cleobolus, and Periander), who founded the Ionic philosophy and from whose school Socrates emerged, is said to have been the first to notice the electricity generated by rubbing amber.

Thales, Theophrastus, Solinus, Priscian and Pliny, as well as other writers, Greek and Roman, mention the fact that when a vivifying heat is applied to amber it will attract straws, dried leaves, and other light bodies in the same way that a magnet attracts iron (“Photii Bibliotheca” Rothomagi, 1653, folio, col. 1040–1041, cod. 242).

Thales, Theophrastus, Solinus, Priscian, and Pliny, along with other Greek and Roman writers, note that when heat is applied to amber, it can attract straws, dried leaves, and other light objects just like a magnet attracts iron (“Photii Bibliotheca” Rothomagi, 1653, folio, col. 1040–1041, cod. 242).

Robert Boyle (“Philosophical Works,” London, 1738, Vol. I. p. 506, or London, 1744, Vol. III. p. 647) treats of different hypotheses advanced to solve the phenomena of electrical attraction, saying: “The first is that of the learned Nicholas Cabaeus (A.D. 1629), who thinks the drawing of light bodies by amber ... is caused by the steams which issue out of such bodies and discuss and expel the neighbouring air ... making small whirlwind.... Another is that of the eminent English philosopher, Sir Kenelm Digby (A.D. 1644), and embraced by the very learned Dr. Browne (A.D. 1646) and others, who believed that ... chafed amber is made to emit certain rays of unctuous steams, which, when they come to be a little cooled by the external air, are somewhat condensed ... carrying back with them those light bodies to which they happen to adhere at the time of their retraction.... Pierre Gassendi (A.D. 1632) thinks the same, and adds that these electrical rays ... get into the pores of a straw ... and by means of their decussation take the faster hold of it ... when they shrink back[8] to the amber whence they were emitted ... Cartesius (Descartes, A.D. 1644) accounts for electrical attractions by the intervention of certain particles, shaped almost like small pieces of riband, which he supposes to be formed of this subtile matter harboured in the pores or crevices of glass.”

Robert Boyle (“Philosophical Works,” London, 1738, Vol. I. p. 506, or London, 1744, Vol. III. p. 647) discusses various theories proposed to explain the phenomenon of electrical attraction, stating: “The first is that of the learned Nicholas Cabaeus (A.D. 1629), who believes that the pulling of light objects by amber is due to the vapors that come from such bodies, which stir up and push away the surrounding air, creating small whirlwinds. Another theory is from the notable English philosopher, Sir Kenelm Digby (A.D. 1644), and accepted by the highly respected Dr. Browne (A.D. 1646) and others, who thought that chafed amber emits certain rays of oily vapors, which, when slightly cooled by the surrounding air, become somewhat condensed, pulling back those light objects to which they happen to stick at the moment of their retraction. Pierre Gassendi (A.D. 1632) shares a similar view and adds that these electrical rays can enter the pores of a straw and, through their crossing, hold on to it more strongly when they retract back to the amber from which they were released. Cartesius (Descartes, A.D. 1644) explains electrical attractions by the involvement of certain particles, shaped almost like small ribbons, which he believes are made of this fine matter found in the pores or crevices of glass.”

The ancients were acquainted with but two electrical bodies—amber (electron), which has given the denomination of the science; and lyncurium, which is either the tourmaline or the topaz (Dr. Davy, “Mem. Sir Humphry Davy,” 1836, Vol. I. p. 309). From a recent article treating of gems, the following is extracted: “The name of the precious stone inserted in the ring of Gyges has not been handed down to us, but it is probable that it was the topaz, whose wonders Philostratus recounts in the Life of Apollonius. An attribute of the sun and of fire, the ancients called it the gold magnet, as it was credited with the power of attracting that metal, indicating its veins, and discovering treasures. Heliodorus, in his story of Theagenes and Caricles, says that the topaz saves from fire all those who wear it, and that Caricles was preserved by a topaz from the fiery vengeance of Arsaces, Queen of Ethiopia. This stone was one of the first talismans that Theagenes possessed in Egypt. The topaz, at present, symbolizes Christian virtues—faith, justice, temperance, gentleness, clemency.”

The ancients knew only two types of electric materials—amber (electron), which gave its name to the science; and lyncurium, which is thought to be either tourmaline or topaz (Dr. Davy, “Mem. Sir Humphry Davy,” 1836, Vol. I. p. 309). A recent article discussing gems includes the following: “The name of the precious stone set in the ring of Gyges has not been preserved, but it's likely that it was topaz, known for its wonders that Philostratus describes in the Life of Apollonius. An emblem of the sun and fire, the ancients referred to it as the gold magnet, believing it could attract that metal, reveal its veins, and uncover treasures. Heliodorus, in his tale of Theagenes and Caricles, claims that topaz protects anyone who wears it from fire, and that Caricles was saved by a topaz from the fiery wrath of Arsaces, Queen of Ethiopia. This stone was one of the first talismans that Theagenes had in Egypt. Nowadays, topaz represents Christian virtues—faith, justice, temperance, gentleness, and clemency.”

References.—“Greek Thinkers,” by Theodor Gomperz, translation of L. Magnus, London 1901, p. 532; Zahn at A.D. 1696; Joannes Ruellius, “De Natura Stirpium,” 1536, p. 125; Paul Tannery, “Pour l’Histoire de la Science Hellène,” Paris, 1887, chap. iii. pp. 52–80; Becquerel, “Traité Expérimental,” Paris, 1834, Vol. I. p. 33; Pliny, “Natural History,” Bostock and Riley, 1858, book 37, chap. xii. p. 403; Pline, “Histoire Naturelle,” 1778, livre 37, chapitre iii.; Lardner, “Lectures,” 1859, Vol. I. p. 104; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1849, Vol. I. p. 182; Poggendorff, XI. p. 1088; Apuleius, Floridor, p. 361; Plato; Timæus, The Locrian; “De Anima Mundi ...,” 12, 15; Pauli (Adrian), Dantzig, 1614; Ulysses Aldrovandus, “Musaeum Metallicum,” pp. 411–412; Aurifabrum (Andreas), “Succini Historia,” ... Königsberg, 1551–1561; and, for the different names given to amber and the magnet by the ancients, consult, more especially, the numerous authorities cited by M. Th. Henri Martin (“Mém. présenté à l’Académie des Inscrip. et Belles Lettres,” première partie, Vol. VI. pp. 297–329, 391–411, Paris, 1860); J. Matthias Gessner, “De Electro Veterum” (Com. Soc. Reg. Sc. Gött., Vol. III for 1753, p. 67); Louis Delaunay, “Minér. des Anciens,” Part 2, p. 125 (Poggendorff, Vol. II. p. 540); Philip Jacob Hartmann, in Phil. Trans., Vol. XXI. No. 248, pp. 5, 49, also in Baddam’s Abridgments, Vol. III, first edition, 1739, pp. 322–366.

References.—“Greek Thinkers,” by Theodor Gomperz, translated by L. Magnus, London 1901, p. 532; Zahn at CE 1696; Joannes Ruellius, “De Natura Stirpium,” 1536, p. 125; Paul Tannery, “Pour l’Histoire de la Science Hellène,” Paris, 1887, chap. iii. pp. 52–80; Becquerel, “Traité Expérimental,” Paris, 1834, Vol. I. p. 33; Pliny, “Natural History,” Bostock and Riley, 1858, book 37, chap. xii. p. 403; Pline, “Histoire Naturelle,” 1778, livre 37, chapitre iii.; Lardner, “Lectures,” 1859, Vol. I. p. 104; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1849, Vol. I. p. 182; Poggendorff, XI. p. 1088; Apuleius, Floridor, p. 361; Plato; Timæus, The Locrian; “De Anima Mundi ...,” 12, 15; Pauli (Adrian), Dantzig, 1614; Ulysses Aldrovandus, “Musaeum Metallicum,” pp. 411–412; Aurifabrum (Andreas), “Succini Historia,” ... Königsberg, 1551–1561; and, for the various names used for amber and the magnet by the ancients, see especially the many sources referenced by M. Th. Henri Martin (“Mém. présenté à l’Académie des Inscrip. et Belles Lettres,” première partie, Vol. VI. pp. 297–329, 391–411, Paris, 1860); J. Matthias Gessner, “De Electro Veterum” (Com. Soc. Reg. Sc. Gött., Vol. III for 1753, p. 67); Louis Delaunay, “Minér. des Anciens,” Part 2, p. 125 (Poggendorff, Vol. II. p. 540); Philip Jacob Hartmann, in Phil. Trans., Vol. XXI. No. 248, pp. 5, 49, also in Baddam’s Abridgments, Vol. III, first edition, 1739, pp. 322–366.

B.C. 600.—The Etruscans are known to have devoted themselves at this period to the study of electricity in an especial manner.[4][9] They are said to have attracted lightning by shooting arrows of metal into clouds which threatened thunder. Pliny even asserts that they had a secret method of not only “drawing it (the lightning) down” from the clouds, but of afterwards “turning it aside” in any desired direction. They recognized different sources of lightning, those coming from the sky (a sideribus venientia), which always struck obliquely, and others from the earth (infera, terrena), which rose perpendicularly. The Romans, on the other hand, recognized only two sorts, those of the day, attributed to Jupiter, and those of the night, attributed to Summanus (see Vassalli-Eandi at A.D. 1790).

600 B.C.—The Etruscans are known to have focused on the study of electricity during this time. [4][9] They are said to have attracted lightning by shooting metal arrows into clouds that looked like they were about to storm. Pliny even claimed that they had a secret technique for not only “drawing it (the lightning) down” from the clouds but also for “redirecting it” in any direction they wanted. They identified different sources of lightning: those from the sky (a sideribus venientia), which always struck at an angle, and those from the earth (infera, terrena), which came straight up. The Romans, however, only recognized two types: those of the day, which they attributed to Jupiter, and those of the night, which they attributed to Summanus (see Vassalli-Eandi at CE 1790).

This Vassalli-Eandi—like L. Fromondi—made special study of the very extensive scientific knowledge displayed by the ancients and, as shown in his “Conghietture ...” he concluded that they really possessed the secret of attracting and directing lightning. The above-named extracts concerning the Etruscans and Romans are made from the subjoined work of Mme. Blavatsky, wherein the following is likewise given.

This Vassalli-Eandi—like L. Fromondi—conducted a deep study of the vast scientific knowledge demonstrated by ancient civilizations and, as shown in his “Conghietture ...”, he concluded that they actually had the secret to attracting and directing lightning. The extracts mentioned above regarding the Etruscans and Romans are taken from the accompanying work of Mme. Blavatsky, which also includes the following.

Tradition says that Numa Pompilius, the second king of Rome, was initiated by the priests of the Etruscan divinities, and instructed by them in the secret of forcing Jupiter, the Thunderer, to descend upon earth. Salverte believes that before Franklin discovered his refined electricity, Numa had experimented with it most successfully, and that Tullus Hostilius, the successor of Numa, was the first victim of the dangerous “heavenly guest” recorded in history. Salverte remarks that Pliny makes use of expressions which seem to indicate two distinct processes; the one obtained thunder (impetrare), the other forced it to lightning (cogere). Tracing back the knowledge of thunder and lightning possessed by the Etruscan priests, we find that Tarchon, the founder of the theurgism of the former, desiring to preserve his house from lightning, surrounded it by a hedge of the white bryony, a climbing plant which has the property of averting thunderbolts. The Temple of Juno had its roofs covered with numerous pointed blades of swords. Ben David, says the author of “Occult Sciences,” has asserted that Moses (born about 1570 B.C.) possessed some knowledge of the phenomena of electricity. Prof. Hirt, of Berlin, is of this opinion. Michaelis remarks that there is no indication that lightning ever struck the Temple of Jerusalem during a thousand years: that, according to Josephus, a forest of points, of gold and very sharp, covered the roof of the temple, and that this roof communicated with the caverns in the hill by means of pipes in connection with the gilding which covered all the exterior of the building, in consequence of which the points would act as conductors. Salverte further asserts that in the days of Ctesias—Ktesias—India was acquainted with the use of conductors[10] of lightning. This historian plainly states that iron placed at the bottom of a fountain, and made in the form of a sword, with the point upward, possessed, as soon as it was thus fixed in the ground, the property of averting storms and lightning.

Tradition says that Numa Pompilius, the second king of Rome, was initiated by the priests of the Etruscan gods and trained by them in the secret of making Jupiter, the Thunderer, descend to earth. Salverte believes that before Franklin discovered refined electricity, Numa had successfully experimented with it, and that Tullus Hostilius, Numa's successor, was the first recorded victim of the dangerous “heavenly guest” in history. Salverte notes that Pliny uses phrases that seem to indicate two distinct processes; one that summoned thunder (impetrare), and another that forced it to produce lightning (cogere). Looking back at the knowledge of thunder and lightning held by the Etruscan priests, we find that Tarchon, the founder of their religious practices, wanted to protect his home from lightning, so he surrounded it with a hedge of white bryony, a climbing plant known to ward off thunderbolts. The Temple of Juno had its roofs covered with many pointed blades of swords. Ben David, according to the author of “Occult Sciences,” claimed that Moses (born around 1570 BCE) had some understanding of electricity phenomena. Prof. Hirt from Berlin shares this view. Michaelis notes that there is no evidence that lightning ever struck the Temple of Jerusalem in a thousand years: according to Josephus, the temple's roof was covered with sharp, golden points, and this roof was connected to the caverns in the hill through pipes linked to the gilding on the building's exterior, which made the points function as conductors. Salverte also claims that during the time of Ctesias—Ktesias—India was familiar with using conductors[10] for lightning. This historian clearly states that iron buried at the bottom of a fountain, shaped like a sword with the point facing up, had the property of preventing storms and lightning as soon as it was set in the ground.

“Ancient India, as described by Ktesias, the Knidian,” J. H. McCrindle, London, 1882, alludes, p. 68, to iron swords employed to ward off lightning. Reference is made to the pantarbe at pp. 7–8, 69–70, and to the elektron (amber) at pp. 20, 21, 23, 51, 52, 70, 86. See account of Ktesias in “Nouvelle Biogr. Génér.,” Vol. XII. pp. 568–571, and in “Larousse Dict.,” Vol. V. p. 614.

“Ancient India, as described by Ktesias, the Knidian,” J. H. McCrindle, London, 1882, mentions iron swords used to ward off lightning, p. 68. It refers to the pantarbe on pp. 7–8, 69–70, and the elektron (amber) on pp. 20, 21, 23, 51, 52, 70, 86. See the account of Ktesias in “Nouvelle Biogr. Génér.,” Vol. XII, pp. 568–571, and in “Larousse Dict.,” Vol. V, p. 614.

In his “Observations sur la Physique,” Vols. XXIV. pp. 321–323, XXV. pp. 297–303, XXVI. pp. 101–107, M. l’Abbé Rosier gives the correspondence between M. de Michaelis, Professor at Göttingen, and Mr. Lichtenberg, showing conclusively how the numerous points distributed over the surface of the roof of the Temple of Solomon effectively served as lightning conductors. Mr. Lichtenberg in addition shows that the bell tower located upon a hill at the country seat of Count Orsini de Rosenberg, was, during a period of several years, so repeatedly struck by lightning, with great loss of life, that divine service had to be suspended in the church. The tower was entirely destroyed in 1730 and soon after rebuilt, but it was struck as often as ten times during one prolonged storm, until finally a fifth successive attack, during the year 1778, compelled its demolition. For the third time the tower was reconstructed, and the Count placed a pointed conductor, since which time no damage has been sustained.

In his “Observations on Physics,” Vols. XXIV. pp. 321–323, XXV. pp. 297–303, XXVI. pp. 101–107, M. l’Abbé Rosier presents the correspondence between M. de Michaelis, a professor at Göttingen, and Mr. Lichtenberg, clearly demonstrating how the many points scattered across the roof of the Temple of Solomon effectively acted as lightning conductors. Mr. Lichtenberg also points out that the bell tower on a hill at Count Orsini de Rosenberg's country estate was struck by lightning so many times over several years, causing significant loss of life, that services had to be suspended at the church. The tower was completely destroyed in 1730 and rebuilt shortly after, but it was hit as many as ten times during one extended storm, until a fifth consecutive strike in 1778 forced its demolition. For the third time, the tower was rebuilt, and the Count installed a pointed conductor, after which no further damage has occurred.

References.—Mme. Blavatsky, “Isis Unveiled,” 1877, Vol. I. pp. 142, 457, 458, 527, 528, and her references to Ovid, “Fast,” lib. iii. v. 285–346; Titus Livius, lib. i. cap. 31; Pliny, “Hist. Nat.,” lib. ii. cap. 53 and lib. xxviii. cap. 2; Lucius Calp, Piso; Columella, lib. x. v. 346, etc.; La Boissière, “Notice sur les Travaux de l’Académie du Gard,” part I. pp. 304–314; “Bell. Jud. adv. Roman,” lib. v. cap. 14; “Magas. Sc. de Göttingen,” 3e année 5e cahier; Ktesias, in “India ap. Photum. Bibl. Cod.,” 72. See also, De La Rive, “Electricity,” London, 1858, Vol. III, chap. ii. p. 90; “Encycl. Brit.,” 8th ed., article “Electricity”; Lardner, “Lectures,” II. p. 99; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1849, Vol. II. pp. 502–504; Boccalini, “Parnassus,” Century I. chap. xlvi. alluded to at p. 24, Vol. I. of Miller’s “Retrospect”; Gouget, “Origin of Laws,” Vol. III. book 3; Themistius, Oratio 27, p. 337; “Agathias Myrenaeus de rebus gestis Justiniani,” lib. v. p. 151; Dutens, “Origine des découvertes ...”; “Gentleman’s Magazine” for July 1785, p. 522; Falconer, “Mem. of Lit. and Phil. Soc. of Manchester,” Vol III. p. 278; “Sc. Amer.,” No. 7. p. 99; E. Salverte, “Phil. of Magic,” 1847, Vol. II. chaps. viii. and ix.; “Fraser’s Magazine” for 1839; H. Martin, Paris, 1865–6; P. F. von Dietrich, Berlin, 1784.

References.—Mme. Blavatsky, “Isis Unveiled,” 1877, Vol. I. pp. 142, 457, 458, 527, 528, and her references to Ovid, “Fast,” lib. iii. v. 285–346; Titus Livius, lib. i. cap. 31; Pliny, “Hist. Nat.,” lib. ii. cap. 53 and lib. xxviii. cap. 2; Lucius Calp, Piso; Columella, lib. x. v. 346, etc.; La Boissière, “Notice sur les Travaux de l’Académie du Gard,” part I. pp. 304–314; “Bell. Jud. adv. Roman,” lib. v. cap. 14; “Magas. Sc. de Göttingen,” 3e année 5e cahier; Ktesias, in “India ap. Photum. Bibl. Cod.,” 72. See also, De La Rive, “Electricity,” London, 1858, Vol. III, chap. ii. p. 90; “Encycl. Brit.,” 8th ed., article “Electricity”; Lardner, “Lectures,” II. p. 99; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1849, Vol. II. pp. 502–504; Boccalini, “Parnassus,” Century I. chap. xlvi. alluded to at p. 24, Vol. I. of Miller’s “Retrospect”; Gouget, “Origin of Laws,” Vol. III. book 3; Themistius, Oratio 27, p. 337; “Agathias Myrenaeus de rebus gestis Justiniani,” lib. v. p. 151; Dutens, “Origine des découvertes ...”; “Gentleman’s Magazine” for July 1785, p. 522; Falconer, “Mem. of Lit. and Phil. Soc. of Manchester,” Vol III. p. 278; “Sc. Amer.,” No. 7. p. 99; E. Salverte, “Phil. of Magic,” 1847, Vol. II. chaps. viii. and ix.; “Fraser’s Magazine” for 1839; H. Martin, Paris, 1865–6; P. F. von Dietrich, Berlin, 1784.

Caius Plinius Secundus. Page taken from earliest known edition of the Naturalis Historiae Venetiis 1469, of which there are only three known original vellum copies. These are now at Vienna, Ravenna and in the Bibliothèque Sainte Geneviève, Paris.

Caius Plinius Secundus. Page taken from the earliest known edition of the Naturalis Historiae, published in Venice in 1469, of which only three original vellum copies are known to exist. These are now located in Vienna, Ravenna, and the Bibliothèque Sainte Geneviève in Paris.

Title page of Aristotle’s “De Naturali Auscultatione,” Paris 1542. The property of Dr. William Gilberd, when at Cambridge, inscribed with his name and that of Archdeacon Thomas Drant. (From the Library of Dr. Silvanus. P. Thompson.)

Title page of Aristotle’s “De Naturali Auscultatione,” Paris 1542. The property of Dr. William Gilberd, while at Cambridge, inscribed with his name and that of Archdeacon Thomas Drant. (From the Library of Dr. Silvanus. P. Thompson.)

B.C. 588.—The earliest reliable record of messages transmitted by the sign of fire is to be found in the book of Jeremiah, vi. 1: “O ye children of Benjamin, gather yourselves to flee out of the midst of Jerusalem, and blow the trumpet in Tekoa, and set up a sign [11]of fire in Beth-haccerem; for evil appeareth out of the north and great destruction.”

B.C. 588.—The earliest trustworthy record of messages sent through the sign of fire is found in the book of Jeremiah, vi. 1: “O you children of Benjamin, gather to escape from Jerusalem, blow the trumpet in Tekoa, and set up a sign [11]of fire in Beth-haccerem; for disaster is coming from the north and great destruction.”

References.—Turnbull, “Electro-magnetic Telegraph,” 1853, p. 17; Knight’s “Mech. Dict.,” Vol. III. p. 2092; Penny and other Encyclopædias.

Sources.—Turnbull, “Electro-magnetic Telegraph,” 1853, p. 17; Knight’s “Mech. Dict.,” Vol. III. p. 2092; Penny and other encyclopedias.

B.C. 341.—Aristotle, Greek philosopher, says (“Hist. of Anim.,” IX. 37) that the electrical torpedo causes or produces a torpor upon those fishes it is about to seize, and, having by that means got them into its mouth, feeds upon them. The torpedo is likewise alluded to, notably by (Claudius) Plutarch, the celebrated Greek moralist, by Dioscorides, Pedacius, Greek botanist, referred to in Gilbert’s “De Magnete,” Book I. chaps. i, ii, and xiv; by Galen, illustrious Roman physician, who is also frequently alluded to in “De Magnete,” and by Claudius Claudian, Latin poet, who flourished at the commencement of the fifth century. Oppian describes (“Oppian’s Halieuticks of the nature of fishes and fishing of the ancients in five books,” lib. ii. v. 56, etc., also lib. iii. v. 149) the organs by which the animal produces the above effect, and Pliny (“Nat. Hist.,” Book 32, chap. i) says: “This fish, if touched by a rod or spear, at a distance paralyzes the strongest muscles, and binds and arrests the feet, however swift.”

B.C. 341.—Aristotle, the Greek philosopher, states (“Hist. of Anim.,” IX. 37) that the electrical torpedo stuns the fish it’s about to catch, and once they’re immobilized, it consumes them. The torpedo is also mentioned by notable figures such as (Claudius) Plutarch, the famous Greek moralist, Dioscorides, the Greek botanist, referred to in Gilbert’s “De Magnete,” Book I, chapters i, ii, and xiv; by Galen, the renowned Roman physician, who is frequently cited in “De Magnete,” and by Claudius Claudian, the Latin poet from the early fifth century. Oppian describes (“Oppian’s Halieuticks of the nature of fishes and fishing of the ancients in five books,” lib. ii. v. 56, etc., also lib. iii. v. 149) the organs that produce this effect, and Pliny (“Nat. Hist.,” Book 32, chap. i) states: “This fish, when touched by a rod or spear, can paralyze even the strongest muscles from a distance, immobilizing even the fastest feet.”

“The very crampe-fish tarped, knoweth her owne force and power, and being herself not benummed, is able to astonish others” (Holland “Plinie,” Book IX. chap. xlii.).

“The very crampe-fish tarped, knows her own strength and power, and being herself not numb, is able to astonish others” (Holland “Plinie,” Book IX. chap. xlii.).

“We, here, and in no other place, met with that extraordinary fish called the torpedo, or numbing fish, which is in shape very like the fiddle fish, and is not to be known from it but by a brown circular spot about the bigness of a crown-piece near the centre of its back” (Ausonius, “Voyages,” Book II. chap. xii.).

“We, right here, and not anywhere else, came across that amazing fish called the torpedo, or numb fish, which looks a lot like the fiddle fish and can only be distinguished from it by a brown circular spot about the size of a coin near the center of its back” (Ausonius, “Voyages,” Book II. chap. xii.).

References.—“Encycl. Metr.,” IV. p. 41; “Encycl. Brit.,” article “Electricity”; Jos. Wm. Moss, “A Manual of Classical Biography,” London, 1837, Vol. I. pp. 105–186, for all the Aristotle’s treatises, also Commentaries and Translations; Jourdain (Charles et Amable), “Recherches ... traductions latines d’Aristotle,” Paris, 1843; Fahie, “Hist. of Elec. Teleg.,” p. 170; “Sci. Amer.,” No. 457, pp. 7301, 7302; “Aristotle,” by Geo. Grote, London, 1872; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1859–1860, Vols. I and II passim, Vol. III. pp. 13–15, 29–30, 124; “Journal des Savants,” for Feb. 1861, March and May 1872, also for Feb., May and Sept. 1893.

Sources.—“Encycl. Metr.,” IV. p. 41; “Encycl. Brit.,” article “Electricity”; Jos. Wm. Moss, “A Manual of Classical Biography,” London, 1837, Vol. I. pp. 105–186, for all of Aristotle’s works, including Commentaries and Translations; Jourdain (Charles et Amable), “Recherches ... traductions latines d’Aristotle,” Paris, 1843; Fahie, “Hist. of Elec. Teleg.,” p. 170; “Sci. Amer.,” No. 457, pp. 7301, 7302; “Aristotle,” by Geo. Grote, London, 1872; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1859–1860, Vols. I and II passim, Vol. III. pp. 13–15, 29–30, 124; “Journal des Savants,” for Feb. 1861, March and May 1872, also for Feb., May and Sept. 1893.

Aristotle is alluded to in Gilbert’s “De Magnete,” at Book I. chaps. i. ii. vii. xv. xvi. xvii.; Book II. chaps. i.[5] iii. iv.; Book V. chap. xii.; Book VI, chaps. iii. v. vi.

Aristotle is referenced in Gilbert’s “De Magnete,” in Book I, chapters i, ii, vii, xv, xvi, and xvii; Book II, chapters i, iii, and iv; Book V, chapter xii; and Book VI, chapters iii, v, and vi.

[12]

[12]

B.C. 341.—Æneas, the tactician, believed to be the same Æneas of Stymphale alluded to by Xenophon, invented a singular method of telegraphing phrases commonly used, especially in war. These were written upon exactly similar oblong boards placed at the dispatching and receiving stations, where they stood upon floats in vessels of water. At a given signal the water was allowed to flow out of the vessel at each station, and, when the desired phrase on the board had reached the level of the vessel, another signal was made so that the outflow could be stopped and the desired signal read at the receiving station.

B.C. 341.—Æneas, the strategist, believed to be the same Æneas of Stymphale mentioned by Xenophon, created a unique way to send messages using phrases that were commonly used, especially in military contexts. These messages were written on identical oblong boards set up at both the sending and receiving stations, where they floated in vessels of water. When a specific signal was given, the water was drained from each vessel, and once the desired phrase on the board reached the water level, another signal was given to stop the outflow so that the received message could be read at the other station.

References.—Laurencin, “Le Télégraphe,” Chap. I; “Penny Encycl.,” Vol. XXIV. p. 145; “Michaud Bio.,” Paris, 1855, Vol. XII. pp. 459–460.

References.—Laurencin, “Le Télégraphe,” Chap. I; “Penny Encycl.,” Vol. XXIV. p. 145; “Michaud Bio.,” Paris, 1855, Vol. XII. pp. 459–460.

B.C. 337–330.—From the well-known work by Mme. Blavatsky (“Isis Unveiled,” New York, 1877) the following curious extracts are made regarding “The Ether or Astral Light” (Vol. I. chap. v. pp. 125–162):

B.C. 337–330.—From the well-known work by Madame Blavatsky (“Isis Unveiled,” New York, 1877) the following interesting excerpts are taken regarding “The Ether or Astral Light” (Vol. I. chap. v. pp. 125–162):

“There has been an infinite confusion of names to express one and the same thing, amongst others, the Hermes-fire, the lightning of Cybelè, the nerve-aura and the fluid of the magnetists, the od of Reichenbach, the fire-globe, or meteor-cat of Babinet, the physic force of Sergeant Cox and Mr. Crookes, the atmospheric magnetism of some naturalists, galvanism, and finally, electricity, which are but various names for many different manifestations or effects of the same all-pervading causes—the Greek Archeus....” Only in connection with these discoveries (Edison’s Force and Graham Bell’s Telephone, which may unsettle, if not utterly upset all our ideas of the imponderable fluids) we may perhaps well remind our readers of the many hints to be found in the ancient histories as to a certain secret in the possession of the Egyptian priesthood, who could instantly communicate, during the celebration of the Mysteries, from one temple to another, even though the former were at Thebes and the latter at the other end of the country; the legends attributing it, as a matter of course, to the “invisible tribes” of the air which carry messages for mortals. The author of “Pre-Adamite Man” (P. B. Randolph, at p. 48) quotes an instance, which, being merely given on his own authority, and he seeming uncertain whether the story comes from Macrinus or some other writer, may be taken for what it is worth. He found good evidence, he says, during his stay in Egypt, that one of the Cleopatras actually sent news by a wire to all of the cities from Heliopolis (the magnificent chief seat of sun-worship) to the island of Elephantine, on the Upper Nile.

“There has been endless confusion about names to describe the same thing, including Hermes-fire, Cybele's lightning, nerve-aura and the fluid of magnetists, Reichenbach's od, fire-globe or meteor-cat of Babinet, the physical force of Sergeant Cox and Mr. Crookes, atmospheric magnetism as described by some naturalists, galvanism, and finally, electricity. These are just various terms for many different manifestations or effects of the same all-encompassing causes—the Greek Archeus.... In light of these discoveries (Edison's Force and Graham Bell's Telephone, which could potentially challenge or completely change our ideas about the imponderable fluids), it’s worth reminding our readers of the many indications in ancient histories regarding a certain secret held by the Egyptian priesthood, who could instantly communicate from one temple to another during the Mysteries, even if one was in Thebes and the other at the opposite end of the country. The legends naturally attribute this to the 'invisible tribes' of the air that carry messages for mortals. The author of 'Pre-Adamite Man' (P. B. Randolph, pg. 48) provides an example, which, since it is based solely on his own authority and he seems uncertain whether the story originates from Macrinus or elsewhere, should be taken with caution. He claims to have found solid evidence during his time in Egypt that one of the Cleopatras actually sent messages by wire to all the cities from Heliopolis (the grand center of sun-worship) to the island of Elephantine, on the Upper Nile.”

Further on, Mme. Blavatsky thus alludes to the loadstone:

Further on, Mme. Blavatsky refers to the loadstone:

“The stone magnet is believed by many to owe its name to Magnesia....” We consider, however, the opinion of the Hermetists[13] to be the correct one. The word magh, magus, is derived from the Sanscrit mahaji, meaning the great or wise ... so the magnet stone was called in honour of the Magi, who were the first to discover its wonderful properties. Their places of worship were located throughout the country in all directions, and among these were some temples of Hercules, hence the stone—when it became known that the priests used it for their curative and magical purposes—received the name of Magnesian or Herculean stone. Socrates, speaking of it, says: “Euripides calls it the Magnesian stone, but the common people the Herculean” (Plato, “Ion”—Burgess—Vol. IV. p. 294). In the same Vol. I. of “Isis Unveiled” we are likewise informed that Electricity in the Norse legends is personated by Thor, the son of Odin, at Samothrace by the Kabeirian Demeter (Joseph Ennemoser, “History of Magic,” London, 1854, Vol. II.; J. S. C. Schweigger, “Introd. to Mythol. through Nat Hist.,” Halle, 1836), and that it is denoted by the “twin brothers,” the Dioskuri. Also that the celestial, pure fire of the Pagan altar was electrically drawn from the astral light, that magnetic currents develop themselves into electricity upon their exit from the body, and that the first inhabitants of the earth brought down the heavenly fire to their altars (J. S. C. Schweigger in Ennemoser’s “Hist. of Magic,” Vol. II. p. 30; Maurus Honoratus Servius, “Virgil,” Eclog. VI. v. 42).

“The stone magnet is thought by many to be named after Magnesia....” However, we believe the Hermetists[13] have the correct perspective. The term magh, magus, comes from the Sanskrit mahaji, meaning great or wise ... so the magnet stone was named in honor of the Magi, who were the first to uncover its amazing properties. Their places of worship were scattered across the land, including some temples dedicated to Hercules, which is why the stone—once it became known that the priests used it for healing and magical purposes—earned the name Magnesian or Herculean stone. Socrates mentions it, saying: “Euripides calls it the Magnesian stone, while the common people call it the Herculean” (Plato, “Ion”—Burgess—Vol. IV. p. 294). In the same Volume I of “Isis Unveiled,” we learn that Electricity in Norse legends is embodied by Thor, the son of Odin, and at Samothrace by Kabeirian Demeter (Joseph Ennemoser, “History of Magic,” London, 1854, Vol. II.; J. S. C. Schweigger, “Introd. to Mythol. through Nat Hist.,” Halle, 1836), and that it is represented by the “twin brothers,” the Dioskuri. It is also said that the celestial, pure fire of the Pagan altar was electrically drawn from the astral light, that magnetic currents convert into electricity when they leave the body, and that the first humans brought down heavenly fire to their altars (J. S. C. Schweigger in Ennemoser’s “Hist. of Magic,” Vol. II. p. 30; Maurus Honoratus Servius, “Virgil,” Eclog. VI. v. 42).

B.C. 321.—Theophrastus, Greek philosopher, first observed the attractive property of the lyncurium, supposed by many to be the tourmaline, and gave a description of it in his treatise upon stones (“De Lapidibus,” sec. 53; or the translation of Sir John Hill, 1774, chap. xlix.-l., p. 123). This crystal was termed lapis lyncurius by Pliny in his “Nat. Hist.,” and lapis electricus by Linnæus in his “Flora Zeylanica” (U. Aldrovandus, “Mus. Metal.”; Philemon Holland, “The Historie of the World,” commonly called “The Naturall Historie of C. Plinius Secundus,” London, 1601).

B.C. 321.—Theophrastus, a Greek philosopher, was the first to notice the attractive property of lyncurium, which many believe to be tourmaline, and he described it in his work on stones (“De Lapidibus,” sec. 53; or the translation by Sir John Hill, 1774, chap. xlix.-l., p. 123). Pliny referred to this crystal as lapis lyncurius in his “Nat. Hist.,” while Linnæus called it lapis electricus in his “Flora Zeylanica” (U. Aldrovandus, “Mus. Metal.”; Philemon Holland, “The Historie of the World,” commonly known as “The Naturall Historie of C. Plinius Secundus,” London, 1601).

Theophrastus and Pliny speak of this native magnet as possessing, like amber, the property of attracting straw, dried leaves, bark and other light bodies. The different sorts of loadstones, of which the best were blue in colour (as stated by Taisnier, Porta, Barthol. de Glanville and others), are thus alluded to by Pliny (“Nat. Hist.,” lib. xxxvi. cap. 16): “Sotacus describes five kinds: the Æthiopian; that of Magnesia, a country which borders on Macedonia; a third from Hyettus, in Boetia; a fourth from Alexandria, in Troas; and a fifth from Magnesia, in Asia” (Porta, “Natural Magick,” Book VII. chap. i.). He further says that iron cannot resist it; “the moment the metal approaches it, it springs[14] toward the magnet, and, as it clasps it, is held fast in the magnet’s embrace.” It is by many called ferrum vivum, or quick iron.[6]

Theophrastus and Pliny mention this native magnet as having, similar to amber, the ability to attract straw, dried leaves, bark, and other light objects. The various types of loadstones, with the best ones being blue (as noted by Taisnier, Porta, Barthol. de Glanville, and others), are referred to by Pliny (“Nat. Hist.,” lib. xxxvi. cap. 16): “Sotacus describes five kinds: the Ethiopian; one from Magnesia, a region bordering Macedonia; a third from Hyettus in Boeotia; a fourth from Alexandria in Troas; and a fifth from Magnesia in Asia” (Porta, “Natural Magick,” Book VII. chap. i.). He also states that iron cannot resist it; “the moment the metal gets close, it springs[14] towards the magnet, and, as it grips it, is held tightly in the magnet’s embrace.” Many refer to it as ferrum vivum, or quick iron.

Claudian speaks of it as “a stone which is preferred to all that is most precious in the East.... Iron gives it life and nourishes it” (Claudian, Idyl V; Ennemoser, “Hist. of Magic,” Vol. II. p. 27).

Claudian describes it as “a stone that is valued more than anything precious in the East.... Iron gives it life and sustains it” (Claudian, Idyl V; Ennemoser, “Hist. of Magic,” Vol. II. p. 27).

Hippocrates, the father of medical science, calls it “the stone which carries away iron.”

Hippocrates, the father of medical science, calls it "the stone that carries away iron."

Epicurus, an Athenian of the Ægean tribe, says: “The loadstone or magnet attracts iron, because the particles which are continually flowing from it, as from all bodies, have such a peculiar fitness in form to those which flow from iron that, upon collision, they easily unite.... The mutual attraction of amber and like bodies may be explained in the same manner.”

Epicurus, an Athenian from the Ægean tribe, says: “The loadstone or magnet attracts iron because the particles constantly flowing from it, like from all bodies, have a unique shape that fits perfectly with those flowing from iron, so when they collide, they easily stick together.... The mutual attraction of amber and similar materials can be explained in the same way.”

Hier. Cardan intimates that “it is a certain appetite or desire of nutriment that makes the loadstone snatch the iron....” (“De Subtilitate,” Basileæ, 1611, lib. vii. p. 381).

Hier. Cardan suggests that “there's a particular craving or desire for nourishment that causes the loadstone to attract the iron....” (“De Subtilitate,” Basileæ, 1611, lib. vii. p. 381).

Diogenes of Apollonia (lib. ii. “Nat. Quæst.,” cap. xxiii.) says that “there is humidity in iron which the dryness of the magnet feeds upon.”

Diogenes of Apollonia (lib. ii. “Nat. Quæst.,” cap. xxiii.) says that “there is moisture in iron that the magnet's dryness consumes.”

Cornelius Gemma supposed invisible lines to stretch from the magnet to the attracted body, a conception which, says Prof. Tyndall, reminds us of Faraday’s lines of force.

Cornelius Gemma believed that invisible lines extended from the magnet to the object it attracted, a concept that, according to Prof. Tyndall, is similar to Faraday’s lines of force.

Lucretius accounts for the adhesion of the steel to the loadstone by saying that on the surface of the magnet there are hooks,[15] and, on the surface of the steel, little rings which the hooks catch hold of.

Lucretius explains that the steel sticks to the loadstone because the surface of the magnet has hooks,[15] while the surface of the steel has small rings that the hooks grab onto.

Thales, Aristotle, Anaxagoras of Clazomenæ and the Greek sophist Hippias, ascribe the loadstone’s attractive virtue to the soul with which they say it is endowed. Humboldt (“Cosmos,” article on the Magnetic Needle) says soul signifies here “the inner principle of the moving agent,” and he adds in a footnote: “Aristotle (“De Anima,” I. 2) speaks only of the animation of the magnet as of an opinion that originated with Thales.” Diogenes Laertius interprets this statement as applying also distinctly to amber, for he says: “Aristotle and Hippias maintain as to the doctrine enounced by Thales.”

Thales, Aristotle, Anaxagoras of Clazomenæ, and the Greek sophist Hippias attribute the magnetic properties of lodestones to the soul that they believe it possesses. Humboldt (“Cosmos,” article on the Magnetic Needle) states that soul here means “the inner principle of the moving agent,” and he adds in a footnote: “Aristotle (“De Anima,” I. 2) discusses the animation of the magnet as an idea that originated with Thales.” Diogenes Laertius interprets this statement as also clearly applying to amber, noting: “Aristotle and Hippias support the doctrine put forth by Thales.”

The native magnet appears to have long been known in nearly every quarter of the globe (Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1848, Vol. V., and Harris, “Rudimentary Magnetism,” Parts I and II).

The native magnet seems to have been recognized for a long time in almost every part of the world (Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1848, Vol. V., and Harris, “Rudimentary Magnetism,” Parts I and II).

In the Talmud, it is called achzhàb’th, the stone which attracts; in the Aztec, tlaihiomani tetl, the stone that draws by its breath; in the Sanscrit, ayaskânta, loving toward iron; in the Siamese, me-lek, that which attracts iron; in the Chinese, thsu-chy, love stone, also hy-thy-chy, stone that snatches up iron; in the French, l’aimant, and in the Spanish, iman, loving stone; in the Hungarian, magnet kö, love stone; while in the Greek it is called siderites, owing to its resemblance to iron.

In the Talmud, it’s called achzhàb’th, the stone that attracts; in Aztec, tlaihiomani tetl, the stone that pulls by its breath; in Sanskrit, ayaskânta, affectionate toward iron; in Siamese, me-lek, the one that attracts iron; in Chinese, thsu-chy, love stone, also hy-thy-chy, stone that picks up iron; in French, l’aimant, and in Spanish, iman, loving stone; in Hungarian, magnet kö, love stone; while in Greek it is called siderites, due to its similarity to iron.

For lyncurium of the ancients see Phil. Trans., Vol. LI. p. 394, and Hutton’s “Abridgments,” Vol. XI. p. 419.

For lyncurium from ancient times, see Phil. Trans., Vol. LI, p. 394, and Hutton’s “Abridgments,” Vol. XI, p. 419.

Euripides (“Fragmenta Euripidis,” Didot edit., 1846, p. 757) called it lapis herculaneus, from its power over iron, and it was also known as lapis heracleus, doubtless because the best was, at one time, said to be found near Heraclea in Lydia (Plato, “Ion”—Burgess—Vol. IV. p. 294; see, besides, Blavatsky, “Isis Unveiled,” Vol. I. p. 130; Hervart (J. F.), Ingolstadii, 1623).

Euripides (“Fragmenta Euripidis,” Didot edit., 1846, p. 757) referred to it as lapis herculaneus due to its effects on iron, and it was also called lapis heracleus, likely because the best was once believed to be found near Heraclea in Lydia (Plato, “Ion”—Burgess—Vol. IV. p. 294; see also Blavatsky, “Isis Unveiled,” Vol. I. p. 130; Hervart (J. F.), Ingolstadii, 1623).

It has likewise been designated as follows: Chinese, tchu-chy, directing stone; Icelandic, leiderstein, leading stone; Swedish, segel-sten, seeing stone; Tonkinin, d’ànamtchûm, stone which shows the south; and, by reason of its great hardness, the Greeks called it calamita; the Italians calamita; the French calamite, also diamant; the Hebrews khalamish or kalmithath, and the Romans adamas, while adamant was the name given to the magnetic needle (compass) by the English of the time of Edward III (T. H. H. Martin, “De l’aimant, de ses noms divers et de ses variétés,” Paris, 1861; Buttmann, “Bemerkungen ... des Magnetes und des Basaltes,” 1808, Band II.; G. A. Palm, “Der Magnet in Alterthum,” 1867).[7]

It has also been named as follows: Chinese, tchu-chy, guiding stone; Icelandic, leiderstein, leading stone; Swedish, segel-sten, sighting stone; Tonkinin, d’ànamtchûm, stone that points south; and, due to its exceptional hardness, the Greeks called it calamita; the Italians calamita; the French calamite, also diamant; the Hebrews khalamish or kalmithath, and the Romans adamas, while adamant was the term used for the magnetic needle (compass) by the English during the time of Edward III (T. H. H. Martin, “De l’aimant, de ses noms divers et de ses variétés,” Paris, 1861; Buttmann, “Bemerkungen ... des Magnetes und des Basaltes,” 1808, Band II.; G. A. Palm, “Der Magnet in Alterthum,” 1867).[7]

[16]

[16]

“This stone adamas is dyuers and other than an Magnas, for yf an adamas be sette by yren it suffryth not the yren come to the magnas, but drawyth it by a manere of vyolence fro the magnas” (Trevisa, “Barth, de Prop, reb.,” XVI. 8).[8]

“This diamond is different from a magnet, because if a diamond is placed near iron, it won’t allow the iron to approach the magnet, but instead pulls it away violently.” (Trevisa, “Barth, de Prop, reb.,” XVI. 8.)[8]

“The adamant cannot draw yron if the diamond lye by it” (Lyly, “Euphues,” sig. K. p. 10).

“The unyielding cannot forge iron if the diamond lies beside it” (Lyly, “Euphues,” sig. K. p. 10).

“Right as an adamound, iwys, can drawen to hym sotylly the yren” (“Rom. Rose”).

“Right as an adamant, I swear, can draw him subtly the iron” (“Rom. Rose”).

“In Ynde groweth the admont stone ... she by her nature draweth to her yron” (Caxton, “Myrrour,” II. vii. 79).

"In India, the lodestone grows ... it naturally attracts iron to itself" (Caxton, "Myrrour," II. vii. 79).

“The adamant placed neare any iron will suffer it to be drawen away of the lode stone” (Maplet, “Greene Forest,” I.).

“The adamant placed near any iron will allow it to be drawn away by the lodestone” (Maplet, “Greene Forest,” I.).

“You draw me, you hard-hearted adamant; but yet you draw not iron; for my heart is true as steel” (Shakespeare, “Midsum. Night’s Dream,” Act. ii. sc. 1).

“You attract me, you unyielding stone; but still, you don’t attract iron; for my heart is as strong as steel” (Shakespeare, “Midsum. Night’s Dream,” Act. ii. sc. 1).

“As sun to day, as turtle to her mate, as iron to adamant” (Shakespeare, “Troilus and Cressida,” Act iii. sc. 2).

“As the sun is to the day, as a turtle is to her mate, as iron is to diamond” (Shakespeare, “Troilus and Cressida,” Act iii. sc. 2).

“The grace of God’s spirit, like the true load stone or adamant, draws up the yron heart of man to it” (Bishop Hall, “Occas. Medit.,” 52.).

“The grace of God’s spirit, like a true magnet, pulls the iron heart of man toward it” (Bishop Hall, “Occas. Medit.,” 52.).

[17]

[17]

“The adamant ... is such an enemy to the magnet that, if it be bound to it, it will not attract iron” (Leonardus, “Mirr. Stones,” 63).

“The adamant ... is such an enemy to the magnet that, if it's tied to it, it won't attract iron” (Leonardus, “Mirr. Stones,” 63).

According to Beckmann (Bohn, 1846, pp. 86–98) the real tourmaline was first brought from Ceylon (where the natives called it tournamal), at the end of the seventeenth century or beginning of the eighteenth century (see A.D. 1707).

According to Beckmann (Bohn, 1846, pp. 86–98), the actual tourmaline was first imported from Ceylon (where the locals referred to it as tournamal) at the end of the seventeenth century or the beginning of the eighteenth century (see CE 1707).

It is classed by Pliny as a variety of carbuncle (lib. xxxvii. cap. vii.). John de Laet says (“De Gemmis,” 1647, 8vo, p. 155): “The description of the lyncurium does not ill agree with the hyacinth of the moderns.” Watson thinks likewise (“Phil. Trans.,” Vol. LI. p. 394) and so does John Serapion-Serapio Mauritanus—Yuhanna Ibn Serapion Ben Ibrahim (alluded to by Gilbert, “De Magnete,” Book I. chap. i.) in his “Lib. de simplicibus medicinis,” Argent. 1531, fol. p. 263; and Anselm Boèce de Boot, Flemish naturalist (“Gem. et Lap. Hist.,” Leyden, 1636); while Epiphanius (“De Gemmis,” XII.) states that he could find in the Bible no mention of the lyncurium, which latter he also believes to have been the hyacinth. On the other hand, the Duke de Noya Caraffa (“Recueil de Mém. Æpinus,” Petersb. 1762, 8vo, p. 122) considers the tourmaline to be identical with the theamedes of the ancients (Pliny, lib. xx. 50, and xxxvi., 25; Cardan, “De Subtilitate,” lib. vii. p. 386).

It is categorized by Pliny as a type of carbuncle (lib. xxxvii. cap. vii.). John de Laet states (“De Gemmis,” 1647, 8vo, p. 155): “The description of the lyncurium is quite similar to the hyacinth as we know it today.” Watson agrees (“Phil. Trans.,” Vol. LI. p. 394), as does John Serapion-Serapio Mauritanus—Yuhanna Ibn Serapion Ben Ibrahim (mentioned by Gilbert, “De Magnete,” Book I. chap. i.) in his “Lib. de simplicibus medicinis,” Argent. 1531, fol. p. 263; and Anselm Boèce de Boot, a Flemish naturalist (“Gem. et Lap. Hist.,” Leyden, 1636); while Epiphanius (“De Gemmis,” XII.) notes that he could not find any mention of the lyncurium in the Bible, which he also believes to have been the hyacinth. On the other hand, the Duke de Noya Caraffa (“Recueil de Mém. Æpinus,” Petersb. 1762, 8vo, p. 122) considers the tourmaline to be the same as the theamedes of the ancients (Pliny, lib. xx. 50, and xxxvi., 25; Cardan, “De Subtilitate,” lib. vii. p. 386).

The betylos has doubtless been likewise named in this connection. Strabo, Pliny, Helancius—all speak of the electrical or electro-magnetic power of the betyli. They were worshipped in the remotest antiquity in Egypt and Samothrace as magnetic stones “containing souls which had fallen from heaven,” and the priests of Cybelè wore a small betylos on their bodies (Blavatsky, “Isis Unveiled,” Vol. I. p. 332).

The betylos has definitely been named in this context as well. Strabo, Pliny, Helancius— all mention the electrical or electromagnetic power of the betyli. They were worshipped in ancient times in Egypt and Samothrace as magnetic stones “containing souls that had fallen from heaven,” and the priests of Cybelè wore a small betylos on their bodies (Blavatsky, “Isis Unveiled,” Vol. I. p. 332).

References.—Enfield, “Dict. Phil.,” I. 152: Marbodeus Gallus, 1530–1531 Friburg, pp. 41 and 1539, Cologne, p. 39; Bostock’s “Pliny,” Book XXXVII. chap. xii.; Azuni, “Boussole,” 1809, p. 37; Venanson, “De l’invention de la Boussole Nautique,” Naples, 1808, pp. 27–29; Thomas, “Sc. An.,” 1837, p. 250. See also De Noya, “Encycl. Brit.,” 1855, VIII. p. 529, and Priestley, “History of Electricity,” 1775, p. 293; A. Cæsalpini, “De Metallicis,” Romæ, 1596; Th. Browne, “Pseudodoxia Epidemica,” 1650, p. 51; St. Isidore, “Originum,” lib. xvi. cap. 4; Corn. Gemma, “De Natura Divinis,” lib. i. cap. 7; Alb. Magnus, “De Mineral.,” lib. ii.; Joseph Ennemoser, “History of Magic,” Vol. II. pp. 27, 29, 51; Julius Solinus, “De Mirabilibus,” cap. 34; Johann S. T. Gehler, “Physik. Wörterbuch,” article “Magnetismus”; Joannes Langius, “Epistolarum Med.,” Epist. lxxv. For extract of Serapio’s work see Fernel’s “Coll. ... Greek Writers,” 1576. Consult likewise “Collection des anciens Alchimistes Grecs,” par M. Marcellin Berthelot, Paris, 1887, p. 252: siderites, aimant ou magnes, ferrum vivum, mâle et femelle—with references to Dioscorides, Pliny and Lexicon Alch. Rulandi.

References.—Enfield, “Dict. Phil.,” I. 152: Marbodeus Gallus, 1530–1531 Friburg, pp. 41 and 1539, Cologne, p. 39; Bostock’s “Pliny,” Book XXXVII. chap. xii.; Azuni, “Boussole,” 1809, p. 37; Venanson, “De l’invention de la Boussole Nautique,” Naples, 1808, pp. 27–29; Thomas, “Sc. An.,” 1837, p. 250. See also De Noya, “Encycl. Brit.,” 1855, VIII. p. 529, and Priestley, “History of Electricity,” 1775, p. 293; A. Cæsalpini, “De Metallicis,” Romæ, 1596; Th. Browne, “Pseudodoxia Epidemica,” 1650, p. 51; St. Isidore, “Originum,” lib. xvi. cap. 4; Corn. Gemma, “De Natura Divinis,” lib. i. cap. 7; Alb. Magnus, “De Mineral.,” lib. ii.; Joseph Ennemoser, “History of Magic,” Vol. II. pp. 27, 29, 51; Julius Solinus, “De Mirabilibus,” cap. 34; Johann S. T. Gehler, “Physik. Wörterbuch,” article “Magnetismus”; Joannes Langius, “Epistolarum Med.,” Epist. lxxv. For extract of Serapio’s work see Fernel’s “Coll. ... Greek Writers,” 1576. Consult likewise “Collection des anciens Alchimistes Grecs,” par M. Marcellin Berthelot, Paris, 1887, p. 252: siderites, aimant ou magnes, ferrum vivum, mâle et femelle—with references to Dioscorides, Pliny and Lexicon Alch. Rulandi.

[18]

[18]

For Pliny, see also “Manual of Classical Biography,” by Jos. Wm. Moss, London, 1837, Vol. I. pp. 473–504.

For Pliny, see also “Manual of Classical Biography” by Jos. Wm. Moss, London, 1837, Vol. I, pp. 473–504.

“For lyke as ye lodestone draweth vnto it yron: so doeth beneficence and well doyng allure all men vnto her.”—Udal. Markè, c. 5.

“For just as a lodestone attracts iron to itself, so does kindness and doing good draw all people to it.”—Udal. Markè, c. 5.

B.C. 285–247.—Ptolemy (Ptolemæus II, surnamed Philadelphus, or the brother-loving, son of Ptolemy Soter) ordered Timochares, the architect of the palace, to suspend the iron statue of Arsinoë in the temple of Pharos.

B.C. 285–247.—Ptolemy (Ptolemæus II, nicknamed Philadelphus, or the brother-loving, son of Ptolemy Soter) instructed Timochares, the palace architect, to hang the iron statue of Arsinoë in the temple of Pharos.

Although Pliny says (lib. xxxiv. cap. 14) that the statue was never completed owing to the death of both Ptolemy and his architect, Ausonius (Decimus Magnus), Roman poet (A.D. 309–393), asserts the contrary in his most important work, “Mosella” (vv. 314–320), translation of Mr. de la Ville de Mirmont, the first edition of which was published by Ugollet at Venice in 1499. Therein it is said: “Timochares (and not Dinochares, Dinocrates, Demochrates or Chirocrates) suspended the statue in mid-air (dans les hauteurs aëriennes du temple).... Under the ceiling-vault crowned with loadstones, a bluish magnet draws, by means of an iron hair, the young woman it holds in its embrace.”

Although Pliny states (lib. xxxiv. cap. 14) that the statue was never finished because both Ptolemy and his architect died, Ausonius (Decimus Magnus), a Roman poet (CE 309–393), argues the opposite in his most significant work, “Mosella” (vv. 314–320), translated by Mr. de la Ville de Mirmont, with the first edition published by Ugollet in Venice in 1499. It says: “Timochares (not Dinochares, Dinocrates, Demochrates, or Chirocrates) suspended the statue in mid-air (dans les hauteurs aëriennes du temple).... Under the ceiling-vault adorned with loadstones, a bluish magnet draws, through an iron thread, the young woman it holds in its embrace.”

“Dinocrates began to make the arched roofe of the temple of Arsinoë all of magnet, or this loadstone, to the end, that within that temple the statue of the said princesse made of yron, might seeme to hang in the aire by nothing” (Holland, “Plinie,” Book XXXIV. cap. 14).

“Dinocrates started to create the arched roof of the temple of Arsinoë entirely out of magnet, or loadstone, so that within that temple, the statue of the said princess made of iron would appear to hang in the air by itself” (Holland, “Plinie,” Book XXXIV. cap. 14).

King Theodoric alludes (Cassiodor, “Variar,” lib. i. epist. 45) to a statue of Cupid in the temple of Diana at Ephesus (one of the seven Wonders of the World), and St. Augustine (“De Civitate Dei,” XXI. 6) speaks of a bronze figure in the temple of Serapis at Alexandria, both suspended by means of a magnet attached to the ceiling.[9]

King Theodoric mentions (Cassiodor, “Variar,” book i, letter 45) a statue of Cupid in the temple of Diana at Ephesus (one of the seven Wonders of the World), and St. Augustine (“De Civitate Dei,” XXI. 6) talks about a bronze figure in the temple of Serapis at Alexandria, both hanging with a magnet that was fixed to the ceiling.[9]

References.—De Mirmont, “La Moselle,” 1889, “Commentaire,” pp. 93 and 95; St. Isidore, “Originum,” lib. xvi. cap. 4; G. Cedrinus, “Compend. Hist.,” cap. 267; Knight’s “Mech. Dict.,” Vol. II. p. 1370; Knight’s “Cyclopædia,” Vol. I. p. 363; J. Ennemoser, “Hist. of Magic,” Vol. II. p. 35; Ath. Kircher, “Magnes,” 1643, lib. ii. prob. vi.; Dinochares, with translation of poem (Claudian, Idyl V) at pp. 61–62 of “Antique Gems,” by Rev. C. W. King, London, 1866; Vincent de Beauvais, “Spec. Mai,” Douai, 1624, Vol. I., lib. viii. cap. 34; Alb. Magnus, “De Mineralibus,” 1651, lib. ii. cap. 6, p. 243; Ausonio Lucius Ampelius, “Lib. Memorialis,” Paris, 1827, cap. viii.; T. H. Martin, “Observ. et Théories,” 1865, pp. 5–7; Thos. Browne, “Pseud. Epidem.,” 1658, Book II. p. 79; W. Barlowe’s “Magneticall Advertisements,”[19] 1616, p. 45; “Simonis Maioli ... dies Caniculares, seu Colloqui, XXIII,” 1597, P. 782; Ruffinus, “Prosper d’Aquitaine”; Porta, “Magia Naturalis,” lib. vii. cap. 27; “Mosella,” in Wernsdorf’s “Poetæ Latini Minores”; E. Salverte, “Phil. of Magic,” 1847, Vol. II. p. 215.

References.—De Mirmont, “La Moselle,” 1889, “Commentaire,” pp. 93 and 95; St. Isidore, “Originum,” book 16, chapter 4; G. Cedrinus, “Compend. Hist.,” chapter 267; Knight’s “Mech. Dict.,” Volume II, p. 1370; Knight’s “Cyclopædia,” Volume I, p. 363; J. Ennemoser, “Hist. of Magic,” Volume II, p. 35; Ath. Kircher, “Magnes,” 1643, book II, problem vi; Dinochares, with translation of poem (Claudian, Idyl V) at pp. 61–62 of “Antique Gems,” by Rev. C. W. King, London, 1866; Vincent de Beauvais, “Spec. Mai,” Douai, 1624, Volume I, book VIII, chapter 34; Alb. Magnus, “De Mineralibus,” 1651, book II, chapter 6, p. 243; Ausonio Lucius Ampelius, “Lib. Memorialis,” Paris, 1827, chapter VIII; T. H. Martin, “Observ. et Théories,” 1865, pp. 5–7; Thos. Browne, “Pseud. Epidem.,” 1658, Book II, p. 79; W. Barlowe’s “Magneticall Advertisements,”[19] 1616, p. 45; “Simonis Maioli ... dies Caniculares, seu Colloqui, XXIII,” 1597, p. 782; Ruffinus, “Prosper d’Aquitaine”; Porta, “Magia Naturalis,” book VII, chapter 27; “Mosella,” in Wernsdorf’s “Poetæ Latini Minores”; E. Salverte, “Phil. of Magic,” 1847, Volume II, p. 215.

B.C. 200.—Polybius, a Greek statesman and historian, describes (lib. x. cap. 45, “General History”) his optical telegraph—pyrsia—because the signals were invariably produced by means of fire-lights—an unquestionable improvement upon the modes of communication which had been previously suggested by Cleoxenes and Democritus. It consisted of a board upon which the twenty-four letters of the Greek alphabet were arranged in five columns, one space being vacant. The party signalling would hold up with his left hand a number of torches indicating the column from which the desired letter was to be taken, while in the right hand he would hold up to view as many torches as were necessary to designate the particular letter required.

B.C. 200.—Polybius, a Greek statesman and historian, describes (lib. x. cap. 45, “General History”) his optical telegraph—pyrsia—because the signals were always created using fire-lights—an undeniable improvement over the communication methods previously suggested by Cleoxenes and Democritus. It consisted of a board with the twenty-four letters of the Greek alphabet arranged in five columns, leaving one space empty. The person signaling would hold up a certain number of torches in his left hand to indicate the column from which the desired letter would be taken, while in his right hand, he would hold up as many torches as needed to specify the particular letter required.

References.—Rollin’s “Ancient History, 9th Dundee,” Vol VI. p. 321; “Emporium of Arts and Sciences,” Vol. I. pp. 296–299; “Penny Encycl.,” Vol. XXIV. p. 145. A good cut of the Polybius telegraph will be found at p. 2 of “Wireless Telegraphy,” by Wm. Maver, Jr., New York, 1904, and a very detailed account of all known fire signals is given at pp. 148 and 373, Vol. IV of “The History of Herodotus,” by Geo. Rawlinson, London, 1880.

Sources.—Rollin’s “Ancient History, 9th Dundee,” Vol VI. p. 321; “Emporium of Arts and Sciences,” Vol. I. pp. 296–299; “Penny Encycl.,” Vol. XXIV. p. 145. A clear illustration of the Polybius telegraph can be found on p. 2 of “Wireless Telegraphy,” by Wm. Maver, Jr., New York, 1904, and a very detailed account of all known fire signals is provided on pp. 148 and 373, Vol. IV of “The History of Herodotus,” by Geo. Rawlinson, London, 1880.

B.C. 60–56.—Lucretius (Titus Lucretius Carus), Roman poet, alludes to the magnet in his poem “De Rerum Natura” (“The Nature of Things”), thus translated by Dr. Thomas Busby, London, 1813, Book VI. vv. 1045–1059:

B.C. 60–56.—Lucretius (Titus Lucretius Carus), a Roman poet, mentions the magnet in his poem “De Rerum Natura” (“The Nature of Things”), translated by Dr. Thomas Busby, London, 1813, Book VI. vv. 1045–1059:

“Now, chief of all, the Magnet’s powers I sing,
And from what laws the attractive functions spring.
(The Magnet’s name the observing Grecians drew
From the Magnet’s region where it grew.)
Its viewless, potent, virtues men surprise;
Its strange effects they view with wondering eyes,
When without aid of hinges, links or springs,
A pendent chain we hold of steely rings,
Dropt from the stone; the stone the binding source,
Ring cleaves to ring, and owns magnetic force;
Those held superior those below maintain;
Circle ’neath circle downward draws in vain,
While free in air disports the oscillating chain.
So strong the Magnet’s virtue as it darts
From ring to ring and knits the attracted parts.”

A rendering by Thomas Creech, A.M., London, 1714, Book VI. vv. 894–989, likewise deserves reproduction here:

A version by Thomas Creech, A.M., London, 1714, Book VI. vv. 894–989, should also be included here:

“Now sing my muse, for ’tis a weighty cause.
Explain the Magnet, why it strongly draws,
And brings rough Iron to its fond embrace.
This, Men admire; for they have often seen
Small Rings of Iron, six, or eight, or ten,
Compose a subtile chain, no Tye between;[20]
But, held by this, they seem to hang in air,
One to another sticks and wantons there;
So great the Loadstone’s force, so strong to bear!
*****
First, from the Magnet num’rous Parts arise,
And swiftly move; the Rock gives vast supplies;
Which, springing still in Constant Streams, displace
The neighb’ring air and make an Empty Space;
So when the Steel comes there, some Components begin
To leap on through the Empty and enter in.
*****
The Steel will move to seek the Stone's embrace,
Or up or down, or t’ any other place,
Which way soever lies the Empty Space.”

The transmission of the magnetic attraction through rings or chains is also alluded to in Plato’s “Ion,” p. 533, D. E. Ed. Stephanus; by Pliny, lib. xxxiv. cap. 14; St. Augustine, “De Civitate Dei,” XX. 4; Philo, “De Mundi Opificio,” D. ed., 1691, p. 32; likewise by the learned Bishop Hall, “The English Seneca,” as follows: “That the loadstone should by his secret virtue so drawe yron to it selfe that a whole chaine of needles should hang by insensible points at each other, only by the influence that it sends downe from the first, if it were not ordinary, would seeme incredible” (“Meditations,” 1640, con. 3, par. 18).

The transmission of magnetic attraction through rings or chains is also mentioned in Plato’s “Ion,” p. 533, D. E. Ed. Stephanus; by Pliny, lib. xxxiv. cap. 14; St. Augustine, “De Civitate Dei,” XX. 4; Philo, “De Mundi Opificio,” D. ed., 1691, p. 32; and also by the learned Bishop Hall in “The English Seneca,” where he says: “The fact that the loadstone can draw iron to itself with its secret power, causing an entire chain of needles to hang together at invisible points through the influence it sends down from the first, if it were not common, would seem unbelievable” (“Meditations,” 1640, con. 3, par. 18).

References.—“Le Journal des Savants” for January 1824, p. 30. also for March 1833, June 1866 and December 1869; Plutarch, “Platon. Quæst.,” Vol. II. p. 1004, ed. par.; St. Isidore, “Etymologiarum, Originum,” lib. xvi., iv.; the Timæus (Bohn, 1849, Vol. II. p. 394); Platonis, “Io,” Lugduni, 1590, pp. 145, 146; “Houzeau et Lancaster, Bibliographie Générale,” Vol. I. part i. pp. 440–442; Geo. Burgess, tr. of Plato’s “Ion,” London, 1851, Vol. IV. pp. 294–295 and notes.

Sources.—“Le Journal des Savants” for January 1824, p. 30; also for March 1833, June 1866, and December 1869; Plutarch, “Platon. Quæst.,” Vol. II. p. 1004, ed. par.; St. Isidore, “Etymologiarum, Originum,” lib. xvi., iv.; the Timæus (Bohn, 1849, Vol. II. p. 394); Platonis, “Io,” Lugduni, 1590, pp. 145, 146; “Houzeau et Lancaster, Bibliographie Générale,” Vol. I. part i. pp. 440–442; Geo. Burgess, tr. of Plato’s “Ion,” London, 1851, Vol. IV. pp. 294–295 and notes.

A.D. 50.—Scribonius Largus, Designationus, Roman physician, relates (Chaps. I. and XLI. of his “De Compositione Med. Medica”) that a freedman of Tiberius called Anthero was cured of the gout by shocks received from the electric torpedo, and Dioscorides advises the same treatment for inveterate pains of the head (“Torpedo,” lib. ii.). Other applications are alluded to by Galen (“Simp. Medic.,” lib. xi.; Paulus Ægineta, “De Re Medica,” lib. vii.; “Encycl. Met.,” article “Electricity,” IV. p. 41). See also Bertholon, “Elec. du Corps Humain,” 1786, Vol. I. p. 174.

A.D. 50.—Scribonius Largus, a Roman physician, mentions (Chaps. I. and XLI. of his “De Compositione Med. Medica”) that a freedman of Tiberius named Anthero was cured of gout through shocks from the electric torpedo. Dioscorides recommends the same treatment for chronic headaches (“Torpedo,” lib. ii.). Other methods are mentioned by Galen (“Simp. Medic.,” lib. xi.; Paulus Ægineta, “De Re Medica,” lib. vii.; “Encycl. Met.,” article “Electricity,” IV. p. 41). See also Bertholon, “Elec. du Corps Humain,” 1786, Vol. I. p. 174.

Fahie states (“History of Electric Telegraphy,” p. 172) that, along the banks of the Old Calabar River, in Africa, the natives employ the electrical properties of the gymnotus for the cure of their sick children. They either place the ailing child close by the vessel of water containing the animal, or the child is made to play with a very small specimen of the fish.

Fahie states (“History of Electric Telegraphy,” p. 172) that, along the banks of the Old Calabar River in Africa, the locals use the electrical properties of the gymnotus to heal their sick children. They either position the sick child near a container of water with the animal or have the child interact with a very small version of the fish.

References.—“La Grande Encycl.,” Vol. XXIX. p. 831; Humboldt, “Voyage Zoologique,” p. 88; “New Gen. Biogr.,” London,[21] 1850, Vol. XI. p. 501; “Larousse Dict.,” Vol. XIV. p. 427; “Hœfer Biogr.,” Vol. XLIII. p. 654.

References.—“The Great Encyclopedia,” Vol. XXIX, p. 831; Humboldt, “Zoological Voyage,” p. 88; “New General Biography,” London,[21] 1850, Vol. XI, p. 501; “Larousse Dictionary,” Vol. XIV, p. 427; “Hœfer Biography,” Vol. XLIII, p. 654.

A.D. 121.—The Chinese knew of old the magnet, its attractive force and its polarity, but the most ancient record made of the peculiar property possessed by the loadstone of communicating polarity to iron is explicitly mentioned in the celebrated dictionary “Choue-Wen,” which Hin-tchin completed in A.D. 121, the fifteenth year of the reign of the Emperor Ngan-ti of the Han dynasty.

A.D. 121.—The Chinese have long known about magnets, their attractive power, and polarity. However, the earliest record of the unique property of lodestone in transferring polarity to iron is clearly mentioned in the famous dictionary “Choue-Wen,” which Hin-tchin finished in CE 121, the fifteenth year of Emperor Ngan-ti's reign in the Han dynasty.

This dictionary contains a description of the manner in which the property of pointing with one end toward the south may be imparted to an iron rod by a series of methodical blows, and alludes to (“Tseu”) the “stone with which a direction can be given to the needle.”

This dictionary explains how to give an iron rod the property of pointing south by using a series of systematic strikes, and it references (“Tseu”) the “stone that can direct the needle.”

“In Europe it has been thought that the needle had its chief tendency to the north pole; but in China the south alone is considered as containing the attractive power” (Sir G. Staunton, “Account of an Embassy,” London, 1797, Vol. I. p. 445).

“In Europe, it has been believed that a needle points mainly to the north pole; however, in China, only the south is seen as having magnetic power” (Sir G. Staunton, “Account of an Embassy,” London, 1797, Vol. I. p. 445).

Le Père Gaubil, who was sent to China in 1721 and died in Pekin 1759, says (“Histoire ... de la dynastie de Tang,” in “Mémoires concernant ...” Vol. XV) that he found, in a work written towards the end of the Han dynasty, the use of the compass distinctly marked to distinguish the north and the south. He also states, though doubtless erroneously, that that form was given it under the reign of Hian-Tsoung.

Le Père Gaubil, who was sent to China in 1721 and died in Beijing in 1759, states (“Histoire ... de la dynastie de Tang,” in “Mémoires concernant ...” Vol. XV) that he found, in a work written near the end of the Han dynasty, the use of the compass clearly indicated to show the north and the south. He also claims, although likely incorrectly, that this style was established during the reign of Hian-Tsoung.

With reference to the magnetic attraction to the pole, it is well to bear in mind that no allusion whatsoever is made thereto by any of the writers of classical antiquity. This much has already been stated under date B.C. 1000–907. It certainly appears to have escaped the attention of the ancient Greeks and Romans, whose admiration, according to the learned French physician Falconet (“Dissert. Hist. et Crit.”), was excited solely by the attractive property of the loadstone.

With regard to the magnetic attraction to the pole, it's important to remember that none of the writers from classical antiquity mention it at all. This has already been pointed out between the years BCE 1000–907. It definitely seems to have gone unnoticed by the ancient Greeks and Romans, whose interest, as noted by the knowledgeable French physician Falconet (“Dissert. Hist. et Crit.”), was only sparked by the attractive qualities of the loadstone.

The Rev. Father Joseph de Acosta (“Natural and Moral History of the Indies,” translation of C. R. Markham, lib. i. cap. 16) thus alludes to the above subject: “I finde not that, in ancient bookes, there is any mention made of the vse of the Iman or Loadstone, nor of the Compasse (aguja de marear) to saile by; I beleeve they had no knowledge thereof.... Plinie speakes nothing of that vertue it hath, alwaies to turne yron which it toucheth towards the north.... Aristotle, Theophrastus, Dioscorides, Lucretius, Saint Augustine, nor any other writers or Naturall Philosophers that I have seene, make any mention thereof, although they treat of the loadstone.”

The Rev. Father Joseph de Acosta (“Natural and Moral History of the Indies,” translated by C. R. Markham, lib. i. cap. 16) refers to the topic like this: “I don’t find any mention in ancient books about the use of the magnet or loadstone, nor of the compass (aguja de marear) for navigation; I believe they had no knowledge of it.... Pliny doesn’t say anything about its property to always direct iron it touches toward the north.... Aristotle, Theophrastus, Dioscorides, Lucretius, Saint Augustine, or any other writers or natural philosophers I’ve come across don’t mention it, even though they discuss the loadstone.”

Thomas Creech, in the notes to his translation of Lucretius’[22] “De Natura” says: “Nor indeed, do any of the ancients treat of this last (the directive) power of the loadstone ... and Guido Pancirollus justly places it among the modern inventions.”

Thomas Creech, in the notes to his translation of Lucretius’[22] “De Natura,” says: “In fact, none of the ancients discuss this last (the directive) power of the lodestone ... and Guido Pancirollus rightly categorizes it as one of the modern inventions.”

References.—Klaproth, “La Boussole,” Paris, 1834, pp. 9, 10, 66; Azuni, “Boussole,” Paris, 1809, p. 30; “English Cycl.”—Arts and Sciences—Vol. V. p. 420; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1848, Vol. II. p. 628; John Francis Davis, “The Chinese,” London, 1836, Vol. II. pp. 221, etc., or the 1844 edition, Vol. III. p. 12; Geo. Adams, “Essay ...” 1785, p. 428.

References.—Klaproth, “The Compass,” Paris, 1834, pp. 9, 10, 66; Azuni, “Compass,” Paris, 1809, p. 30; “English Cyclopedia”—Arts and Sciences—Vol. V. p. 420; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1848, Vol. II. p. 628; John Francis Davis, “The Chinese,” London, 1836, Vol. II. pp. 221, etc., or the 1844 edition, Vol. III. p. 12; Geo. Adams, “Essay ...” 1785, p. 428.

A.D. 218.—Salmasius, in his Commentary upon Solinus, asserts that, at this date, amber was known among the Arabs as Karabe, or Kahrubá, a word which, Avicenna states, is of Persian origin and signifies the power of attracting straws; the magnet being called Ahang-rubá, or attractor of iron.

A.D. 218.—Salmasius, in his Commentary on Solinus, claims that, at this time, amber was referred to by the Arabs as Karabe or Kahrubá, a term that Avicenna says comes from Persian and means the ability to attract straws; the magnet is called Ahang-rubá, or the attractor of iron.

References.—“Encycl. Met.,” Vol. IV. p. 41; Fahie, “Hist. of Elec. Teleg.,” p. 29.

Sources.—“Encycl. Met.,” Vol. IV. p. 41; Fahie, “Hist. of Elec. Teleg.,” p. 29.

A.D. 232–290.—Africanus (Sextus Julius), an eminent Christian historical writer, author of a chronicle extending from the date of the creation to A.D. 221, as well as of an extensive work entitled “Kestoi,” states that the Roman generals perfected a system for readily communicating intelligence by means of fires made of different substances.

A.D. 232–290.—Africanus (Sextus Julius), a notable Christian historian, wrote a chronicle covering from the date of creation to CE 221, and also produced a thorough work called “Kestoi.” He mentions that Roman generals developed a system for easily sharing information using fires made from various materials.

References.—Shaffner, “Teleg. Man.,” 1859, p. 19; Appleton’s “Cyclopædia,” 1871, Vol. XV. p. 333.

References.—Shaffner, “Telegraphic Management,” 1859, p. 19; Appleton’s “Encyclopedia,” 1871, Vol. XV. p. 333.

A.D. 235.—It is related that one Makium, who was ordered by the Chinese emperor to construct “a car which would show the South” succeeded in doing so, and thus recovered the secret of manufacture which had for some time been lost. The “Amer. Journ. of Science and the Arts” (Vol. XL. p. 249) adds that, from this date, the construction of a magnetic car seems to have been a puzzle ... and the knowledge of the invention appears to have been confined within very narrow limits. Humboldt says that the magnetic wagon was used as late as the fifteenth century of our era; the “American Journal” states that it cannot be traced later than 1609.

A.D. 235.—It is said that a man named Makium, who was instructed by the Chinese emperor to create “a car that would point south,” managed to do so and thus rediscovered a manufacturing secret that had been lost for a while. The “Amer. Journ. of Science and the Arts” (Vol. XL. p. 249) notes that, from this point onward, building a magnetic car seemed to be a mystery... and the knowledge of the invention appeared to be very limited. Humboldt mentions that the magnetic wagon was still in use as late as the fifteenth century; however, the “American Journal” claims that it can't be traced after 1609.

A.D. 265–419.—What is by many believed to be the earliest reliable, distinct mention or actually printed record of the use of the magnet for navigation, appears in the justly prominent Chinese dictionary or rather encyclopædia, “Poei-wen-yun-fou,” wherein it is mentioned that there were during this period (that of the second Tsin dynasty) ships directed to the South by the ching or needle. It is likewise therein stated that the figure then placed upon the magnetic cars represented “a genius in a feather dress” and that,[23] when the emperor went out upon state occasions this car “always led the way and served to indicate the four points of the compass.”

A.D. 265–419.—Many believe that this is the earliest reliable, clear mention or actually printed record of using the magnet for navigation, found in the notable Chinese dictionary or rather encyclopaedia, “Poei-wen-yun-fou.” It mentions that during this period (the second Tsin dynasty), ships were guided South by the ching or needle. It also notes that the figure depicted on the magnetic car represented “a genius in a feather dress” and that,[23] when the emperor went out for state occasions, this car “always led the way and helped indicate the four points of the compass.”

References.—Homer at B.C. 1000–907; Davis, “The Chinese,” Vol. III. p. 12; Klaproth, “Boussole,” pp. 66, 67; Johnson, “Univ. Cycl.,” Vol. I. p. 927. ed. 1877; Miller, “Hist. Phil. Illust.,” London, 1849, Vol. I. p. 180.

References.—Homer at BCE 1000–907; Davis, “The Chinese,” Vol. III. p. 12; Klaproth, “Boussole,” pp. 66, 67; Johnson, “Univ. Cycl.,” Vol. I. p. 927. ed. 1877; Miller, “Hist. Phil. Illust.,” London, 1849, Vol. I. p. 180.

In a later work called “Mung-khi-py-than” will be found the following: “The soothsayers rub a needle with the magnet stone, so that it may mark the south; however, it declines constantly a little to the east. It does not indicate the south exactly. When this needle floats on the water it is much agitated. If the fingernails touch the upper edge of the basin in which it floats, they agitate it strongly; only it continues to slide and falls easily. It is preferable, in order to show its virtues in the best way, to suspend it as follows: Take a single filament from a piece of new cotton and attach it exactly to the middle of the needle by a bit of wax as large as a mustard seed. Hang it up in a place where there is no wind. Then the needle always shows the south; but among such needles there are some which, being rubbed, indicate the north. Our soothsayers have some which show the south and some which show the north. Of this property of the magnet to indicate the south, like that of the cypress to show the west, no one can tell the origin.”

In a later work called “Mung-khi-py-than,” you'll find the following: “The soothsayers rub a needle with a magnet stone to make it point south; however, it consistently tilts a bit to the east. It doesn’t pinpoint the south accurately. When this needle floats on water, it moves around a lot. If fingernails touch the edge of the basin it’s floating in, they disturb it significantly; yet it keeps sliding and easily falls. To demonstrate its properties best, it’s better to hang it like this: Take a single thread from a new piece of cotton and attach it right in the middle of the needle with a bit of wax the size of a mustard seed. Hang it in a place sheltered from the wind. Then the needle will always point south; however, among these needles, some, when rubbed, point north. Our soothsayers have some that point south and some that point north. No one knows the origin of this property of the magnet to point south, similar to the cypress showing the west.”

A.D. 295–324.—Koupho, Chinese physicist as well as writer, and one of the most celebrated men of his age, compares the attractive property of the magnet with that of amber animated by friction and heat. In his “Discourse on the Loadstone” he says: “The magnet attracts iron as amber draws mustard seeds. There is a breath of wind that promptly and mysteriously penetrates both bodies, uniting them imperceptibly with the rapidity of an arrow. It is incomprehensible.”

A.D. 295–324.—Koupho, a Chinese physicist and writer, and one of the most famous figures of his time, compares the attractive property of magnets to that of amber when it's charged by friction and heat. In his “Discourse on the Loadstone,” he states: “The magnet attracts iron just like amber pulls in mustard seeds. There’s a mysterious force that quickly penetrates both materials, connecting them almost invisibly at the speed of an arrow. It’s beyond understanding.”

References.—Klaproth, “Boussole,” p. 125; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1848, Vol. V. p. 51; Libri, “Hist. des Mathém.,” Vol. I. p. 381, note 2.

Sources.—Klaproth, “Boussole,” p. 125; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1848, Vol. V. p. 51; Libri, “Hist. des Mathém.,” Vol. I. p. 381, note 2.

A.D. 304.—St. Elmo (St. Erasmus) Bishop of Formiæ, in ancient Italy, who suffered martyrdom about this date at Gæta, is the one after whom sailors in the Mediterranean first named the fires or flames which by many are believed to be of an electric nature and which appear during stormy weather, either at the yardarms, mastheads, in the rigging, or about the decks of a vessel. When two flames are seen together, they are called Castor and Pollux, “twin gods of the sea, guiding the mariner to port,” and are considered by seamen an indication of good luck and of fine weather; but when only one flame is visible it is called Helena, and is supposed to be an evil omen, the beacon of an avenging God luring the sailor to death.

A.D. 304.—St. Elmo (St. Erasmus), Bishop of Formiæ in ancient Italy, who became a martyr around this time in Gæta, is the namesake for the fires or flames that sailors in the Mediterranean first called his name. Many believe these flames have an electric nature and they appear during storms, either at the yardarms, mastheads, in the rigging, or around the decks of a ship. When two flames are seen together, they are referred to as Castor and Pollux, “twin gods of the sea, guiding the sailor to port,” and are considered by sailors to be a sign of good luck and nice weather. However, when only one flame is visible, it’s called Helena, and it’s believed to be an evil sign, a beacon from a vengeful God luring the sailor to their death.

[24]

[24]

St. Elmo’s fire is also known to the Italians as the fire of St. Peter and of St. Nicholas, to the Portuguese as San Telmo and as Corpos Santos, and to the English sailors as comazant or corposant.

St. Elmo’s fire is also known to Italians as the fire of St. Peter and of St. Nicholas, to Portuguese as San Telmo and as Corpos Santos, and to English sailors as comazant or corposant.

The historian of Columbus’ second voyage says that during the month of October 1493 “St. Elmo appeared on the topgallant-masts with seven lighted tapers.” It is also alluded to by Pliny, “Nat. Hist.” lib. ii. cap. 37; by Stobæus, “Eclogarum Phys.,” I. 514; Livy, “Hist.,” cap. 2; Seneca, “Nat. Quæst.,” I. 1; by Cæsar, “de Bello Africano,” cap. 6 edit. Amstel., 1686; and by Camoëns, “Os Lusiades,” canto v. est. 18.

The historian of Columbus' second voyage mentions that in October 1493, "St. Elmo appeared on the topgallant masts with seven lit candles." It is also referenced by Pliny in "Nat. Hist." book II, chapter 37; by Stobæus in "Eclogarum Phys.," I. 514; Livy in "Hist.," chapter 2; Seneca in "Nat. Quæst.," I. 1; by Caesar in "de Bello Africano," chapter 6, edition Amstel., 1686; and by Camoëns in "Os Lusiades," canto v., stanza 18.

“Last night I saw St. Elmo’s stars,
With their glimmering lanterns all at play
On the tops of the masts and the tips of the spars,
And I knew we should have foul weather to-day.”
Longfellow, “Golden Legend,” Chap. V.
“... Sometimes I’d divide,
And burn in many places—on the topmast,
The yards and bowsprit, would I flame distinctly,
Then meet and join....”
Shakespeare, “The Tempest,” Act i. sc. 2.

References.—“Nouvelle Biographie Générale,” Vol. XVI. p. 179; “Grand Dict. Univ. du xixe siècle” of Pierre Larousse, Vol. VII. p. 786; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1849, Vol. II. p. 245; Becquerel, “Traité Expér.,” 1834, Vol. I. p. 34, and his “Résumé,” Chap. I; Le Breton, “Histoire,” 1884, p. 43; “La Lumière Electrique,” Juin 1891, p. 546, likewise Procopius, “De Bello, Vandal,” lib. ii. cap. 2; William Falconer’s “Observations,” etc. in Vol. III. p. 278 of “Mem. Lit. and Ph. Soc. Manchester,” 1790 (translated in Italian, 1791), for an account of the flames appearing upon the spear points of the Roman legions.

Sources.—“New General Biography,” Vol. XVI. p. 179; “Great Universal Dictionary of the 19th Century” by Pierre Larousse, Vol. VII. p. 786; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1849, Vol. II. p. 245; Becquerel, “Experimental Treatise,” 1834, Vol. I. p. 34, and his “Summary,” Chap. I; Le Breton, “History,” 1884, p. 43; “Electric Light,” June 1891, p. 546, and also Procopius, “On the Vandal War,” book II, cap. 2; William Falconer’s “Observations,” etc. in Vol. III. p. 278 of “Memoirs of the Literary and Philosophical Society of Manchester,” 1790 (translated into Italian, 1791), for a description of the flames seen on the spear points of the Roman legions.

A.D. 400.—Marcellus Empiricus, who was magister officiorum in the reign of Theodosius the Great (379–395) states in his “De Medicamentis Empiricis,” Venetiis, 1547, P. 89, that the magnet called antiphyson attracts and repulses iron. This, adds Becquerel in his “Résumé,” Chap. III, further proves that these properties were known in the fourth century.

A.D. 400.—Marcellus Empiricus, who was magister officiorum during the reign of Theodosius the Great (379–395), states in his “De Medicamentis Empiricis,” Venice, 1547, p. 89, that the magnet called antiphyson attracts and repels iron. This, adds Becquerel in his “Résumé,” Chap. III, further proves that these properties were known in the fourth century.

References.—Klaproth, “Boussole,” 1834, p. 12; Harris, “Magnetism,” I and II; “New Gen. Biogr. Dict.,” London, 1850, Vol. IX. p. 475.

Sources.—Klaproth, “Boussole,” 1834, p. 12; Harris, “Magnetism,” I and II; “New Gen. Biogr. Dict.,” London, 1850, Vol. IX. p. 475.

A.D. 425.—Zosimus (Count), Greek historian, who lived under Theodosius II (401–450), “sometime advocate of the Treasury of the Roman Empire,” wrote the history of that empire from the reign of Augustus to the year A.D. 410, wherein he is the first to call attention to the electrolytic separation of metals, i. e. that the latter acquire a coating of copper upon being immersed in a cupreous solution.

A.D. 425.—Zosimus (Count), a Greek historian who lived during the time of Theodosius II (401–450), “once an advocate for the Treasury of the Roman Empire,” wrote the history of that empire from the reign of Augustus to the year CE 410. In his work, he was the first to highlight the electrolytic separation of metals, meaning that they develop a copper coating when submerged in a copper solution.

References.—Gore, “Art of Electro-Met.,” 1877, p. 1, or the London 1890 edition, p. B; “A treatise on Electro-Metal.,” by Walter G. McMillan, London, 1890, p. 2; “Journal des Savants” for June 1895, pp. 382–387; Dr. Geo. Langbein’s treatise, translated by W. T. Brannt,[25] Chap. I; “Nouvelle Biogr. Gén.” (Hœfer), Vol. XLVI. p. 1022; Schoell, “Hist. de la Littér. Grecque”; Pauly, “Real Encycl. ... Alterthums”; “Biogr. Univ.” (Michaud), Vol. XLV. p. 606; “Nouveau Larousse,” Vol. VII. p. 1429.

Sources.—Gore, “Art of Electro-Met.,” 1877, p. 1, or the London 1890 edition, p. B; “A treatise on Electro-Metal.,” by Walter G. McMillan, London, 1890, p. 2; “Journal des Savants” for June 1895, pp. 382–387; Dr. Geo. Langbein’s treatise, translated by W. T. Brannt,[25] Chap. I; “Nouvelle Biogr. Gén.” (Hœfer), Vol. XLVI. p. 1022; Schoell, “Hist. de la Littér. Grecque”; Pauly, “Real Encycl. ... Alterthums”; “Biogr. Univ.” (Michaud), Vol. XLV. p. 606; “Nouveau Larousse,” Vol. VII. p. 1429.

A.D. 426.—Augustine (Aurelius, Saint), the most prominent of the Latin Fathers of the Church, finishes his “De Civitate Dei,” which he began in 413, and which is considered the greatest monument to his genius. He was probably the most voluminous writer of the earlier Christian centuries. He was the author of no less than 232 books, in addition to many tractates or homilies and innumerable epistles (“Books and their Makers, during the Middle Ages,” Geo. Haven Putnam, New York, 1896, Vol. I. p. 3). In the “De Civitate Dei” he tells us (Basileæ, 1522, pp. 718–719) of the experiment alluded to herein at A.D. 1558. This had better be given in his own words (“De Civitate Dei,” lib. ii. cap. 4, Dod’s translation, Edinburgh, 1871):

A.D. 426.—Augustine (Aurelius, Saint), the most prominent of the Latin Fathers of the Church, finishes his “De Civitate Dei,” which he began in 413, and is considered his greatest achievement. He was likely the most prolific writer of the early Christian centuries. He authored at least 232 books, along with many essays or sermons and countless letters (“Books and their Makers, during the Middle Ages,” Geo. Haven Putnam, New York, 1896, Vol. I. p. 3). In the “De Civitate Dei,” he describes (Basileæ, 1522, pp. 718–719) the experiment mentioned here at CE 1558. It’s best to present this in his own words (“De Civitate Dei,” lib. ii. cap. 4, Dod’s translation, Edinburgh, 1871):

“When I first saw it (the attraction of the magnet), I was thunderstruck (vehementer inhorrui), for I saw an iron ring attracted and suspended by the stone; and then, as if it had communicated its own property to the iron it attracted and had made it a substance like itself, this ring was put near another and lifted it up, and, as the first ring clung to the magnet, so did the second ring to the first. A third and fourth were similarly added, so that there hung from the stone a kind of chain of rings with their hoops connected, not interlinking but attached together by their outer surface. Who would not be amazed by this virtue of the stone, subsisting as it does, not only in itself, but transmitted through so many suspended rings and binding them together by invisible links? Yet far more astonishing is what I heard about the stone from my brother in the episcopate, Severus, Bishop of Milevis. He told me that Bathanarius, once Count of Africa, when the Bishop was dining with him, produced a magnet and held it under a silver plate on which he placed a bit of iron; then as he moved his hand with the magnet underneath the plate, the iron upon the plate moved about accordingly. The intervening silver was not affected at all, but precisely as the magnet was moved backward and forward below it, no matter how quickly, so was the iron attracted above. I have related what I have myself witnessed: I have related what I was told by one whom I trust as I trust my own eyes.”

“When I first saw it (the attraction of the magnet), I was stunned, because I saw an iron ring being attracted and held by the stone; and then, as if it had passed on its own property to the iron it attracted and made it like itself, this ring was placed near another and lifted it up. Just as the first ring clung to the magnet, the second ring clung to the first. A third and fourth were added in the same way, creating a sort of chain of rings hanging from the stone, with their hoops connected, not interlinking but attached by their outer surface. Who wouldn’t be amazed by this property of the stone, existing not only within itself but also transmitted through so many suspended rings, binding them together with invisible links? Yet what I heard about the stone from my brother in the episcopate, Severus, Bishop of Milevis, is even more astonishing. He told me that Bathanarius, once the Count of Africa, when the Bishop was dining with him, brought out a magnet and held it under a silver plate on which he placed a piece of iron; then, as he moved his hand with the magnet underneath the plate, the iron on the plate moved accordingly. The silver in between wasn’t affected at all; the iron was drawn above exactly as the magnet was moved back and forth beneath it, no matter how quickly. I’ve shared what I personally witnessed: I’ve shared what I was told by someone I trust as much as my own eyes.”

References.—“Vie de St. Augustin,” by Poujoulat, second edition, Paris, 1852, and by G. Moringo, 1533; Possidius, also Rivius, “Vitæ de St. Augus.”; L. Tillemont, “Mémoires Eccles.,” 1702 (the 13th Vol. of which is devoted to an elaborate account of his life and controversies); Bindemann, “Der heilige Augustinus,” 1844; Butler, “Lives of the Saints”; Lardner, “Credibility of the Gospel History,” Vol. VI. part i. pp. 58–59, and Vol. X. pp. 198–303; Neander, “Geschichte der Christlichen[26] Religion und Kirche”; Pellechet, “Catalogue Général des Incunables,” 1897, pp. 339–370; Alfred Weber, “History of Philosophy,” tr. by Frank Thilly, New York, 1896, pp. 188–198; “St. Augustine’s City of God,” tr. by Rev. Marcus Dods, Edinburgh, 1871, Vol. II. book xxi. pp. 420, 457; “Journal des Scavans,” Vol. XIV. for 1686, pp. 22–23, mentions the above-named experiment and the effect of diamond on the loadstone; “Journal des Savants” for Sept. 1898; Ueberweg, “Hist. of Philosophy” (Morris’ tr., 1885), Vol. I. pp. 333–346.

Citations.—“Life of St. Augustine,” by Poujoulat, second edition, Paris, 1852, and by G. Moringo, 1533; Possidius, also Rivius, “Lives of St. Augustine”; L. Tillemont, “Ecclesiastical Memoirs,” 1702 (the 13th Volume of which is dedicated to a detailed account of his life and controversies); Bindemann, “The Holy Augustine,” 1844; Butler, “Lives of the Saints”; Lardner, “Credibility of the Gospel History,” Vol. VI. part i. pp. 58–59, and Vol. X. pp. 198–303; Neander, “History of Christian Religion and Church”; Pellechet, “General Catalogue of Incunables,” 1897, pp. 339–370; Alfred Weber, “History of Philosophy,” translated by Frank Thilly, New York, 1896, pp. 188–198; “St. Augustine’s City of God,” translated by Rev. Marcus Dods, Edinburgh, 1871, Vol. II. book xxi. pp. 420, 457; “Journal des Savants,” Vol. XIV. for 1686, pp. 22–23, mentions the previously noted experiment and the effect of diamond on the lodestone; “Journal des Savants” for September 1898; Ueberweg, “History of Philosophy” (Morris’ translation, 1885), Vol. I. pp. 333–346.

A.D. 450.—Aëtius (Amidenus), Greek physician, informs us (Aëtii, op. lib. xi. cap. 25) that “those who are troubled with the gout in their hands or in their feet, or with convulsions, find relief when they hold a magnet in their hand. Paracelsus recommended the use of the magnet in a number of diseases, as fluxes, hæmorrhages, etc., while Marcellus (“Steph. Artis. Med. Princip.,” II. p. 253) and Camillus Leonardus (“Speculum Lapidum,” lib. ii.) assert that it will cure the toothache.”

A.D. 450.—Aëtius (Amidenus), a Greek physician, tells us (Aëtii, op. lib. xi. cap. 25) that “people suffering from gout in their hands or feet, or convulsions, find relief by holding a magnet in their hand. Paracelsus recommended using a magnet for several illnesses, such as fluxes, hemorrhages, and others, while Marcellus (“Steph. Artis. Med. Princip.,” II. p. 253) and Camillus Leonardus (“Speculum Lapidum,” lib. ii.) claim it can cure toothaches.”

During the year 1596, Jean Jacques Vuccher published “De Secretis” (“The secrets and marvels of Nature”), wherein, at p. 166, he thus advises the application of a loadstone for curing the headache: “La pierre d’aymant appliquée et mise contre la teste, oste toutes les douleurs et maux d’icelle-ce que nostre Hollerius escrit comme l’ayant prins [sic] des commentaires des anciens.” And, in 1754, Lenoble constructed magnets that were readily used in the treatment of various diseases (“Practical Mechanic,” Vol. II. p. 171).

During the year 1596, Jean Jacques Vuccher published “De Secretis” (“The Secrets and Marvels of Nature”), where, on page 166, he recommends using a lodestone to treat headaches: “The lodestone applied and placed against the head removes all pain and ailments from it—something our Hollerius wrote as having learned [sic] from the writings of the ancients.” Then, in 1754, Lenoble made magnets that were commonly used to treat various illnesses (“Practical Mechanic,” Vol. II, p. 171).

The application of the magnet for the relief of various complaints is treated of at pp. 334–335, Vol. II. of J. Ennemoser’s “History of Magic,” where will be found a list of works containing accounts of the oldest and most extraordinary known cures on record. Additional references to cures by the magnet, as well as with iron or amber—besides those named more particularly at A.D. 1770 (Maxim. Hell) and at A.D. 1775 (J. F. Bolten)—are to be found in the following works:

The use of magnets for treating various issues is discussed on pages 334–335 of Volume II of J. Ennemoser’s “History of Magic,” which also includes a list of works detailing some of the oldest and most remarkable cures ever recorded. Additional references to cures using magnets, as well as iron or amber—beyond those specifically mentioned in CE 1770 (Maxim. Hell) and CE 1775 (J. F. Bolten)—can be found in the following works:

Avicenna, “Canona Medicinæ,” Venice, 1608, lib. ii. cap. 470; Pliny, “Natural Historie,” Holland tr., 1601, Chap. IV. p. 609; Hali Abas, “Liber totius medicinæ,” 1523, lib. i.; Serapio Mauritanus, “De simplicibus medicinis,” Argent., 1531, pp. 260, 264; Antonius Musa Brasavolus, “Examen omnium simplicium medicamentorum,” Rome 1536; Santes de Ardoynis Pisaurensis, “Liber de Venenis” (Venetiis, 1492), Basilæ, 1562; Oribasius, “De facultate metallicorum,” lib. xiii.; Joannes Baptista Montanus, “Metaphrasis Summaria ...” 1551; G. Pictorio, in his poem published at Basel in 1567, or in the 1530–1531 editions of “Marbodei Galli Poetæ vetustissimi de lapidibus pretiosis Enchiridion” (J. A. Vander Linden, “De Scriptis Medicis,” 1651, pp. 210–211); Rhazès, “De simplicibus, ad Almansorem,” Venetiis, 1542, lib. ult. cap. 295; Joannes Lonicerus (author of “De Meteoris,” Frankfort, 1550), “In Dioscoridæ Anazarbei de re medica ...” 1543, p. 77; Matthæus Silvaticus, “Opus Pandectarum Medicinæ,” 1498, 1511, 1526 (1541), cap. 446; Petrus de Abano, “Tractatus de Venenis,” 1490, also “Conciliator Differentiarum Philosophorum” (1496), 1520,[27] 1526; Nicolaus Myrepsus, “Liber de compositione medicamentorum,” 1541, 1549, 1567, 1626; Joannes Manardus, “Epistolarum medicinalium” (Basilæ, 1549); Dioscorides Pedacius, “De materia medica,” Spengel ed., 1829, Chap. CXLVII. or in the 1557 ed. p. 507, or in the translation made by Joannes Ruellius in 1543; Nicholas Monardus, “Joyfull newes out of the new-found worlde,” Frampton tr., London, 1596; Arnaldus de Villa Nova, “Tractatus de virtutibus herbarum” (1499); Amatus Lusitanus, “Enarrationes Eruditissimæ,” 1597, pp. 482, 507; Gabriellus Fallopius, “De Simplicibus Medicamentis purgentibus tractatus,” and “Tractatus de compositione Medicamentorum,” Venetiis, 1566, 1570; Joannes Langius, “Epistolarum Medicinalium ...,” Paris, 1589; Petri Andriæ Mathiolus, “Commentarii ... Dioscoridis ... de materia medica,” 1598, p. 998; W. Barlowe, “Magneticall Advertisements,” 1616, p. 7, or the 1843 reprint; Albertus Magnus, “De Mineralibus” (1542), lib. ii.; Oswaldus Crollius, “Basilica Chimica,” 1612, p. 267; Nicolaus Curtius, “Libellus de medicamentis ...” Giessæ Cattorum, 1614; Rudolphi Goclenii—Goclenius—“Tractatus de magnetica curatione,” 1609, 1613, also “Synarthosis Magnetica,” Marpurgi, 1617 (Eloy “Dict. Hist. de la Méd.,” Vol. II. pp. 359–360); Luis de Oviedo, “Methodo de la Coleccion y Reposicion de las medicinas simples,” 1622, p. 502; W. Charleton, “A Ternary of Paradoxes of the Magnetic cure of Wounds,” 1650; the “Pharmacopœia Augustana,” Augsburg, 1621, p. 182; Patrick Brydone in “Phil. Trans.,” Vol. L. pp. 392, 695, and Vol. LXIII. p. 163. Consult also the abridgments by Hutton, Vol. XI. p. 262, Vol. XIII. p. 415; Waring’s “Bibliotheca Therapeutica,” London, 1878.

Avicenna, “Canon of Medicine,” Venice, 1608, book II, chapter 470; Pliny, “Natural History,” Holland translation, 1601, Chapter IV, p. 609; Hali Abas, “Complete Book of Medicine,” 1523, book I; Serapio Mauritanus, “On Simple Medicines,” Argent, 1531, pp. 260, 264; Antonius Musa Brasavolus, “Examination of All Simple Medicines,” Rome, 1536; Santes de Ardoynis Pisaurensis, “Book on Poisons” (Venice, 1492), Basel, 1562; Oribasius, “On the Properties of Metals,” book XIII; Joannes Baptista Montanus, “Summary Metaphrase ...” 1551; G. Pictorius, in his poem published in Basel in 1567, or in the 1530–1531 editions of “Marbodei Galli Poetæ Vetustissimi de Lapidibus Pretiosis Enchiridion” (J. A. Vander Linden, “On Medical Writings,” 1651, pp. 210–211); Rhazès, “On Simples, to Almansor,” Venice, 1542, last book, chapter 295; Joannes Lonicerus (author of “On Meteorology,” Frankfurt, 1550), “In Dioscorides Anazarbeus on Medical Matters ...” 1543, p. 77; Matthæus Silvaticus, “Work of the Pandects of Medicine,” 1498, 1511, 1526 (1541), chapter 446; Petrus de Abano, “Treatise on Poisons,” 1490, also “Conciliator of Philosophers’ Differences” (1496), 1520,[27] 1526; Nicolaus Myrepsus, “Book on the Composition of Medicines,” 1541, 1549, 1567, 1626; Joannes Manardus, “Medical Letters” (Basel, 1549); Dioscorides Pedacius, “On Medical Matter,” Spengel edition, 1829, Chapter CXLVII, or in the 1557 edition p. 507, or in the translation by Joannes Ruellius in 1543; Nicholas Monardus, “Joyful News from the New World,” Frampton translation, London, 1596; Arnaldus de Villa Nova, “Treatise on the Virtues of Herbs” (1499); Amatus Lusitanus, “Highly Informed Commentaries,” 1597, pp. 482, 507; Gabriellus Fallopius, “On Simple Purging Medicines” and “Treatise on the Composition of Medicines,” Venice, 1566, 1570; Joannes Langius, “Medical Letters ...,” Paris, 1589; Petri Andriæ Mathiolus, “Commentaries ... Dioscorides ... on Medical Matter,” 1598, p. 998; W. Barlowe, “Magnetical Advertisements,” 1616, p. 7, or the 1843 reprint; Albertus Magnus, “On Minerals” (1542), book II; Oswaldus Crollius, “Chemical Basilica,” 1612, p. 267; Nicolaus Curtius, “Little Book on Medicines ...” Giessen, 1614; Rudolphi Goclenii—Goclenius—“Treatise on Magnetic Healing,” 1609, 1613, also “Magnetic Connection,” Marburg, 1617 (Eloy “Dict. Hist. of Medicine,” Vol. II, pp. 359–360); Luis de Oviedo, “Method for Collecting and Storing Simple Medicines,” 1622, p. 502; W. Charleton, “A Ternary of Paradoxes of Magnetic Wound Healing,” 1650; the “Pharmacopoeia Augustana,” Augsburg, 1621, p. 182; Patrick Brydone in “Phil. Trans.,” Vol. L, pp. 392, 695, and Vol. LXIII, p. 163. Also consult the abridgments by Hutton, Vol. XI, p. 262, Vol. XIII, p. 415; Waring’s “Therapeutic Bibliography,” London, 1878.

“The magnet ... gives comfort and grace, and is a cure for many complaints; it is of great value in disputes. When pulverised, it cures many burns. It is a remedy for dropsy” (I Sermone ... di F. Sacchetti ... § 18).

“The magnet ... provides comfort and elegance, and helps with many ailments; it’s very useful in arguments. When ground into powder, it heals many burns. It’s a treatment for dropsy” (I Sermone ... di F. Sacchetti ... § 18).

According to Dias, “the magnet reconciles husbands to their wives,” and Platea remarks that “it is principally of use to the wounded,” while Avicenna says “it is a remedy against spleen, the dropsy and alopecian.”

According to Dias, “the magnet brings husbands and wives back together,” and Platea mentions that “it’s mainly useful for the injured,” while Avicenna states “it’s a cure for spleen, swelling, and hair loss.”

For additional information, consult J. Beckmann’s “History of Inventions,” Bohn, 1846, Vol. I. p. 43, and the article “Somnambulism” in the “Encyclopædia Britannica.”

For more information, check out J. Beckmann’s “History of Inventions,” Bohn, 1846, Vol. I. p. 43, and the article “Somnambulism” in the “Encyclopædia Britannica.”

A.D. 543.—The Japanese say that at about this date the Mikado received from the Court of Petsi in Corea “the wheel which indicates the south.”

A.D. 543.—The Japanese claim that around this time, the Mikado received from the Court of Petsi in Korea "the wheel that shows the direction of south."

Reference.—Knight, “Mechanical Dictionary,” Vol. II. p. 1397.

Reference.—Knight, “Mechanical Dictionary,” Vol. II. p. 1397.

A.D. 658.—As shown by Kaï-bara-Tok-sin, in the “Wa-zi-si,” the first magnetic cars were constructed during this year in Japan; the loadstone was not, however, discovered in that country until A.D. 713, when it was brought from the province of Oomi (Klaproth, “Boussole,” p. 94). The “Journal of the Franklin Institute” (Vol. XVIII. for 1836, p. 69), gives a description and illustration of one of these magnetic chariots, taken from the thirty-third volume of the Japanese Encyclopædia.

A.D. 658.—As stated by Kaï-bara-Tok-sin in the “Wa-zi-si,” the first magnetic cars were built during this year in Japan; however, the loadstone wasn't discovered in that country until CE 713, when it was brought from the province of Oomi (Klaproth, “Boussole,” p. 94). The “Journal of the Franklin Institute” (Vol. XVIII. for 1836, p. 69), provides a description and illustration of one of these magnetic chariots, taken from the thirty-third volume of the Japanese Encyclopædia.

A.D. 806–820.—Between these dates, under the Thâng dynasty,[28] were first made the cars called Kin-Koung-yuan, which were magnetic chariots similar to those previously known, but bearing in addition a drum and a bell. Both the latter were struck at regular intervals by an erect male figure placed at the head of the car (“American Journal of Science and the Arts,” Vol. XL. p. 249).

A.D. 806–820.—During this period, under the Thâng dynasty,[28] the first cars known as Kin-Koung-yuan were created. These were magnetic chariots similar to earlier models, but they also included a drum and a bell. Both were struck at regular intervals by an upright male figure positioned at the front of the car (“American Journal of Science and the Arts,” Vol. XL. p. 249).

A critic named Tchen-yn admits, as already indicated herein under the A.D. 235 date, that the knowledge of the mode of construction of the magnetic cars was by no means general. “I know well,” adds he, “that, at the time of the Thâng, under Hien-toung (who ascended the throne 806 A.D., and reigned seventeen years) a chariot was made which always showed the four parts of the earth, in imitation, it was said, of those constructed at the time of Hoang-ti.... Upon it stood the figure of a spirit, whose hand always pointed to the south.”

A critic named Tchen-yn acknowledges, as mentioned earlier under the CE 235 date, that knowledge of how to construct the magnetic cars was not common. “I know well,” he adds, “that during the Thâng, under Hien-toung (who took the throne in 806 A.D. and ruled for seventeen years), a chariot was made that always indicated the four corners of the earth, supposedly modeled after those built during the time of Hoang-ti.... On it stood the figure of a spirit, whose hand always pointed south.”

References.—“Mémoires concernant l’histoire ...” by Saillant et Nyon, Paris, 1776–1788, Vol. XIII. p. 234; Klaproth, “Boussole,” p. 72.

Sources.—“Mémoires concernant l’histoire ...” by Saillant et Nyon, Paris, 1776–1788, Vol. XIII. p. 234; Klaproth, “Boussole,” p. 72.

A.D. 968.—Kung-foo-Whing is said to have invented a method of transmitting sound through wires by means of an apparatus called thumthsein, although no trace whatever of the latter is to be found in any of the numerous authorities herein quoted.

A.D. 968.—Kung-foo-Whing is said to have invented a method of sending sound through wires using a device called thumthsein, though there’s no evidence of it in any of the many sources mentioned here.

A.D. 1067–1148.—Frode (Ari Hinn—Ara Hin—or the Wise), Arius Polyhistor (Ari Prestrinha Frodi Thorgillsun), Icelandic historian, “than whom there is no higher authority,” was the first compiler of the celebrated “Landnama-Bok,” which contains a full account of all the early settlers in Iceland, and is doubtless the most complete record of the kind ever made by any nation.

A.D. 1067–1148.—Frode (Ari Hinn—Ara Hin—or the Wise), Arius Polyhistor (Ari Prestrinha Frodi Thorgillsun), an Icelandic historian, “than whom there is no higher authority,” was the first compiler of the famous “Landnama-Bok,” which provides a comprehensive account of all the early settlers in Iceland and is undoubtedly the most complete record of its kind ever created by any nation.

In it, he says that, at the time Floke Vilgerderson left Rogoland, in Norway, about A.D. 868, for another visit to Gardansholm (Iceland), of which he was the original discoverer, “the seamen had no loadstone (leiderstein) in the northern countries,” thus showing, according to Prof. Hansteen, that the directive power of the needle and its use in navigation were known in Europe in the eleventh century. In this manner is given the first intimation of the knowledge of the mariner’s compass outside of China. The passage quoted above is by many supposed to be an interpolation, for it is not found in several manuscripts, and it has even been asserted (“Br. Ann.,” p. 296), that its origin does not antedate the fourteenth century, thus strengthening the claims of the French in behalf of Guyot De Provins.

In it, he mentions that when Floke Vilgerderson left Rogoland in Norway, around CE 868, for another trip to Gardansholm (Iceland), which he originally discovered, “the seamen had no loadstone (leiderstein) in the northern countries.” This suggests, according to Prof. Hansteen, that the compass needle's directional power and its use in navigation were known in Europe by the eleventh century. This is the first indication that knowledge of the mariner’s compass existed outside of China. Many believe the quoted passage is an addition since it doesn't appear in several manuscripts, and it's even been claimed (“Br. Ann.,” p. 296) that it didn't originate until the fourteenth century, thus supporting the French claims for Guyot De Provins.

References.—“Landnama-Bok,” Kiœbenhaven, 1774, T. I. chap. ii. par. 7; John Angell, “Magnet. and Elect.,” 1874, p. 10; Lloyd, “Magnetism,” p. 101; “Pre-Col. Disc. of Am.,” De Costa, pp. xxiii and 11; “Bull. de Géogr.,” 1858, p. 177; “Good Words,” 1874, p. 70; Klaproth,[29] “Boussole,” p. 40; Hansteen, “Inquiries Concerning the Magnetism of the Earth,” and “Magazin für Naturvidenskaberne Christiana,” I. 2, “Encycl. Metrop.,” Vol. III. p. 736; the 1190–1210 entry herein.

Sources.—“Landnama-Bok,” Copenhagen, 1774, T. I. chap. ii. par. 7; John Angell, “Magnetism and Electricity,” 1874, p. 10; Lloyd, “Magnetism,” p. 101; “Pre-Colonial Discovery of America,” De Costa, pp. xxiii and 11; “Bulletin de Géographie,” 1858, p. 177; “Good Words,” 1874, p. 70; Klaproth,[29] “Compass,” p. 40; Hansteen, “Inquiries Concerning the Magnetism of the Earth,” and “Magazine for Natural Sciences in Christiania,” I. 2, “Encyclopedia Metropolitana,” Vol. III. p. 736; the 1190–1210 entry herein.

A.D. 1111–1117.—Keou-tsoungchy, Chinese philosopher and writer, gives, in the medical natural history called “Pen-thsao-yan-i,” written by him under the Soung dynasty, the earliest description of a water compass found in any Chinese work, viz.: “The magnet is covered over with little bristles slightly red, and its superficies is rough. It attracts iron and unites itself with it; and, for this reason, it is commonly called the stone which licks up iron. When an iron point is rubbed upon the magnet, it acquires the property of pointing to the south, yet it declines always to the east, and is not perfectly true to the south.... If the needle be passed through a wick or a small tube of thin reed, and placed upon water, it will indicate the south, but with a continual inclination towards the point ping, that is to say, East five-sixths South.”

A.D. 1111–1117.—Keou-tsoungchy, a Chinese philosopher and writer, provides in the medical natural history called “Pen-thsao-yan-i,” which he wrote during the Soung dynasty, the earliest description of a water compass found in any Chinese text: “The magnet has small, slightly red bristles on its surface, which is rough. It attracts iron and sticks to it; for this reason, it’s commonly called the stone that licks up iron. When an iron point is rubbed on the magnet, it gains the ability to point south, but it always tilts a bit to the east and isn’t perfectly accurate to the south.... If the needle is placed through a wick or a small tube made of thin reed and put on water, it will show south, but with a continual tilt towards the point ping, meaning East five-sixths South.”

In the “Mung-khi-py-than,” also composed under the Soung dynasty, it is stated that fortune-tellers rub the needle with the loadstone in order to make it indicate the south.

In the “Mung-khi-py-than,” also written during the Soung dynasty, it says that fortune-tellers rub the needle with lodestone to make it point south.

References.Comptes Rendus, Vol. XIX. p. 365; “Am. Journal Sc. and Arts,” 1841, XL. p. 248; Davis, “The Chinese,” 1844, Vol. III. p. 13; Becquerel, “Elec. et Mag.,” p. 58; Klaproth, “Boussole,” pp. 67–69, 95; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1849, Vol. II. p. 656, and Vol. V. p. 52; Knight, “Mech. Dict.,” Vol. II. p. 1397; Humboldt, “Examen Critique,” Paris, 1836, Vol. III. p 34.

Sources.Comptes Rendus, Vol. XIX. p. 365; “Am. Journal Sc. and Arts,” 1841, XL. p. 248; Davis, “The Chinese,” 1844, Vol. III. p. 13; Becquerel, “Elec. et Mag.,” p. 58; Klaproth, “Boussole,” pp. 67–69, 95; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1849, Vol. II. p. 656, and Vol. V. p. 52; Knight, “Mech. Dict.,” Vol. II. p. 1397; Humboldt, “Examen Critique,” Paris, 1836, Vol. III. p 34.

A.D. 1160.—Eustathius, Archbishop of Thessalonica, relates in his commentary on the Iliad of Homer, that Walimer, father of Theodoric and King of the Goths, used to emit sparks from his body; also that a certain philosopher observed sparks occasionally issuing from his chest accompanied with a crackling noise.

A.D. 1160.—Eustathius, Archbishop of Thessalonica, shares in his commentary on Homer's Iliad that Walimer, the father of Theodoric and King of the Goths, would sometimes emit sparks from his body. He also notes that a certain philosopher observed sparks occasionally coming from his chest, along with a crackling sound.

Leithead tells us that streams of fire came from the hair of Servius Tullius, a Roman King, during sleep, when he was about seven years of age (Dionysius, “Antiq. Rom.” lib. iv.; Pliny, “Hist. Nat.” lib. ii. cap. 37); that Cardan alludes to the hair of a certain Carmelite monk emitting sparks whenever it was rubbed backward (“De Rerum Varietate,” lib. viii. cap. 43); that Father Faber, in his “Palladium Chemicum,” speaks of a young woman whose hair emitted sparks while being combed, and also refers to allusions made in the same line by Thomas Bartholinus, “De Luce Animalium,” Lugd. 1647, p. 121; Ezekiel di Castro, “De Igne Lambente”; Johann Jacob Hemmer, “Trans. Elec. Soc. Mannheim,” Vol. VI; and Phil. Trans., Vol. V. pp. 1, 40.

Leithead tells us that streams of fire came from the hair of Servius Tullius, a Roman King, while he was sleeping at about seven years old (Dionysius, “Antiq. Rom.” lib. iv.; Pliny, “Hist. Nat.” lib. ii. cap. 37); that Cardan mentions the hair of a certain Carmelite monk sparking whenever it was rubbed the wrong way (“De Rerum Varietate,” lib. viii. cap. 43); that Father Faber, in his “Palladium Chemicum,” discusses a young woman whose hair sparkled while being combed, and also references similar mentions by Thomas Bartholinus, “De Luce Animalium,” Lugd. 1647, p. 121; Ezekiel di Castro, “De Igne Lambente”; Johann Jacob Hemmer, “Trans. Elec. Soc. Mannheim,” Vol. VI; and Phil. Trans., Vol. V. pp. 1, 40.

References.—Eustath in Iliad, E. p. 515, ed. Rom.; “Encycl. Brit.,” 1855, VIII. p. 571; Priestley, “History of Electricity,” London, 1775, pp. 128, 129; Phil. Trans., abridged, Vol. X. pp. 278, 343, 344, 357.

References.—Eustath in Iliad, E. p. 515, ed. Rom.; “Encycl. Brit.,” 1855, VIII. p. 571; Priestley, “History of Electricity,” London, 1775, pp. 128, 129; Phil. Trans., abridged, Vol. X. pp. 278, 343, 344, 357.

[30]

[30]

A.D. 1190–1210.—Guyot de Provins, minstrel at the Court of the Emperor Frederick I (Barbarossa), gives the first French mention of the water compass in a manuscript “politico-satirical” poem entitled “La Bible,” to be found in the Bibliothèque Nationale. It is therein said that sailors were at that time in the habit of rubbing needles upon the ugly brown stone called marinière, “to which iron adheres of its own accord,” and that, as soon as placed afloat upon a small piece of straw in the water, the needles would point to the North. The passage alluding to the compass has been copied by D. A. Azuni, member of the Turin Academy of Sciences, from the original manuscript, and is given entire, with the French translation, at p. 137 of his “Dissertation ...” second edition, Paris, 1809:

A.D. 1190–1210.—Guyot de Provins, a minstrel at the Court of Emperor Frederick I (Barbarossa), makes the first French reference to the water compass in a manuscript “politico-satirical” poem titled “La Bible,” found in the Bibliothèque Nationale. It states that sailors at that time used to rub needles on a rough brown stone called marinière, “to which iron sticks naturally,” and that, when placed on a small piece of straw in the water, the needles would point north. The passage referencing the compass has been copied by D. A. Azuni, a member of the Turin Academy of Sciences, from the original manuscript, and is presented in full, along with the French translation, on page 137 of his “Dissertation...” second edition, Paris, 1809:

“De notre père l’apostoile (le pape)
*****
Ils l’appellent la tresmontaigne
*****
Par la vertu de la marinière,
Une pierre laide et brumière,
Ou li fers volontiers se joint....”

The passage is also given by Klaproth, at pp. 41–43, and by Venanson, at p. 72, of their respective works already cited; likewise by Bertelli, p. 59 of his Memoir published in 1868.

The passage is also provided by Klaproth, on pages 41–43, and by Venanson, on page 72, of their previously mentioned works; similarly by Bertelli, on page 59 of his Memoir published in 1868.

Sonnini (C. S.), in Buffon “Minéraux,” Vol. XV, p. 100, says that Azuni has successfully established the claims of France to the first use of the mariner’s compass. Other writers herein, who follow in their order, will doubtless show to the satisfaction of the reader that, as the Arabs possessed it at the same time, they must have received it from the Chinese, and therefore transmitted it to the Franks during the first Crusades, as stated by Klaproth in his “Lettre à M. de Humboldt,” Paris, 1834, pp. 64–66.

Sonnini (C. S.), in Buffon “Minéraux,” Vol. XV, p. 100, mentions that Azuni has successfully established France's claim to the first use of the mariner’s compass. Other writers who follow will certainly convince the reader that, since the Arabs had it at the same time, they must have received it from the Chinese, and thus passed it on to the Franks during the first Crusades, as noted by Klaproth in his “Lettre à M. de Humboldt,” Paris, 1834, pp. 64–66.

References.—Becquerel, “Traité d’Elect. et de Magn.,” Vol. I. p. 70; Bertelli, “Mem. sopra P. Peregrino,” 1868, p. 59; R. M. Ferguson, “Electricity,” 1867, p. 43; J. F. Wolfart, “Des Guiot von Provins,” Halle, 1861; “Bulletin de Géographie,” 1858, p. 177; Barbazan, “Fabliaux,” Vol. II. p. 328: Becquerel, “Résumé,” Chap. III; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1849, Vol. II. pp. 628–630; “Amer. Journ. Sc. and Arts,” Vol. XL. p. 243; “Guiot von Provins,” in Meyers Konvers. Lex., Vol. VIII. p. 81; “Encycl. Met.,” Vol. III. p. 736, gives a verbatim copy of part of Guyot’s poem, with its literal translation; Libri, “Hist. des Sc. Mathém.,” Paris, 1838, Vol. II. p. 63; “Encycl. Met.,” Vol. XII. p. 104; J. Lorimer, “Essay on Magnetism,” London, 1795; Sir John Francis Davis, “The Chinese,” Vol. III. p. xii, or “China,” London, 1857, pp. 184–187; Whewell, “Hist. of Ind. Sc.,” Vol. II. p. 46.

Sources.—Becquerel, “Treatise on Electricity and Magnetism,” Vol. I, p. 70; Bertelli, “Memoir on P. Peregrino,” 1868, p. 59; R. M. Ferguson, “Electricity,” 1867, p. 43; J. F. Wolfart, “Des Guiot von Provins,” Halle, 1861; “Bulletin of Geography,” 1858, p. 177; Barbazan, “Fabliaux,” Vol. II, p. 328; Becquerel, “Summary,” Chap. III; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1849, Vol. II, pp. 628–630; “American Journal of Science and Arts,” Vol. XL, p. 243; “Guiot von Provins,” in Meyers Conversational Lexicon, Vol. VIII, p. 81; “Encyclopedia of Metallurgy,” Vol. III, p. 736, provides a verbatim copy of part of Guyot’s poem, along with its literal translation; Libri, “History of Mathematical Sciences,” Paris, 1838, Vol. II, p. 63; “Encyclopedia of Metallurgy,” Vol. XII, p. 104; J. Lorimer, “Essay on Magnetism,” London, 1795; Sir John Francis Davis, “The Chinese,” Vol. III, p. xii, or “China,” London, 1857, pp. 184–187; Whewell, “History of Scientific Industry,” Vol. II, p. 46.

Guiot de Provins. “La Bible.” In the Bibliothèque Nationale, Paris.

Guiot de Provins. “The Bible.” In the National Library, Paris.

A.D. 1204–1220.—Jacobus de Vitry, Cardinal Bishop of Ptolemais, in Syria, one of the Crusaders, thus speaks of the compass in his [31]“Historiæ Hierosolimitanæ,”[10] cap. 89 and 91: “The Magnet [diamant, as shown under the B.C. 321 date] is found in the Indies.... It attracts iron through a secret virtue; after a needle has touched the loadstone, it always turns toward the North Star, which latter is as the world’s axis and is immobile, while the other stars turn around it; that is why the compass is so useful to navigators, valde necessarius navigantibus.”

A.D. 1204–1220.—Jacobus de Vitry, Cardinal Bishop of Ptolemais, in Syria, one of the Crusaders, talks about the compass in his [31]“Historiæ Hierosolimitanæ,”[10] cap. 89 and 91: “The Magnet [diamant, as shown under the BCE 321 date] is found in the Indies.... It attracts iron through a secret power; after a needle has touched the loadstone, it always points toward the North Star, which acts as the world's axis and is fixed in place, while the other stars revolve around it; that’s why the compass is so essential for navigators, valde necessarius navigantibus.”

References.—Azuni, “Boussole,” p. 140; Venanson, “Boussole,” p. 77; Klaproth, pp. 14, 43–44; Poggendorff, Vol. II. p. 1184; Becquerel, “Elec. et Magn.,” Vol. I. p. 70; Knight, “Mech. Dict.,” Vol. II. p. 1397.

References.—Azuni, “Boussole,” p. 140; Venanson, “Boussole,” p. 77; Klaproth, pp. 14, 43–44; Poggendorff, Vol. II. p. 1184; Becquerel, “Elec. et Magn.,” Vol. I. p. 70; Knight, “Mech. Dict.,” Vol. II. p. 1397.

A.D. 1207.—Neckam (Alexander of), 1157–1217, Abbot of St. Mary’s, alludes in his “De Utensilibus” to a needle carried on board ship, which, being placed upon a pivot and allowed to take its own position of repose, “showed mariners their course when the Polar Star is hidden.” In another work, “De Naturis Rerum” (lib. ii. cap. 89), he writes: “Mariners at sea, when, through cloudy weather in the day, which hides the sun, or through the darkness of the night, they lose the knowledge of the quarter of the world to which they are sailing, touch a needle with a magnet which will turn around until, on its own motion ceasing, its point will be directed toward the North (Chappell, “Nature,” No. 346, June 15, 1876; Thomas Wright, “Chronicles and Memoirs ... Middle Ages,” 1863).

A.D. 1207.—Alexander Neckam, 1157–1217, Abbot of St. Mary’s, mentions in his “De Utensilibus” a needle used on board ships, which, when placed on a pivot and left to find its balance, “indicated to sailors their path when the North Star is obscured.” In another work, “De Naturis Rerum” (lib. ii. cap. 89), he explains: “Sailors at sea, when bad weather during the day hides the sun or the darkness of night causes them to lose track of the direction they're sailing in, touch a needle with a magnet that will spin around until, when it stops moving, its point faces North (Chappell, “Nature,” No. 346, June 15, 1876; Thomas Wright, “Chronicles and Memoirs ... Middle Ages,” 1863).

References.—“La Grande Encyclopédie,” Vol. XXIV. p. 898; Hœfer, “Nouv. Biogr. Générale,” Vol. XXXVII. p. 570.

References.—“The Great Encyclopedia,” Vol. XXIV. p. 898; Hœfer, “New General Biography,” Vol. XXXVII. p. 570.

A.D. 1235–1315.—Lully (Raymond) of Majorca (often confounded with Ramond Lull, who is the author of several alchemical books and of whose biography very little is known), was, by turns, a soldier, a poet, a monk, a knight, a missionary and a martyr, and is referred to by Humboldt as “the singularly ingenious and eccentric man, whose doctrines excited the enthusiasm of Giordano Bruno when a boy, and who was at once a philosophical systematizer and an analytical chemist, a skilful mariner and a successful propagator of Christianity.”

A.D. 1235–1315.—Raymond Lully of Majorca (often confused with Ramon Llull, who wrote several alchemical books and about whom very little is known) was, at different times, a soldier, a poet, a monk, a knight, a missionary, and a martyr. Humboldt referred to him as “the uniquely clever and eccentric man, whose ideas inspired the young Giordano Bruno, and who was both a philosophical systematizer and an analytical chemist, a skilled sailor, and a successful promoter of Christianity.”

During the year 1272 Lully published his “De Contemplatione,” which was followed by “Fenix de las maravillas del orbe” in 1286, and by his “Arte de Naveguar” in 1295. In these he states that the seamen of his time employed instruments of measurement, sea charts and the magnetic needle (tenian, los mareantes, instrumento, carta, compas y aguja), and he describes the improvements made in[32] the astrolabes (designed for the determination of time and of geographical latitudes by meridian altitudes and capable of being employed at sea) from the period that the astrolabium of the Majorcan pilots was in use.

During the year 1272, Lully published his “De Contemplatione,” which was followed by “Fenix de las maravillas del orbe” in 1286, and by his “Arte de Naveguar” in 1295. In these works, he explains that the sailors of his time used measurement tools, sea charts, and the magnetic compass (they had the mariners, instruments, charts, compass, and needle), and he describes the upgrades made to the astrolabes (designed for determining time and geographical latitudes by measuring meridian altitudes and suitable for use at sea) since the time the astrolabium of the Majorcan pilots was in operation.

The application of the astrolabe to navigation, Mr. Irving says (“Hist. of the Life ... of Columbus,” London, 1828, Vol. I. pp. 76–78), was “one of those timely events which seem to have some thing providential in them. It was immediately after this that Columbus proposed his voyage of discovery to the crown of Portugal.”

The use of the astrolabe for navigation, Mr. Irving states (“Hist. of the Life ... of Columbus,” London, 1828, Vol. I. pp. 76–78), was “one of those crucial events that appear to have a providential quality to them. It was right after this that Columbus suggested his voyage of discovery to the Portuguese crown.”

Lully also confirms the fact that the Barcelonians employed atlases, astrolabes[11] and compasses long before Don Jaime Ferrer penetrated to the mouth of the Rio de Ouro, on the western coast of Africa, which was about fifty years after the date of the last-named work.

Lully also confirms that the Barcelonians used atlases, astrolabes[11] and compasses long before Don Jaime Ferrer reached the mouth of the Rio de Ouro on the western coast of Africa, which was about fifty years after the date of the last-named work.

Incidentally it may be added that Lully, posing as an alchemist, is said to have in the presence of the English King, Edward I, converted iron into gold, which latter was coined into rose-nobles (Bergman, “Hist. of Chem.”; Louis Figuier, “L’Alchimie et les Alchimistes,” Paris, 1860, p. 148).

Incidentally, it’s worth mentioning that Lully, pretending to be an alchemist, is said to have turned iron into gold in front of the English King, Edward I, which was then minted into rose-nobles (Bergman, “Hist. of Chem.”; Louis Figuier, “L’Alchimie et les Alchimistes,” Paris, 1860, p. 148).

References.—For Lul. Raimon, or Raymundus, or Lullius (1235–1315), “Dict. of Philos. and Psych.,” by J. M. Baldwin, New York, 1902, Vol. II. p. 32; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1849, Vol. II. pp. 629–631, 670, and 1859, Vol. V. p. 55; Miller, “Hist. Phil. Ill.,” London, 1849, Vol. II. p. 217; Whewell, “Hist. Ind. Sc.,” 1859, Vol. I. p. 169; also his “Phil. of the Ind. Sc.,” London, 1840, Vol. II. pp. 320–323; “Journal des Savants,” 1896, pp. 342, 345–355; “Biogr. Génér.,” article “Lulle”; Helfferich, “Raym. L.,” Berlin, 1858; Nicolai Eymerici, “Direct Inq.,” Rome, 1578; Bolton, “Ch. Hist. of Chem.,” pp. 1000–1001; Ueberweg, “Hist. of Philos.” (Morris’ translation, 1885), Vol. I. pp. 457, 459; “Lives of Alchemystical Philosophers,” by Arthur Edward Waite, London, 1888, pp. 68–88, in which is given, at pp. 276–306, an alphabetical[33] catalogue of all works on Hermetic Philosophy and Alchemy; Humboldt, “Examen Critique,” Paris, 1836, Vol. I. pp. 7, 283.

References.—For Lul. Raimon, or Raymundus, or Lullius (1235–1315), “Dict. of Philos. and Psych.,” by J. M. Baldwin, New York, 1902, Vol. II. p. 32; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1849, Vol. II. pp. 629–631, 670, and 1859, Vol. V. p. 55; Miller, “Hist. Phil. Ill.,” London, 1849, Vol. II. p. 217; Whewell, “Hist. Ind. Sc.,” 1859, Vol. I. p. 169; also his “Phil. of the Ind. Sc.,” London, 1840, Vol. II. pp. 320–323; “Journal des Savants,” 1896, pp. 342, 345–355; “Biogr. Génér.,” article “Lulle”; Helfferich, “Raym. L.,” Berlin, 1858; Nicolai Eymerici, “Direct Inq.,” Rome, 1578; Bolton, “Ch. Hist. of Chem.,” pp. 1000–1001; Ueberweg, “Hist. of Philos.” (Morris’ translation, 1885), Vol. I. pp. 457, 459; “Lives of Alchemystical Philosophers,” by Arthur Edward Waite, London, 1888, pp. 68–88, which includes, at pp. 276–306, an alphabetical [33] catalog of all works on Hermetic Philosophy and Alchemy; Humboldt, “Examen Critique,” Paris, 1836, Vol. I. pp. 7, 283.

For the Dominican Giordano (Jordano) Bruno, see “The Course of the History of Modern Philosophy,” by Victor Cousin, New York, 1872, Vol. II. pp. 56–58; “English Cycl.” (Biography), Vol. I. p. 979; Libri, “Hist. des Sc. Mathém.,” Paris, 1838, Vol. I. p. 141; “La Grande Encycl.,” Vol. VIII. pp. 258–259, reviewed in the “London Athenæum,” Nov. 28, 1903, p. 711.

For the Dominican Giordano (Jordano) Bruno, see “The Course of the History of Modern Philosophy” by Victor Cousin, New York, 1872, Vol. II. pp. 56–58; “English Cycl.” (Biography), Vol. I. p. 979; Libri, “Hist. des Sc. Mathém.,” Paris, 1838, Vol. I. p. 141; “La Grande Encycl.,” Vol. VIII. pp. 258–259, reviewed in the “London Athenæum,” Nov. 28, 1903, p. 711.

Vincent de Beauvais. “Speculum Naturale.”

Vincent de Beauvais. “Natural Mirror.”

Page taken from the 1473 copy, now in the Bibliothèque, Ste. Geneviève, Paris.

Page taken from the 1473 copy, now in the Bibliothèque, Ste. Geneviève, Paris.

A.D. 1250.—Vincent de Beauvais, another Crusader, writes his “Mirror of Nature” (“Bibliotheca Mundi, Speculum Majus, Speculum Triplex”) for St. Louis and his consort, Marguerite de Provence, and speaks therein of the polarity of the needle (“Speculi Naturalis,” Vol. II. lib. ix. cap. 19). He cites Aristotle as having written a book, “De Lapide,” containing a notice of the magnet’s use in navigation, but none of Aristotle’s known works appear to have the passage given. Cabæus and others rather judge that book to be the work of some Arabic writer (Thomas Creech, “Lucretius”). Libri, however, says that a translation or abrégé of the MS. of “De Lapide” is at the Paris Library—MSS. Arabes, No. 402 (“Hist. des sc. Mathém.,” Vol. I. p. 101).

A.D. 1250.—Vincent de Beauvais, another Crusader, writes his “Mirror of Nature” (“Bibliotheca Mundi, Speculum Majus, Speculum Triplex”) for St. Louis and his wife, Marguerite de Provence, and discusses the polarity of the needle (“Speculi Naturalis,” Vol. II. lib. ix. cap. 19). He mentions Aristotle having written a book, “De Lapide,” that notes the magnet’s use in navigation, but none of Aristotle’s known works seem to contain the referenced passage. Cabæus and others believe that book was likely written by an Arabic author (Thomas Creech, “Lucretius”). However, Libri states that a translation or abrégé of the manuscript of “De Lapide” is available at the Paris Library—MSS. Arabes, No. 402 (“Hist. des sc. Mathém.,” Vol. I. p. 101).

Le Sieur Petrus Peregrinus de Maricourt (see A.D. 1269) alludes clearly to the polarity of the needle in an epistle, “Ad Sigerum de Foucaucourt—Fontancourt—militem de Magnete,” written toward the end of the thirteenth century, and the magnet is, at about the same period, referred to in the following lines of the minstrel Gauthier d’Espinois, contemporary of the Count of Champagne, Thibaud VI, who lived before the middle of the thirteenth century (“Hist. Lit. de la France,” 1856, Vol. XXIII—chansonniers—pp. 576, 831):

Le Sieur Petrus Peregrinus de Maricourt (see CE 1269) clearly references the polarity of the needle in a letter, “Ad Sigerum de Foucaucourt—Fontancourt—militem de Magnete,” written towards the end of the thirteenth century. Around the same time, the magnet is mentioned in the following lines by the minstrel Gauthier d’Espinois, who was a contemporary of Count Thibaud VI of Champagne, who lived before the middle of the thirteenth century (“Hist. Lit. de la France,” 1856, Vol. XXIII—chansonniers—pp. 576, 831):

“Tout autresi (ainsi) comme l’aimant déçoit (détourne)
L’aiguilette par force de vertu
A ma dame tot le mont (monde) retennue
Qui sa beauté connoit et aperçoit.”

Vincent de Beauvais applies the terms zohron and aphron (not afon) to the south and north ends of the needle, and Mr. J. Klaproth (“Lettre à M. de Humboldt sur l’invention de la Boussole,” Paris, 1834, pp. 49–51), says these words are Arabian, notwithstanding assertions made to the contrary by Martinus Lipenius in his “Navigatio Salomonis Ophiritica Illustrata,” 1660, cap. v. sec. 3, as well as by many others who have written upon the compass.

Vincent de Beauvais uses the terms zohron and aphron (not afon) to describe the south and north ends of the needle. Mr. J. Klaproth, in his letter to M. de Humboldt about the invention of the compass (“Lettre à M. de Humboldt sur l’invention de la Boussole,” Paris, 1834, pp. 49–51), states that these words are Arabian. This contradicts claims made by Martinus Lipenius in his “Navigatio Salomonis Ophiritica Illustrata,” 1660, cap. v. sec. 3, as well as by many others who have written about the compass.

References.—Sonnini, in Buffon, “Minéraux,” VIII. p. 76; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1859–1860, Vol. II. pp. 253–254, and Vol. V. p. 54; Azuni, “Boussole,” pp. 41, 42, and 44; Klaproth, p. 13; Miller, “History Philosophically Illustrated,” London, 1849, Vol. I. p. 179, note. “Simonis Maioli ... Dies Caniculares, seu Colloqui,” XXIII. 1597, p. 783; Dr. F. Ueberweg, “Hist. of Phil.” (Morris’ translation, 1885), Vol. I. pp. 433, 435; “Journal des Savants” for Feb.-Mar. 1892; “Vincenti Bellov. Speculi Naturalis,” Vol. II. lib. ix. cap. 19.

Citations.—Sonnini, in Buffon, “Minerals,” VIII. p. 76; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1859–1860, Vol. II. pp. 253–254, and Vol. V. p. 54; Azuni, “Compass,” pp. 41, 42, and 44; Klaproth, p. 13; Miller, “History Philosophically Illustrated,” London, 1849, Vol. I. p. 179, note. “Simonis Maioli ... Dog Days, or Conversations,” XXIII. 1597, p. 783; Dr. F. Ueberweg, “History of Philosophy” (Morris’ translation, 1885), Vol. I. pp. 433, 435; “Journal des Savants” for Feb.-Mar. 1892; “Vincenti Bellov. Speculi Naturalis,” Vol. II. book ix. chap. 19.

[34]

[34]

It may be added that the “Mirror of Nature”[12] is one of the four pretentious works which, however popular they may at any time have been and however powerfully they may have influenced the age in which they were written, do not, says Humboldt, fulfil by their contents the promise of their titles. The other three are the “Opus Majus” of Roger Bacon, the “Liber Cosmographicus” (Physical Geography) of Albertus Magnus, and the “Imago Mundi” (Picture of the World) of Cardinal Petrus de Alliaco—Pedro de Helico—Pierre d’Ailly. (For the celebrated French theologian Pierre d’Ailly (1350–1420), Chancellor of the Paris University, see “Histoire de l’Astronomie,” J. F. C. Hœfer, Paris 1873, p. 290; “Paris et ses historiens,” Le Roux de Lincy et L. M. Tisserand, Paris, 1867, p. 402 (etched portrait); “New Int. Encycl.,” New York, 1902, Vol. I. p. 231; “La Grande Encycl.,” Vol. I. pp. 952–954; also works relating to him by Aubrelicque, Compiègne, 1869, by Arthur Dinaux, Cambrai, 1824, and by Geo. Pameyer, Strasbourg, 1840.) The last-named work by Pierre d’Ailly was the chief authority at the time and exercised a greater influence on the discovery of America than did the correspondence with the learned Florentine Toscanelli (Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1849, Vol. II. p. 621; “La lettre et la carte de Toscanelli,” par Henri Vignaud, Paris, 1901, or “Toscanelli et Christophe Colomb” in the “Annales de Géographie,” No. 56, 11e année, Mars 15, 1902, pp. 97–110; “Toscanelli in der älteren und neuren Columbus literatur,” E. Geleich Mitteil. Wien, Vol. XXXVI. 10, 1893).

It can be noted that the “Mirror of Nature”[12] is one of four ambitious works that, despite being popular at various times and having a significant impact during their era, do not, according to Humboldt, live up to the promise of their titles. The other three are Roger Bacon's “Opus Majus,” Albertus Magnus's “Liber Cosmographicus” (Physical Geography), and Cardinal Petrus de Alliaco’s “Imago Mundi” (Picture of the World)—also known as Pedro de Helico or Pierre d’Ailly. (For the well-known French theologian Pierre d’Ailly (1350–1420), Chancellor of the Paris University, see “Histoire de l’Astronomie,” J. F. C. Hœfer, Paris 1873, p. 290; “Paris et ses historiens,” Le Roux de Lincy et L. M. Tisserand, Paris, 1867, p. 402 (etched portrait); “New Int. Encycl.,” New York, 1902, Vol. I. p. 231; “La Grande Encycl.,” Vol. I. pp. 952–954; and also works related to him by Aubrelicque, Compiègne, 1869, by Arthur Dinaux, Cambrai, 1824, and by Geo. Pameyer, Strasbourg, 1840.) The last-named work by Pierre d’Ailly was the primary authority of its time and had a greater influence on the discovery of America than the correspondence with the learned Florentine Toscanelli (Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1849, Vol. II. p. 621; “La lettre et la carte de Toscanelli,” by Henri Vignaud, Paris, 1901, or “Toscanelli et Christophe Colomb” in the “Annales de Géographie,” No. 56, 11e année, March 15, 1902, pp. 97–110; “Toscanelli in der älteren und neuren Columbus literatur,” E. Gleich Mitteil. Wien, Vol. XXXVI. 10, 1893).

Two of the above-named works partake of the encyclopædic, and in this class likewise properly enter the twenty books “De Rerum Natura” of Thomas Cantapratensis of Louvain (1230), the “Book of Nature,” by Conrad Van Meygenberg of Ratisbon (1349), and the great “Margarita Philosophica,” or “Circle of the Sciences,”[35] of Father Gregorius Reisch (1486). (See the different entries concerning the last-named work at pp. 663–664 of Libri’s Catalogue, Vol. II, for 1861.) One more work bears title “Picture of the World”—“l’Image du Monde”—written by Gautier de Metz, a French poet of the thirteenth century, on the lines of still another encyclopædic “Imago Mundi,” by Honorius d’Autun (Neubauer, “Traductions historiques de l’Image du Monde,” 1876, p. 129; Haase, likewise Fritsche, “Untersuch ... der Image du Monde,” 1879 and 1880; Fant, “l’Image du Monde, étudié dans ses diverses rédactions françaises,” Upsal, 1886. Chas. Bossut, in his “Hist. Générale des Mathém.,” Paris, 1810, Vol. I. p. 229, also mentions an encyclopædic “Mirroir du Monde,” in Turkish Gian Numah; “The Final Philosophy,” Chas. W. Shields, New York, 1877, p. 133).

Two of the works mentioned above are encyclopedic in nature, along with the twenty books "De Rerum Natura" by Thomas Cantapratensis of Louvain (1230), the "Book of Nature" by Conrad Van Meygenberg of Ratisbon (1349), and the significant "Margarita Philosophica," or "Circle of the Sciences,"[35] by Father Gregorius Reisch (1486). (Refer to the various entries about this last work on pp. 663–664 of Libri’s Catalogue, Vol. II, from 1861.) Another work is titled "Picture of the World"—"l’Image du Monde"—written by Gautier de Metz, a thirteenth-century French poet, based on yet another encyclopedic "Imago Mundi" by Honorius d’Autun (Neubauer, “Traductions historiques de l’Image du Monde,” 1876, p. 129; Haase, along with Fritsche, “Untersuch ... der Image du Monde,” 1879 and 1880; Fant, “l’Image du Monde, étudié dans ses diverses rédactions françaises,” Upsal, 1886. Chas. Bossut, in his “Hist. Générale des Mathém.,” Paris, 1810, Vol. I, p. 229, also mentions an encyclopedic “Mirroir du Monde,” in Turkish Gian Numah; “The Final Philosophy,” Chas. W. Shields, New York, 1877, p. 133).

A.D. 1254.—Albertus Magnus, of the family of the Counts of Bollstädt, one of the most prominent philosophers and theologians of the Middle Ages, likewise alludes to the book “De Lapide” already referred to at A.D. 1250, and to the Arabic terms zohron and aphron, giving to these words, however, a wrong interpretation.[13]

A.D. 1254.—Albertus Magnus, from the family of the Counts of Bollstädt, one of the leading philosophers and theologians of the Middle Ages, also mentions the book “De Lapide” referenced earlier at CE 1250, along with the Arabic words zohron and aphron, although he misinterprets these terms. [13]

Albertus Magnus (1193–1280) was justly styled Doctor Universalis, for, from the time he entered the Order of the Dominican Friars in 1221, as well as throughout his teachings, mainly at Bologna, Strasburg, Freiburg and Cologne, he displayed an intimate acquaintance with almost all branches of the natural sciences. He was especially well versed in philosophy, astronomy and mathematics—in rebus magicis expertus fuit—and was justly considered by many as the most erudite philosopher of his generation; an encomium of the very rarest kind, when such rivals as Alexander of Hales and Thomas Aquinas could dispute the palm with him. Natural science, says Humboldt (“Cosmos,” 1860, Vol. II. pp. 243–245), was intimately associated with medicine and philosophy among the learned Arabs, and, in the Christian Middle Ages, with theological polemics. The latter, from their tendency to assert an exclusive influence, repressed empirical inquiry into the departments of physics, organic morphology, and also astronomy, the last being, for the most part, closely allied to astrology. The study of the comprehensive works of Aristotle, introduced by Arabs and by[36] Jewish Rabbis, had tended to lead to a philosophical fusion of all branches of study (Jourdain, “Sur les traductions d’Aristotle,” p. 256; Michael Sachs, “Die Religiöse Poesie der Juden in Spanien,” 1845, s. 180–200), and hence Ibn-Sina (Avicenna), Ibn-Roschd (Averroës), Albertus Magnus and Roger Bacon passed for the representatives of all the knowledge of their time. The fame which in the Middle Ages surrounded the names of these four great men was proportionate to the general diffusion of this opinion of their endowments.

Albertus Magnus (1193–1280) was rightly called Doctor Universalis, because from the time he joined the Order of the Dominican Friars in 1221 and throughout his teaching, primarily in Bologna, Strasburg, Freiburg, and Cologne, he showed a deep understanding of nearly all branches of the natural sciences. He was particularly knowledgeable in philosophy, astronomy, and mathematics—in rebus magicis expertus fuit—and many regarded him as the most learned philosopher of his time; this praise is quite exceptional when considering rivals like Alexander of Hales and Thomas Aquinas, who could contest that honor with him. Humboldt states (“Cosmos,” 1860, Vol. II, pp. 243–245) that natural science was closely linked with medicine and philosophy among learned Arabs, and in the Christian Middle Ages, with theological debates. These debates, due to their exclusive nature, stifled empirical investigation into physics, organic structure, and astronomy, the latter often closely connected to astrology. The extensive works of Aristotle, introduced by Arabs and Jewish Rabbis, led to a philosophical merging of all fields of study (Jourdain, “Sur les traductions d’Aristotle,” p. 256; Michael Sachs, “Die Religiöse Poesie der Juden in Spanien,” 1845, s. 180–200), and so Ibn-Sina (Avicenna), Ibn-Roschd (Averroës), Albertus Magnus, and Roger Bacon were considered the representatives of all knowledge of their time. The renown that these four great figures enjoyed in the Middle Ages reflected the widespread belief in their intellectual gifts.

Albertus was the first scholastic who systematically reproduced the philosophy of Aristotle with reference to the Arabian commentators and who remodelled it to meet the requirements of ecclesiastical dogma. The cause of the new development of scholasticism in the thirteenth century was the translation, for the first time, into Latin of the complete works of Aristotle, which latter only came to the knowledge of the scholastics (1210–1225) through the agency of Arabian philosophy. The leading Arabian philosophers were Avicenna, Averroës and Avempace, whilst, in the new movement, Albertus Magnus, St. Thomas Aquinas and Joannes Duns Scotus represented the culmination of scholastic thought and its consolidation into a system.[14]

Albertus was the first scholar to systematically present Aristotle's philosophy, referencing Arab commentators and adapting it to fit church doctrine. The revival of scholasticism in the thirteenth century was sparked by the first Latin translations of Aristotle's complete works, which the scholastics only became aware of (1210–1225) through Arab philosophy. Key Arab philosophers included Avicenna, Averroës, and Avempace, while in this new movement, Albertus Magnus, St. Thomas Aquinas, and Joannes Duns Scotus represented the peak of scholastic thought and its integration into a cohesive system.[14]

Albertus, according to Humboldt, must be mentioned as an independent investigator in the domain of analytic chemistry, improving as he did the practical manipulation of ores, and having actually enlarged the insight of men into the general mode of action of the chemical forces of nature. His “Liber Cosmographicus” is a singularly able presentment of physical geography. He also wrote very extensively upon plant-life, and is the author of commentaries upon practically all the physical works of the Stagirite, although in the commentary on Aristotle’s “Historia Animalium” he is said to have closely followed the Latin translation of Michael Scotus from the Arabic. Albertus doubtless owes the praise conferred upon him by Dante less to himself than to his beloved pupil Aquinas, who accompanied him from Cologne to Paris in 1245, and returned with him to Germany in 1248.

Albertus, as Humboldt noted, deserves recognition as an independent researcher in the field of analytic chemistry, as he improved the practical handling of ores and deepened people's understanding of the general functioning of nature's chemical forces. His “Liber Cosmographicus” is an exceptionally skilled presentation of physical geography. He also wrote extensively on plant life and authored commentaries on nearly all of Aristotle's physical works, although in his commentary on Aristotle’s “Historia Animalium,” he is said to have closely followed Michael Scotus's Latin translation from the Arabic. Albertus likely owes the accolades given to him by Dante more to his esteemed student Aquinas, who traveled with him from Cologne to Paris in 1245 and returned with him to Germany in 1248.

[37]

[37]

“Questi, che m’ è a destra più vicino,
Frate e maestro fummi; ed’ esse Alberto
E’ di Cologna, ed io Thomas d’Aquino.”
“Il Paradiso,” X. 97–99.

Gilbert refers to Albertus in “De Magnete,” Book I. chaps, i. and vi., also in Book II. chap. xxxviii.

Gilbert refers to Albertus in “De Magnete,” Book I, chapters i and vi, also in Book II, chapter xxxviii.

References.—“Albert the Great,” by Dr. Joachim Sighart, translated by Rev. Fr. J. A. Dixon, London, 1876; “Journal des Savants” for May 1848 (“D’un ouvrage inédit de Roger Bacon”: Albertus is called Magnus in magia naturali, major in philosophia, maximus in theologia; Tritheim, “Annales Hirsaug.,” Vol. I. p. 592); for May 1851, pp. 284–298 passim; for Nov. and Dec. 1884; for June 1891 (“Traditions ... du Moyen Age”), for Feb. 1892 (“Traductions des ouvrages alchimiques ... arabes; l’alchimie dans Albert le Grand,” pp. 126–128), as well as for March 1892; “Histoire des Sciences,” par. F. M. L. Maupied, Paris, 1847 (Albert le Grand), Vol. II. pp. 1–95; Barthol. Glanvilla, “Liber, de Proprietatibus Rerum,” Book VII; Pellechet, “Cat. Gen. des Incunables,” 1897, pp. 57–81; Bolton, “Chronol. Hist. of Chemistry,” 1897, p. 947; “The Great Schoolmen of the Middle Ages,” by W. J. Townsend, London, 1881, Chap. X. pp. 165–173; “Siger de Brabant et l’Averroïsme Latin au xiiie siècle,” par. Pierre Maudonnet, Fribourg, 1899, pp. li-lii notes passim; Walton and Cotton, “Complete Angler,” New York and London, 1847, Pt. I. p. 62; “New Int. Encycl.,” New York, 1902, Vol. I. p. 279; “Aristotle and the Arabs,” by Wm. M. Sloane, pp. 257–268 of “Classical Studies in Honour of Henry Drissler,” New York, 1894; Sonnini, Buffon, “Minéraux,” VIII. p. 76; Enfield, “History of Philosophy,” Book VII. chap iii.; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1849, Vol. II. pp. 617–619; Quétif and Echard, “Scriptor. Ord. Predicat,” Vol. I. p. 171; Brande, “Manual,” 1848, Vol. I. p. 8; Dr. Friedrich Ueberweg, “History of Philosophy,” tr. by Geo. S. Morris, New York, 1885, Vol. I. pp. 436–440; J. B. Hauréau, “La Philos. Scholas.,” Paris, 1850, Vol. II. pp. 1–103; Dr. W. Windelband, “History of Philosophy,” auth. tr. by Jas. H. Tufts, New York, 1853, pp. 311, 313; “Dict. Hist. de la Médecine,” N. F. J. Eloy, Mons, 1778, Vol. I. pp. 63–65; “Christian Schools and Scholars,” Augusta Th. Drane, London, 1867, pp. 69, etc.

Sources.—“Albert the Great,” by Dr. Joachim Sighart, translated by Rev. Fr. J. A. Dixon, London, 1876; “Journal des Savants” for May 1848 (“D’un ouvrage inédit de Roger Bacon”: Albertus is called Magnus in magia naturali, major in philosophia, maximus in theologia; Tritheim, “Annales Hirsaug.,” Vol. I. p. 592); for May 1851, pp. 284–298 passim; for Nov. and Dec. 1884; for June 1891 (“Traditions ... du Moyen Age”), for Feb. 1892 (“Traductions des ouvrages alchimiques ... arabes; l’alchimie dans Albert le Grand,” pp. 126–128), as well as for March 1892; “Histoire des Sciences,” by F. M. L. Maupied, Paris, 1847 (Albert le Grand), Vol. II. pp. 1–95; Barthol. Glanvilla, “Liber, de Proprietatibus Rerum,” Book VII; Pellechet, “Cat. Gen. des Incunables,” 1897, pp. 57–81; Bolton, “Chronol. Hist. of Chemistry,” 1897, p. 947; “The Great Schoolmen of the Middle Ages,” by W. J. Townsend, London, 1881, Chap. X. pp. 165–173; “Siger de Brabant et l’Averroïsme Latin au xiiie siècle,” by Pierre Maudonnet, Fribourg, 1899, pp. li-lii notes passim; Walton and Cotton, “Complete Angler,” New York and London, 1847, Pt. I. p. 62; “New Int. Encycl.,” New York, 1902, Vol. I. p. 279; “Aristotle and the Arabs,” by Wm. M. Sloane, pp. 257–268 of “Classical Studies in Honour of Henry Drissler,” New York, 1894; Sonnini, Buffon, “Minéraux,” VIII. p. 76; Enfield, “History of Philosophy,” Book VII. chap iii.; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1849, Vol. II. pp. 617–619; Quétif and Echard, “Scriptor. Ord. Predicat,” Vol. I. p. 171; Brande, “Manual,” 1848, Vol. I. p. 8; Dr. Friedrich Ueberweg, “History of Philosophy,” translated by Geo. S. Morris, New York, 1885, Vol. I. pp. 436–440; J. B. Hauréau, “La Philos. Scholas.,” Paris, 1850, Vol. II. pp. 1–103; Dr. W. Windelband, “History of Philosophy,” authorized translation by Jas. H. Tufts, New York, 1853, pp. 311, 313; “Dict. Hist. de la Médecine,” N. F. J. Eloy, Mons, 1778, Vol. I. pp. 63–65; “Christian Schools and Scholars,” Augusta Th. Drane, London, 1867, pp. 69, etc.

Of authors prominently cited by Albertus Magnus, or alluded to in the foregoing, the following accounts are given:

Of the authors that Albertus Magnus frequently referenced or mentioned earlier, the following details are provided:

Alfarabius—Alpharabius—Abn Nasr Muhammed ... al Farabi—(A.D. 870–950), celebrated Arabian philosopher, native of Turkestan, one of whose most important works, “Liber de scientiis ...” is an encyclopædia, giving in five chapters a classification of all known sciences. It is said he could speak in as many as seventy languages (J. C. L. S. de Sismondi, “Historical View of the Literature of the South of Europe,” London, 1846, Vol. I. p. 65). He was a most zealous student of Aristotle, and is one of the authors (Aristotle, Avicenna and Al-gazel being the others) from whom David the Jew compiled his work “De Causis.” Of the latter, Albertus gives a long description, and it is likewise cited both by Thomas Aquinas and Bacon, “Opus Majus,” J. H. Bridges, Oxford, 1897,[38] Vol. I. pp. 100–101, who quotes: Jourdain, pp. 112, 138–145, 184–185, and Wüstenfeld, “Geschichte,” Göttingen, 1840.

Alfarabius—Alpharabius—Abn Nasr Muhammed ... al Farabi—(CE 870–950), a renowned Arabian philosopher from Turkestan, wrote one of his most significant works, “Liber de scientiis ...” which is an encyclopedia that classifies all known sciences in five chapters. It's said he could speak as many as seventy languages (J. C. L. S. de Sismondi, “Historical View of the Literature of the South of Europe,” London, 1846, Vol. I. p. 65). He was a devoted student of Aristotle and is one of the authors (along with Aristotle, Avicenna, and Al-gazel) whose work “De Causis” David the Jew compiled. Albertus provides a lengthy description of the latter, and it is also referenced by both Thomas Aquinas and Bacon, “Opus Majus,” J. H. Bridges, Oxford, 1897,[38] Vol. I. pp. 100–101, who quotes: Jourdain, pp. 112, 138–145, 184–185, and Wüstenfeld, “Geschichte,” Göttingen, 1840.

References.—Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. I. p. 195; “Biog. Gen.,” Vol. I. pp. 951–952 and the references therein given; “New Int. Encycl.,” New York, 1902, Vol. I. pp. 329–330; M. Stenischneider, “Al-Farabi,” St. Petersb., 1869; Friedrich Dieterici, “Al-Farabi’s Philosophische Abhandlungen,” Leyden, 1890, and his “Die Philosophie der Araber,” Leyden, 1892, 1895; Dr. Friedrich Ueberweg, “History of Philosophy,” tr. by Geo. S. Morris, New York, 1885, Vol. I. pp. 407, 411–412.

References.—Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. I, p. 195; “Biog. Gen.,” Vol. I, pp. 951–952 and the references listed there; “New Int. Encycl.,” New York, 1902, Vol. I, pp. 329–330; M. Stenischneider, “Al-Farabi,” St. Petersburg, 1869; Friedrich Dieterici, “Al-Farabi’s Philosophical Writings,” Leyden, 1890, and his “The Philosophy of the Arabs,” Leyden, 1892, 1895; Dr. Friedrich Ueberweg, “History of Philosophy,” translated by Geo. S. Morris, New York, 1885, Vol. I, pp. 407, 411–412.

Al-gazel—Al-Ghazzali—(1058–1111), another prominent Arabian philosopher, who was for a long time professor of theology in the Bagdad University, and became the ruler of the Sufis or Mystics, in whose behalf he travelled extensively.[15]

Al-Ghazali (1058–1111) was another prominent Arab philosopher who served as a theology professor at Baghdad University for many years. He became a leader among the Sufis or Mystics, traveling extensively on their behalf.[15]

The biography in “La Grande Encyclopédie,” Vol. XVIII. pp. 899–900, gives a full account of his most important works and several valuable references, his principal book being “The Destruction of the Philosophers,” which called forth a reply in one of the two most important works of Averroës, entitled “The Destruction of Destruction.”

The biography in “La Grande Encyclopédie,” Vol. XVIII, pp. 899–900, provides a complete overview of his key works and includes several important references, with his main book being “The Destruction of the Philosophers,” which prompted a response in one of Averroës' two major works, titled “The Destruction of Destruction.”

Tholuck says: “If ever a man hath deserved the name, Ghazzali was truly a divine, and he may justly be placed on a level with Origen [Fr. Dietericii, “Die Philosophie der Araber,” Leipzig, 1876, pp. 28–31], so remarkable was he for learning and ingenuity, and gifted with such a rare faculty for the skilful and worthy exposition of doctrine.”

Tholuck says: “If anyone deserves the title, Ghazzali truly was a divine, and he can rightly be compared to Origen [Fr. Dietericii, “Die Philosophie der Araber,” Leipzig, 1876, pp. 28–31], as he was exceptionally knowledgeable and insightful, and he had a unique talent for skillfully and meaningfully explaining doctrine.”

References.—“Encycl. Britann.,” ninth ed., Vol. I. p. 510; “New Int. Encycl.,” Vol. I. p. 337; “The Alchemy of Happiness,” by Mohammed Al-Ghazzali, tr. of Henry Guy Homes, Albany, 1873, pp. 6–7, also Dr. Friedrich Ueberweg, “History of Philosophy, tr. by Geo. S. Morris, New York, 1885, Vol. I. pp. 407 and 413–414.

References.—“Encycl. Britannica,” 9th ed., Vol. I, p. 510; “New International Encyclopedia,” Vol. I, p. 337; “The Alchemy of Happiness,” by Mohammed Al-Ghazzali, translated by Henry Guy Homes, Albany, 1873, pp. 6–7; also Dr. Friedrich Ueberweg, “History of Philosophy,” translated by Geo. S. Morris, New York, 1885, Vol. I, pp. 407 and 413–414.

Alexander of Hales, so called because he made his studies at the Monastery of Hales in Gloucestershire (d. 1245), called “Doctor Doctorum” or “Doctor Irrefragabilis,” also “Theologorum Monarcha,” was a celebrated English theologian. He became a noted professor of philosophy and then a lecturer among the Franciscans, being succeeded in turn by his pupils, John of Rochelle (who died in 1271) and John Fidanza, better[39] known as Bonaventura (1221–1274). He was the first scholastic acquainted with the whole of the Aristotelian works and with the Arabian commentaries upon them. The only authentic work of his is the ponderous “Summa Universæ Theologiæ” (best edition, Venice, 1576), much of the substance and even the text of which is said to be found in the “Summa” of Aquinas and in the “Speculum Morale” of Vincent de Beauvais.

Alexander of Hales, named for his studies at the Monastery of Hales in Gloucestershire (d. 1245), known as "Doctor Doctorum" or "Doctor Irrefragabilis," and also "Theologorum Monarcha," was a renowned English theologian. He became a prominent philosophy professor and later a lecturer among the Franciscans, being succeeded in turn by his students, John of Rochelle (who died in 1271) and John Fidanza, better known as Bonaventura (1221–1274). He was the first scholastic familiar with the entirety of Aristotle's works and the Arabian commentaries on them. The only authentic work attributed to him is the substantial “Summa Universæ Theologiæ” (best edition, Venice, 1576), much of which, both in substance and text, is said to be reflected in Aquinas's “Summa” and in Vincent de Beauvais's “Speculum Morale.”

References.—“Dict. of Nat. Biog.,” London, 1885, Vol. I. p. 271; “La Grande Encycl.,” Vol. II. p. 121; Fleury, “Hist. Eccles.,” Vol. XX; Du Boulay, “Hist. de l’univ. de Paris,” Vol. I.; Stoeckl, “Geschichte d. Phil. d. Mittelalters,” 1865, Vol. II. pp. 317–326; “Chambers’s Encycl.,” 1888, Vol. I. p. 148; Ninth “Encycl. Britann.,” Vol. XXI. p. 427; “Dict. of Philos. and Psychol.,” by J. M. Baldwin, New York, 1901; Vol. I. pp. 30, 124; Wadding, “Annales Ord. Min.”; “New Int. Encycl.,” New York, 1902, Vol. I. pp. 321–322; Fabricius, “Bibl. Lat. mediæ et inf. ætat.,” Vol. I. p. 1; “Biog. Gén.,” Vol. I. pp. 923–927; J. B. Hauréau, “Hist. de la Philos. Scholastique,” 1880, Vol. I. part ii. pp. 131–141, or the 1850 Paris ed., Vol. I. p. 418; Dr. Friedrich Ueberweg, “History of Philosophy,” tr. by Geo. S. Morris, New York, 1885, Vol. I. pp. 433–434; Thos. Fuller, “Church History of Britain,” London, 1837, Vol. I. pp. 398–402.

Sources.—“Dict. of Nat. Biog.,” London, 1885, Vol. I, p. 271; “La Grande Encycl.,” Vol. II, p. 121; Fleury, “Hist. Eccles.,” Vol. XX; Du Boulay, “Hist. de l’univ. de Paris,” Vol. I; Stoeckl, “Geschichte d. Phil. d. Mittelalters,” 1865, Vol. II, pp. 317–326; “Chambers’s Encycl.,” 1888, Vol. I, p. 148; Ninth “Encycl. Britann.,” Vol. XXI, p. 427; “Dict. of Philos. and Psychol.,” by J. M. Baldwin, New York, 1901, Vol. I, pp. 30, 124; Wadding, “Annales Ord. Min.”; “New Int. Encycl.,” New York, 1902, Vol. I, pp. 321–322; Fabricius, “Bibl. Lat. mediæ et inf. ætat.,” Vol. I, p. 1; “Biog. Gén.,” Vol. I, pp. 923–927; J. B. Hauréau, “Hist. de la Philos. Scholastique,” 1880, Vol. I, part ii, pp. 131–141, or the 1850 Paris ed., Vol. I, p. 418; Dr. Friedrich Ueberweg, “History of Philosophy,” tr. by Geo. S. Morris, New York, 1885, Vol. I, pp. 433–434; Thos. Fuller, “Church History of Britain,” London, 1837, Vol. I, pp. 398–402.

Avempace—Abn Bekr Muhammed Ibn Yahga, Arabic philosopher, physician and poet (d. 1138), introduced the peripatetic philosophy into Andalusia, and wrote commentaries on Aristotle, in addition to a book, “Conduct of the Individual,” alluded to by Averroës, likewise several works upon medicine and music.

Avempace—Abn Bekr Muhammed Ibn Yahga, an Arabic philosopher, physician, and poet (d. 1138), brought peripatetic philosophy to Andalusia and wrote commentaries on Aristotle, as well as a book called “Conduct of the Individual,” mentioned by Averroës, along with several works on medicine and music.

References.—“The History of Philosophy” of Dr. Friedrich Ueberweg, tr. by Geo. S. Morris, New York, 1885, Vol. I. p. 414 (Munk, “Mélanges de Philosophie,” pp. 383–410); “New Int. Encycl.,” New York, 1902, Vol. II. p. 281; Brockelmann, “Geschichte der Arabischen Litteratur”; James Gow, “A Short History of Greek Mathematics,” Oxford, 1884, pp. 203–205 for Arabic learning in Spain.

References.—"The History of Philosophy" by Dr. Friedrich Ueberweg, translated by Geo. S. Morris, New York, 1885, Vol. I, p. 414 (Munk, "Mélanges de Philosophie," pp. 383–410); "New Int. Encycl.," New York, 1902, Vol. II, p. 281; Brockelmann, "Geschichte der Arabischen Litteratur"; James Gow, "A Short History of Greek Mathematics," Oxford, 1884, pp. 203–205 for Arabic learning in Spain.

Averroës—Muhammed Ibn Ahmed Ibn-Roschd, “the commentator,” “the last great thinker of the Moslem world in the West” (1120–1198), was an illustrious Moorish philosopher and physician best known by his commentaries and paraphrases upon Aristotle. It is said Averroës was recommended to the Calif as the fittest person to expound the works of Aristotle and make them accessible to all (“History of Classical Scholarship,” J. E. Sandys, Cambridge, 1903, p. 541).

Averroës—Muhammed Ibn Ahmed Ibn-Roschd, "the commentator," "the last great thinker of the Muslim world in the West" (1120–1198), was a prominent Moorish philosopher and physician, famous for his commentaries and paraphrases on Aristotle. It is said that Averroës was recommended to the Caliph as the best person to explain Aristotle's works and make them accessible to everyone (“History of Classical Scholarship,” J. E. Sandys, Cambridge, 1903, p. 541).

References.—Renan, “Averroës et l’Averroïsme,” Paris, 1852; “Dict. of Philos. and Psychology,” by J. M. Baldwin, New York, 1901, p. 96; “Journal des Savants” for Feb. 1892, pp. 118–126 passim; Antonii, “Bibl. Hisp. Vetus,” Vol. II. pp. 240–248; Wüstenfeld, “Geschichte d’ Arab. A. V. N.,” 1840; “Engl. Cycl.,”[40] Vol. I. pp. 448–449; Eloy, “Dict. Hist. de la Médecine,” Vol. I. pp. 220–221; Dr. Friedrich Ueberweg, “History of Philosophy,” tr. by Geo. S. Morris, New York, 1885, Vol. I. pp. 407–408, 415–417; Dr. W. Windelband, “History of Philosophy,” auth. tr. by Jas. H. Tufts, New York, 1893, pp. 317, 338; “Dictionnaire des Sciences Philosophiques,” par une société de savants, Paris, 1852, Vol. III. pp. 157–172.

References.—Renan, “Averroës and Averroism,” Paris, 1852; “Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology,” by J. M. Baldwin, New York, 1901, p. 96; “Journal des Savants” for Feb. 1892, pp. 118–126 passim; Antonii, “Biblioteca Hispana Vetus,” Vol. II. pp. 240–248; Wüstenfeld, “History of Arabic A. V. N.,” 1840; “English Cyclopaedia,”[40] Vol. I. pp. 448–449; Eloy, “Historical Dictionary of Medicine,” Vol. I. pp. 220–221; Dr. Friedrich Ueberweg, “History of Philosophy,” translated by Geo. S. Morris, New York, 1885, Vol. I. pp. 407–408, 415–417; Dr. W. Windelband, “History of Philosophy,” authorized translation by Jas. H. Tufts, New York, 1893, pp. 317, 338; “Dictionary of Philosophical Sciences,” by a society of scholars, Paris, 1852, Vol. III. pp. 157–172.

“Euclide geometra e Tolommeo,
Ippocrate, Avicenna, e Galieno
Averrois che ’l gran comento feo.”
(Dante, “Divina Commedia,” Inferno, Canto IV.)

Augusta Th. Drane places Averroës at the head of all Arabic interpreters of Aristotle, and incidentally says it would be hard to determine his religion, for he scoffed alike at Christianity, Judaism and Mahometanism.

Augusta Th. Drane places Averroës above all Arabic interpreters of Aristotle and casually mentions that it's tough to identify his religion since he mocked Christianity, Judaism, and Islam alike.

Avicenna—Abohalis, Ibn Sina, Al Rayis or “the chief”—(980–1037), “the greatest thinker of the Moslem world in the East,” a native of Aschena, near Bokhara, was the most celebrated physician of his day. In the “Journal des Savants” for March 1892, “l’Alchimie d’Avicenne” is very extensively treated of at pp. 179–189, and Avicenna is said (“Journal des Savants” for February 1892, pp. 118–128) to be the alchemist most frequently alluded to in the “Speculum Naturale” of Vincent de Beauvais. His writings were so highly esteemed that the Sultan of Egypt ordered them to be translated by the celebrated Jewish Rabbi, Maimonides—Moses Ben Maimon—(born at Cordova, in Spain, about A.D. 1132).

Avicenna—Abohalis, Ibn Sina, Al Rayis or “the chief”—(980–1037), “the greatest thinker of the Muslim world in the East,” originally from Aschena, near Bokhara, was the most famous physician of his time. In the “Journal des Savants” for March 1892, “l’Alchimie d’Avicenne” is discussed in detail on pages 179–189, and Avicenna is noted (“Journal des Savants” for February 1892, pages 118–128) as the alchemist most often referenced in the “Speculum Naturale” by Vincent de Beauvais. His work was so highly regarded that the Sultan of Egypt commissioned the renowned Jewish Rabbi, Maimonides—Moses Ben Maimon—(born in Cordova, Spain, around CE 1132) to translate it.

References.—Casiri, “Bibl. Arab. Hispan.,” Vol. I. p. 268; Hottinger, “Bibl. Quadrip.,” 1664, pp. 256, 261; “Dict. des Sciences Philosophiques,” Paris, 1852, Vol. III. pp. 172–178; S. Klein, “Dissertatio,” 1846; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gen.,” Vol. I. pt. i. pp. 469–470; “The Edinburgh Encycl.,” 1830, Vol. III. p. 107; “Engl. Cycl.,” Vol. I. pp. 449–450; Gilbert, “De Magnete,” Book I. chaps. i., viii., xv. and Book II. chap. ii.; Eloy, “Dict. Hist. de la Médecine,” Vol. I. pp. 223–227; Dr. Friedrich Ueberweg, “History of Philosophy,” tr. by Geo. S. Morris, New York, 1885, Vol. I. pp. 407, 412–413; Dr. W. Windelband, “History of Philosophy,” auth. tr. by Jas. H. Tufts, New York, 1893, p. 317; “New Gen. Biog. Dict.,” London, 1850, Vol. XII. p. 43; “Dict. of Philosophy and Psychology,” by J. M. Baldwin, New York, 1901, Vol. I. p. 97; “Lectures on Metaphysics and Logic,” by Sir Wm. Hamilton, London, 1860, Vol. II. pp. 167, 171; “Historical View of the Literature of the South of Europe,” by J. C. L. S. de Sismondi, London, 1846, Vol. I.

References.—Casiri, “Bibl. Arab. Hispan.,” Vol. I. p. 268; Hottinger, “Bibl. Quadrip.,” 1664, pp. 256, 261; “Dict. des Sciences Philosophiques,” Paris, 1852, Vol. III. pp. 172–178; S. Klein, “Dissertatio,” 1846; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gen.,” Vol. I. pt. i. pp. 469–470; “The Edinburgh Encycl.,” 1830, Vol. III. p. 107; “Engl. Cycl.,” Vol. I. pp. 449–450; Gilbert, “De Magnete,” Book I. chaps. i., viii., xv. and Book II. chap. ii.; Eloy, “Dict. Hist. de la Médecine,” Vol. I. pp. 223–227; Dr. Friedrich Ueberweg, “History of Philosophy,” tr. by Geo. S. Morris, New York, 1885, Vol. I. pp. 407, 412–413; Dr. W. Windelband, “History of Philosophy,” auth. tr. by Jas. H. Tufts, New York, 1893, p. 317; “New Gen. Biog. Dict.,” London, 1850, Vol. XII. p. 43; “Dict. of Philosophy and Psychology,” by J. M. Baldwin, New York, 1901, Vol. I. p. 97; “Lectures on Metaphysics and Logic,” by Sir Wm. Hamilton, London, 1860, Vol. II. pp. 167, 171; “Historical View of the Literature of the South of Europe,” by J. C. L. S. de Sismondi, London, 1846, Vol. I.

Duns Scotus, John, “Doctor Subtilis” (born about 1270, died in 1308), a very prominent schoolman, who was educated at Oxford, entered the Order of St. Francis, and became one of the great founders of scholastic thought. But little is known as to his origin, except that a monument, erected to his memory[41] at Cologne during the year 1533, bears the following: “Scotia me genuit, Anglia me suscepit, Gallia me docuit, Colonia (Germania) me tenet.”

Duns Scotus, John, “Doctor Subtilis” (born around 1270, died in 1308), was a highly influential scholar who studied at Oxford, joined the Order of St. Francis, and became a major figure in scholastic thought. Not much is known about his background, except that a monument dedicated to him[41] in Cologne in 1533 has the following inscription: “Scotia me genuit, Anglia me suscepit, Gallia me docuit, Colonia (Germania) me tenet.”

As shown by Luc. Wadding in his “J. Duns-Scoti Opera,” twelve volumes, published at Lyons in 1639, his works are quite numerous, the most important consisting of questions and commentaries on the writings of Aristotle and on the “Sentences” of Peter Lombard.

As shown by Luc. Wadding in his “J. Duns-Scoti Opera,” twelve volumes, published in Lyons in 1639, his works are quite numerous, with the most important being questions and commentaries on the writings of Aristotle and on the “Sentences” of Peter Lombard.

Joannes Duns Scotus is very frequently referred to by Dr. W. Windelband (“History of Philosophy,” auth. tr. by Jas. H. Tufts, New York, 1893, pp. 311, 314–315, 321–326, 344), and is mentioned as “the acutest and deepest thinker of the Christian Middle Ages, who brought the germs of the philosophy of the will, contained in Augustine’s system, to their first important development, and so from the metaphysical side gave the impulse for a complete change in the direction of philosophical thought.”

Joannes Duns Scotus is often mentioned by Dr. W. Windelband (“History of Philosophy,” translated by Jas. H. Tufts, New York, 1893, pp. 311, 314–315, 321–326, 344) and is described as “the sharpest and most profound thinker of the Christian Middle Ages, who developed the initial concepts of the philosophy of the will found in Augustine’s system and, from a metaphysical perspective, sparked a significant shift in the direction of philosophical thought.”

References.—“Dict. of Nat. Biog.,” London, 1888, Vol. XVI. pp. 216–220; Ritter’s “Geschichte der Philosophie”; Dr. Friedrich Ueberweg, “History of Philosophy,” tr. by Geo. S. Morris, New York, 1885, Vol. I. pp. 452–457; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. VI. p. 1398, containing an extensive list of references; Alfred Weber, “History of Philosophy,” New York, 1896, pp. 246–252 (tr. of Frank Thilly); “Biog. Gén.,” Vol. XV. pp. 256–257; “La Grande Encycl.,” Vol. XV. pp. 71–72; Pluanski, “Thèse sur Duns Scot,” Paris, 1887; “The Great Schoolmen of the Middle Ages,” W. J. Townsend, London, 1881, “Duns Scotus,” Chap. XV.; J. B. Hauréau, “La Philosophie Scholastique,” Paris, 1850, Vol. II. pp. 307–417. Consult also the biographies written by Ferchius, Berti, Caveili and Veglensis, and, for a complete exposition of his system, C. Werner, “Die Scholastik des Späteren Mittelalters,” Vienna, 1881, Vol. I; “Illustrations of the History of Medieval Thought,” by R. L. Poole, London, 1884.

References.—“Dict. of Nat. Biog.,” London, 1888, Vol. XVI. pp. 216–220; Ritter’s “History of Philosophy”; Dr. Friedrich Ueberweg, “History of Philosophy,” translated by Geo. S. Morris, New York, 1885, Vol. I. pp. 452–457; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. VI. p. 1398, featuring a comprehensive list of references; Alfred Weber, “History of Philosophy,” New York, 1896, pp. 246–252 (translated by Frank Thilly); “Biog. Gén.,” Vol. XV. pp. 256–257; “La Grande Encycl.,” Vol. XV. pp. 71–72; Pluanski, “Thèse sur Duns Scot,” Paris, 1887; “The Great Schoolmen of the Middle Ages,” W. J. Townsend, London, 1881, “Duns Scotus,” Chap. XV.; J. B. Hauréau, “La Philosophie Scholastique,” Paris, 1850, Vol. II. pp. 307–417. Also refer to the biographies by Ferchius, Berti, Caveili, and Veglensis, and for a full explanation of his system, C. Werner, “Die Scholastik des Späteren Mittelalters,” Vienna, 1881, Vol. I; “Illustrations of the History of Medieval Thought,” by R. L. Poole, London, 1884.

A.D. 1254.—Bacon (Roger), “the most remarkable man in the most remarkable century of the Middle Ages” (E. H. Plumptre, 1866), sometimes called Friar Bacon (1214–1294), a Franciscan monk of Ilchester, who devoted himself to the study of science at Oxford and Paris and “whose deep penetration into the mysteries of nature justly entitled him to the appellation of “The Wonderful Doctor,” treats of the magnet and of its properties at pp. 383–384 of his “Opus Minus” (J. S. Brewer, “Fr. R. Bacon,” London, 1859), and dwells upon the loadstone as a miraculum in parte notum.

A.D. 1254.—Bacon (Roger), “the most remarkable man in the most remarkable century of the Middle Ages” (E. H. Plumptre, 1866), sometimes known as Friar Bacon (1214–1294), was a Franciscan monk from Ilchester. He dedicated himself to the study of science at Oxford and Paris and “whose deep insight into the mysteries of nature justly earned him the title of “The Wonderful Doctor,” discusses the magnet and its properties on pages 383–384 of his “Opus Minus” (J. S. Brewer, “Fr. R. Bacon,” London, 1859), and emphasizes the loadstone as a miraculum in parte notum.

Bacon is also the author of many other works, the most important of which are his “Opus Majus” and “Opus Tertium” (first published in English respectively in 1733 and 1859), the last named having been originally written out for Pope Clement IV and intended to serve as a preamble to the “Opus Minus” and “Opus Majus,”[42] although it was later than either in the date of its composition (Brewer, op. cit. p. xliv). Leland has said that it is easier to collect the leaves of the Sybil than the titles of all of Bacon’s works. At pp. 218–222, Vol. III. of the ninth edition “Encyclopædia Britannica” will be found a synopsis of the six parts into which Jebb divided the “Opus Majus” (pronounced by Whewell “at once the Encyclopædia and the Organum of the thirteenth century”), and likewise an account of his other works, besides numerous references to leading authorities.

Bacon is also the author of many other works, the most significant of which are his “Opus Majus” and “Opus Tertium” (first published in English in 1733 and 1859, respectively). The latter was originally written for Pope Clement IV and intended to serve as an introduction to the “Opus Minus” and “Opus Majus,”[42] although it was composed later than both (Brewer, op. cit. p. xliv). Leland remarked that it's easier to gather the leaves of the Sybil than to compile the titles of all of Bacon’s works. On pages 218–222 of Vol. III of the ninth edition of the “Encyclopædia Britannica,” there's a summary of the six parts into which Jebb divided the “Opus Majus” (described by Whewell as “both the Encyclopædia and the Organum of the thirteenth century”), along with details about his other works, as well as many references to key sources.

In the “Opus Tertium,” the last of the series of three which, it is said, were all completed in about eighteen months, he speaks more than once of A.D. 1267 as being the then current year. This happens to be but two years prior to the date of the epistle of Pierre Pélerin de Maricourt, the great experimentalist (Petrus Peregrinus), whom he commends (p. lxxv) in the following words: “For there are only two perfect mathematicians, Master John of London[16] and Master Peter of Maricourt, the Picard ... who is worth more than any of them ... of whom I have fully written in my ‘Opus Minus’ and of whom I shall write more in its proper place.” Of this Master Peter, whom he calls one of his most illustrious pupils, he further says that, being “struck with the genius that dawned in his countenance,” he took him under his protection from his fifteenth year and instructed him so carefully that he outstripped all of his contemporaries both at Oxford and at Paris. “There is no one,” adds he, “who knows so much of the root of Philosophy ...” and one who, “through experiment, gains such knowledge of things natural, medical, chemical; indeed, of everything in the heavens or earth.”

In the “Opus Tertium,” the last of the three works, which are said to have all been finished in about eighteen months, he mentions several times that CE 1267 was the current year. This is just two years before the letter from Pierre Pélerin de Maricourt, the great experimentalist (Petrus Peregrinus), whom he praises (p. lxxv) with these words: “For there are only two perfect mathematicians, Master John of London[16] and Master Peter of Maricourt, the Picard ... who is worth more than any of them ... of whom I have fully written in my ‘Opus Minus’ and of whom I will write more at the appropriate time.” About this Master Peter, whom he calls one of his most outstanding students, he further states that, being “struck by the brilliance that appeared in his face,” he took him under his guidance from the age of fifteen and taught him so well that he surpassed all his peers both at Oxford and at Paris. “There is no one,” he adds, “who knows so much about the fundamentals of Philosophy ...” and one who, “through experimentation, gains such understanding of natural, medical, chemical knowledge; indeed, of everything in the heavens or on earth.”

Gilbert states (“De Magnete,” Book I. chap. i.) that many believe the work of Peter Peregrinus on the magnet owes its origin to the opinions of Roger Bacon. And in the Appendix I to Brewer’s work—p. 537, chap. vi. “De Experimentis Mirabilibus”—will be found Bacon’s views fully exposed on the operations of the magnet.

Gilbert mentions (“De Magnete,” Book I. chap. i.) that many think Peter Peregrinus's work on magnets comes from the ideas of Roger Bacon. In the Appendix I to Brewer’s work—p. 537, chap. vi. “De Experimentis Mirabilibus”—you can find Bacon’s thoughts fully detailed about how magnets work.

References.—“Fratris Rogeri Bacon, O. M. Opus Majus,” S. Jebb, Londini, 1733; “L’Alchimie et les Alchimistes,” Paris, 1860, by Louis Figuier, who, at p. 97, calls Roger Bacon La plus vaste intelligence que l’Angleterre ait possédée; “Essai Théorique ... des connaissances humaines,” par G. Tiberghien, Bruxelles, 1844, Vol. I. pp. 388–389; Dr. Geo. Miller, “History Philosophically Illustrated,” London, 1849, Vol. II. p. 112; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” New York, 1860, Vol. II. pp. 43, 229, 241, 245, 318; “Journal des Savants” for March, April, May and August 1848, also for December 1859 and February 1891; “Origin, Progress and Destiny of the English Language and Literature,” by John A. Weisse, New York, 1879, pp. 28, 233–234, 236, 424; “History of Latin Christianity,” by Henry Hart Milman, London, 1857, Vol. VI. [43]pp. 279–303; “Opus Majus,” by John Henry Bridges, Oxford, 1897, Vol. I. pp. xxv-xxvi, and Vol. II. pp. 203–206, containing a valuable tabulated list of facts relating to Bacon’s life; “Roger Bacon,” par Emile Charles, Paris, 1861, pp. 15–19, 339–391; “De Bibliorum Textibus,” by Dr. Hody; Wm. Whewell, “History of the Inductive Sciences,” 1858, Vol. I. pp. 512–522, or 1859, Vol. I. pp. 209–210, 245–246, 512–522, Vol. II. p. 55; also “Philosophy of the Inductive Sciences,” London, 1840, Vol. II. pp. 323–337; “The Philosophical Magazine,” Vol. XII. pp. 327–337; Enfield, Book VII. chap. iii.; “Catalogue Général des livres imprimés de la Bibliothèque Nationale,” Paris, 1901, Vol. VI. pp. 256–259; “Encyclopædia Britannica,” Edinburgh, 1842, seventh edition. Vol. I. as per Index at p. 17; “Les Editions de Roger Bacon” in the “Journal des Savants” for July 1905.

Sources.—“Fratris Rogeri Bacon, O. M. Opus Majus,” S. Jebb, London, 1733; “L’Alchimie et les Alchimistes,” Paris, 1860, by Louis Figuier, who, on page 97, calls Roger Bacon the greatest mind that England has ever had; “Essai Théorique ... des connaissances humaines,” by G. Tiberghien, Brussels, 1844, Vol. I, pp. 388–389; Dr. Geo. Miller, “History Philosophically Illustrated,” London, 1849, Vol. II, p. 112; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” New York, 1860, Vol. II, pp. 43, 229, 241, 245, 318; “Journal des Savants” for March, April, May, and August 1848, also for December 1859 and February 1891; “Origin, Progress and Destiny of the English Language and Literature,” by John A. Weisse, New York, 1879, pp. 28, 233–234, 236, 424; “History of Latin Christianity,” by Henry Hart Milman, London, 1857, Vol. VI. [43]pp. 279–303; “Opus Majus,” by John Henry Bridges, Oxford, 1897, Vol. I, pp. xxv-xxvi, and Vol. II, pp. 203–206, including a valuable table of facts related to Bacon’s life; “Roger Bacon,” by Emile Charles, Paris, 1861, pp. 15–19, 339–391; “De Bibliorum Textibus,” by Dr. Hody; Wm. Whewell, “History of the Inductive Sciences,” 1858, Vol. I, pp. 512–522, or 1859, Vol. I, pp. 209–210, 245–246, 512–522, Vol. II, p. 55; also “Philosophy of the Inductive Sciences,” London, 1840, Vol. II, pp. 323–337; “The Philosophical Magazine,” Vol. XII, pp. 327–337; Enfield, Book VII, chap. iii.; “Catalogue Général des livres imprimés de la Bibliothèque Nationale,” Paris, 1901, Vol. VI, pp. 256–259; “Encyclopædia Britannica,” Edinburgh, 1842, seventh edition, Vol. I, as per Index at p. 17; “Les Editions de Roger Bacon” in the “Journal des Savants” for July 1905.

Brunetto Latini. “Li livres dou Trésor.”

Brunetto Latini. “The Books of Treasure.”

Page taken from the 15th century Ms. in the Bibliothèque Nationale, Paris.

Page taken from the 15th-century manuscript in the National Library, Paris.

A.D. 1260.—Brunetto Latini, b. 1230, d. 1294, “maestro del divino poeta Dante,” celebrated Florentine encyclopædist, composes his “Tesoro,” rewritten in French (“Livres dou Trésor”), wherein he speaks clearly of the compass as at some time likely to be useful at sea. But he adds: “No master mariner dares to use it, lest he should fall under the supposition of being a magician; nor would even the sailors venture themselves out to sea under his command if he took with him an instrument which carries so great an appearance of being constructed under the influence of some infernal spirit.”

A.D. 1260.—Brunetto Latini, b. 1230, d. 1294, “mentor of the divine poet Dante,” renowned Florentine encyclopedist, writes his “Tesoro,” which is later rewritten in French as “Livres dou Trésor,” where he clearly discusses the compass as something that could be useful at sea. However, he adds: “No experienced sailor would dare to use it, for fear of being thought a magician; nor would even the crew risk going out to sea under his command if he brought along a device that seems so strongly associated with some sinister force.”

The “Tesoro” is said to be a kind of abridgment of the Bible, of Pliny, of Solinus, of the Ethics of Aristotle, of the rhetorical writings of Cicero and of the political works of Aristotle, Plato and Xenophon (“New Biog. Dict.,” London, 1850, Vol. IX. p. 205). It would be well to consult “La Table Générale des bulletins ... Sociétés Savantes,” par M. Octave Teissier, Paris, 1873, p. 44, regarding the collection of different manuscripts of Brunetto’s extensive work.

The “Tesoro” is described as a sort of summary of the Bible, Pliny, Solinus, Aristotle's Ethics, Cicero's rhetorical writings, and the political works of Aristotle, Plato, and Xenophon (“New Biog. Dict.,” London, 1850, Vol. IX. p. 205). It would be useful to check “La Table Générale des bulletins ... Sociétés Savantes,” by M. Octave Teissier, Paris, 1873, p. 44, for information on the collection of various manuscripts of Brunetto’s comprehensive work.

References.—Davis, “The Chinese,” 1844, Vol. III. p. xi; Venanson, “Boussole,” pp. 75, 148–154; Azuni, “Boussole,” p. 139; Klaproth, “Boussole,” pp. 45–46; “Journal des Savants” for January 1865, also for January and February 1880; “The Monthly Magazine” for June 1802; Libri, “Hist. des Sciences Mathématiques,” Paris, 1838, Vol. II. pp. 64, 152–156.

References.—Davis, “The Chinese,” 1844, Vol. III. p. xi; Venanson, “Boussole,” pp. 75, 148–154; Azuni, “Boussole,” p. 139; Klaproth, “Boussole,” pp. 45–46; “Journal des Savants” for January 1865, also for January and February 1880; “The Monthly Magazine” for June 1802; Libri, “Hist. des Sciences Mathématiques,” Paris, 1838, Vol. II. pp. 64, 152–156.

A.D. 1265–1321.—Dante—Durante—(Alighieri), illustrious Italian poet, regarded as the greatest poetical genius that flourished between the Augustan and Elizabethan ages, composed, during his exile, the “Divina Commedia,” which was the first poem written in the Italian language. In Canto XII. vv. 28–30 of his “Paradiso,” translated by Dr. Plumptre, he thus alludes to the mariner’s compass:

A.D. 1265–1321.—Dante—Durante—(Alighieri), a renowned Italian poet, is considered the greatest poetic genius between the Augustan and Elizabethan periods. During his exile, he wrote the “Divina Commedia,” the first poem in the Italian language. In Canto XII. vv. 28–30 of his “Paradiso,” translated by Dr. Plumptre, he refers to the mariner’s compass:

“Then from the heart of one of those new lights,
There came a voice which made me turn to see,
E’en as the star the needle’s course incites.”

Guido Guinicelli (1240–1276), priest and scholar, and whom Dante considered not only the greatest of living Bolognese poets,[44] but his master in poetry (Note: “Purg.,” XXVI. Vol. I. p. 327, v. 92) refers to the nautical compass in nearly the same terms as Dante (“Rime. Ant.,” p. 295). He adds: “The mountains of loadstone give the virtue to the air of attracting iron, but, because it (the loadstone) is far off, (it) wishes to have the help of a similar stone to make it (the virtue) work, and to direct the needle toward the star” (P. L. Ginguené, “Hist. Lit. d’Italie,” Vol. I. p. 413; Guido delle Colonne—Io Colonna da Messina—Mandella Lett. p. 81, Florence, 1856).

Guido Guinicelli (1240–1276), a priest and scholar, was considered by Dante not only the greatest of the living poets from Bologna[44] but also his master in poetry (Note: “Purg.,” XXVI. Vol. I. p. 327, v. 92). He talks about the nautical compass almost exactly like Dante does (“Rime. Ant.,” p. 295). He adds: “The magnetic mountains give the air the ability to attract iron, but because it (the loadstone) is far away, it needs the assistance of a similar stone to make its (the virtue) effect work, and to guide the needle toward the star” (P. L. Ginguené, “Hist. Lit. d’Italie,” Vol. I. p. 413; Guido delle Colonne—Io Colonna da Messina—Mandella Lett. p. 81, Florence, 1856).

At pp. 35 and 130 of Bertelli’s “Pietro Peregrino di Maricourt,” Roma, 1868, Memoria prima, appear verses said to be by Guinicelli and by Guido delle Colonne, judge of Messina, who flourished about 1250, and which are translated literally into English as follows:

At pages 35 and 130 of Bertelli's "Pietro Peregrino di Maricourt," Roma, 1868, Memoria prima, there are verses attributed to Guinicelli and Guido delle Colonne, the judge of Messina, who was active around 1250, which are translated literally into English as follows:

“In those parts under foreign skies
Are the mountains of loadstone,
Which give power to the air
To attract iron, but, because distant,
It requires to have assistance from similar stones,
To bring it into use,
And direct the needle towards the star.
The learned relate that the loadstone
Could not attract
Iron by its power,
Were it not that the air between them aids;
Although the calamite is a stone,
The other existing stones
Are not so powerful
To attract, because they have not the influence.”

The “Paradiso,” translated by A. J. Butler, London, 1885, Canto XII. v. 29, reads: “Si mosse voce, che l’ago (needle) alla stella,” and Fazio degli Uberti in the “Dittamondo” (about 1360) has “Quel gran disio, che mi, traeva addietro come ago a calamita” (III. 2).

The “Paradiso,” translated by A. J. Butler, London, 1885, Canto XII. v. 29, reads: “There was a voice that moved like a needle to the star,” and Fazio degli Uberti in the “Dittamondo” (around 1360) has “That great desire that pulled me back like a needle to a magnet” (III. 2).

References.—Hœfer, “Nouv. Biog. Gén.,” Vol. XIII. pp. 21–50, the last-named page containing an unusual number of citations; “Biblogr. Dantesca,” by Colomb de Batines, Prato, 1845–1846; “La Grande Encyclopédie,” Vol. XIII. pp. 887–901, embracing many additional references; the note at p. 154 of Plumptre’s “Dante,” also Humboldt’s “Cosmos,” 1849, Vol. II. p. 629; Libri, “Hist. des Sc. Math.,” Paris, 1838, Vol. II. pp. 164, etc.; Frederic C. Harrison, “The New Calendar of Great Men,” London, 1892, pp. 310–315.

References.—Hœfer, “Nouv. Biog. Gén.,” Vol. XIII. pp. 21–50, with the last page featuring a notably high number of citations; “Biblogr. Dantesca,” by Colomb de Batines, Prato, 1845–1846; “La Grande Encyclopédie,” Vol. XIII. pp. 887–901, which includes many more references; the note on p. 154 of Plumptre’s “Dante,” as well as Humboldt’s “Cosmos,” 1849, Vol. II. p. 629; Libri, “Hist. des Sc. Math.,” Paris, 1838, Vol. II. pp. 164, etc.; Frederic C. Harrison, “The New Calendar of Great Men,” London, 1892, pp. 310–315.

Dante Alighieri. “La Divina Commedia,” Mantuae 1472, the first page of what is by many regarded as the oldest edition of the earliest known poem written in the Italian language.

Dante Alighieri. “The Divine Comedy,” Mantua 1472, the first page of what many consider the oldest edition of the earliest known poem written in Italian.

Now in the Bibliothèque Sainte Geneviève, Paris.

Now in the Sainte Geneviève Library, Paris.

A.D. 1266.—It is shown by Th. Torffæus (Latin for Thormodr Torfason), an Icelandic scholar (b. 1636, d. 1719), who published “Historia Rerum Norvegicarum” (Hafniæ, 1711, IV. c. 4, p. 345), that at this date the northern nations were acquainted with the mariner’s compass. In the “History of Norway” here alluded to, he mentions the fact that the poem of the Icelandic historian, Jarl Sturla (Snorri Sturlason) written in 1213, on the death of the Swedish [45]Count Byerges, was rewarded with a box containing a mariner’s compass.

A.D. 1266.—According to Th. Torffæus (the Latin name for Thormodr Torfason), an Icelandic scholar (b. 1636, d. 1719), who published “Historia Rerum Norvegicarum” (Hafniæ, 1711, IV. c. 4, p. 345), the northern nations were familiar with the mariner’s compass by this date. In the “History of Norway” mentioned here, he notes that the poem by the Icelandic historian Jarl Sturla (Snorri Sturlason), written in 1213 about the death of the Swedish [45] Count Byerges, was awarded a box containing a mariner’s compass.

References.—Suhm, “In effigien Torfæi, una cum Torfænis”; “Nouv. Biogr. Générale de Hœfer,” Vol. XLV. p. 495; “New Gen. Biog. Dict.,” London, 1850, Vol. XII. p. 263; Jessen, “Norge,” pp. 83–99; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. XV. p. 312; Michaud, “Biog. Univ.,” Vol. XLI. p. 683.

References.—Suhm, “In effigien Torfæi, una cum Torfænis”; “Nouv. Biogr. Générale de Hœfer,” Vol. XLV. p. 495; “New Gen. Biog. Dict.,” London, 1850, Vol. XII. p. 263; Jessen, “Norge,” pp. 83–99; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. XV. p. 312; Michaud, “Biog. Univ.,” Vol. XLI. p. 683.

A.D. 1269.—Peregrinus (Petrus), Pierre Pélerin de Maricourt, Méhéricourt—Magister Petrus de Maharnecuria, Picardus—doubtless a Crusader, was, as Roger Bacon tells us (“Opus Tertium,” cap. xi) the only one, besides Master John of London, who, at this period, could be deemed a thoroughly accomplished, perfect mathematician, and was one who understood the business of experimenting in natural philosophy, alchemy and medicine better than any one else in Western Europe.

A.D. 1269.—Peregrinus (Petrus), Pierre Pélerin de Maricourt, Méhéricourt—Magister Petrus de Maharnecuria, Picardus—was likely a Crusader and, as Roger Bacon mentions in “Opus Tertium,” chapter xi, the only person aside from Master John of London who, at that time, could be considered a truly skilled, perfect mathematician. He was someone who understood the practice of experimenting in natural philosophy, alchemy, and medicine better than anyone else in Western Europe.

Peregrinus is the author of a letter or epistle, “Written in camp at the Siege of Lucera (delle Puglie—Nucerræ) in the year of our Lord 1269, on the 8th day of August,” addressed to his Amicorum intime, a soldier, by the name of Sygerus de Fontancourt—Foucaucourt—Foucancort.

Peregrinus wrote a letter, “Written in camp at the Siege of Lucera (in Apulia—Nucerræ) in the year 1269, on the 8th day of August,” addressed to his Amicorum intime, a soldier named Sygerus de Fontancourt—Foucaucourt—Foucancort.

Of this epistle, which is the earliest known work of experimental science, there are but few reliable complete manuscript copies. Most of these have been very ably analyzed by P. D. Timoteo Bertelli Barnabita in the exhaustive Memoirs published by him in Rome during 1868, and still better detailed by Dr. Silvanus P. Thompson in his several valuable printed researches and lectures on the subject, but there has been of it only one printed issue in book form, that of the Lindau physician, A. P. Gasser, which appeared at Augsburg during 1558.

Of this letter, which is the earliest known work of experimental science, there are very few reliable complete manuscript copies. Most of these have been thoroughly analyzed by P. D. Timoteo Bertelli Barnabita in the comprehensive Memoirs he published in Rome in 1868, and even more detailed by Dr. Silvanus P. Thompson in his various valuable printed studies and lectures on the topic, but it has only been printed once in book form, by the Lindau physician A. P. Gasser, which came out in Augsburg in 1558.

Several attempts at translation have been made, notably by Guillaume Libri (“Histoire des Sciences Mathématiques ...” Paris, 1838, Vol. II. p. 487) who admitted that, with the aid of several paleographers, he could not decipher many of the abbreviated faint characters existing in the Bibliothèque Nationale manuscript (No. 7378A in quarto, at folio 67), and by Tiberius Cavallo, who does scarcely better with the Leyden copy (Fol. Cod. No. 227) which was discovered by him, and but a portion of which he transcribes in the supplement to his “Treatise on Magnetism,” London, 1800, pp. 299–320. A translation was also made by Brother Arnold, of the La Salle Institute in Troy, N.Y., and published during 1904, but the most meritorious version now existing is the one entitled “Done into English by Silvanus P. Thompson from the printed Latin versions of Gasser 1558, Bertelli 1868, and Hellmann 1898, and amended by reference to the manuscript copy in his possession,[46] formerly amongst the Phillipps’ manuscripts, dated 1391.” This translation, “printed in the year 1902, in the Caxton type, to the number of 250 copies,” reflects very great credit upon Prof. Thompson, who has given us such a faithful interpretation of the original work as would naturally be expected at his hands, and who has, besides, rubricated this right royal little volume and caused it to be issued in one of the most attractive typographical fashions of the Chiswick Press.

Several attempts at translation have been made, notably by Guillaume Libri (“Histoire des Sciences Mathématiques ...” Paris, 1838, Vol. II. p. 487) who admitted that, with the help of several paleographers, he couldn’t decipher many of the abbreviated faint characters in the Bibliothèque Nationale manuscript (No. 7378A in quarto, at folio 67), and by Tiberius Cavallo, who did only slightly better with the Leyden copy (Fol. Cod. No. 227) that he discovered, and only transcribes a portion of it in the supplement to his “Treatise on Magnetism,” London, 1800, pp. 299–320. A translation was also done by Brother Arnold of the La Salle Institute in Troy, N.Y., published in 1904, but the most notable version available today is the one titled “Done into English by Silvanus P. Thompson from the printed Latin versions of Gasser 1558, Bertelli 1868, and Hellmann 1898, and amended by reference to the manuscript copy in his possession,[46] formerly among the Phillipps’ manuscripts, dated 1391.” This translation, “printed in the year 1902, in the Caxton type, to the number of 250 copies,” reflects great credit on Prof. Thompson, who has provided us with such a faithful interpretation of the original work that one would naturally expect from him, and who has also beautifully designed this splendid little volume, issuing it in one of the most attractive typographical styles of the Chiswick Press.

The Hellmann 1898 Berlin version just alluded to, which appeared in “Neudrucke von Schriften und Karten ...” No. 10 (Rara Magnetica), contains a photographic reproduction of the Augsburg 1558 title-page, and, it may be added, the volume of Phillipps’ manuscripts, of which Prof. Thompson became the fortunate possessor, includes one of Chaucer’s treatises on the Astrolabe, besides the Peregrinus’ manuscript in question.

The Hellmann 1898 Berlin version mentioned earlier, which was published in “Neudrucke von Schriften und Karten ...” No. 10 (Rara Magnetica), includes a photographic reproduction of the 1558 Augsburg title page. Additionally, the volume of Phillipps’ manuscripts, which Prof. Thompson was lucky enough to acquire, contains one of Chaucer’s treatises on the Astrolabe, as well as the manuscript from Peregrinus in question.

During the year 1562 much of the original epistle was pilfered by Joannes Taisnier Hannonius, who badly condensed and deformed it and incorporated it as new matter, conjointly with some papers of his own, in a book entitled “Oposculum ... de Natura Magnetis et ejus effectibus ...” Coloniæ, 1562; and that much was translated “into Englishe” by Richarde Eden, London, about 1579, under title of “A very necessarie and profitable booke concerning navigation.”

In 1562, a lot of the original letter was stolen by Joannes Taisnier Hannonius, who heavily shortened and distorted it, mixing it with some of his own writings in a book called “Oposculum ... de Natura Magnetis et ejus effectibus ...” published in Cologne that same year. Additionally, much of it was translated “into Englishe” by Richarde Eden in London around 1579, under the title “A very necessarie and profitable booke concerning navigation.”

Much has been said at different times regarding the contents of the above-named epistle, the full title of the Paris MS. No. 7378 of which reads

Much has been discussed at various times about the contents of the aforementioned letter, the complete title of the Paris MS. No. 7378 of which reads

Epistola Petri Peregrini de Maricourt ad Sygerum de Foucaucourt militem de magnete,”

Letter from Peter Peregrinus of Maricourt to Sygerus de Foucaucourt knight about the magnet,

but no résumé of it could better be given than by quoting here its first page, which has been translated as follows:

but no résumé of it could be better expressed than by quoting its first page, which has been translated as follows:

This treatise on the magnet contains two parts, of which Part I is complete in ten chapters, and Part II in three.

This paper on the magnet has two parts, with Part I consisting of ten chapters and Part II comprising three.

Of Part I: Chap. I states the object of the work;

Of Part I: Chap. I explains the purpose of the work;

Chap. II, of what the investigator in this line of work should be;

Chap. II, what someone working in this field should be;

Chap. III, of a knowledge of the loadstone;

Chap. III, of an understanding of the magnet;

Chap. IV, of the science of the discovery of the parts of the loadstone;

Chap. IV, about the science of discovering the parts of the lodestone;

Chap. V, of the source of the discovery of poles in the loadstone—which of them is the north and which the south;

Chap. V, about where the north and south poles of the loadstone come from;

Chap. VI, in what manner a magnet attracts a magnet;

Chap. VI, how one magnet attracts another magnet;

[47]

[47]

Chap. VII, how iron touched with the magnet turns towards the poles of the globe;

Chap. VII, how iron affected by the magnet moves towards the poles of the Earth;

Chap. VIII, in what manner a magnet attracts iron;

Chap. VIII, how a magnet attracts iron;

Chap. IX, why the northern part attracts the southern part, and the converse;

Chap. IX, why the north attracts the south, and the other way around;

Chap. X, of the inquiry whence the magnet derives the natural power it possesses.

Chap. X, of the investigation into where the magnet gets its natural power.

Petrus Peregrinus. “Epistola ... de Magnete.”

Petrus Peregrinus. “Letter ... about the Magnet.”

The earliest known treatise of experimental science, now in the Bibliothèque Nationale, Paris.

The earliest known work on experimental science, now in the Bibliothèque Nationale, Paris.

Of Part II: Chap. I, on the construction of an instrument (floating compass) by which the azimuth of the sun and moon, and of any star above the horizon, can be ascertained;

Of Part II: Chap. I, on the creation of a device (floating compass) that can determine the azimuth of the sun, moon, and any star above the horizon;

Chap. II, on the construction of a better instrument (pivoted compass) for like purpose;

Chap. II, on the creation of an improved tool (pivoted compass) for the same purpose;

Chap. III, on the construction of a wheel for perpetual motion.

Chap. III, on building a wheel for perpetual motion.

An analyzation of each chapter in turn will show how satisfactorily Peregrinus has developed, in connected series, all of the early experiments upon which are based his theories of the loadstone.

An analysis of each chapter in turn will show how well Peregrinus has developed, in a connected series, all of the early experiments upon which his theories of the lodestone are based.

Part I

Chap. I states that the intention or object of the work is to make known the hitherto hidden nature, occult properties, of the loadstone, the art of treating the latter, the making of scientific instruments, and matters of interest to students of nature, astrologers and sailors.

Chap. I explains that the goal of this work is to reveal the previously unknown nature and hidden properties of the loadstone, the techniques for working with it, the creation of scientific instruments, and topics relevant to nature enthusiasts, astrologers, and sailors.

Chap. II. The investigator in this line should know the natures of things and understand the motions of the heavenly bodies, but, above all, he should be assiduous in handiwork for experimental research.

Chap. II. The researcher in this field should understand the nature of things and be familiar with the movements of celestial bodies, but, most importantly, they should be dedicated to hands-on work for experimental research.

Chap. III indicates four different requisite qualities of the loadstone, and tells where they are to be found and how to select and test them—the best of them being free from flaws, of great density and of a bluish or celestial colour.

Chap. III outlines four essential qualities of the loadstone, explaining where to find them and how to choose and test them—the best ones are flawless, very dense, and have a bluish or heavenly color.

Chap. IV shows how to find in the loadstone the two poles, one north and the other south, using preferably a globular magnet,[17][48] placing thereon a needle or an oblong piece of iron, and, either drawing lines in the direction taken by the needle, so that they “may meet at two points, just as all the meridian circles of the world meet at the two opposite poles of the world,” or, by merely marking the magnet so that “the opposite points will be correctly placed just as are the poles in a sphere.”

Chap. IV explains how to identify the two poles of a lodestone, one north and the other south, preferably using a spherical magnet, [17] [48]. You can do this by placing a needle or a rectangular piece of iron on it and either drawing lines in the direction of the needle so that they intersect at two points, similar to how all the meridian circles of the Earth converge at the two opposite poles, or by simply marking the magnet so that “the opposite points will be accurately positioned just like the poles on a sphere.”

Chap. V. In order to find the poles in a stone—which of them is the North and which the South—take a round wooden vessel shaped like a skiff (paropsidis, parascidis), and place the stone therein, then put the vessel containing the stone into another large vessel filled with water, so that the first-named vessel may float into the larger one: “The stone in the first vessel will be like a sailor in a ship, and the first vessel may float roomily into the second as does a ship in a river, and the stone so placed will turn its small vessel acting as the Northern pole in the direction of the Northern heaven.... If this pole were then turned away a thousand times, a thousand times would it return to its place by the will of God.”

Chap. V. To find the poles in a stone—determining which is North and which is South—take a round wooden container shaped like a small boat (paropsidis, parascidis), and place the stone inside it. Then, put this container with the stone into a larger vessel filled with water, so that the smaller container can float in the larger one: “The stone in the first container will be like a sailor in a ship, and the first container can float easily in the second like a ship in a river, and the stone will turn its small container, pointing the Northern pole towards the Northern sky... If this pole were moved away a thousand times, it would return to its position a thousand times by the will of God.”

Chap. VI. Having found which pole is the Northern, mark it so that it may be known when necessary. Place the stone into a small vessel, as shown in Chap. V, then hold another stone in the hand and approach its Northern part to the Southern part of the stone floating in the vessel, and the floating stone will follow the other “as if it wished to adhere thereto.... Know that, as a rule, the Northern part of one stone attracts the Southern part of another stone and the Southern the Northern.”

Chap. VI. After identifying which end is the North pole, mark it so that it's recognizable when needed. Put the stone in a small container, as demonstrated in Chap. V, then hold another stone in your hand and bring its North pole close to the South pole of the stone in the container. The floating stone will move toward the other "as if it wants to stick to it.... Keep in mind that generally, the North pole of one stone attracts the South pole of another, and vice versa."

Chap. VII. When the needle or oblong piece of iron (alluded to in Chap. IV) has touched the magnet and been attached to a light piece of wood or stalk and then placed in a vessel of[49] water, one part will be turned towards the mariner’s star because it is near the pole, “the fact being that it does not turn towards the aforesaid star but towards the pole.” That end of the iron which has touched the Southern end of the stone turns towards the Northern quarter of the sky, and vice versa.

Chap. VII. When the needle or long piece of iron (mentioned in Chap. IV) has come into contact with the magnet and been attached to a light piece of wood or stalk, then placed in a container of [49] water, one end will point towards the North Star because it is close to the pole. “The truth is, it doesn’t point towards that star but towards the pole.” The end of the iron that touched the southern end of the stone points towards the northern part of the sky, and vice versa.

Chap. VIII. If you wish to attract iron floating on water, hold the Southern part of a loadstone to the Northern part of the iron and the iron will follow. But, if you bring the North end of the stone near the North end of the iron, the latter will avoid the stone. “If, however, violence is used towards the ends, so that, for instance, the Southern end of the iron which was touched with the Northern end of the magnet is now touched with the Southern end of the magnet ... the power in the iron will easily be changed, and that will become Southern which was previously Northern, and the converse.”

Chap. VIII. If you want to attract iron floating on water, hold the southern part of a lodestone to the northern part of the iron, and the iron will move towards it. However, if you bring the north end of the stone close to the north end of the iron, the iron will move away from the stone. "If, on the other hand, force is applied to the ends, so that, for example, the southern end of the iron that was touched by the northern end of the magnet is now touched by the southern end of the magnet... the magnetic properties in the iron can easily be changed, and what was previously north will become south, and vice versa."

Chap. IX. “The Northern part of the magnet attracts the Southern and the reverse, as has been shown; in which attraction the magnet is an ‘agent’ of greater power while the ‘patient’ (i. e. the other which is acted upon) is, of weaker.” This is proved by taking a loadstone—marking it, for instance, AD—dividing, separating it into two parts, and placing one part (the Northern, marked A, called the “agent”) into water so that it will float. It will turn “to the North, as before, for the division does not deprive the parts of the stone of their properties, if it be homogeneous.” The other part (the Southern, marked D, called the “patient”) is next to be floated in a similar manner. When this is done, the other ends of the two stones should be marked respectively B and C. It will then be observed that “if the same parts are again brought near each other, one will attract the other, so that they will be joined together again at B and C where the division took place. Whence it is that they become one body with the same natural propensity as at first. The proof of this is that if they are joined together they will possess the same oppositions (opposite poles) they first contained. The ‘agent,’ therefore, as you will see by experiment, intends to unite its ‘patient’ to itself, and this takes place on account of the similitude between them.... And, in the same way, it will happen that if A is joined with D, the two lines will become one, by virtue of that very attraction, in this order CD—AB ... there will then remain the identity of the extreme parts as at first, before they were reunited, for C will be the North point and B the South point, as B and C were before.... It is therefore[50] evident, from these observations, why the Southern parts do attract the Northern, and the reverse, and why the attraction of the South by the South, and the North by the North, is not according to Nature.”

Chap. IX. “The northern part of the magnet attracts the southern part, and vice versa, as has been demonstrated; in this attraction, the magnet acts as a more powerful ‘agent’ while the ‘patient’ (i.e., the other part being acted upon) is weaker.” This is proven by taking a lodestone—labeling it, for example, AD—splitting it into two parts, and placing one part (the northern part, marked A, called the “agent”) in water so that it floats. It will turn “to the north, as before, because the division does not strip the parts of the stone of their properties, provided it’s homogeneous.” The other part (the southern part, marked D, called the “patient”) is then floated in a similar way. When this is done, the other ends of the two stones should be marked as B and C. It will be observed that “if the same parts are brought close to each other again, one will attract the other, causing them to rejoin at B and C where the split occurred. Thus, they become one body with the same natural tendencies as before. The proof of this is that if they are reconnected, they will have the same opposing poles they originally had. The ‘agent,’ therefore, as you will see through experimentation, seeks to unite its ‘patient’ with itself, and this occurs because of their similarity.... Furthermore, if A is joined with D, the two lines will become one due to that very attraction, in this order CD—AB ... the identity of the ends will remain as it was before they were united, with C being the north point and B the south point, just like before.... It is, therefore, evident from these observations why the southern parts attract the northern, and vice versa, and why the attraction of south to south, and north to north, is not natural.”

Chap. X. “Some weak inquirers have imagined that the power which the magnet exercises over iron lies in those mineral places in which the magnet is found ... but it is found in different parts of the world.... Besides, when iron or the magnet turns towards the Southern as well as to the Northern quarter, as is evident from what has already been said, we are compelled to decide that the attraction is exercised on the poles of the magnet not only from the locality of its quarry, from which ensues the evident result that, wheresoever a man may be, the direction of this stone appears to his eye, according to the position of his meridian circle. All the meridian circles, however, meet together at the poles of the globe, wherefore it is that the poles of the magnet receive their power from the poles of the world. From this, it manifestly appears that the direction of the magnet is not towards the mariner’s star, as the meridian circles do not meet there, but all the poles, for the mariner’s star is always found beyond the meridian circle of any region unless it be twice in a complete revolution of the firmament. Likewise from this, it is manifest that the parts of the magnet receive their power from the world’s poles ... the whole magnet from the whole heavens.”[18] Then follows a suggestive experiment looking towards perpetual motion, by which one may secure “a wonderful secret” and even “be saved the trouble of having any clock.” Here, it is given that a terrella, poised on its poles in the meridian, moves circularly with a complete revolution in twenty-four hours. This is explained by N. Cabæus in his “Phil. Magn.,” lib. iii. cap. 4.

Chap. X. “Some curious seekers have thought that the power the magnet has over iron comes from the specific places where the magnet is located ... but it can be found in different areas around the world.... In addition, when iron or the magnet points towards the South as well as the North, as we've already discussed, we have to conclude that the attraction happens at the poles of the magnet, not just based on where it was sourced. This clearly means that wherever someone is, the direction of this stone appears to them based on their meridian circle. All meridian circles meet at the poles of the globe; therefore, the poles of the magnet draw their power from the world's poles. This makes it clear that the direction of the magnet does not point towards the North Star since the meridian circles do not converge there. Instead, all the poles do, because the North Star is always found outside the meridian circle of any area unless it crosses twice during a complete revolution of the sky. This also indicates that the parts of the magnet gain their power from the world's poles ... the entire magnet is influenced by the entire heavens.” [18] Then follows an intriguing experiment related to perpetual motion, through which one might discover “a wonderful secret” and even “avoid the hassle of having a clock.” Here, it is stated that a terrella, balanced on its poles within the meridian, moves in a complete circle every twenty-four hours. This is explained by N. Cabæus in his “Phil. Magn.,” lib. iii. cap. 4.

Part II

Chap. I. He takes a round, or an ovoid magnet, and, after noting its poles, files it between the two poles on both sides so that it may be like a compressed sphere and thus occupy less space. He then encloses this magnet between two light wooden capsules, or boxes (cassulas) after the manner of a mirror ... so[51] fastened (with glue) that they cannot be opened and water cannot enter. Then, says he, “place the capsules thus adjusted in a large vessel full of water in which the two quarters of the globe, viz. the South and the North, are found and marked, and let them be indicated by a thread extending from the Northern to the Southern part of the vessel; allow the capsules, or boxes, to float and let there be above them a slender piece of wood in the form (position) of a diameter. Then move this piece of wood above the boxes until it is equidistant from the meridianal line previously found and indicated by the thread, or is the same (line) itself. This being done, according to the piece of wood so situated, draw a line on the capsules, or boxes, and it will be the perpetual meridianal line in all countries. That line, therefore, when cut at right angles by another will be divided in the centre and will be the line of the East and West. You will thus have four quadrants actually marked on the capsules, or boxes, representing the four quarters of the globe, of which each will be divided into ninety, so that there may be in the universe CCCLX parts (degrees) in the entire circumference of the capsules, or boxes. Inscribe divisions on it as they were formerly inscribed on the back of the astrolabe. There should be, besides, a slender and light ruler above the capsules so inscribed after the manner of the ruler on the back of the astrolabe. Instead, however, of the sights (pinnularum), should be erected at right angles two pins over the ends of the ruler.”

Chap. I. He takes a round or oval magnet, notes its poles, and files it down on both sides so that it resembles a compressed sphere and takes up less space. He then encloses this magnet between two light wooden capsules, or boxes (cassulas), similar to a mirror, fastened (with glue) so that they can't be opened and water can't get in. Then, he says, “place the capsules like this in a large container filled with water, marked to show the two halves of the globe, the South and the North, with a thread running from the Northern to the Southern part of the container; let the capsules float, and position a thin piece of wood above them in the shape of a diameter. Move this piece of wood above the boxes until it's equidistant from the previously marked meridian line indicated by the thread, or is aligned with that line. Once that's done, based on the position of the wood, draw a line on the capsules or boxes, which will be the constant meridian line in all countries. This line, when crossed at right angles by another, will be divided in the center and will represent the line of East and West. You’ll thus have four quadrants marked on the capsules or boxes, depicting the four quarters of the globe, each divided into ninety sections, totaling CCCLX parts (degrees) in the entire circumference of the capsules or boxes. Inscribe divisions on it as they were previously inscribed on the back of the astrolabe. Additionally, there should be a slender, light ruler above the inscribed capsules, just like the ruler on the back of the astrolabe. Instead of the sights (pinnularum), two pins should be erected at right angles over the ends of the ruler.”

This floating compass and the pivoted compass described in the following chapter are to be found illustrated, pp. 67–77, figs. 10 and 12, at end of Part II of Bertelli Barnabita’s Memoirs above referred to.

This floating compass and the pivoted compass mentioned in the next chapter are illustrated on pages 67–77, figures 10 and 12, at the end of Part II of Bertelli Barnabita’s Memoirs referenced earlier.

Chap. II. For the construction of a “better instrument and of more certain effects” (the pivoted compass) he says: “Let there be made a vessel of wood, brass or any other solid material that you desire, and let it be turned in the shape of a jar (pixidis tornatum) somewhat deep and tolerably large and let a cover of transparent material, such as glass or crystal, be fitted to it. If the whole vessel were of transparent substance so much the better. Let there be placed in the centre of the same vessel a slender axis of brass or silver, applying its extremities to the two parts of the jar, that is to say (to the) higher and lower. Let two holes be then made in the centre of the axis facing each other at right angles. Then let a piece of iron wire, like a needle, be passed through one of these holes and another wire of silver or brass be passed through the other, intersecting[52] the iron at right angles. Let the cover at first be divided into quadrants and each of the quadrants into ninety parts, as was taught regarding the other instrument. Let North and South and East and West be marked on it and let a rule of transparent material be added to it with wires set upright at the ends. You will approach what part of the magnet you please, whether North or South, to the crystal until the needle moves towards it and receives virtue from it. When this is done, turn the vessel until one end (of the needle) stands directly over the North in the instrument coinciding with the Northern quarter of the sky. This being done, turn the rule to the sun, by day, and to the stars, by night, in manner above indicated. By means of this instrument, you will be enabled to direct your footsteps to states and islands and to any places on the globe, and wheresoever you may be, whether on land or on sea, so long as their latitudes and longitudes are known to you.”

Chap. II. To create a “better instrument with more accurate results” (the pivoted compass), he says: “Make a container from wood, brass, or any sturdy material you like, shaped like a jar (pixidis tornatum), fairly deep and reasonably large, and fit it with a cover made of a transparent material like glass or crystal. If the entire container is made of transparent material, that's even better. Inside the container, place a thin axis made of brass or silver, with its ends positioned at the upper and lower parts of the jar. Next, create two holes in the center of the axis, facing each other at right angles. Then, pass a piece of iron wire, like a needle, through one of these holes, and insert another wire made of silver or brass through the other, intersecting the iron at right angles. Initially, divide the cover into quadrants and then divide each quadrant into ninety parts, as previously explained for the other instrument. Mark North, South, East, and West on it, and add a transparent ruler with wires that stand upright at the ends. You can bring whichever part of the magnet you want, North or South, close to the crystal until the needle moves towards it and gains its influence. Once that's done, rotate the container until one end of the needle points directly to the North, aligned with the Northern section of the sky. After this, adjust the ruler towards the sun during the day and towards the stars at night, as indicated before. With this instrument, you can navigate to states, islands, and any locations on the globe, whether you're on land or at sea, as long as you know their latitudes and longitudes.”

Chap. III. He constructs “a wheel which shall be constantly in motion,” by making a very thin concave, silver case, after the manner of a mirror, suitably perforated, around the rim of which he inserts small iron nails, or teeth, bent closely toward each other and which he then places upon an immovable axis so that it may revolve easily.” He continues: “Let a silver wire be added to this axis, fixed to it and placed between two bowls on the end of which let a magnet be set, prepared in this manner. Let it be rounded and its poles ascertained, as before indicated; afterwards, let it be fashioned in the shape of an egg with the poles intact, and let it be somewhat filed down in two intermediate and opposite parts with the object of its being compressed and occupying less space so that it may not touch the inner walls ... let the magnet be placed on the wire ... and let the North pole be somewhat inclined towards the small teeth of the wheel so that it may exercise its power ... so that each tooth shall arrive at the North pole and, owing to the impetus of the wheel, shall pass it by and approach the Southern quarter. Thus every small tooth will be in a perpetual state of attraction and avoidance. And, in order that the wheel may perform its duty with greater rapidity, insert, between the cases, a small round brass or silver pebble of such size that it may be caught between any two of the small teeth, so that, as one part of the wheel comes uppermost, the pebble may fall to the opposite part. Wherefore, whilst the motion of the wheel is perpetual on one side, the same will be in the case of the pebble on the other side, or the fall of the pebble caught between any two of the teeth will be perpetual to the [53]opposite side because as it is drawn towards the centre of the earth by its weight, it assists the motion by not suffering the small teeth to remain at rest in front of the stone. Let there be spaces, however, between the small teeth conveniently curved, so as to catch the pebble as it falls in the way the present description indicates.”

Chap. III. He creates “a wheel that is always moving,” by making a very thin, concave silver casing resembling a mirror, appropriately perforated. Around the edge, he inserts small iron nails or teeth that are bent closely towards each other, placing them on a fixed axis so that it can spin easily. He adds: “Attach a silver wire to this axis, secured to it and positioned between two bowls, at the end of which a magnet is to be placed, prepared as follows. It should be rounded and its poles identified, as previously mentioned; then, it should be shaped like an egg with the poles intact and slightly filed down in two opposite areas to be compact and not touch the inner walls... place the magnet on the wire... and slightly tilt the North pole towards the small teeth of the wheel so that it can exert its force... so that each tooth reaches the North pole and, due to the momentum of the wheel, passes it and moves towards the South. Thus, every small tooth will be in a constant state of attraction and repulsion. To make the wheel operate more quickly, insert a small round brass or silver pebble of a size that it can be caught between any two of the small teeth so that, when one side of the wheel rises, the pebble falls to the opposite side. Therefore, while one side of the wheel is in perpetual motion, the pebble will also move on the other side, as its weight draws it towards the Earth, helping to keep the small teeth from remaining still in front of the stone. However, there should be gaps between the small teeth, curved appropriately, to catch the pebble as it falls, as described.”

Petrus Peregrinus. Facsimile of a Ms. at the Bodleian Library, of the “Epistola de Magnete,” wherein is described the earliest known pivoted compass.

Petrus Peregrinus. Facsimile of a manuscript at the Bodleian Library, of the “Letter on the Magnet,” which describes the earliest known pivoted compass.

Gilbert alludes to this perpetual-motion engine as having been devised or delineated by Peregrinus after he had got the idea from others (“De Magnete,” Book II. chap. xxxv.), and says that Jerome Cardan writes (“Opera,” Batav., 1663; “De Rerum Varietate,” Book, IX. chap. xlviii.) he could construct one out of iron and loadstone—not that he ever saw such a machine; that he merely offers the idea as an opinion and quotes from a report of the physician Antonio de Fantis of Treviso published in “Tabula generalis ac mare magnum scotice subtilitatis....”

Gilbert mentions that this perpetual-motion engine was created or described by Peregrinus after he got the idea from others (“De Magnete,” Book II. chap. xxxv.). He also notes that Jerome Cardan writes (“Opera,” Batav., 1663; “De Rerum Varietate,” Book IX. chap. xlviii.) that he could make one using iron and loadstone—even though he never actually saw such a machine; he simply presents the idea as an opinion and references a report from the physician Antonio de Fantis of Treviso published in “Tabula generalis ac mare magnum scotice subtilitatis....”

In the “Magisterium Naturæ et Artis,” P. Francisci Tertii de Lanis, Brixiæ, 1684, Tractatus Tertius, Caput Secundum, p. 489, under Problema, I, Motus perpetuus magnetis, will be found allusion to the machines of (1) P. Peregrinus, as described in his epistle; (2) Taisnier; (3) Ant. de Fantis (cited by Cardan, as stated above); also mention of those of P. Schottus, Athan. Kircherus, Hieronimus Finugius and others; the most important of these being again alluded to throughout the third chapter of the same tract.

In the “Magisterium Naturæ et Artis,” P. Francisci Tertii de Lanis, Brixiæ, 1684, Tractatus Tertius, Caput Secundum, p. 489, under Problema, I, Motus perpetuus magnetis, there's a reference to the machines of (1) P. Peregrinus, as described in his letter; (2) Taisnier; (3) Ant. de Fantis (cited by Cardan, as mentioned above); and also a mention of those by P. Schottus, Athan. Kircherus, Hieronimus Finugius, and others. The most significant of these is referred to repeatedly in the third chapter of the same tract.

Gilbert makes further allusion to P. Peregrinus in his Book I. chap. i.; Book II. chap. xxxv.; Book III. chap. i.; Book IV. chap. i.; Book VI. chap. iv.

Gilbert makes additional references to P. Peregrinus in his Book I. chap. i.; Book II. chap. xxxv.; Book III. chap. i.; Book IV. chap. i.; Book VI. chap. iv.

The Peregrinus’ Leyden manuscript (Fol. Cod. No. 227) already alluded to, Libri says (“Histoire des Sciences Mathém....” 1838, Vol. I. p. 383, note), is but a poor copy of the manuscript in the Paris Library (No. 7378A), from which latter the words Petri ad Sygerum have been unfortunately transformed into Petri Adsigerii. He adds (Vol. II. pp. 70–71) that Humboldt cites (“Examen Critique,” p. 243) several authors who have alluded to the pretended Adsigerius. Mention is also made of the fact that W. Wenkebach, professor at the Hague Military School, examined the manuscripts in the Bodleian Library, Nos. 1629, 1794 and 2458, containing the treatise of Peregrinus, and that not one of them has the passage alluding to the declination. The Leyden manuscript, by the way, is said to be the only one, besides the Vatican copy, No. 5733, bearing the full date, which latter was first made known by Thévenot in his “Recueil de Voyages.” And it was a passage found in the Leyden manuscript (Q 27) which led to the belief that Peregrinus had first observed the variation or declination of the magnetic needle. The[54] passage is as follows: “Take note that the magnet, as well as the needle that has been touched by it, does not point exactly to the poles, but that the part of it which is supposed to point to the South sometimes declines a little to the West, and that the part which looks towards the North sometimes inclines to the East. The exact quantity of this declination I have ascertained, after numerous experiments, to be five degrees. However, this declination is no obstacle to our guidance, because we make the needle itself decline from the true South by nearly one point and a half towards the West. A point contains five degrees.” This passage is unquestionably a late addition, being written in a different hand in a circle which itself is an incompleted outline of one of the figures of Peregrinus’ primitive compass.

The Leyden manuscript of Peregrinus (Fol. Cod. No. 227) mentioned earlier, according to Libri (“Histoire des Sciences Mathém....” 1838, Vol. I, p. 383, note), is just a poor copy of the manuscript in the Paris Library (No. 7378A), from which the phrase Petri ad Sygerum was unfortunately changed to Petri Adsigerii. He adds (Vol. II, pp. 70–71) that Humboldt cites (“Examen Critique,” p. 243) several authors who have referred to the supposed Adsigerius. It is also noted that W. Wenkebach, a professor at the Hague Military School, examined the manuscripts in the Bodleian Library, Nos. 1629, 1794, and 2458, which contain Peregrinus’ treatise, and none of them include the passage about declination. The Leyden manuscript, by the way, is said to be the only one, besides the Vatican copy, No. 5733, that provides the full date, which was first recognized by Thévenot in his “Recueil de Voyages.” A passage found in the Leyden manuscript (Q 27) led to the belief that Peregrinus was the first to observe the variation or declination of the magnetic needle. The[54] passage states: “Take note that the magnet, as well as the needle that has been touched by it, does not point exactly to the poles, but that the part of it which is supposed to point to the South sometimes declines a little to the West, and that the part which faces North sometimes leans towards the East. I have determined, after many experiments, that the exact amount of this declination is five degrees. However, this declination does not hinder our navigation because we adjust the needle to lean about one and a half points towards the West from true South. A point is equal to five degrees.” This passage is definitely a later addition, written in a different hand within a circle that is itself an incomplete outline of one of the figures from Peregrinus’ original compass.

References.—“Encyclopædia Metropolitana,” Vol. III. p. 737 (“Bibliotheca Bibliothecarum,” fol. 11, p. 1400; “Catalogue of the MSS. in the library of Geneva,” by Senebier, p. 207); “Bulletino di bibliographia e di storia delle scienze ...” B. Boncompagni, Vol. I. pp. 1–32, 65–99, 101–139, 319–420; Vol. IV. pp. 257–288, 303–331; “Cat. bibl. publicæ univers. Lug. Bat.,” p. 365; W. Wenkebach, “Sur Petrus Adsigerius ...” Rome, 1865 (taken from Vol. VII. No. 3 of the “Annali Pura ed Applicata”); Brunet, “Manuel du Libraire,” 1863, Vol. IV. p. 493; “Br. Museum Library,” 538, G 17; “Journal des Savants,” for April-May 1848, and September 1870; Walker, “Magnetism,” 1866, p. 6; “English Cyclopædia,” Vol. VIII. p. 160, also Dr. Hutton’s “Phil. and Math. Dictionary”; Thos. Young, “A Course of Lectures on Nat. Phil. and the Mechanical Arts,” London, 1807, Vol. I. pp. 746, 756; “Electro-magnetic Phenomena,” by T. A. Lyons, New York, 1901, Vol. I. pp. 105–106; Vol. II. p. 565 (with translation of a portion of the original manuscript); “Examen Critique,” A. de Humboldt, Paris, 1836, Vol. III. p. 31; “Science and Literature of the Middle Ages,” Paul Lacroix, London, pp. 88–89, 280–282; Silvanus P. Thompson, “Proceedings of the British Academy,” 1905–6, p. 377. It may be added that Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Générale,” Vol. I. part i. p. 640, allude, at No. 3197, to a manuscript of P. Peregrinus, “Nova compositio astrolabii particularis,” as being in the Library of Geneva and as citing the year 1261 in connection with the astronomical tables of John Campan (Campanus, Italian mathematician, who died about 1300): “Biog. Générale,” Vol. VIII. p. 373.

References.—“Metropolitan Encyclopedia,” Vol. III. p. 737 (“Library of Libraries,” fol. 11, p. 1400; “Catalogue of the MSS. in the Geneva Library,” by Senebier, p. 207); “Bulletin of Bibliography and History of Sciences ...” B. Boncompagni, Vol. I. pp. 1–32, 65–99, 101–139, 319–420; Vol. IV. pp. 257–288, 303–331; “Catalog of the Public Universal Library of Leiden,” p. 365; W. Wenkebach, “On Petrus Adsigerius ...” Rome, 1865 (extracted from Vol. VII. No. 3 of the “Annali Pura ed Applicata”); Brunet, “Librarian’s Manual,” 1863, Vol. IV. p. 493; “British Museum Library,” 538, G 17; “Journal des Savants,” for April-May 1848, and September 1870; Walker, “Magnetism,” 1866, p. 6; “English Encyclopedia,” Vol. VIII. p. 160, also Dr. Hutton’s “Philosophical and Mathematical Dictionary”; Thos. Young, “A Course of Lectures on Natural Philosophy and the Mechanical Arts,” London, 1807, Vol. I. pp. 746, 756; “Electro-magnetic Phenomena,” by T. A. Lyons, New York, 1901, Vol. I. pp. 105–106; Vol. II. p. 565 (including a translation of part of the original manuscript); “Critical Examination,” A. de Humboldt, Paris, 1836, Vol. III. p. 31; “Science and Literature of the Middle Ages,” Paul Lacroix, London, pp. 88–89, 280–282; Silvanus P. Thompson, “Proceedings of the British Academy,” 1905–6, p. 377. Additionally, Houzeau and Lancaster, “General Bibliography,” Vol. I. part i. p. 640, mention, at No. 3197, a manuscript by P. Peregrinus, “New Composition of the Astrolabe,” reported to be in the Geneva Library and citing the year 1261 in relation to the astronomical tables of John Campan (Campanus, Italian mathematician, who died around 1300): “General Biography,” Vol. VIII. p. 373.

A.D. 1270.—Riccioli (Giovanni Battista), an Italian astronomer, member of the Society of Jesuits, b. 1598, d. 1671, asserts that at this period under the reign of St. Louis (1226–1270), French navigators were already using the magnetic needle, which they kept floating in a small vase of water, and which was supported by two tubes to prevent its falling to the bottom.

A.D. 1270.—Riccioli (Giovanni Battista), an Italian astronomer and member of the Jesuit Society, b. 1598, d. 1671, claims that during the reign of St. Louis (1226–1270), French navigators were already using the magnetic compass, which they kept floating in a small vase of water, supported by two tubes to keep it from sinking to the bottom.

For a detailed account of the work of this well-known scientist consult: “Biographie Générale” Vol. XLII. pp. 147–149; Fabroni, “Vitæ Italorum,” Vol. II; Jean Baptiste Delambre, “Hist. de l’Astron. Mod.,” 1821; Davis, “The Chinese,” Vol. III. p. 11; Venanson, “Boussole,” pp. 70–71; Klaproth, “Boussole,” p. 54; Becquerel, “Résumé,” p. 59; Alex. Chalmers, “Gen. Biog. Dict.,”[55] 1811, Vol. XXVI. pp. 182–183; Fischer, “Geschichte der Physik,” Vol. I; Tiraboschi, “Storia della letter. Ital.,” Vol. VIII; “English Cyclopædia,” Vol. V. pp. 76–77. Riccioli’s “Almagestum Novum,” Bologna, 1651, in two volumes, gives in book nine of the second volume the sentence of Galileo. This is the work which an old savant called “the pandects of astronomical knowledge” (Morhof Polyhistor, Vol. II. p. 347).

For a detailed account of the work of this well-known scientist, please refer to: “Biographie Générale” Vol. XLII. pp. 147–149; Fabroni, “Vitæ Italorum,” Vol. II; Jean Baptiste Delambre, “Hist. de l’Astron. Mod.,” 1821; Davis, “The Chinese,” Vol. III. p. 11; Venanson, “Boussole,” pp. 70–71; Klaproth, “Boussole,” p. 54; Becquerel, “Résumé,” p. 59; Alex. Chalmers, “Gen. Biog. Dict.,”[55] 1811, Vol. XXVI. pp. 182–183; Fischer, “Geschichte der Physik,” Vol. I; Tiraboschi, “Storia della letter. Ital.,” Vol. VIII; “English Cyclopædia,” Vol. V. pp. 76–77. Riccioli’s “Almagestum Novum,” Bologna, 1651, in two volumes, includes Galileo's sentence in book nine of the second volume. This is the work which an old scholar referred to as “the pandects of astronomical knowledge” (Morhof Polyhistor, Vol. II. p. 347).

A.D. 1271–1295.—Polo (Marco), Paulum Venetum, is reported by many to have brought the compass from China to Italy. This is, however, supported by no evidence, nor is any allusion whatever made to the fact in the account he rendered of his voyage. Before Marco Polo set out on his travels, as Humboldt states, the Catalans had already made voyages “along the northern islands of Scotland as well as along the western shores of tropical Africa, while the Basques had ventured forth in search of the whale, and the Northmen had made their way to the Azores (the Bracir islands of Picignano).”

A.D. 1271–1295.—Marco Polo, known as Paulum Venetum, is said by many to have brought the compass from China to Italy. However, there's no evidence to support this claim, nor does he mention it at all in his account of his journey. Before Marco Polo began his travels, as Humboldt noted, the Catalans had already traveled “along the northern islands of Scotland and the western coasts of tropical Africa, while the Basques had set out in search of whales, and the Northmen had reached the Azores (the Bracir islands of Picignano).”

Polo relates that he set out from Acre in 1271, and returned to Venice “in the year 1295 of Christ’s Incarnation.” His “Travels” (“Il Milione di Messer Marco Polo”) according to the review of Col. Henry Yule, consists of a prologue and four books. It was dictated by him to a fellow prisoner, Rusticiano or Rusticello, of Pisa, and “it would appear now to be definitely settled that the original was ... of just such French as we might expect in the thirteenth century from a Tuscan amanuensis following the oral dictation of an Orientalized Venetian.”

Polo explains that he left Acre in 1271 and returned to Venice "in the year 1295 of Christ's Incarnation." His "Travels" ("Il Milione di Messer Marco Polo"), according to Col. Henry Yule's review, consists of a prologue and four books. He dictated the work to a fellow prisoner, Rusticiano or Rusticello, from Pisa, and "it seems to be well established now that the original was ... in a type of French we would expect in the thirteenth century from a Tuscan scribe following the oral dictation of a Venetian influenced by Eastern cultures."

Polo’s journeyings extended “so far to the north that he leaves the North Star behind him, and thence so far to the south that the North Star is never seen.”

Polo's travels went “so far north that he left the North Star behind, and then so far south that the North Star was never seen.”

References.—Becquerel, “Elec. et Magn.,” Vol. I. p. 70; Sonnini, in Buffon, “Minéraux,” Vol. VI. p. 84; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1849, Vol. II. pp. 625, 656, or 1860, pp. 250–251; “The Book of Ser Marco Polo,” by Sir Henry Yule, New York, 1903, which contains a very extensive bibliography at end of the second volume; Libri, “Hist. des Sc. Mathém.,” Paris, 1838, Vol. II. pp. 26, 140, etc.; D. A. Azuni, “Dissertation sur la Boussole,” p. 69; Miller, “Hist. Phil. Ill.,” 1849, Vol. I. pp. 179–180; “Encycl. Brit.,” ninth ed., Vol. XIX. p. 407; “Journal des Savants” for September 1818, also May 1823, and the five articles published January to May 1867; see also “Centennaire de Marco Polo,” par. H. Cordier, Paris, 1896, containing “bibliographie très complète de toutes les éditions de Marco Polo et des ouvrages qui lui sont consacrés.”

Sources.—Becquerel, “Electricity and Magnetism,” Vol. I. p. 70; Sonnini, in Buffon, “Minerals,” Vol. VI. p. 84; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1849, Vol. II. pp. 625, 656, or 1860, pp. 250–251; “The Book of Sir Marco Polo,” by Sir Henry Yule, New York, 1903, which includes a very extensive bibliography at the end of the second volume; Libri, “History of Mathematical Sciences,” Paris, 1838, Vol. II. pp. 26, 140, etc.; D. A. Azuni, “Dissertation on the Compass,” p. 69; Miller, “History of Philosophy,” 1849, Vol. I. pp. 179–180; “Encyclopedia Britannica,” ninth ed., Vol. XIX. p. 407; “Journal des Savants” for September 1818, also May 1823, and the five articles published from January to May 1867; see also “Centenary of Marco Polo,” by H. Cordier, Paris, 1896, which contains a “very complete bibliography of all editions of Marco Polo and the works dedicated to him.”

A.D. 1282.—Baïlak, native of Kibdjak, wrote this year, in Arabic, his book on “Stones,” wherein he says that he saw during his voyage from Tripoli to Alexandria, in 1242, the captains of the Syrian sea construct a compass in the following manner: “When[56] the night is so dark as to conceal from view the stars which might direct their course according to the position of the four cardinal points, they take a basin full of water, which they shelter from wind by placing it in the interior of the vessel; they then drive a needle into a wooden peg or a corn-stalk, so as to form the shape of a cross, and throw it into the basin of water prepared for the purpose, on the surface of which it floats. They afterwards take a loadstone of sufficient size to fill the palm of the hand, or even smaller; bring it to the surface of the water, give to their hands a rotatory motion towards the right so that the needle turns on the water’s surface; they then suddenly and quickly withdraw their hands, when the two points of the needle face north and south. I have seen them, with my own eyes, do that during my voyage at sea from Tripolis to Alexandria.”

A.D. 1282.—Baïlak, a native of Kibdjak, wrote this year in Arabic his book on “Stones,” where he mentions that during his journey from Tripoli to Alexandria in 1242, he saw the captains of the Syrian sea create a compass like this: “When the night is so dark that the stars, which could guide their course according to the four cardinal points, are hidden from view, they take a basin of water and shield it from the wind by placing it inside the vessel; then they drive a needle into a wooden peg or a corn stalk to form a cross and toss it into the basin of water prepared for this purpose, where it floats on the surface. Next, they take a loadstone that fits in the palm of the hand or is even smaller; they bring it to the water’s surface and rotate their hands to the right so that the needle spins on the water. Then, they quickly pull their hands away, and the two ends of the needle align with north and south. I have seen them do this with my own eyes during my sea voyage from Tripoli to Alexandria.”

References.—E. Salverte, “Phil. of Magic,” New York, 1847, Vol. II. pp. 221–222, note; “American Journal of Science and Arts,” Vol. XL. p. 247; Davis, “The Chinese,” Vol. III. p. xii; Klaproth, “Lettre à M. de Humboldt,” pp. 59, 60, 67; Knight, “Mech. Dict.,” Vol. II. pp. 1371 and 1397; “Electro-Magn. Phenom.,” by T. A. Lyons, New York, 1901, Vol. II. p. 564.

References.—E. Salverte, “Philosophy of Magic,” New York, 1847, Vol. II, pp. 221–222, note; “American Journal of Science and Arts,” Vol. XL, p. 247; Davis, “The Chinese,” Vol. III, p. xii; Klaproth, “Letter to M. de Humboldt,” pp. 59, 60, 67; Knight, “Mechanical Dictionary,” Vol. II, pp. 1371 and 1397; “Electromagnetic Phenomena,” by T. A. Lyons, New York, 1901, Vol. II, p. 564.

A.D. 1302.—Gioia—Goia (Flavio or Joannes), an Italian pilot reported born at Positano, near Amalfi, is said by Flamnius Venanson (“De l’invention de la boussole nautique,” Naples, 1808, pp. 138 and 168) to be the real inventor of the mariner’s compass. This view is supported by Briet (Philippe), “Annales Mundi,” Vol. VI: Géog. et Hydrog., lib. x. cap. 8; by Voltaire (“Essai sur les Mœurs,” 1819, Vol. III. chap. cxli.), and by many others, but Klaproth (“Lettre ...” 1834, pp. 132–136) quotes Anthony of Bologna, called the Panormitan, as saying that Gioia lived in the fourteenth century and wrote both “Prima dedit nautis usum magnetis Amalphis” and “Inventrix præclara fuit magnetis Amalphis.” He adds that a statement to the same effect was made by Arrigi Brechmann in his “Historia Pandectarum Amalphitorum,” Dissertatio I, No. 22, Neapoli, 1735, p. 925, but that both are equally incorrect, for Gioja could not have invented an instrument which had already been in use more than a hundred years before his time.[19]

A.D. 1302.—Gioia—Goia (Flavio or Joannes), an Italian pilot reportedly born at Positano, near Amalfi, is said by Flamnius Venanson (“De l’invention de la boussole nautique,” Naples, 1808, pp. 138 and 168) to be the actual inventor of the mariner’s compass. This opinion is backed by Briet (Philippe), “Annales Mundi,” Vol. VI: Géog. et Hydrog., lib. x. cap. 8; by Voltaire (“Essai sur les Mœurs,” 1819, Vol. III. chap. cxli.), and many others. However, Klaproth (“Lettre ...” 1834, pp. 132–136) cites Anthony of Bologna, known as the Panormitan, who claimed that Gioia lived in the fourteenth century and wrote both “Prima dedit nautis usum magnetis Amalphis” and “Inventrix præclara fuit magnetis Amalphis.” He adds that a similar claim was made by Arrigi Brechmann in his “Historia Pandectarum Amalphitorum,” Dissertatio I, No. 22, Neapoli, 1735, p. 925, but both are equally incorrect, as Gioja could not have invented an instrument that had already been in use for over a hundred years before his time.[19]

[57]

[57]

In his “Essay on Several Important Subjects,” London, 1676, Joseph Glanvill remarks (p. 33): “I think there is more acknowledgment due to the name of this obscure fellow, that hath scarce any left, than to a thousand Alexanders and Cæsars or to ten times the number of Aristotles and Aquinas’. And he really did more for the increase of knowledge and advantage of the world, by this one experiment, than the numerous subtile disputers that have lived ever since the creation of the School of Wrangling.”

In his “Essay on Several Important Subjects,” London, 1676, Joseph Glanvill notes (p. 33): “I believe this unknown individual deserves more recognition than a thousand Alexanders and Cæsars or even ten times the number of Aristotles and Aquinas. He truly contributed more to the advancement of knowledge and the benefit of the world through this one experiment than all the many subtle debaters who have existed since the beginning of the School of Wrangling.”

In the “Navigator’s Supply,” published 1597, William Barlowe speaks of “the lame tale of one Flavius at Amelphus in the Kingdome of Naples; for to have devised it (the compass) is of very slender probabilitie.”

In the “Navigator’s Supply,” published in 1597, William Barlowe refers to “the weak account of one Flavius at Amelphus in the Kingdom of Naples; for coming up with it (the compass) has very little likelihood.”

M. D. A. Azuni says (“Boussole,” 1809, p. 144) that Gioja may have possibly invented the method of suspending the magnetic needle upon a perpendicular pivot so that it would remain horizontal whatever the movements of the vessel. This is very likely; at any rate, it must be admitted that this particular mode of support permits a freer movement to the needle in any direction and admits of more exact observations than when the needle is floating upon the water.

M. D. A. Azuni says (“Boussole,” 1809, p. 144) that Gioja may have possibly invented the method of suspending the magnetic needle on a vertical pivot so it stays horizontal no matter how the vessel moves. This is very likely; either way, it's clear that this way of supporting the needle allows it to move more freely in any direction and enables more accurate observations compared to when the needle is floating on water.

At pp. 487–505, Vol. II of his “Histoire des Sciences Mathématiques,” Guillaume Libri transcribes all he is able to from the almost illegible Peter Peregrinus’ manuscript, No. 7378A, in the Paris Bibliothèque, and refers to the imperfect mode of suspending the magnetic needle therein shown. It is, says he, similar to that spoken of by Francesco da Buti (Libri, Vol. II. pp. 67–68; Bertelli, “Pietro Peregrino,” pp. 63–66), who makes first mention of the compass in the Dante commentary (“Comment, sopra la Divina Commedia”) to be found in the collection of manuscripts No. 29, held by the Magliabechiana Library of Florence. He adds that the suspension of the needle is likewise alluded to by Guerino detto il Meschino, in a work first composed prior to the “Divina Commedia” (an Italian romance, attributed to one Andrew the Florentine) as imbellico, or in bellico, in bilico, meaning in suspense, throughout the editions of Padua, 1473, Bologna, 1475, Milan, 1482 and Venice, 1480, 1498. Mention is also made by Libri of the writings of Adélard de Bath on the compass, at p. 62 of his second volume.

At pp. 487–505, Vol. II of his “Histoire des Sciences Mathématiques,” Guillaume Libri transcribes everything he can from the nearly illegible manuscript by Peter Peregrinus, No. 7378A, in the Paris Bibliothèque, and discusses the flawed method of suspending the magnetic needle shown in it. He notes that it is similar to what Francesco da Buti describes (Libri, Vol. II. pp. 67–68; Bertelli, “Pietro Peregrino,” pp. 63–66), who first mentions the compass in his commentary on Dante (“Comment, sopra la Divina Commedia”) found in the collection of manuscripts No. 29, held by the Magliabechiana Library in Florence. He also mentions that the suspension of the needle is referenced by Guerino detto il Meschino in a work originally composed before the “Divina Commedia” (an Italian romance attributed to one Andrew the Florentine) as imbellico, or in bellico, in bilico, meaning in suspense, in the editions from Padua, 1473, Bologna, 1475, Milan, 1482, and Venice, 1480, 1498. Libri also refers to the writings of Adélard de Bath on the compass, at p. 62 of his second volume.

References.—Camillus Leonardus, “Speculum Lapidum”; the notes at p. 180, Vol. I. of Dr. Geo. Miller’s “Hist. Phil. Ill.,” London, 1849, Vol. I. p. 179, note; Venanson, “Boussole,” pp. 158, 160; Knight, “Mech. Dict.,” Vol. II. p. 1398; Collenutius—Collenuccio—“Compendio ... regno di Napoli,” Venice, 1591; “Discussione della leggenda di Flavio Gioia, inventore della bussola” (T. Bertelli, in “Rivista di Fisica Mat. e Sc. Nat.,” Pavia, 1901, II. pp. 529–541); Matteo Camara, “Memorie ... di Amalfi,” Salerno, 1876; “Literary Digest,” July 6, 1901, translated from “Le Cosmos,” Paris, June 8, 1901; Giraldi,[58] “Libellus de Re Nautica,” Bâle, 1540; Admiral Luigi Fincati, “Il Magnete, la calamita e la bussola,” Rome, 1878; “Annales de Géographie,” Vol. XI. No. 59, pp. 7–8 for September 15, 1902, and G. Grimaldi in the “Mem. d. Accad. Etrus. di Cortona”; Paulus Jovius, “Historiarum,” Florence, 1552; Pietro Napoli Signorelli, “Sull’invenzione della bussola nautica ...”; M. A. Blondus, “De Ventis,” Venice, 1546; Cælius Calcagninus, “Thesaurus Græcarum Antiquitatum,” 1697, Vol. XI. p. 761; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. II. p. 149; “Riv. G. Ital.,” X. 1903, pp. 1, 11, 105–122, 314–334.

References.—Camillus Leonardus, “Speculum Lapidum”; the notes at p. 180, Vol. I. of Dr. Geo. Miller’s “Hist. Phil. Ill.,” London, 1849, Vol. I. p. 179, note; Venanson, “Boussole,” pp. 158, 160; Knight, “Mech. Dict.,” Vol. II. p. 1398; Collenutius—Collenuccio—“Compendio ... regno di Napoli,” Venice, 1591; “Discussione della leggenda di Flavio Gioia, inventore della bussola” (T. Bertelli, in “Rivista di Fisica Mat. e Sc. Nat.,” Pavia, 1901, II. pp. 529–541); Matteo Camara, “Memorie ... di Amalfi,” Salerno, 1876; “Literary Digest,” July 6, 1901, translated from “Le Cosmos,” Paris, June 8, 1901; Giraldi,[58] “Libellus de Re Nautica,” Bâle, 1540; Admiral Luigi Fincati, “Il Magnete, la calamita e la bussola,” Rome, 1878; “Annales de Géographie,” Vol. XI. No. 59, pp. 7–8 for September 15, 1902, and G. Grimaldi in the “Mem. d. Accad. Etrus. di Cortona”; Paulus Jovius, “Historiarum,” Florence, 1552; Pietro Napoli Signorelli, “Sull’invenzione della bussola nautica ...”; M. A. Blondus, “De Ventis,” Venice, 1546; Cælius Calcagninus, “Thesaurus Græcarum Antiquitatum,” 1697, Vol. XI. p. 761; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. II. p. 149; “Riv. G. Ital.,” X. 1903, pp. 1, 11, 105–122, 314–334.

For Briet (Philippe), b. 1601, d. 1668, see Michaud, “Biog. Univ.,” Paris, 1843, Vol. V. p. 527. The best, most complete edition of Briet’s “Annales Mundi” is the Venice, 1693.

For Briet (Philippe), b. 1601, d. 1668, see Michaud, “Biog. Univ.,” Paris, 1843, Vol. V. p. 527. The best, most complete edition of Briet’s “Annales Mundi” is the Venice, 1693.

A.D. 1327–1377.—It has been claimed by F. M. Arouet de Voltaire, who asserts it at Vol. III. pp. 251–252 of his “Essai sur les Mœurs et l’Esprit des Nations,” Paris, 1809, “that the first well-authenticated use of the compass” was made by the English during this period, which is that of the reign of King Edward III.

A.D. 1327–1377.—F. M. Arouet de Voltaire argues in Vol. III, pp. 251–252 of his “Essai sur les Mœurs et l’Esprit des Nations,” Paris, 1809, that the first reliable use of the compass happened during this time, specifically during the reign of King Edward III in England.

By Voltaire, the extraordinary (prodigieuse) antiquity of the Chinese is not questioned. They knew of the compass, but he says “it was not employed by them for its proper use, that of guiding vessels at sea. They travelled only along the shores. Possessed, as they were, of a country that furnished everything, they did not feel the need of going, as we do, to the other end of the world” (Vol. I. pp. 239, 247). Speaking of the Portuguese (Vol. III. p. 257) he says: “It was not before known if the magnetic needle would point to the south on approaching the South Pole; it was found to point constantly to the north during the year 1486.”

By Voltaire, the remarkable (prodigieuse) ancient history of the Chinese is not disputed. They were aware of the compass, but he notes, “it was not used by them for its intended purpose, which is to guide ships at sea. They only traveled along the coasts. Since they had a land that provided everything, they didn't feel the need to venture, like we do, to the other side of the world” (Vol. I. pp. 239, 247). Referring to the Portuguese (Vol. III. p. 257), he states: “It was not previously known if the magnetic needle would point south when nearing the South Pole; it was found to consistently point north in the year 1486.”

From the time of Edward III, the compass was known in England by the names of adamant, sailing needle and sail-stone dial, as has been shown in the writings of Chaucer and others, the most important of which will be duly quoted in their order. The compass was alluded to, more particularly, by John Gower, “Confessio Amantis,”[20] Books I and VI; by Richard Hakluyt, “Voyages,” Vol. I. pp. 213, 215; and by Edward Fairfax, “Godefroy de Boulogne,” Book XV. s. 18.

From the time of Edward III, the compass was known in England by the names of adamant, sailing needle, and sail-stone dial, as shown in the writings of Chaucer and others, the most important of which will be properly cited in their order. The compass was specifically mentioned by John Gower in “Confessio Amantis,”[20] Books I and VI; by Richard Hakluyt in “Voyages,” Vol. I. pp. 213, 215; and by Edward Fairfax in “Godefroy de Boulogne,” Book XV. s. 18.

It may be well to record here that Voltaire was “confessedly the foremost name, the acknowledged head of European literature of his time.” Goethe calls him “the greatest literary man of all time, the most astonishing creation of the Author of Nature” (“Nouvelle Biographie,” Vol. XLV. i. p. 445). Though not the first French author who wrote on the wonderful discoveries of Newton, he was the first to make them extensively known on the Continent.

It’s worth noting that Voltaire was widely recognized as “the leading figure, the acknowledged head of European literature of his time.” Goethe referred to him as “the greatest literary figure of all time, the most remarkable creation of the Author of Nature” (“Nouvelle Biographie,” Vol. XLV. i. p. 445). Although he wasn't the first French author to write about Newton's groundbreaking discoveries, he was the first to widely share them across the Continent.

[59]

[59]

References.—Sir Harris Nicolas, “Hist. Roy. Navy,” 1847, Vol. II. p. 180; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1859, Vol. V. p. 57, note; Whewell, “Hist. of the Ind. Sc.,” 1859, Vol. I. p. 431; “Crit. and Misc. Essays,” by Thomas Carlyle, Boston, 1860, pp. 5–78. “La France Littéraire,” par Joseph M. Quérard, Vol. X. Paris, 1839, pp. 276–457, devotes as many as 182 pages to bibliographical notices of Voltaire and names 1131 publications written by or relating to him, whilst in Quérard’s “Bibliographie Voltairienne” will be found a still more extended account at pp. i-xxxvi and at pp. 1–84.

Sources.—Sir Harris Nicolas, “Hist. Roy. Navy,” 1847, Vol. II. p. 180; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1859, Vol. V. p. 57, note; Whewell, “Hist. of the Ind. Sc.,” 1859, Vol. I. p. 431; “Crit. and Misc. Essays,” by Thomas Carlyle, Boston, 1860, pp. 5–78. “La France Littéraire,” by Joseph M. Quérard, Vol. X. Paris, 1839, pp. 276–457, has 182 pages dedicated to bibliographical notices of Voltaire and lists 1,131 publications either written by him or related to him, while Quérard’s “Bibliographie Voltairienne” provides an even more detailed account on pp. i-xxxvi and pp. 1–84.

The Mariner’s Compass

Regarding the mariner’s compass, it can scarcely be doubted, from what precedes, that it came to the knowledge of Europeans in the manner indicated under the A.D. 1190 date.

Regarding the mariner’s compass, it's hard to deny, based on what was mentioned earlier, that Europeans became aware of it in the way described under the CE 1190 date.

Baïlik of Kibdjak—Baüak Kibdjaki—spoke of its use as generally well known by the Syrian navigators, who constructed it in exactly the same way as did the Chinese (A.D. 1111–1117 and A.D. 1282), and which resembled the compass seen by Brunetto Latini in the possession of Friar Bacon while in England prior to the year 1260 (Knight, “Mech. Dict.,” Vol. II. p. 1397).

Baïlik of Kibdjak—Baüak Kibdjaki—talked about how its use was generally known among the Syrian sailors, who built it just like the Chinese did (CE 1111–1117 and CE 1282). It was similar to the compass that Brunetto Latini saw in Friar Bacon's possession while he was in England before 1260 (Knight, “Mech. Dict.,” Vol. II. p. 1397).

Edrisi (Idrisi or Aldrisi), the most eminent of the Arabian geographers, is said by Boucher to have given a confirmed account of the polarity of the magnet, the early knowledge of which by the Arabs has been shown conclusively by Jacob de Vitry, Vincent de Beauvais and Albertus Magnus.

Edrisi (Idrisi or Aldrisi), the most renowned Arabian geographer, is mentioned by Boucher as having provided a confirmed explanation of the magnet's polarity. The early understanding of this concept by the Arabs has been clearly demonstrated by Jacob de Vitry, Vincent de Beauvais, and Albertus Magnus.

Signor P. T. Bertelli, who has been mentioned under the A.D. 1190 date, could not find any reference, however remote, to the directive property of the loadstone throughout a careful examination of Latin and Greek works dating from the sixth century B.C. to the tenth century A.D. He admits that the directive property was known to the Chinese, who had made rude floating needle compasses before the beginning of the Christian era, although these compasses are likely to have been brought home by the Amalfian sailors, who are, by some writers, represented as having substituted the pivoted needle as well as added the Rose of the Winds.[21] He will not, however, recognize the claims made in favour of Flavio Gioja. On the other hand, A. Botto has shown that the Amalfitans introduced the compass between the tenth and the eleventh centuries (“Contributo agli studi storici sull’origine della bussola nautica,” 1899). Consult likewise Vol. IX of “Annales de Géogr. et de Bibliogr.,” 1899, p. 8.

Signor P. T. Bertelli, mentioned under the CE 1190 date, couldn't find any reference, no matter how remote, to the directional property of the loadstone after carefully examining Latin and Greek works from the sixth century BCE to the tenth century CE He acknowledges that the Chinese were aware of this directional property, having created primitive floating needle compasses before the start of the Christian era. However, these compasses likely made their way back with Amalfian sailors, who some writers claim introduced the pivoted needle and added the Rose of the Winds.[21] He does not, however, accept the claims made in favor of Flavio Gioja. On the other hand, A. Botto has demonstrated that the Amalfitans brought the compass into use between the tenth and eleventh centuries (“Contributo agli studi storici sull’origine della bussola nautica,” 1899). Also refer to Vol. IX of “Annales de Géogr. et de Bibliogr.,” 1899, p. 8.

At p. 195 of the December 1904 issue of “Terrestrial Magnetism”[60] is a short article relative to the claim made that the compass was invented by a Veronese named Salomone Ireneo Pacifico (A.D. 776–846) during the first half of the ninth century. It states that Bertelli considers this due to a misinterpretation of an inscription on Pacifico’s tomb, and it alludes to Bertelli’s previous paper on the subject in “Terrestr. Magn.,” Vol. VIII. No. 4, p. 179 (see also the number of “Terrestr. Magn.” for June 1905, p. 108, and the “Geographical Journal” for March 1905, pp. 334–335).

At page 195 of the December 1904 issue of “Terrestrial Magnetism”[60] is a brief article about the claim that a Veronese named Salomone Ireneo Pacifico (CE 776–846) invented the compass during the early part of the ninth century. It mentions that Bertelli believes this arises from a misinterpretation of an inscription on Pacifico’s tomb, and it references Bertelli’s earlier paper on the topic in “Terrestr. Magn.,” Vol. VIII. No. 4, p. 179 (see also the June 1905 issue of “Terrestr. Magn.”, p. 108, and the “Geographical Journal” from March 1905, pp. 334–335).

The earliest recorded use of the compass in a Spanish vessel, according to Capmany (“Memorias Historicas,” 1792), is to be found in the Chronicle of Don Pedro Niño, Conde de Buelna, as follows: “It is reported that Conde’s galleys left the island of La Alharina along the coast of Bombay ... and the pilots compared their needles which had been rubbed with the magnet stone....”

The first recorded use of the compass on a Spanish ship, according to Capmany (“Memorias Historicas,” 1792), is mentioned in the Chronicle of Don Pedro Niño, Conde de Buelna, which states: “It is said that Conde’s galleys departed from the island of La Alharina along the coast of Bombay ... and the pilots compared their needles that had been rubbed with the magnet stone....”

In Dr. Plumptre’s notes on Dante, reference is made to the fact that the European knowledge of the magnetic needle came from Arabia, and, like Humboldt, he quotes in support thereof an allusion from the Spanish “Leyes de las Partidas” belonging to the first half of the thirteenth century. The passage in the last named is spoken of by M. Fern de Navarrete in his “Discurso historico,” etc., 1802 (II. tit. ix. ley 28) and reads thus: “The needle which guides the seaman in the dark night and shows him, both in good and in bad weather, how to direct his course is the mediatrix (medianera) between the loadstone (la piedra) and the north star....” Humboldt adds: “See the passage in ‘Las siete Partidas del sabio Rey Don Alonso el IX’ [according to the usually adopted chronological order, Alfonso the tenth], Madrid, 1829, Vol. I. p. 473.”[22]

In Dr. Plumptre’s notes on Dante, it's mentioned that European knowledge of the magnetic needle came from Arabia, and like Humboldt, he cites a reference from the Spanish “Leyes de las Partidas” from the early thirteenth century. M. Fern de Navarrete discusses the passage in his “Discurso historico,” etc., 1802 (II. tit. ix. ley 28), which states: “The needle that guides the sailor through the dark night and shows him how to steer his course in both good and bad weather is the mediator (medianera) between the loadstone (la piedra) and the north star....” Humboldt adds: “See the passage in ‘Las siete Partidas del sabio Rey Don Alonso el IX’ [following the usual chronological order, Alfonso the Tenth], Madrid, 1829, Vol. I. p. 473.”[22]

On the other hand, the knowledge of the compass by the Arabs in the thirteenth century has been most decidedly contested by E. Renaudot (“Anciennes Relations des Indes et de la Chine,” Paris, 1717, p. 3); by D. A. Azuni (“Dissertation sur l’origine de la Boussole,” Paris, 1809, pp. 102, 127); by Giovanni Battista Ramusio (“Coll. Voy.,” 1554, Vol. I. p. 379); by A. Collina (“Considerazioni,” etc., Faenza, 1748, p. 121, etc.). Buffon says (“Théorie de la Terre,” Paris, An. VIII. tome i. p. 300): “I know that some pretend the Arabs have invented the compass and have used it long before the French (see ‘Abrégé de l’histoire des Sarrazins,’ de Bergeron, p. 119) ... but that opinion always appeared to me[61] devoid of reason; for there is no word in the Arabian, Turkish or Persian tongue which can be made to signify the compass.... They employ the Italian word bossola....”

On the other hand, the knowledge of the compass by the Arabs in the thirteenth century has been strongly disputed by E. Renaudot (“Anciennes Relations des Indes et de la Chine,” Paris, 1717, p. 3); by D. A. Azuni (“Dissertation sur l’origine de la Boussole,” Paris, 1809, pp. 102, 127); by Giovanni Battista Ramusio (“Coll. Voy.,” 1554, Vol. I. p. 379); and by A. Collina (“Considerazioni,” etc., Faenza, 1748, p. 121, etc.). Buffon states (“Théorie de la Terre,” Paris, An. VIII. tome i. p. 300): “I know that some claim the Arabs invented the compass and used it long before the French (see ‘Abrégé de l’histoire des Sarrazins,’ de Bergeron, p. 119) ... but that belief has always seemed to me[61] unreasonable; for there is no word in Arabic, Turkish, or Persian that translates to compass.... They use the Italian word bossola....”

The same view is entertained by Dr. William Robertson, principal of the University of Edinburgh, who, after announcing in his “History of the Reign of Charles V,” London, 1769, Vol. I. p. 78, that the mariner’s compass was invented soon after the close of the Holy War, gives at pp. 333–335 of his “Historical Disquisition,” London, 1812, a translation of the above passage taken from an early edition of that illustrious French naturalist George Louis Le Clerc, Comte de Buffon. Robertson adds: “This shows that the knowledge of this useful instrument was communicated to them (the Arabs) by the Europeans. There is not one single observation of ancient date made by the Arabians on the variation of the needle, or any instruction deduced from it for the assistance of navigators.... When Mr. Niehbuhr was at Cairo, he found a magnetic needle in the possession of a Mohammedan which served to point out the Kaaba, and gave it the name of el magnetis, a clear proof of its European origin.”

The same perspective is shared by Dr. William Robertson, the principal of the University of Edinburgh, who, after stating in his “History of the Reign of Charles V,” London, 1769, Vol. I. p. 78, that the mariner’s compass was invented shortly after the end of the Holy War, provides, on pages 333–335 of his “Historical Disquisition,” London, 1812, a translation of the above passage from an early edition of the renowned French naturalist George Louis Le Clerc, Comte de Buffon. Robertson adds: “This shows that the knowledge of this useful instrument was passed on to them (the Arabs) by Europeans. There are no ancient observations made by the Arabians on the variation of the needle, nor any guidelines derived from it for helping navigators.... When Mr. Niehbuhr was in Cairo, he encountered a magnetic needle owned by a Muslim that was used to indicate the Kaaba, and it was referred to as el magnetis, a clear indication of its European origin.”

The claims of France to the discovery of the compass have been laid by some to the fact that the north point of the early instruments was generally drawn in the form of a fleur de lys, but Voltaire says (“Essai,” etc., Vol. III. p. 251), that the Italians drew this in honour of the sovereigns of Naples, a branch of the French royal family. The able writer in the English Cyclopædia (“Arts and Sciences,” Vol. III. p. 102) considers the design to be only “an ornamented cross which originated in devotion to the mere symbol; though, as the compass undoubtedly came, he says, into Europe from the Arabs, the fleur de lys might possibly be a modification of the mouasala, or dart, the name by which the Arabs called the needle” (“Phil. Mag.,” Vol. XVIII. p. 88).

Some have attributed France's claims to the discovery of the compass to the early instruments often featuring the north point as a fleur de lys. However, Voltaire argues (“Essai,” etc., Vol. III. p. 251) that Italians used this symbol in honor of the sovereigns of Naples, who were part of the French royal family. A knowledgeable writer in the English Cyclopædia (“Arts and Sciences,” Vol. III. p. 102) describes the design merely as “an ornamented cross that originated from devotion to the symbol itself; though, since the compass likely came to Europe from the Arabs, the fleur de lys could potentially be a variation of the mouasala, or dart, which is what the Arabs called the needle” (“Phil. Mag.,” Vol. XVIII. p. 88).

References.—Hallam, “Middle Ages,” Vol. III. chap. ix. part ii.; Klaproth, “La Boussole,” pp. 53, 54 and 64–66; Davis, “The Chinese,” Vol. III. p. 12; “Silliman’s Journal,” XL. 242–250; “Nautical Magazine,” April 1903; “Ciel et Terre,” Juin 1, 1904, pp. 156–158; “Histoire de la Boussole,” par P. D. M. Boddært; Libri, “Hist. des Sc. Mathém.,” Paris, 1838, Vol. I. pp. 136–137, 382, etc.; Article “Bussola” in “Nuova Encycl. Italiana,” by Bocardo, Vol. IV. Torino, 1877, p. 377, poesia di Ugo di Sercy (Bercy) e di Giovanni di Mehun; “Harper’s Magazine,” New York, for February, 1904; V. Molinier, “Notice ... boussole au xiiie siècle,” Toulouse, 1850; G. Grimaldi, “Dissert. ... della bussola,” Roma, 1741; McCulloch, “Traités ... boussole,” Paris, 1853; Magliozzi, “Notizie ... bussola,” Napoli, 1849; Dr. Geo. Miller, “Hist. Phil. Illust.,” London, 1849, Vol. I. p. 180, note. For Edrisi, see “Journ. des Savants,” issued in April and August 1843, and in December 1846.

Sources.—Hallam, “Middle Ages,” Vol. III. chap. ix. part ii.; Klaproth, “La Boussole,” pp. 53, 54 and 64–66; Davis, “The Chinese,” Vol. III. p. 12; “Silliman’s Journal,” XL. 242–250; “Nautical Magazine,” April 1903; “Ciel et Terre,” June 1, 1904, pp. 156–158; “Histoire de la Boussole,” by P. D. M. Boddært; Libri, “Hist. des Sc. Mathém.,” Paris, 1838, Vol. I. pp. 136–137, 382, etc.; Article “Bussola” in “Nuova Encycl. Italiana,” by Bocardo, Vol. IV. Turin, 1877, p. 377, poetry by Ugo di Sercy (Bercy) and Giovanni di Mehun; “Harper’s Magazine,” New York, February 1904; V. Molinier, “Notice ... boussole au xiiie siècle,” Toulouse, 1850; G. Grimaldi, “Dissert. ... della bussola,” Rome, 1741; McCulloch, “Traités ... boussole,” Paris, 1853; Magliozzi, “Notizie ... bussola,” Naples, 1849; Dr. Geo. Miller, “Hist. Phil. Illust.,” London, 1849, Vol. I. p. 180, note. For Edrisi, see “Journ. des Savants,” published in April and August 1843, and in December 1846.

A.D. 1391.—Chaucer (Geoffrey), the father of English poetry,[62] thus expresses himself in “The Conclusions of the Astrolabie” (“English Poets,” London, 1810, Vol. I): “I haue giuen thee a sufficient astrolabye for oure orizont compowned after the latitude of Oxenforde.... Now hast thou here, the fower quarters of thin astrolabie, deuided after the fower principall plages or quarters of the firmament.... Now is thin Orisonte departed in XXIIII partiez by thi azymutz, in significacion of XXIIII partiez of the world; al be it, so that ship men rikne thilke partiez in XXXII.”

A.D. 1391.—Chaucer (Geoffrey), the father of English poetry,[62] expresses himself in “The Conclusions of the Astrolabe” (“English Poets,” London, 1810, Vol. I): “I have given you a sufficient astrolabe for our horizon, designed according to the latitude of Oxford.... Now you have here the four sections of your astrolabe, divided according to the four main divisions or sections of the sky.... Now your horizon is divided into 24 parts by your azimuth, representing the 24 parts of the world; however, sailors count those parts in 32.”

“Now maugre Juno, Aneas
For all her sleight and her compas
Atcheiued all his auenture.”
“House of Fame,” B. I.
“The stone was hard of adamaunt,
Whereof they made the foundemaunt,
The tour was round made in compas,
In all this world no richer was.”
“Rom. of the Rose.”
“Right as betwene adamants two
Of euen weight, a pece of yron set,
Ne hath no might to moue to ne fro
For what that one may hale, that other let.”
“Assem. of Foules.”

References.—“English Poets,” London, 1810, Vol. I. p. 453; Ch. Wells Moulton, “Library of Literary Criticism,” Vol. I. pp. 77–81.

References.—“English Poets,” London, 1810, Vol. I. p. 453; Ch. Wells Moulton, “Library of Literary Criticism,” Vol. I. pp. 77–81.

A.D. 1436.—Bianco—Biancho—(Andrea), was an Italian cartographer living at Venice early in the fifteenth century, who published, in 1436, an atlas exhibiting charts of the magnetic variation. The knowledge of the latter, which is so indispensable to the correction of a ship’s reckoning, was then ascertained less by the sun’s rising and setting than by the polar star.

A.D. 1436.—Bianco—Biancho—(Andrea) was an Italian mapmaker based in Venice in the early 1400s. In 1436, he published an atlas that included maps showing the magnetic variation. At that time, understanding this variation, which is crucial for accurately navigating a ship, relied more on the position of the polar star than on the sunrise and sunset.

One of Bianco’s charts, now in the Biblioteca Marciana, Venice, shows two islands at the West of the Azores, leading many to believe that he possessed some knowledge of the existence of North and South America.

One of Bianco’s charts, now in the Biblioteca Marciana, Venice, shows two islands west of the Azores, leading many to think that he had some knowledge of the existence of North and South America.

In Justin Winsor’s description of Dr. John G. Kohl’s collection of early maps (“Harvard Univ. Bulletin,” Vol. III. pp. 175–176), it is said that the original of Andrea Bianco’s Map of the World A.D. 1436, now at Venice, was reproduced by Joachim Lelewell (“Géographie du Moyen Age,” Pl. XXXII), and also in M. F. de Barros de Santarem’s “Essai sur l’histoire de la cosmographie et de la cartographie” (Pls. XXIII, XLIII).[23] Reference is also made thereto in Winsor’s “Bibliography of Ptolemy’s Geography,” sub[63] anno 1478. Mr. Winsor adds: “Bianco’s views are of interest in early American cartography from the deductions which some have drawn from the configuration of the islands ‘Antillia’ and ‘De la man Satanaxio’—(two islands on its western verge)—that they represent Pre-Columbian discovery of South and North America.” Humboldt (“Crit. Untersuchungen,” I. 413, 416) has discussed the question, and pointed out that one island, “Antillia,” had earlier appeared on a map of 1425, and D’Avezac finds even earlier references to the same island.

In Justin Winsor’s description of Dr. John G. Kohl’s collection of early maps (“Harvard Univ. Bulletin,” Vol. III. pp. 175–176), it mentions that the original of Andrea Bianco’s Map of the World A.D. 1436, which is now in Venice, was copied by Joachim Lelewell (“Géographie du Moyen Age,” Pl. XXXII), and also in M. F. de Barros de Santarem’s “Essai sur l’histoire de la cosmographie et de la cartographie” (Pls. XXIII, XLIII). Reference is also made to this in Winsor’s “Bibliography of Ptolemy’s Geography,” sub[63] anno 1478. Mr. Winsor adds: “Bianco’s views are significant in early American cartography because of the conclusions some have drawn from the shapes of the islands ‘Antillia’ and ‘De la man Satanaxio’—(two islands on its western edge)—suggesting they indicate pre-Columbian discoveries of South and North America.” Humboldt (“Crit. Untersuchungen,” I. 413, 416) discussed this issue and pointed out that one island, “Antillia,” had previously appeared on a map from 1425, and D’Avezac finds even earlier mentions of the same island.

To Andrea Bianco may be ascribed the best of all known forms of wind-roses. Admiral L. Fincati illustrates, in his well-known pamphlet “Il Magnete, la Calamita e la Bussola,” Rome, 1878, all the best-known examples from 1426 to 1612, those of Bianco having upon them either the fleur de lys (referred to at A.D. 1327–1377) or the letter T[symbol], or designs of a triangle or trident, to indicate the north, whilst the east is designated by a cross, in same manner as shown in the 1426 Giraldi and the Oliva 1612–1613.[24]

To Andrea Bianco we can credit the best-known types of wind roses. Admiral L. Fincati showcases, in his famous pamphlet “Il Magnete, la Calamita e la Bussola,” Rome, 1878, all the most recognized examples from 1426 to 1612, with Bianco's having either the fleur de lys (noted between A.D. 1327–1377) or the letter T[symbol], or designs of a triangle or trident to indicate the north, while the east is marked by a cross, in the same way as depicted in the 1426 Giraldi and the Oliva 1612–1613.[24]

For other forms and accounts of these rose-of-the-winds or compass cards, it would be well to consult more particularly Nordenskiöld, Nils Adolf Erik (1832–1901), “Periplus” (1897), as well as his “Facsimile Atlas” published eight years previously; Pedro de Medina, “Arte de Navegar”; Francesco Da Buti, “Comment, sopra la Div. Com.”; Simon Stevin’s “Haven-finding Art”; Athan. Kircher, “Magnes, sive de Arte Magnetica”; and Guillaume de Nautonniez, “Mécométrie de l’Eymant ... déclinaison guideymant pour tous les lieux ...” published 1602–1604.[25]

For other versions and accounts of these rose-of-the-winds or compass cards, it would be good to refer to Nils Adolf Erik Nordenskiöld (1832–1901), “Periplus” (1897), as well as his “Facsimile Atlas” published eight years earlier; Pedro de Medina, “Arte de Navegar”; Francesco Da Buti, “Comment, sopra la Div. Com.”; Simon Stevin’s “Haven-finding Art”; Athan. Kircher, “Magnes, sive de Arte Magnetica”; and Guillaume de Nautonniez, “Mécométrie de l’Eymant ... déclinaison guideymant pour tous les lieux ...” published 1602–1604.[25]

[64]

[64]

References.—“Biog. Gen.,” Vol. V. pp. 922–923, Mazzuchelli, “Scrittori d’ Italia”; “New Int. Encycl.,” New York, 1902–1903, Vol. II. p. 796; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. II. p. 672; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1859, Vol. V. p. 55; Johnson’s “New Univ. Cycl.,” 1878, Vol. III. p. 230; “Der Atlas des Andrea Bianco vom Jahre 1436 of Oscar Peschel,” Venedig, 1869; Justin Winsor, “Narrative and Critical Hist. of America,” Boston, 1889, Vol. I. pp. 50–56, 114, 117; “Formaleoni, saggio sulla nautica antica de Veneziani,” Venez., 1783, pp. 51–59 (Libri, “Hist. des. Math.,” Vol. III).

References.—“Biog. Gen.,” Vol. V. pp. 922–923, Mazzuchelli, “Scrittori d’ Italia”; “New Int. Encycl.,” New York, 1902–1903, Vol. II. p. 796; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. II. p. 672; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1859, Vol. V. p. 55; Johnson’s “New Univ. Cycl.,” 1878, Vol. III. p. 230; “Der Atlas des Andrea Bianco vom Jahre 1436 of Oscar Peschel,” Venice, 1869; Justin Winsor, “Narrative and Critical Hist. of America,” Boston, 1889, Vol. I. pp. 50–56, 114, 117; “Formaleoni, saggio sulla nautica antica de Veneziani,” Venice, 1783, pp. 51–59 (Libri, “Hist. des. Math.,” Vol. III).

A.D. 1490–1541.—Paracelsus (Aureolus Theophrastus)—the assumed name of Philippus Aureolus Theophrastus Bombast von Hohenheim—a native of Switzerland, admitted by unprejudiced writers to have been one of the greatest chemists of his time (Hemmann, “Medico—Sur. Essays,” Berlin, 1778). The author of “Isis Unveiled” states that he made use of electro-magnetism three centuries before Prof. Oersted’s discovery, and that he rediscovered the occult properties of the magnet, “the bone of Horus,” which, twelve centuries before his time, had played such an important part in the theurgic mysteries, thus very naturally becoming the founder of the school of magnetism and of mediæval magico-theury. But Mesmer, who lived nearly three hundred years after him, and as a disciple of his school brought the magnetic wonders before the public, reaped the glory that was due to the fire-philosopher, while the great master died in want (“Isis Unveiled,” Vol. I. pp. 71, 72, 164).

A.D. 1490–1541.—Paracelsus (Aureolus Theophrastus)—the assumed name of Philippus Aureolus Theophrastus Bombast von Hohenheim—a native of Switzerland, recognized by unbiased writers as one of the greatest chemists of his time (Hemmann, “Medico—Sur. Essays,” Berlin, 1778). The author of “Isis Unveiled” claims that he used electro-magnetism three centuries before Professor Oersted’s discovery, and that he rediscovered the hidden properties of the magnet, “the bone of Horus,” which, twelve centuries before him, had played a significant role in the theurgic mysteries, thus naturally becoming the founder of the school of magnetism and of medieval magico-theurgy. However, Mesmer, who lived nearly three hundred years later and was a disciple of his school, brought the magnetic wonders to the public eye and received the credit that should have gone to the fire-philosopher, while the great master died in poverty (“Isis Unveiled,” Vol. I. pp. 71, 72, 164).

Madame Blavatsky further adds (Vol. I. p. 167) that the full views of Paracelsus on the occult properties of the magnet are explained partially in his famous book “Archidoxorum,” wherein he describes the wonderful tincture, a medicine extracted from the magnet, and called “Magisterium Magnetis,” and partially in the “De Ente Dei” and “De Ente Astrorum,” lib. i.

Madame Blavatsky also points out (Vol. I. p. 167) that Paracelsus's complete views on the occult properties of magnets are partly detailed in his well-known book “Archidoxorum,” where he discusses the amazing tincture, a medicine derived from the magnet, referred to as “Magisterium Magnetis,” and also in “De Ente Dei” and “De Ente Astrorum,” book i.

Christopher Columbus. Photographic reproduction of his letter, March 21st, 1502, to Nicolo Oderigo, Ambassador to France and to Spain, which was acquired by the King of Sardinia and presented by him to the City of Genoa.

Christopher Columbus. A photographic reproduction of his letter, March 21, 1502, to Nicolo Oderigo, Ambassador to France and Spain, which was obtained by the King of Sardinia and presented by him to the City of Genoa.

It is now preserved in the Palace of the Genoese Municipality.

It is now kept in the Palace of the Genoese Municipality.

Christopher Columbus. Translation of the letter written by him to Nicolo Oderigo, shown opposite; made into English by Mr. G. A. Barwick, B.A., of the British Museum. Permission to reproduce both original letter and its translation was given by Messrs. B. F. Stevens & Brown, London.

Christopher Columbus. Translation of the letter he wrote to Nicolo Oderigo, shown opposite; translated into English by Mr. G. A. Barwick, B.A., of the British Museum. Permission to reproduce both the original letter and its translation was granted by Messrs. B. F. Stevens & Brown, London.

Señor,—La soledad en que nos habeys desado non se puede dezir. El libro de mys escrituras, di amiçer Françisco de Ribarol, para que os le enbie, con otro traslado de cartas mesajeras. Del recabdo y el lugar que porneys en ello, os pido por merçed que lo escrivays aDon Diego. Otro tal se acabara, y se os enbiara por la mesma guisa, y el mesmo miçer Françisco: en ello fallereys escritura nueba. Sus Altezas me prometieron de me dar todo lo que me pertençe y de poner [en] posesion de todo aDon Diego como veyreys. Al Señor mi[çe]r Juan Luys y ala Señora madona Catalina escrivo. La carta va con esta. Yo estoy de partida en nonbre de la Santa Trinidad con el primer buen tienpo, con mucho atabio. Si Geronimo de Santi Esteban viene debeme esperar y no se enb[ali]jar con nada por que tomar[a]n del lo que pudieren y despues le desaran en blanco. Venga aca y el Rey y la Reyna le recibiran fasta que yo venga. Nuestro Señor os aya en su santa guardia. Fecha a xxi de março en Sebilla 1502.

Sir, the loneliness you've left us in is hard to express. I’ve given my book of writings to my friend Francisco de Ribarol to send it to you, along with another copy of messenger letters. Regarding the recovery and the location you mentioned, I kindly ask you to write to Don Diego about it. Another will be finished and sent to you in the same way, by the same Mr. Francisco; in that, you will find new writings. Their Highnesses promised to give me everything that belongs to me and to put Don Diego in possession of everything as you see fit. I am writing to Mr. Juan Luys and to Madam Catalina. The letter accompanies this one. I am about to depart in the name of the Holy Trinity as soon as the weather is good, with much commotion. If Geronimo de Santi Esteban comes, I should wait for him and not get involved with anything because they will take whatever they can and then leave him empty-handed. He should come here, and the King and Queen will receive him until I arrive. May our Lord keep you in His holy protection. Dated March 21, 1502, in Seville.

Alo que mandardes,

Whatever you send,

·S·

·S·

·S· A ·S·

·S.A.S·

X M Y

X M Y

X[-p]o FERENS.

X[-p]o FERENS.

Sir,—The loneliness in which you have left us cannot be told. I have given the book of my writings to Messer Francesco di Rivarola, in order that he may send it to you, with another transcript of letters missive. Respecting the receipt thereof, and the place in which you will put it, I beg you to be so good as to write to Don Diego. Another similar one shall be finished and sent to you in the same manner, and by the same Messer Francesco; you will find a new writing in it. Their Highnesses made me a promise to give me all that belongs to me, and to put Don Diego into possession of everything, as you will see. I am writing to Messer Gian Luigi and to the Signora my Lady Caterina; the letter is going with this one. I am on the point of setting out, in the name of the Holy Trinity, with the first fine weather, with a great equipment. If Girolamo da Santo-Stefano comes, he must wait for me, and not burden himself with anything, because they will take from him whatever they can, and will then leave him bare. Let him come hither, and the King and Queen will receive him until I arrive. May Our Lord have you in his holy keeping. Done on the 21st of March, in Seville, 1502.

Sir, The loneliness you've left us in is hard to express. I've given my collection of writings to Messer Francesco di Rivarola so he can send it to you, along with another set of letters. Please be so kind as to write to Don Diego about receiving it and where you plan to keep it. I'll finish another similar one to send to you in the same way, via Messer Francesco, and you'll find some new writing in it. Their Highnesses promised me everything that belongs to me and to put Don Diego in charge of all of it, as you will see. I'm also writing to Messer Gian Luigi and to Lady Caterina; that letter is included with this one. I'm about to set out, in the name of the Holy Trinity, as soon as the weather is good, with great preparations. If Girolamo da Santo-Stefano comes, he should wait for me and not take on too much, as they will take whatever they can from him and leave him with nothing. Let him come here, and the King and Queen will take care of him until I arrive. May Our Lord keep you safe. Done on the 21st of March, in Seville, 1502.

At your command

At your service

·S·

·S·

·S· A ·S·

·S· A ·S·

X M Y

X M Y

Xp̄o FERENS.

Xp̄o FERENS.

In the words of Paracelsus, we give the following extracts concerning the loadstone, taken from “The Hermetic and Alchemical Writings ...” by A. E. Waite, London, 1894:

In the words of Paracelsus, we provide the following excerpts about the loadstone, taken from “The Hermetic and Alchemical Writings ...” by A. E. Waite, London, 1894:

Vol. I. p. 17.—“The adamant. A black crystal called ... Evax ... is dissolved in the blood of a goat.”

Vol. I. p. 17.—“The adamant. A black crystal called ... Evax ... is dissolved in the blood of a goat.”

[65]

[65]

“The magnet. Is an iron stone, and so attracts iron to itself. Fortified by experience.... I affirm that the magnet ... not only attracts steel and iron, but also has the same power over the matter of all diseases in the whole body of man.”

“The magnet is an iron stone that attracts iron to itself. Based on experience, I affirm that the magnet not only attracts steel and iron but also has the same effect on all diseases in the human body.”

Vol. I. pp. 132 and 145.—“A magnet touched by mercury or anointed with mercurial oil, never afterwards attracts iron ... same if steeped in garlic....”

Vol. I. pp. 132 and 145.—“A magnet that comes in contact with mercury or is coated with mercurial oil never attracts iron again ... the same happens if it’s soaked in garlic....”

Vol. I. p. 136.—“The life of the magnet is the spirit of iron which can be taken away by rectified vinum ardens itself or by spirit of wine.”

Vol. I. p. 136.—“The life of the magnet is the essence of iron, which can be removed by distilled burning wine itself or by alcohol.”

Vol. II. p. 59.—“Wherever the magnet has grown—there, a certain attractive power exists, just as colocynth is purgative and the poppy is anodyne....”

Vol. II. p. 59.—“Wherever the magnet has formed—there, a certain attractive power is present, just like how colocynth is a laxative and the poppy is pain-relieving....”

Mr. A. E. Waite says (Vol. II. p. 3) that the ten books of Paracelsus’ Archidoxies stand in the same relation to Hermetic Medicine as the nine books Concerning the Nature of Things stand to Hermetic Chemistry and to the science of metallic transmutation.

Mr. A. E. Waite says (Vol. II. p. 3) that the ten books of Paracelsus’ Archidoxies relate to Hermetic Medicine in the same way that the nine books Concerning the Nature of Things relate to Hermetic Chemistry and the science of metallic transmutation.

References.—Biography of Paracelsus, in Larousse, “Dict Univ.,” Vol. XII. pp. 171–172, in F. Hartmann, 1887, and in the ninth ed. of the “Encycl. Brit.,” Vol. XVIII. pp. 234–236; Van Swinden, “Recueil,” etc., La Haye, 1784, Vol. I. pp. 356–358; Gilbert, “De Magnete,” Book I. chaps. i. and xiv., also Book II. chap. xxv.; “Journal des Savants” for November 1849; Walton and Cotton, “Complete Angler,” New York and London, 1847, pp. 212–213, for notes regarding Paracelsus, Robert Fludd, Jacob Behmen and the Rosicrucians; “Dictionnaire Historique de la Médecine,” N. F. Eloy, Mons, 1778, Vol. III. pp. 461–471; “History and Heroes of the Art of Medicine,” J. Rutherfurd Russell, London, 1861, pp. 157–175; “Histoire Philosophique de la Médecine,” Etienne Tourtelle, Paris, An. XII. (1804) Vol. II. pp. 326–346; “History of Magic,” Joseph Ennemoser, London, 1854, Vol. II. pp. 229–241.

References.—Biography of Paracelsus, in Larousse, “Dict Univ.,” Vol. XII. pp. 171–172, in F. Hartmann, 1887, and in the ninth ed. of the “Encycl. Brit.,” Vol. XVIII. pp. 234–236; Van Swinden, “Recueil,” etc., La Haye, 1784, Vol. I. pp. 356–358; Gilbert, “De Magnete,” Book I. chaps. i. and xiv., also Book II. chap. xxv.; “Journal des Savants” for November 1849; Walton and Cotton, “Complete Angler,” New York and London, 1847, pp. 212–213, for notes regarding Paracelsus, Robert Fludd, Jacob Behmen and the Rosicrucians; “Dictionnaire Historique de la Médecine,” N. F. Eloy, Mons, 1778, Vol. III. pp. 461–471; “History and Heroes of the Art of Medicine,” J. Rutherfurd Russell, London, 1861, pp. 157–175; “Histoire Philosophique de la Médecine,” Etienne Tourtelle, Paris, An. XII. (1804) Vol. II. pp. 326–346; “History of Magic,” Joseph Ennemoser, London, 1854, Vol. II. pp. 229–241.

At p. 55 of the first supplement to “Select. Bibliog. of Chemistry,” by H. C. Bolton, Washington, 1899, mention is made of the Paracelsus Library belonging to the late E. Schuberth of Frankfort-on-the-Main ... as containing 194 titles of works on Paracelsus and 548 titles of works relating to Paracelsus and his doctrines; the section on Alchemy embracing as many as 351 titles.

At page 55 of the first supplement to “Select. Bibliog. of Chemistry” by H. C. Bolton, Washington, 1899, it mentions the Paracelsus Library that belonged to the late E. Schuberth of Frankfort-on-the-Main. This library contains 194 titles of works on Paracelsus and 548 titles of works relating to Paracelsus and his teachings, with the section on Alchemy including as many as 351 titles.

A.D. 1492.—Columbus, Colombo, Colon (Christopher), the discoverer of America., is the first to determine astronomically the position of a line of no magnetic variation (on which the needle points to the true north) the merit of which discovery has, by Livio Sanuto, been erroneously attributed to Sebastian Cabot. (Livio Sanuto, “Geographia distincta in XII libri ...” wherein the whole of Book I is given to reported observations of the compass and to accounts of different navigators.)

A.D. 1492.—Columbus, Colombo, Colon (Christopher), the discoverer of America, is the first to astronomically determine the position of a line of no magnetic variation (where the needle points to true north). This discovery has been mistakenly credited to Sebastian Cabot by Livio Sanuto. (Livio Sanuto, “Geographia distincta in XII libri ...” where Book I is dedicated to reported observations of the compass and accounts of various navigators.)

Columbus did not, as many imagine, make the first observations of the existence of magnetic variation, for this is set down upon the charts of Andrea Bianco, but he was the first who remarked, on the 13th of September, 1492, that “2½ degrees east of the island of[66] Corvo, in the Azores, the magnetic variation changed and passed from N.E. to N.W.” Washington Irving thus describes the discovery (“History ... Ch. Columbus,” Paris, 1829, Vol. I. p. 198): “On the 13th of September, in the evening, being about two hundred leagues from the island of Ferro (the smallest of the Canaries), Columbus, for the first time, noticed the variation of the needle, a phenomenon which had never before been remarked. He perceived, about nightfall, that the needle, instead of pointing to the North Star, varied about half a point, or between five and six degrees to the north-west, and still more on the following morning. Struck with this circumstance, he observed it attentively for three days and found that the variation increased as he advanced. He at first made no mention of this phenomenon, knowing how ready his people were to take alarm; but it soon attracted the attention of the pilots, and filled them with consternation. It seemed as if the laws of nature were changing as they advanced, and that they were entering into another world, subject to unknown influences (Las Casas, ‘Hist. Ind.,’ l. i. c. 6). They apprehended that the compass was about to lose its mysterious virtues; and, without that guide, what was to become of them in a vast and trackless ocean? Columbus tasked his science and ingenuity for reasons with which to allay their terrors. He told them that the direction of the needle was not to the polar star but to some fixed and invisible point. The variation, therefore, was not caused by any fallacy in the compass, but by the movement of the North Star itself, which, like the other heavenly bodies, had its changes and revolutions, and every day described a circle around the pole. The high opinion that the pilots entertained of Columbus as a profound astronomer gave weight to his theory, and their alarm subsided.”

Columbus did not, as many believe, make the first observations of magnetic variation, as this is noted on the charts of Andrea Bianco. However, he was the first to notice, on September 13, 1492, that “2½ degrees east of the island of [66] Corvo, in the Azores, the magnetic variation changed and shifted from N.E. to N.W.” Washington Irving describes the discovery this way in his “History ... Ch. Columbus” (Paris, 1829, Vol. I. p. 198): “On the evening of September 13, when he was about two hundred leagues from the island of Ferro (the smallest of the Canaries), Columbus first noticed the variation of the compass needle, a phenomenon that had never been observed before. He saw, around nightfall, that the needle, instead of pointing to the North Star, varied about half a point, or between five and six degrees to the northwest, and even more the following morning. Surprised by this, he watched it closely for three days and found that the variation increased as he traveled. At first, he didn’t mention this phenomenon, knowing how easily his crew could panic; but it soon caught the attention of the pilots and filled them with dread. It felt like the laws of nature were changing as they moved forward, as if they were entering a different world, influenced by unknown forces (Las Casas, ‘Hist. Ind.,’ l. i. c. 6). They feared that the compass was about to lose its mysterious properties; without that guidance, what would happen to them in a vast and directionless ocean? Columbus used his knowledge and creativity to calm their fears. He told them that the needle pointed not to the North Star but to some fixed and unseen point. Thus, the variation wasn’t due to any issue with the compass, but rather the movement of the North Star itself, which, like other heavenly bodies, underwent changes and revolved around the pole daily. The high regard that the pilots had for Columbus as an expert astronomer lent credibility to his explanation, and their panic faded.”

Humboldt says: “We can, with much certainty, fix upon three places in the Atlantic line of no declination for the 13th of September, 1492, the 21st of May, 1496 and the 16th of August, 1498.”

Humboldt says: “We can confidently identify three locations in the Atlantic line of no declination for September 13, 1492, May 21, 1496, and August 16, 1498.”

References.—“Columbus and his Discoveries,” in the “Narrative and Critical History of America,” by Justin Winsor, Boston, 1889, Vol. II. pp. 1–92; “Christopher Columbus, His life, work ...” by John Boyd Thacher, 1903; Giov. Bat. Ramusio, “Terzo volume delle Navigationi e Viaggi ...” 1556; Dr. Geo. Miller, “History Phil. Illust.,” London, 1849, Vol. II. pp. 216–219; David Hume, “History of England,” London, 1822, Vol. III. pp. 387–398; Guillaume Libri, “Histoire des Sciences Mathématiques en Italie,” Halle, 1865, Vol. III. pp. 68–85; “Columbus, a Critical Study,” by Henry Vignaud, London, 1903; Weld, “Hist. Royal Society,” Vol. II. p. 429; Thos. Browne, “Pseudodox. Epid.,” 1658, Book II. pp. 68–69; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1849, Vol. I. p. 174; Vol. II. pp. 636, 654–657, 671–672, and Vol. V. (1859) pp. 55–56, 116; Knight, “Mech. Dict.,” Vol. II., pp. 1374, 1397; Poggendorff, “Geschichte der Physik,” Leipzig, 1879, p. 270; “Raccolta di documenti e studi publicati della R. Com. Columb. pel 40 Centenario[67] alla scoperta dell’America,” Roma, 1892; Humboldt, “Examen Critique ... progrès de l’astronomie nautique,” Paris, 1836, Vol. I. pp. 262–272, etc.

References.—“Columbus and his Discoveries,” in the “Narrative and Critical History of America,” by Justin Winsor, Boston, 1889, Vol. II. pp. 1–92; “Christopher Columbus, His life, work ...” by John Boyd Thacher, 1903; Giov. Bat. Ramusio, “Third Volume of Navigations and Travels ...” 1556; Dr. Geo. Miller, “History Phil. Illust.,” London, 1849, Vol. II. pp. 216–219; David Hume, “History of England,” London, 1822, Vol. III. pp. 387–398; Guillaume Libri, “History of Mathematical Sciences in Italy,” Halle, 1865, Vol. III. pp. 68–85; “Columbus, a Critical Study,” by Henry Vignaud, London, 1903; Weld, “Hist. Royal Society,” Vol. II. p. 429; Thos. Browne, “Pseudodoxia Epidemica,” 1658, Book II. pp. 68–69; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1849, Vol. I. p. 174; Vol. II. pp. 636, 654–657, 671–672, and Vol. V. (1859) pp. 55–56, 116; Knight, “Mechanical Dictionary,” Vol. II., pp. 1374, 1397; Poggendorff, “History of Physics,” Leipzig, 1879, p. 270; “Collection of documents and studies published by the Royal Committee Columbus for the 40th Anniversary of the Discovery of America,” Rome, 1892; Humboldt, “Critical Examination ... progress of Nautical Astronomy,” Paris, 1836, Vol. I. pp. 262–272, etc.

It may be worth noting here that the ashes of Columbus, removed from the Cathedral of Havana, were placed in a mausoleum at Seville, November 17, 1902 (“Science,” Dec. 12, 1902, p. 958).

It’s worth mentioning that Columbus's ashes, which were taken from the Cathedral of Havana, were put in a mausoleum in Seville on November 17, 1902 (“Science,” Dec. 12, 1902, p. 958).

Amongst the numerous claimants to the discovery of America, some have placed the great navigator Martin Behaim—Behem—(1430–1506), who received his instruction from the learned John Müller (Regiomontanus) and became one of the most learned geographers as well as the very best chart maker of his age. Cellarius, Riccioli and other writers assert that Behaim had, before Columbus, visited the American Continent, while Stuvenius shows, in his treatise “De vero novi orbis inventore,” that the islands of America and the strait of Magalhæns were accurately traced upon the very celebrated globe called the “World Apple” completed by Behaim in the year 1492, and which is still to be seen in Behaim’s native city of Nürnberg.[26] (See Mr. Otto’s letter to Dr. Franklin, in the second volume of the “Transactions of the American Philosophical Society held at Philadelphia for promoting useful knowledge,” likewise Humboldt, “Examen critique de l’histoire de la Géographie,” Vol. II. pp. 357–369; “The Reliquary,” London, Vol. VI. N.S. Jan.-Oct. 1892, pp. 215–229; Justin Winsor, “Narrative and Critical History of America,” Boston 1889, Vol. II. pp. 104–105; “Geogr. Jour.,” Vol. V. March 1895, p. 228.)

Among the many contenders for the discovery of America, some have highlighted the great navigator Martin Behaim—Behem—(1430–1506), who learned from the knowledgeable John Müller (Regiomontanus) and became one of the most educated geographers as well as the finest chart maker of his time. Cellarius, Riccioli, and other authors argue that Behaim visited the American Continent before Columbus, while Stuvenius demonstrates in his treatise “De vero novi orbis inventore” that the islands of America and the strait of Magalhãns were accurately depicted on the famous globe known as the “World Apple,” completed by Behaim in 1492, and which is still displayed in Behaim’s hometown of Nürnberg.[26] (See Mr. Otto’s letter to Dr. Franklin, in the second volume of the “Transactions of the American Philosophical Society held at Philadelphia for promoting useful knowledge,” as well as Humboldt, “Examen critique de l’histoire de la Géographie,” Vol. II. pp. 357–369; “The Reliquary,” London, Vol. VI. N.S. Jan.-Oct. 1892, pp. 215–229; Justin Winsor, “Narrative and Critical History of America,” Boston 1889, Vol. II. pp. 104–105; “Geogr. Jour.,” Vol. V. March 1895, p. 228.)

It was this same Martin Behaim (Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1860, Vol. II. p. 255) who received a charge from King John II of Portugal to compute tables for the sun’s declination and to teach pilots how to “navigate by the altitudes of the sun and stars.” It cannot now be decided whether at the close of the fifteenth century the use of the log was known as a means of estimating the distance traversed while the direction is indicated by the compass; but it is certain that the distinguished voyager Francisco Antonio Pigafetta (1491–1534) the friend and companion of Magellan—Magalhæns—speaks of the log (la catena a poppa) as of a well-known means of measuring the course passed over. Nothing is to be found regarding way-measurers in the literature of the Middle Ages until we come to the period of several “books of nautical instruction,” written or printed by this same Pigafetta (“Trattato di Navigazione,” probably before 1530); by Francisco Falero, a brother of Ruy Falero, the astronomer (“Regimiento para observar la longitud[68] en la mar,” 1535); by Pedro da Medina, of Seville (“Arte de Navegar,” 1545); by Martin Cortez, of Bujalaroz (“Breve Compendio de la esfera, y de la arte de navegar,” 1551), and by Andres Garcia de Cespedes (“Regimiento de Navigacion y Hidrografia,” 1606). From almost all these works—some of which, if not all, have naturally become very scarce—as well as from the “Summa de Geografia” which Martin Fernandez de Enciso had published in 1519, we learn most distinctly that the “distance sailed over” was then ascertained in Spanish and Portuguese ships not by any distinct measurement, but only through estimation of the eye, according to certain established principles. Medina says (lib. iii. caps. 11–12): “In order to know the course of the ship, as to the length of distance passed over, the pilot must set down in his register how much distance the vessel hath made according to hours (i. e. guided by the hour-glass, ampoleta); and, for this, he must know that the most a ship advances in an hour is four miles, and, with feebler breezes, three or only two.” Cespedes, in his “Regimiento” (pp. 99 and 156) calls this mode of proceeding echar punto por fantasia, and he justly remarks that if great errors are to be avoided, this fantasia must depend on the pilot’s knowledge of the qualities of his ship. Columbus, Juan de la Cosa, Sebastian Cabot and Vasco da Gama, were not acquainted with the log and its mode of application, and they all estimated the ship’s speed merely by the eye, while they ascertained the distance they had made merely through the running down of the sand in the glasses known as ampoletas.

It was the same Martin Behaim (Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1860, Vol. II. p. 255) who was tasked by King John II of Portugal to create tables for the sun’s declination and to teach pilots how to “navigate using the altitudes of the sun and stars.” It's unclear whether the log was known at the end of the fifteenth century as a way to estimate the distance traveled while the direction was shown by the compass; however, it is clear that the renowned voyager Francisco Antonio Pigafetta (1491–1534), a friend and companion of Magellan—Magalhãns—referred to the log (la catena a poppa) as a commonly known method of measuring the distance covered. There is no mention of way-measurers in medieval literature until we reach the era of several “books of nautical instruction,” written or printed by Pigafetta himself (“Trattato di Navigazione,” likely before 1530); by Francisco Falero, brother of the astronomer Ruy Falero (“Regimiento para observar la longitud[68] en la mar,” 1535); by Pedro da Medina from Seville (“Arte de Navegar,” 1545); by Martin Cortez from Bujalaroz (“Breve Compendio de la esfera, y de la arte de navegar,” 1551); and by Andres Garcia de Cespedes (“Regimiento de Navigacion y Hidrografia,” 1606). From nearly all these works—some of which, if not all, have become quite rare—and from the “Summa de Geografia” published by Martin Fernandez de Enciso in 1519, we clearly learn that the “distance sailed” was then determined on Spanish and Portuguese ships not by precise measurements, but rather through visual estimations based on established principles. Medina states (lib. iii. caps. 11–12): “To know the ship’s course regarding the length of distance covered, the pilot must record in his log how much distance the vessel has made according to hours (i. e. guided by the hour-glass, ampoleta); and for this, he must understand that the furthest a ship can go in an hour is four miles, and with lighter winds, three or even only two.” Cespedes, in his “Regimiento” (pp. 99 and 156), refers to this method as echar punto por fantasia, and he rightly notes that to avoid significant errors, this fantasia must rely on the pilot’s understanding of his ship’s capabilities. Columbus, Juan de la Cosa, Sebastian Cabot, and Vasco da Gama were unaware of the log and its methods, and they all gauged the ship’s speed simply by sight, while they determined how far they had traveled merely by the sand running out in the glasses known as ampoletas.

References.—For F. A. Pigafetta, for Petro de Medina and for Martin Cortez, Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Génér.,” Vol. I. pt. ii. pp. 1221–1223; “New Gen. Biog. Dict.,” Jas. Rose, London, 1850, Vol. XI. p. 113; “Biog. Univ.” (Michaud), Vol. XXXIII. p. 297; “Grand Dict. Univ.” (Larousse), Vol. XII. p. 999; “Nouv Biog. Gen.” (Hœfer), Vol. XL. p. 207. Also Dr. G. Hellmann’s “Neudrucke,” 1898, No. 10, for reproduction of Francisco Falero’s “Tratato del Esphera y del arte del marear” (Del Nordestear de las Agujas), 1535, as well as for reproduction of Martin Cortez’ “Breve Compendio” (De la piedra Yman), 1551.

Sources.—For F. A. Pigafetta, Petro de Medina, and Martin Cortez, see Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Génér.,” Vol. I. pt. ii. pp. 1221–1223; “New Gen. Biog. Dict.,” Jas. Rose, London, 1850, Vol. XI. p. 113; “Biog. Univ.” (Michaud), Vol. XXXIII. p. 297; “Grand Dict. Univ.” (Larousse), Vol. XII. p. 999; “Nouv Biog. Gen.” (Hœfer), Vol. XL. p. 207. Also refer to Dr. G. Hellmann’s “Neudrucke,” 1898, No. 10, for the reproduction of Francisco Falero’s “Tratato del Esphera y del arte del marear” (Del Nordestear de las Agujas), 1535, as well as for the reproduction of Martin Cortez’ “Breve Compendio” (De la piedra Yman), 1551.

A.D. 1497.—Gama (Vasco or Vasquez da), celebrated Portuguese navigator, is known positively to have made use of the compass during the voyage he undertook this year to the Indies. He says that he found the pilots of the Indian Ocean making ready use of the magnet. The first book of the history of Portugal by Jerome Osorius—wherein he gives (pp. 23–24, Book I. paragraph 15, 1581 ed.) a very extended “description de l’aiguille marine, invention des plus belles et utiles du monde”—states that, instead of a needle, they used a small magnetized iron plate, which was suspended like the needle of the Europeans, but which showed imperfectly the north.

A.D. 1497.—Gama (Vasco or Vasquez da), the famous Portuguese navigator, is clearly known to have used the compass during his voyage to the Indies this year. He mentioned that he discovered the pilots of the Indian Ocean making regular use of the magnet. The first book of the history of Portugal by Jerome Osorius—where he provides (pp. 23–24, Book I. paragraph 15, 1581 ed.) a detailed “description of the marine needle, one of the most beautiful and useful inventions in the world”—states that, instead of a needle, they used a small magnetized iron plate, which was suspended like the needle of Europeans but did not point north accurately.

[69]

[69]

Gilbert says (“De Magnete,” Book IV. chap. xiii.) that, as the Portuguese did not rightly understand the construction and use of the compass, some of their observations are untrustworthy and that in consequence various opinions exist relative to magnetic variation. For example, the Portuguese navigator Roderigues de Lazos—Lagos—takes it to be one-half point off the Island of St. Helena; the Dutch, in their nautical journal, make it one point there; Kendall, an expert English navigator, makes it only one-sixth of a point, using a true meridional compass. Diego Alfonso finds no variation at a point a little south-east of Cape das Agulhas,[27] and, by the astrolabe, shows that the compass points due north and south at Cape das Agulhas if it be of the Portuguese style, in which the variation is one-half point to the south-east.

Gilbert says (“De Magnete,” Book IV. chap. xiii.) that since the Portuguese didn’t fully understand how to construct and use the compass, some of their observations are unreliable, leading to various opinions about magnetic variation. For instance, the Portuguese navigator Roderigues de Lazos—Lagos—believes it’s half a point off the Island of St. Helena; the Dutch, in their nautical journal, report it as one point there; Kendall, an experienced English navigator, claims it’s only one-sixth of a point using a true meridional compass. Diego Alfonso finds no variation at a point just southeast of Cape das Agulhas, and, using the astrolabe, demonstrates that the compass points directly north and south at Cape das Agulhas if it’s of the Portuguese style, which has a variation of half a point to the southeast.

References.—Azuni, “Boussole,” p. 121; Klaproth, “Boussole,” p. 64; Knight, “Mech. Dict.,” Vol. II. p. 1398; Larousse, “Dict.,” Vol. VIII. p. 977; “Voyageurs anciens et modernes” (Charton), 1855; “Le Comte Amiral D. Vasco da Gama,” par D. Maria T. da Gama, Paris, 1902.

References.—Azuni, “Boussole,” p. 121; Klaproth, “Boussole,” p. 64; Knight, “Mech. Dict.,” Vol. II. p. 1398; Larousse, “Dict.,” Vol. VIII. p. 977; “Ancient and Modern Travelers” (Charton), 1855; “Count Admiral D. Vasco da Gama,” by D. Maria T. da Gama, Paris, 1902.

A.D. 1497.—Cabot (Sebastian), a prominent English navigator, lands, June 24, 1497, on the coast of Labrador, between 56 degrees and 58 degrees north latitude.

A.D. 1497.—Cabot (Sebastian), a notable English navigator, lands on June 24, 1497, on the coast of Labrador, between 56 degrees and 58 degrees north latitude.

At p. 150 of the 1869 London edition of Mr. J. F. Nicholl’s “Life of Seb. Cabot” it is said the latter represented to the King of England that the variation of the compass was different in many places, and was not absolutely regulated by distance from any particular meridian; that he could point to a spot of no variation, and that those whom he had trained as seamen, as Richard Chancellor and Stephen Burrough, were particularly attentive to this problem, noting it at one time thrice within a short space.

At page 150 of the 1869 London edition of Mr. J. F. Nicholl’s “Life of Seb. Cabot,” it states that Cabot informed the King of England that the compass variation was different in many locations and was not strictly determined by how far one was from any specific meridian. He noted that he could identify a spot with no variation, and those he trained as sailors, like Richard Chancellor and Stephen Burrough, paid close attention to this issue, observing it three times within a short period.

References.—Richard Hakluyt, “The Principal navigations, voyages, traffiques and discoveries of the English nation,” 1599: at pp. 237–243, for the voyage of Richard Chancelor, pilote maior, and, at p. 274, for “the voyage of Steuen Burrough, master of the pinnesse called the Serchtrift”; Livio Sanuto, “Geografia,” Venice, 1588, lib. i.; Fournier, “Hydrographie,” lib. xi.; “Library of Am. Biog.,” by Jared Sparks, Boston, 1839, Vols. II and VII as per Index at pp. 318–319; “Jean et Seb. Cabot,” par Hy. Harisse, Paris, 1882; Geo. P. Winship, “The Cabot Bibliography,” London and New York, 1900; Humboldt, “Examen Critique,” Vol. IV. p. 231, and “Cosmos,” Vol. II. (1860) pp. 640, 657–658; Biddle, “Memoir of Seb. Cabot,” 1831, pp. 52–61.

Sources.—Richard Hakluyt, “The Principal navigations, voyages, traffiques and discoveries of the English nation,” 1599: at pp. 237–243, for the voyage of Richard Chancelor, pilot major, and, at p. 274, for “the voyage of Steuen Burrough, master of the pinnace called the Serchtrift”; Livio Sanuto, “Geografia,” Venice, 1588, book i.; Fournier, “Hydrographie,” book xi.; “Library of Am. Biog.,” by Jared Sparks, Boston, 1839, Vols. II and VII as per Index at pp. 318–319; “Jean et Seb. Cabot,” by Hy. Harisse, Paris, 1882; Geo. P. Winship, “The Cabot Bibliography,” London and New York, 1900; Humboldt, “Examen Critique,” Vol. IV. p. 231, and “Cosmos,” Vol. II. (1860) pp. 640, 657–658; Biddle, “Memoir of Seb. Cabot,” 1831, pp. 52–61.

A.D. 1502.—Varthema-Vertomannus (Ludovico di) leaves Europe for the Indies, as mentioned at p. 25 of his “Travels,” translated by J. Winter Jones, London, 1863, from the original “Itenerario ... ne la India ...” Milano, 1523. He states that[70] the Arabs who navigated the Red Sea were known to have long since made use of the mariner’s chart and compass, and he tells us, in the introduction and at p. 249, that “the captains carried the compass with the needle after our manner,” and that their chart was “marked with lines perpendicular and across.” When the polar star became invisible, they all asked the captain by what he could then steer them, and “he showed us four or five stars, among which there was one (B. Hydrus) which he said was opposite to (contrario della) our North Star, and that he sailed by the north because the magnet was adjusted and subjected to our north, i. e. because this compass was no doubt of European origin—its index pointing to the north, and being unlike that of the Chinese pointing to the south.”

A.D. 1502.—Ludovico di Varthema-Vertomannus leaves Europe for the Indies, as noted on page 25 of his “Travels,” translated by J. Winter Jones, London, 1863, from the original “Itenerario ... ne la India ...” Milano, 1523. He mentions that[70] the Arabs who sailed the Red Sea had long used navigational charts and compasses. In the introduction and on page 249, he describes how “the captains carried the compass with the needle as we do,” and their charts were “marked with lines both vertical and horizontal.” When the North Star was no longer visible, they all asked the captain what he would use to navigate, and “he pointed out four or five stars, one of which (B. Hydrus) he said was opposite our North Star, explaining that he sailed north because the magnet was set to our north, i.e. because this compass was clearly of European origin—its needle pointing north, unlike the Chinese compass which pointed south.”

References.—Cavallo, “Magnetism,” London, 1787, Chap. IV; also, “Hakluyt’s Collection of the early voyages, travels and discoveries,” London, 1811, Vol. IV. p. 547, for “The navigation and voyages of Lewes Vertomannus.”

Sources.—Cavallo, “Magnetism,” London, 1787, Chap. IV; also, “Hakluyt’s Collection of the early voyages, travels and discoveries,” London, 1811, Vol. IV. p. 547, for “The navigation and voyages of Lewes Vertomannus.”

A.D. 1530–1542.—Guillen (Felipe), an ingenious apothecary of Seville, and Alonzo de Santa Cruz (who was one of the instructors of mathematics to young Charles V, King of Spain and Emperor of Germany, and the Cosmografo Mayor of the Royal Department of Charts at Seville), construct variation charts and variation compasses by which solar altitudes can be taken.

A.D. 1530–1542.—Guillen (Felipe), a clever apothecary from Seville, and Alonzo de Santa Cruz (who taught math to young Charles V, King of Spain and Emperor of Germany, and was the Cosmografo Mayor of the Royal Department of Charts in Seville), create variation charts and variation compasses that can be used to measure solar altitudes.

References.—Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1849, Vol. II. p. 658, and 1859, Vol. V. p. 56; L. A. Bauer, “U. S. Magn. Tables,” 1902, p. 26.

Sources.—Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1849, Vol. II. p. 658, and 1859, Vol. V. p. 56; L. A. Bauer, “U. S. Magn. Tables,” 1902, p. 26.

Although based upon very imperfect observations, the magnetic charts thus devised by Alonzo de Santa Cruz antedate by more than one hundred and fifty years the work of Dr. Halley (at A.D. 1683).

Although based on very imperfect observations, the magnetic charts created by Alonzo de Santa Cruz are over one hundred and fifty years earlier than the work of Dr. Halley (at CE 1683).

A.D. 1544.—Hartmann (Georg) a vicar of the church of Saint Sebaldus, at Nuremberg, writes March 4, to the Duke Albrecht of Prussia, a letter which was brought to light by Moser and which reads as follows: “Besides, I find also this in the magnet, that it not only turns from the north and deflects to the east about nine degrees, more or less, as I have reported, but it points downward. This may be proved as follows: I make a needle a finger long, which stands horizontally on a pointed pivot, so that it nowhere inclines toward the earth, but stands horizontal on both sides; but, as soon as I stroke one of the ends (with the loadstone) it matters not which end it be, then the needle no longer stands horizontal, but points downward (fällt unter sich) some nine degrees, more or less. The reason why this happens I was not able to indicate to his Royal Majesty.” The above seems to establish the fact that Hartmann first observed the dip of the magnetic needle independently of Robert Norman.

A.D. 1544.—Hartmann (Georg), a vicar of Saint Sebaldus Church in Nuremberg, writes on March 4 to Duke Albrecht of Prussia. This letter, revealed by Moser, states: “Additionally, I find in the magnet that it not only turns from the north and shifts about nine degrees to the east, as I have reported, but it also points downward. This can be demonstrated as follows: I make a needle about a finger long, balanced horizontally on a pointed pivot, so that it doesn’t tilt towards the earth but remains horizontal on both sides. However, as soon as I stroke one of the ends (with the loadstone), it doesn’t matter which end it is, the needle no longer remains horizontal, but instead points downward (fällt unter sich) about nine degrees, give or take. I wasn’t able to explain to His Royal Majesty why this occurs.” This suggests that Hartmann independently observed the dip of the magnetic needle before Robert Norman.

[71]

[71]

Gilbert refers (“De Magnete,” Book I. chap. i.) to Fortunius Affaitatus—Affaydatus—an Italian physicist who, says he, has some rather silly philosophizing about the attraction of iron and of its turning to the poles, thus alluding to the latter’s small work called “Physicæ (et) ac astronomiæ (astronomicæ) considerationes,” which appeared at Venice in 1549. Nevertheless, it is a question whether Affaitatus was not actually the first to publish the declination of the magnetic needle. (“Biogr. Gén.,” Vol. I. p. 346; Mazzuchelli, “Scrittori d’Italia”; Bertelli, “Mem. sopra P. Peregrino,” p. 115; Adelung, Supplément à Jocher, “Allgem. Gelehrten-Lexicon”; Johann Lamont, “Handbuch des Magnetismus,” Leipzig, 1867, p. 425; J. C. Poggendorff, “Biogr.-Lit. Handwörterbuch,” Leipzig, 1863, Vol. I. p. 15; Michaud, “Biogr. Univ. Anc. et Mod.,” Vol. I. p. 208, Paris, 1843; Brunet, “Manuel,” Paris, 1860; “Biog. Cremonese de Lancetti”; M. le Dr. Hœfer, “Biog. Gen.,” Paris, 1852, Vol. I. p. 346.)

Gilbert mentions (“De Magnete,” Book I. chap. i.) Fortunius Affaitatus—Affaydatus—an Italian physicist who, according to him, has some rather foolish ideas about the attraction of iron and its alignment to the poles. This references Affaitatus's small work titled “Physicæ (et) ac astronomiæ (astronomicæ) considerationes,” which was published in Venice in 1549. However, there is a question of whether Affaitatus was actually the first to publish the declination of the magnetic needle. (“Biogr. Gén.,” Vol. I. p. 346; Mazzuchelli, “Scrittori d’Italia”; Bertelli, “Mem. sopra P. Peregrino,” p. 115; Adelung, Supplément à Jocher, “Allgem. Gelehrten-Lexicon”; Johann Lamont, “Handbuch des Magnetismus,” Leipzig, 1867, p. 425; J. C. Poggendorff, “Biogr.-Lit. Handwörterbuch,” Leipzig, 1863, Vol. I. p. 15; Michaud, “Biogr. Univ. Anc. et Mod.,” Vol. I. p. 208, Paris, 1843; Brunet, “Manuel,” Paris, 1860; “Biog. Cremonese de Lancetti”; M. le Dr. Hœfer, “Biog. Gen.,” Paris, 1852, Vol. I. p. 346.)

References.—Dove, “Repertorium der Physik,” Vol. II, 1838, pp. 129–130; Poggendorff, “Geschichte der Physik,” 1879, p. 273; L. Hulsius, “Descriptio et usus,” Nürnberg, 1597; “Ency. Brit.,” 1883, Vol. XV. p. 221; P. Volpicelli, “Intorno alle prime ... magnete” (Atti dell Acad. Pont. de Nuov. Lincei, XIX. pp. 205, 210).

Sources.—Dove, “Repertorium der Physik,” Vol. II, 1838, pp. 129–130; Poggendorff, “Geschichte der Physik,” 1879, p. 273; L. Hulsius, “Descriptio et usus,” Nuremberg, 1597; “Ency. Brit.,” 1883, Vol. XV, p. 221; P. Volpicelli, “Intorno alle prime ... magnete” (Atti dell Acad. Pont. de Nuov. Lincei, XIX, pp. 205, 210).

A.D. 1555.—Olaus Magnus, a native of Sweden and Archbishop of Upsala (where he died during 1568) issued in Rome his great work “Historia de Gentibus Septentrionalibus,” which, for a long time, remained the chief authority on Swedish matters. In this book, Gilbert says (“De Magnete,” lib. i. cap. 1) allusion is made to a certain magnetic island and to mountains in the north possessing such power of attraction that ships have to be constructed with wooden pegs so that as they sail by the magnetic cliffs there be no iron nails to draw out.

A.D. 1555.—Olaus Magnus, a native of Sweden and Archbishop of Upsala (where he died in 1568), published his major work “Historia de Gentibus Septentrionalibus” in Rome. For a long time, this book was the main authority on Swedish matters. In this book, Gilbert mentions (“De Magnete,” lib. i. cap. 1) a magnetic island and mountains in the north that have such a strong magnetic pull that ships have to be built with wooden pegs to avoid using iron nails that could be pulled out as they sail past the magnetic cliffs.

To this, reference is made by Thos. Browne (“Pseud. Epidem.,” 1658, Book II. p. 78) as follows: “Of rocks magnetical, there are likewise two relations; for some are delivered to be in the Indies and some in the extremity of the North and about the very pole. The Northern account is commonly ascribed unto Olaus Magnus, Archbishop of Upsala, who, out of his predecessors—Joannes, Saxo and others—compiled a history of some Northern Nations; but this assertion we have not discovered in that work of his which commonly passeth among us; and should believe his geography herein no more than that in the first line of his book, where he affirmeth that Biarmia (which is not 70 degrees in latitude) hath the pole for its zenith, and equinoctial for the horizon.”

To this, Thos. Browne refers in “Pseud. Epidem.,” 1658, Book II. p. 78, as follows: “There are also two accounts of magnetic rocks; some are said to be in the Indies and some at the far North near the pole. The Northern account is usually attributed to Olaus Magnus, the Archbishop of Upsala, who compiled a history of some Northern Nations based on his predecessors—Joannes, Saxo, and others. However, we haven't found this claim in his work that is commonly known to us, and we should consider his geography here no more trustworthy than in the first line of his book, where he asserts that Biarmia (which is not 70 degrees in latitude) has the pole as its zenith and the equinoctial as its horizon.”

In a Spanish book entitled “The Naval Theatre,” by Don Francisco de Seylas and Louera, we find two causes assigned for the[72] variation of the declination; one is “the several mines of loadstones found in the several parts of the earth ...” the other being that “there is no doubt but large rocks of loadstones may affect the needles when near them ...” (“Philos. History ... Roy. Acad. Sc. at Paris,” London, 1742, Vol. II. pp. 279–280).

In a Spanish book called “The Naval Theatre,” by Don Francisco de Seylas and Louera, we find two reasons given for the[72] variation in declination; one is “the various loads of magnetite found in different parts of the earth ...” and the other is that “there is no doubt that large deposits of magnetite can influence the needles when they are nearby ...” (“Philos. History ... Roy. Acad. Sc. at Paris,” London, 1742, Vol. II. pp. 279–280).

References.—Claudus Ptolemæus, “Geographia,” lib. vii. cap. 2 (and others named by Bertelli Barnabita at foot of p. 21 of his “Pietro Peregrino de Maricourt,” Roma, 1868, viz. Klaproth, “Lettre sur la Boussole,” Paris, 1834, p. 116; Thos. H. Martin, “Observ. et Théor. des anciens,” Rome, 1865, p. 304; Steinschneider, “Intorno. alla calamita,” Roma, 1868); also Albertus Magnus, Lugduni, 1651; Mr. (Thomas) Blundeville, “His Exercises”; Fracastorio, in the seventh chapter of his “De Sympathia et Antipathia”; F. Maurolycus, “Opuscula,” 1575, p. 122a; Lipenius, “Navigatio Salomonis Ophiritica”; Paulus Merula, “Cosmographia Generalis,” Leyden, 1605; Toussaincte de Bessard, “Dialogue de la Longitude,” Rouen, 1574; U. Aldrovandi, “Musæum Metallicum,” 1648, pp. 554, 563, wherein he alludes to the magnetic mountains spoken of by Sir John Mandeville; Ninth “Encycl. Brit.,” Vol. XVII. p. 752; also the entry at A.D. 1265–1321.

Sources.—Claudius Ptolemy, “Geography,” Book VII, Chapter 2 (and others mentioned by Bertelli Barnabita at the bottom of p. 21 of his “Pietro Peregrino de Maricourt,” Rome, 1868, including Klaproth, “Letter on the Compass,” Paris, 1834, p. 116; Thos. H. Martin, “Observations and Theories of the Ancients,” Rome, 1865, p. 304; Steinschneider, “On the Magnet,” Rome, 1868); also Albertus Magnus, Lyon, 1651; Mr. (Thomas) Blundeville, “His Exercises”; Fracastoro, in the seventh chapter of his “On Sympathy and Antipathy”; F. Maurolycus, “Opuscula,” 1575, p. 122a; Lipenius, “The Navigation of Solomon’s Ophir”; Paulus Merula, “General Cosmography,” Leiden, 1605; Toussaincte de Bessard, “Dialogue on Longitude,” Rouen, 1574; U. Aldrovandi, “Metallic Museum,” 1648, pp. 554, 563, where he references the magnetic mountains mentioned by Sir John Mandeville; Ninth “Encyclopedia Britannica,” Vol. XVII, p. 752; also the entry for A.D. 1265–1321.

A.D. 1558.—Porta (Giambattista della), Italian natural philosopher (1540–1615), carries on a series of experiments with the magnet for the purpose of communicating intelligence at a distance. Of these experiments, he gives a full account in his “Magiæ Naturalis,” the first edition of which is said to have been published at Naples when Porta was but fifteen years of age (“Encycl. Brit.,” article “Optics”). Prof. Stanley Jones says this is the earliest work in which he has found allusions to a magnetic telegraph.

A.D. 1558.—Porta (Giambattista della), an Italian natural philosopher (1540–1615), conducts a series of experiments with magnets to communicate messages over long distances. He provides a detailed account of these experiments in his book “Magiæ Naturalis,” which is believed to have been first published in Naples when Porta was just fifteen years old (“Encycl. Brit.,” article “Optics”). Professor Stanley Jones states that this is the earliest work in which he has discovered references to a magnetic telegraph.

Porta’s observations are so extraordinary—and they attracted so much attention as to justify eighteen separate editions of his work in different languages prior to the year 1600—that extracts must needs here prove interesting. They are taken out of “Natural Magick in XX Bookes by John Baptist Porta, a Neapolitaine ... London 1658,” the seventh book of which treats “Of the wonders of the loadstone.”

Porta’s observations are so remarkable—and they drew so much attention that they warranted eighteen different editions of his work in various languages before 1600—that excerpts must certainly be intriguing. They are taken from “Natural Magick in XX Bookes by John Baptist Porta, a Neapolitan ... London 1658,” the seventh book of which discusses “The Wonders of the Loadstone.”

Proem: “And to a friend that is at a far distance from us and fast shut up in prison, we may relate our minds; which I doubt not may be done by two mariner’s compasses, having the alphabet writ about them ...”

Proem: “And to a friend who is far away from us and locked up in prison, we can share our thoughts; which I’m sure can be done using two mariner’s compasses, with the alphabet written around them...”

Chap. I (alluding to the loadstone):

Chap. I (alluding to the loadstone):

“The Greeks do call it Magnes from the place,
For that the Magnet’s hand it doth embrace.”

Nicander thinks the stone was so called—and so doth Pliny—from one Magnes, a shepherd.

Nicander believes the stone got its name—from one Magnes, a shepherd—and so does Pliny.

In Chap. XVIII he states that “the situation makes the Vertues of the Stone contrary ... for the stone put above the table will do one thing, and another thing if it be put under the table ... that[73] part that drew above will drive off beneath; and that will draw beneath that drove off above: that is, if you place the stone above and beneath in a perpendicular.”

In Chapter XVIII, he says that “the position makes the qualities of the Stone opposite... because when the stone is placed above the table, it will act one way, and if it's placed under the table, it will act another way... the part that is attracted above will push away below; and what is drawn below will repel what is above: that is, if you position the stone above and below in a straight line.”

In Chap. XXV, in allusion to “a long concatenation of iron rings,” he thus quotes Lucretius:

In Chap. XXV, referring to “a long chain of iron rings,” he quotes Lucretius like this:

“A stone there is that men admire much
That makes rings hang in chains by touch.
Sometimes five or six links will be
Fast joyn’d together and agree.
All this vertue from the Stone ariseth,
Such force it hath ...”

Chap. XXVII alludes to the Statue hung by Dinocrates: “... but that is false, that Mahomet’s chest hangs by the roof of the Temple. Petrus Pellegrinus saith, he shewed in another work how that might be done: but that work is not to be found.... But I say it may be done—because I have now done it—to hold it fast by an invisible band, to hang in the air: onely so, that it be bound with a small thread beneath, that it may not rise higher: and then striving to catch hold of the stone above, it will hang in the air, and tremble and wag itself.”

Chap. XXVII refers to the Statue created by Dinocrates: “... but that’s not true, that Mahomet’s chest is suspended from the roof of the Temple. Petrus Pellegrinus claims he demonstrated in another work how that could be achieved: but that work isn’t available.... However, I say it can be done—because I’ve just done it—to keep it secure with an invisible band, hanging in the air: just so, that it is held down by a small thread below, so it doesn’t rise up higher: and then trying to grasp the stone above, it will float in the air, trembling and swaying.”

In Chap. XXVIII he says that “Whilst the loadstone is moved under a table of wood, stone or any metal, except iron, the needle in the mariner’s compass will move above, as if there is no body between them. St. Augustine (‘Liber de Civitate Dei’) knew this experiment (likewise alluded to by Camillus Leonardus in his ‘Speculum Lapidum,’ published 1502). But that is much more wonderful that I have heerd: that if one hold a loadstone under a piece of silver, and put a piece of iron above the silver, as he moves his hand underneath that holds the stone, so will the iron move above; and the silver being in the middle, and suffering nothing, running so swiftly up and down, that the stone was pulled from the hand of the man, and took hold of the iron.”

In Chapter 28, he mentions that “When a lodestone is moved under a table made of wood, stone, or any metal except iron, the needle in the mariner’s compass will move above as if there’s nothing between them. St. Augustine (‘City of God’) was aware of this experiment (also referenced by Camillus Leonardus in his ‘Speculum Lapidum,’ published in 1502). But what’s even more amazing that I've heard is that if someone holds a lodestone under a piece of silver and places a piece of iron above the silver, as they move their hand underneath that holds the stone, the iron will move above. The silver, being in between and not affecting anything, moves up and down so quickly that the stone is pulled from the person’s hand and grabs onto the iron.”

Chap. XXX is headed: “A loadstone on a plate of iron, will not stir iron,” and he again quotes Lucretius:

Chap. XXX is titled: “A loadstone on a plate of iron won't move iron,” and he quotes Lucretius again:

“Pieces of iron I have seen
When onely brass was put between
Them and the Loadstone, to recoil:
Brass in the middle made this broil.”

In Chap. XXXII he tells us that an Italian “whose name was Amalphus ... knew not the Mariner’s Card, but stuck the needle in a reed, or a piece of wood, cross over: and he put the needles into a vessel full of water that they might flote freely: then carrying about the loadstone, the needles would follow it: which being taken away, as by a certain natural motion, the points of the needles would turn[74] to the north pole: and, having found that, stand still.... Now the Mariner’s Compass is made, and a needle touched with the Loadstone, is so fitted to it, that, by discovering the pole by it, all other parts of the heavens are known. There is made a rundle with a Latin-navel upon a point of the same metal, that it may run roundly freely. Whereupon, by the touching onely of one end, the needle not alone partakes of the vertues of it, but of the other end also, whether it will or not....”

In Chapter 32, he tells us about an Italian named Amalphus who didn’t know about the Mariner’s Card. Instead, he stuck a needle into a reed or a piece of wood, crossing it over. He placed the needles in a container filled with water so they could float freely. Then, by carrying around a lodestone, the needles would follow it. When the lodestone was taken away, due to a certain natural motion, the points of the needles would turn to the North Pole and, once found, stay still. Now the Mariner’s Compass is made, and a needle magnetized by the lodestone is designed to indicate the North Pole, allowing all other directions in the sky to be determined. A rundle is created with a Latin-navel on a point made of the same metal so it can move smoothly. By simply touching one end, the needle not only takes on its properties but also those of the other end, whether it wants to or not....[74]

Chap. XLVIII is headed “Whether Garlick can hinder the vertues of the loadstone.” By Porta we are informed that “Plutarch saith Garlick is at great enmity with the loadstone; and such antipathy and hatred there is between these invisible creatures, that if a loadstone be smeered with Garlick, it will drive away iron from it,” which is confirmed by Ptolemy, who states “that the loadstone will not draw iron, if it be anoynted with Garlick; as Amber will no more draw straws, and other light things to it, if they be first steeped in oyl.” He found that when the loadstone “was all anoynted over the juice of Garlick, it did perform its office as well as if it had never been touched with it.”

Chap. XLVIII is titled “Can Garlic Prevent the Powers of the Magnet?” Porta tells us that “Plutarch says Garlic is extremely antagonistic to the magnet; and there is such a strong dislike and hatred between these unseen forces that if a magnet is smeared with Garlic, it will repel iron,” which Ptolemy supports by stating “that the magnet will not attract iron if it has been anointed with Garlic; just as Amber will no longer attract straws and other light objects if they have first been soaked in oil.” He discovered that when the magnet “was completely coated with Garlic juice, it worked just as well as if it had never come into contact with it.”

In Chap. LIII Porta denies “that the diamond doth hinder the loadstone’s vertue.” “Some pretend,” says he, “there is so much discord between the qualities of the loadstone and the diamond, and they are so hateful, one against the other, and secret enemies, that if the diamond be put to the loadstone, it presently faints and loses all its forces. (Pliny.) The loadstone so disagreeth with the diamond, that if iron be laid by it, it will not let the loadstone draw it; and if the loadstone do attract it, it will snatch it away again from it. (St. Augustine.) I will say that I have read of the loadstone: how that, if the diamond be by it, it will not draw iron; and, if it do when it comes neer the diamond, it will let it fall” (Marbodeus, of the Loadstone ... Marbodei Galli ... de lapidibus pretiosis Enchiridion ... Freiburg, 1530, 1531):

In Chap. LIII, Porta argues that "the diamond does not interfere with the loadstone's powers." "Some claim," he says, "there is such a conflict between the qualities of the loadstone and the diamond that they are extremely opposed to each other and act as secret enemies. If the diamond comes into contact with the loadstone, it instantly weakens and loses all its strength. (Pliny.) The loadstone is so incompatible with the diamond that if iron is placed beside it, the loadstone cannot attract it; and if the loadstone does attract it, the iron will be pulled away again from it. (St. Augustine.) I will mention that I have read about the loadstone: how it will not draw iron if the diamond is nearby; and if it does when it gets close to the diamond, it will drop it." (Marbodeus, of the Loadstone ... Marbodei Galli ... de lapidibus pretiosis Enchiridion ... Freiburg, 1530, 1531):

“All loadstones by their vertue iron draw;
But of the diamond it stands in awe:
Taking the iron from’t by Nature’s Law.”

“I tried this often, and found it false; and that there is no truth in it.”

“I often tried this and found it to be untrue; there is no truth in it.”

With reference to the above, see Plat (at A.D. 1653), who also alludes to the fact of the softening of the diamond with Goat’s blood. This is alluded to by Porta in the next chapter.

With reference to the above, see Plat (at CE 1653), who also mentions that diamond can be softened with goat's blood. Porta references this in the next chapter.

Chapter LIV contains extracts from Castianus in Geoponic. Græc., Marbodeus and Rhenius, the interpreter of Dionysius.

Chapter LIV contains extracts from Castianus in Geoponic. Græc., Marbodeus, and Rhenius, the translator of Dionysius.

In 1560 there was established at Naples, by the versatile Giam.[75] della Porta, the first Academy of Sciences—Academia Secretum Naturæ—to which were admitted only those who had contributed to the advancement of medicine or to scientific studies in general (“Science,” December 19, 1902, p. 965).

In 1560, the first Academy of Sciences—Academia Secretum Naturæ—was established in Naples by the versatile Giam.[75] della Porta, and only those who had contributed to the advancement of medicine or scientific studies in general were admitted (“Science,” December 19, 1902, p. 965).

References.—Libri, “Hist. des Sc. Mathém.” Vol. IV. pp. 108–140, 399–406; Houzeau et Lancaster, Vol. II. p. 229; The Fourth Dissertation of the “Encycl. Brit.,” p. 624; Sarpi, at A.D. 1632; Poggendorff, “Geschichte der Physik,” 1879, pp. 133, 273–274; “Encycl. Brit.,” the article on “Optics”; “Journal des Savants” for September 1841.

References.—Libri, “History of Mathematical Sciences.” Vol. IV. pp. 108–140, 399–406; Houzeau and Lancaster, Vol. II. p. 229; The Fourth Dissertation of the “Encyclopedia Britannica,” p. 624; Sarpi, at CE 1632; Poggendorff, “History of Physics,” 1879, pp. 133, 273–274; “Encyclopedia Britannica,” the article on “Optics”; “Journal des Savants” for September 1841.

A.D. 1575–1624.—Boehm—Böhme—Behmen (Jacob), a mystical German writer, known as the theosophist par excellence, is the author of “Aurora,” etc. (1612), “De Tribus Principiis” (1619) and of many other treatises, which were reprinted under the title of “Theosophia Revelata,” and which contain his many very curious observations concerning astrology, chemistry, theology, philosophy and electricity.

A.D. 1575–1624.—Boehm—Böhme—Behmen (Jacob), a mystical German writer, recognized as the top theosophist, is the author of “Aurora,” etc. (1612), “De Tribus Principiis” (1619), and many other works, which were reprinted under the title of “Theosophia Revelata.” These writings include his intriguing insights on astrology, chemistry, theology, philosophy, and electricity.

References.—“Notice sur J. Boehm,” La Motte-Fouqué, 1831; “Notes and Queries” for July 28, 1855, p. 63; Ninth “Britan.,” Vol. III. p. 852; J. Ennemoser, “History of Magic,” Vol. II. pp. 297–328.

References.—“Notice on J. Boehm,” La Motte-Fouqué, 1831; “Notes and Queries” for July 28, 1855, p. 63; Ninth “Britan.,” Vol. III. p. 852; J. Ennemoser, “History of Magic,” Vol. II. pp. 297–328.

A.D. 1576.—Norman (Robert), a manufacturer of compass needles at Wapping, is the first who determined the dip or inclination to the earth of the magnetic needle in London, by means of a dipping needle (inclinatorium) of his own making. Five years later (1581) Norman publishes a pamphlet “The Newe Attractive, containing a short discourse of the Magnes or Lodestone, and amongest other his vertues, of a newe discouered secret, and subtill propertie concernyng the Declinyng of the Needle, touched therewith, under the Plaine of the Horizon ...” from which is taken the following:

A.D. 1576.—Norman (Robert), a maker of compass needles in Wapping, is the first person to measure the dip or inclination of the magnetic needle in London using a dipping needle (inclinatorium) that he designed himself. Five years later (1581), Norman publishes a pamphlet titled “The Newe Attractive, containing a short discourse on the Magnes or Lodestone, and among its other virtues, a newly discovered secret and subtle property regarding the Declining of the Needle, touched by it, under the Plane of the Horizon ...” from which the following is excerpted:

“Hauing made many and diuers compasses and using alwaies to finish and end them before I touched the needle, I found continuallie that after I had touched the yrons with the stone, that presentlie the north point thereof woulde bend or decline downwards under the horizon in some quantitie; in so much that to the flie of the compass, which was before levell, I was still constrained to put some small piece of ware on the south point and make it equall againe ...” (Weld, “History of the Royal Society,” 1848, Vol. II. p. 432).

“Having made many different compasses and always trying to finish them before I touched the needle, I constantly found that after I had touched the iron with the stone, the north point would immediately bend or dip down below the horizon to some degree; so much so that for the compass needle, which had been level before, I was always forced to place a small weight on the south point to make it level again...” (Weld, “History of the Royal Society,” 1848, Vol. II. p. 432).

In the fourth chapter of his work, Norman describes the mode of making the particular instrument with which he was enabled to establish the first accurate measurement of the dip “which for this citie of London, I finde, by exact obseruations to be about 71 degrees 50 mynutes.”

In the fourth chapter of his work, Norman describes how to create the specific instrument that allowed him to achieve the first accurate measurement of the dip, “which for this city of London, I find, by exact observations to be about 71 degrees 50 minutes.”

Whewell thus alludes to several investigations in the same line:

Whewell mentions several studies on the same topic:

[76]

[76]

“Other learned men have, in long navigations, observed the differences of magnetic variations, as Thomas Hariot, Robert Hues, Edward Wright, Abraham Kendall, all Englishmen: others have invented magnetic instruments and convenient modes of observation such as are requisite for those who take long voyages, as William Borough, in his book concerning the variation of the compass; William Barlo, in his ‘Supplement’; Robert Norman, in his ‘Newe Attractive.’ This is that Robert Norman (a good seaman and an ingenious artificer) who first discovered the dip of magnetic iron” (“Enc. Metr.,” p. 738; read also paragraph 366 of J. F. W. Herschel’s “Prelim. Disc.,” 1855).

“Other knowledgeable individuals have, during extensive voyages, noted the differences in magnetic variations, including Thomas Hariot, Robert Hues, Edward Wright, and Abraham Kendall, all of whom are English. Others have created magnetic tools and methods of observation necessary for those undertaking long journeys, such as William Borough in his book about compass variation; William Barlo in his ‘Supplement’; and Robert Norman in his ‘Newe Attractive.’ This Robert Norman (a skilled sailor and clever inventor) was the first to identify the dip of magnetic iron” (“Enc. Metr.,” p. 738; see also paragraph 366 of J. F. W. Herschel’s “Prelim. Disc.,” 1855).

In Book I. chap. i. of Gilbert’s “De Magnete,” he says that Norman posits a point and place toward which the magnet looks but whereto it is not drawn: toward which magnetized iron, according to him, is collimated but which does not attract it. He alludes again to this “respective point” (Book IV. chaps. i. and vi.), saying that Norman originated the idea of the “respective point” looking, as it were, toward hidden principles, and held that toward this the magnetized needle ever turns, and not toward any attractional point: but he was greatly in error, albeit he exploded the ancient false opinion about attraction. Gilbert then proceeds to show how this theory is proved by Norman. The original passage in Norman’s “Newe Attractive” (London, 1581, Chap. VI) is as follows:

In Book I, chapter i, of Gilbert's “De Magnete,” he states that Norman proposes a point and place that the magnet points to but is not pulled towards: the magnetized iron, according to him, is aligned with this point yet is not attracted. He refers again to this “respective point” (Book IV, chapters i and vi), mentioning that Norman came up with the idea of the “respective point” which seems to focus on hidden principles, and believed that the magnetized needle always turns toward this point, not any point of attraction: however, he was quite mistaken, even though he disproved the old misconception about attraction. Gilbert then goes on to demonstrate how this theory is supported by Norman. The original passage in Norman's “Newe Attractive” (London, 1581, Chapter VI) is as follows:

“Your reason towards the earth carrieth some probabilitie, but I prove that there be no Attractive, or drawing propertie in neyther of these two partes, then is the Attractive poynt lost, and falsly called the poynt Attractive, as shall be proved. But because there is a certain poynt that the needle alwayes respecteth or sheweth, being voide and without any Attractive propertie: in my judjment this poynt ought rather to bee called the poynt Respective.... This poynt Respective, is a certayne poynt, which the touched needle doth always Respect or shew....”

“Your reasoning about the earth has some validity, but I demonstrate that there is no Attractive or drawing property in either of these two parts; therefore, the Attractive point is lost and incorrectly labeled as the Attractive point, as I will prove. However, because there is a specific point that the needle always references or indicates, which is void of any Attractive property, in my opinion, this point should be called the Respective point instead.... This Respective point is a certain point that the affected needle always Respects or indicates....”

For the means of determining the dip or inclination, see “English Ency.”—Arts and Sciences—Vol. VIII. p. 160.

For information on how to determine the dip or inclination, check “English Ency.”—Arts and Sciences—Vol. VIII. p. 160.

We have thus far learned that the declination or variation was alluded to by Peter Peregrinus (A.D. 1269) in the Leyden MS.; that Norman was the first to determine the dip or inclination, and we shall, under the 1776 date, find that Borda determined the third magnetic element called the intensity.

We have so far learned that the declination or variation was mentioned by Peter Peregrinus (A.D. 1269) in the Leyden manuscript; that Norman was the first to figure out the dip or inclination, and we will see, under the 1776 date, that Borda identified the third magnetic element known as intensity.

In 1581 appeared “The newe attractive ... a discours of the variation of the cumpas ... made by W. B(orough).” This was followed, in 1585 and in 1596, by “The newe Attractive ... newly corrected and amended by M. W. B.,” also, in 1614, by[77] “The New Attractive, with the application thereof for finding the true variation of the compass, by W. Burrowes.”

In 1581, "The New Attractive... a discussion on the variation of the compass... created by W. B. (Burroughs)" was published. This was followed in 1585 and 1596 by "The New Attractive... newly revised and improved by M. W. B.," and in 1614, by [77] "The New Attractive, with the application for finding the true variation of the compass, by W. Burrowes."

Norman is also the author of “The safegarde of Saylers, or Great Rutter ... translated out of Dutch ... by R. Norman,” 1590, 1600, 1640.

Norman is also the author of “The Safeguard of Sailors, or Great Rutter ... translated from Dutch ... by R. Norman,” 1590, 1600, 1640.

References.—Noad, “Manual of Electricity,” London, 1859, p. 525; Gassendi, at A.D. 1632; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1859–1860, Vol. I. p. 179; Vol. II. pp. 281, 335; Vol. V. p. 58; Geo. Hartmann, A.D. 1543–1544; “Nature,” Vol. XIII. p. 523; Walker, “Magnetism,” p. 146, and, for a photo reproduction of the title-page to the 1581 edition as well as a copy of its contents, see G. Hellmann “Neudrucke ...” 1898, No. 10; also Sidney Lee, “Dict. of Nat. Biogr.,” Vol. XLI. p. 114, and William Whiston (1667–1752), “The Longitude and Latitude, discovered by the Inclinatory or Dipping Needle,” London, 1721.

References.—Noad, “Manual of Electricity,” London, 1859, p. 525; Gassendi, at CE 1632; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1859–1860, Vol. I. p. 179; Vol. II. pp. 281, 335; Vol. V. p. 58; Geo. Hartmann, CE 1543–1544; “Nature,” Vol. XIII. p. 523; Walker, “Magnetism,” p. 146, and for a photo reproduction of the title page of the 1581 edition along with a copy of its contents, see G. Hellmann “Neudrucke ...” 1898, No. 10; also Sidney Lee, “Dict. of Nat. Biogr.,” Vol. XLI. p. 114, and William Whiston (1667–1752), “The Longitude and Latitude, discovered by the Inclinatory or Dipping Needle,” London, 1721.

A.D. 1580.—The celebrated naturalist Li-tchi-tchin, who finished his Pen-thsao-Kang-Mou towards the end of 1580, says: “If the loadstone was not in love with iron it would not attract the latter.” Eight and a half centuries before, about the year A.D. 727, the same allusion had been made by Tchin-Thsang-Khi in his “Natural History” (Klaproth, “Lettre à M. de Humboldt ...” Paris, 1834, p. 20).

A.D. 1580.—The famous naturalist Li-tchi-tchin, who completed his Pen-thsao-Kang-Mou towards the end of 1580, says: “If the loadstone wasn’t drawn to iron, it wouldn’t attract it.” Eight and a half centuries earlier, around the year CE 727, the same idea was expressed by Tchin-Thsang-Khi in his “Natural History” (Klaproth, “Lettre à M. de Humboldt ...” Paris, 1834, p. 20).

A.D. 1580.—In Parke’s translation of the “History of the Kingdom of China,” written by Juan G. de Mendoza, a Spanish missionary sent to the Chinese Empire by Philip II, appears the following (Vol. II. p. 36): “The Chinos doo gouerne their ships by a compasse deuided into twelue partes and doo vse no sea cardes, but a briefe description of Ruter (Ruttier—Routier—direction book) wherewith they do nauigate or saile.”

A.D. 1580.—In Parke’s translation of the “History of the Kingdom of China,” written by Juan G. de Mendoza, a Spanish missionary sent to the Chinese Empire by Philip II, the following appears (Vol. II. p. 36): “The Chinese navigate their ships using a compass divided into twelve parts and do not use sea charts, but a brief description of routes where they navigate or sail.”

A.D. 1581.—Burrowes—Borough—Burroigh (William), “a man of unquestionable abilities in the mathematiques,” Comptroller of the English navy in the reign of Elizabeth, who has been alluded to as Robert Norman, is the first in Europe to publish well authenticated observations upon the magnetic variation or declination made by him from actual observation, while voyaging between the North Cape of Finmark and Vaigatch (Vaygates). These are recorded at length in his little book dedicated to “the travaillers, seamen and mariners of England” and entitled “A Discourse of the Variation of the Cumpas, or Magneticall Needle. Wherein is Mathematically shewed, the manner of the observation, effects, and application thereof, made by W. B. And is to be annexed to The Newe Attractive of R. N. 1581 (London).”

A.D. 1581.—Burrowes—Borough—Burroigh (William), “a man of unquestionable skills in mathematics,” Comptroller of the English navy during Elizabeth's reign, who has been referred to as Robert Norman, is the first in Europe to publish well-documented observations on magnetic variation or declination based on his actual observations while traveling between the North Cape of Finmark and Vaigatch (Vaygates). These are detailed in his short book dedicated to “the travelers, seamen, and mariners of England” titled “A Discourse of the Variation of the Cumpas, or Magnetic Needle. In which the method of observation, effects, and applications are mathematically shown, made by W. B. And is to be added to The New Attractive of R. N. 1581 (London).”

At pp. 7 and 8 of his “Terrestrial and Cosmical Magnetism,” Cambridge, 1866, Mr. Walker gives extracts from the twelve chapters of Burrowes’ work which, “containing, as it does, the first recorded[78] attempt at deducing the declination of the needle from accurate observations, must be considered as making an epoch in the history of terrestrial magnetism.”

At pages 7 and 8 of his book “Terrestrial and Cosmical Magnetism,” published in Cambridge in 1866, Mr. Walker shares excerpts from the twelve chapters of Burrowes’ work which, “since it includes the first documented[78] attempt to determine the declination of the needle from precise observations, should be regarded as a significant milestone in the history of terrestrial magnetism.”

References.—Johnson, “New Univ. Encycl.,” 1878, Vol. III. p. 230, and the tables of the variations at pp. 274–275 of Vol. II. of Cavallo’s “Elements of Natural Philosophy,” 1825. See the photo reproduction of “A Discourse ...” 1596 ed. in G. Hellmann’s “Neudrucke ...” 1898, No. 10.

References.—Johnson, “New Univ. Encycl.,” 1878, Vol. III. p. 230, and the tables of the variations at pp. 274–275 of Vol. II. of Cavallo’s “Elements of Natural Philosophy,” 1825. See the photo reproduction of “A Discourse ...” 1596 ed. in G. Hellmann’s “Neudrucke ...” 1898, No. 10.

A.D. 1585.—Juan Jayme and Francisco Galli made a voyage from the Philippines to Acapulco, solely for the purpose of testing by a long trial in the South Sea a declinatorium of Jayme’s invention, from which M. de Humboldt says (“Cosmos,” 1859, Vol. V. p. 56) some idea may be formed of the interest excited in reference to terrestrial magnetism during the sixteenth century.

A.D. 1585.—Juan Jayme and Francisco Galli took a journey from the Philippines to Acapulco, primarily to test a declinatorium Jayme created, through a lengthy trial in the South Sea. M. de Humboldt mentions (“Cosmos,” 1859, Vol. V. p. 56) that this reflects the interest in terrestrial magnetism that was growing in the sixteenth century.

A.D. 1586.—Vigenere (Blaise de), in his annotations to Livy (“Les cinq premiers livres de Tite-Live,” Paris, 8vo, Vol. I. col. 1316) alludes to the possibility of communicating the contents of a letter through a thick stone wall by passing a loadstone over corresponding letters circumscribing the compass needle.

A.D. 1586.—Vigenere (Blaise de), in his notes on Livy (“The First Five Books of Titius Livius,” Paris, 8vo, Vol. I. col. 1316) mentions the idea of sending a message through a thick stone wall by moving a magnet over corresponding letters around a compass needle.

References.—“Emporium of Arts and Sciences,” Vol. I. p. 302; Fahie, p. 20.

Citations.—“Emporium of Arts and Sciences,” Vol. I. p. 302; Fahie, p. 20.

A.D. 1589.—Acosta (Joseph d’), learned Jesuit, who has been already mentioned under the A.D. 121 entry, says in Chap. XVII. lib. i. of his masterly “Historia Natural de las Indias” (“Histoire Naturelle et Moralle des Indes tant Orientalles qu’Occidentalles,” traduite par Robert Reynault Cauxois, 1598, 1606) that he is able to indicate four lines of no variation (instead of one only discovered by Columbus) dividing the entire surface of the earth: “foure poyntes in all the world, whereas the needle looked directly towards the North.” Humboldt remarks that this may have had some influence on the theory advanced, in 1683, by Halley, of four magnetic poles or points of convergence.

A.D. 1589.—Acosta (Joseph d’), a knowledgeable Jesuit mentioned earlier in the CE 121 entry, states in Chapter XVII, book i, of his impressive “Historia Natural de las Indias” (“Histoire Naturelle et Moralle des Indes tant Orientalles qu’Occidentalles,” translated by Robert Reynault Cauxois, 1598, 1606) that he can identify four lines of constant variation (instead of just one discovered by Columbus) that divide the entire surface of the earth: “four points in all the world, where the needle pointed directly towards the North.” Humboldt notes that this might have influenced the theory proposed by Halley in 1683 regarding four magnetic poles or points of convergence.

References.—Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1859–1860, Vol. I. pp. 66, 193, note; Vol. II. pp. 280, 281; Vol. V. p. 140.

References.—Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1859–1860, Vol. I. pp. 66, 193, note; Vol. II. pp. 280, 281; Vol. V. p. 140.

A.D. 1590.—Cæsare (Giulio-Moderati), a surgeon of Rimini, observes the conversion of iron into a magnet by position alone. This effect was noticed on a bar which had been used as a support to a piece of brickwork erected on the top of one of the towers of the church of St. Augustine as is mentioned at the 1632 entry of Pietro Sarpi.

A.D. 1590.—Cæsare (Giulio-Moderati), a surgeon from Rimini, observes that iron can become a magnet just by being positioned a certain way. This effect was noticed on a bar that had been used to support a piece of brickwork placed on top of one of the towers of the church of St. Augustine, as mentioned in Pietro Sarpi's 1632 entry.

A.D. 1597.—Barlowe—Barlow (William)—who died May 25, 1625, and was Archdeacon of Salisbury—publishes his “Navigators’[79] Supply,” from which the following is extracted: “Some fewe yeares since, it so fell out that I had severall conferences with two East Indians which were brought into England by Master Candish (Thomas Cavendish, one of the great navigators of the Elizabethan Age) and had learned our language.... They shewed that in steade of our compas they (in the East Indies) use a magneticall needle of sixe ynches long ... upon a pinne in a dish of white china earth filled with water; in the bottome whereof they have two crosse lines for the foure principall windes, the rest of the divisions being reserved to the skill of their pilots.”

A.D. 1597.—Barlowe—Barlow (William)—who died on May 25, 1625, and was Archdeacon of Salisbury—publishes his “Navigators’[79] Supply,” from which the following is extracted: “A few years ago, I had several discussions with two East Indians who were brought to England by Master Candish (Thomas Cavendish, one of the great navigators of the Elizabethan Age) and had learned our language.... They showed that instead of our compass, they (in the East Indies) use a magnetic needle six inches long ... placed on a pin in a dish of white china filled with water; at the bottom of which they have two crossed lines for the four principal winds, with the remaining divisions relying on the skills of their pilots.”

Barlowe also published in 1613, 1616 and 1618 different editions of his work on the magnet, the full title of the last named being “Magneticall Advertisements or diuers pertinent obseruations and approued Experiments concerning the nature and properties of the Loadstone. Whereunto is annexed a briefe Discoverie of the idle Animadversions of Mark Ridley, Dr. in Physike upon this treatize.”[28] Therein (Preface to the reader), he speaks of “That wonderful propertie of the body of the whole earth called the magneticall vertue (most admirably founde out and as learnedly demonstrated by Doctor Gilbert, physitian vnto our late renowned soveraigne Queen Elizabeth of happy memory) is the very true fountaine of all magneticall knowledge. So that although certain properties of the loadstone were knowne before, yet all the reasons of those properties were vtterly vnknowne and never before revealed (as I take it) vnto the sonnes of man....” Just before the Preface appears the following letter which (as William Sturgeon remarks) affords a good idea of the opinion entertained by Gilbert of Barlowe’s talents in this branch of science: “To the Worshipfull, my good friend, Mr. William Barlow, at Easton by Winchester. Recommendations with many thanks for all your paines and courtesies, for your diligence and enquiring, and finding diuers good secrets, I pray proceede with double capping your Loadstone you speake of, I shall bee glad to see you, as you write, as any man. I will haue any leisure, if it were a moneth, to conferre with you, you haue shewed mee more,—and brought more light than any man hath done. Sir, I will commend you to my L. of Effingham, there is heere a wise learned man, a Secretary of Venice, he came sent by that State, and was honourably receiued by her Majesty, he brought me a lattin letter from a Gentleman of Venice that is very well learned, whose name is Iohannes Franciscus Sagredus, he is a great Magneticall man and writeth that hee hath conferred with diuers[80] learned men of Venice, and with the Readers of Padua, and reporteth wonderfull liking of my booke, you shall haue a coppy of the latter: Sir, I purpose to adioyne an appendix of six or eight sheets of paper to my booke after a while, I am in hand with it of some new inuentions, and I would haue some of your experiments, in your name and inuention put into it, if you please, that you may be knowen for an augmenter of the art. So far this time in haste I take my leaue the XIII of February. Your very louing friend, W. Gilbert.”

Barlowe also published different editions of his work on magnets in 1613, 1616, and 1618, with the full title of the last being “Magnetic Advertisements or various relevant observations and approved experiments regarding the nature and properties of the Loadstone. Attached is a brief critique of the unnecessary comments by Mark Ridley, Dr. in Physic, on this treatise.”[28] In the preface to the reader, he discusses “That amazing property of the entire earth's body known as magnetic virtue (most brilliantly discovered and expertly demonstrated by Doctor Gilbert, physician to our late esteemed sovereign, Queen Elizabeth, of happy memory) is the true source of all magnetic knowledge. So, although some properties of the loadstone were known before, all the reasons for those properties were completely unknown and never before revealed (as I believe) to humankind....” Just before the preface is the following letter, which (as William Sturgeon notes) gives a good idea of Gilbert's opinion of Barlowe’s abilities in this field of science: “To the Worshipful, my good friend, Mr. William Barlow, at Easton by Winchester. Thank you for all your efforts and kindness, for your diligence and inquiry, and for discovering various good secrets. Please continue with your double capping of the Loadstone you mentioned; I will be glad to see you, as you wrote, more than any other person. I will find time, even if it takes a month, to discuss with you; you have shown me more and brought more insight than anyone else has done. Sir, I will recommend you to my Lord of Effingham; there is a wise, learned man here, a Secretary of Venice, who came sent by that State and was honorably received by Her Majesty. He brought me a Latin letter from a very learned gentleman from Venice named Johannes Franciscus Sagredus; he is a significant figure in magnetism and writes that he has conferred with various learned people in Venice and with the Readers of Padua, reporting great praise for my book. You shall receive a copy of the latter: Sir, I plan to attach an appendix of six or eight sheets to my book soon; I am working on it with some new inventions, and I would like to include some of your experiments in your name and knowledge, if you agree, so that you can be recognized as a contributor to the art. So far this time, in haste, I take my leave on the 13th of February. Your very loving friend, W. Gilbert.”

Speaking of William Barlowe, Anthony à Wood says: “This was the person who had knowledge of the magnet twenty years before Dr. Will. Gilbert published his book of that subject, and therefore by those that knew him he was accounted superior, or at least equal, to that doctor for an industrious and happy searcher and finder out of many rare and magnetical secrets” (“Athenæ Oxonienses,” London, 1813, Vol. II. p. 375). Under heading of Gilbert, the “British Museum Catalogue of Printed Books,” 1888, has it that “Mag. Adv.” was compiled partly from “De Magnete.”

Speaking of William Barlowe, Anthony à Wood states: “He was the person who understood magnetism twenty years before Dr. Will. Gilbert published his book on the topic, and so those who knew him regarded him as superior, or at least equal, to that doctor for his diligent and successful exploration and discovery of many rare and magnetic secrets” (“Athenæ Oxonienses,” London, 1813, Vol. II. p. 375). Under the entry for Gilbert, the “British Museum Catalogue of Printed Books,” 1888, notes that “Mag. Adv.” was partly based on “De Magnete.”

References.—Mark Ridley, “Magn. Animad.,” 1617, p. xi; Cavallo, “Magnetism,” 1787, p. 46; A.D. 1302; Sidney Lee, “Dict. of Nat. Biogr.,” Vol. III. pp. 233–234; “La Grande Encycl.” (H. Lamisault), Vol. V. p. 430; Pierre Larousse, “Grand Dict. Univ. du xixe siècle,” Paris, 1867, Vol. II. p. 239; Claude Augé, “Le Nouveau Larousse,” Vol. I. p. 738; “Wood’s Ath. Ox.” (Bliss), Vol. II. p. 375; Hœfer, “Nouv. Biogr. Univ.,” Vol. IV. p. 53; “Biogr. Britannica”; Hutton, “Mathem. Dict.”; “British Annual,” I.

References.—Mark Ridley, “Magn. Animad.,” 1617, p. xi; Cavallo, “Magnetism,” 1787, p. 46; CE 1302; Sidney Lee, “Dict. of Nat. Biogr.,” Vol. III. pp. 233–234; “La Grande Encycl.” (H. Lamisault), Vol. V. p. 430; Pierre Larousse, “Grand Dict. Univ. du xixe siècle,” Paris, 1867, Vol. II. p. 239; Claude Augé, “Le Nouveau Larousse,” Vol. I. p. 738; “Wood’s Ath. Ox.” (Bliss), Vol. II. p. 375; Hœfer, “Nouv. Biogr. Univ.,” Vol. IV. p. 53; “Biogr. Britannica”; Hutton, “Mathem. Dict.”; “British Annual,” I.

A.D. 1599.—Wright (Edward), English mathematician, connected with the East India Company and author of the Preface to Gilbert’s original “De Magnete,” published in London “Die Havenvinding—The Haven-finding Art: Translation of Simon Stevinus’ ‘Portuum investigandorum ratio,’” in which is urged the advantage of keeping registers of the variations observed on all voyages. Thus, says Lardner, the variation of the variation not only as to time, but as to place, had at this period begun to receive the attention of those engaged in navigation.

A.D. 1599.—Wright (Edward), an English mathematician associated with the East India Company, wrote the Preface to Gilbert’s original “De Magnete,” published in London “Die Havenvinding—The Haven-finding Art: Translation of Simon Stevinus’ ‘Portuum investigandorum ratio,’” which emphasizes the importance of keeping records of the variations noted during all voyages. According to Lardner, the variation of the variation was starting to gain attention during this time, both in relation to time and location, among those involved in navigation.

Wright constructed for Prince Henry a large sphere which represented the motion of the planets, moon, etc., and he predicted the eclipses for seventeen thousand one hundred years. He is said to have discovered the mode of constructing the chart which is known by the name of Mercator’s Projection.

Wright built a large sphere for Prince Henry that showed the movement of the planets, moon, and more, and he predicted eclipses for 17,100 years. He is credited with discovering the method of creating the chart known as Mercator’s Projection.

Simon Stevinus, above mentioned, also called Stephanus—Simon of Bruges—was a most distinguished mathematician and physicist (1548–1628), and is alluded to by Edward Wright not only in the Preface to Gilbert’s “De Magnete” above referred to, but also in Book IV. chap. ix. of the latter work. The English translation of “Portuum investigandorum ratio” was afterwards attached to[81] the third edition of Wright’s “Certaine errors in navigation detected and corrected.”

Simon Stevin, also known as Stephanus—Simon of Bruges—was a highly esteemed mathematician and physicist (1548–1628). Edward Wright mentions him not only in the Preface to Gilbert’s “De Magnete,” as mentioned earlier, but also in Book IV, chapter ix of that work. The English translation of “Portuum investigandorum ratio” was later included in the third edition of Wright’s “Certaine errors in navigation detected and corrected.”

References.—“English Cycl.,” Vol. VI. p. 834; “Biogr. Génér.,” Vol. XLIV. pp. 496–498; Larousse, “Dict.,” Vol. XIV. p. 1100; G. Hellmann, “Neudrucke ...” 1898, No. 10; “Chambers’ Encycl.,” 1892, Vol. IX., p. 725; “La Grande Encycl.,” Vol. XXX. pp. 489–490; Montucla, “Hist. des Mathém.,” Paris, An. VIII. Vol. II; Quetelet, also Van de Weyer, “Simon Stevin,” 1845; “Mémoires de l’Académie,” Paris, 1753, p. 275; Steichen, “Vie et Travaux de S. Stevin,” 1846; “Terrestrial Magnetism,” Vol. I. p. 153, and Vol. II. pp. 37, 72, 78.

Citations.—“English Cycl.,” Vol. VI. p. 834; “Biogr. Génér.,” Vol. XLIV. pp. 496–498; Larousse, “Dict.,” Vol. XIV. p. 1100; G. Hellmann, “Neudrucke ...” 1898, No. 10; “Chambers’ Encycl.,” 1892, Vol. IX., p. 725; “La Grande Encycl.,” Vol. XXX. pp. 489–490; Montucla, “Hist. des Mathém.,” Paris, An. VIII. Vol. II; Quetelet, also Van de Weyer, “Simon Stevin,” 1845; “Mémoires de l’Académie,” Paris, 1753, p. 275; Steichen, “Vie et Travaux de S. Stevin,” 1846; “Terrestrial Magnetism,” Vol. I. p. 153, and Vol. II. pp. 37, 72, 78.

A.D. 1599.—Pancirollus (Guido)—Panciroli (Gui)—already quoted at A.D. 121, further remarks: “The ancients sailed by the pole star, which they call Cynosura. The compass is believed to have been found at Amalfi, about 300 years ago by one Flavius. And this unknown fellow (if it was Flavius) hath deserved more than 10,000 Alexanders and as many Aristotles.... This single act hath improved knowledge and done more good to the world than all the niceties of the subtle schools.”

A.D. 1599.—Pancirollus (Guido)—Panciroli (Gui)—already mentioned at CE 121, further states: “The ancients navigated by the North Star, which they called Cynosura. The compass is believed to have been invented in Amalfi, around 300 years ago by someone named Flavius. And this unknown individual (if it was indeed Flavius) deserves more recognition than 10,000 Alexanders and just as many Aristotles.... This one invention has advanced knowledge and contributed more good to the world than all the complexities of the clever schools.”

References.—“History of Things Lost,” London, 1715, Vol. II. p. 338; Græsse, Vol. V. p. 117; also his biography in Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. XII. p. 108, and in the “Dict. de Biographie,” Vol. II. p. 2012.

References.—“History of Things Lost,” London, 1715, Vol. II, p. 338; Græsse, Vol. V, p. 117; also his biography in Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. XII, p. 108, and in the “Dict. de Biographie,” Vol. II, p. 2012.

A.D. 1600.—Schwenter (Daniell), Professor of Oriental languages at Altdorff, describes, under the assumed name of Janus Hercules de Sunde, in his “Steganologia et Steganographia,” the means of communicating intelligence at a distance by employing two compass needles circumscribed with an alphabet, the needles being shaped from the same piece of steel, and magnetized by the same magnets.

A.D. 1600.—Schwenter (Daniell), a professor of Oriental languages at Altdorff, describes, under the pseudonym Janus Hercules de Sunde, in his “Steganologia et Steganographia,” how to communicate information over a distance using two compass needles outlined with an alphabet. The needles are made from the same piece of steel and magnetized with the same magnets.

Under caption “The First Idea of the Electric Telegraph,” the following appeared in the “Journal of the Franklin Institute,” Vol. XXI. 1851, p. 202: “In the number of the Philosophical Magazine for May, 1850, I [N. S. Heineken] observe that Prof. Maunoir claims, for his friend Dr. Odier, the first idea of the electric telegraph. I herewith send you a translation of ‘How two people might communicate with each other at a distance by means of the magnetic needle,’ taken from a German work by Schwenter, entitled ‘Deliciæ Physico-Mathematicæ,’ and published at Nürnberg in 1636 ... upward of a century before the period alluded to by Prof. Maunoir. Indeed, Oersted’s grand discovery was alone wanting to perfect the telegraph in 1636. The idea, in fact, appears to have been entertained prior even to this date, for Schwenter himself quotes, at p. 346, from a previous author.” This “previous author” is either Giambattista della[82] Porta, mentioned at A.D. 1558, or Famianus Strada, who appears herein under the A.D. 1617 date.

Under the heading “The First Idea of the Electric Telegraph,” the following appeared in the “Journal of the Franklin Institute,” Vol. XXI. 1851, p. 202: “In the May 1850 issue of the Philosophical Magazine, I [N. S. Heineken] noticed that Prof. Maunoir claims that his friend Dr. Odier had the first idea of the electric telegraph. I’m sending you a translation of ‘How two people might communicate with each other at a distance using the magnetic needle,’ taken from a German work by Schwenter called ‘Deliciæ Physico-Mathematicæ,’ published in Nürnberg in 1636... over a century before the period mentioned by Prof. Maunoir. In fact, Oersted’s groundbreaking discovery was the only thing missing to complete the telegraph back in 1636. The idea seems to have been considered even before this date, as Schwenter himself quotes from a previous author on page 346.” This “previous author” is either Giambattista della[82] Porta, mentioned at CE 1558, or Famianus Strada, who appears here under the CE 1617 date.

The passage from Dr. Louis Odier’s letter relative to an electric telegraph is given at A.D. 1773 (see J. J. Fahie, “A History of Electric Telegraphy to the Year 1837,” London, 1884, pp. 21–22).

The excerpt from Dr. Louis Odier’s letter about an electric telegraph is mentioned at CE 1773 (see J. J. Fahie, “A History of Electric Telegraphy to the Year 1837,” London, 1884, pp. 21–22).

A.D. 1600.—Gilbert—Gilberd—Gylberde (William), of Colchester (1544–1603), physician to Queen Elizabeth and to James I of England, justly called by Poggendorff “The Galileo of Magnetism,” publishes his “De magnete, Magneticisque Corporibus, et de Magno magnete tellure; Physiologia nova, plurimis et argumentis et experimentis demonstrata,” to which he had given “seventeen years of intense labour and research”[29] and which he dedicates “alone to the true philosophers, ingenuous minds, who not only in books but in things themselves look for knowledge,” and wherein the phenomena of electricity are first generalized and classified.

A.D. 1600.—Gilbert—Gilberd—Gylberde (William), from Colchester (1544–1603), physician to Queen Elizabeth and to James I of England, rightly called by Poggendorff “The Galileo of Magnetism,” publishes his “De magnete, Magneticisque Corporibus, et de Magno magnete tellure; Physiologia nova, plurimis et argumentis et experimentis demonstrata,” to which he dedicated “seventeen years of intense labor and research”[29] and which he dedicates “solely to the true philosophers, open-minded individuals who seek knowledge not just in books but in reality,” where the phenomena of electricity are first generalized and classified.

This great work is subdivided into six books, which respectively treat of the loadstone, of magnetic movements (coitio), of direction (directio), of variation (variatio), of declination (declinatio), and of the great magnet, the earth[30] of circular movement (revolutio).

This major work is divided into six books, which cover the loadstone, magnetic movements (coitio), direction (directio), variation (variatio), declination (declinatio), and the great magnet, the earth[30] of circular movement (revolutio).

Book I

After Gilbert has given in this Book an account of ancient and modern writings on the loadstone,[31] he indicates exactly what the latter is, where found, its different properties, and, having introduced[83] us to his terrella-microge, or little earth[32]—a globular loadstone, showing that it has poles answering to the earth’s poles, he tells us all about iron ore, its natural and acquired poles, the medicinal virtues attributed by the ancients to iron as well as to the loadstone; and he ends this First Book with the announcement that loadstone and iron ore are the same, that iron is obtained from both, like other metals from their ores, and that all magnetic properties exist, though weaker, both in smelted iron and in iron ore; furthermore, that the terrestrial globe is magnetic and is a loadstone; and that just as in our hands the loadstone possesses all the primary powers (forces) of the earth, so the earth, by reason of the same potencies, lies ever in the same direction throughout the universe.

After Gilbert has provided in this book an overview of ancient and modern writings on the loadstone, he precisely describes what it is, where it’s found, and its various properties. Having introduced us to his terrella-microge, or little earth—a globular loadstone that shows it has poles corresponding to the earth’s poles—he explains everything about iron ore, including its natural and acquired poles, as well as the medicinal properties that the ancients attributed to iron and the loadstone. He concludes this first book by stating that loadstone and iron ore are the same, that both provide iron, like other metals from their ores, and that all magnetic properties exist, albeit weaker, in smelted iron and iron ore. Furthermore, he notes that the earth itself is magnetic and is a loadstone; just as the loadstone in our hands possesses all the primary forces of the earth, the earth, due to the same powers, consistently aligns in the same direction throughout the universe.

Book II

The justly famous Second Book contains Gilbert’s electrical work and, as is generally known, the second chapter thereof is the earliest ever published on electricity. We are here introduced to Gilbert’s versorium—a rotating needle electroscope[33]—and are given the results of his many experimental observations[34] and the opinions of others relative to magnetic coition or attraction. We find, throughout the whole of the second chapter, the first systematic study of amber, with an interesting list of electrics and the recognition of a group of anelectrics—non-electrics. After pointing out the different kinds of attractions admitted by Galen and other ancient writers, we are told that:

The well-known Second Book includes Gilbert’s work on electricity, and as is widely recognized, the second chapter is the first ever published on the subject. Here, we are introduced to Gilbert’s versorium—a rotating needle electroscope[33]—and presented with the findings from his numerous experimental observations[34] along with the views of others regarding magnetic attraction. Throughout the second chapter, we see the first systematic study of amber, featuring an intriguing list of electrics and the identification of a group of anelectrics—non-electrics. After discussing the various types of attractions acknowledged by Galen and other ancient authors, we learn that:

[84]

[84]

“Only feeble power of attraction is possessed by some electrics (all which have their own distinct effluvia) in favouring dry atmosphere: observable in midwinter while the atmosphere is very cold, clear and thin, when the electric effluvia of the earth offer less impediment and electric bodies are harder—that these bodies then draw, as well, all metals, wood, leaves, stones, earths, even water and oil, in short, whatever things appeal to our senses or are solid.

“Only a weak attraction is seen in some electrical substances (which all have their own distinct emissions) when it comes to dry air: this is noticeable in midwinter when the air is very cold, clear, and thin, allowing the earth's electrical emissions to face less resistance and making electrical bodies stronger—at that time, these bodies also attract all metals, wood, leaves, stones, dirt, and even water and oil, basically anything that engages our senses or is solid."

“All bodies are attracted by electrics, save those which are afire or flaming or extremely rarefied.

“All bodies are attracted by electricity, except for those that are on fire, glowing, or extremely thin.”

“Very many electric bodies do not attract at all, unless they are first rubbed. An ordinary piece of amber does not attract by heat, even when brought to the flaming point, but it attracts by friction, without which latter few bodies give out their true natural electric emanation and effluvium. By friction, the amber is made moderately hot and also smooth; these conditions must in most cases concur; but a large polished piece of amber or of jet attracts even without friction, though not so strongly; yet, if it be carefully brought nigh to a flame or a red coal, it does not attract corpuscles; further, the sun’s heat heightened by means of a burning-glass imparts no power to amber, for it dissipates and spoils all the electric effluvia. Again, flaming sulphur and burning sealing-wax (of lac) do not attract.

“Many electric materials don’t attract anything unless they’re rubbed first. A regular piece of amber doesn’t attract due to heat, even when heated to a high temperature, but it does attract through friction. Without friction, few materials release their true natural electric energy and emissions. When rubbed, amber becomes moderately warm and smooth; both of these conditions usually need to happen together. However, a large polished piece of amber or jet can attract even without friction, although not as strongly. If you bring it carefully close to a flame or red-hot coal, it won’t attract particles. Additionally, sunlight intensified with a magnifying glass doesn’t give amber any power; instead, it disperses and destroys all the electric emissions. Likewise, burning sulphur and melting sealing-wax (of lac) don’t attract either.”

“The loadstone, though susceptible of very high polish, has not the electric attraction. The force does not come through the lustre proceeding from the rubbed and polished electric; for the vincentina, diamond and pure glass attract when they are rough. Effluvia that attract but feebly when the weather is clear produce no motion at all when it is cloudy. For the effluvium from rock crystal, glass, diamond—substances very hard and very highly compressed—there is no need of any notable outflow of substance. Such an electric as sound cypress-wood, after a moment’s friction, emits powers subtle and fine, far beyond all odours; but sometimes an odour is also emitted by amber, jet, sulphur, these bodies being more readily resolved; hence it is that, usually, they attract after the gentlest friction because their effluvia are stronger and more lasting.

“The lodestone, while it can be polished to a very high shine, doesn’t have the electric attraction. The power doesn’t come from the shine produced by the rubbed and polished electric materials; things like vincentina, diamond, and pure glass can attract even when they’re rough. Substances that attract weakly on clear days show no movement at all when it’s cloudy. The effluvia from things like rock crystal, glass, and diamond—very hard and highly compressed materials—don’t need a significant outflow of substance. Materials like sound cypress wood release subtle and fine powers after just a moment of friction, far beyond any scents; however, sometimes amber, jet, and sulfur also emit a scent because they break down more easily, which is why they generally attract with just a light touch; their effluvia are stronger and last longer.”

“Rock crystal, mica, glass, and other electric bodies do not attract if they be burned or highly heated, for their primordial humour is destroyed by the heat, is altered, is discharged as vapour. All bodies that derive their origin principally from humours and that are firmly concreted attract all substances whether humid or dry; but bodies consisting mostly of humour and not firmly compacted by nature, wherefore they do not stand friction but either fall to pieces or grow soft or are sticky, do not attract corpuscles.

“Rock crystal, mica, glass, and other materials with electric properties don't attract when they're burned or heated too much because the heat destroys their original essence, changing it and releasing it as vapor. All materials that mainly come from fluids and are solidly formed attract all substances, whether wet or dry; however, materials that are mostly fluid and not strongly held together by nature cannot handle friction and either break apart, become soft, or get sticky, so they don't attract particles.”

“Electrical movements come from the matter (materia) but[85] magnetic from the prime form (forma). Moist air blown from the mouth, moisture from steam, or a current of humid air from the atmosphere chokes the effluvium. But olive oil that is light and pure does not prevent it; and, if a sheet of paper or a linen cloth be interposed, there is no movement. But loadstone, neither rubbed nor heated, and even though it be thoroughly drenched with liquid, and whether in air or water, attracts magnetic bodies, and that though solidest bodies or boards or thick slabs of stone or plates of metal stand between.

“Electrical movements come from matter (materia), but magnetic ones come from the prime form (forma). Moist air blown from the mouth, steam moisture, or a current of humid air from the atmosphere can choke the effluvium. However, light and pure olive oil doesn’t block it; and if a sheet of paper or a linen cloth is placed in between, there’s no movement. But loadstone, whether rubbed or heated or even completely soaked in liquid, attracts magnetic materials in both air and water, even when solid objects like thick boards, slabs of stone, or metal plates are in between."

“Electrics attract all things save flame and objects aflame, and thinnest air ... for it is plain that the effluvia are consumed by flame and igneous heat ... yet they draw to themselves the smoke from an extinguished candle; and, the lighter the smoke becomes as it ascends, the less strongly is it attracted, for substances that are too rare do not suffer attraction.”

“Electricity attracts everything except flame and burning objects, and the thinnest air... because it's obvious that the fumes are consumed by fire and heat... yet it pulls in the smoke from a burnt-out candle; and as the smoke gets lighter while it rises, it gets attracted less strongly, since substances that are too rare don't experience attraction.”

This Chapter II ends with the following explanation of the difference between electric and magnetic bodies, viz. all magnetic bodies come together by their joint forces (mutual strength); electric bodies attract the electric only, and the body attracted undergoes no modification through its own native force, but is drawn freely under impulsion in the ratio of its matter (composition). Bodies are attracted to electrics in a right line toward the centre of electricity: a loadstone approaches another loadstone on a line perpendicular to the circumference only at the poles, elsewhere obliquely and transversely, and adheres at the same angles. The electric motion is the motion of conservation of matter; the magnetic is that of arrangement and order. The matter of the earth’s globe is brought together and held together by itself electrically. The earth’s globe is directed and revolves magnetically; it both coheres, and, to the end it may be solid, it is in its interior fast joined.

This Chapter II ends with the following explanation of the difference between electric and magnetic bodies: all magnetic bodies come together through their combined forces (mutual strength); electric bodies only attract other electric bodies, and the attracted body doesn't change due to its own inherent force but is pulled freely in relation to its mass (composition). Bodies are drawn to electrics in a straight line towards the center of electricity: a loadstone approaches another loadstone in a line perpendicular to the circumference only at the poles, elsewhere at angles that are slanted and sideways, and adheres at those same angles. The electric motion is the movement that preserves matter; the magnetic motion is about organization and order. The matter of the earth's globe is brought together and held in place by its own electric properties. The earth's globe is oriented and rotates magnetically; it remains cohesive, and to ensure that it is solid, it is tightly joined in its interior.

Of the other interesting chapters in this Book II, attention is called more particularly to:

Of the other interesting chapters in this Book II, we particularly highlight:

Chap. IV. “Of the strength of a loadstone and its form: the cause of coition.” The magnetic nature is proper to the earth and is implanted in all its real parts ... there is in the earth a magnetic strength or energy (vigour) of its own ... thus we have to treat of the earth, which is a magnetic body, a loadstone. An iron rod held in the hand is magnetized in the end where it is grasped and the magnetic force travels to the other extremity, not along the surface only but through the inside, through the middle.... Iron instantly receives from the loadstone verticity and natural conformity to it, being absolutely metamorphosed into a perfect magnet. As soon as it[86] comes within the loadstone’s sphere of influence it changes instantly and has its form renewed, which before was dormant and inert, but now is quick and active.

Chap. IV. “On the strength of a magnet and its shape: the reason for attraction.” The magnetic property is inherent to the Earth and is found in all its actual parts... there is a magnetic strength or energy of its own within the Earth... thus we need to discuss the Earth, which is a magnetic body, a magnet. An iron rod held in your hand gets magnetized at the end that's being held, and the magnetic force travels to the other end, not just along the surface but through the inside, through the center... Iron instantly picks up the magnetic properties and natural alignment with the magnet, turning completely into a perfect magnet. As soon as it[86] comes within the magnet’s influence, it changes immediately and has its dormant and inactive shape renewed, becoming vibrant and energetic.

Chaps. VI and XXVII illustrate the Orbis Virtutis (Orb of Virtue, or the magnetic atmosphere surrounding both earth and loadstone alike), showing how the earth and loadstone conform magnetic movements, the centre of the magnetic forces of the earth being the earth’s centre and in the terrella the terrella’s centre. All loadstones alike, whether spherical or oblong, have the selfsame mode of turning to the poles of the world ... whatever the shape, verticity is present and there are poles.

Chapters VI and XXVII illustrate the Orbis Virtutis (Orb of Virtue, or the magnetic field surrounding both the earth and the loadstone), showing how the earth and loadstone align their magnetic movements, with the center of the earth's magnetic forces being at the earth’s center and in the terrella, at the terrella’s center. All loadstones, whether spherical or oblong, have the same way of turning toward the poles of the world... regardless of shape, magnetism is present, and there are poles.

Chap. VII. “Of the potency of the magnetic force, and of its spherical extension.” The magnetic energy is not hindered by any dense or opaque body, but goes out freely and diffuses its force every whither: in the case of the terrella, and in a spherical loadstone, it extends outside the body in a circle, but, in the case of an oblong loadstone, it extends into an area of form determined by the shape of, and is everywhere equidistant from, the stone itself.

Chap. VII. “On the strength of magnetic force and its spherical reach.” The magnetic energy isn't blocked by any dense or opaque material; it spreads out freely and radiates its force in all directions: in the case of a terrella or a spherical magnet, it extends outward in a circle, but in the case of an elongated magnet, it spreads into a shape determined by its form and is evenly spaced from the magnet itself.

Chap. XIII. “Of the magnetic axis and poles.”

Chap. XIII. “About the magnetic axis and poles.”

Chap. XV. “The magnetic force imparted to iron is more apparent in an iron rod than in an iron sphere or cube, or iron in any other shape.”

Chap. XV. “The magnetic force given to iron is more noticeable in an iron rod than in an iron sphere or cube, or in iron shaped any other way.”

Chap. XVI. “Motion is produced by the magnetic force through solid bodies interposed: of the interposition of a plate of iron.”

Chap. XVI. “Motion is created by magnetic force acting through solid objects in between: specifically, with an iron plate in between.”

Chaps. XVII-XXII. Herein are detailed as many as twelve different experiments to prove the increased efficiency of armed loadstones.

Chaps. XVII-XXII. This section details twelve different experiments demonstrating the enhanced effectiveness of armed loadstones.

Chap. XXV. “Intensifying the loadstone’s forces.” Magnetic bodies can restore soundness (when not totally lost) to magnetic bodies, and can give to some of them powers greater than they originally had; but to those that are by their nature in the highest degree perfect, it is not possible to give further strength.

Chap. XXV. “Intensifying the loadstone’s forces.” Magnetic bodies can restore health (when not completely lost) to magnetic bodies and can enhance some of them with greater powers than they originally possessed; however, for those that are naturally perfect to the highest degree, it is impossible to add more strength.

Chap. XXVIII. “A loadstone does not attract to a fixed point or pole only, but to every part of a terrella, except the equinoctial line.”

Chap. XXVIII. “A magnet doesn’t just pull towards a specific point or pole; it attracts every part of a model globe, except for the equator.”

Chap. XXIX. “Of differences of forces dependent on quantity or mass.” Four experiments.

Chap. XXIX. “Of differences in forces based on quantity or mass.” Four experiments.

Chaps. XXXVIII and XXXIX are the last, and they treat of the attractions of other bodies and of mutually repellant bodies. All electrics attract objects of every kind: they never repel or propel.

Chaps. XXXVIII and XXXIX are the last, and they discuss the attractions of other bodies and of mutually repelling bodies. All electrical objects attract things of every kind; they never repel or push away.

In the preceding Chapter XXXV, Gilbert had alluded to the perpetual-motion engine actuated by the attraction of a[87] loadstone, which we have given an account of at Peter Peregrinus, A.D. 1269.

In the previous Chapter XXXV, Gilbert mentioned the perpetual-motion engine powered by the attraction of a loadstone, which we discussed in Peter Peregrinus, A.D. 1269.

Book III

In this Third Book, we learn of the directive (or versorial) force which is called verticitas—verticity—what it is, how it resides in the loadstone, and how it is acquired when not naturally produced; how iron acquires it and how this verticity is lost or altered; why iron magnetized takes opposite verticity; of magnetizing stones of different shapes; why no other bodies save the magnetic are imbued with verticity by friction with a loadstone and why no body which is not magnetic can impart and awaken that force; of disagreements between pieces of iron on the same pole of a loadstone, and how they may come together and be conjoined; that verticity exists in all smelted iron not excited by the loadstone, as shown by its lying, being placed—or, preferably, by hammering hot iron—in the magnetic meridian; that the magnetized needle turns to conformity with the situation of the earth; of the use of rotary needles and their advantages; how the directive iron rotary needles of sundials and the needles of the mariner’s compass are to be rubbed with loadstone in order to acquire stronger verticity.

In this Third Book, we explore the directive (or versorial) force known as verticitas—or verticity. We discuss what it is, how it exists in loadstone, and how it can be acquired when it's not naturally produced. We cover how iron gains this property and how it can be lost or changed, as well as the reasons why magnetized iron takes on opposite verticity. We also look at magnetizing stones of various shapes, why only magnetic materials become charged with verticity through friction with a loadstone, and why non-magnetic materials can't generate or awaken that force. Additionally, we examine the conflicts between pieces of iron on the same pole of a loadstone and how they can come together. It is shown that verticity is present in all smelted iron that hasn't been influenced by loadstone, demonstrated by its position—either lying down, being placed, or preferably by hammering hot iron—along the magnetic meridian. We highlight how a magnetized needle aligns itself with the Earth's orientation, the functionality of rotary needles and their benefits, and how the directive iron rotary needles of sundials and the needles of a mariner’s compass should be rubbed with loadstone to strengthen their verticity.

Book IV

The Fourth Book treats of the variation at different places; says that it is due to inequality among the earth’s elevations;[35] shows that variation and direction are due to the controlling force of the earth and the rotatory magnetic nature, not by an attraction or a coition or by other occult cause; explains the different modes of constructing the mariner’s compass, in vogue at the time,[36] and how the deviation of the needle is greater or less according to the distance of place.

The Fourth Book discusses how variation differs in various locations; it states that this is due to the unevenness of the earth’s elevations; [35] shows that variation and direction are influenced by the earth's magnetic forces and its rotational magnetic properties, not by attraction, alignment, or any other hidden causes; it explains the different ways of making the mariner’s compass that were popular at the time, [36] and how the needle’s deviation varies based on the distance from a location.

Book V

In this Fifth Book is to be found everything relative to the dip of the magnetic needle, likewise the description of an instrument for showing, by the action of a loadstone, the degree of dip below the horizon in any latitude; and the announcement that the magnetic[88] force is animate or imitates a soul; in many respects, it surpasses the human soul while that is united to an organic body.

In this Fifth Book, you'll find everything related to the tilt of the magnetic needle, as well as a description of an instrument that uses a loadstone to show the angle of dip below the horizon at any latitude. It also states that the magnetic[88] force is alive or resembles a soul; in many ways, it exceeds the human soul while it’s connected to a physical body.

Book VI

Throughout this last Book, Gilbert glories in the Copernican theory, the open, unquestioned, advocacy and endorsement of which according to many seems, after all, to have been the object of the work. He maintains that the magnetic axis of the earth remains invariable; he treats of the daily magnetic revolution of the globes, as against the time-honoured opinion of a primum mobile, the fixed stars being at different distances from the earth; of the circular motion of the earth and of its primary magnetic nature, whereby her poles are made different from the poles of the ecliptic, as well as of the precession of the equinoxes and of the obliquity of the zodiac.

Throughout this final book, Gilbert takes pride in the Copernican theory, which he openly advocates and supports, a goal that many believe was the main focus of his work. He argues that the Earth's magnetic axis remains constant; he discusses the daily magnetic rotation of the globes, challenging the longstanding belief in a primum mobile, with the fixed stars at varying distances from the Earth; he addresses the Earth's circular motion and its primary magnetic nature, which causes its poles to differ from the poles of the ecliptic, as well as the precession of the equinoxes and the tilt of the zodiac.

According to Humboldt,[37] Gilbert was the first to make use of the words electric force, electric emanations, electric attraction, but, he says, there is not found in “De Magnete” either the abstract expression electricitas or the barbarous word magnetismus introduced in the seventeenth century. We likewise owe to Gilbert the words equator, magneticum, terrella, versorium and verticitas, but not the word pole, which had before been used by P. Peregrinus and others.

According to Humboldt,[37] Gilbert was the first to use the terms electric force, electric emanations, and electric attraction. However, he points out that in “De Magnete,” neither the abstract term electricitas nor the unusual word magnetismus, which was introduced in the seventeenth century, can be found. We also credit Gilbert with the words equator, magneticum, terrella, versorium, and verticitas, but not the word pole, which had already been used by P. Peregrinus and others.

The second edition of “De Magnete” appeared at Stettin in 1628, “embellished with a curious title-page in the form of a monument ... and a fantastic indication of the earliest European mariner’s compass, a floated lodestone, but floating in a bowl on the sea and left behind by the ship sailing away from it.”[38]

The second edition of “De Magnete” was released in Stettin in 1628, “featuring an interesting title page designed like a monument ... and a whimsical depiction of the first European mariner’s compass, which is a lodestone that floats, placed in a bowl on the sea and left behind by the ship that sailed away from it.”[38]

The third edition was also published at Stettin during 1633. Gilbert left, besides, a posthumous work, “De Mundo Nostro Sublunari Philosophia Nova,” Amsterdam, 1651, which latter, says Prof. Robison, consists of an attempt to establish a new system of natural philosophy upon the ruins of the Aristotelian doctrine.[39]

The third edition was also published in Stettin in 1633. Gilbert also left behind a posthumous work, "De Mundo Nostro Sublunari Philosophia Nova," published in Amsterdam in 1651, which, according to Prof. Robison, is an attempt to create a new system of natural philosophy based on the failures of Aristotelian doctrine.[39]

To give here such an analysis as Gilbert’s admirable work merits would be impracticable, but the short review of it made by Prof. Robison (at p. 209 of his “System of Mechanical Philosophy,” London, 1822) deserves full reproduction, as follows: “In the[89] introduction, he recounts all the knowledge of the ancients on the subject treated, and their supine inattention to what was so entirely in their hands, and the impossibility of ever adding to the stock of useful knowledge, so long as men imagined themselves to be philosophizing, while they were only repeating a few cant words and the unmeaning phrases of the Aristotelian school. It is curious to mark the almost perfect sameness of Dr. Gilbert’s sentiments and language with those of Lord Bacon. They both charge, in a peremptory manner, all those who pretend to inform others, to give over their dialectic labours, which are nothing but ringing changes on a few trite truths, and many unfounded conjectures, and immediately to betake themselves to experiment. He has pursued this method on the subject of magnetism, with wonderful ardour, and with equal genius and success; for Dr. Gilbert was possessed both of great ingenuity, and a mind fitted for general views of things. The work contains a prodigious number and variety of experiments and observations, collected with sagacity from the writings of others, and instituted by himself with considerable expense and labour. It would, indeed, be a miracle if all of Dr. Gilbert’s general inferences were just, or all his experiments accurate. It was untrodden ground. But, on the whole, this performance contains more real information than any writing of the age in which he lived, and is scarcely exceeded by any that has appeared since. We may hold it with justice as the first fruits of the Baconian or experimental philosophy.” Elsewhere, Prof. Robison remarks: “It is not saying too much of this work to affirm that it contains almost everything we know of magnetism. His unwearied diligence in searching every writing on the subject and in getting information from navigators, and his incessant occupation in experiments, have left very few facts unknown to him. We meet with many things in the writings of posterior inquirers, some of them of high reputation and of the present day, which are published and received as notable discoveries, but are contained in the rich collection of Dr. Gilbert.”

To provide an analysis of Gilbert’s impressive work would be impractical, but the brief review by Prof. Robison (on p. 209 of his “System of Mechanical Philosophy,” London, 1822) is worth sharing in full: “In the[89] introduction, he summarizes all the knowledge the ancients had on the subject and their lazy disregard for what was easily within their grasp, as well as the impossibility of expanding useful knowledge as long as people thought they were philosophizing while merely repeating a few cliché phrases and meaningless terminology from the Aristotelian school. It's interesting to note the almost identical sentiments and language of Dr. Gilbert and Lord Bacon. They both strongly urge anyone who claims to inform others to stop their dialectical exercises, which are just variations on a few well-worn truths and numerous baseless speculations, and instead focus on experimentation. He adopted this approach in studying magnetism with remarkable enthusiasm, equal genius, and success; Dr. Gilbert had both great ingenuity and a mind suited for broad perspectives. The work features a huge number and variety of experiments and observations, gathered wisely from the writings of others and conducted by himself with considerable effort and expense. It would indeed be miraculous if all of Dr. Gilbert’s general conclusions were accurate or all his experiments precise. This area was unexplored. However, overall, this work offers more genuine information than any other writing from his time and is hardly surpassed by any that have appeared since. We can rightly consider it the first fruits of the Baconian or experimental philosophy.” Elsewhere, Prof. Robison comments: “It’s not an exaggeration to say that this work contains nearly everything we know about magnetism. His tireless diligence in researching every relevant text and seeking insights from navigators, combined with his relentless experimentation, has left very few facts unknown to him. We find many items in the works of later researchers, some quite reputable and from the present day, which are published and recognized as significant discoveries but are already included in Dr. Gilbert’s extensive collection.”

The Rev. Wm. Whewell says in his “History of the Inductive Sciences” (Vol. III. p. 49) that in the “De Magnete,” a book of only 240 pages, upon which Dr. Gilbert has been engaged for nearly eighteen years, are contained “all the fundamental facts of the science, so fully examined, indeed, that, even at this day, we have little to add to them.”

The Rev. Wm. Whewell says in his “History of the Inductive Sciences” (Vol. III. p. 49) that in the “De Magnete,” a book of just 240 pages, which Dr. Gilbert worked on for nearly eighteen years, are “all the fundamental facts of the science, so thoroughly examined that, even today, we have little to add to them.”

Dr. John Davy remarks (“Memoirs of the Life of Sir Humphry Davy,” London, 1836, Vol. I. p. 309): “Gilbert’s work is worthy being studied, and I am surprised that an English Edition (translation) of it has never been published.” He also alludes to the well-known reproach thrown upon Gilbert’s philosophy by Francis[90] Bacon, who, in his “De Augmentis Scientiarum,” observes that “Gilbert has attempted to raise a general system upon the magnet, endeavouring to build a ship out of materials not sufficient to make the rowing-pins of a boat.” On the other hand, Digby and Barlowe place Gilbert upon a level with Harvey, Galileo, Gassendi and Descartes (“Nouvelle Biographie Générale,” 1858, Vol. VIII. p. 494) while the celebrated historian of the Council of Trent, Fra Paolo Sarpi—who will not be thought an incompetent judge—names Gilbert, with Francis Vieta (the greatest French mathematician of the sixteenth century) as the only original writer among his contemporaries (“Lettere di Fra Paolo,” p. 31; Hallam, “Intro. to Lit.,” 1859, Vol. II. p. 464).

Dr. John Davy states (“Memoirs of the Life of Sir Humphry Davy,” London, 1836, Vol. I. p. 309): “Gilbert’s work deserves to be studied, and I’m surprised that an English edition (translation) of it has never been published.” He also references the well-known criticism of Gilbert’s philosophy by Francis Bacon, who in his “De Augmentis Scientiarum,” notes that “Gilbert has tried to create a general system based on magnetism, attempting to build a ship with materials that aren’t enough even to make a boat’s oars.” On the flip side, Digby and Barlowe rank Gilbert alongside Harvey, Galileo, Gassendi, and Descartes (“Nouvelle Biographie Générale,” 1858, Vol. VIII. p. 494) while the renowned historian of the Council of Trent, Fra Paolo Sarpi—who is certainly considered a competent judge—lists Gilbert, alongside Francis Vieta (the greatest French mathematician of the sixteenth century), as the only original writer among his peers (“Lettere di Fra Paolo,” p. 31; Hallam, “Intro. to Lit.,” 1859, Vol. II. p. 464).

In Thos. Thomson’s “History of the Royal Society,” London, 1812, the “De Magnete” is thus alluded to: “Dr. Gilbert’s book on magnetism, published in 1600, is one of the finest examples of inductive philosophy that has ever been presented to the world. It is the more remarkable because it preceded the ‘Novum Organum’ of Bacon, in which the inductive method of philosophizing was first explained.” How far Gilbert was ahead of his time is best proven by the works of those who wrote on magnetism during the first few decades after his death. They contributed in reality nothing to the extension of this branch of physical science. Poggendorff, from whose “Geschichte der Physik,” p. 286, this is extracted, as already stated, calls Gilbert “the Galileo of Magnetism.” By Dr. Priestley, he was named “the Father of Modern Electricity.”

In Thos. Thomson’s “History of the Royal Society,” London, 1812, the “De Magnete” is referenced as follows: “Dr. Gilbert’s book on magnetism, published in 1600, is one of the best examples of inductive philosophy ever presented to the world. It’s particularly impressive because it came before Bacon’s ‘Novum Organum,’ where the inductive method of thinking was first explained.” The extent to which Gilbert was ahead of his time is best demonstrated by the works of those who wrote about magnetism in the first few decades after his death. They actually added nothing to the advancement of this field of physical science. Poggendorff, from whose “Geschichte der Physik,” p. 286, this is taken, already noted that Gilbert was “the Galileo of Magnetism.” Dr. Priestley referred to him as “the Father of Modern Electricity.”

The tribute of Henry Hallam is to the following effect: “The year 1600 was the first in which England produced a remarkable work in physical science; but this was one sufficient to raise a lasting reputation for its author. Gilbert, a physician, in his Latin treatise on the magnet, not only collected all the knowledge which others had possessed on the subject, but became at once the father of experimental philosophy in this island, and, by a singular felicity and acuteness of genius, the founder of theories which have been revived after a lapse of ages, and are almost universally received into the creed of science. Gilbert was one of the earliest Copernicans, at least as to the rotation of the earth, and, with his usual sagacity, inferred, before the invention of the telescope, that there are a multitude of fixed stars beyond the reach of our vision” (“Introduction to the Literature of the Fifteenth, Sixteenth and Seventeenth Centuries,” London, 1859, Vol. II. p. 463).

The tribute of Henry Hallam is to the following effect: “The year 1600 was the first in which England produced a significant work in physical science; but this was enough to earn a lasting reputation for its author. Gilbert, a physician, in his Latin treatise on the magnet, not only gathered all the knowledge that others had on the topic but also became the father of experimental philosophy in this country and, by a unique sharpness and brilliance of mind, the founder of theories that have been revived after many years and are nearly universally accepted in the scientific community. Gilbert was one of the earliest supporters of Copernican ideas, at least regarding the rotation of the earth, and, with his usual insight, deduced, before the invention of the telescope, that there are many fixed stars beyond our sight” (“Introduction to the Literature of the Fifteenth, Sixteenth and Seventeenth Centuries,” London, 1859, Vol. II. p. 463).

In the “Principal Navigations ...” Edinburgh, 1889, Vol. XII. p. 10, Richard Hakluyt speaks of “... my worshipfull friend M. douctour Gilbert, a gentleman no lesse excellent in the chiefest secrets of the Mathematicks (as that rare iewel lately set forth[91] by him in Latine doeth euidently declare) then in his oune profession of physicke.”

In the “Principal Navigations ...” Edinburgh, 1889, Vol. XII. p. 10, Richard Hakluyt talks about “... my esteemed friend M. Doctor Gilbert, a gentleman who is equally outstanding in the most important secrets of Mathematics (as that rare jewel recently published[91] by him in Latin clearly shows) as he is in his own field of medicine.”

We conclude this account of Gilbert in the quaint words of old Dr. Fuller: “He has (said my informer[40]) the clearness of Venice Glass without the Brittleness thereof, soon Ripe and long lasting is his Perfection. He commenced Doctor in Physick, and was Physician to Queen Elizabeth, who stamped on him many marks of her Favour, besides an annuall Pension to encourage his studies. He addicted himself to Chemistry, attaining to great exactness therein. One saith of him that he was Stoicall, but not Cynicall, which I understand Reserved; but not Morose, never married, purposely to be more beneficial to his brethren. Such his Loyalty to the Queen that, as if unwilling to survive, he dyed in the same year with her, 1603. His Stature was Tall, Complexion Chearful, an Happiness not ordinary in so hard a student and so retired a person. He lyeth buried in Trinity Church in Colchester under a plain monument.”

We wrap up this account of Gilbert with the quaint words of old Dr. Fuller: “He has (said my informer[40]) the clarity of Venetian glass without the fragility of it; soon ripe and long lasting is his perfection. He became a doctor in medicine and was physician to Queen Elizabeth, who showed him many signs of her favor, including an annual pension to support his studies. He dedicated himself to chemistry, achieving great precision in it. Some say of him that he was stoic, but not cynical, which I take to mean reserved; but not morose, never married, intentionally to be more helpful to his peers. His loyalty to the Queen was such that, as if unwilling to live on after her, he died in the same year as her, 1603. His stature was tall, complexion cheerful, an uncommon happiness in such a dedicated and solitary scholar. He lies buried in Trinity Church in Colchester under a simple monument.”

Mahomet’s Tombe, at Mecha, is said strangely to hang up, attracted by some invisible Loadstone, but the memory of this Doctor will never fall to the ground, which his incomparable book ‘De Magnete’ will support to eternity” (“The History of the Worthies of England Endeavoured by Thomas Fuller, D.D.,” London, 1662, p. 332—Essex).

Mahomet’s Tombe, in Mecca, is said to curiously hang there, drawn by some invisible loadstone, but the legacy of this Doctor will never be forgotten, as his exceptional book ‘De Magnete’ will carry it into eternity” (“The History of the Worthies of England Endeavoured by Thomas Fuller, D.D.,” London, 1662, p. 332—Essex).

In his Epistle to Dr. Walter Charleton, physician in ordinary to King Charles I (Epist. III. p. 15, Vol. XI of the Works of Dryden, London, 1803) the celebrated English poet predicts that:

In his letter to Dr. Walter Charleton, the physician to King Charles I (Epist. III. p. 15, Vol. XI of the Works of Dryden, London, 1803), the famous English poet predicts that:

Gilbert shall live till loadstones cease to draw
Or British fleets the boundless ocean awe.

References.—“La Grande Encyclopédie,” Vol. XVIII. p. 930; “Dictionary of National Biography,” London, 1890, Vol. XXI. p. 338; “Bibliographica Britannica,” London, 1757, Vol. IV. p. 2202; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. VIII. p. 123; “Freeman’s Historic Towns” (Colchester), by Rev. E. L. Cutts, 1888, p. 172; “Beauties of England and Wales,” by E. W. Brayley and John Britton, 1810, Vol. V. (Colchester) pp. 318–319; Cooper, “Athenæ Cantabrigienses,” Cambridge, 1858; Anthony à Wood, “Athenæ Oxonienses,” London, 1813, Vol. I; Thomas Wright, “Hist. and Top. of the County of Essex,” 1866, Vol. I; “Journal des Savants” for June 1859, Sept. 1870; Wm. Munk, “The Roll of the Royal College of Physicians of London,” 1878, Vol. I. p. 77; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1859–1860, Vol. I. pp. 158–159, note, 177, 179, 182, note; Vol. II. pp. xvii, 279–281, 334–335, 341–342; Vol. V. p. 58 for references to and extracts from Dr. Gilbert’s work; Wm. Whewell, “Hist. of the Ind. Sciences,” Vol. I. pp. 274–275, 394; Vol. II. pp. 192, 217–220, 224, 225, and “Philosophy of the Ind. Sciences,” London, 1840, Vol. II. pp. 374–379; “Mémoires de Physique,” Lausanne, 1754, pp. 123, etc.; “U.S. Magnetic Tables and Isogonic Charts for 1902,” L. A. Bauer,[92] pp. 1–77; “Popular Science Monthly,” August 1901, pp. 337–350 for “Gilbert of Colchester,” by Bro. Potamian, also its translation in “Ciel et Terre” for Dec. 1, 1902, pp. 472–480 and for Dec. 16, 1902, p. 489; “New International Encyclopædia,” New York, 1903, Vol. VIII. p. 368; “William Gilbert of Colchester,” by Conrad Wm. Cooke, London, 1890 (reprinted from “Engineering,” 1889); “William Gilbert of Colchester,” by Dr. Silvanus P. Thompson, London, 1891; “William Gilbert of Colchester,” a translation by P. Fleury Mottelay, New York and London, 1893; “William Gilbert of Colchester,” a translation by members of the Gilbert Club, London, 1900, to which is appended a valuable collection of “Notes on the De Magnete” of Dr. William Gilbert, by Dr. Silvanus P. Thompson, who therein also gives an interesting bibliography of this great work; “William Gilbert of Colchester,” a sketch of his magnetic philosophy by Chas. E. Benham, Colchester, 1902; “Zur bibliographie von W. Gilbert’s De Magnete,” Von. G. Hellmann (“Terrestrial Magnetism and Atmospheric Electricity” for June 1902); “Terr. Magn. and Atm. Elect.,” Vol. II. p. 45 for “The Earth a Great Magnet,” by J. A. Fleming; “The Earth a Great Magnet,” by Prof. Alfred M. Mayer, New York, 1872; Philip Morant, “History and Antiquities of Colchester,” London, 1748; Bacon, “Novum Organum,” Leyden, 1650, pp. 263–265; Rees’ “Encyclopædia,” 1819, Vol. XVI. article “Gilbert”; “A Course of Lectures on Natural Philosophy and the Mechanical Arts,” by Thos. Young, London, 1807, Vol. I. pp. 686, 747, 756; Vol. II. pp. 111, 324, 436; “Critical Dictionary of Engl. Literature,” S. Austin Allibone, Philad., 1888, Vol. I. p. 668; “General Biographical Dictionary,” John Gorton, London, 1833, Vol. II, mentioning Wood’s “Athen. Ox.,” Hutchinson’s “Biog.-Med.,” and Aikin’s “G. Biography”; Phil. Trans. for 1667, Vol. II. pp. 527–531, also Baddam’s abridgments, London, 1739, Vol. III. p. 129 and London, 1745, Vol. I. p. 97.

References.—“The Great Encyclopedia,” Vol. XVIII. p. 930; “Dictionary of National Biography,” London, 1890, Vol. XXI. p. 338; “Bibliographica Britannica,” London, 1757, Vol. IV. p. 2202; Larousse, “Universal Dictionary,” Vol. VIII. p. 123; “Freeman’s Historic Towns” (Colchester), by Rev. E. L. Cutts, 1888, p. 172; “Beauties of England and Wales,” by E. W. Brayley and John Britton, 1810, Vol. V. (Colchester) pp. 318–319; Cooper, “Athenæ Cantabrigienses,” Cambridge, 1858; Anthony à Wood, “Athenæ Oxonienses,” London, 1813, Vol. I; Thomas Wright, “History and Topography of the County of Essex,” 1866, Vol. I; “Journal des Savants” for June 1859, Sept. 1870; Wm. Munk, “The Roll of the Royal College of Physicians of London,” 1878, Vol. I. p. 77; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1859–1860, Vol. I. pp. 158–159, note, 177, 179, 182, note; Vol. II. pp. xvii, 279–281, 334–335, 341–342; Vol. V. p. 58 for references to and extracts from Dr. Gilbert’s work; Wm. Whewell, “History of the Indian Sciences,” Vol. I. pp. 274–275, 394; Vol. II. pp. 192, 217–220, 224, 225, and “Philosophy of the Indian Sciences,” London, 1840, Vol. II. pp. 374–379; “Memoirs of Physics,” Lausanne, 1754, pp. 123, etc.; “U.S. Magnetic Tables and Isogonic Charts for 1902,” L. A. Bauer,[92] pp. 1–77; “Popular Science Monthly,” August 1901, pp. 337–350 for “Gilbert of Colchester,” by Bro. Potamian, also its translation in “Sky and Earth” for Dec. 1, 1902, pp. 472–480 and for Dec. 16, 1902, p. 489; “New International Encyclopedia,” New York, 1903, Vol. VIII. p. 368; “William Gilbert of Colchester,” by Conrad Wm. Cooke, London, 1890 (reprinted from “Engineering,” 1889); “William Gilbert of Colchester,” by Dr. Silvanus P. Thompson, London, 1891; “William Gilbert of Colchester,” a translation by P. Fleury Mottelay, New York and London, 1893; “William Gilbert of Colchester,” a translation by members of the Gilbert Club, London, 1900, to which is appended a valuable collection of “Notes on the De Magnete” of Dr. William Gilbert, by Dr. Silvanus P. Thompson, who therein also provides an interesting bibliography of this great work; “William Gilbert of Colchester,” a summary of his magnetic philosophy by Chas. E. Benham, Colchester, 1902; “On the bibliography of W. Gilbert’s De Magnete,” Von. G. Hellmann (“Terrestrial Magnetism and Atmospheric Electricity” for June 1902); “Terrestrial Magnetism and Atmospheric Electricity,” Vol. II. p. 45 for “The Earth a Great Magnet,” by J. A. Fleming; “The Earth a Great Magnet,” by Prof. Alfred M. Mayer, New York, 1872; Philip Morant, “History and Antiquities of Colchester,” London, 1748; Bacon, “New Organon,” Leyden, 1650, pp. 263–265; Rees’ “Encyclopedia,” 1819, Vol. XVI. article “Gilbert”; “A Course of Lectures on Natural Philosophy and the Mechanical Arts,” by Thos. Young, London, 1807, Vol. I. pp. 686, 747, 756; Vol. II. pp. 111, 324, 436; “Critical Dictionary of English Literature,” S. Austin Allibone, Philadelphia, 1888, Vol. I. p. 668; “General Biographical Dictionary,” John Gorton, London, 1833, Vol. II, mentioning Wood’s “Athen. Ox.,” Hutchinson’s “Biographical-Medical,” and Aikin’s “General Biography”; Philosophical Transactions for 1667, Vol. II. pp. 527–531, also Baddam’s abridgments, London, 1739, Vol. III. p. 129 and London, 1745, Vol. I. p. 97.

A.D. 1601.—Brahé (Tycho—Tygge—Thyghe—Tyge), who has been several times mentioned in this compilation and is referred to by Gilbert (“De Magnete,” Book IV. chap. xii. also Book VI. chap. v.), was a distinguished Danish astronomer (b. 1546, d. 1601), the founder of modern astronomical calculations, whose investigations and records of the positions of the stars and planets made possible the brilliant discoveries of Kepler and Newton. As Humboldt expresses it, the rich abundance of accurate observations furnished by Tycho Brahé, himself the zealous opponent of the Copernican system, laid the foundation for the discovery of those eternal laws of planetary movements which prepared imperishable renown for the name of Kepler, and which, interpreted by Newton, proved to be theoretically and necessarily true, have been now transferred into the bright and glorious domain of thought as the intellectual recognition of nature (“Cosmos,” 1860, Vol. II. p. 313).

A.D. 1601.—Brahé (Tycho—Tygge—Thyghe—Tyge), who has been mentioned several times in this compilation and is referenced by Gilbert (“De Magnete,” Book IV. chap. xii. also Book VI. chap. v.), was a notable Danish astronomer (b. 1546, d. 1601), the founder of modern astronomical calculations. His investigations and records of the positions of the stars and planets paved the way for the remarkable discoveries of Kepler and Newton. As Humboldt puts it, the wealth of precise observations provided by Tycho Brahé, who was himself a passionate opponent of the Copernican system, established the groundwork for the discovery of the timeless laws of planetary movements that brought enduring fame to Kepler's name. When interpreted by Newton, these laws proved to be theoretically sound and have now entered the brilliant and glorious realm of thought as the intellectual recognition of nature (“Cosmos,” 1860, Vol. II. p. 313).

As his very able biographer, Dr. J. L. E. Dreyer, of the Armagh Observatory, remarks in his admirable work (Edinburgh, 1890): “Without Brahé, Kepler never could have found out the secrets of the planetary motions, and, in the words of Delambre, ‘Nous ignorerions peut être encore le véritable système du monde.’ The most important inheritance which Tycho left to Kepler and to posterity was the vast mass of observations all which, Kepler justly[93] said, ‘deserved to be kept among the royal treasures, as the reform of astronomy could not be accomplished without them ...’ at one breath blowing away the epicycles and other musty appendages which disfigured the Copernican system.... Tycho Brahé had given Kepler the place to stand on and Kepler did move the world!”

As his highly skilled biographer, Dr. J. L. E. Dreyer from the Armagh Observatory, notes in his excellent work (Edinburgh, 1890): “Without Brahe, Kepler would never have discovered the secrets of planetary motions, and, as Delambre put it, ‘We might still be ignorant of the true system of the world.’ The most significant legacy that Tycho left to Kepler and future generations was the massive collection of observations, which Kepler rightly said, ‘deserved to be kept among the royal treasures, as the reform of astronomy could not be achieved without them ...’ instantly clearing away the epicycles and other outdated additions that distorted the Copernican system.... Tycho Brahe had provided Kepler with a solid foundation, and Kepler did change the world!”

Brahé was the first to recognize the variation, i. e. the inequality, in the moon’s motion. In opposition to the opinion of Sédillot, M. Biot maintains that this fine discovery of Tycho by no means belongs to Abul-Wefa, and that the latter was acquainted not with the “variation” but only with the second part of the “evection” (“Cosmos,” 1860, Vol. II. p. 222, wherein are many references to the Comptes Rendus and to the “Journal des Savants”).

Brahé was the first to notice the variation, i.e., the difference, in the moon’s motion. Contrary to Sédillot’s view, M. Biot argues that this remarkable discovery by Tycho doesn’t belong to Abul-Wefa, and that the latter knew only about the second part of the “evection” (“Cosmos,” 1860, Vol. II. p. 222, which includes many references to the Comptes Rendus and the “Journal des Savants”).

The biographical division of the “English Cyclopædia,” 1866, Vol. I. pp. 898–903, gives a list of Brahé’s numerous writings, headed by his earliest publication, “De Nova Stella,” 1573, which is so extremely rare that, until 1890, when Dr. Dreyer gave a description of it, not a single historian of astronomy had ever seen it or been able to even give its title correctly (“Journal of Br. Astron. Assoc.,” Vol. XII. No. 2, p. 95; Houzeau et Lancaster, Vol. II. p. 598). A detailed account of its contents is given at pp. 44–56 of Dr. Dreyer’s 1890 work above alluded to, wherein we are further told of the protection given Brahé by the Landgrave William of Hesse-Cassel, as well as of the consequent aid so liberally extended by King Frederick II. Reference is likewise made to the fact that in December 1584 the King turned to Tycho for help, writing that he was under the impression he had returned a compass made by Tycho, believing there was something wrong with it; that, if this proved to be the case, Tycho was to send back the compass, but, if not, he was to make two new ones similar to the old one (F. R. Friis, “Tyge Brahé,” p. 147).

The biographical section of the “English Cyclopædia,” 1866, Vol. I. pp. 898–903, provides a list of Brahé’s many writings, starting with his first publication, “De Nova Stella,” 1573, which is so incredibly rare that, until 1890, when Dr. Dreyer described it, not a single historian of astronomy had seen it or even managed to accurately state its title (“Journal of Br. Astron. Assoc.,” Vol. XII. No. 2, p. 95; Houzeau et Lancaster, Vol. II. p. 598). A detailed account of its contents can be found on pp. 44–56 of Dr. Dreyer’s 1890 work mentioned earlier, where it is also noted that Brahé was supported by Landgrave William of Hesse-Cassel, along with the significant assistance provided by King Frederick II. It is also mentioned that in December 1584, the King reached out to Tycho for help, stating that he believed he had returned a compass made by Tycho, thinking there was something wrong with it; if that turned out to be true, Tycho was to send back the compass, but if not, he was to create two new ones similar to the old one (F. R. Friis, “Tyge Brahé,” p. 147).

References.—“Life of Tycho Brahé,” by Gassendi, containing the “Oratio Funebris,” etc., of John Jessenius; Tessier “Eloges des hommes illustres,” Vol. IV. p. 383; Blount, “Censura,” etc.; “Epistolæ ad Joh. Keplerum,” 1718; Riccioli, “Chronicon in Almagesto Novo,” Vol. I. p. 46; the biography by Malte-Brun in the “Biog. Univ.,” wherein is to be found the list of all of Tycho Brahé’s writings; “English Cycl.,” Supplement to Biography, p. 376, at Scipione Chiaromonti, for “Anti-Tycho”; “Bulletin de la Société Astronomique de France,” Janvier 1903; “Journal des Savants,” Juin 1864; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1860, Vol. III. pp. 158, 160, 162; “Nature” of Dec. 27, 1900, p. 206, and “Nature,” Vol. LXV. pp. 5–9, 104–106, 181, as well as the “Bulletin Astronomique,” Paris, Avril 1902, pp. 163–166, for account of the celebrations of the Tercentenary of Tycho-Brahé’s death, held at Prague and elsewhere, on Oct. 24, 1901, with illustrations of his observatory, etc. etc.; “Geschichte der Mathem. von Abraham G. Kästner,” Vol. II. pp. 376, etc., 613, etc.; R. A. Proctor, “Old and New Astronomy,” 1892 passim; “Biog. Génér.,” 1890, Vol. XLV. pp. 750,[94] 755; “La Grande Encycl.,” Vol. VII. pp. 962–963; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. XV. pp. 613–614; “Encycl. Brit.,” Edin., 1876, Vol. IV. p. 200.

References.—“Life of Tycho Brahé,” by Gassendi, which includes the “Oratio Funebris,” etc., of John Jessenius; Tessier “Eloges des hommes illustres,” Vol. IV. p. 383; Blount, “Censura,” etc.; “Epistolæ ad Joh. Keplerum,” 1718; Riccioli, “Chronicon in Almagesto Novo,” Vol. I. p. 46; the biography by Malte-Brun in the “Biog. Univ.,” where you can find the list of all of Tycho Brahé’s writings; “English Cycl.,” Supplement to Biography, p. 376, at Scipione Chiaromonti, for “Anti-Tycho”; “Bulletin de la Société Astronomique de France,” January 1903; “Journal des Savants,” June 1864; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1860, Vol. III. pp. 158, 160, 162; “Nature” of December 27, 1900, p. 206, and “Nature,” Vol. LXV. pp. 5–9, 104–106, 181, along with the “Bulletin Astronomique,” Paris, April 1902, pp. 163–166, for details about the celebrations of the Tercentenary of Tycho-Brahé’s death, held in Prague and other places on October 24, 1901, with illustrations of his observatory, etc.; “Geschichte der Mathem. von Abraham G. Kästner,” Vol. II. pp. 376, etc., 613, etc.; R. A. Proctor, “Old and New Astronomy,” 1892 passim; “Biog. Génér.,” 1890, Vol. XLV. pp. 750,[94] 755; “La Grande Encycl.,” Vol. VII. pp. 962–963; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. XV. pp. 613–614; “Encycl. Brit.,” Edinburgh, 1876, Vol. IV. p. 200.

Consult likewise for Abul Wefa: “Le Journal des Savants,” for Nov. 1841, Sept. 1843, Mar. 1845 and Oct. 1871; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibliog. Gén.,” 1887, Vol. I. pp. 598–600, and Vol. II. pp. 92–93; “Bull. de la Soc. Acad. de Laon,” Janvier 1903, pp. 40–48; Leopold Von Ranke, “History of England,” Vol. I. p. 367 and notes; Wm. Whewell, “Phil. of the Ind. Sc.,” London, 1840, Vol. II. pp. 386–388; Harold Höffding, “A Hist. of Mod. Phil.,” translated by B. E. Mayer, London, 1900, Vol. I. p. 428.

Consult also for Abul Wefa: “Le Journal des Savants,” for Nov. 1841, Sept. 1843, Mar. 1845, and Oct. 1871; Houzeau and Lancaster, “Bibliog. Gén.,” 1887, Vol. I. pp. 598–600, and Vol. II. pp. 92–93; “Bull. de la Soc. Acad. de Laon,” Jan. 1903, pp. 40–48; Leopold Von Ranke, “History of England,” Vol. I. p. 367 and notes; Wm. Whewell, “Phil. of the Ind. Sc.,” London, 1840, Vol. II. pp. 386–388; Harold Höffding, “A Hist. of Mod. Phil.,” translated by B. E. Mayer, London, 1900, Vol. I. p. 428.

A.D. 1602.—Blundeville (Thomas) publishes at London, “The Theoriques of the Seuen Planets,” etc., which, as the lengthy title goes to show, indicates “the making, description and vse of two ingenious and necessarie instruments for sea men to find out thereby the latitude of any place upon the sea or land, in the darkest night, that is, without the helpe of sunne, moone or starre; first invented by M. Dr. Gilbert, a most excellent philosopher, and one of the ordinarie physicians to Her Majestie.”

A.D. 1602.—Thomas Blundeville publishes in London, “The Theories of the Seven Planets,” etc., which, as the long title suggests, explains “the creation, description, and use of two clever and essential instruments for sailors to determine the latitude of any location on sea or land, even in complete darkness, that is, without the help of the sun, moon, or stars; first invented by M. Dr. Gilbert, a highly esteemed philosopher and one of the regular physicians to Her Majesty.”

He had previously published, in 1589, “A briefe description of universal mappes and cardes and of their use; and also the use of Ptolemy his Tables,” which was followed, during 1594, by his well-known work on navigation. From the rare sixth edition of the latter (London, 1622) the curious title page is worth reproducing as follows: “M. Blundeville, His Exercises, contayning eight treatises, the titles whereof are set down in the next printed page: which treatises are very necessary to be read and learned of all Young Gentlemen that haue not beene exercised in such Disciplines and yet are desirous to haue knowledge as well in Cosmographie, Astronomie and Geographie, as also in the art of navigation, in which art it is impossible, to profit without the helpe of these or such like Instructions. To the furtherance of which Art of Navigation the sayd Master Blundeville especially wrote the said Treatises and of meere good will doth dedicate the same to all Young Gentlemen of this Realme.” The contents of this curious work treat of Arithmetic, Cosmography, Terrestrial and Celestial Globes, Peter Plancius, his Universal Map, Mr. Blagrau, his Astrolabe, The First Principles of Navigation, etc. etc.

He had previously published, in 1589, “A Brief Description of Universal Maps and Charts and Their Use; and Also the Use of Ptolemy's Tables,” which was followed, in 1594, by his famous work on navigation. From the rare sixth edition of the latter (London, 1622), the interesting title page is worth reprinting as follows: “M. Blundeville's Exercises, containing eight treatises, the titles of which are listed on the next printed page: these treatises are very important for all Young Gentlemen who have not been trained in such subjects and yet wish to gain knowledge in Cosmography, Astronomy, and Geography, as well as in the art of navigation, in which it is impossible to succeed without the help of these or similar instructions. To further the Art of Navigation, Master Blundeville specifically wrote these Treatises and dedicates them out of goodwill to all Young Gentlemen of this realm.” The contents of this interesting work cover Arithmetic, Cosmography, Terrestrial and Celestial Globes, Peter Plancius and his Universal Map, Mr. Blagrau and his Astrolabe, The First Principles of Navigation, etc. etc.

The Mr. Blagrau here mentioned is John Blagrave, eminent English mathematician, author of “The Mathematical Jewel,” as well as of “The making and use of the familiar staffe,” of “The Art of Dialling,” and of “Astrolabium Uranicum Generale, a necessary and pleasunt solace and recreation for Navigators in their long journeying, containing the use of an instrument or astrolabe.” From the last named, it appears that Blagrave was a convert to the heliocentric theory of Copernicus (“New Gen.[95] Biog. Dict.,” by Rev. H. J. Rose, London, 1850, Vol. IV. p. 277). The invention of the dipping needle by Mr. Blagrave was before the discovery of the change of the needle’s variation by Mr. Gellibrand (“Philos. Britan.,” Benj. Martin, London, 1771, Vol. I. p. 46).

The Mr. Blagrau mentioned here is John Blagrave, a notable English mathematician, author of “The Mathematical Jewel,” along with “The Making and Use of the Familiar Staff,” “The Art of Dialling,” and “Astrolabium Uranicum Generale, a necessary and pleasant solace and recreation for navigators on their long journeys, explaining how to use an instrument or astrolabe.” From the last mentioned work, it’s clear that Blagrave believed in the heliocentric theory of Copernicus (“New Gen.[95] Biog. Dict.,” by Rev. H. J. Rose, London, 1850, Vol. IV. p. 277). The invention of the dipping needle by Mr. Blagrave occurred before Mr. Gellibrand discovered the change in the needle's variation (“Philos. Britan.,” Benj. Martin, London, 1771, Vol. I. p. 46).

References.—“Gen. Biogr. Dict.” (Gorton), London, 1833, Vol. I; Hutton’s abridgments of the Phil. Trans., London, 1739, Vol. IV. p. 103; “Dict. of Nat. Biog.,” Leslie Stephen, London, 1886, Vol. V. pp. 157 and 271–272; “Gen. Biog. Dict.,” Alex. Chalmers, London, 1812, Vol. V. pp. 370–371; “Biog. Univ.,” Paris, 1843, Vol. IV. p. 397; “Nouv. Biog. Générale” (Hœfer), Paris, 1853, pp. 170–171; Baddam’s abridgments of the Phil. Trans., London, 1739, Vol. IV. p. 103; “Ames’ Typog. Antiq.” (Herbert), pp. 693, 694, 697–701; Bloomfield’s “Norfolk,” Vol. LXIV. pp. 68–70; Cooper’s “Athenæ Cantab.”; Davy’s “Suffolk Coll.,” Vol. LXXXIX. p. 215; Hazlitt, “Coll. and Notes,” 1876, also the second series.

References.—“Gen. Biogr. Dict.” (Gorton), London, 1833, Vol. I; Hutton’s abridgments of the Phil. Trans., London, 1739, Vol. IV. p. 103; “Dict. of Nat. Biog.,” Leslie Stephen, London, 1886, Vol. V. pp. 157 and 271–272; “Gen. Biog. Dict.,” Alex. Chalmers, London, 1812, Vol. V. pp. 370–371; “Biog. Univ.,” Paris, 1843, Vol. IV. p. 397; “Nouv. Biog. Générale” (Hœfer), Paris, 1853, pp. 170–171; Baddam’s abridgments of the Phil. Trans., London, 1739, Vol. IV. p. 103; “Ames’ Typog. Antiq.” (Herbert), pp. 693, 694, 697–701; Bloomfield’s “Norfolk,” Vol. LXIV. pp. 68–70; Cooper’s “Athenæ Cantab.”; Davy’s “Suffolk Coll.,” Vol. LXXXIX. p. 215; Hazlitt, “Coll. and Notes,” 1876, also the second series.

A.D. 1609.—Kepler (Johann), who succeeded Tycho Brahé in 1601 as astronomer to the German Emperor Rudolph II, is the author of a treatise “On the Magnet,” which was followed, during 1609, by his greatest work, the “Astronomia Nova.” The latter was deemed by Lalande of such importance that he considered it the duty of every astronomer to read it from beginning to end at least once in his lifetime.

A.D. 1609.—Kepler (Johann), who became the astronomer for the German Emperor Rudolph II after Tycho Brahé in 1601, wrote a treatise called “On the Magnet.” In 1609, he published his most significant work, the “Astronomia Nova.” Lalande believed this book was so important that he felt every astronomer should read it from start to finish at least once in their life.

The “Astronomia” contains the extraordinary book “on the motion of Mars,” and is said to hold the intermediate place, besides being the connecting link between the discoveries of Copernicus and those of Newton. Kepler’s doctrine is thus enunciated by Dr. Whewell (“Physical Astronomy,” Chap. I): “A certain Force or Virtue resides in the sun by which all bodies within his influence are carried around him. He illustrates (‘De Stella Martis,’ Chap. XXXIV. p. 3) the nature of this Virtue in various ways, comparing it to Light and to the Magnetic Power, which it resembles in the circumstances of operating at a distance, and also in exercising a feebler influence as the distance becomes greater.” In the Table of Contents of the work on the planet Mars, the purport of the chapter to which allusion has been made is stated as follows: “A Physical speculation, in which it is demonstrated that the vehicle of that virtue which urges the planets, circulates through the spaces of the universe after the manner of a river or whirlpool (vortex), moving quicker than the planets.” It will doubtless be found by any one who reads Kepler’s phrases concerning the moving force—the magnetic nature—the immaterial virtue of the sun, that they convey no distinct conception, except so far as they are interpreted by the expressions here quoted: “A vortex of fluid constantly whirling around the sun, kept in this whirling motion by the rotation of the sun himself and carrying the planets around the sun by its revolution,[96] as a whirlpool carries straws, could be readily understood; and though it appears to have been held by Kepler that this current and vortex was immaterial, he ascribes to it the power of overcoming the inertia of bodies, and of putting them and keeping them in motion, the only material properties with which he had anything to do. Kepler’s physical reasonings, therefore amount, in fact, to the doctrine of vortices around the central bodies and are occasionally so stated by himself; though by asserting these vortices to be ‘an immaterial species,’ and by the fickleness and variety of his phraseology on the subject, he leaves his theory in some confusion; a proceeding, indeed, which both his want of sound mechanical conceptions and his busy and inventive fancy might have led us to expect. Nor, we may venture to say, was it easy for any one at Kepler’s time to devise a more plausible theory than the theory of vortices might have been made. It was only with the formation and progress of the science of mechanics that this theory became untenable.”

The “Astronomia” includes the remarkable book “on the motion of Mars” and is considered to bridge the discoveries of Copernicus and those of Newton. Dr. Whewell explains Kepler’s theory in “Physical Astronomy,” Chap. I: “A certain force or quality exists in the sun that causes all bodies within its influence to orbit around it. He illustrates it (‘De Stella Martis,’ Chap. XXXIV, p. 3) in various ways, comparing it to light and magnetic power, as it operates at a distance and has a weaker effect as the distance increases.” In the Table of Contents for the section on Mars, the purpose of the referenced chapter is described as follows: “A physical speculation demonstrating that the medium carrying that quality which moves the planets flows through space like a river or whirlpool (vortex), moving faster than the planets.” Anyone reading Kepler’s descriptions of the moving force—the magnetic nature—the immaterial quality of the sun will find that they don't convey a clear idea, except when interpreted by the quoted expressions: “A vortex of fluid constantly swirling around the sun, maintained in motion by the sun’s own rotation and carrying the planets around the sun by its revolution,[96] much like a whirlpool carries debris, is easy to understand. Although Kepler seems to have believed that this current and vortex was immaterial, he attributes to it the ability to overcome inertia and keep bodies in motion, the only material properties he dealt with. Therefore, Kepler’s physical reasoning essentially centers on the theory of vortices around central bodies, which he occasionally states himself; however, by claiming these vortices to be ‘an immaterial kind,’ and due to the inconsistency and variety in his terminology on the subject, he leaves his theory somewhat unclear—a situation we might expect given his lack of solid mechanical concepts and his active imagination. It’s also fair to say that during Kepler’s time, it wasn’t easy for anyone to come up with a more convincing theory than the vortices could have been made into. It was only with the development of mechanics that this theory became untenable.”

References.—“Kepler, sa vie et ses ouvrages,” in the “Journal des Savants” for June, July and August 1847; Kepler’s manuscripts, “Phil. Trans.,” Vol. XI. p. 27; Wm. Whewell, “Phil. of the Ind. Sc.,” London, 1840, Vol. II. pp. 383–386; “Epistolæ ad J. Keplerum,” published by M. G. Hansch in 1718; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibliogr. Générale,” 1887, Vol. I. part i. pp. 612–614, detailing the contents of Kepler’s “Opera Omnia,” also Vol. I. part ii. pp. 1315–1316, 1330–1331, 1383, and Vol. II. pp. 175–176, 456–462 and 1581; Robert Small, “An Account of the Astronomical Discoveries of Kepler,” London, 1804; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1860, Vol. II. p. 710, notes, for Laplace, Chasles and Brewster on the writings and theories of Kepler; “Jour. des Savants” for June, July and August 1847; “Geschichte der Mathem.,” Vol. III. p. 318, and Vol. IV. pp. 216, 311; Dr. Geo. Miller, “Hist. Phil. Ill.,” London, 1849, Vol. III. notes at pp. 134–135; Fourth Dissert. of “Encycl. Brit.”; Whewell, “Hist. of the Ind. Sc.,” 1859, Vol. I. pp. 291–311, 320, 386, 387, 415, 462, 532–534, and Vol. II. pp. 55, 56.

Sources.—“Kepler, his life and works,” in the “Journal des Savants” for June, July, and August 1847; Kepler’s manuscripts, “Phil. Trans.,” Vol. XI. p. 27; Wm. Whewell, “Philosophy of the Ind. Sciences,” London, 1840, Vol. II. pp. 383–386; “Letters to J. Kepler,” published by M. G. Hansch in 1718; Houzeau and Lancaster, “General Bibliography,” 1887, Vol. I. part i. pp. 612–614, detailing the contents of Kepler’s “Opera Omnia,” also Vol. I. part ii. pp. 1315–1316, 1330–1331, 1383, and Vol. II. pp. 175–176, 456–462, and 1581; Robert Small, “An Account of the Astronomical Discoveries of Kepler,” London, 1804; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1860, Vol. II. p. 710, notes for Laplace, Chasles, and Brewster on the writings and theories of Kepler; “Journal des Savants” for June, July, and August 1847; “History of Mathematics,” Vol. III. p. 318, and Vol. IV. pp. 216, 311; Dr. Geo. Miller, “History of Philosophy,” London, 1849, Vol. III. notes at pp. 134–135; Fourth Dissertation of “Encyclopædia Britannica”; Whewell, “History of the Ind. Sciences,” 1859, Vol. I. pp. 291–311, 320, 386, 387, 415, 462, 532–534, and Vol. II. pp. 55, 56.

It will be well to look at the last-named work of Dr. Whewell for references to Jeremiah Horrox—Horrockes—(1619–1641), the celebrated young English scientist, who wrote in defence of the Copernican opinion in his “Keplerian Astronomy defended and promoted” (“Hist. of the Ind. Sc.,” Vol. I. Book V. chap. iii. p. 276, and Chap. V. p. 303), as well as for references to Giovanni Alfonso Borelli (1608–1679). Borelli, who has by many been erroneously called a pupil of Galileo, was a distinguished Italian physicist and astronomer, born at Naples in 1608, who founded what has been called the iatromathematical school, which, under the protection of Leopold of Tuscany, became known as the Accademia del Cimento. Whewell speaks of him in Vol. I. at Book VI. chap. ii. p. 323, at Book VII. chap i. pp. 387, 393, 394, and at Chap. II. pp. 303, 395, 405, 406. Horrox is mentioned, more particularly, by Houzeau et[97] Lancaster (“Bibliog. Générale,” Vol. II. p. 167), also at pp. 12 and 220, Vol. II of Hutton’s abridgments of the Phil. Trans.; while full accounts of the many important works of Borelli are to be found in “Biogr. Générale,” Vol. VI. pp. 700–701; Ninth “Britannica,” Vol. IV. p. 53; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. II. p. 1003; “Chambers’ Encycl.,” 1888, Vol. II. p. 328; “La Grande Encycl.,” Vol. VII. p. 405; Nicéron, “Mémoires,” Vol. VIII. p. 257; Vigneul-Marville, “Mélanges,” Vol. II. p. 122; Sachs, “Onomasticon Literarium,” V. 40; Hagen, “Memoriæ Philosophorum,” Frankfort, 1710.

It’s worth checking out Dr. Whewell's last-mentioned work for references to Jeremiah Horrox—Horrockes—(1619–1641), the famous young English scientist, who defended the Copernican theory in his “Keplerian Astronomy defended and promoted” (“Hist. of the Ind. Sc.,” Vol. I. Book V. chap. iii. p. 276, and Chap. V. p. 303), as well as for mentions of Giovanni Alfonso Borelli (1608–1679). Borelli, who many mistakenly call a student of Galileo, was a prominent Italian physicist and astronomer born in Naples in 1608. He founded what is known as the iatromathematical school, which, with the support of Leopold of Tuscany, became known as the Accademia del Cimento. Whewell refers to him in Vol. I. at Book VI. chap. ii. p. 323, at Book VII. chap. i. pp. 387, 393, 394, and at Chap. II. pp. 303, 395, 405, 406. Horrox is specifically mentioned by Houzeau et[97] Lancaster (“Bibliog. Générale,” Vol. II. p. 167), and also appears on pp. 12 and 220, Vol. II of Hutton’s abridgments of the Phil. Trans.; while detailed accounts of Borelli’s significant works are available in “Biogr. Générale,” Vol. VI. pp. 700–701; Ninth “Britannica,” Vol. IV. p. 53; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. II. p. 1003; “Chambers’ Encycl.,” 1888, Vol. II. p. 328; “La Grande Encycl.,” Vol. VII. p. 405; Nicéron, “Mémoires,” Vol. VIII. p. 257; Vigneul-Marville, “Mélanges,” Vol. II. p. 122; Sachs, “Onomasticon Literarium,” V. 40; Hagen, “Memoriæ Philosophorum,” Frankfort, 1710.

A.D. 1613.—Ridley (Marke), “Doctor in physicke and philosophie, latly physition to the Emperour of Russia and one of ye eight principals or elects of the College of Physitions in London,” is the author of a small quarto entitled “A Short Treatise of Magnetical Bodies and Motions,” published in London, 1613. Of this treatise, Libri says that the author, in his preface, deals tolerantly with the many and varied theories concerning magnetic bodies, instancing many of the most notable from those of Pliny and Nicander to those of Robert Norman. He is particularly emphatic concerning the production of perpetual motion by means of the loadstone, finding it “by the experience of many ingenious practices ... impossible to be done.”

A.D. 1613.—Ridley (Marke), “Doctor in physics and philosophy, formerly physician to the Emperor of Russia and one of the eight principal elects of the College of Physicians in London,” is the author of a small quarto called “A Short Treatise of Magnetic Bodies and Motions,” published in London, 1613. In this treatise, Libri notes that the author, in his preface, addresses the numerous and diverse theories about magnetic bodies with an open mind, referencing many of the most notable from Pliny and Nicander to those of Robert Norman. He especially emphasizes the impossibility of creating perpetual motion using the loadstone, stating that it is “by the experience of many clever practices ... impossible to be done.”

From the notice given him in “Dict. of Nat. Biog.,” 1896, Vol. XLVIII. pp. 285–286, we learn that in the above-named work, he claims acquaintance with William Gilbert, whom he commends as the greatest discoverer in magnetical science, and that after giving twenty-four chapters on the properties and description of the magnet, he discusses the variation of the compass and methods of estimating it in eight chapters, the inclinatory needle in eight others, concluding with a chapter on finding the longitude and one “of the matter of the magnetical globe of the earth by the needle.”

From the notice provided in “Dict. of Nat. Biog.,” 1896, Vol. XLVIII, pp. 285–286, we learn that in the mentioned work, he claims to be acquainted with William Gilbert, whom he praises as the greatest discoverer in magnetic science. After presenting twenty-four chapters on the properties and description of the magnet, he explores the variation of the compass and methods for estimating it in eight chapters, the inclinatory needle in another eight chapters, and concludes with a chapter on finding longitude and one on “the matter of the magnetic globe of the earth by the needle.”

In 1617, he published “Animadversions on a late work entitled Magnetical Advertisement; or, Observations on the Nature and Properties of the Loadstone.”

In 1617, he published “Animadversions on a recent work called Magnetical Advertisement; or, Observations on the Nature and Properties of the Loadstone.”

References.—A. Watt, “Bibliotheca Britannica,” Vol. II. p. 804, at p. 75g Vol. I. of which (article, “Wm. Barlowe”) is “A briefe discovery of the idle animadversions of Marke Ridley, M.D.,” upon a treatise entitled “Magneticall Advertisements,” London, 1618. Consult also “The Lancet” of August 7, 1897, p. 349; Munk’s “College of Phys.,” Vol. I. p. 106; Ridlon’s “Ancient Ryedales,” p. 425.

References.—A. Watt, “Bibliotheca Britannica,” Vol. II, p. 804, at p. 75g Vol. I, which includes the article “Wm. Barlowe,” is “A brief discovery of the pointless comments of Marke Ridley, M.D.,” on a treatise titled “Magnetic Advertisements,” London, 1618. Also, check “The Lancet” from August 7, 1897, p. 349; Munk’s “College of Phys.,” Vol. I, p. 106; Ridlon’s “Ancient Ryedales,” p. 425.

A.D. 1616.—Schouten (Guillaume Cornelissen—Willem Cornelisz), Dutch navigator, indicates points lying in the midst of the Pacific and south-east of the Marquesas Islands in which the[98] variation is null. Humboldt alludes to this (“Cosmos,” 1859, Vol. I. p. 182, and Vol. V. p. 59) and says, “Even now there lies in this region a singular, closed system of isogonic lines, in which every group of the internal concentric curves indicates a smaller amount of variation.”

A.D. 1616.—Schouten (Guillaume Cornelissen—Willem Cornelisz), a Dutch navigator, points out locations in the middle of the Pacific, southeast of the Marquesas Islands, where the[98] variation is zero. Humboldt references this in "Cosmos" (1859, Vol. I, p. 182, and Vol. V, p. 59) and states, “Even now, there exists in this area a unique, closed system of isogonic lines, where each group of the internal concentric curves represents a lesser degree of variation.”

For Schouten, consult “Relation,” published by Aris Classen, Amst., 1617; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. XIV. p. 375.

For Schouten, check out “Relation,” published by Aris Classen, Amsterdam, 1617; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. XIV. p. 375.

Under this same date, A.D. 1616, Chas. Pickering tells us that Wm. Baffin (Churchill Coll. and Anders. II. 268) continued North to “seventy-eight degrees,” as far as a Sound called by him “Thomas Smith’s,” where the compass varied “fifty-six degrees to the westward,” making the true North bear N.E. by E. The northern expanse of water received the name of “Baffin’s Bay” (“Chron. Hist. of Plants,” Boston, 1879, p. 933).

On this same date, A.D. 1616, Chas. Pickering tells us that Wm. Baffin (Churchill Coll. and Anders. II. 268) continued north to “seventy-eight degrees,” reaching a sound he named “Thomas Smith’s,” where the compass varied “fifty-six degrees to the west,” making true north point N.E. by E. The northern body of water was named “Baffin’s Bay” (“Chron. Hist. of Plants,” Boston, 1879, p. 933).

A.D. 1617.—Strada (Famianus), an Italian author and Jesuit priest, publishes his curious “Prolusiones Academicæ,” wherein he describes (lib. ii. prol. 6) a contrivance consisting of two magnetic needles attached to two dials each bearing a circle of letters so arranged that when one needle is made to point to any letter on one dial, the other needle points to the same letter upon the other dial.

A.D. 1617.—Strada (Famianus), an Italian author and Jesuit priest, publishes his intriguing “Prolusiones Academicæ,” in which he describes (lib. ii. prol. 6) a device made up of two magnetic needles connected to two dials, each featuring a circle of letters arranged in such a way that when one needle points to a letter on one dial, the other needle points to the same letter on the other dial.

The description is best given in his own words taken from the original Latin (Stradæ, “Prol. Acad.,” Oxoniæ, 1662, “Magnes cur ferrum aut aurum trahat,” pp. 326–335): “... If you wish your distant friend, to whom no letter can come, to learn something, take a disc or dial, and write round the edge of it the letters of the alphabet in the order in which children learn them, and, in the centre, place horizontally a rod, which has touched a magnet, so that it may move and indicate whatever letter you wish. Then a similar dial being in the possession of your friend, if you desire privately to speak to the friend whom some share of the earth holds far from you, lay your hand on the globe, and turn the movable iron as you see disposed along the margin of all the letters which are required for the words. Hither and thither turn the style and touch the letters, now this one, and now that.... Wonderful to relate, the far-distant friend sees the voluble iron tremble without the touch of any person, and run now hither, now thither; conscious he bends over it and marks the teaching of the rod. When he sees the rod stand still, he, in his turn, if he thinks there is anything to be answered, in like manner, by touching the various letters, writes it back to his friend....”

The description is best given in his own words taken from the original Latin (Stradæ, “Prol. Acad.,” Oxoniæ, 1662, “Magnes cur ferrum aut aurum trahat,” pp. 326–335): “... If you want your distant friend, to whom no letter can come, to learn something, take a disc or dial, and write around the edge of it the letters of the alphabet in the order that children learn them. In the center, place a rod that has touched a magnet, so it can move and point to whatever letter you want. If your friend has a similar dial, and you want to communicate privately with someone who is far away, place your hand on the globe and turn the movable iron as you see fit along the margin of all the letters needed for the words. Move the stylus back and forth and touch the letters—first this one, then that one.... Amazingly, the far-away friend sees the iron move without being touched by anyone and shift from side to side; aware of this, he leans over it and notes what the rod indicates. When he sees the rod stop, if he thinks there’s something to reply, he can do the same thing, touching the various letters to write back to his friend....”

References.—“The Student; or, Oxford and Cambridge Misc.,” 1750, Vol. I. p. 354; Abbé Moigno’s “Traité de Tel. Elec.,” p. 58;[99] Addison (Joseph), “Spectator” for December 6, 1711, No. 241 (p. 273, Vol. II. London ed., 1854); the “Guardian” for 1713, No. 119, and “Nature,” Vol. XVI. pp. 268, 269. Also “Academy and Literature” of January 7, 1905. Zachary Grey, in 1744 edition of Butler’s “Hudibras,” quotes from the “Guardian.”

References.—“The Student; or, Oxford and Cambridge Misc.,” 1750, Vol. I. p. 354; Abbé Moigno’s “Treatise on Tele. Elec.,” p. 58;[99] Addison (Joseph), “Spectator” for December 6, 1711, No. 241 (p. 273, Vol. II. London ed., 1854); the “Guardian” for 1713, No. 119, and “Nature,” Vol. XVI. pp. 268, 269. Also “Academy and Literature” of January 7, 1905. Zachary Grey, in the 1744 edition of Butler’s “Hudibras,” quotes from the “Guardian.”

A.D. 1620.—Bacon (Sir Francis), by many considered the greatest of English philosophers and philosophical writers (1561–1626), who was knighted in 1603, became Earl of Verulam in 1618 and Viscount St. Albans in 1620, produces the masterpiece of his genius, the “Novum Organum,” after having twelve times copied and revised it. The last-named work, observes Macaulay, “takes in at once all the domains of science—all the past, the present and the future, all the errors of two thousand years, all the encouraging signs of the passing times, all the bright hopes of the coming age.” Prof. Playfair says of it that “the power and compass of the mind which could form such a plan beforehand, and trace not merely the outline but many of the most minute ramifications of sciences which did not yet exist, must be an object of admiration to all succeeding ages.”

A.D. 1620.—Bacon (Sir Francis), regarded by many as the greatest of English philosophers and philosophical writers (1561–1626), who was knighted in 1603, became Earl of Verulam in 1618 and Viscount St. Albans in 1620, produces the masterpiece of his genius, the “Novum Organum,” after having copied and revised it twelve times. The last-named work, notes Macaulay, “encompasses all areas of science—all of the past, the present, and the future, all the mistakes of two thousand years, all the hopeful signs of the times, and all the bright hopes of the upcoming age.” Prof. Playfair remarks that “the power and scope of the mind that could plan this out ahead of time, and outline not just the big picture but many of the intricate details of sciences that didn’t even exist yet, should be admired by all future generations.”

It was Sir John Herschel who remarked that “previous to the publication of the ‘Novum Organum’ natural philosophy, in any legitimate and extensive sense of the word, could hardly be said to exist.” In the address presented in 1623 by the University of Oxford to Sir Francis Bacon, he is represented “as a mighty Hercules who had by his own hand greatly advanced those pillars in the learned world which by the rest of the world were supposed immovable.”

It was Sir John Herschel who noted that “before the release of the ‘Novum Organum,’ natural philosophy, in any true and broad sense of the term, could barely be said to exist.” In the address given in 1623 by the University of Oxford to Sir Francis Bacon, he is depicted “as a powerful Hercules who, through his own efforts, significantly advanced those pillars in the scholarly world that everyone else believed were immovable.”

Treating of the electric fluid, Bacon has given (“Physiological Remains,” London, 1648) a detailed list of attractive and non-attractive bodies and the results of his very extensive experiments and observations in physical science generally, as well as of the investigations contained in Dr. Gilbert’s work. To the latter, however, many allusions had already been made in Bacon’s “The Advancement of Learning,” published during 1605, two years before he was made Solicitor-General.

Treating the subject of electricity, Bacon provided a detailed list of attractive and non-attractive materials and the outcomes of his extensive experiments and observations in physical science overall, as well as insights from Dr. Gilbert’s research. However, many references to the latter had already been made in Bacon’s “The Advancement of Learning,” published in 1605, two years before he became Solicitor-General.

The most satisfactory analyzation of Bacon’s researches is to be found in the attractive edition of his complete works published by Spedding, Ellis and Heath, fifteen volumes, Boston, 1863. Therein will be seen the following references to the magnet and magnetic virtue:

The best analysis of Bacon’s research can be found in the appealing edition of his complete works published by Spedding, Ellis, and Heath, fifteen volumes, Boston, 1863. In it, you will find the following references to the magnet and its magnetic properties:

Vol. I. p. 435 (note). In Gilbert’s philosophy, the earth’s magnetic action is not distinguished from gravity (De Mundo, II. c. 3). That the magnetic action of the earth or of a magnet[100] is confined to a definite orb, appears from a variety of passages (see “De Magnete,” II. c. 7, and the definitions prefixed to this work). Gilbert distinguished between the “Orb of Virtue” which includes the whole space through which any magnetic action extends, and the “Orb of Coition” which is totum illud spatium per quod minimum magneticum per magnetem movetur. He asserts that the orb of the magnetic virtue extends to the moon and ascribes the moon’s inequalities to the effects it produces (“De Mundo,” II. c. 19).

Vol. I. p. 435 (note). In Gilbert’s philosophy, the earth’s magnetic action is not separate from gravity (De Mundo, II. c. 3). The idea that the magnetic action of the earth or of a magnet[100] is limited to a specific area is evident from various passages (see “De Magnete,” II. c. 7, and the definitions at the beginning of this work). Gilbert made a distinction between the “Orb of Virtue,” which includes the entire space affected by magnetic action, and the “Orb of Coition,” which is totum illud spatium per quod minimum magneticum per magnetem movetur. He claims that the orb of magnetic virtue reaches the moon and attributes the moon’s irregularities to the effects it has (“De Mundo,” II. c. 19).

Vol. VIII. Aphorisms. “If, before the discovery of the magnet, any one had said that a certain instrument had been invented by means of which the quarters and points of the heavens could be taken and distinguished with exactness ... it would have been judged altogether incredible ...” (pp. 141–142). “The ‘Clandestine Instances’—which I also call ‘Instances of the Twilight’ [the attraction or coming together of bodies]—and which are pretty nearly the opposite of ‘Striking Instances....’ The most remarkable ‘Striking Instance’ is the magnet ... a ‘Clandestine Instance’ is a magnet armed with iron; or, rather, the iron is an armed magnet ...” (pp. 224–226). “The polarity of the iron needle when touched with the magnet” (p. 261). “The magnetic or attractive virtue admits of media without distinction, nor is the virtue impeded in any kind of a medium” (p. 269). “There is no medium known by the interposition of which the operation of the magnet, in drawing iron, is entirely prevented” (pp. 285–286). “A piece of a magnet does not draw so much iron as the whole magnet” (p. 301). “As for the help derived from the virtue of a cognate body, it is well seen in an armed magnet, which excites in iron the virtue of detaining iron by similarity of substance; the torpor of the iron being cast off by the virtue of the magnet” (p. 311). “There are four virtues or operations in the magnet ... the first is the attraction of magnet to magnet, or of iron to magnet, or of magnetised iron to iron; the second is its polarity, and at the same time its declination; the third, its power of penetrating through gold, glass, stone, everything; the fourth, its power of communicating its virtue from stone to iron, and from iron to iron, without communication of substance” (p. 313). “But the flight of iron from one pole of the magnet is well observed by Gilbert to be not a flight strictly speaking, but a conformity and meeting in a more convenient situation” (p. 315). “The magnet endues iron with a new disposition of its parts and a conformable motion, but loses nothing of its own virtue” (p. 318).

Vol. VIII. Aphorisms. “If, before the discovery of the magnet, anyone had claimed that an instrument was created allowing for the precise determination and differentiation of the quarters and points of the heavens... it would have been considered completely unbelievable...” (pp. 141–142). “The ‘Clandestine Instances’—which I also refer to as ‘Instances of the Twilight’ [the attraction or coming together of bodies]—are almost the opposite of ‘Striking Instances....’ The most notable ‘Striking Instance’ is the magnet... a ‘Clandestine Instance’ is a magnet with iron; or, more accurately, the iron is a magnet that’s armed...” (pp. 224–226). “The polarity of the iron needle when it comes into contact with the magnet” (p. 261). “The magnetic or attractive property does not discriminate between media, nor is its effectiveness hindered in any type of medium” (p. 269). “There is no medium known that entirely prevents the magnet from drawing iron” (pp. 285–286). “A piece of a magnet does not attract as much iron as the whole magnet does” (p. 301). “As for the support gained from the property of a related material, it's evident in an armed magnet, which prompts in iron the ability to hold onto iron due to the similarity of their substances; the sluggishness of the iron is overcome by the magnet’s property” (p. 311). “There are four properties or effects in the magnet... the first is the attraction between magnets, or between iron and magnets, or between magnetized iron and iron; the second is its polarity and its declination; the third, its ability to penetrate through gold, glass, stone, everything; the fourth, its ability to transfer its property from stone to iron, and from iron to iron, without any transfer of substance” (p. 313). “However, Gilbert clearly observes that the movement of iron from one pole of the magnet is not really a flight in the strict sense, but a conformance, coming together in a more favorable position” (p. 315). “The magnet gives iron a new arrangement of its parts and a corresponding motion, but it loses none of its own property” (p. 318).

[101]

[101]

Vol. IX. In the fifth book of “De Augmentis Scientiarum,” these questions are asked: (1) A magnet attracts a solid piece of iron; will a piece of a magnet dipped in a dissolution of iron attract the iron itself and so get a coating of iron? (2) Again, the magnetic needle turns to the pole; does it, in so doing, follow the same course as the heavenly bodies? (3) And, if one should turn the needle the wrong way, that is, point it to the South and hold it there for a while, and then let it go; would it, in returning to the North, go round by the West rather than by the East? (pp. 75–76).

Vol. IX. In the fifth book of “De Augmentis Scientiarum,” these questions are asked: (1) A magnet attracts a solid piece of iron; will a piece of magnet dipped in a solution of iron attract the iron itself and get a coating of iron? (2) Additionally, the magnetic needle turns to the pole; does it, in doing so, follow the same path as the heavenly bodies? (3) And if someone turns the needle the wrong way, that is, points it to the South and holds it there for a while, then lets it go; would it, when returning to the North, go around by the West instead of by the East? (pp. 75–76).

Vol. X. This contains, at pp. 269–272, the “Inquiry respecting the Magnet,” of which the original paper is to be found in Vol. IV. pp. 121–125. In Dr. Rawley’s list of works composed by Bacon, during the last five years of his life, this “Inquisitio de Magnete,” first published in 1658, stands last but two. At p. 335 this same Vol. X will be found an extract from “De fluxu et reflexu maris” (“The ebb and flow of the sea”) relative to the inquiry as to whether the earth itself is a magnet, as was asserted by Gilbert.

Vol. X. This contains, on pages 269–272, the “Inquiry about the Magnet,” with the original paper found in Vol. IV, pages 121–125. In Dr. Rawley’s list of works by Bacon from the last five years of his life, this “Inquisitio de Magnete,” first published in 1658, is the third from last. On page 335 of Vol. X, there’s an excerpt from “De fluxu et reflexu maris” (“The ebb and flow of the sea”) related to the question of whether the earth itself is a magnet, as claimed by Gilbert.

Besides the “Clandestine Instances” or “Instances of the Twilight” alluded to above, mention could have been made more particularly of Bacon’s observations (in s. 3 of the “Nov. Organ.”) under the direct headings of “Instantiæ Citantes ... Supplementi ... Radii ... Magicæ,” as well as of “Motus Magneticus ... Excitationis ... Fugæ,” etc., which are fully explained at ss. 190–200 of Sir John Herschel’s “Discourse on the study of Natural Philosophy.”

Besides the “Clandestine Instances” or “Instances of the Twilight” mentioned earlier, it would be relevant to specifically note Bacon’s observations (in s. 3 of the “Nov. Organ.”) under the headings of “Instantiæ Citantes ... Supplementi ... Radii ... Magicæ,” as well as “Motus Magneticus ... Excitationis ... Fugæ,” etc., which are thoroughly explained in ss. 190–200 of Sir John Herschel’s “Discourse on the study of Natural Philosophy.”

They have been analyzed as follows:

They have been analyzed like this:

Instantiæ Citantes, to which may be reduced the “discovery of a moving magnetic fluid, or an action circular and perpendicular to the electrical current, yet connected with it.”

Instantiæ Citantes, which can be simplified to the “discovery of a moving magnetic fluid, or an action that is circular and perpendicular to the electrical current, yet linked to it.”

Instantiæ Supplementi, such as the magnet which attracts iron through many substances that may be interposed. Perhaps, says he, “some medium may be found to deaden this virtue more than any other medium; such an instance of substitution, would be in the way of degree, or approximation”; that is, it would approach toward destroying the magnetic virtue. Iron possesses, perhaps, this quality in a more marked manner than any other substance.

Instantiæ Supplementi, like the magnet that attracts iron through various materials that might be in the way. Maybe, he suggests, “some medium could be discovered that weakens this ability more than any other medium; this would be an example of substitution, in terms of degree or approximation”; meaning it would come close to eliminating the magnetic property. Iron seems to have this quality more distinctly than any other material.

Instantiæ Radii, leading to the suggestion that there may exist some kind of “magnetic virtue which operates by consent,[102] between the globe of the earth and heavenly bodies; or between the globe of the moon and the waters of the sea; or between the starry heavens and the planets, by which they may be drawn to their apogees,” or greatest distances from the earth.

Instantiæ Radii suggests that there might be some sort of "magnetic force that works together, [102] between the Earth and celestial bodies; or between the moon and the ocean; or between the starry sky and the planets, which could draw them to their farthest points from Earth."

Instantiæ Magicæ, such as the loadstone animating a number of needles without loss of its own magnetism.

Instantiæ Magicæ, like the lodestone that can move multiple needles while still keeping its own magnetism intact.

Motus Magneticus, such as the attraction of the heavenly bodies, from an idea, perhaps, that it might be due to a species of magnetism.

Motus Magneticus, like the attraction of celestial bodies, comes from the thought that it could be caused by a type of magnetism.

Motus Excitationis, such as the new property which is given to iron by the magnet without any loss of power by the latter.

Motus Excitationis, like the new ability that a magnet imparts to iron without any reduction in the magnet's own power.

Motus Fugæ, such as “the repulsion of electrified pith balls; also of the similar poles of two magnets. In the latter case, all the force of a strong man has proved insufficient to make the two north poles touch each other.”

Motus Fugæ, like "the repulsion of charged pith balls; also of the same poles of two magnets. In the latter case, even all the strength of a strong man has been found inadequate to make the two north poles touch each other."

The last-named work of Sir John Herschel is alluded to, under the heading of “Prerogative Instances” (“Prærogativæ Instantiarum”) by Thomas Fowler, who calls attention to the fact that among the contemporaries of Francis Bacon by whom the Copernican theory was rejected are: Tycho Brahé (who, however—having died in 1601—did not live to become acquainted with the discoveries of Galileo); Vieta, the greatest mathematician of the sixteenth century (who died as early as 1603); Christopher Clavius (who was employed by Gregory XIII to reform the Calendar and was called the Euclid of his age); and possibly, from his silence, the famous mechanician Stevinus (Delambre, “Histoire de l’Astronomie Moderne”).

The last work of Sir John Herschel is mentioned under the section "Prerogative Instances" (“Prærogativæ Instantiarum”) by Thomas Fowler, who points out that some of Francis Bacon's contemporaries who rejected the Copernican theory include: Tycho Brahe (who, however—having died in 1601—did not live to see Galileo's discoveries); Vieta, the greatest mathematician of the sixteenth century (who passed away in 1603); Christopher Clavius (who was tasked by Gregory XIII to reform the Calendar and was known as the Euclid of his time); and possibly, due to his silence, the renowned mechanician Stevinus (Delambre, “Histoire de l’Astronomie Moderne”).

References.—The works of Sir Francis Bacon, Lord Chancellor of England, by Basil Montagu, 16 vols., London, 1825–1834, and the review thereof made by Thomas Babington Macaulay (“Essays,” 1855, Vol. II. pp. 142–254 (“Edinburgh Review,” July 1837); Dr. W. Windelbrand, “History of Philosophy,” New York, 1893, translated by Jas. H. Tufts, pp. 380–388; Dr. Friedrich Ueberweg, “History of Philosophy,” translated by Geo. S. Morris, New York, 1885, Vol. II. pp. 33–38; Leopold Von Ranke, “History of England,” Vol. I. pp. 455–459, Vol. III. p. 383; William Whewell, “The Philosophy of the Inductive Sciences,” London 1840, Vol. II. pp. 388–413; “Critical Dictionary of English Literature,” S. Austin Allibone, Philad. 1888, Vol. I. pp. 89–96; “Catalogue Général des livres imprimés de la Bibliot. Nation.,” Paris, 1901, Vol. VI. pp. 236–253; Chas. Wells Moulton, “Library of Literary Criticism,” Vol. I. pp. 638–669; “The Philosophical Works of Francis Bacon,” by John M. Robertson, New York, 1905; “The Grammar of Science,” by Karl Pearson, London, 1900, pp. 506–508; “Encycl. Britann.,” Edinburgh, 1842, seventh edition, Vol. I. as per Index pages 16–17 and at “Dissertation First,” pp. 32–40; “Essai Theorique ... des connaissances humaines,” par G. Tiberghien, Bruxelles, 1844, Vol. II. pp. 409–419; Geo Miller, “History Philosophically Illustrated,” London, 1849, Vol. II. p. 430; “Francis Bacon,” by B. G. Lovejoy, London, 1888; “His Life and Character,” pp. 1–188,[103] and “His Essays and Extracts,” pp. 19–277; “Francis Bacon,” by Kuno Fisher, London, 1857; “Encycl. Brit.” ninth edition, Vol. III. pp. 200–218; Bacon’s “Novum Organum,” by Thomas Fowler, New York, 1881, and Oxford, 1889; “Histoire des Sciences,” par F. L. M. Maupied, Paris, 1847, Vol. II. pp. 252–281, for “Enumeration Méthodique—Eléments—Analyse—des ouvrages de Francis Bacon”; “Library of Useful Knowledge,” for account of Lord Bacon’s “Novum Organum”; “Epitome of Electricity and Galvanism,” Philad., 1809, pp. xvi, 105; Whewell, “History of the Inductive Sciences,” Vol. I. pp. 339, 385, 494, 530; Van Swinden, “Recueil de Mémoires ...” La Haye, 1784, Vol. II. pp. 355, 364, 369–370; and, for an exhaustive biographical account of Francis Bacon, consult the “English Cyclopædia,” Vol. I. pp. 470–476. It is stated by C. R. Weld in his “History,” Vol. I. p. 64, that the establishment of the Royal Society was much accelerated by the writings of Lord Bacon (Buchmeri, “Acad. Nat. curi. Hist.”).

References.—The works of Sir Francis Bacon, Lord Chancellor of England, by Basil Montagu, 16 vols., London, 1825–1834, and the review by Thomas Babington Macaulay (“Essays,” 1855, Vol. II. pp. 142–254 (“Edinburgh Review,” July 1837); Dr. W. Windelbrand, “History of Philosophy,” New York, 1893, translated by Jas. H. Tufts, pp. 380–388; Dr. Friedrich Ueberweg, “History of Philosophy,” translated by Geo. S. Morris, New York, 1885, Vol. II. pp. 33–38; Leopold Von Ranke, “History of England,” Vol. I. pp. 455–459, Vol. III. p. 383; William Whewell, “The Philosophy of the Inductive Sciences,” London 1840, Vol. II. pp. 388–413; “Critical Dictionary of English Literature,” S. Austin Allibone, Philad. 1888, Vol. I. pp. 89–96; “Catalogue Général des livres imprimés de la Bibliot. Nation.,” Paris, 1901, Vol. VI. pp. 236–253; Chas. Wells Moulton, “Library of Literary Criticism,” Vol. I. pp. 638–669; “The Philosophical Works of Francis Bacon,” by John M. Robertson, New York, 1905; “The Grammar of Science,” by Karl Pearson, London, 1900, pp. 506–508; “Encycl. Britann.,” Edinburgh, 1842, seventh edition, Vol. I. see Index pages 16–17 and at “Dissertation First,” pp. 32–40; “Essai Theorique ... des connaissances humaines,” by G. Tiberghien, Bruxelles, 1844, Vol. II. pp. 409–419; Geo Miller, “History Philosophically Illustrated,” London, 1849, Vol. II. p. 430; “Francis Bacon,” by B. G. Lovejoy, London, 1888; “His Life and Character,” pp. 1–188,[103] and “His Essays and Extracts,” pp. 19–277; “Francis Bacon,” by Kuno Fisher, London, 1857; “Encycl. Brit.” ninth edition, Vol. III. pp. 200–218; Bacon’s “Novum Organum,” by Thomas Fowler, New York, 1881, and Oxford, 1889; “Histoire des Sciences,” by F. L. M. Maupied, Paris, 1847, Vol. II. pp. 252–281, for “Enumeration Méthodique—Eléments—Analyse—des ouvrages de Francis Bacon”; “Library of Useful Knowledge,” for an account of Lord Bacon’s “Novum Organum”; “Epitome of Electricity and Galvanism,” Philad., 1809, pp. xvi, 105; Whewell, “History of the Inductive Sciences,” Vol. I. pp. 339, 385, 494, 530; Van Swinden, “Recueil de Mémoires ...” La Haye, 1784, Vol. II. pp. 355, 364, 369–370; and for a detailed biographical account of Francis Bacon, check the “English Cyclopædia,” Vol. I. pp. 470–476. C. R. Weld states in his “History,” Vol. I. p. 64, that the establishment of the Royal Society was greatly expedited by Lord Bacon's writings (Buchmeri, “Acad. Nat. curi. Hist.”).

A.D. 1620–1655.—Bergerac (Savinien Cyrano de), a very witty French writer, is the author of a fragment on physics, as well as of a curious philosophical romance, “Histoire comique des états et empires de la lune,” a translation from which latter is here given, as in a measure suggesting the phonograph: “On opening the box, I found a number of metallic springs and a quantity of machinery resembling the interior of our clocks. It was, in truth, to me a book, indeed, a miraculous book, for it had neither leaves nor characters, and to read it, one had no need of eyes, the ears alone answering the purpose. It was only necessary to start the little machine, whence would soon come all the distinct and different sounds common to the human voice.”

A.D. 1620–1655.—Bergerac (Savinien Cyrano de), a very witty French writer, is the author of a piece on physics, as well as an intriguing philosophical novel, “Histoire comique des états et empires de la lune,” from which a translation is provided here, somewhat reminiscent of the phonograph: “When I opened the box, I discovered several metallic springs and a lot of machinery that looked like the inside of our clocks. It was, indeed, for me, a book, truly a miraculous book, because it had no pages or letters, and to read it, you didn't need your eyes; your ears alone would do the job. You just had to activate the little machine, and soon it would produce all the clear and different sounds typical of the human voice.”

Another translation reads as follows: “On opening the box I found inside a concern of metal, something like one of our watches, full of curious little springs and minute machinery. It was really a book, but a wonderful book that has no leaves or letters; a book, for the understanding of which the eyes are of no use—only the ears are necessary. When any one wishes to read, he winds up the machine with its great number of nerves of all kinds, and turns the pointer to the chapter he wishes to hear, when there come out, as if from the mouth of a man or of an instrument of music, the distinct and various sounds which serve the Great Lunarians as the expression of language.”

Another translation says: “When I opened the box, I found inside a metal device, something like a watch, filled with strange little springs and tiny machinery. It was actually a book, but a remarkable one that has no pages or letters; a book that you can't read with your eyes—only your ears are needed. When someone wants to read, they wind up the machine with its many different sensors, and point to the chapter they want to hear. Then, as if coming from the mouth of a person or a musical instrument, distinct and varied sounds emerge, serving the Great Lunarians as their form of language.”

As has been said by one of his biographers, “amid the extravagance of some of his works, Bergerac nevertheless exhibited a pretty good acquaintance with the philosophy of Descartes.”

As one of his biographers stated, “despite the extravagance of some of his works, Bergerac still showed a pretty good understanding of Descartes' philosophy.”

References.—Article “Aeronautics” in the “Encycl. Brit.,” 1853, Vol. II. p. 168; Larousse, “Dict.,” Vol. V. p. 730.

References.—Article “Aeronautics” in the “Encycl. Brit.,” 1853, Vol. II. p. 168; Larousse, “Dict.,” Vol. V. p. 730.

A.D. 1621.—Helmont (Jean Baptiste van), famous Belgian scientist, publishes in Paris his “De Magnetica,” etc. (on the magnetic cure of wounds). His theories on magnetism greatly[104] resemble those of Paracelsus, but in his treatment of them he shows himself much superior to the Swiss alchemist, whom Dr. Hœfer says he took as his model. “Magnetism,” Van Helmont observes, “is an unknown property of a heavenly nature, very much resembling the stars, and not at all impeded by any boundaries of space or time.... Every created being possesses his own celestial power and is closely allied with heaven ... the spirit is everywhere diffused; and the spirit is the medium of magnetism ... it is not the spirits of heaven and of hell which are masters over physical nature, but the soul and spirit of man which are concealed in him as the fire is concealed in the flint.”

A.D. 1621.—Helmont (Jean Baptiste van), a well-known Belgian scientist, publishes his work “De Magnetica,” etc. (on the magnetic healing of wounds) in Paris. His theories about magnetism are very similar to those of Paracelsus, but he shows himself to be much more advanced in his approach than the Swiss alchemist, whom Dr. Hœfer notes he took as his inspiration. “Magnetism,” Van Helmont points out, “is an unknown property of a heavenly nature, very much like the stars, and not at all hindered by the limits of space or time.... Every created being has its own celestial power and is closely connected to heaven... the spirit is found everywhere; and the spirit is the medium of magnetism... it is not the spirits of heaven and hell that control physical nature, but the soul and spirit of man that are hidden within him like the fire concealed in flint.”

The above-named work of Van Helmont was “translated, illustrated and ampliated,” in 1650 by Dr. Walter Charleton, physician in ordinary to King Charles I, under the name of “A Ternary of Paradoxes.” From its interesting contents, we make the following extracts:

The work mentioned above by Van Helmont was "translated, illustrated, and expanded" in 1650 by Dr. Walter Charleton, physician to King Charles I, under the title "A Ternary of Paradoxes." Due to its engaging content, we have made the following extracts:

Page 10. “A loadstone placed upon a small trencher of wood, floating on water, does instantly in one determinate point australize, and in the other septentrionate ... all which various and admirable effects of the loadstone, thou maiest, if thy judgement relish them, finde made good by multiplyed observations, by William Gilbert, not many yeers past, a physician in London, in his book, ‘De Magnete’: of which subject no man ever writ more judiciously or experimentally: and by whose industry the variation of the compasse may be restored....”

Page 10. “A lodestone placed on a small wooden tray, floating on water, will instantly point south in one direction and north in the other... All these various and impressive effects of the lodestone, you may, if you appreciate them, find supported by numerous observations made by William Gilbert, a physician in London, in his book, ‘De Magnete’: no one has ever written about this subject more wisely or based on experiments, and through his work, the variation of the compass can be corrected....”

Page 12. “There is a book imprinted at Franekera, in the year 1611, by Vldericus Dominicus Balck, of the Lamp of Life. In which you shall finde, out of Paracelsus, the true magneticall cure of most diseases, as of the Dropsie, Gout, Jaundice, etc.”

Page 12. “There is a book published in Franekera in 1611 by Vldericus Dominicus Balck, titled Lamp of Life. In this book, you will find, based on Paracelsus, the real magnetic cure for most diseases, like Dropsy, Gout, Jaundice, and so on.”

Page 15. “Doth not the needle of the Mariner’s Compasse, through a firme glasse, closely sealed up with melted soder (in which there can be no pore or crany discovered) steer it self to the Artick pole? ... wherefore the same numericall accident streaming in one continued radius from the loadstone into the aer, passes through the glasse, and perhaps goes as farre as to touch the pole it self....”

Page 15. “Doesn't the needle of the Mariner’s Compass, through a solid glass, tightly sealed with melted solder (in which there can't be any holes or cracks discovered) point toward the Arctic pole? ... so the same numerical accident streaming in a single radius from the lodestone into the air, passes through the glass, and maybe even reaches and touches the pole itself....”

Page 38. “Wherefore the loadstone owes its polarity to a natural inhærent faculty, flowing from its owne seminall entity, and not to any forreigne alliciency, or attractive influx transmitted from the north star. But that otherwise the loadstone may, by its own instinct, be elevated towards the Zenith, we have upon ocular demonstration found it true, by a certain instrument[105] invented by Guilielme Guilbert (the glory of which excellent invention Ludovicus Fonseca hath lately endeavoured to ravish) ... which by the spontaneous elevation of the loadstone in a brasse ring suspended by a thread or small wier, shews not only the latitude but also the altitude of the pole, in all places of the earth.”

Page 38. “The lodestone has its magnetic properties due to a natural inherent trait, stemming from its own internal essence, rather than any external influence or attractive force coming from the North Star. However, we have observed that the lodestone can, on its own instinct, rise towards the zenith, as proven by a certain instrument[105] created by Guilielmo Guilbert (the brilliance of which excellent invention Ludovicus Fonseca has recently tried to claim) ... which, through the spontaneous rise of the lodestone in a brass ring hung by a thread or small wire, indicates not only the latitude but also the altitude of the pole, in all locations on Earth.”

Page 39. “... the loadstone is endued with a domestick pilot, a directive faculty, which guides it to some determinate place, but is not at all attracted by the pole.”

Page 39. “... the lodestone has a natural guide, a directing ability, that leads it to a specific location, but it is not attracted to the pole at all.”

Page 40. “The loadstone onely by the affriction of Garlick, amits its verticity, and neglects the pole, conserving to it self, in the meane time, its peculiar forme, materiall constitution, and all other dependent proprieties. The reason, because Garlick is the loadstone’s proper Opium, and by it that spirituall sensation in the magnet is consopited and layd asleep.... Verily, that alliciency of the pole must be extreame weake and of inconsiderable energy, which passing through so many and so immense orbes of heaven, and striking through great and firme buildings, and thick walls, cannot yet be of power sufficient to pierce the thin juice of Garlick or the fume of Mercury....”

Page 40. “The loadstone, simply by the influence of Garlic, loses its magnetism and ignores the pole, while still maintaining its unique shape, material properties, and all other related qualities. The reason is that Garlic is the loadstone’s specific Opium, and through it, that spiritual sensation in the magnet is dulled and put to sleep.... Truly, the strength of the pole must be extremely weak and of little power, as it passes through so many vast orbs of heaven, striking great and solid buildings and thick walls, yet still lacking the power to penetrate the light essence of Garlic or the vapors of Mercury....”

Page 42. “There is therefore inhærent in the magnet an influentiall virtue, which, being not obliged to the propinquinty or comtiguous admotion of its object, is after the nobler names of coelestiall influences, freely and without interruption or languor transmitted so farre as to the pole it self: since there is a spontaneous eradiation, or emission of atomicall radii from the body of the magnet to the pole.”

Page 42. “There is an inherent quality in the magnet, an influential virtue, which, not being reliant on the closeness or direct motion of its object, is, following the more elevated descriptions of celestial influences, freely and continuously transmitted all the way to the pole itself: since there is a spontaneous eradiation, or emission of atomic radii from the magnet’s body to the pole.”

Page 74. “That the magnetisme of the loadstone and other inanimate creatures is performed by a certaine naturall sensation, the immediate anthrix of all sympathy, is a truth unquestionable.”

Page 74. “The magnetism of the lodestone and other non-living things operates through a certain natural sensation, the direct source of all sympathy, is an undeniable truth.”

Page 75. “For by one phansy it is directed to iron, and by another to the pole ... the phansy of amber delights to allect strawes, chaffe, and other festucous bodies; by an attraction, we confesse, observe obscure and weake enough, yet sufficiently manifest and strong to attest an Electricity or attractive signature....”

Page 75. “One idea directs it to iron, and another to the pole ... the idea of amber enjoys attracting straws, chaff, and other similar materials; through a force, we admit, that is obscure and weak enough, yet sufficiently clear and strong to demonstrate an Electricity or attractive signature....”

References.—“Dict. of Nat. Biog.,” Vol. X. pp. 116–119, containing a full list of Charleton’s works; Thomson, “Hist. of the Roy. Soc.,” 1812, p. 3; Munk, “Coll. of Phys.,” 1878, Vol. I. p. 390; “Journal des Savants” for February and March 1850, June 1851; Mme. Blavatsky, “Isis Unveiled,” Vol. I. p. 170; Eloy, “Dict. Hist. de la Médecine,” Vol. II. pp. 478–482; “Dict. Hist. de la Médecine,” par. J. E. Dezeimers, Paris, 1839, Vol. III. pp. 97–104; “Ency. Brit.,” ninth edition, Vol. XI. p. 638; “History and Heroes of the Art of Medicine,” by J. Rutherfurd Russell, London, 1861, pp. 197–204; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. IX.[106] p. 158; Van Swinden, “Recueil,” La Haye, 1784, Vol. II. pp. 351–352, 361–363; Joseph Ennemoser, “The History of Magic,” London, 1854, Vol. II. pp. 242–253.

References.—“Dictionary of National Biography,” Vol. X. pp. 116–119, containing a full list of Charleton’s works; Thomson, “History of the Royal Society,” 1812, p. 3; Munk, “Collection of Physicians,” 1878, Vol. I. p. 390; “Journal des Savants” for February and March 1850, June 1851; Mme. Blavatsky, “Isis Unveiled,” Vol. I. p. 170; Eloy, “Historical Dictionary of Medicine,” Vol. II. pp. 478–482; “Historical Dictionary of Medicine,” by J. E. Dezeimers, Paris, 1839, Vol. III. pp. 97–104; “Encyclopedia Britannica,” ninth edition, Vol. XI. p. 638; “History and Heroes of the Art of Medicine,” by J. Rutherfurd Russell, London, 1861, pp. 197–204; Larousse, “Universal Dictionary,” Vol. IX.[106] p. 158; Van Swinden, “Collection,” The Hague, 1784, Vol. II. pp. 351–352, 361–363; Joseph Ennemoser, “The History of Magic,” London, 1854, Vol. II. pp. 242–253.

A.D. 1623.—Hervart—Heroart—Herwart—Hörwarth (Joannes Fridericus), son of Johann Georg Hervart ab Hohenburg, the well-known scientist (1554–1622), who during forty-five years occupied the post of Bavarian Chancellor under three reigning princes—completes his father’s work entitled “Admiranda ethnicæ theologiæ ...” which, Larousse says (“Dictionnaire Universel,” Vol. IX. p. 250), was published at Munich, 1624, and in which he demonstrates that the earlier Egyptian divinities were natural phenomena personified and adored under symbolic names. Michaud, who reiterates this (“Biographie Universelle,” Vol. XIX. p. 364), speaks of the edition which appeared at Munich in 1626, and he also states that, at the end of the latter, will be found “Exacta temporum ... chronologiæ vulgaris errores,” which is the continuation of the “Chronologia Nova,” left unfinished by the Bavarian Chancellor. This is, in fact, so mentioned in the only copy possessed by the British Museum, which was published by J. F. Hervart ab Hohenburg at Ingolstadii, 1623, and of which the title reads: “Admiranda Ethnicæ Theologiæ Mysteria propalata. Ubi lapidem magnetem antiquissimis passim nationibus pro Deo-deocultum: et artem qua navigationes magneticæ per universum orbem instituerentur....

A.D. 1623.—Hervart—Heroart—Herwart—Hörwarth (Joannes Fridericus), son of Johann Georg Hervart ab Hohenburg, the renowned scientist (1554–1622), who held the position of Bavarian Chancellor for forty-five years under three different princes—completes his father's work titled “Admiranda ethnicæ theologiæ ...” which, according to Larousse (“Dictionnaire Universel,” Vol. IX. p. 250), was published in Munich in 1624. In this work, he shows that the ancient Egyptian gods were natural phenomena personified and worshipped under symbolic names. Michaud, who repeats this (”Biographie Universelle,” Vol. XIX. p. 364), refers to the edition that came out in Munich in 1626, noting that at the end of this edition, there is “Exacta temporum ... chronologiæ vulgaris errores,” which is a continuation of the “Chronologia Nova,” left unfinished by the Bavarian Chancellor. Indeed, this is mentioned in the only copy available at the British Museum, published by J. F. Hervart ab Hohenburg in Ingolstadt, 1623, which has the title: “Admiranda Ethnicæ Theologiæ Mysteria propalata. Ubi lapidem magnetem antiquissimis passim nationibus pro Deo-deocultum: et artem qua navigationes magneticæ per universum orbem instituentur....

Libri’s “Catalogue,” 1861, Part I. p. 405, No. 3703, has the following entry: “Admiranda Ethnicæ ... ubi Lapidem Magnetem antiquissimis Nationibus pro Deo cultum commonstratur ...” Ingolstadii, 1623. The work itself endeavours to prove that the loadstone’s properties were well known to the ancients.

Libri’s “Catalogue,” 1861, Part I. p. 405, No. 3703, has the following entry: “Admiranda Ethnicæ ... ubi Lapidem Magnetem antiquissimis Nationibus pro Deo cultum commonstratur ...” Ingolstadii, 1623. The work itself aims to demonstrate that the properties of the loadstone were well known to ancient civilizations.

The “General Biographical Dictionary” of Alexander Chalmers, London, 1814, Vol. XVII. p. 426, makes following entry: “Herwart (or Hervart) John George, Chancellor of Bavaria at the beginning of the seventeenth century, published some works wherein his learning was more displayed than his judgment, in supporting the most extravagant systems. Two of his works are: ‘Chronologia nova et vera,’ in two parts, 1622 and 1626, and ‘Admiranda Ethnicæ Theologicæ Mysteria propalata, de antiquissima veterum nationum superstitione, qua lapis Magnes pro Deo habitus colebatur,’ Monach, 1626, quarto. It was here asserted that the ancient Egyptians worshipped the magnet,” etc. (see Deveria, under B.C. 321).

The “General Biographical Dictionary” by Alexander Chalmers, London, 1814, Vol. XVII. p. 426, includes the following entry: “Herwart (or Hervart) John George, Chancellor of Bavaria at the start of the seventeenth century, published some works where his scholarship was more apparent than his judgment, as he supported some of the most outrageous theories. Two of his works are: ‘Chronologia nova et vera,’ in two parts, 1622 and 1626, and ‘Admiranda Ethnicæ Theologicæ Mysteria propalata, de antiquissima veterum nationum superstitione, qua lapis Magnes pro Deo habitus colebatur,’ Monach, 1626, quarto. In this, it was claimed that the ancient Egyptians worshipped the magnet,” etc. (see Deveria, under B.C. 321).

References.—Allusions to Hervart, made at p. 546, Vol. XXIV. of Dr. Hœfer’s 1861 “Nouvelle Biographie Générale,” or at p. 546, Vol. XXVIII of the 1858 edition, and also at p. 163, Vol. II of the “Bibliographie Générale de l’Astronomie,” by Houzeau et Lancaster,[107] Bruxelles, 1882. Likewise Chr. G. Jöcher, “Compendiöses Gelehrten Lexicon,” Leipzig, 1787, Vol. II. p. 1969, and “A New General Biogr. Dict.,” London, 1850, Vol. VIII. p. 304.

References.—References to Hervart can be found on p. 546, Vol. XXIV of Dr. Hœfer’s 1861 “Nouvelle Biographie Générale,” or on p. 546, Vol. XXVIII of the 1858 edition, and also on p. 163, Vol. II of the “Bibliographie Générale de l’Astronomie” by Houzeau et Lancaster,[107] Bruxelles, 1882. Similarly, see Chr. G. Jöcher, “Compendiöses Gelehrten Lexicon,” Leipzig, 1787, Vol. II, p. 1969, and “A New General Biogr. Dict.,” London, 1850, Vol. VIII, p. 304.

A.D. 1624.—Gunter (Edmund), professor of astronomy at Gresham College, publishes his work “Of the Sector, Cross-Staff, and other Instruments,” at Chap. V of the second book of which he gives the result of the eight observations he made on the variation of the variation “in various parts of the ground” at Limehouse on the 13th of June, 1622. His observations of the declination, as given by Prof. Gellibrand, are detailed at Chap. I of Walker’s “Ter. and Cos. Mag.,” Cambridge, 1866.

A.D. 1624.—Gunter (Edmund), professor of astronomy at Gresham College, publishes his work “Of the Sector, Cross-Staff, and other Instruments.” In Chapter V of the second book, he presents the results of the eight observations he made on the variation of the variation “in various parts of the ground” at Limehouse on June 13, 1622. His observations of the declination, as detailed by Prof. Gellibrand, are included in Chapter I of Walker’s “Ter. and Cos. Mag.,” Cambridge, 1866.

References.—De La Rive, “Electricity,” etc., Vol. I. p. 165; Poggendorff, “Geschichte der Physik,” Leipzig, 1879, p. 275.

References.—De La Rive, “Electricity,” etc., Vol. I. p. 165; Poggendorff, “History of Physics,” Leipzig, 1879, p. 275.

A.D. 1625.—Carpenter (Nathaniel), Dean of Ireland, well-known mathematician, publishes at Oxford, “Geography delineated forth in two bookes, containing the sphæricall and topicall parts thereof,” wherein he thus alludes to Dr. Gilbert’s “De Magnete”: “Magneticall proprieties, I find in ancient writers, as little knowne as their causes; and if any matter herein were broached, it was merely conjectural, and depending on no certain demonstration; neither had we any certain or satisfactory knowledge of the thing vntill such time as it pleased God to raise vp one of our countrymen, D. Gilbert, who, to his euerlasting praise, hath trodden out a new path to Philosophie, and on the Loadstone, erected a large Trophie to commend him to posterity. This famous Doctor being as pregnant in witty apprehension as diligent in curious search of naturall causes, after many experiments and long enquiry, found the causes of most magneticall motions and proprieties hid in the magneticall temper and constitution of the Earth, and that the earth it selfe was a meere magneticall body challenging all those proprieties, and more than haue expressed themselves in the Loadstone; which opinion of his was no sooner broached than it was embraced, and wel-commed by many prime wits as well English as Forraine. Insomuch that it hath of late taken large root and gotten much ground of our vulgar Philosophie.”

A.D. 1625.—Carpenter (Nathaniel), Dean of Ireland and a well-known mathematician, publishes in Oxford, “Geography Delineated in Two Books, Covering the Spherical and Topical Aspects of the Subject,” where he refers to Dr. Gilbert’s “De Magnete”: “Magnetic properties, as I find in ancient writings, are as poorly understood as their causes; and if any thoughts about them were shared, they were simply conjectural, lacking definite proof; we had no clear or satisfactory understanding of the subject until God raised one of our countrymen, Dr. Gilbert, who, to his everlasting credit, has blazed a new trail in philosophy and put up a substantial trophy regarding the Loadstone to ensure his legacy. This renowned doctor, as sharp in his thinking as he was diligent in investigating natural causes, after numerous experiments and thorough inquiries, discovered that the reasons behind most magnetic motions and properties lay hidden in the magnetic temper and constitution of the Earth, and that the Earth itself was essentially a magnetic body possessing all those properties, and more than what has been seen in the Loadstone; this idea of his, once introduced, was quickly adopted and welcomed by many leading thinkers, both English and foreign. So much so that it has recently taken deep root and gained considerable traction in our common philosophy.”

References.—“Nature,” September 26, 1901; “Dict. of Nat. Biogr.,” Vol. IX. pp. 161–162; Larousse, “Dict.,” Vol. IV. p. 438; Prince’s “Worthies” (1810), pp. 173–175, 603.

References.—“Nature,” September 26, 1901; “Dictionary of National Biography,” Vol. IX. pp. 161–162; Larousse, “Dictionary,” Vol. IV. p. 438; Prince’s “Worthies” (1810), pp. 173–175, 603.

A.D. 1625.—Naudé (Gabriel), a celebrated French savant and one of the most learned of his day, also physician to King Louis XIII, and an intimate friend of Gassendi, is the author of “Apologie pour tous,” etc. (“Apology for great men falsely accused of magic”), of which other editions appeared in 1652, 1669 and 1712. The[108] magico-theosophical philosophy, as Madame Blavatsky expresses it, is fully indicated in his work, and he proved to be the warmest defender of the doctrines of occult magnetism, of which he was one of the first propounders.

A.D. 1625.—Naudé (Gabriel), a famous French scholar and one of the most knowledgeable of his time, also served as physician to King Louis XIII and was a close friend of Gassendi. He wrote “Apologie pour tous” (“Apology for great men falsely accused of magic”), with additional editions published in 1652, 1669, and 1712. The[108] magico-theosophical philosophy, as Madame Blavatsky puts it, is thoroughly outlined in his work, and he proved to be a strong supporter of the ideas of occult magnetism, being one of the first to propose them.

References.—“Biog. Générale,” Vol. XXXVII. pp. 514–518; P. Hallé, “Gab. Naudé Elogium”; N. Sanson, “Hist. Chr. d’Abbeville,” 1653; Sainte Beuve, “Portraits Littéraires,” 1855; Alf. Franklin, “Hist. de la Biblioth. Mazarine,” 1860.

References.—“Biog. Générale,” Vol. 37, pp. 514–518; P. Hallé, “Gab. Naudé Elogium”; N. Sanson, “Hist. Chr. d’Abbeville,” 1653; Sainte Beuve, “Portraits Littéraires,” 1855; Alf. Franklin, “Hist. de la Biblioth. Mazarine,” 1860.

A.D. 1627.—Hakewill (George), Archdeacon of Surrey, publishes at Oxford, England, the first edition of “An Apologie or Declaration of the Power and Providence of God,” the tenth chapter, fourth section of the third book of which alludes to the use of the “mariner’s compass or sea-card, as also of another excellent invention sayd to be lately found out upon the loadstone.” As the reviewer justly observes: “While perusing his description one can hardly imagine that the writer had not in his mind’s eye one of our modern telegraphic instruments ... and it will be seen that the date at which his work is written was nearly two hundred years prior to the first attempt made to communicate at a distance by means of magnetic needles.”

A.D. 1627.—Hakewill (George), Archdeacon of Surrey, publishes at Oxford, England, the first edition of “An Apologie or Declaration of the Power and Providence of God.” The tenth chapter, fourth section of the third book refers to the use of the “mariner’s compass or sea-card, as well as another great invention that’s said to have been recently discovered using the loadstone.” As the reviewer accurately points out: “While reading his description, it’s hard to believe that the author wasn’t envisioning one of our modern telegraphic devices... and it’s clear that the time when he wrote this was almost two hundred years before the first attempt to communicate over distances using magnetic needles.”

Hakewill alludes (“Apologie,” 1635, lib. ii. p. 97) to Hipparchus—Abraxis—“who reports that, in his time, the starre commonly called the Polar Starre, which is in the tayle of the lesser Beare, was twelve degrees and two-fifths distant from the Pole of the Æquator. This starre, from age to age, hath insensibly still crept nearer to the pole so that at this present it is not past three degrees distant from the pole of the Æquator. When this starre then shall come to touch the Pole, there being no farther place left for it to go forward (which may well enough come to pass with five or six hundred yeares) it is likely that then there shall be a great change of things, and that this time is the period which God hath prefixed to Nature” (see Morell’s “Elem. ... Phil. and Sc.,” London, 1827, pp. 116–119 et seq.).

Hakewill mentions (“Apologie,” 1635, lib. ii. p. 97) Hipparchus—Abraxis—“who states that during his time, the star commonly called the Polar Star, located in the tail of the Little Bear, was twelve degrees and two-fifths away from the Equator's Pole. This star has gradually moved closer to the pole over the ages, so now it is only about three degrees away from the Equator's Pole. When this star finally reaches the Pole, with no further place for it to move forward (which could happen in five or six hundred years), it is likely that a significant change will occur, and that this time marks the limit God has set for Nature” (see Morell’s “Elem. ... Phil. and Sc.,” London, 1827, pp. 116–119 et seq.).

Mention of the star in the tail of Ursa Major is made by Gilbert, (“De Magnete”),[41] in connection (1) with Marcilius Ficinus, who, says he, seeks in that constellation the cause of the magnetic direction, as he believes that in the loadstone the potency of Ursa prevails and hence is transferred to the iron; (2) with Cardan, who assigns the cause of variation to its rising, for he thinks variation is always to be relied upon at the rising of the star; (3) with Lucas Gauricus, who holds that the loadstone beneath the tail of Ursa Major is ruled by the planets Saturn and Mars; (4) with Gaudentius Merula, who[109] believes that the loadstone draws iron and makes it point North because it is of a higher order than is the iron in the Bear.

Mention of the star in the tail of Ursa Major is made by Gilbert, (“De Magnete”),[41] in connection (1) with Marcilius Ficinus, who claims he looks to that constellation for the reason behind magnetic direction, believing that the power of Ursa prevails in the loadstone and is therefore transferred to the iron; (2) with Cardan, who attributes variation to its rising, as he believes that variation can always be counted on when the star rises; (3) with Lucas Gauricus, who contends that the loadstone beneath the tail of Ursa Major is influenced by the planets Saturn and Mars; (4) with Gaudentius Merula, who[109] thinks that the loadstone attracts iron and causes it to point North because it has a higher status than the iron in the Bear.

References.—Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. IX. p. 26; “Dict. of Nat. Biog.,” Vol. XXIV. pp. 6–8; Walton and Cotton, “Complete Angler,” New York and London, 1847, Part I. p. 118.

References.—Larousse, “Univ. Dictionary,” Vol. IX. p. 26; “Dictionary of National Biography,” Vol. XXIV. pp. 6–8; Walton and Cotton, “Complete Angler,” New York and London, 1847, Part I. p. 118.

A.D. 1628.—Leurechon (Jean), a student belonging to the Order of Jesuits (1591–1670), who became the confessor of Charles IV of Lorraine, publishes, under the name H. Van Etten, “La Récréation Mathématique,” carefully revised editions of which were made by Claude Mydorge and Denis Henrion in 1630, 1638 and 1661. In these, Leurechon alludes to the reported transmission of intelligence by the agency of a magnet or other like stone, saying: “The invention is beautiful, but I do not think there can be found in the world a magnet that has such virtue.”

A.D. 1628.—Leurechon (Jean), a student of the Jesuit Order (1591–1670), who later became the confessor to Charles IV of Lorraine, publishes, under the name H. Van Etten, “La Récréation Mathématique.” Revised editions of this work were produced by Claude Mydorge and Denis Henrion in 1630, 1638, and 1661. In these editions, Leurechon mentions the rumored ability to transmit information using a magnet or similar stone, stating, “The invention is impressive, but I don’t believe there exists a magnet in the world that possesses such power.”

References.—Georges Maupin, “Opinions touchant la mathématique,” Paris, 1898, pp. 20–24; Larousse, “Dict.,” Vol. X. p. 436; “Sc. Am. Suppl.,” Nos. 56, p. 881, and 384, p. 6125.

References.—Georges Maupin, “Opinions on Mathematics,” Paris, 1898, pp. 20–24; Larousse, “Dictionary,” Vol. X, p. 436; “Scientific American Supplement,” Nos. 56, p. 881, and 384, p. 6125.

The curious title-page of the English version of Leurechon’s work, published by T. Cotes in 1633, merits reproduction: “Mathematicall Recreations, or a Collection of sundrie Problemes, extracted out of the Ancient and Moderne Philosophers, as secrets in nature, and experiments in Arithmeticke, Geometrie, Cosmographie, Horologographie, Astronomie, Navigation, Musicke, Optickes, Chimestrie, Waterworkes, Fireworks, etc., Fit for Schollers, Students, and Gentlemen ... lately compiled in French by Henry Van Hetten. And now delivered in the English tongue.”

The intriguing title page of the English version of Leurechon’s work, published by T. Cotes in 1633, is worth sharing: “Mathematical Recreations, or a Collection of various Problems, drawn from ancient and modern philosophers, as secrets in nature, and experiments in Arithmetic, Geometry, Cosmography, Horology, Astronomy, Navigation, Music, Optics, Chemistry, Waterworks, Fireworks, etc., Suitable for Scholars, Students, and Gentlemen ... recently compiled in French by Henry Van Hetten. And now presented in English.”

Claude Mydorge, as stated in the “Biog. Gén.,” Vol. XXXVII. p. 87, was a French scientist (1585–1647), a very close friend of Descartes, and, according to Baillet, was next to Vieta, the foremost mathematician of his day. The second edition of his “Examen du livre des Récréations Mathématiques (du Père Leurechon),” contains notes of Denis Henrion following the observations of Père Mersenne in “Universæ ...” Paris, 1639 (see Bouillet, “Vie de Descartes,” Vol. I. pp. 36–37, 149–150, and Vol. II. pp. 43, 76, 78, 325).

Claude Mydorge, as mentioned in the “Biog. Gén.,” Vol. XXXVII. p. 87, was a French scientist (1585–1647), a close friend of Descartes, and, according to Baillet, was, after Vieta, the leading mathematician of his time. The second edition of his “Examen du livre des Récréations Mathématiques (by Père Leurechon)” includes notes from Denis Henrion that follow the observations of Père Mersenne in “Universæ ...” Paris, 1639 (see Bouillet, “Vie de Descartes,” Vol. I. pp. 36–37, 149–150, and Vol. II. pp. 43, 76, 78, 325).

Denis Henrion was also a French mathematician, who died about 1640. He was the author of many very meritorious papers, notably of a “Traité des Globes et de leurs usages,” 1618, translated from the Latin of Robert Hues, 1593, 1594 (Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. IX. p. 192).

Denis Henrion was a French mathematician who died around 1640. He wrote many noteworthy papers, especially “Traité des Globes et de leurs usages,” published in 1618, which was translated from the Latin work of Robert Hues from 1593 and 1594 (Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. IX. p. 192).

A.D. 1629.—Cabæus—Cabeo (Nicolaus), a learned Jesuit of[110] Ferrara, describes (“Philosophia Magnetica”)[42] numerous experiments made by him to ascertain the possibility of two persons communicating intelligence by means of magnetized needles.

A.D. 1629.—Cabæus—Cabeo (Nicolaus), a knowledgeable Jesuit from[110] Ferrara, outlines (“Philosophia Magnetica”)[42] several experiments he conducted to determine whether two individuals could share information using magnetized needles.

Cabæus was the first to observe electrical repulsion, and he thus announces his discovery in the tenth chapter of the above-named work: “Magnetic attractions and repulsions are physical actions which take place through the instrumentality of a certain quality of the intermediate space, said quality extending from the influencing to the influenced body.... Bodies are not moved by sympathy or antipathy, unless it be by means of certain forces which are uniformly diffused. When these forces reach a body that is suitable they produce changes in it, but they do not sensibly affect the intermediate space nor the non-kindred bodies close by it....”

Cabæus was the first to notice electrical repulsion, and he shares his discovery in the tenth chapter of the work mentioned above: “Magnetic attractions and repulsions are physical actions that occur through a certain quality of the space in between, which extends from the influencing body to the influenced body.... Bodies don't move due to sympathy or antipathy unless affected by specific forces that are evenly spread out. When these forces reach a suitable body, they cause changes in it, but they don’t noticeably affect the space in between or the unrelated bodies nearby....”

The “Philosophia Magnetica” is the second Latin book published on electricity, Gilbert’s “De Magnete” being the first.

The “Philosophia Magnetica” is the second Latin book released on electricity, with Gilbert’s “De Magnete” being the first.

References.—Becquerel, “Résumé,” Chap. III; Stuello, “Bibl. Scrip. S. J.,” Rome, 1676; Francisco de Lanis, “Magist. nat. et artis,” 1684; L. L. de Vallemont, “Description de l’aimant,” 1692, pp. 167, 170; Dechales C. F. Milliet, “Cursus seu Mundus Mathem.,” 1674, 1690.

References.—Becquerel, “Summary,” Chap. III; Stuello, “Bibliography of the Jesuits,” Rome, 1676; Francisco de Lanis, “Mastery of Nature and Art,” 1684; L. L. de Vallemont, “Description of the Magnet,” 1692, pp. 167, 170; Dechales C. F. Milliet, “Course or Mathematical World,” 1674, 1690.

A.D. 1632.—Sarpi (Pietro)—Fra Paolo Sarpi—Father Paul—Paulus Venetus—Paolo Sarpi Veneto (b. 1552, d. 1623), who was the author of the celebrated history of the Council of Trent (“the rarest piece of history the world ever saw”) is referred to by Gilbert in “De Magnete,” Book I. chap. i. Therein, he says that Baptista Porta, who has made the seventh book of his “Magia Naturalis” a very storehouse and repertory of magnetic wonders, knows little about the movements of the loadstone and never has seen much of them, and that a great deal of what he has learned about its obvious properties, either through Messer Paolo, the Venetian, or through his own studies, is not very accurately noted and observed.

A.D. 1632.—Sarpi (Pietro)—Fra Paolo Sarpi—Father Paul—Paulus Venetus—Paolo Sarpi Veneto (b. 1552, d. 1623), who wrote the famous history of the Council of Trent (“the rarest piece of history the world ever saw”), is mentioned by Gilbert in “De Magnete,” Book I. chap. i. In it, he states that Baptista Porta, who has turned the seventh book of his “Magia Naturalis” into a comprehensive collection of magnetic wonders, knows very little about the movements of the loadstone and has not observed them much. He adds that much of what he learned about its apparent properties, either from Messer Paolo, the Venetian, or from his own studies, is not very accurately recorded or observed.

In the introduction to the 1658 edition of his “Natural Magick,” Porta admits that he gained some knowledge of Sarpi, who, says he, is of all men he ever knew the most learned and skilful and the ornament and splendour not only of Venice or of Italy, but of the entire world. Bertelli refers (“Memor. sopra P. Peregrino,” p. 24, note) to P. Garbio’s “Annali di Serviti,” Lucca, 1721, Vol. II. pp. 263, 272, 274, and to Fra Fulgenzio Micanzio’s “Life of Sarpi,” Helmstat—Verona, 1750, in which it is stated that not only Porta but likewise[111] a celebrated ultramontane studied magnetism under him. Garbio asks: “Could this ultramontane be Gilbert of Colchester?”

In the introduction to the 1658 edition of his “Natural Magick,” Porta acknowledges that he learned some things from Sarpi, who he describes as the most knowledgeable and skilled person he has ever known, and a source of pride and brilliance not just for Venice or Italy, but for the entire world. Bertelli refers (“Memor. sopra P. Peregrino,” p. 24, note) to P. Garbio’s “Annali di Serviti,” Lucca, 1721, Vol. II. pp. 263, 272, 274, and to Fra Fulgenzio Micanzio’s “Life of Sarpi,” Helmstat—Verona, 1750, which states that not only Porta but also a well-known ultramontane studied magnetism under him. Garbio questions: “Could this ultramontane be Gilbert of Colchester?”

By Griselini (“Vita de Fra P. Sarpi”—memoria anecdote—Lausanne, 1760), Paolo is said to have written a treatise on the magnet and to have therein recorded many observations, including the earliest mention that magnetic properties are destroyed by fire.

By Griselini (“Vita de Fra P. Sarpi”—anecdotal memory—Lausanne, 1760), Paolo is said to have written a treatise on magnets and included many observations, such as the first mention that magnetic properties can be lost through fire.

Bertelli—whose afore-named memoir we must confine ourselves to, as it is more satisfactory than are the accounts elsewhere given—makes mention that he has had in his possession, by courtesy of Sig. Giuseppe Valentinelli, the Royal Librarian of the Marciana at Venice, copy of a manuscript (Cod. CXXIX, classe 2, MS. Ital.) containing a brief comparison of Sarpi’s magnetic researches with those of Musschenbroek. This manuscript is again alluded to by Bertelli (Memor., p. 88) wherein it is said that lines 5–38 of the first column, p. 170, are headed “Observations of F.P.S. on the loadstone, collated with P. Musschenbroek’s Researches,” and embrace five paragraphs translated as follows:

Bertelli—whose previously mentioned memoir we must focus on, as it is more satisfying than the accounts found elsewhere—mentions that he has a copy of a manuscript (Cod. CXXIX, classe 2, MS. Ital.) in his possession, thanks to Sig. Giuseppe Valentinelli, the Royal Librarian of the Marciana in Venice. This manuscript is referenced again by Bertelli (Memor., p. 88), where it states that lines 5–38 of the first column, p. 170, are titled “Observations of F.P.S. on the loadstone, compared with P. Musschenbroek’s Researches,” and include five paragraphs translated as follows:

1. The author had first tried the action of one magnet on another without entering into the question of calculation, but modern authors have, in view of the observations made, endeavoured to discover a method of computing magnetic forces in any proportion to the distances, and in the same better regulated systems they have discovered the cause to be uncertain (or varying) owing to the contemporaneous action of magnetic repulsion.

1. The author first experimented with one magnet's effect on another without getting into calculations. However, modern writers, considering the observations made, have tried to find a way to calculate magnetic forces based on distance. In these more organized systems, they've found that the cause is unpredictable (or variable) due to the simultaneous effect of magnetic repulsion.

2. He was acquainted with the well-known action of the magnet on iron, but he understood—as even at this day some understand—that it was caused by the atmosphere. New experiments have made us seriously doubt this. He did not pay attention to the proportion of the magnetic forces as compared with the distances of iron, to the discovery of which the efforts of present philosophers are directed but in vain. He saw, however, that the facility or difficulty of attraction depends upon the size of the iron (maximum and minimum).

2. He knew about the famous effect of a magnet on iron, but he believed—as some still do today—that it was due to the atmosphere. New experiments have led us to question this. He didn’t focus on the relationship between the magnetic forces and the distances of iron, which is what current philosophers are trying but failing to discover. However, he noticed that how easy or hard it is to attract the iron depends on its size (maximum and minimum).

3. He was not ignorant of the direction of the magnet and of iron rubbed with the magnet towards certain quarters of the sky when he mentions the new discovery of the poles in the magnet, and the variation of the magnetized needle, from the Northern or the Southern quarters, but he did not know a greater number than two poles found in the magnet, the variation of the declination, or, I should rather say, the uncertainty of the variation and the different inclinations of the needle at different places on the earth.

3. He wasn’t unaware of how the magnet worked, or that iron rubbed with the magnet pointed in certain directions when he talked about the new discovery of the magnetic poles and the needle’s variation from the Northern or Southern directions. However, he only recognized two poles in the magnet, the variation in declination, or, to be more accurate, the uncertainty around the variation, as well as the different angles of the needle in various locations on Earth.

[112]

[112]

4. Almost all the experiments referred to by Academies, with reference to the action of one piece of iron on another piece of iron, magnetized and not magnetized, and with regard to the changes of forces which arise from the various inflections of iron, have been sufficiently sketched out by F. P. S.

4. Almost all the experiments mentioned by Academies regarding the interaction between one piece of iron and another, both magnetized and non-magnetized, and concerning the changes in forces that occur from various configurations of iron, have been adequately outlined by F. P. S.

5. The magnetic effects acquired by an old piece of iron continually exposed to the air have also been alluded to. Now, however, natural philosophers have observed that this iron exposed for a length of time in the magnetic meridian points with greater readiness to the above-mentioned quarters. They have, moreover, ascertained that iron when heated and afterwards cooled in water is more sensitive to magnetization: which is directly opposed to the opinion of F. P. S.

5. The magnetic effects of an old piece of iron that has been exposed to the air for a long time have also been mentioned. Now, however, scientists have noticed that this iron, when it’s been in the magnetic meridian for a while, points more easily to those specific directions. They've also found that iron, when heated and then cooled in water, is more responsive to magnetization, which directly contradicts the view of F. P. S.

Bertelli further remarks that, from information given in the manuscript, it is seen that Sarpi was at that time acquainted with the greater number of the magnetic phenomena referred to by Porta, and developed by Gilbert, viz.:

Bertelli also notes that, based on information in the manuscript, it's clear that Sarpi was familiar with most of the magnetic phenomena mentioned by Porta and expanded upon by Gilbert, namely:

1. The reciprocal action of magnets;

1. The mutual interaction of magnets;

2. The action of magnets on iron;

2. The way magnets interact with iron;

3. The manifestation of magnetic activity about the poles (sphere of action or field of force);

3. The appearance of magnetic activity around the poles (area of influence or force field);

4. The Maximum and the Minimum of the attractive force of magnets on iron, according to the size of the latter;

4. The Maximum and the Minimum of the attractive force of magnets on iron, based on the size of the latter;

5. The inversion of polarity which may arise in the magnetization of needles—(but not the corresponding poles—the magnetic variation or declination—Petrus Peregrinus, A.D. 1269—yet not the variation of the variation—Henry Gellibrand, A.D. 1635—nor the dip or inclination—Robert Norman, A.D. 1576).

5. The reversal of polarity that can happen in the magnetization of needles—(but not the related poles—the magnetic variation or declination—Petrus Peregrinus, CE 1269—nor the variation of the variation—Henry Gellibrand, CE 1635—nor the dip or inclination—Robert Norman, CE 1576).

6. The magnetic properties acquired by iron constantly exposed to the air.

6. The magnetic properties gained by iron that is constantly exposed to air.

After detailing the observations of Giulio Cesare Moderati, Filippo Costa (Costæus) of Mantua, Ulysses Aldrovandi, Francesco Acoromboni, Luigi Matteini, Father Garzoni and Father Cabæus concerning the magnetized ironwork of the belfry of the church of St. Augustine at Arimini (the parochial church of St. John the Baptist, which at that time, 1586, belonged to the monks of St. Augustine) and relative to the iron rail in the belfry of the tower of St. Laurence at Rome, Bertelli says: “From all that precedes, we gather at all events, that the fact of the spontaneous magnetization of iron was well known in Italy before Sarpi, Porta and Gilbert. This, Gilbert, and still better Cabæus, explained as the influence of[113] terrestrial magnetism. However, with regard to the observations of the needle’s deviation made by Father Garzoni at Rome, we can, without having attributed it, as does Cabæus, to the magnetization of pieces of iron concealed in its wall, explain it, as is done in the new and important experiments of the illustrious professor Silvestro Gherardi, who attributes it to the magnetic polarity of the Mattoni [bricks] in the structure itself.”

After discussing the observations of Giulio Cesare Moderati, Filippo Costa (Costæus) from Mantua, Ulysses Aldrovandi, Francesco Acoromboni, Luigi Matteini, Father Garzoni, and Father Cabæus regarding the magnetized ironwork in the belfry of St. Augustine's Church in Rimini (the parish church of St. John the Baptist, which at that time in 1586, belonged to the monks of St. Augustine) and concerning the iron rail in the belfry of the St. Laurence tower in Rome, Bertelli states: “From all this, we can conclude that the spontaneous magnetization of iron was already known in Italy before Sarpi, Porta, and Gilbert. Gilbert, and even more so Cabæus, explained this as the effect of[113] terrestrial magnetism. However, regarding Father Garzoni's observations of the needle’s deviation in Rome, we can explain it, without attributing it, as Cabæus does, to the magnetization of iron pieces hidden in its wall, as illustrated in the new and significant experiments by the esteemed professor Silvestro Gherardi, who attributes it to the magnetic polarity of the Mattoni [bricks] in the structure itself.”

It is said by Humboldt (“Cosmos,” 1849, Vol. II. p. 718, note) that this observation, the first of the kind, was made on the tower of the church of the Augustines at Mantua (Mantova) and that Grimaldi and Gassendi were acquainted with similar instances (instancing the cross of the church of St. Jean, at Aix, in Provence), in geographical latitudes where the inclination of the magnetic needle is very considerable. Some writers give Gassendi’s observation as occurring during 1632 (see Rohaulti, “Physica,” 1718, Par. III. cap. 8, p. 399; or, Rohault’s “System of Nat. Phil.,” 1728, p. 176).

It is noted by Humboldt (“Cosmos,” 1849, Vol. II. p. 718, note) that this observation, the first of its kind, was made from the tower of the Augustinian church in Mantua (Mantova) and that Grimaldi and Gassendi were aware of similar cases (citing the cross of the church of St. Jean in Aix, Provence), in geographical latitudes where the magnetic needle is significantly inclined. Some authors argue that Gassendi’s observation took place in 1632 (see Rohaulti, “Physica,” 1718, Par. III. cap. 8, p. 399; or, Rohault’s “System of Nat. Phil.,” 1728, p. 176).

“As the iron cross of an hundred weight upon the Church of St. John in Ariminum, or that load-stoned iron of Cæsar Moderatus, set down by Aldrovandus” (Sir Thomas Browne, “Pseudodoxia Epidemica,” 1658, p. 66).

“As the heavy iron cross weighing a hundred pounds on the Church of St. John in Ariminum, or that magnetized iron of Cæsar Moderatus, noted by Aldrovandus” (Sir Thomas Browne, “Pseudodoxia Epidemica,” 1658, p. 66).

Consult “Lettera dell’Eccel. Cavallara.,” Mantova, 1586, for a detailed account of this discovery, made January 6, of the last-named year. The iron rod supported a brick ornament in the form of an acorn, and stood on a pyramid at the summit of the belfry of the church of St. Augustine (Cabæus, “Philos. Magn.,” p. 62; “Ulysses Aldrovandi, Patr. Bonon ... Barthol. Ambros ...” Lib. i, cap. 6, p. 134).

Consult “Letter from the Excellent Cavallara,” Mantova, 1586, for a detailed account of this discovery made on January 6 of that year. The iron rod supported a brick ornament shaped like an acorn and was placed on a pyramid at the top of the bell tower of St. Augustine's Church (Cabæus, “Philos. Magn.,” p. 62; “Ulysses Aldrovandi, Patr. Bonon ... Barthol. Ambros ...” Lib. i, cap. 6, p. 134).

For the account given by Aldrovandi of the Arimini observation and for references to Browne’s “Pseudodoxia Epidemica,” as well as to Boyle’s “Experiments,” see p. 53 of the valuable “Notes on the ‘De Magnete’ of Dr. William Gilbert,” by Silvanus P. Thompson, attached to the English translation of the original 1600 edition, which was so attractively produced by the Gilbert Club during the year 1900. Dr. Thompson further gives, at the page following (54), additional references to examples of iron acquiring strong permanent magnetism from the earth.

For the account by Aldrovandi about the Arimini observation and for references to Browne’s “Pseudodoxia Epidemica,” as well as Boyle’s “Experiments,” see page 53 of the valuable “Notes on the ‘De Magnete’ of Dr. William Gilbert,” by Silvanus P. Thompson, attached to the English translation of the original 1600 edition, which was beautifully produced by the Gilbert Club in 1900. Dr. Thompson also provides, on the following page (54), more references to examples of iron gaining strong permanent magnetism from the earth.

References.—Biography of Sarpi in the “Encycl. Brit.,” ninth edition, Vol. XXI. pp. 311–313; F. Micanzio, “Vita de F. P. Sarpi,” Verona, 1750; Rev. Alex. Robertson, “Fra Paolo Sarpi—the greatest of the Venetians,” 1894; Hallam, “Intro. to Lit.,” 1839, Vol. II. p. 464; U. Aldrovandi, “Musæum Metallicum,” 1648, p. 134; Tiraboschi, “Storia della Lettera,” Modena, 1794, Vol. VI. part ii. p. 506; Sarpi’s Complete Works, first published at Helmstat, 1750; Fabroni, “Vitæ Italorum,” Pisa, 1798; Giovini, “Vita,” Brussels, 1836; “Engl. Cycl.,”[114] Biography, Vol. IV. pp. 695–697; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.” Vol. XIV. pp. 230–231; “History of the reign of Charles the Fifth,” by Wm. Robertson and Wm. H. Prescott, Philadelphia, 1883, Vol. III. p. 68; “Dict. Hist. de la Médecine,” N. F. J. Eloy, Mons, 1778, Vol. IV. pp. 180–181; “The Atlantic Monthly,” New York, January and February, 1904, wherein the author, Andrew D. White, ranks Sarpi with Machiavelli and Galileo; Libri, “Hist. des Sc. Mathém.” Paris, 1838, Vol. IV. p. 214, note.

References.—Biography of Sarpi in the “Encycl. Brit.,” ninth edition, Vol. XXI. pp. 311–313; F. Micanzio, “Vita de F. P. Sarpi,” Verona, 1750; Rev. Alex. Robertson, “Fra Paolo Sarpi—the greatest of the Venetians,” 1894; Hallam, “Intro. to Lit.,” 1839, Vol. II. p. 464; U. Aldrovandi, “Musæum Metallicum,” 1648, p. 134; Tiraboschi, “Storia della Lettera,” Modena, 1794, Vol. VI. part ii. p. 506; Sarpi’s Complete Works, first published at Helmstat, 1750; Fabroni, “Vitæ Italorum,” Pisa, 1798; Giovini, “Vita,” Brussels, 1836; “Engl. Cycl.,”[114] Biography, Vol. IV. pp. 695–697; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.” Vol. XIV. pp. 230–231; “History of the reign of Charles the Fifth,” by Wm. Robertson and Wm. H. Prescott, Philadelphia, 1883, Vol. III. p. 68; “Dict. Hist. de la Médecine,” N. F. J. Eloy, Mons, 1778, Vol. IV. pp. 180–181; “The Atlantic Monthly,” New York, January and February, 1904, wherein the author, Andrew D. White, ranks Sarpi with Machiavelli and Galileo; Libri, “Hist. des Sc. Mathém.” Paris, 1838, Vol. IV. p. 214, note.

A.D. 1632.—Gassendi (Pierre), an eminent French savant, professor at the Royal College of France, “ranked by Barrow among the most eminent mathematicians of the age, and mentioned with Galileo, Gilbert and Descartes,” discovers that a part of the iron cross of the Church of St. Jean at Aix possesses all the properties of a loadstone after being struck by lightning and lying in one position a certain length of time. Gilbert mentions, “De Magnete,” 1600, Book III. chap. xii.) that the fact of magnetism being imparted to an iron bar by the earth was first ascertained by examining the rod upon the tower of the church of St. Augustine at Arimini (Sir Thomas Browne, “Pseud. Epidemica,” London, 1650, p. 48; U. Aldrovandi, “Musæum Metallicum,” Milan, 1648, p. 134).

A.D. 1632.—Gassendi (Pierre), a prominent French scholar, professor at the Royal College of France, who was “ranked by Barrow among the most outstanding mathematicians of the time, and mentioned alongside Galileo, Gilbert, and Descartes,” discovers that part of the iron cross from the Church of St. Jean at Aix has all the properties of a loadstone after being struck by lightning and remaining in one position for a certain period. Gilbert notes in “De Magnete,” 1600, Book III, chap. xii that the phenomenon of magnetism being transferred to an iron bar by the earth was first determined by examining the rod on the tower of the church of St. Augustine at Arimini (Sir Thomas Browne, “Pseud. Epidemica,” London, 1650, p. 48; U. Aldrovandi, “Musæum Metallicum,” Milan, 1648, p. 134).

In the “Vie de Pierre Gassendi,” par le Père Bougerel de l’Oratoire, Paris, 1737, p. 14, it is related that during the month of September 1621, while promenading about three leagues’ distance from Aix in a village named Peynier, he observed a light in the heavens to which he gave the name of aurora borealis, as much on account of its location as by reason of its resemblance to the light which precedes the rising of the sun.

In the “Vie de Pierre Gassendi,” by Father Bougerel of the Oratory, Paris, 1737, p. 14, it is mentioned that in September 1621, while walking about three leagues from Aix in a village called Peynier, he noticed a light in the sky which he named aurora borealis, both because of its position and its resemblance to the light that comes before sunrise.

From the “History of the Royal Society,” by C. R. Weld, 1848, Vol. II. p. 430, is taken the following, communicated by Humboldt:

From the “History of the Royal Society,” by C. R. Weld, 1848, Vol. II. p. 430, is taken the following, communicated by Humboldt:

“The movement of the magnetic lines, the first recognition of which is usually ascribed to Gassendi, was not even yet conjectured by William Gilbert; but, at an early period, Acosta, ‘from the information of Portuguese navigators,’ assumed four lines of no declination upon the surface of the globe.... In the remarkable map of America appended to the Roman edition of the Geography of Ptolemy in 1508, we find, to the north of Gruentland (Greenland), a part of Asia represented and the magnetic pole marked as an insular mountain. Martin Cortez, in the ‘Breve Compendio de la Sphera’ (1545), and Livio Sanuto, in the ‘Geographia di Tolomeo’ (1588), place it more to the south. Sanuto entertained a prejudice, which, strange to say, has existed in later times, that a man who should be so fortunate as to reach the magnetic pole (Il calamitico) would then experience alcun miracoloso stupendo[115] effecto” (“Cosmos,” translated under the superintendence of Col. Sabine, Vol. II. p. 280). In a footnote to the Otté translation of Humboldt, 1859, Vol. V. p. 58, it is stated that calamitico was the name given to the instruments in consequence of the first needles for the compass having been made in the shape of a frog.

“The movement of magnetic lines, first recognized by Gassendi, wasn't even imagined by William Gilbert yet; however, Acosta, based on information from Portuguese navigators, suggested that there were four lines of no declination on the surface of the globe early on. In the notable map of America attached to the 1508 Roman edition of Ptolemy's Geography, we see a section of Asia shown north of Greenland, with the magnetic pole marked as an island mountain. Martin Cortez, in the 'Breve Compendio de la Sphera' (1545), and Livio Sanuto, in the 'Geographia di Tolomeo' (1588), placed it further south. Sanuto had a strange prejudice that has persisted over time, believing that anyone lucky enough to reach the magnetic pole (Il calamitico) would then experience alcun miracoloso stupendo[115] effecto” (“Cosmos,” translated under the supervision of Col. Sabine, Vol. II. p. 280). A footnote in the 1859 Otté translation of Humboldt, Vol. V. p. 58, mentions that calamitico was the name given to the instruments because the first compass needles were made in the shape of a frog.

In Gilbert’s “De Magnete,” allusion is made to Martinus Cortez, Book I. chap. i., also Book III. chap. i. and Book IV. chap. i.,[43] and to Livio Sanuto in Book I. chap. i., also in Book IV. chaps. i. and ix. In these several passages, Gilbert tells us that Martinus Cortez holds the loadstone’s seat of attraction to be beyond the poles, and he states the views of other writers in this respect, citing more particularly T. de Bessard (author of “Le Dialogue de la Longitude”), Jacobus Servertius (who wrote “De Orbis Catoptrici”), as well as Robert Norman, Franciscus Maurolycus, Marsilio Ficino, Cardan, Scaliger, Costa and Petrus Peregrinus (M. J. Klaproth, “Lettre à M. le Baron de Humboldt,” Paris, 1834, pp. 16–17, 37).

In Gilbert’s “De Magnete,” there are references to Martinus Cortez in Book I, chapter i, as well as in Book III, chapter i, and Book IV, chapter i, and also to Livio Sanuto in Book I, chapter i, along with Book IV, chapters i and ix. In these different sections, Gilbert explains that Martinus Cortez believes that the loadstone’s point of attraction is beyond the poles, and he shares the opinions of other authors on this topic, specifically mentioning T. de Bessard (who wrote “Le Dialogue de la Longitude”), Jacobus Servertius (author of “De Orbis Catoptrici”), along with Robert Norman, Franciscus Maurolycus, Marsilio Ficino, Cardan, Scaliger, Costa, and Petrus Peregrinus (M. J. Klaproth, “Lettre à M. le Baron de Humboldt,” Paris, 1834, pp. 16–17, 37).

References.—Enfield, “Hist. Phil.,” Vol. III. p. 430; “Le Cosmos” for May and June 1859, containing a very interesting series entitled, “Les Armées Météores”; Lardner, Vol. II. p. 113; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1859–1860, Vol. II. p. 335, and Vol. V. pp. 146–153; Julius Cæsar at A.D. 1590; Houzeau et Lancaster, Vol. II. p. 146; “Mém. de l’Acad. Royale des Sciences,” Vol. X. p. 737; “Phil. Hist. and Memoirs of the Royal Acad. of Sc.,” Vol. II. p. 281; “Geschichte der Mathematik,” Vol. IV. p. 474.

References.—Enfield, “Hist. Phil.,” Vol. III. p. 430; “Le Cosmos” for May and June 1859, featuring a very interesting series titled, “Les Armées Météores”; Lardner, Vol. II. p. 113; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1859–1860, Vol. II. p. 335, and Vol. V. pp. 146–153; Julius Cæsar at CE 1590; Houzeau et Lancaster, Vol. II. p. 146; “Mém. de l’Acad. Royale des Sciences,” Vol. X. p. 737; “Phil. Hist. and Memoirs of the Royal Acad. of Sc.,” Vol. II. p. 281; “Geschichte der Mathematik,” Vol. IV. p. 474.

A.D. 1632.—Galileo (Galileo Galilei), Italian philosopher and mathematician, publishes his celebrated “Dialogo sopra i due massimi sistemi del mondo tolemaico e copernicano,” 4to, Fiorenza, from p. 88 of which is extracted the following passage:

A.D. 1632.—Galileo (Galileo Galilei), an Italian philosopher and mathematician, publishes his famous “Dialogue Concerning the Two Chief World Systems: Ptolemaic and Copernican,” 4to, Florence, from page 88 of which the following passage is taken:

Sagredus: “You remind me of a man who offered to sell me a secret for permitting one to speak, through the attraction of a certain magnet needle, to someone distant two or three thousand miles, and I said to him that I would be willing to purchase it, but that I would like to witness a trial of it, and that it would please me to test it, I being in one room and he being in another.[116] He told me that, at such a short distance, the action could not be witnessed to advantage; so I sent him away and said that I could not just then go to Egypt or Muscovy to see his experiment, but if he would go there himself I would stay and attend to the rest in Venice.”

Sagredus: “You remind me of a guy who tried to sell me a secret about how to use a special magnet to communicate with someone two or three thousand miles away. I told him I’d be interested in buying it, but I wanted to see a demonstration first. I suggested we test it with me in one room and him in another.[116] He replied that at such a short distance, it wouldn’t really work well; so I sent him away, explaining that I couldn’t just go to Egypt or Muscovy to see his experiment, but if he went there himself, I would stay behind and handle everything else in Venice.”

This Sagredus (Iohannes Franciscus), or Sagredo (Giovanni Francisco), besides being “a great magneticall man,” was a noble Venetian, even a doge, and had represented his country as ambassador at several courts. We read in Mr. Conrad W. Cooke’s very able article on William Gilbert of Colchester, originally printed in London “Engineering,” that this same Sagredus was the intimate friend of Galileo, and that, together with the powerful Sarpi, he used the whole might of his name and influence to protect the great philosopher and mathematician from the attacks of the clerical party. Pietro Sarpi, otherwise known as Father Paul, was, as already shown, a most illustrious Venetian scholar, who attained great proficiency in the medical and physiological sciences as well as in mathematics and in natural philosophy. Sagredus made several meritorious researches in magnetism, and, while on a voyage to Aleppo, ascertained the declination of the magnetic needle at that place. As a tribute to the scientific attainments of Sagredus, Galileo gave his name to one of the characters in his “Systema Cosmicum,” and many references to the work by William Gilbert are put into the mouth of Sagredus.

This Sagredus (Iohannes Franciscus), or Sagredo (Giovanni Francisco), was not only “a great magnetic man,” but also a noble Venetian and even a doge, who represented his country as an ambassador at several courts. In Mr. Conrad W. Cooke’s insightful article on William Gilbert of Colchester, originally published in London’s “Engineering,” it’s noted that this same Sagredus was a close friend of Galileo and, along with the influential Sarpi, used all his resources and connections to protect the great philosopher and mathematician from the attacks of the religious faction. Pietro Sarpi, also known as Father Paul, was a highly regarded Venetian scholar who excelled in medical and physiological sciences, as well as in mathematics and natural philosophy. Sagredus conducted several noteworthy studies in magnetism, and during a trip to Aleppo, he measured the magnetic declination at that location. As a recognition of Sagredus’s scientific contributions, Galileo named one of the characters in his “Systema Cosmicum” after him, and many quotes from William Gilbert’s work are attributed to Sagredus.

In further illustration of Galileo’s appreciation of Gilbert, the following is quoted from the great astronomer’s own writing: “I extremely admire and envy the author of ‘De Magnete.’ I think him worthy of the greatest praise for the many new and true observations which he has made, to the disgrace of so many vain and fabling authors, who write not from their own knowledge only, but repeat everything they hear from the foolish and vulgar, without attempting to satisfy themselves of the same by experience; perhaps that they may not diminish the size of their books” (Drinkwater’s “Life of Galileo”).

In further illustration of Galileo’s respect for Gilbert, here’s a quote from the renowned astronomer himself: “I really admire and envy the author of ‘De Magnete.’ I believe he deserves the highest praise for his many new and accurate observations, which stand in stark contrast to so many arrogant and deceptive writers, who don’t just rely on their own knowledge but instead repeat whatever they hear from the ignorant and the common, without trying to confirm it through experience; perhaps they fear it would shrink their books” (Drinkwater’s “Life of Galileo”).

Galileo had also published, in 1630, the first edition of his “I discorsi e demonstrazioni ...” which Lagrange considers to be Galileo’s most substantial title to scientific glory.

Galileo also published, in 1630, the first edition of his “I discorsi e demonstrazioni ...” which Lagrange considers to be Galileo’s most significant contribution to scientific achievement.

References.—Galileo’s Biography in “Engl. Cycl.,” Vol. III. pp. 13–17; Miller, “Hist. Phil. Illust.,” London, 1849, Vol. III. p. 203, note; Nelli, “Vita,” 1793; Libri, “Hist. des Sc. Math.,” Paris, 1838, Vol. IV. pp. 157–294, 473–484; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibliog. Générale,” Vol. I. part i. pp. 655–657 for an analyzation of the works of Galileo, also Vol. II. pp. 137–145, 1576–1578; Wm. Whewell, “Phil. of the Ind. Sc.,” London, 1840, Vol. II. pp. 379–383; Guillaume Libri, “Histoire des Sc. Math.,” Halle, 1865, Vol. IV. pp. 157–302, and the notes;[117] “Journal des Savants” for September and October 1840, for March and April 1841, for July to November 1858, for September 1868 and for October 1877; “Geschichte der Mathem.,” Vol. IV. pp. 4, 173, etc.; Larousse, “Dict.,” Vol. VIII. p. 954; “La Grande Encycl.,” Vol. XVIII. pp. 383–385; “Biog. Gén.,” Vol. XI. pp. 252–267; Fabroni (A.), “Vitæ Italorum,” 1778–1805, also “Elogi d’Illustri Italiani,” 1786–1789; likewise the very numerous entries concerning Galileo’s history, his Opponents, Supporters and School, which appear at pp. 331–357, Part I. of Libri’s “Catalogue,” published in 1861. Consult also “Galileo,” by Ed. S. Holden, in the “Popular Sc. Monthly” for January, February, May and June 1905; “Bibliot. Brit.,” Vol. XVI. N.S., 1821, pp. 3–21, 79–100, for an account of the life of Galileo by M. G. B. Clément de Nelli; “Journal des Sçavans,” Vol. LXX. for 1721, p. 350 in his “Saggiotore”; “Imperial Dictionary of Universal Biography,” published by Wm. McKenzie, London, pp. 536–539, giving an account of Galileo’s other discoveries.

References.—Galileo’s Biography in “Engl. Cycl.,” Vol. III. pp. 13–17; Miller, “Hist. Phil. Illust.,” London, 1849, Vol. III. p. 203, note; Nelli, “Vita,” 1793; Libri, “Hist. des Sc. Math.,” Paris, 1838, Vol. IV. pp. 157–294, 473–484; Houzeau and Lancaster, “Bibliog. Générale,” Vol. I. part i. pp. 655–657 for an analysis of Galileo's works, also Vol. II. pp. 137–145, 1576–1578; Wm. Whewell, “Phil. of the Ind. Sc.,” London, 1840, Vol. II. pp. 379–383; Guillaume Libri, “Histoire des Sc. Math.,” Halle, 1865, Vol. IV. pp. 157–302, and the notes; [117] “Journal des Savants” for September and October 1840, for March and April 1841, for July to November 1858, for September 1868 and for October 1877; “Geschichte der Mathem.,” Vol. IV. pp. 4, 173, etc.; Larousse, “Dict.,” Vol. VIII. p. 954; “La Grande Encycl.,” Vol. XVIII. pp. 383–385; “Biog. Gén.,” Vol. XI. pp. 252–267; Fabroni (A.), “Vitæ Italorum,” 1778–1805, also “Elogi d’Illustri Italiani,” 1786–1789; likewise the numerous entries concerning Galileo’s history, his Opponents, Supporters, and School, which appear at pp. 331–357, Part I. of Libri’s “Catalogue,” published in 1861. Consult also “Galileo,” by Ed. S. Holden, in the “Popular Sc. Monthly” for January, February, May, and June 1905; “Bibliot. Brit.,” Vol. XVI. N.S., 1821, pp. 3–21, 79–100, for a biography of Galileo by M. G. B. Clément de Nelli; “Journal des Sçavans,” Vol. LXX. for 1721, p. 350 in his “Saggiotore”; “Imperial Dictionary of Universal Biography,” published by Wm. McKenzie, London, pp. 536–539, giving an account of Galileo’s other discoveries.

A.D. 1635.—Delambre (J. B. J.) (1749–1822), professor of astronomy at the Royal College of France, refers (Vol. II. p. 545 of his “Histoire de l’Astronomie Ancienne,” 1817) to the mention made in “Procli Diadochi Paraphrasis Ptolem.,” lib. iv. “de siderum effectionibus,” 1635, p. 20, of the notion long current, especially along the shores of the Mediterranean, “that if a magnetic rod be rubbed with an onion, or brought into contact with the emanations of the plant, the directive force will be diminished, while a compass thus treated would mislead the steersman.”

A.D. 1635.—Delambre (J. B. J.) (1749–1822), a professor of astronomy at the Royal College of France, refers (Vol. II. p. 545 of his “Histoire de l’Astronomie Ancienne,” 1817) to the mention made in “Procli Diadochi Paraphrasis Ptolem.,” lib. iv. “de siderum effectionibus,” 1635, p. 20, of the long-standing idea, particularly along the Mediterranean coast, “that if a magnetic rod is rubbed with an onion or comes into contact with the plant's emanations, the magnetic force will weaken, causing a compass treated that way to mislead the navigator.”

References.—Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1859, Vol. V. p. 156, also the entry at A.D. 1653. See likewise Whewell, “Hist. of the Ind. Sc.,” Vol. I. pp. 442, 443, 447, and the biography in the Supplement of the “English Cyclopædia,” pp. 539–541; “Journal des Savants,” for April 1828.

References.—Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1859, Vol. V. p. 156, also the entry at CE 1653. See also Whewell, “Hist. of the Ind. Sc.,” Vol. I. pp. 442, 443, 447, and the biography in the Supplement of the “English Cyclopædia,” pp. 539–541; “Journal des Savants,” for April 1828.

A.D. 1635.—Gellibrand (Henry), prominent English mathematician, professor of geometry and the successor of Edmund Gunter (A.D. 1624), in the chair of astronomy at Gresham College, publishes his discovery of the secular variation of the declination. The credit of this discovery has been by many given to John Mair. The diurnal and horary variation was found by Graham in 1722, and the annual variation was discovered by Cassini, 1782–1791.

A.D. 1635.—Henry Gellibrand, a well-known English mathematician and professor of geometry, takes over the astronomy chair at Gresham College from Edmund Gunter (CE 1624) and announces his finding of the secular variation of the declination. Many credit this discovery to John Mair. The diurnal and horary variation was identified by Graham in 1722, and the annual variation was discovered by Cassini between 1782 and 1791.

Gellibrand’s discovery is published in a small quarto pamphlet entitled “A discourse mathematical on the variation of the magneticall needle—together with the admirable diminution lately discovered,” and is the result of his study of the observations made by Burrough and Gunter as well as of observations made by himself, all showing that the north-east of the needle was gradually moving to the westward.

Gellibrand’s discovery is published in a small quarto pamphlet titled “A Mathematical Discourse on the Variation of the Magnetic Needle—Along with the Amazing Diminution Recently Discovered,” and it comes from his study of the observations made by Burrough and Gunter, as well as his own observations, all indicating that the northeast of the needle was slowly shifting westward.

Mention has already been made of the fact that the variation of the variation was at this period attracting the attention it deserved, and it is worth while giving here an account of the discovery in the author’s own words:

Mention has already been made of the fact that the variation of the variation was at this time receiving the attention it deserved, and it is worthwhile to provide an account of the discovery in the author’s own words:

[118]

[118]

“Thus, hitherto, according to the Tenents of all our Magnetical Philosophers, we have supposed the variations of all particular places to continue one and the same. So that when a Seaman shall happly return to a place where formerly he found the same variation, he may hence conclude he is in the same former longitude. For it is the assertion of Mr. Dr. Gilbert’s Variatio unicuiusq; loci constans est, that is to say, the same place doth always retaine the same variation. Neither hath this assertion, for ought I ever heard, been questioned by any man. But most diligent magneticall observations have plainely offered violence to the same, and proved the contrary, namely, that the variation is accompanied with a variation.”

“Until now, based on the beliefs of all our magnetic philosophers, we have thought that the magnetic variations in specific places remain constant. So, when a sailor happens to return to a location where he previously noted the same variation, he might conclude that he is at the same longitude as before. Mr. Dr. Gilbert asserts that the variation of any specific location is constant, meaning that a given place always retains the same variation. I have never heard anyone challenge this claim. However, careful magnetic observations have clearly contradicted this idea and proven that variations are indeed accompanied by changes.”

A.D. 1637.—Bond (Henry), Professor of Mathematics in London, and who appears in one of his treatises as “a famous teacher of the art of navigation,” is the author of the “Seaman’s Kalendar ... with a discovery of the ... secret of longitude ...” of which other editions appeared during 1640 and 1696.

A.D. 1637.—Bond (Henry), a Mathematics Professor in London, who is noted in one of his writings as “a well-known teacher of navigation,” is the author of the “Seaman’s Kalendar ... with a discovery of the ... secret of longitude ...” which had additional editions published in 1640 and 1696.

This was followed by many papers on the variation (the most important of which are to be found in Phil. Trans. for 1668, 1672, 1673) and, during 1678 by “The Longitude not found, or an answer to a treatise written by H. B. ...” This treatise was in a sixty-five page pamphlet which had been issued by Mr. Bond’s father during 1676, under caption: “The Longitude Found; or a treatise shewing an easie and speedy way, as well by Night as by Day, to find the Longitude, having but the Latitude of the Place and the Inclination of the Magneticall Inclinatorie Needle ...” wherein he explains his discovery of the progress of the deviation of the compass and foretells the variations for London, 1663 to 1716. This treatise led to the controversy with Peter Blackborrow (Beckborrow), the title to whose published work reads: “The Longitude not found: or an answer to a treatise written by H. Bond, senior, shewing a way to find the longitude by the magnetical inclinatory needle: wherein is proved that the longitude is not nor cannot be found by the magnetic inclinatory needle.”

This was followed by many papers on variation (the most important of which are found in Phil. Trans. for 1668, 1672, 1673) and, in 1678, by “The Longitude Not Found, or an Answer to a Treatise Written by H. B. ...” This treatise was a sixty-five page pamphlet issued by Mr. Bond’s father in 1676, titled: “The Longitude Found; or a Treatise Showing an Easy and Quick Way, both by Night and Day, to Find the Longitude, Having Only the Latitude of the Place and the Inclination of the Magnetic Inclinator Needle ...” In it, he explains his discovery of how the compass deviates and predicts the variations for London from 1663 to 1716. This treatise led to a controversy with Peter Blackborrow (Beckborrow), whose published work is titled: “The Longitude Not Found: or an Answer to a Treatise Written by H. Bond, Senior, Showing a Way to Find the Longitude by the Magnetic Inclinatory Needle: Wherein It Is Proved That the Longitude Is Not, Nor Can Be, Found by the Magnetic Inclinatory Needle.”

As Humboldt remarks, the resulting controversy, together with Acosta’s view that there were four lines of no variation which divided the earth’s surface, may, as already stated, have had some influence on the theory advanced, in 1683, by Edmund Halley, of four magnetic poles or points of convergence (“Cosmos,” 1859–1860, Vol. I. p. 193, note; Vol. II. pp. 280–281, note; Vol. V. p. 58; also Humboldt’s “Examen Critique de l’Histoire de la Géographie,” Vol. III. p. 60. See likewise the Phil. Trans. for October 19, 1668, p. 790, and for 1673, Vol. VIII. p. 6065, also[119] following abridgments: Hutton, Vol. II. p. 78, and Lowthorp Vol. II. p. 610).

As Humboldt notes, the resulting debate, along with Acosta’s idea that there were four lines of no variation dividing the earth’s surface, may have influenced the theory proposed by Edmund Halley in 1683 about four magnetic poles or points of convergence (“Cosmos,” 1859–1860, Vol. I. p. 193, note; Vol. II. pp. 280–281, note; Vol. V. p. 58; also Humboldt’s “Examen Critique de l’Histoire de la Géographie,” Vol. III. p. 60. See also the Phil. Trans. for October 19, 1668, p. 790, and for 1673, Vol. VIII. p. 6065, also[119] following abridgments: Hutton, Vol. II. p. 78, and Lowthorp Vol. II. p. 610).

References.—Walker, “Magnetism,” Chap. I; John Pell, “Letter of Remarks on Gellibrand’s Math. Disc.,” 1635; “Annales de Chimie et de Physique,” Mars 1902, Vol. XXV. pp. 289–307; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1859, Vol. V. pp. 61, 116; Whewell, “Hist. of the Ind. Sc.,” 1859, Vol. II. p. 219; G. Hellmann, “Neudrucke von Schriften,” No. 9; Baddam’s abridgments of the Phil. Trans., 1739, Vol. IV. p. 102.

Sources.—Walker, “Magnetism,” Chap. I; John Pell, “Letter of Remarks on Gellibrand’s Math. Disc.,” 1635; “Annales de Chimie et de Physique,” March 1902, Vol. XXV, pp. 289–307; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1859, Vol. V, pp. 61, 116; Whewell, “Hist. of the Ind. Sc.,” 1859, Vol. II, p. 219; G. Hellmann, “Neudrucke von Schriften,” No. 9; Baddam’s abridgments of the Phil. Trans., 1739, Vol. IV, p. 102.

A.D. 1641.—Wilkins (John), Bishop of Chester in the reign of Charles II, publishes the first edition of “Mercury, or the secret and swift messenger, showing how a man, with privacy and speed, may communicate his thoughts to a friend at any distance.”[44]

A.D. 1641.—Wilkins (John), Bishop of Chester during the reign of Charles II, publishes the first edition of “Mercury, or the Secret and Swift Messenger, showing how a person, in private and quickly, can share their thoughts with a friend at any distance.”[44]

In the above, he thus alludes to the possibility of making a contrivance similar to our modern phonograph: “There is another experiment ... mentioned by Walchius, who thinks it possible so to contrive a trunk or hollow pipe that it shall preserve the voice entirely for certain hours or days, so that a man may send his words to a friend instead of his writing. There being always a certain space of intermission, for the passage of the voice, betwixt its going into these cavities and its coming out; he conceives that if both ends were seasonably stopped, while the sound was in the midst, it would continue there till it had some vent. Huic tubo verba nostra insusurremus, et cum probe munitur tabellario committamus, etc. When the friend to whom it is sent shall receive and open it, the words shall come out distinctly, and in the same order wherein they were spoken. From such a contrivance as this [saith the same author] did Albertus Magnus make his Image, and Friar Bacon his Brazen Head, to utter certain words.”

In the passage above, he refers to the possibility of creating a device similar to today's phonograph: “There’s another experiment ... mentioned by Walchius, who believes it’s possible to design a trunk or hollow pipe that can completely preserve the voice for several hours or days, allowing someone to send their words to a friend instead of writing them down. Since there’s always an interval for the voice to travel between entering these cavities and coming out, he thinks that if both ends are temporarily sealed while the sound is inside, it would stay there until it found an escape. Huic tubo verba nostra insusurremus, et cum probe munitur tabellario committamus, etc. When the friend who receives it opens it, the words will come out clearly, in the same order as they were spoken. According to the same author, from a device like this, Albertus Magnus created his Image, and Friar Bacon made his Brazen Head to speak certain words.”

In the eighteenth chapter, he makes suggestions for “a language that may consist of only tunes and musical notes, without any articulate sound.”

In the eighteenth chapter, he suggests “a language that could be made up entirely of tunes and musical notes, without any spoken words.”

He had previously described a novel mode of telegraphing by the use of only three torches (or lights), to designate the twenty-four letters of the alphabet. These letters were, according to the plan of Joachimus Fortius, to be placed in three classes of eight each. One torch indicated Class I, two torches Class II, three torches Class III, and the number of the letter was shown by the number of times a torch was elevated.

He had earlier described a new way of sending messages using just three torches (or lights) to represent the twenty-four letters of the alphabet. According to Joachimus Fortius's plan, these letters would be grouped into three classes of eight each. One torch represented Class I, two torches represented Class II, three torches represented Class III, and the specific letter was indicated by how many times a torch was raised.

[120]

[120]

Bishop Wilkins also described a method of telegraphing by means of two lights attached to long poles, which, he says, “for its quickness and speed is much to be preferred before any of the rest.” To interpret messages at long distances, he suggested the use of the then newly invented telescope; which he called “Galileus his perspective.”

Bishop Wilkins also described a way of sending messages using two lights on tall poles, which, he said, “is much better than any of the others for its quickness and speed.” To read messages from far away, he recommended using the newly invented telescope, which he referred to as “Galileus his perspective.”

References.—The third edition of above-named work, Chap. XVII. pp. 71, 72, also the fifth edition of Wilkin’s “Mathematical Magick,” London, 1707, Chap. XIII. pp. 147–150, “concerning several attempts of contriving a perpetual motion by magnetical virtues.” Likewise Whewell, “Hist. of the Ind. Sc.,” 1859, Vol. I. pp. 332, 395; Mendoza, “Tratado de Navegacion,” Vol. II. p. 72; Alex. Chalmers, “Gen. Biog. Dict.,” London, 1811, Vol. XXXII. pp. 74–82.

References.—The third edition of the work mentioned above, Chap. XVII, pp. 71, 72, as well as the fifth edition of Wilkin’s “Mathematical Magick,” London, 1707, Chap. XIII, pp. 147–150, “about various attempts to create a perpetual motion using magnetic properties.” Also see Whewell, “History of the Ind. Sci.,” 1859, Vol. I, pp. 332, 395; Mendoza, “Treatise on Navigation,” Vol. II, p. 72; Alex. Chalmers, “General Biographical Dictionary,” London, 1811, Vol. XXXII, pp. 74–82.

A.D. 1641.—Kircher (Athanasius), a German writer on physical and mathematical science (1601–1680), member of the Order of Jesuits, possessed of immense erudition and believing in the magnetism of all things, speaks in his “Magnes sive de arte magnetica” (Book II. pt. iv. chap. v.), of the recently advanced idea of being able to correspond at short distances by employing two spherical vessels bearing the letters of the alphabet, each of the letters having suspended from it a magnetized figure attached to a vertical wire.

A.D. 1641.—Kircher (Athanasius), a German author on physical and mathematical science (1601–1680), a member of the Jesuit Order, known for his extensive knowledge and his belief in the magnetism of all things, discusses in his “Magnes sive de arte magnetica” (Book II. pt. iv. chap. v.) the recently proposed idea of communicating over short distances using two spherical containers labeled with the letters of the alphabet, each letter having a magnetized figure hanging from it on a vertical wire.

He likewise alludes to Gellibrand’s discovery, A.D. 1635, of which he was informed by John Greaves, the eminent English mathematician, and he communicates a letter received from the learned French philosopher, le Père Marin Mersenne, containing a distinct account of the same.

He also refers to Gellibrand's discovery, CE 1635, which he learned about from John Greaves, the well-known English mathematician. He shares a letter he received from the knowledgeable French philosopher, Father Marin Mersenne, that gives a clear account of the same discovery.

His definition of universal magnetism, according to Madame Blavatsky, is very original, for he contradicted Gilbert’s theory that the earth was a great magnet. He asserted that, although every particle of matter and even the intangible “powers” were magnetic, they did not themselves constitute a magnet. There is but one Magnet in the universe, and from it proceeds the magnetization of everything existing. This magnet is, of course, what the Kabalists term the central Spiritual Sun, or God.... He demonstrates the difference between mineral magnetism and zoömagnetism, or animal magnetism, and says that the sun is the most magnetic of all bodies.... It imparts the binding power to all things falling under its direct rays (“Isis Unveiled,” pp. 208–210).

His definition of universal magnetism, according to Madame Blavatsky, is quite original because he challenged Gilbert’s theory that the earth was a giant magnet. He claimed that, while every particle of matter and even the intangible “forces” are magnetic, they do not, by themselves, form a magnet. There is only one Magnet in the universe, and from it comes the magnetization of everything that exists. This magnet is, of course, what the Kabalists refer to as the central Spiritual Sun, or God.... He explains the difference between mineral magnetism and zoömagnetism, or animal magnetism, stating that the sun is the most magnetic of all bodies.... It gives the binding power to everything that comes under its direct rays (“Isis Unveiled,” pp. 208–210).

Another Jesuit, Jacobo Grandamico (1588–1672), published in 1645, “Nova demonstratio immobilitatis terræ petita ex virtute magnetica,” wherein he shares fully the views of Niccolas Cabæus, Athanasius Kircher, Vincentus Leotaudus and others of the same Order relative to the earth’s magnetism (Larousse, “Dict.,” Vol. VIII. p. 1445).

Another Jesuit, Jacobo Grandamico (1588–1672), published in 1645, “Nova demonstratio immobilitatis terræ petita ex virtute magnetica,” where he fully shares the views of Niccolas Cabæus, Athanasius Kircher, Vincentus Leotaudus, and others from the same Order regarding the earth’s magnetism (Larousse, “Dict.,” Vol. VIII. p. 1445).

[121]

[121]

References.—“Journal des Sçavans” pour 1665 et 1666, pp. 519–525, 571–578; “Nouveau Larousse,” par Claude Augé, Paris, Vol. V. p. 485; “Salmonsen ... konversationsleksikon,” 1900, p. 480; Van Swinden, “Recueil,” 1784, Vol. II. pp. 352, 361, 394, and the different works named in Ronalds’s “Catalogue,” pp. 266–267; ninth ed. “Encycl. Brit.,” Vol. XIV. pp. 93–94.

Sources.—“Journal des Sçavans” for 1665 and 1666, pp. 519–525, 571–578; “Nouveau Larousse,” by Claude Augé, Paris, Vol. V, p. 485; “Salmonsen ... konversationsleksikon,” 1900, p. 480; Van Swinden, “Recueil,” 1784, Vol. II, pp. 352, 361, 394, and the various works listed in Ronalds’s “Catalogue,” pp. 266–267; ninth ed. “Encycl. Brit.,” Vol. XIV, pp. 93–94.

A.D. 1644.—Digby (Sir Kenelme), the very famous Englishman to whom allusion has already been made under the B.C. 600–580 entry, publishes, in Paris, “Two Treatises, in the one of which the Nature of Bodies: in the other, the nature of Man’s Soule is looked into: in Way of Discovery of the Immortality of Reasonable Soules.”[45] In a chapter of this work, entitled “Of the lodestone’s generation and its particular motions,” appears the following interesting reference to Gilbert’s work and reputation: “But to come to experimentall proofes and obseruations vpon the loadstone by which it will appeare that these causes are well esteemed and applyed, we must be beholding to that admirable searcher of the nature of the loadstone, Doctor Gilbert: by means of whom and of Doctor Haruey, our nation may claim euen in this latter age as deserued a crowne for solide Philosophicall learning as for many ages together it hath done formerly for acute and subtile Speculations in Diuinity. But before I fall to particulars, I thinke it worth warning my Reader, how this great man arriued to discouer so much of Magneticall Philosophy; that he, likewise, if he be desirous to search into nature, may, by imitation, advance his thoughts and knowledge that way. In short, then, all the knowledge he gott of this subject was by forming a little loadstone into the shape of the earth. By which meanes he compassed a wonderful designe, which was to make the whole globe of the earth maniable; for he found the properties of the whole earth in that little body; which he therefore called a Terrella, or little earth; and which he could manage and trye experiences vpon att his will. And, in like manner, any man that hath an ayme to aduance much in naturall sciences, must endeauour to draw the matter he inquireth of, into some such modell, or some kinde of manageable methode; which he may turne and winde as he pleaseth. And then lett him be sure, if he hath a competent vnderstanding, that he will not misse of his marke.”

A.D. 1644.—Digby (Sir Kenelme), the well-known Englishman mentioned earlier in the BCE 600–580 entry, publishes in Paris “Two Treatises, one of which explores the nature of bodies, while the other looks into the nature of man’s soul, aiming to discover the immortality of rational souls.”[45] In one chapter of this work, titled “Of the lodestone’s generation and its particular motions,” there is an interesting reference to Gilbert’s work and reputation: “To provide experimental proof and observations on the lodestone, demonstrating that these causes are well regarded and applied, we owe much to the remarkable researcher of the lodestone, Doctor Gilbert. Thanks to him and Doctor Harvey, our nation can claim in this recent age a well-deserved reputation for solid philosophical learning, just as it has for many ages before regarding sharp and subtle speculation in divinity. But before I delve into specifics, I believe it’s worth informing my readers how this great man managed to uncover so much about magnetic philosophy; so that if anyone desires to explore nature, they might similarly advance their thoughts and knowledge. In short, all the knowledge he gained on this subject came from shaping a small lodestone to resemble the Earth. This method allowed him to achieve a remarkable design, enabling him to manipulate the entire globe of the Earth; he discovered the properties of the entire Earth in that little object, which he called a Terrella, or little Earth, and which he could control and experiment upon at his convenience. Similarly, anyone aiming to advance significantly in natural sciences must strive to draw the subject of their inquiry into some manageable model or method, which they can manipulate as they wish. And they can be sure, if they have a proper understanding, they will not miss their target.”

References.—“The Private Memoirs of Sir Kenelme Digby, Gentleman of the Bedchamber of King Charles I,” London, 1827; “Dict.[122] of Nat. Biog.,” Vol. XV. pp. 60–66; “New Gen. Biog. Dict.,” London, 1850, Vol. XI. p. 390; “Gen. Biog. Dict.” of Alex. Chalmers, London, 1811, pp. 70–78; “Emerson’s Works,” London, 1873, Vol. II. p. 35; “The Library” for April 1902, has, at pp. 131–132, the arms of the Digbys.

References.—“The Private Memoirs of Sir Kenelme Digby, Gentleman of the Bedchamber of King Charles I,” London, 1827; “Dict.[122] of Nat. Biog.,” Vol. XV. pp. 60–66; “New Gen. Biog. Dict.,” London, 1850, Vol. XI. p. 390; “Gen. Biog. Dict.” of Alex. Chalmers, London, 1811, pp. 70–78; “Emerson’s Works,” London, 1873, Vol. II. p. 35; “The Library” for April 1902, has, at pp. 131–132, the arms of the Digbys.

A.D. 1644.—Descartes (René), a prominent French philosopher and mathematician, publishes his “Principia Philosophiæ,” divided into four parts; the first giving an exposition of the principles of all human knowledge, the second treating of the principles of natural things, and the third and fourth parts developing his theory of vortices. His main idea was that a rush of subtle matter passes very rapidly through the earth from the equator towards each pole, being opposed by magnetic substances throughout its passage and that the sun is the centre of a vortex of an ethereal fluid, whose whirling motion produces the revolution of planets about the sun, or around the fixed stars. Moreover, as Noad states it, “the vortex moves with the greatest facility in a particular direction, one of its ends being always turned toward the north.”

A.D. 1644.—René Descartes, a well-known French philosopher and mathematician, publishes his “Principia Philosophiæ,” which is divided into four parts. The first part explains the principles of all human knowledge, the second part discusses the principles of natural things, and the third and fourth parts elaborate on his theory of vortices. His main idea was that a stream of subtle matter flows very quickly through the earth from the equator toward each pole, facing resistance from magnetic substances along the way. He proposed that the sun is at the center of a vortex of an ethereal fluid, and its swirling motion causes the planets to revolve around the sun or around fixed stars. Additionally, as Noad puts it, “the vortex moves smoothly in a certain direction, with one end always pointing north.”

One of the most prominent fellow-students of Descartes was Marin Mersenne, who joined the religious Order of “Minimes,” and who, after publishing in 1634 and 1639 “Les Mécaniques de Galilée” and “Nouvelles Découvertes de Galilée,” brought out, during the years 1644 and 1647, his well-known “Cogitata physico-mathematica,” which, Montucla says, contains un océan d’observations de toutes espèces ... and embraces a very interesting treatise on navigation besides many letters from leading scientists of that period not elsewhere to be found.

One of Descartes' most notable classmates was Marin Mersenne, who became a member of the religious Order of "Minimes." After publishing "Les Mécaniques de Galilée" and "Nouvelles Découvertes de Galilée" in 1634 and 1639, respectively, he released his famous work "Cogitata physico-mathematica" in 1644 and 1647, which Montucla claims contains an ocean of observations of all kinds... and includes a fascinating treatise on navigation as well as many letters from leading scientists of that time that can’t be found elsewhere.

References.—“La grande Encyclopédie,” Vol. XXIII. pp. 730–731; Larousse, “Dict.,” Vol. XI. p. 94; “Biographie Générale,” Vol. XXXV. pp. 118–123; “The English Cyclopædia,” Vol. IV. p. 206; Alex. Chalmers, “Gen. Biog. Dict.,” London, 1811, Vol. XXII. pp. 81–83; “Biographie Universelle,” Vol. X. pp. 465–473; Whewell, “Hist. of the Ind. Sc.,” Vol. I. pp. 323, 328, 338, 339, 343, 354, 387, 423, 429, 430; Vol. II. p. 220; likewise pp. 320 and 390 of Vol. I. relative to Le Père Marin Mersenne and pp. 391 and 423 concerning the “Traité de Physique” of James Rohault; Playfair’s Fourth Dissertation in the eighth edition of the “Encycl. Britann.”; “Essai théorique ... des connaissances humaines,” par G. Tiberghien, Bruxelles, 1844, Vol. I. pp. 472–495; Dr. W. Windelband, “History of Philosophy,” New York, 1893, pp. 380–381, 391–396; Dr. F. Ueberweg, “History of Philosophy,” New York, 1885, Vol. II. pp. 41–55; Alfred Weber, “History of Philosophy,” translated by Frank Thilly, New York, 1896, pp. 305–323; Ruard Andala, “Descartes in reality the overturner of Spinosism and the architect of experimental Philosophy”; Erasmus Bartholinus, “De Cometis,” Copenhagen, 1664–1665 (“Biog. Univ.”; Weidler, p. 508) Mahaffy, 1880; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gen.,” Vol. II. for Descartes, p. 119, and for Mersenne, p. 204; “Journal des Savants” for Feb. 1826, p. 103, for Feb. 1827, p. 110, also for Aug.-Oct. 1850, Dec. 1860, Jan.-Feb. 1861, Oct.-Nov. 1869, Feb., April and July 1870, Mar.-April 1880, Aug. 1884, April 1898, Feb. 1899.

References.—“The Great Encyclopedia,” Vol. XXIII. pp. 730–731; Larousse, “Dictionary,” Vol. XI. p. 94; “General Biography,” Vol. XXXV. pp. 118–123; “The English Cyclopedia,” Vol. IV. p. 206; Alex. Chalmers, “General Biography Dictionary,” London, 1811, Vol. XXII. pp. 81–83; “Universal Biography,” Vol. X. pp. 465–473; Whewell, “History of the Ind. Science,” Vol. I. pp. 323, 328, 338, 339, 343, 354, 387, 423, 429, 430; Vol. II. p. 220; likewise pp. 320 and 390 of Vol. I. regarding Le Père Marin Mersenne and pp. 391 and 423 concerning the “Treatise on Physics” by James Rohault; Playfair’s Fourth Dissertation in the eighth edition of the “Encycl. Britannica”; “Theoretical Essay ... on Human Knowledge,” by G. Tiberghien, Brussels, 1844, Vol. I. pp. 472–495; Dr. W. Windelband, “History of Philosophy,” New York, 1893, pp. 380–381, 391–396; Dr. F. Ueberweg, “History of Philosophy,” New York, 1885, Vol. II. pp. 41–55; Alfred Weber, “History of Philosophy,” translated by Frank Thilly, New York, 1896, pp. 305–323; Ruard Andala, “Descartes as the overturner of Spinosism and the creator of experimental Philosophy”; Erasmus Bartholinus, “On Comets,” Copenhagen, 1664–1665 (“Universal Biog.”; Weidler, p. 508) Mahaffy, 1880; Houzeau and Lancaster, “General Bibliography,” Vol. II. for Descartes, p. 119, and for Mersenne, p. 204; “Journal des Savants” for Feb. 1826, p. 103, for Feb. 1827, p. 110, also for Aug.-Oct. 1850, Dec. 1860, Jan.-Feb. 1861, Oct.-Nov. 1869, Feb., April and July 1870, Mar.-April 1880, Aug. 1884, April 1898, Feb. 1899.

[123]

[123]

A.D. 1646.—Browne (Sir Thomas), an eminent English physician and writer, publishes the well-known treatise “Pseudodoxia Epidemica, or Inquiries into Vulgar and Common Errors,” which ran through six editions in twenty-seven years, and upon which his fame is principally established.

A.D. 1646.—Browne (Sir Thomas), a notable English doctor and author, releases the famous work “Pseudodoxia Epidemica, or Inquiries into Vulgar and Common Errors,” which went through six editions in twenty-seven years and is the main foundation of his reputation.

With regard to the possibility of such a magnetic telegraph as Strada speaks of he says (Book II. chap. iii.): “The conceit is excellent and, if the effect would follow, somewhat divine; whereby we might communicate like spirits, and confer on earth with Menippus in the moon. And this is pretended from the sympathy of two needles, touched with the same loadstone, and placed in the centre of two abecedary circles or rings, with letters described round about them, one friend keeping one and another keeping the other, and agreeing upon the hour when they will communicate, at what distance of place soever, when one needle shall be removed unto another letter, the other, by wonderful sympathy, will move unto the same.”

Regarding the possibility of the kind of magnetic telegraph that Strada talks about, he mentions (Book II. chap. iii.): “The idea is brilliant and, if it worked, somewhat divine; enabling us to communicate like spirits and chat with Menippus on the moon from Earth. This concept is based on the connection between two needles that are both touched by the same magnet, placed at the center of two circular alphabet rings, with letters around them. One person would keep one needle while another person keeps the other, and they would agree on a time to communicate, no matter the distance. When one needle is moved to a different letter, the other will, through some amazing connection, move to the same letter.”

As the result of experiment, he found that “though the needles were separated but half a span, when one was moved the other would stand like the pillars of Hercules, and if the earth stand still, have surely no motion at all.... By electrical bodies,” he says, “I understand not such as are metallical, mentioned by Pliny and the ancients; for their electrum was a mixture made of gold, with the addition of a fifth part of silver; a substance now as unknown as true aurichalcum, or Corinthian brass, and set down among things lost by Pancirollus. Nor by electric bodies do I imagine such only as take up shavings, straws and light bodies, amongst which the ancients placed only jet and amber, but such as, conveniently placed unto their objects, attract all bodies palpable whatsoever. I say conveniently placed, that is, in regard of the object, that it be not too ponderous or any way affixed; in regard of the agent, that it be not foul or sullied, but wiped, rubbed and excitated; in regard of both, that they be conveniently distant, and no impediment interposed. I say, all bodies palpable, thereby excluding fire, which indeed it will not attract, nor yet draw through it, for fire consumes its effluxions by which it should attract.”

As a result of the experiment, he discovered that "even if the needles were just half a span apart, when one was moved, the other would stay still like the pillars of Hercules, and if the earth stands still, it certainly has no motion at all.... By electrical bodies," he explains, "I don't mean those that are metallic, mentioned by Pliny and the ancients; their electrum was a mixture of gold with an added fifth of silver; a substance now as unknown as true aurichalcum or Corinthian brass, which are documented among things lost by Pancirollus. Nor do I envision electrical bodies as just those that can pick up shavings, straws, and light objects, which the ancients identified only as jet and amber, but rather those that, when properly positioned, can attract all tangible bodies. I mean properly positioned in relation to the object, ensuring it's not too heavy or affixed in any way; in relation to the agent, making sure it’s clean and not dirtied but wiped, rubbed, and excited; and in regard to both, that they are suitably distant with no obstacles in between. I mention all tangible bodies, thereby excluding fire, which indeed it will not attract, nor will it draw through it, because fire consumes its emissions that would otherwise attract."

The different chapters of this second book treat of the loadstone, of bodies magnetical and electrical, of magnetical rocks and attractive mountains, and also make allusion to the cross on the church of St. John in Ariminium, to the reported magnetical suspension of Mahomet’s tomb, etc. etc.

The different chapters of this second book discuss the lodestone, magnetic and electrical bodies, magnetic rocks and attractive mountains, and also reference the cross on the church of St. John in Ariminium, the alleged magnetic suspension of Muhammad’s tomb, and so on.

At pp. 64, 81 and 87 of Chap. II he says: “Neither is it onely true, what Gilbertus first observed, that irons refrigerated North and South acquire a directive faculty; but if they be cooled upright and[124] perpendicularly, they will also obtain the same.... Now this kind of practice, Libavius, Gilbertus and lately Swickardus, condemn, as vain and altogether unuseful; because a loadstone in powder hath no attractive power; for, in that form, it omits the polarity and loseth those parts which are the rule of attraction.... Glasse attracts but weakely though cleere, some slick stones and thick glasses attract indifferently; Arsenic not at all; Saltes generally but weakely, as Sal Gemma, Allum and also Talke, nor very discoverably by any frication; but, if gently warmed at the fire and wiped with a dry cloth, they will better develop their Electricities.”

At pages 64, 81, and 87 of Chapter II, he states: “It’s not just true, as Gilbertus first noted, that iron cooled in the North and South acquires a directive ability; if they cool in an upright and perpendicular position, they will also gain this ability.... This practice is rejected by Libavius, Gilbertus, and more recently, Swickardus, as pointless and entirely useless because powdered lodestone has no attractive power; in that form, it loses its polarity and the parts that dictate attraction.... Glass attracts weakly, although clear. Some smooth stones and thick glasses attract inconsistently; arsenic not at all; salts generally attract weakly, like sal gemma, alum, and also talc, and are not very noticeably attracted by any friction; however, if gently warmed and wiped with a dry cloth, they will better exhibit their electric properties.”

At Chapter XVII of the seventh book of the above-mentioned treatise, Browne makes allusion to “the story of Frier Bacon that made a Brazen Head to speak these words: “Time is....”

At Chapter XVII of the seventh book of the above-mentioned treatise, Browne refers to “the story of Frier Bacon who created a Brazen Head to say these words: “Time is....”

References.—“Library of Literary Criticism,” Chas. Wells Moulton, Vol. II. p. 339–345; “Fortnightly Review,” for Oct. 1905, pp. 616–626, “Sir Thomas Browne and his Family”; Edmund Gosse, in the “English Men of Letters Series”; Browne’s “Letter” inserted in the “Biographia Britannica,” also his entire works, recognized as an encyclopædia of contemporary knowledge, and which were published in four octavo volumes by Simon Wilkins, F.S.A., London, 1836.

References.—“Library of Literary Criticism,” Chas. Wells Moulton, Vol. II. pp. 339–345; “Fortnightly Review,” for Oct. 1905, pp. 616–626, “Sir Thomas Browne and his Family”; Edmund Gosse, in the “English Men of Letters Series”; Browne’s “Letter” included in the “Biographia Britannica,” along with his complete works, recognized as an encyclopedia of contemporary knowledge, published in four octavo volumes by Simon Wilkins, F.S.A., London, 1836.

A.D. 1653.—In the third edition of “The Jewell House of Arte and Nature,” by Sir Hugh Plat, originally published in 1594, and wrongly attributed in Weston’s “Catalogue” to Gabriel Plattes, is to be found the following allusion to the loadstone: “And though the adamant be the hardest of all stones, yet is it softened with Goa’s blood and there is a special antipathy between that and the loadstone, which is of the colour of rusty iron, and hath an admirable vertue not onely to draw iron to it self, but also to make any iron upon which it is rubbed to draw iron also, it is written notwithstanding that being rubbed with the juyce of Garlick, it loseth that vertue and cannot then draw iron, as likewise if a Diamond be layed close unto it.”

A.D. 1653.—In the third edition of “The Jewell House of Arte and Nature,” by Sir Hugh Plat, originally published in 1594 and mistakenly credited in Weston’s “Catalogue” to Gabriel Plattes, there is a mention of the loadstone: “Even though the adamant is the hardest of all stones, it can be softened with Goa’s blood, and there is a special aversion between it and the loadstone, which is the color of rusty iron and has an amazing ability not only to attract iron to itself but also to make any iron it comes in contact with attract iron as well. However, it is noted that when rubbed with garlic juice, it loses that ability and can no longer attract iron, just like if a diamond is placed very close to it.”

This “special antipathy” of garlick, and of the diamond—whether or not the latter be softened with Goa’s (goat’s) blood—is treated of very fully by many other authors, notably:

This "special dislike" for garlic and the diamond—whether or not the latter is softened with goat’s blood—is explored in depth by many other authors, especially:

Pliny, “Nat. Hist.,” Holland tr. 1601, Chap. IV. p. 610; Plutarch, “Quæstones Platonicæ,” lib. vii. cap. 7; Claudius Ptolemæus, “Opus Quadripartitum,” lib. i. cap. 3; St. Augustine, “De Civitate Dei,” lib. xxi.; Bartholom. de Glanvilla, “Liber de Proprietatibus Rerum,” lib. xvi.; Pietro di Abano, “Conciliator Differentiarum,” 1520, pp. 72–73, or the Venice edition of 1526, cap. 51; Joannes Ruellius, “De Natura Stirpium,” 1536, pp. 125, 530; Ibn Roschd’s “Comment on Aristotle,” 1550, T. IV. p. 143t; Cardinal de Cusa, “Opera,” 1565, p. 175; C. Julius Solinus, “De Memorabilibus,” cap. 64; Walter Charleton, “A Ternary of Paradoxes,” London, 1650, pp. 40–41; Thomas Browne, “Pseudodoxia Epidemica,” 1658, p. 74; G. B. Porta, “Naturall Magick,” 1658, Chap. XLVIII and Chap. LIII—from both of which chapters extracts[125] appear at the A.D. 1558 entry; “Journal des Savants” for January 1894; Chas. de Rémusat, “Hist. de la Philos.,” Paris, 1878, Vol. II. p. 187.

Pliny, “Nat. Hist.,” Holland tr. 1601, Chap. IV. p. 610; Plutarch, “Quæstones Platonicæ,” lib. vii. cap. 7; Claudius Ptolemæus, “Opus Quadripartitum,” lib. i. cap. 3; St. Augustine, “De Civitate Dei,” lib. xxi.; Bartholom. de Glanvilla, “Liber de Proprietatibus Rerum,” lib. xvi.; Pietro di Abano, “Conciliator Differentiarum,” 1520, pp. 72–73, or the Venice edition of 1526, cap. 51; Joannes Ruellius, “De Natura Stirpium,” 1536, pp. 125, 530; Ibn Roschd’s “Comment on Aristotle,” 1550, T. IV. p. 143t; Cardinal de Cusa, “Opera,” 1565, p. 175; C. Julius Solinus, “De Memorabilibus,” cap. 64; Walter Charleton, “A Ternary of Paradoxes,” London, 1650, pp. 40–41; Thomas Browne, “Pseudodoxia Epidemica,” 1658, p. 74; G. B. Porta, “Naturall Magick,” 1658, Chap. XLVIII and Chap. LIII—from both of which chapters extracts[125] appear at the A.D. 1558 entry; “Journal des Savants” for January 1894; Chas. de Rémusat, “Hist. de la Philos.,” Paris, 1878, Vol. II. p. 187.

Rohault—at p. 186 of his 1728 “Syst. of Nat. Phil.”—says: “As to what some writers have related, that a loadstone will not attract iron if there be a diamond near and that onions and garlic will make it lose its vertue; these are contradicted by a thousand experiments which I have tried. For I have shown that this stone will attract iron through the very thickest diamonds and through a great many thick skins which an onion is made up of.”

Rohault—on page 186 of his 1728 “System of Natural Philosophy”—states: “Regarding what some authors have claimed, that a lodestone won’t attract iron if a diamond is nearby and that onions and garlic will make it lose its power; these are contradicted by a thousand experiments I’ve conducted. I have demonstrated that this stone can attract iron even through the thickest diamonds and through many layers of onion skin.”

References.—“Dict. of Nat. Biography,” Vol. XLV. pp. 407–409, giving many particulars; J. B. J. Delambre, at A.D. 1635. For Gabriel Plattes, see the same “Dict. of Nat. Biography,” Vol. XLV. p. 410.

References.—“Dict. of Nat. Biography,” Vol. 45, pp. 407–409, providing many details; J. B. J. Delambre, at CE 1635. For Gabriel Plattes, refer to the same “Dict. of Nat. Biography,” Vol. 45, p. 410.

A.D. 1657.—Schott (Gaspar)—P. Gaspar Schott—a German Jesuit who was sent to teach natural philosophy and mathematics at Palermo, Sicily, is the author of several very curious works on physics, of which the most important alone will here be noted.

A.D. 1657.—Schott (Gaspar)—P. Gaspar Schott—a German Jesuit sent to teach natural philosophy and mathematics in Palermo, Sicily, is the author of several fascinating works on physics, of which only the most significant will be mentioned here.

“Magiæ Universalis Naturæ et Artis,” etc., appeared at Herbipoli in 1657, 1658, 1659. In the first book of the fourth volume (or part) he indicates, according to Kircher, whom he had met while in Rome, the means of conveying one’s thoughts at a distance by the loadstone, and he alludes to the speaking head constructed by Albertus Magnus, while, in the third and fourth books of the same volume, he gives a long treatise on the loadstone as well as an account of numerous experiments made with it.

“Magiæ Universalis Naturæ et Artis,” etc., was published in Herbipoli in 1657, 1658, and 1659. In the first book of the fourth volume (or part), he points out, based on Kircher, whom he had met in Rome, the ways to communicate one’s thoughts over a distance using the loadstone. He also references the talking head made by Albertus Magnus. Meanwhile, in the third and fourth books of the same volume, he provides an extensive discussion on the loadstone and details many experiments conducted with it.

“De Arte Mechanica,” etc. (“Mechanicæ,” etc.), Herbipoli, 1657–1658, contains, in Part II. class i. p. 314, the first published notice of Von Guericke’s experiments.

“De Arte Mechanica,” etc. (“Mechanicæ,” etc.), Herbipoli, 1657–1658, contains, in Part II. class i. p. 314, the first published notice of Von Guericke’s experiments.

“Physica Curiosa sive Mirabilia Naturæ,” etc., Herbipoli, 1662 (which may justly be considered a continuation of the “Magiæ Universalis”), treats in the eleventh book of St. Elmo’s fire, thunder and meteors in general.

“Physica Curiosa sive Mirabilia Naturæ,” etc., Herbipoli, 1662 (which can fairly be seen as a sequel to the “Magiæ Universalis”), discusses in the eleventh book St. Elmo’s fire, thunder, and meteors in general.

“Technica Curiosa sive Mirabilia Naturæ,” etc., Herbipoli, 1664, alludes, in the first two books, to the experiments made by Von Guericke and by Boyle, and gives the contents of eight letters written him by the first named.

“Technica Curiosa sive Mirabilia Naturæ,” etc., Herbipoli, 1664, refers, in the first two books, to the experiments conducted by Von Guericke and Boyle, and includes the contents of eight letters written to him by the former.

“Schola Steganographica,” etc., Norimbergæ, 1665, gives, at pp. 258–264, a description of the dial telegraph of Daniell Schwenter.

“Schola Steganographica,” etc., Nuremberg, 1665, provides, on pages 258–264, a description of the dial telegraph by Daniell Schwenter.

“Jocoseriorum Naturæ et Artis,” etc., published about 1666, alludes to the “Thaumaturgus Mathematicus” of Gaspar Ens, published at Cologne, 1651, as well as to the “Deliciæ Physico-Mathematicæ” of Daniell Schwenter and Geo. Philippi Harsdoerffer (Senator of Nuremberg), to “La Récréation Mathématique” of[126] Jean Leurechon, and to the works of Cardan, Mizauld, Aldrovandi and others.

“Jocoseriorum Naturæ et Artis,” etc., published around 1666, references the “Thaumaturgus Mathematicus” by Gaspar Ens, published in Cologne in 1651, as well as the “Deliciæ Physico-Mathematicæ” by Daniell Schwenter and Geo. Philippi Harsdoerffer (Senator of Nuremberg), and “La Récréation Mathématique” by Jean Leurechon, along with the works of Cardan, Mizauld, Aldrovandi, and others.

References.—“Notice Raisonnée des Ouvrages de Gaspar Schott,” par M. L’Abbé Mxxx de St. Léger de Soissons, Paris, 1785, pp. 6, 31, 32, 37, 44, 70; Muirhead’s translation of Arago’s Eloge de James Watt, London, 1839, p. 51.[46]

References.—“Critical Review of the Works of Gaspar Schott,” by M. L’Abbé Mxxx de St. Léger de Soissons, Paris, 1785, pp. 6, 31, 32, 37, 44, 70; Muirhead’s translation of Arago’s Eulogy of James Watt, London, 1839, p. 51.[46]

A.D. 1660.—Guericke (Otto von), a burgomaster of Magdeburg, Prussian Saxony, constructs the first frictional electric machine. It consisted of a globe of sulphur, cast in a glass sphere, and mounted upon a revolving axis, which when rubbed by a cloth pressed against it by the hand, emitted both sound and light. It was Guericke who “heard the first sound and saw the first light in artificially excited electricity.” He proved that light bodies, when attracted by an excited electric, were immediately repelled by the latter and became incapable of a second attraction until touched by some other body; also that light bodies develop electrical excitation when suspended within the sphere of an excited electric.

A.D. 1660.—Guericke (Otto von), a mayor of Magdeburg in Prussian Saxony, creates the first friction-based electric machine. It was made up of a globe of sulfur, housed in a glass sphere, and mounted on a rotating axis. When a cloth was rubbed against it by hand, it produced both sound and light. Guericke was the one who “heard the first sound and saw the first light in artificially generated electricity.” He demonstrated that light objects, when attracted by an electrically charged source, were immediately pushed away by it and could not be attracted again until they were touched by another object; he also showed that light objects generate electrical charge when suspended within the sphere of a charged electric source.

References.—“Experimenta Nova Magdeburgica,” 1672, lib. iv, cap. 15, p. 147, also all relating to the sulphur globe reproduced from the “Experimenta Nova” at end of Figuier’s “Exposition et Histoire,” etc., Vol. IV. Paris, 1857; Moncony, Voyages, 1665; Schott (Gaspar), “Technica Curiosa,” etc., Norimbergæ, 1664; “Abhandlungen zur Geschichte der Mathem.,” Leipzig, 1898, Vol. VIII. pp. 69–112, for the two articles by Ferdinand Rosenberger on the development of the electric machine, etc., from the time of Von Guericke.

References.—“Experimenta Nova Magdeburgica,” 1672, lib. iv, cap. 15, p. 147, also all related to the sulfur globe reproduced from the “Experimenta Nova” at the end of Figuier’s “Exposition et Histoire,” etc., Vol. IV. Paris, 1857; Moncony, Voyages, 1665; Schott (Gaspar), “Technica Curiosa,” etc., Nuremberg, 1664; “Abhandlungen zur Geschichte der Mathem.,” Leipzig, 1898, Vol. VIII. pp. 69–112, for the two articles by Ferdinand Rosenberger on the development of the electric machine, etc., from the time of Von Guericke.

A.D. 1660.—At the meeting of the English Royal Society, held June 5, 1660, Magnetical Remedies were discoursed of. Sir Gilbert Talbot promised to bring in what he knew of sympatheticall cures, and those who possessed any powder of sympathy were requested to fetch some at the next meeting.

A.D. 1660.—At the meeting of the English Royal Society on June 5, 1660, they discussed Magnetical Remedies. Sir Gilbert Talbot promised to share his knowledge of sympathetic cures, and anyone who had any powder of sympathy was asked to bring some to the next meeting.

A.D. 1661.—Somerset (Edward), second Marquis of Worcester, an English inventor, announces, in his “Century of Inventions” that he has discovered “a method by which at a window as far as the eye can discover black from white, a man may hold discourse with his correspondent, without noise made or notice taken; being, according to occasion given, or means afforded, ex re nata, and no need of provision beforehand: though much better if foreseen, and course taken by mutual consent of parties.” This method, he[127] asserts, he can put into practice “by night as well as by day, though as dark as pitch is black.”

A.D. 1661.—Somerset (Edward), the second Marquis of Worcester, an English inventor, announces in his “Century of Inventions” that he has discovered “a method by which, at a distance as far as the eye can see between black and white, a person can communicate with their correspondent without making noise or drawing attention; depending on the situation or available means, ex re nata, with no need for prior arrangements: although it works much better if anticipated, and a plan is agreed upon by both parties.” He claims that he can implement this method “by night as well as by day, even when it’s as dark as pitch.”

References.—Dircks’ “Life of Worcester,” p. 357; “Dictionary of National Biography,” Vol. LIII. pp. 232–237.

References.—Dircks’ “Life of Worcester,” p. 357; “Dictionary of National Biography,” Vol. LIII. pp. 232–237.

A.D. 1662.—Rupert (Prince Robert), of Bavaria, son of Frederick V, elector palatine, and one of the founders of the Royal Society of London, is credited with the discovery of the curious glass bubbles called “Rupert’s drops.” These are merely drops of glass thrown, when melted, into water, and thus becoming suddenly consolidated into a shape somewhat resembling the form of a tear. The globular end may be subjected to quite a smart stroke without breaking, but if a particle of the tail is nipped off, the whole flies into fine powder with almost explosive violence.

A.D. 1662.—Rupert (Prince Robert) of Bavaria, son of Frederick V, elector palatine, and one of the founders of the Royal Society of London, is credited with discovering the interesting glass bubbles known as “Rupert’s drops.” These are simply drops of glass that, when melted, are thrown into water, quickly solidifying into a shape somewhat resembling a tear. The round end can withstand a significant hit without breaking, but if a small piece of the tail is chipped off, the whole breaks apart into fine powder with almost explosive force.

“Mr. Peter did show us the experiment (which I had heard talked of) of the chymicall glasses, which break all to dust by breaking off a little small end; which is a great mystery to me” (Samuel Pepys, “Diary,” January 13, 1662).

“Mr. Peter showed us the experiment (which I had heard people talk about) with the chemical glasses that shatter completely into dust when a tiny end is broken off; this is a great mystery to me” (Samuel Pepys, “Diary,” January 13, 1662).

Sir David Brewster discovered that the fracture of these unannealed drops was accompanied by the evolution of electrical light, which appears even when they are broken under water. Mr. Bennet observed that when one of the drops was placed upon a book, the latter was electrified negatively.

Sir David Brewster found that when these unannealed drops broke, they emitted electrical light, which is visible even when they shatter underwater. Mr. Bennet noted that when one of the drops was set on a book, the book became negatively charged.

References.—The articles on “Annealing,” “Optics,” and “Electricity” in the “Encyclopædia Britannica”; also the biography in “Penny Cycl.,” Vol. XX. pp. 226–227; Le Cat, “Memoir,” London, 1749–1750, or Philos. Trans., XLVI. p. 175.

References.—The articles on “Annealing,” “Optics,” and “Electricity” in the “Encyclopædia Britannica”; also the biography in “Penny Cycl.,” Vol. XX. pp. 226–227; Le Cat, “Memoir,” London, 1749–1750, or Philos. Trans., XLVI. p. 175.

A.D. 1665.—Grimaldi (Francesco Maria), Italian philosopher (1618–1663), member of the Order of Jesuits and an associate of the astronomer Giovanni Battista Riccioli (at A.D. 1270) is the author of the important work “Physico mathesis de Lumine ...” which cites the discovery of magnetism produced by the perpendicular holding of an iron bar.

A.D. 1665.—Grimaldi (Francesco Maria), an Italian philosopher (1618–1663), was a member of the Jesuit Order and worked with the astronomer Giovanni Battista Riccioli (at CE 1270). He wrote the important work “Physico mathesis de Lumine ...” which mentions the discovery of magnetism created by holding an iron bar perpendicular.

References.Phil. Trans. for 1665; “Engl. Cycl.,” article “Biography,” Vol. CXI. p. 207; Larousse, “Dict.,” Vol. VIII, p. 1531. And, for Riccioli’s works, see Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibliog. Gén.,” Vol. III. p. 238; “Journ. des Sçavans” pour 1665 et 1666, pp. 642–647.

References.Phil. Trans. from 1665; “Engl. Cycl.,” article “Biography,” Vol. CXI. p. 207; Larousse, “Dict.,” Vol. VIII, p. 1531. And for Riccioli’s works, see Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibliog. Gén.,” Vol. III. p. 238; “Journ. des Sçavans” for 1665 and 1666, pp. 642–647.

A.D. 1665.—Glanvill (Joseph), an eminent English divine and philosopher, Chaplain to King Charles II and F.R.S., sometimes called “Sadducismus Triumphatus Glanvill,” endorses in his “Scepsis Scientifica” (“the vanity of dogmatizing recast”)—published originally in 1661—the views advanced previously by the Jesuit Leurechon, and, after discussing the objections of Sir Thomas Browne, expresses the belief that “to confer at the distance of the[128] Indies by sympathetic conveyances may be as usual to future times as to us in literary correspondence.”

A.D. 1665.—Glanvill (Joseph), a prominent English theologian and philosopher, Chaplain to King Charles II and F.R.S., sometimes referred to as “Sadducismus Triumphatus Glanvill,” supports in his “Scepsis Scientifica” (“the futility of dogmatizing recast”)—originally published in 1661—the ideas previously presented by the Jesuit Leurechon and, after addressing the objections of Sir Thomas Browne, expresses the belief that “communicating across the[128] Indies through sympathetic means may become as common in the future as our literary correspondence is today.”

A writer in the “Bath Chronicle” reproduced a long extract from Glanvill’s work, the concluding sentence of which, he says, seems to have anticipated the electric telegraph. It is as follows: “But yet to advance another instance. That men should confer at very distant removes by an extemporary intercourse is a reputed impossibility; but yet there are some hints in natural operations that give us probability that ’tis feasible, and may be compassed without unwarrantable assistance from demoniack correspondence. That a couple of needles equally touched by the same magnet, being set in two dials exactly proportioned to each other, and circumscribed by the letters of the alphabet, may effect this ‘magnale’ (i. e. important result) hath considerable authorities to avouch it.

A columnist in the “Bath Chronicle” shared a long quote from Glanvill’s work, noting that the last sentence seems to have predicted the electric telegraph. It goes like this: “But let's consider another example. The idea that people could communicate over great distances without being in the same place is widely seen as impossible; however, there are some clues in nature that suggest it might actually be possible, and could be achieved without any questionable help from supernatural forces. The theory that two needles magnetized by the same magnet, placed in two dials that are perfectly matched and labeled with the letters of the alphabet, could achieve this ‘magnale’ (i. e. important result) has significant backing to support it."

“The manner of it is thus represented: Let the friends that would communicate take each a dial, and, having appointed a time for their sympathetic conference, let one move his impregnate needle to any letter in the alphabet, and its affected fellow will precisely respect the same. So that, would I know what my friend would acquaint me with, ’tis but observing the letters that are pointed at by my needle, and in their order transcribing them from their sympathized index, as its motion directs; and I may be assured that my friend described the same with his, and that the words on my paper are of his inditing. Now, though there will be some ill-contrivance in a circumstance of this invention, in that the thus impregnate needles will not move to, but avert from each other (as ingenious Dr. Browne hath observed), yet this cannot prejudice the main design of this way of secret conveyance; since it is but reading counter to the magnetic informer, and noting the letter which is most distant in the Abecederian circle from that which the needle turns to, and the case is not altered.

“The way this works is as follows: Friends who want to communicate each take a dial, and after setting a time for their private conversation, one person moves their needle to any letter in the alphabet, and the other person's needle will point to the same letter. So, if I want to know what my friend wants to tell me, I just need to observe the letters my needle is pointing at, write them down in the order they appear, and I can be confident that my friend is indicating the same letters with their needle, meaning the words on my paper are their message. Now, although there may be some flaws in this invention since the needles don't move toward each other but rather away from each other (as the clever Dr. Browne has noted), this doesn't undermine the main goal of this method of secret communication. It just means reading in the opposite direction of the magnetic indicator and noting the letter that is furthest away in the alphabet from the one the needle is pointing to, and the situation remains unchanged.”

“Now, though this desirable effect may possibly not yet answer the expectations of inquisitive experiment, yet ’tis no despicable item, that by some other such way of magnetick efficiency it may hereafter with success be attempted, when magical history shall be enlarged by riper inspections; and ’tis not unlikely but that present discoveries might be improved to the performance.”

“Although this desirable outcome may not yet meet the expectations of curious experiments, it's still worth noting that through some other methods of magnetic effectiveness, success might be achieved in the future, especially as our understanding of magical history grows from more thorough investigations. It's also quite possible that current discoveries could be enhanced to achieve this goal.”

Glanvill is also the author of “Philosophical Considerations Touching Witches and Witchcraft,” 1666, and of “The Sadducismus Triumphatus,” 1681.

Glanvill is also the author of “Philosophical Considerations on Witches and Witchcraft,” 1666, and “The Triumph of Sadducismus,” 1681.

References.—“Dict. of Nat. Biog.,” 1908, Vol. VII. pp. 1287–8; Larousse, “Dict.,” Vol. VIII. pp. 1294–1295; “Nature,” Vol. XVI. p. 269; “Histoire de la Philosophie,” par Charles de Rémusat, Paris, 1878, Vol. II.[129] chap. xi. pp. 184–201; “The General Biog. Dict.,” Alex. Chalmers, London, 1811, Vol. XVI. pp. 12–17; “Joseph Glanvill,” by Ferris Greenslet, New York, 1905; “Imperial Dict. of Universal Biography,” Vol. II. p. 642.

References.—“Dict. of Nat. Biog.,” 1908, Vol. VII. pp. 1287–8; Larousse, “Dict.,” Vol. VIII. pp. 1294–1295; “Nature,” Vol. XVI. p. 269; “Histoire de la Philosophie,” by Charles de Rémusat, Paris, 1878, Vol. II.[129] chap. xi. pp. 184–201; “The General Biog. Dict.,” Alex. Chalmers, London, 1811, Vol. XVI. pp. 12–17; “Joseph Glanvill,” by Ferris Greenslet, New York, 1905; “Imperial Dict. of Universal Biography,” Vol. II. p. 642.

A.D. 1666.—Denys (William), hydrographer, of Dieppe, observes that the compasses placed in different parts of a vessel give different indications (Becquerel, “Magnétisme,” p. 119; “Journal des Sçavans” pour 1665 et 1666, p. 538).

A.D. 1666.—Denys (William), a hydrographer from Dieppe, notes that the compasses located in various parts of a ship show different readings (Becquerel, “Magnétisme,” p. 119; “Journal des Sçavans” for 1665 and 1666, p. 538).

A.D. 1671.—Richer (T.), French philosopher, who was sent by the Paris Academy of Sciences to the island of Cayenne for the purpose of determining the amount of terrestrial refraction and for other astronomical objects, is the first to make known the electrical powers of the gymnotus electricus.

A.D. 1671.—Richer (T.), a French philosopher, was sent by the Paris Academy of Sciences to the island of Cayenne to measure the amount of terrestrial refraction and for other astronomical purposes. He was the first to reveal the electrical capabilities of the gymnotus electricus.

References.—Leithead, “Electricity,” Chap. XII; Fahie, “El. Tel.,” p. 171; Bertholon, “Elec. du Corps Humain,” 1786, Vol. I. p. 171; Mém. de l’Acad. des Sciences, 1677, Art. VI; Richer, “Observations,” etc., Paris, 1679; Bancroft, at A.D. 1769; “Cosmos,” 1859, Vol. V. pp. 23–24.

References.—Leithead, “Electricity,” Chapter XII; Fahie, “El. Tel.,” page 171; Bertholon, “Electricity of the Human Body,” 1786, Volume I, page 171; Memoirs of the Academy of Sciences, 1677, Article VI; Richer, “Observations,” etc., Paris, 1679; Bancroft, at CE 1769; “Cosmos,” 1859, Volume V, pages 23–24.

A.D. 1671.—Rohault (Jacques), a French philosophical writer, and one of the earliest, ablest and most active propagators of the Cartesian philosophy in France, publishes at Paris the first edition of his “Traité de Physique,” at Part III. chap. viii. pp. 198–236 of which he treats especially of amber and of the loadstone. The same passages can be seen at Vol. II. part iii. chap. viii. pp. 163, etc., of Rohault’s “System of Natural Philosophy,” published in London during the year 1723, and at the same chapter, pp. 388, etc., of “Jacobi Rohaulti Physica,” Londini, 1718.

A.D. 1671.—Rohault (Jacques), a French philosophical writer and one of the earliest, most skilled, and most active advocates of Cartesian philosophy in France, publishes the first edition of his “Traité de Physique” in Paris. In Part III, chapter viii, pages 198–236, he specifically discusses amber and the loadstone. The same sections can be found in Vol. II, part iii, chapter viii, pages 163, etc., of Rohault’s “System of Natural Philosophy,” published in London in 1723, and in the same chapter, pages 388, etc., of “Jacobi Rohaulti Physica,” Londini, 1718.

The latter is the last and best edition of the well-known classical translation, originally made in 1697, by Dr. Samuel Clarke, who was the friend of Sir Isaac Newton and chaplain to Bishop Moore, of Norwich. Through this work Clarke introduced very many critical notes exposing the fallacies of the Cartesian system. The “Physica” passed through four editions as the Cambridge University textbook before it was made to give way to the treatises of Newton.

The latter is the most recent and best edition of the famous classical translation, originally done in 1697 by Dr. Samuel Clarke, who was a friend of Sir Isaac Newton and chaplain to Bishop Moore of Norwich. In this work, Clarke included many critical notes that revealed the flaws in the Cartesian system. The “Physica” went through four editions as the Cambridge University textbook before it was replaced by Newton's treatises.

A.D. 1672.—Sturm (John Christopher), a very able German mathematician, who was for thirty-four years professor of natural philosophy at the University of Altdorf (Franconia), and who, after vainly attempting to satisfactorily unite the Aristotelian and Cartesian doctrines finally adopted the Baconian philosophy, establishes the “Collegium Curiosum” on the plan of the celebrated Italian “Accademia del Cimento,” alluded to under the A.D. 1609 date.

A.D. 1672.—Sturm (John Christopher), a highly skilled German mathematician, who served as a professor of natural philosophy at the University of Altdorf (Franconia) for thirty-four years, and who, after unsuccessfully trying to satisfactorily merge the Aristotelian and Cartesian philosophies, ultimately embraced the Baconian philosophy, established the “Collegium Curiosum” based on the well-known Italian “Accademia del Cimento,” mentioned in the CE 1609 entry.

The society was founded for the purpose of studying, repeating and even modifying the most notable philosophical experiments of[130] the day, such as those made by Von Guericke, Boyle, Hooke and others, and its proceedings were published in 1676 and 1685 under the title of “Collegium Experimental sive Curiosum, etc.”

The society was established to study, replicate, and even alter the most significant philosophical experiments of[130] the time, including those conducted by Von Guericke, Boyle, Hooke, and others. Its findings were published in 1676 and 1685 under the title “Collegium Experimental sive Curiosum, etc.”

A.D. 1673.—Hevelius—Hevel—Hovel—Hövelke (Joannes), an eminent Polish astronomer, member of the English Royal Society, and a great friend more particularly of le Père M. Mersenne, of Gassendi and of Kircher, publishes during 1673 the first part of his great work “Machina Cœlestis”—dedicated to Louis XIV—the entire second part of which, issued in 1679, was destroyed by fire with the exception of seven copies. This explains its extreme scarcity. It was this work which led to the public controversy between Hevelius and Dr. Hooke who published, in London, during 1674 his “Animad. in Mach. Celest. Hevelii.”

A.D. 1673.—Hevelius—Hevel—Hovel—Hövelke (Joannes), a prominent Polish astronomer and member of the English Royal Society, who was a good friend of le Père M. Mersenne, Gassendi, and Kircher, published the first part of his major work “Machina Cœlestis” in 1673, dedicated to Louis XIV. The entire second part, which came out in 1679, was mostly destroyed in a fire, leaving only seven copies, which explains its extreme rarity. This work sparked a public controversy between Hevelius and Dr. Hooke, who published “Animad. in Mach. Celest. Hevelii” in London in 1674.

It is said that, next to John Flamsteed, Hevelius was the most accurate observer of the heavens in his day (“The Reliquary,” London, Vol. XIV. pp. 149–159 and Vol. XV. pp. 34–38; “Journal des Savants” for March, June and November 1836). He had already published “De Variatione acus magneticæ” (Opusc. Act. Erudit. Lips., Vol. I. p. 103), also a report of the variations of the magnetical needle during 1670, which can be found in the Phil. Trans., Vol. V. for 1670, p. 2059, or in Hutton’s abridgments, London, 1809, Vol. I. p. 514.

It is said that, next to John Flamsteed, Hevelius was the most precise observer of the skies during his time (“The Reliquary,” London, Vol. XIV. pp. 149–159 and Vol. XV. pp. 34–38; “Journal des Savants” for March, June, and November 1836). He had already published “De Variatione acus magneticæ” (Opusc. Act. Erudit. Lips., Vol. I. p. 103), along with a report on the variations of the magnetic needle during 1670, which can be found in the Phil. Trans., Vol. V. for 1670, p. 2059, or in Hutton’s abridgments, London, 1809, Vol. I. p. 514.

References.—Larousse, “Dict.,” Vol. IX. pp. 266–267; “Biog. Gén.,” Vol. XXV. pp. 285–294; Delambre, “Hist. de l’Astron. Mod.,” Vol. II. pp. 434–484; Weidler, “Hist. Astron.,” p. 485; “Mem. Roy. Soc.,” 1739, Vol. I. p. 274.

Sources.—Larousse, “Dict.,” Vol. IX. pp. 266–267; “Biog. Gén.,” Vol. XXV. pp. 285–294; Delambre, “Hist. de l’Astron. Mod.,” Vol. II. pp. 434–484; Weidler, “Hist. Astron.,” p. 485; “Mem. Roy. Soc.,” 1739, Vol. I. p. 274.

A.D. 1675.—Boyle (Robert), Irish natural philosopher and chemist, seventh son of Richard Boyle, Earl of Cork, and one of the first members of what he calls the “Invisible” or “Philosophical” College, which has since become the Royal Society,[47] gives, in his “Philosophical Works,” the result of his many experiments upon magnetism and electricity.

A.D. 1675.—Boyle (Robert), an Irish natural philosopher and chemist, was the seventh son of Richard Boyle, Earl of Cork, and one of the first members of what he called the “Invisible” or “Philosophical” College, which later became the Royal Society.[47] In his “Philosophical Works,” he presents the findings from his numerous experiments on magnetism and electricity.

John Evelyn in his letter to Mr. Wotton, March 30, 1695 (“Memoirs, Diary and Correspondence,” by Wm. Bray, London, p. 716), says of Boyle: “It must be confess’d that he had a marvailous sagacity in finding out many usefull and noble experiments. Never did stubborn matter come under his inquisition but he extorted a confession of all that lay in her most intimate recesses; and[131] what he discover’d he as faithfully register’d, and frankly communicated....”

John Evelyn, in his letter to Mr. Wotton, March 30, 1695 (“Memoirs, Diary and Correspondence,” by Wm. Bray, London, p. 716), talks about Boyle: “It must be acknowledged that he had an incredible ability to uncover many useful and remarkable experiments. No rigid material ever came under his investigation without him extracting a full confession of everything hidden in its deepest secrets; and[131] what he discovered, he recorded faithfully and shared openly....”

Prof. Tyndall remarks (“Lecture,” February 4, 1875): “The tendency to physical theory showed itself in Boyle. He imagined that the electrified body threw out a glutinous or unctuous effluvium, which laid hold of small bodies, and, in its return to the source from which it emanated, carried them along with it.”

Prof. Tyndall notes (“Lecture,” February 4, 1875): “The inclination towards physical theory appeared in Boyle. He believed that an electrified object emitted a sticky or oily substance that attracted small objects, and as it returned to its origin, it brought those objects with it.”

A few of his many characteristic remarks and observations are, however, best given in his own words, as extracted from the “Philosophical Works” above alluded to:

A few of his many typical comments and observations are best expressed in his own words, as taken from the "Philosophical Works" mentioned earlier:

“The invention of the mariner’s needle, which giveth the direction, is no less benefit for navigation than the invention of the sails, which give the motion” (London, 1738, Vol. I. p. 62).

“The invention of the mariner’s needle, which provides direction, is just as beneficial for navigation as the invention of sails, which provide motion” (London, 1738, Vol. I. p. 62).

“I, with a certain body (rough diamond), not bigger than a pea, but very vigorously attractive, moved a steel needle, freely poised, about three minutes after I had left off rubbing it” (Vol. I. p. 508). Speaking elsewhere of his experiments with diamonds, he says: “But when I came to apply it (the loadstone) to one more, which look’d somewhat duller than almost any of the rest, I found that it had in it particles enough of an iron nature to make it a magnetical body and observed without surprise that not only it would suffer itself to be taken up by the strongest pole of the loadstone, but when the pole was offer’d within a convenient distance it would readily leap through the air to fasten itself to it.”

“I had a small piece of rough diamond, about the size of a pea, but very powerfully attractive. It moved a steel needle, which was freely balanced, about three minutes after I stopped rubbing it” (Vol. I. p. 508). Speaking about his experiments with diamonds, he states: “When I applied the loadstone to a diamond that looked a bit duller than most of the others, I discovered it contained enough iron particles to become magnetic. I wasn’t surprised to see that not only could it be picked up by the strongest pole of the loadstone, but when I brought the pole close enough, it would jump through the air to attach itself to it.”

“I removed a piece of amber in the sunbeams till they had made it moderately hot and then found it would attract those light bodies it would not stir before” (Vol. I. p. 400, and Vol. III. p. 52).

“I took a piece of amber and held it in the sunlight until it got warm, and then I noticed it would attract those light objects that it couldn't move before” (Vol. I. p. 400, and Vol. III. p. 52).

“Whether from such experiments one may argue that it is but, as it were, by accident that amber attracts another body, and not this the amber; and whether these ought to make us question, if electrics may, with so much propriety, as has been generally supposed, be said to attract, are doubts, that my design does not oblige me to examine” (Vol. IV. p. 350).

“Whether we can argue from such experiments that amber attracts another object just by chance, and not the other way around, and whether we should question if electrics, as it has generally been believed, can be said to attract, are doubts that I’m not required to explore” (Vol. IV. p. 350).

References.—John Evelyn’s “Diary,” Letter to Mr. Wotton, March 30, 1696; Libes’ “Histoire Phil. du Progrès de la Physique,” Paris, 1810; Boyle’s “Mechanical Origine or Production of Electricity,” 1675; Birch, “Life of Hon. R. Boyle,” 1743–1744; Secondat’s “Histoire d’Electricité” (Observations physiques), 1750, p. 141; Whewell, “Hist. of Ind. Sciences,” 1859, Vol. I. pp. 395, 396. Priestley’s “History of Electricity,” 1775, pp. 5–8; M. Reael, “Observ. a. d. Magnectsteen,” 1651, alluded to at note, p. 486, Vol. I. of Van Swinden’s 1784 “Recueil,” etc.; Van Swinden, Vol. II. pp. 353, 359–361; “Biblioth. Britan.” (Authors), Robt. Watt, Edinburgh, 1824, Vol. I. pp. 142–3; Aikin’s “G. Biography,” and Martin’s “Biog. Philosophica,” in “General Biog. Dict.,” by John Gorton, London, 1833, Vol. I; Phil. Trans., Vol. VIII for 1673, p. 6101 and Hutton’s abridg., Vol. II. p. 90; Boyle, London, 1673, “Essays of the ... Effluviums” (Subtility), pp. 38–42, 52–53;[132] (Efficacy) pp. 18, 19, 32, 33; (Determinate Nature) pp. 21, 57; “An Essay ... of Gems,” London, 1672, pp. 108–129; Ch. W. Moulton, “Library of Literary Criticism,” Vol. II. pp. 416–420; “Critical Dict. of Engl. Lit.,” S. Austin Allibone, Philad., 1888, Vol. I. pp. 232–233; “Essays in Historical Chemistry,” T. E. Thorpe, London, 1894, pp. 1–27; Eighth “Britannica,” V. p. 259 for notes of Boerhaave, also the “Britannica” 1st Dissertation, p. 47, and 4th Dissertation p. 597; “History and Heroes of the Art of Medicine,” J. Rutherfurd Russell, London, 1861, pp. 233–246.

Sources.—John Evelyn’s “Diary,” Letter to Mr. Wotton, March 30, 1696; Libes’ “Histoire Phil. du Progrès de la Physique,” Paris, 1810; Boyle’s “Mechanical Origin or Production of Electricity,” 1675; Birch, “Life of Hon. R. Boyle,” 1743–1744; Secondat’s “Histoire d’Électricité” (Physical Observations), 1750, p. 141; Whewell, “History of Ind. Sciences,” 1859, Vol. I. pp. 395, 396. Priestley’s “History of Electricity,” 1775, pp. 5–8; M. Reael, “Observ. a. d. Magnetsteen,” 1651, referenced in note, p. 486, Vol. I. of Van Swinden’s 1784 “Recueil,” etc.; Van Swinden, Vol. II. pp. 353, 359–361; “Bibliotheca Britannica” (Authors), Robt. Watt, Edinburgh, 1824, Vol. I. pp. 142–143; Aikin’s “G. Biography,” and Martin’s “Biog. Philosophica,” in “General Biographical Dictionary,” by John Gorton, London, 1833, Vol. I; Philosophical Transactions, Vol. VIII for 1673, p. 6101 and Hutton’s abridgment, Vol. II. p. 90; Boyle, London, 1673, “Essays on the ... Effluviums” (Subtility), pp. 38–42, 52–53; [132] (Efficacy) pp. 18, 19, 32, 33; (Determinate Nature) pp. 21, 57; “An Essay on Gems,” London, 1672, pp. 108–129; Ch. W. Moulton, “Library of Literary Criticism,” Vol. II. pp. 416–420; “Critical Dictionary of English Literature,” S. Austin Allibone, Philadelphia, 1888, Vol. I. pp. 232–233; “Essays in Historical Chemistry,” T. E. Thorpe, London, 1894, pp. 1–27; Eighth “Encyclopedia Britannica,” V. p. 259 for notes of Boerhaave, also the “Encyclopedia Britannica” 1st Dissertation, p. 47, and 4th Dissertation p. 597; “History and Heroes of the Art of Medicine,” J. Rutherfurd Russell, London, 1861, pp. 233–246.

Consult also Boyle’s “New Exper. Physico-Mechanical,” etc., in which the 16th Exp. is “concerning the operation of the loadstone”; Boyle’s “A Continuation of New Exp.,” etc., in which the 31st Exp. is “about the attractive virtue of the loadstone in an exhausted receiver,” and in which are “Notes, etc., about the atmospheres of consistent bodies,” etc., as well as “Observations about the exciting of the electricity of bodies,” and concerning the electrical emanations and effluviums. Boyle’s “Tracts Containing Some Suspicions Concerning some Occult Qualities of the Air; with an Appendix Touching Celestial Magnets,” etc. His “Phil. Works,” London, 1744, Vol. III. pp. 65, 67 and 70, 647, etc., give “Experiments and Notes about the Mechanical Origin or Production of Electricity.”

Consult Boyle’s “New Exper. Physico-Mechanical,” etc., where the 16th experiment is “about the operation of the loadstone”; Boyle’s “A Continuation of New Exp.,” etc., where the 31st experiment is “about the attractive power of the loadstone in a vacuum,” along with “Notes, etc., on the atmospheres of consistent bodies,” etc. Also mentioned are “Observations on the generation of electricity in bodies” and the nature of electrical emissions and effluents. Boyle’s “Tracts Containing Some Suspicions Regarding Certain Hidden Qualities of the Air; with an Appendix on Celestial Magnets,” etc. His “Phil. Works,” London, 1744, Vol. III, pp. 65, 67, and 70, 647, etc., provide “Experiments and Notes on the Mechanical Origin or Production of Electricity.”

For full accounts of the Royal Society, alluded to above, see the histories written by Thomas Sprat (1667), by Thomas Birch (1756), by Thomas Thomson (1812), and by Chas. Richard Weld (1847–1848).

For complete accounts of the Royal Society mentioned earlier, check out the histories written by Thomas Sprat (1667), Thomas Birch (1756), Thomas Thomson (1812), and Chas. Richard Weld (1847–1848).

A.D. 1675.—Picard (Jean), eminent astronomer, who succeeded Gassendi (A.D. 1632) as professor of astronomy at the Collège de France, is the first to observe electric light in vacuo. According to Tyndall (“Lessons in Electricity,” p. 88) it was while carrying a barometer from the Observatory to the Porte Saint-Michel in Paris that he noticed light in the vacuous portion. Sebastien and Cassini observed it afterwards in other barometers (see Tyndall’s “Lecture V.” p. 91, for Priestley’s description of the electric light in vacuo).

A.D. 1675.—Jean Picard, a prominent astronomer who took over from Gassendi (CE 1632) as the professor of astronomy at the Collège de France, was the first to witness electric light in vacuo. According to Tyndall (“Lessons in Electricity,” p. 88), he noticed the light in the empty space while transporting a barometer from the Observatory to the Porte Saint-Michel in Paris. Sebastien and Cassini later observed it in other barometers (see Tyndall’s “Lecture V.” p. 91 for Priestley’s description of the electric light in vacuo).

It was this same scientist who had already given, in his “Mesure de la Terre,” 1671, Article IV, the description of the measurement of a degree of latitude made with instruments of his own manufacture.

It was this same scientist who had already provided, in his “Mesure de la Terre,” 1671, Article IV, the account of measuring a degree of latitude using instruments he had made himself.

References.—Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1859, Vol. V. pp. 23, 24; Larousse, “Dict.,” Vol. XII. p. 937; “Phil. Hist. and Mem. of the Roy. Acad. at Paris,” London, 1742, Vol. I. pp. 208–221.

Sources.—Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1859, Vol. V. pp. 23, 24; Larousse, “Dict.,” Vol. XII. p. 937; “Phil. Hist. and Mem. of the Roy. Acad. at Paris,” London, 1742, Vol. I. pp. 208–221.

A.D. 1675.—Newton (Sir Isaac), prominent English mathematician and natural philosopher, of whom Macaulay says that “in no other mind have the demonstrative faculty and the inductive faculty coexisted in such supreme excellence and perfect harmony,” communicates to the Royal Society his discovery that excited glass will attract any light bodies even to the surface opposite to that upon which it has been rubbed. This was successfully demonstrated by the Society, January 31, 1676.

A.D. 1675.—Newton (Sir Isaac), a leading English mathematician and natural philosopher, is noted by Macaulay for having “the demonstrative faculty and the inductive faculty coexisting in such supreme excellence and perfect harmony.” He shares with the Royal Society his discovery that rubbed glass can attract lightweight objects to the surface opposite the one that was rubbed. This was successfully demonstrated by the Society on January 31, 1676.

He improved the electric machine by substituting a glass globe for the globe of sulphur made use of by both Von Guericke and Boyle, the rubbers in every case being the hands of the operator.

He enhanced the electric machine by replacing the sulfur globe used by both Von Guericke and Boyle with a glass globe, while the operator's hands served as the rubbers in every instance.

[133]

[133]

He appears to have somewhat anticipated Franklin’s great discovery, judging by the following letter he addressed, December 15, 1716, to the Rev. Dr. Law, in Suffolk:

He seems to have somewhat predicted Franklin’s major discovery, based on the following letter he wrote on December 15, 1716, to Rev. Dr. Law in Suffolk:

“Dear Doctor,” it begins, “He that in ye mine of knowledge deepest diggeth, hath, like every other miner ye least breathing time, and must sometimes at least come to terr; alt (terra alta) for air. In one of these respiratory intervals I now sit doune to write to you, my friend. You ask me how, with so much study, I manage to retene my health. Ah, my dear doctor, you have a better opinion of your lazy friend than he hath himself. Morpheus is my best companion; without eight or nine hours of him ye correspondent is not worth one Scavenger’s peruke. My practizes did at ye first hurt my stomach, but now I eat heartily enow, as y’ will see when I come down beside you. I have been much amused by ye singular φενομενα resulting from bringing a needle into contact with a piece of amber or resin fricated on silke clothe. Ye flame putteth me in mind of sheet lightning on a small—how very small—scale. But I shall in my epistles abjure philosophy, whereof when I come down to Sakly I’ll give you enow. I begin to scrawl at five mins. from nine of ye clk, and have in writing consumed ten mins. My Lord Somerset is announced.”

“Dear Doctor,” it begins, “Those who dig the deepest into the mine of knowledge, like every other miner, need to take a break and must sometimes come up for air. During one of these breaks, I’m sitting down to write to you, my friend. You ask how I manage to stay healthy with so much studying. Ah, my dear doctor, you think more highly of your lazy friend than he does of himself. Morpheus is my best companion; without eight or nine hours of sleep, I wouldn’t be worth even a penny. My studies initially upset my stomach, but now I eat quite well, as you will see when I come to visit you. I've been quite amused by the strange phenomena that occur when a needle touches a piece of amber or resin rubbed on silk. The spark reminds me of sheet lightning on a very—very small—scale. But in my letters, I’ll avoid philosophy, of which I’ll give you plenty when I come down to Sakly. I'm starting to write at five minutes to nine, and I’ve spent ten minutes writing so far. My Lord Somerset has arrived.”

Æther, according to Sir Isaac Newton, is a thin subtile matter much finer and rarer than air. Sometimes, it is termed by him, a subtil spirit, as in the latter part of his “Principia,” and sometimes a subtil ætherial medium, as in his “Optics.” By many it is supposed to pervade all space, also the interior of solid bodies, and to be the medium of the transmission of light and heat. The æther of Descartes was his materia subtilis or his First Element: by which he understood a “most subtil matter very swiftly agitated, fluid, and keeps to no certain figure, but which suits itself to the figure of those bodies that are about it. His Second Element consists of small Globules; that is, bodies exactly round and very solid, which do not only, like the First Element, fill up the pores of bodies but also constitute the purest substance of the Æther and Heaven” (Blome’s translation of Descartes’ “Philosophy,” p. 101; R. Lovett, “The Subtil Medium Prov’d”; Phil. Mag., Vol. XVIII. p. 155).

Æther, according to Sir Isaac Newton, is a thin, subtle substance that is much finer and rarer than air. Sometimes he refers to it as a subtle spirit in the latter part of his “Principia,” and at other times as a subtle ætherial medium in his “Optics.” Many believe it fills all space, including the insides of solid objects, and serves as the medium for the transmission of light and heat. The æther described by Descartes was his materia subtilis or his First Element, which he defined as “a very subtle matter that is quickly agitated, fluid, and does not maintain a specific shape, but adapts itself to the shapes of the bodies around it.” His Second Element consists of small Globules, which are perfectly round and very solid bodies that not only, like the First Element, fill the pores of other bodies but also make up the purest substance of the Æther and Heaven” (Blome’s translation of Descartes’ “Philosophy,” p. 101; R. Lovett, “The Subtil Medium Prov’d”; Phil. Mag., Vol. XVIII. p. 155).

During the years 1686 and 1687 Newton composed his “Principia,” a work which Lagrange pronounced “la plus haute production de l’esprit humain”: “the greatest work on science ever produced” (Sir Robt. Ball), and “which will be memorable not only in the annals of one science or of one country, but which will form[134] an epoch in the history of the world.” This was published at Halley’s expense. As Brewster says (1686, Chap. XII): “It is to Halley alone that science owes this debt of gratitude. It was he who tracked Newton to his college, who drew from him his great discoveries, and who generously gave them to the world.”

During the years 1686 and 1687, Newton wrote his “Principia,” a work that Lagrange called “la plus haute production de l’esprit humain”: “the greatest work on science ever produced” (Sir Robt. Ball), and “which will be memorable not only in the history of one science or one country, but which will mark[134] a significant moment in the history of the world.” This was published at Halley’s expense. As Brewster states (1686, Chap. XII): “It is to Halley alone that science owes this debt of gratitude. He was the one who tracked Newton to his college, who extracted from him his great discoveries, and who generously shared them with the world.”

In the twenty-third proposition of the second book, fifth section, Newton says: “The virtue of the magnet is contracted by the interposition of an iron plate and is almost terminated at it, for bodies further off are not so much attracted by the magnet as by the iron plate.” And in Book III. prop. vi. he thus expresses himself: “The magnetic attraction is not as the matter attracted; some bodies are attracted more by the magnet, others less; most bodies not at all. The power of magnetism in one and the same body may be increased and diminished, and is sometimes far stronger for the quantity of matter than the power of gravity; and in receding from the magnet decreases, not in the duplicate, but almost in the triplicate proportion of the distance, as nearly as I could judge from some rude observations.”

In the twenty-third proposition of the second book, fifth section, Newton states: “The strength of the magnet is reduced by the presence of an iron plate and is nearly eliminated at that point, since objects further away are attracted more by the iron plate than by the magnet itself.” And in Book III, prop. vi, he expresses: “The magnetic attraction isn’t proportional to the amount of material being attracted; some objects are drawn to the magnet more than others; most objects aren’t attracted at all. The strength of magnetism in the same object can be increased or decreased, and sometimes it’s much stronger than the force of gravity; as you move away from the magnet, its strength decreases, not in proportion to the square of the distance, but almost in proportion to the cube of the distance, as best as I could determine from some rough observations.”

Newton is said to have carried in his ring a magnet weighing but three grains, which could raise 746 grains, or nearly 250 times its own weight. This magnet naturally excited much admiration, but is greatly surpassed in power by that formerly belonging to Sir John Leslie, and now in the Physical Collection at Edinburgh, weighing three and one-half grains, and having a carrying power of 1560 grains.

Newton is said to have carried a magnet in his ring weighing just three grains, which could lift 746 grains, or nearly 250 times its own weight. This magnet drew a lot of admiration, but it is far outmatched in strength by one that once belonged to Sir John Leslie, now in the Physical Collection in Edinburgh, weighing three and a half grains and capable of lifting 1560 grains.

References.—Brewster’s “Life of Sir I. Newton,” pp. 307, 308; “Dict. of Nat. Biog.,” Vol. XL. pp. 370–393; Ch. W. Moulton, “Library of Literary Criticism,” Vol. II. pp. 710–726; “Bibl. Britan.” (Authors), Robt. Watt, Edinburgh, 1824, Vol. II., p. 701; Harris, “Magnetism,” Vol. III. p. 11; Ninth “Britannica,” Vol. XV. p. 274; Whewell, “Hist. of the Ind. Sciences,” 1858, Vol. I. pp. 385–488; the interesting note at foot of p. 683 of the Fourth Dissertation in the “Encyclopædia Britannica”; “Muspratt’s Chemistry,” Vol. II. p. 255; the English “Chemical News” for November 1867, and January 1868, reproducing Sir David Brewster’s letters to the London “Athenæum” and London “Times,” likewise Dr. Crompton’s paper read before the Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society in October 1866; Phil. Trans., Vol. LXIV. Part I for 1774, p. 153: “Remarks of John Winthrop upon ... Castillione’s Life of Sir Isaac Newton”; Dr. Geo. Miller, “Hist. Phil. Ill.,” London, 1849, Vol. III. pp. 414–415; “Newton, sa vie et ses œuvres” in “Cosmos,” September 27, 1890 to December 13, 1890; “Journal des Savants” for April, May and June 1832; for April 1846, March, April, May, June, July and August 1852, October, November 1855; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. II, 1882, pp. 213–214, 1586; “Hist. de la Philosophie,” par Chas. de Rémusat, Paris, 1878, Vol. II. chap. xii. pp. 202–222.

References.—Brewster’s “Life of Sir I. Newton,” pp. 307, 308; “Dict. of Nat. Biog.,” Vol. XL. pp. 370–393; Ch. W. Moulton, “Library of Literary Criticism,” Vol. II. pp. 710–726; “Bibl. Britan.” (Authors), Robt. Watt, Edinburgh, 1824, Vol. II., p. 701; Harris, “Magnetism,” Vol. III. p. 11; Ninth “Britannica,” Vol. XV. p. 274; Whewell, “Hist. of the Ind. Sciences,” 1858, Vol. I. pp. 385–488; the interesting note at the bottom of p. 683 of the Fourth Dissertation in the “Encyclopædia Britannica”; “Muspratt’s Chemistry,” Vol. II. p. 255; the English “Chemical News” for November 1867, and January 1868, reproducing Sir David Brewster’s letters to the London “Athenæum” and London “Times,” as well as Dr. Crompton’s paper presented to the Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society in October 1866; Phil. Trans., Vol. LXIV. Part I for 1774, p. 153: “Remarks of John Winthrop upon ... Castillione’s Life of Sir Isaac Newton”; Dr. Geo. Miller, “Hist. Phil. Ill.,” London, 1849, Vol. III. pp. 414–415; “Newton, sa vie et ses œuvres” in “Cosmos,” September 27, 1890 to December 13, 1890; “Journal des Savants” for April, May and June 1832; for April 1846, March, April, May, June, July and August 1852, October, November 1855; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. II, 1882, pp. 213–214, 1586; “Hist. de la Philosophie,” by Chas. de Rémusat, Paris, 1878, Vol. II. chap. xii. pp. 202–222.

A.D. 1676.—Haward, master of several sailing vessels, and a man of good credit (Phil. Trans., Vol. XI. No. 127, p. 647, of July 18, 1676), states that “being on board of the ship Albemarle, July 24,[135] 1641 ... in latitude of Bermuda ... after a terrible clap of thunder ... it was found that the compass card was turned around, the N. and S. points having changed positions and, though Mr. Grofton brought with his finger the flower-de-lys to point directly N., it would immediately, as soon as at liberty, return to this new unusual posture, and upon examination he found every compass (three) in the ship of the same humour; which ... he could impute to nothing else but the operation of the lightning or thunder mentioned.” The above is also alluded to at p. 33 of Vol. III. of Boyle’s “Phil. Works,” London, 1738, with this addition: “One of the compasses, pointing West, was brought to New England, where, the glass being broke and the air gaining entrance, it lost its virtue. But one of the others is in that country possess’d by Mr. Encrease Mather, the North point of the needle remaining South to this day.”

A.D. 1676.—Haward, the captain of several sailing ships and a reputable man (Phil. Trans., Vol. XI. No. 127, p. 647, of July 18, 1676), reports that “while on board the ship Albemarle on July 24,[135] 1641 ... in the latitude of Bermuda ... after a terrible clap of thunder ... it was discovered that the compass card had flipped around, with the North and South points switching places. Even though Mr. Grofton tried to point the fleur-de-lis directly North with his finger, it would immediately return to this unusual position as soon as he let go. Upon further examination, he found that all three compasses on the ship behaved the same way, which ... he could only attribute to the effect of the lightning or thunder mentioned.” This incident is also referenced on page 33 of Vol. III. of Boyle’s “Phil. Works,” London, 1738, with the addition: “One of the compasses, pointing West, was brought to New England, where, after the glass was broken and the air could enter, it lost its effectiveness. However, one of the others remains in that country, owned by Mr. Encrease Mather, with the North point of the needle still pointing South to this day.”

A.D. 1677.—At p. 14 of an exceedingly curious publication entitled “A Rich Cabinet with a Variety of Inventions,” etc., written by J. W. (i. e. John White, of London), who calls himself “a lover of artificial conclusions,” will be found an article on “Divers rare, conceited motions performed by a magnet or loadstone.”

A.D. 1677.—On page 14 of a fascinating publication called “A Rich Cabinet with a Variety of Inventions,” written by J. W. (i.e., John White, of London), who refers to himself as “a lover of artificial conclusions,” there is an article about “Various rare and clever movements created by a magnet or loadstone.”

A.D. 1678.—Redi (Francesco), well-known Italian scientist, physician to the Grand Duke Ferdinand II, publishes his “Experimenta circa res diversas Naturales,” wherein he is first to communicate the fact that the shock of the raia torpedo can be transmitted to the fisherman through the line and rod connecting him with the fish.

A.D. 1678.—Francesco Redi, a well-known Italian scientist and physician to Grand Duke Ferdinand II, publishes his “Experimenta circa res diversas Naturales,” where he is the first to report that the shock from the raia torpedo can be transmitted to the fisherman through the line and rod connected to the fish.

References.—Leithead, “Electricity,” Chap. XII; the Firenze, 1671 ed. of Redi’s “Esperienze,” etc., pp. 47–54; Phil. Trans. for 1673, Vol. VIII. p. 6003; Sci. Am. Supp., No. 457, pp. 7300–7302; Matteucci, “Recherches,” 1837 and 1867; Eschinardi (F. della Compagnia di Gesü), “Lettera al S. Francesco Redi,” Roma, 1681, wherein are detailed many curious experiments, including some treating of the magnetic needle by which agency are foretold sudden attacks of earthquakes, etc. etc.

Sources.—Leithead, “Electricity,” Chap. XII; the Firenze, 1671 edition of Redi’s “Esperienze,” etc., pages 47–54; Phil. Trans. for 1673, Vol. VIII, page 6003; Sci. Am. Supp., No. 457, pages 7300–7302; Matteucci, “Recherches,” 1837 and 1867; Eschinardi (F. della Compagnia di Gesù), “Letter to S. Francesco Redi,” Rome, 1681, which describes many interesting experiments, including some on the magnetic needle that predict sudden earthquake events, etc. etc.

A.D. 1679.—Maxwell (William)—Guillelmo Maxvello—native of Scotland, author of “Medicina Magnetica,” offers to prove to various medical faculties that, with certain magnetic means at his disposal, he could cure any of the diseases abandoned by them as incurable (Blavatsky, “Isis,” Vol. I. p. 215).

A.D. 1679.—Maxwell (William)—Guillelmo Maxvello—a native of Scotland, author of “Medicina Magnetica,” claims he can demonstrate to various medical faculties that, with specific magnetic methods at his disposal, he could cure any diseases they have given up as incurable (Blavatsky, “Isis,” Vol. I. p. 215).

Reference.—J. H. Van Swinden, “Recueil de Mémoires,” etc., La Haye, 1784, Vol. II. p. 367.

Reference.—J. H. Van Swinden, “Collection of Memoirs,” etc., The Hague, 1784, Vol. II. p. 367.

A.D. 1683.—Arrais (Edoardo Madeira), who had been physician to—João—John IV, the first Portuguese king of the house of[136] Braganza, is the author of this much-delayed edition of a book entitled “Arbor Vitæ, or a physical account of the Tree of Life in the Garden of Eden.” It treats of occult qualities under the headings of “Doubts,” of which latter there are eight separate ones which constitute as many different chapters, from which the following extracts will prove interesting:

A.D. 1683.—Arrais (Edoardo Madeira), who had served as the physician to João—John IV, the first Portuguese king of the house of[136] Braganza, is the author of this long-awaited edition of a book titled “Arbor Vitæ, or a physical account of the Tree of Life in the Garden of Eden.” It discusses hidden qualities under the titles of “Doubts,” of which there are eight distinct ones that make up different chapters, and the following excerpts will be of interest:

“Doubt” 5, p. 45. “Doth not the fish called Torpedo render the fishes that swim over it immovable, and stupefy the fisher’s arm with its virtue diffused along his spear?”

“Doubt” 5, p. 45. “Doesn’t the fish called Torpedo make the fish that swim above it unable to move, and numb the fisherman’s arm with its power spreading along his spear?”

“Doubt” 5, p. 46. “... as also there are divers sorts of fishes that bring numness, as our Torpedo doth.”

“Doubt” 5, p. 46. “... just as there are different kinds of fish that cause numbness, like our Torpedo does.”

“Doubt” 5, p. 49. “And those that travail the coasts of Brasile make mention of another fish, which causeth numness as our Torpedo doth: whence it becomes sufficiently manifest that there are many kinds of Torpedoes to be found. But this kind lives especially in the river Itapecuro, in the country of the Maragnani, and it is called Perache, or, as Gaspar Barlæus observed, Puraquam, among those Barbarians. In shape and greatness it resembles a kind of lamprey (or Muræna); they use to kill it by striking it with staves; but the arm of him that strikes and then his whole body is stupefied, and shakes presently. Of which thing, Frier Christopher Severineus, Bishop elect of Angola is my ocular witness....”

“Doubt” 5, p. 49. “People who travel the coasts of Brazil mention another fish that causes numbness just like our Torpedo does: making it clear that there are many types of Torpedoes out there. This particular kind lives mainly in the Itapecuro River in the country of the Maragnani, and it is called Perache, or, as Gaspar Barlæus noted, Puraquam, among those natives. It looks and is about the size of a type of lamprey (or Muræna); they usually kill it by hitting it with sticks, but the arm of the person striking it—and then their whole body—becomes numb and shakes immediately. Frier Christopher Severineus, the Bishop elect of Angola, witnessed this firsthand....”

“Doubt” 7, p. 93. “For it is evident from experience that iron is so indisposed by some qualities that it cannot be moved by the magnet. That fishes swimming over the Torpedo, enclosed in the mud or sand for the purpose, when they come to the places whereto the virtue of the Torpedo is extended can stir no further; by which art she catches and eats them, as Aristotle relates (6 ‘de Hist. Animal.,’ cap. 10; and 9 ‘de Hist.,’ cap. 37).”

“Doubt” 7, p. 93. “It’s clear from experience that certain properties of iron make it unable to be influenced by a magnet. Fish swimming over the Torpedo, buried in the mud or sand for that purpose, can’t move any further when they reach the areas affected by the Torpedo; this is how it captures and eats them, as Aristotle describes (6 ‘de Hist. Animal.,’ cap. 10; and 9 ‘de Hist.,’ cap. 37).”

“Doubt” 7, p. 94. “For if amber be dulled by moisture, its virtue cannot produce motion in straws. If the virtue of the Torpedo reach the fishes swimming over her, or the fisher’s arm their motive power cannot produce motion.”

“Doubt” 7, p. 94. “If amber gets damp, it can't create movement in straws. If the power of the Torpedo affects the fish swimming above it, or the fisherman’s arm, their ability to move can't generate motion.”

“Doubt” 7, p. 96. “And for this cause, the virtue of the magnet can produce motion in iron, not in other bodies, because it finds in it Dispositions necessary on the part of the agent which, being present, it can operate; not in other things. And, for the same reason, amber moves straws, not iron nor stones.”

“Doubt” 7, p. 96. “And for this reason, the power of the magnet can move iron, but not other materials, because it finds in iron the necessary conditions on the part of the agent, which, when present, allows it to work; it cannot do the same with other substances. Similarly, amber can attract straws, but not iron or stones.”

The preface to the “Arbor Vitæ ...” is written by Richard Browner M.L. Coll. Med., London, who translated out of Latin “The[137] Cure of Old Age,” by Roger Bacon, wherein he gives quite a good account of the latter’s life and writings, and from which we extract but one passage likely here to be of some little interest, viz. at p. 155, regarding the component parts of a medicine: “By Amber here our author intends Amber Gryse (a bituminous body found floating on the sea): For he calls it Ambra and not Succinum (which is solid Amber). Besides, Succinum was never reckoned a spice as Amber is here. And though both Ambra and Succinum be great restorers of the animal spirits, yet the former is more efficacious.”

The preface to the “Arbor Vitæ ...” is written by Richard Browner M.L. Coll. Med., London, who translated “The[137] Cure of Old Age” from Latin, by Roger Bacon. In it, he provides a good overview of Bacon's life and writings, and we extract one passage that might be of interest, specifically on page 155, about the ingredients of a medicine: “By Amber, our author means Amber Gryse (a bituminous substance found floating in the sea): He refers to it as Ambra, not Succinum (which is solid Amber). Additionally, Succinum was never considered a spice like Amber is in this context. Although both Ambra and Succinum are great enhancers of the animal spirits, the former is more effective.”

The “Biographie Générale,” Vol. III. p. 348, says that Duarte Madeyra Arraess, who died at Lisbon in 1652, was the author also of “Apologia,” 1638, of “Methodo,” 1642, and of “Novæ Philosophiæ,” 1650.

The “Biographie Générale,” Vol. III. p. 348, mentions that Duarte Madeyra Arraess, who passed away in Lisbon in 1652, was also the author of “Apologia,” 1638, “Methodo,” 1642, and “Novæ Philosophiæ,” 1650.

A.D. 1683.—Halley (Edmund), LL.D., who became English astronomer royal, makes known his theory of four magnetic poles and of the periodical movement of the magnetic line without declination. He states that the earth’s magnetism is caused by four poles of attraction, two of them being in each hemisphere near each pole of the earth. By the word pole he means a point where the total magnetic force is a maximum, or, as he himself styles it, “a point of greatest attraction” (Walker, “Magnetism,” p. 317, etc.).

A.D. 1683.—Halley (Edmund), LL.D., who became the English astronomer royal, reveals his theory of four magnetic poles and the periodic movement of the magnetic line without declination. He explains that the earth’s magnetism is due to four points of attraction, two of which are in each hemisphere near each pole of the earth. By the term pole, he refers to a point where the total magnetic force is at its highest, or, as he calls it, “a point of greatest attraction” (Walker, “Magnetism,” p. 317, etc.).

One of the magnetic poles he places near the meridian of Land’s End, not above 7 degrees from the North Pole, the other being about 15 degrees from the North Pole in the meridian of California, while the two south magnetic poles are placed respectively about 16 and about 20 degrees from the South Pole of the earth, and 95 degrees west, 120 degrees east of London.

One of the magnetic poles he locates close to the Land’s End meridian, not more than 7 degrees from the North Pole, while the other is about 15 degrees from the North Pole along the California meridian. The two south magnetic poles are positioned approximately 16 and 20 degrees from the South Pole of the Earth, and 95 degrees west and 120 degrees east of London.

In order to test Halley’s theory, the English Government permitted him to make three voyages in the Atlantic Ocean (1698, 1699, 1702), in vessels of which he had the command as post-captain. Humboldt states that these were the first expeditions equipped by any government for the establishment of a great scientific object—that of observing one of the elements of terrestrial force on which the safety of navigators is especially dependent.

To test Halley’s theory, the English Government allowed him to make three voyages across the Atlantic Ocean (1698, 1699, 1702), commanding the ships as post-captain. Humboldt notes that these were the first expeditions organized by a government for a major scientific purpose—specifically, to observe one of the components of Earth’s forces that navigators rely on for safety.

The result of these voyages was the construction of the first accurate Magnetic Chart, whereon the points at which navigators have found an equal amount of variation were connected together by curved lines. This was the model of all charts of a similar nature since constructed. Halley remarked upon its completion: “The nice determination of the variation, and several other particulars in the magnetic system, is reserved for a remote posterity. All that we can hope to do is to leave behind us observations that may be[138] confided in, and to propose hypotheses which after-ages may examine, amend or refute.”

The outcome of these journeys was the creation of the first accurate Magnetic Chart, where the locations where navigators found the same amount of variation were linked together by curved lines. This became the blueprint for all similar charts created afterward. Halley commented upon its completion: “The precise determination of the variation, along with several other details in the magnetic system, is left for future generations. All we can do is leave behind observations that can be[138] trusted and suggest hypotheses that later generations may examine, revise, or challenge.”

See copy of his chart in Vol. I. No. I of “Terrestrial Magnetism,” also in Musschenbroek’s “Essais de Physique,” or, preferably, in Bouguer’s “Traité de Navigation,” where the lines for 1700 are in red ink, while those for 1744 are traced in black, thus readily indicating the changes in the declination.

See a copy of his chart in Vol. I, No. I of “Terrestrial Magnetism,” also in Musschenbroek’s “Essais de Physique,” or, preferably, in Bouguer’s “Traité de Navigation,” where the lines for 1700 are in red ink, while those for 1744 are drawn in black, clearly showing the changes in the declination.

References.—Cavallo, “Magnetism,” and “Nat. or Exp. Phil.,” Vol. II. p. 273; Lloyd, “Treatise on Magnetism,” 1874, p. 102; Sci. Am. Suppl., No. 224, pp. 3570, 3571; Whewell, “Hist. of the Inductive Sciences,” 1859, Vol. I. pp. 396–8, 435–7, 450, 451, 480, 481, and Vol. II. p. 225; Giambattista Scarella, “De Magnete,” 1759, Vol. II; also G. Casali, “Sopra la Grandine,” etc., 1767; “The Phil. Hist. and Mem. of the Roy. Ac. of Sciences at Paris,” London, 1742, Vol. I. p. 245; Vol. II. pp. 240–244, 270, 349; “Magnetic Results of Halley’s Expedition (1698–1700)” in “Terrestrial Magnetism,” September 1913, pp. 113–132; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. II. pp. 156–7; Dr. G. Hellmann “Neudrucke von schriften,” Nos. 4 and 8; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1859, Vol. V. pp. 59–60; John Wallis’s letters to Halley, London (Phil. Trans. for 1702–1703), p. 106; Phil. Trans. for 1667, 1683, 1692; “Memoirs of the Roy. Soc.,” 1739, Vol. II. p. 195; “A Bibliography of Dr. Edmund Halley,” by Alex. J. Rudolph, in the “Bulletin of Bibliography” for July 1905; “Old and New Astronomy,” by Richard A. Proctor, 1892, pp. 37–38; Phil. Trans. Vol. XIII for 1683, No. 148, p. 208; Vol. XVII. p. 563; Vol. XXIII. p. 1106; Vol. XXIX. p. 165; Vol. XLII. p. 155; Vol. XLVIII. p. 239, also the following abridgments: Hutton, Vol. II. p. 624; Vol. VI, pp. 99, 112; J. Lowthorp, Vol. II. p. 285; Reid and Gray, Vol. VI. p. 177; Eames and Martyn, Vol. VI. pp. 28, 286; Baddam, 1745, Vol. II. pp. 195–202; Vol. III. pp. 25–32.

Sources.—Cavallo, “Magnetism,” and “Nat. or Exp. Phil.,” Vol. II. p. 273; Lloyd, “Treatise on Magnetism,” 1874, p. 102; Sci. Am. Suppl., No. 224, pp. 3570, 3571; Whewell, “Hist. of the Inductive Sciences,” 1859, Vol. I. pp. 396–8, 435–7, 450, 451, 480, 481, and Vol. II. p. 225; Giambattista Scarella, “De Magnete,” 1759, Vol. II; also G. Casali, “Sopra la Grandine,” etc., 1767; “The Phil. Hist. and Mem. of the Roy. Ac. of Sciences at Paris,” London, 1742, Vol. I. p. 245; Vol. II. pp. 240–244, 270, 349; “Magnetic Results of Halley’s Expedition (1698–1700)” in “Terrestrial Magnetism,” September 1913, pp. 113–132; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. II. pp. 156–7; Dr. G. Hellmann “Neudrucke von schriften,” Nos. 4 and 8; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1859, Vol. V. pp. 59–60; John Wallis’s letters to Halley, London (Phil. Trans. for 1702–1703), p. 106; Phil. Trans. for 1667, 1683, 1692; “Memoirs of the Roy. Soc.,” 1739, Vol. II. p. 195; “A Bibliography of Dr. Edmund Halley,” by Alex. J. Rudolph, in the “Bulletin of Bibliography” for July 1905; “Old and New Astronomy,” by Richard A. Proctor, 1892, pp. 37–38; Phil. Trans. Vol. XIII for 1683, No. 148, p. 208; Vol. XVII. p. 563; Vol. XXIII. p. 1106; Vol. XXIX. p. 165; Vol. XLII. p. 155; Vol. XLVIII. p. 239, also the following abridgments: Hutton, Vol. II. p. 624; Vol. VI, pp. 99, 112; J. Lowthorp, Vol. II. p. 285; Reid and Gray, Vol. VI. p. 177; Eames and Martyn, Vol. VI. pp. 28, 286; Baddam, 1745, Vol. II. pp. 195–202; Vol. III. pp. 25–32.

Aurora Borealis, or Northern Polar Light

Dr. Halley was the first to give (Phil. Trans., No. 347) a distinct history of this phenomenon, which has certainly an electric as well as magnetic origin, and to which Gassendi originally gave the name it now bears, as has been stated at A.D. 1632.

Dr. Halley was the first to provide a clear history of this phenomenon, which definitely has both electric and magnetic origins. Gassendi originally named it as we know it today, as noted in A.D. 1632.

According to Dr. Lardner (“Lectures,” Vol. I. p. 137), Prof. Eberhart, of Halle, and Paul Frisi, of Pisa, first proposed an explanation of the aurora founded upon the following: 1. Electricity transmitted through rarefied air exhibits a luminous appearance, precisely similar to that of the aurora borealis. 2. The strata of atmospheric air become rarefied as their altitude above the surface of the earth is increased, a theory which has since been countenanced by many scientists. It has been observed, notably by Dalton, of Manchester, that the primitive beams of the aurora are constantly in a direction parallel to that of the dipping needle, and that the latter appears most affected when the aurora is the brightest. Arago noticed that the changes of inclination amounted, upon one occasion to 7’ or 8’. The discovery that the magnetic needle was[139] agitated during the presence of an aurora has been ascribed to Wargentin (Am. Journal Sc., Vol. XXX. p. 227), though it is claimed by the friends of Olav Hiörter (see A.D. 1740), that it was independently ascertained by the latter during the year 1741.

According to Dr. Lardner (“Lectures,” Vol. I. p. 137), Professor Eberhart from Halle and Paul Frisi from Pisa were the first to suggest an explanation for the aurora based on the following: 1. Electricity passing through thin air shows a glowing appearance, very similar to that of the aurora borealis. 2. The layers of the atmosphere become thinner as their altitude above the Earth's surface increases, a theory that has since been supported by many scientists. It's been noted, especially by Dalton from Manchester, that the initial beams of the aurora consistently align parallel to the direction of the dipping needle, and the needle seems most affected when the aurora is at its brightest. Arago observed that the changes in inclination once reached 7 or 8 degrees. The discovery that the magnetic needle was[139] disturbed during an aurora has been credited to Wargentin (Am. Journal Sc., Vol. XXX. p. 227), although supporters of Olav Hiörter (see CE 1740) claim that he independently discovered this in 1741.

The well-known Swiss chemist Auguste Arthur De la Rive has made many important observations upon the electric character of the aurora, the experiments carried on by him in the mountains of Finland being thus described: “We surrounded the peak of a mountain with copper wire, pointed at intervals with tin nibs. We next charged the wire with electricity, and nearly every night during our stay produced a yellowish white light on the tin points, in which the spectroscope analysis revealed the greenish yellow rays so characteristic of the aurora borealis. On the peak of Pietarintumturi we were especially successful, an auroral ray making its appearance directly over and about 150 yards above the copper coil.”

The well-known Swiss chemist Auguste Arthur De la Rive has made many important observations about the electrical nature of the aurora. His experiments in the mountains of Finland are described as follows: “We surrounded the peak of a mountain with copper wire, pointed at intervals with tin tips. We then charged the wire with electricity, and nearly every night during our stay, we created a yellowish-white light at the tin points, where spectroscopic analysis revealed the greenish-yellow rays characteristic of the aurora borealis. On the peak of Pietarintumturi, we were especially successful, with an auroral ray appearing directly above and about 150 yards above the copper coil.”

A complete list of all auroras appearing prior to 1754 is to be found in Jean Jacques d’Ortons de Mairan’s, Paris, 1731, “Traité Physique de l’Aurore Boréale,” and a catalogue of auroræ observed, 1800–1877, has been made up by M. Zenger (Sci. Am. Supp., p. 10915). One of the most interesting displays is known as the purple aurora, alluded to in the Annals of Clan-mac-noise as having appeared A.D. 688 (Biot “Note sur la direction,” etc., Comptes Rendus, Tome XIX for 1844, p. 822). Between September 19, 1838, and April 8, 1839, Lottin, Bravais, Lilliehöök and Siljeström observed 160 auroras at Bossekop (69° 58’ N. lat.) in Finmark and at Jupvig (70° 6’ N. lat.); they were most frequent during the period the sun remained below the horizon, that is, from November 17 to January 25. During this night of 70 times 24 hours there were 64 auroras visible (Comptes Rendus, Tome X. p. 289; Martin, “Météorologie,” 1843, p. 453; Argelander, in the “Vorträgen geh. in der Königsberg Gesellschaft,” Bd. I. s. 259).

A complete list of all auroras appearing before 1754 can be found in Jean Jacques d’Ortons de Mairan’s 1731 book, “Traité Physique de l’Aurore Boréale,” published in Paris. Additionally, M. Zenger compiled a catalog of auroras observed between 1800 and 1877 (Sci. Am. Supp., p. 10915). One of the most interesting displays is known as the purple aurora, mentioned in the Annals of Clan-mac-noise as having appeared CE 688 (Biot “Note sur la direction,” etc., Comptes Rendus, Tome XIX for 1844, p. 822). Between September 19, 1838, and April 8, 1839, Lottin, Bravais, Lilliehöök, and Siljeström observed 160 auroras at Bossekop (69° 58’ N. lat.) in Finmark and at Jupvig (70° 6’ N. lat.); these occurrences were most frequent during the time the sun stayed below the horizon, specifically from November 17 to January 25. During this 70-day night, there were 64 visible auroras (Comptes Rendus, Tome X. p. 289; Martin, “Météorologie,” 1843, p. 453; Argelander, in the “Vorträgen geh. in der Königsberg Gesellschaft,” Bd. I. s. 259).

A Finnish physicist, named S. Lenström, who had been attached to the Nordenskjold Polar Expedition of 1868, visited Lapland in 1871, and, after a series of important observations, constructed an apparatus that permitted him to “artificially reproduce the light of the aurora.” The intensity of this light is so great at times that Lowenörn perceived the coruscations in bright sunshine on the 29th of January, 1786, and Parry saw the aurora throughout the day during the voyage of 1821–1823.

A Finnish physicist named S. Lenström, who was part of the Nordenskjold Polar Expedition in 1868, visited Lapland in 1871. After making several important observations, he built a device that allowed him to "artificially reproduce the light of the aurora." Sometimes, the intensity of this light is so strong that Lowenörn noticed the flickering even in bright sunshine on January 29, 1786, and Parry observed the aurora throughout the day during the voyage from 1821 to 1823.

The height of the aurora has been variously estimated, but it is seldom found to be less than forty-five miles above the surface of the earth. Father Boscovich estimated at 825 miles the height of the one observed by the Marquis of Poleni on the 16th of December,[140] 1737. The extent of the aurora, according to Dalton, has been known to cover an area of 7000 or 8000 square miles.

The height of the aurora has been estimated in different ways, but it's rarely found to be less than forty-five miles above the Earth's surface. Father Boscovich estimated that the height of the one seen by the Marquis of Poleni on December 16, [140] 1737, was 825 miles. According to Dalton, the aurora has been known to cover an area of 7,000 to 8,000 square miles.

References.—“Mem. de Turin,” An. 1784–5, Vol. I. part ii. pp. 328, 338; Young, “Lectures,” Vol. I. pp. 687, 716; Herschel, “Prelim. Discourse,” pp. 93, 329, 330; Phil. Trans., 1753, p. 350; Müller’s “Kosmischen Physik”; Noad, “Manual,” pp. 225–237; also all the references at pp. 187–196, Vol. I of Humboldt’s “Cosmos,” Bohn, London, 1849, as well as in Ronalds’ “Catalogue,” pp. 23–24; Mairan, at Vol. X. p. 961, “Dict. Univ.,” and Vol. XXVI. p. 161, of the “Biog. Universelle”; Trans. Cambridge Phil. Soc., Vol. I; “Isis Unveiled,” Vol. I. pp. 417, 418.

Sources.—“Mem. de Turin,” An. 1784–5, Vol. I. part ii. pp. 328, 338; Young, “Lectures,” Vol. I. pp. 687, 716; Herschel, “Prelim. Discourse,” pp. 93, 329, 330; Phil. Trans., 1753, p. 350; Müller’s “Kosmischen Physik”; Noad, “Manual,” pp. 225–237; also all the references at pp. 187–196, Vol. I of Humboldt’s “Cosmos,” Bohn, London, 1849, as well as in Ronalds’ “Catalogue,” pp. 23–24; Mairan, at Vol. X. p. 961, “Dict. Univ.,” and Vol. XXVI. p. 161, of the “Biog. Universelle”; Trans. Cambridge Phil. Soc., Vol. I; “Isis Unveiled,” Vol. I. pp. 417, 418.

See likewise the “Pharsalia” of Marcus Annæus Lucanus, translated by J. Krais, I. pp. 518–527; Plutarchus, “De facie in orbe lunæ,” cap. 26; the “Annals” of Caius Cornelius Tacitus, Germania, XLV. 1st ed., Venice, 1470; “Das Polarlicht,” H. Fritz, Leipzig, 1881, pp. 4–6, 332; Mairan’s “Traité Physique,” etc., 1731, pp. 179–181; Grégoire du Tour, Lumière Electrique, 1882, Vol. VII. p. 389; Elias Loomis, “The Aurora Borealis,” etc., p. 220 of the Reports of Smiths. Inst., 1865; A. M. Mayer, “Observations,” etc., Amer. Jour. of Sc., February 1871; “A copy of the Catalogue of Aurorae Boreales observed in Norway from the earliest times to June 1878” (“Nature,” December 4, 1902, p. 112); “La cause de l’aurore boréale,” Claudius Arrhenius, in the Revue Générale des Sciences for January 30, 1902, pp. 65–76; “Les Années Météores,” in “Le Cosmos,” Paris, May 25, 1889, etc.; “Terrestrial Magnetism,” March 1898, p. 7 for Chronological Summary of Authors re Aurora; Rev. Jas. Farquharson in “Abstracts of Sc. Papers Roy. Soc.,” Vol. II. p. 391; Wm. Dobbie, Phil. Mag., Vol. LXI for 1823, p. 252; W. Derham, for description of Auroras (in Phil. Trans. for 1728, p. 453); see, for Boscovitch, “Journal des Savants,” February 1864; “Journal des Savants,” for August 1820; C. H. Wilkinson, “Elements,” 1804; Vol. II. p. 279 and note; Calogera’s “Raccolta,” XVII. 47, Proc. of the Royal Soc. of Edinburgh for the observations of J. A. Brown and others on the aurora; F. C. Meyer, De luce boreali, 1726; Poggendorff, I. 135; Sturgeon, “Sc. Res.” 4th Sec. p. 489; Phil. Trans., Vol. XXXVIII. p. 243; Vol. XLVI. p. 499; F. Zöllner’s paper in “L. E. and D. Philos. Mag.,” for May and July, 1872; C. A. Young, Amer. Jour. of Sc., Vol. III., 3rd s., p. 69; Baron Karl Von Reichenbach’s “Physico-Physiological Researches,” trans. of Dr. John Ashburner, London, 1851, pp. 5–36, also pp. 445, etc., of the translation of Dr. W. Gregory, London, 1850; J. H. Van Swinden, “Recueil de Mémoires,” etc., La Haye, 1784, Vol. III. p. 187, etc.; J. E. B. Wiedeburg, “Beobachtungen und Muth.,” etc., 1771; G. W. Krafft, “Observ. Meteor,” etc., in Novi Com. Acad. Petrop., Vol. V. p. 400; Giuseppe Toaldo, “Descrizione,” etc., in Saggi ... Accad. di Padova, Vol. I. p. 178; Louis Cotte, “Table of Auroræ, Observed ... 1768–1779,” Paris, 1783; Journal de Physique for 1775; Recueil de Mem. de l’Acad. des Sciences for 1769; A. S. Conti, “Rifflessioni sull’ Aurora Boreale.”[48]

See also the “Pharsalia” by Marcus Annæus Lucanus, translated by J. Krais, I. pp. 518–527; Plutarch, “De facie in orbe lunæ,” cap. 26; the “Annals” of Caius Cornelius Tacitus, Germania, XLV. 1st ed., Venice, 1470; “Das Polarlicht,” H. Fritz, Leipzig, 1881, pp. 4–6, 332; Mairan’s “Traité Physique,” etc., 1731, pp. 179–181; Grégoire du Tour, Lumière Electrique, 1882, Vol. VII. p. 389; Elias Loomis, “The Aurora Borealis,” etc., p. 220 of the Reports of Smiths. Inst., 1865; A. M. Mayer, “Observations,” etc., Amer. Jour. of Sc., February 1871; “A copy of the Catalogue of Aurorae Boreales observed in Norway from the earliest times to June 1878” (“Nature,” December 4, 1902, p. 112); “La cause de l’aurore boréale,” Claudius Arrhenius, in the Revue Générale des Sciences for January 30, 1902, pp. 65–76; “Les Années Météores,” in “Le Cosmos,” Paris, May 25, 1889, etc.; “Terrestrial Magnetism,” March 1898, p. 7 for Chronological Summary of Authors re Aurora; Rev. Jas. Farquharson in “Abstracts of Sc. Papers Roy. Soc.,” Vol. II. p. 391; Wm. Dobbie, Phil. Mag., Vol. LXI for 1823, p. 252; W. Derham, for description of Auroras (in Phil. Trans. for 1728, p. 453); see, for Boscovitch, “Journal des Savants,” February 1864; “Journal des Savants,” for August 1820; C. H. Wilkinson, “Elements,” 1804; Vol. II. p. 279 and note; Calogera’s “Raccolta,” XVII. 47, Proc. of the Royal Soc. of Edinburgh for the observations of J. A. Brown and others on the aurora; F. C. Meyer, De luce boreali, 1726; Poggendorff, I. 135; Sturgeon, “Sc. Res.” 4th Sec. p. 489; Phil. Trans., Vol. XXXVIII. p. 243; Vol. XLVI. p. 499; F. Zöllner’s paper in “L. E. and D. Philos. Mag.,” for May and July, 1872; C. A. Young, Amer. Jour. of Sc., Vol. III., 3rd s., p. 69; Baron Karl Von Reichenbach’s “Physico-Physiological Researches,” trans. of Dr. John Ashburner, London, 1851, pp. 5–36, also pp. 445, etc., of the translation of Dr. W. Gregory, London, 1850; J. H. Van Swinden, “Recueil de Mémoires,” etc., La Haye, 1784, Vol. III. p. 187, etc.; J. E. B. Wiedeburg, “Beobachtungen und Muth.,” etc., 1771; G. W. Krafft, “Observ. Meteor,” etc., in Novi Com. Acad. Petrop., Vol. V. p. 400; Giuseppe Toaldo, “Descrizione,” etc., in Saggi ... Accad. di Padova, Vol. I. p. 178; Louis Cotte, “Table of Auroræ, Observed ... 1768–1779,” Paris, 1783; Journal de Physique for 1775; Recueil de Mem. de l’Acad. des Sciences for 1769; A. S. Conti, “Rifflessioni sull’ Aurora Boreale.”[48]

For Auguste Arthur De la Rive, consult “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. XVI, N.S., 1821, p. 201, likewise the “Annales de Chimie et de Physique,” Phil. Mag., Phil. Trans., Comptes Rendus, more especially, as well as the “Bibl. Univ.” and the “Mem. de la Soc. de Genève,” at which latter place he was born in 1801.

For Auguste Arthur De la Rive, see “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. XVI, N.S., 1821, p. 201, as well as the “Annales de Chimie et de Physique,” Phil. Mag., Phil. Trans., Comptes Rendus, and particularly the “Bibl. Univ.” and the “Mem. de la Soc. de Genève,” where he was born in 1801.

For Jean Jacques d’Ortons de Mairan, consult “Mém. de Paris” for the years 1726, 1731–1734, 1747, 1751, also abridgments of the Phil.[141] Trans. by Hutton, Vol. VII. p. 637, and by Baddam, 1745 ed., Vol. IX. pp. 490–497.

For Jean Jacques d’Ortons de Mairan, check “Mém. de Paris” for the years 1726, 1731–1734, 1747, 1751, as well as summaries of the Phil.[141] Trans. by Hutton, Vol. VII, p. 637, and by Baddam, 1745 ed., Vol. IX, pp. 490–497.

For W. Derham (1657–1735) consult also “Nouv. Biog. Gen.” (Hœfer), Vol. XIII. p. 712; the Phil. Trans. unabridged, Vol. XXIV. for 1704–1705, pp. 2136–2138; Vol. XXXVI. pp. 137, 204, also the following abridgments: Hutton, Vol. V. pp. 258–263; Hy. Jones, Vol. IV. part ii. pp. 290–291; Baddam, Vol. IV. pp. 473–478. In the last-named volume is thus given an account of Mr. Derham’s experiments: “He shows (Phil. Trans., No. 303, p. 2136) that, having consulted what others had writ of magnets, he finds in Grimaldi’s De Lumine et colore that both he and M. De la Hire (Phil. Trans., No. 188) had hit upon the same discovery before him.” Mr. Derham also alludes, more particularly, to the observations of Ridley, Barlow and Dr. Gilbert.

For W. Derham (1657–1735) see also “Nouv. Biog. Gen.” (Hœfer), Vol. XIII. p. 712; the Phil. Trans. unabridged, Vol. XXIV. for 1704–1705, pp. 2136–2138; Vol. XXXVI. pp. 137, 204, as well as the following abridgments: Hutton, Vol. V. pp. 258–263; Hy. Jones, Vol. IV. part ii. pp. 290–291; Baddam, Vol. IV. pp. 473–478. In the last-named volume, there is an account of Mr. Derham’s experiments: “He shows (Phil. Trans., No. 303, p. 2136) that, after reviewing what others have written about magnets, he finds in Grimaldi’s De Lumine et colore that both he and M. De la Hire (Phil. Trans., No. 188) had made the same discovery before him.” Mr. Derham also specifically mentions the observations of Ridley, Barlow, and Dr. Gilbert.

For Claudius—Claes—Arrhenius (1627–1694) Swedish scientist, professor at the Upsal University, consult “La Grande Encycl.,” Vol. III. p. 1107; “Dict. Biog. Suédois,” Vol. XXII. pp. 385–389.

For Claudius—Claes—Arrhenius (1627–1694), a Swedish scientist and professor at Uppsala University, refer to “La Grande Encycl.,” Vol. III, p. 1107; “Dict. Biog. Suédois,” Vol. XXII, pp. 385–389.

For John Wallis, the celebrated English mathematician (1616–1703), in addition to the above-named Phil. Trans., Vol. XXIII for 1702–1703, p. 1106, consult Phil. Trans., Vol. XII for 1677, No. 135, pp. 863–866 (meteors), also the abridged editions as follows: Hutton, Vol. IV. pp. 196, 639, 655; Hy. Jones, Vol. IV. part ii. p. 286; Baddam, London, 1739, Vol. III. p. 228 and Vol. IV. pp. 100–104 (mariner’s compass); “Nouv. Biog. Gen.” (Hœfer), Vol. XLVI. p. 530.

For John Wallis, the well-known English mathematician (1616–1703), in addition to the previously mentioned Phil. Trans., Vol. XXIII for 1702–1703, p. 1106, refer to Phil. Trans., Vol. XII for 1677, No. 135, pp. 863–866 (meteors), as well as the abridged editions as follows: Hutton, Vol. IV. pp. 196, 639, 655; Hy. Jones, Vol. IV. part ii. p. 286; Baddam, London, 1739, Vol. III. p. 228 and Vol. IV. pp. 100–104 (mariner’s compass); “Nouv. Biog. Gen.” (Hœfer), Vol. XLVI. p. 530.

Aurora Australis, or Southern Polar Light

The earliest account of this phenomenon was given by Don Antonio de Ulloa, as will be seen under date A.D. 1735–1746.

The first account of this phenomenon was provided by Don Antonio de Ulloa, as will be noted under the date CE 1735–1746.

References.—W. L. Krafft, “Observation,” etc., in Acta Acad. Petropol. for 1778, Part I. Hist., p. 45; Phil. Trans., XLI. pp. 840, 843; XLVI. pp. 319, 345; Chr. Hansteen, “On the Polar Lights,” London, 1827.

Sources.—W. L. Krafft, “Observation,” etc., in Acta Acad. Petropol. for 1778, Part I. Hist., p. 45; Phil. Trans., XLI. pp. 840, 843; XLVI. pp. 319, 345; Chr. Hansteen, “On the Polar Lights,” London, 1827.

Zodiacal Light

This phenomenon, from its occasional faint resemblance to and association with the auroras, would seem to deserve mention here, though none of the conjectures formed, more particularly by Cassini, Euler, Mairan, Kepler, Laplace, Fatio de Duiller, Schubert, Poisson, Olmsted, Biot, Herschel, Delambre, Olbers or Sir Wm. Thomson attribute to it any electric or magnetic origin.

This phenomenon, due to its occasional subtle resemblance to and connection with auroras, seems worth mentioning here, although none of the theories proposed, particularly by Cassini, Euler, Mairan, Kepler, Laplace, Fatio de Duiller, Schubert, Poisson, Olmsted, Biot, Herschel, Delambre, Olbers, or Sir Wm. Thomson, suggest that it originates from any electrical or magnetic sources.

In the Report of the Proceedings of the Reale Istituto Lombardo, 1876, however, appears the account of many observations confirmed by M. Serpieri which “demand absolutely” the conclusion that the zodiacal light “is an electrical aurora preceding and following the sun round the earth.”

In the Report of the Proceedings of the Reale Istituto Lombardo, 1876, however, there is an account of many observations confirmed by M. Serpieri that “absolutely demand” the conclusion that the zodiacal light “is an electrical aurora preceding and following the sun around the earth.”

Angstrom asserted that he observed the auroral line in the spectrum of the zodiacal light, and Lewis saw the latter during the aurora of May 2, 1877. Humboldt, who observed it (“Cosmos,” 1849, Vol. I. p. 126) in the Andes at an elevation of 13,000 to 15,000 feet, as well as on “the boundless grassy plains, the Llanos of Venezuela, and on the seashore, beneath the ever-clear sky of[142] Cumana,” believes it to be caused by “a very compressed annulus of nebulous matter, revolving freely in space between the orbits of Venus and Mars.” In this connection he refers to Arago in the Annuaire for 1832, p. 246, and to a letter published in Comptes Rendus, XVI, 1843, p. 687, from which the following is extracted: “Several physical facts appear to indicate that, in a mechanical separation of matter into its smallest particles, if the mass be very small in relation to the surface, the electrical tension may increase sufficiently for the production of light and heat.”

Angstrom claimed that he saw the auroral line in the spectrum of the zodiacal light, and Lewis witnessed the latter during the aurora on May 2, 1877. Humboldt, who observed it (“Cosmos,” 1849, Vol. I. p. 126) in the Andes at an altitude of 13,000 to 15,000 feet, as well as on “the vast grassy plains, the Llanos of Venezuela, and on the coastline, beneath the always-clear sky of[142] Cumana,” thinks it’s caused by “a very compressed ring of nebulous matter, moving freely in space between the orbits of Venus and Mars.” In this context, he references Arago in the Annuaire for 1832, p. 246, and a letter published in Comptes Rendus, XVI, 1843, p. 687, from which the following is taken: “Several physical facts seem to suggest that, in a mechanical separation of matter into its smallest particles, if the mass is very small compared to the surface, the electrical tension may increase enough to produce light and heat.”

In Chambers’ “Descript. Astronomy,” p. 257, the historian Nicephorus is credited with first calling attention to the existence of this phenomenon, to which Giovanni Domenico Cassini gave the name of Zodiacal Light, after determining its relations in space during the year 1683 (Mém. de l’Académie, 1730, Tome VIII. pp. 188 and 276), but to Childrey belongs the credit of having given to Europe the first explicit description of this phenomenon at p. 183 of his 1661 “Britannia Baconica.”

In Chambers’ “Descript. Astronomy,” p. 257, historian Nicephorus is acknowledged for being the first to highlight the existence of this phenomenon, which Giovanni Domenico Cassini named Zodiacal Light after figuring out its spatial relations in 1683 (Mém. de l’Académie, 1730, Tome VIII. pp. 188 and 276). However, Childrey deserves the credit for providing Europe with the first clear description of this phenomenon on p. 183 of his 1661 work “Britannia Baconica.”

References.—Sturgeon’s Annals, etc., Vol. II. pp. 140–142; Prof. C. W. Prichett’s paper in Sci. Am. Supp., No. 126, p. 2008, and the conclusions reached by Herr Gronemann (Archives Néerlandaises) in Sci. Am. Supp., No. 327, p. 5221; Whewell, “Hist. of the Ind. Sciences,” 1859, Vol. I. p. 531, and Vol. II. p. 609; Tyndall, “Heat as a Mode of Motion,” 1873, pp. 57, 58, 497, 498; J. F. J. Schmidt, “Das Zodiacallicht,” Braunschweig, 1856; the very interesting abstract given in “The Journal of the Brit. Assoc.,” Vol. XII. No. 5, of paper read by Rev. J. T. W. Claridge, F.R.S., Jan. 9, 1902; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Générale,” Vol. II. 1882, pp. 763–771; “Pr. Roy. Soc. of Edin.,” XX. pt. 3; C. Wilkes, “Theory of Zod. Light,” Philad., 1857; Phil. Trans., Vol. XXXVIII. p. 249; “Cosmos,” 1849, Vol. I. pp. 126–134; “Anc. Mém. de Paris,” I, VIII and X; J. J. de Mairan, Paris, 1733; “U. S. Japan Expedition,” Vol. III, Washington, 1856.

References.—Sturgeon’s Annals, etc., Vol. II. pp. 140–142; Prof. C. W. Prichett’s paper in Sci. Am. Supp., No. 126, p. 2008, and the conclusions made by Herr Gronemann (Archives Néerlandaises) in Sci. Am. Supp., No. 327, p. 5221; Whewell, “Hist. of the Ind. Sciences,” 1859, Vol. I. p. 531, and Vol. II. p. 609; Tyndall, “Heat as a Mode of Motion,” 1873, pp. 57, 58, 497, 498; J. F. J. Schmidt, “Das Zodiacallicht,” Braunschweig, 1856; the very interesting summary provided in “The Journal of the Brit. Assoc.,” Vol. XII. No. 5, of the paper presented by Rev. J. T. W. Claridge, F.R.S., Jan. 9, 1902; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Générale,” Vol. II. 1882, pp. 763–771; “Pr. Roy. Soc. of Edin.,” XX. pt. 3; C. Wilkes, “Theory of Zod. Light,” Philad., 1857; Phil. Trans., Vol. XXXVIII. p. 249; “Cosmos,” 1849, Vol. I. pp. 126–134; “Anc. Mém. de Paris,” I, VIII and X; J. J. de Mairan, Paris, 1733; “U. S. Japan Expedition,” Vol. III, Washington, 1856.

A.D. 1684.—Hooke (Dr. Robert), English natural philosopher (1635–1703), who, in 1677, had succeeded Oldenburg as Secretary to the Royal Society, gives the earliest well-defined plan of telegraphic transmission, in a paper addressed to the Royal Society “showing a way how to communicate one’s mind at great distances ... 40, 100, 120, etc., miles ... in as short a time almost as a man could write what he would have sent.” His apparatus consisted of an elevated framework supporting an open screen, behind which were suspended as many wooden devices, or symbols, such as circles, squares, triangles, etc., as there were letters in the alphabet. In the daytime these devices were drawn up by a rope behind the screen and made visible in the open space, while during the night use was made of torches, lanterns or lights.

A.D. 1684.—Hooke (Dr. Robert), an English natural philosopher (1635–1703), who took over from Oldenburg as Secretary to the Royal Society in 1677, presents the earliest clear plan for telegraphic communication in a paper written for the Royal Society. He outlines a method for sharing one’s thoughts over long distances—40, 100, 120 miles, and so on—in almost no time at all, as quickly as a person could write down their message. His setup featured an elevated framework that held an open screen, with various wooden symbols representing each letter of the alphabet—like circles, squares, triangles, etc.—suspended behind it. During the day, these symbols were lifted by a rope behind the screen, making them visible in the open air, while at night, torches, lanterns, or lights were used.

Hooke also showed, in 1684, that iron and steel rods can be permanently magnetized by strongly heating them and by rapidly[143] cooling them in the magnetic meridian (“Enc. Brit.” 1857, Vol. XIV. p. 3).

Hooke also demonstrated, in 1684, that iron and steel rods can be permanently magnetized by heating them intensely and then quickly cooling them in the magnetic meridian (“Enc. Brit.” 1857, Vol. XIV. p. 3).

But, what is still more singular, he had, even previous to the above-named date (i. e. in 1667), alluded to the possibility of telephoning, that is, communicating sound through a wire. He thus expresses himself: “And as glasses have highly promoted our seeing, so it is not improbable that there may be found many mechanical inventions to improve our other senses—of hearing, smelling, tasting, touching.... ’Tis not impossible to hear a whisper a furlong’s distance, it having been already done; and perhaps the nature of the thing would not make it more impossible though that furlong should be ten times multiplied. And though some famous authors have affirmed it impossible to hear through the thinnest plates of Muscovy glass, I know a way by which it is easy to hear one speak through a wall a yard thick. It has not been examined how far acoustics may be improved, nor what other ways there may be of quickening our hearing, or conveying sound through other bodies than the air, for that is not the only medium. I can assure the reader that I have, by the help of a distended wire, propagated the sound to a very considerable distance in an instant, or with as seemingly quick a motion as that of light, at least, incomparably swifter than that which at the same time was propagated through the air; and this not only in a straight line, or direct, but in one bended in many angles.”

But what’s even more remarkable is that he had, even before the date mentioned above (i.e. in 1667), hinted at the possibility of telephoning, which means communicating sound through a wire. He stated: “Just as glasses have greatly enhanced our ability to see, it’s not unlikely that many mechanical inventions may improve our other senses—like hearing, smelling, tasting, and touching.... It’s not impossible to hear a whisper from a furlong away, as has already been done; and perhaps the nature of the concept wouldn’t make it more impossible if that distance were increased tenfold. And even though some well-known authors have claimed it’s impossible to hear through the thinnest sheets of Muscovy glass, I know a way to easily hear someone speaking through a wall that’s a yard thick. We haven’t explored how much acoustics can be improved, nor what other methods there might be to enhance our hearing or transmit sound through materials other than air, since that’s not the only medium. I assure the reader that I have, with the help of a stretched wire, transmitted sound over a significant distance in an instant, or with a speed that seems as quick as light, at least, much faster than that which was simultaneously transmitted through the air; and this was not just in a straight line, but along a path bent at many angles.”

References.—Hooke’s entire paper in Derham’s “Phil. Exp. and Obs.” for 1726, pp. 142–150; Phil. Trans, for 1684; for his observations on atmospheric electricity consult Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. II. p. 166; “Journal des Savants” for April 1846; “The Posthumous Works of Robert Hooke,” London, 1705, p. 424; “Revue Scientifique,” Mars 15, 1902, p. 351; for a complete list of all his works, consult Ward’s “Lives of the Gresham Professors”; for description of his telegraph and reference to Amontons, etc., see Phil. Mag., Vol. I. pp. 312–316.

References.—Hooke’s entire paper in Derham’s “Phil. Exp. and Obs.” for 1726, pp. 142–150; Phil. Trans, for 1684; for his observations on atmospheric electricity check Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. II. p. 166; “Journal des Savants” for April 1846; “The Posthumous Works of Robert Hooke,” London, 1705, p. 424; “Revue Scientifique,” March 15, 1902, p. 351; for a complete list of all his works, check Ward’s “Lives of the Gresham Professors”; for a description of his telegraph and references to Amontons, etc., see Phil. Mag., Vol. I. pp. 312–316.

A.D. 1684.—Sturmy’s “Mariner’s Magazine” for this year, of which a copy can be seen in the library of the British Museum, contains an account of the deviation of the compass and its tendency to give misleading directions on account of local attraction.

A.D. 1684.—Sturmy’s “Mariner’s Magazine” for this year, which you can find in the library of the British Museum, includes a discussion on how the compass can be thrown off and can provide inaccurate directions due to local magnetic influences.

References.Chambers’ Journal, Vol. III. No. 60 for Feb. 24, 1855, p. 132, and Vol. XII. No. 300 for Oct. 1, 1859, p. 246; Capt. Sam. Sturmy’s “Magn. Virtues and Tides,” in Phil. Trans., No. 57, p. 726, or “Memoirs of the Roy. Soc.,” Vol. I. p. 134; Phil. Trans., abridgments: by Hutton, Vol. II. p. 560, and by Lowthorp, Vol. II. p. 609; “Journal des Sçavans” for 1683, Vol. XI. pp. 267–293.

Sources.Chambers’ Journal, Vol. III. No. 60 for Feb. 24, 1855, p. 132, and Vol. XII. No. 300 for Oct. 1, 1859, p. 246; Capt. Sam. Sturmy’s “Magn. Virtues and Tides,” in Phil. Trans., No. 57, p. 726, or “Memoirs of the Roy. Soc.,” Vol. I. p. 134; Phil. Trans., abridgments: by Hutton, Vol. II. p. 560, and by Lowthorp, Vol. II. p. 609; “Journal des Sçavans” for 1683, Vol. XI. pp. 267–293.

A.D. 1684.—In the “Essayes of Natural Experiments made in the Accademia del Cimento” (Englished by Richard Waller), London, 1684, by direction of the Royal Society, there are given,[144] respectively at pp. 53, 123 and 128–132, accounts of the operation of the magnet in vacuo, details of several magnetical experiments and experiments touching amber as well as other electrical bodies.

A.D. 1684.—In the “Essays on Natural Experiments Conducted at the Accademia del Cimento” (translated by Richard Waller), published in London in 1684 under the direction of the Royal Society, there are records at[144] pages 53, 123, and 128–132 that discuss the function of magnets in a vacuum, details of various magnetic experiments, and experiments related to amber and other electrical materials.

A.D. 1686.—Maimbourg (Louis), French historian, relates this instance of the employment of the magnet at Chap. VI of the Rev. W. Webster’s translation of his “Histoire de l’Arianisme”: “Whilst Valens (the Roman emperor) was at Antioch ... several pagans of distinction, with the philosophers ... not being able to bear that the empire should continue in the hands of the Christians, consulted privately the demons ... in order to know the destiny of the emperor and who should be his successor.... For this purpose they made a three-footed stool ... upon which, having laid a basin of divers metals, they placed the twenty-four letters of the alphabet around it; then one of these philosophers, who was a magician ... holding in one hand vervain and in the other a ring which hung at the end of a small thread, pronounced ... conjurations ... at which the three-footed stool turning around and the ring moving of itself, and turning from one side to the other over the letters, it caused them to fall upon the table ... which foretold them ... that the Furies were waiting for the emperor at Mimas; ... after which the enchanted ring, turning about again over the letters in order to express the name of him who should succeed the emperor, formed first of all these capital letters, T H E O. After adding a D, to form T H E O D, the ring stopped, and was not seen to move any more, at which one of the assistants cried out ... ‘Theodorus is the person whom the gods appoint for our emperor’” (“History of Christianity,” by the Rev. Henry Hart Milman, London, 1840, Vol. III. p. 120).

A.D. 1686.—Maimbourg (Louis), a French historian, shares this example of using a magnet in Chapter VI of the Rev. W. Webster’s translation of his “Histoire de l’Arianisme”: “While Valens (the Roman emperor) was in Antioch ... several prominent pagans, along with philosophers ... unable to accept that the empire should remain in Christian hands, consulted demons in secret ... to discover the fate of the emperor and who should be his successor.... To do this, they crafted a three-legged stool ... on which they placed a basin made of different metals, surrounding it with the twenty-four letters of the alphabet; then one of the philosophers, who was also a magician ... held vervain in one hand and a ring on a small thread in the other, reciting ... incantations ... causing the three-legged stool to spin and the ring to move by itself, shifting from one side to the other over the letters until they fell onto the table ... predicting ... that the Furies awaited the emperor at Mimas; ... after which the enchanted ring, moving again over the letters to reveal the name of the emperor's successor, initially formed the letters T H E O. After adding a D to spell T H E O D, the ring stopped and remained still, prompting one of the onlookers to exclaim ... ‘Theodorus is the one chosen by the gods to be our emperor’” (“History of Christianity,” by the Rev. Henry Hart Milman, London, 1840, Vol. III. p. 120).

Maimbourg’s biography is given at p. 58, Vol. IV. of the “English Encyclopædia.”

Maimbourg’s biography can be found on page 58, Volume IV, of the “English Encyclopaedia.”

A.D. 1692.—Dr. Le Lorrain de Vallemont relates, in “Description de l’Aimant,” etc., which he published at Paris, that, after a very severe wind and rain storm during the month of October 1690, the new steeple of the Church of Notre Dame de Chartres was found to be so seriously injured as to necessitate demolition. It was then observed that the iron cross was covered with a heavy coating of rust, which latter proved to be so highly magnetic that a special report upon it was made in the “Journal des Sçavans” by M. de la Hire, December 3, 1691, at the request of Giovanni Dom. Cassini, and of other members of the French Royal Academy.

A.D. 1692.—Dr. Le Lorrain de Vallemont reports in “Description de l’Aimant,” published in Paris, that after a severe wind and rainstorm in October 1690, the new steeple of the Church of Notre Dame de Chartres was found to be so badly damaged that it had to be torn down. It was also noted that the iron cross was covered in a thick layer of rust, which turned out to be extremely magnetic. A special report on this was published in the “Journal des Sçavans” by M. de la Hire on December 3, 1691, at the request of Giovanni Dom. Cassini and other members of the French Royal Academy.

References.—“Journal des Sçavans,” Vols. XX, 1692, pp. 357–364 and Vol. XXXV, 1707, pp. 493–494 for additional accounts of the[145] Church of N. Dame de Chartres by M. de la Hire and M. de Vallemont, and for a review of M. de Vallemont’s work, of which latter pp. 4, 30, 66, 74, 89 to 90 merit special attention.

References.—“Journal des Sçavans,” Vols. XX, 1692, pp. 357–364 and Vol. XXXV, 1707, pp. 493–494 for more accounts of the[145] Church of N. Dame de Chartres by M. de la Hire and M. de Vallemont, and for a review of M. de Vallemont’s work, of which the following pages, 4, 30, 66, 74, and 89 to 90, deserve special attention.

A.D. 1693.—Gregory (David), an eminent mathematician, who, in 1691, had been made Savilian Professor of Astronomy in Oxford mainly through the influence of Newton and Flamsteed, communicates the result of his observations on the laws of magnetic action.

CE 1693.—Gregory (David), a prominent mathematician, who, in 1691, had been appointed Savilian Professor of Astronomy at Oxford largely due to the influence of Newton and Flamsteed, shares the findings of his observations on the principles of magnetic action.

References.—Noad, “Manual of Electricity,” 1859, p. 525, Phil. Trans., Vols. XVIII-XXV; “Biog. Générale,” Vol. XXI. p. 902; Ninth “Britannica,” Vol. XI. p. 182; J. J. Fahie, “A History of El. Tel. to the year 1837,” London, 1884, p. 24.

References.—Noad, “Manual of Electricity,” 1859, p. 525, Phil. Trans., Vols. XVIII-XXV; “Biog. Générale,” Vol. XXI. p. 902; Ninth “Britannica,” Vol. XI. p. 182; J. J. Fahie, “A History of El. Tel. to the year 1837,” London, 1884, p. 24.

A.D. 1693.—In the first volume (Letter IV. pp. 25–28) of the “Memoirs for the Ingenious ...” by J. de la Crosse, are given accounts of several “New experiments on the loadstone; of a needle touch’d with it, and plac’d directly over the needle of a compass; of two Mariner’s Needles hang’d freely over one another, at several distances; of a touch’d steel-ring. Reasons of these experiments. The earth magnetical.”

A.D. 1693.—In the first volume (Letter IV. pp. 25–28) of the “Memoirs for the Ingenious ...” by J. de la Crosse, there are accounts of several “New experiments on the magnet; of a needle magnetized and positioned directly over the needle of a compass; of two mariner’s needles hanging freely over one another at different distances; of a magnetized steel ring. Explanations for these experiments. The Earth's magnetism.”

In explanation of all this, M. de la Hire supposes “that the mass of the earth is a great loadstone, which directs the poles of the same name in all the loadstones and touch’d needles, towards the same place of the earth; so that the two hang’d needles do but remove from this natural position by the particular force they have of driving away each other’s poles of the same name; which force, in a certain degree, is not sufficient to overcome the power of the great loadstone of the earth.”

In explaining all this, M. de la Hire suggests that “the mass of the earth acts like a huge magnet, which aligns the poles of other magnets and compass needles toward the same spot on the earth; so the two suspended needles only move away from this natural position because of the specific force they have in repelling each other’s like poles; this force, to some extent, isn’t strong enough to overcome the influence of the earth’s giant magnet.”

An account of M. P. de la Hire’s “new sort of a magnetical compass” had already appeared in the Phil. Trans. for 1686–1687, Vol. XVI. No. 188, p. 344.

An account of M. P. de la Hire’s “new type of magnetic compass” had already been published in the Phil. Trans. for 1686–1687, Vol. XVI. No. 188, p. 344.

References.—For De la Hire, the following abridgments of the Phil. Trans.: Lowthorp, London, 1722, Vol. II. pp. 620–622; Baddam, London, 1739, Vol. IV. pp. 473–478; Hutton, London, 1809, Vol. III. p. 381; also “The Phil. Hist. and Mem. of the Roy. Acad. at Paris,” by Martyn and Chambers, London, 1742, Vol. II. pp. 273–277; Vol. V. pp. 272–282 and the “Table Alphab. ... Acad. Royale,” by M. Godin, Paris, Vol. II. p. 16 and Vol. X. pp. 164 and 734.

Sources.—For De la Hire, the following summaries of the Phil. Trans.: Lowthorp, London, 1722, Vol. II. pp. 620–622; Baddam, London, 1739, Vol. IV. pp. 473–478; Hutton, London, 1809, Vol. III. p. 381; also “The Phil. Hist. and Mem. of the Roy. Acad. at Paris,” by Martyn and Chambers, London, 1742, Vol. II. pp. 273–277; Vol. V. pp. 272–282 and the “Table Alphab. ... Acad. Royale,” by M. Godin, Paris, Vol. II. p. 16 and Vol. X. pp. 164 and 734.

A.D. 1696.—Zahn (F. Joannes), prebendary of the Prémontrés Order at Celle near Wurtzburg and provost of the convent of Niederzell, celebrated for his philosophical and mathematical studies, publishes his highly valued “Specula physico-mathematico-historica-notabilium ac mirabilium sciendorum ...” throughout the three folio volumes of which he treats extensively of the wonders of the entire universe.

A.D. 1696.—Zahn (F. Joannes), a prebendary of the Prémontré Order at Celle near Wurtzburg and provost of the convent of Niederzell, known for his philosophical and mathematical studies, publishes his highly regarded “Specula physico-mathematico-historica-notabilium ac mirabilium sciendorum ...” in three folio volumes, where he extensively discusses the wonders of the entire universe.

In his tabulated list of the origin and properties of all the different known gems and stones (Vol. II. chap. vii. p. 55), he states[146] that the loadstone, first discovered at Magnesia in Lydia (Caria—on the Mæander) is heavy, very well shaped, and of a dark colour verging upon blue. The marvellous properties of gems and stones are detailed at pp. 59–73 of the same volume, the fifth paragraph of Chap. VIII treating of the loadstone’s many virtues and admirable qualities, as exemplified in the writings of Guilielmus Gilbertus, Nicolaus Zucchius, Nicolaus Cabæus, Athanasius Kircherus, Eusebius Nierembergius, Laurentius Forerus, Hieronymus Dandinus, Jacobus Grandamicus, Ludovicus Alcazar, Claudius Franciscus Milliet de Chales, as well as of many others.

In his listed overview of the origin and characteristics of all the different known gems and stones (Vol. II. chap. vii. p. 55), he states[146] that the lodestone, which was first found at Magnesia in Lydia (Caria—on the Mæander), is heavy, well-shaped, and has a dark color that leans towards blue. The incredible properties of gems and stones are explained in pp. 59–73 of the same volume, with the fifth paragraph of Chap. VIII discussing the many virtues and remarkable qualities of the lodestone, as illustrated in the writings of Guilielmus Gilbertus, Nicolaus Zucchius, Nicolaus Cabæus, Athanasius Kircherus, Eusebius Nierembergius, Laurentius Forerus, Hieronymus Dandinus, Jacobus Grandamicus, Ludovicus Alcazar, Claudius Franciscus Milliet de Chales, along with many others.

References.—Michaud, “Biog. Univ.,” Vol. XLV. p. 340; Dr. John Thomas, “Universal Pron. Dict.,” 1886, p. 2514; Brunet, “Manuel du Libraire,” Vol. V. p. 1519.

Sources.—Michaud, “Biog. Univ.,” Vol. XLV. p. 340; Dr. John Thomas, “Universal Pron. Dict.,” 1886, p. 2514; Brunet, “Manuel du Libraire,” Vol. V. p. 1519.

A.D. 1700.—Bernoulli (John I), son of Nicolas, the founder of the celebrated family of that name, improves upon Picard’s discovery of the electrical appearance of the barometer, made A.D. 1675, by devising a mercurial phosphorus or mercury shining in vacuo (“Diss. Physica de Mercurio Lucente,” etc., Basel, 1719). This procured the favourable notice of King Frederick I, of Prussia, who rewarded him with a medal. John Bernoulli I (1667–1748) was a member of nearly every learned society of Europe and “one of the first mathematicians of a mathematical age.” His exceedingly valuable memoirs, found in all the scientific transactions of the day, were first collected in their entirety during the year 1742, by Cramer, Professor of Mathematics, and published at Lausanne and Geneva.

A.D. 1700.—Bernoulli (John I), the son of Nicolas, who started the famous family of that name, built on Picard’s discovery of the electrical phenomenon of the barometer, made CE 1675, by creating a mercurial phosphorus or mercury that shines in vacuo (“Diss. Physica de Mercurio Lucente,” etc., Basel, 1719). This earned him the attention of King Frederick I of Prussia, who honored him with a medal. John Bernoulli I (1667–1748) was a member of nearly every scholarly society in Europe and was considered “one of the first mathematicians of a mathematical age.” His highly valuable papers, published in all the scientific journals of the time, were first compiled in their entirety in 1742 by Cramer, Professor of Mathematics, and released in Lausanne and Geneva.

“Is it not surprising,” remarks Prof. Robison, in his able article on “Dynamics” (Eighth “Britannica,” Vol. VIII. p. 363), “that, twenty-five years after the publication of Newton’s ‘Principia,’ a mathematician on the Continent should publish a solution in the Memoirs of the French Academy, and boast that he had given the first demonstration of it? Yet, John Bernoulli did this in 1710. Is it not more remarkable that this should be precisely the solution given by Newton, beginning from the same theorem, the 40th I., Prin., following Newton in every step and using the same subsidiary lines? Yet, so it is.” This was five years after he had accepted (1705) the chair of mathematics made vacant by the death of his brother, James I.

“Isn’t it surprising,” notes Prof. Robison in his insightful article on “Dynamics” (Eighth “Britannica,” Vol. VIII. p. 363), “that twenty-five years after Newton published his ‘Principia,’ a mathematician in Europe would publish a solution in the Memoirs of the French Academy and claim to be the first to demonstrate it? Yet, John Bernoulli did just that in 1710. Isn’t it even more remarkable that this is exactly the solution Newton provided, starting from the same theorem, the 40th I., Prin., following Newton’s process step by step and using the same additional lines? But that’s how it is.” This was five years after he took up the mathematics chair left vacant by the death of his brother, James I, in 1705.

Bernoulli Family

The Bernoulli family is as well known in the history of mathematics, by the distinguished services of eight of its members, as is[147] the Cassini family through the successes achieved by four of its representatives in the development of astronomical studies.

The Bernoulli family is just as recognized in the history of mathematics for the notable contributions of eight of its members as the Cassini family is for the achievements of four of its members in advancing astronomical studies.[147]

Daniel Bernoulli (1700–1782), second son of John I, constructed a dipping needle, which is described on p. 85 of the Eighth “Britannica,” Vol. XIV, and with which he observed the dip to diminish half a degree during an earthquake in the year 1767. Before Daniel was twenty-four years old he had declined the Presidency of the Academy of Sciences at Genoa, and, at the age of twenty-five, was appointed Professor of Mathematics at St. Petersburg.

Daniel Bernoulli (1700–1782), the second son of John I, created a dipping needle, which is described on p. 85 of the Eighth “Britannica,” Vol. XIV. With it, he noticed that the dip decreased by half a degree during an earthquake in 1767. Before turning twenty-four, Daniel turned down the position of President of the Academy of Sciences in Genoa, and by the age of twenty-five, he was appointed Professor of Mathematics at St. Petersburg.

John Bernoulli II (1710–1790), youngest of the three sons of John I, gained three prizes from the French Academy of Sciences for Memoirs on the Capstan, on the Propagation of Light and on the Magnet.

John Bernoulli II (1710–1790), the youngest of John I's three sons, won three prizes from the French Academy of Sciences for his papers on the Capstan, the Propagation of Light, and Magnetism.

John Bernoulli III (1744–1807), grandson of John I, took the degree of Doctor of Philosophy at the age of thirteen, and, when nineteen years old, was appointed Astronomer Royal of Berlin. He published several volumes of travels, in one of which he relates (A. L. Ternant, “Le Télégraphe,” 1881, p. 32) that he saw, in the last-named city, an instrument constructed of five bells, with which all letters of the alphabet could be expressed.

John Bernoulli III (1744–1807), grandson of John I, earned a Doctor of Philosophy degree at thirteen and was appointed Astronomer Royal of Berlin at nineteen. He published several travel books, one of which mentions (A. L. Ternant, “Le Télégraphe,” 1881, p. 32) seeing an instrument made of five bells that could represent all the letters of the alphabet.

James Bernoulli I (1654–1705), brother of John I, while at London, was introduced into the philosophical meetings of Boyle, Hooke, Edward Stillingfleet and other learned and scientific men. He opened, in 1682, the Collegium Experimentale Physico-Mechanicum for public instruction, but his lasting fame dates from the year 1684, when the great Von Leibnitz published his treatise “De Gravitate Ætheris.” Three years later, in 1687, James occupied the mathematical chair of the University of Basel, made vacant by the death of the learned Megerlin.

James Bernoulli I (1654–1705), the brother of John I, was introduced to the philosophical gatherings of Boyle, Hooke, Edward Stillingfleet, and other knowledgeable and scientific figures while he was in London. In 1682, he started the Collegium Experimentale Physico-Mechanicum for public education, but his lasting reputation was established in 1684, when thegreat Von Leibnitz published his work “De Gravitate Ætheris.” Three years later, in 1687, James took over the mathematical chair at the University of Basel, which had been left vacant by the death of the esteemed Megerlin.

References.—Whewell, “Hist. of the Inductive Sciences,” 1859, Vol. I. pp. 358–366, 375–380, 393, 430, and Vol. II. pp. 32–39, 42; “Hist. de l’Acad. Royale des Sciences,” 1700–1707; Edin. “Encycl.,” 1813, Vol. III. pp. 464–470; “Med. Library and Historical Journal,” New York, 1903, Vol. I. pp. 270–277.

References.—Whewell, “History of the Inductive Sciences,” 1859, Vol. I, pp. 358–366, 375–380, 393, 430, and Vol. II, pp. 32–39, 42; “History of the Royal Academy of Sciences,” 1700–1707; Edinburgh “Encyclopedia,” 1813, Vol. III, pp. 464–470; “Medical Library and Historical Journal,” New York, 1903, Vol. I, pp. 270–277.

For Bernoulli family see “Histoire des Sc. Math. et Phys.,” Maxim. Marie, Paris, 1888, Vols. VII-XI; “Geschichte der Mathemathik,” Moritz Canton, Leipzig, 1898, Vol. III. pp. 207–261; “Histoire Générale des Mathématiques,” Chas. Bossut, Paris, 1810, Vol. II. s. 2, as at table, p. 512. See the family tree in “Eng. Cycl.,” Vol. VI. p. 972, and all the Bernoullis at p. 84 of Vol. II, Houzeau et Lancaster’s “Bibl. Gén.,” 1882.

For the Bernoulli family, see “Histoire des Sc. Math. et Phys.,” Maxim. Marie, Paris, 1888, Vols. VII-XI; “Geschichte der Mathematik,” Moritz Canton, Leipzig, 1898, Vol. III, pp. 207–261; “Histoire Générale des Mathématiques,” Chas. Bossut, Paris, 1810, Vol. II, s. 2, as in the table, p. 512. Check the family tree in “Eng. Cycl.,” Vol. VI, p. 972, and all the Bernoullis at p. 84 of Vol. II, Houzeau et Lancaster’s “Bibl. Gén.,” 1882.

A.D. 1700.—Morgagni (Giovanni Battista), while practising medicine at Bologna and at Venice, uses the magnet to remove particles of iron which had accidentally fallen into the eyes, exactly in the same manner as Kirkringius and Fabricius Hildanus had done before him.

A.D. 1700.—Morgagni (Giovanni Battista), while practicing medicine in Bologna and Venice, uses a magnet to remove bits of iron that accidentally got into people's eyes, just like Kirkringius and Fabricius Hildanus had done before him.

[148]

[148]

References.—Maunder’s “Biog. Treasury”; also Beckmann’s “History of Inventions,” Vol. I. p. 44, and biography in Larousse, Vol. XI, as well as in Vol. XVI of the Ninth “Britannica.”

References.—Maunder’s “Biog. Treasury”; also Beckmann’s “History of Inventions,” Vol. I, p. 44, and biography in Larousse, Vol. XI, as well as in Vol. XVI of the Ninth “Britannica.”

A.D. 1700.—Duverney (Joseph Guichard), an eminent French anatomist, knew at this date that the limbs of a frog are convulsed by the electric current (as shown in the “Histoire de l’Académie des Sciences,” 1700, p. 40, and 1742, vol. I. p. 187), and the Italian physician L. Marco Antonio Caldani, assistant to Morgagni, alludes to the “revival of frogs by electrical discharges.”

A.D. 1700.—Duverney (Joseph Guichard), a well-known French anatomist, understood by this time that the limbs of a frog react to electric current (as noted in the “Histoire de l’Académie des Sciences,” 1700, p. 40, and 1742, vol. I. p. 187), and the Italian doctor L. Marco Antonio Caldani, who assisted Morgagni, refers to the “revival of frogs using electrical discharges.”

References.—“Ency. Metrop.,” Vol. IV. p. 220; Highton’s “Elect. Tel.”; Fahie, “Hist. of Elec. Tel.,” pp. 175 and 176 and notes; Knight’s “Mech. Dict.,” Vol. II. p. 936; G. H. Browne, London, 1704, and in “Phil. Mag.,” Vol. XVIII. p. 285, also note p. 83 of Ronalds’ “Catalogue.”

Sources.—“Ency. Metrop.,” Vol. IV. p. 220; Highton's “Elect. Tel.”; Fahie, “Hist. of Elec. Tel.,” pp. 175 and 176 and notes; Knight's “Mech. Dict.,” Vol. II. p. 936; G. H. Browne, London, 1704, and in “Phil. Mag.,” Vol. XVIII. p. 285, also note p. 83 of Ronalds’ “Catalogue.”

A.D. 1701–1702.—Le Brun (Pierre), French theologian (1661–1729), publishes his “Histoire Critique des Pratiques Superstitieuses,” wherein he makes mention (Vol. I. p. 294) of the possibility of transmitting intelligence in the manner indicated by the Jesuit Leurechon.

A.D. 1701–1702.—Le Brun (Pierre), a French theologian (1661–1729), publishes his “Histoire Critique des Pratiques Superstitieuses,” where he references (Vol. I. p. 294) the possibility of sending information in the way described by the Jesuit Leurechon.

He is also the author of “Lettres qui découvrent l’illusion des philosophes sur la baguette divinatoire,” Paris, 1693 (Larousse’s “Dictionnaire,” Tome X. p. 292).

He is also the author of “Letters That Uncover the Illusion of Philosophers About the Divining Rod,” Paris, 1693 (Larousse’s “Dictionary,” Volume X, p. 292).

A.D. 1702.—Bion (Nicolas), French engineer and manufacturer of mathematical and astronomical instruments (1652–1733), is the author of “Usage des Astrolabes,” which was shortly after followed by his well-known “Traité de la construction et des principaux usages des instruments de mathématique.” In the preparation of the last named, which was translated into German (Leipzig, 1713, Nuremberg, 1721) as well as into English (London, 1723, 1738), Bion admits the assistance afforded him by Lahire, Cassini and Delisle the younger.

A.D. 1702.—Bion (Nicolas), a French engineer and maker of mathematical and astronomical instruments (1652–1733), wrote “Usage des Astrolabes,” which was soon followed by his famous “Traité de la construction et des principaux usages des instruments de mathématique.” In preparing the latter, which was translated into German (Leipzig, 1713, Nuremberg, 1721) and into English (London, 1723, 1738), Bion acknowledges the help he received from Lahire, Cassini, and Delisle the younger.

The whole of Book VII (pp. 267–290) of the “Traité,” is devoted to the description of instruments employed in navigation, the compass and the astrolabe in particular, with instructions for ascertaining the declination and variation.

The entire Book VII (pp. 267–290) of the “Traité” focuses on the tools used for navigation, especially the compass and the astrolabe, along with guidelines for determining declination and variation.

Bion is also the author of “L’Usage des Globes Célestes et Terrestres et des sphères suivant les differents systèmes du monde,” Amsterdam, 1700. Much of the matter, however, is said to have been copied by Bion from Pierre Polinière’s “Expériences de Phisique,” of which latter five editions were printed respectively in 1709, 1718, 1728, 1734 and 1741.

Bion is also the author of “L’Usage des Globes Célestes et Terrestres et des sphères suivant les differents systèmes du monde,” Amsterdam, 1700. However, much of the content is said to have been copied by Bion from Pierre Polinière’s “Expériences de Phisique,” which had five editions printed in 1709, 1718, 1728, 1734, and 1741.

References.—“La Grande Encycl.,” Vol. VI. p. 897; Michaud, “Biog. Univ.,” Vol. IV. p. 354; Dr. J. Thomas, “Univ. Pr. Dict.,” 1886, p. 386.

References.—“The Great Encyclopedia,” Vol. VI. p. 897; Michaud, “Universal Biography,” Vol. IV. p. 354; Dr. J. Thomas, “University Press Dictionary,” 1886, p. 386.

[149]

[149]

A.D. 1702.—Marcel (Arnold), Commissioner of the Navy at Arles, publishes a pamphlet dedicated to the King, and entitled “The Art of Making Signals, both by Sea and by Land,” wherein he affirms that he has “communicated frequently at the distance of two leagues (in as short a space of time as a man could write down and form exactly the letters contained in the advice he would communicate), an unexpected piece of news that took up a page in writing.” The particulars of this invention are, however, wanting.

A.D. 1702.—Marcel (Arnold), Commissioner of the Navy at Arles, publishes a pamphlet dedicated to the King, titled “The Art of Making Signals, both by Sea and by Land,” where he claims that he has “communicated frequently at a distance of two leagues (in as short a time as it takes a person to write down and accurately form the letters in the message they want to convey), an unexpected piece of news that filled an entire page of writing.” However, the details of this invention are missing.

Marcel reports many well-authenticated instances where, as already mentioned by Mæstro Giulio Cæsare (A.D. 1590), iron bars have become temporarily magnetic by position alone.

Marcel reports several well-documented cases where, as already noted by Maestro Giulio Cesare (A.D. 1590), iron bars have temporarily become magnetic just by their position.

References.—Snow Harris, “Rudim. Mag.,” I and II. pp. 91, 92; also “Emporium of Arts and Sciences,” 1812, Vol. I. p. 301; Phil. Trans., Vol. XXXVII. p. 294, also the following abridgments: Baddam, Vol. IX, 1745, p. 278; Eames and Martyn, Vol. VI. part. ii. p. 270; Hutton, Vol. VII. p. 540.

References.—Snow Harris, “Rudim. Mag.,” I and II. pp. 91, 92; also “Emporium of Arts and Sciences,” 1812, Vol. I. p. 301; Phil. Trans., Vol. XXXVII. p. 294, also the following summaries: Baddam, Vol. IX, 1745, p. 278; Eames and Martyn, Vol. VI. part. ii. p. 270; Hutton, Vol. VII. p. 540.

A.D. 1702.—Kæmpfer (Engelbrecht), German physician and naturalist (1651–1716), describes in his “Amœnitates Exoticæ,” experiments made by him upon the electric torpedo (Leithead, 1837, Chap. XII). He insists that any person may avoid all sensation of the shock by merely holding the breath while touching the animal. This apparently improbable fact has since been confirmed, however, by many scientists; the accurate observations of Mr. Walsh (A.D. 1773) on the subject, reported in the Phil. Trans. for 1773–1774–1775, claiming especial attention (Larousse, “Dict.,” Vol. IX. p. 1144).

A.D. 1702.—Kæmpfer (Engelbrecht), a German physician and naturalist (1651–1716), describes in his “Amœnitates Exoticæ” experiments he conducted on the electric torpedo (Leithead, 1837, Chap. XII). He claims that anyone can avoid feeling the shock by simply holding their breath while touching the creature. This seemingly unlikely fact has since been confirmed by many scientists; the precise observations of Mr. Walsh (A.D. 1773) on the topic, reported in the Phil. Trans. for 1773–1774–1775, warrant special attention (Larousse, “Dict.,” Vol. IX. p. 1144).

A.D. 1704.—Amontons (Guillaume), an ingenious mechanician and scientist, exhibits before the royal family of France, and before the members of the Académie des Sciences, his system of communicating intelligence between distant points through the agency of magnifying glasses—telescopes. The “Mémoires de l’Académie,” 1698–1705, contain an account of his many scientific productions.

A.D. 1704.—Amontons (Guillaume), a brilliant inventor and scientist, demonstrates to the royal family of France and the members of the Académie des Sciences his method for transmitting information between faraway locations using magnifying glasses—telescopes. The “Mémoires de l’Académie,” 1698–1705, includes a record of his numerous scientific works.

References.—Larousse, “Dict.,” Vol. I. pp. 282–283; Appleton’s “Cyclop.,” Vol. I. p. 432.

References.—Larousse, “Dict.,” Vol. I. pp. 282–283; Appleton’s “Cyclop.,” Vol. I. p. 432.

A.D. 1705.—Witson (Nicholaes), Burgomaster of Amsterdam, announces at p. 56 of his “Noord en Oost Tartarye,” that the nautical compass was in use by the Coreans in the second half of the seventeenth century.

A.D. 1705.—Nicholaes Witson, the Mayor of Amsterdam, states on page 56 of his “Noord en Oost Tartarye” that the Koreans were using the nautical compass in the latter half of the seventeenth century.

A.D. 1705.—Hauksbee (Francis), English natural philosopher and Curator of the Royal Society, makes, before the latter, several[150] experiments on the mercurial phosphorus. He shows that a considerable quantity of light can be produced by agitating mercury in partly exhausted as well as in thoroughly exhausted glass vessels. When the mercury is made to break into a shower, flashes of light are seen to start everywhere “in as strange a form as lightning.”

A.D. 1705.—Hauksbee (Francis), an English natural philosopher and Curator of the Royal Society, performs several[150] experiments on the mercurial phosphorus before the society. He demonstrates that a significant amount of light can be generated by agitating mercury in both partly exhausted and completely exhausted glass containers. When the mercury is made to spray out, flashes of light appear everywhere “in as strange a form as lightning.”

He also showed light in vacuo produced by rubbing amber and by rubbing glass upon woollen. He says (Priestley, “Hist. and Present State of Electricity,” London, 1775, p. 19) that every fresh glass first gave a purple and then a pale light, and that woollen, tinctured with salt or spirits, produced a new, strong and fulgurating light.

He also demonstrated light in vacuo created by rubbing amber and by rubbing glass against wool. He states (Priestley, “Hist. and Present State of Electricity,” London, 1775, p. 19) that each new piece of glass initially emitted a purple light and then a pale light, and that wool, treated with salt or spirits, generated a new, intense, and striking light.

Hauksbee constructed a powerful electrical machine wherein the Von Guericke sulphur globe was replaced by one of glass, as had already been done by Sir Isaac Newton (at A.D. 1675). With it he found that upon exhausting the air, whirling the globe rapidly and placing his hand upon the outside, a strong light appeared upon the interior, and that the light would show itself also upon the outside when air was let into the globe (“Physico-Mech. Exp.,” pp. 12, 14, 26, 32, 34).

Hauksbee created a powerful electrical machine where the Von Guericke sulfur globe was replaced by a glass one, similar to what Sir Isaac Newton had done in 1675. He discovered that by removing the air, spinning the globe quickly, and placing his hand on the outside, a bright light appeared inside. This light would also become visible on the outside when air was allowed back into the globe (“Physico-Mech. Exp.,” pp. 12, 14, 26, 32, 34).

The machine, which the celebrated mechanician Leupold had constructed at Leipzig for Mr. Wolfius, only differed from the original one made by Hauksbee in that the glass globe turned vertically instead of horizontally.

The machine that the famous engineer Leupold built in Leipzig for Mr. Wolfius only differed from the original one made by Hauksbee in that the glass globe rotated vertically instead of horizontally.

Other experiments with coated glass globes, globes of sulphur, etc., are detailed in the “Physico-Mech. Exp.,” as indicated at pp. 21–24 the Priestley work above alluded to. At the last-named page he says: “That Mr. Hauksbee, after all, had no clear idea of the distinction of bodies into electrics and non-electrics appears from some of his last experiments, in which he attempted to produce electrical appearances from metals, and from the reasons he gives for his want of success in those attempts.”

Other experiments with coated glass globes, globes of sulfur, and so on are described in the “Physico-Mech. Exp.,” as noted on pp. 21–24 of the Priestley work mentioned earlier. On the last page, he states: “It seems that Mr. Hauksbee, after all, did not have a clear understanding of the distinction between electrics and non-electrics, as shown by some of his final experiments, in which he tried to create electrical effects from metals, along with the reasons he provides for his lack of success in those attempts.”

Hauksbee also gave some attention to the study of the laws of magnetic force, and the results published in the Phil. Trans., Vol. XXVII. for 1710–1712, p. 506, giving a law of force varying as the sesqui-duplicate ratio of the distances, were subsequently confirmed by Taylor and by Whiston in the Phil. Trans. for 1721 (Noad, “Manual of Elec.,” 1859, p. 579).

Hauksbee also focused on studying the laws of magnetic force, with results published in the Phil. Trans., Vol. XXVII. for 1710–1712, p. 506, presenting a law of force that varies as the sesqui-duplicate ratio of the distances. This was later confirmed by Taylor and Whiston in the Phil. Trans. for 1721 (Noad, “Manual of Elec.,” 1859, p. 579).

References.—Aglave et Boulard, “Lumière Electrique,” Paris, 1882, p. 18; Priestley, “Familiar Intr. to Study of Elec.,” London, 1786, p. 60; Phil. Trans., Vol. XXV. pp. 2327, 2332; Vol. XXVI, 1708–1709, pp. 82–92; Vol. XXIX, 1714–1716, p. 294 (with Brooke Taylor); also the following abridgments: Hutton, Vol. V. pp. 270, 307, 324, 344, 355, 411–416, 452, 509, 528, 696; Jones, Vol. IV. p. 295; Baddam, 1745, Vol. V. pp. 33–37, 41–43, 112, 114–117, 483; Thos. Thomson, “Hist. of the Roy. Soc.,” London, 1812, p. 430; Chemical News, Vol. II. p. 147;[151] Nicolas Desmarets, “Expériences,” etc., Paris, 1754, in “Recueil des Mémoires de l’Acad. des Sciences.”

References.—Aglave and Boulard, “Electric Light,” Paris, 1882, p. 18; Priestley, “Familiar Introduction to the Study of Electricity,” London, 1786, p. 60; Philosophical Transactions, Vol. XXV, pp. 2327, 2332; Vol. XXVI, 1708–1709, pp. 82–92; Vol. XXIX, 1714–1716, p. 294 (with Brooke Taylor); also the following abridgments: Hutton, Vol. V, pp. 270, 307, 324, 344, 355, 411–416, 452, 509, 528, 696; Jones, Vol. IV, p. 295; Baddam, 1745, Vol. V, pp. 33–37, 41–43, 112, 114–117, 483; Thomas Thomson, “History of the Royal Society,” London, 1812, p. 430; Chemical News, Vol. II, p. 147; [151] Nicolas Desmarets, “Experiments,” etc., Paris, 1754, in “Collection of Memoirs of the Academy of Sciences.”

A.D. 1705.—Keill (John), M.A., F.R.S., Savilian Professor of Astronomy, is the author of “Introductio ad Veram Physicam, etc.,” of which other editions appeared in 1725, 1739 and 1741, and a good English translation of which was published at Glasgow in 1776.

A.D. 1705.—John Keill, M.A., F.R.S., Savilian Professor of Astronomy, is the author of “Introductio ad Veram Physicam, etc.,” with additional editions released in 1725, 1739, and 1741, and a quality English translation published in Glasgow in 1776.

The last named is entitled “An Introduction to Natural Philosophy, or Lectures in Physics read in the University of Oxford in the Year 1700.” In Lecture VIII he states: “It is certain that the magnetic attractions and directions arise from the structure of parts; for if a loadstone be struck hard enough, so that the position of its internal parts be changed, the loadstone will also be changed. And if a loadstone be put into the fire, insomuch that the internal structure of the parts be changed or wholly destroyed, then it will lose all its former virtue and will scarce differ from other stones.... And what some generally boast of, concerning effluvia, a subtile matter, particles adapted to the pores of the loadstone, etc., does not in the least lead us to a clear and distinct explication of these operations; but notwithstanding all these things, the magnetick virtues must be still reckoned amongst the occult qualities.”

The last one is called "An Introduction to Natural Philosophy, or Lectures in Physics read at the University of Oxford in the Year 1700." In Lecture VIII, he says: "It's clear that magnetic attractions and orientations come from the structure of the components; if a loadstone is struck hard enough to change the arrangement of its internal parts, the loadstone will change as well. And if a loadstone is placed in the fire to the point that its internal structure is altered or completely destroyed, it will lose all its previous capabilities and will hardly be distinguishable from other stones... And the things some people generally claim about effluvia, a fine substance, particles fitting the pores of the loadstone, etc., don’t really give us a clear and distinct explanation of these processes; but despite all this, the magnetic properties should still be considered among the hidden qualities."

A.D. 1706.—Hartsoeker (Nicolas), Dutch natural philosopher, friend of Christian Huyghens, while Professor of Mathematics at Düsseldorf, writes his “Conjectures Physiques,” four editions of which were published during the three years 1708, 1710 and 1712.

A.D. 1706.—Hartsoeker (Nicolas), a Dutch natural philosopher and friend of Christian Huyghens, while serving as a Professor of Mathematics in Düsseldorf, writes his “Conjectures Physiques,” with four editions published over the three years 1708, 1710, and 1712.

The Tenth Discourse of the Second Book (pp. 140–182) treats of the nature and properties of the loadstone and gives numerous observations concerning magnetical phenomena, which are well illustrated. He says that many ordinary stones have become magnetic after being long exposed to the air, in consequence of iron penetrating them. He believes that the native loadstone is made up of ordinary stone and of iron containing many small bodies through which run magnetic channels; that the latter are held together so strongly as to be disintegrated with difficulty, and that they are filled with a subtile matter which circulates incessantly through and around them.

The Tenth Discourse of the Second Book (pp. 140–182) discusses the nature and properties of the loadstone and provides many observations about magnetic phenomena, which are well illustrated. He mentions that many common stones become magnetic after being exposed to the air for a long time due to iron seeping into them. He believes that the natural loadstone consists of regular stone and iron containing many small bodies through which magnetic channels run; these are held together so tightly that they are hard to break apart, and they are filled with a subtle substance that circulates constantly through and around them.

The First Discourse of the Fourth Book treats of Meteors, and at pp. 91–99 of his “Eclaircissements, ...” published in 1710 he gives further reports of his curious observations on magnetic phenomena.

The First Discourse of the Fourth Book discusses Meteors, and on pages 91–99 of his “Eclaircissements, ...” published in 1710, he provides additional insights from his interesting observations on magnetic phenomena.

References.—“Journal des Sçavans,” Vol. XXIV for 1696, pp. 649–656.

References.—“Journal des Sçavans,” Vol. 24 for 1696, pp. 649–656.

For particulars of the very celebrated natural philosopher, Christian[152] Huyghens—Hugenius van Zuglichen (1629–1695) above alluded to, consult: the “Vita Hugenii,” prefixed to his “Opera Varia,” published by Van ’Sgravesande in 1724; “Meyer’s Konversations-Lexikon,” Leipzig und Wien, 1895, Vol. IX. pp. 93–94, also the biography, embracing a detailed list of his geometrical, mechanical, astronomical and optical works at pp. 536–538 of the “English Cyclopædia”; Vol. II. of Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibliog. Générale,” p. 169; “Le Journal des Savants” for May 1834, April 1846, July 1888, April 1896, Feb. 1898, Oct. 1899; “Histoire des Sciences Math. et Phys.,” Maximilien Marie, Paris, 1888, Vol. V. pp. 15–140; “Hist. et Mém. de l’Acad. Roy. des Sc.,” Vol. I. p. 307; Hartsoeker’s biography at pp. 307–308 of the “Engl. Cycl.,” Vol. III, 1867.[49]

For details about the famous natural philosopher, Christian[152] Huyghens—Hugenius van Zuglichen (1629–1695), mentioned earlier, refer to: the “Vita Hugenii,” which is included in his “Opera Varia,” published by Van ’Sgravesande in 1724; “Meyer’s Konversations-Lexikon,” Leipzig and Vienna, 1895, Vol. IX, pp. 93–94; as well as the biography that includes a detailed list of his works in geometry, mechanics, astronomy, and optics on pp. 536–538 of the “English Cyclopædia”; Vol. II of Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibliog. Générale,” p. 169; “Le Journal des Savants” for May 1834, April 1846, July 1888, April 1896, Feb. 1898, Oct. 1899; “Histoire des Sciences Math. et Phys.,” Maximilien Marie, Paris, 1888, Vol. V, pp. 15–140; “Hist. et Mém. de l’Acad. Roy. des Sc.,” Vol. I, p. 307; Hartsoeker’s biography on pp. 307–308 of the “Engl. Cycl.,” Vol. III, 1867.[49]

A.D. 1707.—J. G. S. (not, as many suppose, Jean George Sulzer) publishes “Curious Speculations during Sleepless Nights” 8vo, Chemnitz, wherein appears the first account of the development, by heat, of electricity in the tourmaline, which latter, it is therein stated, was first brought from Ceylon by the Dutch in 1703. Another report of the above appears in the Mémoires de l’Académie des Sciences of Paris for 1717.

A.D. 1707.—J. G. S. (not, as many think, Jean George Sulzer) publishes “Curious Speculations during Sleepless Nights” 8vo, in Chemnitz, where the first account of electricity being generated by heat in tourmaline is mentioned. It states that this mineral was first brought from Ceylon by the Dutch in 1703. Another report on this appears in the Mémoires de l’Académie des Sciences of Paris for 1717.

Reference.—Beckmann, Bohn, 1846, Vol. I. pp. 86–98.

Reference.—Beckmann, Bohn, 1846, Vol. I. pp. 86–98.

A.D. 1708.—Wall (Dr. William), a prominent English divine, communicates to the Royal Society (Phil. Trans., Vol. XXVI. No. 314, p. 69) the result of his experiments, showing him to have been the first to establish a resemblance of electricity to thunder and lightning.

A.D. 1708.—Wall (Dr. William), a notable English clergyman, shares his findings with the Royal Society (Phil. Trans., Vol. XXVI. No. 314, p. 69), demonstrating that he was the first to show a connection between electricity and thunder and lightning.

He found that, upon holding tightly in the hand a large bar of amber and rubbing it briskly against woollen cloths, “a prodigious number of little cracklings was heard, every one of which produced a small flash of light (spark); and that when the amber was drawn lightly through the cloth it produced a spark but no crackling.” He observed that “by holding a finger at a little distance from the amber a crackling is produced, with a great flash of light succeeding it, and, what is very surprising, on its eruption it strikes the finger very sensibly, wheresoever applied, with a push or puff like wind. The crackling is fully as loud as that of charcoal on fire.... This light and crackling seem in some degree to represent thunder and lightning.”

He discovered that when he held a large piece of amber tightly in his hand and rubbed it briskly against woolen cloths, "a huge number of little cracklings could be heard, each one creating a small flash of light (spark); and that when the amber was lightly dragged through the cloth, it produced a spark but no crackling." He noted that "by holding a finger a little distance from the amber, a crackling occurs, followed by a bright flash of light, and surprisingly, when it happens, it feels like a push or puff of wind against the finger, no matter where it's applied. The crackling is just as loud as that of burning charcoal... This light and crackling seem to somewhat resemble thunder and lightning."

References.—Bakewell, “Electric Science,” p. 13; Aglave et Boulard, “Lumière Electrique,” 1882, p. 17; Thos. Thomson, “An Outline of the Sciences of Heat and Electricity,” London, 1830, pp. 314, 463; Thos. Thomson, “Hist. of the Roy. Soc.,” London, 1812, p. 431;[153] see also the following abridgments of the Phil. Trans.; Hutton, Vol. V. p. 408 and Baddam of 1745, Vol. V. p. 111.

References.—Bakewell, “Electric Science,” p. 13; Aglave and Boulard, “Lumière Electrique,” 1882, p. 17; Thos. Thomson, “An Outline of the Sciences of Heat and Electricity,” London, 1830, pp. 314, 463; Thos. Thomson, “Hist. of the Roy. Soc.,” London, 1812, p. 431;[153] see also the following abridgments of the Phil. Trans.; Hutton, Vol. V. p. 408 and Baddam of 1745, Vol. V. p. 111.

A.D. 1712.—The great Japanese Encyclopædia, Wa-Kan-san siü tson-ye, describes the compass, zi-siak-no-fari, at Vol. XV. folio 3, recto (Klaproth, “Lettre à M. de Humboldt,” etc., 1834, p. 107).

A.D. 1712.—The great Japanese Encyclopedia, Wa-Kan-san siü tson-ye, describes the compass, zi-siak-no-fari, in Vol. XV, page 3, recto (Klaproth, “Letter to M. de Humboldt,” etc., 1834, p. 107).

A.D. 1717.—Leméry (Louis), two years after the death of his distinguished father, Nicolas Leméry, exhibits a stone (the tourmaline) brought from Ceylon, and announces, to the French Académie des Sciences, that it possesses the electrical property of attracting and repelling light bodies after being warmed.

A.D. 1717.—Leméry (Louis), two years after the death of his notable father, Nicolas Leméry, showcases a stone (the tourmaline) from Ceylon and informs the French Académie des Sciences that it has the unique ability to attract and repel light objects after being heated.

Carl Linnæus (1707–1777) alludes to the experiments of Leméry, in his Flora Zeylanica, and mentions the stone under the name of lapis electricus. (See, for Carl Linnæus, “Thesaurus Litteraturæ Botanicæ,” G. A. Pritzel, Lipsiæ, 1851, pp. 162–169, also “Guide to the Literature of Botany,” by Benj. Daydon Jackson, London, 1881, pp. xxxvi, etc.)

Carl Linnæus (1707–1777) references Leméry's experiments in his Flora Zeylanica and refers to the stone as lapis electricus. (See, for Carl Linnæus, “Thesaurus Litteraturæ Botanicæ,” G. A. Pritzel, Leipzig, 1851, pp. 162–169, also “Guide to the Literature of Botany” by Benj. Daydon Jackson, London, 1881, pp. xxxvi, etc.)

The first scientific examination of the electric properties of the tourmaline was, however, made by Æpinus in 1756, and published in the Memoirs of the Berlin Academy. Æpinus showed that a temperature of between 99½° and 212° F. was necessary for the development of its attractive powers.

The first scientific study of the electric properties of tourmaline was conducted by Æpinus in 1756 and published in the Memoirs of the Berlin Academy. Æpinus demonstrated that a temperature between 99½° and 212° F. was needed for its attractive powers to develop.

Of the electricity of crystals, Gmelin, in his “Chemistry” (Vol. I. p. 319), names the following discoverers: Æpinus (tourmaline)—see A.D. 1759; Canton (topaz)—see A.D. 1753; Brard (axinite)—see A.D. 1787; Haüy (boracite, prehnite, sphene, etc.)—see A.D. 1787; Sir David Brewster (diamond, garnet, amethyst, etc.)—see A.D. 1820; and Wilhelm Gottlieb Hankel (borate of magnesia, tartrate of potash, etc.).

Of the electrical properties of crystals, Gmelin, in his "Chemistry" (Vol. I, p. 319), lists the following discoverers: Æpinus (tourmaline)—see CE 1759; Canton (topaz)—see CE 1753; Brard (axinite)—see CE 1787; Haüy (boracite, prehnite, sphene, etc.)—see CE 1787; Sir David Brewster (diamond, garnet, amethyst, etc.)—see A.D. 1820; and Wilhelm Gottlieb Hankel (borate of magnesia, tartrate of potash, etc.).

References.—Becquerel, “Résumé,” 1858, p. 11; Leithead, “Electricity,” p. 239; “Ph. Hist. and Mem. of Roy. Ac. of Sc. at Paris,” London, 1742, Vol. V. p. 216; “Journal des Sçavans,” Vol. LXX for 1721, pp. 572–573 on the tourmaline.

References.—Becquerel, “Summary,” 1858, p. 11; Leithead, “Electricity,” p. 239; “Philosophical History and Memoirs of the Royal Academy of Sciences in Paris,” London, 1742, Vol. V, p. 216; “Journal des Savants,” Vol. LXX for 1721, pp. 572–573 on tourmaline.

A.D. 1720.—Grey—Gray (Stephen), a pensioner of the Charter House and Fellow of the Royal Society, makes known through his first paper in the Phil. Trans. the details of the important line of investigation which finally led to the discovery of the principle of electric conduction and insulation as well as to the fact, not the principle, of induction (see Æpinus, A.D. 1759). Thus, to Grey is due the credit of having laid the foundation of electricity as a science.

A.D. 1720.—Grey—Gray (Stephen), a pensioner of the Charter House and member of the Royal Society, announces through his first paper in the Phil. Trans. the details of an important line of research that ultimately led to the discovery of the principles of electric conduction and insulation, as well as understanding the fact of induction (see Æpinus, AD 1759). Therefore, Grey is credited with laying the foundation of electricity as a science.

He proved that electricity can be excited by the friction of feathers, hair, linen, paper, silk, etc., all of which attract light bodies even at a distance of eight or ten inches. He next discovered that electricity can be communicated from excited bodies to bodies[154] incapable of ready excitation. When first suspending a hempen line with pack threads he could not transmit electricity, but when suspending the line with silken threads he transmitted the electrical influence several hundred feet. The latter he did at the suggestion of his friend Granville Wheeler—Wheler—(not Checler, as Aglave et Boulard have it in “Lumière Electrique,” p. 20), thinking that “silk might do better than pack thread on account of its smallness, as less of the virtue would probably pass off by it than by the thickness of the hempen line which had been previously used.” They both tried experiments with longer lines of pack thread, but failed, as they likewise did after substituting thin brass wire for the thread. This afterwards led to the discovery of other insulating substances, like hair, resin, etc. During the months of June 1729, and August 1730, Grey and Wheeler succeeded in transmitting electricity through pack thread supported by silken cords a distance of 765 feet, and through wire at a distance of 800–886 feet.

He showed that electricity can be generated by rubbing feathers, hair, linen, paper, silk, and other materials, which can attract light objects from a distance of eight to ten inches. He then found out that electricity could be transferred from excited objects to those that can’t easily be excited. When he first tried using a hemp line with pack threads, he couldn't transmit electricity, but when he used silken threads, he managed to transmit electrical influence over several hundred feet. He did this at the suggestion of his friend Granville Wheeler (not Checler, as Aglave and Boulard claim in “Lumière Electrique,” p. 20), believing that “silk would work better than pack thread because it’s thinner, so less of the energy would likely escape compared to the thicker hemp line that had been used before.” They both experimented with longer pack thread lines but failed, as they did after replacing the thread with thin brass wire. This eventually led to the discovery of other insulating materials, like hair and resin. During June 1729 and August 1730, Grey and Wheeler successfully transmitted electricity through pack thread supported by silk cords over a distance of 765 feet, and through wire over distances of 800 to 886 feet.

Grey demonstrated also that electric attraction is not proportioned to the quantity of matter in bodies, but to the extent of their surface, and he likewise discovered the conducting powers of fluids and of the human body. Of the cracklings and flashes of light he remarks: “And although these effects are at present but in minimis, it is probable, in time, there may be found out a way to collect a greater quantity of the electric fire, and consequently to increase the force of that power, which by several of those experiments, if we are permitted to compare great things with small, seems to be of the same nature with that of thunder and lightning” (Phil. Trans., abridgment of John Martyn, Vol. VIII. p. 401).

Grey also showed that electric attraction doesn't depend on how much matter is in objects, but rather on the size of their surface. He also discovered how fluids and the human body conduct electricity. Regarding the crackling sounds and flashes of light, he noted: “And although these effects are currently only in minimis, it’s likely that in time, a method will be found to gather a larger amount of electric fire, thereby increasing the strength of that power, which some of those experiments, if we’re allowed to compare big things with small, seems to be similar to that of thunder and lightning” (Phil. Trans., abridgment of John Martyn, Vol. VIII. p. 401).

Stephen Grey may be said to have continued his experiments while lying upon his death-bed, for, unable to write, he dictated to the last, as best he could, the progress he had made in his studies to Dr. Mortimer, the Secretary of the Royal Society (Phil. Trans., 1735–1736, Vol. XXXIX. p. 400).

Stephen Grey can be said to have continued his experiments even while lying on his deathbed, as he dictated until the very end, as best he could, the progress he had made in his studies to Dr. Mortimer, the Secretary of the Royal Society (Phil. Trans., 1735–1736, Vol. XXXIX. p. 400).

Grey’s own description of a new electric planetarium deserves reproduction here: “I have lately made several new experiments upon the projectile and pendulous motions of small bodies by electricity; by which small bodies may be made to move about larger ones, either in circles or ellipses, and those either concentric or excentric to the centre of the large body about which they move, so as to make many revolutions about them. And this motion will constantly be the same way that the planets move around the sun, viz. from the right hand to the left, or from west to east. But these little planets, if I may so call them, move much faster in their apogeon than in the perigeon part of their orbits, which is directly contrary to the motion of the planets around the sun.”[155] To this should be added the following description of the manner in which these experiments can be made: “Place a small iron globe, of an inch or an inch and a half in diameter, on the middle of a circular cake of rosin, seven or eight inches in diameter, greatly excited; and then a light body, suspended by a very fine thread, five or six inches long, held in the hand over the centre of the cake, will, of itself, begin to move in a circle around the iron globe, and constantly from west to east. If the globe is placed at any distance from the centre of the circular cake, it will describe an ellipse, which will have the same excentricity as the distance of the globe from the centre of the cake. If the cake of rosin be of an elliptical form, and the iron globe be placed in the centre of it, the light body will describe an elliptical orbit of the same excentricity with the form of the cake. If the globe be placed in or near one of the foci of the elliptical cake, the light body will move much swifter in the apogee than in the perigee of its orbit. If the iron globe is fixed on a pedestal an inch from the table, and a glass hoop, or a portion of a hollow glass cylinder, excited, be placed around it, the light body will move as in the circumstance above mentioned, and with the same varieties.”

Grey’s description of a new electric planetarium is worth sharing: “I've recently conducted several new experiments on the projectile and pendulum motions of small objects using electricity; this allows small objects to move around larger ones, either in circles or ellipses, and they can be concentric or eccentric to the center of the larger object they revolve around, making multiple turns around it. This motion will always be in the same direction as the planets orbit the sun, which is from right to left, or from west to east. However, these little planets, if I may call them that, move much faster at their apogee than at their perigee, which is the opposite of how the planets orbit the sun.”[155] The following description outlines how these experiments can be conducted: “Place a small iron globe, about one to one and a half inches in diameter, at the center of a seven or eight-inch circular cake of rosin that’s been well charged; a lightweight object suspended by a very thin thread, about five or six inches long, held over the center of the cake, will start to move in a circle around the iron globe, always from west to east. If the globe is positioned away from the center of the circular cake, it will trace out an ellipse that has the same eccentricity as the distance of the globe from the center of the cake. If the rosin cake is elliptical and the iron globe is at the center, the lightweight object will create an elliptical orbit that matches the eccentricity of the cake's shape. If the globe is near one of the foci of the elliptical cake, the lightweight object will move much faster at its apogee than at its perigee. If the iron globe is mounted on a pedestal one inch off the table, and a glass hoop or part of a hollow glass cylinder, which is charged, is placed around it, the lightweight object will move in the same way as described earlier, with the same variations.”

References.—Priestley, “Hist. and Present State of Elec.,” 1775, pp. 26–42, 55–63; and “A New Universal History of Arts and Sciences,” Electricity, Vol. I. p. 460; Saturday Review, August 21, 1858, p. 190; Wilson, “Treatise,” 1752, Section IV. prop. i. p. 23, note; Phil. Trans., Vol. XXXI. p. 104; Vol. XXXVII. pp. 18, 227, 285, 397; Vol. XXXIX. pp. 16, 166, 220, also the following abridgments: Hutton, Vol. VI. p. 490; Vol. VII. pp. 449, 536, 566; Vol. VIII. pp. 2, 51, 65, 316; Reid and Gray, London, 1733, Vol. VI. pp. 4–17 (Granville Wheler); Eames and Martyn, Vol. VI. part ii. pp. 7, 9, 15, and Part IV. p. 96; Vol. VII. pp. 18–20, 231; John Martyn, Vol. VIII. part ii. pp. 397, 403, 404 (Dr. C. Mortimer); Baddam, Vol. IX, 1745, pp. 145–160, 244, 272, 340, 497; “An Outline of the Sciences of Heat and Electricity,” Thomas Thomson, London, 1830, p. 344; and Thos. Thomson’s “Hist. of the Roy. Soc.,” London, 1812, p. 431; Weld, “Hist. of Roy. Soc.,” Vol. I. p. 466; “A course of lectures on Nat. Philos. and the Mechanical Arts,” by Thos. Young, London, 1807, Vol. II. p. 417; “Hist. de l’Académie des Sciences,” 1733, p. 31; “Jour. Litter.” de 1732, à la Haye, pp. 183, 186, 187, 197; “Hist. de l’Académie Royale de Berlin,” 1746, p. 11; “Journal des Sçavans,” Vol. CXXV for 1741, pp. 134–141, and Vol. CXXVI for 1742, pp. 252–263. For Granville Wheeler, consult Phil. Trans., Vol. XLI. pp. 98, 118, also the following abridgments: Hutton, Vol. VIII. pp. 306–320; John Martyn, Vol. VIII. part ii. pp. 406, 412, 415. For Dr. C. Mortimer, consult Phil. Trans., Vol. XLI. p. 112 and John Martyn’s abridgments, Vol. VIII. part ii. pp. 404–412.

References.—Priestley, “History and Present State of Electricity,” 1775, pp. 26–42, 55–63; and “A New Universal History of Arts and Sciences,” Electricity, Vol. I. p. 460; Saturday Review, August 21, 1858, p. 190; Wilson, “Treatise,” 1752, Section IV, prop. i. p. 23, note; Philosophical Transactions, Vol. XXXI. p. 104; Vol. XXXVII. pp. 18, 227, 285, 397; Vol. XXXIX. pp. 16, 166, 220, also the following abridgments: Hutton, Vol. VI. p. 490; Vol. VII. pp. 449, 536, 566; Vol. VIII. pp. 2, 51, 65, 316; Reid and Gray, London, 1733, Vol. VI. pp. 4–17 (Granville Wheler); Eames and Martyn, Vol. VI. part ii. pp. 7, 9, 15, and Part IV. p. 96; Vol. VII. pp. 18–20, 231; John Martyn, Vol. VIII. part ii. pp. 397, 403, 404 (Dr. C. Mortimer); Baddam, Vol. IX, 1745, pp. 145–160, 244, 272, 340, 497; “An Outline of the Sciences of Heat and Electricity,” Thomas Thomson, London, 1830, p. 344; and Thomas Thomson’s “History of the Royal Society,” London, 1812, p. 431; Weld, “History of the Royal Society,” Vol. I. p. 466; “A Course of Lectures on Natural Philosophy and the Mechanical Arts,” by Thomas Young, London, 1807, Vol. II. p. 417; “History of the Académie des Sciences,” 1733, p. 31; “Journal Litteraire” of 1732, at The Hague, pp. 183, 186, 187, 197; “History of the Royal Academy of Berlin,” 1746, p. 11; “Journal des Savants,” Vol. CXXV for 1741, pp. 134–141, and Vol. CXXVI for 1742, pp. 252–263. For Granville Wheeler, consult Philosophical Transactions, Vol. XLI. pp. 98, 118, also the following abridgments: Hutton, Vol. VIII. pp. 306–320; John Martyn, Vol. VIII. part ii. pp. 406, 412, 415. For Dr. C. Mortimer, consult Philosophical Transactions, Vol. XLI. p. 112 and John Martyn’s abridgments, Vol. VIII. part ii. pp. 404–412.

A.D. 1721.—Taylor (Brooke), LL.D., F.R.S. (1685–1731), an eminent English mathematician, past Secretary of the Royal Society, and one of the ablest geometers of his time—“the only one who, after the retreat of Newton, could safely enter the lists with the Bernoullis”—publishes his “Experiments on Magnetism” in Phil. Trans., No. 368.

A.D. 1721.—Taylor (Brooke), LL.D., F.R.S. (1685–1731), a prominent English mathematician, former Secretary of the Royal Society, and one of the most skilled geometers of his era—“the only one who, after Newton stepped back, could confidently compete with the Bernoullis”—publishes his “Experiments on Magnetism” in Phil. Trans., No. 368.

[156]

[156]

In order to arrive at a proper determination of the laws of magnetic force, Dr. Taylor—and also Whiston and Hauksbee—according to Sir David Brewster, considered “the deviation of a compass needle from the meridian, produced by the action of a magnet at different distances; and the conclusion which they all drew from their experiments was that the magnetic force was proportional to the sines of half the arcs of deviation, or nearly in the inverse sesqui-duplicate ratio of the distance, or as the square roots of the fifth powers of the distances. Dr. Taylor had already come to the conclusion that the force was different in various magnets, and decreased quicker at great distances than at small ones, an experimental fact, as shown by Sir W. S. Harris, ‘Rud. Mag.,’ Part III. p. 224.”

To accurately determine the laws of magnetic force, Dr. Taylor—along with Whiston and Hauksbee—looked into “the deviation of a compass needle from the meridian, caused by a magnet's influence at different distances,” as noted by Sir David Brewster. They concluded from their experiments that magnetic force was proportional to the sines of half the arcs of deviation, or roughly in the inverse sesqui-duplicate ratio of the distance, or as the square roots of the fifth powers of the distances. Dr. Taylor had already decided that the force varied among different magnets and decreased more quickly at greater distances than at shorter ones, a fact supported by Sir W. S. Harris in ‘Rud. Mag.,’ Part III, p. 224.”

In Dr. Thomas Thomson’s “History of the Royal Society” we read, however (p. 461), that Brooke Taylor, and after him Musschenbroek, attempted without success to determine by experiment the rate at which the magnetic attractions and repulsions vary. This rate was successfully investigated by the subsequent experiments of Lambert, Robison and Coulomb. The nature of magnetic curves was first satisfactorily explained by Lambert, Robison and Playfair. Brooke Taylor gave four poles to a wire by touching it at one end or at various parts, as indicated in Phil. Trans., Vol. XXIX. p. 294, and Vol. XXXI. p. 204.

In Dr. Thomas Thomson’s “History of the Royal Society,” we find that Brooke Taylor and later Musschenbroek tried, but failed, to experimentally determine how the rate of magnetic attractions and repulsions changes (p. 461). This rate was successfully explored in later experiments by Lambert, Robison, and Coulomb. The characteristics of magnetic curves were first clearly explained by Lambert, Robison, and Playfair. Brooke Taylor created four poles on a wire by touching it at one end or at various spots, as mentioned in Phil. Trans., Vol. XXIX, p. 294, and Vol. XXXI, p. 204.

References.—Whewell, “Hist. of the Ind. Sciences,” 1859, Vol. I. pp. 359, 375; Vol. II. p. 31; “General Biog. Dict.,” London, 1816, Vol. XXIX. pp. 163–166; Phil. Trans. for 1714–1716, Vol. XXIX. p. 294 and the following abridgments: Hutton, Vol. VI. p. 528; Reid and Gray, Vol. VI. pp. 17, 159; Hy. Jones, Vol. IV. part ii. p. 297; Eames and Martyn, Vol. VI. part ii. p. 253.

Citations.—Whewell, “History of the Indian Sciences,” 1859, Vol. I, pp. 359, 375; Vol. II, p. 31; “General Biography Dictionary,” London, 1816, Vol. XXIX, pp. 163–166; Philosophical Transactions for 1714–1716, Vol. XXIX, p. 294 and the following abridgments: Hutton, Vol. VI, p. 528; Reid and Gray, Vol. VI, pp. 17, 159; Hy. Jones, Vol. IV, part ii, p. 297; Eames and Martyn, Vol. VI, part ii, p. 253.

A.D. 1722.—Graham (George), a celebrated optician and instrument maker in London, is the first to distinctly make known the diurnal and horary variations of the magnetic needle, traces of which had been merely recognized as facts by Gellibrand, in 1634, and by the Missionary Father Guy-Tachard at Louvo, in Siam, during 1682. He finds that its northern extremity begins to move westward at about seven or eight o’clock in the morning, and continues to deviate in that direction until about two o’clock in the afternoon, when it becomes stationary; it soon begins to return to the eastward and becomes again stationary during the night. Graham made nearly a thousand observations, between the 6th of February and the 12th of May, 1722, and found that the greatest westerly variation was 14° 45’, and the least 13° 50’; in general, however, it varied between 14° and 14° 35’, giving 35’ for the amount of the daily variation.

A.D. 1722.—Graham (George), a famous optician and instrument maker in London, is the first to clearly reveal the daily and hourly variations of the magnetic needle, which had only been recognized as facts by Gellibrand in 1634 and by the Missionary Father Guy-Tachard in Louvo, Siam, in 1682. He discovers that its northern end starts to move westward around seven or eight in the morning, and continues to head in that direction until about two in the afternoon, when it stops moving; it then begins to shift back to the east and becomes still again at night. Graham made nearly a thousand observations from February 6 to May 12, 1722, and found that the greatest westerly variation was 14° 45’ and the least 13° 50’; generally, it varied between 14° and 14° 35’, resulting in a daily variation of 35’.

[157]

[157]

Graham’s discovery—afterwards amplified by Anders Celsius (A.D. 1740)—attracted but little attention until 1750, when the subject was ably taken up by Wargentin, Secretary to the Swedish Academy of Sciences. Between 1750 and 1759 Mr. John Canton made about 4000 observations on the same subject, and was followed by the Dutch scientist Gerard van Swieten, the favourite pupil of Boerhaave, with like results.

Graham's discovery—later expanded upon by Anders Celsius in 1740—initially drew little attention until 1750, when Wargentin, the Secretary of the Swedish Academy of Sciences, took it up skillfully. From 1750 to 1759, Mr. John Canton conducted around 4000 observations on the same topic, followed by the Dutch scientist Gerard van Swieten, a top student of Boerhaave, who achieved similar results.

As Dr. Lardner states (“Lectures on Science and Art,” 1859, Vol. II. p. 115), the same phenomenon has been observed more recently by Col. Beaufoy (at A.D. 1813), by Prof. Hansteen (at A.D. 1819) and by many others. He further states that Cassini, who observed the diurnal variation of the needle at Paris, found that neither the solar heat nor light influenced it, for it was the same in the deep caves constructed under the Observatory in Paris, where a sensibly constant temperature is preserved, and from which light is excluded, as at the surface. In northern regions these diurnal changes are greater and more irregular; while, toward the line, their amplitudes are gradually diminished until at length they disappear altogether.

As Dr. Lardner mentions (“Lectures on Science and Art,” 1859, Vol. II. p. 115), this same phenomenon has been seen more recently by Col. Beaufoy (in A.D. 1813), by Prof. Hansteen (in A.D. 1819), and by many others. He also states that Cassini, who studied the daily variation of the needle in Paris, found that neither solar heat nor light affected it, because it was the same in the deep caves built under the Observatory in Paris, which maintain a noticeably constant temperature and are kept dark, as it was at the surface. In northern areas, these daily changes are more pronounced and irregular; whereas, near the equator, their ranges gradually lessen until they completely vanish.

It was Graham who first entertained the idea of measuring the magnetic intensity through the vibrations of the needle, a method subsequently used by Coulomb, and which many believe was invented by the latter. From the observations made by Humboldt and by Gay-Lussac in this manner, Biot has reduced the variation of intensity in different latitudes.

It was Graham who first came up with the idea of measuring magnetic intensity by observing the vibrations of the needle, a technique later used by Coulomb, which many people think was originally developed by him. From the observations made by Humboldt and Gay-Lussac in this way, Biot has mapped the changes in intensity across different latitudes.

References.—“Am. Journal Science,” Vol. XXX. p. 225; Walker, “Magnetism,” Chap. II; Fifth Dissertation of the Eighth “Britannica,” Vol. I. p. 744; also Phil. Trans. 1724–1725, Vol. XXXIII. p. 332, and pp. 96–107 (“An Account of Observations Made of the Horizontal Needle at London, 1722–1723, by Mr. George Graham”) and the following abridgments: Reid and Gray, Vol. VI. pp. 170, 187; Hutton, Vol. VII. pp. 27, 94; Vol. IX. p. 495; Eames and Martyn, Vol. VI. part ii. pp. 28, 280, 290; Baddam, 1745, Vol. VIII. p. 20; John Martyn, Vol. X. part ii. p. 698; An de chimie for 1749, Vol. XXV. p. 310.

Sources.—“Am. Journal Science,” Vol. XXX. p. 225; Walker, “Magnetism,” Chap. II; Fifth Dissertation of the Eighth “Britannica,” Vol. I. p. 744; also Phil. Trans. 1724–1725, Vol. XXXIII. p. 332, and pp. 96–107 (“An Account of Observations Made of the Horizontal Needle at London, 1722–1723, by Mr. George Graham”) and the following abridgments: Reid and Gray, Vol. VI. pp. 170, 187; Hutton, Vol. VII. pp. 27, 94; Vol. IX. p. 495; Eames and Martyn, Vol. VI. part ii. pp. 28, 280, 290; Baddam, 1745, Vol. VIII. p. 20; John Martyn, Vol. X. part ii. p. 698; An de chimie for 1749, Vol. XXV. p. 310.

A.D. 1725.—Horrebow—Horreboe—(Peter), was a Danish physicist (1679–1764), who studied medicine for a time and then became a pupil of the celebrated mathematician and astronomer Olaus Rœmer (1644–1710, best known by his discovery of the finite velocity of light), whom he succeeded in the University of Copenhagen.

A.D. 1725.—Horrebow—Horreboe—(Peter) was a Danish physicist (1679–1764) who studied medicine for a while before becoming a student of the renowned mathematician and astronomer Olaus Rœmer (1644–1710, best known for discovering the finite speed of light), whom he later succeeded at the University of Copenhagen.

His earliest work, “Clavis Astronomiæ,” first appeared during 1725, but it is only in the second and enlarged new edition of it in Horrebow’s “Operum Mathematico-Physicorum,” Havn. 1740, Vol. I. p. 317, that will be found the passage (s. 226) in which the luminous process of the sun is characterized as a perpetual northern[158] light. Humboldt, who mentions the fact (“Cosmos,” 1859, Vol. V. p. 81) suggests that a comparison be made of Horrebow’s statement with the precisely similar views held by Sir William Herschel (1738–1822) and Sir John Frederick William Herschel (1792–1871). He says that Horrebow, who did not confound gravitation with magnetism, was the first who thus designated the process of light produced in the solar atmosphere by the agency of powerful magnetic forces (“Mémoires de Mathématiques et de Physique, présentés à l’Académie Royale des Sciences,” Vol. IX. 1780, p. 262; Hanow, in Joh. Dan. Titius’s “Gemeinützige Abhand. über natür. Dinge,” 1768, p. 102), and, with reference to the Herschels he thus expresses himself: “If electricity, moving in currents, develops magnetic forces, and if, in accordance with an early hypothesis of Sir Wm. Herschel (Phil. Trans. for 1795, Vol. LXXXV. p. 318; John Herschel, “Outlines of Astronomy,” p. 238; also, Humboldt, “Cosmos,” Vol. I. p. 189), the sun itself is in the condition of a perpetual northern light (I should rather say of an electro-magnetic storm) we should seem warranted in concluding that solar light transmitted in the regions of space by vibrations of ether, may be accompanied by electro-magnetic currents” (“Dict. of Nat. Biog.,” for John and William Herschel, Vol. XXVI. pp. 263–274).

His earliest work, “Clavis Astronomiæ,” was first published in 1725, but it’s in the second and expanded edition found in Horrebow’s “Operum Mathematico-Physicorum,” Havn. 1740, Vol. I. p. 317, that you’ll find the passage (s. 226) describing the sun's luminous process as a continuous northern[158] light. Humboldt, who mentions this fact (“Cosmos,” 1859, Vol. V. p. 81), suggests comparing Horrebow’s statement with the similar views of Sir William Herschel (1738–1822) and Sir John Frederick William Herschel (1792–1871). He states that Horrebow, who didn’t confuse gravitation with magnetism, was the first to refer to the light process generated in the solar atmosphere by strong magnetic forces (“Mémoires de Mathématiques et de Physique, présentés à l’Académie Royale des Sciences,” Vol. IX. 1780, p. 262; Hanow, in Joh. Dan. Titius’s “Gemeinützige Abhand. über natür. Dinge,” 1768, p. 102). Regarding the Herschels, he expresses himself this way: “If electricity flowing in currents generates magnetic forces, and if, according to an early hypothesis by Sir Wm. Herschel (Phil. Trans. for 1795, Vol. LXXXV. p. 318; John Herschel, “Outlines of Astronomy,” p. 238; also, Humboldt, “Cosmos,” Vol. I. p. 189), the sun itself is like a continuous northern light (I’d rather say an electro-magnetic storm), then it seems reasonable to conclude that solar light traveling through space via ether vibrations could be accompanied by electro-magnetic currents” (“Dict. of Nat. Biog.,” for John and William Herschel, Vol. XXVI. pp. 263–274).

References.—Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. IX. p. 397; Wolf, “Hist. Ordbog.,” Vol. VII. pp. 194–199; Nyerup, “Univ. Annalen”; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibliographie,” 1882, Vol. II. p. 166.

Sources.—Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. IX, p. 397; Wolf, “Hist. Ordbog.,” Vol. VII, pp. 194–199; Nyerup, “Univ. Annalen”; Houzeau and Lancaster, “Bibliographie,” 1882, Vol. II, p. 166.

Three of the children of Peter Horrebow, almost equally distinguished for their learning, are: Nicolas Horrebow (1712–1760), who made physical and astronomical observations in Iceland and published an able report thereon during 1752; Christian Horrebow (1718–1776), who succeeded his father in 1753 as astronomer in the Copenhagen University and who wrote several important scientific treatises; and Peter Horrebow (1728–1812), who was professor of mathematics and philosophy, and published works on geometry, meteorology and astronomy.

Three of Peter Horrebow's children, who were all highly regarded for their knowledge, are: Nicolas Horrebow (1712–1760), who conducted physical and astronomical observations in Iceland and published a comprehensive report on them in 1752; Christian Horrebow (1718–1776), who took over his father’s role as the astronomer at Copenhagen University in 1753 and authored several significant scientific papers; and Peter Horrebow (1728–1812), who served as a professor of mathematics and philosophy and published works on geometry, meteorology, and astronomy.

Much of interest concerning the above will also be found in the “Abstracts of Papers ... Roy Soc.,” Vol. II. pp. 208, 249, 251, and in the “Catalogue of Sc. Papers ... Roy. Soc.,” Vol. III. pp. 322–328; Vol. VI. p. 687; Vol. VII. p. 965.

Much of interest about the above can also be found in the “Abstracts of Papers ... Roy Soc.,” Vol. II. pp. 208, 249, 251, and in the “Catalogue of Sc. Papers ... Roy. Soc.,” Vol. III. pp. 322–328; Vol. VI. p. 687; Vol. VII. p. 965.

A.D. 1726.—Wood (John), an English architect of considerable repute, is said to have shown that the electric fluid could be conveyed through wires a long distance, and, during the year 1747, one of the earliest applications of Wood’s discovery was made by Dr.[159] William Watson (see A.D. 1745), who extended his experiments over a space of four miles, comprising a circuit of two miles of wire and an equal distance of ground.

A.D. 1726.—John Wood, an English architect with a solid reputation, is said to have demonstrated that electric currents could be transmitted through wires over long distances. In 1747, one of the first practical uses of Wood’s discovery was implemented by Dr.[159] William Watson (see CE 1745), who conducted his experiments across a distance of four miles, using a two-mile circuit of wire and the same length of ground.

References.—Alexander Jones, “Sketch of the Elect. Teleg.,” New York, 1852, p. 7; Charles F. Briggs, “Story of the Telegraph,” 1858, p. 18.

References.—Alexander Jones, “Sketch of the Elect. Teleg.,” New York, 1852, p. 7; Charles F. Briggs, “Story of the Telegraph,” 1858, p. 18.

A.D. 1729.—Hamilton (James), who became sixth Earl of Abercorn—also called Lord Paisley—publishes “Calculations and Tables relating to the attractive virtue of loadstones ...” containing very valuable data and wherein he is the first to give the true law of the lifting capacity of magnets, as follows: “The principle upon which these tables are formed is this: That if two loadstones are perfectly homogeneous, that is if their Matter be of the same specifick parity, and of the same virtue in all parts of one stone, as in the other; and that like parts of their surfaces are cap’d or arm’d with iron; then the weights they sustain will be as the squares of the cube roots of the weights of the loadstones; that is, as their surfaces.”

A.D. 1729.—Hamilton (James), who became the sixth Earl of Abercorn—also known as Lord Paisley—publishes “Calculations and Tables relating to the attractive virtue of loadstones ...” which contains very valuable data and in which he is the first to present the true law of the lifting capacity of magnets, as follows: “The principle upon which these tables are based is this: If two loadstones are perfectly homogeneous, meaning their material is of the same specific quality and has the same properties in all parts of one stone as in the other; and that similar areas of their surfaces are capped or covered with iron; then the weights they can hold will be proportional to the squares of the cube roots of the weights of the loadstones; in other words, proportional to their surfaces.”

Gilbert treats of armed loadstones, Book II. chaps. xvii-xxii. In connection with the increased energy which magnets acquire by being armed, that is, fitted with a cap of polished iron at each pole, Dr. Whewell remarks that it is only at a later period any notice was taken “of the distinction which exists between the magnetical properties of soft iron and of hard steel; the latter being susceptible of being formed into artificial magnets, with permanent poles; while soft iron is only passively magnetic, receiving a temporary polarity from the action of a magnet near it, but losing this property when the magnet is removed. About the middle of the last century various methods were devised of making artificial magnets, which exceeded in power all magnetic bodies previously known” (“Hist. of the Ind. Sc.,” 1859, Vol. II. p. 220).

Gilbert discusses armed loadstones in Book II, chapters xvii-xxii. Regarding the increase in energy that magnets gain when armed—meaning equipped with a polished iron cap at each pole—Dr. Whewell points out that it wasn't until later that the difference between the magnetic properties of soft iron and hard steel was acknowledged. The latter can be made into artificial magnets with permanent poles, while soft iron is only passively magnetic, gaining a temporary polarity from a nearby magnet but losing this property once the magnet is removed. Around the middle of the last century, various techniques were developed to create artificial magnets that surpassed the strength of all previously known magnetic materials (“Hist. of the Ind. Sc.,” 1859, Vol. II, p. 220).

Hamilton alludes to a loadstone weighing 139 grains, with a lifting power of 23,760 grains! We have referred, amongst others, to the loadstone belonging to Sir Isaac Newton at A.D. 1675, and to the wonderful collection belonging to Mr. Butterfield at A.D. 1809. A loadstone weighing twelve ounces, capable of lifting sixty pounds of iron, is referred to in Terzagus, “Musæum Septalianum,” 1664, p. 42, while another weighing two and a half grains and lifting 783 grains is mentioned at p. 272, Vol. III. of the “Records of General Science”; and Salviatus (“Dialogues of Galileo,” Dial. III) alludes to one in the Academy of Florence which, unarmed, weighed six ounces and could lift but two ounces, but when armed had a lifting power of 160 ounces. At pp. 317–318, Part III of Nehemiah Grew’s “Musæum Regalis Societatis,” London, 1681—also 1686—allusion[160] is made to a loadstone found in Devonshire, weighing about sixty pounds, which moved a needle nine feet distant. Grew then refers to Athan. Kircher and to Vincent Leotaud as having published what is said of the loadstone by Gilbert and others, and he likewise states: “Those that travail through the vast deserts of Arabia, have also a needle and a compass whereby they direct themselves in their way, as Mariners at sea [Majoli, ‘Colloquia’]; the power of the magnet dependeth not upon its bulk—the smaller being usually the stronger....”

Hamilton mentions a lodestone weighing 139 grains, with a lifting power of 23,760 grains! We've noted, among others, the lodestone owned by Sir Isaac Newton in A.D. 1675, and the amazing collection owned by Mr. Butterfield in A.D. 1809. A lodestone weighing twelve ounces, capable of lifting sixty pounds of iron, is referenced in Terzagus, “Musæum Septalianum,” 1664, p. 42, while another weighing two and a half grains that lifts 783 grains is mentioned on p. 272, Vol. III. of the “Records of General Science”; and Salviatus (“Dialogues of Galileo,” Dial. III) refers to one in the Academy of Florence which, unarmed, weighed six ounces and could lift only two ounces, but when armed had a lifting power of 160 ounces. On pp. 317–318, Part III of Nehemiah Grew’s “Musæum Regalis Societatis,” London, 1681—also 1686—there's a mention of a lodestone found in Devonshire, weighing about sixty pounds, which moved a needle nine feet away. Grew then refers to Athan. Kircher and Vincent Leotaud for what Gilbert and others have said about the lodestone, and he also states: “Those who travel through the vast deserts of Arabia have a needle and a compass to guide them, just like sailors at sea [Majoli, ‘Colloquia’]; the power of the magnet does not depend on its size—the smaller ones are often stronger....”

References.Phil. Trans. for, 1729–1730, No. 412, Vol. XXXVI. p. 245, and for July 1888, also Hutton’s abridgments, Vol. VII. p. 383; V. T. M. Van der Willigen, “Arch. du Musée Teyler,” 1878, Vol. IV; Jacobi Rohaulti, “Physica,” 1718, Part III. cap. 8, p. 403, or the English translation by Dr. Clarke, 1728, Vol. II. p. 181; P. W. Hacker, “Zur theorie des magnetismus,” Nürnberg, 1856; Ath. Kircher, “Magnes. ...” 1643, lib. i. part ii. p. 63; Daniel Bernoulli, “Acta Helvetica,” 1758, Vol. III. p. 223; Nic. Cabæus “Philosophia Magnetica,” 1629, lib. iv. cap. 42, p. 407; Kenelme Digby, “The Nature of Bodies,” 1645, Chap. XXII. p. 243; “Dict. of Nat. Biog.” Vol. XXIV. p. 185.

References.Phil. Trans. for 1729–1730, No. 412, Vol. XXXVI, p. 245, and for July 1888, also Hutton’s abridgments, Vol. VII, p. 383; V. T. M. Van der Willigen, “Arch. du Musée Teyler,” 1878, Vol. IV; Jacobi Rohaulti, “Physica,” 1718, Part III, cap. 8, p. 403, or the English translation by Dr. Clarke, 1728, Vol. II, p. 181; P. W. Hacker, “Zur theorie des magnetismus,” Nürnberg, 1856; Ath. Kircher, “Magnes. ...” 1643, lib. i, part ii, p. 63; Daniel Bernoulli, “Acta Helvetica,” 1758, Vol. III, p. 223; Nic. Cabæus “Philosophia Magnetica,” 1629, lib. iv, cap. 42, p. 407; Kenelme Digby, “The Nature of Bodies,” 1645, Chap. XXII, p. 243; “Dict. of Nat. Biog.” Vol. XXIV, p. 185.

A.D. 1729–1730.—Savery (Servington), English mechanician, succeeds in imparting magnetism to hard steel bars three-fourths of an inch square and sixteen inches long, by fitting one bar with an armature at each end and touching other bars with it whilst held in the magnetic meridian in the line of the inclined needle.

A.D. 1729–1730.—Savery (Servington), an English inventor, successfully imparts magnetism to hard steel bars that are three-fourths of an inch square and sixteen inches long. He does this by attaching an armature to each end of one bar and touching other bars with it while holding it in the magnetic meridian in line with the inclined needle.

It was shown by Savery that his artificial magnets were preferable to loadstones. The first recorded attempt to make artificial magnets is credited to one John Sellers, believed to be the author of “The Practical Navigator,” of which the earliest edition appeared in 1669, and of “The Coasting Pilot,” published about 1680. An “Answer to Some Magnetical Inquiries Proposed in (the preceding) No. 23, pp. 423–424,” will be found in Phil. Trans. for 1667, Vol. II. pp. 478–479 and in the following abridgments: Baddam, 1745, Vol. I. p. 86; Hutton, Vol. I. p. 166 (as of No. 26, p. 478); John Lowthorp, Vol. II. p. 601. Reference is likewise made to this invention of Sellers at Vol. I. p. 86 of the “Memoirs of the Royal Society,” London, 1739, and in a paper by Réaumur, in the “Mémoires de l’Académie Française” for the year 1723.

It was demonstrated by Savery that his artificial magnets were better than loadstones. The first recorded attempt to create artificial magnets is attributed to John Sellers, who is thought to be the author of “The Practical Navigator,” with the earliest edition published in 1669, and “The Coasting Pilot,” released around 1680. An “Answer to Some Magnetical Inquiries Proposed in (the preceding) No. 23, pp. 423–424,” can be found in Phil. Trans. for 1667, Vol. II. pp. 478–479 and in the following abridgments: Baddam, 1745, Vol. I. p. 86; Hutton, Vol. I. p. 166 (as of No. 26, p. 478); John Lowthorp, Vol. II. p. 601. There is also a reference to this invention of Sellers in Vol. I. p. 86 of the “Memoirs of the Royal Society,” London, 1739, and in a paper by Réaumur in the “Mémoires de l’Académie Française” from the year 1723.

References.—Savery, “Magnetical Observations and Experiments,” also Phil. Trans., Vol. XXXVI. pp. 295–340; and the following abridgments: Hutton, Vol. VII. p. 400; Reid and Gray, Vol. VI. p. 166; Eames and Martyn, Vol. VI. p. 260; Baddam, 1745, Vol. IX. p. 57; Geo. Adams, “Essay on Electricity,” 1785, p. 451.

References.—Savery, “Magnetic Observations and Experiments,” also Phil. Trans., Vol. 36, pp. 295–340; and the following summaries: Hutton, Vol. 7, p. 400; Reid and Gray, Vol. 6, p. 166; Eames and Martyn, Vol. 6, p. 260; Baddam, 1745, Vol. 9, p. 57; Geo. Adams, “Essay on Electricity,” 1785, p. 451.

A.D. 1731.—On the 25th of November the Royal Society were honoured by a visit from the Prince of Wales and the Duke of Lorraine, the last named being enrolled as a member during the[161] evening. Experiments were performed “On the strength of Lord Paisley’s loadstone,” “On Dr. Frobenius’s phlogiston,” and “On the electrical observations of Mr. Stephen Grey.” These experiments which, it is said, “succeeded notwithstanding the largeness of the company,” showed the facility with which electricity passes through great lengths of conductors and are worth noting as being the first of their nature.

A.D. 1731.—On November 25th, the Royal Society welcomed a visit from the Prince of Wales and the Duke of Lorraine, who became a member during the[161] evening. Experiments were conducted “On the strength of Lord Paisley’s loadstone,” “On Dr. Frobenius’s phlogiston,” and “On the electrical observations of Mr. Stephen Grey.” These experiments, which reportedly “succeeded despite the large audience,” demonstrated how easily electricity flows through long conductors and are notable as the first of their kind.

A.D. 1732.—Régnault (Le Père Noël) gives in “Les Entretiens Physiques,” etc., Vol. I. Nos. 15 and 16, the tables of the declination at Paris from the years 1600–1730, and treats at length of the merits of the loadstone and of the magnetic needle.

A.D. 1732.—Régnault (Father Christmas) presents in “Les Entretiens Physiques,” etc., Vol. I. Nos. 15 and 16, the tables of declination in Paris from the years 1600–1730, and discusses in detail the advantages of the lodestone and the magnetic needle.

In Vols. II, IV and V he discourses about the extent of the magnetic fluid and explains the phenomena of meteors, St. Elmo’s fire, thunder, etc., besides recording the experiments of Grey, Dufay and others.

In Vols. II, IV, and V, he talks about the reach of the magnetic fluid and explains the phenomena of meteors, St. Elmo’s fire, thunder, etc., while also noting the experiments of Grey, Dufay, and others.

A.D. 1733.—Dufay (Charles François de Cisternay), French scientist and superintendent of the Jardin du Roi, now the Jardin des Plantes, of Paris (in which latter position he was succeeded by Buffon), communicates to the French Academy of Sciences the history of electricity brought down to the year 1732 (Dantzig Memoirs, Vol. I. p. 195).

A.D. 1733.—Dufay (Charles François de Cisternay), a French scientist and head of the Jardin du Roi, now known as the Jardin des Plantes, in Paris (a position later taken over by Buffon), shares with the French Academy of Sciences the history of electricity up to the year 1732 (Dantzig Memoirs, Vol. I. p. 195).

He is said to have originated the theory of two kinds of electricity permeating matter and producing all the known phenomena of attraction, repulsion and induction, though the honour of this important discovery should be shared by M. White, who was associated at one time with Stephen Grey and who, it appears, independently discovered the fact while in England. Dufay thus announces his discovery: “... there are two kinds of electricity, very different from one another, one of which I call vitreous (positive) and the other resinous (negative) electricity. The first is that of glass, rock crystal, precious stones, hairs of animals, wool and many other bodies. The second is that of amber, copal, gum-lac, silk, thread, paper and a vast number of other substances. The characteristics of these two electricities are that they repel themselves and attract each other. Thus a body of the vitreous electricity repels all other bodies possessed of the vitreous, and, on the contrary, attracts all those of the resinous electricity. The resinous also repels the resinous and attracts the vitreous. From this principle one may easily deduce the explanation of a great number of the phenomena; and it is probable that this truth will lead us to the discovery of many other things” (see Franklin, at A.D. 1752, and Symmer, at A.D. 1759).

He is believed to have come up with the theory of two types of electricity that permeate matter and create all the known phenomena of attraction, repulsion, and induction. However, the credit for this significant discovery should also go to M. White, who was once associated with Stephen Grey and who, it seems, independently figured this out while in England. Dufay announces his discovery like this: “... there are two types of electricity, very different from each other, one of which I call vitreous (positive) and the other resinous (negative) electricity. The first comes from glass, rock crystal, precious stones, animal hair, wool, and many other materials. The second comes from amber, copal, gum-lac, silk, thread, paper, and a wide range of other substances. The traits of these two types of electricity are that they repel their own kind and attract the other type. Therefore, a body with vitreous electricity repels all other bodies that also have vitreous electricity, while it attracts all those with resinous electricity. Similarly, resinous electricity repels other resinous bodies and attracts vitreous ones. From this principle, one can easily derive explanations for many phenomena; and it’s likely that this truth will lead us to many more discoveries” (see Franklin, at CE 1752, and Symmer, at CE 1759).

[162]

[162]

Upon repeating Grey’s experiments, Dufay observed, amongst other things, that, by wetting pack thread, electricity was more readily transmitted through it, and he was enabled thus easily to convey the fluid a distance of 1256 feet, though the wind was high and although the line made eight returns.

Upon repeating Grey’s experiments, Dufay noticed, among other things, that when he wet the pack thread, electricity traveled through it more easily. This allowed him to transmit the fluid a distance of 1256 feet, even though the wind was strong and the line made eight returns.

References.—Fontenelle, “Eloge”; Priestley, “History and Present State of Electricity,” 1775, Period IV. pp. 43–54; Sturgeon, Lectures, 1842, p. 23; “An Epitome of El. and Mag.,” Philad., 1809, p. 29; Mém. de l’Acad. Royale des Sciences for 1733, pp. 23, 28, 76, 83, 233–236, 251, 252, 457; also for the years 1734, pp. 303, 341, and 1737, pp. 86, 307; Phil. Trans., Vol. XXXVIII. p. 258; also the following abridgments: Hutton, Vol. VII. p. 638; John Martyn, Vol. VIII. part ii. p. 393; Baddam, Vol. IX. p. 497; Thos. Thomson, “An Outline of the Sciences of Heat and Electricity,” London, 1830, p. 344 and Thos. Thomson, “Hist. of the Roy. Soc.,” London, 1812, p. 432; “Electricity in the Service of Man,” R. Wormell (from the German of Dr. Urbanitzky), London, 1900, p. 14; “Journal des Sçavans,” Vol. XCIII for 1731, pp. 383–388; Vol. C for 1733, p. 244; Vol. CIV for 1734, p. 479; Vol. CXII for 1737, p. 65; Vol. CXV for 1738, p. 173; Vol. CXXIX for 1743, p. 501.

References.—Fontenelle, “Eloge”; Priestley, “History and Present State of Electricity,” 1775, Period IV. pp. 43–54; Sturgeon, Lectures, 1842, p. 23; “An Epitome of El. and Mag.,” Philad., 1809, p. 29; Mém. de l’Acad. Royale des Sciences for 1733, pp. 23, 28, 76, 83, 233–236, 251, 252, 457; also for the years 1734, pp. 303, 341, and 1737, pp. 86, 307; Phil. Trans., Vol. XXXVIII. p. 258; also the following abridgments: Hutton, Vol. VII. p. 638; John Martyn, Vol. VIII. part ii. p. 393; Baddam, Vol. IX. p. 497; Thos. Thomson, “An Outline of the Sciences of Heat and Electricity,” London, 1830, p. 344 and Thos. Thomson, “Hist. of the Roy. Soc.,” London, 1812, p. 432; “Electricity in the Service of Man,” R. Wormell (from the German of Dr. Urbanitzky), London, 1900, p. 14; “Journal des Sçavans,” Vol. XCIII for 1731, pp. 383–388; Vol. C for 1733, p. 244; Vol. CIV for 1734, p. 479; Vol. CXII for 1737, p. 65; Vol. CXV for 1738, p. 173; Vol. CXXIX for 1743, p. 501.

A.D. 1733.—Winckler (Johann Heinrich), a philosopher of Wingendorf, Saxony, and Professor of Languages in the University of Leipzig, first uses a fixed cushion in the electric machine for applying friction instead of by means of the hand, and is, by many, believed to have been the first to suggest the use of conductors as a means of protection against lightning (see B.C. 600).

A.D. 1733.—Winckler (Johann Heinrich), a philosopher from Wingendorf, Saxony, and a Professor of Languages at the University of Leipzig, was the first to use a fixed cushion in the electric machine to apply friction instead of using his hand. Many believe he was also the first to propose the use of conductors as a way to protect against lightning (see BCE 600).

In March 1745, Winckler read a paper before the Royal Society, in which he describes machines for rubbing tubes and globes, also a contrivance with which he can give his globes as many as 680 turns in a minute. Priestley states that the German electricians generally used several globes at a time and that they could excite such a prodigious power of electricity from “globes, whirled by a large wheel and rubbed with woollen cloth or a dry hand, that, if we may credit their own accounts, the blood could be drawn from the finger by an electric spark; the skin would burst and a wound appear, as if made by a caustic.”

In March 1745, Winckler presented a paper to the Royal Society, where he described machines for rubbing tubes and globes, as well as a device that could make his globes spin up to 680 times per minute. Priestley noted that German electricians usually operated multiple globes at once, and they could generate such an incredible amount of electricity from “globes spun by a large wheel and rubbed with wool or a dry hand, that, if we can trust their own accounts, blood could be drawn from a finger by an electric spark; the skin would burst, creating a wound as if caused by a caustic.”

During the year 1746 Winckler made use of common electricity for telegraphic communications by the discharge of Leyden jars through very long circuits, in some of which the River Pleisse formed a part, and it may be added that Joseph Franz had previously discharged the contents of a jar through 1500 feet of iron wire while in the city of Vienna.

During 1746, Winckler used basic electricity for telegraphic communication by discharging Leyden jars through very long circuits, some of which included the River Pleisse. It’s also worth mentioning that Joseph Franz had previously discharged a jar's contents through 1500 feet of iron wire while in Vienna.

References.Phil. Trans., Vol. XLIII. p. 307; Vol. XLIV. pp. 211, 397; Vol. XLV. p. 262; Vol. XLVII. p. 231; Vol. XLVIII. p. 772; also following abridgments: Hutton, Vol. IX. pp. 74, 109, 251, 345, 494; Vol. X. pp. 197, 529; John Martyn, Vol. X. part ii. pp. 269, 273, 327,[163] 345, 399; Priestley, 1775, on the discoveries of the Germans, pp. 70–77; “Thoughts on the Properties,” etc., Leipzig, 1744, pp. 146, 149.

References.Phil. Trans., Vol. 43, p. 307; Vol. 44, pp. 211, 397; Vol. 45, p. 262; Vol. 47, p. 231; Vol. 48, p. 772; also the following summaries: Hutton, Vol. 9, pp. 74, 109, 251, 345, 494; Vol. 10, pp. 197, 529; John Martyn, Vol. 10, part ii, pp. 269, 273, 327,[163] 345, 399; Priestley, 1775, on the discoveries of the Germans, pp. 70–77; “Thoughts on the Properties,” etc., Leipzig, 1744, pp. 146, 149.

A.D. 1733.—Brandt (Georg), Swedish chemist, gives in the “Memoirs of the Academy” of Upsal an account of the experiments made by him to show the possibility of imparting magnetism to substances which are not ferruginous. He proved it in the case of the metal cobalt, and during the year 1750 the able discoverer of nickel, Axel. F. de Cronstedt, showed that the latter is likewise susceptible of this property.

A.D. 1733.—Brandt (Georg), a Swedish chemist, presents in the “Memoirs of the Academy” of Upsal a report on his experiments demonstrating the possibility of giving magnetism to substances that are not ferrous. He proved this with the metal cobalt, and in 1750, the talented discoverer of nickel, Axel F. de Cronstedt, showed that nickel can also exhibit this property.

References.—Thomas, “Dict. of Biog.,” 1871, Vol. I. p. 428; English Cyclopædia (Biography Supplement), 1872, p. 423.

References.—Thomas, “Dict. of Biog.,” 1871, Vol. I. p. 428; English Cyclopædia (Biography Supplement), 1872, p. 423.

A.D. 1734.—Polinière (Pierre), French physician and experimental philosopher (1671–1734), member of the Society of Arts, entirely revises the fourth edition of his “Expériences de Phisique” originally issued in 1709. While the second volume contains but a short chapter relative to electricity, meteoric disturbances, etc., the remainder of the work gives very curious and interesting experiments with the loadstone, making allusion to the observations of John Keill, besides treating of the declination of the needle, etc.

A.D. 1734.—Polinière (Pierre), a French doctor and experimental scientist (1671–1734), a member of the Society of Arts, completely revises the fourth edition of his “Expériences de Phisique,” first published in 1709. While the second volume includes only a brief chapter on electricity, meteoric disturbances, and so on, the rest of the work presents very curious and interesting experiments with the loadstone, referencing the observations of John Keill, and also discussing the declination of the needle, among other topics.

References.—“New Gen. Biog. Dict.,” London, 1850, Vol. XI. p. 177; Moréri, “Grand Dict. Hist.”; “Biog. Univ.” (Michaud), Vol. XXXIII. p. 637; “Nouv. Biog. Gén.” (Hœfer), Vol. XL. p. 614; Chaudon, “Dict. Hist. Univ.”

References.—“New Gen. Biog. Dict.,” London, 1850, Vol. XI. p. 177; Moréri, “Grand Dict. Hist.”; “Biog. Univ.” (Michaud), Vol. XXXIII. p. 637; “Nouv. Biog. Gén.” (Hœfer), Vol. XL. p. 614; Chaudon, “Dict. Hist. Univ.”

A.D. 1734.—Swedenborg (Emanuel), founder of the Church of New Jerusalem, details in his “Principia Rerum Naturalium,” etc., the result of experiments and sets forth the laws relating to magnetic and electric forces and effects. The first explicit treatise upon the close relationship existing between magnetism and electricity was, however, written fourteen years later by M. Laurent Béraud (1703–1777), Professor of Mathematics at the College of Lyons. Both Swedenborg and Béraud recognized the fact that it is, as Fahie expresses it, the same force, only differently disposed which produces both electric and magnetic phenomena.

A.D. 1734.—Swedenborg (Emanuel), founder of the Church of New Jerusalem, describes in his “Principia Rerum Naturalium,” etc., the outcomes of his experiments and explains the laws related to magnetic and electric forces and their effects. The first clear treatise on the close connection between magnetism and electricity was, however, written fourteen years later by M. Laurent Béraud (1703–1777), Professor of Mathematics at the College of Lyons. Both Swedenborg and Béraud understood that, as Fahie puts it, it’s the same force, just arranged differently, that produces both electric and magnetic phenomena.

In “Results of an Investigation into the MSS. of Swedenborg,” Edinburgh, 1869, p. 7, No. 16, Dr. R. L. Tafel makes following entry:

In “Results of an Investigation into the MSS. of Swedenborg,” Edinburgh, 1869, p. 7, No. 16, Dr. R. L. Tafel makes the following entry:

“A treatise on the magnet, 265 pages text and 34 pages tables, quarto. This work is a digest of all that had been written up to Swedenborg’s time on the subject, with some of his own experiments. According to the title page, Swedenborg had intended it for publication in London during the year 1722.”

“A treatise on the magnet, 265 pages of text and 34 pages of tables, quarto. This work summarizes everything that had been written on the subject up to Swedenborg’s time, along with some of his own experiments. According to the title page, Swedenborg planned to publish it in London in 1722.”

[164]

[164]

The “Principia Rerum Naturalium” is the first volume of Swedenborg’s earliest great work, “Opera Philosophica et Mineralia,” originally published in Leipzig and Dresden 1734, which has justly been pronounced a very remarkable cosmogony. In the “Principia” Part I. chap. ix., is to be found his treatment of what he calls the second or magnetic element of the world; in Part III. chap. i. he gives a comparison of the sidereal heaven with the magnetic sphere, but he devotes the whole of Part II to the magnet in following chapters:

The “Principia Rerum Naturalium” is the first volume of Swedenborg’s earliest major work, “Opera Philosophica et Mineralia,” originally published in Leipzig and Dresden in 1734, which has rightly been called a remarkable cosmogony. In the “Principia,” Part I, chap. ix., he discusses what he refers to as the second or magnetic element of the world; in Part III, chap. i., he compares the sidereal heavens with the magnetic sphere, but he dedicates the entirety of Part II to the magnet in the following chapters:

I. On the causes and mechanism of the magnetic forces;

I. On the causes and mechanics of magnetic forces;

II. On the attractive forces of two or more magnets, and the ratio of the forces to the distances;

II. On the attractive forces of two or more magnets, and the ratio of the forces to the distances;

III. On the attractive forces of two magnets when their poles are alternated;

III. On the attractive forces of two magnets when their poles are switched;

IV. On the attractive forces of two magnets when their axes are parallel or when the equinoctial of the one lies upon the equinoctial of the other;

IV. On the attractive forces of two magnets when their axes are parallel or when the equatorial plane of one lies on the equatorial plane of the other;

V. On the disjunctive and repulsive forces of two or more magnets when the cognomical or inimical poles are applied to each other;

V. On the separating and repulsive forces of two or more magnets when the like or opposite poles are applied to each other;

VI. On the attractive forces of the magnet and of iron;

VI. About the attractive forces of magnets and iron;

VII. On the influence of the magnet upon ignited iron;

VII. On how the magnet affects heated iron;

VIII. On the quantity of exhalations from the magnet and their penetration through hard bodies, etc.;

VIII. About the amount of emissions from the magnet and how they pass through solid objects, etc.;

IX. On the various modes of destroying the power of the magnet; and on the chemical experiments made with it;

IX. About the different ways to reduce the strength of a magnet; and the chemical experiments conducted with it;

X. On the friction of the magnet against iron, and on the force communicated from the former to the latter;

X. On the friction of the magnet against iron, and on the force transferred from the former to the latter;

XI. On the conjunctive force of the magnet, as exercised upon several pieces of iron;

XI. On the magnetic force that connects to various pieces of iron;

XII. On the operation of iron and of the magnet upon the mariner’s needle; and on the reciprocal operation of one needle upon another;

XII. On how iron and magnets affect the mariner’s needle; and on how one needle influences another;

XIII. On other methods of making iron magnetical;

XIII. On other ways to make iron magnetic;

XIV. The declination of the magnet calculated upon the foregoing principles;

XIV. The angle of the magnetic declination calculated based on the principles mentioned above;

XV. On the causes of the magnetic declination;

XV. On the causes of magnetic declination;

XVI. Calculation of the declination of the magnet for the year 1722, at London.

XVI. Calculation of the magnetic declination for the year 1722, in London.

References.—Béraud, “Dissertation,” etc., Bordeaux, 1748; also Priestley, 1775, p. 191; “Biographie Universelle,” Vol. III. p. 687; “Biog. Génér.,” Vol. XLIV. pp. 690–703; Daillant de la Touche, “Abrégé des ouvrages de Swedenborg,” 1788; J. Clowes,[165] “Letters on the writings of Swedenborg,” 1799; “Svenskt Biografiskt Handlexikon,” Herm. Hofberg, Stockholm, pp. 368–369; “Swedenborg and the Nebular Hypothesis,” Magnus Nyrén, astronomer at Observatory of Pulkowa, Russia, translated from the “Viertel jahrschrift der Astronomischen Gesellschaft,” Leipzig, 1879, p. 81, by Rev. Frank Sewall.

Sources.—Béraud, “Dissertation,” etc., Bordeaux, 1748; also Priestley, 1775, p. 191; “Biographie Universelle,” Vol. III. p. 687; “Biog. Génér.,” Vol. XLIV. pp. 690–703; Daillant de la Touche, “Abrégé des ouvrages de Swedenborg,” 1788; J. Clowes,[165] “Letters on the writings of Swedenborg,” 1799; “Svenskt Biografiskt Handlexikon,” Herm. Hofberg, Stockholm, pp. 368–369; “Swedenborg and the Nebular Hypothesis,” Magnus Nyrén, astronomer at Observatory of Pulkowa, Russia, translated from the “Viertel jahrschrift der Astronomischen Gesellschaft,” Leipzig, 1879, p. 81, by Rev. Frank Sewall.

A.D. 1735–1746.—Ulloa (Don Antonio de), Spanish mathematician, who left Cadiz May 26, 1735, for South America, whither he was sent with Condamine and other French Academicians, as well as with Spanish scientists, to measure a degree of the meridian, returned to Madrid July 25, 1746, and shortly after gave an account of his experiences during an absence of eleven years and two months.

A.D. 1735–1746.—Ulloa (Don Antonio de), a Spanish mathematician, left Cadiz on May 26, 1735, heading to South America. He was sent there with Condamine and other French Academicians, along with Spanish scientists, to measure a degree of the meridian. He returned to Madrid on July 25, 1746, and shortly after, he shared his experiences from his eleven years and two months away.

In his “Voyage Historique de l’Amérique Méridionale,” Amsterdam and Leipzig, 1752, he speaks (Vol. I. pp. 14–18 and Vol. II. pp. 30–31, 92–94, 113, 123, 128) of the defective magnetic needles given him as well as of the means of correcting them, and he details at great length the variations of the needle observed during the voyage. He also alludes to the variation charts of Dr. Halley and to the alterations therein made by advice of William Mountaine and Jacob Dooson—James Dodson—of London, as well as to the methods of ascertaining the variation of the magnetic needle pointed out both by Manuel de Figueyredo, at Chaps. IX-X of his “Hidrographie ou Examen des Pilotes,” printed at Lisbon in 1608, and by Don Lazare de Flores at Chap. I, part ii. of his “Art de Naviguer,” printed in 1672. The latter, he says, asserts, in Chap. IX, that the Portuguese find his method so reliable that they embody it in all the instructions given for the navigation of their vessels.

In his “Historical Voyage of South America,” Amsterdam and Leipzig, 1752, he discusses (Vol. I. pp. 14–18 and Vol. II. pp. 30–31, 92–94, 113, 123, 128) the faulty magnetic needles he received and the ways to correct them, and he goes into detail about the variations of the needle observed during the journey. He also references the variation charts created by Dr. Halley and the changes made to them under the advice of William Mountaine and Jacob Dooson—James Dodson—from London, as well as the methods to determine the variation of the magnetic needle highlighted by Manuel de Figueyredo, in Chaps. IX-X of his “Hydrography or Examination of Pilots,” published in Lisbon in 1608, and by Don Lazare de Flores in Chap. I, part ii. of his “Art of Navigation,” published in 1672. The latter notes, in Chap. IX, that the Portuguese find his method so reliable that they include it in all the instructions given for the navigation of their ships.

At pp. 66, 67, Chap. X of vol. ii. Ulloa makes the earliest recorded reference to the aurora australis, as follows: “At half-past ten in the evening, and as we stood about two leagues from the island of Tierra de Juan Fernandez, we observed upon the summit of a neighbouring mountain a very brilliant and extraordinary light.... I saw it very distinctly from its inception, and I noticed that it was very small at first, and gradually extended until it looked like a large, lighted torch. This lasted three or four minutes, when the light began to diminish as gradually as it had grown, and finally disappeared.”

At pages 66 and 67 of Chapter X in volume II, Ulloa makes the earliest recorded mention of the aurora australis, stating: “At 10:30 in the evening, while we were about two leagues from the island of Tierra de Juan Fernandez, we noticed a very bright and unusual light on the summit of a nearby mountain.... I saw it clearly from the beginning, and I observed that it was very small at first, gradually spreading until it resembled a large, lit torch. This lasted for three or four minutes, after which the light began to fade as gradually as it had brightened, and eventually vanished.”

Incidentally, it may be stated here that the very learned Dr. John Dalton reported having seen the aurora australis in England, and to have besides observed the aurora borealis as far as 45° latitude south (see accounts in Philosophical Transactions, Philosophical Magazine, Manchester Transactions and Nicholson’s Journal), while Humboldt remarks (“Cosmos,” 1849, Vol. I. p. 192, note) that in south polar bands, composed of very delicate clouds,[166] observed by Arago, at Paris, on the 23rd of June, 1844, dark rays shot upward from an arch running east and west, and that he had already made mention of black rays resembling dark smoke, as occurring in brilliant nocturnal northern lights.

By the way, it's worth mentioning that the highly knowledgeable Dr. John Dalton claimed to have seen the aurora australis in England, and also observed the aurora borealis as far south as 45° latitude (see accounts in Philosophical Transactions, Philosophical Magazine, Manchester Transactions, and Nicholson’s Journal). Humboldt notes (“Cosmos,” 1849, Vol. I. p. 192, note) that in southern polar bands made up of very thin clouds,[166] seen by Arago in Paris on June 23, 1844, dark rays shot upward from a band stretching east to west, and he had previously mentioned black rays resembling dark smoke appearing in the bright nighttime northern lights.

References to the aurora australis are made by the naturalist John Reinhold Forster, in the article on “Aurora Borealis” of the “Encycl. Britannica.”

References to the aurora australis are made by the naturalist John Reinhold Forster in the article on “Aurora Borealis” in the “Encycl. Britannica.”

For Mountaine and Dodson, consult the Phil. Trans., Vol. XLVIII. p. 875; Vol. L. p. 329, also Hutton’s abridgments, Vol. XI. p. 149.

For Mountaine and Dodson, check the Phil. Trans., Vol. XLVIII. p. 875; Vol. L. p. 329, and also Hutton’s abridgments, Vol. XI. p. 149.

A.D. 1738.—Boze—Böse—(Georg Matthias) (1710–1761), Professor of Philosophy at Wittemburg, publishes his “Oratio inauguralis de electricitate,” which is followed, in 1746, by “Recherches sur la cause et sur la véritable théorie de l’électricité,” and, in 1747, by his completed “Tentamina electrica.”

A.D. 1738.—Boze—Böse—(Georg Matthias) (1710–1761), Professor of Philosophy at Wittemburg, publishes his “Inaugural Speech on Electricity,” which is followed, in 1746, by “Research on the Cause and True Theory of Electricity,” and, in 1747, by his completed “Electric Experiments.”

To him is due the introduction in the electrical machine of the prime conductor, in the form of an iron tube or cylinder. The latter was at first supported by a man insulated upon cakes of resin and afterward suspended by silken strings. M. Boze discovered that capillary tubes discharging water by drops give a continuous run when electrified. He also conveyed electricity by a jet of water from one man to another, standing upon cakes of resin, at a distance of six paces, and likewise employed the jet for igniting alcohol as well as other liquids.

To him goes the credit for introducing the prime conductor in electrical machines, taking the form of an iron tube or cylinder. Initially, this was held up by a person insulated on blocks of resin and later hung by silk strings. M. Boze found that capillary tubes releasing water drop by drop provide a continuous flow when electrified. He also transmitted electricity through a stream of water from one person to another, both standing on resin blocks, at a distance of six paces, and used the stream to ignite alcohol and other liquids.

References.—Alglave et Boulard, 1882, p. 22, also Priestley, 1775, upon “Miscellaneous Discoveries,” likewise “Nouv. Biog. Générale” (Hœfer), Vol. VI. p. 772; “La Grande Encycl.,” Vol. VII. p. 454; “Journal des Sçavans,” Vol. LXIII for 1718, p. 485; Phil. Trans. for 1745, Vol. XLIII. p. 419, and for 1749, Vol. XLVI. p. 189; also Hutton’s abridgments, Vol. IX. pp. 127, 681; and J. Martyn’s abridgments, Vol. X. part ii. pp. 277, 329.

Sources.—Alglave and Boulard, 1882, p. 22; also Priestley, 1775, on “Miscellaneous Discoveries”; likewise “Nouv. Biog. Générale” (Hœfer), Vol. VI. p. 772; “La Grande Encycl.,” Vol. VII. p. 454; “Journal des Sçavans,” Vol. LXIII for 1718, p. 485; Phil. Trans. for 1745, Vol. XLIII. p. 419, and for 1749, Vol. XLVI. p. 189; also Hutton’s abridgments, Vol. IX. pp. 127, 681; and J. Martyn’s abridgments, Vol. X. part ii. pp. 277, 329.

A.D. 1739.—Desaguliers (Jean Theophile), chaplain to his Grace the Duke of Chandos, gives an account of his first experiments on the phenomena of electricity at pp. 186, 193, 196, 198, 200, 209, 634, 637, 638 and 661 of Vol. XLI of the Phil. Trans. for 1739. Some of these experiments were made on the 15th of April, 1738, at H.R.H. the Prince of Wales’ house at Cliefden.

A.D. 1739.—Desaguliers (Jean Theophile), chaplain to the Duke of Chandos, shares his account of his first experiments on electrical phenomena at pages 186, 193, 196, 198, 200, 209, 634, 637, 638, and 661 of Volume XLI of the Phil. Trans. for 1739. Some of these experiments were conducted on April 15, 1738, at the Prince of Wales’ residence in Cliefden.

He was the first to divide bodies into “electrics,” or non-conductors, and “non-electrics,” or conductors. He ranked pure air amongst his electrics (Tyndall, Lecture I) and stated that “cold air in frosty weather, when vapours rise least of all, is preferable for electrical purposes to warm air in summer, when the heat raises the vapours” (Phil. Trans., John Martyn abridgment, Vol. VIII. p. 437). It was Desaguliers who announced that he could render bars of iron magnetic, either by striking them sharply against the[167] ground while in a vertical position or by striking them with a hammer when placed at right angles to the magnetic meridian.

He was the first to categorize materials as “electrics,” or non-conductors, and “non-electrics,” or conductors. He categorized pure air among his electrics (Tyndall, Lecture I) and mentioned that “cold air in frosty weather, when vapors rise the least, is better for electrical purposes than warm air in summer, when the heat causes the vapors to rise” (Phil. Trans., John Martyn abridgment, Vol. VIII. p. 437). It was Desaguliers who stated that he could make bars of iron magnetic by either striking them sharply against the[167] ground while they were vertical or by hitting them with a hammer when positioned at right angles to the magnetic meridian.

His “Dissertation Concerning Electricity” London, 1742, which won for him the grand prize of the Bordeaux Academy, is said to be the second work on the subject published in the English language, the first having been Boyle’s “Mechanical Origin and Production of Electricity,” mentioned at A.D. 1675.

His “Dissertation Concerning Electricity” London, 1742, which earned him the grand prize from the Bordeaux Academy, is said to be the second work on the topic published in English, the first being Boyle’s “Mechanical Origin and Production of Electricity,” referenced at A.D. 1675.

Desaguliers was the second to receive the Copley medal, it having been previously bestowed by the Royal Society only upon Stephen Grey, who obtained it in 1731 and 1732 for his “New Electrical Experiments.” The list of recipients of this distinguished honour, given by C. R. Weld at p. 385, Vol. I of the “History of the Royal Society,” shows that Desaguliers received three Copley medals; these were awarded him during the years 1734, 1736 and 1741, for his “Experiments in Natural Philosophy.” John Canton was given two of the medals, in 1751 and 1764, the only other electrician similarly favoured being Michael Faraday, who received them during the years 1832 and 1838, while Sir Humphry Davy is credited with only one, conferred upon him in 1805.

Desaguliers was the second person to receive the Copley Medal, which had previously been awarded by the Royal Society only to Stephen Grey, who received it in 1731 and 1732 for his “New Electrical Experiments.” The list of recipients of this prestigious honor, provided by C. R. Weld on page 385 of Volume I of the “History of the Royal Society,” indicates that Desaguliers received three Copley Medals; these were awarded to him in 1734, 1736, and 1741 for his “Experiments in Natural Philosophy.” John Canton was awarded two of the medals in 1751 and 1764, and the only other electrician who received them was Michael Faraday, who got his in 1832 and 1838, while Sir Humphry Davy was awarded just one, which he received in 1805.

“Can Britain ...
... Permit the weeping muse to tell
How poor neglected Desaguliers fell?
How he, who taught two gracious kings to view,
All Boyle ennobled, and all Bacon knew,
Died in a cell, without a friend to save,
Without a guinea, and without a grave?”
Cawthorn, “Vanity of Human Enjoyments,” V. 147–154.

In the year 1742, Desaguliers received the prize of the Académie Royale de Bordeaux for a treatise on the electricity of bodies, which latter was separately published at the time in a quarto volume of twenty-eight pages. The same Academy had previously conferred important prizes for dissertations, upon the nature of thunder and lightning by Louis Antoine Lozeran du Fech in 1726, upon the variations of the magnetic needle by Nicolas Sarrabat in 1727, and also subsequently decreed similar awards, to Laurent Béraud for an essay on magnets in 1748, to Denis Barberet for a treatise on atmospherical electricity in 1750, and to Samuel Theodor Quellmalz for a dissertation on medical electricity in 1753.

In 1742, Desaguliers was awarded the prize from the Académie Royale de Bordeaux for a paper on the electricity of materials, which was published separately at the time in a quarto volume of twenty-eight pages. The same Academy had previously awarded significant prizes for papers on the nature of thunder and lightning by Louis Antoine Lozeran du Fech in 1726, on the variations of the magnetic needle by Nicolas Sarrabat in 1727, and later gave similar awards to Laurent Béraud for an essay on magnets in 1748, to Denis Barberet for a paper on atmospheric electricity in 1750, and to Samuel Theodor Quellmalz for a dissertation on medical electricity in 1753.

References.Phil. Trans., Vol. XL. p. 385; Vol. XLII. pp. 14, 140; also the following abridgments: Hutton, Vol. VIII. pp. 246–248, 340, 346, 350–358, 470–474, 479, 546, 584; John Martyn, Vol. VIII. part ii. pp. 419, 422–444, 740. Very interesting reading is afforded by M. Desaguliers through the observations he made on the magnets having more poles than two. These will be found recorded in Phil. Trans. for 1738, p. 383 and in Hutton’s abridgments, Vol. VIII. p. 246; Thomson, “Hist. Roy. Soc.,” 1812, pp. 433, 434; “Gen. Biog. Dict.,” Alex. Chalmers, London, 1811, Vol. XI. pp. 489–493.

References.Phil. Trans., Vol. 40, p. 385; Vol. 42, pp. 14, 140; also the following summaries: Hutton, Vol. 8, pp. 246–248, 340, 346, 350–358, 470–474, 479, 546, 584; John Martyn, Vol. 8, part II, pp. 419, 422–444, 740. M. Desaguliers provides very interesting insights through his observations about magnets having more than two poles. These can be found documented in Phil. Trans. for 1738, p. 383 and in Hutton’s summaries, Vol. 8, p. 246; Thomson, “Hist. Roy. Soc.,” 1812, pp. 433, 434; “Gen. Biog. Dict.,” Alex. Chalmers, London, 1811, Vol. 11, pp. 489–493.

[168]

[168]

A.D. 1740.—Celsius (Anders), who filled the chair of astronomy at Upsal, is first to point out the great utility of making simultaneous observations over a large extent of territory and at widely different points. He states (Svenska Vetenskaps Academiens Handlingar for 1740, p. 44) that a simultaneity in certain extraordinary perturbations, which had caused a horary influence on the course of the magnetic needle at Upsal and at London, afforded proof “that the cause of these disturbances is extended over considerable portions of the earth’s surface, and is not dependent upon accidental local actions.”

A.D. 1740.—Celsius (Anders), who held the position of astronomy professor at Upsal, was the first to highlight the significant benefits of conducting simultaneous observations across a large area and at various locations. He states (Svenska Vetenskaps Academiens Handlingar for 1740, p. 44) that the simultaneous occurrence of certain unusual disturbances, which had impacted the magnetic needle at both Upsal and London, provided evidence “that the cause of these disruptions is spread over extensive parts of the earth’s surface and is not simply due to random local events.”

In the following year (1741), Olav Hiörter, who was Celsius’ assistant, discovered and measured the influence of polar light on magnetic variation. His observations were subsequently carried on in conjunction with Celsius, and were improved upon by Wargentin (A.D. 1750) and by Cassini (A.D. 1782–1791).

In the following year (1741), Olav Hiörter, who was Celsius' assistant, discovered and measured the effect of polar light on magnetic variation. His observations were later continued in collaboration with Celsius and were enhanced by Wargentin (CE 1750) and by Cassini (CE 1782–1791).

References.—Walker, “Ter. and Cos. Magnetism,” p. 116; also Humboldt, “Cosmos,” re “Magnetic Disturbances,” and Vol. II. p. 438, of Weld’s “History of the Royal Society.”

References.—Walker, “Ter. and Cos. Magnetism,” p. 116; also Humboldt, “Cosmos,” re “Magnetic Disturbances,” and Vol. II. p. 438, of Weld’s “History of the Royal Society.”

A.D. 1742.—Gordon (Andreas), a Scotch Benedictine monk (1712–1757), Professor of Philosophy at Erfurt, abandons the use of glass globes (Newton, at A.D. 1675 and Hauksbee, at A.D. 1705), and is the first to employ a glass cylinder, the better to develop electricity. His cylinder, eight inches long and four inches wide, is made to turn by means of a bow with such rapidity that it attains 680 revolutions per minute.

A.D. 1742.—Gordon (Andreas), a Scottish Benedictine monk (1712–1757), who was a Professor of Philosophy at Erfurt, stops using glass globes (Newton, in CE 1675 and Hauksbee, in CE 1705) and is the first to use a glass cylinder to better develop electricity. His cylinder, which is eight inches long and four inches wide, is turned with a bow at such a speed that it reaches 680 revolutions per minute.

Priestley says (“Discovery of Germans,” Part I. period vii.) that Gordon “increased the electric sparks to such a degree that they were felt from a man’s head to his foot, so that a person could hardly take them without falling down with giddiness; and small birds were killed by them. This he effected by conveying electricity, with iron wires, to the distance of 200 ells (about 250 yards) from the place of excitation.”

Priestley says (“Discovery of Germans,” Part I. period vii.) that Gordon “increased the electric sparks to such a level that they could be felt from a person's head to their foot, making it nearly impossible for someone to endure them without feeling dizzy; and small birds were killed by them. He achieved this by transmitting electricity through iron wires over a distance of 200 ells (about 250 yards) from the source of the charge.”

References.Dantzig Memoirs, Vol. II. pp. 358, 359, and Nollet, “Recherches,” etc., p. 172. See also Gordon’s “Phenomena Electricitatis Exposita,” Erford, 1744 and 1746; “Philosophia,” 1745; “Tentamen ... Electricitatis,” 1745; “Versuche ... einer Electricität.,” 1745–1746.

References.Dantzig Memoirs, Vol. II. pp. 358, 359, and Nollet, “Recherches,” etc., p. 172. See also Gordon’s “Phenomena Electricitatis Exposita,” Erford, 1744 and 1746; “Philosophia,” 1745; “Tentamen ... Electricitatis,” 1745; “Versuche ... einer Electricität.,” 1745–1746.

A.D. 1743.—Hausen (Christian Augustus), Professor of Mathematics at Leipzig, publishes his “Novi profectus in historia electricitatis,” and is the first to revive the use of the glass globe introduced by Newton (A.D. 1675) and employed with great effect by Hauksbee (A.D. 1705).

A.D. 1743.—Hausen (Christian Augustus), a Professor of Mathematics at Leipzig, publishes his “Novi profectus in historia electricitatis” and is the first to bring back the use of the glass globe that Newton introduced (A.D. 1675) and which was used very effectively by Hauksbee (A.D. 1705).

In Watson’s “Expériences et observations sur l’électricité,”[169] is shown an electrical machine constructed by Hausen and differing but slightly from the one alluded to herein at A.D. 1705 as made for M. Wolfius. In this illustration a lady is pressing her hand against the glass globe, which is being rotated rapidly, thus developing upon its surface the vitreous electricity, while the resinous electricity passes through her body to the earth. The young man who is suspended and insulated by silken cords, represents the prime conductor introduced by Prof. Boze (A.D. 1738). The vitreous electricity passes from the surface of the glass globe, through his feet and entire body, and is communicated by his hand to the young girl, who stands upon a large section of resin, and is able to attract small parcels of gold leaf by means of the electric fluid. Another machine, taken from the same French work (originally published at Paris in 1748), is said to have been at that time much in use throughout Holland and principally at Amsterdam. The man rotates a glass globe, against which the operator presses his hand, and the electricity is conveyed through the metallic rod supported by silk-covered stands and held by a third party, who is igniting spirits in the manner indicated at the A.D. 1744 date.

In Watson’s “Experiments and Observations on Electricity,”[169] an electrical machine made by Hausen is shown, which is only slightly different from the one mentioned here from CE 1705, made for M. Wolfius. In this illustration, a woman is pressing her hand against a rapidly rotating glass globe, generating vitreous electricity on its surface, while resinous electricity flows through her body to the ground. The young man who is suspended and insulated by silk cords represents the prime conductor introduced by Prof. Boze (CE 1738). The vitreous electricity moves from the glass globe's surface through his feet and entire body, and is transferred by his hand to the young girl, who stands on a large piece of resin and is able to attract small bits of gold leaf using the electric charge. Another machine, taken from the same French book (originally published in Paris in 1748), is said to have been widely used in Holland, especially in Amsterdam at that time. The man rotates a glass globe, while the operator presses his hand against it, and the electricity is transferred through a metal rod supported by silk-covered stands and held by a third person, who is igniting spirits as shown in the CE 1744 entry.

Reference.Dantzig Memoirs, Vol. I. pp. 278, 279.

Reference.Dantzig Memoirs, Vol. I. pp. 278, 279.

A.D. 1743.—Boerhaave—Boerhaaven—(Hermann), illustrious physician, mathematician and natural philosopher (1668–1738), who held the chairs of theoretical medicine, practical medicine, botany and chemistry at the University of Leyden, F.R.S. and member French Academy of Sciences, writes an Essay on the virtue of Magnetical Cures, of which there were subsequently many editions and translations in different languages.

A.D. 1743.—Boerhaave—Boerhaaven—(Hermann), renowned physician, mathematician, and natural philosopher (1668–1738), who held positions in theoretical medicine, practical medicine, botany, and chemistry at the University of Leyden, F.R.S. and a member of the French Academy of Sciences, writes an Essay on the benefits of Magnetic Cures, which later had many editions and translations in various languages.

One of his biographers calls him “the Galen, the Ibn Sina, the Fernel of his age.” Another remarks that he was, perhaps, the greatest physician of modern times: “A man who, when we contemplate his genius, his erudition, the singular variety of his talents, his unfeigned piety, his spotless character, and the impress which he left not only on contemporaneous practice, but on that of succeeding generations, stands forth as one of the brightest names on the page of medical history, and may be quoted as an example not only to physicians, but to mankind at large. No professor was ever attended, in public as well as at private lectures, by so great a number of students, from such distant and different parts, for so many years successively; none heard him without conceiving a veneration for his person, at the same time that they expressed their surprise at his prodigious attainments; and it may be justly[170] affirmed, that none in so private a station ever attracted a more universal esteem.”

One of his biographers calls him “the Galen, the Ibn Sina, the Fernel of his age.” Another notes that he was possibly the greatest physician of modern times: “A man who, when we consider his genius, his knowledge, the unique range of his skills, his genuine faith, his impeccable character, and the influence he had not only on the practices of his time but also on future generations, stands out as one of the most notable figures in medical history and serves as an example not only to doctors but to all of humanity. No professor was ever attended, both in public and private lectures, by such a large number of students from such far and diverse places, for so many consecutive years; no one listened to him without feeling a deep respect for him while also expressing their amazement at his incredible achievements; and it can be rightly said that none in such a humble position has ever gained such widespread admiration.”

References.—“Biographica Philosophica,” Benj. Martin, London, 1764, pp. 478–483; “Eloge de Boerhaave,” by Maty, Leyde, 1747, and by Fontenelle, 1763, T. VI; his life, written by Dr. Wm. Burton, London, 1736; Van Swinden, “Recueil,” etc., La Haye, 1784, Vol. II. p. 354, note; “La Grande Encyclopédie,” Tome VII. p. 42; “Biographie Générale,” Tome VI. pp. 352–357; “Biographie Universelle,” Vol. IV. pp. 529–555; Ninth “Encycl. Britannica,” Vol. III. p. 854; “Histoire Philosophique de la Médecine,” Etienne Tourtelle, Paris, An. XII. (1807), Vol. II. pp. 404–446; “Bibl. Britan.” (Authors), Rob. Watt, Edinburgh, 1824, Vol. I. p. 127; “The Edinburgh Encyclopædia,” 1830, Vol. III. pp. 628–630 or the 1813 ed., Vol. III. pp. 612–614; G. A. Pritzel, “Thesaurus Literaturæ Botanicæ,” Lipsiæ, 1851, p. 26.

Sources.—“Biographica Philosophica,” Benj. Martin, London, 1764, pp. 478–483; “Eloge de Boerhaave,” by Maty, Leyde, 1747, and by Fontenelle, 1763, Vol. VI; his life, written by Dr. Wm. Burton, London, 1736; Van Swinden, “Recueil,” etc., La Haye, 1784, Vol. II, p. 354, note; “La Grande Encyclopédie,” Vol. VII, p. 42; “Biographie Générale,” Vol. VI, pp. 352–357; “Biographie Universelle,” Vol. IV, pp. 529–555; Ninth “Encycl. Britannica,” Vol. III, p. 854; “Histoire Philosophique de la Médecine,” Etienne Tourtelle, Paris, An. XII. (1807), Vol. II, pp. 404–446; “Bibl. Britan.” (Authors), Rob. Watt, Edinburgh, 1824, Vol. I, p. 127; “The Edinburgh Encyclopædia,” 1830, Vol. III, pp. 628–630 or the 1813 ed., Vol. III, pp. 612–614; G. A. Pritzel, “Thesaurus Literaturæ Botanicæ,” Lipsiæ, 1851, p. 26.

A.D. 1744.—Ludolf—Leudolff—(Christian Friedrich), of Berlin, first exhibits, January 23, the ignition of inflammable substances by the electric spark. This he does in the presence of hundreds of spectators, on the occasion of the opening of the Royal Academy of Sciences by Frederick the Great of Prussia, when fire is set to sulphuric ether through a spark from the sword of one of the court cavaliers (see notes on Tyndall’s second lecture, 1876, p. 80).

A.D. 1744.—Ludolf—Leudolff—(Christian Friedrich), from Berlin, showcases, on January 23, the ignition of flammable substances using an electric spark. He does this in front of hundreds of spectators during the opening of the Royal Academy of Sciences by Frederick the Great of Prussia, when fire is ignited in sulfuric ether through a spark from the sword of one of the court attendants (see notes on Tyndall’s second lecture, 1876, p. 80).

It was likewise at this period Ludolf the younger demonstrated that the luminous barometer is made perfectly electrical by the motion of the quicksilver, first attracting and then repelling bits of paper, etc., suspended by the side of the tube, when it was enclosed in another tube out of which the air was extracted (Dantzig Memoirs, Vol. III. p. 495).

It was also during this time that Ludolf the Younger showed that the luminous barometer becomes fully electrical due to the movement of the mercury, first attracting and then repelling pieces of paper and other small items hung next to the tube, when it was placed inside another tube from which the air was removed (Dantzig Memoirs, Vol. III. p. 495).

A.D. 1744–1745.—Waitz (Jacob Siegismund von), a German electrician, writes three essays in Dutch and one in French, and is given the prize of fifty ducats proposed by the Berlin Academy of Sciences for the best dissertation on the subject of electricity. In the following year he makes experiments, with Etienne François du Tour, to show the destruction of electricity by flame, and, later on, with Prof. Georg Erhard Hamberger, he proves conclusively that the motion of quicksilver in a glass vessel out of which the air is extracted has the power of moving light bodies. Jean Nicolas Sebastien Allamand subsequently found that it was immaterial whether the vessel had air in it or not.

A.D. 1744–1745.—Waitz (Jacob Siegismund von), a German electrician, writes three essays in Dutch and one in French, and wins the prize of fifty ducats awarded by the Berlin Academy of Sciences for the best dissertation on electricity. The following year, he conducts experiments with Etienne François du Tour to demonstrate how electricity is destroyed by flame, and later, with Prof. Georg Erhard Hamberger, he definitively proves that the movement of mercury in a glass container with the air removed can move light objects. Jean Nicolas Sebastien Allamand later discovered that it didn't matter whether the container had air in it or not.

References.—Tyndall’s Notes on Lecture II, also Dantzig Memoirs, Vol. II. pp. 380, 426, and M. du Tour’s “Recherches sur les Différents Mouvements de la Matière Electrique,” Paris, 1760.

References.—Tyndall’s Notes on Lecture II, also Dantzig Memoirs, Vol. II. pp. 380, 426, and M. du Tour’s “Research on the Different Movements of Electric Matter,” Paris, 1760.

A.D. 1745.—Kratzenstein (Christian Gottlieb), Professor of Medicine at Halle, author of “Versuch einer Erklarung,” etc., and of “Theoria Electricitatis,” etc., is said to have first successfully employed electricity in the relief of sprains, malformations, etc.[171] He observed that a man’s pulse, which had beat eighty in a second before he was electrified, immediately after beat eighty-eight, and was soon increased to ninety-six.

A.D. 1745.—Kratzenstein (Christian Gottlieb), a Professor of Medicine at Halle and the author of “Attempt at an Explanation,” among other works, is said to be the first to successfully use electricity to treat sprains, deformities, and more.[171] He noticed that a man's pulse, which was eighty beats per minute before he was shocked, immediately increased to eighty-eight afterward, and soon rose to ninety-six.

Kratzenstein is reported (Mary Somerville, “Physical Sciences,” Section XVII.) to have made instruments which articulated many letters, words and even sentences, and somewhat similar in construction to those alluded to at A.D. 1620 (De Bergerac), and A.D. 1641 (John Wilkins), some of which may truly be said to strongly suggest the modern phonograph.

Kratzenstein is reported (Mary Somerville, “Physical Sciences,” Section XVII) to have created devices that could articulate various letters, words, and even sentences. These were somewhat similar in design to those mentioned in CE 1620 (De Bergerac) and CE 1641 (John Wilkins), some of which can genuinely be said to strongly resemble the modern phonograph.

Albertus Magnus constructed, after thirty years of experimentation, a curious machine which sent forth distinct vocal sounds, at which the very learned scholastic philosopher Saint Thomas Aquinas (“Angel of the Schools”) was so much terrified that he struck the contrivance with his stick and broke it. Bishop Wilkins alludes to this machine as well as to a brazen head devised by Friar Bacon, which could be made to utter certain words (“Journal des Savants” for 1899, and J. S. Brewer, “F. Rog. Bacon,” 1859, p. xci; also, “How Fryer Bacon made a Brasen Head to Speake,” at pp. 13–14 of the “Famous Historie of Fryer Bacon published at London for Francis Groue”).

Albertus Magnus built a fascinating machine after thirty years of experimentation that produced distinct sounds. This scared the highly educated philosopher Saint Thomas Aquinas, known as the "Angel of the Schools," so much that he smashed the device with his stick. Bishop Wilkins mentions both this machine and a talking brass head created by Friar Bacon that could say certain words (“Journal des Savants” for 1899, and J. S. Brewer, “F. Rog. Bacon,” 1859, p. xci; also, “How Fryer Bacon made a Brasen Head to Speake,” at pp. 13–14 of the “Famous Historie of Fryer Bacon published at London for Francis Groue”).

Incidentally, it may be mentioned that Wolfgang von Kempelen, Aulic Counsellor to the Royal Chamber of the Domains of the Emperor of Germany, after witnessing some magnetic games shown to the Empress Maria Theresa at Vienna, constructed, during the year 1778, a speaking machine which “gave sounds as of a child three or four years of age, uttering distinct syllables and words” (Wm. Whewell, “Hist. of the Inductive Sciences,” Vol. II. chap. vi.; J. E. Montucla, “Hist. des Mathém,” Vol. III. p. 813).

Incidentally, it's worth mentioning that Wolfgang von Kempelen, a counselor to the Royal Chamber of the Domains of the Emperor of Germany, after seeing some magnetic demonstrations shown to Empress Maria Theresa in Vienna, created a speaking machine in 1778 that “produced sounds like a three or four-year-old child, clearly pronouncing distinct syllables and words” (Wm. Whewell, “Hist. of the Inductive Sciences,” Vol. II. chap. vi.; J. E. Montucla, “Hist. des Mathém,” Vol. III. p. 813).

La Nature, Paris, May 6, 1905, pp. 353–354, illustrates the speaking head of l’Abbé Mical presented by him to the French Academy of Sciences July 2, 1783, and alludes to those of Albertus Magnus, Wolfgang von Kempelen, C. G. Kratzenstein, etc.

La Nature, Paris, May 6, 1905, pp. 353–354, shows the speaking head of l’Abbé Mical that he presented to the French Academy of Sciences on July 2, 1783, and mentions those of Albertus Magnus, Wolfgang von Kempelen, C. G. Kratzenstein, and others.

Two more curious productions, in pretty much the same line as Bergerac’s, can, with equal propriety, be inserted here.

Two more interesting works, similar to Bergerac's, can also be included here.

The first is taken from the April number, 1632, of the Courier Véritable, a little monthly publication in which novel fancies were frequently aired: “Captain Vosterloch has returned from his voyage to the southern lands, which he started on two years and a half ago, by order of the States-General. He tells us, among other things, that in passing through a strait below Magellan’s, he landed in a country where Nature has furnished men with a kind of sponge which holds sounds and articulations as our sponges hold liquids. So, when they wish to dispatch a message to a distance, they speak to one of the sponges, and then send it to their friends. They,[172] receiving the sponges, take them up gently and press out the words that have been spoken into them, and learn by this admirable means all that their correspondents desire them to know.”

The first is taken from the April issue, 1632, of the Courier Véritable, a small monthly publication where new ideas were often shared: “Captain Vosterloch has returned from his voyage to the southern lands, which he embarked on two and a half years ago on the orders of the States-General. He tells us, among other things, that while passing through a strait below Magellan’s, he landed in a country where Nature has provided people with a type of sponge that holds sounds and speech just like our sponges hold liquids. So, when they want to send a message over a distance, they speak to one of the sponges, and then send it to their friends. They, [172] upon receiving the sponges, gently pick them up and squeeze out the words that have been spoken into them, and learn through this amazing method everything their correspondents want them to know.”

The second is the production of one Thomas Ward, theological poet, who was born in 1640 and died in 1704. In the second canto of one of his poems occur these words:

The second is the work of Thomas Ward, a theological poet, who was born in 1640 and died in 1704. In the second canto of one of his poems, these words appear:

“As Walchius could words imprison
In hollow canes so they, by reason,
Judgment and great dexterity,
Can bottle words as well as he;
And can from place to place convey them,
Till, when they please, the reed shall say them;
Will suddenly the same discharge,
And hail-shot syllables at large
Will fly intelligibly out
Into the ears of all about:
So that the auditors may gain
Their meaning from the breach of cane.”

References.—Priestley, “History,” etc., 1775, p. 374, and Dantzig Memoirs, Vol. I. p. 294.

Sources.—Priestley, “History,” etc., 1775, p. 374, and Dantzig Memoirs, Vol. I. p. 294.

A.D. 1745.—Grummert (Gottfried Heinrich), of Biala, Poland, first observes the return of the electric light in vacuo. In order to ascertain whether an exhausted tube would give light when it was electrified, as well as when it was excited, he presented one eight inches long and a third of an inch wide, to the electrified conductor, and was surprised to find the light dart very vividly along the entire length of the tube. He likewise observed that some time after the tube had been presented to the conductor, and exposed to nothing but the air, it gave light again without being brought to an electrified body (see Dantzig Memoirs, Vol. I. p. 417).

A.D. 1745.—Grummert (Gottfried Heinrich), from Biala, Poland, first notices the return of electric light in vacuo. To determine if an exhausted tube would emit light when electrified, and also when excited, he presented one that was eight inches long and a third of an inch wide to the electrified conductor, and was astonished to see the light shoot vividly along the entire length of the tube. He also noticed that some time after the tube was connected to the conductor and exposed only to air, it lit up again without being connected to an electrified body (see Dantzig Memoirs, Vol. I. p. 417).

A.D. 1745.—Dr. Miles (Rev. Henry), of Tooting, D.D. (1698–1763) reads, March 7, before the English Royal Society a paper indicating the possibility of kindling phosphorus by applying to it an excited electric without the approach of a conducting body. This gentleman’s tube happening to be in excellent order upon this occasion, he observed, and doubtless was the first to notice, pencils of luminous rays, which he called coruscations, darting from the tube without the aid of any conductor approaching it.

A.D. 1745.—Dr. Miles (Rev. Henry), of Tooting, D.D. (1698–1763), presented a paper on March 7 before the English Royal Society discussing the possibility of igniting phosphorus using an excited electric without needing a conductive object nearby. On this occasion, his tube was in excellent condition, and he noticed, likely for the first time, pencils of luminous rays, which he referred to as coruscations, shooting out from the tube without the help of any nearby conductor.

In a paper which Dr. Miles read before the same Society on the 25th of January, 1746, he gave an account of other equally interesting experiments, one of which was the kindling of ordinary lamp spirits with a piece of black sealing wax excited by dry flannel or white and brown paper.

In a paper that Dr. Miles presented to the same Society on January 25, 1746, he shared details about other equally fascinating experiments, one of which involved igniting regular lamp spirits using a piece of black sealing wax that had been rubbed with dry flannel or white and brown paper.

References.—“Dict. Nat. Biog.,” Sidney Lee, Vol. XXXVII. p. 378; Phil. Trans., Vol. XLIII. pp. 290, 441; Vol. XLIV. pp. 27, 53,[173] 78, 158, and the following abridgments: Hutton, Vol. IX. pp. 107, 136, 191, 198, 207, 213, 232; John Martyn, Vol. X. part ii. pp. 272, 277, 317, 319, 322–323, 325.

References.—“Dict. Nat. Biog.,” Sidney Lee, Vol. XXXVII. p. 378; Phil. Trans., Vol. XLIII. pp. 290, 441; Vol. XLIV. pp. 27, 53,[173] 78, 158, and the following abridgments: Hutton, Vol. IX. pp. 107, 136, 191, 198, 207, 213, 232; John Martyn, Vol. X. part ii. pp. 272, 277, 317, 319, 322–323, 325.

A.D. 1745.—This period was to witness a discovery which, according to Professor Tyndall, “throws all former ones in the shade,” and which Dr. Priestley calls “the most surprising yet made in the whole business of electricity.” This was the accumulation of the electric power in a glass phial, called the Leyden jar after the name of the place where the discovery was made. It was first announced in a letter to Von Kleist, dean of the cathedral of Kamin—Cammin—in Pomerania, dated the 4th of November, 1745, and addressed to Dr. Lieberkühn, who communicated it to the Berlin Academy. The following is an extract: “When a nail or a piece of thick brass wire is put into a small apothecary’s phial and electrified, remarkable effects follow; but the phial must be very dry or warm; I commonly rub it over beforehand with a finger, on which I put some pounded chalk. If a little mercury, or a few drops of spirit of wine, be put into it, the experiment succeeds the better. As soon as this phial and nail are removed from the electrifying glass, or the prime conductor to which it has been exposed is taken away, it throws out a pencil of flame so long that, with this burning machine in my hand, I have taken above sixty steps in walking about my room; when it is electrified strongly I can take it into another room and there fire spirits of wine with it. If while it is electrifying I put my finger, or a piece of gold which I hold in my hand, to the nail, I receive a shock which stuns my arms and shoulders.”

A.D. 1745.—This period saw a discovery that, according to Professor Tyndall, “overshadows all previous ones,” and which Dr. Priestley calls “the most surprising discovery made in the entire field of electricity.” This was the accumulation of electric power in a glass vial, known as the Leyden jar, named after the place where the discovery happened. It was first announced in a letter to Von Kleist, the dean of the cathedral of Kamin—Cammin—in Pomerania, dated November 4, 1745, and addressed to Dr. Lieberkühn, who shared it with the Berlin Academy. Here’s an excerpt: “When a nail or a piece of thick brass wire is placed in a small apothecary’s vial and electrified, notable effects follow; but the vial needs to be very dry or warm; I usually rub it beforehand with my finger, using some powdered chalk. If a little mercury or a few drops of spirit of wine are added, the experiment works even better. Once this vial and the nail are taken away from the electrifying glass, or if the prime conductor it has been exposed to is removed, it releases a jet of flame so long that, holding this burning device in my hand, I’ve walked more than sixty steps around my room; when it’s strongly electrified, I can take it into another room and ignite spirits of wine with it. If, while it's being electrified, I touch the nail with my finger or a piece of gold I’m holding, I feel a shock that numbs my arms and shoulders.”

It is said that Cunæus, rich burgess of Leyden, accidentally made the same discovery in January 1746. It appears that Pieter Van Musschenbroek, the celebrated professor, while experimenting with his colleagues, Cunæus and Allamand, observed that excited bodies soon lost their electricity in the open air, attributable to the vapours and effluvia carried in the atmosphere, and he conceived the idea that the electricity might be retained by surrounding the excited bodies with others that did not conduct electricity. For this purpose he chose water, the most readily procured non-electric, and placed some in a glass bottle. No important results were obtained until Cunæus, who was holding the bottle, attempted to withdraw the wire which connected with the conductor of a powerful electric machine. He at once received a severe shock in his arms and breast, as did also the others upon renewing the experiment. In giving an account of it to the great scientist, René de Réaumur, Musschenbroek remarked: “For the whole kingdom of France, I would not take a second shock.” Allamand states that when he himself took the shock “he lost the use of his breath for some[174] minutes, and then felt so intense a pain along his right arm that he feared permanent injury from it.”

It's said that Cunæus, a wealthy citizen of Leyden, stumbled upon the same discovery in January 1746. It seems that Pieter Van Musschenbroek, the famous professor, while experimenting with his colleagues Cunæus and Allamand, noticed that excited bodies quickly lost their electricity in open air, likely due to the vapors and residues in the atmosphere. He came up with the idea that electricity might be kept by surrounding the excited bodies with materials that don’t conduct electricity. For this, he chose water, the easiest non-electric material to get, and put some in a glass bottle. No significant results came until Cunæus, who was holding the bottle, tried to remove the wire connected to the conductor of a powerful electric machine. He immediately received a strong shock in his arms and chest, and the others felt the same when they tried the experiment again. When telling the great scientist René de Réaumur about the incident, Musschenbroek said, “I wouldn't take a second shock for all the kingdom of France.” Allamand mentioned that when he took the shock, “he lost his breath for several minutes and then felt such intense pain along his right arm that he worried he might suffer permanent injury from it.”

In his “Cours Elémentaire de Physique,” Musschenbroek describes one of the peculiar electrical machines then being constructed by the well-known London instrument maker, George Adams, and a cut of it can be seen at p. 353, Vol. I. of the translation made by Sigaud de la Fond at Paris during 1769. Another of Adams’ machines is described and illustrated at p. 126 of the French translation of Cavallo’s “Complete Treatise,” published at Paris in 1785.

In his “Cours Élémentaire de Physique,” Musschenbroek talks about one of the unique electrical machines being built at the time by the famous London instrument maker, George Adams, which is shown on p. 353, Vol. I. of the translation by Sigaud de la Fond in Paris in 1769. Another one of Adams’ machines is described and illustrated on p. 126 of the French translation of Cavallo’s “Complete Treatise,” published in Paris in 1785.

The invention of the Leyden jar is claimed with equal pertinacity for Kleist, Musschenbroek and Cunæus. While it is necessarily conceded that Von Kleist first published his discovery, it cannot be denied that his explanation of it is so obscure as, for the time, to have been of no practical use to others. It is stated by Priestley: “Notwithstanding Mr. Kleist immediately communicated an account of this famous experiment (which indeed it is evident he has but imperfectly described) to Mr. Winckler, at Leipzig, Mr. Swiettiki, of Denmark, Mr. Kruger, of Halle, and to the professors of the Academy of Lignitz, as well as to Dr. Lieberkühn, of Berlin, above mentioned, they all returned him word that the experiment did not succeed with them. Mr. Gralath, of Dantzig, was the first with whom it answered; but this was not till after several fruitless trials, and after receiving further instructions from the inventor. The Abbé Nollet had information of this discovery, and, in consequence of it says, in a letter to Mr. Samuel Wolfe, of the Society of Dantzig, dated March 9, 1746, that the experiment at Leyden was upon principles similar to that made with a phial half full of water and a nail dipped in it; and that this discovery would have been called the Dantzig experiment if it had not happened to have got the name of that of Leyden.”

The invention of the Leyden jar is credited just as strongly to Kleist, Musschenbroek, and Cunæus. While it’s generally accepted that Von Kleist was the first to publish his discovery, it’s clear that his explanation was so unclear at the time that it was of no real use to others. Priestley noted, “Even though Mr. Kleist quickly shared an account of this famous experiment (which he clearly described incompletely) with Mr. Winckler in Leipzig, Mr. Swiettiki in Denmark, Mr. Kruger in Halle, and the professors at the Academy of Lignitz, as well as Dr. Lieberkühn in Berlin, they all told him that the experiment didn’t work for them. Mr. Gralath in Dantzig was the first to have success with it, but only after several unsuccessful attempts and after getting more instructions from the inventor. Abbé Nollet learned about this discovery, and as a result, he wrote in a letter to Mr. Samuel Wolfe of the Society of Dantzig, dated March 9, 1746, that the experiment at Leyden was based on principles similar to one done with a bottle half full of water and a nail dipped in it; and that this discovery would have been called the Dantzig experiment if it hadn’t been named after Leyden.”

In the thirty-eighth volume of the Philosophical Transactions, No. 432, p. 297, is given an abstract of a letter (dated Utrecht, January 15, 1733, O. S.), from Petrus Van Musschenbroek, M.D., F.R.S., to Dr. J. T. Desaguliers, concerning experiments made on the Indian Magnetic Sand, chiefly gathered along the seashore in Persia. After detailing his many observations, Van Musschenbroek asks: “And, now, what can this sand be? Is it an imperfect magnet, or Subtile Powder of it, which, when it is grown up into a greater lump, makes the vulgar Loadstones? So I conjectured at first; but when I found by experience that common Loadstones, exposed to the fire, according to some of the methods above-mention’d, did rather lose of their force than gain, I alter’d my opinion; and now confess that I have not yet penetrated into the knowledge of the nature of this matter.”

In the thirty-eighth volume of the Philosophical Transactions, No. 432, p. 297, there's an abstract of a letter (dated Utrecht, January 15, 1733, O. S.) from Petrus Van Musschenbroek, M.D., F.R.S., to Dr. J. T. Desaguliers, about experiments he conducted on Indian Magnetic Sand, mainly collected from the seashore in Persia. After sharing his numerous observations, Van Musschenbroek asks: “So, what can this sand be? Is it an imperfect magnet or a fine powder of it that, when it forms a larger lump, creates the common Loadstones? That’s what I thought at first; but when I discovered through experimentation that regular Loadstones, when exposed to fire using some of the methods mentioned earlier, tended to lose their strength rather than gain it, I changed my mind; and I now admit that I haven’t understood the nature of this material yet.”

[175]

[175]

References.—Dalibard, “Histoire Abrégée,” p. 33; Dantzig Memoirs, Vol. I. pp. 407, 409, 411; Johann Gottlob Kruger, “Dissert. de Elect.,” Helmstadt, 1756 (Poggendorff, I. p. 1323); Priestley, 1777, “The Hist. and Pres. State of Electricity,” pp. 82–84; Opuscoli Scelti, 4to, xviii, 55; Pierre Massuet, “Essais,” Leide, 1751; Musschenbroek’s “Epitome elementorum,” etc., 1726, “Tentamina Experimentorum Naturalium,” 1731, and his “Disertatio Physica experimentalis de Magnete,” as well as his “Elementa Physicæ,” 1734, and the “Introductio ad Philosophiam Naturalem,” 1762, the last-named two works being greatly amplified editions of the “Epitome.” For Musschenbroek—Musschenbrock—consult also Phil. Trans., Vol. XXXII. p. 370; Vol. XXXVII. pp. 357, 408, also the following abridgments: Baddam, 1745, Vol. VIII. p. 42; Reid and Gray, Vol. VI. p. 161 (Musschenbroek to Desaguliers); Hutton, Vol. VII. pp. 105, 647 (magnetic sand); Eames and Martyn, Vol. VI. part ii. p. 255; John Martyn, Vol. VIII. p. 737 (magnetic sand). For this magnetic sand, consult also Mr. Butterfield’s article in Phil. Trans. for 1698, p. 336 and in the abridgments of Hutton, Vol. IV. p. 310.

References.—Dalibard, “Histoire Abrégée,” p. 33; Dantzig Memoirs, Vol. I. pp. 407, 409, 411; Johann Gottlob Kruger, “Dissert. de Elect.,” Helmstadt, 1756 (Poggendorff, I. p. 1323); Priestley, 1777, “The Hist. and Pres. State of Electricity,” pp. 82–84; Opuscoli Scelti, 4to, xviii, 55; Pierre Massuet, “Essais,” Leide, 1751; Musschenbroek’s “Epitome elementorum,” etc., 1726, “Tentamina Experimentorum Naturalium,” 1731, and his “Disertatio Physica experimentalis de Magnete,” as well as his “Elementa Physicæ,” 1734, and the “Introductio ad Philosophiam Naturalem,” 1762, the last two works being significantly expanded editions of the “Epitome.” For Musschenbroek—Musschenbrock—see also Phil. Trans., Vol. XXXII. p. 370; Vol. XXXVII. pp. 357, 408, as well as the following abridgments: Baddam, 1745, Vol. VIII. p. 42; Reid and Gray, Vol. VI. p. 161 (Musschenbroek to Desaguliers); Hutton, Vol. VII. pp. 105, 647 (magnetic sand); Eames and Martyn, Vol. VI. part ii. p. 255; John Martyn, Vol. VIII. p. 737 (magnetic sand). For this magnetic sand, also check Mr. Butterfield’s article in Phil. Trans. for 1698, p. 336 and in the abridgments of Hutton, Vol. IV. p. 310.

A.D. 1745.—Watson (William), M.D., F.R.S., an eminent English scientist, bears “the most distinguished name in this period of the history of electricity.” His first letters, treating of this science, are addressed to the Royal Society between March 28 and October 24, 1745, and, on the 6th of February and the 30th of October, 1746, he communicated other similar papers to the same Society, all which, like his subsequent treatises, are to be found in the Philosophical Transactions.

A.D. 1745.—Watson (William), M.D., F.R.S., a prominent English scientist, holds “the most distinguished name during this period in the history of electricity.” His initial letters about this science were sent to the Royal Society between March 28 and October 24, 1745, and on February 6 and October 30, 1746, he shared other related papers with the same Society, all of which, along with his later works, can be found in the Philosophical Transactions.

Dr. Watson, like most scientists at the time, made numerous experiments with the Leyden jar, and he was the first to observe the flash of light attending its discharge. He says: “When the phial is well electrified, and you apply your hand thereto, you see the fire flash from the outside of the glass wherever you touch it, and it crackles in your hand.” It is to him that we owe the double coating of the jar, as well as the plus and minus of electricity.

Dr. Watson, like many scientists of his time, conducted several experiments with the Leyden jar, and he was the first to notice the flash of light that occurs when it discharges. He states: “When the jar is fully charged, and you touch it with your hand, you see a spark of fire jump from the surface of the glass wherever you make contact, and it crackles in your hand.” We owe him the invention of the double coating on the jar, as well as the concepts of positive and negative electricity.

He also shows conclusively that glass globes and tubes do not possess in themselves the electrical power, but only serve “as the first movers or determiners of that power,” and he also proves that the electric fluid takes the shortest course, passing through the substance of the best medium of connection and not along its surface. This, he demonstrated by discharging a phial through a wire covered with a mixture of wax and resin.

He also clearly shows that glass globes and tubes don’t have electrical power on their own; they just act “as the initial movers or determiners of that power.” He also proves that the electric current flows along the shortest path, going through the material of the best connecting medium rather than along its surface. He demonstrated this by discharging a vial through a wire coated with a mix of wax and resin.

In order to ascertain the velocity of the electric fluid from the Leyden phial and the distance at which it could be transmitted (John Wood, at A.D. 1726), Watson directed a series of experiments upon a very grand scale, with the assistance of Martin Folkes, President of the Royal Society, Lord Charles Cavendish, Dr. Bevis, Mr. Graham, Dr. Birch, Peter Daval and Messrs. Trembley, Ellicott, Robins and Short. On the 14th and 18th of July, 1747, they experimented upon a wire carrying the electricity from the Thames[176] bank at Lambeth to the opposite bank at Westminster, across Westminster Bridge, and, on the 24th of July, at the New River, Stoke Newington, they sent a shock through 800 feet of water and 2000 feet of land, as well as through 2800 feet of land and 8000 feet of water. Other experiments followed on the 28th of July and the 5th of August, as well as on the 14th of August of the same year, proving the instantaneous transmission of the fluid; while a year later, August 5, 1748, additional observations were made, through 12,276 feet of wire, at Shooter’s Hill, showing again that the time occupied in the passage of the electricity was “altogether inappreciable.” Regarding these experiments, Prof. Musschenbroek wrote to Dr. Watson, “Magnificentissimis tuis experimentis superasti conatus omnium.”

To determine the speed of electricity from the Leyden jar and the distance it could travel, John Wood, in 1726, led a series of large-scale experiments with help from Martin Folkes, President of the Royal Society, Lord Charles Cavendish, Dr. Bevis, Mr. Graham, Dr. Birch, Peter Daval, and Messrs. Trembley, Ellicott, Robins, and Short. On July 14 and 18, 1747, they ran tests using a wire that carried electricity from the bank of the Thames at Lambeth to the opposite bank at Westminster, crossing Westminster Bridge. Then, on July 24, at the New River in Stoke Newington, they transmitted a shock through 800 feet of water and 2000 feet of land, as well as through 2800 feet of land and 8000 feet of water. Additional experiments followed on July 28 and August 5, and again on August 14 of the same year, demonstrating the instantaneous transmission of electricity. A year later, on August 5, 1748, further observations were conducted over 12,276 feet of wire at Shooter’s Hill, again showing that the time taken for electricity to travel was “completely negligible.” In response to these experiments, Professor Musschenbroek wrote to Dr. Watson, “Magnificentissimis tuis experimentis superasti conatus omnium.”

Watson’s experiments were repeated, notably by Franklin, across the Schuylkill at Philadelphia, in 1748; by Deluc, across the Lake of Geneva, in 1749; and by Winckler, at Leipzig, in 1750. It is said that Lemonnier (A.D. 1746) produced shocks at Paris through 12,789 feet of wire and that Bétancourt (A.D. 1795) discharged electric jars through a distance of twenty-six miles.

Watson’s experiments were repeated, notably by Franklin, across the Schuylkill in Philadelphia in 1748; by Deluc, across Lake Geneva in 1749; and by Winckler in Leipzig in 1750. It's reported that Lemonnier (CE 1746) generated shocks in Paris with 12,789 feet of wire and that Bétancourt (CE 1795) discharged electric jars over a distance of twenty-six miles.

To Dr. Watson is also due the first demonstration of the passage of electricity through a vacuum. Noad tells us that he caused the spark from his conductor to pass in the form of coruscations of a bright silver hue through an exhausted tube three feet in length, and he discharged a jar through a vacuum interval of ten inches in the form of “a mass of very bright embodied fire.” These demonstrations were repeated and varied by Canton, Smeaton and Wilson.

To Dr. Watson goes the credit for the first demonstration of electricity traveling through a vacuum. Noad explains that he made a spark from his conductor flash in bright silver bursts through a three-foot long exhausted tube, and he discharged a jar through a ten-inch vacuum space, creating “a mass of very bright embodied fire.” Canton, Smeaton, and Wilson repeated and varied these demonstrations.

His experiments in firing gunpowder, hydrogen, etc., by the electric spark, are detailed at p. 78 of Priestley’s “History,” etc., London, 1775.

His experiments in igniting gunpowder, hydrogen, and so on with the electric spark are described on page 78 of Priestley's "History," etc., London, 1775.

Watson was rewarded with the Copley medal for his researches in electricity, which brought him also honorary degrees from two German universities. He was knighted in 1786, one year before his death.

Watson received the Copley Medal for his research in electricity, which also earned him honorary degrees from two German universities. He was knighted in 1786, one year before his death.

References.—“Watson’s Experiments and Observations on Electricity,” 1745, also his “Account of the Experiments made by some gentlemen of the Royal Society,” etc., 1748; Phil. Trans., Vol. XLIII. p. 481; Vol. XLIV. pp. 41, 388, 695, 704; Vol. XLV. pp. 49–120, 491–496; Vol. XLVI. p. 348; Vol. XLVII. pp. 202, 236, 362, 567; Vol. XLVIII. p. 765; Vol. LI. p. 394 (lyncurium of the ancients); Vol. LIII. p. 10; also the following abridgments: Hutton, Vol. IX. pp. 151, 195, 308, 368, 408, 410, 440, 553; Vol. X. pp. 12, 189, 197, 227, 233, 242, 303, 372–379, 525; Vol. XI. p. 419 (lyncurium of the ancients), 580, 660, 679; Vol. XII. p. 127; John Martyn, Vol. X. part ii. pp. 279–280, 290, 294, 329, 339, 347, 368, 407, 410. See likewise, Scientific American Supplement of Oct. 5, 1889, No. 718, pp. 11, 471, for an interesting engraving of Dr. Watson’s experiment made through the water of the Thames, as[177] well as for a detailed account of Lemonnier’s experiment above referred to. For Mr. A. Trembley, consult Phil. Trans., Vol. XLIV. p. 58, and John Martyn’s abridgments, Vol. X. part ii. p. 321.

Sources.—“Watson’s Experiments and Observations on Electricity,” 1745, as well as his “Account of the Experiments by some members of the Royal Society,” etc., 1748; Phil. Trans., Vol. XLIII. p. 481; Vol. XLIV. pp. 41, 388, 695, 704; Vol. XLV. pp. 49–120, 491–496; Vol. XLVI. p. 348; Vol. XLVII. pp. 202, 236, 362, 567; Vol. XLVIII. p. 765; Vol. LI. p. 394 (lyncurium of the ancients); Vol. LIII. p. 10; also the following summaries: Hutton, Vol. IX. pp. 151, 195, 308, 368, 408, 410, 440, 553; Vol. X. pp. 12, 189, 197, 227, 233, 242, 303, 372–379, 525; Vol. XI. p. 419 (lyncurium of the ancients), 580, 660, 679; Vol. XII. p. 127; John Martyn, Vol. X. part ii. pp. 279–280, 290, 294, 329, 339, 347, 368, 407, 410. Also see Scientific American Supplement from October 5, 1889, No. 718, pp. 11, 471, for an interesting illustration of Dr. Watson’s experiment conducted in the Thames water, as[177] well as for a detailed account of Lemonnier’s experiment mentioned earlier. For Mr. A. Trembley, check Phil. Trans., Vol. XLIV. p. 58, and John Martyn’s summaries, Vol. X. part ii. p. 321.

A.D. 1746.—Lemonnier (Pierre Claude Charles), a distinguished savant, who was member of the French Academy as adjunct geometrician before he had attained his twenty-first year and became foreign member of the English Royal Society three years later, was the first scientist who drew electricity from the narrow domain of the laboratory.

A.D. 1746.—Lemonnier (Pierre Claude Charles), an esteemed scholar, who was a member of the French Academy as an associate geometrician before he turned twenty-one and became a foreign member of the English Royal Society three years later, was the first scientist to bring electricity out of the narrow confines of the laboratory.

He confirmed the result previously obtained by Grey (A.D. 1720) that electric attraction is not proportioned to the mass or quantity of matter in bodies, but only to the extent of their surface, length having greater effect than breadth (Phil. Trans., Vol. XLIV for 1746, p. 290; Snow Harris, “Treatise on Frict. Elect.,” London, 1867, p. 239, and “Hist. de l’Acad.,” 1746). He found that an anvil weighing two hundred pounds gives but an inconsiderable spark, while the spark from a tin speaking-trumpet eight or nine feet long, but weighing only ten pounds, is almost equal to the shock of the Leyden phial. A solid ball of lead, four inches in diameter, gives a spark of the same force as that obtained from a thin piece of lead of like superficies bent in the form of a hoop. He took a thin and long piece of lead, and noticed that when it was electrified in its whole length it gave a very strong spark, but a very small one when it was rolled into a lump (Ac. Par., 1746, M. p. 369). It had likewise been shown by Le Roi and D’Arcy that a hollow sphere accepted the same charge when empty as when filled with mercury, which latter increased its weight sixtyfold; all proving the influence of surface as distinguished from that of mass (Tyndall, Notes on Lecture IV).

He confirmed the earlier findings by Grey (CE 1720) that electric attraction isn’t dependent on the mass or amount of matter in objects, but rather on their surface area, with length having a greater impact than width (Phil. Trans., Vol. XLIV for 1746, p. 290; Snow Harris, “Treatise on Frict. Elect.,” London, 1867, p. 239, and “Hist. de l’Acad.,” 1746). He discovered that an anvil weighing two hundred pounds produces only a tiny spark, while a tin speaking-trumpet that is eight or nine feet long and weighs only ten pounds can generate a spark nearly as strong as the shock from a Leyden jar. A solid lead ball with a four-inch diameter creates a spark with the same intensity as a thin piece of lead with the same surface area bent into a hoop. He took a long, thin piece of lead and observed that when charged along its entire length, it produced a very strong spark, but only a small one when it was shaped into a lump (Ac. Par., 1746, M. p. 369). It was also demonstrated by Le Roi and D’Arcy that a hollow sphere accepts the same charge whether it’s empty or filled with mercury, which increases its weight by sixty times; all of this supports the importance of surface as opposed to mass (Tyndall, Notes on Lecture IV).

Lemonnier discovered that electricity is ever present in the atmosphere, that it daily increases in quantity from sunrise till about three or four o’clock in the afternoon, diminishing till the fall of dew, when it once more increases for a while, and finally diminishes again before midnight, when it becomes insensible. He observed a continual diminution of electricity as the rain began to fall, and he says: “When the wire was surrounded with drops of rain, it was observed that only some of them were electrical, which was remarkable by the conic figure they had; whilst the others remained round as before. It was also perceived that the electrical and non-electrical drops succeeded almost alternately; this made us call to mind a very singular phenomenon which happened some years before, to five peasants who were passing through a cornfield, near Frankfort upon the Oder, during a thunderstorm; when the lightning killed the first the third and the fifth of[178] them, without injuring the second or the fourth” (Phil. Trans., Vol. XLVII. p. 550).

Lemonnier discovered that electricity is always present in the atmosphere, that it increases daily from sunrise until about three or four in the afternoon, then decreases until the dew falls, when it rises again for a while, and finally diminishes once more before midnight, becoming undetectable. He observed a continual decrease in electricity as the rain started to fall, and he noted: “When the wire was surrounded by raindrops, it was observed that only some of them were electrical, which was notable due to the cone shape they had; while the others remained round as before. It was also noticed that the electrical and non-electrical drops appeared to alternate; this reminded us of a very unusual event that happened some years earlier, to five peasants who were walking through a cornfield near Frankfort upon the Oder during a thunderstorm; when the lightning struck the first, third, and fifth of[178] them, without harming the second or fourth” (Phil. Trans., Vol. XLVII. p. 550).

References.—Le Monnier, “Lois du Magnétisme,” Paris, 1776–1778; Phil. Trans., Vol. XLIV. p. 247; Vol. XLVIII. part i. p. 203; “Journal des Sçavans,” Vol. CXII for 1737, p. 73; also Hutton’s abridgments, Vol. IX. pp. 275, 308, 368, 591 (biogr.); John Martyn’s abridgments, Vol. X. part ii. pp. 329–348; “Philosophical Magazine,” Vol. VI. for 1800, p. 181, “Some Account of the Late P. C. Le Monnier,” 1715–1799; “Mémoires de l’Institut Nat. des Sc. et des Arts,” Hist. An. IX. p. 101; Mémoires de l’Acad. Royale des Sciences, 1746, pp. 14–24, 447, 671–696; 1752, Tome I. pp. 9–17, Tome II. 233–243, 346–362; 1770, p. 459; Bertholon, “Elec. du Corps Humain,” 1786, Vol. I. pp. 10–14; Harris, “Frict. Elec.,” p. 239; Sc. American Supplement, for Oct. 5, 1889, No. 718, pp. 11, 471. See also reports of the experiments of G. B. Beccaria, G. F. Gardini (“De inflexu,” etc., ss. 50, 51), Andrew Crosse and others at “Bibl. Britan. Sc. et Arts,” 1814, Vol. LVI. p. 524.

References.—Le Monnier, “Laws of Magnetism,” Paris, 1776–1778; Phil. Trans., Vol. XLIV. p. 247; Vol. XLVIII. part i. p. 203; “Journal of Scholars,” Vol. CXII for 1737, p. 73; also Hutton’s abridgments, Vol. IX. pp. 275, 308, 368, 591 (biography); John Martyn’s abridgments, Vol. X. part ii. pp. 329–348; “Philosophical Magazine,” Vol. VI. for 1800, p. 181, “Some Account of the Late P. C. Le Monnier,” 1715–1799; “Memoirs of the National Institute of Sciences and Arts,” Hist. An. IX. p. 101; Memoirs of the Royal Academy of Sciences, 1746, pp. 14–24, 447, 671–696; 1752, Volume I. pp. 9–17, Volume II. 233–243, 346–362; 1770, p. 459; Bertholon, “Electricity of the Human Body,” 1786, Vol. I. pp. 10–14; Harris, “Frictional Electricity,” p. 239; Scientific American Supplement, for Oct. 5, 1889, No. 718, pp. 11, 471. See also reports of the experiments by G. B. Beccaria, G. F. Gardini (“On Inflexion,” etc., ss. 50, 51), Andrew Crosse, and others at “British Library of Sciences and Arts,” 1814, Vol. LVI. p. 524.

A.D. 1746.—Bevis (John), English astronomer and Secretary of the Royal Society, first suggested to Dr. Watson the external coating of the Leyden jar with tinfoil or sheet-lead, and was likewise the first to observe that the force of the charge increases as larger jars are employed, but not in proportion to the quantity of water they contain. As water only played the part of a conductor, he rightly thought that metal would do equally well, and he therefore filled three jars with leaden shot instead of with water. When the metallic connection was made it was found that the discharge from three jars was greater than that from two and the discharge from two much greater than that from one. This showed that the seat of the electric force is the surface of the metal and the glass, and proves that the force of the charge is in proportion to the quantity of coated surface.

A.D. 1746.—Bevis (John), an English astronomer and Secretary of the Royal Society, was the first to suggest to Dr. Watson that the Leyden jar should be coated externally with tinfoil or sheet-lead. He also was the first to notice that the strength of the charge increases when larger jars are used, but not in direct relation to the amount of water they hold. Since water only acted as a conductor, he correctly believed that metal would work just as well, so he filled three jars with lead shot instead of water. When the metallic connection was made, it was found that the discharge from three jars was greater than that from two, and the discharge from two was much greater than that from one. This demonstrated that the source of the electric force is the surface of the metal and the glass, proving that the strength of the charge relates to the amount of coated surface.

Thus to Dr. Bevis belongs the credit of having constructed the first electric battery, although the honour has been claimed by the friends of Daniel Gralath (A.D. 1747).

Thus, Dr. Bevis deserves the credit for creating the first electric battery, even though Daniel Gralath's supporters have claimed the honor (CE 1747).

References.Phil. Trans., abridged, Vol. X. pp. 374, 377; Wilson, “Treatise,” London, 1752, Prop. XVII. p. 107.

References.Phil. Trans., abridged, Vol. X. pp. 374, 377; Wilson, “Treatise,” London, 1752, Prop. XVII. p. 107.

A.D. 1746.—Le Cat (Claude Nicolas), a physician of Rouen, observed, when suspending several pieces of leaf gold at his conductor, that they hung at different distances according to their sizes, the smallest pieces placing themselves nearest the conductor and the largest farthest from it.

A.D. 1746.—Le Cat (Claude Nicolas), a doctor from Rouen, noticed that when he suspended several pieces of leaf gold from his conductor, they hung at different distances based on their sizes, with the smallest pieces closest to the conductor and the largest pieces farthest away.

Le Cat (1700–1768) became celebrated for his surgical operations and succeeded in carrying off all the first prizes offered by the Royal Academy of Surgeons between the years 1734 and 1738 inclusively. Consult his different works named at p. 292 of Ronalds’[179] “Catalogue”; “Histoire de l’Electricité,” pp. 84 and 85; “Biographie Générale,” Vol. XXX. pp. 179–182.

Le Cat (1700–1768) became famous for his surgical operations and won all the top prizes offered by the Royal Academy of Surgeons between 1734 and 1738. Check out his various works listed on p. 292 of Ronalds’[179] “Catalogue”; “Histoire de l’Electricité,” pp. 84 and 85; “Biographie Générale,” Vol. XXX. pp. 179–182.

A.D. 1746.—Maimbray (M.), of Edinburgh, electrified two myrtle trees, during the entire month of October 1746, and found that they put forth small branches and blossoms sooner than other shrubs of the same kind which had not been electrified. This result was confirmed by the Abbé Nollet, who filled two pots with vegetating seeds and found that the pot which he had constantly electrified for fifteen consecutive days put forth earlier sprouts as well as more numerous and longer shoots than did the other.

A.D. 1746.—Maimbray (M.), from Edinburgh, electrified two myrtle trees throughout October 1746 and discovered that they produced small branches and blossoms sooner than other shrubs of the same kind that weren’t electrified. This finding was supported by Abbé Nollet, who filled two pots with growing seeds and found that the pot he had consistently electrified for fifteen straight days had earlier sprouts and more numerous and longer shoots than the other pot.

Like experiments were at the same time carried on with equal success by M. Jallabert and M. Boze, as well as by the Abbé Menon, Principal of the College of Bueil at Angers, France. The last named also found that electricity increases the insensible perspiration of animals. He chose cats, pigeons and chaffinches, and observed after they were electrified, that one cat was sixty-five or seventy grains lighter than the other, the pigeon from thirty-five to thirty-eight grains, and the chaffinch had lost six or seven grains. He also electrified a young person between the ages of twenty and thirty, for five hours and found a loss in weight of several ounces.

Similar experiments were simultaneously conducted with equal success by M. Jallabert and M. Boze, as well as by Abbé Menon, the Principal of the College of Bueil in Angers, France. Menon also discovered that electricity increases the unnoticed perspiration in animals. He chose cats, pigeons, and chaffinches for his experiments and observed that after being electrified, one cat was sixty-five to seventy grains lighter than the other, the pigeon lost thirty-five to thirty-eight grains, and the chaffinch lost six or seven grains. He also electrified a young person aged between twenty and thirty for five hours and found a weight loss of several ounces.

With reference to the effect of electricity on different varieties of growing plants, a paper in Boston not long ago published the following:

With regard to the impact of electricity on various types of growing plants, a paper published recently in Boston stated the following:

“In the last few years some very interesting experiments in gardening by electricity have been made by Prof. Selim Lemström, of the University of Helsingfors. These have been carried out both upon the potted plants in the hot-house and upon plants in the open field, the insulated wires in the latter case being stretched upon poles over the plot of ground, and provided with a point for each square metre of area. The current has been supplied by Holtz machines run from eight to eighteen hours daily, the positive pole being connected with the network of wires and the negative with a zinc plate buried in the ground. The electric influence was scarcely perceptible in the growing plants, but was very marked in the yield of many species, especially of barley and wheat, of which the crop was increased by half in some cases. In the hot-house the maturity of strawberries was greatly advanced. The results have shown that plants may be divided into two groups: one, the development of which is favoured by electricity, comprising wheat, rye, barley, oats, red and white beets, parsnips, potatoes, celeriac, beans, raspberries, strawberries and leeks; and the other, whose development is more or less interfered with by electricity, including[180] peas, carrots, kohlrabi, rutabagas, turnips, white cabbages and tobacco. The more fertile the soil, and consequently the more vigorous the vegetation, the greater has been the excess of the crop under electric influence. Prof. Lemström’s experiments up to 1887 were carried on in Finland, but he has since repeated his work in France, and demonstrated that the electric influence is the same in any climate, though likely to be injurious under a scorching sun.”

“In recent years, some really interesting experiments in gardening using electricity have been conducted by Prof. Selim Lemström from the University of Helsinki. These experiments were done on potted plants in the greenhouse as well as on plants in the open field, with insulated wires set up on poles over the ground, each equipped with a point for every square meter of area. The current was provided by Holtz machines running for eight to eighteen hours a day, with the positive pole connected to the wire network and the negative pole connected to a zinc plate buried in the ground. The electric influence was barely noticeable in the growing plants, but significantly impacted the yields of many types, especially barley and wheat, where the crop increased by as much as half in some cases. In the greenhouse, the ripening of strawberries was greatly accelerated. The results indicated that plants can be categorized into two groups: one group, which benefits from electricity includes wheat, rye, barley, oats, red and white beets, parsnips, potatoes, celeriac, beans, raspberries, strawberries, and leeks; the other group, whose growth is somewhat hindered by electricity, consists of peas, carrots, kohlrabi, rutabagas, turnips, white cabbages, and tobacco. The more fertile the soil, and thus the more vigorous the vegetation, the greater the increase in crop yield under electric influence. Prof. Lemström's experiments up to 1887 were conducted in Finland, but he has since repeated his work in France, showing that the electric influence remains consistent in any climate, although it can be harmful under intense sunlight.”

References.—Nollet, “Recherches sur l’Electricité,” pp. 366, 382; Phil. Trans., abridged, Vol. X. p. 384; Electrical Review, London, June 5, 1891, p. 707.

References.—Nollet, “Research on Electricity,” pp. 366, 382; Philosophical Transactions, abridged, Vol. X. p. 384; Electrical Review, London, June 5, 1891, p. 707.

A.D. 1746.—Knight (Gowan or Gowin), F.R.S., an English physician, is the first to make very powerful steel magnets. The method, which he long succeeded in keeping secret, was described after his death, in the Phil. Trans. for 1746–1747, Vol. XLIV. It consists of placing two magnets in the same straight line, with their opposite poles close to or very near each other, and in laying under them the bar to be magnetized after having it tempered at a cherry-red heat. The magnets are then drawn apart in opposite directions along the bar, so that the south pole of one magnet passes over the north polar half, and the north pole of the other magnet passes over the south polar half of the bar.

A.D. 1746.—Knight (Gowan or Gowin), F.R.S., an English physician, was the first to create very powerful steel magnets. He successfully kept his method a secret for a long time, but it was described after his death in the Phil. Trans. for 1746–1747, Vol. XLIV. The process involves placing two magnets in a straight line, with their opposite poles close to each other, and then laying the bar to be magnetized underneath them after heating it to a cherry-red color. The magnets are then pulled apart in opposite directions along the bar, so the south pole of one magnet passes over the north polar half, and the north pole of the other magnet passes over the south polar half of the bar.

This was how Dr. Knight made the bars of the two great magnets of the Royal Society. Each magnet contained two hundred and forty bars, fifteen inches long, one inch wide and half an inch thick. Dr. Robison described, in 1800, the effect of pressing together the dissimilar poles of the two magnets, and, thirty years later, Prof. Faraday, upon placing a soft iron cylinder, one foot long and three-quarters of an inch in diameter, across the dissimilar poles, found that he required a force of one hundred pounds to break down the attractive power.

This is how Dr. Knight created the bars for the two major magnets of the Royal Society. Each magnet had two hundred and forty bars, each fifteen inches long, one inch wide, and half an inch thick. Dr. Robison reported, in 1800, the effect of bringing the unlike poles of the two magnets together, and thirty years later, Prof. Faraday discovered that when he placed a soft iron cylinder, one foot long and three-quarters of an inch in diameter, across the unlike poles, he needed a force of one hundred pounds to overcome the magnetic attraction.

Previously to Dr. Knight’s discovery, the method of making artificial magnets most in use was by simply rubbing the bar to be magnetized upon one of the poles of a natural magnet in a plane at right angles to the line joining its two poles.

Before Dr. Knight’s discovery, the most common method for creating artificial magnets was to rub the bar that needed magnetizing against one of the poles of a natural magnet at a right angle to the line connecting its two poles.

Another secret of Dr. Knight was also, after his death, made known to the Royal Society by its secretary, Mr. Benjamin Wilson. It was the mode of making artificial paste magnets. He collected a large quantity of iron filings, which he cleansed and made into a fine powder under water and afterward dried and mixed, preferably with linseed oil. This was baked into cakes, which were magnetized by placing them between the ends of his magazine of artificial magnets.

Another secret of Dr. Knight was revealed after his death by Mr. Benjamin Wilson, the secretary of the Royal Society. It was the method for creating artificial paste magnets. He gathered a large amount of iron filings, cleaned them, and turned them into a fine powder under water, then dried and mixed it, ideally with linseed oil. This mixture was formed into cakes, which were magnetized by placing them between the ends of his collection of artificial magnets.

To Dr. Knight was given the first English patent in the Class of[181] Electricity and Magnetism. It bears date June 10, 1766, No. 850, and is for the construction of “Compasses so as to prevent them being affected by the motion of the ship,” etc.

To Dr. Knight was granted the first English patent in the Class of[181] Electricity and Magnetism. It is dated June 10, 1766, No. 850, and is for the creation of “Compasses designed to prevent them from being affected by the motion of the ship,” etc.

References.Phil. Trans., Vol. XLIII. pp. 161, 361; Vol. XLIV. p. 656; Vol. XLIX. p. 51; Vol. LXVI. p. 591; C. R. Weld, “Hist. of Roy. Soc.,” Vol. I. p. 511; Noad, “Manual,” 1859, p. 593; Sturgeon, “Sc. Researches,” Bury, 1850, p. 249; also the abridgments by Hutton, Vol. IX. pp. 71, 74, 122, 390 (Folkes), 653; Vol. X. pp. 64, 67; Vol. XIV. pp. 117, 480; and by John Martyn, Vol. X. part ii. pp. 678–698.

References.Phil. Trans., Vol. 43. pp. 161, 361; Vol. 44. p. 656; Vol. 49. p. 51; Vol. 66. p. 591; C. R. Weld, “Hist. of Roy. Soc.,” Vol. 1. p. 511; Noad, “Manual,” 1859, p. 593; Sturgeon, “Sc. Researches,” Bury, 1850, p. 249; also the summaries by Hutton, Vol. 9. pp. 71, 74, 122, 390 (Folkes), 653; Vol. 10. pp. 64, 67; Vol. 14. pp. 117, 480; and by John Martyn, Vol. 10. part ii. pp. 678–698.

A.D. 1746.—Gravesande (Wilhelm Jacob), celebrated Dutch mathematician and natural philosopher (1688–1742), whose family name was Storen Van ’Sgravesande, is the author of “Eléments de physique démontrés mathématiquement ... ou introduction à la philosophie Newtonienne,” which was translated from the Latin and published at Leyden in 1746.

A.D. 1746.—Gravesande (Wilhelm Jacob), a renowned Dutch mathematician and natural philosopher (1688–1742), whose last name was Storen Van ’Sgravesande, wrote “Eléments de physique démontrés mathématiquement ... ou introduction à la philosophie Newtonienne,” which was translated from Latin and published in Leyden in 1746.

At p. 87 of the second volume of the last-named work he gives a description of an electrical machine constructed on the plan of that of Hauksbee. It consisted merely of a crystal globe, which was mounted upon a copper stand, and against which was pressed the hand of the operator while it was made to revolve rapidly by means of a large wheel.

At page 87 of the second volume of the aforementioned work, he describes an electrical machine based on Hauksbee's design. It was simply a crystal globe set on a copper stand, and the operator’s hand was pressed against it while it spun quickly with the help of a large wheel.

Gravesande taught publicly on the Continent the philosophy of Newton, and, by so doing, was one of the first to bring about a revolution in the domain of physical sciences generally. His original “Physices Elementa Mathematica,” as well as his “Philosophiæ Newtonianæ,” etc., and “Introductio ad Philosophiam,” etc., were respectively published at Leyden in 1720, 1723 and 1736.

Gravesande publicly taught Newton's philosophy on the Continent and, in doing so, was one of the first to spark a revolution in the field of physical sciences overall. His original works, “Physices Elementa Mathematica,” “Philosophiæ Newtonianæ,” and “Introductio ad Philosophiam,” were published in Leyden in 1720, 1723, and 1736, respectively.

Reference.—Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Générale,” Vol. II. p. 252.

Reference.—Houzeau and Lancaster, “General Bibliography,” Vol. II. p. 252.

A.D. 1746.—Nollet (Jean Antoine), a distinguished French philosopher (1700–1770), to whom was given the title of Abbé while holding deacon’s orders, is the first in France to make experiments with the Leyden jar.

A.D. 1746.—Nollet (Jean Antoine), a renowned French philosopher (1700–1770), who was awarded the title of Abbé while holding deacon’s orders, is the first person in France to conduct experiments with the Leyden jar.

While in Paris he applied himself to electrical studies in company with Charles Dufay (already noticed at A.D. 1733), and made such ingenious experiments that René de Réaumur allowed him the free use of his extensive apparatus and laboratory. During the month of April 1746, he transmitted, in the presence of the French King, an electrical shock from a small phial through a chain of one hundred and eighty of the Royal Guards, and at the Carthusian Convent, not long afterward, he sent a shock through a line of monks stretched a distance of over a mile, causing them all to experience instantaneously the same sensation.

While in Paris, he focused on electrical studies alongside Charles Dufay (noted earlier at CE 1733) and conducted such clever experiments that René de Réaumur permitted him to use his extensive equipment and laboratory. In April 1746, he transmitted an electrical shock from a small vial through a chain of one hundred eighty Royal Guards in front of the French King. Shortly after, at the Carthusian Convent, he sent a shock through a line of monks stretched over a mile, causing them all to feel the same sensation at the same time.

Nollet’s work, “Essai sur l’électricité des corps,” was originally[182] published at Paris in 1746. He was the first to observe that pointed bodies electrified give out streams of light (the smallest points displaying “brushes of electric light”), but that they do not exhibit as powerful indications of electricity as are shown by blunt bodies. He also found that glass and other non-conductors are more strongly excited in air than in vacuo; that the electric spark is more diffuse and unbroken in vacuo; and that an excited tube loses none of its electricity by being placed in the focus of a concave mirror when the sunlight is therein concentrated.

Nollet’s work, “Essai sur l’électricité des corps,” was originally[182] published in Paris in 1746. He was the first to notice that pointed objects that are electrified emit streams of light (the tiniest points show “brushes of electric light”), but they don’t show as strong signs of electricity as blunt objects do. He also discovered that glass and other non-conductors are more strongly charged in air than in vacuo; that the electric spark is more widespread and continuous in vacuo; and that an electrified tube retains all its electricity when placed in the focus of a concave mirror while sunlight is concentrated there.

His experiments upon the evaporation of fluids by electricity, as well as upon the electrification of capillary tubes full of water (observed also by Boze), and upon the electrification of plants and animals, are detailed in his “Recherches,” etc., pp. 327, 351, 354–356, while his observations upon the electrical powers of different kinds of glass are given in the sixth volume of the “Leçons de Physique Expérimentale,” issued in 1764.

His experiments on using electricity to evaporate liquids, as well as on electrifying capillary tubes filled with water (also noted by Boze), and on the electrification of plants and animals, are detailed in his “Recherches,” etc., pp. 327, 351, 354–356. His observations on the electrical properties of different types of glass are included in the sixth volume of the “Leçons de Physique Expérimentale,” published in 1764.

As has been truly said, it is no easy matter to form an adequate idea of Nollet’s theory of electricity, which was opposed at the time by almost all the eminent electrical philosophers of Europe. He asserted that when an electric is excited, electricity flows to it from all quarters, and when it is thus affluent, it drives light bodies before it. Hence the reason why excited bodies attract. When the electricity is effluent the light bodies are of course driven from the electric, which in that condition appears to repel. He therefore believed every electric to be possessed of two different kinds of pores, one for the emission of the electric matter, and the other for its reception.

As has been rightly stated, it’s not easy to fully grasp Nollet’s theory of electricity, which was challenged by nearly all the prominent electrical thinkers in Europe at the time. He claimed that when an electric is energized, electricity flows to it from all directions, and when it is thus affluent, it pushes light objects away. This explains why energized bodies attract. When the electricity is effluent, the light objects are naturally pushed away from the electric, which then seems to repel. He believed that every electric has two different types of pores, one for releasing electric matter and the other for taking it in.

Nollet is the first one who published the close relationship existing between lightning and the electric spark. This he did during the year 1748, in the fourth volume of his “Leçons,” already alluded to and from which the following is extracted: “If any one should undertake to prove, as a clear consequence of the phenomenon, that thunder is in the hands of nature what electricity is in ours—that those wonders which we dispose at our pleasure are only imitations on a small scale of those grand effects which terrify us, and that both depend on the same mechanical agents ... I confess that this idea, well supported, would please me much.... The universality of the electric matter, the readiness of its actions, its instrumentality and its activity in giving fire to other bodies, its property of striking bodies, externally and internally, even to their smallest parts ... begin to make me believe that one might, by taking electricity for the model, form to one’s self, in regard to thunder and lightning, more perfect and more probable ideas than hitherto proposed.”

Nollet was the first to publish about the close relationship between lightning and the electric spark. He did this in 1748, in the fourth volume of his “Leçons,” which has already been mentioned and from which the following is taken: “If someone were to try to prove, as a clear conclusion from this phenomenon, that thunder is to nature what electricity is to us—that the wonders we control at our will are just small-scale imitations of the grand effects that frighten us, and that both rely on the same mechanical agents ... I admit that this well-supported idea would greatly please me.... The universality of electric matter, its quick actions, its role in igniting other objects, and its capability to affect bodies both externally and internally, even down to their smallest parts ... lead me to believe that one could, by using electricity as a model, form more accurate and plausible ideas about thunder and lightning than have been proposed so far.”

[183]

[183]

For a memoir treating of the cause of thunder and lightning, written by the Rev. Father de Lozeran de Fech, of Perpignan, the Bordeaux Academy of Sciences had in 1726 awarded him its annual prize; and the same institution conferred a similar award, in August 1750, upon M. Bergeret, a physician of Dijon, whose memoir admitted the close analogy between lightning and electricity.

For a memoir discussing the causes of thunder and lightning, written by the Rev. Father de Lozeran de Fech from Perpignan, the Bordeaux Academy of Sciences awarded him its annual prize in 1726. The same institution gave a similar award in August 1750 to M. Bergeret, a physician from Dijon, for his memoir that recognized the strong similarity between lightning and electricity.

References.—Ronalds’ “Catalogue,” pp. 369–371; Jean Morin, “Réplique,” Paris, 1749; A. H. Paulian, “Conjectures,” 1868; “Abrégé des transactions philosophiques,” Vol. X. p. 336; “Mémoires de mathématique,” etc., pour 1746, p. 22; “Journal des Sçavans,” Vol. CXVII. for 1739, pp. 111–115, and Vol. CXLII for 1747, pp. 248–265; “Medical Electricity,” by Dr. H. Lewis Jones, Philad., 1904, p. 2; “Mémoires de l’Acad. Royale des Sciences” pour 1745, p. 107; 1746, p. 1; 1747, pp. 24, 102, 149, 207; 1748, p. 164; 1749, p. 444; 1753, pp. 429, 475; 1755, p. 293; 1761, p. 244; 1762, pp. 137, 270; 1764, pp. 408–409; 1766, p. 323; “Leçons,” eighth edition, Vol. IV. p. 315; Phil. Trans., Vol. XLV. p. 187; Vol. XLVI. p. 368; Vol. XLVII. p. 553; also the following abridgments: Hutton, Vol. X. pp. 20, 295, 372–379, 446 (Dr. Birch); Vol. XI. p. 580; John Martyn, Vol. X. part ii. pp. 277–333, 382 (Folkes), 414. See the experiments of Etienne François du Tour, “Sur la manière dont la flamme agit sur les corps electriques,” in a letter addressed by him to Nollet in 1745, and in “Mém. de Mathém. et Phys.,” Vol. II. p. 246, Paris, 1755; also Zantedeschi and Faraday on the “Magnetic Condition of Flame” (Faraday’s “Exper. Res.,” Vol. III. pp. 490–493).

References.—Ronalds’ “Catalogue,” pp. 369–371; Jean Morin, “Réplique,” Paris, 1749; A. H. Paulian, “Conjectures,” 1868; “Abrégé des transactions philosophiques,” Vol. X. p. 336; “Mémoires de mathématique,” etc., for 1746, p. 22; “Journal des Sçavans,” Vol. CXVII for 1739, pp. 111–115, and Vol. CXLII for 1747, pp. 248–265; “Medical Electricity,” by Dr. H. Lewis Jones, Philad., 1904, p. 2; “Mémoires de l’Acad. Royale des Sciences” for 1745, p. 107; 1746, p. 1; 1747, pp. 24, 102, 149, 207; 1748, p. 164; 1749, p. 444; 1753, pp. 429, 475; 1755, p. 293; 1761, p. 244; 1762, pp. 137, 270; 1764, pp. 408–409; 1766, p. 323; “Leçons,” eighth edition, Vol. IV. p. 315; Phil. Trans., Vol. XLV. p. 187; Vol. XLVI. p. 368; Vol. XLVII. p. 553; also the following abridgments: Hutton, Vol. X. pp. 20, 295, 372–379, 446 (Dr. Birch); Vol. XI. p. 580; John Martyn, Vol. X. part ii. pp. 277–333, 382 (Folkes), 414. See the experiments of Etienne François du Tour, “On the Way Flame Affects Electric Bodies,” in a letter he sent to Nollet in 1745, and in “Mém. de Mathém. et Phys.,” Vol. II. p. 246, Paris, 1755; also Zantedeschi and Faraday on the “Magnetic Condition of Flame” (Faraday’s “Exper. Res.,” Vol. III. pp. 490–493).

A.D. 1746.—Wilson (Benjamin) (1721–1788), Secretary to the Royal Society, writes his “Essay toward an explication of the phenomena of Electricity deduced from the ether of Sir Isaac Newton.” In the chapter of Priestley’s “History” treating of the Theories of Electricity, he says: “With some, and particularly Mr. Wilson, the chief agent in all electrical operations is Sir Isaac Newton’s ether, which is more or less dense in all bodies in proportion to the smallness of their pores, except that it is much denser in sulphureous and unctuous bodies. To this ether are ascribed the principal phenomena of attraction and repulsion, whereas the light, the smell, and other sensible qualities of the electric fluid are referred to the grosser particles of bodies, driven from them by the forcible action of this ether. Many phenomena in electricity are also attempted to be explained by means of a subtile medium, at the surface of all bodies, which is the cause of the refraction and reflection of the rays of light, and also resist the entrance and exit of this ether. This medium, he says, extends to a small distance from the body, and is of the same nature with what is called the electric fluid.[50] On the surface of conductors this medium is rare[184] and easily admits the passage of the electric fluid, whereas on the surface of electrics it is dense and resists it. This medium is rarefied by heat, which converts non-conductors into conductors.”

A.D. 1746.—Wilson (Benjamin) (1721–1788), Secretary to the Royal Society, writes his “Essay toward an explanation of the phenomena of Electricity derived from the ether of Sir Isaac Newton.” In the chapter of Priestley’s “History” that discusses the Theories of Electricity, he says: “For some, especially Mr. Wilson, the main force in all electrical interactions is Sir Isaac Newton’s ether, which varies in density among different substances depending on the size of their pores, though it is much denser in sulfurous and oily materials. This ether is credited with the key phenomena of attraction and repulsion, while the light, smell, and other observable qualities of the electric fluid are attributed to the larger particles of substances that are pushed away by the strong action of this ether. Various electrical phenomena are also explained through a subtle medium that exists on the surface of all bodies, which causes the refraction and reflection of light rays, and also hinders the entry and exit of this ether. This medium, he explains, extends a short distance from the body and resembles what is called the electric fluid. On the surface of conductors, this medium is sparse and easily allows the flow of the electric fluid, while on the surface of insulators it is dense and blocks it. This medium becomes less dense with heat, turning insulators into conductors.”

At pp. 71 and 88, 1746 edition, and at p. 88, Prop. XI. of the 1752 edition of this same “Essay,” Wilson says that during the year 1746 he discovered a method of giving the shock of the Leyden jar to any particular part of the body without affecting any other portion; that he increased the shock from the jar by plunging it into water, thereby giving it a coating of water on the outside as high as it was filled on the inside; and that the accumulation of electricity in the Leyden jar is always in proportion to the thinness of the glass, the surface of the glass and that of the non-electrics in contact with the inside and outside thereof.

At pages 71 and 88 of the 1746 edition, and on page 88, Proposition XI, of the 1752 edition of the same “Essay,” Wilson states that in 1746 he found a way to deliver the shock from a Leyden jar to a specific part of the body without affecting any other area. He mentioned that he was able to enhance the shock from the jar by submerging it in water, which created a layer of water on the outside up to the same height as the liquid inside. He also noted that the amount of electricity accumulated in the Leyden jar is always proportional to the thinness of the glass, the surface area of the glass, and that of the non-electrics in contact with the inside and outside.

It was in this same year, 1746, that Wilson first observed the lateral shock or return stroke, which was not, however, explained until Lord Mahon, third Earl of Stanhope, published his “Principles of Electricity,” in 1779.

It was in this same year, 1746, that Wilson first observed the lateral shock or return stroke, which, however, wasn’t explained until Lord Mahon, the third Earl of Stanhope, published his “Principles of Electricity” in 1779.

On the 13th of November, 1760, a paper of Mr. Wilson’s was read before the Royal Society, in which he detailed several of his ingenious experiments on the plus and minus of electricity, and showed that these can be produced at pleasure by carefully attending to the form of bodies, their sudden or gradual removal and the degrees of electrifying. He had previously noticed that when two electrics are rubbed together, the body whose substance is hardest and electric power strongest is always electrified positively and the other negatively. Rubbing the tourmaline and amber together he produced a plus electricity on both sides of the stone and a minus on the amber; but, rubbing the diamond and the tourmaline, both sides of the tourmaline were electrified minus and the diamond plus. When insulated silver and glass were rubbed, the silver became minus and the glass plus.

On November 13, 1760, a paper by Mr. Wilson was presented to the Royal Society, where he described several of his clever experiments on positive and negative electricity. He demonstrated that these can be created at will by carefully considering the shape of objects, their sudden or gradual separation, and the levels of electrification. He had previously observed that when two electrics are rubbed against each other, the material that is hardest and has the strongest electric power always ends up positively electrified, while the other becomes negatively electrified. When he rubbed tourmaline and amber together, he created positive electricity on both sides of the stone and negative electricity on the amber; however, when he rubbed diamond and tourmaline, both sides of the tourmaline became negatively electrified and the diamond positively electrified. When insulated silver and glass were rubbed, the silver became negatively charged and the glass positively charged.

He further observed that when directing a stream of air against a tourmaline, a pane of glass or a piece of amber, these were electrified plus on both sides. Prof. Faraday subsequently showed that no electrical effect is produced in these cases unless the air is either damp or holds dry powders in suspension, the electricity being produced[185] by the friction of particles of water in the one case and by the particles of powder in the other. Sir David Brewster, who thus mentions the latter fact, likewise singles out two more of Mr. Wilson’s observations, viz. that when a stick of sealing-wax is broken across or when a dry, warm piece of wood is rent asunder, one of the separated surfaces becomes vitreously and the other resinously electrified.

He also noted that when a stream of air was directed at a tourmaline, a pane of glass, or a piece of amber, these objects became positively charged on both sides. Professor Faraday later demonstrated that no electrical effect occurs in these situations unless the air is either humid or carries dry powders. The electricity is generated from the friction of water particles in one case and from powder particles in the other. Sir David Brewster, who pointed out this latter fact, also highlighted two additional observations by Mr. Wilson: when a stick of sealing wax is broken or when a dry, warm piece of wood is torn apart, one of the resulting surfaces becomes positively charged and the other negatively charged.

References.—De La Rive, “Electricity,” Vol. I. p. 203; Wilson, “Treatise on Electricity”; Wilson and Hoadley, “Observations on a Series of Electrical Experiments”; Phil. Trans., Vol. XLVIII. p. 347; Vol. XLIX. p. 682; Vol. LI. part i. pp. 83, 308, 331, part ii. p. 896; Vol. LIII. pp. 436, etc.; Vol. LXVIII. p. 999; Vol. LXIX. p. 51; also Hutton’s abridgments; Vol. X. p. 420; Vol. XI. pp. 15, 396, 504; Vol. XII. pp. 44, 147; Vol. XIII. p. 374; Vol. XIV. pp. 334, 337, 458, 480; “The Electrical Researches of the Hon. Henry Cavendish,” Cambridge, 1879, No. 125; L. E. Kaemtz, “Lehrbuch der Meteor,” Halle, 1832, Vol. II. p. 395.

References.—De La Rive, “Electricity,” Vol. I. p. 203; Wilson, “Treatise on Electricity”; Wilson and Hoadley, “Observations on a Series of Electrical Experiments”; Phil. Trans., Vol. XLVIII. p. 347; Vol. XLIX. p. 682; Vol. LI. part i. pp. 83, 308, 331, part ii. p. 896; Vol. LIII. pp. 436, etc.; Vol. LXVIII. p. 999; Vol. LXIX. p. 51; also Hutton’s abridgments; Vol. X. p. 420; Vol. XI. pp. 15, 396, 504; Vol. XII. pp. 44, 147; Vol. XIII. p. 374; Vol. XIV. pp. 334, 337, 458, 480; “The Electrical Researches of the Hon. Henry Cavendish,” Cambridge, 1879, No. 125; L. E. Kaemtz, “Lehrbuch der Meteor,” Halle, 1832, Vol. II. p. 395.

A.D. 1746.—Ellicott (John), of Chester, suggests a method of estimating the exact force of the electric charge contained in the Leyden jar by its power to raise a weight in one scale of a balance while the other scale is held over and attracted by the electrified body. This was the principle upon which Mr. Gralath constructed the electrometer shown in Dantzig Memoirs, Vol. I. p. 525.

A.D. 1746.—John Ellicott from Chester proposes a way to measure the exact strength of the electric charge in the Leyden jar by using its ability to lift a weight on one side of a balance while the other side is influenced by the charged object. This was the basis for the electrometer built by Mr. Gralath, as detailed in Dantzig Memoirs, Vol. I. p. 525.

With reference to the experiments of Boze (A.D. 1738) and of Nollet (A.D. 1746) made with capillary tubes, he says that the siphon, though electrified, will only deliver the water by drops if the basin containing the water is also electrified. He explains Nollet’s observation, that the electric matter issues more sensibly from the point at the extremity of the conductor, by saying that the effluvia, in rushing from the globe along the conductor, as they approach the point are brought nearer together, and therefore are denser there, and if the light be owing to the density and velocity of the effluvia it will be visible at the point and nowhere else. Ellicott’s theory of electricity is founded upon the following data: (1) electrical phenomena are produced by effluvia; (2) these effluvia repel each other; (3) they are attracted by all other matter. If the word fluid is substituted for effluvia, these data absolutely agree with those adopted by Æpinus and Cavendish, forming the basis of the only satisfactory theory of electricity hitherto proposed.

With reference to the experiments of Boze (CE 1738) and Nollet (C.E. 1746) conducted with capillary tubes, he states that the siphon, even when electrified, will only release water in drops if the basin containing the water is also electrified. He clarifies Nollet’s observation that electric energy is released more noticeably from the point at the end of the conductor by explaining that as the effluvia rush from the globe along the conductor, they get closer together as they near the point, making them denser there. If the light comes from the density and speed of the effluvia, it will be visible at that point and nowhere else. Ellicott’s theory of electricity is based on the following data: (1) electrical phenomena are caused by effluvia; (2) these effluvia repel each other; (3) they are attracted by all other matter. If the word fluid is used instead of effluvia, this data perfectly aligns with those put forth by Æpinus and Cavendish, forming the foundation of the only satisfactory theory of electricity proposed so far.

References.—Boulanger, “Traité de la Cause et des phénomènes de l’électricité,” Paris, 1750, p. 324; Phil. Trans. for 1746, Vol. XLIV. p. 96, and for 1748, Vol. XLV. pp. 195–224, 313; also the abridgments of John Martyn, Vol. X. part ii. pp. 324, 386, 389, 394; Hutton, Vol. IX. p. 475.

Sources.—Boulanger, “Treatise on the Cause and Phenomena of Electricity,” Paris, 1750, p. 324; Phil. Trans. for 1746, Vol. XLIV. p. 96, and for 1748, Vol. XLV. pp. 195–224, 313; also the summaries by John Martyn, Vol. X. part ii. pp. 324, 386, 389, 394; Hutton, Vol. IX. p. 475.

A.D. 1747.—Pivati (Johannes Francisco), a Venetian physician, relates in his “Lettere della elettricita medica,” that if odorous[186] substances are confined in glass vessels and the latter excited, the odours and other medical virtues will transpire through the glass, infect the atmosphere of a conductor, and communicate the virtue they may possess to all persons in contact therewith; also, that those substances held in the hands of persons electrified will communicate their virtue to them so that medicines can thus be made to operate without being taken in the usual manner.

A.D. 1747.—Pivati (Johannes Francisco), a Venetian doctor, shares in his “Letters on Medical Electricity” that if fragrant substances are sealed in glass containers and the containers are charged, the scents and other medicinal properties will pass through the glass, affect the air around a conductor, and transfer their qualities to anyone who touches them. He also notes that when these substances are held by electrified individuals, they will impart their properties to them, allowing medicines to work without being consumed in the traditional way.

This appears to have been likewise asserted especially by M. Veratti, of Bologna, and by M. Bianchi, of Turin; also by Prof. Winckler, of Leipzig, who satisfied himself of the power of electricity on sulphur, cinnamon, and on balsam of Peru even at a distance.

This seems to have also been claimed, particularly by M. Veratti from Bologna and M. Bianchi from Turin; as well as by Prof. Winckler from Leipzig, who confirmed the effects of electricity on sulphur, cinnamon, and balsam of Peru even from a distance.

By the above-named means of applying the electric fluid Pivati is reported to have effected cures of ordinary pains and aches, and to have even relieved of gout the old Bishop Donadoni, of Sebenico, who had long been a sufferer, and who was at the time seventy-five years of age. This pretended transudation and its medical effects could not, however, be verified, even with the directions asked of and given by Prof. Winckler, when very careful and exhaustive experiments were made, on the 12th of June, 1751, at the house of Dr. Watson, in presence of the president and other officers as well as friends of the Royal Society. Nor could Dr. Bianchini, Professor of Medicine at Venice, succeed any better. At a later date, Franklin asserted that it was impossible to combine the virtues of medicines with the electric fluid.

By the methods mentioned above, Pivati is said to have cured common pains and aches, and even relieved Bishop Donadoni of Sebenico from gout, a condition he had suffered from for a long time, while he was seventy-five years old. However, this claimed transudation and its medical effects couldn’t be verified, even after following the instructions provided by Prof. Winckler during thorough experiments conducted on June 12, 1751, at Dr. Watson's house, in front of the president and other officers as well as friends of the Royal Society. Dr. Bianchini, a Professor of Medicine in Venice, also had no better luck. Later on, Franklin stated that it was impossible to combine the benefits of medicines with the electric fluid.

References.—Franklin’s Letters, p. 82; Phil. Trans. for 1748, Vol. XLV. pp. 262, 270; for 1750, Vol. XLVI. pp. 348, 368; for 1751, Vol. XLVII. p. 231; for 1753, Vol. XLVIII. pp. 399, 406, and Vol. X. abridged, pp. 400–403.

Sources.—Franklin’s Letters, p. 82; Phil. Trans. for 1748, Vol. XLV. pp. 262, 270; for 1750, Vol. XLVI. pp. 348, 368; for 1751, Vol. XLVII. p. 231; for 1753, Vol. XLVIII. pp. 399, 406, and Vol. X. abridged, pp. 400–403.

A.D. 1747.—Louis (Antoine), eminent French surgeon (1723–1792), publishes “Observations sur l’électricité,” of which the first issue appeared in 1747 and wherein he indicates the employment of electricity in medical practice. This he did again in his “Recueils,” upon a more pretentious scale, six years later, 1753.

A.D. 1747.—Louis (Antoine), a prominent French surgeon (1723–1792), publishes “Observations sur l’électricité,” with the first edition released in 1747, where he discusses the use of electricity in medical practice. He revisits the topic in his “Recueils,” on a larger scale, six years later, in 1753.

References.—N. F. J. Eloy, “Dict. de la Médecine,” Mons, 1778, Vol. III. p. 206; “Gen. Biog. Dict.” of Alex. Chalmers, 1815, Vol. XX. p. 419; Hœfer, “Nouv. Biog. Gén.,” Vol. XXXI. p. 1033; Quérard, “La France Littéraire”; “Biog. Univ.,” de Michaud, Vol. XXV. pp. 319–325.

References.—N. F. J. Eloy, “Dictionary of Medicine,” Mons, 1778, Vol. III. p. 206; “General Biographical Dictionary” of Alex. Chalmers, 1815, Vol. XX. p. 419; Hœfer, “New General Biography,” Vol. XXXI. p. 1033; Quérard, “Literary France”; “Universal Biography,” by Michaud, Vol. XXV. pp. 319–325.

A.D. 1747.—Gralath (Daniel) publishes in the Dantzig Memoirs his “Geschichte der Electricität.”

A.D. 1747.—Gralath (Daniel) publishes in the Dantzig Memoirs his “History of Electricity.”

He is the first to construct a Leyden phial with a long, narrow neck, through which is passed an iron wire bearing a tin knob in place of the iron nail theretofore used; and, with several of these[187] phials joined together in the form of a battery, he had, during the previous year, transmitted a shock through a chain of twenty persons. His observations are recorded in the above-named Memoirs at pp. 175–304 and 506–534, Vol. I.; pp. 355–460, Vol. II.; pp. 492–556, Vol. III. Gralath’s “Electrische Bibliothek” is in Vols. II. and III.

He is the first to create a Leyden jar with a long, narrow neck, through which an iron wire with a tin knob replaces the iron nail that was used before; and with several of these[187] jars connected together like a battery, he transmitted a shock through a chain of twenty people the previous year. His findings are documented in the aforementioned Memoirs on pp. 175–304 and 506–534, Vol. I.; pp. 355–460, Vol. II.; pp. 492–556, Vol. III. Gralath’s “Electrische Bibliothek” is in Vols. II. and III.

A.D. 1747.—The Swedish mathematician and philosopher, Samuel Klingenstierna, and his pupil, M. Stroemer, were the first who properly electrified by the rubber, and their experiments were published in the Acts of the Royal Academy of Sciences at Stockholm for the year 1747 (see Priestley’s “History of Electricity,” Part I. period viii. s. 3, wherein he alludes to Wilcke’s “Herrn Franklin’s briefe,” etc., p. 112).

A.D. 1747.—The Swedish mathematician and philosopher, Samuel Klingenstierna, and his student, M. Stroemer, were the first to effectively use rubber for electrification, and their experiments were published in the Acts of the Royal Academy of Sciences in Stockholm for the year 1747 (see Priestley’s “History of Electricity,” Part I. period viii. s. 3, where he references Wilcke’s “Herrn Franklin’s briefe,” etc., p. 112).

A.D. 1748.—Morin (Jean), French physicist, publishes at Chartres “Nouvelle dissertation sur l’électricité des corps,” etc., in which he details many of his experiments, and endeavours to give a correct explanation of all the extraordinary electrical phenomena hitherto observed. He is also the author of a “Reply to Mr. Nollet upon Electricity,” published in 1749 at Chartres and at Paris, as well as of a treatise upon Universal Mechanism, which latter, according to the Journal des Savants, contained more information upon Nature generally, and expressed in fewer words, than was embraced in any previous work.

A.D. 1748.—Jean Morin, a French physicist, publishes “Nouvelle dissertation sur l’électricité des corps” in Chartres, where he describes many of his experiments and tries to provide a clear explanation of all the extraordinary electrical phenomena that have been observed up to that point. He also wrote a “Reply to Mr. Nollet upon Electricity,” published in 1749 in both Chartres and Paris, as well as a treatise on Universal Mechanism, which, according to the Journal des Savants, offered more information about Nature as a whole and used fewer words than any previous work.

References.—“Dict. Univ.,” Vol. XI. p. 568; “Biog. Générale,” Vol. XXXVI. p. 599.

Sources.—“Dict. Univ.,” Vol. XI. p. 568; “Biog. Générale,” Vol. XXXVI. p. 599.

A.D. 1749.—Stukeley (the Rev. William), M.D., is the first who advanced that earthquakes are probably caused by electricity. This he did in a paper read before the Royal Society, March 22, 1749, having reference to the subterranean disturbances noticed in London, February 8 and March 8 of the same year. In this communication, as well as in a subsequent one read to the same Society, December 6, 1750, bearing upon a similar disturbance observed throughout England during the previous month of September, he explains why earthquakes are not the result of subterraneous winds, fires, vapours, etc.

A.D. 1749.—Stukeley (the Rev. William), M.D., was the first to suggest that earthquakes are likely caused by electricity. He presented this idea in a paper to the Royal Society on March 22, 1749, in response to the underground disturbances noticed in London on February 8 and March 8 of that year. In this paper, as well as in a follow-up presentation to the same Society on December 6, 1750, related to a similar disturbance seen across England the previous September, he explains why earthquakes are not due to underground winds, fires, vapors, and so on.

One of his strongest arguments is that no such vapours could instantaneously have destroyed thirteen great cities as did the earthquake which occurred in Asia Minor, A.D. 17, and which is reckoned to have shaken a cone of earth three hundred miles diameter in base and two hundred miles in the axis. This quantity of earth, he says, “all the gunpowder which has ever been made since the invention of it would not have been able to stir, much less[188] any vapours, which could be supposed to be generated so far below the surface,” and, he adds, “if the concussion depended upon a subterraneous eruption the shock would precede the noise.”

One of his strongest arguments is that no vapors could have instantly destroyed thirteen major cities like the earthquake in Asia Minor, A.D. 17, which is believed to have shaken an area of land with a base diameter of three hundred miles and an axis of two hundred miles. He claims that “all the gunpowder that's ever been made since it was invented wouldn’t have been able to move this amount of earth, let alone create any vapors that might be generated so deep underground.” He also adds, “if the shock was caused by a subterranean eruption, the impact would come before the noise.”

He observes that the earth for months prior to the afore-named disturbances “must have been in a state of electricity ready for that particular vibration in which electrification exists”; that all the vegetation had been “uncommonly forward ... and electricity is well known to quicken vegetation”; that the aurora borealis had been very frequent about the same time and had been twice repeated just before the earthquake, “of such colours as had never been seen before,” there being, one evening, “a deep red aurora borealis covering the cope of heaven very terrible to behold”; that the whole year had been “remarkable for fire-balls, thunder, lightning and coruscations, almost throughout all England,” all which “are rightly judged to proceed from the electrical state of the atmosphere”; and, finally, that, a little before the earthquake, “a large and black cloud suddenly covered the atmosphere, which probably occasioned the shock by the discharge of a shower.” He adds that, according to Dr. Childrey, earthquakes are always preceded by rain and sudden tempests of rain in times of great drought.

He points out that the earth for months leading up to the disturbances mentioned earlier “must have been in a state of electrical readiness for that specific vibration in which electrification exists”; that all the vegetation had been “unusually advanced ... and electricity is well known to accelerate growth”; that the aurora borealis had been very frequent around the same time and had appeared twice just before the earthquake, “with colors that had never been seen before,” including, one evening, “a deep red aurora borealis covering the sky that was very frightening to witness”; that the entire year had been “notable for fireballs, thunder, lightning, and flashes of light, almost throughout all England,” all of which “are rightly considered to result from the electrical condition of the atmosphere”; and, finally, that shortly before the earthquake, “a large black cloud suddenly filled the sky, which probably caused the shock by discharging a rainstorm.” He adds that, according to Dr. Childrey, earthquakes are always preceded by rain and sudden downpours during periods of extreme drought.

Dr. Stephen Hales (1677–1761), who was Stukeley’s classmate at Bennet College, Cambridge, and later his chief assistant in the study of the natural sciences, and who afterward became celebrated for his physical investigations and discoveries, arrives at a like conclusion. He thinks that “the electric appearances were only occasioned by the great agitation which the electric fluid was put into by the shock of so great a mass of the earth.” The great noise which attended the disturbance of March 8, 1749, he conjectured was “owing to the rushing or sudden expansion of the electric fluid at the top of St. Martin’s spire, where all the electric effluvia, which ascended along the large body of the tower, being strongly condensed, and accelerated at the point of the weathercock, as they rushed off made so much the louder expansive explosion.” It may be added here that Dr. Hales is the one who, at a previous date, had communicated to the Royal Society his observation of the fact that the electric spark proceeding from warm iron is of a bright, light colour, while that from warm copper is green, and the colour from a warm egg of a light yellow. In his opinion, these experiments appeared to argue that some particles of those different bodies are carried off in the electric flashes wherein those different colours are exhibited.

Dr. Stephen Hales (1677–1761), who was Stukeley’s classmate at Bennet College, Cambridge, and later his main assistant in studying the natural sciences, eventually gained fame for his physical investigations and discoveries, reached a similar conclusion. He believed that “the electric phenomena were only caused by the intense agitation that the electric fluid experienced due to the shock from such a large mass of the earth.” The loud noise that accompanied the disturbance on March 8, 1749, he speculated was “due to the rush or sudden expansion of the electric fluid at the top of St. Martin’s spire, where all the electric emissions that ascended along the large body of the tower were strongly condensed and accelerated at the point of the weathercock, causing a much louder explosive sound as they rushed off.” It’s worth noting that Dr. Hales was the one who had previously informed the Royal Society of his observation that the electric spark from warm iron is bright white, while from warm copper it is green, and the spark from a warm egg is light yellow. In his view, these experiments seemed to suggest that some particles from those different materials are emitted in the electric flashes where those different colors appear.

For Stephen Hales, consult the Phil. Trans., Vol. XLV. p. 409, as well as the abridgments of Hutton, Vol. IX. p. 534, and for his[189] portrait see “Essays in Historical Chemistry,” by T. E. Thorpe, London, 1894.

For Stephen Hales, check the Phil. Trans., Vol. XLV. p. 409, as well as the summaries of Hutton, Vol. IX. p. 534, and for his [189] portrait, see “Essays in Historical Chemistry,” by T. E. Thorpe, London, 1894.

For Stukeley and for Stephen Hales: consult “General Biographical Dictionary,” Alex. Chalmers, London, 1814, Vol. XVII. pp. 41–43.

For Stukeley and for Stephen Hales: check out “General Biographical Dictionary,” Alex. Chalmers, London, 1814, Vol. XVII. pp. 41–43.

References.—Priestley, “History of Electricity,” Part I. period x. s. 12; Phil. Trans., abridged by John Martyn, Part II. of Vol. X. pp. 406–526, 535, 540, 541, 551; Vol. XLIV-XLV, p. 409; Appendix to the Phil. Trans. for 1750, Vol. XLVI; Hale, “Statical Essays,” II. p. 291; Thomson, “Hist. Roy. Soc.,” 1812, p. 197.

References.—Priestley, “History of Electricity,” Part I. period x. s. 12; Phil. Trans., summarized by John Martyn, Part II. of Vol. X. pp. 406–526, 535, 540, 541, 551; Vol. XLIV-XLV, p. 409; Appendix to the Phil. Trans. for 1750, Vol. XLVI; Hale, “Statical Essays,” II. p. 291; Thomson, “Hist. Roy. Soc.,” 1812, p. 197.

A.D. 1749.—Jallabert (Jean Louis), Professor of Philosophy and Mathematics at Geneva, is the author of “Expériences sur l’électricité, avec quelques conjectures sur la cause de ses effets,” of which a smaller edition had appeared at Geneva in 1748.

A.D. 1749.—Jallabert (Jean Louis), a professor of Philosophy and Mathematics in Geneva, is the author of “Experiments on Electricity, with some theories on the cause of its effects,” of which a smaller edition was published in Geneva in 1748.

He confirms the result obtained by Dr. Watson (A.D. 1745) that the electric fluid takes the shortest course by passing through the substance of a conducting wire instead of along its surface. By making his Leyden experiments with a jar in which the water is frozen, he shows that ice is a conductor of electricity. He improves upon Nollet’s experiments, and demonstrates conclusively that plants which are electrified grow faster and have finer stems, etc., than those not electrified. He is the first to observe that a body pointed at one end and round at the other produces different appearances upon the same body, according as the pointed or the rounded end is presented to it. The Dantzig Memoirs, Vol. II. p. 378, tell us that Carolus Augustus Van Bergen, Professor of Medicine at Frankfort on Oder, had previously noticed, “as a small step toward discovering the effect of pointed bodies,” that sparks taken from a polished body are stronger than those from a rough one. With the latter he found it difficult to fire spirits, but he could easily do it with a polished conductor.

He confirms Dr. Watson's findings (A.D. 1745) that electricity travels the shortest path through a conducting wire instead of along its surface. By conducting his Leyden experiments with a jar filled with frozen water, he proves that ice can conduct electricity. He builds on Nollet’s experiments and clearly shows that plants exposed to electricity grow faster and have better stems compared to those that aren't. He is the first to notice that a body that is pointed on one end and round on the other creates different effects on another body based on which end is facing it. The Dantzig Memoirs, Vol. II. p. 378, states that Carolus Augustus Van Bergen, a Professor of Medicine in Frankfort on Oder, had previously observed, “as a small step toward discovering the effect of pointed bodies,” that sparks from a smooth surface are stronger than those from a rough one. With the rough surface, he struggled to ignite spirits, but found it easy with a polished conductor.

M. Jallabert is also known to have effected some medical cures through the agency of the electric fluid, as related in the “Expériences” above alluded to.

M. Jallabert is also known to have achieved some medical cures using electric energy, as mentioned in the "Experiences" referenced above.

References.—“Biog. Univ.,” Vol. XX. p. 535; Bertholon, “Elec. du Corps Humain,” 1786, Vol. I. pp. 260, 292, 299, 334, 413, and Vol. II. p. 291; Beccaria, “Dell’ Elettricismo Naturale,” etc., p. 125; “Journal des Sçavans,” Vol. CXLIX. for 1749, pp. 1–18, 441–461; “Medical Electricity,” by Dr. H. Lewis Jones, Philad. 1904, p. 2.

Sources.—“Biog. Univ.,” Vol. XX. p. 535; Bertholon, “Electricity of the Human Body,” 1786, Vol. I. pp. 260, 292, 299, 334, 413, and Vol. II. p. 291; Beccaria, “On Natural Electricity,” etc., p. 125; “Journal of Scholars,” Vol. CXLIX. for 1749, pp. 1–18, 441–461; “Medical Electricity,” by Dr. H. Lewis Jones, Philadelphia, 1904, p. 2.

A.D. 1749.—Mines are fired by electricity (S. P. Thompson, lecture delivered October 7, 1882, at the University College, Bristol).

A.D. 1749.—Mines are ignited using electricity (S. P. Thompson, lecture given on October 7, 1882, at University College, Bristol).

A.D. 1749.—Through the important work entitled “Traité sur l’Electricité,” Louis Elisabeth de la Vergne Tressan secures,[190] a year later, admission to both the French Académie des Sciences and the English Royal Society. During 1786, three years after his death, the above-named work was merged into a publication in two volumes under the title of “Essai sur le fluide électrique considéré comme agent universel.”

A.D. 1749.—In his important work titled “Treatise on Electricity,” Louis Elisabeth de la Vergne Tressan gains,[190] a year later, membership in both the French Academy of Sciences and the Royal Society of England. In 1786, three years after his death, this work was combined into a two-volume publication entitled “Essay on Electric Fluid Considered as a Universal Agent.”

References.—“Biographie Générale,” Vol. XLV. pp. 623–626; Larousse, “Dictionnaire Universel,” Vol. XV. p. 474.

References.—“Biographie Générale,” Vol. XLV. pp. 623–626; Larousse, “Dictionnaire Universel,” Vol. XV. p. 474.

A.D. 1749.—Duhamel (Henri Louis, du Monceau) (1700–1782), member of the French Royal Academy of Sciences, develops, in conjunction with M. Antheaulme, the method introduced by Gowin Knight (A.D. 1746) for making artificial magnets, which latter process was found to be defective when applied to very large bars. To Le Maire, however, is due (Mem. de l’Acad. de Paris, 1745 and 1750), the notable improvement which consists in magnetizing at the same time two steel bars of any shape by placing them parallel to each other and connecting their extremities, with pieces of soft iron placed at right angles, in order to form a closed rectangular parallelogram. Two strong magnets, or two bunches of small magnetic bars, with their similar poles together, are then applied to the centre of one of the bars to be magnetized and are drawn away from each other, practically as in Dr. Knight’s method, while being held at an inclination of about forty-five degrees. The operation is repeated upon the other bar and continued alternately until sufficient magnetism is imparted to both, it being borne in mind that before the treatment is given to the second bar the poles must in each instance be reversed, i. e. the pole which was to the right hand should be turned to the left. The entire operation is to be repeated upon the reverse side of both bars.

A.D. 1749.—Duhamel (Henri Louis, du Monceau) (1700–1782), a member of the French Royal Academy of Sciences, develops, along with M. Antheaulme, the method introduced by Gowin Knight (CE 1746) for creating artificial magnets, which was found to be flawed when applied to very large bars. However, credit goes to Le Maire (Mem. de l’Acad. de Paris, 1745 and 1750) for the significant improvement that involves magnetizing two steel bars of any shape at the same time by placing them parallel to each other and connecting their ends with pieces of soft iron placed at right angles, forming a closed rectangular parallelogram. Two strong magnets, or two groups of small magnetic bars, with their like poles facing each other, are then applied to the center of one of the bars to be magnetized and pulled apart, similar to Dr. Knight’s method, while being held at about a forty-five-degree angle. This process is repeated on the other bar and alternated until both bars acquire enough magnetism, keeping in mind that before the second bar is treated, the poles must be reversed, meaning the pole that was on the right should be turned to the left. The entire procedure is to be repeated on the other side of both bars.

References.—Harris, “Rudim. Magn.,” I. and II. pp. 85 and 86; P. Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. VI. p. 1363; “Biog. Générale,” Vol. XV. pp. 106–107; Condorcet, “Eloge de Duhamel”; I. M. Des Essarts, “Siècles littéraires”; Georges Cuvier, “Hist. des Sc. Naturelles,” Vol. V; Thos. Thomson, “Hist. of the Roy. Soc.,” London, 1812, p. 45.

References.—Harris, “Rudim. Magn.,” I. and II. pp. 85 and 86; P. Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. VI. p. 1363; “Biog. Générale,” Vol. XV. pp. 106–107; Condorcet, “Eloge de Duhamel”; I. M. Des Essarts, “Siècles littéraires”; Georges Cuvier, “Hist. des Sc. Naturelles,” Vol. V; Thos. Thomson, “Hist. of the Roy. Soc.,” London, 1812, p. 45.

A.D. 1750–1753.—In M. Arago’s “Historical Eloge of James Watt,” translated by James P. Muirhead and published in London during the year 1839, it is said, at p. 6, that Watt constructed, at about the period first mentioned herein, a small electrical (his earliest) machine, the brilliant sparks from which became a subject of much amusement and surprise to all the companions of the poor invalid (“James Watt,” by Andrew Carnegie, New York, 1905).

A.D. 1750–1753.—In M. Arago’s “Historical Eloge of James Watt,” translated by James P. Muirhead and published in London in 1839, it states on page 6 that Watt built a small electrical machine (his first) around the time mentioned earlier, with the dazzling sparks from it amusing and surprising all the friends of the unfortunate invalid (“James Watt,” by Andrew Carnegie, New York, 1905).

A.D. 1750.—Wargentin (Pierre Guillaume—Perh Vilhelm—) (1717–1783), Secretary to the Swedish Academy of Sciences and a[191] distinguished astronomer, addresses, on the 21st of February, a letter to the Royal Society, of which a copy is to be found in Vol. XLVII. p. 126 of the Phil. Trans. In this he gives his observations of the result produced on the magnetic needle by the aurora borealis.

A.D. 1750.—Wargentin (Pierre Guillaume—Perh Vilhelm—) (1717–1783), Secretary to the Swedish Academy of Sciences and a[191] distinguished astronomer, writes a letter to the Royal Society on February 21st, a copy of which is located in Vol. XLVII, p. 126 of the Phil. Trans. In this letter, he shares his observations on how the aurora borealis affects the magnetic needle.

We have already seen (under the A.D. 1683 date), that the discovery of the fact that magnets are affected by the polar lights has been ascribed to Wargentin, and we have also learned (A.D. 1722) that he ascertained the diurnal changes of the magnetic needle with more precision than had been done by George Graham.

We have already seen (under the CE 1683 date) that Wargentin is credited with discovering that magnets are influenced by the northern lights. We also learned (CE 1722) that he determined the daily variations of the magnetic needle more accurately than George Graham had done.

References.—Walker, “Magnetism,” p. 116; American Journal Science and Arts, 1841, Vol. XXX. p. 227; Celsius, A.D. 1740, and the abridgments of Hutton, Vol. X. p. 165.

Citations.—Walker, “Magnetism,” p. 116; American Journal Science and Arts, 1841, Vol. XXX. p. 227; Celsius, CE 1740, and the summaries of Hutton, Vol. X. p. 165.

A.D. 1750.—Michell (John), an eminent English man of science, Professor at Queens’ College, Cambridge, publishes “A treatise of Artificial Magnets, in which is shown an easy and expeditious method of making them superior to the best natural ones.”

A.D. 1750.—John Michell, a prominent English scientist and Professor at Queens' College, Cambridge, publishes “A Treatise on Artificial Magnets, which presents a simple and quick method for creating them that surpasses even the best natural ones.”

The process introduced by this work is known as that of the “double touch.” This consists in first joining, at about a quarter of an inch distance, two bundles of strongly magnetized bars, having their opposite poles together, and in drawing these bars backward and forward upon and along the entire length of the bars to be magnetized, which latter have already been laid down end to end and in a straight line. The operation is to be repeated upon each side of the bars. The central bars of a series thus acquire at first a higher degree of magnetism than do the outer ones, but by transposing the latter and treating all alike the magnetic virtue is evenly distributed. In this process the external bars act the same part as do the pieces of soft iron employed in the Duhamel method.

The process described in this work is called the “double touch.” It involves first bringing together two bundles of strongly magnetized bars with their opposite poles facing each other, keeping them about a quarter of an inch apart. Then, you move these bars back and forth along the entire length of the bars you want to magnetize, which have already been arranged end to end in a straight line. This operation should be repeated on each side of the bars. The central bars in the series initially gain a higher level of magnetism compared to the outer ones, but by swapping the outer ones and treating them all the same, the magnetic effect becomes evenly distributed. In this method, the outer bars play a role similar to the soft iron pieces used in the Duhamel method.

At Chap. VI. p. 20 of the third volume of his “Rudimentary Magnetism,” Harris thus expresses himself: “Michell advanced the idea that in all the experiments of Hauksbee, Dr. Brooke Taylor, William Whiston and Musschenbroek, the force may really be in the inverse duplicate ratio of the distances, proper allowance being made for the disturbing changes in the magnetic forces so inseparable from the nature of the experiment. He is hence led to conclude that the true law of the force is identical with that of gravity, although he does not set it down as certain.”

At Chap. VI. p. 20 of the third volume of his “Rudimentary Magnetism,” Harris states: “Michell proposed that in all the experiments conducted by Hauksbee, Dr. Brooke Taylor, William Whiston, and Musschenbroek, the force might actually be in the inverse square ratio of the distances, making proper adjustments for the disruptive variations in the magnetic forces that are inherent to the nature of the experiment. He is thus led to conclude that the true law of the force is the same as that of gravity, though he does not assert it as certain.”

References.—Harris, “Rud. Mag.,” I. and II. pp. 94–95; C. R. Weld, “Hist. Roy. Soc.,” Vol. I. p. 512; Phil. Trans., Vol. LI. pp. 390, 393, and Hutton’s abridgment, Vol. XI. p. 418; Gaugain’s observations in “Sc. Am. Suppl.,” No. 7, p. 99.

Sources.—Harris, “Rud. Mag.,” I. and II. pp. 94–95; C. R. Weld, “Hist. Roy. Soc.,” Vol. I. p. 512; Phil. Trans., Vol. LI. pp. 390, 393, and Hutton’s abridgment, Vol. XI. p. 418; Gaugain’s observations in “Sc. Am. Suppl.,” No. 7, p. 99.

A.D. 1750.—Boulanger—not Boullangère—(Nicholas Antoine) (1722–1759), a well-known French writer, whose extensive studies[192] were interrupted by his death, in 1759, at the early age of thirty-seven, gives, in this “Traité de la cause et des phénomènes de l’électricité,” accounts of many important observations made in the electrical field.

A.D. 1750.—Boulanger—not Boullangère—(Nicholas Antoine) (1722–1759), a prominent French author, whose extensive research[192] was cut short by his death in 1759 at just thirty-seven years old, provides in his “Traité de la cause et des phénomènes de l’électricité” accounts of many significant observations made in the field of electricity.

His attention was carefully given to ascertaining the degrees in which different substances are capable of being excited, and he gives several lists of such, inferring therefrom that the most transparent and the most brittle are always the most electric.

His focus was keenly directed at figuring out how much different substances can be charged, and he provides several lists of these, concluding that the most transparent and most brittle materials are always the most electrically charged.

At pp. 64 and 124 of the above-named “Traité” he states that electricity affects mineral waters much more sensibly than common water; that black ribbons are more readily attracted than those of other colours, next to the black being the brown and deep red; and that, of two glass cylinders exactly alike, except that one is transparent and the other slightly coloured, the transparent one will be the more readily excited.

At pages 64 and 124 of the aforementioned “Treatise,” he states that electricity impacts mineral waters significantly more than regular water; that black ribbons are more easily attracted than those of other colors, with brown and dark red following black in attraction; and that, of two identical glass cylinders, where one is clear and the other is slightly tinted, the clear one will be more easily excited.

References.—The “Traité,” notably at pp. 135 and 164; “Biog. Générale,” Vol. VI. p. 939; Le Bas, “Dict. Encycl. de la France”; Quérard, “La France Littéraire”; Chaudon et Delandine, “Dict. historique.”

Sources.—The “Traité,” especially on pages 135 and 164; “Biog. Générale,” Volume VI, page 939; Le Bas, “Dict. Encycl. de la France”; Quérard, “La France Littéraire”; Chaudon and Delandine, “Dict. historique.”

A.D. 1751.—Adanson (Michael), a French naturalist of very high reputation, who, before the age of nineteen, had actually described four thousand species of the three kingdoms of nature, introduces in his “History of Senegal” the silurus electricus, a large species of eel originally brought from Surinam. Sir John Leslie states that the silurus is furnished with a very peculiar and complex nervous apparatus which has been fancifully likened to an electrical battery, and that, from a healthy specimen exhibited in London, vivid sparks were drawn in a darkened room. M. Broussonet alludes to the silurus as Le Trembleur in the “Hist. de l’Acad. Royale des Sciences” for 1782, p. 692.

A.D. 1751.—Adanson (Michael), a highly regarded French naturalist, had already described four thousand species from the three kingdoms of nature before he turned nineteen. In his “History of Senegal,” he introduces the silurus electricus, a large eel species originally from Surinam. Sir John Leslie notes that the silurus has a unique and complex nervous system that has been fancifully compared to an electrical battery, and that, from a healthy specimen displayed in London, bright sparks were generated in a darkened room. M. Broussonet refers to the silurus as Le Trembleur in the “Hist. de l’Acad. Royale des Sciences” for 1782, p. 692.

Adanson also called attention, in 1756, to the electrical powers of the malapterus electricus, but, according to the able naturalist, James Wilson (“Ichthyology,” Encycl. Brit.), there is a much earlier account of the fish extracted from the narrative of Baretus and Oviedo dated 1554.

Adanson also noted, in 1756, the electrical abilities of the malapterus electricus, but, according to the skilled naturalist, James Wilson (“Ichthyology,” Encycl. Brit.), there is a much earlier account of the fish taken from the writings of Baretus and Oviedo from 1554.

The Swedish scientist, Karl A. Rudolphi, pupil of Linnæus, called the princeps helminthologorum, has given a detailed description as well as illustrations of the electric organs of the malapterus in “Ueber den Zitter-wels,” Abh. Berl. Acad. VII.... This fish, which the Arabs call Raad or Raash (thunder), gives its discharge chiefly when touched on the head, but is powerless when held by the tail, the electrical organs in fact not reaching the caudal fin.

The Swedish scientist, Karl A. Rudolphi, a student of Linnæus, known as the princeps helminthologorum, provided a detailed description along with illustrations of the electric organs of the malapterus in “Ueber den Zitter-wels,” Abh. Berl. Acad. VII.... This fish, referred to as Raad or Raash (thunder) by the Arabs, primarily discharges electricity when touched on the head, but is powerless when held by the tail, since its electrical organs don't extend to the caudal fin.

To Adanson has been attributed the authorship of an essay on[193] the “Electricity of the Tourmaline” Paris, 1757, which bears the name of the Duke de Noya Caraffa.

To Adanson is credited with writing an essay on [193] the “Electricity of the Tourmaline” in Paris, 1757, which is named after the Duke de Noya Caraffa.

References.—Spreng, “Hist. R. Herb.,” Vol. II; and “Adanson’s Biog.,” Vol. II. “Encycl. Britannica,” Rees’ “Cycl.” Supplement and in “Bibl. Universelle,” Vol. I; Chambers’ “Encyl.” for 1868, Vol. III. p. 822; Cavallo, “Nat. Phil.,” Philad., 1825, Vol. II. p. 237; Scientific American Supplement, No. 457, pp. 7300, 7301; Rozier, Vol. XXVII. p. 139, and W. Bryant in Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. II. p. 166, O. S.

References.—Spreng, “Hist. R. Herb.,” Vol. II; and “Adanson’s Biog.,” Vol. II. “Encycl. Britannica,” Rees’ “Cycl.” Supplement and in “Bibl. Universelle,” Vol. I; Chambers’ “Encyl.” for 1868, Vol. III. p. 822; Cavallo, “Nat. Phil.,” Philad., 1825, Vol. II. p. 237; Scientific American Supplement, No. 457, pp. 7300, 7301; Rozier, Vol. XXVII. p. 139, and W. Bryant in Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. II. p. 166, O. S.

A.D. 1752.—Franklin (Benjamin) (1706–1790), an able American editor, philosopher and statesman, crowns his many experiments with the brilliant discovery of the identity of electricity and lightning. Humboldt says: “From this period the electric process passes from the domain of speculative physics into that of cosmical contemplation—from the recesses of the study to the freedom of nature” (“Cosmos,” Vol. II. 1849, p. 727). Wall (A.D. 1708) had only alluded to the resemblance of electricity to thunder and lightning; Grey (A.D. 1720) had conjectured their identity and implied that they differed only in one degree, while Nollet (A.D. 1746) pointed out a closer relationship than ever before adduced between lightning and the electric spark; but it was left for Franklin to prove the fact with empirical certainty.

A.D. 1752.—Benjamin Franklin (1706–1790), a skilled American editor, philosopher, and statesman, completes his numerous experiments with the groundbreaking discovery that electricity and lightning are the same. Humboldt remarks: “From this point on, the study of electricity shifts from theoretical physics to the realm of cosmic observation—from the confines of the lab to the openness of nature” (“Cosmos,” Vol. II. 1849, p. 727). Wall (CE 1708) had merely mentioned the similarity between electricity and thunder and lightning; Grey (CE 1720) had speculated about their identity and suggested they only differed slightly, while Nollet (CE 1746) highlighted a closer connection between lightning and the electric spark than had been noted before; but it was Franklin who definitively proved this with empirical evidence.

Franklin’s attention was first directed to electrical studies in 1745, by a letter from Peter Collinson, Fellow of the Royal Society of London, to the Literary Society of Philadelphia, and he first wrote on the subject to that gentleman on the 28th of July, 1747. This was followed by several other similar communications up to April 18, 1754, the whole of which comprise most of what subsequently appeared under the title “New Experiments and Observations on Electricity, made at Philadelphia, in America, by Benjamin Franklin, LL.D. and F.R.S.”

Franklin first became interested in studying electricity in 1745, thanks to a letter from Peter Collinson, a Fellow of the Royal Society of London, to the Literary Society of Philadelphia. He wrote to Collinson about the topic on July 28, 1747. This led to several other similar communications until April 18, 1754, which collectively formed much of what later was published under the title “New Experiments and Observations on Electricity, made at Philadelphia, in America, by Benjamin Franklin, LL.D. and F.R.S.”

Franklin first entertained the idea that lightning was not likely to be attracted by a pointed rod unless the latter was placed at a great height, and he therefore waited for the erection of a tall spire in Philadelphia which he intended to utilize for his observations, but delay in its completion led him to use a kite pointed with an iron rod, not doubting that the electric fluid could, during a thunderstorm, be drawn from it through a string.

Franklin initially considered that lightning probably wouldn’t be attracted to a pointed rod unless it was positioned at a significant height. He waited for the construction of a tall spire in Philadelphia, which he planned to use for his observations. However, delays in its completion prompted him to use a kite with an iron rod attached to it, confident that the electric charge could be drawn from it through a string during a thunderstorm.

The manner of constructing and employing the kite, and the attending results, are thus given in a letter dated Oct. 19, 1752 (Letter XII, “Experiments and observations on Electricity”): “Make a small cross of two light strips of cedar, the arms so long as to reach to the four corners of a large thin silk handkerchief when extended. Tie the corners of the handkerchief to the extremities of the cross, so you have the body of a kite which, being properly[194] accommodated with a tail, loop and string, will rise in the air like those made of paper; but, this being made of silk, is fitter to bear the wet and wind of a thunder-gust without tearing. To the top of the upright stick of the cross is to be fixed a very sharp-pointed wire, rising a foot or more above the wood. In the end of the twine, next the hand, is to be held a silk ribbon, and where the silk and twine join a key may be fastened. This kite is to be raised when a thunder-gust appears to be coming on, and the person who holds the string must stand within a door or window, or under some cover, so that the silk ribbon may not be wet, and care must be taken that the twine does not touch the frame of the door or window. As soon as any of the thunder clouds come over the kite, the pointed wire will draw the electric fire from them, and the kite with all the twine will be electrified, and the lose filaments of the twine will stand out every way and be attracted by an approaching finger. And when the rain has wetted the kite so that it can conduct the electric fire freely, you will find it stream out plentifully from the key on the approach of your knuckle. At this key, the phial (Leyden jar) may be charged, and from electric fire thus obtained spirits may be kindled, and all the other electric experiments be performed which are usually done by the help of a rubber glass globe or tube, and thereby the sameness of the electric matter with that of lightning completely demonstrated.”

The way to build and use the kite, along with the results, is described in a letter dated Oct. 19, 1752 (Letter XII, “Experiments and Observations on Electricity”): “Build a small cross using two light strips of cedar, with arms that extend out to the four corners of a large thin silk handkerchief when spread out. Tie the corners of the handkerchief to the ends of the cross, and you've created the body of a kite. If it’s properly equipped with a tail, loop, and string, it will fly like those made of paper; but since this one is made of silk, it’s better suited to withstand moisture and strong wind during a thunderstorm without tearing. A sharp-pointed wire should be attached to the top of the vertical stick of the cross, extending at least a foot above the wood. At the end of the string, held in hand, attach a silk ribbon, and a key can be fastened where the silk and string meet. This kite should be flown when a thunderstorm seems to be approaching, and the person holding the string must stay inside a door or window, or under some shelter, to keep the silk ribbon dry. It’s important that the string doesn’t touch the edges of the door or window. Once any thundercloud moves over the kite, the pointed wire will draw electricity from them, electrifying the kite and the entire string, causing the loose strands to stick out in all directions and be attracted by a nearby finger. When the rain has soaked the kite enough for it to effectively conduct electricity, you’ll see it spark out significantly from the key as your knuckle approaches. At this key, the Leyden jar can be charged, and with the electricity gathered this way, you can ignite spirits and perform all other electric experiments usually done with a glass globe or tube, thus completely demonstrating that the electrical matter is the same as that of lightning.”

It was during the month of June 1752, on the approach of a storm, that he and his son walked out upon the Philadelphia Commons and first raised the kite. At the outset no important results were obtained, but as soon as the cord became wet by the shower that followed, the electric sparks were easily drawn from the key and enabled Franklin to charge and give shocks from a Leyden jar.

It was in June 1752, as a storm was coming in, that he and his son walked out to the Philadelphia Commons and first flew the kite. Initially, nothing significant happened, but once the string got wet from the rain that followed, they were able to easily draw electric sparks from the key, allowing Franklin to charge and give shocks from a Leyden jar.

Thus, says Sabine, was Benjamin Franklin successful in one of the boldest experiments ever made by man upon the powers of nature, and from that moment he became immortal.

Thus, Sabine says, Benjamin Franklin succeeded in one of the most daring experiments ever attempted by humanity on the forces of nature, and from that moment on, he became immortal.

He had already, in 1749, made public the following, which is embodied in one of his letters to Mr. Collinson: “The electrical spark is zigzag, and not straight; so is lightning. Pointed bodies attract electricity; lightning strikes mountains, trees, spires, masts and chimneys. When different paths are offered to the escape of electricity, it chooses the best conductor; so does lightning. Electricity fires combustibles; so does lightning. Electricity fuses metals; so does lightning. Lightning rends bad conductors when it strikes them; so does electricity when rendered sufficiently strong. Lightning reverses the poles of a magnet; electricity has the same effect.”

He had already, in 1749, shared the following in one of his letters to Mr. Collinson: “The electrical spark is zigzag, not straight; the same goes for lightning. Pointed objects attract electricity; lightning hits mountains, trees, spires, masts, and chimneys. When there are different paths for electricity to escape, it chooses the best conductor; lightning does the same. Electricity ignites flammable materials; lightning does that too. Electricity melts metals; lightning does this as well. Lightning tears through poor conductors when it strikes them; electricity does the same when it becomes strong enough. Lightning reverses the poles of a magnet; electricity has the same effect.”

[195]

[195]

Franklin had, likewise, published at about the same period the plan for an experiment to ascertain from elevated structures whether the clouds that contain lightning are electrified or not. He himself had proposed to put the plan to execution; but he was led to try the kite experiment, and, meanwhile, his suggestions had been successfully acted upon, in France, by M. Dalibard and de Lor, as will be shown later on.

Franklin had also published around the same time a plan for an experiment to find out if the clouds that contain lightning are electrified. He personally intended to carry out the plan, but he decided to try the kite experiment instead. In the meantime, his ideas were successfully put into action in France by M. Dalibard and de Lor, as will be discussed later.

“The lightning, which doth cease to be, ere one can say, ‘it lightens.’”—Shakespeare.

“The lightning stops being before you can say, ‘it’s lightning.’”—Shakespeare.

“First let me talk with this philosopher; what is the cause of thunder?”—Shakespeare.

“First, let me talk with this philosopher; what's the reason for thunder?”—Shakespeare.

“... a way for the lightning of the thunder.”—Job xxviii. 26, and xxxviii. 25.

“... a way for the lightning of the thunder.”—Job xxviii. 26, and xxxviii. 25.

“It related not to the instances of the magneticalness of lightning.”—“Hist. of Roy. Soc.,” by Thomas Birch, Vol. IV. p. 253.

“It wasn't about the cases of the magnetism of lightning.”—“Hist. of Roy. Soc.,” by Thomas Birch, Vol. IV. p. 253.

When specifying the great points of coincidence existing between the ordinary electric discharge and lightning, Franklin, as already partly stated, had remarked that flashes of lightning are frequently waving and crooked, of a zigzag or forked appearance, sometimes diffused and sometimes coloured (“On the Nature of Thunderstorms,” W. Snow Harris, London, 1843, p. 24; Priestley, “History and Present State of Electricity,” London, 1769, p. 166; “Encycl. Metropol.,” article “Electricity”; Biot, “Traité de Physique,” Vol. II). In treating of the subject of lightning flashes, Dr. L. D. Gale (trans. of M. F. J. F. Duprez’s paper on “Atmospheric Electricity,” taken from the memoirs of the Royal Academy of Brussels) alludes to the attempts made by C. G. Helvig to determine the velocity of the linear flashes (Gilbert’s Annalen, Vol. LI. pp. 136 and 139, ss. 2, 10) which he estimated to be 40,000 to 50,000 feet in a second, and states that M. Weigsenborn, of Weimar (Comptes Rendus, Vol. IX. p. 218), calculated the velocity of a flash observed in 1839 to be more than two leagues, while M. François Arago (“Annuaire,” etc., pour l’année 1838, pp. 249, 255, 257, 459, estimated the lengths of certain flashes to be 3·3, 3·6, 3·8 leagues. The views of Messrs. Logan (Phil. Trans., 1735, Vol. XXXIX. p. 240), L. J. Gay-Lussac (Ann. de Chim. et de Phys., 1805, Vol. XXIX. p. 105), H. W. Brandes (“Beiträge zur Witterungskunde,” etc., 1820, p. 353), C. H. Pfaff and L. E. Kaemtz (J. S. T. Gehler, “Dict. de Phys.,” Vol. I. p. 1001, and “Lehrbuch d. Meteor,” Vol. II. p. 430), Gabriel Lamé (“Cours. de Phys. de l’Ecole Polytech.,” Tome II. 2e partie, p. 82), Becquerel (Comptes Rendus, 1839, Tome VIII. p. 216), Faraday (Philos. Magazine, 1841, Vol. XIX. p. 104), Pouillet (“Eléments de Phys. et de Météor,” Tome II. p. 808), Parrot (J. S. T. Gehler, “Dict. de Phys.,” Vol. I. p. 999), are also[196] set forth in the above-named translation of M. Duprez’s valuable work.

When pointing out the similarities between regular electric discharges and lightning, Franklin noted, as mentioned earlier, that lightning often has a wavy and twisted shape, appearing zigzag or forked, sometimes diffuse and sometimes colored (“On the Nature of Thunderstorms,” W. Snow Harris, London, 1843, p. 24; Priestley, “History and Present State of Electricity,” London, 1769, p. 166; “Encycl. Metropol.,” article “Electricity”; Biot, “Traité de Physique,” Vol. II). Discussing lightning flashes, Dr. L. D. Gale (translated from M. F. J. F. Duprez’s paper on “Atmospheric Electricity,” from the memoirs of the Royal Academy of Brussels) refers to C. G. Helvig's efforts to measure the speed of linear flashes (Gilbert’s Annalen, Vol. LI. pp. 136 and 139, ss. 2, 10), which he estimated at 40,000 to 50,000 feet per second. M. Weigsenborn from Weimar (Comptes Rendus, Vol. IX. p. 218) calculated that a flash observed in 1839 traveled over two leagues, while M. François Arago (“Annuaire,” etc., for the year 1838, pp. 249, 255, 257, 459) estimated certain flashes to measure 3.3, 3.6, and 3.8 leagues long. The findings of Messrs. Logan (Phil. Trans., 1735, Vol. XXXIX. p. 240), L. J. Gay-Lussac (Ann. de Chim. et de Phys., 1805, Vol. XXIX. p. 105), H. W. Brandes (“Beiträge zur Witterungskunde,” etc., 1820, p. 353), C. H. Pfaff and L. E. Kaemtz (J. S. T. Gehler, “Dict. de Phys.,” Vol. I. p. 1001, and “Lehrbuch d. Meteor,” Vol. II. p. 430), Gabriel Lamé (“Cours. de Phys. de l’Ecole Polytech.,” Tome II. 2e partie, p. 82), Becquerel (Comptes Rendus, 1839, Tome VIII. p. 216), Faraday (Philos. Magazine, 1841, Vol. XIX. p. 104), Pouillet (“Eléments de Phys. et de Météor,” Tome II. p. 808), and Parrot (J. S. T. Gehler, “Dict. de Phys.,” Vol. I. p. 999) are also[196] discussed in the aforementioned translation of M. Duprez’s important work.

Humboldt informs us that “the most important ancient notice of the relations between lightning and conducting metals is that of Ctesias, in his Indica, Cap. IV. p. 169. He possessed two iron swords, presents from the King Artaxerxes Mnemon, and from his mother Parysatis, which, when planted in the earth, averted clouds, hail and strokes of lightning. He had himself seen the operation, for the king had twice made the experiment before his eyes” (“Cosmos,” Vol. II. N. 186). Ctesias was a man of great learning. He was a contemporary of Xenophon, and lived for a number of years at the Court of Artaxerxes Mnemon as private physician to the king. Diodorus states that Ctesias was highly honoured at the Persian court. An abridged edition of the Indica was printed by Stephens in 1594 (“Hist. Roy. Soc.,” C. R. Weld, London, 1848, Vol. II. p. 93; “La Grande Encyclopédie,” Vol. XIII. p. 536; “Biographie Générale,” Vol. XII. p. 568).

Humboldt tells us that “the most significant ancient mention of the connection between lightning and conducting metals comes from Ctesias, in his Indica, Cap. IV. p. 169. He had two iron swords, gifts from King Artaxerxes Mnemon and from his mother Parysatis, which, when stuck in the ground, could ward off clouds, hail, and lightning strikes. He personally witnessed this effect, as the king had performed the experiment in front of him twice” (“Cosmos,” Vol. II. N. 186). Ctesias was a very knowledgeable man. He was a contemporary of Xenophon and spent many years at the court of Artaxerxes Mnemon as the king's personal physician. Diodorus mentions that Ctesias was greatly esteemed at the Persian court. An abridged version of the Indica was published by Stephens in 1594 (“Hist. Roy. Soc.,” C. R. Weld, London, 1848, Vol. II. p. 93; “La Grande Encyclopédie,” Vol. XIII. p. 536; “Biographie Générale,” Vol. XII. p. 568).

In imitation of Franklin, Doctor Lining, of Charleston, in South Carolina, sent a kite into a thunder cloud, and by that means dissipated the lightning (Philosophical Transactions for 1754, Vol. XLVIII. p. 757).

In the same way as Franklin, Doctor Lining from Charleston, South Carolina, flew a kite into a thundercloud and used that to disperse the lightning (Philosophical Transactions for 1754, Vol. XLVIII. p. 757).

The opinion entertained by Franklin regarding the nature of electricity differs from that previously submitted by Dufay (A.D. 1733), in the manner shown by Noad at p. 6 of his Manual, London, 1859 edition.

The view held by Franklin about the nature of electricity contrasts with the one previously presented by Dufay (AD 1733), as demonstrated by Noad on page 6 of his Manual, London, 1859 edition.

What Dufay considered to be two distinct species of electricities, vitreous and resinous, Franklin conceived to be two different states of the same electricity, which he called positive and negative. This, which constitutes the foundation of the present theory of electricity, is usually called the Franklinian theory, but it can be said to belong equally to Dr. Watson, for he had communicated it to the Royal Society before Franklin’s opinion on the subject was known in England (Phil. Trans. for 1748, Vol. XLV. pp. 49, 491; Thomson, “Hist. Roy. Soc.,” p. 436). Noad, in paragraph 12, applies the latter theory to the case of a charged Leyden jar, alluding to Franklin’s discovery of the location of electricity in the jar, wherefrom is drawn the conclusion that it is upon the glass that the electricity is deposited, and that the conducting coatings serve “only, like the armature of the loadstone, to unite the forces of the several parts and bring them at once to any point desired” (see “Œuvres de Franklin,” trans. of Barbeu-Dubourg, Tome II. p. 16, 3e lettre).

What Dufay viewed as two different types of electricities, vitreous and resinous, Franklin thought of as two different states of the same electricity, which he labeled positive and negative. This concept, which forms the basis of the current theory of electricity, is commonly known as the Franklinian theory, but it could also be attributed to Dr. Watson, as he had shared it with the Royal Society before Franklin’s views on the matter were known in England (Phil. Trans. for 1748, Vol. XLV. pp. 49, 491; Thomson, “Hist. Roy. Soc.,” p. 436). Noad, in paragraph 12, applies this theory to a charged Leyden jar, referencing Franklin’s discovery of where the electricity resides in the jar, leading to the conclusion that the electricity is deposited on the glass, and that the conducting coatings serve “only, like the armature of the loadstone, to unite the forces of the several parts and bring them at once to any point desired” (see “Œuvres de Franklin,” trans. of Barbeu-Dubourg, Tome II. p. 16, 3e lettre).

Of his plus and minus theory, Franklin thus wrote to Mr. Collinson: “To electrise plus or minus no more needs to be known than this, that the parts of the tube or sphere that are rubbed do, in the[197] instant of the friction, attract the electrical fire, and therefore take it from the thing rubbing; the same parts, immediately as the friction upon them ceases, are disposed to give the fire they have received to any body that has less.”

Of his plus and minus theory, Franklin wrote to Mr. Collinson: “To create a plus or minus charge, all you need to know is that the areas of the tube or sphere that are rubbed attract electrical energy at the moment of friction, taking it from the item being rubbed; as soon as the friction stops, those same areas are ready to transfer the energy they’ve collected to any object that has less.”

In an appendix to his official report as U.S. Commissioner at the Paris Universal Exposition of 1867, entitled “Franklin and Electrical Semaphores,” Professor Samuel F. B. Morse, LL.D., expressed himself as follows:

In an appendix to his official report as U.S. Commissioner at the Paris Universal Exposition of 1867, titled “Franklin and Electrical Semaphores,” Professor Samuel F. B. Morse, LL.D., stated:

“It has frequently been asserted (on what authority I know not) that the first idea of an electric semaphore originated with Franklin. I have sought in vain in the publication of Franklin’s experiments and works for anything confirmatory of this assertion. On mentioning the subject to my friend Professor Blake, he kindly proposed examining the writings of Franklin in order to elicit the truth. From him I have received the following:

“It has often been claimed (though I’m not sure who said it) that Franklin was the first to come up with the idea of an electric semaphore. I've looked through Franklin’s experiments and writings, but I couldn't find anything that supports this claim. When I brought it up to my friend Professor Blake, he generously suggested that we check Franklin's works to find out the truth. Here’s what he gave me:”

“‘I consulted several works for the purpose of ascertaining, if possible, the foundation for the statement that Franklin suggested the idea of semaphores by static electricity. I have not yet found any such suggestion, but I have noted that, following the experiments by Dr. Watson and others, in England, to determine the velocity of the electric discharge, and the time supposed to be required for the electrical discharges across the Thames, by which spirits were kindled, etc. (in 1747), Dr. Franklin (in 1748) made some similar experiments upon the banks of the Schuylkill, and amused his friends by sending a spark “from side to side through the river without any other conductor than the water” (vide Priestley’s “History of Electricity”). This was in 1748, at the end of the year. In 1756 “J. A., Esq.,” of New York (James Alexander), presented to the Royal Society a proposition “to measure the time taken by an electric spark in moving through any given space” by sending the discharge or spark down the Susquehanna or Potomac, and round by way of the Mississippi and Ohio rivers, so that the “electric fire” would have a circuit of some thousands of miles to go. All this was upon the supposition or assumption that the electric fire would choose a continuous water conductor rather than to return or pass through the earth. Franklin presented a paper in reply, in which he says “the proposed experiment (though well imagined and very ingenious) of sending the spark round through a vast length of space, etc. etc., would not afford the satisfaction desired, though we could be sure that the motion of the electric fluid would be in that tract, and not underground in the wet earth by the shortest way”’ (‘Franklin’s Experiments on Electricity, and Letters and Papers on Philosophical Subjects,’ 4to, London, MDCCLXIX, pp. 282, 283).

“‘I looked at several sources to see if there was any basis for the claim that Franklin came up with the idea of using semaphores with static electricity. I haven’t found any evidence of such a suggestion, but I did notice that after Dr. Watson and others conducted experiments in England to determine the velocity of electric discharge and the time thought necessary for the electrical discharges across the Thames, which ignited spirits, etc. (in 1747), Dr. Franklin (in 1748) conducted similar experiments along the banks of the Schuylkill. He entertained his friends by sending a spark “from side to side through the river using only the water as a conductor” (see Priestley’s “History of Electricity”). This took place in late 1748. In 1756, “J. A., Esq.,” from New York (James Alexander), proposed to the Royal Society an idea “to measure the time taken by an electric spark to travel through any specified distance” by sending the spark down the Susquehanna or Potomac rivers, and then around via the Mississippi and Ohio rivers, so that the “electric fire” would have a route of several thousand miles to cover. All this was based on the assumption that the electric fire would prefer to use a continuous water conductor instead of returning or traveling through the ground. Franklin responded with a paper stating that “the suggested experiment (though well thought-out and very clever) of sending the spark over a vast distance, etc. etc., would not provide the desired satisfaction, even though we could be sure that the motion of the electric fluid would follow that path, rather than underground in the wet earth via the shortest route”’ (‘Franklin’s Experiments on Electricity, and Letters and Papers on Philosophical Subjects,’ 4to, London, MDCCLXIX, pp. 282, 283).

[198]

[198]

“Can it be possible that Franklin’s experiment of firing spirits and showing the spark and the effects of the electric discharge across the river originated, or forms the foundation for, the statement that he suggested the semaphoric use of electricity?”

“Can it be possible that Franklin’s experiment of shooting sparks and demonstrating the electric discharge across the river led to, or is the basis for, the idea that he proposed using electricity for signaling?”

After speaking of the experiments, to which allusion was made (at Watson, A.D. 1745), Franklin writes: “... It is proposed to put an end to them for this season, somewhat humorously, in a party of pleasure, on the banks of the Schuylkill. Spirits at the same time are to be fired by a spark sent from side to side through the river without any other conductor than the water—an experiment which we some time since performed to the amazement of many. A turkey is to be killed for our dinner by the electrical shock, and roasted by the electrical jack, before a fire kindled by the electrified bottle, when the healths of all the famous electricians in England, Holland, France and Germany are to be drank in electrified bumpers under the discharge of guns from the electrical battery.”

After talking about the experiments mentioned (at Watson, CE 1745), Franklin writes: “... We plan to wrap things up for the season with a fun gathering by the banks of the Schuylkill. At the same time, we will ignite some spirits using a spark sent across the river without any other conductor except the water—an experiment we did a while ago that amazed a lot of people. We’ll kill a turkey for dinner using an electrical shock and roast it with an electrical jack over a fire lit by the electrified bottle, while toasting to all the famous electricians in England, Holland, France, and Germany with electrified drinks, accompanied by the sounds of gunfire from the electrical battery.”

It was toward the close of the year 1750 that Franklin entertained the practicability of a lightning conductor (see Winckler, A.D. 1733), and, for this, he says, he was indebted to an experiment made by his friend Mr. Thomas Hopkinson (vide Franklin’s “Complete Works,” London, 1806, Vol. I. p. 172). In his “Poor Richard’s Almanac” for 1753, he refers to the lightning rod as security for “habitations and other buildings from mischief by thunder and lightning.”

It was towards the end of 1750 that Franklin considered the possibility of a lightning rod (see Winckler, CE 1733), and he credited this idea to an experiment conducted by his friend Mr. Thomas Hopkinson (see Franklin’s “Complete Works,” London, 1806, Vol. I. p. 172). In his “Poor Richard’s Almanac” for 1753, he mentions the lightning rod as a protection for “homes and other buildings from damage caused by thunder and lightning.”

References.—J. B. Le Roy, “Lettera al Rozier,” etc., Milano, 1782; “Rec. de Mém. de l’Acad. des Sc.” for 1770 and 1773; Jour. de Phys., 1773, Vol. II; Memoirs of M. Beyer, Paris, 1806–1809, and Delaunay’s explanation of his theories at pp. 193–198 of his 1809 Manuel.

References.—J. B. Le Roy, “Letter to Rozier,” etc., Milan, 1782; “Rec. de Mém. de l’Acad. des Sc.” for 1770 and 1773; Journal de Phys., 1773, Vol. II; Memoirs of M. Beyer, Paris, 1806–1809, and Delaunay’s explanation of his theories on pages 193–198 of his 1809 Manual.

The many notable observations, experiments and discoveries of Franklin are nowhere more ably reviewed than by his great admirer Dr. Priestley, who devotes much space thereto in his justly celebrated work on electricity.

The numerous important observations, experiments, and discoveries of Franklin are best reviewed by his great admirer Dr. Priestley, who dedicates a lot of space to them in his well-known work on electricity.

At p. 92 of his “New Experiments,” etc., London, 1774, Franklin alludes to the failure of many European electricians in firing gunpowder by the electric spark, and gives his own method by using a battery of four large glass jars, while at p. 423 of the London edition of his “Letters and Papers,” etc., Franklin relates curious observations which are worth mentioning here. He says that he sent a charge of electricity “through a small glass tube that had borne it well when empty, but when filled with water was shattered to pieces and driven all about the room. Finding no part of the water on the table, I suspected it to have been reduced to vapour. I was confirmed in that suspicion afterward when I had filled a like piece[199] of tube with ink and laid it on a sheet of paper, whereon after the explosion I could find neither any moisture nor any sully from the ink. This experiment of the explosion of water, which I believe was first made by that most ingenious electrician, Father Beccaria, may account for what we sometimes see in a tree struck by lightning, when part of it is reduced to fine splinters like a broom; the sap vessels being so many tubes containing a watery fluid, which, when reduced to vapour, sends every tube lengthways. And, perhaps it is this rarefaction of the fluids in animal bodies killed by lightning or electricity, that by separating its fibres renders the flesh so tender and apt so much sooner to putrefy. I think, too, that much of the damage done by lightning to stone and brick walls may sometimes be owing to the explosion of water found during showers, running or lodging in the joints or small cavities or cracks that happen to be in the walls.”

At page 92 of his “New Experiments,” published in London in 1774, Franklin talks about the failure of many European electricians to ignite gunpowder with an electric spark and describes his own method using a battery of four large glass jars. On page 423 of the London edition of his “Letters and Papers,” Franklin shares some interesting observations worth noting here. He mentions sending an electric charge “through a small glass tube that worked fine when empty, but shattered into pieces and scattered around the room when filled with water. Not finding any water on the table, I suspected it had turned into vapor. My suspicion was confirmed later when I filled a similar tube with ink and laid it on a piece of paper, where I couldn’t find any moisture or ink stains after the explosion. This experiment of the water explosion, which I believe was first conducted by the ingenious electrician, Father Beccaria, might explain what we sometimes observe in trees struck by lightning, where parts are reduced to fine splinters like a broom; the sap vessels act as tubes containing a watery fluid that, when turned into vapor, bursts each tube apart. It’s possible that the vaporization of fluids in animals struck by lightning or electricity separates their fibers, making the flesh much more tender and quicker to decompose. I also think that a lot of the damage caused by lightning to stone and brick walls might sometimes be due to the explosion of water found during rains, which collects or settles in the joints, small cavities, or cracks in the walls.”

References.—Majus—May—(Heinrich), “Disp. de fulmine” and “Disp. de tonitru,” Marp., 1673, as at Pogg., Annalen, Vol. II. p. 21; Giuseppe Saverio Poli, “La formazione del Tuono,” etc., 1772, and his other works on the same subject which appeared during the years 1773, 1779 and 1787; Phil. Trans. for 1751, Vol. XLVII. pp. 202, 289, 362; W. de Fonvielle, “Eclairs et Tonnerres”; “Terrestrial Magn.” for June 1903; Jour. of the Franklin Institute for 1836, Vol. XVII., p. 183; M. le Docteur Sestier, “De La Foudre”; “Lightning-Rod Conference,” Reports of Delegates, by G. J. Symons, 1882; Chap. III. s. 3, vol. i. of Van Swinden’s “Recueil,” etc., 1784; Lumière Electrique, Tome XL. No. 23, p. 497; Giovanni Cardan’s work, Lyons, 1663; “Library of Literary Criticism,” C. W. Moulton, Buffalo, 1901–1902, Vol. IV. pp. 79–106; “An Outline of the Sciences of Heat and Electricity,” by Thos. Thomson, London, 1830, pp. 347, 423, 432–433; “The Electrical Researches of the Hon. Henry Cavendish,” Cambridge, 1879, Nos. 350, note, 363; “Works of Benj. Franklin,” Jared Sparks, London, 1882; Phil. Trans., Vols. XLVII. p. 565; XLIX. pp. 300, 305,; L. p. 481; LI. p. 525; LII. 456; also Hutton’s abridgments, Vol. X. pp. 189, 212, 301, 629, 632; Vol. XI. pp. 189, 435, 609; “Bibliothèque Britannique,” Genève, 1796, Vol. LI. p. 393 (letter to M. Marc Auguste Pictet); Stuber, “Continuation of the Life of Dr. Franklin”; “An Essay on the Nature of Heat, Light and Electricity” (on the Franklinian hypothesis), by Chas. Carpenter Bompass, London, 1817, Chap. III. s. 3, p. 217; “List of Books written by or relating to Franklin,” by Paul L. Ford, 1889; L. Baldwin, “Mem. of Amer. Acad.,” O. S. I. part i. p. 257; Sturgeon’s “Researches,” p. 524; J. Bart. Beccari, “De Artif. elect ...”; likewise all the references that are given at pp. 26–27 of Ronalds’ “Catalogue”; “Journal des Savants” for June 1817, pp. 348–356.

References.—Majus—May—(Heinrich), “Disp. de fulmine” and “Disp. de tonitru,” Marp., 1673, as listed in Pogg., Annalen, Vol. II. p. 21; Giuseppe Saverio Poli, “La formazione del Tuono,” etc., 1772, along with his other works on the same topic published in 1773, 1779, and 1787; Phil. Trans. for 1751, Vol. XLVII. pp. 202, 289, 362; W. de Fonvielle, “Eclairs et Tonnerres”; “Terrestrial Magn.” for June 1903; Jour. of the Franklin Institute for 1836, Vol. XVII., p. 183; M. le Docteur Sestier, “De La Foudre”; “Lightning-Rod Conference,” Reports of Delegates, by G. J. Symons, 1882; Chap. III. s. 3, vol. i. of Van Swinden’s “Recueil,” etc., 1784; Lumière Electrique, Tome XL. No. 23, p. 497; Giovanni Cardan’s work, Lyons, 1663; “Library of Literary Criticism,” C. W. Moulton, Buffalo, 1901–1902, Vol. IV. pp. 79–106; “An Outline of the Sciences of Heat and Electricity,” by Thos. Thomson, London, 1830, pp. 347, 423, 432–433; “The Electrical Researches of the Hon. Henry Cavendish,” Cambridge, 1879, Nos. 350, note, 363; “Works of Benj. Franklin,” Jared Sparks, London, 1882; Phil. Trans., Vols. XLVII. p. 565; XLIX. pp. 300, 305,; L. p. 481; LI. p. 525; LII. 456; also Hutton’s abridgments, Vol. X. pp. 189, 212, 301, 629, 632; Vol. XI. pp. 189, 435, 609; “Bibliothèque Britannique,” Genève, 1796, Vol. LI. p. 393 (letter to M. Marc Auguste Pictet); Stuber, “Continuation of the Life of Dr. Franklin”; “An Essay on the Nature of Heat, Light and Electricity” (on the Franklinian hypothesis), by Chas. Carpenter Bompass, London, 1817, Chap. III. s. 3, p. 217; “List of Books written by or relating to Franklin,” by Paul L. Ford, 1889; L. Baldwin, “Mem. of Amer. Acad.,” O. S. I. part i. p. 257; Sturgeon’s “Researches,” p. 524; J. Bart. Beccari, “De Artif. elect ...”; and all the references mentioned on pp. 26–27 of Ronalds’ “Catalogue”; “Journal des Savants” for June 1817, pp. 348–356.

A.D. 1752.—Dalibard (Thomas François), French botanist and amateur in physics, carries out very carefully the suggestions embodied in Franklin’s printed letters and constructs an atmospherical conductor at Marly-la-Ville, about eighteen miles from Paris, where Nollet likewise experimented. Dalibard’s apparatus consisted of a pointed iron rod, one inch in diameter and about forty feet long, which was protected from the rain by a sentry box and attached to three long wooden posts insulated by silken strings.

A.D. 1752.—Dalibard (Thomas François), a French botanist and amateur physicist, meticulously follows the advice in Franklin’s published letters and creates an atmospheric conductor in Marly-la-Ville, about eighteen miles from Paris, where Nollet also conducted experiments. Dalibard’s setup included a pointed iron rod, one inch in diameter and around forty feet long, which was shielded from the rain by a small shelter and connected to three tall wooden posts insulated with silk strings.

[200]

[200]

On the 10th of May, 1752, during Dalibard’s absence, an old soldier by the name of Coiffier, who was at the time employed as a carpenter and who had been left in charge, on observing the approach of a storm, hurried to the apparatus prepared to carry out the instructions previously given him. It was not long before he succeeded in obtaining large sparks on presenting a phial to the rod, and these sparks, which were all accompanied by a large snapping noise, were likewise obtained by the curate of Marly, M. Raulet, whom he had sent for and with whose aid Coiffier subsequently succeeded in charging an electric jar. On the 13th of May, Dalibard made, to the French Academy of Sciences, a report of the results thus obtained by Coiffier, to whom, it may be said, properly belongs the distinction of having been the first man who saw the electric spark drawn from the atmosphere.

On May 10, 1752, while Dalibard was away, an old soldier named Coiffier, who was working as a carpenter and had been left in charge, noticed a storm approaching. He quickly went to the apparatus to follow the instructions he had been given. It wasn’t long before he was able to create large sparks by holding a bottle up to the rod, and these sparks, which all came with a loud snapping noise, were also generated by the curate of Marly, M. Raulet, whom he had called for. With Raulet’s help, Coiffier eventually managed to charge an electric jar. On May 13, Dalibard reported the results obtained by Coiffier to the French Academy of Sciences, noting that he rightfully deserves the credit for being the first man who saw the electric spark drawn from the atmosphere.

On the 18th of the same month of May, M. de Lor, of the French University, drew similar sparks from a rod ninety-nine feet high at his house in the Estrapade, at Paris, and the same phenomenon was afterward exhibited to the French King. It is said that the conductor afforded sparks even when the cloud had moved at least six miles from the place of observation. Other experiments of a like nature were made a few days later by Buffon at Montbar, and, during the ensuing months of July and August, in the vicinity of London, by Canton, who, it is said, succeeded in drawing atmospheric electricity by means of a common fishing rod (Dissertation Fifth, Eighth “Britannica,” Vol. I).

On May 18th of the same month, M. de Lor from the French University created similar sparks using a rod that was ninety-nine feet tall at his house in the Estrapade, Paris, and this phenomenon was later demonstrated to the French King. It's reported that the conductor produced sparks even when the cloud was at least six miles away from where it was being observed. Other similar experiments were conducted a few days later by Buffon at Montbar, and during the following months of July and August, Canton performed experiments near London, reportedly managing to draw atmospheric electricity using a regular fishing rod (Dissertation Fifth, Eighth “Britannica,” Vol. I).

An account of the Dalibard and de Lor experiments was transmitted by the Abbé Mazéas, on the 20th of May, to the Royal Society of London.

An account of the Dalibard and de Lor experiments was sent by Abbé Mazéas on May 20th to the Royal Society of London.

Mazéas erected, in the upper section of his residence, a magazine consisting of several insulated iron bars connected with the pointed rod. The lightning was brought into the house by means of a projecting wooden pole, having at its extremity a glass tube filled with resin which received a pointed iron rod twelve feet long. This apparatus was, however, too much exposed to afford reliable observations, and Mazéas therefore arranged to make more accurate experiments at the Château de Maintenon, during the months of June, July and October 1753. The results he obtained were communicated to the English Royal Society by Dr. Stephen Hales. The letters of the Abbé Mazéas to the Rev. Stephen Hales, detailing some of M. Le Monnier’s experiments as well as observations made by M. Ludolf at Berlin and transmitted by M. Euler, are to be found at pp. 354–552, Vol. XLVII. Phil. Trans. for 1753. For Mazéas, see also Phil. Trans., Vol. XLVII. p. 534, Vol. XLVIII. part i. p. 377, and Hutton’s abridgments, Vol. X. pp. 289, 434.

Mazéas built a magazine in the upper part of his home, made up of several insulated iron bars connected to a pointed rod. Lightning was brought into the house through a projecting wooden pole, with a glass tube filled with resin at the end that held a twelve-foot-long pointed iron rod. However, this setup was too exposed to provide reliable observations, so Mazéas decided to conduct more precise experiments at the Château de Maintenon during June, July, and October 1753. The results he obtained were shared with the English Royal Society by Dr. Stephen Hales. The letters from Abbé Mazéas to Rev. Stephen Hales, detailing some of M. Le Monnier’s experiments and observations made by M. Ludolf in Berlin, which were forwarded by M. Euler, can be found on pages 354–552 of Volume XLVII of Phil. Trans. for 1753. For more on Mazéas, see also Phil. Trans., Vol. XLVII, p. 534, Vol. XLVIII, part i, p. 377, and Hutton’s abridgments, Vol. X, pp. 289, 434.

[201]

[201]

Thomas Ronayne in Ireland, and Andrew Crosse[51] in England (see “Account of an apparatus for ascertaining and collecting the electricity of the atmosphere”) made use of long wires in horizontal positions insulated by being attached to glass pillars, but Mazéas, in his Maintenon experiments, attached the iron wire by a silken cord to the top of a steeple ninety feet in height, whence it entered an upper room of the castle, a total distance of 370 feet. With this, Mazéas ascertained that electric effects are produced at all hours of the day during clear, dry and particularly hot weather, the presence of a thunderstorm not being requisite for the production of atmospheric electricity. In the driest summer nights he could discover no signs of electricity in the air, but when the sun reappeared the electricity accompanied it, to vanish again in the evening about half an hour after sunset.

Thomas Ronayne in Ireland and Andrew Crosse in England (see “Account of an apparatus for ascertaining and collecting the electricity of the atmosphere”) used long wires placed horizontally and insulated by attaching them to glass pillars. However, Mazéas, in his Maintenon experiments, connected an iron wire with a silk cord to the top of a steeple that was ninety feet tall. From there, it extended into an upper room of the castle, covering a total distance of 370 feet. With this setup, Mazéas found that electric effects occurred at all hours of the day during clear, dry, and especially hot weather, showing that a thunderstorm wasn't necessary to produce atmospheric electricity. On the driest summer nights, he detected no signs of electricity in the air, but when the sun came up, the electricity returned, only to fade away again in the evening about half an hour after sunset.

References.—W. Sturgeon, “Lectures,” London, 1842, pp. 182, 183; Phil. Trans., Vol. XLVIII. part i. pp. 370, 377, etc.; Dalibard’s “Franklin,” Vol. II. p. 109, etc.; “Mém. de l’Acad. des Sciences,” for May, 1762; Nollet, “Letters,” Vol. I. p. 9; Franklin’s Works, Vol. V. p. 288; English Cyclopædia, “Arts and Sciences,” Vol. III. pp. 804–805; “Letters of Thomas Ronayne, to Benjamin Franklin,” at p. 137 of Vol. LXII of Phil. Trans., likewise Ronayne both in Journal de Physique, Tome VI, and in the Phil. Trans. for 1772, Vol. LII. pp. 137–140; also Hutton’s abridgments, Vol. XIII. p. 310; Geo. Adams, “Essay on Elect.,” London, 1785, p. 259.

References.—W. Sturgeon, “Lectures,” London, 1842, pp. 182, 183; Phil. Trans., Vol. XLVIII, Part I, pp. 370, 377, etc.; Dalibard’s “Franklin,” Vol. II, p. 109, etc.; “Mém. de l’Acad. des Sciences,” for May, 1762; Nollet, “Letters,” Vol. I, p. 9; Franklin’s Works, Vol. V, p. 288; English Cyclopædia, “Arts and Sciences,” Vol. III, pp. 804–805; “Letters of Thomas Ronayne, to Benjamin Franklin,” at p. 137 of Vol. LXII of Phil. Trans., also Ronayne in both Journal de Physique, Tome VI, and in Phil. Trans. for 1772, Vol. LII, pp. 137–140; also Hutton’s abridgments, Vol. XIII, p. 310; Geo. Adams, “Essay on Elect.,” London, 1785, p. 259.

A.D. 1752.—Freke (John), surgeon to St. Bartholomew’s Hospital, London, gives, in the Second Part of “A Treatise ... of Fire,” the third edition of his “Essay to Show the Cause of Electricity,” etc., originally published in 1746, while in the Third Part of the same work he shows the “Mechanical Cause of Magnetism, and why the compass varies in the manner it does.”

A.D. 1752.—Freke (John), a surgeon at St. Bartholomew’s Hospital, London, presents, in the Second Part of “A Treatise ... of Fire,” the third edition of his “Essay to Show the Cause of Electricity,” originally published in 1746. In the Third Part of the same work, he explains the “Mechanical Cause of Magnetism, and why the compass varies as it does.”

He says (pp. 90–91): “It had been impossible that this wonderful Phenomenon of Electricity should ever have been discovered, if there had not been such things as are non-electricable; for, as fast as this Fire had been driven on anything its next neighbour would have carried it farther; but, when it was most wonderfully found, that anything which was suspended on a silk cord (that being non-electricable) was obliged to retain the Fire, which by Electrical Force was driven on it; and when, moreover, it appeared, that any person or thing, being placed on a cake of beeswax (which is also a non-electricable) could no more part with its Fire than when suspended in [sic] a silk cord; I think it will become worthy of inquiry, why they are not electricable.” And, at p. 136, he adds:[202] “I think it a great pity that the word Electricity should ever have been given to so wonderful a Phenomenon, which might properly be considered as the first principle in nature. Perhaps the word Vivacity might not have been an improper one; but it is too late to think of changing a name it has so long obtain’d.” In the Third Part, he explains that “by the Fire passing from and to the Sun, it so pervades iron aptly placed, as to make it attractive and produce the various operations of magnetism.”

He says (pp. 90–91): “It would have been impossible for this amazing Phenomenon of Electricity to be discovered if there weren't things that are non-electricable; because, as quickly as this Fire was applied to something, its neighbor would carry it even further. However, when it was surprisingly found that anything suspended on a silk cord (which is non-electricable) had to hold onto the Fire that was driven onto it by Electrical Force; and when it turned out that any person or object placed on a cake of beeswax (which is also non-electricable) could not release its Fire any more than when suspended in sic a silk cord; I think it raises a valid question as to why they are not electricable.” And, at p. 136, he adds:[202] “I think it’s a shame that the word Electricity was ever used for such a wonderful Phenomenon, which could rightly be seen as the first principle in nature. Perhaps the word Vivacity would have been more appropriate, but it’s too late to consider changing a name that has been established for so long.” In the Third Part, he explains that “the Fire passing to and from the Sun permeates iron that's properly positioned, making it attractive and causing various magnetic effects.”

Reference.—“Gentleman’s Magazine,” London, Vol. XVI for 1746, pp. 521, 557.

Reference.—“Gentleman’s Magazine,” London, Vol. XVI for 1746, pp. 521, 557.

A.D. 1752.—In this year was published at Leipzig the “Biblia Naturæ,” written by John Swammerdam, a celebrated Dutch natural philosopher (1637–1682), all of whose works were translated into English and published in folio during the year 1758.

A.D. 1752.—In this year, the “Biblia Naturæ” was published in Leipzig, written by John Swammerdam, a well-known Dutch natural philosopher (1637–1682). All of his works were translated into English and published in folio in 1758.

In the second volume of the Biblia, he thus alludes to one of many experiments made by him in 1678, before the Grand Duke of Tuscany: “Let there be a cylindrical glass tube in the interior of which is placed a muscle, whence proceeds a nerve that has been enveloped in its course with a small silver wire, so as to give us the power of raising it without pressing it too much or wounding it. This wire is made to pass through a ring bored in the extremity of a small copper support and soldered to a sort of piston or partition; but the little silver wire is so arranged that on passing between the glass and the piston the nerve may be drawn by the hand and so touch the copper. The muscle is immediately seen to contract.”

In the second volume of the Biblia, he mentions one of the many experiments he conducted in 1678, in front of the Grand Duke of Tuscany: “Imagine a cylindrical glass tube with a muscle inside, connected to a nerve that has been wrapped in a small silver wire, allowing us to lift it without putting too much pressure on it or injuring it. This wire goes through a ring at the end of a small copper support and is attached to a kind of piston or barrier; however, the silver wire is arranged in such a way that as it passes between the glass and the piston, the nerve can be pulled by hand to touch the copper. The muscle can be seen contracting immediately.”

Through Swammerdam, the Germans lay claim to the origin of what has been called galvanism. It certainly cannot be denied that the above-described experiment closely resembles that which made Galvani famous (A.D. 1786).

Through Swammerdam, the Germans assert their claim to the origins of what is known as galvanism. It cannot be denied that the experiment described above is very similar to the one that made Galvani famous (CE 1786).

References.—Swammerdam’s Biography, also Dissertation Fifth, in the eighth edition “Encycl. Brit.”; the note at p. 491 of Ronalds’ “Catalogue”; “Gen. Biog. Dict.,” London, 1816, Vol. XXIX. pp. 45–47; Eloy, “Dict. Hist. de la Méd.,” Vol. IV; “Biog. Générale,” Vol. XLIV. pp. 706–708; Cuvier, “Hist. des Sc. Naturelles,” Vol. II. pp. 427–433; Schelhorn, “Amænitates liter.,” Vol. XIV; “Biblioth. Hulthemiana,” Gand, 1836, Vol. II; Boerhaave, Preface to “Biblia Naturæ.”

References.—Swammerdam’s Biography, also Dissertation Fifth, in the eighth edition of the “Encycl. Brit.”; the note on p. 491 of Ronalds’ “Catalogue”; “Gen. Biog. Dict.,” London, 1816, Vol. XXIX. pp. 45–47; Eloy, “Dict. Hist. de la Méd.,” Vol. IV; “Biog. Générale,” Vol. XLIV. pp. 706–708; Cuvier, “Hist. des Sc. Naturelles,” Vol. II. pp. 427–433; Schelhorn, “Amænitates liter.,” Vol. XIV; “Biblioth. Hulthemiana,” Gand, 1836, Vol. II; Boerhaave, Preface to “Biblia Naturæ.”

A.D. 1752.—On the 16th of April, 1752, is read before the Royal Society a letter written by John Smeaton, a very prominent English engineer and inventor (1724–1792), to Mr. John Ellicot, giving an account of the electrical experiments in vacuo made with his improved air pump at the request of Mr. Wilson. This account, fully illustrated, appears in the Society’s Vol. LXVII for the years 1751 and 1752, pp. 415–428.

A.D. 1752.—On April 16, 1752, a letter from John Smeaton, a notable English engineer and inventor (1724–1792), was read before the Royal Society. This letter was addressed to Mr. John Ellicot and detailed the electrical experiments in vacuo conducted using his enhanced air pump at the request of Mr. Wilson. This detailed account, complete with illustrations, is published in the Society’s Vol. LXVII for the years 1751 and 1752, pp. 415–428.

He observes that, upon heating the middle of a large iron bar[203] to a great heat, the hot part can be as strongly electrified as the cold parts on each side of it. He also finds that if anybody who is insulated presses the flat part of his hand heavily against the globe, while another person standing upon the floor does the same, in order to excite it, the one who is insulated will hardly be electrified at all; but that, if he only lays his fingers lightly upon the globe, he will be very strongly electrified.

He notices that when the middle of a large iron bar[203] is heated to a high temperature, the hot section can be just as strongly electrified as the cooler parts on either side. He also discovers that if someone who is insulated presses their flat hand firmly against the globe, while another person standing on the floor does the same to create excitement, the insulated person will hardly get electrified at all; however, if they just lightly touch their fingers to the globe, they will become very strongly electrified.

References.—Wilson, “Treatise on Electricity,” pp. 129–216; Phil. Trans. XLVI. p. 513; “Dict. of Nat. Biography,” Vol. LII. pp. 393–395; “Biog. Univ.” (Michaud), Vol. XXXIX. p. 445; Smile’s “Lives of the Engineers—Smeaton and Rennie”; Flint’s “Mudge Memoirs,” Truro, 1883.

References.—Wilson, “Treatise on Electricity,” pp. 129–216; Phil. Trans. XLVI. p. 513; “Dict. of Nat. Biography,” Vol. LII. pp. 393–395; “Biog. Univ.” (Michaud), Vol. XXXIX. p. 445; Smile’s “Lives of the Engineers—Smeaton and Rennie”; Flint’s “Mudge Memoirs,” Truro, 1883.

A.D. 1752–1753.—M. de Romas, Assessor to the Presideal of Nerac, in France, repeats the experiment of Benjamin Franklin, and succeeds finally in bringing from the clouds more electricity than had before been taken by any apparatus.

A.D. 1752–1753.—M. de Romas, an Assessor to the Presideal of Nerac in France, conducts Benjamin Franklin's experiment again and ultimately succeeds in capturing more electricity from the clouds than any previous device had achieved.

He constructed a kite seven feet five inches high and three feet wide, with a surface of eighteen square feet, and, having wound fine copper wire around a strong cord through its entire length of about eight hundred feet, he raised the kite to a height of five hundred and fifty feet on the 7th of June, 1753. Sparks two inches in length were at first drawn by a discharging rod, and, when the kite was afterwards allowed to reach an elevation of six hundred and fifty feet, he received many flashes one foot long, three inches wide and three lines diameter, accompanied by a noise audible at as great a distance as five hundred feet.

He built a kite that was seven feet five inches tall and three feet wide, with a surface area of eighteen square feet. He wrapped fine copper wire around a strong cord that was about eight hundred feet long and flew the kite up to five hundred and fifty feet on June 7, 1753. Initially, sparks two inches long were drawn by a discharging rod, and when the kite was allowed to ascend to six hundred and fifty feet, he received many flashes that were one foot long, three inches wide, and three lines in diameter, along with a sound that could be heard from as far away as five hundred feet.

On the 16th of August, M. de Romas raised the kite with about one thousand feet of string and obtained thirty beams of fire, nine or ten feet long and about an inch thick, accompanied by a noise similar to that of a pistol shot (“Encycl. Britannica,” eighth edition, Vol. VIII. p. 582). Three years later, August 26, 1756, and also during the year 1757, De Romas obtained similar results from numerous experiments. He finally apprehended much danger from the raising of the kite and thereafter coiled the string upon a small carriage, which he drew along by means of silken lines as the cord was being unwound.

On August 16th, M. de Romas flew the kite with about a thousand feet of string and created thirty beams of fire, nine or ten feet long and about an inch thick, accompanied by a noise like a gunshot (“Encycl. Britannica,” eighth edition, Vol. VIII. p. 582). Three years later, on August 26, 1756, and again in 1757, De Romas achieved similar results from various experiments. He eventually recognized the potential dangers of flying the kite and decided to wind the string onto a small cart, which he pulled along with silk lines as the cord was being let out.

The researches of De Romas concerning the electricity of isolated metallic bars are embraced in six letters addressed by him to the Bordeaux Academy of Sciences between July 12, 1752, and June 14, 1753. It is reported that they have never been printed and that they are kept, together with other manuscript matter of the same physicist, in the private archives of the institution.

The research by De Romas on the electricity of isolated metal bars is found in six letters he wrote to the Bordeaux Academy of Sciences between July 12, 1752, and June 14, 1753. It's said that these letters have never been published and are stored, along with other works by the same physicist, in the institution's private archives.

The experiments of De Romas upon isolated bars were first repeated by Boze at Wittenberg, by Gordon at Erfurt, and by[204] Lomonozow in Russia (Phil. Trans., Vol. XLVIII. part ii. p. 272). M. Veratti, of Bologna, obtained the electric spark in all weathers, through a bar of iron resting in sulphur, and Th. Marin, of the same city, by means of a long iron pole erected upon his dwelling, studied the relationship of rain and atmospheric electricity (Musschenbroek, “Cours de Physique” Vol. I. p. 397).

The experiments by De Romas on isolated bars were first replicated by Boze at Wittenberg, by Gordon at Erfurt, and by [204] Lomonozow in Russia (Phil. Trans., Vol. XLVIII. part ii. p. 272). M. Veratti from Bologna was able to produce an electric spark in any weather using a bar of iron placed in sulfur, and Th. Marin, also from Bologna, used a long iron pole set up on his house to investigate the connection between rain and atmospheric electricity (Musschenbroek, “Cours de Physique” Vol. I. p. 397).

References.Journal des Sçavans for October, 1753, p. 222; “Mémoire sur les moyens,” etc., par De Romas, Bordeaux, 1776; Sturgeon’s “Annals,” etc., Vol. V. p. 9; Harris, “Electricity,” p. 176; Priestley, “History,” etc., 1775, pp. 326–329; “Mémoires de Mathématique,” etc., Vol. II. p. 393, and Vol. IV. p. 514; “Etude sur les travaux de De Romas,” p. 491, by Prof. Mergey, of Bordeaux, which latter work won a prize for its author in 1853; Becquerel, “Traité expérimental,” etc., 1834, Vol. I. pp. 42–43; likewise the results obtained by Prof. Charles in “Traité de Physique Expérimentale,” etc., par Biot, Paris, 1816, Vol. II. pp. 444, 446, and in Peltier’s Introduction to his “Observations et Recherches Expérimentales,” etc., Paris, 1840, p. 7, as well as Brisson’s “Dict. de Phys.,” Paris, 1801, Vol. II. p. 174, and “Mémoires des Savants Etrangers,” 1755, Vol. II. p. 406.

References.Journal des Sçavans for October, 1753, p. 222; “Mémoire sur les moyens,” etc., by De Romas, Bordeaux, 1776; Sturgeon’s “Annals,” etc., Vol. V. p. 9; Harris, “Electricity,” p. 176; Priestley, “History,” etc., 1775, pp. 326–329; “Mémoires de Mathématique,” etc., Vol. II. p. 393, and Vol. IV. p. 514; “Etude sur les travaux de De Romas,” p. 491, by Prof. Mergey, of Bordeaux, which latter work won a prize for its author in 1853; Becquerel, “Traité expérimental,” etc., 1834, Vol. I. pp. 42–43; also the results obtained by Prof. Charles in “Traité de Physique Expérimentale,” etc., by Biot, Paris, 1816, Vol. II. pp. 444, 446, and in Peltier’s Introduction to his “Observations et Recherches Expérimentales,” etc., Paris, 1840, p. 7, as well as Brisson’s “Dict. de Phys.,” Paris, 1801, Vol. II. p. 174, and “Mémoires des Savants Etrangers,” 1755, Vol. II. p. 406.

A.D. 1753.—M. Deslandes, member of the French Royal Academy of Sciences, is the author of “Recueil de Différents traités de Physique,” the third volume of which contains his memoir on the effects of thunder upon the mariner’s compass. He alludes to the observations made thereon by Dr. Lister of London (well known by his “Historiæ Animalium Angliæ,” Lugd., 1678), as well as to many experiments made by Musschenbroek and by others noted in the Philosophical Transactions.

A.D. 1753.—M. Deslandes, a member of the French Royal Academy of Sciences, is the author of “Recueil de Différents traités de Physique.” The third volume includes his paper on how thunder affects the mariner’s compass. He references the observations made by Dr. Lister of London (famous for his “Historiæ Animalium Angliæ,” Lugd., 1678), along with various experiments conducted by Musschenbroek and others noted in the Philosophical Transactions.

A.D. 1753.—Prof. George William Richmann (1711–1753), native of Sweden and member of the Imperial Academy of St. Petersburg, who had already constructed an apparatus for obtaining atmospherical electricity according to Franklin’s plans, was attending a meeting of the Russian Academy of Science, on the 6th of August, 1753, when his ear caught the sound of a very heavy thunder clap. He hastened away in company with his engraver, M. Sokolow, and upon their arrival home they found the plummet of the electrometer elevated four degrees from the perpendicular. Richmann stooped toward the latter to ascertain the force of the electricity, and “as he stood in that posture, a great white and bluish fire appeared between the rod of the electrometer and his head. At the same time a sort of steam or vapour arose, which entirely benumbed the engraver and made him sink on the ground.” Sokolow recovered, but Richmann had met with instant death.

A.D. 1753.—Prof. George William Richmann (1711–1753), a native of Sweden and a member of the Imperial Academy of St. Petersburg, who had already built a device for capturing atmospheric electricity based on Franklin’s designs, was at a meeting of the Russian Academy of Science on August 6, 1753, when he heard a loud thunderclap. He quickly left with his engraver, M. Sokolow, and when they arrived home, they found the plummet of the electrometer tilted four degrees from vertical. Richmann leaned toward it to check the electricity's strength, and “as he stood in that position, a large white and bluish flame appeared between the rod of the electrometer and his head. At the same time, a kind of steam or vapor rose, which completely incapacitated the engraver and caused him to collapse.” Sokolow regained his senses, but Richmann was killed instantly.

References.—“Library of Useful Knowledge,” London, 1829; “Electricity,” p. 59, also p. 33; “Lettre sur la mort de Richmann,” par C. A. Rabiqueau, Paris, n. d.; “Comment. Acad. Petrop.,” XIV. pp. 23, 301–302, also the “Novi Comment.,” IV. pp. 25, 235 and 299;[205] “Biog. Générale,” Vol. XLII. p. 258; “Gentleman’s Magazine,” London, Vol. XXIII., 1753, p. 431 and Vol. XXV. for 1755, p. 3; Singer, “Electricity,” p. 217; Harris, “Electricity,” p. 177; Phil. Trans., Vol. XLVIII. part ii. pp. 763–765, 772; also Vol. XLIX. part i. pp. 61, 67, and the abridgments by Hutton, Vol. X. pp. 525, 574–577; “La physique à la portée de tout le monde,” par le Père Paulian, Vol. II. p. 357; “Hist. de l’Acad. des Sciences,” pour 1753, p. 78; “Franklin in France,” 1888, Part. I. p. 5.

References.—“Library of Useful Knowledge,” London, 1829; “Electricity,” p. 59, also p. 33; “Letter on the Death of Richmann,” by C. A. Rabiqueau, Paris, n.d.; “Comment. Acad. Petrop.,” XIV. pp. 23, 301–302, also the “Novi Comment.,” IV. pp. 25, 235 and 299;[205] “Biog. Générale,” Vol. XLII. p. 258; “Gentleman’s Magazine,” London, Vol. XXIII., 1753, p. 431 and Vol. XXV. for 1755, p. 3; Singer, “Electricity,” p. 217; Harris, “Electricity,” p. 177; Phil. Trans., Vol. XLVIII. part ii. pp. 763–765, 772; also Vol. XLIX. part i. pp. 61, 67, and the abridgments by Hutton, Vol. X. pp. 525, 574–577; “Physics for Everyone,” by Père Paulian, Vol. II. p. 357; “History of the Acad. des Sciences,” for 1753, p. 78; “Franklin in France,” 1888, Part. I. p. 5.

A.D. 1753.—Canton (John), an English savant (1718–1772), announces his most important discovery that vitreous or resinous electricity may be produced at will in the same tube. This he proves on taking a tube, which had been roughened by grinding it with thin sheet-lead and flour-of-emery mixed with water, and which developed vitreous electricity when rubbed with dry oil silk, and resinous or negative electricity when rubbed with new flannel. Rough quartz will, it is said, show like results. He also took a tube, of which only one-half had been made rough while the other half was polished, and he demonstrated that the different electricities are produced at a single stroke with the same rubber.

A.D. 1753.—Canton (John), an English scholar (1718–1772), announces his most significant discovery that glassy or resinous electricity can be generated on demand in the same tube. He demonstrates this by taking a tube that had been roughened by grinding it with thin sheet-lead and flour-of-emery mixed with water, which developed glassy electricity when rubbed with dry oiled silk and resinous or negative electricity when rubbed with new flannel. It's said that rough quartz will show similar results. He also used a tube where only one-half was rough while the other half was smooth, and he proved that the different types of electricity can be produced simultaneously with the same cloth.

He likewise discovered that the exciting power of the rubber or cushion of the electrical machine will be very greatly increased by applying to it an amalgam of mercury and tin mixed with a little chalk or whiting (see Winckler, at A.D. 1733, for the introduction of the cushion).

He also found that the exciting power of the rubber or cushion of the electrical machine can be significantly enhanced by applying a mixture of mercury and tin with a bit of chalk or whiting (see Winckler, at CE 1733, for the introduction of the cushion).

His very remarkable experiments upon many descriptions of tourmaline, reported to the Royal Society in December 1759, were followed by many others detailed by Priestley, at pp. 298–301 of his “History of Electricity,” London, 1775, and Canton was the first to discover the electrical properties of the topaz, which latter were made known during the early part of the year 1760. (Consult Wilhelm Hankel, “Uber die therm. eigen. des Topases,” Leipzig, 1870.)

His remarkable experiments on various types of tourmaline, reported to the Royal Society in December 1759, were followed by many others detailed by Priestley on pages 298–301 of his “History of Electricity,” London, 1775. Canton was the first to discover the electrical properties of topaz, which he revealed in early 1760. (See Wilhelm Hankel, “Uber die therm. eigen. des Topases,” Leipzig, 1870.)

He was also the first to establish properly the fundamental fact of electrification by induction, or, as he terms it, “relating to bodies immerged in electric atmospheres,” which afterward led Wilcke (A.D. 1757) and Æpinus (A.D. 1759) to the method of charging a plate of air like a plate of glass, and to make the most perfect imitation of the phenomena of thunder and lightning (George Adams, “Essay on Electricity,” London, 1799, pp. 351–356; Noad, “Manual,” Chapter I, and Priestley, “History,” etc., s. 5). The paper containing an account of Canton’s experiments was read before the Royal Society, December 6, 1753. The principle enounced is that “the electric fluid, when there is a redundancy of it in any body, repels the electric fluid in any other body when they are brought within the sphere of each other’s influence and drives it[206] into the remote parts of the body; or quite out of it, if there be any outlet for that purpose. In other words, bodies immerged in electric atmospheres always become possessed of the electricity contrary to that of the body in whose atmosphere they are immerged.”

He was also the first to properly establish the fundamental fact of electrification by induction, or, as he called it, “related to objects immersed in electric fields,” which later inspired Wilcke (CE 1757) and Æpinus (CE 1759) to develop the technique of charging a plate of air like a plate of glass, allowing for a perfect imitation of the phenomena of thunder and lightning (George Adams, “Essay on Electricity,” London, 1799, pp. 351–356; Noad, “Manual,” Chapter I, and Priestley, “History,” etc., s. 5). The paper detailing Canton’s experiments was presented to the Royal Society on December 6, 1753. The principle stated is that “the electric fluid, when there is an excess of it in any body, repels the electric fluid in any other body when they come within each other’s influence and forces it[206] into the outer parts of the body; or completely out of it, if there’s any outlet for that purpose. In other words, objects immersed in electric fields always acquire the opposite electricity of the body whose field they are immersed in.”

Canton is the first to show that the air of a room can be electrified either positively or negatively, and can be made to retain the electricity when received. He thus explains his method: “Take a charged phial in one hand and a lighted candle insulated in the other, and, going into any room, bring the wire of the phial very near to the flame of the candle and hold it there about half a minute, then carry the phial and candle out of the room and return with the pith balls (suspended by fine linen threads) held out at arm’s length. The balls will begin to separate on entering the room and will stand an inch and a half or two inches apart when brought near the middle of it.”

Canton is the first to demonstrate that the air in a room can be either positively or negatively charged, and that it can retain that charge once it's applied. He explains his method like this: “Hold a charged bottle in one hand and an insulated lit candle in the other. Then, enter any room and bring the wire from the bottle very close to the flame of the candle, holding it there for about thirty seconds. After that, take the bottle and candle out of the room and come back with the pith balls (suspended by fine linen threads) held at arm’s length. The balls will start to move apart as you enter the room and will be about an inch and a half or two inches apart when you bring them close to the center of the room.”

The construction of artificial magnets by Canton, through the combination of the Duhamel (A.D. 1749) and the Michell (A.D. 1750) methods, as well as without the aid of natural loadstones or artificial magnets, is detailed by Noad at Chapter XV of his “Manual,” London, 1859.

The creation of artificial magnets by Canton, using a mix of the Duhamel (CE 1749) and Michell (AD 1750) methods, and also without any natural loadstones or artificial magnets, is explained by Noad in Chapter XV of his “Manual,” London, 1859.

References.Phil. Trans., Vol. XXXV. p. 137 (Berlinghieri, V. L.); Vol. XXXVII. p. 294 (Marcel, A.); Vol. XLVII. p. 31; Vol. XLVIII. part i. pp. 350, 356, and Part II. pp. 780, 782 and 784, also Vol. XLIX. part i. p. 300; Vol. LI. pp. 398, 403, and Vol. LII. part ii. pp. 457, 461; and the abridgments of Hutton, Vol. X. pp. 131, 421, 532; Vol. XI. pp. 421, 609; A.D. 1722, and A.D. 1752; “A Course of Lectures on Nat. Philos. and the Mechanical Arts,” by Thos. Young, London, 1807, Vol. I. p. 372; II. pp. 64, 243; “The Electrical Researches of Hon. Hy. Cavendish,” 1879, Nos. 117, 205; Descriptions and Drawings of the various electric friction machines can be seen in Priestley’s “History,” Plates IV-VIII, and in Albrecht’s “Geschichte d. Electricität,” 1885, pp. 20–30; Acta Acad. Petr., I., 1778; “Gentleman’s Magazine” for Sept. 1759. See likewise the Phil. Trans. for Monday, January 21, 1666, p. 375, and George Adams’ “Essay on Electricity,” etc., London, 1799, p. 579, for method of making the artificial Bolonian stone or Canton’s phosphorus.

References.Phil. Trans., Vol. 35, p. 137 (Berlinghieri, V. L.); Vol. 37, p. 294 (Marcel, A.); Vol. 47, p. 31; Vol. 48, part 1, pp. 350, 356, and Part 2, pp. 780, 782, and 784; also Vol. 49, part 1, p. 300; Vol. 51, pp. 398, 403, and Vol. 52, part 2, pp. 457, 461; and the summaries of Hutton, Vol. 10, pp. 131, 421, 532; Vol. 11, pp. 421, 609; CE 1722, and AD 1752; “A Course of Lectures on Natural Philosophy and the Mechanical Arts,” by Thos. Young, London, 1807, Vol. 1, p. 372; Vol. 2, pp. 64, 243; “The Electrical Researches of Hon. Hy. Cavendish,” 1879, Nos. 117, 205; Descriptions and drawings of various electric friction machines can be found in Priestley’s “History,” Plates IV-VIII, and in Albrecht’s “History of Electricity,” 1885, pp. 20–30; Acta Acad. Petr., I., 1778; “Gentleman’s Magazine” for September 1759. See also the Phil. Trans. for Monday, January 21, 1666, p. 375, and George Adams’ “Essay on Electricity,” London, 1799, p. 579, for the method of making artificial Bolonian stone or Canton’s phosphorus.

A.D. 1753.—Beccaria (Giovanni Baptista) (1716–1781), a very ingenious and industrious Italian electrician and astronomer, is the author of several quite important works on electricity.

A.D. 1753.—Beccaria (Giovanni Baptista) (1716–1781), a clever and hardworking Italian electrician and astronomer, is the author of several significant works on electricity.

Father Beccaria, as he is sometimes called from having been a member of the religious order of the Pious Schools, proved at the time to be the most indefatigable follower of Franklin in the study of atmospheric electricity. He was the first who recorded the phenomena of thunderstorms, and his many observations thereon are detailed throughout Part I. period x. and s. 10 of Priestley’s great work on electricity. Beccaria says that all clouds, whether of thunder, rain, snow or hail, are formed by the electric fluid; that the electric matter is continually darting from the clouds in[207] one place at the same time that it is discharged from the earth in another; and that the clouds serve as conductors to convey the electric fluid from those places of the earth which are overloaded with it to those which are exhausted of it. Having shown that the polarity of the magnetic needle is determined by the direction in which the electric current has passed through it, he suggests taking the polarity acquired by ferruginous bodies as a test for ascertaining the kind of electricity with which the thunder cloud is charged.

Father Beccaria, as he's sometimes called due to being a member of the religious order of the Pious Schools, was the most tireless follower of Franklin in the study of atmospheric electricity at that time. He was the first to document the phenomena of thunderstorms, and his numerous observations on the topic are outlined in Part I, period x. and s. 10 of Priestley’s significant work on electricity. Beccaria states that all clouds, whether they contain thunder, rain, snow, or hail, are formed by electric fluid; that electric matter is constantly shooting down from the clouds in one place while being discharged from the earth in another; and that clouds act as conductors to transport the electric fluid from areas of the earth that are overloaded with it to those that are depleted. After demonstrating that the polarity of the magnetic needle is determined by the direction in which the electric current has passed through it, he proposes using the polarity acquired by iron-containing materials as a method for determining the type of electricity present in the thundercloud.

He also shows that the meteor called a falling star is an electrical appearance, explains the cause of the peculiar noise attending the electric spark, and states that the passage of electricity is not instantaneous through the best conductors. He found a spark to occupy at least half a second in passing through 500 feet of wire, and six and a half seconds through a hempen cord of the same length, although when the cord was dampened it passed through it in two or three seconds.

He also demonstrates that the meteor referred to as a falling star is an electrical phenomenon, explains the reason behind the unusual sound connected to the electric spark, and points out that electricity does not travel instantaneously even through the best conductors. He discovered that a spark takes at least half a second to travel through 500 feet of wire, while it takes six and a half seconds through a hemp cord of the same length. However, when the cord was damp, it only took two or three seconds for the spark to pass through.

He was the first to show the electric spark while in its passage through water, and he observed that the water sank in the tubes whenever a spark passed from one to the other as the air was repelled by the electric fluid. He found the effect of the electric spark upon water greater than the effect of common fire on gunpowder, and says he does not doubt that, if a method could be found of managing them equally well, a cannon charged with water would be more effective (“dreadful”) than one charged with gunpowder.

He was the first to demonstrate the electric spark while it traveled through water, and he noticed that the water level dropped in the tubes whenever a spark moved from one to the other, as the electric charge pushed the air away. He found the impact of the electric spark on water to be more intense than that of regular fire on gunpowder, and he claims he has no doubt that if a way could be discovered to handle them both equally well, a cannon loaded with water would be more powerful ("dreadful") than one loaded with gunpowder.

He demonstrates that air, contiguous to an electrified body, gradually acquires the same electricity; that the electricity of the body is diminished by that of the air; that there is mutual repulsion between air and the electric fluid, and that the latter, in passing through any portion of air, creates a temporary vacuum.

He shows that air, next to an electrified object, slowly picks up the same electricity; that the electricity of the object decreases due to the air; that there is a mutual repulsion between air and the electric fluid, and that the electric fluid, when moving through any part of the air, creates a temporary vacuum.

The production of what he calls his new inventive phosphorus and the method he employs for revivifying metals, are described, respectively, at pp. 365 and 282 of his “Lettere dell’ elettricismo.”

The production of what he calls his new inventive phosphorus and the method he uses for revivifying metals are described, respectively, on pages 365 and 282 of his “Lettere dell’ elettricismo.”

References.—Beccaria, “Lettere,” etc., Bologna, 1758, pp. 146, etc., 193, 266, 268, 290, 310, 345; likewise his “Elettricismo Artificiale,” Turin, 1753, pp. 110, 114, 227; Phil. Trans. for 1760, Vol. LI. p. 514; 1762, p. 486; 1766, Vol. LVI. p. 105; 1767, Vol. LVII. p. 297; 1770, Vol. LX. p. 277; 1771, p. 212, also Hutton’s abridgments, Vol. XI. p. 435; Vol. XII, pp. 291, 445; Vol. XIII. p. 50; Wartmann, “Mém. sur les Etoiles filantes”; Humboldt, “Relation historique,” Tome I; Lardner, “Lectures,” Vol. I. pp. 429–444; Sturgeon’s Annals, Vol. VI. pp. 415–420, 425–431, and Vol. VIII. p. 180; Noad, “Manual,” London, 1859, p. 197; Louis Cotte, “Observation ...” Paris, 1769 and 1772; “Mém. de Paris” for the same years and Jour. de Phys. for 1783; Ant. Maria Vassalli-Eandi, “Notizia sopra la vita ... di Beccaria,” 1816; Carlo Barletti, “Nuove Sperienze ...” Milano, 1771; “Biog. Générale,” Vol. V. pp. 77–78; “The Electrical Researches of Hon. Henry Cavendish,” Cambridge, 1879, No. 136; Hale, “Franklin in France,” Boston, 1888,[208] Part I. p. 447; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” London, 1859, Vol. I. pp. 113–136, 202, 337; Vol. V. pp. 217–219, for the observations of Beccaria, Rozier, Kepler, Benzenberg, Brandes, Bogulawski, Nicholson, Arago and others on atmospheric electricity, aerolites, etc. See likewise Beccaria’s letters to Jean Claude Fromond, the Italian physicist (1703–1795), relating his experiments tending to prove that electric motions do not occur in vacuo, also his letters to the Princess Giuseppina di Carignano on the electricity of the moon, as well as to Jean Baptiste Le Roy and to Jacopo Bartolommeo Beccari relative to experiments with his kite; “Scelta di Opuscoli,” of Amoretti, Campi, Fromond and Soave, Vols. XIX. XXI. XXXII.; “Opuscoli Scelti,” II. 378; III. 243, 284, 377; V. 19.

Sources.—Beccaria, “Lettere,” etc., Bologna, 1758, pp. 146, etc., 193, 266, 268, 290, 310, 345; also his “Elettricismo Artificiale,” Turin, 1753, pp. 110, 114, 227; Phil. Trans. for 1760, Vol. LI, p. 514; 1762, p. 486; 1766, Vol. LVI, p. 105; 1767, Vol. LVII, p. 297; 1770, Vol. LX, p. 277; 1771, p. 212; also Hutton’s abridgments, Vol. XI, p. 435; Vol. XII, pp. 291, 445; Vol. XIII, p. 50; Wartmann, “Mém. sur les Etoiles filantes”; Humboldt, “Relation historique,” Tome I; Lardner, “Lectures,” Vol. I, pp. 429–444; Sturgeon’s Annals, Vol. VI, pp. 415–420, 425–431, and Vol. VIII, p. 180; Noad, “Manual,” London, 1859, p. 197; Louis Cotte, “Observation ...” Paris, 1769 and 1772; “Mém. de Paris” for the same years and Jour. de Phys. for 1783; Ant. Maria Vassalli-Eandi, “Notizia sopra la vita ... di Beccaria,” 1816; Carlo Barletti, “Nuove Sperienze ...” Milano, 1771; “Biog. Générale,” Vol. V, pp. 77–78; “The Electrical Researches of Hon. Henry Cavendish,” Cambridge, 1879, No. 136; Hale, “Franklin in France,” Boston, 1888,[208] Part I, p. 447; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” London, 1859, Vol. I, pp. 113–136, 202, 337; Vol. V, pp. 217–219, for the observations of Beccaria, Rozier, Kepler, Benzenberg, Brandes, Bogulawski, Nicholson, Arago and others on atmospheric electricity, aerolites, etc. Also see Beccaria’s letters to Jean Claude Fromond, the Italian physicist (1703–1795), discussing his experiments that aimed to prove that electric motions do not occur in vacuo, as well as his letters to Princess Giuseppina di Carignano on the electricity of the moon, and letters to Jean Baptiste Le Roy and Jacopo Bartolommeo Beccari regarding experiments with his kite; “Scelta di Opuscoli,” by Amoretti, Campi, Fromond, and Soave, Vols. XIX, XXI, XXXII; “Opuscoli Scelti,” II, 378; III, 243, 284, 377; V, 19.

A.D. 1753.—Bazin (Gilles Augustin), French physician and naturalist, publishes, at Strasbourg, an illustrated treatise on Magnetic Currents (“Description des Courants Magnétiques,” etc.), which also contains his observations upon the magnet, and a supplement to which appears during the year 1754.

A.D. 1753.—Bazin (Gilles Augustin), a French doctor and naturalist, publishes an illustrated book on Magnetic Currents (“Description des Courants Magnétiques,” etc.) in Strasbourg, which includes his observations about the magnet, with a supplement released in 1754.

References.—“La Grande Encyclopédie,” Vol. V. p. 974; Michaud, “Biog. Univ.,” Vol. III. p. 353; Ninth “Britannica,” Vol. XV. p. 242.

Sources.—“The Great Encyclopedia,” Vol. V. p. 974; Michaud, “Universal Biography,” Vol. III. p. 353; Ninth “Britannica,” Vol. XV. p. 242.

A.D. 1753.—C. M., i. e. Charles Morrison and not Charles Marshall, of Greenock, Scotland, writes, from Renfrew, February 1, 1753, to the Scots’ Magazine, a letter entitled “An Expeditious Method of Conveying Intelligence,” wherein is first suggested a practical manner of transmitting messages by frictional electricity.

A.D. 1753.—C. M., i. e. Charles Morrison and not Charles Marshall, of Greenock, Scotland, writes, from Renfrew, February 1, 1753, to the Scots’ Magazine, a letter titled “An Expeditious Method of Conveying Intelligence,” in which he suggests a practical way to send messages using frictional electricity.

A full copy of this letter appears at pp. 7–9 of Robert Sabine’s “Electric Telegraph,” London, 1872, and at p. 9, 103, No. 570, of the Scientific American Supplement for December 4, 1886, the last-named also reproducing some correspondence establishing the identity of Charles Morrison which was found in the papers of Sir David Brewster.

A complete version of this letter can be found on pages 7–9 of Robert Sabine’s “Electric Telegraph,” London, 1872, and on page 9, 103, No. 570, of the Scientific American Supplement from December 4, 1886. The latter also includes some correspondence that confirms the identity of Charles Morrison, which was discovered in the papers of Sir David Brewster.

In the article of Auguste Guérout, which appeared in La Lumière Electrique early in 1883, C. M. is alluded to as Charles Marshall. This is likewise the case in Johnson’s Encyclopædia, 1878, Vol. IV. p. 757. Fahie gives (“History of the Electric Telegraph,” London, 1884, pp. 68–77) a full account of the many inquiries instituted to establish the identity of C. M., which he admits to stand for Charles Morrison, although, at p. 81 of the same work, is given a letter of Sir Francis Ronalds alluding to Charles Marshall, of Renfrew. An article in Cornhill Magazine, Vol. II for 1860, pp. 65–66, speaks of an elderly Scotch lady who remembered a very clever man named Charles Marshall, who could make “lichtnin’ write an’ speak” and who could “licht a room wi’ coal-reek” (coal-smoke).

In the article by Auguste Guérout, which was published in La Lumière Electrique early in 1883, C. M. is referred to as Charles Marshall. This is also noted in Johnson’s Encyclopædia, 1878, Vol. IV, p. 757. Fahie provides a detailed account of the various investigations undertaken to confirm the identity of C. M. in his “History of the Electric Telegraph,” London, 1884, pp. 68–77, where he acknowledges that C. M. stands for Charles Morrison. However, on p. 81 of the same work, he includes a letter from Sir Francis Ronalds mentioning Charles Marshall from Renfrew. An article in Cornhill Magazine, Vol. II from 1860, pp. 65–66, tells the story of an elderly Scottish woman who remembered a very clever man named Charles Marshall, who could make “lichtnin’ write an’ speak” and who could “licht a room wi’ coal-reek” (coal smoke).

In his remarks upon the afore-named letter, made during the year 1859, Sir David Brewster says: “Here we have an electric telegraph upward of a hundred years old, which at the present day would convey intelligence expeditiously, and we are constrained to[209] admit that C. M. was the inventor of the electric telegraph.... Everything done since is only improvement.”

In his comments about the previously mentioned letter from 1859, Sir David Brewster states: “Here we have an electric telegraph that’s over a hundred years old, which today would transmit information quickly, and we must admit that C. M. was the inventor of the electric telegraph.... Everything done since has just been improvements.”

References.Scots’ Magaz., XV. p. 73; “Le Cosmos,” Paris, Feb. 17, 1854; “Dict. of Nat. Biog.,” Vol. XXXIX. p. 107; Athenæum of Nov. 5, 1864; Lesage, at A.D. 1774; Th. Du Moncel, “Exposé des applications de l’électricité,” Paris, 1874, Vol. III. pp. 1 and 2.

References.Scots’ Magaz., XV. p. 73; “Le Cosmos,” Paris, Feb. 17, 1854; “Dict. of Nat. Biog.,” Vol. XXXIX. p. 107; Athenæum of Nov. 5, 1864; Lesage, at CE 1774; Th. Du Moncel, “Exposé des applications de l’électricité,” Paris, 1874, Vol. III. pp. 1 and 2.

A.D. 1754.—Diwish (Prokop), Diviss—Divisch (Procopius), a monk of Seuftenberg, Bohemia (1696–1765), erects, June 15, 1754, a lightning protector upon the palace of the curator of Prenditz, Moravia. The apparatus was composed of a pole surmounted by an iron rod supporting twelve curved up branches and terminating in the same number of metallic boxes filled with iron ore and closed by a boxwood cover traversed by twenty-seven sharp iron points which plunged at their base in the ore. All the system of wires was united to the earth by a large chain. The enemies of Diwish, jealous of his success at the court of Vienna, excited the peasants of the locality against him, and, under the pretext that his lightning rod was the cause of the great drought, they made him take down the lightning rod which he had utilized for six years and then imprisoned him. What is most curious is the form of this first lightning rod, which is of multiple points, like the one M. Melseu afterward invented.

A.D. 1754.—Diwish (Prokop), Diviss—Divisch (Procopius), a monk from Seuftenberg, Bohemia (1696–1765), installed a lightning rod on June 15, 1754, on the palace of the curator of Prenditz, Moravia. The device consisted of a pole topped with an iron rod that supported twelve curved branches, and it ended with twelve metallic boxes filled with iron ore, each sealed with a boxwood cover punctured by twenty-seven sharp iron points that extended into the ore. The entire system of wires was grounded by a large chain. Diwish's enemies, envious of his success at the court of Vienna, stirred up the local peasants against him, claiming that his lightning rod was responsible for the severe drought. They forced him to remove the lightning rod that he had used for six years and then imprisoned him. The most interesting aspect is the design of this first lightning rod, which has multiple points, similar to the one later invented by M. Melseu.

References.Poggendorff, Vol. I. p. 580, for Procopius Divisch’s “Erfand einen Wetter Ableiter”; Scientific American, Sept. 10, 1887, p. 160; “Kronika Prace,” by Pokorny, of Prague; “Historical Magazine,” Feb. 1868, Art. XII. p. 93; “Prague News,” for 1754, art. of Dr. Scrinci.

References.Poggendorff, Vol. I. p. 580, for Procopius Divisch’s “Invented a Lightning Rod”; Scientific American, Sept. 10, 1887, p. 160; “Kronika Prace,” by Pokorny, of Prague; “Historical Magazine,” Feb. 1868, Art. XII. p. 93; “Prague News,” for 1754, article by Dr. Scrinci.

A.D. 1754.—Ammersin (Rev. Father Windelinus), of Lucerne, Switzerland, announces in his “Brevis relatio de electricitate,” etc., that wood properly dried till it becomes very brown is a nonconductor of electricity. We have already mentioned the observation made by Benjamin Wilson (A.D. 1746) that, when a dry, warm piece of wood is broken across, one of the pieces becomes vitreously and the other resinously electrified.

A.D. 1754.—Ammersin (Rev. Father Windelinus) from Lucerne, Switzerland, shares in his “Brevis relatio de electricitate,” etc., that wood that is properly dried until it is very brown does not conduct electricity. We have already noted the observation made by Benjamin Wilson (CE 1746) that when a dry, warm piece of wood is snapped in half, one of the pieces becomes electrically charged like glass, and the other like resin.

Ammersin advises boiling the dried wood in linseed oil or covering it with varnish to prevent the possible return of moisture, and he states that wood thus treated seems to afford stronger appearances of electricity than does even glass (Phil. Trans., Vol. LII. part i. p. 342).

Ammersin suggests boiling the dried wood in linseed oil or coating it with varnish to stop any moisture from coming back. He mentions that wood treated this way appears to show a stronger presence of electricity than glass does (Phil. Trans., Vol. LII. part i. p. 342).

References.—Ammersin, “Kurze Nachricht,” etc., pub. at Basel, 1771, and translated the same year by Jallabert, who embodied it in his “Versuche über die Elektricität,” etc.

References.—Ammersin, “Short Report,” etc., published in Basel, 1771, and translated the same year by Jallabert, who included it in his “Experiments on Electricity,” etc.

A.D. 1754.—In his “Dissertations sur l’incompatibilité de l’attraction,” etc., Le Père Gerdil, Professor of Philosophy in the Royal University of Turin, speaks of agencies of which we shall[210] never know anything and of others with which we shall inductively become acquainted, although we shall always ignore many of their respective quantities, qualities and differences. He says that the electric fluid explains the sympathy known to exist between amber and straws—shown by the analogy observed between electricity and magnetism to be the same as that existing between iron and the loadstone.

A.D. 1754.—In his “Dissertations on the Incompatibility of Attraction,” Le Père Gerdil, a Professor of Philosophy at the Royal University of Turin, talks about forces we will never fully understand and others that we will gradually become familiar with, even though we will always be unaware of many of their specific amounts, properties, and differences. He mentions that the electric fluid accounts for the attraction seen between amber and straws—pointing out the similarity observed between electricity and magnetism, which is the same as that between iron and a magnet.

A.D. 1754.—Mr. Strype produces the sixth and last edition of the original “Survey of London” by John Stow, which first appeared during the year 1598.

A.D. 1754.—Mr. Strype releases the sixth and final edition of the original “Survey of London” by John Stow, which was first published in 1598.

In his account of Cornehill Ward, allusion is made to the “fair new steeple” of the Church of Saint Michael th’ Archangel, “begun to be built in the year 1421,” and, at p. 74, occurs the following: “As I have oft heard my father report, upon St. James’ night, certain men in the loft next under the bells, ringing of a peal, a tempest of lightning and thunder did arise, an ugly shapen sight appeared to them, coming in at the South window and lighted on the North, for fear whereof they all fell down and lay as dead for the time, letting the bells ring and cease of their own accord; when the ringers came to themselves, they found certain stones of the North window to be razed and scratched, as if they had been so much butter, printed with a lion’s claw; the same stones were fastened there again and so remain to this day.”

In his account of Cornehill Ward, there’s a mention of the “beautiful new steeple” of the Church of Saint Michael the Archangel, “started in the year 1421,” and on page 74, the following is noted: “As I have often heard my father say, on St. James’ night, certain men in the loft just beneath the bells were ringing a peal when a storm of lightning and thunder suddenly struck. They saw a hideous figure coming in through the South window and landing on the North, causing them all to collapse and lie still as if they were dead; the bells continued ringing on their own. When the ringers came to, they found that some stones from the North window had been damaged and scratched, as if they had been soft like butter and marked by a lion’s claw; those stones were put back in place and are still there today.”

In one of the notes to William T. Thoms’ reprint of the above-named “now perfectly invalyable” work, he says: “It is quite clear from the tone in which Stow speaks of this ‘ugly shapen sight’ and the marks ‘printed with a lion’s claw,’ that he suspected this instance of the power of the electric fluid to be nothing less than a visitation from the foul fiend himself.”

In one of the notes to William T. Thoms’ reprint of the above-named “now perfectly invaluable” work, he says: “It’s pretty clear from how Stow describes this ‘ugly shaped sight’ and the marks ‘made by a lion’s claw’ that he thought this example of the power of electric fluid was nothing less than a visit from the foul fiend himself.”

Speaking of St. Paul’s Cathedral, Stow tells us that its pulpit cross “was by tempest of lightning and thunder defaced,” and that “on Wednesday, the fourth of June (in the year 1561), betweene three, four and five of the clock, in the after-noone, the steeple of Paule’s in London, being fired by lightning brast forth (as it seemed to the beholders) two or three yards beneath the foote of the crosse, and from thence burnt downe the speere to the stone worke and bels, so terribly, that within the space of foure houres, the same steeple with the roofes of the church ... were consumed.” Very curious and interesting reading will be found in the “Burnynge of Paule Church, London, in 1561, and the iiii day of June, by lyghtnynge at three of the clocke ...” by Wyllyam Seres, London, 1563; as well as in his previous work on like subject, published in 1561. See Report in “Archæologia,” London, 1794, Vol. XI. pp. 72–86;[211] likewise the entry at A.D. 1769, relative to another lightning stroke in 1772.

Speaking of St. Paul’s Cathedral, Stow tells us that its pulpit cross “was damaged by a storm of lightning and thunder,” and that “on Wednesday, June 4th (in the year 1561), between three, four, and five o’clock in the afternoon, the steeple of St. Paul’s in London was struck by lightning, bursting forth (as it appeared to onlookers) two or three yards below the foot of the cross, and from there burned down the spire to the stonework and bells so terribly that within four hours, the same steeple along with the roofs of the church... were consumed.” Very curious and interesting reading can be found in the “Burning of St. Paul’s Church, London, in 1561, on the fourth day of June, by lightning at three o’clock…” by William Seres, London, 1563; as well as in his earlier work on a similar subject, published in 1561. See Report in “Archæologia,” London, 1794, Vol. XI. pp. 72–86;[211] also the entry for CE 1769, regarding another lightning strike in 1772.

Stow is perhaps best known by his “Annales, or a Generalle Chronicle of England.” In that portion of the latter work devoted to “the life and raigne of Queene Elizabeth” he states (London ed., 1631, p. 809) “that the knowledge and use of the sea compasse or needle was neither familiar nor understood but few yeeres before” the time of the navigators John Hawkins, Francis Drake, Martin Frobisher and Thomas Candish, and he adds (at p. 810) “that the honour of that invention, as touching the propertie of the Magneticall needle in pointing towards the Poles is attributed by (Flavius) Blondus in his Italia Illustrata (in the description of Campadia Felix) and by the great writer Paulus Jovius in lib. xxv. of his History in the end [sic], to the citizens of Amalfi.... The author’s name is no more particularly recorded, then [sic] to be one Flavio ... for to him that honour is given by Francis Lopez, of Gomara, in his West Indian History, lib. i. cap. 9, and by Peter Ciezius, in lib. ii. cap. 9, of his Indian Story, and by Pandulph: Collenutius in his History of Naples, who, three hundred yeeres since, namely in the yeere of our Saviour 1305, discovered that propertie in the Magnes and applied it to navigation” (see, for Flavius Blondus: George Hakewill, “An apologie,” etc., Oxford, 1635, lib. iii. s. 4, and lib. v. p. 60; “Blondi Flavii Fortiriensis ... Italia Illustrata,” 1531, folio; Flavius Blondus (Flavio Biondo), “Roma Ristaurata et Italia Illustrata,” Vinezia, 1558, 12mo; Niceron, “Mémoires ... des hommes illustres,” Paris, 1731, Vol. XVI. pp. 274–281).

Stow is probably best known for his “Annales, or a General Chronicle of England.” In the section of that work dedicated to “the life and reign of Queen Elizabeth,” he mentions (London ed., 1631, p. 809) “that the knowledge and use of the sea compass or needle was neither common nor understood until just a few years” before the time of navigators John Hawkins, Francis Drake, Martin Frobisher, and Thomas Cavendish. He adds (at p. 810) “that the credit for that invention, regarding the property of the magnetic needle in pointing towards the poles, is given by (Flavius) Blondus in his Italia Illustrata (in the description of Campania Felix) and by the renowned writer Paulus Jovius in book xxv. of his history towards the end [sic], to the citizens of Amalfi.... The author's name is not recorded in detail, only as Flavio ... and that honor is given to him by Francis Lopez de Gomara in his West Indian History, book i. chap. 9, and by Peter Ciezius in book ii. chap. 9 of his Indian Story, and by Pandulph: Collenutius in his History of Naples, who, three hundred years ago, specifically in the year 1305, discovered that property in the magnet and applied it to navigation” (see, for Flavius Blondus: George Hakewill, “An Apologie,” etc., Oxford, 1635, book iii. s. 4, and book v. p. 60; “Blondi Flavii Fortiriensis ... Italia Illustrata,” 1531, folio; Flavius Blondus (Flavio Biondo), “Roma Ristaurata et Italia Illustrata,” Venice, 1558, 12mo; Niceron, “Mémoires ... des hommes illustres,” Paris, 1731, Vol. XVI. pp. 274–281).

A contemporary of Flavius Blondus, by name Michael Angelus Blondus (1497–1560), author of “De Ventis et Navigatione,” published at Venice in 1546, likewise alludes to the polarity of the needle, and gives a curious illustration of a mariner’s compass at Chap. XXIV. p. 15, of the last-named work. (For M. A. Blondus, see “La Grande Encyclopédie,” Vol. VI. p. 899.)

A contemporary of Flavius Blondus, named Michael Angelus Blondus (1497–1560), who wrote “De Ventis et Navigatione,” published in Venice in 1546, also mentions the polarity of the needle and provides an interesting illustration of a mariner’s compass in Chap. XXIV. p. 15 of that work. (For M. A. Blondus, see “La Grande Encyclopédie,” Vol. VI. p. 899.)

Stow makes reference (p. 810) to Dr. Gilbert’s De Magnete, to the “diuision of the plot or playne of the compasse into the thirty-two points,” considered by “Goropius in his lib. iii. De Origin. Hispanicis, to have been the inuention of some Germane,” and to the manner and “meanes saylers vsed to sayle, before they atteined the knowledge of the compasse.”

Stow refers (p. 810) to Dr. Gilbert’s De Magnete, regarding the “division of the plot or plane of the compass into thirty-two points,” which “Goropius in his lib. iii. De Origin. Hispanicis considered to be the invention of some Germans,” and to the methods and “means sailors used to navigate before they gained knowledge of the compass.”

A.D. 1755.—Eeles—Eales (Henry), a prominent scientist of Lismore, Ireland, communicates to the Royal Society, on the 25th of April, 1755, a paper concerning the electrical property of steam and exhalations of all kinds. Eeles’ theory of the electricity of vapour (“On Vesicles and Atmospheres of Electricity”), afterward developed[212] by Sir John Herschel, is fully explained in the “Encycl. Brit.” article on “Meteorology” (par. 135, etc.), and is also alluded to at p. 43 of Harris’ “Electricity” as well as at p. 153, Vol. XLIX. part i. of the Philosophical Transactions.

A.D. 1755.—Eeles—Eales (Henry), a leading scientist from Lismore, Ireland, shares a paper with the Royal Society on April 25, 1755, discussing the electrical properties of steam and various exhalations. Eeles’ theory on the electricity of vapor (“On Vesicles and Atmospheres of Electricity”), which was later expanded upon[212] by Sir John Herschel, is thoroughly explained in the “Encycl. Brit.” article on “Meteorology” (par. 135, etc.), and is also referenced on page 43 of Harris’ “Electricity” as well as on page 153, Vol. XLIX, part i. of the Philosophical Transactions.

Mr. Eeles showed, that while the Leyden jar is being charged, both the inside and the outside have the same kind of electricity and that the negative electricity does not appear until the machine has ceased turning. Eeles’ hypothesis, extracted from his “Philosophical Essays,” and from the analysis of a course of lectures delivered at Trinity College, Cambridge, by Mr. Atwood, is treated of at length by George Adams in the fourth chapter of his “Essay on Electricity,” wherein pertinent allusion is also made to the fact of Mr. Eeles having been purposely shut out of Priestley’s “History and Present State of Electricity.”

Mr. Eeles demonstrated that while the Leyden jar is being charged, both the inside and the outside contain the same type of electricity, and that negative electricity doesn't show up until the machine stops turning. Eeles’ theory, taken from his “Philosophical Essays” and the analysis of a series of lectures given at Trinity College, Cambridge, by Mr. Atwood, is extensively discussed by George Adams in the fourth chapter of his “Essay on Electricity,” where it is also noted that Mr. Eeles was intentionally excluded from Priestley’s “History and Present State of Electricity.”

References.Philosophical Transactions, Vol. XLVII. p. 524; Phil. Mag. and Journal, Vol. XLIV. p. 401 (1814).

References.Philosophical Transactions, Vol. 47, p. 524; Phil. Mag. and Journal, Vol. 44, p. 401 (1814).

A.D. 1756.—Le Chevalier Jacques C. F. de la Perriere de Roiffé (not Reiffé) is the author of “Méchanismes de l’Electricité et de l’Univers,” published at Paris, wherein he pretends to account for all electrical phenomena.

A.D. 1756.—Chevalier Jacques C. F. de la Perriere de Roiffé (not Reiffé) is the author of “Méchanismes de l’Electricité et de l’Univers,” published in Paris, where he claims to explain all electrical phenomena.

At p. 12 of his Préface, he curiously states that as everybody comprehends the distinction between elastic and non-elastic bodies, likewise the existence, nature and diversity of the properties of atmospheric fluids, with which all bodies are impregnated and by which they are surrounded, also the various expansive modes of activity to which they are subject, as well as their immiscibility as regards the surrounding air, without which latter they could not, however, subsist, he will in his new theory apply these principles to the mechanisms of electricity and of the universe as affected by the general laws and the invariable results attaching to shock and motion.

At page 12 of his Preface, he interestingly notes that just as everyone understands the difference between elastic and non-elastic materials, they also recognize the existence, nature, and variety of the properties of atmospheric fluids that permeate and surround all bodies. He mentions the different ways these fluids can expand and their inability to mix with the surrounding air, which is essential for their existence. He plans to use these principles in his new theory to explain the mechanisms of electricity and the universe as influenced by the general laws and consistent outcomes related to shock and motion.

A.D. 1756.—In the “Subtil Medium Proved,” etc., of Mr. R. Lovett, lay-clerk of the cathedral church at Worcester, England, are shown numerous medical cures successfully made by electricity. He asserts that the electric fluid is almost a specific in all cases of violent pains, like obstinate headache, the toothache, sciatica, etc., but that it has not succeeded so well in rheumatic affections. He states that electricity properly administered has never caused injury, and he alludes to equally successful cures made by the Rev. John Wesley and by Dr. Wetzel, of Upsal.

A.D. 1756.—In "Subtil Medium Proved," etc., by Mr. R. Lovett, a lay-clerk at the cathedral church in Worcester, England, he shows many medical cures successfully achieved through electricity. He claims that the electric fluid is nearly a cure-all for severe pain, such as stubborn headaches, toothaches, sciatica, and more, although it hasn’t been as effective for rheumatic issues. He notes that when electricity is properly applied, it has never caused harm, and he references similarly successful treatments done by Rev. John Wesley and Dr. Wetzel from Upsal.

The well-known physician, Antonius de Haen, during several years’ experience, made many cures of paralysis, St. Vitus’ dance,[213] etc., by the agency of electricity, as related in his Ratio Medendi, Vol. I. pp. 199, 200, 233, 234 and 389. Allusion has been made in these pages to the employment of electricity for medical purposes by Kratzenstein (A.D. 1745) and by Jallabert (A.D. 1749), and Priestley named many others who have likewise used it successfully in their practice.

The well-known doctor, Antonius de Haen, over several years of experience, successfully treated many cases of paralysis, St. Vitus’ dance, [213], etc., by using electricity, as described in his Ratio Medendi, Vol. I, pp. 199, 200, 233, 234, and 389. This text also mentions the use of electricity for medical reasons by Kratzenstein (CE 1745) and Jallabert (CE 1749), and Priestley pointed out many others who have also used it successfully in their work.

References.—“Subtil Medium Proved,” etc., pp. 76, 101 and 112; also his “Philosophical Essays,” Worcester, 1761 and 1766, and his “Electrical Philosopher,” 1774; Wesley’s “Desideratum, or Electricity made Plain and Useful,” p. 3; Joseph Veratti, “Observations ... pour guérir les paralytiques....” La Haye, 1750.

References.—“Subtle Medium Proved,” etc., pp. 76, 101 and 112; also his “Philosophical Essays,” Worcester, 1761 and 1766, and his “Electrical Philosopher,” 1774; Wesley’s “Desideratum, or Electricity Made Simple and Useful,” p. 3; Joseph Veratti, “Observations ... for Healing the Paralyzed....” The Hague, 1750.

A.D. 1757.—Dr. Darwin, of Lichfield, addresses to the Royal Society of London a paper which is read May 5, 1757, and in which he gives an account of experiments to prove that the electric atmosphere does not displace air, and that all light, dry, animal and vegetable substances, in particular, are slow to part with the electricity with which they have been charged (Phil. Trans., Vol. L. part i. pp. 252 and 351).

A.D. 1757.—Dr. Darwin from Lichfield presented a paper to the Royal Society of London, which was read on May 5, 1757. In this paper, he reports on experiments showing that the electric atmosphere does not displace air and that all light, dry animal and plant materials, in particular, are slow to lose the electricity they have accumulated (Phil. Trans., Vol. L. part i. pp. 252 and 351).

A.D. 1757.—Euler (Leonard), a native of Switzerland, who studied under the Bernoullis, and who succeeded Daniel Bernoulli as Professor of Mathematics at St. Petersburg, was undoubtedly one of the greatest analysts the world has ever produced (“Encycl. Brit.,” Fifth Dissertation of the eighth edition, Vol. I. p. 742).

A.D. 1757.—Euler (Leonard), a native of Switzerland, studied under the Bernoullis and took over from Daniel Bernoulli as Professor of Mathematics at St. Petersburg. He was undoubtedly one of the greatest analysts the world has ever seen (“Encycl. Brit.,” Fifth Dissertation of the eighth edition, Vol. I. p. 742).

He adopted the theory of Descartes that the magnetic fluid moves from the equator to the poles, and he endeavoured to determine mathematically the course of the magnetic needle over the earth’s surface. He announces that “the magnetic direction on the earth follows always the small circle which passes through the given place and the two magnetic poles of the earth,” or, as worded by Sir David Brewster, that “the horizontal needle is a tangent to the circle passing through the place of observation and through the two points on the earth’s surface where the dipping needle becomes vertical or the horizontal needle loses its directive power.”

He took on Descartes' theory that the magnetic fluid moves from the equator to the poles, and he worked to mathematically determine the path of the magnetic needle across the Earth's surface. He states that “the magnetic direction on Earth always follows the small circle that goes through the specific location and the two magnetic poles of the Earth,” or as Sir David Brewster put it, “the horizontal needle is a tangent to the circle that passes through the observation point and the two places on the Earth's surface where the dipping needle becomes vertical or where the horizontal needle loses its directional power.”

He entertained very peculiar ideas regarding the source of power in the loadstone, the pores of which he imagined were filled with valves admitting of the entrance of the current and preventing its return. His notions on this subject are best given in his own words: “Non-magnetic bodies are freely pervaded by the magnetic matter in all directions; loadstones were pervaded by it in one direction only ... water, we know, contains in its pores particles of air ... air, again, it is equally certain, contains in its pores a fluid incomparably more subtile, viz. æther, and which, on many occasions, is separated from it, as in Electricity; and now we see a still further[214] progression, and that ether contains a matter much more subtile than itself—the magnetic matter which may, perhaps, contain in its turn others still more subtile.... The loadstone, besides a great many pores filled with ether, like all other bodies, contains some still much more narrow into which the magnetic matter alone can find admission. These pores are disposed in such a manner as to have communication with each other, and constitute tubes or canals through which the magnetic matter passes from the one extremity to the other. Finally, this matter can be transmitted through these tubes only in one direction, without the possibility of returning in the opposite direction.... As we see nothing that impels the iron toward the loadstone, we say that the latter attracts it. It cannot be doubted, however, that there is a very subtile, though invisible matter, which produces this effect by actually impelling the iron towards the loadstone.”

He had some very strange ideas about where the power in the lodestone came from. He thought its pores were filled with valves that allowed a current to enter but prevented it from coming back out. His ideas are best expressed in his own words: “Non-magnetic materials are freely filled with magnetic matter in all directions; lodestones are only filled in one direction... we know that water has air particles in its pores... and air, without a doubt, has an incomparably subtler fluid in its pores, namely ether, which can sometimes be separated from it, as seen in Electricity; and now we see an even further progression, where ether contains a matter much subtler than itself—the magnetic matter, which may, in turn, contain other even subtler materials... The lodestone, in addition to many pores filled with ether, like all other materials, has some that are much narrower, allowing only the magnetic matter to enter. These pores are arranged in a way that connects with each other, forming tubes or canals through which magnetic matter flows from one end to the other. Ultimately, this matter can only travel through these tubes in one direction, with no possibility of returning in the opposite direction... As we see nothing that pushes iron toward the lodestone, we say that the lodestone attracts it. However, it’s undeniable that there is an extremely subtle, though invisible matter, that causes this effect by actually pushing the iron toward the lodestone.”

References.—“Journal des Savants” for March and April 1868; Euler’s “Letters,” translated into English, 1802, Vol. I. p. 214, and Vol. II. pp. 240, 242, 244; “Berlin Memoirs,” for 1746, p. 117; 1757, p. 175; 1766, p. 213; Poggendorff, Vol. I. p. 702; “Nova Act. Petropol.” for 1779, Vol. III; “Pièces de Prix de l’Acad. des Sc. de Paris,” Vol. V. Mém. II and IX, this last-named publication, containing likewise a joint Memoir of D. Euler, J. Bernoulli and E. F. Dutour upon the mariner’s compass, which appeared in Paris during 1748; Whewell, “History of the Inductive Sciences,” 1859, Vol. I. pp. 225, 367, 370; Vol. II. pp. 32, 40.

Sources.—“Journal des Savants” for March and April 1868; Euler’s “Letters,” translated into English, 1802, Vol. I. p. 214, and Vol. II. pp. 240, 242, 244; “Berlin Memoirs,” for 1746, p. 117; 1757, p. 175; 1766, p. 213; Poggendorff, Vol. I. p. 702; “Nova Act. Petropol.” for 1779, Vol. III; “Pièces de Prix de l’Acad. des Sc. de Paris,” Vol. V. Mém. II and IX, this last-named publication, containing likewise a joint Memoir of D. Euler, J. Bernoulli and E. F. Dutour upon the mariner’s compass, which appeared in Paris during 1748; Whewell, “History of the Inductive Sciences,” 1859, Vol. I. pp. 225, 367, 370; Vol. II. pp. 32, 40.

His son, Albert Euler, censured Halley’s magnetical hypothesis, and proposed, in 1766, a theory requiring the assumption of only two poles, distinct, however, from those of the terrestrial axis.

His son, Albert Euler, criticized Halley’s magnetic hypothesis and proposed a theory in 1766 that only needed the assumption of two poles, which were different from those of the Earth's axis.

A.D. 1757.—Dollond (John), who was at first a silk weaver at Spitalfields, England, which occupation he abandoned in order to give his exclusive attention to scientific experimental studies, discovered the laws of the dispersion of light and constructed the first achromatic telescope as well as several improved instruments for magnetic observations. A full description of the most important of these, accompanied by illustrations, can be found in the articles of the “Encyclopædia Britannica” on magnetic instruments.

A.D. 1757.—John Dollond, who initially worked as a silk weaver in Spitalfields, England, left that job to focus entirely on scientific experiments. He discovered the laws of light dispersion and created the first achromatic telescope, along with several enhanced instruments for magnetic observations. You can find a detailed description of his most significant inventions, complete with illustrations, in the articles about magnetic instruments in the “Encyclopædia Britannica.”

References.—Kelly’s “Life of John Dollond,” London, 1808; Phil. Mag., Vol. XVIII. p. 47; Thomas Thomson, “Hist. of Roy. Soc.,” London, 1812, pp. 379–382; “Directions for using the Electric Machine made by P. and J. Dollond,” London, 1761.

Sources.—Kelly’s “Life of John Dollond,” London, 1808; Phil. Mag., Vol. XVIII. p. 47; Thomas Thomson, “Hist. of Roy. Soc.,” London, 1812, pp. 379–382; “Directions for using the Electric Machine made by P. and J. Dollond,” London, 1761.

A.D. 1757.—Wilcke (Johann Karl), a very distinguished scientist of Stockholm (1732–1796), introduces new phenomena respecting the production of electricity produced by melting electrical substances, which he discovers in continuation of experiments begun by Stephen Grey. He gives the name of spontaneous to the electricity[215] produced by the liquefaction of electrics, observing that the electricity of melted sulphur does not appear until it commences to cool and to contract, its maximum being reached at its point of greatest contraction. Melted sealing wax, he says, becomes negatively electrified when poured into glass, but, when poured into sulphur, it is positively electrified, leaving the sulphur negative (Sir Humphry Davy, “Bakerian Lectures,” London, 1840, p. 36 and notes).

A.D. 1757.—Wilcke (Johann Karl), a notable scientist from Stockholm (1732–1796), introduces new findings about electricity generated by melting electrical substances, continuing the experiments started by Stephen Grey. He terms the electricity produced from the melting of electrical materials as spontaneous, noting that the electricity from melted sulfur only appears when it starts to cool and contract, peaking at its maximum contraction. He states that melted sealing wax becomes negatively charged when poured into glass, but is positively charged when poured into sulfur, which then becomes negatively charged itself (Sir Humphry Davy, “Bakerian Lectures,” London, 1840, p. 36 and notes).

While in Berlin, he and Æpinus investigate the subject of electric atmospheres, and they are led to the discovery that plates of air can be charged in the same manner as plates of glass. (See Canton, A.D. 1753.) This they did by suspending large wooden boards, which were covered with tin and whose flat surfaces were held parallel to and near each other. They found that upon electrifying one of the boards positively the other was always negative, and that with them could be given shocks like those produced by a Leyden jar. They likened the state of the boards to the condition of the clouds and the earth during a thunderstorm, the earth being in one state and the clouds in the opposite, the body of air between them answering the same purpose as the small plate of air between the boards or the plate of glass between the two metallic coatings of the Leyden jar.

While in Berlin, he and Æpinus explored the topic of electric atmospheres, leading them to discover that sheets of air can be charged just like sheets of glass. (See Canton, CE 1753.) They accomplished this by suspending large wooden boards covered with tin, keeping their flat surfaces parallel and close to each other. They found that when they positively electrified one of the boards, the other was always negatively charged, and they could produce shocks similar to those from a Leyden jar. They compared the state of the boards to the conditions of clouds and the earth during a thunderstorm, with the earth in one state and the clouds in the opposite, while the layer of air between them served the same function as the small layer of air between the boards or the layer of glass between the two metal coatings of the Leyden jar.

In Wilcke’s treatise, alluded to below, he defines the two electricities much more clearly than had previously been done. He distinguishes three causes of excitation, viz. warming, liquefaction and friction; the spontaneous electricity already alluded to, he further says, is the result of the apposition or mutual action of two bodies, in consequence of which one of them is electrified positively and the other negatively; communicated electricity, on the other hand, is that which is superinduced upon the whole or part of a body, electric or non-electric, without the body having been previously heated, melted or rubbed, or without any mutual action between it and any other body. This distinction is, in general, very obvious, but Mr. Wilcke defines it throughout his work in a very clear manner, citing cases wherein they are frequently confounded.

In Wilcke’s treatise, mentioned below, he defines the two types of electricity much more clearly than before. He identifies three causes of excitation: warming, liquefaction, and friction; the spontaneous electricity mentioned earlier is, he explains, the result of the interaction between two bodies, which causes one to become positively charged and the other to become negatively charged. Communicated electricity, on the other hand, is what is induced in all or part of a body, whether it's electric or not, without that body having been previously heated, melted, or rubbed, or without any interaction with another body. This distinction is generally quite clear, but Mr. Wilcke defines it throughout his work in a very straightforward way, providing examples where they are often mixed up.

Wilcke and Anton Brugmans (A.D. 1778) first propounded the theory of two magnetic fluids, which was afterward established by Coulomb (A.D. 1785) and perfected by the great mathematician Poisson (A.D. 1811). The hypothesis of the two fluids supposes that a magnet contains minute invisible particles of iron, each of which possesses by itself the properties of a separate magnet. It is assumed that there are two distinct fluids—the austral and the boreal—which reside in each particle of iron. These fluids are inert and neutral when combined, as in ordinary iron, but when they are[216] decomposed the particles of the austral attract those of the boreal, and vice versa, while they each repel one another.

Wilcke and Anton Brugmans (A.D. 1778) were the first to propose the theory of two magnetic fluids, which was later confirmed by Coulomb (A.D. 1785) and refined by the great mathematician Poisson (A.D. 1811). The idea of the two fluids suggests that a magnet contains tiny invisible particles of iron, each of which has the properties of a separate magnet. It assumes that there are two distinct fluids—the *austral* and the *boreal*—that exist in each iron particle. These fluids are inert and neutral when combined, as in regular iron, but when they are decomposed, the particles of the *austral* attract those of the *boreal*, and *vice versa*, while they repel each other.

References.—Wilcke, “Disputatio inauguralis physica,” etc., published Rostock, 1757, also his “Herrn Franklin’s briefe von der electricitat,” etc., Leipzig, 1758, his “Jal om Magneten,” 1764, and his “Über den Magneten,” Leipzig, 1758; besides 1794–1795; likewise his different Memoirs in the “Swedisches Musæum,” Vol. I. p. 31, and in both the “Schwedischen Akad. Abhandlungen,” etc. (also Neue Abhand.) and the “Vetensk Acad. Handl.” for 1758, 1759, 1761–1763, 1766–1770, 1772, 1775, 1777, 1780, 1782, 1785, 1786, 1790; “The Electrical Researches of Hon. Hy. Cavendish,” 1879, No. 134.

Sources.—Wilcke, “Inaugural Dissertation on Physics,” etc., published in Rostock, 1757, also his “Mr. Franklin’s Letters on Electricity,” etc., Leipzig, 1758, his “Jal on Magnets,” 1764, and his “On the Magnet,” Leipzig, 1758; in addition to 1794–1795; also his various Memoirs in the “Swedish Museum,” Vol. I. p. 31, and in both the “Swedish Academy Proceedings,” etc. (also New Proceedings.) and the “Royal Academy Transactions” for 1758, 1759, 1761–1763, 1766–1770, 1772, 1775, 1777, 1780, 1782, 1785, 1786, and 1790; “The Electrical Researches of Hon. Hy. Cavendish,” 1879, No. 134.

A.D. 1759.—Hartmann (Johann Friedrich), of Hanover, is the author of three works on electricity, published in that city during 1759, 1764 and 1766, wherein he gives an account of several very curious electrical experiments. One of the most interesting of these demonstrates the progressive motion of the electrical discharge. When he passes the shock through many small cannon balls, sometimes to the number of forty, placed upon small drinking goblets close by one another, all the sparks are seen and all the cracklings are heard at the same moment; but when he substitutes eggs (preferably ten or twelve) for the balls, the progress of the explosion is visible, every two giving a flash and a report separately.

A.D. 1759.—Hartmann (Johann Friedrich) from Hanover is the author of three works on electricity, published in that city in 1759, 1764, and 1766, where he details several fascinating electrical experiments. One of the most interesting demonstrates the movement of the electrical discharge. When he sends the shock through many small cannonballs, sometimes up to forty, placed on small drinking goblets next to each other, all the sparks are seen and all the crackling sounds are heard simultaneously. However, when he replaces the cannonballs with eggs (typically ten or twelve), the progression of the explosion becomes visible, with each pair producing a flash and a sound separately.

He remarks that upon one occasion, as he re-entered a room which he had just before left, after making therein a number of experiments, he observed a small flame following him as he walked about swiftly while holding a lighted candle in his hand. The flame vanished whenever he stopped to examine it, and he attributed its appearance to the presence of sulphur thrown into the air by continued violent electrification.

He notes that one time, when he walked back into a room he had just left after conducting several experiments, he saw a small flame following him as he moved quickly while holding a lit candle. The flame disappeared whenever he paused to look at it, and he believed its appearance was due to sulfur being released into the air from ongoing heavy electrification.

References.—Hartmann, “Abhandlung von der verwandschaft,” etc., Hanover, 1759, pp. 58, etc., and 135; also his “Electrische experimente,” etc., Hanover, 1766, and his “Anmerkungen,” etc., 1764, 4to, p. 38; Friedrich Saxtorph, “Elektricitätsläre,” Vol. II; Hamburgisches Magazin (also Neues Hamb. Mag.) for 1759, Vol. XXIV, and for 1761, Vol. XXV; “Nov. Acta Acad. Nat. Curios,” Vol. IV. ss. 76–82, 126; “Göttingischen gemein. Abhand.,” von Jahr 1775.

References.—Hartmann, “Treatise on Kinship,” etc., Hanover, 1759, pp. 58, etc., and 135; also his “Electrical Experiments,” etc., Hanover, 1766, and his “Notes,” etc., 1764, 4to, p. 38; Friedrich Saxtorph, “Theory of Electricity,” Vol. II; Hamburg Magazine (also New Hamburg Mag.) for 1759, Vol. XXIV, and for 1761, Vol. XXV; “New Acta Acad. Nat. Curios,” Vol. IV, ss. 76–82, 126; “Göttingen Common Treatises,” from the year 1775.

A.D. 1759.—Wesley (John), the founder of Methodism (1703–1791) and the most eminent member of a very distinguished English family, publishes “The Desideratum; or Electricity made Plain and Useful, by a Lover of Mankind and of Common-sense.” In this, he relates at great length the cures of numerous physical and moral ailments, attributed to the employment of the electric fluid, under such curious headings as “Electricity, the Soul of the Universe,” “Electricity, the Greatest of all Remedies,” etc. (“The Library of Literary Criticism,” C. W. Moulton, Buffalo, 1901–1902, Vol. IV. pp. 110–129).

A.D. 1759.—John Wesley, the founder of Methodism (1703–1791) and a prominent member of a notable English family, publishes “The Desideratum; or Electricity made Plain and Useful, by a Lover of Mankind and of Common Sense.” In this work, he extensively discusses the cures for various physical and moral issues attributed to the use of electric fluid, under intriguing titles like “Electricity, the Soul of the Universe,” “Electricity, the Greatest of all Remedies,” and more. (“The Library of Literary Criticism,” C. W. Moulton, Buffalo, 1901–1902, Vol. IV. pp. 110–129).

[217]

[217]

A.D. 1759.—Æpinus (Franz Maria Ulrich Theodor) (1724–1802), celebrated German natural philosopher, member of the Scientific Academies of Berlin and St. Petersburg, publishes in the latter city his most important work, “Tentamen Theoriæ Electricitatis et Magnetismi,” wherein he adopts, as did Wilcke, all the general principles of Franklin’s theory of positive and negative electricities. Therein he also shows that the phenomena of electricity depend mainly upon the tendency of the fluid to attain a state of equilibrium by passing from bodies containing an excess to others which have less than the natural quantity; that the electric fluid existing in the pores of all bodies moves without obstruction in non-electrics and with much difficulty in electrics; that all bodies contain a fluid whose particles mutually repel one another with forces decreasing as the distance between them increases, and, according to the same law, attract the particles of the bodies with which they are in combination.

A.D. 1759.—Æpinus (Franz Maria Ulrich Theodor) (1724–1802), renowned German natural philosopher and member of the Scientific Academies of Berlin and St. Petersburg, publishes his most significant work, “Tentamen Theoriæ Electricitatis et Magnetismi,” in St. Petersburg. In this work, he incorporates all the main ideas from Franklin’s theory of positive and negative electricities, similar to Wilcke. He also demonstrates that electrical phenomena primarily result from the fluid’s tendency to achieve equilibrium by moving from bodies with an excess to those with less than the natural amount; that the electric fluid in the pores of all materials moves freely in non-electrics and with great difficulty in electrics; that all substances contain a fluid with particles that repel each other with forces that decrease as the distance increases, and according to the same principle, attract particles from other bodies they interact with.

It has already been shown that, in conjunction with Wilcke, he found the means of charging a plate of air. This experiment, suggested by some of the observations made by Canton and Franklin, led to what may be considered one of the greatest discoveries in the science of electricity, for in this was first demonstrated the grand principle of induction (see Grey at A.D. 1720), and the result led to Volta’s discovery of the electrophorus. Volta, also, was the first to apply to an electrometer the apparatus invented by Æpinus for condensing electricity.

It has already been shown that, along with Wilcke, he discovered how to charge a plate of air. This experiment, inspired by some of the observations made by Canton and Franklin, led to what can be seen as one of the biggest breakthroughs in the field of electricity, as it was the first demonstration of the key principle of induction (see Grey at CE 1720), which resulted in Volta's invention of the electrophorus. Volta was also the first to use the device created by Æpinus for condensing electricity in an electrometer.

Æpinus first discovers to its fullest the affinity existing between electricity and magnetism, explaining nearly all the phenomena of magnetism (“De Similitudine vis electricæ et magneticæ”; “Similitudinis effectuum vis magnet. et. elect.: novum specimen” in the “Novi Comment. Acad. Petrop.,” Vol. X. p. 296). He improves upon the methods employed by both Duhamel and Michell for the construction of artificial magnets in a different line from that employed by John Canton, A.D. 1753. He lays the bar to be magnetized upon the ends of the opposite poles of two powerful field magnets, and places two bunches of magnetic bars upon the middle of the bar, separating the bunches by a piece of wood and keeping together the poles of each of the same name as that of the powerful fixed magnet nearest to it. These two bunches are then held at an inclination of 15 to 20 degrees, and are drawn away from each other to the end of the bar which is to be magnetized, so that each half of the bar receives the same number of strokes. When the bar is very thick, the process should be repeated upon its reverse, and in order to make the result more effective, the united ends of the bars should at the outset be[218] ground together, and pressure should be applied while the operation is going on.

Æpinus fully uncovers the connection between electricity and magnetism, explaining almost all the phenomena of magnetism (“De Similitudine vis electricæ et magneticæ”; “Similitudinis effectuum vis magnet. et. elect.: novum specimen” in the “Novi Comment. Acad. Petrop.,” Vol. X. p. 296). He enhances the methods used by both Duhamel and Michell for creating artificial magnets, taking a different approach than John Canton did in CE 1753. He places the bar that needs magnetizing on the ends of the opposite poles of two strong field magnets, then adds two groups of magnetic bars in the middle of the bar, separating them with a piece of wood and ensuring that the poles of each group match the name of the nearest powerful fixed magnet. These two groups are then held at an angle of 15 to 20 degrees and pulled away from each other toward the end of the bar that needs to be magnetized, so each half of the bar receives the same number of strokes. If the bar is very thick, the process should be repeated on the other side, and to make the result more effective, the ends of the bars should initially be[218] ground together, with pressure applied during the operation.

Æpinus was the first to discover the polarity of the tourmaline. After M. Lechman acquainted him with its attractive power, he made many experiments, of which he communicated the very important results, during the year 1756, to the Academy of Sciences and Belles-Lettres at Berlin. Up to this time but little was known regarding the necessity of heat to excite the tourmaline. Æpinus found that he could electrify it to a high degree by placing the stone in boiling water, and that it was necessary to heat it to between 99½ degrees and 212 degrees Fahrenheit to develop its attractive powers. One of the extremities of the tourmaline terminated by the six-sided pyramid then becomes charged with positive electricity, while the other extremity is negative. When the stone is of considerable size, flashes of light can be seen along its surface.

Æpinus was the first to discover that tourmaline has polarity. After M. Lechman informed him about its attractive power, he conducted numerous experiments and shared the very important results with the Academy of Sciences and Belles-Lettres in Berlin in 1756. Until that point, there was little understanding of the need for heat to activate tourmaline. Æpinus found that he could significantly electrify it by placing the stone in boiling water and that it needed to be heated to between 99½ degrees and 212 degrees Fahrenheit to unleash its attractive powers. One end of the tourmaline, shaped like a six-sided pyramid, becomes positively charged, while the other end becomes negatively charged. When the stone is large enough, flashes of light can be observed along its surface.

M. De Romé Delisle, in his “Essai de Cristallographie,” Paris, 1772, p. 268, alludes to what has already been stated relative to the necessity of heating the tourmaline (see J. G. S. at A.D. 1707, and Leméry at A.D. 1717), and he gives an extract from the work attributed to Adanson, as mentioned at A.D. 1751. Delisle’s references embrace: “Act. Paris,” 1717, p. 9; “Act. Berolin,” 1756, p. 105; “Lettre du Duc de Noya Caraffa à M. de Buffon,” Paris, 1759; Ascendrecker, Aschentrecher, Aschenzicher (tire-cendre), “Trip: Tourmaline, Vog. min.” 191; “Act. Holmens,” 1768, p. 7; besides, at pp. 209, 233 and 245 he speaks of the electrical and phosphorescent properties of crystals, showing that the lapis lyncurius of the ancients is the hyacinth or zircon of to-day (see B.C. 321), and not, as many believe, either amber or belemnite (pierre de foudre, lapis fulminaris), while the hyacinth of old was a purple stone which, if now found, would be classed among the amethysts.

M. De Romé Delisle, in his “Essay on Crystallography,” Paris, 1772, p. 268, mentions what has already been said about the need to heat tourmaline (see J. G. S. at CE 1707, and Leméry at CE 1717), and he provides a quote from the work attributed to Adanson, as noted at CE 1751. Delisle's references include: “Act. Paris,” 1717, p. 9; “Act. Berolin,” 1756, p. 105; “Letter from the Duke of Noya Caraffa to M. de Buffon,” Paris, 1759; Ascendrecker, Aschentrecher, Aschenzicher (tire-cendre), “Trip: Tourmaline, Vog. min.” 191; “Act. Holmens,” 1768, p. 7; additionally, on pp. 209, 233, and 245, he discusses the electrical and phosphorescent properties of crystals, indicating that the lapis lyncurius of the ancients is the hyacinth or zircon of today (see BCE 321), and is not, as many think, either amber or belemnite (pierre de foudre, lapis fulminaris), while the hyacinth of ancient times was a purple stone that, if discovered now, would be classified among the amethysts.

References.—“Allgemeine Deutsche Biographie,” Leipzig, 1875, Vol. I. p. 129; Æpinus, “Sermo Acad. de similitudine,” etc., 1758, and his “Recueil ... sur la tourmaline,” 1762; “Novi. Com. Petropol.,” for 1761, 1764, 1768; “Acta Acad. Moguntinæ,” Vol. II. p. 255; Leithead, “Electricity,” p. 289; Phil. Trans., Vol. LI. p. 394, and Vol. LVII. part i. p. 315; “Encycl. Brit.,” articles “Electricity” and “Magnetism”; Bigeon’s report in the “Annales de Ch. et de Phys.,” 2e série, Tome XXXVIII. p. 150; Van Swinden, “Recueil,” etc., La Haye, 1784, Vols. I and II passim; Becquerel in Annales de Chimie et de Physique, Vol. XXXVI. p. 50; Thomson, “Hist. Roy. Soc.,” 1812, p. 184; “The Electrical Researches of the Hon. Henry Cavendish,” Cambridge, 1879, Nos. 1, 134, 340 and 549; Lord Kelvin (Sir Wm. Thomson), “Æpinus atomized,” in Phil. Mag. for March 1902, p. 257, etc., and in Journal de Physique for Sept. 1902, p. 605.

Sources.—“Allgemeine Deutsche Biographie,” Leipzig, 1875, Vol. I. p. 129; Æpinus, “Sermo Acad. de similitudine,” etc., 1758, and his “Recueil ... sur la tourmaline,” 1762; “Novi. Com. Petropol.,” for 1761, 1764, 1768; “Acta Acad. Moguntinæ,” Vol. II. p. 255; Leithead, “Electricity,” p. 289; Phil. Trans., Vol. LI. p. 394, and Vol. LVII. part i. p. 315; “Encycl. Brit.,” articles “Electricity” and “Magnetism”; Bigeon’s report in the “Annales de Ch. et de Phys.,” 2e série, Tome XXXVIII. p. 150; Van Swinden, “Recueil,” etc., La Haye, 1784, Vols. I and II passim; Becquerel in Annales de Chimie et de Physique, Vol. XXXVI. p. 50; Thomson, “Hist. Roy. Soc.,” 1812, p. 184; “The Electrical Researches of the Hon. Henry Cavendish,” Cambridge, 1879, Nos. 1, 134, 340 and 549; Lord Kelvin (Sir Wm. Thomson), “Æpinus atomized,” in Phil. Mag. for March 1902, p. 257, etc., and in Journal de Physique for Sept. 1902, p. 605.

A.D. 1759.—Symmer (Robert) assails the theory announced by Dufay (see Franklin, A.D. 1752), and shows, in a paper submitted to the Royal Society, December 20, 1759, that all the electrical[219] phenomena are produced by two distinct but coexistent fluids not independent of, but counteracting each other. He says that equal quantities of these fluids are contained in all bodies while in their natural condition; that when a body is positively electrified it does not hold a larger share of electric matter, but a larger portion of one of the active powers, and when negatively electrified a larger portion of the other, and not, as Franklin’s theory supposes, an actual deficiency of electric matter. Symmer’s theory is perhaps best explained in his own words, as follows: “It is my opinion that there are two electric fluids (or emanations of two distinct electric powers), essentially different from each other; that electricity does not consist in the efflux and afflux of these fluids, but in the accumulation of the one or the other in the body electrified; or, in other words, it consists in the possession of a larger portion of the one or of the other power than is requisite to maintain an even balance within the body, and lastly, that according as the one or the other power prevails, the body is electrified in one or the other manner.”

A.D. 1759.—Symmer (Robert) criticizes the theory proposed by Dufay (see Franklin, CE 1752) and presents a paper to the Royal Society on December 20, 1759, demonstrating that all electrical[219] phenomena are caused by two distinct but coexisting fluids that are not independent of, but act against each other. He states that equal amounts of these fluids are present in all bodies in their natural state; when a body is positively charged, it doesn't have more electric matter, but rather a larger share of one of the active powers. Conversely, when negatively charged, it has a larger portion of the other fluid, and not, as Franklin's theory suggests, a genuine lack of electric matter. Symmer's theory is perhaps best described in his own words: “I believe there are two electric fluids (or emanations of two distinct electric powers), fundamentally different from each other; that electricity is not about the outflow and inflow of these fluids, but rather about the accumulation of one or the other in the electrified body; or, in other words, it involves having more of one power or the other than is needed to keep a balanced state within the body. Ultimately, depending on which power is dominant, the body is electrified in one way or the other.”

Very curious reading may be had by reference to the volumes of the Philosophical Transactions named below, in which Symmer details many experiments with pieces of silk, as well as with white and coloured, new and newly cleansed silk and worsted stockings. Therein he shows his ability to charge the Leyden jar with either positive or negative electricity, according as he presents a black or white stocking to the wire of the phial. These experiments, which Symmer admits to have made for the express purpose of proving the existence of two electricities, further illustrate the phenomenon of electrical cohesion, although the latter is still better demonstrated by means of panes of ordinary glass. He thus expresses himself: “Upon these considerations, we may expect, from the experiment in hand, the means of determining whether the distinction of electricity into two different kinds is merely nominal, or if there is an essential difference between them; for, after the glass plates have been electrified in one position, so as to be incapable of receiving any more electricity, if they be inverted, and in that new position presented to the chain and wire, and the globe again be put in motion, according as one or other of those opinions hold, corresponding effects will follow.”

You can find some really interesting reading in the volumes of the Philosophical Transactions mentioned below, where Symmer describes many experiments with pieces of silk, both white and colored, as well as newly cleaned silk and worsted stockings. He demonstrates his ability to charge the Leyden jar with either positive or negative electricity, depending on whether he presents a black or white stocking to the wire of the jar. These experiments, which Symmer admits he conducted specifically to prove the existence of two types of electricity, also illustrate the phenomenon of electrical cohesion, although this is better shown using regular glass panes. He states: “Based on these considerations, we can expect from this experiment a way to determine whether the distinction between the two types of electricity is just a label or if there is a real difference between them. After the glass plates are electrified in one position and cannot take on more electricity, if they are flipped over and presented to the chain and wire again while the globe is in motion, we will see corresponding effects depending on which of those theories is correct.”

Symmer also proves his two distinct powers of electricity by the experiment of passing the electric shock through a quire of paper instead of through a single card (“Lib. Useful Knowledge,” London, 1829, “Electricity,” p. 44).

Symmer also demonstrates his two different forms of electricity by the experiment of sending the electric shock through a stack of paper instead of through a single card (“Lib. Useful Knowledge,” London, 1829, “Electricity,” p. 44).

References.—“Electricity in the Service of Man,” R. Wormell, London, 1900, p. xiv; Philosophical Transactions, Vol. LI. part i. pp. 171, 340, 366, 373, etc., 389, and Vol. LVII. p. 458; also Hutton’s[220] abridgments, Vol. XI. p. 405; Nollet, “Lettres,” etc., Vol. III. p. 42; “Encycl. Brit.,” article “Electricity”; “Library of Useful Knowledge,” London, 1829, “Electricity,” Nos. 160 and 161.

Sources.—“Electricity in the Service of Man,” R. Wormell, London, 1900, p. xiv; Philosophical Transactions, Vol. LI, Part I, pp. 171, 340, 366, 373, etc., 389, and Vol. LVII, p. 458; also Hutton’s [220] abridgments, Vol. XI, p. 405; Nollet, “Lettres,” etc., Vol. III, p. 42; “Encycl. Brit.,” article “Electricity”; “Library of Useful Knowledge,” London, 1829, “Electricity,” Nos. 160 and 161.

A.D. 1760.—Mayer (Johann Tobias, Sen.) (1723–1762), one of the most celebrated German astronomers, director of the observatory at Göttingen, is the first to make known the law of the inverse square resulting from actual experimental investigation. This he does in a paper, “Inclination and Declination of the Magnetic Needle, as deduced from theory,” read before the Royal Society at Göttingen, wherein he states that the intensities of the magnetic attractions and repulsions vary inversely as the squares of the distances from the pole of a magnet. Consult “Magnetism,” in the ninth edition of the “Encyclopædia Britannica,” for additional reference to the above paper, also section 14 of the same work for an account of Mayer’s dipping needle as constructed by General Sabine.

A.D. 1760.—Mayer (Johann Tobias, Sen.) (1723–1762), one of the most renowned German astronomers and director of the observatory at Göttingen, is the first to reveal the law of the inverse square through actual experimental investigation. He presents this in a paper, “Inclination and Declination of the Magnetic Needle, as deduced from theory,” which he read before the Royal Society at Göttingen, where he explains that the strengths of magnetic attractions and repulsions change inversely with the squares of the distances from a magnet’s pole. See “Magnetism” in the ninth edition of the “Encyclopædia Britannica” for further reference to the above paper, and also section 14 of the same work for information on Mayer’s dipping needle as designed by General Sabine.

References.—Delambre’s notice of the life of J. T. Mayer in the “Biographie Universelle”; Hutton’s “Mathem. Dict.”; Montucla, “Histoire des Mathématiques”; list of his works added to the éloge pronounced by Kaestner, Göttingen, 1762; “Abhandlungen von Galvani und andern,” Prague, 1793; Whewell, “History of the Inductive Sciences,” 1859, Vol. II. pp. 206, 221; Coulomb, “Mémoires Acad. Paris” for 1786 and 1787; “Royal Soc. Cat. of Sc. Papers,” Vol. IV. pp. 311–314; Lambert, “Reports of the Berlin Academy” for 1776.

Sources.—Delambre’s notice on the life of J. T. Mayer in the “Biographie Universelle”; Hutton’s “Mathem. Dict.”; Montucla, “Histoire des Mathématiques”; list of his works included in the tribute delivered by Kaestner, Göttingen, 1762; “Abhandlungen von Galvani und andern,” Prague, 1793; Whewell, “History of the Inductive Sciences,” 1859, Vol. II. pp. 206, 221; Coulomb, “Mémoires Acad. Paris” for 1786 and 1787; “Royal Soc. Cat. of Sc. Papers,” Vol. IV. pp. 311–314; Lambert, “Reports of the Berlin Academy” for 1776.

Mayer (Johann Tobias, Jr.), 1752–1830, is the author of Memoirs on the magnetic needle as well as upon many electrical experiments, of which details may be found in the Journal der Physik of Friedrich A. C. Gren and in the “Comment Soc. Göttingen recent.”

Mayer (Johann Tobias, Jr.), 1752–1830, is the author of Memoirs on the magnetic needle and various electrical experiments, with details available in the Journal der Physik by Friedrich A. C. Gren and in the “Comment Soc. Göttingen recent.”

A.D. 1760.—Delaval (E. H.) communicates between 1760 and 1764 several papers to the London Royal Society in reference to experiments made for the purpose of ascertaining the conducting powers of a body in different states. Therein, he shows that animal and vegetable substances lose their conducting powers when reduced to ashes, and that while metals are the best conductors, their oxides are non-conductors. His experiments made with island (Iceland) crystal (well known for its extraordinary property of double refraction), proved that it is affected by heat differently from other substances named, since the temperature necessary to render them electric makes the crystal non-electric. He had a piece of crystal of which, he said, one part became non-electric when greatly heated, while the other part, with the same or even a much greater heat, remained perfectly electric. These experiments did not, however, succeed with Sir Torbern Bergman, who repeated them with great care and who found that island crystal was a conductor in all cases, to whatever degree of heat it was exposed.

A.D. 1760.—Delaval (E. H.) submitted several papers to the London Royal Society between 1760 and 1764 about experiments conducted to determine the conductivity of materials in various states. In these papers, he demonstrated that animal and plant substances lose their conductivity when turned to ash, and while metals are the best conductors, their oxides do not conduct electricity. He conducted experiments with island (Iceland) crystal (noted for its remarkable double refraction property) and found that it reacts to heat differently than the other substances he tested, as the temperature needed to make them electric actually rendered the crystal non-electric. He had a piece of crystal where he observed that one section became non-electric when heated significantly, while another section, even at the same or a much higher temperature, remained completely electric. However, Sir Torbern Bergman tried to replicate these experiments meticulously and found that island crystal was a conductor in all situations, regardless of the heat level it was subjected to.

[221]

[221]

References.Phil. Trans., Vol. LI. part i. p. 83; Vol LII. part i. pp. 353, etc., and part ii. p. 459; also Vol. LIII. part i. pp. 84–98; and Hutton’s abridgments, Vol. XI. pp. 334, 589; Vol. XII. p. 140; Thomas Thomson, “Hist. of Roy. Soc.,” p. 443; Thos. Young, “Course of Lectures,” 1807, Vol. II. p. 679, for notes on Dr. Wm. H. Wollaston’s paper concerning the double refraction of Iceland crystal.

References.Phil. Trans., Vol. 51, Part 1, p. 83; Vol. 52, Part 1, pp. 353, etc., and Part 2, p. 459; also Vol. 53, Part 1, pp. 84–98; and Hutton’s Abridgments, Vol. 11, pp. 334, 589; Vol. 12, p. 140; Thomas Thomson, “History of the Royal Society,” p. 443; Thomas Young, “Course of Lectures,” 1807, Vol. 2, p. 679, for notes on Dr. William H. Wollaston’s paper regarding the double refraction of Iceland crystal.

A.D. 1760–1762.—Bergman—Bergmann—(Torbern Olof), celebrated Swedish astronomer, naturalist and chemist, writes several letters to Mr. Wilson, which are read before the Royal Society, Nov. 20, 1760, and March 18, 1762, wherein he alludes to the possibility of electrifying plates of ice in the same manner as plates of glass. In a subsequent letter he details experiments with silk ribbons of different colours, almost as curious as those of which an account has already been given (by Symmer at A.D. 1759), and from which he concludes that there is a certain fixed order regarding positive and negative electricity in which all bodies may be placed while other circumstances remain unchanged.

A.D. 1760–1762.—Bergman—Bergmann—(Torbern Olof), a renowned Swedish astronomer, naturalist, and chemist, writes several letters to Mr. Wilson, which are presented before the Royal Society on November 20, 1760, and March 18, 1762. In these letters, he mentions the possibility of electrifying ice plates in the same way as glass plates. In a later letter, he shares experiments with silk ribbons of different colors, which are almost as intriguing as those previously reported by Symmer in CE 1759. From these, he concludes that there is a specific fixed order regarding positive and negative electricity where all bodies can be categorized as long as other conditions remain constant.

References.—Bergman’s “Bemerkung ... Isländischen Krystales,” “Comment ... electrica turmalini,” “Elektrische Versuche,” etc., and his other works referred to in the Philosophical Transactions, Vol. LI. p. 907; Vol. LIII. p. 97; Vol. LIV. p. 84; Vol. LVI. p. 236; also Hutton’s abridgments, Vol. XI. pp. 506, 705; Vol. XII. pp. 109, 343; “Nova Acta Soc. Upsal.,” “K. Schwedischen Akad. Abhand.,” “Aus dem Schwed. Magazine,” Phil. Mag., IX. p. 193; “Eng. Cycl.,” Vol. I. pp. 664–665; Gmelin’s “Chemistry,” Vol. I. p. 320; Thomas Thomson, “Hist. of the Royal Society,” London, 1812, pp. 444, 475–477.

References.—Bergman’s “Remarks ... on Icelandic Crystals,” “Comments ... on Electric Tourmaline,” “Electrical Experiments,” etc., and his other works mentioned in the Philosophical Transactions, Vol. LI. p. 907; Vol. LIII. p. 97; Vol. LIV. p. 84; Vol. LVI. p. 236; also Hutton’s abridgments, Vol. XI. pp. 506, 705; Vol. XII. pp. 109, 343; “Nova Acta Soc. Upsal.,” “K. Swedish Academy Transactions,” “From the Swedish Magazine,” Phil. Mag., IX. p. 193; “English Cyclopedia,” Vol. I. pp. 664–665; Gmelin’s “Chemistry,” Vol. I. p. 320; Thomas Thomson, “History of the Royal Society,” London, 1812, pp. 444, 475–477.

A.D. 1761.—The many experiments made at this period by Ebenezer Kinnersley, of Philadelphia, relative to the two contrary electricities of glass and sulphur, are endorsed by his close friend Benjamin Franklin in his Letters at pp. 99, 100 and 102–105. He makes several curious observations on the elongation and fusion of fine iron wires whenever a strong charge is passed through them while in a state of tension, to which Dr. Watson makes special reference in a paper read before the Royal Society. He believes that lightning does not melt metal by a cold fusion, as Dr. Franklin and himself had formerly supposed, and that when it passes, for instance, through the blade of a sword, if the quantity is not very great, it may heat the point so as to melt it, while the broadest and the thickest part may not be sensibly warmer than before.

A.D. 1761.—During this time, Ebenezer Kinnersley from Philadelphia conducted numerous experiments regarding the two opposing types of electricity found in glass and sulfur. His close friend Benjamin Franklin supports these findings in his Letters on pages 99, 100, and 102–105. Franklin notes some interesting observations about the stretching and melting of thin iron wires when a strong charge is passed through them while under tension. Dr. Watson specifically references this in a paper presented to the Royal Society. He argues that lightning doesn’t melt metal through a cold fusion process, as Dr. Franklin and he had previously thought. Instead, when lightning strikes, for example, a sword blade, if the amount of electricity isn't too high, it can heat the tip enough to melt it, while the thicker part may not feel any warmer than before.

To ascertain the effects of electricity upon air, Kinnersley devised an instrument which he called an electrical air thermometer, and which is described at p. 626, Vol. VIII of the 1855 “Encyclopædia Britannica.” With this he could show the sudden rarefaction which air undergoes during the passage of the electric spark through it,[222] heat being produced without accompaniment of any chemical change in the heated body.

To determine how electricity affects air, Kinnersley created a device he called an electrical air thermometer, which is described on page 626, Volume VIII of the 1855 “Encyclopædia Britannica.” With this instrument, he demonstrated the sudden decrease in air pressure that occurs when an electric spark passes through it,[222] with heat generated without any chemical changes in the heated material.

Some other important observations made by Kinnersley, who, besides being an intimate friend, was the original associate of Ben. Franklin, are summed up as follows: A coated flask containing boiling water cannot be charged, the electricity passing off with the steam; but when the water gets cold the flask may be charged as usual. A person in a negative state of electricity standing upon an electric, and holding up a long sharp needle out of doors in the dark, observes light upon the point of it. No heat is produced by electrifying a thermometer, nor by passing shocks through large wire, but small wire is heated red-hot, expanded and melted (Phil. Trans. for 1763, Vol. LIII. p. 84; Thomson, “Hist. Roy. Soc.,” p. 445).

Some other important observations made by Kinnersley, who, besides being a close friend, was the original associate of Ben Franklin, are summarized as follows: A coated flask with boiling water cannot be charged because the electricity escapes with the steam; however, when the water cools down, the flask can be charged normally. A person in a negative electrical state standing on an electric surface and holding up a long sharp needle outdoors in the dark can see light at the point of the needle. Electrifying a thermometer or passing shocks through large wire does not produce any heat, but small wire can get red-hot, expand, and melt (Phil. Trans. for 1763, Vol. LIII. p. 84; Thomson, “Hist. Roy. Soc.,” p. 445).

In the New York “Electrical Review” of May 13, 1905, will be found the following curious reference to the Boston Art Club exhibits of President R. H. W. Dwight:

In the New York “Electrical Review” from May 13, 1905, there is a curious mention of the Boston Art Club exhibits by President R. H. W. Dwight:

“Among these is an interesting broadside, which gives a summary of two lectures on electricity by Ebenezer Kinnersley delivered in Faneuil Hall in September, 1751—the first lectures probably ever delivered on the then new subject of electricity. Kinnersley was an Englishman, who was head master in English literature in the College of Philadelphia, from 1753 to 1773, a student of science, who made a number of discoveries in electricity and invented a number of quaint electrical devices. He and Franklin were on intimate terms, and were closely associated in their electrical experiments. Kinnersley has been erroneously cited as an anticipator of Oersted’s discovery of the deflection of a magnetic needle by an electric current. The former’s experiment, however, was purely electrostatic. In the summary of these two lectures, among other things, it states that electricity ‘is an extremely subtile fluid; that it doth not take up any perceptible time in passing through large portions of space; that it is mixed with the substance of all other fluids and solids of our globe; that our bodies at all times contain enough of it to set a house on fire.’”

“Among these is an interesting broadside that summarizes two lectures on electricity given by Ebenezer Kinnersley at Faneuil Hall in September 1751—the first lectures probably ever delivered on the then-new topic of electricity. Kinnersley was an Englishman who was a headmaster in English literature at the College of Philadelphia from 1753 to 1773. He was a science enthusiast who made several discoveries in electricity and invented a variety of unique electrical devices. He and Franklin were close friends and collaborated on their electrical experiments. Kinnersley has been mistakenly cited as having predicted Oersted’s discovery of the deflection of a magnetic needle by an electric current, but his experiment was purely electrostatic. In the summary of these two lectures, it states among other things that electricity ‘is an extremely subtle fluid; it does not take any noticeable time in traveling through large areas; it is mixed with the substance of all other fluids and solids on our planet; and our bodies always contain enough of it to set a house on fire.’”

The exhibits of President Dwight are:

The displays of President Dwight are:

“An artificial spider animated by the electric fire so as to act like a live one; a shower of sand which rises again as fast as it falls; a leaf of the most mighty of metals suspended in the air, as is said of Mahomet’s tomb; electrified money which scarce anybody will take when offered to them; a curious machine, acting by means of the electric fire, and playing a variety of tunes on eight musical bells.”

“An artificial spider powered by electricity that moves like a real one; a shower of sand that rises as quickly as it falls; a leaf made of the strongest metal floating in the air, like the legend of Mahomet's tomb; electrically charged money that hardly anyone will accept when offered; a fascinating machine that uses electricity to play different tunes on eight musical bells.”

This broadside of 1751 appears to antedate any other similar notice of electrical experiments.

This broadside from 1751 seems to be earlier than any other similar announcement of electrical experiments.

[223]

[223]

The “Electrical Review” of April 23, 1904, p. 621, had published copy of an advertisement from the Massachusetts Gazette of March 7, 1765, giving notice of a course of lectures by David Mason, illustrated by “entertaining experiments on electricity similar to those cited in the broadside under date of 1751.” The advertisement of 1765, here referred to, appears at A.D. 1771.

The “Electrical Review” from April 23, 1904, p. 621, published an ad from the Massachusetts Gazette dated March 7, 1765, announcing a series of lectures by David Mason, featuring “entertaining experiments on electricity like those mentioned in the broadside from 1751.” The 1765 ad referred to here can be found in A.D. 1771.

References.—Sturgeon’s “Lectures,” London, 1842, p. 169; “The Electrical Researches of Hon. Henry Cavendish,” 1879, Nos. 125, 137, 213; Phil. Trans., Vol. LIII. part i. pp. 84–87; Vol. LIV. p. 208; Vol. LXIII, 1773, part i. p. 38; also the Hutton abridgments, Vol. XI. p. 702, and Vol. XIII. p. 370; Bertholon, “Elec. du Corps Humain,” 1786, Vol. I. pp. 23, 33, 214, 217, 220.

References.—Sturgeon's "Lectures," London, 1842, p. 169; "The Electrical Researches of Hon. Henry Cavendish," 1879, Nos. 125, 137, 213; Phil. Trans., Vol. LIII. part i. pp. 84–87; Vol. LIV. p. 208; Vol. LXIII, 1773, part i. p. 38; also the Hutton abridgments, Vol. XI. p. 702, and Vol. XIII. p. 370; Bertholon, "Elec. du Corps Humain," 1786, Vol. I. pp. 23, 33, 214, 217, 220.

A.D. 1762.—Sulzer (Johann Georg), a Swiss philosopher, member of the Berlin Academy of Sciences, in his “Theory of Agreeable and Disagreeable Sensations” (“Theorie d. angenehmen u. unangenehmen Empfindungen,” Berlin, 1762), thus expresses himself: “When two pieces of metal, one of lead and the other of silver, are so joined together that their edges make one surface, a certain sensation will be produced on applying it to the tongue, which comes near to the taste of martial vitriol (vitriol of iron); whereas each piece by itself betrays not the slightest trace of that taste” (F. C. Bakewell, “Manual of Electricity” London, 1857, Chap. III. p. 28).

A.D. 1762.—Sulzer (Johann Georg), a Swiss philosopher and member of the Berlin Academy of Sciences, in his “Theory of Agreeable and Disagreeable Sensations” (“Theorie d. angenehmen u. unangenehmen Empfindungen,” Berlin, 1762), states: “When two pieces of metal, one lead and the other silver, are joined together so their edges create one surface, a certain sensation will be felt when applied to the tongue, which closely resembles the taste of iron vitriol; however, each piece on its own shows no hint of that taste” (F. C. Bakewell, “Manual of Electricity” London, 1857, Chap. III. p. 28).

The passage in the edition “Nouvelle Théorie des Plaisirs,” published in 1767, is thus given by Sabine, “Electric Telegraph,” 1872, p. 15: “On taking two pieces of different metals—silver and zinc—and placing one of them above and the other underneath his tongue, he found that, so long as the metals did not make contact with each other, he felt nothing; but that when the edges were brought together over the tip of his tongue, the moment contact took place and during the time it lasted, he experienced an itching sensation and a taste resembling that of sulphate of iron....” Sulzer does not appear to have been much surprised at the result, thinking it “not improbable that, by the combination of the two metals, a solution of either of them may have taken place, in consequence of which the dissolved particles penetrate into the tongue; or we may conjecture that the combination of these metals occasions a trembling motion in the respective particles, which, exciting the nerves of the tongue, causes that peculiar sensation.”

The excerpt from the edition “Nouvelle Théorie des Plaisirs,” published in 1767, is presented by Sabine in “Electric Telegraph,” 1872, p. 15: “When he took two pieces of different metals—silver and zinc—and placed one above his tongue and the other below, he noticed that as long as the metals didn’t touch, he felt nothing. However, when the edges were brought together at the tip of his tongue, the moment they made contact and while they remained in contact, he felt a tingling sensation and a taste similar to that of iron sulfate....” Sulzer didn’t seem very shocked by the outcome, believing it “not unlikely that, through the combination of the two metals, some kind of solution might have occurred, allowing dissolved particles to penetrate the tongue; or we might speculate that the combination of these metals causes a vibrating motion in their particles, which stimulates the nerves of the tongue, creating that unusual sensation.”

And thus, remarks Pepper, a prominent fact has slept in obscurity from the time of Sulzer to the time of Galvani.

And so, Pepper notes, an important fact has remained hidden from the time of Sulzer until the time of Galvani.

References.—Izarn, “Manuel,” Paris, 1804, p. 4; Sturgeon, Annals, Vol. VIII. p. 363; also note at p. 491 of Ronalds’ “Catalogue”; Mém. de l’Acad. de Berlin, “Théorie Générale du Plaisir”; also “Temple[224] du Bonheur,” published at Bouillon (Pays Bas), 1769, Tome III. p. 124, this last-named work being alluded to in the Journal des Débats, 7 Vendémiaire, au X; Edm. Hoppe, “Geschichte,” 1884, p. 128; C. H. Wilkinson, “Elements of Galvanism,” Vol. I. p. 69, note; Albert’s “Amer. Ann. d. Artz,” Vol. II. Bremen, 1802.

References.—Izarn, “Manuel,” Paris, 1804, p. 4; Sturgeon, Annals, Vol. VIII. p. 363; also note at p. 491 of Ronalds’ “Catalogue”; Mém. de l’Acad. de Berlin, “Théorie Générale du Plaisir”; also “Temple[224] du Bonheur,” published in Bouillon (Netherlands), 1769, Tome III. p. 124, this last-named work being mentioned in the Journal des Débats, 7 Vendémiaire, au X; Edm. Hoppe, “Geschichte,” 1884, p. 128; C. H. Wilkinson, “Elements of Galvanism,” Vol. I. p. 69, note; Albert’s “Amer. Ann. d. Artz,” Vol. II. Bremen, 1802.

A.D. 1762.—Ledru Comus, French Professor of Natural Philosophy, invents a mode of telegraphing which is described and fully illustrated in Vol. I of Guyot’s “Nouvelles Récréations Physiques et Mathématiques,” Paris, 1769; as well as at p. 278 of “Mémoires, Correspondance et Ouvrages Inédits de Diderot,” Paris, 1821, in one of the letters to Mlle. Voland dated July 28, 1762.

A.D. 1762.—Ledru Comus, a French professor of natural philosophy, invents a method of telegraphing that is detailed and illustrated in Volume I of Guyot’s “Nouvelles Récréations Physiques et Mathématiques,” Paris, 1769; and also on page 278 of “Mémoires, Correspondance et Ouvrages Inédits de Diderot,” Paris, 1821, in one of the letters to Mlle. Voland dated July 28, 1762.

His apparatus consisted of two dials, each bearing upon it twenty-five letters of the alphabet, which were moved by the agency of magnets and of magnetized needles; but Auguste Guérout considers the contrivance to have been merely a speculative one, as will be seen by his article, reproduced from “La Lumière Electrique” of March 3, 1883, in No. 384 of the “Scientific American Supplement.”

His device had two dials, each marked with twenty-five letters of the alphabet, which were operated by magnets and magnetized needles. However, Auguste Guérout believes that the invention was just a theoretical one, as shown in his article reprinted from “La Lumière Electrique” on March 3, 1883, in No. 384 of the “Scientific American Supplement.”

References.Journal de Physique for 1775, Vols. V and VI; for 1776, Vol. VII; and for 1778, Vol. I; “Scelta di Opuscoli,” Milano, 1776.

References.Journal de Physique for 1775, Vols. V and VI; for 1776, Vol. VII; and for 1778, Vol. I; “Scelta di Opuscoli,” Milan, 1776.

A.D. 1765.—Cigna (Giovanni Francesco), native of Mondovi, Italy, and nephew to the electrician Beccaria (A.D. 1753), became secretary to the society of savants who gave birth to the Royal Academy of Sciences at Turin, and whose Memoirs contain his work, “De novis quibusdam experimentis electricis,” 1765.

A.D. 1765.—Cigna (Giovanni Francesco), from Mondovi, Italy, and nephew of the electrician Beccaria (CE 1753), became the secretary of the group of scholars who founded the Royal Academy of Sciences in Turin, and whose Memoirs include his work, “De novis quibusdam experimentis electricis,” 1765.

At pp. 31–65 of the above Memoirs is given a full account of Cigna’s many curious observations made with silk ribbons placed in various positions, and in contact with different surfaces, instead of with the silk stockings employed by Symmer (A.D. 1759). He thus supplies the main defect of Dufay’s theory (A.D. 1733) by proving that the two opposite electricities are produced simultaneously. On p. 47 of the same work will be found a report of Cigna’s experiment with ice to ascertain whether electric substances contain more electric matter than other bodies.

At pages 31–65 of the Memoirs mentioned above, there is a detailed account of Cigna's many interesting observations made using silk ribbons placed in various positions and in contact with different surfaces, instead of the silk stockings used by Symmer (A.D. 1759). He addresses the main shortcoming of Dufay's theory (A.D. 1733) by demonstrating that the two opposing electricities are generated simultaneously. On page 47 of the same work, you'll find a report of Cigna's experiment using ice to determine whether electric substances contain more electric matter than other materials.

References.—Vol. III. p. 168 of Nollet’s “Letters,” for an account of his observations upon the electric attraction and repulsion between conducting substances immersed in oil; as well as Chap. II. s. 3., vol. i. of Van Swinden’s “Receuil,” etc., published at La Haye, 1784. Should also be consulted: Cigna’s “Memoirs on Electricity and Magnetism” in the “Miscellanea ... Taurinensia,” and the several communications made by him to Priestley, Lagrange and others in 1775 concerning Volta’s electrophorus; likewise “Memorie istorische ... di Gianfrancesco Cigna de Antonmaria Vassalli Eandi,” Torino, 1821.

References.—Vol. III. p. 168 of Nollet’s “Letters,” for a summary of his observations on the electric attraction and repulsion between conducting materials immersed in oil; along with Chap. II. s. 3., vol. i. of Van Swinden’s “Receuil,” etc., published in The Hague, 1784. Also, refer to Cigna’s “Memoirs on Electricity and Magnetism” in the “Miscellanea ... Taurinensia,” and the various communications he shared with Priestley, Lagrange, and others in 1775 about Volta’s electrophorus; as well as “Memorie istoriche ... di Gianfrancesco Cigna de Antonmaria Vassalli Eandi,” Torino, 1821.

A.D. 1766–1776.—Lambert (Johann Heinrich), a profound German mathematician, native of Upper Alsace, publishes in[225] Vol. XXII of the “Reports of the Berlin Academy” two beautiful Memoirs upon the “Laws of Magnetic Force” and upon the “Curvature of the Magnetic Current,” both of which, according to Dr. Robison, would have done credit to Newton himself.

A.D. 1766–1776.—Lambert (Johann Heinrich), a brilliant German mathematician from Upper Alsace, published in[225] Vol. XXII of the “Reports of the Berlin Academy” two impressive papers on the “Laws of Magnetic Force” and the “Curvature of the Magnetic Current,” both of which, according to Dr. Robison, would have made Newton proud.

In the first Memoir, says Harris, the author endeavours to determine two very important laws; one relating to the change of force as depending upon the obliquity of its application, the other as referred to the distance. In the second Memoir the curves of the magnetic current are investigated by the action of the directive or polar force of a magnet upon a small needle. Lambert concludes that the effect of each particle of the magnet on each particle of the needle, and reciprocally, is as the absolute force or magnetic intensity of the particles directly, and as the squares of the distances inversely.

In the first Memoir, Harris states that the author attempts to determine two very important laws: one concerning how force changes based on the angle of its application, and the other related to distance. In the second Memoir, the curves of the magnetic current are examined based on the effect of the magnet's directional or polar force on a small needle. Lambert concludes that the impact of each particle of the magnet on each particle of the needle, and vice versa, is proportional to the absolute force or magnetic intensity of the particles directly, and inversely proportional to the squares of the distances.

Noad states (“Manual,” London, 1859, p. 580) that Lambert’s deductions were confirmed twenty years later by Coulomb, through the agency of his delicate torsion balance, and more recently (about the year 1817) by Prof. Hansteen, of Christiania.

Noad mentions (“Manual,” London, 1859, p. 580) that Lambert’s conclusions were validated twenty years later by Coulomb, using his sensitive torsion balance, and more recently (around 1817) by Prof. Hansteen from Christiania.

Previous to the above-named date, in 1760, Lambert had published, both at Leipzig and at Augsburg, his “Photometria, sive de Mensura et Gradibus Luminis, Colorum et Umbræ,” the sequel to a tract printed two years before, wherein he indicates the mode of measuring the intensity of the light of various bodies. The celebrated mathematician and astronomer, Pierre Bouguer (1698–1758), who had published, in 1729, his “Essai d’Optique,” etc., which was greatly enlarged in his “Traité,” etc., brought out by La Caille in 1760, may be considered the founder of this branch of the science of optics, to which the name photometry has been given by English writers. The photometer designed by Sir Benjamin Thompson, Count Rumford (entered at A.D. 1802), has been described in Phil. Trans. for 1794, Vol. LXVII. His method is to cast two shadows of a given object near each other on the same surface, the lights being removed to such distances that the shadows appear equally dark.

Before the date mentioned above, in 1760, Lambert published, both in Leipzig and Augsburg, his “Photometria, sive de Mensura et Gradibus Luminis, Colorum et Umbræ,” which is a follow-up to a work printed two years earlier where he explained how to measure the intensity of light from different objects. The well-known mathematician and astronomer, Pierre Bouguer (1698–1758), who published his “Essai d’Optique” in 1729 and expanded it in his “Traité,” released by La Caille in 1760, can be considered the founder of this area of optics, which English writers have named photometry. The photometer created by Sir Benjamin Thompson, Count Rumford (registered in AD 1802), is described in the Phil. Trans. for 1794, Vol. LXVII. His method involves casting two shadows of a specific object close to each other on the same surface, with the lights positioned at distances such that the shadows look equally dark.

References.—Sir John Leslie’s “Fifth Dissertation” in the eighth “Encycl. Brit.”; Count Rumford’s photometer illustrated at Plate XXVII. figs. 387, 388, vol. i. of Dr. Thomas Young’s “Course of Lectures,” London, 1807; also Vol. II. pp. 282 and 351 of the same work, concerning photometry generally; Dredge and others, “Electric Illumination,” etc. (chiefly compiled from London Engineering), Vol. II. pp. 101–117; Brewster’s “Edin. Jour. of Sc.,” 1826, Vol. II. p. 321; Vol. III. p. 104; Vol. V. p. 139, for William Ritchie’s articles on the photometer of Mr. Leslie, and relative to an improved instrument upon the principles of Bouguer (Edin. Transactions, Vol. X. part. ii.); Lambert’s biography and the article “Magnetism” in the “Encycl. Brit.”; Harris, “Rudim. Magn.,” Part III. pp. 20, 33, 191–203.

Citations.—Sir John Leslie’s “Fifth Dissertation” in the eighth “Encycl. Brit.”; Count Rumford’s photometer shown in Plate XXVII, figs. 387, 388, vol. i. of Dr. Thomas Young’s “Course of Lectures,” London, 1807; also Vol. II, pp. 282 and 351 of the same work, regarding photometry in general; Dredge and others, “Electric Illumination,” etc. (mainly compiled from London Engineering), Vol. II, pp. 101–117; Brewster’s “Edin. Jour. of Sc.,” 1826, Vol. II, p. 321; Vol. III, p. 104; Vol. V, p. 139, for William Ritchie’s articles on Mr. Leslie’s photometer and about an improved instrument based on Bouguer’s principles (Edin. Transactions, Vol. X, part. ii.); Lambert’s biography and the article “Magnetism” in the “Encycl. Brit.”; Harris, “Rudim. Magn.,” Part III, pp. 20, 33, 191–203.

It may be added that all the valuable manuscripts left by[226] Lambert were purchased by the Berlin Academy, and were afterward published by John Bernoulli, a grandson of the celebrated John Bernoulli alluded to at A.D. 1700.

It should be noted that all the valuable manuscripts left by [226] Lambert were bought by the Berlin Academy and later published by John Bernoulli, a grandson of the famous John Bernoulli mentioned at CE 1700.

A.D. 1766.—Lullin (Amadeus), in his “Dissertatio physica de electricitate,” Geneva, 1766, at p. 26, alludes to Beccaria’s experiments, saying that he produced much greater effects with the electric spark by passing the latter through oil instead of water: oil being a much worse conductor, the spark in it is larger. At p. 38 of the same work he details the experiments made to prove the correctness of Mollet’s doctrine regarding the constant motion of electrical atmospheres, and at p. 42 are given his experiments to show the production of electricity in the clouds. With a long insulated pole projecting from the mountain side he observed, among other effects, that when small clouds of vapour produced by the sun’s heat touched only the end of the pole the latter was electrified, but that it was not affected if the entire pole was covered by the vapour (“Lib. Useful Knowledge,” “Electricity,” Chap. XI. Nos. 154, etc.).

A.D. 1766.—Lullin (Amadeus), in his “Dissertatio physica de electricitate,” Geneva, 1766, at p. 26, references Beccaria’s experiments, stating that he achieved much greater effects with the electric spark by passing it through oil instead of water: oil being a much worse conductor, the spark in it is larger. At p. 38 of the same work, he details the experiments conducted to verify Mollet’s theory regarding the constant motion of electrical atmospheres, and at p. 42, he presents his experiments demonstrating the production of electricity in the clouds. Using a long insulated pole extending from the mountainside, he observed that when small clouds of vapor generated by the sun’s heat touched only the tip of the pole, it became electrified; however, it was unaffected if the entire pole was enveloped in the vapor (“Lib. Useful Knowledge,” “Electricity,” Chap. XI. Nos. 154, etc.).

Lullin, it is said, proposed a modification of Reusser’s plan of telegraphing, in manner stated at p. 69 of Reid’s 1887 “Telegraph in America.”

Lullin reportedly suggested a change to Reusser’s telegraphing plan, as mentioned on p. 69 of Reid’s 1887 “Telegraph in America.”

A.D. 1766.—L’Abbé Poncelet, a native of Verdun, France, publishes at Paris “La Nature dans la formation du Tonnerre,” etc., wherein he indicates a method of protecting from lightning residences, pavilions and other structures, by constructing them of resinous woods and lining them with either silk or waxed cloths. He quaintly remarks that as they thus present “on all sides resinous surfaces, which never receive phlogiston by communication, the latter (thunder and lightning), after having leaped lightly around the pavilion and finding itself unable to attack it, will probably depart in order to pursue its ravages elsewhere.”

A.D. 1766.—L’Abbé Poncelet, originally from Verdun, France, publishes in Paris “La Nature dans la formation du Tonnerre,” etc., where he suggests a way to protect homes, tents, and other buildings from lightning by using resinous wood and lining them with either silk or waxed fabric. He humorously notes that since they present “resinous surfaces on all sides, which never take on phlogiston through contact, the latter (thunder and lightning), after bouncing around the pavilion and finding it unable to strike, will likely leave to wreak havoc elsewhere.”

References.Scientific American Supplement, No. 66, p. 1053, for a copy of the frontispiece of the above-named work; also Figuier, “Exposition et Histoire,” etc., 1857, Vol. IV. pp. 234, 235.

Sources.Scientific American Supplement, No. 66, p. 1053, for a copy of the front page of the work mentioned above; also Figuier, “Exposition et Histoire,” etc., 1857, Vol. IV. pp. 234, 235.

A.D. 1767.—Bozolus (Joseph), an Italian Jesuit, Professor of Natural Philosophy at Rome, is the first (and not Cavallo, A.D. 1775) to suggest employing the active principle of the Leyden jar for the transmission of intelligence.

A.D. 1767.—Bozolus (Joseph), an Italian Jesuit and Professor of Natural Philosophy in Rome, is the first (and not Cavallo, CE 1775) to propose using the active principle of the Leyden jar for transmitting information.

His plan is to place underground two wires which are to be brought at each station close enough to admit of the passage of a spark. One of the wires is to be connected with the inner coating and the other with the outer surface of a Leyden phial; the sparks[227] observed at the opening between the wires being there made to express any meaning according to a preconcerted code of signals.

His plan is to bury two wires underground that will be brought close enough at each station to allow a spark to pass through. One wire will connect to the inner coating and the other to the outer surface of a Leyden jar; the sparks[227] seen at the gap between the wires will be used to convey specific messages based on a previously agreed-upon code.

References.—Latin poem entitled “Mariani Parthenii Electricorum,” in six books, Roma, 1767, lib. i. p. 34 (describing the telegrafo elettrico scintillante); also Saturday Review, August 21, 1858, p. 190, and Cornhill Magazine for 1860, Vol. II. p. 66.

References.—Latin poem titled “Mariani Parthenii Electricorum,” in six books, Rome, 1767, book I, p. 34 (describing the telegrafo elettrico scintillante); also Saturday Review, August 21, 1858, p. 190, and Cornhill Magazine for 1860, Vol. II, p. 66.

A.D. 1767.—Priestley (Joseph), the earliest historian of electrical science, publishes, by advice of Benjamin Franklin, the first edition of his great work, “The History and Present State of Electricity,” of which there were four other separate enlarged issues, in 1769, 1775, 1775 and 1794. During the year 1766 he had been given the degree of Doctor of Laws by the Edinburgh University and he had also, at the instance of Franklin, Watson and others, been made a member of the English Royal Society, which, a few years later, bestowed upon him the Copley medal.

A.D. 1767.—Priestley (Joseph), the first historian of electrical science, publishes, at the suggestion of Benjamin Franklin, the first edition of his major work, “The History and Present State of Electricity,” with four additional expanded editions released in 1769, 1775, 1775, and 1794. In 1766, he received an honorary Doctor of Laws degree from Edinburgh University and, at the request of Franklin, Watson, and others, became a member of the Royal Society in England, which honored him with the Copley medal a few years later.

Speaking of the above-named work, Dr. Lardner says (“Lectures, 1859, Vol. I. p. 136): “This philosopher did not contribute materially to the advancement of the science by the development of any new facts; but in his ‘History of Electricity’ he collected and arranged much useful information respecting the progress of the science.” Nevertheless, to him is due the first employment of the conductor supported by an insulating pillar, as described by Noad, who gives an account of Priestley’s electrical machine at Chap. IV of his “Manual”; and he is also the first to investigate upon an extensive scale the chemical effects of ordinary electricity. The observations of M. Warltire, a lecturer on natural philosophy, and Priestley’s own experiments in this line, made by passing the electric spark through water tinged blue by litmus, also through olive oil, turpentine, etc., as well as his researches more particularly upon the gases and upon the influence of the electric fluid in expanding solid bodies, are detailed at the “Electricity” chapter of the “Encycl. Brit.”

Speaking of the work mentioned above, Dr. Lardner states (“Lectures, 1859, Vol. I. p. 136): “This philosopher did not significantly advance the science by developing any new facts; however, in his ‘History of Electricity,’ he gathered and organized a lot of useful information about the progress of the science.” Still, he was the first to use a conductor supported by an insulating pillar, as described by Noad, who chronicles Priestley’s electrical machine in Chap. IV of his “Manual.” He was also the first to investigate the chemical effects of ordinary electricity on a large scale. The observations by M. Warltire, a lecturer on natural philosophy, and Priestley’s own experiments conducted by passing the electric spark through water dyed blue with litmus, as well as through olive oil, turpentine, and others, along with his research particularly on gases and the effect of electric fluid on the expansion of solid bodies, are discussed in the “Electricity” chapter of the “Encycl. Brit.”

At pp. 660–665 of the fourth edition of his “History,” Priestley describes the experiments he made to illustrate what he called the lateral force of electrical explosions; that is, the tendency of the fluid to diverge, as is the case with lightning when any material obstruction lies in its path.

At pp. 660–665 of the fourth edition of his “History,” Priestley describes the experiments he conducted to illustrate what he referred to as the lateral force of electrical explosions; that is, the tendency of the fluid to split apart, just like lightning does when it encounters any physical obstacle in its path.

Perhaps the most important of all Dr. Priestley’s electrical discoveries (Thomson, “Hist. Roy. Soc.,” p. 445) was that charcoal is a conductor of electricity, and so good a conductor that it vies even with the metals themselves. When the conducting power of charcoal was tried by succeeding electricians, it was found to vary in the most unaccountable manner, sometimes scarcely conducting at all,[228] sometimes imperfectly and sometimes remarkably well; a diversity naturally indicating some difference in the nature of the different specimens of English charcoal (Priestley’s “History,” etc., Part VIII. s. 3). Charcoal being examined by Mr. Kinnersley (at A.D. 1761), was also by him observed to vary in its conducting power. Oak, beech and maple charcoal he found to conduct satisfactorily; the charcoal from the pine would not conduct at all, while a line drawn upon paper by a heavy black lead pencil conducted pretty well (Phil. Trans., 1773, Vol. LXIII. p. 38).

Perhaps the most significant of all Dr. Priestley's electrical discoveries (Thomson, “Hist. Roy. Soc.,” p. 445) was that charcoal is a conductor of electricity, and it's such a good conductor that it rivals even metals. When later electricians tested the conductivity of charcoal, they found it to vary in ways that were really hard to explain—sometimes it hardly conducted at all, sometimes only a bit, and sometimes it conducted surprisingly well; this variability clearly indicated some difference in the quality of the different samples of English charcoal (Priestley’s “History,” etc., Part VIII. s. 3). Mr. Kinnersley examined charcoal in A.D. 1761 and also noticed its varying conductivity. He found that oak, beech, and maple charcoal conducted electricity well, while pine charcoal wouldn't conduct at all. Interestingly, a line drawn on paper with a heavy black lead pencil conducted pretty well too (Phil. Trans., 1773, Vol. LXIII. p. 38).

References.—Priestley’s letter to Dr. Franklin (Phil. Trans., Vol. LXII. p. 360) concerning William Henley’s new electrometer and experiments; likewise the Phil. Trans., Vol. LVIII. p. 68; Vol. LIX. pp. 57, 63; Vol. LX. p. 192; Vol. LXII. p. 359; and the abridgments by Hutton, Vol. XII. pp. 510, 600, 603; Vol. XIII. p. 36; “Trans. of the Amer. Phil. Soc.,” O. S., Vol. VI. part i. p. 190, containing proceedings of the Society on the death of Joseph Priestley; Wilkinson’s “Elements of Galvanism,” etc., London, 1804, Vol. II. pp. 74–80; Noad’s Lectures, No. 4, Knight’s edition, pp. 182, 183; “Library of Useful Knowledge,” London, 1829, Chap. “Electricity,” pp. 41 and 45; “Library of Literary Criticism,” C. W. Moulton, Buffalo, 1901–1902, Vol. IV. pp. 444–456; “Essays, Reviews and Addresses” by James Martineau, London, 1890, Vol. I. pp. 1–42; “Mém. de l’Institut” (Histoire), Tome VI. 1806, p. 29 for Elogium; “Essays in Historical Chemistry,” T. E. Thorpe, London, 1894, pp. 28, 110; “Science and Education,” by Thos. Henry Huxley, New York, 1894, pp. 1–37; “Scientific Correspondence of Jos. Priestley,” by H. C. Bolton, New York, 1902; Dr. Thos. H. Huxley, “Science Culture,” 1882, p. 102; Warltire, in Muirhead’s translation of Arago’s “Eloge de James Watt,” pp. 99, 100; also the appendix to the last-named work, p. 157 and note.

References.—Priestley’s letter to Dr. Franklin (Phil. Trans., Vol. LXII. p. 360) about William Henley’s new electrometer and experiments; also the Phil. Trans., Vol. LVIII. p. 68; Vol. LIX. pp. 57, 63; Vol. LX. p. 192; Vol. LXII. p. 359; and the summaries by Hutton, Vol. XII. pp. 510, 600, 603; Vol. XIII. p. 36; “Trans. of the Amer. Phil. Soc.,” O. S., Vol. VI. part i. p. 190, which includes the Society's proceedings on the death of Joseph Priestley; Wilkinson’s “Elements of Galvanism,” London, 1804, Vol. II. pp. 74–80; Noad’s Lectures, No. 4, Knight’s edition, pp. 182, 183; “Library of Useful Knowledge,” London, 1829, Chap. “Electricity,” pp. 41 and 45; “Library of Literary Criticism,” C. W. Moulton, Buffalo, 1901–1902, Vol. IV. pp. 444–456; “Essays, Reviews and Addresses” by James Martineau, London, 1890, Vol. I. pp. 1–42; “Mém. de l’Institut” (Histoire), Tome VI. 1806, p. 29 for Elogium; “Essays in Historical Chemistry,” T. E. Thorpe, London, 1894, pp. 28, 110; “Science and Education,” by Thos. Henry Huxley, New York, 1894, pp. 1–37; “Scientific Correspondence of Jos. Priestley,” by H. C. Bolton, New York, 1902; Dr. Thos. H. Huxley, “Science Culture,” 1882, p. 102; Warltire, in Muirhead’s translation of Arago’s “Eloge de James Watt,” pp. 99, 100; and the appendix to the last-named work, p. 157 and note.

A.D. 1767.—Lane (Thomas—Timothy), a medical practitioner of London, introduces his discharging electrometer, which is now to be found described and illustrated in nearly all works on electricity.

A.D. 1767.—Lane (Thomas—Timothy), a doctor from London, presents his discharging electrometer, which is now described and illustrated in almost all books about electricity.

It consists of a bent glass arm, one end of which is attached to a socket in the wire of the Leyden jar, while the other end holds a horizontal sliding brass rod, or spring tube, which bears a ball at each extremity. The rod is usually divided into inches and tenths, indicating the force of the discharge which takes place when the knob of the jar is placed in contact with the prime conductor of an electrical machine, and the charge is strong enough to leap from one to the other. In Mr. Lane’s experiments the shocks were twice as frequent when the interval between the balls was one twenty-fourth of an inch as when twice as much: from which he concluded that the quantity of electricity required for a discharge is in exact proportion to the distance between the surfaces of the balls.

It consists of a bent glass arm, one end of which is attached to a socket in the wire of the Leyden jar, while the other end holds a horizontal sliding brass rod, or spring tube, which has a ball at each end. The rod is usually marked in inches and tenths, indicating the force of the discharge that occurs when the knob of the jar touches the prime conductor of an electrical machine, and the charge is strong enough to jump from one to the other. In Mr. Lane’s experiments, the shocks were twice as frequent when the gap between the balls was one twenty-fourth of an inch compared to when it was twice that distance: from this, he concluded that the amount of electricity needed for a discharge is directly related to the distance between the surfaces of the balls.

A combination of the Lane and other electrometers was made by Mr. Cuthbertson, as shown at p. 528, Vol. II of Nicholson’s Journal of Natural Philosophy, and at p. 451, Vol. LVII of the Philosophical Transactions.

A combination of the Lane and other electrometers was created by Mr. Cuthbertson, as shown on p. 528, Vol. II of Nicholson’s Journal of Natural Philosophy, and on p. 451, Vol. LVII of the Philosophical Transactions.

[229]

[229]

References.Phil. Trans. for 1805; Hutton’s abridgments, Vol. XII; p. 475; Cavallo, “Elements ... Phil.” 1825, Vol. II. p 197; Harris, “Electricity,” p. 103; Monthly Magazine, December 1805, and Tilloch’s Philosophical Magazine, Vol. XXIII. p. 253.

Sources.Phil. Trans. for 1805; Hutton’s abridgments, Vol. XII; p. 475; Cavallo, “Elements ... Phil.” 1825, Vol. II. p 197; Harris, “Electricity,” p. 103; Monthly Magazine, December 1805, and Tilloch’s Philosophical Magazine, Vol. XXIII. p. 253.

The Hutton abridgments contain, at p. 308, Vol. XV, the description of a new electrometer by Abraham Brook.

The Hutton abridgments include, on p. 308, Vol. XV, a description of a new electrometer by Abraham Brook.

A.D. 1768.—Ramsden (Jesse), a very capable English manufacturer of mechanical instruments, member of the Royal Society and of the Imperial Academy of St. Petersburg, is said to be the first to construct an electrical machine wherein a plate of glass is substituted for the glass globe of Newton and of Hauksbee and for the glass cylinder of Gordon (at A.D. 1675, 1705 and 1742). The same claim which has been made for Martin de Planta, Swiss natural philosopher, appears to have no foundation. (See note at p. 401 of Ronalds’ “Catalogue.”)

A.D. 1768.—Ramsden (Jesse), a highly skilled English manufacturer of mechanical instruments, a member of the Royal Society and the Imperial Academy of St. Petersburg, is said to be the first to create an electrical machine that uses a glass plate instead of the glass globe used by Newton and Hauksbee and the glass cylinder created by Gordon (in AD 1675, 1705, and 1742). The same claim made for Martin de Planta, a Swiss natural philosopher, seems to have no basis. (See note at p. 401 of Ronalds’ “Catalogue.”)

References.Journal des Sçavans, November 1788, p. 744; Phil. Trans., 1783; “Chambers’ Encyclopædia,” 1868, Vol. III. p. 812; Mme. Le Breton, “Hist. et app. de l’Electricité,” Paris, 1884, pp. 61, 62.

References.Journal des Sçavans, November 1788, p. 744; Phil. Trans., 1783; “Chambers’ Encyclopædia,” 1868, Vol. III. p. 812; Mme. Le Breton, “Hist. et app. de l’Electricité,” Paris, 1884, pp. 61, 62.

A.D. 1768.—Molenier (Jacob), physician to the French King, Louis XV, writes “Essai sur le Mécanisme de l’Electricité” for the purpose of showing the utility of the application of the electric fluid in medical practice. At p. 60 he explains the effects and results when applications are made more particularly to the nerves, and at pp. 65–67 he gives certificates of many of the cures he has effected of gout, rheumatism, tumours, cancers, loss of blood, as well as of pains and aches of various descriptions.

A.D. 1768.—Molenier (Jacob), physician to the French King, Louis XV, writes “Essay on the Mechanism of Electricity” to demonstrate the usefulness of applying electric fluid in medical practice. On page 60, he explains the effects and results when applications are specifically made to the nerves, and on pages 65–67, he provides testimonials for many of the cures he has achieved for gout, rheumatism, tumors, cancers, loss of blood, and various types of pain and discomfort.

References.—Jallabert (A.D. 1749); Lovett (A.D. 1756); Bertholon (A.D. 1780–1781); Mauduyt (A.D. 1781); Van Swinden, “Recueil,” etc., La Haye, 1784, Vol. II. pp. 122–129 for the experiments of Sauvages, De La Croix, Joseph Elder von Herbert, H. Boissier and others; Thomas Fowler, “Med. Soc. of London,” Vol. III; M. Tentzel, “Collection Académique,” Tome XI; the works of L’Abbé Sans, Paris, 1772–1778; M. de Cazèles Masar’s “Mémoires et Recueils,” published 1780–1788, and reproduced in Vols. II and III of the “Mémoires de Toulouse”; Jacques H. D. Petetin, “Actes de la Soc. de Lyon,” p. 230; M. Partington, Jour. de Phys., 1781, Vol. I; Dr. Andrew Duncan’s “Medical Cases,” Edinburgh, 1784, pp. 135, 191, 235, 320; C. A. Gerhard, “Mém. de Berlin,” 1772, p. 141; Jour. de Phys., 1783, Vol. II; J. B. Bohadsch, “Dissertatio,” etc., Prague, 1751; Phil. Trans. for 1752; Patrick Brydone, Phil. Trans. for 1757; Geo Wilkinson, of Sunderland, “An account of good effects,” etc., in Medical Facts, etc., 1792, Vol. III. p. 52; M. Carmoy, “Observ. sur l’El. Med.,” Dijon, 1784; M. Cosnier, M. Maloet, Jean Darcet, etc.; “Rapport,” etc., 1783; Le Comus, “Dissertatio,” etc., 1761; Le Comus, “Osservazioni,” etc., 1776 (Jour. de Phys., 1775, Vols. V and VI; 1776, Vol. VII; 1778, Vol. I; 1781, Vol. II); Ledru, “Sur le traitement,” etc., 1783; Le Dr. Boudet, “De l’Elec. en Médecine,” conférence faite à Vienne le 6 Octobre, 1883.

References.—Jallabert (CE 1749); Lovett (CE 1756); Bertholon (CE 1780–1781); Mauduyt (CE 1781); Van Swinden, “Recueil,” etc., La Haye, 1784, Vol. II. pp. 122–129 for the experiments of Sauvages, De La Croix, Joseph Elder von Herbert, H. Boissier and others; Thomas Fowler, “Med. Soc. of London,” Vol. III; M. Tentzel, “Collection Académique,” Tome XI; the works of L’Abbé Sans, Paris, 1772–1778; M. de Cazèles Masar’s “Mémoires et Recueils,” published 1780–1788, and reproduced in Vols. II and III of the “Mémoires de Toulouse”; Jacques H. D. Petetin, “Actes de la Soc. de Lyon,” p. 230; M. Partington, Jour. de Phys., 1781, Vol. I; Dr. Andrew Duncan’s “Medical Cases,” Edinburgh, 1784, pp. 135, 191, 235, 320; C. A. Gerhard, “Mém. de Berlin,” 1772, p. 141; Jour. de Phys., 1783, Vol. II; J. B. Bohadsch, “Dissertatio,” etc., Prague, 1751; Phil. Trans. for 1752; Patrick Brydone, Phil. Trans. for 1757; Geo Wilkinson, of Sunderland, “An account of good effects,” etc., in Medical Facts, etc., 1792, Vol. III. p. 52; M. Carmoy, “Observ. sur l’El. Med.,” Dijon, 1784; M. Cosnier, M. Maloet, Jean Darcet, etc.; “Rapport,” etc., 1783; Le Comus, “Dissertatio,” etc., 1761; Le Comus, “Osservazioni,” etc., 1776 (Jour. de Phys., 1775, Vols. V and VI; 1776, Vol. VII; 1778, Vol. I; 1781, Vol. II); Ledru, “Sur le traitement,” etc., 1783; Le Dr. Boudet, “De l’Elec. en Médecine,” lecture given in Vienna on October 6, 1883.

A.D. 1769.—Bancroft (Edward Nathaniel), a resident physician of Guiana, openly expresses the belief that the shock of the torpedo[230] is of an electrical nature. He alludes (“Natural History of Guiana”) also to the gymnotus electricus, which, he says, gives much stronger strokes than the torpedo; the shocks received from the larger animals being almost invariably fatal.

A.D. 1769.—Bancroft (Edward Nathaniel), a local doctor in Guiana, openly believes that the jolt from the torpedo[230] is electrical. He also mentions in his “Natural History of Guiana” the gymnotus electricus, which he claims delivers much stronger shocks than the torpedo; the shocks from the larger creatures almost always being deadly.

The discharge of the gymnotus has been estimated to be equal to that of a battery of Leyden jars of three thousand five hundred square inches, fully charged. At a later date, the American physicians, Garden and Williamson, showed that as the fluid discharged by that fish affects the same parts that are affected by the electric fluid; as it excites sensations perfectly similar; as it kills and stuns animals in the same manner; as it is conveyed by the same bodies that carry the electric fluid and refuses to be conveyed by others that refuse to take the fluid, it must be the electric fluid itself, and the shock given by the eel must be the electric shock.

The discharge from the gymnotus has been estimated to be comparable to that of a fully charged battery of Leyden jars with an area of three thousand five hundred square inches. Later, American doctors Garden and Williamson demonstrated that the fluid discharged by this fish impacts the same areas as electric fluid; it produces sensations that are exactly alike; it can kill and stun animals in the same way; it travels through the same materials that conduct electric fluid and does not move through those that do not conduct it. Therefore, it must be the electric fluid itself, and the shock delivered by the eel is indeed the electric shock.

Humboldt, speaking of the results obtained by M. Samuel Fahlberg, of Sweden, says: “This philosopher has seen an electric spark, as Walsh and Ingen-housz had done before him at London, by placing the gymnotus in the air and interrupting the conducting chain by two gold leaves pasted upon glass and a line distant from each other” (Edinburgh Journal, Vol. II. p. 249). Faraday, who gives this extract at paragraph 358 of his “Experimental Researches” says he could not, however, find any record of such an observation by either Walsh or Ingen-housz and does not know where to refer to that by Fahlberg. (See the note accompanying afore-named extract.)

Humboldt, discussing the findings of M. Samuel Fahlberg from Sweden, states: “This philosopher witnessed an electric spark, just like Walsh and Ingen-housz had previously done in London, by placing the gymnotus in the air and breaking the conducting chain with two gold leaves attached to glass, which were spaced apart” (Edinburgh Journal, Vol. II. p. 249). Faraday, who cites this excerpt in paragraph 358 of his “Experimental Researches”, mentions that he could not find any record of such an observation by either Walsh or Ingen-housz and is unsure where to reference Fahlberg’s observation. (See the note accompanying the previously mentioned excerpt.)

References.Annales de Chimie et de Physique, Vol. XI; Phil. Trans. for 1775, pp. 94, 102 (letter of Alexander Garden, M.D.), 105, 395; “Acad. Berlin,” 1770, 1786; fifteenth series Faraday’s “Exper. Researches,” read December 6, 1838; Wheldon’s “Catalogue,” No. 74, 1870; Sir David Brewster’s “Edin. Jour. of Science,” 1826, Vol. I. p. 96, for the observations of Dr. Robert Knox; G. W. Schilling: at Ingen-housz, “Nouvelles Expériences,” p. 340, as well as at note, p. 439, Vol. I. of Van Swinden’s “Recueil,” etc., La Haye, 1784; also G. Schilling’s “Diatribe de morbo in Europâ penè ignoto,” 1770; article “Physiology” in the “Encycl. Brit.,” 1859, Vol. XVII. p. 671; Aristotle (B.C. 341), Scribonius (A.D. 50), Richer (A.D. 1671), Redi (A.D. 1678), Kaempfer (A.D. 1702), Adanson (A.D. 1751); Sc. Am. Suppl., No. 24, p. 375 (for M. Rouget’s observations on the gymnotus) and No. 457, p. 7300; M. Bajon, “Descrizione di un pesce,” etc., Milano, 1775 (Phil. Trans., 1773, p. 481); M. Vanderlot’s work on the Surinam eel, alluded to at p. 88 of “Voyage Zoologique,” by Humboldt, who published in Paris, during 1806 and also during 1819 special works on the gymnotus and upon electrical fishes generally.

References.Annales de Chimie et de Physique, Vol. XI; Phil. Trans. for 1775, pp. 94, 102 (letter of Alexander Garden, M.D.), 105, 395; “Acad. Berlin,” 1770, 1786; fifteenth series Faraday’s “Exper. Researches,” read December 6, 1838; Wheldon’s “Catalogue,” No. 74, 1870; Sir David Brewster’s “Edin. Jour. of Science,” 1826, Vol. I. p. 96, for the observations of Dr. Robert Knox; G. W. Schilling: at Ingen-housz, “Nouvelles Expériences,” p. 340, as well as at note, p. 439, Vol. I. of Van Swinden’s “Recueil,” etc., La Haye, 1784; also G. Schilling’s “Diatribe de morbo in Europâ penè ignoto,” 1770; article “Physiology” in the “Encycl. Brit.,” 1859, Vol. XVII. p. 671; Aristotle (BCE 341), Scribonius (CE 50), Richer (CE 1671), Redi (CE 1678), Kaempfer (CE 1702), Adanson (AD 1751); Sc. Am. Suppl., No. 24, p. 375 (for M. Rouget’s observations on the gymnotus) and No. 457, p. 7300; M. Bajon, “Descrizione di un pesce,” etc., Milano, 1775 (Phil. Trans., 1773, p. 481); M. Vanderlot’s work on the Surinam eel, mentioned at p. 88 of “Voyage Zoologique,” by Humboldt, who published in Paris in 1806 and also in 1819 special works on the gymnotus and on electrical fishes in general.

A.D. 1769.—Cuthbertson (John), English philosophical instrument maker, issues the first edition of his interesting work on electricity and galvanism.

A.D. 1769.—Cuthbertson (John), an English maker of philosophical instruments, publishes the first edition of his fascinating book on electricity and galvanism.

He is the inventor of the balance electrometer, employed for regulating the amount of a charge to be sent through any substance,[231] as well as of an electrical condenser and of an apparatus for oxidating metals, all of which are respectively described at pp. 593, 614 and 620, Vol. VIII. of the 1855 “Encycl. Brit.”

He is the inventor of the balance electrometer, used for controlling the amount of charge sent through any substance,[231] along with an electrical condenser and a device for oxidizing metals, all of which are detailed on pp. 593, 614, and 620 in Vol. VIII of the 1855 “Encycl. Brit.”

At the end of Part VI of his “Practical Electricity and Galvanism,” Cuthbertson gives the conclusions he reached from his numerous experiments with wire. These, as well as Mr. George Adams’ own observations (“Essay,” etc., 1799, p. 285), proved that the quantity of electricity necessary to disperse a given portion of wire will be the same, even though the charged surface be greatly varied; and that equal quantities of electricity in the form of a charge will cause equal lengths of the same steel wire to explode, whether the jar made use of be of greater or less capacity (Nicholson’s Journal, Vol. II. p. 217).

At the end of Part VI of his “Practical Electricity and Galvanism,” Cuthbertson shares the conclusions he drew from his many experiments with wire. These findings, along with Mr. George Adams’ own observations (“Essay,” etc., 1799, p. 285), showed that the amount of electricity needed to disperse a specific piece of wire will be the same, even if the charged surface varies significantly; and that equal amounts of electricity, when charged, will cause equal lengths of the same steel wire to explode, regardless of whether the jar used has a greater or smaller capacity (Nicholson’s Journal, Vol. II. p. 217).

During his many experiments Cuthbertson made the very extraordinary discovery that a battery of fifteen jars and containing 17 square feet of coated glass, which, on a very dry day in March 1796 could only be made to ignite from 18 to 20 inches of iron wire of ¹⁄₁₅₀ part of an inch in diameter, took a charge which ignited 60 inches when he breathed into each jar through a glass tube (Noad, “Manual,” p. 122; also Cuthbertson, “Prac. Elec. and Magnetism,” 1807, pp. 187, 188).

During his many experiments, Cuthbertson made a remarkable discovery: a battery of fifteen jars containing 17 square feet of coated glass could only ignite 18 to 20 inches of iron wire with a diameter of ¹⁄₁₅₀ of an inch on a very dry day in March 1796. However, when he breathed into each jar through a glass tube, it was able to ignite 60 inches (Noad, “Manual,” p. 122; also Cuthbertson, “Prac. Elec. and Magnetism,” 1807, pp. 187, 188).

References.—Cuthbertson’s communication to the “Emporium of Arts,” Vol. II. p. 193, regarding his experiments on John Wingfield’s “New Method of Increasing the Charging Capacity of Coated Electric Jars”; Cuthbertson’s “Electricity,” Parts VIII, IX and XI; Cuthbertson’s letter addressed to Nicholson’s Journal, Vol. II. p. 526, also Phil. Mag., Vol. II. p. 251. for electrometers; “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. XXXIX. 1808, p. 97; Vol. XLVII. 1811, p. 233; Cuthbertson’s several works published at Amsterdam and Leipzig, 1769–1797, and alluded to in Phil. Mag., more particularly at Vols. XVIII. p. 358; XIX. p. 83; XXIV. p. 170; XXXVI. p. 259, as well as at p. 313, Vol. XII. of J. B. Van Mons’ Journal de Chimie; Nicholson’s Journal, Vols. II. p. 525; VIII. pp. 97, 205, and the New Series, Vol. II. p. 281; Gilbert’s Annalen, Vol. III. p. 1; “Bibl. Brit. Sc. et Arts,” Genève, 1808, Vol. XXXIX. p. 118; Noad’s “Manual,” p. 118; Van Marum (A.D. 1785); Harris, “Electricity,” p. 103, and his “Frictional Electricity,” p. 76; C. H. Wilkinson, “Elements of Galvanism,” etc., London, 1804, Vol. II. pp. 242, 266–268; Phil. Trans., 1782, for A. Brook’s electrometer, which apparatus is described in the latter’s work published, under the head of “Miscellaneous Experiments,” at Norwich, 1789, as well as in the “Electricity” article of the “Encycl. Britannica.”

References.—Cuthbertson’s message to the “Emporium of Arts,” Vol. II. p. 193, about his experiments on John Wingfield’s “New Method of Increasing the Charging Capacity of Coated Electric Jars”; Cuthbertson’s “Electricity,” Parts VIII, IX, and XI; Cuthbertson’s letter to Nicholson’s Journal, Vol. II. p. 526, and also Phil. Mag., Vol. II. p. 251, concerning electrometers; “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. XXXIX. 1808, p. 97; Vol. XLVII. 1811, p. 233; Cuthbertson’s various works published in Amsterdam and Leipzig from 1769 to 1797, referenced in Phil. Mag., especially in Vols. XVIII. p. 358; XIX. p. 83; XXIV. p. 170; XXXVI. p. 259, and also at p. 313, Vol. XII. of J. B. Van Mons’ Journal de Chimie; Nicholson’s Journal, Vols. II. p. 525; VIII. pp. 97, 205, and the New Series, Vol. II. p. 281; Gilbert’s Annalen, Vol. III. p. 1; “Bibl. Brit. Sc. et Arts,” Genève, 1808, Vol. XXXIX. p. 118; Noad’s “Manual,” p. 118; Van Marum (AD 1785); Harris, “Electricity,” p. 103, and his “Frictional Electricity,” p. 76; C. H. Wilkinson, “Elements of Galvanism,” etc., London, 1804, Vol. II. pp. 242, 266–268; Phil. Trans., 1782, for A. Brook’s electrometer, which device is described in his work published under the title “Miscellaneous Experiments,” at Norwich, 1789, as well as in the “Electricity” article of the “Encycl. Britannica.”

A.D. 1769.—St. Paul’s Cathedral, London, is first provided with lightning conductors. Dr. Tyndall, who mentions this fact (Notes of Lecture VI, March 11, 1875) likewise states that Wilson, who entertained a preference for blunt conductors as against the views of Franklin, Cavendish and Watson, so influenced King George III that the pointed conductors on Buckingham House were, during the year 1777, changed for others ending in round balls.

A.D. 1769.—St. Paul’s Cathedral in London is first equipped with lightning conductors. Dr. Tyndall, who notes this (Notes of Lecture VI, March 11, 1875), also mentions that Wilson, who preferred blunt conductors over the ideas of Franklin, Cavendish, and Watson, influenced King George III so much that the pointed conductors at Buckingham House were replaced with ones that ended in round balls in 1777.

[232]

[232]

In 1772, St. Paul’s Cathedral was struck by lightning, which “heated to redness a portion of one of its conductors consisting of a bar of iron nearly four inches broad and about half an inch thick.” In 1764, the lightning had struck St. Bride’s Church, London, and “bent and broke asunder an iron bar two and a half inches broad and half an inch thick” (Sturgeon, “Sc. Researches,” Bury, 1850, p. 360; Phil. Trans. for 1764 and 1762).

In 1772, St. Paul's Cathedral was hit by lightning, which "heated a section of one of its conductors made of a bar of iron nearly four inches wide and about half an inch thick." In 1764, lightning struck St. Bride's Church in London and "bent and broke an iron bar two and a half inches wide and half an inch thick" (Sturgeon, “Sc. Researches,” Bury, 1850, p. 360; Phil. Trans. for 1764 and 1762).

The Rev. James Pilkington, Bishop of Durham, published in London a detailed account of the partial destruction of St. Paul’s Church by lightning, June 4, 1561, which is also to be found at pp. 53–55 of Strype’s “Life of Grindall,” published in London, 1710, and of which an abstract appears under the A.D. 1754 date.

The Rev. James Pilkington, Bishop of Durham, published a detailed account in London about the partial destruction of St. Paul’s Church by lightning on June 4, 1561. You can also find it on pages 53–55 of Strype’s “Life of Grindall,” published in London in 1710, and there’s a summary of it dated CE 1754.

References.—Sturgeon’s Annals, Vol. X. pp. 127–131; also, Biography of John Canton in “Encycl. Britannica”; Sir John Pringle, at A.D. 1777; Hutton’s abridgments of the Phil. Trans., Vol. XII. pp. 620–624.

References.—Sturgeon’s Annals, Vol. X. pp. 127–131; also, Biography of John Canton in “Encycl. Britannica”; Sir John Pringle, at C.E. 1777; Hutton’s abridgments of the Phil. Trans., Vol. XII. pp. 620–624.

A.D. 1769.—Mallet (Frederick) member of the Royal Society of Upsal and of the Stockholm Academy of Sciences, acting upon the observations of Anders Celsius (at A.D. 1740), is the first to make an attempt to determine the intensity of magnetism simultaneously at distant points. He ascertains that the number of oscillations in equal times at Ponoi, China (latitude, 67 degrees 4 minutes north; longitude, 41 degrees east) are the same as at St. Petersburg, Russia (59 degrees 56 minutes north latitude; 30 degrees 19 minutes east longitude).

A.D. 1769.—Mallet (Frederick), a member of the Royal Society of Upsal and the Stockholm Academy of Sciences, based on the observations of Anders Celsius (in A.D. 1740), is the first to try to measure the intensity of magnetism at the same time in different locations. He finds that the number of oscillations in equal periods at Ponoi, China (latitude 67 degrees 4 minutes north; longitude 41 degrees east) is the same as in St. Petersburg, Russia (latitude 59 degrees 56 minutes north; longitude 30 degrees 19 minutes east).

References.—Walker, “Magnetism,” Chap. VI; “Novi Commen. Acad. Sc. Petropol.,” Vol. XIV for 1769, part ii. p. 33; Le Monnier, “Lois du Magnétisme,” etc., 1776, p. 50; “Biog. Univ.,” Vol. XXVI. p. 258.

References.—Walker, “Magnetism,” Chap. VI; “Novi Commen. Acad. Sc. Petropol.,” Vol. XIV for 1769, part ii. p. 33; Le Monnier, “Lois du Magnétisme,” etc., 1776, p. 50; “Biog. Univ.,” Vol. XXVI. p. 258.

A.D. 1770.—The well-known work of Jas. Ferguson, F.R.S., which first appeared under the title of “Introduction or Lectures on Electricity,” now becomes still more popular under the head of “Lectures on Select Subjects,” etc. (Consult likewise his “Lectures on Electricity,” corrected by C. F. Partington, with appendix, London, 1825.)

A.D. 1770.—The famous work by Jas. Ferguson, F.R.S., which was originally titled “Introduction or Lectures on Electricity,” has gained even more popularity under the title “Lectures on Select Subjects,” etc. (Also check out his “Lectures on Electricity,” revised by C. F. Partington, with appendix, London, 1825.)

In his first lecture he says that the most remarkable properties of the loadstone are: (1) it attracts iron and steel only; (2) it constantly turns one of its sides to the north and the other to the south, when suspended to a thread that does not twist; (3) it communicates all its properties to a piece of steel when rubbed upon it without losing any itself. He cites the experiments of Dr. Helsham, according to whom, says he, the attraction of the loadstone decreases as the square of the distance increases. He also treats of electrical attraction generally, and reports in the sixth lecture[233] having “heard that lightning, striking upon the mariner’s compass, will sometimes turn it round and often make it stand the contrary way, or with the north pole towards the south.”

In his first lecture, he mentions that the most notable properties of the loadstone are: (1) it attracts iron and steel exclusively; (2) when suspended on a non-twisting thread, it always aligns one side to the north and the other to the south; (3) it transfers all its properties to a piece of steel when rubbed on it without losing any of its own. He references the experiments of Dr. Helsham, who noted, according to him, that the attraction of the loadstone decreases with the square of the distance. He also discusses electrical attraction in general and reports in the sixth lecture[233] that he has “heard that lightning striking the mariner’s compass can sometimes spin it around and often make it point the opposite way, or have the north pole facing the south.”

A.D. 1770.—Hell—Hehl—Heyl—Höll (Maximilian), Hungarian scientist (1720–1792), member of the Order of Jesuits and Professor of Astronomy at Vienna, who had great faith in the influence of the loadstone, invented a singular arrangement of steel plates to which he afterward attributed the cure “with extraordinary success” of many diseases, as well as of a severe attack of rheumatism from which he himself had long suffered.

A.D. 1770.—Hell—Hehl—Heyl—Höll (Maximilian), a Hungarian scientist (1720–1792), was a member of the Jesuit Order and a Professor of Astronomy in Vienna. He had strong beliefs in the power of the loadstone and created a unique setup of steel plates, which he later credited with successfully treating many illnesses, including a severe case of rheumatism that he had suffered from for a long time.

He communicated his discovery to Friedrich Anton Mesmer, who was so strongly impressed by Hell’s observations that he immediately procured every conceivable description of magnet, with which he made many experiments that led to his introduction of animal magnetism, or rather mesmerism.

He shared his discovery with Friedrich Anton Mesmer, who was so deeply impressed by Hell’s observations that he quickly gathered every possible type of magnet, using them to conduct numerous experiments that resulted in the development of animal magnetism, or what we now call mesmerism.

He is the author of many works, the most important being “Elementa Algebræ Joannis Crivelii magis illustrata et novis demonstrationibus et problematibus aucta,” Vienna, 1745; “Observ. Astronomicæ,” 1768, and “Auroræ Boreales Theoria nova,” 1776.

He is the author of many works, the most important being “Elementa Algebræ Joannis Crivelii magis illustrata et novis demonstrationibus et problematibus aucta,” Vienna, 1745; “Observ. Astronomicæ,” 1768, and “Auroræ Boreales Theoria nova,” 1776.

References.—Beckmann, Bohn, 1846, Vol. I. p. 44; Practical Mechanic, Glasgow, 1843, Vol. II. p. 71; Van Swinden, “Recueil,” etc., La Haye, 1784, Vol. II. pp. 303, 304, etc.; J. Lamont, “Handbuch,” etc., p. 436; M. V. Burq, “Métallo thérapie,” Paris, 1853; “Biog. Générale,” Vol. XXIII. pp. 836–839; Schlichtegroll, “Nekrol.,” 1792, Vol. I. pp. 282–303; “Journal des Sçavans,” for July 1771, p. 499; Meusel, “Gelehrtes Teutschl”; Jer. de la Lande, “Bibliogr. Astronomique,” Paris, 1803, pp. 721–722.

References.—Beckmann, Bohn, 1846, Vol. I. p. 44; Practical Mechanic, Glasgow, 1843, Vol. II. p. 71; Van Swinden, “Recueil,” etc., La Haye, 1784, Vol. II. pp. 303, 304, etc.; J. Lamont, “Handbuch,” etc., p. 436; M. V. Burq, “Métallo thérapie,” Paris, 1853; “Biog. Générale,” Vol. XXIII. pp. 836–839; Schlichtegroll, “Nekrol.,” 1792, Vol. I. pp. 282–303; “Journal des Sçavans,” for July 1771, p. 499; Meusel, “Gelehrtes Teutschl”; Jer. de la Lande, “Bibliogr. Astronomique,” Paris, 1803, pp. 721–722.

A.D. 1771.—Morveau (Baron Louis, Bernard Guyton de), a very prominent French chemist and scientist, publishes at Dijon his “Reflexions sur la boussole à double aiguille,” and, later on, communicates to the Annales de Chimie, Vol. LXI. p. 70, and Vol. LXIII. p. 113, very valuable papers treating on the influence of galvanic electricity upon minerals, which are read before the French Institute.

A.D. 1771.—Morveau (Baron Louis, Bernard Guyton de), a well-known French chemist and scientist, publishes his “Reflexions sur la boussole à double aiguille” in Dijon, and later shares important papers about the impact of galvanic electricity on minerals in the Annales de Chimie, Vol. LXI. p. 70, and Vol. LXIII. p. 113, which are presented at the French Institute.

References.—Thomson, “Hist. of Chemistry,” Vol. II. 1831; the translation of Morveau’s letter to Guénaud de Montbéliard in Scelta d’ Opuscoli, Vol. XXXIII. p. 60; Berthollet, “Discours,” etc., 1816; “Biog. Univ.,” Tome XVIII. pp. 296–298; “Journal des Savants” for Jan. 1860; “Roy. Soc. Cat. of Sc. Papers,” Vol. III. pp. 99–102; Vol. VI. pp. 679–680; “Biog. Univ. et Portative,” etc., 1834, Vol. III. p. 701; Annales de Chimie, Vol. LXI. pp. 70–82; Sir Humphry Davy, “Bakerian Lectures,” London, 1840, p. 51.

References.—Thomson, “History of Chemistry,” Vol. II. 1831; the translation of Morveau’s letter to Guénaud de Montbéliard in Scelta d’ Opuscoli, Vol. XXXIII. p. 60; Berthollet, “Discourse,” etc., 1816; “Universal Biography,” Tome XVIII. pp. 296–298; “Journal des Savants” for January 1860; “Royal Society Catalogue of Scientific Papers,” Vol. III. pp. 99–102; Vol. VI. pp. 679–680; “Universal and Portable Biography,” etc., 1834, Vol. III. p. 701; Annales de Chimie, Vol. LXI. pp. 70–82; Sir Humphry Davy, “Bakerian Lectures,” London, 1840, p. 51.

A.D. 1771.—In a very interesting article published by the Gazette at Salem (Mass.), August 9, 1889, on the occasion of the[234] formal opening of the new station of the Electric Lighting Company, the connection of that city with the progress of electricity was traced in the following manner:

A.D. 1771.—In a fascinating article published by the Gazette in Salem (Mass.) on August 9, 1889, during the formal opening of the new station for the Electric Lighting Company, the link between that city and the advancement of electricity was outlined as follows:

“In 1771 Col. David Mason, a prominent figure among the patriots at Leslie’s Retreat, gave a course of lectures on ‘Electricity’ at his house near North Bridge. The Rev. John Prince, LL.D., minister of the First Church from 1779 to 1836, was especially interested in electricity, and is said to have made the first electrical machine in Salem, if not in the country. Col. Francis Peabody, assisted by Jonathan Webb, the apothecary, was much interested in the subject, and, in 1829, gave a series of lectures, illustrated with a machine made by himself, which had a glass plate wheel imported from Germany at a reported cost of $1500.

“In 1771, Col. David Mason, a key figure among the patriots at Leslie’s Retreat, held a series of lectures on ‘Electricity’ at his home near North Bridge. The Rev. John Prince, LL.D., who was the minister of the First Church from 1779 to 1836, had a particular interest in electricity and is said to have created the first electrical machine in Salem, if not in the entire country. Col. Francis Peabody, along with Jonathan Webb, the apothecary, was also very interested in the topic and, in 1829, presented a series of lectures featuring a machine he built himself, which included a glass plate wheel imported from Germany at a reported cost of $1500.”

“Dr. Charles Grafton Page, another native of Salem, invented the first electric motor in which solenoids were used, and as early as 1850 constructed a motor which developed over 10 h.p. The next year he made a trial trip with his electro-magnetic locomotive over the Baltimore and Washington Railroad. Prof. Moses Gerrish Farmer lived in Pearl Street between the years 1850 and 1870, and, as far back as 1859, illuminated the house with divided electric lights—probably the first time that any house in the world was lighted by electricity. In 1847 Prof. Farmer had constructed and exhibited in public an electro-magnetic locomotive drawing a car holding two passengers, on a track one foot and a half wide.

“Dr. Charles Grafton Page, another native of Salem, invented the first electric motor that used solenoids, and as early as 1850, he built a motor that generated over 10 h.p. The following year, he took his electro-magnetic locomotive on a trial trip along the Baltimore and Washington Railroad. Prof. Moses Gerrish Farmer lived on Pearl Street between 1850 and 1870, and as early as 1859, he lit his house with divided electric lights—probably the first time any house in the world was illuminated by electricity. In 1847, Prof. Farmer constructed and publicly displayed an electro-magnetic locomotive that pulled a car carrying two passengers on a track that was one and a half feet wide.”

“Many of Prof. Alexander Graham Bell’s early experiments were conducted in Salem, and the first lecture on the telephone in this country, if not in the world, was delivered by him before the Essex Institute in Lyceum Hall, February 12, 1877. The late Prof. Osbun, teacher of chemistry and physics at the Normal School in Salem, was also an electrical expert. He exhibited the first arc lights in Salem, and was the inventor of the storage battery system from which lights were exhibited.”

“Many of Professor Alexander Graham Bell’s early experiments took place in Salem, and the first lecture on the telephone in this country, if not in the world, was given by him at the Essex Institute in Lyceum Hall on February 12, 1877. The late Professor Osbun, who taught chemistry and physics at the Normal School in Salem, was also an electrical expert. He showcased the first arc lights in Salem and was the inventor of the storage battery system that powered those lights.”

The advertisement of March 7, 1765, previously alluded to herein at Kinnersley, A.D. 1761, is as follows:

The ad from March 7, 1765, which was mentioned earlier here at Kinnersley, CE 1761, is as follows:

“A Course of Experiments on the

A Course of Experiments on the

newly discovered Electrical Fire, to be accompanied with methodical Lectures on the Nature and Properties of that wonderful Element will be exhibited by David Mason, at his House opposite Mr. Thomas Jackson; Distiller, near Sudbury-Street.—To consist of two Lectures, at one Pistareen each Lecture.—The first Lectures to be on Monday and Thursday, and the Second on Tuesday and Friday Evenings every week, Weather permitting.

Newly discovered Electrical Fire will be showcased alongside organized Classes on the nature and properties of this amazing element by David Mason, at his home across from Mr. Thomas Jackson, Distiller, near Sudbury Street. The series will include two lectures, each costing one pistareen. The first lectures will be held on Monday and Thursday, with the second set on Tuesday and Friday evenings each week, weather permitting.

[235]

[235]

“Of Electricity in General

“That the Electric Fire is a real Element,—That our Bodies at all Times contain enough of it to set an House on Fire,—That this Fire will live in Water,—A Representation of the seven Planets, shewing a probable Cause of their keeping their due Distances from each other, and the Sun in the Centre,—The Salute repulsed by the Ladies’ Fire, or Fire darting from a Lady’s Lips, so that she may defy any Person to salute her,—A Battery of Eleven Guns discharged by the Electric Spark, after it has passed through eight Feet of Water,—Several Experiments shewing that the Electric Fire and Lightning are the same, and that Points will draw off the Fire so as to prevent the Stroke,—With a number of other entertaining Experiments, too many to be inserted in an Advertisement.

“That Electric Fire is a genuine element, that our bodies always contain enough of it to start a fire in a house, that this fire can exist in water, a representation of the seven planets showing a probable reason for their maintaining safe distances from one another and the Sun at the center, the salute blocked by a lady’s fire, or fire shooting from a lady’s lips so that she can challenge anyone to greet her, a battery of eleven guns fired by the electric spark after it has passed through eight feet of water, several experiments showing that electric fire and lightning are the same, and that points can draw away the fire to prevent a strike, along with many other entertaining experiments, too numerous to list in an advertisement.”

Tickets to be had either at his House above or at his Shop in Queen-Street.”

Tickets are available either at his house above or at his shop on Queen Street.”

Another advertisement, which appeared in the Salem Gazette of Tuesday, January 1, 1771, is thus worded: “To-morrow evening (if the Air be dry) will be exhibited A Course of Experiments in that instructive and entertaining branch of Natural Philosophy called Electricity; to be accompanied with Methodical Lectures on the nature and properties of the wonderful element; by David Mason, at his dwelling-house near the North-Bridge. The course to consist of two lectures, at a pistareen each lecture.”

Another ad that appeared in the Salem Gazette on Tuesday, January 1, 1771, reads: “Tomorrow evening (if the weather is dry), there will be a series of experiments in the fascinating and entertaining field of Natural Philosophy known as Electricity; this will be accompanied by organized lectures on the nature and properties of this amazing element, presented by David Mason, at his home near the North Bridge. The series will consist of two lectures, each costing a pistareen.”

A.D. 1771.—Milly (Nicolas Christiern de Thy, Comte de) French chemist, constructs compass needles of an alloy of gold and ferruginous sand. These needles answered well their purpose, as did also the brass needle owned by Christian Huyghens (alluded to at A.D. 1706), a fact which received the confirmation of Messrs. Du Lacque, Le Chevalier d’Angos and M. Arderon, while the latter further ascertained that he could impart a feeble though distinct magnetic force to a brass bar either by striking it or by means of the “double touch.”

A.D. 1771.—Milly (Nicolas Christiern de Thy, Comte de) French chemist, creates compass needles made from an alloy of gold and iron-rich sand. These needles worked well for their intended purpose, as did the brass needle owned by Christian Huyghens (mentioned in CE 1706). This was confirmed by Messrs. Du Lacque, Le Chevalier d’Angos, and M. Arderon, who also found that he could give a weak but noticeable magnetic force to a brass bar either by striking it or using the “double touch.”

References.—The Comte de Milly’s “Mémoire sur la réduction des chaux métalliques par le feu electrique,” read before the Paris Academy May 20, 1774, brought about many controversial articles, notably from Sigaud de la Fond, Felice Fontana, Jean M. Cadet, Jean Darcet, G. F. Rouelle and Le Dru le Comus; “Biog. Univ.,” Vol. XXVIII. p. 312; Journal de Physique, Tome XIII. p. 393; Philosophical Transactions, Vol. L. p. 774; Duhamel, “Hist. Acad. Reg. Paris,” p. 184; Journal des Sçavans, Paris edition of December 1772, and Amsterdam edition of January 1773.

References.—The Comte de Milly’s “Memoir on the Reduction of Metallic Limes by Electric Fire,” presented to the Paris Academy on May 20, 1774, led to many controversial articles, especially from Sigaud de la Fond, Felice Fontana, Jean M. Cadet, Jean Darcet, G. F. Rouelle, and Le Dru le Comus; “Biog. Univ.,” Vol. XXVIII. p. 312; Journal de Physique, Tome XIII. p. 393; Philosophical Transactions, Vol. L. p. 774; Duhamel, “Hist. Acad. Reg. Paris,” p. 184; Journal des Sçavans, Paris edition of December 1772, and Amsterdam edition of January 1773.

A.D. 1772.—Mesmer (Friedrich Anton), an Austrian physician, who, upon taking his diploma at Vienna in 1766, had published a[236] thesis “On the Influence of the Planets upon the Human Body,” begins his investigations as to the power of the magnet with the steel plates of Father Hell. The results proved so favourable that Hell was induced to publish an account of them, but he incurred the displeasure of his friend by attributing the cures merely to the form of the plates.

A.D. 1772.—Mesmer (Friedrich Anton), an Austrian doctor, who earned his degree in Vienna in 1766 and published a[236] thesis titled “On the Influence of the Planets on the Human Body,” starts his research into the power of magnets using the steel plates of Father Hell. The outcomes were so promising that Hell decided to publish a report about them, but he upset his friend by claiming that the cures were solely due to the shape of the plates.

Mesmer subsequently arrived at the conclusion that the magnet was incapable, by itself, of so acting upon the nerves as to produce the results obtained and that another principle was necessarily involved; he did not, however, give an explanation of it, and managed to keep his process a secret for quite a while. He had observed that nearly all substances can be magnetized by the touch, and in due time he announced his abandonment of the use of the magnet and of electricity in his production of what became known as mesmerism.

Mesmer eventually concluded that the magnet alone couldn’t affect the nerves enough to create the results he achieved, and that another principle must be involved. However, he didn’t explain it and kept his process a secret for a long time. He noticed that almost all substances could be magnetized by touch, and eventually, he declared that he would stop using magnets and electricity in what became known as mesmerism.

In 1779 he published his “Mémoire sur la découverte du magnétisme animal,” in which he says: “I had maintained that the heavenly spheres possessed a direct power on all of the constituent principles of animated bodies, particularly on the nervous system, by the agency of an all-penetrating fluid. I determined this action by the intension and the remission of the properties of matter and organized bodies, such as gravity, cohesion, elasticity, irritability and electricity. I supported this doctrine by various examples of periodical revolutions; and I named that property of the animal matter which renders it susceptible to the action of celestial and earthly bodies, animal magnetism. A further consideration of the subject led me to the conviction that there does exist in nature a universal principle, which, independently of ourselves, performs all that we vaguely attribute to nature or to art.”

In 1779, he published his “Memoir on the Discovery of Animal Magnetism,” in which he says: “I maintained that the heavenly spheres exert a direct influence on all the fundamental elements of living beings, especially on the nervous system, through the action of a pervasive fluid. I determined this influence by examining the intensity and variability of the properties of matter and organized bodies, such as gravity, cohesion, elasticity, irritability, and electricity. I supported this theory with various examples of periodic revolutions; and I called that property of living matter that makes it responsive to the influences of celestial and earthly bodies, animal magnetism. A deeper exploration of the topic led me to believe that there is indeed a universal principle in nature that, independent of ourselves, accomplishes all that we vaguely attribute to nature or art.”

The whole theory and practice of mesmerism was, however, openly rejected by one of Mesmer’s most capable pupils, Claude Louis Berthollet (A.D. 1803), a very distinguished French chemical philosopher, founder of the “Société Chimique d’Arcueil,” and who, in conjunction with Lavoisier (A.D. 1781), Guyton de Morveau (A.D. 1771), and Fourcroy (A.D. 1801), planned the new philosophical nomenclature which has since proved of such service to chemical science (“La Grande Encycl.,” Tome VI. p. 449; “Biog. Universelle,” Tome IV. pp. 141–149).

The entire theory and practice of mesmerism was, however, openly dismissed by one of Mesmer’s most talented students, Claude Louis Berthollet (A.D. 1803), a highly respected French chemist, founder of the “Société Chimique d’Arcueil,” who, along with Lavoisier (A.D. 1781), Guyton de Morveau (A.D. 1771), and Fourcroy (A.D. 1801), devised the new philosophical nomenclature that has since been incredibly useful to the field of chemistry (“La Grande Encycl.,” Tome VI. p. 449; “Biog. Universelle,” Tome IV. pp. 141–149).

Mesmer gave all his manuscripts to Dr. Wolfart, of Berlin, who published in 1814, “Mesmerism ... as the general curative of mankind.” And it was one of Mesmer’s students, le Marquis de Puységur, who discovered magnetic somnambulism, an entirely new phenomenon in animal magnetism. (See the article “Somnambulism” in the “Encyl. Britannica,” as well as the numerous works[237] therein quoted, relating to the above-named subjects, notably Mesmer’s own “Précis historique des faits relatifs au magnétisme animal, jusques en Avril 1781.”)

Mesmer gave all his manuscripts to Dr. Wolfart in Berlin, who published in 1814, “Mesmerism ... as the general cure for humanity.” It was one of Mesmer’s students, Marquis de Puységur, who discovered magnetic somnambulism, a completely new phenomenon in animal magnetism. (See the article “Somnambulism” in the “Encycl. Britannica,” as well as the numerous works[237] cited there, especially Mesmer’s own “Précis historique des faits relatifs au magnétisme animal, jusqu'en Avril 1781.”)

References.—“Bulletin de l’Acad. de Méd.,” Paris, 1837, Tome I. p. 343, etc., and Tome II. p. 370; Blavatsky, “Isis Unveiled,” Vol. I. p. 172, etc.; “L’Académie des Sciences,” par Ernest Maindron, Paris, 1888, pp. 57–63; Richard Harte, “Hypnotism and the Doctors,” Vols. I and II, New York, 1903 (from Mesmer to De Puységur, Dupotet, Deleuze, Charcot, etc.); Robert Blakey, “History of the Philosophy of Mind,” London, 1850, Vol. IV. pp. 570–582, 639–645; the report of Dr. Franklin and other Commissioners ... against mesmerism, translated by Dr. William Bache, London, 1785; J. C. Schäffer, “Abhandlung,” etc., and “Kräfte,” etc. (1776), “Fernere,” etc. (1777), also “Journal Encyclopédique” for March 1777; Van Swinden, “Recueil,” etc., La Haye, 1784, Vol. II. pp. 373–446; C. H. Wilkinson, “Elements of Galvanism,” etc., Chapter XVIII; Champignon, “Etudes Physiques,” etc., Paris, 1843; “Archives du Magn. Animal,” published by M. Le Baron d’Hénin de Cuvillers, Paris, 1820–1823; “Report on Animal Magnetism” made by Charles Poyen Saint Sauveur, 1836; Dupotet’s “Manuel,” etc., Paris, 1868; Hale’s “Franklin in France,” 1888, Part II. chap. v. alluding to an interesting manuscript of T. Auguste Thouret now in the collection of the American Philosophical Society.

Sources.—“Bulletin de l’Acad. de Méd.,” Paris, 1837, Vol. I, p. 343, etc., and Vol. II, p. 370; Blavatsky, “Isis Unveiled,” Vol. I, p. 172, etc.; “L’Académie des Sciences,” by Ernest Maindron, Paris, 1888, pp. 57–63; Richard Harte, “Hypnotism and the Doctors,” Vols. I and II, New York, 1903 (covering From Mesmer to De Puységur, Dupotet, Deleuze, Charcot, etc.); Robert Blakey, “History of the Philosophy of Mind,” London, 1850, Vol. IV, pp. 570–582, 639–645; the report by Dr. Franklin and other Commissioners ... against mesmerism, translated by Dr. William Bache, London, 1785; J. C. Schäffer, “Abhandlung,” etc., and “Kräfte,” etc. (1776), “Fernere,” etc. (1777), also “Journal Encyclopédique” for March 1777; Van Swinden, “Recueil,” etc., La Haye, 1784, Vol. II, pp. 373–446; C. H. Wilkinson, “Elements of Galvanism,” etc., Chapter XVIII; Champignon, “Etudes Physiques,” etc., Paris, 1843; “Archives du Magn. Animal,” published by M. Le Baron d’Hénin de Cuvillers, Paris, 1820–1823; “Report on Animal Magnetism” written by Charles Poyen Saint Sauveur, 1836; Dupotet’s “Manuel,” etc., Paris, 1868; Hale’s “Franklin in France,” 1888, Part II, chap. v., referencing an interesting manuscript by T. Auguste Thouret now in the collection of the American Philosophical Society.

A.D. 1772.—Henley (William T.), F.R.S., invents the quadrant electrometer, an apparatus with which the quantity of electricity accumulated in a jar or battery can be measured through the amount of repulsion produced by the fluid upon a pith ball suspended from the centre of a graduated arc. It is generally attached to the prime conductor to measure the state of action of the electrical machine.

A.D. 1772.—William T. Henley, F.R.S., invents the quadrant electrometer, a device that measures the amount of electricity stored in a jar or battery by observing the level of repulsion acting on a pith ball hanging from the center of a graduated arc. It’s usually connected to the prime conductor to assess the operational state of the electrical machine.

He is also the inventor of the universal discharger, for directing the charge of jars or batteries (Edw. Whitaker Gray—1748–1807—“Observations on manner glass is charged and discharged by the electric fluid” in Hutton’s abridgments, Vol. XVI. p. 407).

He is also the inventor of the universal discharger, for directing the charge of jars or batteries (Edw. Whitaker Gray—1748–1807—“Observations on how glass is charged and discharged by the electric fluid” in Hutton’s abridgments, Vol. XVI. p. 407).

In the Philosophical Transactions for 1774, Henley and Nairne give an account of many curious experiments proving the superiority of points over balls as conductors. The same is shown by William Swift in the Phil. Trans., Vol. LXVIII. p. 155. (For Wm. Swift consult, besides, the Phil. Trans., Vol. LXIX. p. 454, and Hutton’s abridgments, Vol. XIV. pp. 314, 571.) Henley also states that the vapour of water is a conductor of electricity; that when the flame of a candle is introduced into the circuit and a Leyden jar is discharged through it, the flame always inclines toward the negative side; and he proves that electricity cannot effect a passage through glass (Phil. Trans., Vol. LXVIII. p. 1049). He likewise makes a number of experiments to determine the relative conducting power of the different metals according to the quantity of a wire, each of a given size, melted by equal electrical shocks passed through them, and finds the metals to hold the order following as conductors:[238] gold, brass, copper silvered, silver, iron. It was also shown by Nairne that copper conducts better than iron, in the Phil. Trans. for 1780, Vol. LXX. p. 334.

In the Philosophical Transactions from 1774, Henley and Nairne describe several interesting experiments that demonstrate points conduct electricity better than balls. This is also confirmed by William Swift in the Phil. Trans., Vol. LXVIII. p. 155. (For Wm. Swift, also refer to Phil. Trans., Vol. LXIX. p. 454, and Hutton’s abridgments, Vol. XIV. pp. 314, 571.) Henley additionally states that water vapor can conduct electricity; that when a candle flame is placed in the circuit and a Leyden jar is discharged through it, the flame always leans towards the negative side; and he proves that electricity cannot pass through glass (Phil. Trans., Vol. LXVIII. p. 1049). He also conducts several experiments to determine how well different metals conduct based on the amount of wire, each with the same size, that melts with equal electrical shocks passed through them, finding that the metals rank in this order as conductors:[238] gold, brass, silver-plated copper, silver, iron. Nairne also showed that copper conducts better than iron in the Phil. Trans. for 1780, Vol. LXX. p. 334.

References.—Harris, “Rud. Electricity,” 1853, p. 93, and his “Frictional Electricity,” 1867, p. 23; “The Electrical Researches of the Hon. Hy. Cavendish,” Cambridge, 1879, Nos. 559, 568, 569, 580; Thos. Young, “Nat. Phil.” passim; Phil. Trans., Vol. LXIV. pp. 133, 389; Vol. LXVI. p. 513; Vol. LXVII. pp. 1, 85; also Hutton’s abridgments, Vol. XIII. pp. 323 (new electrometer), 512, 551, 659; Vol. XIV. pp. 90, 97, 130, 473; Transactions of the Humane Society, Vol. I. p. 63; Ronayne and Henley, “Account of Some Observations ...” London, 1772 (Phil. Trans., p. 137).

References.—Harris, “Rud. Electricity,” 1853, p. 93, and his “Frictional Electricity,” 1867, p. 23; “The Electrical Researches of the Hon. Hy. Cavendish,” Cambridge, 1879, Nos. 559, 568, 569, 580; Thos. Young, “Nat. Phil.” passim; Phil. Trans., Vol. LXIV. pp. 133, 389; Vol. LXVI. p. 513; Vol. LXVII. pp. 1, 85; also Hutton’s abridgments, Vol. XIII. pp. 323 (new electrometer), 512, 551, 659; Vol. XIV. pp. 90, 97, 130, 473; Transactions of the Humane Society, Vol. I. p. 63; Ronayne and Henley, “Account of Some Observations ...” London, 1772 (Phil. Trans., p. 137).

A.D. 1772.—Cavendish (Henry), F.R.S., eldest son of Lord Charles Cavendish, and a prominent English scientist, sometime called “The Newton of Chemistry” (“the most severe and cautious of all philosophers”—Farrar, 284), commences investigating the phenomena of electricity, the results of which study were duly communicated to the Philosophical Transactions. His papers embrace twenty-seven mathematical propositions upon the action of the electric fluid, and contain the first distinct statement of the difference between common and animal electricity.

A.D. 1772.—Cavendish (Henry), F.R.S., the oldest son of Lord Charles Cavendish and a notable English scientist, sometimes referred to as “The Newton of Chemistry” (“the most rigorous and careful of all philosophers”—Farrar, 284), begins exploring the phenomena of electricity, the findings of which were properly shared with the Philosophical Transactions. His papers include twenty-seven mathematical propositions about the behavior of electric fluid and provide the first clear statement distinguishing common electricity from animal electricity.

Cavendish made many very important experiments upon the relative conducting power of different substances. He found that a solution of one part of salt in one part of water conducts a hundred times better, and that a saturated solution of sea-salt conducts seven hundred and twenty times better than fresh water, also that electricity experiences as much resistance in passing through a column of water one inch long as it does in passing through an iron wire of the same diameter four hundred million inches long, whence he concludes that rain or distilled water conducts four hundred million times less than iron wire.

Cavendish conducted numerous important experiments on the relative conductivity of different substances. He discovered that a solution of one part salt in one part water conducts electricity a hundred times better, and that a saturated solution of sea salt conducts electricity seven hundred and twenty times better than fresh water. He also found that electricity faces the same amount of resistance when passing through a column of water just one inch long as it does when traveling through an iron wire of the same diameter that is four hundred million inches long. From this, he concludes that rainwater or distilled water conducts four hundred million times less than iron wire.

He decomposed atmospheric air by means of the electric spark, and he successfully demonstrated the formation of nitric acid by exploding a combination of seven measures of oxygen with three of nitrogen. The latter he did on the 6th of December, 1787, with the assistance of Mr. George Gilpin, in presence of the English Royal Society. (For George Gilpin, consult “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. XXXVI, 1807, p. 3; Phil. Trans. for 1806.)

He broke down atmospheric air using an electric spark and successfully showed how nitric acid forms by combining seven parts of oxygen with three parts of nitrogen. He did this on December 6, 1787, with the help of Mr. George Gilpin in front of the English Royal Society. (For information on George Gilpin, see “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. XXXVI, 1807, p. 3; Phil. Trans. for 1806.)

He improved upon Priestley’s experiments after studying thoroughly the power of electricity as a chemical agent. In one of his experiments he fired as many as five hundred thousand measures of hydrogen with about two and a half times that quantity of atmospheric air, and having by this means obtained 135 grains of pure water, he was led to the conclusion which Mr. Watt had previously[239] maintained, that water is composed of two gases, viz. oxygen and hydrogen.

He built on Priestley’s experiments after carefully studying the ability of electricity as a chemical agent. In one of his experiments, he ignited around five hundred thousand measures of hydrogen with about two and a half times that amount of atmospheric air, and by doing this, he produced 135 grains of pure water. This led him to the conclusion that Mr. Watt had previously maintained, which is that water is made up of two gases, namely oxygen and hydrogen.

He explains why no spark is given by the electrical fishes: the latter may contain sufficient electricity to give a shock without being able to make it traverse the space of air necessary for the production of a spark, as the distance through which the spark flies is inversely (or rather in a greater proportion) as the square root of the number of jars in operation.

He explains why electric fish don’t produce sparks: they might have enough electricity to deliver a shock but can't transmit it through the air needed to create a spark. The distance a spark can travel is inversely related (or rather more significantly related) to the square root of the number of jars in use.

For an account of his experiments anticipating Faraday’s discovery of the specific inductive capacity of various substances, see Chap. XI. pp. 69–142 of Gordon’s “Physical Treatise,” etc., London, 1883. See, likewise, J. Clerk Maxwell’s “Electrical Researches,” etc., Cambridge, 1879, pp. liii-lvi, as well as references therein made, more particularly at articles Nos. 355–366, 376; also the notes 27, 29 as per Index at pp. 450 and 453; Phil. Trans., Vol. CLXVII (1877), p. 599; Sparks’ edition of Franklin’s “Works,” Vol. V. p. 201.

For a summary of his experiments that anticipated Faraday’s discovery of the specific inductive capacity of different materials, check out Chap. XI, pp. 69–142 of Gordon’s “Physical Treatise,” etc., London, 1883. Also, see J. Clerk Maxwell’s “Electrical Researches,” etc., Cambridge, 1879, pp. liii-lvi, along with the references made there, especially articles Nos. 355–366, 376; and notes 27, 29 as per the Index on pp. 450 and 453; Phil. Trans., Vol. CLXVII (1877), p. 599; Sparks’ edition of Franklin’s “Works,” Vol. V, p. 201.

References.—Dr. G. Wilson’s “Life and Works of Hon. Henry Cavendish,” London, 1851; Sturgeon’s Annals, Vol. VI. pp. 137, 173, etc.; Noad, “Manual,” etc., pp. 14, 161; Harris, “Electricity,” pp. 136, 140; Harris, “Frictional Electricity,” pp. 23 and 45; Whewell, “Hist. of the Ind. Sciences,” 1859, Vol. II. pp. 203–206, 273–275, 278; C. R. Weld, “Hist. Roy. Soc.,” for Lord Charles Cavendish, Vol. II. pp. 171, 176–185, 221; T. E. Thorpe, “Essays in Historical Chemistry,” London, 1894, pp. 70, 110; Thomas Thomson, “Hist. Roy. Soc.,” London, 1812, pp. 456, 457, 471; Sir William Thomson’s “Works,” 1872, pp. 34, 235; Phil. Trans. for 1776, Vol. LXVI. p. 196; Thos. Young, “Lectures,” 1807, Vol. I. pp. 658, 664, 751, and Vol. II. p. 418.

References.—Dr. G. Wilson’s “Life and Works of Hon. Henry Cavendish,” London, 1851; Sturgeon’s Annals, Vol. VI. pp. 137, 173, etc.; Noad, “Manual,” etc., pp. 14, 161; Harris, “Electricity,” pp. 136, 140; Harris, “Frictional Electricity,” pp. 23 and 45; Whewell, “Hist. of the Ind. Sciences,” 1859, Vol. II. pp. 203–206, 273–275, 278; C. R. Weld, “Hist. Roy. Soc.,” for Lord Charles Cavendish, Vol. II. pp. 171, 176–185, 221; T. E. Thorpe, “Essays in Historical Chemistry,” London, 1894, pp. 70, 110; Thomas Thomson, “Hist. Roy. Soc.,” London, 1812, pp. 456, 457, 471; Sir William Thomson’s “Works,” 1872, pp. 34, 235; Phil. Trans. for 1776, Vol. LXVI. p. 196; Thos. Young, “Lectures,” 1807, Vol. I. pp. 658, 664, 751, and Vol. II. p. 418.

A.D. 1773.—Walsh (John), F.R.S., demonstrates the correctness of Dr. Bancroft’s opinion that the shock of the torpedo is of an electrical nature, resembling the discharge from a Leyden jar. In the letter announcing the fact, which he addressed to Franklin, then in London, he says: “He, who predicted and showed that electricity wings the formidable bolt of the atmosphere, will hear with attention that in the deep it speeds a humbler bolt, silent and invisible; he, who analyzed the electric phial, will hear with pleasure that its laws prevail in animated phials; he, who by reason became an electrician, will hear with reverence of an instructive electrician gifted at its birth with a wonderful apparatus, and with skill to use it.”

A.D. 1773.—Walsh (John), F.R.S., proves Dr. Bancroft’s theory that the shock from the torpedo is electrical, similar to the discharge from a Leyden jar. In the letter announcing this to Franklin, who was in London at the time, he writes: “The one who predicted and demonstrated that electricity powers the fierce lightning of the sky will take note that in the depths it generates a quieter shock, unseen and unheard; the one who studied the electric jar will be pleased to know that its principles apply to living creatures as well; the one who became an electrician through reason will respect an inspiring electrician born with an amazing toolset and the talent to wield it.”

Mr. Walsh’s experiments were made off Leghorn, in company with Dr. Drummond, as stated in Phil. Trans., 1775, p. 1, and were confirmed by Johan Ingen-housz as well as by the Italian naturalist, Lazaro Spallanzani (at A.D. 1780). The last named found the torpedo shocks strongest when it lay upon glass, and that when the animal was dying the shocks were not given at intervals, but resembled a[240] continual battery of small shocks: three hundred and sixteen of them have been felt in seven minutes.

Mr. Walsh’s experiments were conducted off Leghorn, together with Dr. Drummond, as noted in Phil. Trans., 1775, p. 1, and were confirmed by Johan Ingenhousz and the Italian naturalist Lazaro Spallanzani (in CE 1780). Spallanzani discovered that the torpedo shocks were strongest when it was on glass, and when the animal was dying, the shocks occurred continuously rather than at intervals, resembling a[240] steady stream of small shocks: three hundred and sixteen of them were felt within seven minutes.

References.—Leithead, “Electricity,” p. 135; Gray, “Elements of Natural Philosophy,” 1850, p. 323; “Electrical Researches of Lord Cavendish,” 1879, pp. xxxv, xxxvi and 395–437; Fifth Dissertation of “Encycl. Britannica,” 8th ed. p. 738; Phil. Trans. for 1773, 1774, 1775 and 1776; also Hutton’s abridgments, Vol. XIII. p. 469; “Chambers’ Ency.,” 1868, Vol. III. p. 821; “People’s Cyclopædia,” 1883, Vol. I. p. 628; Kaempfer (A.D. 1702); Sc. American Supplement, No. 457, pp. 7300, 7301, “Lettera dell’ Abate Spallanzani al Signore Marchese Lucchesini,” Feb. 23, 1783, inserted in the Gothaische Gelehrte Zeitungen for 1783, p. 409. See also the experiments of Dr. Ingram, of Kaempfer and of Borelli, described in Van Swinden’s “Recueil,” etc., La Haye, 1784, Vol. II; Wilkinson’s “Galvanism,” 1804, Vol. I. pp. 318, 324; G. W. Schilling, “Diatribe de morbo,” etc., 1770, and Friedrich von Hahn in the preface to Schilling’s “De Lepra,” etc., 1778, as well as at pp. 436–442, Vol. I and at note, p. 160, Vol. II of Van Swinden’s “Recueil,” already noted; J. B. Leroy and M. Saignette “Sur. l’élect. de la Torpille,” etc. (Jour. de Phys., 1774, Vol. IV and for 1776, Vol. VIII); “Annales du Musée d’Hist. Nat.,” p. 392; R. A. F. De Réaumur, “Mém. de l’acad. des Sc. de Paris“ for 1714; C. Alibert, “Eloges,” etc., Paris, 1806.

References.—Leithead, “Electricity,” p. 135; Gray, “Elements of Natural Philosophy,” 1850, p. 323; “Electrical Researches of Lord Cavendish,” 1879, pp. xxxv, xxxvi and 395–437; Fifth Dissertation of “Encycl. Britannica,” 8th ed. p. 738; Phil. Trans. for 1773, 1774, 1775 and 1776; also Hutton’s abridgments, Vol. XIII. p. 469; “Chambers’ Ency.,” 1868, Vol. III. p. 821; “People’s Cyclopædia,” 1883, Vol. I. p. 628; Kaempfer (A.D. 1702); Sc. American Supplement, No. 457, pp. 7300, 7301, “Lettera dell’ Abate Spallanzani al Signore Marchese Lucchesini,” Feb. 23, 1783, published in the Gothaische Gelehrte Zeitungen for 1783, p. 409. See also the experiments of Dr. Ingram, of Kaempfer and of Borelli, described in Van Swinden’s “Recueil,” etc., La Haye, 1784, Vol. II; Wilkinson’s “Galvanism,” 1804, Vol. I. pp. 318, 324; G. W. Schilling, “Diatribe de morbo,” etc., 1770, and Friedrich von Hahn in the preface to Schilling’s “De Lepra,” etc., 1778, as well as at pp. 436–442, Vol. I and at note, p. 160, Vol. II of Van Swinden’s “Recueil,” already noted; J. B. Leroy and M. Saignette “Sur. l’élect. de la Torpille,” etc. (Jour. de Phys., 1774, Vol. IV and for 1776, Vol. VIII); “Annales du Musée d’Hist. Nat.,” p. 392; R. A. F. De Réaumur, “Mém. de l’acad. des Sc. de Paris“ for 1714; C. Alibert, “Eloges,” etc., Paris, 1806.

A.D. 1773.—Odier (Louis), a well-known Swiss physician, thus addresses a lady upon the subject of an electric telegraph: “I shall amuse you, perhaps, in telling you that I have in my head certain experiments, by which to enter into conversation with the Emperor of Mogol or of China, the English, the French, or any other people of Europe, in a way that, without inconveniencing yourself, you may intercommunicate all that you wish, at a distance of four or five thousand leagues in less than half an hour! Will that suffice you for glory? There is nothing more real. Whatever be the course of those experiments, they must necessarily lead to some grand discovery; but I have not the courage to undertake them this winter. What gave me the idea was a word which I heard spoken casually the other day, at Sir John Pringle’s table, where I had the pleasure of dining with Franklin, Priestley and other great geniuses.”

A.D. 1773.—Odier (Louis), a well-known Swiss doctor, says to a lady about an electric telegraph: “I might entertain you by sharing that I have some ideas for experiments that could allow me to communicate with the Emperor of Mogol or China, the English, the French, or anyone else in Europe, enabling you to send and receive messages without any inconvenience from a distance of four or five thousand leagues in less than half an hour! Would that be enough for your glory? There’s nothing more genuine. No matter how those experiments turn out, they’re sure to lead to some major discovery; but I don’t have the courage to start them this winter. The inspiration came from a word I heard mentioned the other day at dinner at Sir John Pringle’s, where I enjoyed the company of Franklin, Priestley, and other brilliant minds.”

References.—Necrology of Prof. Odier in “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. IV. N. S., 1817, pp. 317–328; see also allusion to Odier at Schwenter (A.D. 1600), and in the report of Bristol meeting of the British Association, August 25, 1875; also Chambers’ “Papers for the People,” 1851, El. Com., p. 6; Bertholon, “Elec. du Corps Humain,” 1786, Vol. I. p. 357.

References.—Obituary of Prof. Odier in “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. IV. N. S., 1817, pp. 317–328; see also mention of Odier at Schwenter (CE 1600), and in the report of the Bristol meeting of the British Association, August 25, 1875; also Chambers’ “Papers for the People,” 1851, El. Com., p. 6; Bertholon, “Elec. du Corps Humain,” 1786, Vol. I. p. 357.

A.D. 1773.—Hunter (John), a native of Scotland, “by common consent of all his successors, the greatest man that ever practiced surgery,” gives at p. 481 of the Phil. Trans. for 1773 his observations on the anatomical structure of the raia torpedo.

A.D. 1773.—Hunter (John), originally from Scotland, “by universal agreement of all his successors, the greatest surgeon to ever practice,” shares his insights on the anatomical structure of the raia torpedo on page 481 of the Phil. Trans. for 1773.

The electricity of the animal, he found, is generated by organs on each side of the cranium and gills, somewhat resembling a galvanic pile, and consisting wholly of perpendicular columns reaching from[241] the upper to the under surface of the body. Dr. Walsh gave him for examination a fish about eight inches long, two inches thick and twelve inches broad, and Hunter found in each electrical organ as many as 470 columns; but in a very large fish, four and a half feet long and weighing 73 pounds, he counted as many as 1182 in each organ.

The electricity in the animal, he discovered, is produced by organs on both sides of the head and gills, somewhat like a battery, consisting entirely of vertical columns extending from[241] the top to the bottom of the body. Dr. Walsh provided him with a fish about eight inches long, two inches thick, and twelve inches wide, and Hunter found as many as 470 columns in each electrical organ; however, in a much larger fish, four and a half feet long and weighing 73 pounds, he counted up to 1182 in each organ.

He remarks that there is no part of any animal with which he is acquainted, however strong and constant its natural action, which has so great a proportion of nerves; and he concludes that, if it be probable these nerves are not necessary for the purposes of sensation or action, they are subservient to the formation, collection or management of the electric fluid.

He notes that there isn’t any part of any animal he knows about, no matter how strong and consistent its natural function is, that has as many nerves; and he concludes that, if it’s likely these nerves aren’t needed for feeling or action, they serve to create, gather, or manage the electric fluid.

References.Phil. Trans. for 1773, p. 461; for 1775, p. 465 (gymnotus electricus); for 1776, p. 196; the Phil. Trans., Vol. LXIII. p. 481, (torpedo); Vol. LXV. p. 395 (gymnotus); and Hutton’s abridgments, Vol. XIII. pp. 478, 666; also John Davy’s account in Phil. Trans. for 1832, p. 259; “Am. Trans.,” Vol. II. p. 166; Nicholson’s Journal, Vol. I. p. 355; Journal de Physique, Vol. XLIX. p. 69; Becquerel et Brachet, Comptes Rendus, III. p. 135; Carlo Matteucci, “Recherches,” Genève, 1837; Delle Chiage, on the organs of the torpedo; Geo. Adams, “Essay on Electricity,” etc., 1785, p. 315; D. J. N. Lud. Roger, “Specimen Physiologicum,” etc., Göttingæ, 1760; Dr. Buniva’s experiments recorded in “Journal de Littér. Médicale,” Tome II. p. 112; Leithead, “Electricity,” Chap. XII; Scient. Am. Suppl., No. 457, pp. 7300–7302. See also the account of his having been the first to observe the galvanic sensation of light in the experiment on the eyes, published in “Opuscoli Scelti,” Vol. XXII. p. 364.

Citations.Phil. Trans. for 1773, p. 461; for 1775, p. 465 (gymnotus electricus); for 1776, p. 196; the Phil. Trans., Vol. LXIII. p. 481 (torpedo); Vol. LXV. p. 395 (gymnotus); and Hutton’s abridgments, Vol. XIII. pp. 478, 666; also John Davy’s account in Phil. Trans. for 1832, p. 259; “Am. Trans.,” Vol. II. p. 166; Nicholson’s Journal, Vol. I. p. 355; Journal de Physique, Vol. XLIX. p. 69; Becquerel et Brachet, Comptes Rendus, III. p. 135; Carlo Matteucci, “Recherches,” Genève, 1837; Delle Chiage, on the organs of the torpedo; Geo. Adams, “Essay on Electricity,” etc., 1785, p. 315; D. J. N. Lud. Roger, “Specimen Physiologicum,” etc., Göttingæ, 1760; Dr. Buniva’s experiments recorded in “Journal de Littér. Médicale,” Tome II. p. 112; Leithead, “Electricity,” Chap. XII; Scient. Am. Suppl., No. 457, pp. 7300–7302. See also the account of his being the first to observe the galvanic sensation of light in the experiment on the eyes, published in “Opuscoli Scelti,” Vol. XXII. p. 364.

A.D. 1774.—At p. 16 of the third volume of Dr. Wm. Hooper’s “Rational Recreations,” etc., there is given a fine illustration of the electrical machine made by Dr. Priestley, and mention is made of the fact that, since the publication of the latter’s “History and Present State of Electricity,” he contrived, to be placed on the top of his house, a windmill by which the machine could be occasionally turned.

A.D. 1774.—On page 16 of the third volume of Dr. Wm. Hooper’s “Rational Recreations,” there's a great illustration of the electrical machine created by Dr. Priestley, along with a note that since the release of his “History and Present State of Electricity,” he set up a windmill on top of his house to occasionally operate the machine.

Much of the remainder of the volume is given to all kinds of experiments in the line of electricity and magnetism.

Much of the rest of the book is devoted to various experiments related to electricity and magnetism.

A.D. 1774.—Lesage (Georges Louis, Jr.), a Frenchman living at Geneva, Switzerland, makes in that city the first real attempt to avail of frictional electricity for the transmission of signals between two distant points (see C. M., or Charles Morrison, at A.D. 1753). His apparatus consists of twenty-four metallic wires insulated from each other and communicating with separate electrometers formed of small balls of elder held by threads and each marked with different letters of the alphabet. Whenever the electric current was transmitted, the balls indicated the desired letter.

A.D. 1774.—Lesage (Georges Louis, Jr.), a Frenchman living in Geneva, Switzerland, makes the first serious attempt in that city to use frictional electricity for sending signals between two distant points (see C. M., or Charles Morrison, at CE 1753). His device consists of twenty-four metallic wires insulated from each other, connected to separate electrometers made of small balls of elder held by threads, each marked with different letters of the alphabet. Whenever the electric current was sent, the balls indicated the intended letter.

Lesage was not, however, satisfied with a telegraph upon so[242] small a scale as to be utilized only in one building, and on the 22nd of June 1782 he addressed a letter to M. Pierre Prévost, at Geneva, on the subject of “a ready and swift method of correspondence between two distant places by means of electricity.” This, he says, had occurred to him thirty or thirty-five years before, and had been “then reduced to a simple system, far more practicable than the form with which the new inventor has endowed it.” He employed a subterranean tube of glazed earthenware, divided at every fathom’s length by partitions with twenty-four separate openings intended to hold apart that number of wires, the extremities of the wires being “arranged horizontally, like the keys of a harpsichord, each wire having suspended above it a letter of the alphabet, while immediately underneath, upon a table, are pieces of gold leaf, or other bodies that can be as easily attracted, and are at the same time easily visible.” Upon touching the end of any wire with an excited glass tube, its other extremity would cause the little gold leaf to play under a certain letter, which would form part of the intended message.

Lesage was not satisfied with a telegraph that could only be used in one building. On June 22, 1782, he wrote a letter to M. Pierre Prévost in Geneva about “a quick and efficient way to communicate between two distant locations using electricity.” He mentioned that this idea had come to him about thirty or thirty-five years earlier and had been “simplified into a system much more practical than the version the new inventor has created.” He designed an underground tube made of glazed earthenware, divided every meter by partitions with twenty-four separate openings to hold that many wires. The ends of the wires were “arranged horizontally, like the keys of a harpsichord, with each wire having a letter of the alphabet suspended above it, while underneath, on a table, were pieces of gold leaf or other materials that could be easily attracted and were also clearly visible.” When touching the end of any wire with a charged glass tube, the other end would make the small gold leaf move beneath a specific letter, creating part of the intended message.

Georges Louis Lesage (sen.) wrote a work on “Meteors,” etc., published at Geneva in 1730, and alluded to in Poggendorff, Vol. I. p. 1433.

Georges Louis Lesage (sen.) wrote a work on “Meteors,” etc., published in Geneva in 1730, and mentioned in Poggendorff, Vol. I. p. 1433.

References.—Abbé Moigno, “Traité,” etc., 2nd ed. Part II. chap. i. p. 59; Ed. Highton, “The Electric Telegraph,” 1852, p. 38; Journal des Sçavans, September 1782, p. 637; Pierre Prévost, “Notice,” etc., 1805, pp. 176–177.

References.—Abbé Moigno, “Treatise,” etc., 2nd ed. Part II. chap. i. p. 59; Ed. Highton, “The Electric Telegraph,” 1852, p. 38; Journal des Sçavans, September 1782, p. 637; Pierre Prévost, “Notice,” etc., 1805, pp. 176–177.

A.D. 1774.—Wales (William), English mathematician and the astronomer of Captain Cook during the expeditions of 1772, 1773 and 1774, is the first to make scientific observations relative to the local attraction of a ship upon mariners’ compasses. While on his way from England to the Cape and during his passage through the English Channel he found differences of as much as 19 degrees to 25 degrees in the azimuth compass.

A.D. 1774.—Wales (William), an English mathematician and the astronomer for Captain Cook during the expeditions of 1772, 1773, and 1774, is the first to make scientific observations about how a ship's local attraction affects mariners’ compasses. While traveling from England to the Cape and during his journey through the English Channel, he discovered differences of up to 19 degrees to 25 degrees in the azimuth compass.

References.—Sturmy, at A.D. 1684; also Wales and Bayly’s “Observations on Cook’s Voyages,” p. 49.

Sources.—Sturmy, in CE 1684; also Wales and Bayly’s “Observations on Cook’s Voyages,” p. 49.

A.D. 1775.—Gallitzin (Dmitri Alexewitsch Fürst, Prince de), an able Russian diplomat and scientist, carries on at the Hague, between the 4th of June, 1775, and the commencement of the year 1778, a series of experiments upon atmospherical electricity, the results of which he communicates to the St. Petersburg Academy of Sciences in a Memoir entitled “Observations sur l’Electricité naturelle par le moyen d’un cerf-volant.” Therein he states that the presence of electricity was always noticeable whenever he raised his kite, whether in the night or in the daytime, as well as during[243] hot, dry, or damp weather, and he ascertained that electricity is generally positive during calm weather and more frequently negative when the weather is stormy.

A.D. 1775.—Gallitzin (Dmitri Alexewitsch Fürst, Prince de), a skilled Russian diplomat and scientist, conducts a series of experiments on atmospheric electricity in The Hague, from June 4, 1775, until the start of 1778. He shares his findings with the St. Petersburg Academy of Sciences in a paper titled “Observations on Natural Electricity Using a Kite.” In this paper, he notes that he consistently detected the presence of electricity whenever he flew his kite, whether at night or during the day, and in various weather conditions—whether hot, dry, or humid. He discovered that electricity tends to be positive in calm weather and more often negative during storms.[243]

He also observed during an extensive course of experiments upon animals that hens’ eggs hatch sooner when they are electrified, thus confirming the previous observations of Koeslin and Senebier, and he gives an account of the effects of battery shocks upon various species. He cites the case of a hen which had sustained the shock of sixty-four jars and appeared dead, but which revived and lived thirty-two days; and he gives the report of the dissection made by M. Munichs, as well as the very curious observations upon it noted at the time by M. Camper.

He also noticed during a long series of experiments on animals that hens’ eggs hatch faster when exposed to electricity, confirming earlier observations by Koeslin and Senebier. He describes the effects of battery shocks on different species. He mentions a case of a hen that received a shock from sixty-four jars and seemed dead but recovered and lived for thirty-two more days. He includes the findings from the dissection conducted by M. Munichs, along with the interesting observations recorded by M. Camper at the time.

Reference.—Bertholon, “Elec. du Corps Humain,” 1786, Vol. I. pp. 13–14, 66, and Vol. II. p. 48, etc.; “Anc. Mém. de l’acad. Belge,” Vol. III. p. 3, showing preference for the pointed form of electrical conductors; “Mercure de France,” 1774, p. 147; “Biog. Univ.,” Tome XV. p. 425; “Mém. de l’Acad. ... de Bruxelles,” Vol. III. p. 14; Journal de Physique, Vols. XXI and XXII for 1782 and 1783; “Opuscoli Scelti,” Vol. II. p. 305.

Reference.—Bertholon, “Electricity in the Human Body,” 1786, Vol. I, pp. 13–14, 66, and Vol. II, p. 48, etc.; “Ancient Memoirs of the Belgian Academy,” Vol. III, p. 3, showing a preference for the pointed form of electrical conductors; “Mercure de France,” 1774, p. 147; “Universal Biography,” Tome XV, p. 425; “Memoirs of the Academy ... of Brussels,” Vol. III, p. 14; Journal of Physics, Vols. XXI and XXII for 1782 and 1783; “Selected Works,” Vol. II, p. 305.

A.D. 1775.—Lorimer (Dr. John), “a gentleman of great knowledge on magnetics” (1732–1795), describes his combined dipping and variation needle for determining the dip at sea, which he calls universal magnetic needle or observation compass in a letter to Sir John Pringle, Bart., copied in Philosophical Transactions, Vol. LXV. p. 79. This apparatus is also to be found described in Lorimer’s “Essay on Magnetism,” etc., 1795, as well as at p. 168 of Cavallo’s “Treatise on Magnetism” published in 1787; and, at p. 333 of the latter work, the Doctor endeavours to explain the causes of the variation of the magnetic needle.

A.D. 1775.—Lorimer (Dr. John), “a knowledgeable expert on magnetics” (1732–1795), describes his combined dipping and variation needle for measuring the dip at sea, which he refers to as the universal magnetic needle or observation compass in a letter to Sir John Pringle, Bart., published in Philosophical Transactions, Vol. LXV. p. 79. This device is also detailed in Lorimer’s “Essay on Magnetism,” etc., 1795, as well as on p. 168 of Cavallo’s “Treatise on Magnetism” published in 1787; and, on p. 333 of the latter work, the Doctor attempts to explain the causes of the variation of the magnetic needle.

References.—For Lorimer, consult Hutton’s abridgments, Vol. XIII. p. 593, and, for dipping needles, refer to the same volume of Hutton, p. 613, wherein especial mention is made of those of Thomas Hutchins. The dipping needle of Robert Were Fox is described in the “Annals of Electricity,” as well as at p. 411, Vol. II. of “Abstract of Papers of Roy. Soc.,” and the two dipping needles of Edward Nairne are described in Phil. Trans. for 1772, p. 496. Capt. Henry Foster made a report on changes of magnetic intensity ... in dipping and horizontal needles, to be found in Phil. Trans. for 1828, p. 303 (“Abstracts Sc. Papers ... Roy. Soc.,” Vol. II. pp. 290–296, 344).

References.—For Lorimer, check out Hutton’s abridgments, Vol. XIII, p. 593. For dipping needles, refer to the same volume of Hutton, p. 613, where there's a special mention of those by Thomas Hutchins. The dipping needle from Robert Were Fox is detailed in the “Annals of Electricity,” as well as on p. 411, Vol. II of “Abstract of Papers of Roy. Soc.” Edward Nairne's two dipping needles are described in Phil. Trans. for 1772, p. 496. Capt. Henry Foster submitted a report on changes in magnetic intensity ... for dipping and horizontal needles, which can be found in Phil. Trans. for 1828, p. 303 (“Abstracts Sc. Papers ... Roy. Soc.,” Vol. II. pp. 290–296, 344).

A.D. 1775.—Cavallo (Tiberius), a distinguished Italian natural philosopher, publishes in London “Extraordinary Electricity of the Atmosphere at Islington,” which volume was reprinted by Sturgeon, and contains his many experiments and important observations upon the line indicated by Franklin. This work was followed in 1777, 1782, 1787, 1795, 1802 by his “Complete Treatise on Electricity,” etc.; by his “Essay on the Theory and Practice[244] of Medical Electricity” (London, 1780, 1781; Leipzig, 1782, 1785; Naples, 1784); and during 1787 was also published in London the first edition of his “Treatise on Magnetism,” a supplement to which appeared eight years later.

A.D. 1775.—Cavallo (Tiberius), a notable Italian natural philosopher, publishes in London “Extraordinary Electricity of the Atmosphere at Islington,” which was reprinted by Sturgeon and includes his numerous experiments and significant observations related to the work of Franklin. This publication was followed by his “Complete Treatise on Electricity” in 1777, 1782, 1787, 1795, and 1802; his “Essay on the Theory and Practice[244] of Medical Electricity” (London, 1780, 1781; Leipzig, 1782, 1785; Naples, 1784); and in 1787, the first edition of his “Treatise on Magnetism” was also published in London, with a supplement released eight years later.

He had made many very remarkable observations during the year 1787 on the phenomena of electricity in glass tubes containing mercury, and he had particularly experimented with various substances floating upon mercury in order to test their magnetism.

He made many impressive observations in 1787 about the behavior of electricity in glass tubes filled with mercury, and he specifically experimented with different substances floating on mercury to test their magnetism.

Before the year 1795 he contrived what he called a multiplier of electricity, a good illustration of which is to be found, more particularly, opposite p. 270, Vol. II. of his “Elements,” etc., published at Philadelphia in 1825. It consisted of two brass plates insulated upon glass pillars, and of a third plate which could be insulated or uninsulated at will, and which, turning on a pivot, or rather a movable arm, could be made to successively convey electricity from one plate to the other until the desired quantity was accumulated. (For the multiplier, see Jean Damel Colladon in “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. XXIX, N.S. for 1825, p. 316.)

Before 1795, he created what he called a multiplier of electricity, a good example of which can be found on page 270 of Volume II of his “Elements,” published in Philadelphia in 1825. It consisted of two brass plates insulated on glass pillars, and a third plate that could be insulated or uninsulated at will, which could rotate on a pivot or a movable arm to sequentially transfer electricity from one plate to the other until the desired amount was gathered. (For the multiplier, see Jean Damel Colladon in “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. XXIX, N.S. for 1825, p. 316.)

Cavallo also invented a small electroscope and a condenser of electricity. The latter consisted of an insulated tin plate between the sides of a wooden frame lined with gilt paper, one edge of the plate being connected with the body containing the electricity, and the condensation making itself observable at the opposite edge by the electroscope.

Cavallo also invented a small electroscope and a condenser of electricity. The latter was made up of an insulated tin plate placed between the sides of a wooden frame covered with gold paper, with one edge of the plate connected to the source of electricity, and the condensation being noticeable at the opposite edge through the electroscope.

In the fourth edition of his “Treatise on Electricity” (1795), which, like the previous editions, was freely translated into other languages, will be found at pp. 285–296 of the third volume mention of the possibility of transmitting intelligence by combinations of sparks and pauses. For his experiments he made use of brass wires 250 English feet in length, and his electric alarm was based upon either the explosion of a mixture of hydrogen and of oxygen, or of gunpowder, phosphorus, phosphuretted hydrogen, etc., fired by the Leyden phial (vide Bozolus at A.D. 1767). It is in Vol. I. p. 358 of the afore-named fourth edition that Cavallo explains the mode of action of the charged Leyden jar. His concluding words deserve reproduction: “Which shows that one side of a charged electric may contain a greater quantity of electricity than that which is sufficient to balance the contrary electricity of the opposite side. This redundant electricity should be carefully considered in performing experiments of a delicate nature.” The same is expressed in other words in the 1825 American edition of his “Natural Philosophy,” Chap. IV. Therein he asserts that glass is impervious to the electric fluid, saying: “If the additional electric fluid penetrates a certain way into the substance of the glass, it follows that[245] a plate may be given so thin as to be permeable to the electric fluid, and, of course, incapable of a charge; yet glass balls blown exceedingly thin, viz. about the six-hundredth part of an inch thick, when coated, etc., were found capable of holding a charge.” (Consult Cavendish’s experiments which produced this remarkable discovery, in Phil. Trans., Vols. LXXV and LXXVIII.)

In the fourth edition of his “Treatise on Electricity” (1795), which, like the earlier editions, was widely translated into other languages, you can find on pages 285–296 of the third volume a discussion about the possibility of transmitting messages using combinations of sparks and pauses. For his experiments, he used brass wires that were 250 English feet long, and his electric alarm was based on either the explosion of a mixture of hydrogen and oxygen, or gunpowder, phosphorus, phosphuretted hydrogen, etc., ignited by the Leyden jar (see Bozolus at A.D. 1767). In Vol. I, p. 358 of the aforementioned fourth edition, Cavallo explains how the charged Leyden jar works. His concluding remarks are worth quoting: “This shows that one side of a charged electric device may have a greater amount of electricity than what is needed to balance the opposing electricity on the other side. This excess electricity should be carefully considered in conducting delicate experiments.” The same idea is expressed differently in the 1825 American edition of his “Natural Philosophy,” Chapter IV. There, he states that glass is resistant to the electric fluid, saying: “If the additional electric fluid penetrates a certain distance into the glass, it follows that[245] a plate can be made thin enough to allow the electric fluid to pass through, and, therefore, unable to hold a charge; yet glass spheres blown extremely thin, about six-hundredths of an inch thick, when coated, were found capable of holding a charge.” (Refer to Cavendish’s experiments that led to this remarkable discovery, in Phil. Trans., Vols. LXXV and LXXVIII.)

An electrical machine used by Cavallo in 1777 had a glass cylinder rotated by means of a cord passing around the neck and the wheel, also a cushion (amalgamated with two parts of mercury, one of tinfoil, some powdered chalk and grease) holding a silk flap and freely moving along a groove, and provided with a prime conductor resting on glass legs and with collecting points.

An electrical machine used by Cavallo in 1777 featured a glass cylinder that was rotated with a cord passing around a neck and a wheel. It also had a cushion (made up of two parts mercury, one part tinfoil, some powdered chalk, and grease) that held a silk flap and moved freely along a groove. Additionally, it included a prime conductor supported by glass legs and had collecting points.

References.—Sturgeon, “Lectures,” London, 1842, p. 12; Young’s “Lectures,” London, 1807, Vol. I. pp. 682, 686, 694, 714; Nicholson’s Journal, 1797, Vol. I. p. 394; Du Moncel, “Exposé,” Vol. III; Aikin’s “General Biography,” Vol. X; Phil. Transactions, 1776, Vol. LXVI. p. 407; 1777, Vol. LXVII. pp. 48, 388; 1780, Vol. LXX. p. 15; 1786, p. 62; 1787, p. 6; 1788, pp. 1 and 255, and 1793, p. 10 (Volta’s letters); likewise Hutton’s abridgments, Vol. XVI. pp. 57, 170, 354, 449; Vol. XIV. pp. 60, 129, 180, 608; see also “Encycl. Britannica,” art. “Magnetism,” Chap. III. s. 1. for Cavallo’s “Observations on the Magnetism of Metals,” etc.

References.—Sturgeon, “Lectures,” London, 1842, p. 12; Young’s “Lectures,” London, 1807, Vol. I. pp. 682, 686, 694, 714; Nicholson’s Journal, 1797, Vol. I. p. 394; Du Moncel, “Exposé,” Vol. III; Aikin’s “General Biography,” Vol. X; Phil. Transactions, 1776, Vol. LXVI. p. 407; 1777, Vol. LXVII. pp. 48, 388; 1780, Vol. LXX. p. 15; 1786, p. 62; 1787, p. 6; 1788, pp. 1 and 255, and 1793, p. 10 (Volta’s letters); also Hutton’s summaries, Vol. XVI. pp. 57, 170, 354, 449; Vol. XIV. pp. 60, 129, 180, 608; see also “Encycl. Britannica,” art. “Magnetism,” Chap. III. s. 1. for Cavallo’s “Observations on the Magnetism of Metals,” etc.

A.D. 1775.—Bolten (Joach. Fred.), a German physician, is the author of “Nachricht von einem mit dem Künstlichen magneten gemachten Versuchein einer Nerven-Krankheit” (Hamburg, 1775), the title of which is here given in full, as the work is not usually found recorded in publications and is considered to be of excessive rarity.

A.D. 1775.—Bolten (Joach. Fred.), a German doctor, wrote “Nachricht von einem mit dem Künstlichen magneten gemachten Versuchein einer Nerven-Krankheit” (Hamburg, 1775). The full title is provided here since the work is not commonly listed in publications and is regarded as extremely rare.

Contrary to the accepted belief of many at the time, Bolten asserts that the application of magnetic plates for the cure of nervous and other affections is not only useless, but has, in many instances, been shown to greatly increase pain. This is proven by M. Fonseca in his Journal, which forms part of the above-named work; by Andry and Thouret (“Obs. et Rech sur ... l’Aimant ...” 8, pp. 599, 661), and by J. David Reuss (“Repertorium,” Vol. XII. p. 18), as well as by observations recorded in another very scarce work, translated into Dutch during 1775 by the celebrated physicist, J. R. Deimann, under the title of “Geneeskundige Proefneeming met den door Koast gemaakten Magneet, door den Heere T. C. Unzer.”

Unlike what many people believed at the time, Bolten claims that using magnetic plates to treat nervous issues and other conditions is not just ineffective, but in many cases, has been shown to make pain significantly worse. M. Fonseca demonstrates this in his Journal, which is part of the previously mentioned work; as do Andry and Thouret (“Obs. et Rech sur ... l’Aimant ...” 8, pp. 599, 661), and J. David Reuss (“Repertorium,” Vol. XII. p. 18), along with observations noted in another very rare work, translated into Dutch in 1775 by the noted physicist J. R. Deimann, titled “Geneeskundige Proefneeming met den door Koast gemaakten Magneet, door den Heere T. C. Unzer.”

References.—Magnetical cures by different processes are treated of more particularly by Goclenius R., Jr., “Tract. de Mag. Curatione ...” Marp., 1609; J. Robertus, “Curationis Magneticæ ...” Luxemb., 1621, Coloniæ, 1622; Charlton, “A Ternary of Paradoxes ...” London, 1650; G. Mascuelli, “De Medicina Magnetica,” Franckfort, 1613, translated by W. Maxwell (Maxvellus), 1679–1687; Tentzelius, “Medicina Diastatica ...” 1653; A. Van Leuwenhoeck (Phil. Trans., Vol. XIX[246] for 1695–1697, as shown below); J. N. Tetens, “Schreiben ... Magnetcuren,” Bützow and Wismar, 1775; Jacques de Harsu, “Receuil des Effets ...” Geneva, 1783; W. Pigram, “Successful Application ...” (Phil. Mag., Vol. XXXII. p. 154); Kloerich, F. W., “Versuche ...” (“Götting. Anzeigen,” 1765), “Von dem Medicin ...” Göttingen, 1766; M. Mouzin, “De l’emploi ... Maladies,” Paris, 1843. See likewise A.D. 450, and Hell at A.D. 1770.

Sources.—Various methods of magnetic healing are specifically discussed by Goclenius R., Jr., “Tract. de Mag. Curatione ...” Marp., 1609; J. Robertus, “Curationis Magneticæ ...” Luxembourg, 1621, Cologne, 1622; Charlton, “A Ternary of Paradoxes ...” London, 1650; G. Mascuelli, “De Medicina Magnetica,” Frankfurt, 1613, translated by W. Maxwell (Maxvellus), 1679–1687; Tentzelius, “Medicina Diastatica ...” 1653; A. Van Leeuwenhoek (Phil. Trans., Vol. XIX[246] for 1695–1697, as shown below); J. N. Tetens, “Schreiben ... Magnetcuren,” Bützow and Wismar, 1775; Jacques de Harsu, “Receuil des Effets ...” Geneva, 1783; W. Pigram, “Successful Application ...” (Phil. Mag., Vol. XXXII. p. 154); Kloerich, F. W., “Versuche ...” (“Götting. Anzeigen,” 1765), “Von dem Medicin ...” Göttingen, 1766; M. Mouzin, “De l’emploi ... Maladies,” Paris, 1843. Also see A.D. 450, and Hell at CE 1770.

For Anthony Van Leuwenhoeck, consult the Phil. Trans. for 1695–1697, Vol. XIX. No. 227, p. 512; Vol. XXXII. p. 72; also the abridgments of Reid and Gray, Vol. VI. p. 170, and of Eames and Martyn, Vol. VI. part. ii. pp. 277–278.

For Anthony Van Leuwenhoek, check the Phil. Trans. for 1695–1697, Vol. XIX, No. 227, p. 512; Vol. XXXII, p. 72; also the summaries by Reid and Gray, Vol. VI, p. 170, and by Eames and Martyn, Vol. VI, part. ii, pp. 277–278.

A.D. 1775.—Volta (Alessandro), an Italian natural philosopher and Professor at the University of Pavia, who had already, in 1769, addressed to Beccaria a Latin dissertation, “De Vi Attractivâ ignis electrici,” etc., makes known his invention of the electrophorus, a sort of perpetual reservoir of electricity. This consists of two circular metallic plates having between them a round disc of resin, which is excited by being struck a number of times with either a silk kerchief or pieces of dry warm fur or flannel. During 1782 he discovered what he called an electrical condenser, wherein the disc of resin is replaced by a plate of marble or of varnished wood. With this he is reported (Philosophical Transactions, Vol. LXXII) to have ascertained the existence of negative electricity in the vapour of water, in the smoke of burning coals, and in the gas produced by a solution of iron in weak sulphuric acid. An account of the above named and of other discoveries, as well as of various experiments, appears in letters addressed by him to Prof. Don Bassiano Carminati, of the Pavia Medical University, April 3, 1792, and to Tiberius Cavallo, Sept. 13, and Oct. 25, 1792, as shown in the Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society, which institution gave him its gold Copley medal.

A.D. 1775.—Volta (Alessandro), an Italian natural philosopher and professor at the University of Pavia, who had already presented a Latin dissertation titled “De Vi Attractivâ ignis electrici” to Beccaria in 1769, announces his invention of the electrophorus, a kind of perpetual reservoir of electricity. This device consists of two circular metal plates with a round resin disc placed between them, which gets charged by being struck several times with a silk cloth or pieces of dry warm fur or flannel. In 1782, he discovered what he called an electrical condenser, where the resin disc is replaced by a marble or varnished wood plate. He is reported to have determined the existence of negative electricity in water vapor, smoke from burning coal, and gas produced by iron dissolved in weak sulfuric acid (Philosophical Transactions, Vol. LXXII). A detailed account of these and other discoveries, along with various experiments, can be found in letters he sent to Prof. Don Bassiano Carminati of the Pavia Medical University on April 3, 1792, and to Tiberius Cavallo on September 13 and October 25, 1792, as published in the Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society, which awarded him its gold Copley medal.

Volta’s crowning effort lies in the discovery of the development of electricity in metallic bodies and in the production of the justly famous pile which bears his name. The latter consisted of an equal number of zinc and copper discs separated by circular plates of cloth, paper or pasteboard soaked in salt-water or dilute acid, all being suitably connected to develop a large quantity of the electric fluid. Thus, says Dr. Dickerson in his address at Princeton College, Volta gave to the world that new manifestation of electricity called Galvanism. In that form this subtle agent is far more manageable than in the form of static electricity; and by the use of galvanic batteries a current of low tension, but of enormously greater power, can be maintained with little difficulty; whereas static electricity is like lightning, and readily leaps and escapes on the surfaces on which it is confined.

Volta’s greatest achievement is his discovery of how electricity develops in metal and the creation of the famous battery that carries his name. This battery consisted of an equal number of zinc and copper discs, separated by circular plates made of cloth, paper, or cardboard soaked in saltwater or diluted acid, all connected properly to produce a significant amount of electricity. As Dr. Dickerson mentioned in his speech at Princeton College, Volta introduced the world to a new form of electricity known as Galvanism. In this form, this elusive force is much easier to control than static electricity; with galvanic batteries, a low-voltage current with vastly greater power can be maintained with minimal effort, while static electricity behaves like lightning, easily jumping and escaping from the surfaces on which it's contained.

“It was Volta who removed our doubtful knowledge. Such[247] knowledge is the early morning light of every advancing science, and is essential to its development; but the man who is engaged in dispelling that which is deceptive in it, and revealing more clearly that which is true, is as useful in his place and as necessary to the general progress of science as he who first broke through the intellectual darkness and opened a path into knowledge before unknown” (Faraday’s “Researches”).

“It was Volta who cleared up our uncertain knowledge. Such[247] knowledge is the early morning light of every advancing science, and is essential to its growth; but the person who works to eliminate the misleading parts and clarify the truths is just as valuable and necessary for the overall progress of science as the one who first cut through the intellectual darkness and opened a path to previously unknown knowledge” (Faraday’s “Researches”).

The last mentioned discovery, though made in 1796, was first announced only on the 20th of March, 1800, in a letter written from Como to Sir Joseph Banks, by whom it was communicated to the Royal Society. It was publicly read June 26, 1800 (Phil. Trans. for 1800, Part II. p. 408).

The last mentioned discovery, although made in 1796, was first announced on March 20, 1800, in a letter from Como to Sir Joseph Banks, who shared it with the Royal Society. It was publicly presented on June 26, 1800 (Phil. Trans. for 1800, Part II. p. 408).

At pp. 428–429 of “La Revue Scientifique,” Paris, April 8, 1905, will be found a review of J. Bosscha’s work entitled “La correspondance de A. Volta et de M. Van Marum,” published at Leyden. Bosscha calls especial attention to letters numbered XIII and XIV, dated respectively August 30 and October 11, 1792, wherein Volta describes his construction of the apparatus which, as already stated, was not made known until March 20, 1800. M. Bosscha’s work is also referred to in the “Journal des Savants” for August 1905.

At pages 428–429 of “La Revue Scientifique,” Paris, April 8, 1905, there is a review of J. Bosscha’s work titled “La correspondance de A. Volta et de M. Van Marum,” published in Leyden. Bosscha highlights letters numbered XIII and XIV, dated August 30 and October 11, 1792, where Volta describes how he built the apparatus, which, as mentioned earlier, wasn’t revealed until March 20, 1800. M. Bosscha’s work is also mentioned in the “Journal des Savants” for August 1905.

Volta, at about the same period, constructed an electrical battery, which has been named La Couronne de Tasses (the crown of cups), and which consisted of a number of cups arranged in a circle, each cup containing a saline liquid and supporting against its edges a strip of zinc and one of silver. As the upper part of each zinc strip was connected by a wire with a strip of silver in the adjoining cup, the silver strip of the first cup and the zinc strip of the last cup formed the poles of the battery. It is said that twenty such combinations decomposed water, and that thirty gave a distinct shock.

Volta, around the same time, built an electrical battery called La Couronne de Tasses (the crown of cups). It consisted of several cups arranged in a circle, with each cup containing a saline solution and supporting a strip of zinc and a strip of silver against its edges. The upper part of each zinc strip was connected by a wire to a silver strip in the next cup, making the silver strip of the first cup and the zinc strip of the last cup the battery's poles. It's reported that twenty of these combinations could decompose water, and thirty could deliver a noticeable shock.

On the 16th, 18th and 20th of November 1800 (Brumaire an. IX), Volta, who had obtained permission of the Italian Government to go to Paris with his colleague Prof. Brugnatelli, delivered lectures and experimented before the French National Institute (Sue, “Histoire du Galvanisme,” Vol. II. p. 267). As a member of the latter body, Bonaparte, the First Consul, who had attended the second lecture and witnessed the electro-chemical decomposition of water, proposed that a gold medal be stuck to commemorate Volta’s discovery, and that a commission be formed to repeat all of Volta’s experiments upon a large scale. The commission embraced such prominent men as Laplace, Coulomb, Hallé, Monge, Fourcroy, Vauquelin, Pelletan, Charles, Brisson, Sabathier, Guyton De Morveau and Biot. Biot, the chairman of the commission, made a report December 11, 1800, which appears in Vol. V of the Mémoires de l’Institut National de France, as well as in the Annales de Chimie,[248] Vol. XLI. p. 3. In addition to the gold medal, Volta received from Bonaparte the sum of six thousand francs and the cross of the Legion of Honour.

On November 16th, 18th, and 20th, 1800 (Brumaire an. IX), Volta, who had received permission from the Italian Government to travel to Paris with his colleague Prof. Brugnatelli, delivered lectures and conducted experiments before the French National Institute (Sue, “Histoire du Galvanisme,” Vol. II. p. 267). Among the members of this institute was Bonaparte, the First Consul, who attended the second lecture and observed the electro-chemical decomposition of water. He proposed that a gold medal be awarded to commemorate Volta’s discovery and suggested forming a commission to repeat all of Volta’s experiments on a larger scale. The commission included well-known figures such as Laplace, Coulomb, Hallé, Monge, Fourcroy, Vauquelin, Pelletan, Charles, Brisson, Sabathier, Guyton De Morveau, and Biot. Biot, the chairman of the commission, presented a report on December 11, 1800, which was published in Vol. V of the Mémoires de l’Institut National de France and in the Annales de Chimie, [248] Vol. XLI. p. 3. Apart from the gold medal, Volta was awarded six thousand francs and the cross of the Legion of Honour by Bonaparte.

To Volta has been attributed the fact of having, as early as 1777, entertained the idea of an electric telegraph, although nothing more appears to be on record in relation to the matter. Fahie quotes a letter of Sir Francis Ronalds, alluding to an autograph manuscript, dated Como, April 15, 1777, and gives its translation by César Cantu, wherein Volta states that he does not doubt the possibility of exploding his electrical pistol at Milan, through wires supported by posts, whenever he discharges a powerful Leyden jar at Como.

To Volta is credited with having considered the concept of an electric telegraph as early as 1777, although there doesn't seem to be any further records on the topic. Fahie cites a letter from Sir Francis Ronalds, referencing an autograph manuscript dated Como, April 15, 1777, and provides its translation by César Cantu, in which Volta expresses his confidence in the possibility of detonating his electrical pistol in Milan via wires held up by posts whenever he discharges a strong Leyden jar in Como.

References.—Arago, “Eloge Historique de Volta” and “Notices Biographiques,” Tome I. p. 234 (“Raccolta Pratica di Scienze,” etc. for March and April 1835); London Times of January 26, 1860; the eulogies pronounced by Giorn. Fogliani at Como and by G. Zuccala at Bergamo, the year of Volta’s death, 1827; P. Sue, “Histoire du Galvanisme,” Tome II. p. 267; Journal de Leipzig, Tome XXXIV; Scelta d’ Opuscoli, Vols. VIII. p. 127; IX. p. 91; X. p. 87; XII. p. 94; XIV. p. 84; XXVIII. p. 43; XXXIV. p. 65; Opuscoli Scelti, Vols. I. pp. 273, 289; VII. pp. 128, 145; XV. pp. 213, 425; XXI. p. 373; “Mem. dell’ I. R. Istit. Reg. L. V.,” Vol. I. p. 24; “Mem. dell’ Istit. Nazion. Ital.,” Vol. I. p. 125; “Memor. Soc. Ital.,” Vols. II., pp. 662, 900; V. p. 551; “Bibl. Fisica d’Europa” for 1788; “Giornale Fis.-Med.,” Vols. I. p. 66; II. pp. 122, 146, 241, 287; III. p. 35; IV. p. 192; V. p. 63; “Giornale dell’ Ital. Lettera,” etc., Vol. VIII. p. 249; L. V. Brugnatelli, “Annali di Chimica,” etc., Vols. II. p. 161; III. p. 36; V. p. 132; XI. p. 84; XIII. p. 226; XIV. pp. 3, 40; XVI. pp. 3, 27, 42; XVIII. pp. 3, 7; XIX. p. 38; XXI. pp. 79, 100, 163; XXII. pp. 223–249 (Aless. Volta and Pietro Configliachi); Aless. Volta and Angelo Bellani, “Sulla formazione,” etc., Milano, 1824; F. A. C. Gren, Neues Journal der Physik, Vols. III and IV for 1796 and 1797; Rozier, Observ., Vols. VII, XXII and XXIII for 1776, 1873; J. B. Van Mons, Journal de Chimie, No. 2, pp. 129, 167; Sédillot, “Receuil Per. de la Soc. de Méd. de Paris,” IX. pp. 97, 231; Journal de Phys., Vols. XXIII. p. 98; XLVIII. p. 336; LI. p. 334; LXIX. p. 343; Annales de Chimie, Vols. XXX. p. 276; XLIV. p. 396; Nicholson’s Journal, Vol. XV. p. 3; Phil. Tr. for 1778, 1782 and 1793; “Soc. Philom.,” An. IX. p. 48, An. X. p. 74; “Bibl. Brit.,” Vol. XIX. p. 274; Le Correspondant for August, 1867, p. 1059, and Les Mondes, December 5, 1867, p. 561; Highton, “The Elec. Tel.,” 1852, pp. 13 and 28; Robertson, “Mémoires Récréatifs,” 1840, Vol. I. chaps, x. and xiii.; Miller, “Hist. Philos. Illustrated,” London, 1849, Vol. IV. p. 333, note; Achille Cazin, “Traité théorique et pratique des piles électriques,” Paris, 1881; “Mémoires de l’lnstitut” (Hist.) An. XII. p. 195; Andrew Crosse, “Experiments in Voltaic Electricity,” London, 1815 (Phil. Mag., Vol. XLVI. p. 421, and Gilbert’s “Annalen,” Bd. s. 60); “Lettere sulla Meteorol.,” 1783; Theod. A. Von Heller, in Gilb. “Annal.,” Vols. IV and VI, 1800; and Gren’s Neues Journ., 1795, 1797; “L’Arc Voltaique,” by M. Paul Janet, in “Revue Générale des Sciences,” May 15, 1902, pp. 416–422; “L’Académie des Sciences,” par Ernest Maindron, Paris, 1888, pp. 245–251; “Philosophical Magazine,” Vol. IV. pp. 59, 163, 306; Vol. XIII. pp. 187–190 [re prize founded by Napoleon); Vol. XXI. p. 289 (electrophorus); Vol. XXVIII. p. 182 (theory of Pierre Hyacinthe Azais), and p. 297 (Paul Erman on “Voltaic Phenomena”); Thomson, “Hist. of Chemistry,” Vol. II. pp. 251–252; “Dict. de Gehler,” Vols. III. p. 665; VI. pp. 475, 484; Thomas Thomson, “Hist. of the Royal Soc.,” London,[249] 1812, p. 451; Young’s “Lectures,” Vol. I. pp. 674, 677, 678, 683; see likewise the “Theory of the Action of the Galvanic Pile,” as given by Dr. Wm. Henry at s. 5 Vol. I. of his “Elements of Experimental Chemistry,” London, 1823; also Nicholson’s Journal for Henry’s essay in Vol. XXXV. p. 259; M. De Luc’s papers in Vol. XXXII. p. 271, and Vol. XXXVI. p. 97; Mr. Singer on the “Electric Column” in Vol. XXXVI. p. 373; Dr. Bostock’s essay in Thomson’s “Annals,” Vol. III. p. 32; Sir H. Davy’s chapter on “Electrical Attraction and Repulsion,” in his “Elements of Chem. Philos.,” p. 125; the first volume of Gay-Lussac and Thénard’s “Recherches”; Johann Mayer, “Abhandlungen ... Galvani, Valli, Carminati u. Volta,” etc., Prague, 1793; Lehrbuch der Meteor., von L. F. Kaemtz, Halle, 1832, Vol. II. pp. 398, 400, 418; M. Detienne et M. Rouland in Jour. de Phys., Vol. VII. for 1776; J. N. Hallé, “Exposition Abrégée,” etc. (“Bull. des Sc. de la Soc. Philom.,” An. X. No. 58); C. B. Désormes’ very extended observations recorded in the An. de Ch., Vol. XXXVII. p. 284; Volta’s letter to Prof. F. A. C. Gren in 1794, and Wilkinson, “El. of Galv.,” Vol. II. pp. 314–325; J. F. Ackerman (“Salz. Mediechirurg,” 1792, p. 287); Cadet (An. de Ch., Vol. XXXVII. p. 68); letter written by Volta to M. Dolomieu (“Bull. de la Société Philom.,” No. 55, p. 48); Friedlander’s “Experiments” (Jour. de Phys., Pluvoise, An. IX. p. 101); Paul Erman (Jour. de Phys., Thermidor, An. IX. p. 121); Gilbert’s “Annalen,” VIII, X, XI, XIV); Jour. de Phys., Tome LIII p. 309; Jour. de Médecine, Nivose, An. IX. p. 351; P. C. Abilgaard,“Tentamina Electrica”; C. H. Wilkinson, “Elements of Galvanism,” etc., London, 1804, 2 vols. passim; A. W. Von Hauch’s Memoir read before the Copenhagen Acad. of Sc. (Sue, “Hist. du Galv.,” 1802, Vol. II. p. 255); Alexander Nicoläus Scherer’s Journal, 31st book; “Abstracts of Papers of Roy. Soc.,” Vol. I. p. 27; also Hutton’s abridgments of the Phil. Trans. Vol. XV. p. 263; Vol. XVII. p. 285; Vol. XVIII. pp. 744, 798; Phil. Magazine, Vol. IV. pp. 59, 163, 306; “Bibliothèque Britannique,” Genève, 1796, Vol. XV. an. viii. p. 3; Vol. XIX for 1802, pp. 270, 274, 339; Vol. XVI, N.S. for 1821, pp. 270–309; account of the immense electrophorus constructed for the Empress of Russia, in Vol. I. of “Acta Petropolitana” for 1777, pp. 154, etc. In the Philosophical Transactions for 1778, pp. 1027, 1049, will be found Ingen-housz’s paper relating to the then recent invention of Volta’s electrophorus and to Mr. Henley’s experiments. It is said that at about this time (1778), John Jacob Mumenthaler, Swiss mechanic, constructed very effective electrophori and electric machines out of a very peculiar kind of paper. M. F. Vilette also made a paper electrophorus which is alluded to by J. A. Nollet (“Experiments Letters,” Vol. III. pp. 209, etc.). Consult, besides, Carlo Barletti, “Lettera al Volta ...” Milano, 1776; W. L. Krafft, “Tentatem theoriæ ...” Petropol, 1778; J. C. Schäffer, “Abbild. Beschr. d. elek. ...” Regensberg, 1778; Georg Pickel, “Experimenta physico-medica ...” Viceburgi, 1778–1788; J. A. Klindworth, “Kurze Beschr. ...” Gotha, 1781–1785; (Lichtenberg’s “Magazin,” I. 35–45;) while for Klindworth, M. Obert and M. Minkeler, see the “Goth. Mag.,” I. ii. p. 35; V. iii. pp. 96, 110; E. G. Robertson, “Sur l’électrophore résineux et papiracé,” Paris, 1790; (Journal de Physique, Vol. XXXVII;) M. Robert on the electrophorus (Rozier, XXXVII. p. 183); S. Woods, “Essay on the phenomena ...” London, 1805; (Phil. Mag., Vol. XXI. p. 289;) M. Eynard’s “Mém. sur l’electrophore,” Lyon, 1804; John Phillips, “On a modification of the electrophorus,” London, 1833 (Phil. Mag., s. 3, Vol. II); G. Zamboni, “Sulla teoria ...” Verona, 1844 (“Mem. Soc. Ital.,” Vol. XXIII); F. A. Petrina, “Neue theorie d. elect. ...” Prag., 1846.

References.—Arago, “Historical Eloge of Volta” and “Biographical Notices,” Volume I. p. 234 (“Practical Collection of Sciences,” etc. for March and April 1835); London Times of January 26, 1860; the eulogies given by Giorn. Fogliani in Como and G. Zuccala in Bergamo, the year of Volta’s death, 1827; P. Sue, “History of Galvanism,” Volume II. p. 267; Journal de Leipzig, Volume XXXIV; Selection of Essays, Volumes VIII. p. 127; IX. p. 91; X. p. 87; XII. p. 94; XIV. p. 84; XXVIII. p. 43; XXXIV. p. 65; Selected Works, Volumes I. pp. 273, 289; VII. pp. 128, 145; XV. pp. 213, 425; XXI. p. 373; “Memoirs of the I. R. Istit. Reg. L. V.,” Volume I. p. 24; “Memoirs of the Italian National Institute,” Volume I. p. 125; “Memoirs of the Italian Society,” Volumes II., pp. 662, 900; V. p. 551; “Physical Library of Europe” for 1788; “Journal of Physics-Medicine,” Volumes I. p. 66; II. pp. 122, 146, 241, 287; III. p. 35; IV. p. 192; V. p. 63; “Journal of the Italian Letter,” etc., Volume VIII. p. 249; L. V. Brugnatelli, “Annals of Chemistry,” etc., Volumes II. p. 161; III. p. 36; V. p. 132; XI. p. 84; XIII. p. 226; XIV. pp. 3, 40; XVI. pp. 3, 27, 42; XVIII. pp. 3, 7; XIX. p. 38; XXI. pp. 79, 100, 163; XXII. pp. 223–249 (Aless. Volta and Pietro Configliachi); Aless. Volta and Angelo Bellani, “On Formation,” etc., Milan, 1824; F. A. C. Gren, New Journal of Physics, Volumes III and IV for 1796 and 1797; Rozier, Observ., Volumes VII, XXII and XXIII for 1776, 1873; J. B. Van Mons, Journal de Chimie, No. 2, pp. 129, 167; Sédillot, “Collection of Papers from the Society of Medicine of Paris,” IX. pp. 97, 231; Journal of Physics, Volumes XXIII. p. 98; XLVIII. p. 336; LI. p. 334; LXIX. p. 343; Annals of Chemistry, Volumes XXX. p. 276; XLIV. p. 396; Nicholson’s Journal, Volume XV. p. 3; Philosophical Transactions for 1778, 1782 and 1793; “Philosophical Society,” Year IX. p. 48, Year X. p. 74; “British Library,” Volume XIX. p. 274; Le Correspondant for August, 1867, p. 1059, and Les Mondes, December 5, 1867, p. 561; Highton, “The Electric Telegraph,” 1852, pp. 13 and 28; Robertson, “Recreational Memoirs,” 1840, Volume I. chapters X. and XIII.; Miller, “Illustrated History of Philosophy,” London, 1849, Volume IV. p. 333, note; Achille Cazin, “Theoretical and Practical Treatise on Electric Batteries,” Paris, 1881; “Memories of the Institute” (Hist.) Year XII. p. 195; Andrew Crosse, “Experiments in Voltaic Electricity,” London, 1815 (Philosophical Magazine, Volume XLVI. p. 421, and Gilbert’s “Annalen,” Bd. s. 60); “Letters on Meteorology,” 1783; Theod. A. Von Heller, in Gilb. “Annals,” Volumes IV and VI, 1800; and Gren’s New Journal, 1795, 1797; “The Voltaic Arc,” by M. Paul Janet, in “General Review of Sciences,” May 15, 1902, pp. 416–422; “Academy of Sciences,” by Ernest Maindron, Paris, 1888, pp. 245–251; “Philosophical Magazine,” Volume IV. pp. 59, 163, 306; Volume XIII. pp. 187–190 [re prize founded by Napoleon); Volume XXI. p. 289 (electrophorus); Volume XXVIII. p. 182 (theory of Pierre Hyacinthe Azais), and p. 297 (Paul Erman on “Voltaic Phenomena”); Thomson, “History of Chemistry,” Volume II. pp. 251–252; “Dictionary of Gehler,” Volumes III. p. 665; VI. pp. 475, 484; Thomas Thomson, “History of the Royal Society,” London,[249] 1812, p. 451; Young’s “Lectures,” Volume I. pp. 674, 677, 678, 683; see also “Theory of the Action of the Galvanic Pile,” as presented by Dr. Wm. Henry at s. 5 Volume I. of his “Elements of Experimental Chemistry,” London, 1823; also Nicholson’s Journal for Henry’s essay in Volume XXXV. p. 259; M. De Luc’s papers in Volume XXXII. p. 271, and Volume XXXVI. p. 97; Mr. Singer on the “Electric Column” in Volume XXXVI. p. 373; Dr. Bostock’s essay in Thomson’s “Annals,” Volume III. p. 32; Sir H. Davy’s chapter on “Electrical Attraction and Repulsion,” in his “Elements of Chemical Philosophy,” p. 125; the first volume of Gay-Lussac and Thénard’s “Researches”; Johann Mayer, “Treatises ... Galvani, Valli, Carminati and Volta,” etc., Prague, 1793; Textbook of Meteorology, by L. F. Kaemtz, Halle, 1832, Volume II. pp. 398, 400, 418; M. Detienne and M. Rouland in Journal of Physics, Volume VII. for 1776; J. N. Hallé, “Abridged Exposition,” etc. (“Bulletin of the Society of Philom.”, Year X. No. 58); C. B. Désormes’ extensive observations recorded in the Annals of Chemistry, Volume XXXVII. p. 284; Volta’s letter to Prof. F. A. C. Gren in 1794, and Wilkinson, “Elements of Galvanism,” Volume II. pp. 314–325; J. F. Ackerman (“Salz. Mediechirurg,” 1792, p. 287); Cadet (Annals of Chemistry, Volume XXXVII. p. 68); letter written by Volta to M. Dolomieu (“Bulletin of the Society of Philom.”, No. 55, p. 48); Friedlander’s “Experiments” (Journal of Physics, Pluvoise, Year IX. p. 101); Paul Erman (Journal of Physics, Thermidor, Year IX. p. 121); Gilbert’s “Annals,” VIII, X, XI, XIV); Journal of Physics, Volume LIII p. 309; Journal of Medicine, Nivose, Year IX. p. 351; P. C. Abilgaard, “Electrical Trials”; C. H. Wilkinson, “Elements of Galvanism,” etc., London, 1804, 2 volumes passim; A. W. Von Hauch’s Memoir read before the Copenhagen Academy of Sciences (Sue, “History of Galvanism,” 1802, Volume II. p. 255); Alexander Nicoläus Scherer’s Journal, 31st book; “Abstracts of Papers of Royal Society,” Volume I. p. 27; also Hutton’s abridgments of the Philosophical Transactions, Volume XV. p. 263; Volume XVII. p. 285; Volume XVIII. pp. 744, 798; Philosophical Magazine, Volume IV. pp. 59, 163, 306; “British Library,” Geneva, 1796, Volume XV. year viii. p. 3; Volume XIX for 1802, pp. 270, 274, 339; Volume XVI, N.S. for 1821, pp. 270–309; account of the massive electrophorus constructed for the Empress of Russia, in Volume I. of “Acta Petropolitana” for 1777, pp. 154, etc. In the Philosophical Transactions for 1778, pp. 1027, 1049, will be found Ingen-housz’s paper related to the then recent invention of Volta’s electrophorus and to Mr. Henley’s experiments. It is said that at about this time (1778), John Jacob Mumenthaler, a Swiss mechanic, constructed very effective electrophori and electric machines out of a very special kind of paper. M. F. Vilette also made a paper electrophorus which is mentioned by J. A. Nollet (“Experiments Letters,” Volume III. pp. 209, etc.). Consult also Carlo Barletti, “Letter to Volta ...” Milan, 1776; W. L. Krafft, “Tentamen Theory ...” Petersburg, 1778; J. C. Schäffer, “Illustrated Description of the Electric ...” Regensberg, 1778; Georg Pickel, “Physical-Medical Experiments ...” Viceburgi, 1778–1788; J. A. Klindworth, “Brief Description ...” Gotha, 1781–1785; (Lichtenberg’s “Magazine,” I. 35–45;) while for Klindworth, M. Obert and M. Minkeler, see the “Goth. Magazine,” I. ii. p. 35; V. iii. pp. 96, 110; E. G. Robertson, “On the resinous and paper electrophorus,” Paris, 1790; (Journal of Physics, Volume XXXVII;) M. Robert on the electrophorus (Rozier, XXXVII. p. 183); S. Woods, “Essay on the phenomena ...” London, 1805; (Philosophical Magazine, Volume XXI. p. 289;) M. Eynard’s “Memoir on the electrophorus,” Lyon, 1804; John Phillips, “On a modification of the electrophorus,” London, 1833 (Philosophical Magazine, s. 3, Volume II); G. Zamboni, “On the theory ...” Verona, 1844 (“Memoirs of the Italian Society,” Volume XXIII); F. A. Petrina, “New theory of electricity ...” Prague, 1846.

A.D. 1776.—Borda (Jean Charles), French mathematician and astronomer, improves upon the work of Mallet (at A.D. 1769), and[250] is the first to establish accurately the knowledge of the third and most important element of terrestrial magnetism, viz. its intensity.

A.D. 1776.—Borda (Jean Charles), a French mathematician and astronomer, builds on Mallet's work (from CE 1769) and[250] is the first to accurately define the third and most important aspect of terrestrial magnetism, namely its intensity.

To him is exclusively due the correct determination of the difference of the intensity at different points of the earth’s surface by measuring the vibrations of a vertical needle in the magnetic meridian. This he determined during his expedition to the Canary Islands, and his observations were first confirmed through additional experiments which the companion of the unfortunate La Pérouse, Paul de Lammanon, made during the years 1785–1787, and which were by him communicated from Macao to the Secretary of the French Academy.

To him goes all the credit for accurately figuring out the difference in intensity at various locations on the earth's surface by measuring the vibrations of a vertical needle in the magnetic meridian. He figured this out during his expedition to the Canary Islands, and his findings were first validated through further experiments conducted by Paul de Lammanon, the companion of the unfortunate La Pérouse, between 1785 and 1787, which he reported from Macao to the Secretary of the French Academy.

References.—Borda’s biography in the “Eng. Cycl.,” and in the eighth “Britannica”; Walker, “Magnetism,” p. 182; Humboldt on magnetic poles and magnetic intensity, embracing the observations of Admiral de Rossel, and “Cosmos,” Vol. V. 1859, pp. 58, 61–64, 87–100; also Vol. I. pp. 185–187, notes, for the history of the discovery of the law that the intensity of the force increases with the latitude; Norman (A.D. 1576).

References.—Borda’s biography in the “Eng. Cycl.,” and in the eighth “Britannica”; Walker, “Magnetism,” p. 182; Humboldt on magnetic poles and magnetic intensity, including the observations of Admiral de Rossel, and “Cosmos,” Vol. V. 1859, pp. 58, 61–64, 87–100; also Vol. I. pp. 185–187, notes, for the history of the discovery of the law that the intensity of the force increases with latitude; Norman (CE 1576).

A.D. 1777.—Lichtenberg (Georg Christoph), Professor of Experimental Philosophy at the University of Göttingen, reveals the condition of electrified surfaces by dusting them with powder.

A.D. 1777.—Lichtenberg (Georg Christoph), Professor of Experimental Philosophy at the University of Göttingen, shows the state of electrified surfaces by dusting them with powder.

The figures, which bear his name, are produced by tracing any desired lines upon a cake of resin with the knob of a Leyden jar and by dusting upon the cake a well-triturated mixture of sulphur and of red lead. These substances having been brought by friction into opposite electrical conditions, the sulphur collects upon the positive and the lead upon the negative portions of the cake: positive electricity producing an appearance resembling feathers, and negative electricity an arrangement more like stars.

The figures that carry his name are created by tracing any desired lines on a block of resin using the knob of a Leyden jar and by sprinkling a finely ground mix of sulfur and red lead onto the block. When these substances are rubbed together, they become oppositely charged, causing the sulfur to gather on the positive side and the lead on the negative side of the block: the positive charge creates a pattern that looks like feathers, while the negative charge forms a pattern that looks more like stars.

References.—Harris, “Frict. Elect.,” p. 89; eighth “Britannica,” Vol. VIII. p. 606; E. Reitlinger, “Sibven Abh. ...” (Wien Acad.); illustrations in Sc. Am. Suppl., No. 207, p. 3297; Noad, “Manual,” p. 132; Erxleben’s “Physikalische Bibliotek,” s. 514; L. F. F. Crell, Chemische Annalen for 1786; “Göttingisches Magazin,” J i., S ii., pp. 216–220; Lichtenberg’s “Math. u. Phys. Schriften,” etc., Vol. I. p. 478. See also Dr. Young’s “Lectures on Nat. Phil.,” London, 1807, Vol. II. pp. 119, 419 for additional references, and p. 426 for Lichtenberg’s “Table of Excitation.”

Citations.—Harris, “Frict. Elect.,” p. 89; eighth “Britannica,” Vol. VIII. p. 606; E. Reitlinger, “Sibven Abh. ...” (Wien Acad.); illustrations in Sc. Am. Suppl., No. 207, p. 3297; Noad, “Manual,” p. 132; Erxleben’s “Physikalische Bibliotek,” s. 514; L. F. F. Crell, Chemische Annalen for 1786; “Göttingisches Magazin,” J i., S ii., pp. 216–220; Lichtenberg’s “Math. u. Phys. Schriften,” etc., Vol. I. p. 478. See also Dr. Young’s “Lectures on Nat. Phil.,” London, 1807, Vol. II. pp. 119, 419 for additional references, and p. 426 for Lichtenberg’s “Table of Excitation.”

A.D. 1777.—Pringle (Sir John), a man of great scientific attainments—who was physician to the Duke of Cumberland as well as to the Queen’s household, became a baronet in 1766, and afterward received many distinguished honours from foreign learned bodies—resigns the Presidency of the English Royal Society, which he had held since the year 1772. In this, as will be seen at a later date, he was succeeded by Sir Joseph Banks (at A.D. 1820), who continued in the office a period of over forty-two years. The cause which[251] led to his resignation is best given in the following extract from his biography in the English Cyclopedia:

A.D. 1777.—Pringle (Sir John), a highly accomplished scientist who served as physician to the Duke of Cumberland and to the Queen’s household, became a baronet in 1766 and later received several prestigious honors from international academic institutions—resigned the Presidency of the English Royal Society, a position he had held since 1772. As will be detailed later, he was succeeded by Sir Joseph Banks (at CE 1820), who remained in the role for over forty-two years. The reasons behind his resignation are best described in the following excerpt from his biography in the English Cyclopedia:

“During the year 1777 a dispute arose among the members of the Royal Society relative to the form which should be given to electrical conductors so as to render them most efficacious in protecting buildings from the destructive effects of lightning. Franklin had previously recommended the use of points, and the propriety of this recommendation had been acknowledged and sanctioned by the Society at large. But, after the breaking out of the American Revolution, Franklin was no longer regarded by many of the members in any other light than an enemy of England, and, as such, it appears to have been repugnant to their feelings to act otherwise than in disparagement of his scientific discoveries. Among this number was their patron George III, who, according to a story current at the time, and of the substantial truth of which there is no doubt, on its being proposed to substitute knobs instead of points, requested that Sir John Pringle would likewise advocate their introduction. The latter hinted that the laws and operations of nature could not be reversed at royal pleasure; whereupon it was intimated to him that a President of the Royal Society entertaining such an opinion ought to resign, and he resigned accordingly.”

“During the year 1777, a disagreement arose among the members of the Royal Society regarding the design of electrical conductors to ensure they were most effective in protecting buildings from the damaging effects of lightning. Franklin had previously suggested using points, and this recommendation had been recognized and endorsed by the Society as a whole. However, after the American Revolution began, many members no longer viewed Franklin as anything other than an enemy of England, and it seemed to upset them to acknowledge his scientific contributions. Among these members was their patron, George III, who, according to a widely known story that is largely considered true, upon the suggestion to replace points with knobs, asked Sir John Pringle to support that change as well. Pringle suggested that the laws and workings of nature couldn’t be changed at the whim of the monarchy; in response, he was informed that a President of the Royal Society who held such a view should resign, and he did so.”

In Benjamin Franklin’s letter to Dr. Ingen-housz, dated Passy, Oct. 14, 1777, occurs the following: “The King’s changing his pointed conductors for blunt ones is therefore a matter of small importance to me. If I had a wish about it, it would be that he had rejected them altogether as ineffectual.” It was shortly after the occurrence above alluded to that the following epigram was written by a friend of Dr. Franklin:

In Benjamin Franklin’s letter to Dr. Ingen-housz, dated Passy, Oct. 14, 1777, he writes: “The King swapping out his pointed conductors for blunt ones is not a big deal to me. If I had a preference, it would be that he had just discarded them completely since they’re useless.” It was shortly after the event mentioned that a friend of Dr. Franklin wrote the following epigram:

“While you Great George, for knowledge hunt,
And sharp conductors change for blunt,
The nation’s out of joint:
Franklin a wiser course pursues,
And all your thunder useless views,
By keeping to the point.”

Thomson informs us (“Hist. Roy. Soc.” pp. 446–447) that the Board of Ordnance having consulted the Royal Society about the best mode of securing the powder magazine, at Purfleet, from the effects of lightning, the Society appointed Mr. Cavendish, Dr. Watson, Dr. Franklin, Mr. Robertson and Mr. Wilson a committee to examine the building and report upon it. These gentlemen went accordingly, and the first four recommended the erecting of pointed conductors in particular parts of the building, as a means which they thought would afford complete security. Mr. Wilson dissented from the other gentlemen, being of the opinion that the conductors ought not to be pointed but blunt, because pointed conductors solicit[252] and draw down the lightning which might otherwise pass by. He published a long paper on the subject, assigning a great variety of reasons for his preference (Philosophical Transactions, Vol. LXIII. p. 49). It was this dissent of Mr. Wilson which produced between the electricians of the Royal Society a controversy respecting the comparative merits of pointed and blunt conductors, which continued a number of years, and a variety of papers in support of which made their appearance in the Philosophical Transactions. The controversy, in fact, engaged almost the exclusive attention of the writers on electricity for several successive volumes of that work.

Thomson informs us (“Hist. Roy. Soc.” pp. 446–447) that the Board of Ordnance consulted the Royal Society about the best way to protect the powder magazine at Purfleet from lightning strikes. The Society appointed Mr. Cavendish, Dr. Watson, Dr. Franklin, Mr. Robertson, and Mr. Wilson as a committee to examine the building and report on it. These gentlemen proceeded accordingly, and the first four recommended installing pointed conductors in specific areas of the building, believing it would provide complete protection. Mr. Wilson disagreed, arguing that the conductors should be blunt rather than pointed, since pointed conductors attract and draw down lightning that might otherwise pass by. He published a lengthy paper on the topic, detailing various reasons for his preference (Philosophical Transactions, Vol. LXIII. p. 49). Mr. Wilson's dissent sparked a debate among the electricians of the Royal Society regarding the comparative advantages of pointed versus blunt conductors, which lasted several years and led to numerous papers appearing in the Philosophical Transactions. In fact, the controversy captured nearly all the attention of writers on electricity for several consecutive volumes of that journal.

References.—William Henley, “Experiments ... pointed and blunted rods ...” in Phil. Trans, for 1774, p. 133; P. D. Viegeron, “Mémoire sur la force des pointes ...”; Edward Nairne, “Experiments ... advantage of elevated pointed conductors,” in Phil. Trans. for 1778, p. 823; Lord Mahon, “Principles ... superior advantages of high and pointed conductors,” London, 1779; Hale’s “Franklin in France,” 1880, Part I. p. 91, and Part II. pp. 254–256, 279, for some of his other correspondence with Dr. Ingen-housz; likewise Part II., pp. ix, 273, 441–451, regarding the first publication of copies of letters written by Franklin to Sir Joseph Banks, which “for some curious reason,” Mr. Hale remarks, were not publicly read and were never included in the Philosophical Transactions, as Franklin intended they should be. Consult also Thomas Hopkinson on “The Effects of Points,” etc., in Franklin’s “New Experiments,” etc., London, 1754; Tilloch’s Philosophical Magazine for 1820; Hutton’s abridgments, Vol. XIII. p. 382; “Memoir of Sir J. Pringle” in Weld’s “Hist. of Roy. Soc.,” Vol. II. pp. 58–67, 102; Jared Sparks’ edition of Franklin’s “Works,” and Sir John Pringle’s discourse delivered at the Anniversary Meeting of the Royal Society, Nov. 30, 1774, a translation of the last named appearing at p. 15, Vol. XV of the “Scelta d’ Opuscoli.” J. Clerk Maxwell, “Electrical Researches of the Hon. Henry Cavendish,” 1879, pp. 52–54.

References.—William Henley, “Experiments ... pointed and blunted rods ...” in Phil. Trans, for 1774, p. 133; P. D. Viegeron, “Memoir on the strength of points ...”; Edward Nairne, “Experiments ... advantages of raised pointed conductors,” in Phil. Trans. for 1778, p. 823; Lord Mahon, “Principles ... the benefits of high and pointed conductors,” London, 1779; Hale’s “Franklin in France,” 1880, Part I. p. 91, and Part II. pp. 254–256, 279, for some of his other correspondence with Dr. Ingenhousz; also Part II., pp. ix, 273, 441–451, about the first publication of letters written by Franklin to Sir Joseph Banks, which “for some odd reason,” Mr. Hale notes, were not publicly read and were never included in the Philosophical Transactions, as Franklin intended. Also see Thomas Hopkinson on “The Effects of Points,” etc., in Franklin’s “New Experiments,” etc., London, 1754; Tilloch’s Philosophical Magazine for 1820; Hutton’s abridgments, Vol. XIII. p. 382; “Memoir of Sir J. Pringle” in Weld’s “Hist. of Roy. Soc.,” Vol. II. pp. 58–67, 102; Jared Sparks’ edition of Franklin’s “Works,” and Sir John Pringle’s talk given at the Anniversary Meeting of the Royal Society, Nov. 30, 1774, a translation of which appears at p. 15, Vol. XV of the “Scelta d’ Opuscoli.” J. Clerk Maxwell, “Electrical Researches of the Hon. Henry Cavendish,” 1879, pp. 52–54.

A.D. 1778.—Martin (Benjamin), English artist and mathematician, who had already written an “Essay on Electricity” and a prominent supplement thereto (1746–1748), publishes an enlarged edition in three volumes of his “Philosophia Britannica,” originally produced in 1759. At Vol. I. p. 47 of the last-named work, he states that his experiments indicate a magnetic force inversely as the square roots of the cubes of the distances. Noad, treating of the laws of magnetic force, says (“Electricity” p. 579) that Martin and Tobias Mayer both came to the conclusion that the true law of the magnetic force is identical with that of gravitation, and that, in the previous experiments of Hauksbee and others, proper allowance had not been made for the disturbing changes in the magnetic forces so inseparable from the nature of the experiments.

A.D. 1778.—Martin (Benjamin), an English artist and mathematician, who had already written an “Essay on Electricity” and a significant supplement to it (1746–1748), publishes an expanded edition in three volumes of his “Philosophia Britannica,” which was originally released in 1759. In Vol. I. p. 47 of this latest work, he mentions that his experiments suggest a magnetic force that varies inversely with the square roots of the cubes of the distances. Noad, discussing the laws of magnetic force, notes (“Electricity” p. 579) that both Martin and Tobias Mayer concluded that the true law of magnetic force is the same as that of gravitation and that previous experiments by Hauksbee and others did not properly account for the disruptive changes in the magnetic forces that are inherently part of the experiments.

His first Lecture explains all the phenomena of electricity and magnetism, the appendix thereto detailing numerous experiments of Mr. John Canton, and giving many additional facts concerning[253] the manufacture of artificial magnets. From his preface the following extracts will, doubtless, prove interesting: “We are arrived at great dexterity since Sir Isaac Newton’s time; for we can now almost prove the existence of this aether by the phenomena of electricity; and then we find it very easy to prove that electricity is nothing but this very aether condensed and made to shine. But I believe, when we inquire into the nature and properties of this aether and electricity, we shall find them so very different and dissimilar, that we cannot easily conceive how they should thus mutually prove each other.... I see no cause to believe that the matter of electricity is anything like the idea we ought to have of the spiritus subtilissimus of Sir Isaac.... The smell also of electrical fire is so very much like that of phosphorus, that we may be easily induced to believe a great part of the composition of both is the same.”

His first lecture explains all the phenomena of electricity and magnetism, with the appendix detailing numerous experiments by Mr. John Canton, along with many additional facts about the production of artificial magnets. The following extracts from his preface are sure to be interesting: “We have developed great skill since Sir Isaac Newton’s time; we can now almost prove the existence of this aether through the phenomena of electricity. Moreover, we find it quite easy to show that electricity is simply this aether condensed and glowing. However, I believe that when we examine the nature and properties of this aether and electricity, we will discover they are so different and distinct that it’s hard to understand how they can prove each other... I see no reason to think that the substance of electricity is anything like what we ought to consider the spiritus subtilissimus of Sir Isaac... The smell of electrical fire is so much like that of phosphorus that it’s easy to believe a significant part of their composition is the same.”

References.—“Encycl. Britan.,” 1857, Vol. XIV. p. 320; Antoine Rivoire (Rivière), “Traité sur les aimants ...” Paris, 1752; Nicolaus von Fuss, “Observations ... aimants ...” Petersburg, 1778; Le Noble, “Aimants artificiels ...” Paris, 1772, and “Rapport ... aimants,” 1783 (Mém. de Paris); Wens, “Act. Hill,” Vol. II. p. 264; C. G. Sjoestén (Gilbert, Annalen der Physik, Vol. XVII. p. 325); Rozier, IX. p. 454.

Sources.—“Encycl. Britan.,” 1857, Vol. XIV. p. 320; Antoine Rivoire (Rivière), “Treatise on Magnets ...” Paris, 1752; Nicolaus von Fuss, “Observations ... magnets ...” Petersburg, 1778; Le Noble, “Artificial Magnets ...” Paris, 1772, and “Report ... magnets,” 1783 (Memoirs of Paris); Wens, “ Act. Hill,” Vol. II. p. 264; C. G. Sjoestén (Gilbert, Annals of Physics, Vol. XVII. p. 325); Rozier, IX. p. 454.

A.D. 1778.—Toaldo (Giuseppe) Abbé, celebrated Italian physicist, who had in 1762 been made Professor at the Padua University and was the first one to introduce the lightning rod in the Venetian States, makes known the merits of the last-named invention through his “Dei conduttori per preservare gli edifizj,” etc., which work embraces most of his previous treatises on metallic conductors as well as the translation of H. B. de Saussure’s “Exposition abrégée,” etc., Geneva, 1771, and of M. Barbier de Tinan’s “Considérations sur les conducteurs en général.”

A.D. 1778.—Toaldo (Giuseppe) Abbé, a renowned Italian physicist, was appointed Professor at the University of Padua in 1762 and was the first to introduce the lightning rod in the Venetian States. He shares the significance of this invention in his work “Dei conduttori per preservare gli edifizj,” etc., which includes most of his earlier writings on metal conductors as well as translations of H. B. de Saussure’s “Exposition abrégée,” etc., Geneva, 1771, and M. Barbier de Tinan’s “Considérations sur les conducteurs en général.”

The above was followed by many highly interesting memoirs containing valuable meteorological observations, notably those in continuation of the work of J. Poleni, made close up to the time of Toaldo’s sudden death at Padua, Dec. 11, 1798. His complete works, covering the period 1773–1798, were published in Venice through M. Tiato, with the assistance of Vincenzo Chiminello, during the year 1802.

The above was followed by many fascinating memoirs with valuable meteorological observations, particularly those continuing the work of J. Poleni, which were made just before Toaldo’s sudden death in Padua on December 11, 1798. His complete works, covering the period from 1773 to 1798, were published in Venice by M. Tiato, with the help of Vincenzo Chiminello, in 1802.

References.—In addition to the last-named publication (entitled “Completa Raccolta d’ Opuscoli,” etc.), “Mem. della Soc. Ital.,” Vol. VIII. pt. i. p. 29 (“Elogio ... da A. Fabbroni,” 1799); note at Beccaria, p. 42 of Ronalds’ “Catalogue”; Larousse, “Dict. Universel,” Vol. XV. p. 251; “Biographie Générale,” Vol. XLV. p. 450; “Biografia degli Italiani Illustri,” etc., by E. A. Tipaldo, Vol. VIII; “Padua Accad. Saggi,” Vol. III. p. cv; “Opusc. Scelti,” Vol. VI. p. 265; Vol. VII. p. 35; “Nuovo Giornale Enciclopedico di Vicenza” for 1784; Antonio Maria Lorgna, “Lettera ... parafulmini,” 1778; G. Marzari (Vol. II. p. 73, of “Treviso Athenæum”); Fonda “Sopra la maniera ...”[254] Roma, 1770; G. Marzari e G. Toaldo, “Memoria Descrizione ...” 25 Aprile, 1786; Barbier de Tinan, “Mémoire sur la manière d’armer,” etc., Strasbourg, 1780; F. Maggiotto’s letter to Toaldo upon a new electrical machine; Sestier et Méhu, “De la foudre,” etc., Paris, 1866.

References.—In addition to the last-mentioned publication (titled “Completa Raccolta d’ Opuscoli,” etc.), “Mem. della Soc. Ital.,” Vol. VIII, pt. i, p. 29 (“Elogio ... da A. Fabbroni,” 1799); note at Beccaria, p. 42 of Ronalds’ “Catalogue”; Larousse, “Dict. Universel,” Vol. XV, p. 251; “Biographie Générale,” Vol. XLV, p. 450; “Biografia degli Italiani Illustri,” etc., by E. A. Tipaldo, Vol. VIII; “Padua Accad. Saggi,” Vol. III, p. cv; “Opusc. Scelti,” Vol. VI, p. 265; Vol. VII, p. 35; “Nuovo Giornale Enciclopedico di Vicenza” for 1784; Antonio Maria Lorgna, “Lettera ... parafulmini,” 1778; G. Marzari (Vol. II, p. 73, of “Treviso Athenæum”); Fonda “Sopra la maniera ...”[254] Roma, 1770; G. Marzari e G. Toaldo, “Memoria Descrizione ...” 25 April, 1786; Barbier de Tinan, “Mémoire sur la manière d’armer,” etc., Strasbourg, 1780; F. Maggiotto’s letter to Toaldo about a new electrical machine; Sestier et Méhu, “De la foudre,” etc., Paris, 1866.

Vincenzo Chiminello, nephew of Giuseppe Toaldo, whom he succeeded at the Padua Observatory and who continued the Giornale Astro-meteorologico after his uncle’s death, is the author of works on the magnetic needle, on lightning conductors, etc., which are treated of in the columns of the Mem. Soc. Ital., Vols. VII and IX; the Giornale Astro-met. for 1801, 1804, 1806, as well as in the Saggi ... dell’Accad. di Padova, Nuova Scelta d’Opuscoli, and Opuscoli Scelti sulle scienze e sulle arti.

Vincenzo Chiminello, nephew of Giuseppe Toaldo, succeeded him at the Padua Observatory and continued the Giornale Astro-meteorologico after his uncle passed away. He wrote works on magnetic needles, lightning conductors, and more, which are discussed in the articles of the Mem. Soc. Ital., Vols. VII and IX; the Giornale Astro-met. for 1801, 1804, 1806, as well as in the Saggi ... dell’Accad. di Padova, Nuova Scelta d’Opuscoli, and Opuscoli Scelti sulle scienze e sulle arti.

References.—Chiminello’s biography, Giorn. dell’Ital. Lettera, etc., Serie II. tome xvii. p. 164, and in “Atti della Soc. Ital.,” Modena, 1819.

References.—Chiminello’s biography, Giorn. dell’Ital. Lettera, etc., Series II, volume xvii, page 164, and in “Atti della Soc. Ital.,” Modena, 1819.

A.D. 1778.—Dupuis (Charles François), eminent French writer who, at the age of twenty-four, became Professor of Rhetoric at the College of Lisieux, constructs a telegraph upon the plan suggested by Amontons (at A.D. 1704). By means of this apparatus he exchanged correspondence with his friend M. Fortin, then residing at Bagneux, until the commencement of the Revolution, when he deemed it prudent to lay it permanently aside (Encyclopædia Britannica, 1855, Vol. VIII. p. 263).

A.D. 1778.—Dupuis (Charles François), a notable French writer who, at the age of twenty-four, became a Professor of Rhetoric at the College of Lisieux, built a telegraph based on the design proposed by Amontons (in AD 1704). With this device, he communicated with his friend M. Fortin, who was living in Bagneux, until the start of the Revolution, when he thought it wise to set it aside permanently (Encyclopædia Britannica, 1855, Vol. VIII. p. 263).

A.D. 1778.—Brugmans—Brugman (Anton), who was Professor of Philosophy at the University of Francker between 1755 and 1766, publishes his “Magnetismus, seu de affinitatibus magneticis.” He is, besides, the author of several works upon magnetic matter and the magnetic influence, which appeared 1765–1784 and are alluded to by Poggendorff (“Biog.-Liter. Hand.,” Vol. I. p. 316), as well as in the “Vaderlandsche Letter” for 1775 and 1776, and at p. 34, Vol. I of Van Swinden’s “Recueil de Mémoires ...” La Haye, 1784.

A.D. 1778.—Brugmans—Brugman (Anton), who was a Professor of Philosophy at the University of Francker from 1755 to 1766, publishes his “Magnetismus, seu de affinitatibus magneticis.” He is also the author of several works on magnetic matter and magnetic influence, which were published between 1765 and 1784 and are referenced by Poggendorff (“Biog.-Liter. Hand.,” Vol. I. p. 316), as well as in the “Vaderlandsche Letter” for 1775 and 1776, and on p. 34, Vol. I of Van Swinden’s “Recueil de Mémoires ...” La Haye, 1784.

It was in this same year, 1778, that Sebald Justin Brugmans—Brugman—son of Anton Brugmans, a distinguished physician, naturalist and author who was the successor of Van Swinden at the Francker University, and became Professor of Botany at Leyden, discovered that cobalt is attracted while bismuth and antimony are repelled by the single pole of a magnet, thus laying the foundation of the science of diamagnetism.

It was in the same year, 1778, that Sebald Justin Brugmans—Brugman—son of Anton Brugmans, a notable doctor, naturalist, and writer who succeeded Van Swinden at Francker University and became a Botany Professor at Leyden, discovered that cobalt is attracted while bismuth and antimony are repelled by the single pole of a magnet, thus laying the foundation of the science of diamagnetism.

Humboldt remarks: “Brugmans, and, after him, Coulomb, who was endowed with higher mathematical powers, entered profoundly into the nature of terrestrial magnetism. Their ingenious physical experiments embraced the magnetic attraction of all matter,[255] the local distribution of force in a magnetic rod of a given form, and the law of its action at a distance. In order to obtain accurate results the vibrations of a horizontal needle suspended by a thread, as well as deflections by a torsion balance, were in turn employed.”

Humboldt notes: “Brugmans and, later, Coulomb, who had greater mathematical abilities, deeply explored the nature of Earth's magnetism. Their clever physical experiments included the magnetic attraction of all matter,[255] the local distribution of force in a magnetic rod of a specific shape, and the law of its action from a distance. To achieve precise results, they used the vibrations of a horizontal needle hung by a thread and measured deflections with a torsion balance.”

References.—“Biographie Générale,” Vol. VII. p. 582; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. II. p. 1334; “Catalogue Sc. Papers Roy. Soc.,” Vol. I. p. 672; W. H. Wollaston, “Magnetism of ... Cobalt and Nickel” (Edin. Phil. Jour., Vol. X. p. 183); Kohl on pure cobalt (L. F. F. Crell’s “Neusten Ent.,” Vol. VII. p. 39); Tyndall, “Researches on Dia-Magnetism,” London, 1870, pp. 1, 90, etc.; Appleton’s Encyclopædia, 1870, Vol. IV. p. 10; Humboldt’s “Cosmos,” 1859, Vol. V. p. 61; Augustin Roux, “Expériences nouvelles ...” (Journal de Médecine, for November 1773). Consult also, for Sebald J. Brugmans, “Biog. Générale,” Vol. VII. p. 582; Bory de Saint Vincent, in the “Annales Générales de Sciences Physiques,” Vol. II.

Sources.—“Biographie Générale,” Vol. VII. p. 582; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. II. p. 1334; “Catalogue Sc. Papers Roy. Soc.,” Vol. I. p. 672; W. H. Wollaston, “Magnetism of ... Cobalt and Nickel” (Edin. Phil. Jour., Vol. X. p. 183); Kohl on pure cobalt (L. F. F. Crell’s “Neusten Ent.,” Vol. VII. p. 39); Tyndall, “Researches on Dia-Magnetism,” London, 1870, pp. 1, 90, etc.; Appleton’s Encyclopædia, 1870, Vol. IV. p. 10; Humboldt’s “Cosmos,” 1859, Vol. V. p. 61; Augustin Roux, “Expériences nouvelles ...” (Journal de Médecine, for November 1773). Consult also, for Sebald J. Brugmans, “Biog. Générale,” Vol. VII. p. 582; Bory de Saint Vincent, in the “Annales Générales de Sciences Physiques,” Vol. II.

A.D. 1779.—Lord Mahon, afterward third Earl of Stanhope, an Englishman of great ingenuity and fertility in invention and a pupil of Lesage of Geneva (at A.D. 1774), publishes his “Principles of Electricity,” in which he explains the effects of the return stroke or lateral shock of an electrical discharge which was first observed by Benjamin Wilson (at A.D. 1746).

A.D. 1779.—Lord Mahon, who later became the third Earl of Stanhope, was an innovative Englishman with a talent for invention and a student of Lesage from Geneva (in CE 1774). He published his “Principles of Electricity,” where he discusses the effects of the return stroke or lateral shock of an electrical discharge, which had been first noted by Benjamin Wilson (in CE 1746).

He imagined that when a large cloud is charged with electricity it displaces much of that fluid from the neighbouring stratum of air, and that when the cloud is discharged the electric matter returns into that portion of the atmosphere whence it had previously been taken. According to Lord Cavendish, the theory developed in the above-named work is that “A positively electrified body surrounded by air will deposit upon all the particles of that air, which shall come successively into contact with it, a proportional part of its superabundant electricity. By which means, the air surrounding the body will also become positively electrified; that is to say, it will form round that positive body an electrical atmosphere, which will likewise be positive.... That the Density of all such atmospheres decreases when the distance from the charged body is increased.”

He imagined that when a large cloud is charged with electricity, it pushes a lot of that energy out of the surrounding layer of air. Then, when the cloud releases that energy, the electrical matter goes back into the part of the atmosphere it was taken from. According to Lord Cavendish, the theory discussed in the mentioned work is that “A positively charged object surrounded by air will transfer a proportional amount of its excess electricity to all the air particles that come into contact with it. This means that the air around the object will also become positively charged; in other words, it will create an electrical atmosphere around that positive object, which will also be positive.... The Density of all such atmospheres decreases as the distance from the charged object increases.”

Tyndall says (Notes on Lecture VII) that Lord Mahon fused metals and produced strong physiological effects by the return stroke.

Tyndall says (Notes on Lecture VII) that Lord Mahon melted metals and created strong physiological effects with the return stroke.

In 1781, the English scientist, John Turberville Needham (1713–1781), published at Brussels his French translation of Lord Mahon’s work under the title of “Principes de l’Electricité.” Needham was the first of the Catholic clergy elected to a fellowship of the English Royal Society, to whose Transactions he made several contributions. His numerous works include “A letter from Paris concerning some new electrical experiments made there,” London, 1746, also a volume of researches upon the investigations of Spallanzani.[256] The list of his communications to the Phil. Trans. and to the “Mém. de l’Acad. de Bruxelles” will be found in Watt’s “Bibliotheca Britannica” and in Namur’s “Bibl. Acad. Belge” (“Dict. Nat. Biog.,” Vol. XL. p. 157; Phil. Trans., 1746, p. 247, and Hutton’s abridgments, Vol. IX. p. 263).

In 1781, the English scientist John Turberville Needham (1713–1781) published his French translation of Lord Mahon’s work in Brussels under the title "Principes de l’Electricité." Needham was the first Catholic clergy member elected to a fellowship of the English Royal Society, to whose Transactions he contributed multiple articles. His many works include "A Letter from Paris Concerning Some New Electrical Experiments Made There," London, 1746, as well as a volume of research on Spallanzani's investigations.[256] You can find the list of his contributions to the Phil. Trans. and the “Mém. de l’Acad. de Bruxelles” in Watt’s “Bibliotheca Britannica” and Namur’s “Bibl. Acad. Belge” (“Dict. Nat. Biog.,” Vol. XL. p. 157; Phil. Trans., 1746, p. 247, and Hutton’s abridgments, Vol. IX. p. 263).

References.—“Electrical Researches” of Lord Cavendish, pp. xlvi-xlvii; Phil. Trans. for 1787, Vol. LXXVII. p. 130; Dr. Thomas Young, “Course of Lectures,” London, 1807, Vol. I. p. 664; Dr. Thomas Thomson, “History of the Royal Society,” London, 1812, p. 449; Sturgeon, “Researches,” Bury, 1850, p. 398.

References.—“Electrical Researches” by Lord Cavendish, pp. xlvi-xlvii; Phil. Trans. for 1787, Vol. LXXVII. p. 130; Dr. Thomas Young, “Course of Lectures,” London, 1807, Vol. I. p. 664; Dr. Thomas Thomson, “History of the Royal Society,” London, 1812, p. 449; Sturgeon, “Researches,” Bury, 1850, p. 398.

A.D. 1779.—Ingen-housz (Johan), distinguished English physician and natural philosopher, native of Breda, publishes, Phil. Trans., p. 661, an account of the electrical apparatus which is by many believed to have led to the invention of the plate electrical machine, although the same claim has been made in behalf of Jesse Ramsden (at A.D. 1768). Dr. Priestley states that Ingen-housz and Ramsden invented it independently of one another. He describes a circular plate of glass nine inches in diameter turning vertically and rubbing against four cushions, each an inch and a half long and placed at the opposite ends of the vertical diameter. The conductor is a brass tube bearing two horizontal branches extending to within about half an inch of the extremity of the glass, so that each branch takes off the electricity excited by two of the cushions (Dr. Thomas Young, “Course of Lectures,” Vol. II. p. 432).

A.D. 1779.—Ingen-housz (Johan), a notable English physician and natural philosopher from Breda, publishes an account in Phil. Trans., p. 661, about an electrical device that many believe contributed to the invention of the plate electrical machine, though Jesse Ramsden has also been credited with this claim (at CE 1768). Dr. Priestley mentions that Ingen-housz and Ramsden developed it independently. He details a circular glass plate measuring nine inches in diameter that spins vertically and rubs against four cushions, each one and a half inches long, positioned at the opposite ends of the vertical diameter. The conductor consists of a brass tube with two horizontal branches that extend close to half an inch from the edge of the glass, allowing each branch to capture electricity generated by two of the cushions (Dr. Thomas Young, “Course of Lectures,” Vol. II. p. 432).

The plate machine of Dr. Ingen-housz is illustrated at p. 16 of “Electricity” in the “Library of Useful Knowledge.” For other plate machines see, more particularly, Dr. Young’s “Course of Lectures,” Vol. II. p. 431; Phil. Trans. 1769, p. 659; Geo. K. Winter’s apparatus with ring conductor and peculiar-shaped rubbers, as well as the great machine at the Royal Polytechnic, and that of Mr. Snow Harris, illustrated and described in Vol. III. p. 787, “Eng. Ency.—Arts and Sciences,” and at pp. 223, 224 of J. H. Pepper’s “Cyclopædic Science,” London, 1869; “Allg. deutsche Biblioth.,” B. XXIV. Anh. 4, Abth., p. 549, 1760 (Poggendorff, Vol. II. p. 465), relative to the machines of Martin Planta, Ingen-housz and Ramsden; Reiser’s plate machine (Lichtenberg and Voigt’s “Magazin für das Neueste aus der Physik,” Vol. VII. St. 3, p. 73); Ferdinando Elice, “Saggio sull’Elettricita,” Genoa, 1824 (for two electricities); J. J. Metzger’s machine (Elice, “Saggio,” second edition, p. 55); Marchese C. Ridolfi, for a description of Novelluccis’ plate electrical machine (“Bibl. Italiana,” Vol. LXIII. p. 268; “Antologia di Firenze,” for August 1824, p. 159); Robert Hare, “Description of an Electrical Plate Machine,” London, 1823 (Phil. Mag., Vol. LXII. p. 8). See, besides, the machines of Bertholon (rubber in[257] motion) in Lichtenberg and Voigt’s “Magazin,” Vol. I. p. 92 and Rozier XVI. p. 74; of Brilhac (Rozier, XV. p. 377); of Saint Julien (Rozier, XXXIII. p. 367); of Van Marum (Rozier, XXXVIII. p. 447).

The plate machine of Dr. Ingen-housz is shown on page 16 of “Electricity” in the “Library of Useful Knowledge.” For additional plate machines, see particularly Dr. Young’s “Course of Lectures,” Vol. II, page 431; Phil. Trans. 1769, page 659; Geo. K. Winter’s apparatus with ring conductor and uniquely shaped rubbers, along with the large machine at the Royal Polytechnic, and Mr. Snow Harris’s machine, illustrated and described in Vol. III, page 787, “Eng. Ency.—Arts and Sciences,” and on pages 223 and 224 of J. H. Pepper’s “Cyclopædic Science,” London, 1869; “Allg. deutsche Biblioth.,” B. XXIV. Anh. 4, Abth., page 549, 1760 (Poggendorff, Vol. II, page 465), regarding the machines of Martin Planta, Ingen-housz, and Ramsden; Reiser’s plate machine (Lichtenberg and Voigt’s “Magazin für das Neueste aus der Physik,” Vol. VII, St. 3, page 73); Ferdinando Elice, “Saggio sull’Elettricita,” Genoa, 1824 (for two electricities); J. J. Metzger’s machine (Elice, “Saggio,” second edition, page 55); Marchese C. Ridolfi, for a description of Novelluccis’ plate electrical machine (“Bibl. Italiana,” Vol. LXIII, page 268; “Antologia di Firenze,” for August 1824, page 159); Robert Hare, “Description of an Electrical Plate Machine,” London, 1823 (Phil. Mag., Vol. LXII, page 8). Additionally, see the machines of Bertholon (rubber in[257] motion) in Lichtenberg and Voigt’s “Magazin,” Vol. I, page 92 and Rozier XVI, page 74; of Brilhac (Rozier, XV, page 377); of Saint Julien (Rozier, XXXIII, page 367); of Van Marum (Rozier, XXXVIII, page 447).

Dr. Ingen-housz also constructed a small magnet, of several laminæ of magnetised steel firmly pressed together, capable of sustaining one hundred and fifty times its own weight, and he found that pastes into the composition of which the powder of the natural magnet entered were much superior to those made with the powder of iron; the natural magnet, he observed, having more coercitive force than iron.

Dr. Ingen-housz also built a small magnet made up of several layers of magnetized steel tightly pressed together, which could hold up to one hundred and fifty times its own weight. He discovered that pastes made with natural magnet powder were far better than those made with iron powder. He noted that natural magnets had a stronger coercive force than iron.

References.Journal de Physique for February 1786, and for May 1788, containing the letters of Dr. Ingen-housz, which show that the vegetation of plants is in no sensible degree either promoted or retarded by common electricity. An account is also given of his experiments in “Versuche mit Plantzen,” Vienna, 1778, in the “Catalogue of the Royal Society,” p. 313, in “Goth. Mag.,” Vol. V. iii. 13; Rozier, XXXII. p. 321; XXXIV. p. 436; XXXV. p. 81; Journal de Physique, Vol. XXXV for 1789. See also, Journal de Physique, XLV (II), 458; Rozier, XXVIII. p. 81; M. Nuneberg, “Osservazioni ...” Milano, 1776 (“Scelta d’Opuscoli,” XVII. p. 113); Pietro Moscati, “Lettera ...” Milano, 1781 (“Opus Scelti,” IV. p. 410); H. B. de Saussure (Journal de Physique, Vol. XXV for 1784); G. da San Martino, “Memoria ...” Vicenza, 1785; M. Schwenkenhardt, “Von dem Einfluss ...” (Rozier, XXVII. p. 462; Journal de Physique for 1786, Vol. I); A. M. Vassalli-Eandi in the “Mem. della Soc. Agr. di Torino,” Vol. I for 1786, particularly regarding the experiments of Ingen-housz and Schwenkenhardt; also in the “Giornale Sc. d’una Soc. Fil. di Torino,” Vol. III; N. Rouland, “Elec. appliquée aux vegétaux” (Journal de Physique, 1789–1790); Ingen-housz, Rouland, Dormoy, Bertholon and Derozières (Rozier, XXXV. pp. 3, 161, 401; XXXVIII. pp. 351, 427, and in Journal de Physique, Vols. XXXII, XXXV, XXXVIII); M. Carmoy, on the effects of electricity upon vegetation, in Rozier, XXXIII. p. 339; Jour. de Physique 1788, Vol. XXXIII; M. Féburier, “Mémoire sur quelques propriétés ...”; G. R. Treviranus, “Einfluss ...” Kiel, 1800 (Gilbert’s Annalen, Vol. VII for 1801 and “Nordisches Arch. f. Nat. u. Arzneiw.,” 1st Band, 2tes Stück); C. G. Rafn (“Mag. Encyclopédique,” No. 19, Ventose An. X. p. 370), Paris, 1802; J. P. Gasc, “Mémoire sur l’influence ...” Paris, 1823; E. Solly, “On the influence ...” London, 1845 (“Journ. of the Hortic. Society,” Vol. I. part ii.); E. Romershausen, “Galv. El. ... Vegetation,” Marburg, 1851; M. Menon, “Influence de l’électricité sur la végétation,” and his letters to R. A. F. de Réaumur. Consult likewise J. Browning’s letter to H. Baker, Dec. 11, 1746 (Phil. Trans. for 1747, Vol. XLIV. p. 373); G. Wallerius, “Versuch ...” Hamb. and Leipzig, 1754; (“K. Schwed. Akad. Abh.,” XVI. p. 257; also “Vetensk Acad. Handl.,” 1754;) L. F. Kamtz (Kaemtz), “Über d. Elek ...” Nürnberg, 1829; (Schweigger’s Journal f. Chemie u. Physik, Vol. LVI;) Bartolomeo Zanon, “Intorno un punto ...” Belluno, 1840; Francesco Zantedeschi “Dell influsso ...” Venezia, 1843; (“Mem. dell Instit. Veneto,” I. p. 269;) E. F. Wartmann, “Note sur les courants ...” Genève, 1850; (“Bibl. Univ. de Genève,” for Dec. 1850;) T. Pine, “Connection between Electricity and Vegetation,” London, 1840; (“Annals of Electricity,” Vol. IV. p. 421.) For the effects of galvanism on plants, see Giulio in “Bibl. Ital.,” Vol. I. p. 28; also E. J. Schmuck “On the Action of Galvanic Electricity on the Mimosa Pudica,” and M. Rinklake, as well as Johann W. Ritter, “Elektrische versuche an der Mimosa Pudica.” For an account of M. P. Poggioli’s observations on the influence of the magnetic rays on vegetation, and the reply of F.[258] Orioli thereto, see Vol. I of the “Nuova collezione d’opuscoli scientifici ...” Bologna, 1817. Dr. Thomas Young’s “Course of Lectures,” Vol. II. pp. 432–433; N. K. Molitor’s “John Ingen-housz. Anfangsgrunde ...” 1781; Geo. Adams, “Lectures on Nat. and Exp. Philosophy,” London, 1799, Vol. I. pp. 512–515; John Senebier, “Expériences,” etc., 1st and 2nd Memoirs, Genève and Paris, 1788; Becquerel in the Comptes Rendus for November 1850, also Tome XXXI. p. 633; M. Buff (Phil. Mag. N. S. Vol. VII. p. 122); Priestley’s “History ...” 1775, p. 487; Walsh at A.D. 1773; Cavallo’s “Exper. Philosophy,” 1803, Vol. III. p. 357; Pouillet (Poggendorff’s Annalen, Vol. XI. p. 430); Reiss, in Poggendorff’s Annalen, Vol. LXXIX. p. 288; G. F. Gardini, “De inflvxu ...” s. 7, p. 10; Philosophical Transactions for 1775, 1778, p. 1022; 1779, p. 537; Journal de Physique, Vol. XVI for 1780; “Erxleben’s phys. bibliothek,” s. 530; papers relative to the effects of electricity upon vegetation alluded to in “Le Moniteur Scientifique,” more particularly at pp. 904, 907, 1026, Vol. XX for 1878, and at p. 23, Vol. XXI for 1879.

References.Journal de Physique for February 1786 and May 1788 includes letters from Dr. Ingen-housz, which demonstrate that the growth of plants is not significantly affected by common electricity. It also discusses his experiments in “Versuche mit Plantzen,” Vienna, 1778, in the “Catalogue of the Royal Society,” p. 313, in “Goth. Mag.,” Vol. V. iii. 13; Rozier, XXXII. p. 321; XXXIV. p. 436; XXXV. p. 81; Journal de Physique, Vol. XXXV for 1789. See also, Journal de Physique, XLV (II), 458; Rozier, XXVIII. p. 81; M. Nuneberg, “Osservazioni ...” Milano, 1776 (“Scelta d’Opuscoli,” XVII. p. 113); Pietro Moscati, “Lettera ...” Milano, 1781 (“Opus Scelti,” IV. p. 410); H. B. de Saussure (Journal de Physique, Vol. XXV for 1784); G. da San Martino, “Memoria ...” Vicenza, 1785; M. Schwenkenhardt, “Von dem Einfluss ...” (Rozier, XXVII. p. 462; Journal de Physique for 1786, Vol. I); A. M. Vassalli-Eandi in the “Mem. della Soc. Agr. di Torino,” Vol. I for 1786, especially regarding the experiments of Ingen-housz and Schwenkenhardt; also in the “Giornale Sc. d’una Soc. Fil. di Torino,” Vol. III; N. Rouland, “Elec. appliquée aux vegétaux” (Journal de Physique, 1789–1790); Ingen-housz, Rouland, Dormoy, Bertholon, and Derozières (Rozier, XXXV. pp. 3, 161, 401; XXXVIII. pp. 351, 427, and in Journal de Physique, Vols. XXXII, XXXV, XXXVIII); M. Carmoy, on the effects of electricity on plants, in Rozier, XXXIII. p. 339; Jour. de Physique 1788, Vol. XXXIII; M. Féburier, “Mémoire sur quelques propriétés ...”; G. R. Treviranus, “Einfluss ...” Kiel, 1800 (Gilbert’s Annalen, Vol. VII for 1801 and “Nordisches Arch. f. Nat. u. Arzneiw.,” 1st Band, 2tes Stück); C. G. Rafn (“Mag. Encyclopédique,” No. 19, Ventose An. X. p. 370), Paris, 1802; J. P. Gasc, “Mémoire sur l’influence ...” Paris, 1823; E. Solly, “On the influence ...” London, 1845 (“Journ. of the Hortic. Society,” Vol. I. part ii.); E. Romershausen, “Galv. El. ... Vegetation,” Marburg, 1851; M. Menon, “Influence de l’électricité sur la végétation,” and his letters to R. A. F. de Réaumur. Consult also J. Browning’s letter to H. Baker, Dec. 11, 1746 (Phil. Trans. for 1747, Vol. XLIV. p. 373); G. Wallerius, “Versuch ...” Hamb. and Leipzig, 1754; (“K. Schwed. Akad. Abh.,” XVI. p. 257; also “Vetensk Acad. Handl.,” 1754;) L. F. Kamtz (Kaemtz), “Über d. Elek ...” Nürnberg, 1829; (Schweigger’s Journal f. Chemie u. Physik, Vol. LVI;) Bartolomeo Zanon, “Intorno un punto ...” Belluno, 1840; Francesco Zantedeschi “Dell influsso ...” Venezia, 1843; (“Mem. dell Instit. Veneto,” I. p. 269;) E. F. Wartmann, “Note sur les courants ...” Genève, 1850; (“Bibl. Univ. de Genève,” for Dec. 1850;) T. Pine, “Connection between Electricity and Vegetation,” London, 1840; (“Annals of Electricity,” Vol. IV. p. 421.) For the effects of galvanism on plants, see Giulio in “Bibl. Ital.,” Vol. I. p. 28; also E. J. Schmuck “On the Action of Galvanic Electricity on the Mimosa Pudica,” and M. Rinklake, as well as Johann W. Ritter, “Elektrische versuche an der Mimosa Pudica.” For an account of M. P. Poggioli’s observations on the influence of the magnetic rays on vegetation, and the reply from F. Orioli, see Vol. I of the “Nuova collezione d’opuscoli scientifici ...” Bologna, 1817. Dr. Thomas Young’s “Course of Lectures,” Vol. II. pp. 432–433; N. K. Molitor’s “John Ingen-housz. Anfangsgrunde ...” 1781; Geo. Adams, “Lectures on Nat. and Exp. Philosophy,” London, 1799, Vol. I. pp. 512–515; John Senebier, “Expériences,” etc., 1st and 2nd Memoirs, Genève and Paris, 1788; Becquerel in the Comptes Rendus for November 1850, also Tome XXXI. p. 633; M. Buff (Phil. Mag. N. S. Vol. VII. p. 122); Priestley’s “History ...” 1775, p. 487; Walsh at CE 1773; Cavallo’s “Exper. Philosophy,” 1803, Vol. III. p. 357; Pouillet (Poggendorff’s Annalen, Vol. XI. p. 430); Reiss, in Poggendorff’s Annalen, Vol. LXXIX. p. 288; G. F. Gardini, “De inflvxu ...” s. 7, p. 10; Philosophical Transactions for 1775, 1778, p. 1022; 1779, p. 537; Journal de Physique, Vol. XVI for 1780; “Erxleben’s phys. bibliothek,” s. 530; papers related to the effects of electricity on plants mentioned in “Le Moniteur Scientifique,” particularly on pp. 904, 907, 1026, Vol. XX for 1878, and on p. 23, Vol. XXI for 1879.

A.D. 1780.—Spallanzani (Lazaro), celebrated Italian naturalist, to whom the French Republic vainly offered the Professorship of Natural History at the Paris Jardin des Plantes, and who has been already particularly alluded to in connection with John Walsh, at A.D. 1773, writes a second treatise upon the operations of Charles Bonnet, of Geneva, as regards the effects of electricity upon nerves and muscles. He is also the author of works upon electrical fishes as well as upon meteors, etc., which will be found detailed in Vol. VII of the “Biographie Médicale,” as well as at Vol. XLIII. p. 246, of the “Biographie Universelle.”

A.D. 1780.—Spallanzani (Lazaro), a renowned Italian naturalist, to whom the French Republic unsuccessfully offered the Professorship of Natural History at the Paris Jardin des Plantes, and who has already been specifically mentioned in relation to John Walsh, at CE 1773, writes a second treatise on the work of Charles Bonnet from Geneva, focusing on the effects of electricity on nerves and muscles. He is also the author of studies on electrical fishes, meteorology, and more, which are detailed in Vol. VII of the “Biographie Médicale,” as well as in Vol. XLIII, p. 246, of the “Biographie Universelle.”

References.—Alibert’s Eloge in Vol. III of the “Mém. de la Soc. Médicale d’Emulation”; “Catal. Roy. Soc. Sc. Papers,” Vol. V. p. 767; “Opus. Scelti,” Vols. VII. pp. 340, 361; VIII. p. 3; XIV. pp. 145, 296; Brugnatelli, “Ann. di chimica” for 1793 and 1795; “Mem. Soc. Ital.,” Vols. II. p. 11; IV. p. 476.

References.—Alibert’s Eloge in Vol. III of the “Mém. de la Soc. Médicale d’Emulation”; “Catal. Roy. Soc. Sc. Papers,” Vol. V. p. 767; “Opus. Scelti,” Vols. VII. pp. 340, 361; VIII. p. 3; XIV. pp. 145, 296; Brugnatelli, “Ann. di chimica” for 1793 and 1795; “Mem. Soc. Ital.,” Vols. II. p. 11; IV. p. 476.

A.D. 1780–1781.—Bertholon de Saint Lazare (Pierre), French physician and Professor of Natural Philosophy, and a great friend of Dr. Franklin, publishes at Paris his “Electricité du Corps Humain ...” in which he relates more particularly his general observations upon atmospheric electricity as affecting the human body while in a healthy state and while in a diseased condition. He likewise treats of the effects of electricity upon animals, and details very interesting experiments upon the torpedo, which latter, he remarks, establishes the closest possible resemblance to the Leyden phial.

A.D. 1780–1781.—Bertholon de Saint Lazare (Pierre), a French doctor and Professor of Natural Philosophy and a close friend of Dr. Franklin, publishes his book “Electricity of the Human Body...” in Paris, where he shares his general observations on atmospheric electricity and its effects on the human body in both healthy and diseased states. He also discusses the impact of electricity on animals and describes some fascinating experiments with the torpedo, noting that it closely resembles the Leyden jar.

He is also the author of “Electricité des Végétaux” (1783), as well as of “Electricité des Météores” (1787), and of a volume entitled “Electricité des Métaux.” J. C. Poggendorff says (“Biog.-Lit. Handw. ...” Vol. II. p. 102) that J. Ferd. Meidinger (1726–1777) had previously written concerning the action of electric fire upon metals and minerals. Johann Jacob Hemmer published, at Mannheim in 1780, “Sur l’Electricité des Métaux” (“Ob. sur la[259] Physique,” July 1780, p. 50), and A. A. De La Rive wrote in 1853 “De l’Elect. Développée ...” (“Bibl. Univ.,” Vol. LIX).

He is also the author of “Electricity of Plants” (1783), as well as “Electricity of Meteors” (1787), and a book titled “Electricity of Metals.” J. C. Poggendorff notes (“Biog.-Lit. Handw. ...” Vol. II. p. 102) that J. Ferd. Meidinger (1726–1777) had previously written about the effects of electric fire on metals and minerals. Johann Jacob Hemmer published, in Mannheim in 1780, “On the Electricity of Metals” (“Observations on Physics,” July 1780, p. 50), and A. A. De La Rive wrote in 1853 “On Developed Electricity ...” (“Universal Bibliography,” Vol. LIX).

References.—Young’s “Course of Lectures,” Vol. II. p. 431; Ingen-housz at A.D. 1779; Journal de Physique, Vol. XXXV; “Biographie Universelle,” Vol. IV. p. 149; “Biographie Générale,” Vol. V. p. 722; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. II. p. 618; “La Grande Encyclopédie,” Vol. VI. p. 450. See also Bertholon’s “Nouvelles Preuves ...” pp. 18–19; Arago, “Notices Scientifiques,” Vol. I. pp. 338–340, 386; “Mercure de France,” 1782, No. 52, p. 188; Abbé d’Everlange de Wittry, “Mém. sur l’Elec. ... dans les végétaux et le corps humain,” read June 24, 1773—“Anc. Mém. de l’Acad. Belge,” Vol. I. p. 181; Vassalli-Eandi, “Esame della Elett. delle Meteore del Bertholon,” Torino, 1787; account of the experiments to ascertain the effects of electricity on vegetation, made in France during the summer of 1878 by MM. Grandeau, Celi and Leclerc; and a curious publication, “Les Animaux et les Métaux deviennent ils Electriques par communication,” by L. Béraud (Bérault), alluded to in Poggendorff, Vol. I. p. 146.

Sources.—Young’s “Course of Lectures,” Vol. II. p. 431; Ingen-housz at CE 1779; Journal de Physique, Vol. XXXV; “Biographie Universelle,” Vol. IV. p. 149; “Biographie Générale,” Vol. V. p. 722; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. II. p. 618; “La Grande Encyclopédie,” Vol. VI. p. 450. See also Bertholon’s “Nouvelles Preuves ...” pp. 18–19; Arago, “Notices Scientifiques,” Vol. I. pp. 338–340, 386; “Mercure de France,” 1782, No. 52, p. 188; Abbé d’Everlange de Wittry, “Mém. sur l’Elec. ... dans les végétaux et le corps humain,” read June 24, 1773—“Anc. Mém. de l’Acad. Belge,” Vol. I. p. 181; Vassalli-Eandi, “Esame della Elett. delle Meteore del Bertholon,” Torino, 1787; account of the experiments to determine the effects of electricity on vegetation, conducted in France during the summer of 1878 by MM. Grandeau, Celi, and Leclerc; and a fascinating publication, “Les Animaux et les Métaux deviennent ils Electriques par communication,” by L. Béraud (Bérault), mentioned in Poggendorff, Vol. I. p. 146.

A.D. 1780–1783.—Prof. Samuel Williams, at Cambridge, Mass., makes the earliest known observations of the magnetic dip in the United States, and publishes them in the “Memoirs of the American Academy of Arts,” Vol. I. pp. 62, 68. According to this authority, the dip in 1783 was 69° 41’. The next dip observations are those made during Long’s expedition to the Rocky Mountains in 1819.

A.D. 1780–1783.—Prof. Samuel Williams at Cambridge, Mass., makes the first known observations of the magnetic dip in the United States and publishes them in the “Memoirs of the American Academy of Arts,” Vol. I, pp. 62, 68. According to this source, the dip in 1783 was 69° 41’. The next dip observations were made during Long’s expedition to the Rocky Mountains in 1819.

References.—“American Journal of Science,” Vol. XLIII. pp. 93, 94; “Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc.,” O. S., Vol. III. p. 115.

References.—“American Journal of Science,” Vol. 43, pp. 93, 94; “Transactions of the American Philosophical Society,” O.S., Vol. 3, p. 115.

A.D. 1780–1794.—Le Père Amyot (Amiot), learned French Jesuit, who was sent in 1751 as a missionary to Pekin, where he resided till his decease in 1794, writes, on the 26th of July 1780, and also on the 20th of October 1782 that, as a result of a great number of observations, he finds no change in the variation of the magnetic needle, i. e. that “the point which indicates the north declines westerly from 2 to 2½ degrees, rarely more than 4½ degrees, and never less than 2 degrees.”

A.D. 1780–1794.—Father Amyot (Amiot), a knowledgeable French Jesuit, was sent in 1751 as a missionary to Beijing, where he lived until his death in 1794. He writes on July 26, 1780, and also on October 20, 1782, that after many observations, he finds no change in the variation of the magnetic needle, i. e. that “the point indicating north shifts westerly by 2 to 2½ degrees, rarely more than 4½ degrees, and never less than 2 degrees.”

References.—“Mémoires concernant l’histoire,” etc., Saillant et Nyon, Vol. X. p. 142; Davis, “The Chinese,” Vol. III. p. 13.

Citations.—“Mémoires concernant l’histoire,” etc., Saillant and Nyon, Vol. X. p. 142; Davis, “The Chinese,” Vol. III. p. 13.

A.D. 1781.—The so-called compass plant (Silphium lancinatum) is first introduced from America into Europe by M. Thouin and blooms for the first time in the Botanic Gardens of Upsala, Sweden.

A.D. 1781.—The so-called compass plant (Silphium lancinatum) is first brought from America to Europe by M. Thouin and blooms for the first time in the Botanic Gardens of Upsala, Sweden.

In the “Scientific American” of February 26, 1881, reference is made to the interesting account of this plant given by Sir J. D. Hooker in Curtis’ “Botanical Magazine,” as well as to the following extract from Prof. Asa Gray’s report concerning it: “The first announcement of the tendency of the leaves of the compass plant to direct their edges to the north and south was made by General (then Lieutenant) Alvord, of the U.S. Army, during the year 1842, and again in 1844, in communications to the American Association[260] for the Advancement of Science.... The lines in “Evangeline” (familiar to many readers):

In the “Scientific American” from February 26, 1881, there’s a mention of the fascinating description of this plant by Sir J. D. Hooker in Curtis’ “Botanical Magazine,” along with this excerpt from Prof. Asa Gray’s report about it: “The first report on how the leaves of the compass plant tend to align their edges with the north and south was made by General (then Lieutenant) Alvord of the U.S. Army in 1842, and again in 1844, in messages to the American Association[260] for the Advancement of Science.... The lines in “Evangeline” (known to many readers):

“Look at this delicate plant that lifts its head from the meadow,
See how its leaves all point to the north as true as the magnet;
It is the compass plant that the finger of God has suspended,
Here on its fragile stalk, to direct the traveller’s journey,
Over the sealike, pathless, limitless waste of the desert——”

were inspired through a personal communication made by General Alvord to the poet Longfellow.

were inspired by a personal message from General Alvord to the poet Longfellow.

In this connection, the following article, headed “A Wonderful Magnetic Plant,” translated from La Nature by the London Court Journal, will prove interesting: “There has been discovered in the forests of India a strange plant (Philotacea electrica) which possesses to a very high degree astonishing magnetic power. The hand which breaks a leaf from it receives immediately a shock equal to that which is produced by the conductor of an induction coil. At a distance of six metres a magnetic needle is affected by it, and it will be quite deranged if brought near. The energy of this singular influence varies with the hours of the day. All powerful about two o’clock in the afternoon, it is absolutely annulled during the night. At times of storm its intensity augments to striking proportions. While it rains the plant seems to succumb: it bends its head during a thunder-shower and remains without force or virtue even if one should shelter it with an umbrella. No shock is felt at that time in breaking the leaves, and the needle is unaffected by it. One never by any chance sees a bird or insect alight on this electric plant; an instinct seems to warn them that in so doing they would find sudden death. It is also important to remark that where it grows none of the magnetic metals are found, neither iron, nor cobalt, nor nickel—an undeniable proof that the electric force belongs exclusively to the plant. Light and heat, phosphorescence, magnetism, electricity, how many mysteries and botanical problems does this wondrous Indian plant conceal within its leaf and flower!”

In this context, the following article titled “A Wonderful Magnetic Plant,” translated from La Nature by the London Court Journal, will be intriguing: “A strange plant (Philotacea electrica) has been discovered in the forests of India, which possesses astonishing magnetic power. When someone snaps off a leaf, they immediately feel a shock similar to that from an induction coil. A magnetic needle is affected from six meters away and will go completely haywire if brought closer. The strength of this unique influence changes throughout the day. It's strongest around two o'clock in the afternoon but disappears completely at night. During storms, its intensity grows significantly. When it rains, the plant seems to weaken: it bows its head during a thunderstorm and remains powerless even if sheltered with an umbrella. No shock can be felt when breaking the leaves, and the needle remains unaffected. Birds and insects never land on this electric plant; an instinct seems to warn them that doing so could lead to sudden death. It’s also worth noting that where this plant grows, none of the magnetic metals like iron, cobalt, or nickel can be found—this clearly shows that the electric force comes solely from the plant. Light and heat, phosphorescence, magnetism, electricity—what a host of mysteries and botanical questions this amazing Indian plant hides within its leaves and flowers!”

The results of some interesting researches on plant-electricity have been reported by A. D. Waller, who finds that whenever a plant is wounded, a positive electric current is established between the wounded part and the intact parts. This may start with an electromotive force of 0·1 volt, but it afterward diminishes. He writes further:

The results of some interesting research on plant electricity have been reported by A. D. Waller, who finds that whenever a plant is injured, a positive electric current is generated between the damaged area and the healthy parts. This may begin with an electromotive force of 0.1 volts, but it later decreases. He goes on to write:

“Actual wounding is not necessary to obtain this manifestation; an electro-positive current is set up when there is mechanical excitation, but it is much weaker (0·02 volt). And light acts like mechanical excitation with certain plants, such as the leaves of the iris, of tobacco, of the begonia, etc. From the illuminated to the[261] darkened part flows a positive electric current that may be as strong as 0·02 volt. A similar reaction in the petals is not always observed. There is a certain correlation between the vigour of a plant and the electric reaction. The more vigorous the plant is, the stronger the current. Plants grown from fresh seeds give a more powerful current than those from old seeds. A bean a year old gave a current of 0·0170 volt; one five years old, a current of 0·0014; and the reaction is inversely and regularly proportional to the age of the seed from which the plant springs. There is observed in vegetable tissues, subjected to an excitation of the same intensity at regular intervals, the characteristic changes of reaction that are present in animal tissues—fatigue, recuperation, etc. Temperature plays a part in all these phenomena; below -4° to -6° C. [+° to + 25° F.] and above 40° C. [108° F.] there is no reaction.”

“Actual wounding isn't necessary to see this effect; an electro-positive current is created when there's mechanical stimulation, but it's much weaker (0.02 volt). Light acts similarly to mechanical stimulation in certain plants, such as the leaves of the iris, tobacco, begonia, etc. A positive electric current, which can be as strong as 0.02 volt, flows from the illuminated part to the darkened part. A similar reaction in the petals isn't always seen. There's a connection between a plant's vigor and its electric reaction. The more vigorous the plant, the stronger the current. Plants grown from fresh seeds produce a more powerful current than those from old seeds. A bean that's a year old gave a current of 0.0170 volt; one that's five years old gave a current of 0.0014; and the reaction is inversely and regularly proportional to the seed's age from which the plant grows. In plant tissues, subjected to stimulation of the same intensity at regular intervals, the changes in reaction are similar to those in animal tissues—fatigue, recovery, etc. Temperature affects all these phenomena; there's no reaction below -4° to -6° C. [+° to +25° F.] and above 40° C. [108° F.].”

A.D. 1781.—Lavoisier (Antoine Laurent), an eminent French natural philosopher, the chief founder of modern chemistry as well as of the prevailing system of chemical nomenclature which ended in the expulsion of the phlogistic theory, demonstrates by experiments made in conjunction with Volta and Laplace that electricity is developed when solid or fluid bodies pass into the gaseous state. Sir David Brewster says that the bodies to be evaporated or dissolved were placed upon an insulating stand and were made to communicate by a chain or wire with a Cavallo electrometer, or with Volta’s condenser, when it was suspected that the electricity increased gradually. When sulphuric acid, diluted with three parts of water, was poured upon iron filings, inflammable air was disengaged with a brisk effervescence; and, at the end of a few minutes, the condenser was so highly charged as to yield a strong spark of negative electricity. Similar results were obtained when charcoal was burnt on a chafing dish, or when fixed air or nitrous gas was generated from powdered chalk by means of the sulphuric and nitrous acids.

A.D. 1781.—Lavoisier (Antoine Laurent), a prominent French natural philosopher, is a key figure in modern chemistry and the creator of the chemical naming system that led to the downfall of the phlogistic theory. He shows through experiments conducted with Volta and Laplace that electricity is produced when solid or liquid substances turn into gas. Sir David Brewster notes that the materials being evaporated or dissolved were placed on an insulating stand and connected to a Cavallo electrometer or Volta’s condenser with a chain or wire when it was suspected that the electricity was gradually increasing. When diluted sulfuric acid was poured over iron filings, flammable gas was released with vigorous bubbling; and, after a few minutes, the condenser became so highly charged that it produced a strong spark of negative electricity. Similar outcomes occurred when charcoal was burned on a chafing dish, or when fixed air or nitrous gas was produced from powdered chalk using sulfuric and nitrous acids.

The phlogistic theory alluded to above, which was so named by George Ernest Stahl in 1697 after Johann Joachim Beccher (1635–1682) had pointed out its principle in 1669, had for its most energetic defender the editor of the Journal de Physique, M. J. C. De La Méthérie, who is entered at A.D. 1785, and it was in order to offset the influence which this gave him that the antiphlogistians established the Annales de Chimie, so frequently mentioned in these pages.[52]

The phlogistic theory mentioned earlier, named by George Ernest Stahl in 1697 after Johann Joachim Beccher (1635–1682) highlighted its main idea in 1669, had its strongest supporter in M. J. C. De La Méthérie, the editor of the Journal de Physique, listed under CE 1785. To counter the influence this gave him, the antiphlogistians created the Annales de Chimie, which is frequently referenced in this text.[52]

[262]

[262]

References.—George Adams’ “Lectures on Nat. and Exp. Philosophy,” London, 1799, Vol. I. pp. 575–587, wherein Lavoisier’s system is confuted by the German chemist Wieglib, whose views are endorsed by Mr. Green, while for Stahl and Beccher, refer to Sir H. Davy, “Bakerian Lectures,” London, 1840, p. 102, note, to “Biog. Gén.,” Vol. V. pp. 85–87; “Meyer’s Konvers. Lexikon,” Vol. II. p. 654, and to Thomson’s “Hist. of Roy. Soc.,” London, 1812, p. 467. See also J. M. G. Beseke, “Ueber elementärfeuer ...” Leipzig, 1786; G. A. Kohlreif, “Sollte die elektricität ...” Weimar, 1787; Lavoisier and Laplace, in the “Mém. de l’Acad. Roy. des Sciences” for 1781, p. 292; Lavoisier’s “Opuscules ...” 1774, and his “Rapport ... mag. animal.,” Paris, 1784; Dr. Thomas Thomson, “Hist. Roy. Soc.,” pp. 479–486; Herschel’s “Nat. Phil.,” concerning the third age of chemistry; Grégoire, “Dict. d’hist.,” etc., p. 1171; Miller’s “Hist. Phil. Illus.,” London, 1849, Vol. IV. pp. 332–333, notes. Chap. IV of the “History of Chemistry,” Ernst Van Meyer, tr. by George McGowan, London, 1898, entitled “History of the Period of the Phlogiston Theory from Boyle to Lavoisier,” will prove interesting. “La chimie constituée par Lavoisier,” Jacob Volhard, in “Le Moniteur Scientifique,” du Dr. Quesneville, Vol. XIV for 1872, pp. 50–71; “Nouveau Larousse,” Vol. V. p. 608; “La Révolution chimique,” M. Berthelot, Paris, 1890; “Essays in Historical Chemistry,” T. E. Thorpe, London, 1894, pp. 87, 110; “Journal des Savants” for Nov. 1859 and Feb. 1890; “Lives of Men of Letters and Science,” by Henry, Lord Brougham, Philadelphia, 1846, pp. 140–166.

References.—George Adams’ “Lectures on Nat. and Exp. Philosophy,” London, 1799, Vol. I. pp. 575–587, where Lavoisier’s system is challenged by the German chemist Wieglib, whose ideas are supported by Mr. Green. For Stahl and Beccher, see Sir H. Davy’s “Bakerian Lectures,” London, 1840, p. 102, note, to “Biog. Gén.,” Vol. V. pp. 85–87; “Meyer’s Konvers. Lexikon,” Vol. II. p. 654, and Thomson’s “Hist. of Roy. Soc.,” London, 1812, p. 467. Also, refer to J. M. G. Beseke, “Ueber elementärfeuer ...” Leipzig, 1786; G. A. Kohlreif, “Sollte die elektricität ...” Weimar, 1787; Lavoisier and Laplace in the “Mém. de l’Acad. Roy. des Sciences” for 1781, p. 292; Lavoisier’s “Opuscules ...” 1774, and his “Rapport ... mag. animal.,” Paris, 1784; Dr. Thomas Thomson, “Hist. Roy. Soc.,” pp. 479–486; Herschel’s “Nat. Phil.,” discussing the third age of chemistry; Grégoire, “Dict. d’hist.,” etc., p. 1171; Miller’s “Hist. Phil. Illus.,” London, 1849, Vol. IV. pp. 332–333, notes. Chapter IV of the “History of Chemistry,” by Ernst Van Meyer, translated by George McGowan, London, 1898, titled “History of the Period of the Phlogiston Theory from Boyle to Lavoisier,” is particularly interesting. “La chimie constituée par Lavoisier,” by Jacob Volhard, in “Le Moniteur Scientifique,” by Dr. Quesneville, Vol. XIV for 1872, pp. 50–71; “Nouveau Larousse,” Vol. V. p. 608; “La Révolution chimique,” by M. Berthelot, Paris, 1890; “Essays in Historical Chemistry,” by T. E. Thorpe, London, 1894, pp. 87, 110; “Journal des Savants” for Nov. 1859 and Feb. 1890; “Lives of Men of Letters and Science,” by Henry, Lord Brougham, Philadelphia, 1846, pp. 140–166.

A.D. 1781.—Achard (Franz Carl), able chemist and experimental philosopher, born in Prussia but of French extraction, communicates to the “Mém. de Berlin” a report of many very interesting experiments made by him, which are reviewed by Prince Dmitri Alexewitsch Fürst Gallitzin, in Vol. XXII of the Journal de Physique.

A.D. 1781.—Achard (Franz Carl), a skilled chemist and experimental philosopher, born in Prussia but of French descent, shares a report of several fascinating experiments he conducted with the “Mém. de Berlin,” which are reviewed by Prince Dmitri Alexewitsch Fürst Gallitzin in Vol. XXII of the Journal de Physique.

He had previously published essays upon the electricity of ice and the electricity developed on the surface of bodies, as well as upon terrestrial magnetism, the electrophorus, etc. He made many notable investigations to prove that fermentation is checked by electricity and that putrefaction is hastened both in electrified meats and in animals killed by the electric shock.

He had previously published essays on the electricity of ice and the electricity generated on the surfaces of objects, as well as on Earth’s magnetism, the electrophorus, and more. He conducted several important studies to demonstrate that electricity can slow down fermentation and that it accelerates decay in both electrified meats and animals killed by electric shock.

One of his experiments illustrating galvanic irritation so greatly interested Humboldt that the latter repeated it with different animals, not doubting but small birds might in many cases be brought back to life when they fall into a state somewhat resembling death. On one occasion, he took a linnet about to expire and, having established the necessary communication, perceived, the moment the contact took place, that the linnet opened its eyes, stood erect upon its feet and fluttered its wings; it breathed, he says, during six or eight minutes and then expired tranquilly.

One of his experiments demonstrating galvanic stimulation captured Humboldt's attention so much that he repeated it with different animals, believing that small birds could often be revived when they fell into a state similar to death. One time, he took a linnet that was about to die and, after setting up the necessary connection, noticed that the moment the contact was made, the linnet opened its eyes, stood up on its feet, and flapped its wings; it breathed, he noted, for six or eight minutes before passing away peacefully.

[263]

[263]

It was a namesake of Achard who invented the electro-magnetic brake which will be found described and illustrated in articles from the London Engineer and Engineering, reproduced through the Scientific American Supplements, No. 111, p. 1760, and No. 312, p. 4974.

It was a namesake of Achard who invented the electromagnetic brake, which is described and illustrated in articles from the London Engineer and Engineering, reproduced in the Scientific American Supplements, No. 111, p. 1760, and No. 312, p. 4974.

References.—Poggendorff, “Biog.-Lit. Hand. ...” Vol. I. p. 7; “Biographie Générale,” Vol. I. p. 176; “Cat. Roy. Soc. Sc. Papers,” Vol. I. p. 9; “Opus. Scelt.,” Vols. III. p. 313; V. p. 351; VI. p. 199; Reuss, Repertorium, Vol. IV. p. 351; Dr. G. Gregory, “Economy of Nature,” London, 1804, Vol. I. p. 317; Van Swinden, “Recueil ...” La Haye, 1784, Vol. I. p. 24; “Biographie Universelle,” Vol. I. p. 114; “Journal Lit. de Berlin,” for 1776; Cavallo, London, 1777, p. 403; “Mém. de Berlin” for 1776–1780, 1786, 1790–1791; Sturgeon, “Lectures,” London, 1842, p. 12; Geo. Adams, “Essay on Electricity,” etc., London, 1785, pp. 214–220, 277; “Gött. Mag.,” Vol. II. ii. 139; Rozier, VIII. p. 364; XV. p. 117; XIX. p. 417; XXII. p. 245; XXIII. p. 282; XXV. p. 429; XXVI. p. 378; Phil. Mag., Vol. III. p. 51.

Sources.—Poggendorff, “Biog.-Lit. Hand. ...” Vol. I. p. 7; “Biographie Générale,” Vol. I. p. 176; “Cat. Roy. Soc. Sc. Papers,” Vol. I. p. 9; “Opus. Scelt.,” Vols. III. p. 313; V. p. 351; VI. p. 199; Reuss, Repertorium, Vol. IV. p. 351; Dr. G. Gregory, “Economy of Nature,” London, 1804, Vol. I. p. 317; Van Swinden, “Recueil ...” La Haye, 1784, Vol. I. p. 24; “Biographie Universelle,” Vol. I. p. 114; “Journal Lit. de Berlin,” for 1776; Cavallo, London, 1777, p. 403; “Mém. de Berlin” for 1776–1780, 1786, 1790–1791; Sturgeon, “Lectures,” London, 1842, p. 12; Geo. Adams, “Essay on Electricity,” etc., London, 1785, pp. 214–220, 277; “Gött. Mag.,” Vol. II. ii. 139; Rozier, VIII. p. 364; XV. p. 117; XIX. p. 417; XXII. p. 245; XXIII. p. 282; XXV. p. 429; XXVI. p. 378; Phil. Mag., Vol. III. p. 51.

A.D. 1781.—Kirwan (Richard), LL.D., F.R.S., an Irish chemical philosopher of great eminence, who became President of the Dublin Society and of the Royal Irish Academy, receives from the English Royal Society its gold Copley medal for the many valuable scientific papers communicated by him to the latter body. These papers embrace his “Thoughts on Magnetism,” wherein he treats at length of attraction, repulsion, polarity, etc., as shown in the review given at pp. 346–353 of the eighth volume of Sturgeon’s “Annals of Electricity,” etc.

A.D. 1781.—Kirwan (Richard), LL.D., F.R.S., a highly respected Irish chemical philosopher, who became President of the Dublin Society and the Royal Irish Academy, is awarded the gold Copley medal by the English Royal Society for the many valuable scientific papers he presented to them. These papers include his “Thoughts on Magnetism,” where he discusses in detail attraction, repulsion, polarity, and more, as highlighted in the review found on pages 346–353 of the eighth volume of Sturgeon’s “Annals of Electricity,” etc.

It is said that Kirwan first suggested the notion of molecular magnets, but, according to Dr. J. G. M’Kendrick, it was not till a definite form was given thereto by Weber that it acquired any importance.

It is said that Kirwan was the first to propose the idea of molecular magnets, but according to Dr. J. G. M’Kendrick, it wasn't until Weber defined it clearly that it gained any significance.

References.Transactions Royal Irish Academy, Vol. VI; Ninth “Encycl. Britannica,” Vol. XV. p. 276; Phil. Mag., Vol. XXXIV. p. 247; Thomson, “Hist. of the Roy. Soc.,” p. 483; “Bibl. Britan.,” An. VII. vol. xii. p. 105.

Sources.Transactions Royal Irish Academy, Vol. VI; Ninth “Encycl. Britannica,” Vol. XV. p. 276; Phil. Mag., Vol. XXXIV. p. 247; Thomson, “Hist. of the Roy. Soc.,” p. 483; “Bibl. Britan.,” An. VII. vol. xii. p. 105.

A.D. 1781.—Mauduyt (Antoine René) (1731–1815), Professor at the Collège de France, publishes several observations from which he concludes that the application of electricity is favourable in cases of paralysis. He was in the habit of placing the patient upon an insulated stool, in communication with the conductor of an electrical machine. De La Rive, who mentions the fact (“Electricity,” Chap. III. pp. 586, 587), observes that the effect, if any, could only proceed from the escape of electricity into the air.

A.D. 1781.—Mauduyt (Antoine René) (1731–1815), a Professor at the Collège de France, publishes several observations in which he concludes that using electricity is beneficial in cases of paralysis. He usually placed the patient on an insulated stool, connected to the conductor of an electrical machine. De La Rive, who notes this (“Electricity,” Chap. III. pp. 586, 587), points out that any effects observed could only be due to electricity escaping into the air.

References.—Bertholon, Elec. du Corps. Humain, 1786, Vol. I. pp. 275–276, 302, 439, 447, etc., and Vol. II. pp. 7 and 296; “Mémoire sur les différentes manières d’administrer l’électricité,” etc., Paris, 1784; “Recueil sur l’électricité médicale,” etc., containing articles by G. F. Bianchini, De Lassoné, Deshais (see Sauvages), Dufay, Jallabert, Pivati,[264] Quellmalz, Veratti, Zetzell, etc.; K. G. Kuhn’s works published at Leipzig, 1783–1797; E. Ducretet in “Le Cosmos,” Paris, Oct. 3, 1891, pp. 269–272; P. Sue, aîné, “Hist. du Galvan,” Paris, An. X-XIII, 1802, Vol. I. p. 40; and Vol. II. p. 382; “Grande Encyclop.,” Vol. XXIII. p. 415.

References.—Bertholon, Electricity of the Human Body, 1786, Vol. I. pp. 275–276, 302, 439, 447, etc., and Vol. II. pp. 7 and 296; “Paper on the Different Ways to Administer Electricity,” etc., Paris, 1784; “Collection on Medical Electricity,” etc., containing articles by G. F. Bianchini, De Lassoné, Deshais (see Sauvages), Dufay, Jallabert, Pivati,[264] Quellmalz, Veratti, Zetzell, etc.; K. G. Kuhn’s works published in Leipzig, 1783–1797; E. Ducretet in “Le Cosmos,” Paris, Oct. 3, 1891, pp. 269–272; P. Sue, aîné, “History of Galvanism,” Paris, Years X-XIII, 1802, Vol. I. p. 40; and Vol. II. p. 382; “Great Encyclopedia,” Vol. XXIII. p. 415.

A.D. 1781–1783.—Don Gauthey—Gauthier or Gualtier—a monk of the Order of Citeaux, improved upon the invention of Dupuis (at A.D. 1778) and constructed a telegraph, which he submitted at the Académie des Sciences to Dr. Franklin as well as to Condorcet and De Milly, by whom it was recommended to the French Government. In his prospectus, published during 1783, he relates that he has discovered a new mode of rapid transmission enabling him to convey intelligence and sound, by means of water pipes, a distance of fifty leagues in fifty minutes. Ternant, who states this at pp. 33 and 34 of Le Télégraphe, Paris, 1881, adds that, as no action was taken at the time upon the prospectus, it doubtless still lies in the archives of the Academy.

A.D. 1781–1783.—Don Gauthey—Gauthier or Gualtier—a monk from the Order of Citeaux, improved on Dupuis's invention (from CE 1778) and built a telegraph, which he presented to Dr. Franklin, as well as to Condorcet and De Milly, at the Académie des Sciences. They recommended it to the French Government. In his prospectus published in 1783, he explained that he had discovered a new way to transmit information quickly, allowing him to send messages and sounds through water pipes over a distance of fifty leagues in fifty minutes. Ternant, who mentions this on pages 33 and 34 of Le Télégraphe, Paris, 1881, states that since no actions were taken regarding the prospectus at the time, it likely still remains in the Academy's archives.

References.—Laurencin, Le Télégraphe, p. 9; Eng. Cycl., “Arts and Sciences,” Vol. VIII. p. 65; “Penny Cycl.,” 1842, Vol. IV. p. 146.

References.—Laurencin, Le Télégraphe, p. 9; Eng. Cycl., “Arts and Sciences,” Vol. VIII. p. 65; “Penny Cycl.,” 1842, Vol. IV. p. 146.

A.D. 1782.—Nairne (Edward), an English mathematical instrument maker, publishes papers on electricity describing his invention of a cylinder machine which is illustrated and described at p. 15 of the chapter on “Electricity” in “Library of Useful Knowledge,” 1829. In this, as has been truly said, are seen all the essential parts of the frictional apparatus now in use.

A.D. 1782.—Edward Nairne, an English maker of mathematical instruments, publishes papers on electricity detailing his invention of a cylinder machine, which is illustrated and described on page 15 of the chapter on “Electricity” in the “Library of Useful Knowledge,” 1829. In this, as has been accurately noted, all the key components of the frictional apparatus we use today can be found.

This machine, according to Cuthbertson, was originally constructed in 1774, and was far more powerful than any before made. Nairne also constructed the largest battery known up to that time. It contained 50 square feet of coated surface, and it could be given so high a charge as to ignite 45 inches of iron wire ¹⁄₁₅₀ of an inch diameter, which up to that period was the greatest length of wire ever ignited. Nairne, while improving upon some of Priestley’s experiments, found that a piece of hard drawn iron wire, ten inches long and one-hundredth of an inch diameter, after receiving successively the discharge of 26 feet of coated glass (nine jars), was shortened three-fortieths of an inch by such discharge. Dr. Priestley had previously observed that a chain 28 inches long was shortened one quarter of an inch after having had transmitted through it a charge of 64 square feet of coated glass, and Brooke Taylor found that by passing a charge of nine bottles of 16 feet of coated surface nine times in succession through a steel wire 12 inches long and one one-hundredth of an inch diameter, the wire was shortened one and one-half inches, or one-eighth its entire length.

This machine, according to Cuthbertson, was originally built in 1774 and was much more powerful than any made before. Nairne also built the largest battery known at that time. It had 50 square feet of coated surface and could be charged sufficiently to ignite 45 inches of iron wire with a diameter of ¹⁄₁₅₀ of an inch, which was the longest wire ever ignited until then. While enhancing some of Priestley’s experiments, Nairne discovered that a piece of hardened iron wire, ten inches long and one-hundredth of an inch in diameter, after receiving discharges from 26 feet of coated glass (nine jars), was shortened by three-fortieths of an inch due to that discharge. Dr. Priestley had previously noted that a chain 28 inches long was shortened by a quarter of an inch after transmitting a charge from 64 square feet of coated glass, and Brooke Taylor found that passing a charge from nine bottles of 16 feet of coated surface through a steel wire 12 inches long and one one-hundredth of an inch in diameter nine times in a row shortened the wire by one and a half inches, or one-eighth of its total length.

To Nairne was granted the third English patent in the Class of Electricity and Magnetism, the first having been issued to Gowin[265] Knight in 1766 (see A.D. 1746) and the second to Gabriel Wright, June 25, 1779, for “a new constructed azimuth and amplitude compass.” Knight subsequently covered other similar inventions, July 5, 1791, and Jan. 19, 1796. Nairne’s patent bears date Feb. 5, 1782, No. 1318, and is for what he calls “The Insulated Medical Electrical Machine,” the conductors of which are so arranged as to readily give either shocks or sparks. He says that “by means of the conductors and jointed tubes, the human body can be in any part affected with either kind of electricity in any convenient manner.”

To Nairne was granted the third English patent in the field of Electricity and Magnetism, the first having been issued to Gowin[265] Knight in 1766 (see CE 1746) and the second to Gabriel Wright on June 25, 1779, for “a newly constructed azimuth and amplitude compass.” Knight later patented similar inventions on July 5, 1791, and January 19, 1796. Nairne’s patent is dated February 5, 1782, No. 1318, and is for what he calls “The Insulated Medical Electrical Machine,” which is designed so that its conductors can easily produce either shocks or sparks. He states that “by using the conductors and jointed tubes, any part of the human body can be affected with either type of electricity in any convenient way.”

References.Philosophical Transactions for 1772, 1774, 1778, 1780, 1783, Vol. LXIV. p. 79; Vol. LXVIII. p. 823; Vol. LXX. p. 334; also Hutton’s abridgments, Vol. XIII. pp. 360 (dipping needle), 498; Vol. XIV. pp. 427–446, 688; Vol. XV. p. 388; “General Biog. Dict.,” London, 1833, by John Gorton, Vol. I. (n. p.); Cuthbertson, “Practical Electricity,” London, 1807, pp. 165–168; article “Electricity,” in the “Encycl. Britannica”; “Description of ... Nairne’s ... Machine,” London, 1783 and 1787; Caullet de Veaumorel, “Description de la machine électrique négative et positive de Mr. Nairne,” Paris, 1784; Delaunay’s “Manuel,” etc., Paris, 1809, pp. 7, 12–14.

References.Philosophical Transactions for 1772, 1774, 1778, 1780, 1783, Vol. LXIV. p. 79; Vol. LXVIII. p. 823; Vol. LXX. p. 334; also Hutton’s abridgments, Vol. XIII. pp. 360 (dipping needle), 498; Vol. XIV. pp. 427–446, 688; Vol. XV. p. 388; “General Biog. Dict.,” London, 1833, by John Gorton, Vol. I. (n. p.); Cuthbertson, “Practical Electricity,” London, 1807, pp. 165–168; article “Electricity,” in the “Encycl. Britannica”; “Description of ... Nairne’s ... Machine,” London, 1783 and 1787; Caullet de Veaumorel, “Description de la machine électrique négative et positive de Mr. Nairne,” Paris, 1784; Delaunay’s “Manuel,” etc., Paris, 1809, pp. 7, 12–14.

A.D. 1782–1783.—Linguet (Simon, Nicolas, Henri), French advocate (1736–1794), who was an associate of Mallet du Pan in the preparation of the Annales Politiques and who was later on committed to the Bastille in consequence of a visit which he imprudently made to Paris, writes a letter to the French Ministry proposing a novel method of transmitting messages of any length or description by means of some kind of a telegraph, “nearly as rapidly as the imagination can conceive them.” He adds, “I am persuaded that in time it will become the most useful instrument of commerce for all correspondence of that kind; just as electricity will be the most powerful agent of medicine; and as the fire-pump will be the principle of all mechanic processes which require, or are to communicate, great force.”

A.D. 1782–1783.—Linguet (Simon, Nicolas, Henri), a French lawyer (1736–1794), who worked with Mallet du Pan on the preparation of the Annales Politiques, was later imprisoned in the Bastille after taking an unwise trip to Paris. He writes a letter to the French Ministry proposing a new way to send messages of any length or type using some form of telegraph, “almost as quickly as the mind can imagine them.” He adds, “I believe that over time it will become the most useful tool for all kinds of commercial correspondence, just as electricity will be the most powerful tool in medicine; and as the fire pump will be the basis for all mechanical processes that require, or need to transmit, great force.”

To Linguet has been attributed the authorship of the anonymous letter which appeared in the Journal de Paris of May 30, 1782, and in Le Mercure de France of June 8, 1782, wherein it is proposed to employ twenty-four pairs of gilt wires, placed underground in separate wooden tubes filled with resin and bearing a knob at each extremity. Between each pair of knobs was to be placed a letter of the alphabet, which would become discernible whenever the electric spark was passed through the wire by means of the Leyden phial.

To Linguet has been credited with writing the anonymous letter that appeared in the Journal de Paris on May 30, 1782, and in Le Mercure de France on June 8, 1782. In this letter, it was suggested to use twenty-four pairs of gold-plated wires, placed underground in individual wooden tubes filled with resin, each having a knob at both ends. A letter of the alphabet was to be positioned between each pair of knobs, which would become visible when an electric spark traveled through the wire using a Leyden jar.

References.—Ternant, Le Télégraphe, Paris, 1881, p. 11; Linguet, “Mém. manuscrit ... signaux par la lumière,” Paris, 1782; all about the “Mercure de France,” in “Bulletin du Bibliophile” No. 7 of July 15, 1902; “Biog. Dict.,” Alex Chalmers, 1815, Vol. XX. p. 290; “Nouv. Biog. Gén.” (Hœfer), Paris, 1860, Vol. XXXI. p. 279; “Biog. Univ.” (Michaud), Vol. XXIV. p. 565.

Sources.—Ternant, Le Télégraphe, Paris, 1881, p. 11; Linguet, “Mém. manuscrit ... signaux par la lumière,” Paris, 1782; all about the “Mercure de France,” in “Bulletin du Bibliophile” No. 7 of July 15, 1902; “Biog. Dict.,” Alex Chalmers, 1815, Vol. XX. p. 290; “Nouv. Biog. Gén.” (Hœfer), Paris, 1860, Vol. XXXI. p. 279; “Biog. Univ.” (Michaud), Vol. XXIV. p. 565.

[266]

[266]

A.D. 1782–1791.—Cassini (Jean Jacques Dominique, Comte de), son of Cassini de Thury, eminent astronomer, makes the very important announcement that, besides the secular variation of the declination, the magnetic needle is subject to an annual periodical fluctuation depending on the position of the sun in reference to the equinoctial and solstitial points.

A.D. 1782–1791.—Cassini (Jean Jacques Dominique, Comte de), son of Cassini de Thury, a well-known astronomer, announces a significant discovery: in addition to the secular variation of declination, the magnetic needle also experiences an annual periodic fluctuation based on the sun's position in relation to the equinoctial and solstitial points.

Cassini’s discovery is contained in a Memoir consisting of two parts, the first part being a letter addressed to L’Abbé Rosier and published by him in the Journal de Physique, while the second part, composed at request of the Académie des Sciences, is that which specially treats of the annual variation in declination.

Cassini’s discovery is detailed in a Memoir that has two parts. The first part is a letter directed to L’Abbé Rosier, which he published in the Journal de Physique. The second part, written at the request of the Académie des Sciences, specifically discusses the annual variation in declination.

Besides the last named, we have thus far learned of the secular variation discovered by Gellibrand (Hellibrand) in 1635, as well as of the diurnal and horary variations, first accurately observed by George Graham during the year 1722, and we have likewise been informed of the earliest observations of the dip or inclination, made independently by both Georg Hartmann (A.D. 1543–1544) and by Robert Norman (A.D. 1576), as well as of the determination of the intensity of the inclination by J. C. Borda (at A.D. 1776). For accounts of the secular and annual, as well as of the diurnal and horary variations of the dip, the reader should consult the First Section of Humboldt’s “Cosmos” treating of telluric phenomena and some of the very numerous references therein given.

Besides the last mentioned, we have so far learned about the secular variation discovered by Gellibrand (Hellibrand) in 1635, as well as the diurnal and horary variations, first accurately observed by George Graham in 1722. We’ve also been informed about the earliest observations of the dip or inclination, made independently by both Georg Hartmann (A.D. 1543–1544) and Robert Norman (CE 1576), along with the determination of the intensity of the inclination by J. C. Borda (in CE 1776). For details on the secular and annual, as well as the diurnal and horary variations of the dip, the reader should check the First Section of Humboldt’s “Cosmos,” which discusses telluric phenomena and provides numerous references.

Speaking of the influence of the sun’s position upon the manifestation of the magnetic force of the earth, Humboldt remarks that the most distinct intimation of this relation was afforded by the discovery of horary variations, although it had been obscurely perceived by Kepler, who surmised that all the axes of the planets were magnetically directed toward one portion of the universe. He says that the sun may be a magnetic body, and that on that account the force which impels the planets may be centred in the sun (Kepler, in “Stella Martis,” pp. 32–34—compare with it his treatise, “Mysterium Cosmogr.,” cap. 20, p. 71). He further observes that the horary variations of the declination, which, although dependent upon true time are apparently governed by the sun as long as it remains above the horizon, diminish in angular value with the magnetic latitude of place. Near the equator, for instance, in the island of Rawak, they scarcely amount to three or four minutes, whilst the variations are from thirteen to fourteen minutes in the middle of Europe. As in the whole northern hemisphere the north point of the needle moves from east to west on an average from 8½ in the morning until 1½ at midday, in the southern hemisphere the same north point moves from west to east (Arago, Annuaire, 1836, p. 284, and 1840, pp. 330–358). Attention has been drawn,[267] with much justice, to the fact that there must be a region of the earth, between the terrestrial and the magnetic equator, where no horary deviations in the declination are to be observed. This fourth curve (in contradistinction to the isodynamic, isoclinic and isogonic lines, or those respectively of equal force, equal inclination and equal declination), which might be called the curve of no motion, or rather the line of no variation of horary declination, has not yet been discovered. No point has hitherto been found at which the needle does not exhibit a horary motion, and, since the erection of magnetic stations, the important and very unexpected fact has been evolved that there are places in the southern magnetic hemisphere at which the horary variations of the dipping needle alternately participate in the phenomena (types) of the hemispheres.

Speaking of how the sun’s position affects the earth’s magnetic force, Humboldt notes that the clearest indication of this relationship came from discovering horary variations, even though Kepler had vaguely sensed it before. Kepler suggested that the axes of all planets might be magnetically aligned towards a specific area of the universe. He proposed that the sun could be a magnetic body and that the force pulling the planets might originate from the sun (Kepler, in “Stella Martis,” pp. 32–34—compare with his treatise, “Mysterium Cosmogr.,” cap. 20, p. 71). He also points out that the horary variations in declination, which although tied to true time, seem to be influenced by the sun while it's above the horizon, decrease in angular measurement with the location's magnetic latitude. For example, near the equator in the island of Rawak, these variations are barely three or four minutes, while in central Europe, they range from thirteen to fourteen minutes. In the entire northern hemisphere, the north point of the needle moves from east to west on average from 8½ in the morning until 1½ at midday, whereas in the southern hemisphere, it moves from west to east (Arago, Annuaire, 1836, p. 284, and 1840, pp. 330–358). It has been justifiably pointed out that there must be an area of the earth, located between the terrestrial and magnetic equator, where no horary deviations in declination are observed. This fourth curve (unlike the isodynamic, isoclinic, and isogonic lines, which represent equal force, equal inclination, and equal declination, respectively), which could be called the curve of no motion, or rather the line of no variation of horary declination, has yet to be found. No location has yet been identified where the needle shows no horary motion, and since the establishment of magnetic stations, an important and unexpected fact has emerged: there are areas in the southern magnetic hemisphere where the horary variations of the dipping needle alternately demonstrate the characteristics of both hemispheres.

Humboldt also alludes, in the article on “Magnetic Variation,” to his recognition of the “four motions of the needle, constituting, as it were, four periods of magnetic ebbing and flowing, analogous to the barometrical periods,” which will be found recorded in Hansteen’s “Magnetismus der Erde,” 1819, s. 459, and he likewise refers to the long-disregarded nocturnal alterations of variation, for which he calls attention to Faraday “On the Night Episode,” ss. 3012–3024. (See also, Poggendorff’s Annalen der Physik, Bd. XV. s. 330, and Bd. XIX. s. 373.)

Humboldt also mentions in the article on “Magnetic Variation” his recognition of the “four movements of the needle, which represent, in a way, four periods of magnetic ebb and flow, similar to the barometric periods.” This is documented in Hansteen’s “Magnetismus der Erde,” 1819, p. 459. He also points out the long-ignored nocturnal changes in variation, drawing attention to Faraday’s “On the Night Episode,” pp. 3012–3024. (See also Poggendorff’s Annalen der Physik, Vol. XV, p. 330, and Vol. XIX, p. 373.)

The Phil. Trans. for 1738, p. 395, contain the description of a new compass for ascertaining the variation “with greater ease and exactness than any ever yet contrived for that purpose.” This was devised by Capt. Christopher Middleton, whose many interesting observations are to be found in the same volume of the Phil. Trans., p. 310, as well as in the volumes for 1726, p. 73; 1731–1732, 1733–1734, p. 127; 1742, p. 157, and in John Martyn’s abridgment, Vol. VIII. part i. p. 374. Reference should also be made to the volumes for 1754 (p. 875) and 1757 (p. 329), giving the reports of W. Mountaine and J. Dodson upon the magnetic chart and tables of 50,000 observations, likewise to the volume for 1766 containing the report of W. Mountaine on Robert Douglass’ observation, as well as for the record of investigations of the variation made by David Ross on board the ship “Montagu” during the years 1760–1762.

The Phil. Trans. for 1738, p. 395, includes a description of a new compass that determines the variation “with greater ease and accuracy than any previously invented for this purpose.” This was created by Capt. Christopher Middleton, whose many fascinating observations can be found in the same volume of the Phil. Trans., p. 310, as well as in the volumes for 1726, p. 73; 1731–1732, 1733–1734, p. 127; 1742, p. 157, and in John Martyn’s abridgment, Vol. VIII, part i, p. 374. You should also refer to the volumes for 1754 (p. 875) and 1757 (p. 329), which provide reports from W. Mountaine and J. Dodson regarding the magnetic chart and tables of 50,000 observations, as well as the volume for 1766 that contains W. Mountaine's report on Robert Douglass’ observations, along with records of investigations into the variation conducted by David Ross aboard the ship “Montagu” during the years 1760–1762.

References.—Sabine, “On the Annual and Diurnal Variations” in Vol. II of “Observations made ... at Toronto,” pp. xvii-xx, also his Memoir “On the Annual Variation of the Magnetic Needle at Different Periods of the Day,” in Phil. Trans. for 1851, Part II. p. 635, as well as the Introduction to his “Observations ... at Hobart Town,” Vol. I. pp. xxxiv-xxxvi, and his Report to the British Association at Liverpool, 1854, p. 11—Phil. Trans. for 1857, Art. 1, pp. 6, 7—relative to the lunar diurnal magnetic variation. See likewise C. Wolf, “Histoire de l’observatoire depuis sa fondation à 1793”; Houzeau et Lancaster,[268] “Bibl. Gen.,” Vol. II. p. 102; “Mém. de Paris,” Vol. II. p. 74, and Vol. VII. pp. 503, 530; Walker, “Ter. and Cos. Magn.,” Chap. III; Mme. J. Le Breton, “Histoire et Applic.,” etc., Paris, 1884, p. 17; Robison, “Mech. Phil.,” Vol. IV. p. 356; Thos. Young, “Nat. Phil.,” 1845, p. 583.

Sources.—Sabine, “On the Annual and Daily Variations” in Vol. II of “Observations made ... at Toronto,” pp. xvii-xx, as well as his Memoir “On the Annual Variation of the Magnetic Needle at Different Times of the Day,” in Phil. Trans. for 1851, Part II. p. 635, and the Introduction to his “Observations ... at Hobart Town,” Vol. I. pp. xxxiv-xxxvi, and his Report to the British Association at Liverpool, 1854, p. 11—Phil. Trans. for 1857, Art. 1, pp. 6, 7—related to the lunar daily magnetic variation. Also see C. Wolf, “History of the Observatory from its founding to 1793”; Houzeau and Lancaster,[268] “Bibl. Gen.,” Vol. II. p. 102; “Mém. de Paris,” Vol. II. p. 74, and Vol. VII. pp. 503, 530; Walker, “Ter. and Cos. Magn.,” Chap. III; Mme. J. Le Breton, “History and Applications,” etc., Paris, 1884, p. 17; Robison, “Mech. Phil.,” Vol. IV. p. 356; Thos. Young, “Nat. Phil.,” 1845, p. 583.

Cassini Family

This celebrated family, to which allusion was made under A.D. 1700, deserves here additional notice.

This well-known family, referenced in CE 1700, deserves further attention here.

Giovanni Domenico Cassini (1625–1712), the first and greatest of the name, succeeded Buonaventura Cavaliéri in the astronomical chair of the Bologna University in 1650, and remained there until given the directorship of the Paris Royal Observatory upon its completion in 1670. Partly with the assistance of his learned nephew, James Philip Maraldi, Cassini made many important discoveries, among which may be signalled the finding of the first, second, third and fifth satellites of Saturn, as well as the dual character of that planet’s ring, the determination of the rotation of Jupiter, Mars and Venus, and the laws of the moon’s axial rotation. (See Thomson, “Hist. of the Roy. Soc.,” p. 331; “Anc. Mém. de Paris,” I, VIII, X; Thos. Morrell, “Elem. of the Hist. of Phil. and Sc.,” London, 1827, pp. 377–379.)

Giovanni Domenico Cassini (1625–1712), the first and most renowned of his name, took over the astronomy chair at Bologna University from Buonaventura Cavaliéri in 1650 and held the position until he became the director of the Paris Royal Observatory after its completion in 1670. With the help of his knowledgeable nephew, James Philip Maraldi, Cassini made numerous significant discoveries, including the first, second, third, and fifth satellites of Saturn, the dual nature of the planet’s rings, the rotation periods of Jupiter, Mars, and Venus, and the laws governing the moon’s axial rotation. (See Thomson, “Hist. of the Roy. Soc.,” p. 331; “Anc. Mém. de Paris,” I, VIII, X; Thos. Morrell, “Elem. of the Hist. of Phil. and Sc.,” London, 1827, pp. 377–379.)

Jacques (James) Cassini (1677–1756), the only son of the preceding, became director of the Paris Observatory upon the death of his father, made many very important astronomical observations, and wrote several treatises upon electricity, etc. In one of his works, “De la Grandeur et de la Figure de la Terre,” Paris, 1720, he gives an account of the continuation of the measurement of Picard’s arc of the meridian from Paris northward, begun by Domenico Cassini and La Hire in 1680, and recommenced by Domenico and Jacques Cassini in 1700. (See “Mém. de Paris,” Vol. VII. pp. 455, 456, 508, 572; and for years 1705, pp. 8, 80; 1708, pp. 173, 292; 1729, Hist. I., Mem. 321.)

Jacques (James) Cassini (1677–1756), the only son of the previous director, became the head of the Paris Observatory after his father's death. He made many significant astronomical observations and wrote several papers on electricity and other topics. In one of his works, “De la Grandeur et de la Figure de la Terre,” published in Paris in 1720, he recounts the continuation of the measurement of Picard’s arc of the meridian from Paris to the north, which was initially started by Domenico Cassini and La Hire in 1680 and resumed by Domenico and Jacques Cassini in 1700. (See “Mém. de Paris,” Vol. VII. pp. 455, 456, 508, 572; and for the years 1705, pp. 8, 80; 1708, pp. 173, 292; 1729, Hist. I., Mem. 321.)

Cesar François Cassini de Thury (1714–1784), son of Jacques, whom he in turn succeeded at the Observatory, was, as above stated, the father of Jean Dominique Cassini (1747–1845). He made numerous researches while in the Director’s Chair, his most remarkable work being the large triangulation of France published in 1744, under the title of “La Méridienne,” etc. (See “Hist. de l’Acad. des Sciences de Paris” pour 1752, p. 10.)

Cesar François Cassini de Thury (1714–1784), the son of Jacques, whom he succeeded as Director of the Observatory, was, as mentioned earlier, the father of Jean Dominique Cassini (1747–1845). He conducted many studies during his time in the Director’s Chair, with his most notable achievement being the extensive triangulation of France published in 1744, titled “La Méridienne,” etc. (See “Hist. de l’Acad. des Sciences de Paris” for 1752, p. 10.)

A.D. 1783.—Robespierre (François-Maximilien-Joseph-Isidore de), who afterward became leader of the famous French Jacobin Club, and was at the time practising law in his native town of Arras, distinguishes himself by successfully defending the cause of the Sieur de Vissery de Boisvalé, a landed proprietor of that place, who had[269] erected a lightning conductor on his house, “much to the scandal of the discreet citizens” of the locality—“Deistical philosophy; away with it!” (Eighth “Britannica,” Vol. XIX. p. 233).

A.D. 1783.—Robespierre (François-Maximilien-Joseph-Isidore de), who later became the leader of the famous French Jacobin Club, was practicing law in his hometown of Arras at the time. He gained recognition by successfully defending the case of Sieur de Vissery de Boisvalé, a landowner in the area, who had installed a lightning rod on his house, “much to the scandal of the respectable citizens” of the locality—“Deistical philosophy; away with it!” (Eighth “Britannica,” Vol. XIX. p. 233).

Mr. de Boisvalé’s case was an appeal from a judgment delivered by the sheriff of Saint-Omer, ordering the destruction of the lightning conductor, and its printed report bears the following epigraph:

Mr. de Boisvalé’s case was an appeal from a ruling made by the sheriff of Saint-Omer, ordering the destruction of the lightning rod, and its printed report has the following epigraph:

“L’usage appuyé sur les temps
Et les préjugés indociles.
Ne se retire qu’à pas lents
Devant les vérités utiles.”

Jean Paul Marat, docteur en médecine et médecin des Gardes de corps de M. le Comte d’Artois, who, like Robespierre, was a member of the French National Convention as well as a declared enemy of the Girondins, and who was killed by Charlotte Corday, July 13, 1793, made many electrical experiments. These greatly interested Benjamin Franklin, who used to visit him (Ninth “Encycl. Brit.,” Vol. XV. p. 526). He was the author of many electrical works during the years 1779–1784, notably “Découvertes sur le feu, l’électricité et la lumière,” “Recherches Physiques,” and a memoir on medical electricity (“Œuvres de Marat,” Paris, 1788; A. Bougeart, “Marat, l’ami du peuple,” 1864; F. Chevremont, “Jean Paul Marat,” 1881).

Jean Paul Marat, a doctor of medicine and physician to Mr. Count d'Artois' bodyguards, who, like Robespierre, was a member of the French National Convention and an outspoken opponent of the Girondins, and who was murdered by Charlotte Corday on July 13, 1793, conducted many electrical experiments. These experiments greatly fascinated Benjamin Franklin, who would visit him (Ninth “Encycl. Brit.,” Vol. XV. p. 526). He authored numerous works on electricity between 1779 and 1784, including “Discoveries on Fire, Electricity, and Light,” “Physical Researches,” and a paper on medical electricity (“Œuvres de Marat,” Paris, 1788; A. Bougeart, “Marat, l’ami du peuple,” 1864; F. Chevremont, “Jean Paul Marat,” 1881).

References.—Ronalds’ “Catalogue,” p. 434; La Lumière Electrique for Sept. 5, 1891; the Electrician, London, Sept. 11, 1891.

References.—Ronalds’ “Catalogue,” p. 434; La Lumière Electrique for Sept. 5, 1891; the Electrician, London, Sept. 11, 1891.

A.D. 1783.—Wilkinson (C. H.), Scotch physician, publishes at Edinburgh his “Tentamen Philosophico-medicum de Electricitate,” which is followed, during 1798 and 1799, by other works upon electricity, wherein he cites a number of marvellous cures of intermittent fevers similar to those made by Cavallo, also of amaurosis (goutte sereine) and of quinsy (squinancie) like those performed by Lovet, Becket and Mauduyt.

A.D. 1783.—Wilkinson (C. H.), a Scottish physician, publishes his “Philosophical-Medical Attempt on Electricity” in Edinburgh. This is followed in 1798 and 1799 by additional works on electricity, where he mentions several amazing cures of intermittent fevers similar to those done by Cavallo, as well as amaurosis (dry eye) and quinsy (throat infection) like those performed by Lovet, Becket, and Mauduyt.

During the year 1804 appeared the first edition, in two volumes, of his “Elements of Galvanism in Theory and Practice,” containing a very comprehensive review of the discovery from the time of Galvani’s early experiments. In this last-named work, however, he shows that incipient amaurosis and the completely formed gutta serena have not yielded to his own treatment by galvanic influence as had been the case with Dr. C. J. C. Grapengieser, who published many accounts of surprising cures (Grapengieser, “Versuche den Galvanismus ...” Berlin, 1801 and 1802, or Brewer and Delaroche, “Essai ...” Paris, 1802). The whole of Chap. XXXVI is devoted to the application of galvanism to medicine, whereto allusion had already been made in the first chapter of the same work.

During the year 1804, the first edition in two volumes of his “Elements of Galvanism in Theory and Practice” was published, providing a detailed overview of the discovery from the time of Galvani’s early experiments. In this work, however, he points out that early-stage amaurosis and fully developed gutta serena did not respond to his galvanic treatment as they had for Dr. C. J. C. Grapengieser, who reported many remarkable cures (Grapengieser, “Versuche den Galvanismus ...” Berlin, 1801 and 1802, or Brewer and Delaroche, “Essai ...” Paris, 1802). The entire Chap. XXXVI focuses on the use of galvanism in medicine, a topic that was already mentioned in the first chapter of the same work.

[270]

[270]

Wilkinson refers also to the electricity of the torpedo, and to the observations made thereon by Hippocrates, Plato, Theophrastus, Pliny and Ælian, also by Belon, Rondelet, Salviana and Gesner, as well as by Musschenbroek, Redi, Réaumur, Walsh, Hunter, Spallanzani, ’Sgravesande, Steno, Borelli, Galvani and others. Much space is likewise given to the observations recorded on animal electricity, notably by Fontana, De La Méthérie, Berlinghieri, Vassali-Eandi, Humboldt, Pfaff, Lehot, Hallé, Aldini, and to the experiments of Valli as they were repeated before the French Academy of Sciences and before the Royal Society of Medicine of Paris, in presence of M. Mauduyt. When treating of the powers of galvanism as a chemical agent, reference is made to the decomposition of water, thus first effected in 1795 by Creve, the discoverer of metallic irritation, and to the operations of Nicholson and Carlisle, Dr. Henry, Cruikshanks, Haldane, Henry Moyes, Richter, Gibbes, etc.

Wilkinson also mentions the electricity of the torpedo and the observations made about it by Hippocrates, Plato, Theophrastus, Pliny, and Ælian, as well as by Belon, Rondelet, Salviana, and Gesner, along with Musschenbroek, Redi, Réaumur, Walsh, Hunter, Spallanzani, ’Sgravesande, Steno, Borelli, Galvani, and others. A significant amount of space is also dedicated to the observations on animal electricity, particularly by Fontana, De La Méthérie, Berlinghieri, Vassali-Eandi, Humboldt, Pfaff, Lehot, Hallé, Aldini, and the experiments conducted by Valli as they were replicated before the French Academy of Sciences and the Royal Society of Medicine in Paris, in the presence of M. Mauduyt. When discussing the powers of galvanism as a chemical agent, there is a reference to the decomposition of water, first achieved in 1795 by Creve, the discoverer of metallic irritation, and to the work of Nicholson and Carlisle, Dr. Henry, Cruikshanks, Haldane, Henry Moyes, Richter, Gibbes, and others.

References.—J. J. Hemmer, “Commentat Palatinæ,” VI, Phys., p. 47; Bertholon, “Elec. du Corps Humain,” 1786, Vol. I. pp. 314, 330, 483, and Vol. II. p. 299; “Bibl. Britan.,” 1808, Vol. XXXVIII. p. 270 (Phil. Mag., No. 105); Annales de Chimie, Vol. LXXVIII. p. 247; Phil. Mag., Vol. XXIX. p. 243, and Vol. XLIX. p. 299; F. Buzzi, “Osservazione ... amaurosi ... elettricita,” Milano, 1783 (“Opus. Scelti,” Vol. VI. p. 359); Nicholson’s Journal, Vol. VIII. pp. 1, 70, 206; also Vol. X. pp. 30–32, for letter relative to certain erroneous observations of Mr. Wilkinson respecting galvanism, by Mr. Ra. Thicknesse, who also wrote in Vol. IX. pp. 120–122, explaining the production of the electric fluid by the galvanic pile.

Sources.—J. J. Hemmer, “Commentat Palatinæ,” VI, Phys., p. 47; Bertholon, “Elect. du Corps Humain,” 1786, Vol. I, pp. 314, 330, 483, and Vol. II, p. 299; “Bibl. Britan.,” 1808, Vol. XXXVIII, p. 270 (Phil. Mag., No. 105); Annales de Chimie, Vol. LXXVIII, p. 247; Phil. Mag., Vol. XXIX, p. 243, and Vol. XLIX, p. 299; F. Buzzi, “Osservazione ... amaurosi ... elettricita,” Milano, 1783 (“Opus. Scelti,” Vol. VI, p. 359); Nicholson’s Journal, Vol. VIII, pp. 1, 70, 206; also Vol. X, pp. 30–32, for a letter regarding certain mistaken observations by Mr. Wilkinson on galvanism, by Mr. Ra. Thicknesse, who also wrote in Vol. IX, pp. 120–122, explaining how the electric fluid is produced by the galvanic pile.

A.D. 1783.—Saussure (Horace-Benedict de), Professor of Physics at the University of Geneva and founder of the Society for the Advancement of the Arts in the same city, is the inventor of an electrometer designed to ascertain the electrical state of the atmosphere, which will be found described in Vol. VIII. p. 619 of the 1855 “Encycl. Britannica.”

A.D. 1783.—Saussure (Horace-Benedict de), a Physics professor at the University of Geneva and founder of the Society for the Advancement of the Arts in the same city, invented an electrometer to measure the electrical condition of the atmosphere, which is described in Vol. VIII. p. 619 of the 1855 “Encycl. Britannica.”

He observed that electricity is strongest in the open-air, that it is weak in streets, under trees, etc., and that during the summer and winter, by night as well as by day, when the atmosphere is free from clouds, the electricity of the air is always positive. In contradistinction, Mr. T. Ronayne found in Ireland that the electricity of the atmosphere is positive in winter when the air is clear, but that it diminishes in frosty or foggy weather and that he could detect no electricity in the air during summer except on the approach of fogs, when the electricity proved to be positive. During the year 1785, M. de Saussure observed at Geneva that, during the winter, the intensity of atmospherical electricity attained its first maximum at 9 a.m., diminishing from that hour until it reached its minimum at 6 p.m., after which it began to increase until attaining its second maximum at 8 p.m., diminishing gradually thereafter till[271] it recorded its second minimum at 6 a.m. During the summer he found the electricity increasing from sunrise till between 3 and 4 p.m., when it would reach its maximum; after that it appeared to diminish till the dew fell, when it again became stronger, but was scarcely sensible during the night.

He noticed that electricity is strongest outdoors, weaker in streets, under trees, and so on. Throughout summer and winter, both at night and during the day, when the atmosphere is clear of clouds, the air's electricity is always positive. In contrast, Mr. T. Ronayne found in Ireland that atmospheric electricity is positive in winter when the air is clear, but it decreases in frosty or foggy weather, and he could find no electricity in the air during summer except when fog was approaching, when the electricity became positive. In 1785, M. de Saussure observed in Geneva that during winter, the intensity of atmospheric electricity reached its first peak at 9 a.m., decreasing until it hit its lowest point at 6 p.m. Afterward, it started to rise again, reaching a second peak at 8 p.m. and gradually decreasing until it recorded its second low at 6 a.m. During summer, he found electricity increasing from sunrise until between 3 and 4 p.m., when it peaked; after that, it seemed to decrease until the dew fell, when it became stronger again, but was barely noticeable at night.

Sir David Brewster informs us in his able article on “Electricity” in the “Britannica” that De Saussure made a number of elaborate experiments on the electricity of evaporation and combustion. He observed at first that the electricity was sometimes positive and sometimes negative when water was evaporated from a heated crucible, but in his subsequent trials he found it to be always positive in an iron and in a copper crucible. In a silver, also in a porcelain crucible, the electricity was negative and the evaporation of both alcohol and of ether in a silver crucible also gave negative electricity. M. de Saussure made many fruitless attempts to obtain electricity from combustion, and he likewise failed in his efforts to procure it from evaporation without ebullition.

Sir David Brewster tells us in his insightful article on “Electricity” in the “Britannica” that De Saussure conducted a series of detailed experiments on the electricity generated by evaporation and combustion. He initially noticed that the electricity could be either positive or negative when water evaporated from a heated crucible, but in his later experiments, he found it was always positive in iron and copper crucibles. In contrast, the electricity was negative in both silver and porcelain crucibles, and evaporating both alcohol and ether in a silver crucible also produced negative electricity. M. de Saussure made many unsuccessful attempts to generate electricity from combustion, and he also couldn't obtain it from evaporation without boiling.

To De Saussure is often erroneously attributed the authorship of Lullin’s “Dissertatio physica de electricitate,” alluded to at A.D. 1766.

To De Saussure is often mistakenly credited with writing Lullin’s “Dissertatio physica de electricitate,” mentioned in CE 1766.

References.—De Saussure’s “Dissertatio de Igne,” “Exposition abrégée,” etc. (translated by Giuseppe Toaldo, in both his “Della maniera,” etc., and “Dei conduttori,” etc., Venezia, 1772 and 1778), “Voyage dans les Alpes,” all published at Geneva, 1759, 1771, 1779, also the important 1786 Neuchatel edition of the last-named work, more particularly at pp. 194, 197, 203, 205, 206, 211, 212, 216, 218, 219, 228, 252, 254 of Vol. II, and at pp. 197, 257 of Vol. IV; likewise his Memoirs relative to the electricity of the atmosphere, of vegetables, of microscopic animals, etc., etc., alluded to in Journal de Physique for 1773, 1784, 1788; in Journal de Paris for 1784, 1785; in Vol. I of Lazaro Spallanzani’s “Opuscoli di fisica,” etc., for 1776; in Vol. III of the “Opuscoli Scelti di Milano,” and in the Philosophical Transactions. See also Jean Senebier, “Mémoire historique,” etc., Genève, 1801; Louis Cotte in his “Traité,” etc., “Mémoires,” etc., “Observation,” etc., Paris, 1762, 1769, 1772; in the “Mémoires de Paris,” Année 1769, “Hist.,” p. 19; Année 1772, “Hist.,” p. 16, and in the Journal de Physique for 1783, Vol. XXIII; the experiments of MM. Becquerel and Brachet in Becquerel’s “Traité d’El. et de Magn.,” Paris, 1836, Vol. IV. p. 110; Theodor Ægidius von Heller, “Beobach d. Atmosphär. Elektricität.” (F. A. C. Gren, “Neues Journal der Physik” for 1797, Vol. IV); Faujas de St. Fond, “Description,” etc., Vol. II. p. 271, as per George Adams’ “Essay on Electricity,” London, 1799, p. 419; Noad, “Manual,” etc., London, 1859, p. 16; Poggendorff, Vol. II. p. 755; Rozier, XXXI. pp. 317, 374; XXXIV. p. 161; articles “Meteorology and Electricity” in the “Encyclopædia Britannica”; Thomas Young, “Course of Lectures,” etc., London, 1807, Vol. II. pp. 447, 466–471.

References.—De Saussure’s “Dissertatio de Igne,” “Exposition abrégée,” etc. (translated by Giuseppe Toaldo, in both his “Della maniera,” etc., and “Dei conduttori,” etc., Venice, 1772 and 1778), “Voyage dans les Alpes,” all published in Geneva, 1759, 1771, 1779, and also the important 1786 Neuchatel edition of the last-named work, particularly on pp. 194, 197, 203, 205, 206, 211, 212, 216, 218, 219, 228, 252, 254 of Vol. II, and on pp. 197, 257 of Vol. IV; also his Memoirs about the electricity of the atmosphere, plants, microscopic organisms, etc., mentioned in Journal de Physique for 1773, 1784, 1788; in Journal de Paris for 1784, 1785; in Vol. I of Lazaro Spallanzani’s “Opuscoli di fisica,” etc., for 1776; in Vol. III of the “Opuscoli Scelti di Milano,” and in the Philosophical Transactions. See also Jean Senebier, “Mémoire historique,” etc., Geneva, 1801; Louis Cotte in his “Traité,” etc., “Mémoires,” etc., “Observation,” etc., Paris, 1762, 1769, 1772; in the “Mémoires de Paris,” Year 1769, “Hist.,” p. 19; Year 1772, “Hist.,” p. 16, and in the Journal de Physique for 1783, Vol. XXIII; the experiments of MM. Becquerel and Brachet in Becquerel’s “Traité d’El. et de Magn.,” Paris, 1836, Vol. IV, p. 110; Theodor Ægidius von Heller, “Beobach d. Atmosphär. Elektricität.” (F. A. C. Gren, “Neues Journal der Physik” for 1797, Vol. IV); Faujas de St. Fond, “Description,” etc., Vol. II, p. 271, as per George Adams’ “Essay on Electricity,” London, 1799, p. 419; Noad, “Manual,” etc., London, 1859, p. 16; Poggendorff, Vol. II, p. 755; Rozier, XXXI, pp. 317, 374; XXXIV, p. 161; articles “Meteorology and Electricity” in the “Encyclopædia Britannica”; Thomas Young, “Course of Lectures,” etc., London, 1807, Vol. II, pp. 447, 466–471.

A.D. 1784.—Swinden (Jan Hendrik Van) (1746–1823), who had been made Professor in the University of Franequer at the early age of twenty (1767), and was at this time occupying the Chair of Natural Philosophy and Mathematics at Amsterdam, publishes in[272] three volumes, at La Haye, his “Recueil de Mémoires sur l’Analogie de l’Electricité et du Magnétisme,” etc. (“De Analogia ...” in Vol. II of the “Neue Abhandl. der Baierischen Akad. Phil.”). The latter contains all the essays sent to the Electoral Academy of Bavaria on the subject—“Is There a Real and Physical Analogy Between Electric and Magnetic Forces; and, if Such Analogy Exist, in What Manner Do These Forces Act Upon the Animal Body?”

A.D. 1784.—Swinden (Jan Hendrik Van) (1746–1823), who became a Professor at the University of Franequer at the young age of twenty (1767), and was at that time holding the position of Chair in Natural Philosophy and Mathematics at Amsterdam, publishes in[272] three volumes in La Haye, titled “Recueil de Mémoires sur l’Analogie de l’Electricité et du Magnétisme,” etc. (“De Analogia ...” in Vol. II of the “Neue Abhandl. der Baierischen Akad. Phil.”). The latter features all the essays submitted to the Electoral Academy of Bavaria on the topic—“Is There a Real and Physical Analogy Between Electric and Magnetic Forces; and, if Such Analogy Exists, How Do These Forces Affect the Animal Body?”

Van Swinden’s essay, which gained him one of the prizes, shows that, in his opinion, the similarity between electricity and magnetism amounts merely to an apparent resemblance, and does not constitute a real physical analogy. He infers from this that these two powers are essentially different and distinct from one another, but the contrary opinion was maintained by Profs. Steiglehuer and Hubner, who contended that so close an analogy as that exhibited by these two classes of phenomena indicated the effects of a single agent, varied only in consequence of a diversity of circumstances.

Van Swinden's essay, which earned him one of the prizes, argues that, in his view, the similarity between electricity and magnetism is just an apparent resemblance and doesn't represent a true physical analogy. He concludes that these two forces are fundamentally different and separate from each other, but Professors Steiglehuer and Hubner disagreed. They argued that the close analogy between these two types of phenomena suggests the influence of a single agent, varying only due to different circumstances.

The eminent professor, Gerard Moll, of Utrecht, has communicated to the Edinburgh Journal of Science (1826, Vol. I. part ii. pp. 197–208) a biographical notice of Van Swinden, wherein he gives a list of the latter’s principal works and there speaks of one of his best-known productions in following manner: “The Positiones Physicæ (Opusc. Scelti, X. 7), as far as they are published (Harderovici, 1786, Vol. I and Vol. II. part i.), are allowed to rank among the best elements of natural philosophy, and have been found by actual experience to belong to the best sources from which the young student could draw his information on those parts of natural philosophy, and its general principles, as are contained in the first volume and part of the second, which is all that was published. The work itself is on a most extensive plan; and the multifarious avocations which crowded on Van Swinden in Amsterdam delayed the publications, and made him afterward abandon all thoughts of completing a work which would have done the greatest honour to its author, and which even now, unfinished as it is, is celebrated as an excellent specimen of sound reasoning and profound learning.”

The renowned professor, Gerard Moll, from Utrecht, has shared a biographical note about Van Swinden in the Edinburgh Journal of Science (1826, Vol. I. part ii. pp. 197–208), where he lists some of Van Swinden's key works and discusses one of his most famous pieces in the following way: “The Positiones Physicæ (Opusc. Scelti, X. 7), as far as they are published (Harderovici, 1786, Vol. I and Vol. II. part i.), is considered one of the best foundations of natural philosophy. Experience has shown that it is one of the best resources for young students seeking information on the parts of natural philosophy and its general principles found in the first volume and part of the second, which is all that has been published. The work itself has a very broad scope; however, the various responsibilities that Van Swinden faced in Amsterdam delayed its publication and ultimately led him to abandon the idea of completing a work that would have greatly honored its author and is still regarded today, despite being unfinished, as an excellent example of sound reasoning and deep knowledge.”

Van Swinden was the first President of the Royal Institute of the Netherlands. He entered with ardour into all the new discoveries of his day and kept up an extensive correspondence with many of the leading scientific characters of the time, notably with the Swiss philosopher, Charles Bonnet (whose “Contemplations de la Nature” he annotated extensively); with Dr. Matthew Maty (who became secretary of the Royal Society upon the resignation of Dr. Birch in 1765, and who was appointed, by the king, principal librarian of the British Museum upon the death of Dr. Gowin Knight, 1772); with the eminent French physician, Michel-Augustin[273] Thouret, Dean of the Paris “Faculté de Médecine”; as well as with Delambre, Euler, De Saussure, and many others who have been named elsewhere in this “Bibliographical History.”

Van Swinden was the first President of the Royal Institute of the Netherlands. He passionately engaged with all the new discoveries of his time and maintained a wide-ranging correspondence with many prominent scientific figures of the era, notably the Swiss philosopher Charles Bonnet (whose “Contemplations de la Nature” he extensively annotated); Dr. Matthew Maty (who became secretary of the Royal Society after Dr. Birch resigned in 1765 and was appointed by the king as the principal librarian of the British Museum after Dr. Gowin Knight's death in 1772); the distinguished French physician Michel-Augustin[273] Thouret, Dean of the Paris “Faculté de Médecine”; as well as Delambre, Euler, De Saussure, and many others mentioned elsewhere in this “Bibliographical History.”

The following is further extracted from Prof. Moll’s interesting paper: “Mr. Biot, in his treatise on Natural Philosophy (Tome III. p. 143) asserts that we are indebted to Cassini IV. (see Jean Dominique, Comte de Cassini, at A.D. 1782–1791) for much of what we know even about the diurnal variation of the needle. This, I think, is not fair. We do not mean to undervalue Mr. Cassini’s observations, but it is unquestionable that long before the publication of that philosopher’s work, Mr. Van Swinden had observed and published (‘Recherches sur les aiguilles aimantées et leurs variations’—Mémoires présentés à l’Académie des Sciences de Paris, Tome VIII—prize essay 1777) that which Mr. Biot less accurately is pleased to ascribe to his countryman. In this respect, however, Mr. Van Swinden was treated with more justice by other eminent philosophers, such as Haüy, Halley and Burkhardt.” (Consult also the “Acta Acad. Petrop.” for 1780, Part I. Hist. p. 10.)

The following is further extracted from Prof. Moll’s interesting paper: “Mr. Biot, in his treatise on Natural Philosophy (Volume III, p. 143) claims that we owe a lot of what we know about the daily variation of the needle to Cassini IV. (see Jean Dominique, Comte de Cassini, at CE 1782–1791). I think this is unfair. We don’t mean to downplay Mr. Cassini’s observations, but it’s undeniable that long before that philosopher’s work was published, Mr. Van Swinden had observed and published (‘Recherches sur les aiguilles aimantées et leurs variations’—Mémoires présentés à l’Académie des Sciences de Paris, Volume VIII—prize essay 1777) what Mr. Biot inaccurately attributes to his fellow countryman. In this regard, though, Mr. Van Swinden was recognized more fairly by other noted philosophers, like Haüy, Halley, and Burkhardt.” (Consult also the “Acta Acad. Petrop.” for 1780, Part I. Hist. p. 10.)

In the afore-named very meritorious work, “Recueil de Mémoires,” etc., crowned by the Bavarian Academy, Van Swinden has treated fully of the then current theories relative to electrical and magnetical phenomena, reviewing the entire field of their application. In so doing he has necessarily made numerous references to discoverers and experimenters of all countries, the names of many of which appear in the present compilation, and while it is, of course, useless here to quote these anew, it has been thought best, for a record, to specify such as are infrequently met with, and which appear in many of his most important articles, even at the risk of being accused of diffuseness or prolixity. They are as follows:

In the previously mentioned noteworthy work, “Recueil de Mémoires,” which received accolades from the Bavarian Academy, Van Swinden thoroughly explored the contemporary theories regarding electrical and magnetic phenomena, covering the entire scope of their applications. In doing so, he inevitably referenced various discoverers and experimenters from around the world, many of whose names are included in this compilation. While it would be pointless to cite these names again here, it seems best to document those that are not commonly mentioned and that appear in many of his most significant articles, even at the risk of being considered overly detailed or lengthy. They are as follows:

References.—John T. Needham (Vol. IV, Mem. Brussels Acad. for 1783); Phil. Trans., 1746, p. 247; J. G. Lehmann (“Abhandlung von Phosph.”; “Von Magnet Theilen im Sande,” “Novi Com. Acad. Petrop.,” Vol. XII. p. 368, etc.); M. De La Cépède, “Essai sur l’El. nat et artif.”; C. E. Gellert (“Com. Acad. Petrop.,” Vol. XIII. p. 382, Exp. 15, 16); J. F. Henckel, “Pyritologia,” etc.; J. E. Von Herbert, “Theor. Phæn. Elect.,” cap. 4, prop. 8; C. F. M. Déchales, “Mundus Mathematicus,” lib. 1, Quartus Exper. Ordo., exp. 16, Tome II. p. 488, ed. 2, etc.; M. Marcel’s Dissertation on powdered magnets, which appears in the Dutch “Uitgezogte Verhandelingen,” Vol. I. p. 261, etc.; Jean M. Cadet (“Nova Acta. Physico. Med. Acad. Natur. Curios.,” Tome III); Abbé Giraud-Soulavie (“Comment. ... Œuvres de Mr. Hamilton,” note 4, p. 303); J. B. Le Roy (“Mém. de l’Acad. de Paris,” for 1753, p. 447; for 1772, p. 499; Jour. de Phys., Vol. II); Rudolph Richard (“Magazin d. Hamb.,” IV. p. 681); Gilles A. Bazin, “Descrip. des Cour, Mag.,” Plates 14, 16–18; J. F. Gross, “Elektrische Pausen,” Leipzig, 1776; Jour. de Phys., Vol. X. p. 235; Niccolo Bammacaro, “Tentamen de vi Electrica,” etc., s. 6; Samuel Colepress (Phil. Trans., 1667, No. 27, Vol. I. p. 502); E. F. Du Tour, “Discours sur l’aimant,”[274] s. 27; “Recueil des Prix de l’Acad. de Paris,” Tome V. mém. ii. p. 49; “Mém. Math, et Phys.”; Mr. Calendrin, at Van Swinden’s, Vol. I. pp. 233, etc.; M. Blondeau (“Mém. de l’Acad. de Marine,” Brest., Tome I. s. 46, pp. 401–431, 438); J. A. Braun, “Observations,” etc.; “Novi. Comment. Acad. Petrop.,” Vol. VII. pp. 388, 407; M. Antheaulme (“Mém. sur les aimants artif.” (prize essay), 1760; “Mém. de l’Acad. Roy.,” 1761, p. 211; Van Swinden, 1784, Vol. II. pp. 95, 170); J. N. Reichenberger, “Directorium magneticum magneticis,” etc., and “Hydrotica,” as at Van Swinden, 1784, Vol. II. pp. 272–273; Geo. C. Schmidt, “Beschr., einer Elektrisir Masch.,” etc., 1778; M. De la Folie (Jour, de Phys., 1774, Vol. III. p. 9); Cölestin Steiglehner, “Obs. phaenom. elect.,” “Ueber die Annal der Elek. und des Magn.”; Lorenz Hubner, “Abh. u. d. Annal. u. mag. Kraft”; Jos. Thad. Klinkosch, “Schreiben,” etc., “Beschreib. d. Volta ... Elektrophors.” Reference should also be made to Noad, “Manual,” etc., p. 641; Encycl. Brit., 1857, Vol. XIV. p. 6; “Messager des Sciences et des Arts,” Gand, 1823, pp. 185–201, detailing all of Van Swinden’s works; Antoine Thillaye’s treatise presented to the Ecole de Médecine le 15 Floréal, An. XI; Butet (“Bull, des Sc. de la Soc. Philom.,” No. 43, Vendémiaire, An. IX).

References.—John T. Needham (Vol. IV, Mem. Brussels Acad. for 1783); Phil. Trans., 1746, p. 247; J. G. Lehmann (“Abhandlung von Phosph.”; “Von Magnet Theilen im Sande,” “Novi Com. Acad. Petrop.,” Vol. XII. p. 368, etc.); M. De La Cépède, “Essai sur l’El. nat et artif.”; C. E. Gellert (“Com. Acad. Petrop.,” Vol. XIII. p. 382, Exp. 15, 16); J. F. Henckel, “Pyritologia,” etc.; J. E. Von Herbert, “Theor. Phæn. Elect.,” cap. 4, prop. 8; C. F. M. Déchales, “Mundus Mathematicus,” lib. 1, Quartus Exper. Ordo., exp. 16, Tome II. p. 488, ed. 2, etc.; M. Marcel’s Dissertation on powdered magnets, which appears in the Dutch “Uitgezogte Verhandelingen,” Vol. I. p. 261, etc.; Jean M. Cadet (“Nova Acta. Physico. Med. Acad. Natur. Curios.,” Tome III); Abbé Giraud-Soulavie (“Comment. ... Œuvres de Mr. Hamilton,” note 4, p. 303); J. B. Le Roy (“Mém. de l’Acad. de Paris,” for 1753, p. 447; for 1772, p. 499; Jour. de Phys., Vol. II); Rudolph Richard (“Magazin d. Hamb.,” IV. p. 681); Gilles A. Bazin, “Descrip. des Cour, Mag.,” Plates 14, 16–18; J. F. Gross, “Elektrische Pausen,” Leipzig, 1776; Jour. de Phys., Vol. X. p. 235; Niccolo Bammacaro, “Tentamen de vi Electrica,” etc., s. 6; Samuel Colepress (Phil. Trans., 1667, No. 27, Vol. I. p. 502); E. F. Du Tour, “Discours sur l’aimant,”[274] s. 27; “Recueil des Prix de l’Acad. de Paris,” Tome V. mém. ii. p. 49; “Mém. Math, et Phys.”; Mr. Calendrin, at Van Swinden’s, Vol. I. pp. 233, etc.; M. Blondeau (“Mém. de l’Acad. de Marine,” Brest., Tome I. s. 46, pp. 401–431, 438); J. A. Braun, “Observations,” etc.; “Novi. Comment. Acad. Petrop.,” Vol. VII. pp. 388, 407; M. Antheaulme (“Mém. sur les aimants artif.” (prize essay), 1760; “Mém. de l’Acad. Roy.,” 1761, p. 211; Van Swinden, 1784, Vol. II. pp. 95, 170); J. N. Reichenberger, “Directorium magneticum magneticis,” etc., and “Hydrotica,” as at Van Swinden, 1784, Vol. II. pp. 272–273; Geo. C. Schmidt, “Beschr., einer Elektrisir Masch.,” etc., 1778; M. De la Folie (Jour, de Phys., 1774, Vol. III. p. 9); Cölestin Steiglehner, “Obs. phaenom. elect.,” “Ueber die Annal der Elek. und des Magn.”; Lorenz Hubner, “Abh. u. d. Annal. u. mag. Kraft”; Jos. Thad. Klinkosch, “Schreiben,” etc., “Beschreib. d. Volta ... Elektrophors.” Reference should also be made to Noad, “Manual,” etc., p. 641; Encycl. Brit., 1857, Vol. XIV. p. 6; “Messager des Sciences et des Arts,” Gand, 1823, pp. 185–201, detailing all of Van Swinden’s works; Antoine Thillaye’s treatise presented to the Ecole de Médecine le 15 Floréal, An. XI; Butet (“Bull, des Sc. de la Soc. Philom.,” No. 43, Vendémiaire, An. IX).

A.D. 1784.—Cotugno (Domenico), Professor of Anatomy at Naples, thus addresses Le Chevalier G. Vivenzio under date October 2, 1784: “The observation which I mentioned some days ago, when we were discoursing together of the electrical animals, upon which I said I believed the mouse to be one of that number, is the following: Toward the latter end of March, I was sitting with a table before me and observing something to move about my foot, which drew my attention. Looking toward the floor I saw a small domestic mouse, which, as its coat indicated, must have been very young. As the little animal could not move very quick, I easily laid hold of it by the skin of the back and turned it upside down; then with a small knife that laid by me, I intended to dissect it. When I first made the incision into the epigastric region, the mouse was situated between the thumb and finger of my left hand, and its tail was got between the last two fingers. I had hardly cut through part of the skin of that region, when the mouse vibrated its tail between the fingers, and was so violently agitated against the third finger that, to my great astonishment, I felt a shock through my left arm as far as the neck, attended with an internal tremor, a painful sensation in the muscles of the arm, and such giddiness of the head, that, being affrighted, I dropped the mouse. The stupor of the arm lasted upward of a quarter of an hour, nor could I afterwards think of the incident without emotion. I had no idea that such an animal was electrical; but in this I had the positive proof of experience.” (See G. Vivenzio, “Teoria e pratica della elettricità med.” ... Napoli, 1784.)

A.D. 1784.—Cotugno (Domenico), Professor of Anatomy at Naples, addressed Le Chevalier G. Vivenzio on October 2, 1784, saying: “The observation I mentioned a few days ago while we were discussing electrical animals, which I believe includes the mouse, is as follows: Toward the end of March, I was sitting at a table when I noticed something moving around my foot that caught my attention. Looking down, I saw a small house mouse, which, judging by its fur, must have been very young. Since the little creature wasn’t able to move quickly, I easily grabbed it by the skin on its back and turned it upside down; then, with a small knife next to me, I planned to dissect it. When I made the first incision in the abdominal area, the mouse was held between the thumb and finger of my left hand, its tail caught between the last two fingers. I had barely cut through part of the skin in that area when the mouse began to vibrate its tail between my fingers and was so violently agitated against my third finger that, to my shock, I felt a jolt travel up my left arm to my neck, accompanied by an internal tremor, a painful sensation in my arm muscles, and such dizziness that, frightened, I dropped the mouse. The numbness in my arm lasted over fifteen minutes, and I couldn’t think about the incident afterward without feeling emotional. I had no idea that such an animal could have electrical properties; but in this experience, I found undeniable proof.” (See G. Vivenzio, “Teoria e pratica della elettricità med.” ... Napoli, 1784.)

Cotugno’s observations attracted much attention throughout Italy and gave rise to many experiments, notably by Vassalli, who, however, merely concluded from them that the animal’s body could retain accumulated electricity in some unaccountable manner.

Cotugno’s observations attracted a lot of attention across Italy and led to numerous experiments, particularly by Vassalli, who ultimately concluded that the animal's body could somehow hold accumulated electricity in an inexplicable way.

[275]

[275]

References.Essai sur l’histoire, etc., J. B. Biot, p. 9; Journal de Physique, XLI. p. 57; Mémoires Récréatifs, etc., par Robertson, Paris, 1840, Vol. I. p. 233; Cavallo, Electricity, London, 1795, Vol. III. p. 6; Izarn, Manuel, Paris, 1804, p. 4; Journal Encyclopédique de Bologne, 1786, No. 8; Poggendorff, Vol. I. p. 417; Sue, aîné “Hist. du Galv.,” Vol. I. pp. 1–2.

References.Essay on History, etc., J. B. Biot, p. 9; Journal of Physics, XLI. p. 57; Recreational Memoirs, etc., by Robertson, Paris, 1840, Vol. I. p. 233; Cavallo, Electricity, London, 1795, Vol. III. p. 6; Izarn, Manual, Paris, 1804, p. 4; Encyclopedic Journal of Bologna, 1786, No. 8; Poggendorff, Vol. I. p. 417; Sue, senior “History of Galvanism,” Vol. I. pp. 1–2.

A.D. 1785.—Coulomb (Charles Augustin de), the founder of electro-statics and of the school of experimental physics in France, invents the torsion balance, with which he discovers the true law of electric and magnetic attractions and repulsions. Some have asserted that Lord Stanhope had previously established the law with regard to electricity, but it has not been seriously questioned that its extension to magnetism belongs exclusively to Coulomb. Johann Lamont (“Handbuch ...” p. 427) gives the credit of the latter discovery to Giovannantonio Della Bella, of Padua, who is mentioned by Poggendorff (“Biog.-Liter. Handwörterbuch,” Vol. I. p. 139) as the author of several works on electricity and magnetism, but the claim does not appear to be established upon any satisfactory foundation.

A.D. 1785.—Coulomb (Charles Augustin de), the founder of electrostatics and the school of experimental physics in France, invents the torsion balance, which he uses to discover the true law of electric and magnetic attractions and repulsions. Some have claimed that Lord Stanhope had already established the law regarding electricity, but it has not been seriously disputed that its application to magnetism belongs solely to Coulomb. Johann Lamont (“Handbuch ...” p. 427) attributes the latter discovery to Giovannantonio Della Bella of Padua, who is noted by Poggendorff (“Biog.-Liter. Handwörterbuch,” Vol. I. p. 139) as the author of several works on electricity and magnetism, but this claim does not seem to be based on any solid evidence.

With his torsion balance, or rather electrometer, Coulomb measured the force by the amount of twist it gave to a long silken thread carrying a horizontal needle, constructed, preferably, of a filament of gum-lac or of straw covered with sealing-wax. From his experiments he concluded: That the attractive force of two small globes, one electrified positively and the other negatively, is in the inverse ratio of the squares of the distances of their centres, and that the repulsive force of two small globes, charged either with positive or negative electricity, is inversely as the squares of the distances of the centres of the globes (“Mém. de l’Acad. Roy. des Sciences,” 1784, 1785).

With his torsion balance, or more accurately, electrometer, Coulomb measured the force by the amount of twist it created in a long silk thread holding a horizontal needle, preferably made from a gum-lac filament or a straw coated with sealing wax. From his experiments, he concluded that the attractive force between two small spheres, one positively charged and the other negatively charged, is inversely proportional to the square of the distance between their centers, and that the repulsive force between two small spheres, whether charged positively or negatively, is also inversely proportional to the square of the distance between their centers (“Mém. de l’Acad. Roy. des Sciences,” 1784, 1785).

In one of his three memoirs to the French Academy during 1785, he states that a balance used by him was so delicate that each degree of the circle of torsion expressed a force of only one hundred-thousandth of an English grain, that another, suspended by a single fibre of silk four inches long, made a complete revolution with a force of one seventy-thousandth of a grain, and turned to the extent of a right angle when a stick of sealing-wax, which had been rubbed, was presented to it at the distance of a yard. It is said that a similar electrometer has been constructed in which the movement of one degree recorded a force not exceeding twenty-one million six-hundred-thousandths of a grain.

In one of his three memoirs to the French Academy in 1785, he mentions that a balance he used was so sensitive that each degree of the torsion circle represented a force of only one-hundred-thousandth of an English grain. Another balance, suspended by a single four-inch silk thread, made a complete turn with a force of one-seventy-thousandth of a grain and rotated by a right angle when a rubbed stick of sealing wax was brought near it from a yard away. It’s reported that a similar electrometer has been built where the movement of one degree showed a force of no more than twenty-one million six hundred thousandths of a grain.

The many valuable experiments made by Coulomb on the dissipation of electricity and upon the distribution of electricity upon the surfaces of bodies are fully recorded in the able article of Sir David Brewster in the “Encyclopædia Britannica” (F. C. Achard,[276] “Mém. de Berlin,” 1780, p. 47); M. Vernier, “De la dist. ... conducteurs,” Paris, 1824; J. L. F. Bertrand, “Programme d’une thèse ...” Paris, 1839; D. Bourdonnay, “Sur la dist. ... conducteurs,” Paris, 1840; Ed. A. Roche in “Montp. Acad. Sect. Sciences,” Vol. II. p. 115).

The numerous important experiments conducted by Coulomb on the dissipation of electricity and its distribution on the surfaces of objects are thoroughly documented in the insightful article by Sir David Brewster in the “Encyclopædia Britannica” (F. C. Achard,[276] “Mém. de Berlin,” 1780, p. 47); M. Vernier, “De la dist. ... conducteurs,” Paris, 1824; J. L. F. Bertrand, “Programme d’une thèse ...” Paris, 1839; D. Bourdonnay, “Sur la dist. ... conducteurs,” Paris, 1840; Ed. A. Roche in “Montp. Acad. Sect. Sciences,” Vol. II. p. 115).

He discovered that shellac is the most perfect of all insulators, also that a thread of gum-lac insulates ten times better than a dry silken thread of the same length and diameter: and he established the law that the densities of electricity insulated by different lengths of fine cylindrical fibres, such as those of gum-lac, hair, silk, etc., vary as the square root of the lengths of the fibre.

He found that shellac is the best insulator, and that a strand of gum-lac insulates ten times better than a dry silk thread of the same length and thickness. He also established the principle that the densities of electricity insulated by different lengths of fine cylindrical fibers, like those made of gum-lac, hair, silk, and others, change according to the square root of the lengths of the fibers.

Besides the communications above alluded to, Coulomb sent to the French Academy, during the years 1786, 1787, 1788 and 1789, many papers upon Electricity and Magnetism, and, up to within two years of his death (1806), he made many notable experiments, especially in magnetism, of which full accounts are given in several of the Mémoires noted at foot. The theory of the two magnetic fluids appeared in his 1789 paper. It is also in this same paper that Coulomb describes his improved method of making artificial magnets by employing compound magnets as first made use of by Gowin Knight and as explained at A.D. 1746. Still further improvements in these were brought about more particularly by the young Flemish scientist, Etienne Jean Van Geuns (1767–1795), by Jean Baptiste Biot (see A.D. 1803), and by the Rev. Dr. Scoresby during the year 1836.

Besides the communications mentioned earlier, Coulomb sent several papers on Electricity and Magnetism to the French Academy during the years 1786, 1787, 1788, and 1789. Up until two years before his death in 1806, he conducted many significant experiments, especially in magnetism, full accounts of which are provided in several of the Mémoires noted at the bottom. The theory of the two magnetic fluids was introduced in his 1789 paper. In this same paper, Coulomb also describes his improved method of creating artificial magnets by using composite magnets, which were first utilized by Gowin Knight as explained in A.D. 1746. Further enhancements were made by the young Flemish scientist, Etienne Jean Van Geuns (1767–1795), by Jean Baptiste Biot (see A.D. 1803), and by Rev. Dr. Scoresby in 1836.

Coulomb found that a steel wire is, by twisting, rendered capable of being nine times more strongly magnetized; that the magnetic power dwells on the surface of iron bodies and is independent of their mass; that the directive force of a magnetized bar reached its maximum when tempered to a bright cherry-red heat at 900 degrees, and that every substance is susceptible of magnetism to a degree of actual measurement. This last important research was communicated by him to the French Institute during the year 1802. His experiments proved that a grain of iron could communicate sensible magnetism to twenty pounds’ weight of another substance, and that when even beeswax had incorporated with it a portion of iron filings equal only to the one hundred-and-thirty-thousandth part of its weight it was yet sensibly affected by the magnet.

Coulomb discovered that by twisting a steel wire, it can be magnetized up to nine times more strongly; that the magnetic force exists on the surface of iron and is not dependent on its mass; that a magnetized bar reaches its highest directive force when heated to a bright cherry-red at 900 degrees; and that all substances can be magnetized to a measurable extent. He shared this significant finding with the French Institute in 1802. His experiments showed that a grain of iron could impart noticeable magnetism to twenty pounds of another material, and that even when beeswax contained just a small amount of iron filings—only one hundred-thirty-thousandth of its weight—it was still noticeably affected by the magnet.

According to Dr. Thomas Young, Coulomb’s improvements in the theory of electricity may be considered as having immediately prepared the way for the elegant inventions of Volta and for the still more marvellous discoveries of Davy. Dr. Young gives reports of some of Coulomb’s experiments at p. 439, Vol. II of his “Course[277] of Lectures” London, 1807 (“Journal of the Royal Institution” Vol. I. p. 134; “Décade Philosophique,” No. 21).

According to Dr. Thomas Young, Coulomb’s advancements in the theory of electricity can be seen as having directly paved the way for Volta’s elegant inventions and Davy’s even more astonishing discoveries. Dr. Young includes accounts of some of Coulomb’s experiments on page 439, Volume II of his “Course[277] of Lectures,” London, 1807 (“Journal of the Royal Institution” Vol. I, p. 134; “Décade Philosophique,” No. 21).

References.—“Mém. de l’Acad. Royale des Sciences,” Paris, 1784, p. 266; 1785, pp. 560, 569, 578, 612; 1786, p. 67; 1787, p. 421; 1788, p. 617; 1789, p. 455; “Mém. de l’Institut,” Vol. III. p. 176; Vol. IV. p. 565, and Vol. VI. for 1806; “Mém. de Math. et de Phys.” Vols. VIII and IX; “Mémoires de Coulomb,” Vol. I of the “Collection de Mémoires relatifs à la Physique,” Paris, 1884; “Cat. of Sc. Papers Roy. Soc.,” Vol. III. p. 73; “Abstracts of Papers of Roy. Soc.,” Vol. II. p. 402; “Bull. de la Soc. Philom.,” Nos. 3, 31, 61, 63, and for 1795, 1802; Journal de Physique, Vols. XLV (II), pp. 235, 448; LIV. pp. 240, 267, 454; LV. p. 450 (for Carradori’s report); Ch. N. A. De Haldat du Lys (“Mém. de Nancy” for 1841); Phil. Magazine, Vols. XI. p. 183; XII. p. 278; XIII. p. 401; XV. p. 186; Rozier, XXVII. p. 116; XLIII. p. 247; Gilbert, XI. pp. 254, 367; XII. p. 194; Dr. Young, “Course of Lectures,” London, 1807, Vol. I. pp. 682, 685, 686; “Royal Society Cat. of Sc. Papers,” Vol. II. p. 73; Eighth “Britannica,” Vol. XIV. pp. 37–38; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1859, Vol. V. p. 61; Schaffner, “Manual,” 1859, p. 56; Biot’s article in the “Biographie Universelle” and Biot’s “Traité de Physique,” Paris, 1816, Vols. II, III; Dr. Thomas Thomson, “Outline of the Sciences,” etc., London, 1830, pp. 350, 351, 379–422; Harris, “Rudim. Magn.,” Parts I, II. p. 56. See also description of the electrometer of Colardeau and the electro-micrometer of Delaunay, in the latter’s “Manuel,” etc., Paris, 1809, pp. 66, 76–80, and Plate V. fig. 61, as well as Libes’ “Dict. de Phys.,” Vol. I. p. 406.

Sources.—“Mém. de l’Acad. Royale des Sciences,” Paris, 1784, p. 266; 1785, pp. 560, 569, 578, 612; 1786, p. 67; 1787, p. 421; 1788, p. 617; 1789, p. 455; “Mém. de l’Institut,” Vol. III. p. 176; Vol. IV. p. 565, and Vol. VI. for 1806; “Mém. de Math. et de Phys.” Vols. VIII and IX; “Mémoires de Coulomb,” Vol. I of the “Collection de Mémoires relatifs à la Physique,” Paris, 1884; “Cat. of Sc. Papers Roy. Soc.,” Vol. III. p. 73; “Abstracts of Papers of Roy. Soc.,” Vol. II. p. 402; “Bull. de la Soc. Philom.,” Nos. 3, 31, 61, 63, and for 1795, 1802; Journal de Physique, Vols. XLV (II), pp. 235, 448; LIV. pp. 240, 267, 454; LV. p. 450 (for Carradori’s report); Ch. N. A. De Haldat du Lys (“Mém. de Nancy” for 1841); Phil. Magazine, Vols. XI. p. 183; XII. p. 278; XIII. p. 401; XV. p. 186; Rozier, XXVII. p. 116; XLIII. p. 247; Gilbert, XI. pp. 254, 367; XII. p. 194; Dr. Young, “Course of Lectures,” London, 1807, Vol. I. pp. 682, 685, 686; “Royal Society Cat. of Sc. Papers,” Vol. II. p. 73; Eighth “Britannica,” Vol. XIV. pp. 37–38; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1859, Vol. V. p. 61; Schaffner, “Manual,” 1859, p. 56; Biot’s article in the “Biographie Universelle” and Biot’s “Traité de Physique,” Paris, 1816, Vols. II, III; Dr. Thomas Thomson, “Outline of the Sciences,” etc., London, 1830, pp. 350, 351, 379–422; Harris, “Rudim. Magn.,” Parts I, II. p. 56. See also description of the electrometer of Colardeau and the electro-micrometer of Delaunay, in the latter’s “Manuel,” etc., Paris, 1809, pp. 66, 76–80, and Plate V. fig. 61, as well as Libes’ “Dict. de Phys.,” Vol. I. p. 406.

A.D. 1785.—The Canon Gottoin de Coma, friend of Alessandro Volta, observes that an iron wire about thirty feet in length will give a sound under certain conditions of the atmosphere when stretched in the open air. The circumstances that accompany, as well as those that favour the production of the phenomenon, says Prescott, demonstrate that it must be attributed to the transmission of atmospheric electricity. This transmission does not occur in a continuous manner, like that of a current, but is observable by a series of discharges.

A.D. 1785.—The Canon Gottoin de Coma, a friend of Alessandro Volta, notes that an iron wire about thirty feet long produces a sound under certain atmospheric conditions when stretched outdoors. The circumstances surrounding, as well as those that promote the occurrence of this phenomenon, according to Prescott, show that it can be attributed to the transmission of atmospheric electricity. This transmission doesn't happen continuously like a current but is seen through a series of discharges.

References.—Knight’s Mechanical Dictionary, 1876, Vol. III. p. 2515; Prescott’s “The Speaking Telephone,” etc., 1879, p. 122; Encyl. Britannica, 1860, Vol. XXI. p. 631.

Sources.—Knight’s Mechanical Dictionary, 1876, Vol. III. p. 2515; Prescott’s “The Speaking Telephone,” etc., 1879, p. 122; Encyclopedia Britannica, 1860, Vol. XXI. p. 631.

A.D. 1785.—Marum (Martin Van), a Dutch electrician who had in 1776 taken the degree of M.D. at the Academy of Gröningen, constructs for the Teylerian Society at Haarlem, with the assistance of John Cuthbertson, an electrical machine said to be the most powerful theretofore made. According to Cavallo (Nat. Phil., 1825, Vol. II. p. 194) it consisted of two circular plates of French glass, each sixty-five inches in diameter, parallel with each other on a common axis, and about seven and a half inches apart. Each plate was excited by four rubbers, the prime conductor being divided into two branches which entered between the plates and, by means of points, collected the electric fluid from their inner surfaces only.

A.D. 1785.—Marum (Martin Van), a Dutch electrician who earned his M.D. from the Academy of Gröningen in 1776, builds an electric machine for the Teylerian Society in Haarlem, with help from John Cuthbertson. This machine is said to be the most powerful one made up to that point. According to Cavallo (Nat. Phil., 1825, Vol. II. p. 194), it consisted of two circular plates made of French glass, each measuring sixty-five inches in diameter, positioned parallel to each other on a common axis, and approximately seven and a half inches apart. Each plate was charged by four rubbers, with the prime conductor split into two branches that entered between the plates and, using points, gathered electric fluid from their inner surfaces only.

In Van Marum’s machine, the positive and negative electricity[278] could only be obtained in succession, but Dr. Hare, of the University of Pennsylvania, remedied this by causing the plates to revolve horizontally. It is said the machine was so powerful that bodies at a distance of forty feet were sensibly affected; a single spark from it melted a leaf of gold and fired various kinds of combustibles; a thread became attracted at the distance of thirty-eight feet, and a pointed wire was tipped with a star of light at a distance of twenty-eight feet from the conductor.

In Van Marum’s machine, positive and negative electricity[278] could only be produced one after the other, but Dr. Hare from the University of Pennsylvania fixed this issue by having the plates spin horizontally. It's reported that the machine was so powerful that objects as far away as forty feet were noticeably affected; a single spark from it could melt a gold leaf and ignite various materials; a thread was drawn in from thirty-eight feet away, and a pointed wire glowed with a star of light from twenty-eight feet away from the conductor.

Descriptions of his machines are given by Dr. Van Marum in letters to the Chevalier Marsiglio Landriani and to Dr. Ingen-housz, both printed in Haarlem during 1789 and 1791. The first quarto volume of Nicholson’s Journal also contains a reference thereto and gives (p. 83) the extract from a letter read June 24, 1773 (Phil. Trans., Vol. LXIII. pp. 333–339), addressed to Dr. Franklin, F.R.S., by John Merwin Nooth, M.D., who describes improvements by which machines are rendered effective in all kinds of weather. Nooth was the inventor of the silk flap, of which mention was made in the description of Cavallo’s machine (under A.D. 1775).

Descriptions of his machines are provided by Dr. Van Marum in letters to Chevalier Marsiglio Landriani and Dr. Ingenhousz, both published in Haarlem in 1789 and 1791. The first quarto volume of Nicholson’s Journal also references this and includes (p. 83) an excerpt from a letter read on June 24, 1773 (Phil. Trans., Vol. LXIII. pp. 333–339), addressed to Dr. Franklin, F.R.S., by John Merwin Nooth, M.D., who discusses improvements that make machines effective in all kinds of weather. Nooth was the inventor of the silk flap mentioned in the description of Cavallo’s machine (under CE 1775).

Van Marum also constructed a powerful battery, the metallic coatings of which were equal to 225 square feet, enabling him to give polarity to steel bars nine inches long, nearly half an inch wide and one-twelfth of an inch thick, as well as to sever a piece of boxwood four inches diameter and four inches long, and to melt three hundred inches of iron wire one hundred-and-fiftieth of an inch in diameter, or ten inches of one-fortieth of an inch in diameter. It is said that, during these experiments, the report was so loud as to stun the ears, and the flash so bright as to dazzle the sight.

Van Marum also built a powerful battery with metallic coatings covering 225 square feet, allowing him to charge steel bars that were nine inches long, nearly half an inch wide, and one-twelfth of an inch thick. He was able to cut through a piece of boxwood that was four inches in diameter and four inches long, and to melt three hundred inches of iron wire that was one hundred-and-fiftieth of an inch in diameter, or ten inches of wire measuring one-fortieth of an inch in diameter. It’s said that during these experiments, the noise was so loud it could stun your ears, and the flash was so bright it could blind your eyes.

Dr. Van Marum likewise made experiments upon the electricity developed during the melting and cooling of resinous bodies, which are detailed in the article “Electricity” 8th Edit. “Encyclopædia Britannica,” Vol. VIII. p. 565, and also upon the effects of electricity on animals and vegetables, which are given at pp. 49–51 of the article “Electricity” in the “Library of Useful Knowledge,” as well as in the 1855 Edit. “Encyclopædia Britannica,” Vol. VIII. pp. 602, 603.

Dr. Van Marum also conducted experiments on the electricity generated during the melting and cooling of resinous materials, which are detailed in the article “Electricity” 8th Edit. “Encyclopædia Britannica,” Vol. VIII. p. 565. He also studied the effects of electricity on animals and plants, which are discussed on pp. 49–51 of the article “Electricity” in the “Library of Useful Knowledge,” as well as in the 1855 Edit. “Encyclopædia Britannica,” Vol. VIII. pp. 602, 603.

In 1785 again Van Marum discovered that electric sparks, on passing through oxygen gas, gave rise to a peculiar sulphurous or electrical odour, which Cavallo called “electrified air,” and the presence of which Dr. John Davy, brother of Sir Humphry Davy, found the means of detecting.

In 1785, Van Marum discovered that electric sparks passing through oxygen gas produced a unique sulphurous or electrical smell, which Cavallo referred to as “electrified air,” and Dr. John Davy, brother of Sir Humphry Davy, figured out how to detect its presence.

During the month of October 1801 Volta wrote a letter to Van Marum asking him to make, in concert with Prof. C. H. Pfaff, of Kiel, several experiments on the electricity of the pile with the very powerful apparatus of the Teylerian Society. The extended[279] researches of these two scientists are embodied in the Phil. Mag., Vol. XII. p. 161, as well as in the “Lettre à Volta” etc., published at Haarlem during 1802, and are likewise treated of in a very complete manner throughout Chaps. XVI and XXXII of Wilkinson’s well-known work on galvanism. Their united observations confirm the doctrine of Volta as to the identity of the current of the fluid put in motion by the voltaic pile and that to which an impulsion is given by an electrical machine. Thus is answered the question asked during May 1801 by the Haarlem Society of Sciences, viz. “Can the voltaic pile be explained in a satisfactory manner by the known laws and properties of electricity; or is it necessary to conclude the existence of a particular fluid, distinct from the one which is denominated electrical?” They also demonstrated that the current put in motion by the voltaic pile has an enormous celerity “which surpasses all that the imagination can conceive.” With a pile of one hundred and ten pairs of very large copper and zinc plates, they made experiments on the fusion of iron wires and ascertained the causes of the more considerable effects of large piles in the fusion and oxidation of metals, proving, among other facts, as Biot and Cuvier had already done, that a part of the oxygen is absorbed whether the operation be carried on in the open air or in vacuo (Biot and Cuvier, Soc. Philomathique, An. IX. p. 40; Annales de Chimie, Vol. XXXIX. p. 247).

During October 1801, Volta wrote a letter to Van Marum asking him to collaborate with Prof. C. H. Pfaff from Kiel to conduct several experiments on the electricity of the pile using the powerful equipment at the Teylerian Society. The extensive[279] research conducted by these two scientists is documented in the Phil. Mag., Vol. XII, p. 161, as well as in the “Lettre à Volta,” published in Haarlem in 1802, and is discussed in detail throughout Chapters XVI and XXXII of Wilkinson’s well-known work on galvanism. Their combined findings support Volta's theory that the current produced by the voltaic pile is the same as that generated by an electrical machine. This answers the question raised by the Haarlem Society of Sciences in May 1801: “Can the voltaic pile be adequately explained by the existing laws and properties of electricity, or is it necessary to assume the existence of a specific fluid distinct from what we call electrical?” They also proved that the current produced by the voltaic pile moves at an incredible speed “that exceeds anything the imagination can conceive.” Using a pile of one hundred and ten pairs of large copper and zinc plates, they conducted experiments on melting iron wires and identified the reasons behind the more significant effects of large piles on the melting and oxidation of metals, demonstrating, among other findings, as Biot and Cuvier had previously shown, that some of the oxygen is absorbed regardless of whether the process occurs in open air or in vacuo (Biot and Cuvier, Soc. Philomathique, An. IX, p. 40; Annales de Chimie, Vol. XXXIX, p. 247).

Another of Van Marum’s experiments is related in a letter to M. Berthollet, wherein he says: “... I have succeeded in the decomposition of water, by means of the current of the electrical machine, provided with a plate of thirty-one inches diameter, constructed by me on a new plan (see the Journal de Physique for June, 1795).... I took a thermometrical tube, of the kind employed in making the most sensitive thermometers of Crawford and Hunter, for which purpose I had procured several of these tubes some time before in London. Its diameter interiorly was not more than the one-hundredth part of an inch; and I introduced into it an iron wire of the diameter of about the three-hundredth part of an inch, to the depth of about twelve inches. I now closed the end of my thermometrical tube with sealing wax in such a way that the extremity of the iron wire should scarcely project, and I placed the tube itself, by means of a cork, within a larger tube containing water. The rest of the apparatus was arranged in the customary manner. By directing the powerful current of the above-mentioned machine to this apparatus, the copper ball belonging to which, placed on the thermometrical tube, was at the distance of about three or four lines from the conductor, I succeeded in decomposing the water with a promptitude nearly equal to that which results from a voltaic pile[280] of a hundred pairs of metallic plates.” This method of decomposing water is a very tedious one, and is in fact the result of an interrupted explosion, while the process of Dr. Wollaston (alluded to at A.D. 1801) is tranquil and progressive.

Another of Van Marum’s experiments is described in a letter to M. Berthollet, where he writes: “... I have managed to decompose water using the current from the electrical machine, equipped with a plate that I made, measuring thirty-one inches in diameter, based on a new design (see the Journal de Physique for June, 1795).... I used a thermometric tube, similar to those used for the most sensitive thermometers from Crawford and Hunter, which I had previously obtained in London. Its inner diameter was no more than one-hundredth of an inch, and I inserted an iron wire with a diameter of about one-three-hundredth of an inch to a depth of about twelve inches. I sealed the end of my thermometric tube with sealing wax so that the end of the iron wire barely stuck out, and I placed the tube, using a cork, inside a larger tube filled with water. The rest of the setup was arranged in the usual way. By directing the strong current from the aforementioned machine to this setup, with the copper ball, which was placed on the thermometric tube, about three or four lines away from the conductor, I succeeded in decomposing the water almost as quickly as a voltaic pile of one hundred pairs of metal plates.” This method of decomposing water is quite tedious and essentially results from an interrupted explosion, while Dr. Wollaston’s process (mentioned at CE 1801) is calm and steady.

References.—“Biogr. Univ.,” Vol. XLII. p. 600; J. G. Heinze, “Neue elekt. versuche ...” Oldenberg, 1777; Tries’ claim to Van Marum’s machine in Rozier, XL. p. 116; Prieur’s extract in Annales de Chimie, Vol. XXV. p. 312; “Verhand. Genootsch. Rott.,” VI for 1781 and VIII for 1787; Journal de Physique, XXXI, 1787; XXXIII, 1788 (Marum en Troostwyk); XXXIV, 1789; XXXVIII, 1791; XL, 1792; “Journal du Galvanisme,” XI, Cahier, p. 187; “Journal des Savants” for August 1905; “Revue Scientifique,” Paris, April 8, 1905, pp. 428–429; Nicholson’s Journal for March 1799, Vol. II. p. 527; Harris, “Electricity,” pp. 62, 90, 171; Cuthbertson, “Practical Electricity,” London, 1807, pp. 166, 172, 197, 225; Cavallo, “Electricity,” 4th ed., Vol. II. p. 273; “Lib. of Useful Knowledge,” “Electricity,” p. 45; Wilkinson, “Elements of Galvanism,” etc., London, 1804, Vol. II. pp. 106–128, 384; “Teyler’s Tweede Genootschap”; Gilbert, Annalen, I. pp. 239, 256; X. p. 121; Rozier, XXVII. pp. 148–155; XXXI. p. 343; XXXIV. p. 274; XXXVIII. pp. 109, 447; XL. p. 270; “Opus. Scelti,” IX. p. 41; XIV. p. 210.

References.—“Biogr. Univ.,” Vol. XLII. p. 600; J. G. Heinze, “Neue elekt. versuche ...” Oldenberg, 1777; Tries’ claim to Van Marum’s machine in Rozier, XL. p. 116; Prieur’s extract in Annales de Chimie, Vol. XXV. p. 312; “Verhand. Genootsch. Rott.,” VI for 1781 and VIII for 1787; Journal de Physique, XXXI, 1787; XXXIII, 1788 (Marum en Troostwyk); XXXIV, 1789; XXXVIII, 1791; XL, 1792; “Journal du Galvanisme,” XI, Cahier, p. 187; “Journal des Savants” for August 1905; “Revue Scientifique,” Paris, April 8, 1905, pp. 428–429; Nicholson’s Journal for March 1799, Vol. II. p. 527; Harris, “Electricity,” pp. 62, 90, 171; Cuthbertson, “Practical Electricity,” London, 1807, pp. 166, 172, 197, 225; Cavallo, “Electricity,” 4th ed., Vol. II. p. 273; “Lib. of Useful Knowledge,” “Electricity,” p. 45; Wilkinson, “Elements of Galvanism,” etc., London, 1804, Vol. II. pp. 106–128, 384; “Teyler’s Tweede Genootschap”; Gilbert, Annalen, I. pp. 239, 256; X. p. 121; Rozier, XXVII. pp. 148–155; XXXI. p. 343; XXXIV. p. 274; XXXVIII. pp. 109, 447; XL. p. 270; “Opus. Scelti,” IX. p. 41; XIV. p. 210.

A.D. 1785.—Sigaud de la Fond, Professor at the Collège d’Harcourt in Paris, publishes in the latter city his “Précis historique et expérimental des phénomènes electriques,” wherein he states having, as far back as 1756, made use of a circular plate machine provided with cushions and similar in shape to that which many claim to have originated with Ingen-housz and with Ramsden. (See A.D. 1779 and A.D. 1768.)

A.D. 1785.—Sigaud de la Fond, a professor at the Collège d’Harcourt in Paris, publishes his “Historical and Experimental Summary of Electrical Phenomena” in that city, where he mentions that as early as 1756, he used a circular plate machine equipped with cushions, similar in design to what many claim was first developed by Ingen-housz and Ramsden. (See AD 1779 and A.D. 1768.)

Sigaud de la Fond is also the author of “Description d’un Cabinet de Physique” (1784), “Cours de Physique,” etc. (1786), “Examen.,” etc. (1803) and of several treatises on medical electricity.

Sigaud de la Fond is also the author of “Description d’un Cabinet de Physique” (1784), “Cours de Physique,” etc. (1786), “Examen.,” etc. (1803), and several treatises on medical electricity.

References.—“Journal de Physique,” Vol. II. 1773; Figuier, “Exposition et Histoire,” Paris, 1857, pp. 50, 74–76, 178; Poggendorff, Vol. II. p. 927.

References.—“Journal of Physics,” Vol. II. 1773; Figuier, “Exposition and History,” Paris, 1857, pp. 50, 74–76, 178; Poggendorff, Vol. II. p. 927.

A.D. 1785.—In the “Nachricht von einer neuen Elektrisirmaschine des Herrn Walkiers von Saint Amand,” the last named gives a description of the electrical machine presented by him in 1784 to the Belgian Academy of Sciences.

A.D. 1785.—In the "Report on a New Electric Machine by Mr. Walkiers of Saint Amand," the latter provides a description of the electrical machine he presented to the Belgian Academy of Sciences in 1784.

It is also described and outlined in Delaunay’s “Manuel” named below, but, although very powerful in its effects, cannot be made readily available in consequence of its huge dimensions. M. Caullet de Veaumorel suggested the feasibility of changing the cylinders from a horizontal to a vertical position.

It is also described and outlined in Delaunay’s “Manuel” mentioned below, but, although very effective, cannot be easily accessed due to its large size. M. Caullet de Veaumorel proposed the idea of switching the cylinders from a horizontal to a vertical position.

References.—“Lichtenberg’s Mag.,” Vol. III. 1 st. p. 118; Delaunay, “Manuel,” etc., 1809, pp. 14–16.

Sources.—“Lichtenberg’s Mag.,” Vol. III. 1st. p. 118; Delaunay, “Manuel,” etc., 1809, pp. 14–16.

A.D. 1785.—Adams (George), mathematical instrument maker to his Majesty, writes an enlarged edition of his “Essay on Electricity,”[281] etc., which first appeared the year previous and wherein, as its full title indicates, he endeavours to explain the theory and practice of that science and the mode of applying it to medical purposes. He illustrates many experiments and gives an Essay on Magnetism, in the treatment of which latter he acknowledges the valuable aid of Dr. J. Lorimer.

A.D. 1785.—Adams (George), the mathematical instrument maker for the King, publishes a revised edition of his “Essay on Electricity,”[281] which first came out the previous year. In this edition, as the full title suggests, he aims to explain the theory and practice of electricity and how it can be used for medical purposes. He includes several experiments and provides an Essay on Magnetism, for which he recognizes the significant assistance of Dr. J. Lorimer.

The fifth and last edition of the “Essay,” which was issued by William Jones in 1799, four years after Adams’ death, contains a communication on the subject of Medical Electricity by John Birch, the author of “Della Forza dell’ Elettricita,” etc., Napoli, 1778.

The fifth and final edition of the “Essay,” released by William Jones in 1799, four years after Adams’ death, includes a piece on Medical Electricity by John Birch, the author of “Della Forza dell’ Elettricita,” etc., Napoli, 1778.

At p. 86 of the 1799 “Essay,” etc., Adams relates that, while M. Loammi Baldwin (“Memoirs of Amer. Acad.,” Vol. I. p. 257) held the cord of his kite during the approach of a thunderstorm, he “observed himself to be surrounded by a rare medium of fire, which, as the cloud rose nearer the zenith, and the kite rose higher, continued to extend itself with some gentle faint flashes.” At pp. 137, 186 and 222, he alludes to “A. Brook’s Miscellaneous Experiments and Remarks on Electricity,” etc., as well as to the Rev. John Lyon’s “Experiments and Observations of Electricity,” and refers to the “Journal of Natural Philosophy” (Vol. II. p. 438) for Nicholson’s experiments on the plus and minus of electricity.

At p. 86 of the 1799 “Essay,” etc., Adams shares that, while M. Loammi Baldwin (“Memoirs of Amer. Acad.,” Vol. I. p. 257) held the string of his kite during an approaching thunderstorm, he “noticed that he was surrounded by a unique medium of fire, which, as the cloud got closer to the top of the sky and the kite went higher, continued to expand with some faint gentle flashes.” At pp. 137, 186, and 222, he mentions “A. Brook’s Miscellaneous Experiments and Remarks on Electricity,” etc., along with the Rev. John Lyon’s “Experiments and Observations of Electricity,” and refers to the “Journal of Natural Philosophy” (Vol. II. p. 438) for Nicholson’s experiments on the plus and minus of electricity.

A.D. 1785.—La Méthérie (Jean Claude de), French physicist naturalist, becomes sole editor of the “Journal de Physique, de chimie et d’histoire naturelle,” and publishes in Paris his “Essai Analytique,” etc., wherein amongst other observations he asserts that the electric spark results from the combination of oxygen with hydrogen.

A.D. 1785.—La Méthérie (Jean Claude de), a French physicist and naturalist, becomes the sole editor of the “Journal de Physique, de chimie et d’histoire naturelle,” and publishes his “Essai Analytique” in Paris, where he states among other observations that the electric spark is caused by the combination of oxygen and hydrogen.

He considers that all bodies exist in an electrical or magnetical condition, that we are only a temporary aggregation of molecules of matter governed in different ways by nature’s laws, and that excitability is produced by galvanic action resulting from the superposition of nervous and muscular fibres.

He believes that all bodies are in an electrical or magnetic state, that we are just a temporary collection of molecules of matter influenced by nature's laws, and that excitability comes from galvanic action caused by the layering of nervous and muscular fibers.

He is also the author of very interesting treatises on animal electricity communicated to the Journal de Physique (Vol. XLII. pp. 252, 255, 292), and of which an account is given in Sue’s “Histoire du Galvanisme,” Paris, 1802, Vol. I. pp. 64–68. The last-named work also gives, at p. 80, an account of the letter on “Galvanism” sent to M. De La Méthérie by M. Leopold Vacca-Berlinghieri (Journal de Physique, Vol. XLI. p. 314).

He is also the author of some very interesting studies on animal electricity published in the Journal de Physique (Vol. XLII. pp. 252, 255, 292), which are discussed in Sue’s “Histoire du Galvanisme,” Paris, 1802, Vol. I. pp. 64–68. This last work also provides, on p. 80, a summary of the letter on “Galvanism” that M. Leopold Vacca-Berlinghieri sent to M. De La Méthérie (Journal de Physique, Vol. XLI. p. 314).

References.—“Biographie Générale,” Vol. XXIX. p. 209; Rozier, XLI. p. 437; Delaunay, “Manuel,” etc., 1809, p. 15, also Delaunay’s letter in Phil. Mag., Vol. XXVII. p. 260; C. H. Wilkinson, “Elements of Galvanism,” London, 1804, Vol. I. p. 62; Vol. II. p. 9; “Opus. Scelti,” XXI. p. 373; Journal de Physique et Chimie (of which La Méthérie remained[282] editor up to the time of his death, during 1817), Vols. LIII, LIV, Pluviose, An. XI. p. 161; also p. 157 for letter sent him by Giuseppe Izarn; Ann. di Chim. di Brugnatelli, Vol. XIX. p. 156; Aubert, “Elektrometische Flasche,” Paris, 1789.

References.—“General Biography,” Vol. XXIX. p. 209; Rozier, XLI. p. 437; Delaunay, “Manual,” etc., 1809, p. 15, also Delaunay’s letter in Philosophical Magazine, Vol. XXVII. p. 260; C. H. Wilkinson, “Elements of Galvanism,” London, 1804, Vol. I. p. 62; Vol. II. p. 9; “Selected Works,” XXI. p. 373; Journal of Physics and Chemistry (of which La Méthérie was the editor until his death in 1817), Vols. LIII, LIV, Pluviose, An. XI. p. 161; also p. 157 for a letter sent to him by Giuseppe Izarn; Annals of Chemistry by Brugnatelli, Vol. XIX. p. 156; Aubert, “Electromagnetic Bottle,” Paris, 1789.

A.D. 1785.—According to Prof. Tyndall, George Cadogan Morgan sought to produce the electric spark in the interior of solid bodies. He inserted two wires into wood and caused the spark to pass between them; the wood was illuminated with blood-red light or with yellow light according as the depth at which the spark was produced proved greater or less. The spark shown within an ivory ball, an orange, an apple, or under the thumb, illuminates these bodies throughout. A lemon is especially suited to this experiment, flashing forth, at every spark, as a spheroid of very brilliant golden light, and a row of eggs is also brilliantly illuminated throughout, at the passage of every spark from a Leyden jar. Morgan likewise made several experiments to ascertain the influence of electricity on the animal functions. These are alluded to at p. 602, Vol. VIII of the 1855 “Britannica,” and at p. 49 of “Electricity” in the “Library of Useful Knowledge.”

A.D. 1785.—According to Prof. Tyndall, George Cadogan Morgan aimed to create an electric spark inside solid objects. He inserted two wires into wood and made the spark jump between them; the wood glowed with a blood-red light or yellow light depending on how deep the spark was created. The spark shown inside an ivory ball, an orange, an apple, or under a thumb lights these objects completely. A lemon is particularly suited for this experiment, shining brilliantly in golden light with each spark, and a row of eggs also glows brightly throughout with each spark from a Leyden jar. Morgan also conducted various experiments to explore the effects of electricity on animal functions. These are mentioned on p. 602, Vol. VIII of the 1855 “Britannica,” and on p. 49 of “Electricity” in the “Library of Useful Knowledge.”

This George Cadogan Morgan (1754–1798) was an English physician and also a Professor of Natural Philosophy at Hackney, in an establishment founded by his uncle, Dr. Price. His “Lectures on Electricity” appeared in Norwich during the year 1794. In the second volume he describes (pp. 225–236) “the form, noise, colours and devastation of the electric flash,” and treats (pp. 383–397) of the “relation of the electric fluid to vegetation,” alluding more particularly to the experiments of Maimbray, Nollet, Achard, Duvernier, Ingen-housz, Van Breda, Dr. Carmoy and the Abbé d’Ormoy. He likewise gives an account of the northern lights, as well as descriptions of Bennet’s movable doubler and electroscope, and of Lane’s electrometer.

This George Cadogan Morgan (1754–1798) was an English doctor and a Professor of Natural Philosophy at Hackney, in a school established by his uncle, Dr. Price. His “Lectures on Electricity” were published in Norwich in 1794. In the second volume, he describes (pp. 225–236) “the form, noise, colors, and destruction of the electric flash,” and discusses (pp. 383–397) the “relationship of the electric fluid to plants,” specifically mentioning the experiments of Maimbray, Nollet, Achard, Duvernier, Ingenhousz, Van Breda, Dr. Carmoy, and Abbé d’Ormoy. He also provides an account of the northern lights, as well as descriptions of Bennet’s movable doubler and electroscope, and Lane’s electrometer.

References.—Morgan’s biography in Larousse, “Dict. Universel,” Tome XI. p. 562, and in “Biog. Générale,” Tome XXXVI. p. 570; “Bibl. Britan.” An. VII. vol. ii. pp. 129, 223, and Vol. XII. p. 3.

References.—Morgan’s biography in Larousse, “Dict. Universel,” Volume XI, page 562, and in “Biog. Générale,” Volume XXXVI, page 570; “Bibl. Britan.” Year VII, volume ii, pages 129, 223, and Volume XII, page 3.

A.D. 1786.—Rittenhouse (David), an American physicist and astronomer who afterward became F.R.S. and succeeded Dr. Franklin as President of the Am. Philos. Soc., publishes his theory of magnetism in a letter to John Page at Williamsburg, which is reproduced at folio 178 of Vol. II, old series, of the Transactions of the above-named Society.

A.D. 1786.—David Rittenhouse, an American physicist and astronomer who later became a Fellow of the Royal Society and succeeded Dr. Franklin as President of the American Philosophical Society, publishes his theory of magnetism in a letter to John Page in Williamsburg. This letter is reproduced on page 178 of Volume II, old series, of the Transactions of the aforementioned Society.

“Were we called upon,” says Renwick, “to assign him a rank among the philosophers whom America has produced, we should place him, in point of scientific merit, as second to Franklin alone.”

“Given the chance,” says Renwick, “to give him a rank among the philosophers that America has produced, we would place him, in terms of scientific achievement, just behind Franklin.”

[283]

[283]

References.—“Trans. Am. Phil. Soc.,” Vol. II, O.S., pp. 173, 175, for Page and Rittenhouse, and Vol. III. for Rittenhouse and Jones, as well as Rittenhouse and Hopkinson, upon “Meteors and Lightning.”

References.—“Trans. Am. Phil. Soc.,” Vol. II, O.S., pp. 173, 175, for Page and Rittenhouse, and Vol. III for Rittenhouse and Jones, as well as Rittenhouse and Hopkinson, on “Meteors and Lightning.”

A.D. 1786.—Galvani (Aloysio or Luigi), an Italian physician, who, at the age of twenty-five, was Professor of Anatomy at the University of Bologna, is led to the discovery of that important branch of electricity which bears his name. The manuscript giving the result of his experiments upon the Electricity of Metals is dated Sept. 20, 1786.

A.D. 1786.—Galvani (Aloysio or Luigi), an Italian doctor, who, at twenty-five, was a Professor of Anatomy at the University of Bologna, discovers a significant area of electricity that carries his name. The manuscript detailing the results of his experiments on the Electricity of Metals is dated September 20, 1786.

From papers in the “Bolognese Transactions” noted below, it would appear that he had, even before the year 1780, made many observations on the muscular contraction of frogs by electrical agency. Upon one occasion his wife happened to be holding a scalpel against the dissected legs and parts of the spine of a frog, which lay in close proximity to the conductor of an electrical machine recently charged by one of Galvani’s pupils. She noticed that whenever the dissecting knife touched the muscles they were violently convulsed, and, upon communicating the fact to her husband, he repeated and extended the experiment and found it necessary to pass the electric fluid through a metallic substance in order to develop the result originally observed. At first the frogs had been hung upon a copper hook fastened to an iron railing, but he afterward substituted an arc composed of both metals and with which he could readily produce the same results as were obtainable with an electrical machine.

From papers in the “Bolognese Transactions” noted below, it seems that he had, even before 1780, made many observations on how frogs' muscles contract through electrical stimulation. One time, his wife was holding a scalpel against the dissected legs and spine of a frog, which was positioned close to the conductor of an electrical machine recently charged by one of Galvani’s students. She noticed that whenever the knife touched the muscles, they would convulse violently. After sharing this with her husband, he repeated and expanded on the experiment, discovering that he needed to pass the electric current through a metal to achieve the original results. Initially, the frogs were hung on a copper hook attached to an iron railing, but he later replaced it with an arc made of both metals, which allowed him to easily produce the same results as those obtained with an electrical machine.

Galvani also made experiments to ascertain the effect of atmospheric electricity upon the nerves of frogs. He connected the latter with rods leading to lightning conductors erected upon the roof of his house, attaching also ground wires to the legs of the animals, and found that the same convulsions appeared whenever lightning was seen and likewise when heavy storm clouds passed over the house.

Galvani also conducted experiments to determine how atmospheric electricity affected the nerves of frogs. He connected the frogs to rods that led to lightning conductors on the roof of his house, also attaching ground wires to the frogs' legs, and discovered that the same convulsions occurred whenever there was lightning and also when heavy storm clouds passed over the house.

The results of his many interesting observations were first made public in the celebrated work entitled “Aloysii Galvani de viribus electricitatis in motu musculari. Commentarius: cum Aldini dissertatione et notis,” which appeared during 1791–1792. Therein, he expresses the belief that the bodies of animals possess a peculiar kind of electricity by which motion is communicated through both nerve and muscle, positive electricity going to the nerve, while negative electricity goes to the muscle, and that the muscles represent the exterior and the nerves the interior of the Leyden jar, the discharge being similarly produced by the metal which communicates with both.

The results of his numerous interesting observations were first published in the famous work titled “Aloysii Galvani de viribus electricitatis in motu musculari. Commentarius: cum Aldini dissertatione et notis,” which was released between 1791 and 1792. In this work, he expresses the idea that the bodies of animals contain a unique kind of electricity that allows for motion to be transmitted through both nerves and muscles, with positive electricity traveling to the nerves and negative electricity to the muscles. He also suggests that muscles represent the outer part and nerves the inner part of a Leyden jar, with the discharge being produced similarly by the metal that connects both.

Galvani’s singular experiments naturally attracted everywhere[284] the attention of philosophers, by whom they were repeated and varied, but by none were they more assiduously prosecuted than by Volta, who was then a Professor at the Pavia University, and who, as already indicated, was led by them to the discovery of the voltaic pile and of voltaic or galvanic electricity.

Galvani's unique experiments caught the attention of philosophers everywhere[284], who repeated and varied them. However, none pursued them more diligently than Volta, who was a Professor at the University of Pavia at the time. As previously mentioned, his work with these experiments led him to discover the voltaic pile and voltaic or galvanic electricity.

The announcement of Galvani’s observations was made in Germany, notably by J. F. Ackermann (“Medicinisch-chirurgische Zeitung”), by M. Er (“Physiologische Darstellung der Lebenskräfte”), by M. Smuck (“Beiträge zur weiteren Kenntniss,” etc.), and by F. A. C. Gren (“Journal der Physik,” Vols. VI, VII and VIII), while experiments were continued upon an extensive scale by the Italians F. Fontana, Carlo Francesco Bellingeri, M. Giulio and F. Rossi, as well as by Samuel T. Von Sömmering, by Wilhelm Behrends and by Karl Friedrich Kielmayer (Kielmaier), Professor of Medicine at the Tübingen University (Poggendorff, Vol. I. p. 1253). For the curious galvanic experiments of the celebrated French physician Larrey, and of Stark, Richerand, Dupuytren and Dumas, see “Bulletin des Sciences de la Société Philomathique,” 1793, Nos. 23, 24, and “Principes de Physiologie,” Vol. II. p. 312.

The announcement of Galvani’s findings was made in Germany, notably by J. F. Ackermann (“Medicinisch-chirurgische Zeitung”), by M. Er (“Physiologische Darstellung der Lebenskräfte”), by M. Smuck (“Beiträge zur weiteren Kenntniss,” etc.), and by F. A. C. Gren (“Journal der Physik,” Vols. VI, VII, and VIII), while experiments were carried out on a large scale by the Italians F. Fontana, Carlo Francesco Bellingeri, M. Giulio, and F. Rossi, as well as by Samuel T. Von Sömmering, Wilhelm Behrends, and Karl Friedrich Kielmayer (Kielmaier), Professor of Medicine at Tübingen University (Poggendorff, Vol. I. p. 1253). For the intriguing galvanic experiments of the famous French physician Larrey, and of Stark, Richerand, Dupuytren, and Dumas, see “Bulletin des Sciences de la Société Philomathique,” 1793, Nos. 23, 24, and “Principes de Physiologie,” Vol. II. p. 312.

References.—C. Alibert, “Eloges Historiques de Galvani, Spallanzani, Roussel et Bichat ...” Paris and Bologna, 1802–1806 (“Mém. de la Soc. d’Emul. de Paris,” Vol. IV; S. Gherardi, “Rapporto sui Manoscrotti,” Bologna, 1840, p. 19); Poggendorff, Vol. I. p. 839; Thomas Thomson, “History of the Royal Society,” London, 1812, pp. 450, etc.; Thomas Young, “Course of Lectures,” London, 1807, Vol. II; “Bolognese Transactions” for papers dated April 9, 1772, April 22, 1773 and Jan. 20, 1774; Sabine, “El. Tel.,” 1872, pp. 16–18; Knight’s “Mech. Dict.,” Vol. II. pp. 936, 937, for extract from report of Nat. Inst. of France, July 4, 1798; “Johnson’s Encyclop.,” 1877, Vol. I. p. 1510; Bakewell’s “Electricity,” p. 26; “Encyclop. Britannica,” 1855, Vol. VIII. p. 530, and Vol. XXI. pp. 609, etc.; Fahie’s “History,” etc., 1884, pp. 180–185; Phil. Trans., 1793; Miller, “History Philos. Illustrated,” London, 1849, Vol. IV. p. 333; Thomson, “Hist. of Chemistry,” Vol. II. pp. 251, 252; Matteucci, “Traité des phénomènes,” etc., Part I. p. 7; the Address of M. Gavarret made in 1848 before the Paris Medical Faculty; J. C. I. A. Creve’s treatise on Galvanism (“Jour. de la Soc. de Méd.,” Vol. XVIII. p. 216); “Mém. de la Soc. Méd. d’Emul.,” Vol. I. p. 236); Biot et Cuvier (Ann. de Ch., Vol. XXXIX. p. 247); A. Richerand (“Mém. de la Soc. Méd. d’Em.” Vol. III. p. 311); “Opus. Scelt.,” Vol. XV. p. 113; “Giornale Fis. Med.,” Vol. II. pp. 115, 131 (letter of B. Carminati); Marsiglio Landriani, “Lettera,” etc., 1776; Lettre d’un ami au Comte Prosper Albo (“Bibl. de Turin,” 1792, Vol. I. p. 261; Jour. de Phys., Tome XLI. P. 57); “Comment Bonon. Scient.,” Vol. VII. p. 363; account of the experiments made by MM. Cortambert and Gaillard, reported in “Mém. de la Soc. Méd. d’Em.,” Vol. I. pp. 232, 235; G. Klein’s “Dissert. de Métal,” etc., Maintz, 1794; Ostwald’s Klassiker, No. 52, p. 4; C. H. Wilkinson, “Elements of Galvanism,” etc., London, 1804, 2 Vols. passim; Wm. C. Wells, “Obs. on the Influence,” etc. (Phil. Trans., 1795, Pt. XI. p. 246); E. G. Robertson (An. de Ch., 1801, Vol. XXXVII. p. 132; Jour. de Paris, 10, 15 and 17 Fructidor de l’An. VIII); Paul Louis Simon, “Beschreibung neuengalvanisch,” etc., “Resultate,” etc., and “Versuche,” etc., all published in 1801 (L. W. Gilbert’s Annalen, 1801, Book V, An. de Chimie, No. 121, p. 106); L. W. Gilbert’s Book VI of the[285] Annalen, containing the “Memoirs on Galvanism,” by J. L. Boeckmann, L. A. von Arnim, Paul Erman, M. Gruner and C. H. Pfaff; C. Dupuytren, “Faits Particuliers,” etc., 1801; J. B. Trommsdorff, “Expér. Galv.,” 1801; M. Rouppe’s letter of Aug. 28, 1801, in Van Mons’ Jour. de Ch., Vol. I. pp. 106, 108; M. Bichat (Sue, “Hist. du Galv.,” II. p. 216); A. M. Vassalli-Eandi (Jour. de Phys., Frimaire, An. X. p. 476); C. F. Hellwag and M. Jacobi fils, “Erfahrungen,” etc., 1802; M. le Comte de Pusckin’s experiments on Galvanism, made Sept. and Dec. 1801, with a colonne tournante (Sue, “Hist. du Galv.,” Vol. II. pp. 257, 258); Al. Volta, in Jour. de Leipzig, and in “Comment ... Med. gestis,” 1792; Johann Mayer, “Abh. ... Galvani, Valli, Carminati u. Volta ...” Prag, 1793); Junoblowiskiana Society (“Comment ... Med. gestis,” 1793); “Imperial Dictionary of Universal Biography,” Wm. McKenzie London, n. d., Vol. II. p. 546; M. Cortambert (“Mém ... Soc. ... d’Emul.,” I. p. 232); M. Payssé (“Jour. de la Soc. des Pharm.,” first year, p. 100); Geo. Couvier (Jour. de Physique, Vol. VII. p. 318; “Mém. des Soc. Sav. et Lit.,” Vol. I. p. 132), 1801; C. Mathieu (“Rec. de la Soc. d’Agr. ... d’Autun,” An. X. p. 21), 1802; Ponton d’Amécourt, “Exposé du Galvanisme,” Paris, 1803; Joseph Weber’s works, published in 1802–1803, 1815, 1816, and those of J. K. F. Hauff, Marburg and Leipzig, 1803, 1804; M. Curtet (Jour. de Van Mons., No. VI. p. 272; Jour. de Physique, An. XI. p. 54), 1803; William Meade (“On the origin and progress of Galvanism”), Dublin, 1805; J. C. Reil (Jour. de Van Mons., No. IV. p. 104; Sue, “Hist. du Galv.,” Vol. IV. p. 26); J. A. Heidmann (Phil. Mag., Vol. XXVIII. p. 97), 1807; Sir Richard Phillips, “Electricity and Galvanism explained ...” (Phil. Mag., Vol. LVI. p. 195), London, 1820; B. G. Sage, “Recherches ... Galvanisme”; Leopold Nobili, “Sur le courant....” Genève, 1827.

References.—C. Alibert, “Historical Eulogies of Galvani, Spallanzani, Roussel, and Bichat ...” Paris and Bologna, 1802–1806 (“Mém. de la Soc. d’Emul. de Paris,” Vol. IV; S. Gherardi, “Report on Manoscrotti,” Bologna, 1840, p. 19); Poggendorff, Vol. I. p. 839; Thomas Thomson, “History of the Royal Society,” London, 1812, pp. 450, etc.; Thomas Young, “Course of Lectures,” London, 1807, Vol. II; “Bolognese Transactions” for papers dated April 9, 1772, April 22, 1773, and Jan. 20, 1774; Sabine, “El. Tel.,” 1872, pp. 16–18; Knight’s “Mechanical Dictionary,” Vol. II, pp. 936, 937, for an extract from the report of the National Institute of France, July 4, 1798; “Johnson’s Encyclopedia,” 1877, Vol. I, p. 1510; Bakewell’s “Electricity,” p. 26; “Encyclopedia Britannica,” 1855, Vol. VIII, p. 530, and Vol. XXI, pp. 609, etc.; Fahie’s “History,” etc., 1884, pp. 180–185; Philosophical Transactions, 1793; Miller, “Illustrated History of Philosophy,” London, 1849, Vol. IV, p. 333; Thomson, “History of Chemistry,” Vol. II, pp. 251, 252; Matteucci, “Treatise on Phenomena,” etc., Part I, p. 7; the Address of M. Gavarret delivered in 1848 before the Paris Medical Faculty; J. C. I. A. Creve’s treatise on Galvanism (“Journal de la Soc. de Méd.,” Vol. XVIII, p. 216); “Mémoires de la Soc. Méd. d’Emul.,” Vol. I, p. 236; Biot and Cuvier (Annales de Chimie, Vol. XXXIX, p. 247); A. Richerand (“Mém. de la Soc. Méd. d’Em.” Vol. III, p. 311); “Opus. Selection,” Vol. XV, p. 113; “Giornale Fis. Med.,” Vol. II, pp. 115, 131 (letter of B. Carminati); Marsiglio Landriani, “Letter,” etc., 1776; Letter from a friend to Count Prosper Albo (“Bibliothèque de Turin,” 1792, Vol. I, p. 261; Journal de Physique, Tome XLI, P. 57); “Comment Bonon. Scient.,” Vol. VII, p. 363; account of the experiments conducted by MM. Cortambert and Gaillard, reported in “Mém. de la Soc. Méd. d’Em.”, Vol. I, pp. 232, 235; G. Klein’s “Dissertation on Metal,” etc., Maintz, 1794; Ostwald’s Klassiker, No. 52, p. 4; C. H. Wilkinson, “Elements of Galvanism,” etc., London, 1804, 2 Vols. passim; Wm. C. Wells, “Observations on the Influence,” etc. (Phil. Trans., 1795, Pt. XI, p. 246); E. G. Robertson (Annales de Chimie, 1801, Vol. XXXVII, p. 132; Journal de Paris, 10, 15, and 17 Fructidor de l’An. VIII); Paul Louis Simon, “Description of New Galvanism,” etc., “Results,” etc., and “Experiments,” etc., all published in 1801 (L. W. Gilbert’s Annalen, 1801, Book V, Annales de Chimie, No. 121, p. 106); L. W. Gilbert’s Book VI of the Annalen, containing the “Memories on Galvanism,” by J. L. Boeckmann, L. A. von Arnim, Paul Erman, M. Gruner, and C. H. Pfaff; C. Dupuytren, “Specific Facts,” etc., 1801; J. B. Trommsdorff, “Galv. Experiments,” 1801; M. Rouppe’s letter of Aug. 28, 1801, in Van Mons’ Journal de Chimie, Vol. I, pp. 106, 108; M. Bichat (Sue, “History of Galv.,” II, p. 216); A. M. Vassalli-Eandi (Journal de Physique, Frimaire, An. X, p. 476); C. F. Hellwag and M. Jacobi fils, “Experiments,” etc., 1802; M. le Comte de Pusckin’s experiments on Galvanism, conducted in Sept. and Dec. 1801, with a rotating column (Sue, “History of Galv.,” Vol. II, pp. 257, 258); Al. Volta, in Journal de Leipzig, and in “Comment ... Med. gestis,” 1792; Johann Mayer, “Memoir ... Galvani, Valli, Carminati and Volta ...” Prague, 1793; Junoblowiskiana Society (“Comment ... Med. gestis,” 1793); “Imperial Dictionary of Universal Biography,” Wm. McKenzie London, n.d., Vol. II, p. 546; M. Cortambert (“Mémoires ... Soc. ... d’Emul.,” I, p. 232); M. Payssé (“Journal de la Soc. des Pharm.,” first year, p. 100); Geo. Couvier (Journal de Physique, Vol. VII, p. 318; “Mém. des Soc. Sav. et Lit.,” Vol. I, p. 132), 1801; C. Mathieu (“Recueil de la Soc. d’Agriculture ... d’Autun,” An. X, p. 21), 1802; Ponton d’Amécourt, “Overview of Galvanism,” Paris, 1803; Joseph Weber’s works, published in 1802–1803, 1815, 1816, and those of J. K. F. Hauff, Marburg and Leipzig, 1803, 1804; M. Curtet (Journal de Van Mons, No. VI, p. 272; Journal de Physique, An. XI, p. 54), 1803; William Meade (“On the Origin and Progress of Galvanism”), Dublin, 1805; J. C. Reil (Journal de Van Mons, No. IV, p. 104; Sue, “History of Galv.,” Vol. IV, p. 26); J. A. Heidmann (Philosophical Magazine, Vol. XXVIII, p. 97), 1807; Sir Richard Phillips, “Electricity and Galvanism Explained ...” (Philosophical Magazine, Vol. LVI, p. 195), London, 1820; B. G. Sage, “Researches ... on Galvanism”; Leopold Nobili, “On the Current....” Geneva, 1827.

A.D. 1786.—Hemmer (J. J.), celebrated physician and secretary of the Meteor. Society of Mannheim, gives, in the “Transactions of the Electoral Society,” an account of what have been pronounced the most complete series of experiments ever made upon the electricity of the human body. They absolutely show that the human subject possesses no species of electrical organs which are under the regulation of the will. Of his many observations, the following are worth recording: He found that the electricity of the body is common to all ages and sexes; that its intensity and character often vary in the same body (in 2422 experiments, it was 1252 times positive, 771 times negative and 399 times imperceptible); that the electricity of the body is naturally positive, it being always so when subject to no violent exertion, and that when the body is subjected to sudden or violent motion the electricity becomes negative, the case also when the body experiences either cold or extreme lassitude.

A.D. 1786.—Hemmer (J. J.), a well-known doctor and secretary of the Meteor. Society of Mannheim, presents, in the “Transactions of the Electoral Society,” an overview of what have been described as the most comprehensive experiments ever conducted on the electricity of the human body. These experiments clearly demonstrate that humans do not have any type of electrical organs that can be controlled by will. Among his numerous observations, the following are noteworthy: He discovered that the electricity of the body is present in individuals of all ages and genders; that its strength and nature frequently change within the same individual (in 2422 experiments, it was positive 1252 times, negative 771 times, and imperceptible 399 times); that the electricity of the body is naturally positive, always so unless the person is undergoing intense exertion, and that during sudden or intense movement, the electricity shifts to negative, a phenomenon also observed when the body faces either cold or extreme fatigue.

References.—“Encycl. Brit.,” Vol. VIII, 1855, p. 571; “Rheinische Beiträgen zur Gelehrsamkeit” for 1781, Fifth Book, pp. 428–466; Van Swinden, “Recueil,” etc., La Haye, 1784, Vols. I and II passim; “Observ. sur la Phys.,” July, 1780; Phil. Mag., 1799, Vol. V. pp. 1, 140; “Comment. Acad. Theod.-Palat.,” Vols. IV, V and VI of Phys.; “Mém. de l’Acad. de Mannheim,” Vol. IV; “Pfalzbayr. Beiträge” for 1782.

Sources.—“Encycl. Brit.,” Vol. VIII, 1855, p. 571; “Rheinische Beiträgen zur Gelehrsamkeit” for 1781, Fifth Book, pp. 428–466; Van Swinden, “Recueil,” etc., The Hague, 1784, Vols. I and II passim; “Observ. sur la Phys.,” July, 1780; Phil. Mag., 1799, Vol. V. pp. 1, 140; “Comment. Acad. Theod.-Palat.,” Vols. IV, V and VI of Phys.; “Mém. de l’Acad. de Mannheim,” Vol. IV; “Pfalzbayr. Beiträge” for 1782.

A.D. 1787.—Lomond—Lomont—(Claude Jean-Baptiste), a very capable French machinist, and “one who has a genius for invention,”[286] is the first to introduce a successful electric telegraph consisting of but one wire. Of this the following account appears under date Oct. 16, 1787, in Arthur Young’s “Voyage Agronomique en France” (“Travels”), fourth edition, Vol. I. p. 79: “You write two or three words on a paper; he takes it with him into an adjoining room and turns a machine in a cylinder case, on the top of which is an electrometer having a pretty little ball of pith of a quill suspended by a silk thread; a brass wire connects it to a similar cylinder and electrometer in a distant apartment, and his wife, on observing the movements of the corresponding ball, writes the words which it indicates. From this it appears that he (Lomond) has made an alphabet of motions. As the length of the brass wire makes no difference in the effect, you could correspond with it at a great distance, as, for example, with a besieged city or for objects of much more importance. Whatever be the use that shall be made of it, the discovery is an admirable one.”

A.D. 1787.—Lomond—Lomont—(Claude Jean-Baptiste), a highly skilled French machinist and “someone with a talent for invention,”[286] is the first to successfully introduce an electric telegraph that uses just one wire. The following description was published on October 16, 1787, in Arthur Young’s “Voyage Agronomique en France” (“Travels”), fourth edition, Vol. I. p. 79: “You write two or three words on a piece of paper; he takes it with him into an adjoining room and operates a machine in a cylinder case, which has an electrometer on top with a small ball made of pith from a quill, suspended by a silk thread; a brass wire connects it to another cylinder and electrometer in a different room, and his wife, noticing the movements of the corresponding ball, writes down the words it indicates. From this, it’s clear that he (Lomond) has created an alphabet of motions. Since the length of the brass wire does not affect the outcome, you could communicate over long distances, such as with a besieged city or for much more significant matters. Regardless of how it will be used, this discovery is truly remarkable.”

References.—Ed. Highton, “Elec. Tel.,” 1852, p. 38; Sabine, “Elec. Tel.,” pp. 10–11; Shaffner, “Manual,” pp. 132, 133; Vail’s “History,” etc., p. 121; “Appleton’s Encycl.,” 1871, Vol. XV. p. 335.

References.—Ed. Highton, “Electric Telegraph,” 1852, p. 38; Sabine, “Electric Telegraph,” pp. 10–11; Shaffner, “Manual,” pp. 132, 133; Vail’s “History,” etc., p. 121; “Appleton’s Encyclopedia,” 1871, Vol. XV, p. 335.

A.D. 1787.—Brard (Cyprien Prosper), French mineralogist, first observes that some crystals of axinite (consisting mainly of silica, alumina, lime and peroxide of iron) become electric by heat.

A.D. 1787.—Brard (Cyprien Prosper), a French mineralogist, is the first to notice that certain crystals of axinite (which are mainly made up of silica, alumina, lime, and iron peroxide) generate electricity when heated.

References.—Gmelin, article “Electricity,” etc., Vol. I. p. 319; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. II. p. 1205; Thomas, “Dict. of Biog.,” Vol. I. p. 429; “Enc. Brit.,” 8th ed., Vol. VIII. p. 530; Brard, “Manuel du Minéralogiste,” etc., Bordeaux Academy of Sciences Report for 1829, p. 39, and for 1838, p. 84—the latter containing M. Hatchett’s observations on one of M. Brard’s meteorolites.

Sources.—Gmelin, article “Electricity,” etc., Vol. I, p. 319; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. II, p. 1205; Thomas, “Dict. of Biog.,” Vol. I, p. 429; “Enc. Brit.,” 8th ed., Vol. VIII, p. 530; Brard, “Manuel du Minéralogiste,” etc., Bordeaux Academy of Sciences Report for 1829, p. 39, and for 1838, p. 84—the latter containing M. Hatchett’s observations on one of M. Brard’s meteorites.

A.D. 1787.—Haüy (Le Père René Just), native of Picardie and member of the Académie Royale des Sciences, publishes an abridgment of the doctrines of Æpinus (at A.D. 1759) under the title of “Exposition raisonnée de la Théorie de l’Électricité et du Magnétisme.” He was doubtless the first to observe that in all minerals the pyro-electric state has an important connection with the want of symmetry of the crystals, and no proof of the extent to which he directed his investigations in that line can more readily be had than by consulting general “Encyclopædia” articles relative to the pyro-electricity of boracite (borate of magnesia), of prehnite (silica, alumina and lime), of mesotype (hydrated silicate of alumina and of lime or of soda), of sphene (silica, titanic acid and lime), calamine (silicate of zinc) and of Siberian topaz.

A.D. 1787.—Haüy (Le Père René Just), a native of Picardie and member of the Académie Royale des Sciences, publishes a summary of Æpinus's theories (from CE 1759) titled “Exposition raisonnée de la Théorie de l’Électricité et du Magnétisme.” He was likely the first to notice that in all minerals, the pyro-electric state is closely linked to the lack of symmetry in the crystals. The depth of his research in this area can be easily seen by looking at general “Encyclopædia” entries related to the pyro-electricity of boracite (borate of magnesia), prehnite (silica, alumina, and lime), mesotype (hydrated silicate of alumina and lime or soda), sphene (silica, titanic acid, and lime), calamine (silicate of zinc), and Siberian topaz.

At pp. 480, 481 of his “Outline of the Sciences,” etc., London, 1830, Dr. Thomas Thomson states:

At pages 480 and 481 of his “Outline of the Sciences,” etc., London, 1830, Dr. Thomas Thomson states:

“There is a hill of sulphate of lime, called Kalkberg, situated near[287] Lunebourg, in the duchy of Brunswick, in which small cubic crystals are found. These cubes are white, have a specific gravity of 2·566, and are composed of two atoms of boracic acid combined with one atom of magnesia. They are distinguished among mineralogists by the name of boracite. If we examine the cubic crystals of boracite, we shall find that only four of the solid angles are complete, constituting alternate angles placed at the extremity of two opposite diagonals at the upper and lower surface of the cube. The other four solid angles are replaced by small equilateral triangles. When the boracite is heated all the perfect solid angles become charged with negative electricity, while all the angles replaced by equilateral triangles become charged with positive electricity. So that the boracite has eight poles: four positive and four negative. Those are obviously the extremities of four diagonals connecting the solid angles with each other. One extremity of each of these diagonals is charged with positive and the other extremity with negative electricity. In general, the electricity of boracite is not so strong as that of the tourmaline.” This curious law of the excitability of the boracite and of its eight poles was discovered by Haüy in 1791 (Haüy’s “Minéralogie,” 260, second edition).

“There is a hill of lime sulfate, called Kalkberg, located near[287] Lunebourg, in the duchy of Brunswick, where small cubic crystals can be found. These cubes are white, have a specific gravity of 2.566, and consist of two atoms of boric acid combined with one atom of magnesium. Mineralogists refer to them as boracite. If we examine the cubic crystals of boracite, we'll see that only four of the solid angles are complete, forming opposite angles located at the ends of two diagonals on the top and bottom surfaces of the cube. The remaining four solid angles are replaced by small equilateral triangles. When boracite is heated, all the complete solid angles become negatively charged, while the angles replaced by equilateral triangles become positively charged. This means boracite has eight poles: four positive and four negative. These poles are located at the ends of four diagonals connecting the solid angles to each other. One end of each diagonal has a positive charge, and the other end has a negative charge. In general, the electricity of boracite isn’t as strong as that of tourmaline.” This intriguing property of boracite and its eight poles was discovered by Haüy in 1791 (Haüy’s “Minéralogie,” 260, second edition).

Axinite, mesotype, and the silicate of zinc are also minerals which become electric when heated, and which, like the tourmaline, exhibit two opposite poles, the one positive, the other negative. It is not every crystal of axinite and mesotype which possesses this property, but such only as are unsymmetrical, that is to say, such as have extremities of different shapes. No doubt this remark applies also to the silicate of zinc; though as the crystals of that mineral are usually acicular it is not so easy to determine by observation the degree of symmetry which they may possess.

Axinite, mesotype, and zinc silicate are also minerals that generate electricity when heated and, like tourmaline, show two opposite poles, one positive and the other negative. Not every axinite and mesotype crystal has this property; it's only those that are asymmetrical, meaning they have ends of different shapes. This observation likely applies to zinc silicate as well, but since its crystals are usually needle-like, it's harder to determine their symmetry just by looking at them.

The topaz, prehnite, and the titaniferous mineral called sphene are also capable of being excited by heat, and have two opposite poles like those already mentioned.

The topaz, prehnite, and the titaniferous mineral known as sphene can also be heated up and have two opposite poles, just like the ones mentioned before.

Haüy also made the most extensive and accurate observations known upon the development of electricity in minerals by friction. Detailed lists of the different classes of minerals, as well as the conclusions arrived at through various experiments, are given in the “Encyclopedia Britannica,” Vol. VIII, 1855, pp. 538, 539, while at pp. 529 and 558 of the same work are to be found accounts of his observations on the electricity of the tourmaline, as well as a description of the different electroscopes employed in his many experiments.

Haüy also made the most comprehensive and accurate observations known about the development of electricity in minerals through friction. Detailed lists of the various classes of minerals, along with the conclusions drawn from different experiments, can be found in the "Encyclopedia Britannica," Vol. VIII, 1855, pp. 538, 539, while on pp. 529 and 558 of the same work are accounts of his observations on the electricity of the tourmaline, as well as a description of the various electroscopes used in his numerous experiments.

References.—Priestley, “History of Electricity,” 1767, pp. 314–326; Gmelin’s “Chemistry,” Vol. I. p. 319; Noad, “Manual,” pp. 27–31; also article “Electricity” in “Library Useful Knowledge,” pp. 3,[288] 54, 56; M. Lister, “Collection Académique,” Tome VI; “Société Philomathique,” An. V. p. 34; An. XII. p. 191; “Mém. du Museum d’Hist. Nat.,” Vol. III; “Mém. de l’lnstitut,” An. IV. tome i., “Sciences Math. et Phys.” p. 49; “Mém. de l’Académie,” 1785, Mem. p. 206; Philosophical Magazine, Vols. XX. p. 120; XXXVIII. p. 81; Thomas Thomson, “Hist. of the Roy. Soc.,” London, 1812, pp. 180, etc.; Young’s “Lectures,” London, 1807, Vol. II; Haüy, “Traité Élémentaire de Physique,” Chap VII, “Magnetism”; Experiments of J. L. Treméry (author of “Observations sur les Aimants Elliptiques,” recorded in Journal des Mines, Vol. VI for 1797, also in Jour. de Phys., Vols. XLVIII and LIV) and of M. De Nelis, some of whose observations are given in the Phil. Mag., Vol. XLVIII. p. 127, and in the Jour. de Phys., Vols. LXI. p. 45; LXII. p. 150; LXIII. p. 147; LXIV. p. 130; LXVI. pp. 336, 456, as shown and illustrated at pp. 153–162 of Delaunay’s “Manuel,” etc., of 1809; “Séances de l’Acad. de Bordeaux” for 1835, giving M. Vallot’s report on the difference existing between the chalcedony and the tourmaline. Regarding the latter, consult S. Rinmann (“K. Schwed. Akad. Abh.,” XXVIII. pp. 46, 114); C. Rammelsberg, “Die Zuzam ... und Feldspaths”; Mr. Magellan’s edition of Cronstedt’s Mineralogy for Steigliz’s tourmaline; Cesare G. Pozzi, on the tourmaline; H. Von Meyer (“Archiv. ... Ges. Natural,” XIV. 3, p. 342); M. Lechman (Berlin Academy Reports); Carl Von Linné (Linnæus), “Flora Zeylanica,” Stockholm, 1747; M. Leymerie (Toulouse Acad. Reports); Brewster, “Journal” I. p. 208; J. K. Wilcke (“Vetensk. Akad. Handl.,” 1766 and 1768); Jos. Muller, “Schreiben ... Tourmaline,” Wien, 1773; F. J. Muller von Reichenstein, “Nachr. ... an Born,” Wien, 1778; H. B. de Saussure (“Jour. de Paris”), 1784; Louis Delaunay’s letter on the tourmaline, 1782; D. G. Fischer’s works, published at Mosk, 1813, 1818; J. D. Forbes (“Edin. Trans.,” Vol. XIII), 1834.

References.—Priestley, “History of Electricity,” 1767, pp. 314–326; Gmelin’s “Chemistry,” Vol. I. p. 319; Noad, “Manual,” pp. 27–31; also article “Electricity” in “Library Useful Knowledge,” pp. 3,[288] 54, 56; M. Lister, “Collection Académique,” Tome VI; “Société Philomathique,” An. V. p. 34; An. XII. p. 191; “Mém. du Museum d’Hist. Nat.,” Vol. III; “Mém. de l’Institut,” An. IV. tome i., “Sciences Math. et Phys.” p. 49; “Mém. de l’Académie,” 1785, Mem. p. 206; Philosophical Magazine, Vols. XX. p. 120; XXXVIII. p. 81; Thomas Thomson, “Hist. of the Roy. Soc.,” London, 1812, pp. 180, etc.; Young’s “Lectures,” London, 1807, Vol. II; Haüy, “Traité Élémentaire de Physique,” Chap VII, “Magnetism”; Experiments of J. L. Treméry (author of “Observations sur les Aimants Elliptiques,” recorded in Journal des Mines, Vol. VI for 1797, also in Jour. de Phys., Vols. XLVIII and LIV) and of M. De Nelis, some of whose observations are given in the Phil. Mag., Vol. XLVIII. p. 127, and in the Jour. de Phys., Vols. LXI. p. 45; LXII. p. 150; LXIII. p. 147; LXIV. p. 130; LXVI. pp. 336, 456, as shown and illustrated at pp. 153–162 of Delaunay’s “Manuel,” etc., of 1809; “Séances de l’Acad. de Bordeaux” for 1835, giving M. Vallot’s report on the difference existing between the chalcedony and the tourmaline. Regarding the latter, consult S. Rinmann (“K. Schwed. Akad. Abh.,” XXVIII. pp. 46, 114); C. Rammelsberg, “Die Zuzam ... und Feldspaths”; Mr. Magellan’s edition of Cronstedt’s Mineralogy for Steigliz’s tourmaline; Cesare G. Pozzi, on the tourmaline; H. Von Meyer (“Archiv. ... Ges. Natural,” XIV. 3, p. 342); M. Lechman (Berlin Academy Reports); Carl Von Linné (Linnæus), “Flora Zeylanica,” Stockholm, 1747; M. Leymerie (Toulouse Acad. Reports); Brewster, “Journal” I. p. 208; J. K. Wilcke (“Vetensk. Akad. Handl.,” 1766 and 1768); Jos. Muller, “Schreiben ... Tourmaline,” Wien, 1773; F. J. Muller von Reichenstein, “Nachr. ... an Born,” Wien, 1778; H. B. de Saussure (“Jour. de Paris”), 1784; Louis Delaunay’s letter on the tourmaline, 1782; D. G. Fischer’s works, published at Mosk, 1813, 1818; J. D. Forbes (“Edin. Trans.,” Vol. XIII), 1834.

A.D. 1787.—Charles (Jacques Alexandre César), a singularly able French physicist and experimentalist, who became the Secretary of the Académie des Sciences, relates many of his electrical experiments in the thirtieth volume of the Journal de Physique.

A.D. 1787.—Charles (Jacques Alexandre César), an exceptionally talented French physicist and experimentalist, who served as the Secretary of the Académie des Sciences, shares numerous accounts of his electrical experiments in the thirtieth volume of the Journal de Physique.

He was one of the first to study and develop the theories of Franklin, who, in company with Volta, frequently attended the brilliant lectures which Charles was enabled to give in what was then considered the most complete philosophical laboratory of Europe. In many of his experiments on atmospherical electricity, Charles has been known to produce thousands of sparks, beams or flashes, which exceeded 12 feet in length and which made reports similar to those of fire-arms. The French Academy endorsed the opinion given the Minister of War by Charles to the effect that “a conductor will effectually protect a circular space whose radius is twice the length of the rod.”

He was one of the first to study and develop the theories of Franklin, who, along with Volta, often attended the impressive lectures that Charles was able to give in what was then considered the most advanced philosophical laboratory in Europe. In many of his experiments on atmospheric electricity, Charles was known to produce thousands of sparks, beams, or flashes that exceeded 12 feet in length and made sounds similar to gunfire. The French Academy backed the opinion Charles gave to the Minister of War, stating that "a conductor will effectively protect a circular area whose radius is twice the length of the rod."

Charles invented the megascope and was the first to make an ascension in a hydrogen balloon, which he did in company with M. Robert on the 1st of December (not on the 2nd of August) 1783, ten days after the first trip made by Pilatre de Rozier and Comte d’Arlandes in a Montgolfière from the Paris Bois de Boulogne.

Charles invented the megascope and was the first to ascend in a hydrogen balloon, which he did alongside M. Robert on December 1st (not August 2nd) 1783, ten days after the first flight by Pilatre de Rozier and Comte d’Arlandes in a Montgolfière from the Paris Bois de Boulogne.

References.—“Biographie Générale,” Vol. IX. pp. 929–933; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. III. p. 1020; Journal de Physique for 1791, p. 63; “Mémoires de l’Acad. des Sciences” for 1828; George Adams,[289] “Lectures on Nat. and Exp. Philosophy,” London, 1799, Vol. III. pp. 462–464; Edin. Encycl., 1813, article “Aeronautics,” Vol. I. p. 160, “Franklin in France,” 1888, Part II. pp. 256, 270, 276–280; M. Veau Delaunay, Introduction to his “Manuel,” etc., Paris, 1809, pp. 19, 25 and 61–63; also pp. 23, 68, 92, 96, 122, 176 and 214.

References.—“Biographie Générale,” Vol. IX. pp. 929–933; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. III. p. 1020; Journal de Physique for 1791, p. 63; “Mémoires de l’Acad. des Sciences” for 1828; George Adams,[289] “Lectures on Nat. and Exp. Philosophy,” London, 1799, Vol. III. pp. 462–464; Edin. Encycl., 1813, article “Aeronautics,” Vol. I. p. 160, “Franklin in France,” 1888, Part II. pp. 256, 270, 276–280; M. Veau Delaunay, Introduction to his “Manuel,” etc., Paris, 1809, pp. 19, 25 and 61–63; also pp. 23, 68, 92, 96, 122, 176 and 214.

A.D. 1787.—Mann (Théodore Augustin), Abbé, Flemish writer and antiquary, becomes perpetual secretary of the Brussels Academy of Sciences ten years after leaving the Nieuport Monastery (1777), and is charged with the duty of making meteorological observations, which are regularly transmitted to the Mannheim Academy officials, who receive similar reports regularly from different parts of Europe and publish them under the title of “Ephémérides Météorologiques.”

A.D. 1787.—Mann (Théodore Augustin), an Abbé, Flemish writer and historian, becomes the permanent secretary of the Brussels Academy of Sciences ten years after leaving the Nieuport Monastery (1777). He is responsible for making meteorological observations, which are regularly sent to the Mannheim Academy officials, who receive similar reports from various parts of Europe and publish them under the title “Ephémérides Météorologiques.”

His many investigations made with electrical machines are embraced in the last-named publication and are also alluded to in his “Marées Aériennes,” etc., which appeared in Brussels during the year 1792.

His numerous experiments conducted with electrical devices are included in the aforementioned publication and are also mentioned in his “Marées Aériennes,” etc., which was published in Brussels in 1792.

References.—“Biog. Générale,” Tome XXXIII. p. 231; Larousse, “Dict. Universel,” Tome X. p. 1085; Phil. Mag., Vol. IV. p. 337; “Comm. Ac. Theod. Pal.,” 1790, Vol. VI. p. 82.

References.—“Biog. Générale,” Volume XXXIII, page 231; Larousse, “Dict. Universel,” Volume X, page 1085; Phil. Mag., Volume IV, page 337; “Comm. Ac. Theod. Pal.,” 1790, Volume VI, page 82.

A.D. 1787.—Bennet (Rev. Abraham), F.R.S., first describes in the Philosophical Transactions for this year, pp. 26–32, the gold-leaf electroscope which bears his name and which is considered the most sensitive and the most important of all known instruments for detecting the presence of electricity. It consists of a glass cylinder which is covered with a projecting brass cap, made flat in order to receive upon it whatever article or substance is to be electrified, and having an opening for the insertion of wires and of a metallic point to collect the electricity of the atmosphere. The interior of the cap holds a tube which carries two strips of gold leaf in lieu of the customary wires or threads, and upon two opposite sides of the interior of the cylinder are pasted two pieces of tinfoil directly facing the gold-leaf strips. The cap is turned around until the strips hang parallel to the pieces of tinfoil, so that any electricity present will cause the strips to diverge and make them strike the tinfoil, which will carry the electricity through the support of the cylinder to the ground.

A.D. 1787.—Bennet (Rev. Abraham), F.R.S., first describes in the Philosophical Transactions for this year, pp. 26–32, the gold-leaf electroscope that bears his name and is considered the most sensitive and important instrument for detecting electricity. It consists of a glass cylinder covered with a flat brass cap designed to hold any item or substance to be electrified, and it has an opening for inserting wires and a metallic point to collect atmospheric electricity. Inside the cap is a tube that holds two strips of gold leaf instead of the usual wires or threads, and two pieces of tinfoil are attached to opposite sides of the inside of the cylinder, directly facing the gold-leaf strips. The cap is adjusted so the strips hang parallel to the tinfoil pieces, so any electricity present will make the strips separate and hit the tinfoil, which will carry the electricity through the cylinder's support to the ground.

This electroscope, says Wilkinson, possesses great sensibility, and through the movable coatings introduced by Mr. Pepys, very small portions of electricity are discernible. Another very excellent electroscope is formed with either extremely fine silver thread, prepared after the manner of Mr. Read, or with the minutest thread found in a bundle of very fine flax, having a little isinglass glue applied gently over it with the finger and thumb.

This electroscope, says Wilkinson, has great sensitivity, and thanks to the movable coatings created by Mr. Pepys, very small amounts of electricity can be detected. Another excellent electroscope is made using either an extremely fine silver thread, prepared like Mr. Read's method, or the tiniest thread found in a bundle of very fine flax, with a little isinglass glue gently applied to it with the finger and thumb.

Of the numerous observations made by Bennet, the following interesting extract relative to the phenomenon of evaporation is[290] taken from the Philosophical Transactions for the year 1787. “If a metal cup with a red hot coal in it be placed upon the cap of a gold leaf electroscope, a spoonful of water thrown in electrifies the cup resinously; and if a bent wire be placed in the cup with a piece of paper fastened to it to increase its surface, the vitreous electricity of the ascending column of vapour may be seen by introducing the paper into it. The experiments on the evaporation of water may be tried with more ease and certainty of success by heating the small end of a tobacco pipe and pouring water into the head, which, running down to the heated part, is suddenly expanded, and will show its electricity when projected upon the cap of the electrometer more sensibly than any other way that I have tried. If the pipe be fixed in a cloven stick and placed in the cup of one electrometer while the steam is projected upon another, it produces both electricities at once.”

Of the many observations made by Bennet, the following intriguing excerpt related to evaporation is[290] taken from the Philosophical Transactions for the year 1787. “If a metal cup with a red-hot coal in it is placed on top of a gold leaf electroscope, adding a spoonful of water electrifies the cup with resinous electricity; and if a bent wire is put in the cup with a piece of paper attached to it to increase its surface area, you can see the vitreous electricity of the rising column of vapor by introducing the paper into it. You can conduct experiments on water evaporation more easily and with more reliable results by heating the small end of a tobacco pipe and pouring water into the bowl. As the water runs down to the heated part, it expands rapidly and demonstrates its electricity when projected onto the cap of the electrometer more effectively than any other method I've tried. If the pipe is secured in a slit stick and placed in the cup of one electrometer while the steam is projected onto another, it generates both types of electricity at the same time.”

Some of Mr. Bennet’s experiments with the electroscope on the electricity of sifted powders, upon the electricity of the atmosphere, etc., are recorded at pp. 564 and 566 of the “Britannica,” Vol. VIII, and at p. 56 of “Library of Useful Knowledge.”

Some of Mr. Bennet’s experiments with the electroscope on the electricity of sifted powders, the electricity of the atmosphere, and more, are noted on pp. 564 and 566 of the “Britannica,” Vol. VIII, and on p. 56 of “Library of Useful Knowledge.”

Mr. Bennet also invented the electrical doubler, designed to increase small quantities of electricity by continually doubling them until visible in sparks or until the common electrometer indicates their presence and quality (Phil. Trans. for 1787, p. 288). It consists of three plates of brass, illustrated and explained at Fig. 9, p. 20, Vol. I of Prescott’s “Electricity and the Electric Telegraph,” 1885 edition, wherein it is stated that in forty seconds the electricity can thus, by continual duplication, be augmented five hundred thousand times. (See, for doublers, C. B. Désormes and J. N. P. Hachette, in Annales de Chimie, Vol. XLIX for 1804; J. Read (Phil. Trans. for 1794, p. 266); Sir Francis Ronalds (Edin. “Phil. Journal,” Vol. IX. pp. 323–325).)

Mr. Bennet also created the electrical doubler, which is designed to boost small amounts of electricity by continually doubling them until they become visible as sparks or until the common electrometer detects their presence and quality (Phil. Trans. for 1787, p. 288). It consists of three brass plates, illustrated and explained in Fig. 9, p. 20, Vol. I of Prescott’s “Electricity and the Electric Telegraph,” 1885 edition, which states that in forty seconds, this process can increase electricity five hundred thousand times through continuous duplication. (For more on doublers, see C. B. Désormes and J. N. P. Hachette, in Annales de Chimie, Vol. XLIX for 1804; J. Read (Phil. Trans. for 1794, p. 266); Sir Francis Ronalds (Edin. “Phil. Journal,” Vol. IX. pp. 323–325).)

At p. 105 of his “Rudim. Magnetism,” Snow Harris mentions the fact that, in some of his experiments, Mr. Bennet employed a magnetic needle suspended by filaments of a spider’s web as a magnetometer. In this connection, it may be said that, in the Philosophical Transactions for 1792, the assertion is made that a fine, and weakly magnetic steel wire suspended from a spider’s thread of three inches in length will admit of being twisted around eighteen thousand times and yet continue to point accurately in the meridian, so little is the thread sensible of torsion (Young’s “Course of Lectures,” 1807, Vol. II. p. 445). The use of the spider’s line had, during the year 1775, been recommended as a substitute for wires by Gregorio Fontana, who, it is said, obtained threads as fine as the eight-thousandth part of a line. In a lecture delivered[291] at Boston, Mass., during the year 1884, Prof. Wood alluded to spiders’ threads estimated to be one two-millionths of a hair in thickness.

At page 105 of his “Rudim. Magnetism,” Snow Harris notes that in some of his experiments, Mr. Bennet used a magnetic needle suspended by strands of a spider's web as a magnetometer. In this regard, it’s noted in the Philosophical Transactions from 1792 that a fine, weakly magnetic steel wire suspended from a spider's thread of three inches in length can be twisted around eighteen thousand times and still point accurately in the meridian, showing how little the thread is affected by twisting (Young’s “Course of Lectures,” 1807, Vol. II. p. 445). The use of spider silk was suggested as a replacement for wires by Gregorio Fontana in 1775, who reportedly created threads as fine as one-eighth-thousandth of a line. In a lecture given[291] in Boston, Mass., in 1884, Prof. Wood mentioned spider threads estimated to be one two-millionths the thickness of a hair.

References.—Bennet, “New Experiments on Electricity,” etc., Derby, 1789, and “A New Suspension of the Magnetic Needle,” etc., London, 1792; Introduction to “Electrical Researches,” by Lord Henry Cavendish; Sc. Am. Supplement, No. 647, pp. 10, 327; Noad, “Manual,” p. 27; Cavallo, “Nat. Phil.,” 1825, Vol. II. pp. 199, 216; Phil. Trans., Vol. LXXVII. pp. 26–31, 32–34, 288–296; also the abridgments by Hutton, Vol. XVI. pp. 173, 176, 282 and Vol. XVII. p. 142; Sc. American, Vol. LI. p. 19; Annales de Chimie, Vol. XLIX. p. 45; Ezekiel Walker, Phil. Mag. for 1813, Vol. XLI. p. 415 and Vol. XLII. pp. 161, 215, 217, 371, 476, 485; also Vol. XLIII. p. 364.

References.—Bennet, “New Experiments on Electricity,” etc., Derby, 1789, and “A New Suspension of the Magnetic Needle,” etc., London, 1792; Introduction to “Electrical Researches,” by Lord Henry Cavendish; Sc. Am. Supplement, No. 647, pp. 10, 327; Noad, “Manual,” p. 27; Cavallo, “Nat. Phil.,” 1825, Vol. II. pp. 199, 216; Phil. Trans., Vol. LXXVII. pp. 26–31, 32–34, 288–296; also the abridgments by Hutton, Vol. XVI. pp. 173, 176, 282 and Vol. XVII. p. 142; Sc. American, Vol. LI. p. 19; Annales de Chimie, Vol. XLIX. p. 45; Ezekiel Walker, Phil. Mag. for 1813, Vol. XLI. p. 415 and Vol. XLII. pp. 161, 215, 217, 371, 476, 485; also Vol. XLIII. p. 364.

A.D. 1788.—Barthélémy (Jean Jacques), who, after completing his studies in a French seminary of Jesuits, succeeded Gros de Boze as keeper of the king’s cabinet of medals, publishes in four volumes, at Paris, the first edition of his “Voyage du Jeune Anacharsis.” In this well-known work, begun by him in 1757, and translated into English under the title “Travels of Anacharsis the Younger in Greece,” Barthélémy alludes to the possibility of telegraphing by means of clocks (pendules, not horloges), having hands similarly magnetized in conjunction with artificial magnets. These were “presumed to be so far improved that they could convey their directive power to a distance, thus, by the sympathetic movements of the hands or needles in connection with a dial alphabet, communications between distant friends could be carried on.”

A.D. 1788.—Barthélémy (Jean Jacques), who, after finishing his studies at a French Jesuit seminary, took over from Gros de Boze as the curator of the king’s medal cabinet, publishes in four volumes in Paris the first edition of his “Voyage du Jeune Anacharsis.” In this well-known work, which he started in 1757 and was later translated into English as “Travels of Anacharsis the Younger in Greece,” Barthélémy suggests the possibility of using clocks (pendules, not horloges) with hands that could be magnetized alongside artificial magnets for telegraphy. These were “believed to be advanced enough to transmit their directional power over distances, enabling communication between far-away friends to occur through the synchronized movements of the hands or needles in conjunction with a dial alphabet.”

Writing to Mme. du Deffand in 1772, he observes:

Writing to Mme. du Deffand in 1772, he notes:

“It is said that with two timepieces the hands of which are magnetic, it is enough to move one of these hands to make the other take the same direction, so that by causing one to strike twelve the other will strike the same hour. Let us suppose that artificial magnets were improved to the point that their virtue could communicate itself from here to Paris; you have one of these timepieces, we another of them; instead of hours we find the letters of the alphabet on the dial. Every day at a certain hour we turn the hand, and M. Wiard [Mme. du Deffand’s secretary] puts together the letters and reads.... This idea pleases me immensely. It would soon be corrupted by applying it to spying in armies and in politics, but it would be very agreeable in commerce and in friendship.”

“It’s said that when you have two clocks with magnetic hands, moving one hand makes the other turn in the same direction, so if you set one to strike twelve, the other will do the same. Imagine if we could enhance artificial magnets to communicate from here to Paris; you have one of these clocks, and we have another. Instead of hours, the dial displays letters of the alphabet. Each day at a specific time, we turn the hand, and M. Wiard [Mme. du Deffand’s secretary] arranges the letters and reads it.... I really like this idea. It could easily be misused for spying in armies and politics, but it would be quite nice for commerce and friendship.”

References.—“Correspondance inédite de Mad. Du Deffand,” Vol. II. p. 99; letter of J. MacGregor in Journal Society of Arts, May 20, 1859, pp. 472, 473.

Sources.—“Unpublished Correspondence of Madame Du Deffand,” Vol. II. p. 99; letter from J. MacGregor in Journal Society of Arts, May 20, 1859, pp. 472, 473.

A.D. 1789.—Adriaan Paets Van Troostwÿk and Jean Rodolphe Deimann, Dutch chemists, associated for the purpose of scientific research, complete the experiments of Lord Cavendish and announce,[292] in the Journal de Physique, their discovery of the decomposition of water through the electric spark, which latter is conveyed by means of very fine gold wires. As is now well known, water is by this means resolved into its two elements of oxygen and hydrogen, both of which assume their gaseous form.

A.D. 1789.—Adriaan Paets Van Troostwÿk and Jean Rodolphe Deimann, Dutch chemists working together for scientific research, complete Lord Cavendish's experiments and announce, [292], in the Journal de Physique, their discovery of breaking down water using an electric spark, delivered through extremely thin gold wires. As we know today, this process splits water into its two elements, oxygen and hydrogen, both of which turn into gas.

The electric machine they employed was a very powerful double-plate one, of the Teylerian mode of construction, causing the Leyden jar to discharge itself twenty-five times in fifteen revolutions.

The electric machine they used was a really powerful double-plate one, built in the Teylerian style, making the Leyden jar discharge itself twenty-five times in fifteen revolutions.

References.—“Mém. de la Soc. de Phys. Exp. Rotterdam,” Tome VIII; Journal de Physique, Vol. XXXIII; Noad, “Manual,” p. 161; “Encyl. Brit.,” Vol. VIII, 1855, pp. 530, 565; “Biog. Universelle,” Vol. X. p. 282; De La Rive, “Electricity,” Vol. II. p. 443; Wm. Henry, “Elements of Experimental Chemistry,” London, 1823, Vol. I. pp. 251, 252; Delaunay’s “Manuel,” etc., 1809, pp. 180–183; “Verhandl. van het Genootsch te Rotterdam” (“Mém. de la Soc. de Phys. Exp. de Rotterdam”) Vol. VIII; Poggendorff, Vol. I. p. 1555; Dove, p. 243; G. Carradori (Brugnatelli’s Annali di chimica, Vol. I. p. 1); John Cuthbertson, “Beschreibung einer Elekt. ...” Leipzig, 1790.

References.—“Mém. de la Soc. de Phys. Exp. Rotterdam,” Tome VIII; Journal de Physique, Vol. XXXIII; Noad, “Manual,” p. 161; “Encycl. Brit.,” Vol. VIII, 1855, pp. 530, 565; “Biog. Universelle,” Vol. X, p. 282; De La Rive, “Electricity,” Vol. II, p. 443; Wm. Henry, “Elements of Experimental Chemistry,” London, 1823, Vol. I, pp. 251, 252; Delaunay’s “Manuel,” etc., 1809, pp. 180–183; “Verhandl. van het Genootsch te Rotterdam” (“Mém. de la Soc. de Phys. Exp. de Rotterdam”) Vol. VIII; Poggendorff, Vol. I, p. 1555; Dove, p. 243; G. Carradori (Brugnatelli’s Annali di chimica, Vol. I, p. 1); John Cuthbertson, “Beschreibung einer Elekt. ...” Leipzig, 1790.

A.D. 1790.—Reveroni—Saint-Cyr (Jacques Antoine, Baron de), French Colonel and author, best known by his very interesting work, “Mécanismes de la Guerre,” proposes an electric telegraph for the purpose of announcing the drawings of lottery numbers; no satisfactory information as to its construction, however, appears obtainable.

A.D. 1790.—Reveroni—Saint-Cyr (Jacques Antoine, Baron de), French Colonel and author, who is widely recognized for his intriguing work, “Mécanismes de la Guerre,” suggests creating an electric telegraph to announce lottery number draws; however, there is no reliable information available about how it would be built.

References.—Fahie, “History,” etc., London, 1884, p. 96; Etenaud, “La Télégraphie Electrique,” 1872, Vol. I. p. 27; Sc. Am. Supp., No. 384, pp. 6, 126.

References.—Fahie, “History,” etc., London, 1884, p. 96; Etenaud, “La Télégraphie Electrique,” 1872, Vol. I. p. 27; Sc. Am. Supp., No. 384, pp. 6, 126.

A.D. 1790.—Mr. Downie, master of his Majesty’s ship “Glory,” makes a report on local attraction wherein he observes “that in all latitudes, at any distance from the magnetic equator, the upper ends of iron bolts acquire an opposite polarity to that of the latitude,” an observation, Harris remarks, which accords with Marcel’s experiment (at A.D. 1702).

A.D. 1790.—Mr. Downie, captain of His Majesty’s ship “Glory,” reports on a local phenomenon where he notes “that in all latitudes, at any distance from the magnetic equator, the upper ends of iron bolts take on a polarity that is opposite to that of the latitude.” Harris points out that this observation aligns with Marcel’s experiment (at A.D. 1702).

“I am convinced,” says Mr. Downie, “that the quantity and vicinity of iron, in most ships, has an effect in attracting the needle; for it is found by experience that the needle will not always point in the same direction when placed in different parts of a ship; also, it is very easily found that two ships, steering the same course by their respective compasses, will not go exactly parallel to each other; yet when their compasses are on board the same ship they will agree exactly.”

“I’m convinced,” says Mr. Downie, “that the amount and location of iron in most ships affects how the compass needle behaves; experience shows that the needle doesn’t always point in the same direction when positioned in different areas of a ship. It’s also clear that two ships, traveling the same course according to their own compasses, won't necessarily sail in exactly the same direction. However, when their compasses are on the same ship, they align perfectly.”

References.—William Walker, “The Magnetism of Ships,” London, 1853, p. 20; J. Farrar, “Elements,” p. 376; Harris, “Rudim. Magn.,” 1852, Part III. p. 161.

Sources.—William Walker, “The Magnetism of Ships,” London, 1853, p. 20; J. Farrar, “Elements,” p. 376; Harris, “Rudim. Magn.,” 1852, Part III. p. 161.

[293]

[293]

A.D. 1790.—Tralles (Johann Georg), a German scientist, is the first to make known the negative electricity of cascades. This he communicates through his “Uber d. Elektricität d. Staubbachs,” published at Leipzig.

A.D. 1790.—Tralles (Johann Georg), a German scientist, is the first to reveal the negative electricity of waterfalls. He shares this in his “Uber d. Elektricität d. Staubbachs,” published in Leipzig.

In the Report on Atmospheric Electricity of Francis J. F. Duprez, translated from the Memoirs of the Royal Academy of Brussels by Dr. L. D. Gale, we read that one day while in the Alps, opposite the cascade of Staubbach, near Lauterbrunnen, Tralles “presented his atmospheric electrometer, not armed with the metallic wire, to the fine spray which resulted from the dispersion of the water. He immediately obtained very distinct signs of negative electricity. The same effect was exhibited at the cascade of Reichenbach. Volta, a short time after, verified the correctness of this observation, not only above the great cascades, but also wherever a fall of water existed, however small, provided the intervention of the wind caused the dispersion of the drops. The electricity always appeared to him, as it did to Tralles, negative. Schübler repeated the same experiments in his journey to the Alps in 1813. He observed farther, that this negative electricity was very strong, since it became perceptible at a distance of 300 feet from the cascade of Reichenbach; and at a distance of 100 feet his electrometer indicated 400 and even 500 degrees.... Tralles attributed it at first to the friction of the minute drops of water against the air; but soon after he thought, with Volta, that the cause was to be found in the evaporation which the same minute drops experience in falling....”

In the Report on Atmospheric Electricity by Francis J. F. Duprez, translated from the Memoirs of the Royal Academy of Brussels by Dr. L. D. Gale, it is noted that one day while in the Alps, across from the Staubbach waterfall near Lauterbrunnen, Tralles “used his atmospheric electrometer, without the metallic wire, to measure the fine mist created by the falling water. He immediately recorded very clear signs of negative electricity. The same result was seen at the Reichenbach waterfall. Shortly after, Volta confirmed this observation, not only above the large waterfalls but also wherever there was any flow of water, no matter how small, as long as the wind caused the water droplets to disperse. The electricity always appeared to him, as it did to Tralles, as negative. Schübler repeated the same experiments during his trip to the Alps in 1813. He further noted that this negative electricity was quite strong, as it became noticeable from 300 feet away from the Reichenbach waterfall; and at 100 feet away, his electrometer indicated 400 and even 500 degrees.... Initially, Tralles attributed it to the friction of the tiny drops of water against the air; but soon after, he, along with Volta, believed that the cause lay in the evaporation that these small droplets experience while falling....”

The Italian physicist, Giuseppe Belli, who published at Milan, during 1836, “Sulla Elettricità negativa delle cascate,” entertains an opinion contrary to that advanced by M. Becquerel, and believes “that the electrical phenomenon of the water of cascades is owing to the development of electricity by the induction which the positive electricity of the atmosphere exercises on the water. The water, he says, is by induction in the negative state, when the atmosphere is, as it is ordinarily, charged with positive electricity. At the moment when this water divides into thousands of minute drops, it cannot fail to carry the electricity with which the electrical induction of the atmosphere has impregnated it to all bodies which it meets.”

The Italian physicist, Giuseppe Belli, who published in Milan in 1836, “On the Negative Electricity of Cascades,” has a different view than M. Becquerel. He believes “that the electrical phenomenon of cascading water is due to the development of electricity caused by the positive electricity of the atmosphere inducing it in the water. He states that, through induction, the water becomes negatively charged when the atmosphere is, as it usually is, filled with positive electricity. When this water splits into thousands of tiny droplets, it inevitably carries the electricity that the atmospheric induction has infused into it to all the objects it encounters.”

References.—“Œuvres de Volta,” Vol. II. p. 239; Franz Samuel Wilde, “Expériences sur l’électricité des cascades” (“Mémoires de Lausanne,” Vol. III, “Histoire,” p. 13, 1790); “Bibliographie Universelle,” N. S., 1836, Vol. VI. p. 148; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Générale,” Vol. II. p. 265; “Biblio. Ital.,” LXXXIII. p. 32; Schweigger, Journal f. Chemie u. Physik, Vol. IX. p. 358; Tralles, “Beyträge zur Lehre von der Electricität”; L. W. Gilbert’s Annalen der Physik und Chemie, Vol. XXVIII for 1808; F. A. C. Gren’s Journal der Physik,[294] Vol. I. for 1790; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” London, 1849, Vol. I. p. 344, and the reference to Gay-Lussac in Ann. de chimie et de physique, Vol. VIII. p. 167.

Sources.—“Œuvres de Volta,” Vol. II. p. 239; Franz Samuel Wilde, “Experiments on the Electricity of Waterfalls” (“Mémoires de Lausanne,” Vol. III, “History,” p. 13, 1790); “Universal Bibliography,” N. S., 1836, Vol. VI. p. 148; Houzeau and Lancaster, “General Bibliography,” Vol. II. p. 265; “Italian Bibliography,” LXXXIII. p. 32; Schweigger, Journal of Chemistry and Physics, Vol. IX. p. 358; Tralles, “Contributions to the Study of Electricity”; L. W. Gilbert’s Annals of Physics and Chemistry, Vol. XXVIII for 1808; F. A. C. Gren’s Journal of Physics,[294] Vol. I. for 1790; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” London, 1849, Vol. I. p. 344, and the reference to Gay-Lussac in Ann. de chimie et de physique, Vol. VIII. p. 167.

A.D. 1790.—Eandi (Giuseppe Antonio Francesco Geronimo), an able physicist, native of Saluces (1735–1799), reads, May 10, before the Academy of Sciences of Turin, a Memoir upon Electricity in vacuo which is printed in the Collections of that Institution. He studied for the priesthood and entered the Normal College of Turin, where he followed protracted courses of literature under Bartoli and of natural philosophy under Beccaria, becoming the assistant of the latter, whom he finally replaced from 1776 to 1781. He afterward became Professor of Natural Philosophy at the College of Fine Arts, where he gave particular attention to electrical studies, and published several papers on that science, as well as upon natural philosophy generally.

A.D. 1790.—Eandi (Giuseppe Antonio Francesco Geronimo), a skilled physicist from Saluces (1735–1799), presented a paper on Electricity in vacuo to the Academy of Sciences of Turin on May 10, which was later published in the institution's Collections. He initially trained for the priesthood and attended the Normal College of Turin, where he took extensive literature courses with Bartoli and studied natural philosophy under Beccaria, eventually becoming his assistant and then replacing him from 1776 to 1781. Later, he became a Professor of Natural Philosophy at the College of Fine Arts, focusing on electrical studies, and published several papers on that topic as well as on natural philosophy in general.

He bequeathed all his possessions to his nephew Vassalli, upon condition of the latter’s taking the name of Eandi.

He left all his belongings to his nephew Vassalli, on the condition that he takes the name Eandi.

Besides the above, he wrote: “Memorie istorische,” etc., or “Historical Memoir upon the Studies of Father Beccaria,” Turin, 1783, which is dedicated to Count Balbi and gives the new theories of electricity, also an “Essay upon the Errors of Several Physicists in Regard to Electricity,” Turin, 1788.

Besides the above, he wrote: “Memorie istoriche,” etc., or “Historical Memoir upon the Studies of Father Beccaria,” Turin, 1783, which is dedicated to Count Balbi and presents the new theories of electricity, as well as an “Essay on the Mistakes of Several Physicists Regarding Electricity,” Turin, 1788.

References.—“Notice sur la vie ... d’ Eandi par Vassalli-Eandi,” Turin, 1804; “Biographie Générale,” Vol. XV. p. 589; Larousse, “Dict. Universel,” Vol. VII. p. 5; the Turin Academy Memoirs for the years 1802–1804; Eandi e Vassalli-Eandi, “Physicæ Experimentalis,” etc., Turin, 1793–1794.

References.—“Notice on the life ... of Eandi by Vassalli-Eandi,” Turin, 1804; “General Biography,” Vol. XV. p. 589; Larousse, “Universal Dictionary,” Vol. VII. p. 5; the Turin Academy Memoirs for the years 1802–1804; Eandi and Vassalli-Eandi, “Experimental Physics,” etc., Turin, 1793–1794.

A.D. 1790.—Vassalli-Eandi (Antonio Maria), Italian savant (1761–1825), nephew of G. A. F. G. Eandi, who was, like his uncle, a pupil of Beccaria, publishes his views concerning the electricity of bodies and regarding other investigations, as well as a report upon experiments relative to the electricity of water and of ice, which appear respectively in L. V. Brugnatelli’s Annali di Chimica, Vol. I. p. 53, in the “Bibl. Fis. d’Europa,” Vol. XVII. p. 144, and in the third volume of “Mem. della Soc. Italiana.”

A.D. 1790.—Vassalli-Eandi (Antonio Maria), an Italian scholar (1761–1825), nephew of G. A. F. G. Eandi, who, like his uncle, studied under Beccaria, publishes his thoughts on the electricity of materials and other research, along with a report on experiments related to the electricity of water and ice, which are featured in L. V. Brugnatelli’s Annali di Chimica, Vol. I. p. 53, in the “Bibl. Fis. d’Europa,” Vol. XVII. p. 144, and in the third volume of “Mem. della Soc. Italiana.”

He was one of the most prolific of Italian writers, his more important essays, which number 160, being written in Italian, Latin and French, and covering almost every leading branch of physical science. One of his biographers tells us, Il a embrassé, pour ainsi dire, l’ensemble des connaissances humaines, and that he is one of whom his country may justly be proud.

He was one of the most prolific Italian writers, having written 160 important essays in Italian, Latin, and French, covering nearly every major field of physical science. One of his biographers states, Il a embrassé, pour ainsi dire, l’ensemble des connaissances humaines, and that he is someone his country can be justly proud of.

In his investigations concerning aerolites, which appeared in 1786 (“Memoria ... sopra ... bolidi in generale”), he explains[295] the movements of those bodies much more satisfactorily than had previously been done by any scientist. Essays published by him during the same year, as well as in 1789 and 1791, treat of the effect of electricity upon vegetables; then follow his papers relative to Bertholon’s “Electricité des Météores,” to Haüy’s theories and to the meteorological observations of Senebier, De Saussure, Toaldo and Monge, up to 1792, when Vassalli was made Professor of Natural Philosophy at the Turin University. He had also in the meantime carefully looked into the scientific knowledge possessed by the ancients, and was led to believe, as shown in his “Conghietture sopra l’arte,” etc., that they had the means of attracting and directing thunder and lightning. The latter fact has been alluded to in this “Bibliographical History,” under the B.C. 600 entry. (See J. Bouillet, “De l’état des connaissances,” etc., Saint Etienne, 1862.)

In his studies on meteorites, published in 1786 (“Memoria ... sopra ... bolidi in generale”), he explains[295] the movements of these bodies much more effectively than any scientist before him. The essays he published that same year, as well as in 1789 and 1791, discuss the impact of electricity on plants; he then wrote about Bertholon’s “Electricité des Météores,” Haüy’s theories, and the meteorological observations of Senebier, De Saussure, Toaldo, and Monge, leading up to 1792, when Vassalli became Professor of Natural Philosophy at the University of Turin. In the meantime, he also conducted a thorough examination of the scientific knowledge held by the ancients and came to believe, as stated in his “Conghietture sopra l’arte,” etc., that they had ways to attract and control thunder and lightning. This fact has been mentioned in this “Bibliographical History,” under the BCE 600 entry. (See J. Bouillet, “De l’état des connaissances,” etc., Saint Etienne, 1862.)

He was after this made perpetual secretary of the Royal Academy of Sciences of Turin, then became Director of the Museum of Natural History, as well as of the Observatory situated in the last-named city, which position he held at the time of his death.

He was then made the permanent secretary of the Royal Academy of Sciences of Turin, and later became the Director of the Museum of Natural History and the Observatory in that city, a position he held until his death.

His other essays treat more particularly of animal electricity, the electricity of fishes, the effects of electricity upon recently decapitated bodies, the application of electricity and of galvanism to medicine, and cover very extended observations on meteorology. He was the editor of both the “Memoirs of the Academy of Sciences of Turin, from 1792 to 1809,” and of the “Annals of the Turin Observatory, from 1809 to 1818” (Larousse, “Dictionnaire Universel,” Vol. XV. p. 801); was likewise editor of the “Bibliothèque Italienne,” in conjunction with Giulio Gioberti and Francesco Rossi, and is said to have devised an electrometer superior to that of Volta.

His other essays focus specifically on animal electricity, the electricity of fish, the effects of electricity on freshly decapitated bodies, the use of electricity and galvanism in medicine, and include extensive observations on weather patterns. He was the editor of both the “Memoirs of the Academy of Sciences of Turin, from 1792 to 1809,” and the “Annals of the Turin Observatory, from 1809 to 1818” (Larousse, “Dictionnaire Universel,” Vol. XV. p. 801); he was also the editor of the “Bibliothèque Italienne,” alongside Giulio Gioberti and Francesco Rossi, and is said to have created an electrometer that was better than Volta's.

References.—Vassalli-Eandi, Giulio (or Julio) e Rossi, “Rapport présenté,” etc., Turin, 1802, or “Transunto del Rapporto,” etc., Milano, 1803 (“Opusc. Scelti,” Vol. XXII. p. 51), translated into English, London, 1803 (Phil. Mag., Vol. XV. p. 38); also Vassalli-Eandi, F. Rossi et V. Michelotti, “Précis de nouvelles expériences galvaniques,” Turin, 1809 (“Mém. de Turin,” Années, 1805–1808, p. 160). See likewise, S. Berrutti, “Elogio,” etc., 1839; “Saggio sulla vita ... Vassalli-Eandi,” Torino, 1825; “Notizie biografiche ... Vassalli Eandi” (“Mem. di Torino,” Vol. XXX. p. 19); “Elogio, scritto dal Berrutti” (“Mem. of the Ital. Soc.,” Vol. XXII. p. liv); Phil. Mag., Vol. XV. p. 319; Journal de Physique, An. VII. p. 336 and Vols. XLIX, L; “Ital. Soc. Mem.,” Vols. VIII. p. 516; X. p. 802; XIII. p. 85; XVII. p. 230; XIX. p. 347; “Mémoires de Turin,” Vols. X-XIII; “Mem. dell’ Acad. di Torino,” Vols. VI, X, XXII, XXIV, XXVI, XXVII, XXIX; “Mem. della Soc. Agrar. di Torino,” Vol. I; “Opuscoli Scelti,” Vols. XIX. pp. 215, etc.; XXII. p. 76; “Nuova Scelta d’Opuscoli,” Vol. I. p. 167; “Opuscoli Scelti di Milano,” quarto, Vol. XIV; “Mem. Soc. Ital.,” Vols. IV. p. 263; X. p. 733; “Biblioteca Oltramontana”; Brugnatelli’s Annali di Chimica; “Giornale Scientifico ...[296] di Torino,” Vols. I, III; “Giornale Fis. Med.,” Vol. II. p. 110; “Biblioteca Italiana”—“Bibliothèque Italienne,” Vols. I. p. 128; II. p. 25; “Recueil périodique ... de Sédillot,” Vol. II. p. 266.

References.—Vassalli-Eandi, Giulio (or Julio) and Rossi, “Report Presented,” etc., Turin, 1802, or “Summary of the Report,” etc., Milan, 1803 (“Selected Works,” Vol. XXII, p. 51), translated into English, London, 1803 (Philosophical Magazine, Vol. XV, p. 38); also Vassalli-Eandi, F. Rossi, and V. Michelotti, “Summary of New Galvanic Experiments,” Turin, 1809 (“Memories of Turin,” Years, 1805–1808, p. 160). See also S. Berrutti, “Eulogy,” etc., 1839; “Essay on the Life ... Vassalli-Eandi,” Turin, 1825; “Biographical Information ... Vassalli Eandi” (“Memories of Turin,” Vol. XXX, p. 19); “Eulogy, Written by Berrutti” (“Mem. of the Italian Society,” Vol. XXII, p. liv); Philosophical Magazine, Vol. XV, p. 319; Journal de Physique, Year VII, p. 336 and Volumes XLIX, L; “Italian Society Memories,” Volumes VIII, p. 516; X, p. 802; XIII, p. 85; XVII, p. 230; XIX, p. 347; “Memories of Turin,” Volumes X-XIII; “Memories of the Academy of Turin,” Volumes VI, X, XXII, XXIV, XXVI, XXVII, XXIX; “Memories of the Agricultural Society of Turin,” Vol. I; “Selected Works,” Volumes XIX, pp. 215, etc.; XXII, p. 76; “New Selection of Works,” Vol. I, p. 167; “Selected Works of Milan,” quarto, Vol. XIV; “Memories of the Italian Society,” Volumes IV, p. 263; X, p. 733; “Oltramontana Library”; Brugnatelli’s Annals of Chemistry; “Scientific Journal ...[296] of Turin,” Volumes I, III; “Physical and Medical Journal,” Vol. II, p. 110; “Italian Library”—“Italian Library,” Volumes I, p. 128; II, p. 25; “Periodic Collection ... by Sédillot,” Vol. II, p. 266.

A.D. 1790–1800.—Morozzo—Morotius—(Carlo Luigi, Comte de), Italian savant, who studied mathematics under Lagrange, and was President of the Turin Academy of Sciences, publishes numerous scientific memoirs in French through the reports of the last-named institution, in one of which he is said to have described an experiment suggesting the electro-magnet.

A.D. 1790–1800.—Morozzo—Morotius—(Carlo Luigi, Comte de), an Italian scholar who studied mathematics with Lagrange and served as President of the Turin Academy of Sciences, publishes several scientific papers in French through the reports of that institution, in one of which he is said to have described an experiment hinting at the electro-magnet.

References.—Biography in Larousse, “Dictionnaire Universel,” Tome XI. p. 577, and in the “Biographie Générale,” Tome XXXVI. p. 643.

References.—Biography in Larousse, “Dictionnaire Universel,” Volume XI, p. 577, and in the “Biographie Générale,” Volume XXXVI, p. 643.

A.D. 1791.—Leslie (Sir John), an able English scientist (April 1766–Nov. 1832), who, upon the death of Prof. John Playfair, was called to the Chair of Natural Philosophy in the University of Edinburgh, writes a very interesting paper entitled “Observations on Electric Theories,” which is read the following year at the meeting of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, and is published at the latter place during 1824.

A.D. 1791.—Leslie (Sir John), a skilled English scientist (April 1766–Nov. 1832), took the position of Chair of Natural Philosophy at the University of Edinburgh after the death of Prof. John Playfair. He writes a fascinating paper titled “Observations on Electric Theories,” which is presented the following year at the meeting of the Royal Society of Edinburgh and published there in 1824.

According to Carnevale Antonio Arella, “Storia dell’ Elettricità,” Alessandria, 1839, Vol. I. p. 130, Sir John Leslie is the author of quite an interesting treatise on the inefficacy of lightning conductors, and the “English Cyclopædia” (Biography), Vol. III. p. 866, gives a list of many of the numerous contributions he made to the leading publications of his day, more particularly in the “Edinburgh Philos. Transactions,” the “Encyclopædia Britannica,” the “Edinburgh Review,” and “Nicholson’s Philos. Journal.” The reviewer adds, what will surprise many readers, that, although some papers by Sir John Leslie treating of physical subjects were also read before the Royal Society of London, none were ever printed in their “Philos. Transactions.”

According to Carnevale Antonio Arella, “Storia dell’ Elettricità,” Alessandria, 1839, Vol. I. p. 130, Sir John Leslie wrote an interesting treatise on the ineffectiveness of lightning conductors, and the “English Cyclopædia” (Biography), Vol. III. p. 866, lists many of his numerous contributions to the leading publications of his time, particularly in the “Edinburgh Philos. Transactions,” the “Encyclopædia Britannica,” the “Edinburgh Review,” and “Nicholson’s Philos. Journal.” The reviewer notes, which may surprise many readers, that although some of Sir John Leslie's papers on physical subjects were presented to the Royal Society of London, none were ever published in their “Philos. Transactions.”

Professor John Playfair above alluded to (1748–1819), became, during 1785, Joint Professor of Mathematics with Dr. Adam Ferguson in the University of Edinburgh and, in 1805, exchanged this for the Professorship of Natural Philosophy in the same university.

Professor John Playfair mentioned earlier (1748–1819) became, in 1785, a Joint Professor of Mathematics alongside Dr. Adam Ferguson at the University of Edinburgh and, in 1805, switched to the Professorship of Natural Philosophy at the same university.

References.—Macvey Napier, “Memoir of Sir John Leslie,” 1838, which appeared in seventh edition of “Encycl. Britan.,” Vol. XIII; “Engl. Cycl.” (Biography); Rose, “New Gen. Biogr.”; Hœfer, “Nouv. Biogr. Gen.,” Paris, 1862, Vol. XXX. pp. 949–952 (giving full account of his works); “Encycl. Britan.,” ninth edition, Edinburgh, 1882, Vol. XIV. pp. 476–477; Sidney Lee, “Dict. Nat. Biogr.,” Vol. XXXIII. pp. 105–107 and Vol. XLVIII. pp. 413–414; Pierre Larousse, “Grand Dict. Univ.,” Vol. X. pp. 406–407; “Caledonian Mercury,” article of Prof. Napier summarized in the “Gentleman’s Magazine” for 1833, Vol. I. pp. 85–86. Consult also A.D. 1751 at Adanson; “Dove,” p. 256; Philosophical Magazine, Vols. XL and XLII.

References.—Macvey Napier, “Memoir of Sir John Leslie,” 1838, which was published in the seventh edition of “Encycl. Britan.,” Vol. XIII; “Engl. Cycl.” (Biography); Rose, “New Gen. Biogr.”; Hœfer, “Nouv. Biogr. Gen.,” Paris, 1862, Vol. XXX. pp. 949–952 (providing a complete account of his works); “Encycl. Britan.,” ninth edition, Edinburgh, 1882, Vol. XIV. pp. 476–477; Sidney Lee, “Dict. Nat. Biogr.,” Vol. XXXIII. pp. 105–107 and Vol. XLVIII. pp. 413–414; Pierre Larousse, “Grand Dict. Univ.,” Vol. X. pp. 406–407; “Caledonian Mercury,” article by Prof. Napier summarized in the “Gentleman’s Magazine” for 1833, Vol. I. pp. 85–86. Consult also CE 1751 at Adanson; “Dove,” p. 256; Philosophical Magazine, Vols. XL and XLII.

[297]

[297]

A.D. 1791.—At p. 353, Chap. III of the first volume of Gmelin’s “Handbook of Chemistry,” it is stated that during 1791 James Keir (Kier) first showed, by immersing iron in a solution of nitrate of silver or fuming nitric acid, that many metals can be made to pass from their ordinary active state into a passive or electro-negative state and lose either wholly or in part their tendency to decompose acids and metallic oxides.

A.D. 1791.—On page 353, Chapter III of the first volume of Gmelin’s “Handbook of Chemistry,” it is noted that in 1791, James Keir (Kier) was the first to demonstrate, by dipping iron in a solution of silver nitrate or fuming nitric acid, that many metals can be shifted from their usual active state to a passive or electro-negative state, losing either completely or partially their ability to break down acids and metallic oxides.

At pp. 167–170, Sixth Memoir, of Wm. Sturgeon’s “Scientific Researches” (Bury, 1850), treating of the application of electro-chemistry to the dissolution of simple metals in fluids, reference is made to the long line of investigations carried on by both Bergman and Keir, the last named having demonstrated that iron “acquires that altered state by the action of nitric acid which Sir John Herschel met with in his experiments, and has called prepared state, and that Schönbein and others call the peculiar or the inactive state” (Noad’s “Manual of Electricity,” London, 1859, p. 534). The iron which is active in nitric acid was called by Keir “fresh iron,” while that which became inactive he designated as “altered iron” (Sturgeon’s “Annals of Electricity,” Vol. V. p. 439).

At pp. 167–170, Sixth Memoir, of Wm. Sturgeon’s “Scientific Researches” (Bury, 1850), discussing the use of electrochemistry for dissolving simple metals in liquids, mentions the extensive research conducted by both Bergman and Keir. The latter demonstrated that iron “acquires that altered state by the action of nitric acid which Sir John Herschel encountered in his experiments, and has referred to as prepared state, and that Schönbein and others describe as the peculiar or the inactive state” (Noad’s “Manual of Electricity,” London, 1859, p. 534). The iron that is reactive in nitric acid was called “fresh iron” by Keir, while the iron that became inactive was referred to as “altered iron” (Sturgeon’s “Annals of Electricity,” Vol. V. p. 439).

Some remarkable phenomena in the display of which but one individual piece of metal is used, as first shown by Keir, remain, Sturgeon says, “without even an attempt at explanation by any of the philosophers under whose notice they have appeared.” Sir John Herschel pronounces them as of an “extraordinary character”; Prof. Andrews, after giving some very satisfactory explanations of several phenomena, acknowledges that he “can offer no explanation of most of the particular facts which have been described,” and Professor Schönbein “has not made public any conclusive explanation of them whatever” (Phil. Mag. for October 1837, p. 333, and for April 1838, p. 311).

Some amazing phenomena that only use a single piece of metal, as first shown by Keir, still remain, according to Sturgeon, “without even an attempt at explanation by any of the philosophers who have encountered them.” Sir John Herschel describes them as having an “extraordinary character”; Prof. Andrews, after providing some solid explanations for several phenomena, admits that he “can offer no explanation for most of the specific facts that have been described,” and Professor Schönbein “has not released any conclusive explanations for them at all” (Phil. Mag. for October 1837, p. 333, and for April 1838, p. 311).

This same James Keir, called by Watt “a mighty chemist” (1735–1820), has strangely by some been confounded with Robert Kerr, also a Scotchman, who was an able scientific writer and lived at about the same period (1755–1813). Kerr made valuable translations from Lavoisier and Linnæus which, during 1805, won for him a fellowship in the Edinburgh Royal Society. (Consult Sidney Lee, “Dict. of Nat. Biogr.,” London, 1892, Vol. XXI. p. 64, also the references therein given; and the article “Faraday” in the “Encycl. Britan.,” ninth edition, Edinburgh, 1879, Vol. IX. p. 30.)

This same James Keir, referred to by Watt as “a mighty chemist” (1735–1820), has oddly been mistaken for Robert Kerr, another Scotsman, who was a skilled scientific writer and lived around the same time (1755–1813). Kerr made important translations of works by Lavoisier and Linnæus, which earned him a fellowship in the Edinburgh Royal Society in 1805. (See Sidney Lee, “Dict. of Nat. Biogr.,” London, 1892, Vol. XXI. p. 64, as well as the references cited there; and the article “Faraday” in the “Encycl. Britan.,” ninth edition, Edinburgh, 1879, Vol. IX. p. 30.)

References.—Mrs. Amelia Moillet, “Sketch of the Life of James Keir,” 1859; Sidney Lee, “Dict. of Nat. Biog.,” London, 1892, Vol. XXX. pp. 313–314; Annales de Chimie for October 1837; Phil. Trans. for 1790, p. 353, as well as Hutton’s abridgment of the same, Vol. XVI. p. 694; Sturgeon’s “Annals of Electricity,” Vol. V. p. 427; Gmelin’s Chemistry, pp. 367, 370.

References.—Mrs. Amelia Moillet, “Sketch of the Life of James Keir,” 1859; Sidney Lee, “Dictionary of National Biography,” London, 1892, Vol. XXX. pp. 313–314; Annales de Chimie for October 1837; Philosophical Transactions for 1790, p. 353, as well as Hutton’s abridgment of the same, Vol. XVI. p. 694; Sturgeon’s “Annals of Electricity,” Vol. V. p. 427; Gmelin’s Chemistry, pp. 367, 370.

[298]

[298]

A.D. 1791.—Shaw (George), English naturalist, who became a Fellow of the Royal Society during the year 1789, communicates to the latter body a paper on the Scolopendra electrica and Scolopendra subterranea (“Linn. Soc. Trans.” I. pp. 103–111). This was afterward translated into Italian and appeared in Vol. IX. p. 26, of Brugnatelli’s Annali di Chimica. Mr. James Wilson, F.R.S.E., in his “Encycl. Brit.” article on Myriapoda, alludes to the Scolopendra electrica as figured by Frisch and described by Geoffroy in his “Histoire des Insectes,” Vol. II. p. 676, n. 5. Shaw also treats of the Trichiurus Indicus, which Sir David Brewster believes to be the same as the trichiurus electricus, known to inhabit the Indian Seas and to have the power of giving electric shocks.

A.D. 1791.—Shaw (George), an English naturalist who became a Fellow of the Royal Society in 1789, presents a paper to that organization on the Scolopendra electrica and Scolopendra subterranea (“Linn. Soc. Trans.” I. pp. 103–111). This was later translated into Italian and published in Vol. IX. p. 26 of Brugnatelli’s Annali di Chimica. Mr. James Wilson, F.R.S.E., references the Scolopendra electrica in his “Encycl. Brit.” article on Myriapoda, mentioning it as illustrated by Frisch and described by Geoffroy in his “Histoire des Insectes,” Vol. II. p. 676, n. 5. Shaw also discusses the Trichiurus Indicus, which Sir David Brewster believes is the same as the trichiurus electricus, known to be found in the Indian Seas and capable of delivering electric shocks.

Five years before the above date (1786), the Phil. Trans. contained (p. 382) the description of the tetraodon electricus, which Lieutenant William Paterson discovered in the cavities of the coral rocks of one of the Canary Islands and which he found to possess the properties of other electrical fishes. (See Hutton’s abridgments, Vol. XVI. p. 134.)

Five years before the date mentioned above (1786), the Phil. Trans. published (p. 382) the description of the tetraodon electricus, which Lieutenant William Paterson found in the crevices of coral rocks on one of the Canary Islands. He discovered it had the same properties as other electric fish. (See Hutton’s abridgments, Vol. XVI. p. 134.)

References.—“Biographie Générale,” Vol. XLIII. p. 922; “Gentleman’s Magazine,” Vol. LXXXIII; Poggendorff, Vol. II. p. 918; “Cat. Royal Society Sc. Papers,” Vol. V. p. 674; Dr. Thomas Young, “Course of Lectures,” London, 1807, Vol. II. p. 436, for the Trichiurus Indicus....

Sources.—“Biographie Générale,” Vol. XLIII. p. 922; “Gentleman’s Magazine,” Vol. LXXXIII; Poggendorff, Vol. II. p. 918; “Cat. Royal Society Sc. Papers,” Vol. V. p. 674; Dr. Thomas Young, “Course of Lectures,” London, 1807, Vol. II. p. 436, for the Trichiurus Indicus....

Having thus far called attention to the most important varieties of the electrical fishes, notably at the articles Adanson (A.D. 1751), Bancroft (A.D. 1769), Walsh, also Hunter (A.D. 1773), the following original list of additional references will prove interesting:

Having pointed out the key types of electrical fishes so far, particularly in the articles by Adanson (A.D. 1751), Bancroft (A.D. 1769), Walsh, and also Hunter (A.D. 1773), the following original list of additional references will be intriguing:

Raia Torpedo.—Stephani Lorenzini, “Osservazioni ...” Firenze, 1678; R. A. F. de Réaumur, “Des Effets ...” Paris, 1714; Templeman, in “Nouvelliste,” 1759; Ingen-housz (Phil. Trans., 1775); Cavendish (Phil. Trans., 1776, Vol. LXI. p. 584, Vol. LXVI. p. 196, also Hutton’s abridgments, Vol. II. p. 485; Vol. XIII. p. 223; Vol. XIV. p. 23); F. Soave (“Scelta di Opuscoli,” Vol. XV), Milano, 1776; J. A. Garn, “De Torpedine ...” Witteb., 1778; R. M. de Termeyer (Raccolta Ferr. di Op. Sc. ... Vol. VIII), Venice, 1781; L. Spallanzani (“Goth. Mag.,” V. i. 41; “Opusc. Scelti,” VI. 73), Milano, 1783; Girardi and Walter (“Mem. Soc. Ital.,” III. 553), Verona, 1786; W. Bryant (“Tr. Amer. Phil. Soc.,” II. 166, O. S.), Philad., 1786; J. W. Linck, “De Raja Torpedine,” Lips., 1788; Vassalli-Eandi (Journal de Physique, Vol. XLIX. p. 69); Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire (“Annal. du Mus.,” An. XI. Vol. I., No. 5, and Phil. Mag., Vol. XV. p. 126), 1803; J. F. M. Olfers, “Die Gattung Torpedo ...” Berlin, 1831; Linari-Santi in “Bibl. Univ.,” Ser. II., Geneva, 1837–1838, and in “Bibl. Ital.,” Vol. XCII. p. 258, Milan, 1839; C. Matteucci, “Recherches ...” Genève, 1837 (“Royal Soc. Catalogue of Sc. Papers,” Vol. IV. pp. 285–293); also Delle Chiaje, “On the Organs ...” and P. Savi, “Etudes ...” Paris, 1844; G. Pianciani (“Mem. Soc. Ital.,” XXII. 7); F. Zantedeschi (“Bull. Acad. Brux.,” VIII. 1841); A. Fusinieri (“Ann. del Reg. Lomb.-Veneto,” VIII. 239), Padova, 1838; A. F. J. C. Mayer, “Spicilegium ...” Bonnæ, 1843; L. Calamai, “Osservazioni ...” 1845; C. Robin, “Recherches ...” Paris, 1847; Krünitz, “Abhandl.,” XVII; Nicholson’s[299] Journal, Vol. I. p. 355; Rozier, IV. p. 205; “Acad. Brux.,” 111; “Phil. Hist. and Mem. of the Roy. Acad. of Sc. Paris,” 1742, Vol. V. pp. 58–73; John Ewing, at A.D. 1795; Dr. Godef. Will. Schilling (in original Latin, also the French translation), “Biblioth. Britannique,” Vol. XL. pp. 263–272; Dr. Jan Ingen-housz in Phil. Tr. Vol. LXV. p. 1; Vol. LXVIII. pp. 1022, 1027; Vol. LXIX. pp. 537, 661; also Hutton’s abridgments, Vol. XIII. p. 575; Vol. XIV. pp. 462, 463, 589, 598; “Journal des Sçavans,” Vol. LXXVIII. for January-April, 1726, p. 58; “The System of Natural History, written by M. De Buffon,” Edinburgh, 1800, Vol. II. pp. 24–25.

Raia Torpedo.—Stephani Lorenzini, “Observations ...” Firenze, 1678; R. A. F. de Réaumur, “Effects ...” Paris, 1714; Templeman, in “Nouvelliste,” 1759; Ingen-housz (Phil. Trans., 1775); Cavendish (Phil. Trans., 1776, Vol. LXI. p. 584, Vol. LXVI. p. 196, also Hutton’s abridgments, Vol. II. p. 485; Vol. XIII. p. 223; Vol. XIV. p. 23); F. Soave (“Selection of Essays,” Vol. XV), Milano, 1776; J. A. Garn, “On the Torpedo ...” Witteb., 1778; R. M. de Termeyer (Collected Works of Scientific Operations ... Vol. VIII), Venice, 1781; L. Spallanzani (“Gothic Magazine,” V. i. 41; “Selected Essays,” VI. 73), Milano, 1783; Girardi and Walter (“Memoirs of the Italian Society,” III. 553), Verona, 1786; W. Bryant (“Transactions of the American Philosophical Society,” II. 166, O. S.), Philad., 1786; J. W. Linck, “On Raja Torpedine,” Lips., 1788; Vassalli-Eandi (Journal of Physics, Vol. XLIX. p. 69); Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire (“Annals of the Museum,” An. XI. Vol. I., No. 5, and Philosophical Magazine, Vol. XV. p. 126), 1803; J. F. M. Olfers, “The Genus Torpedo ...” Berlin, 1831; Linari-Santi in “Universal Bibliography,” Ser. II., Geneva, 1837–1838, and in “Italian Bibliography,” Vol. XCII. p. 258, Milan, 1839; C. Matteucci, “Researches ...” Genève, 1837 (“Royal Society Catalogue of Scientific Papers,” Vol. IV. pp. 285–293); also Delle Chiaje, “On the Organs ...” and P. Savi, “Studies ...” Paris, 1844; G. Pianciani (“Memoirs of the Italian Society,” XXII. 7); F. Zantedeschi (“Bulletin of the Brussels Academy,” VIII. 1841); A. Fusinieri (“Annals of the Lombard-Venetian Kingdom,” VIII. 239), Padova, 1838; A. F. J. C. Mayer, “A Collection of Writings ...” Bonn, 1843; L. Calamai, “Observations ...” 1845; C. Robin, “Researches ...” Paris, 1847; Krünitz, “Treatises,” XVII; Nicholson’s[299] Journal, Vol. I. p. 355; Rozier, IV. p. 205; “Academy of Brussels,” 111; “Philosophical History and Memoirs of the Royal Academy of Sciences Paris,” 1742, Vol. V. pp. 58–73; John Ewing, at CE 1795; Dr. Godef. Will. Schilling (in original Latin, also the French translation), “British Library,” Vol. XL. pp. 263–272; Dr. Jan Ingen-housz in Phil. Trans. Vol. LXV. p. 1; Vol. LXVIII. pp. 1022, 1027; Vol. LXIX. pp. 537, 661; also Hutton’s abridgments, Vol. XIII. p. 575; Vol. XIV. pp. 462, 463, 589, 598; “Journal des Sçavans,” Vol. LXXVIII. for January-April, 1726, p. 58; “The System of Natural History, written by M. De Buffon,” Edinburgh, 1800, Vol. II. pp. 24–25.

M. R. A. F. De Réaumur, mentioned above, has communicated the results of his investigations relative to the torpedo in “Mém. de Paris” for 1714, following it up more particularly with another article in the issue for year 1723 on magnetization, which is also alluded to in “Journal des Sçavans,” Vol. LXXXII. for 1727, p. 4.

M. R. A. F. De Réaumur, mentioned above, shared the findings from his research on the torpedo in “Mém. de Paris” in 1714. He followed this with another article in the 1723 issue discussing magnetization, which is also referenced in “Journal des Sçavans,” Vol. LXXXII, from 1727, p. 4.

Silurus Electricus.—Ranzi, on the discovery of the discharge of this animal; P. Forskal “Beobachtungen ...” 1775; F. Pacini, “Sopra l’ Organo ...” Bologna, 1846; Abd-Allatif, Relation de l’Egypte, p. 167, quoted at p. 250; Note XI. vol. i. of Libri’s “Hist. des Mathém.”; C. Maspero, “The Dawn of Civilization,” New York, 1894, p. 36, wherein it is said that the silurus was the nârû of the ancient Egyptians, as described by Isidore Geoffroy de St. Hilaire in his “Histoire Naturelle des Poissons du Nil.”

Silurus Electricus.—Ranzi, on the discovery of the discharge of this animal; P. Forskal “Observations ...” 1775; F. Pacini, “On the Organ ...” Bologna, 1846; Abd-Allatif, Relation de l’Egypte, p. 167, quoted at p. 250; Note XI. vol. i. of Libri’s “Hist. des Mathém.”; C. Maspero, “The Dawn of Civilization,” New York, 1894, p. 36, where it is stated that the silurus was the nârû of the ancient Egyptians, as described by Isidore Geoffroy de St. Hilaire in his “Natural History of the Fish of the Nile.”

Gymnotus Electricus.—T. Richer, “Observations ...” Paris, 1679 (“Hist. et Mém. de l’Acad. Roy. des Sciences,” Vols. I. p. 116; VII. i. pt. 2, p. 92); “Edinburgh Review,” Vol. XVI. pp. 249–250; John Ewing at A.D. 1795; P. Sue, aîné “Histoire du Galvanisme,” Paris, An. X, 1802, Vol. II. pp. 94–97; A. Van Berkel, “Reise nach Rio ...” Memming, 1789, for the observations made in 1680–1689; J. B. Duhamel (“Hist. Acad. Sc.,” 168); J. N. Allamand, “On the Surinam Eel ... by S’Gravesande,” Haarlem, 1757; Gronov-Gronovius (“Acta Helvetica ...” IV. 26, Basle, 1760; Phil. Trans., Vol. LXV. part i. p. 94, 102, and part ii. p. 395); P. V. Musschenbroek (“Hist. et Méms. de l’Acad. des Sc.,” 1760); G. W. Schilling, “Diatribe de Morbo ...” 1770, treating of the torpedo as well as of the magnetism of the Gymnotus (which latter was observed by him in 1764, and is alluded to besides by Jan Ingen-housz in his “Nouv. Exper.,” Paris, 1785); “Mem. of Berlin Acad. of Sc.,” Bonnefoy, “De l’app. de l’élect ...” 1782–1783, p. 48; Ferdinando Elice, “Saggio sull’ Elettricità,” p. 26; H. Williamson, Alexander Garden and John Hunter in the Phil. Trans. for 1775, p. 94, 102, 105, 395, and in Hutton’s abridgments, Vol. XIII. pp. 597–600; R. M. de Termeyer (“Opus. Scelti,” IV. 324, for 1781); H. C. Flagg (“Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc.,” O. S., Vol. II. p. 170); Samuel Fahlberg, “Beskrifning ofver elektriska alen Gymnotus electricus,” Stockholm, 1801; (See Fahlberg at A.D. 1769, and in “Vet Acad. Nyr. Handl.”; Gilbert, Annalen, XIV. p. 416); Humboldt, “Observations ... anguille elect ...” Paris, 1806; “Versuche ... elec. fische,” Jena, 1806; also in the Annales de Chimie et de Physique, Vol. XI for 1819, and at p. 256 of the “Harmonies of Nature,” by Dr. G. Hartwig, London, 1866, will be found a picture showing mode of capture of the Electric Eel; F. S. Guisan, “De Gymnoto ...” Tübingen, 1819, Carl Palmstedt (“Skand. Naturf. motets Forhand,” 1842); H. Letheby (“Proceedings London El. Soc.,” Aug. 16, 1842, and June 17, 1843); M. Vanderlot’s work, alluded to by Humboldt at p. 88 of his “Voyage ...”; F. Steindachner, “Die Gymnotidie ...” Wien, 1868.

Gymnotus Electricus.—T. Richer, “Observations ...” Paris, 1679 (“Hist. et Mém. de l’Acad. Roy. des Sciences,” Vols. I. p. 116; VII. i. pt. 2, p. 92); “Edinburgh Review,” Vol. XVI. pp. 249–250; John Ewing at CE 1795; P. Sue, aîné “Histoire du Galvanisme,” Paris, An. X, 1802, Vol. II. pp. 94–97; A. Van Berkel, “Reise nach Rio ...” Memming, 1789, for the observations made in 1680–1689; J. B. Duhamel (“Hist. Acad. Sc.,” 168); J. N. Allamand, “On the Surinam Eel ... by S’Gravesande,” Haarlem, 1757; Gronov-Gronovius (“Acta Helvetica ...” IV. 26, Basle, 1760; Phil. Trans., Vol. LXV. part i. p. 94, 102, and part ii. p. 395); P. V. Musschenbroek (“Hist. et Méms. de l’Acad. des Sc.,” 1760); G. W. Schilling, “Diatribe de Morbo ...” 1770, discussing the torpedo as well as the magnetism of the Gymnotus (which he observed in 1764 and was also mentioned by Jan Ingen-housz in his “Nouv. Exper.,” Paris, 1785); “Mem. of Berlin Acad. of Sc.,” Bonnefoy, “De l’app. de l’élect ...” 1782–1783, p. 48; Ferdinando Elice, “Saggio sull’ Elettricità,” p. 26; H. Williamson, Alexander Garden and John Hunter in the Phil. Trans. for 1775, p. 94, 102, 105, 395, and in Hutton’s abridgments, Vol. XIII. pp. 597–600; R. M. de Termeyer (“Opus. Scelti,” IV. 324, for 1781); H. C. Flagg (“Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc.,” O. S., Vol. II. p. 170); Samuel Fahlberg, “Beskrifning ofver elektriska alen Gymnotus electricus,” Stockholm, 1801; (See Fahlberg at CE 1769, and in “Vet Acad. Nyr. Handl.”; Gilbert, Annalen, XIV. p. 416); Humboldt, “Observations ... anguille elect ...” Paris, 1806; “Versuche ... elec. fische,” Jena, 1806; also in the Annales de Chimie et de Physique, Vol. XI for 1819, and at p. 256 of the “Harmonies of Nature,” by Dr. G. Hartwig, London, 1866, you will find a picture showing how to capture the Electric Eel; F. S. Guisan, “De Gymnoto ...” Tübingen, 1819, Carl Palmstedt (“Skand. Naturf. motets Forhand,” 1842); H. Letheby (“Proceedings London El. Soc.,” Aug. 16, 1842, and June 17, 1843); M. Vanderlot’s work, mentioned by Humboldt at p. 88 of his “Voyage ...”; F. Steindachner, “Die Gymnotidie ...” Wien, 1868.

Consult likewise, for reputed magnetic powers of the echeneis, or sucking-fish, Gaudentius Merula, “Memorabilium,” 1556, p. 209; Fracastorio, “De Sympathia,” lib. 1, cap. 8; W. Charleton, “Physiologia,” 1654, p. 375; Cornelius Gemma, “De Naturæ Divinis,” 1575, lib. 1, cap. 7, p. 123; and, for electrical fishes generally, Rozier, Intr., II. p. 432; Bloch, “Naturgeschichte ...” Berlin, 1786; A. De[300] la Rive, “Traité de l’électricité,” Paris, 1858, Vol. III. pp. 61–82; Rozier, Vol. XXVII. pp. 139–143; “Works of Michael de Montaigne,” by W. Hazlitt, New York, 1872, Vol. II. pp. 158–159; R. J. Haüy, “Traité de Physique,” p. 41; Geoffroy Saint-Hilare (Journal de Physique, LVI. 242; Phil. Mag. XV. 126–136, 261; “B. Soc. Phil.” N. 70; Gilbert, Annalen, XIV. 397; “Ann. du Mus.” for 1803); M. Schultze, “Zur Kentniss ... elect ... fische,” Halle, 1858 and 1859; Jobert (de Lamballe) “Des Appareils ...” Paris, 1858; W. Keferstein and D. Kupffer (Henle u. Pfeuffer’s “Zeitschr. f. rat. Med. Newe Folgc,” III. 1858) and Keferstein’s “Beitrag ... elekt. fische,” Göttingen, 1859; “Annual of Sc. Discovery” for 1863, giving, at pp. 115–116, the views of Sir John Herschel, of Charles Robin and of M. Moreau on the electrical organs of fishes.

Consult also for the well-known magnetic abilities of the echeneis or sucking-fish: Gaudentius Merula, "Memorabilium," 1556, p. 209; Fracastorio, "De Sympathia," book 1, chapter 8; W. Charleton, "Physiologia," 1654, p. 375; Cornelius Gemma, "De Naturæ Divinis," 1575, book 1, chapter 7, p. 123; and for electrical fishes generally, Rozier, Intr., II. p. 432; Bloch, "Naturgeschichte ...," Berlin, 1786; A. De[300] la Rive, "Traité de l'électricité," Paris, 1858, Vol. III. pp. 61–82; Rozier, Vol. XXVII. pp. 139–143; "Works of Michael de Montaigne," by W. Hazlitt, New York, 1872, Vol. II. pp. 158–159; R. J. Haüy, "Traité de Physique," p. 41; Geoffroy Saint-Hilare (Journal de Physique, LVI. 242; Phil. Mag. XV. 126–136, 261; “B. Soc. Phil.” N. 70; Gilbert, Annalen, XIV. 397; “Ann. du Mus.” for 1803); M. Schultze, “Zur Kentniss ... elect ... fische,” Halle, 1858 and 1859; Jobert (de Lamballe) “Des Appareils ...” Paris, 1858; W. Keferstein and D. Kupffer (Henle u. Pfeuffer’s “Zeitschr. f. rat. Med. Newe Folgc,” III. 1858) and Keferstein’s “Beitrag ... elekt. fische,” Göttingen, 1859; “Annual of Sc. Discovery” for 1863, pp. 115–116, which presents the perspectives of Sir John Herschel, Charles Robin, and M. Moreau regarding the electrical organs of fishes.

A.D. 1792.—Berlinghieri (Francesco Vacca, and not Vacca Leopold nor Andrea Vacca), Italian surgeon and anatomical writer, communicates to M. De La Méthérie the result of the extensive experiments made by him in concert with M. Pignotti and his brother. After describing his investigations with frogs, he remarks that the same movements and contractions can be produced on animals with hot blood, but that the latter require a peculiar process. He says that after having dissected the crural or any other considerable nerve, and cut it at a certain height to separate it from its superior part, it should have a piece of tinfoil wrapped around its summit, and the communication should be made in the usual way by touching the coating with one of the extremities of the exciting arc and the muscles in which the nerve is distributed with the other extremity.

A.D. 1792.—Berlinghieri (Francesco Vacca, not Vacca Leopold or Andrea Vacca), an Italian surgeon and anatomy writer, shares with M. De La Méthérie the results of extensive experiments he conducted alongside M. Pignotti and his brother. After detailing his research on frogs, he points out that similar movements and contractions can be induced in warm-blooded animals, but this requires a specific process. He explains that after dissecting the crural or any significant nerve, and cutting it at a certain point to detach it from its upper section, a piece of tinfoil should be wrapped around its end. The connection should then be established as usual by touching the foil with one end of the exciting arc and the muscles supplied by the nerve with the other end.

Many other investigations of Berlinghieri were, later on, communicated to the Société Philomathique, by whom they were successfully renewed, and, during the year 1810, a translation of his paper on the method of imparting magnetism to a bar of iron without a magnet appeared at p. 157, Vol. XXXV. of the Philosophical Magazine.

Many other studies of Berlinghieri were later shared with the Société Philomathique, who successfully revisited them. In 1810, a translation of his paper on how to impart magnetism to a bar of iron without using a magnet was published on p. 157, Vol. XXXV of the Philosophical Magazine.

References.—Rozier, XL. p. 133, and XLI. p. 314; “Giorn. di Med. Prac. di Brera,” IX. pp. 171–298; L. B. Phillips, “Dict. of Biog. Ref.,” 1871, p. 137; Tipaldo, “Biografia ...” 1834.

References.—Rozier, XL. p. 133, and XLI. p. 314; “Journal of Medical Practice of Brera,” IX. pp. 171–298; L. B. Phillips, “Dictionary of Biographical References,” 1871, p. 137; Tipaldo, “Biography ...” 1834.

A.D. 1792.—Lalande (Joseph Jérome le Français de), a distinguished scientist, and, doubtless, the best known of all French astronomers, who had previously communicated (1761) observations on the loadstone to the “Mémoires de Paris,” and had likewise written upon meteoric displays (1771), addresses to the Journal des Sçavans of Nov. 1792 a treatise entitled “Une Notice sur la découverte du Galvanisme,” justifying his claim to being the first introducer of galvanism into France, which he had before made through the columns of the Journal de Paris of the 17 Pluviôse, An. VII.

A.D. 1792.—Lalande (Joseph Jérome le Français de), a prominent scientist and probably the most famous French astronomer, who had previously shared observations on magnetism with the “Mémoires de Paris” in 1761 and written about meteor showers in 1771, submits a paper titled “A Report on the Discovery of Galvanism” to the Journal des Sçavans in November 1792. In this paper, he defends his claim to be the first to introduce galvanism to France, a claim he had previously made in the Journal de Paris on the 17th of Pluviôse, Year VII.

[301]

[301]

References.—Lalande, “Abrégé de l’Astronomie,” pp. 101, etc.; “Biog. Générale,” Vol. XXVIII. p. 948; “Biog. Universelle,” Vol. XXII. pp. 603–613; Ninth “Enc. Britannica,” Vol. XIV. p. 225; P. Sue, aîné, “Hist. du Galv.,” Paris, An. X (1802), Vol. I. p. 1.

Sources.—Lalande, “Summary of Astronomy,” pp. 101, etc.; “General Biography,” Vol. XXVIII. p. 948; “Universal Biography,” Vol. XXII. pp. 603–613; Ninth “Encyclopedia Britannica,” Vol. XIV. p. 225; P. Sue, senior, “History of Galvanism,” Paris, Year X (1802), Vol. I. p. 1.

A.D. 1792.—Chappe (Claude), a French mechanician (1763–1805), introduces the sémaphore, which he at first called a tachygraphe, from two Greek words meaning to write fast, but to which M. Miot, chief of one of the divisions of the War Department, gave the name of telegraph during the year 1793. Chappe had not long before devised a contrivance somewhat like that alluded to by Barthélémy (A.D. 1788), but it was not apparently brought into use.

A.D. 1792.—Chappe (Claude), a French mechanic (1763–1805), introduces the sémaphore, which he initially called a tachygraphe, derived from two Greek words meaning to write fast. However, in 1793, M. Miot, the head of one of the divisions of the War Department, renamed it the telegraph. Chappe had previously developed a similar device mentioned by Barthélémy (CE 1788), but it doesn't seem to have been put into use.

His sémaphore consisted of a vertical wooden pillar 15 feet or 16 feet high, bearing a transverse beam 11 feet or 12 feet long, which turned upon its centre and held at each extremity pivoted arms so worked by cords or levers as to admit of 256 distinct signals. The semaphores were placed upon high towers, about four miles apart, on level ground, and even as much as ten miles apart upon intervening elevations. This system of signals was presented by Chappe to the Assemblée Législative, and was originally erected during the month of August 1794 upon stations between Paris and Lille (Lisle), a distance of about 148 miles. One of the first sentences conveyed between the two places by the Committee of Public Safety consumed 13 minutes and 40 seconds, but it was not long before dispatches could be conveyed in two minutes’ time, and it was through Chappe’s apparatus that the news of the recapture of the city of Condé was conveyed to the Assembly shortly after the entry of the troops of the Republic.

His semaphore was made of a vertical wooden post 15 to 16 feet tall, holding a crossbeam 11 to 12 feet long. The beam could rotate around its center and had pivoted arms at each end, which were controlled by cords or levers to send 256 different signals. The semaphores were mounted on tall towers, about four miles apart on flat land, and up to ten miles apart on hills. This signaling system was presented by Chappe to the Assemblée Législative and was first set up in August 1794 on stations between Paris and Lille (Lisle), a distance of around 148 miles. One of the first messages sent between the two locations by the Committee of Public Safety took 13 minutes and 40 seconds, but soon after, messages could be sent in just two minutes. It was through Chappe’s system that the news of the recapture of the city of Condé was reported to the Assembly shortly after the Republic's troops entered.

It is not now believed that Claude Chappe was acquainted with the devices of either Robert Hooke (at A.D. 1684) or of Guillaume Amontons (at A.D. 1704), as was at the time claimed by many of his jealous contemporaries. No doubt exists that he is justly entitled to the credit of having, with the assistance of other members of his family, developed an entirely new system of signals as well as the mechanism by which they were operated. The histories of telegraphy written by I. U. J. Chappe (Paris, 1824; Le Mans, 1840) review Claude Chappe’s investigations and the difficulties he encountered, besides making reference to the false magnetic telegraphs of A. T. Paracelsus (A.D. 1490–1541), William Maxwell (A.D. 1679), and F. Santanelli (“Philosophiæ reconditæ ...” Coloniæ, 1723) alluded to in the “Dictionnaire des Sciences Médicales.”

It is now generally believed that Claude Chappe was not familiar with the inventions of either Robert Hooke (in A.D. 1684) or Guillaume Amontons (in A.D. 1704), despite claims made by many of his envious contemporaries at the time. There is no doubt that he rightfully deserves credit for developing an entirely new signaling system, along with the mechanism that operated it, with help from other family members. The histories of telegraphy written by I. U. J. Chappe (Paris, 1824; Le Mans, 1840) discuss Claude Chappe’s research and the challenges he faced, as well as referencing the inaccurate magnetic telegraphs of A. T. Paracelsus (A.D. 1490–1541), William Maxwell (A.D. 1679), and F. Santanelli (“Philosophiæ reconditæ ...” Coloniæ, 1723) mentioned in the “Dictionnaire des Sciences Médicales.”

Claude Chappe’s uncle, L’Abbé Jean Chappe d’Auteroche (1722–1769), French astronomer, who succeeded N. L. de la Caille at the Paris Observatory as assistant to Cassini de Thury and edited a translation of the works of Dr. Halley, is the author of several memoirs upon the declination and inclination and upon[302] lightning, meteors, etc., alluded to in J. B. J. Delambre’s “Hist. de l’Astron. au 18e siècle,” in J. C. Poggendorff’s “Biog.-Liter. Hand.,” Vol. I. p. 420, and in the “Mém. de Paris,” 1767, Mém. p. 344.

Claude Chappe's uncle, Abbé Jean Chappe d’Auteroche (1722–1769), was a French astronomer who took over from N. L. de la Caille at the Paris Observatory as an assistant to Cassini de Thury. He also edited a translation of Dr. Halley's works and wrote several papers on declination, inclination, and subjects like lightning and meteors, which are mentioned in J. B. J. Delambre’s “Hist. de l’Astron. au 18e siècle,” in J. C. Poggendorff’s “Biog.-Liter. Hand.,” Vol. I. p. 420, and in the “Mém. de Paris,” 1767, Mém. p. 344.

References.—English Encycl., “Arts and Sciences,” Vol. VIII. p. 65; “Johnson’s Encycl.,” Vol. IV. p. 757; “Penny Ency.,” Vol. XXIV. p. 146; Shaffner, “Manual,” pp. 27, 45 and 48; “Le Cosmos,” Paris, Feb. 4, 1905, p. 128; Nicholson’s “Journ. of Nat. Phil.,” Vol. VIII. p. 164, note; Sc. American Supplement, No. 475, p. 7579; “Emporium of Arts and Sciences,” Vol. I. p. 292; Rozier, XXXIV. p. 370, and XL. p. 329; “Bull. des Sc. de la Société Philomathique,” March 1793, No. 21, for an account of the experiments of Galvani and of Valli repeated for the Society by C. Chappe, M. Robillard and A. F. de Silvestre.

Sources.—English Encycl., “Arts and Sciences,” Vol. VIII. p. 65; “Johnson’s Encycl.,” Vol. IV. p. 757; “Penny Ency.,” Vol. XXIV. p. 146; Shaffner, “Manual,” pp. 27, 45 and 48; “Le Cosmos,” Paris, Feb. 4, 1905, p. 128; Nicholson’s “Journ. of Nat. Phil.,” Vol. VIII. p. 164, note; Sc. American Supplement, No. 475, p. 7579; “Emporium of Arts and Sciences,” Vol. I. p. 292; Rozier, XXXIV. p. 370, and XL. p. 329; “Bull. des Sc. de la Société Philomathique,” March 1793, No. 21, for an account of the experiments of Galvani and of Valli repeated for the Society by C. Chappe, M. Robillard and A. F. de Silvestre.

A.D. 1792.—Valli (Eusebius), Italian physician of Pisa, corresponding member of the Royal Academy of Sciences at Turin, publishes his “Experiments on Animal Electricity” the results of which were communicated to the French Academy of Sciences and found to be of such great importance that a committee composed of Messrs. Le Roy, Vicq d’Azyr, Coulomb and Fourcroy, was directed to repeat them. The most important were repeated in Fourcroy’s laboratory on the 12th of July 1792.

A.D. 1792.—Valli (Eusebius), an Italian doctor from Pisa, a corresponding member of the Royal Academy of Sciences in Turin, publishes his “Experiments on Animal Electricity.” The results were shared with the French Academy of Sciences and deemed so significant that a committee made up of Messrs. Le Roy, Vicq d’Azyr, Coulomb, and Fourcroy was tasked with repeating them. The most crucial experiments were redone in Fourcroy’s lab on July 12, 1792.

Valli was the first to demonstrate that when an arc of two metals, plumber’s lead and silver, is employed upon an animal, the most violent contractions are produced while the lead is applied to the nerves and the silver to the muscles. He also showed that of all metals, zinc, when applied to the nerves, has the most remarkable power of exciting contractions; and he found that when a frog had lost its sensibility to the passage of a current, it regained it by repose.

Valli was the first to show that when an arc of two metals, plumber’s lead and silver, is used on an animal, the most intense contractions occur when lead is applied to the nerves and silver to the muscles. He also discovered that among all metals, zinc has the strongest ability to trigger contractions when applied to the nerves; additionally, he found that when a frog lost its sensitivity to the flow of a current, it regained it by resting.

These experiments were also repeated before the French Royal Society of Medicine. M. Mauduyt, who was present, deduced from the results obtained by Valli that the metals were charged with a different quantity of the electric fluid, in so much that when they were brought in contact with each other a discharge ensued. And, secondly, that the animal body, by which the electric fluid is rendered perceptible, is a more delicate electrometer than any one heretofore discovered.

These experiments were also repeated in front of the French Royal Society of Medicine. M. Mauduyt, who was there, concluded from the results obtained by Valli that the metals contained different amounts of electric charge, so that when they were brought together, a discharge occurred. Additionally, he noted that the animal body, which makes the electric charge noticeable, is a more sensitive electrometer than any previously discovered.

Many new and very interesting investigations were afterward made by Valli upon different animals, the results of which were given to the public through the columns of the Journal de Physique as shown below. These embrace thirteen experiments upon animals rendered insensible by means of opium and powdered tobacco, showing electricity to be independent of their vitality, as well as others to show that the electric fluid is necessary to man and animals. He fully established the identity of the nervous and the electric[303] fluids, and proved that the convulsions took place by merely bringing the muscles themselves into contact with the nerves, without the intervention of any metal whatever. In answer to the inquiry of M. Vicq d’Azyr, member of the late French Academy of Sciences, he supported by nineteen experiments the assertion that however the blood vessels may be, as they assuredly are, conductors of electricity, the nerves alone prove capable of exciting muscular movements in consequence of the mode in which they are disposed.

Many new and fascinating studies were later conducted by Valli on different animals, and the results were published in the Journal de Physique as detailed below. These included thirteen experiments on animals that were made unconscious using opium and powdered tobacco, demonstrating that electricity operates independently of their vitality, along with others that showed the electric fluid is essential for both humans and animals. He confirmed the equivalence of nervous and electric[303] fluids and proved that convulsions occurred simply by having the muscles come into contact with the nerves, without any metal involvement at all. In response to the inquiry from M. Vicq d’Azyr, a member of the former French Academy of Sciences, he backed up his claim with nineteen experiments that showed that, while blood vessels undoubtedly conduct electricity, only the nerves can trigger muscle movements due to their specific arrangement.

References.—Brugnatelli, Annali di Chimica, Vol. VII. pp. 40, 213, 228 (and pp. 138, 159, 186, 208 for Caldani); also the “Giornale Fis. Med. di Brugnatelli,” Vol. I. p. 264; Sue, “Histoire du Galvanisme,” Paris, An. X-1802, Vol. I. p. 45; “Société Philomathique,” Vol. I. pp. 27, 31, 43; Journal de Physique, Vol. XLI. pp. 66, 72, 185, 189, 193, 197, 200, 435; Vol. XLII. pp. 74, 238, the last named containing the “Lettre sur l’Electricité Animale” (“De animalis electricæ theoriæ ...” Mutinæ, 1792) sent by Valli to MM. De La Méthérie and Desgenettes; Report of MM. Chappe, Robillard and Silvestre on Valli’s and Galvani’s experiments (“Soc. Phil.” for March 1793, No. 21); Report of Messrs. Le Roy, Vicq d’Azyr and Coulomb in “Médecine éclairée par les Sciences Physiques,” Tome IV. p. 66; “Epitome of Electricity and Magnetism,” Philad., 1809, p. 133; “Versuche ... animal, electricität” of Karl Friedrich Kielmayer (Kielmaier) of the Tübingen University (Poggendorff, Vol. I. p. 1253; F. A. C. Gren, Journal der Physik, Vol. VIII for 1794); Floriano Caldani’s works, 1792–1795, and those of Leopoldo Marc-Antonio Caldani, 1757–1823; Junoblowiskiana Society, 1793–1795.

Sources.—Brugnatelli, Annali di Chimica, Vol. VII. pp. 40, 213, 228 (and pp. 138, 159, 186, 208 for Caldani); also the “Giornale Fis. Med. di Brugnatelli,” Vol. I. p. 264; Sue, “Histoire du Galvanisme,” Paris, An. X-1802, Vol. I. p. 45; “Société Philomathique,” Vol. I. pp. 27, 31, 43; Journal de Physique, Vol. XLI. pp. 66, 72, 185, 189, 193, 197, 200, 435; Vol. XLII. pp. 74, 238, the last named containing the “Lettre sur l’Electricité Animale” (“De animalis electricæ theoriæ ...” Mutinæ, 1792) sent by Valli to MM. De La Méthérie and Desgenettes; Report of MM. Chappe, Robillard and Silvestre on Valli’s and Galvani’s experiments (“Soc. Phil.” for March 1793, No. 21); Report of Messrs. Le Roy, Vicq d’Azyr and Coulomb in “Médecine éclairée par les Sciences Physiques,” Tome IV. p. 66; “Epitome of Electricity and Magnetism,” Philad., 1809, p. 133; “Versuche ... animal, electricität” of Karl Friedrich Kielmayer (Kielmaier) of the Tübingen University (Poggendorff, Vol. I. p. 1253; F. A. C. Gren, Journal der Physik, Vol. VIII for 1794); Floriano Caldani’s works, 1792–1795, and those of Leopoldo Marc-Antonio Caldani, 1757–1823; Junoblowiskiana Society, 1793–1795.

A.D. 1793.—Fontana (Felice), distinguished Italian experimental philosopher and physiologist, gives in his “Lettere sopra l’ Elettricità Animale,” the result of further extensive investigations carried on by him to ascertain more especially all the features of galvanic irritability and the peculiar actions of the several organs in cases of death by electricity. Some of his previous observations in the same line had already been made known through his “Di Moti dell’ Iride,” 1765, and “Richerche filosofiche,” 1775, all which led to an active correspondence in after years with the Italian Giochino Carradori, as will be seen by consulting the volumes of Luigi Valentino Brugnatelli’s well-known “Giomale Fisico-Medico” (Cuvier, in “Biog. Univ.,” Vol. XV. p. 8, par. 1816; “Giornale Fisico-Medico,” Vol. IV. p. 116).

A.D. 1793.—Fontana (Felice), a prominent Italian experimental philosopher and physiologist, shares in his “Letters on Animal Electricity” the results of his extensive investigations into the characteristics of galvanic irritability and the specific reactions of various organs in cases of death by electricity. Some of his earlier observations on this subject were already published in his “On the Motion of the Iris,” 1765, and “Philosophical Researches,” 1775, which led to an ongoing correspondence in later years with the Italian Giochino Carradori, as detailed in the volumes of Luigi Valentino Brugnatelli’s well-known “Physical-Medical Journal” (Cuvier, in “Biog. Univ.,” Vol. XV. p. 8, par. 1816; “Physical-Medical Journal,” Vol. IV. p. 116).

Fontana (Gregorio), younger brother of Felice Fontana, likewise an able natural philosopher, succeeded the celebrated Ruggiero Giuseppe Boscovich in the Chair of Higher Mathematics at the University of Padua, and is the author of “Disquisitiones physico-mathematicæ,” Papiæ, 1780, as well as of many papers in the “Mem. della Soc. It. delle Scienze,” wherein he gives detailed accounts of many very interesting electrical observations. Mention of Gregorio Fontana’s name has already been made under Bennet, A.D. 1787.

Fontana (Gregorio), the younger brother of Felice Fontana and a skilled natural philosopher, took over the Chair of Higher Mathematics at the University of Padua from the renowned Ruggiero Giuseppe Boscovich. He is the author of “Disquisitiones physico-mathematicæ,” published in Pavia in 1780, along with numerous papers in the “Mem. della Soc. It. delle Scienze,” where he provides detailed accounts of many intriguing electrical observations. Gregorio Fontana has already been mentioned under Bennet, CE 1787.

[304]

[304]

References.—Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. I. part i. p. 334, and, for R. G. Boscovich, “The Edinburgh Encyclopædia,” 1830, Vol. III. pp. 744–749.

Sources.—Houzeau and Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. I, part i, p. 334, and for R. G. Boscovich, “The Edinburgh Encyclopedia,” 1830, Vol. III, pp. 744–749.

A.D. 1793.—Aldini (Giovanni), nephew of Luigi Galvani and one of the most active members of the National Institute of Italy, who succeeded his former instructor, M. Canterzani, in the Chair of Physics at the Bologna University, established in the last-named Institution a scientific society whose open object was to combat all of Volta’s works and which became very hostile to the organization already formed in the University of Pavia by Felice Fontana, Bassiano Carminati and Gioachino Carradori against the followers of Galvani. Similar societies espousing the cause of Volta were subsequently organized in England, at the suggestion of Cavallo and others, and during five years, the scientists of Europe were divided between the two discoverers, without, however, any material benefit accruing therefrom to either faction.

A.D. 1793.—Aldini (Giovanni), nephew of Luigi Galvani and one of the most active members of the National Institute of Italy, who took over from his former instructor, M. Canterzani, as the Chair of Physics at Bologna University, established a scientific society at that institution with the main goal of opposing all of Volta’s works. This society became very hostile to the group that had already been formed at the University of Pavia by Felice Fontana, Bassiano Carminati, and Gioachino Carradori against Galvani's followers. Similar societies supporting Volta were later set up in England, prompted by Cavallo and others, and for five years, European scientists were split between the two discoverers, but this rivalry brought no real benefits to either side.

Aldini proved to be an indefatigable investigator, as shown by the numerous Memoirs sent by him to the publications named below, up to the month of October 1802, when he experimented before the Galvani Society of Paris. An account of these experiments is given in his “Essai théorique,” etc., where, among other results, attention is called to the curious fact that contractions can be excited in a prepared frog by holding it in the hand and plunging its nerves into the interior of a wound made in the muscle of a living animal (Figuier, “Exposition,” etc., Vol. IV. p. 308). His interesting investigations of the artificial piles of muscle and brain, first made by M. La Grave and shown to the French Galvani Society, are alluded to in Nicholson’s Journal, Vol. X. p. 30, in the Journal de Physique, An. XI. pp. 140, 159, 233, 472, and in Sturgeon’s “Scientific Researches,” Bury, 1850, p. 195.

Aldini turned out to be an unstoppable researcher, as demonstrated by the many papers he sent to the publications listed below, up until October 1802, when he conducted experiments before the Galvani Society of Paris. A description of these experiments is provided in his “Essai théorique,” etc., where one notable result highlights the interesting fact that contractions can be triggered in a prepared frog by holding it in your hand and inserting its nerves into a wound made in the muscle of a living animal (Figuier, “Exposition,” etc., Vol. IV. p. 308). His fascinating studies of the artificial piles of muscle and brain, first created by M. La Grave and presented to the French Galvani Society, are referenced in Nicholson’s Journal, Vol. X. p. 30, in the Journal de Physique, An. XI. pp. 140, 159, 233, 472, and in Sturgeon’s “Scientific Researches,” Bury, 1850, p. 195.

Nearly all of Aldini’s experiments were successfully repeated in London at Mr. Wilson’s Anatomical Theatre, where Mr. Cuthbertson assisted Prof. Aldini in arranging the apparatus, and where a student, by the name of Hutchins, furnished the anatomical preparations, but the demonstration, of all others, which attracted most attention was doubtless the one made in London on the 17th of January 1803. The murderer Forster had just been executed and, after his body lay for one hour exposed in the cold at Newgate, it was handed over to Mr. Koate, President of the London College of Surgeons, who, with Aldini, made upon it numerous important observations to ascertain the precise effects of galvanism with a voltaic column of one hundred and twenty copper and zinc couples. The extraordinary results obtained, which cannot properly be enumerated here, are to be found in the “Essai Théorique,” etc.,[305] already alluded to. They led Aldini to believe he could, by the galvanic agency, bring back those in whom life was not totally extinct, such as in cases of the recently drowned or asphyxiated. (Consult M. Bonnejoy’s method of proving death by ... Faradization, Paris, 1866, and Georgio Anselmo, “Effets du Galvanisme ...” Turin, 1803; S. T. Sömmering, “On the application of Galvanism to ascertain the reality of death,” Ludwig scripter nevrolog., III. 23; Ure, “Exper. on the body of a criminal ...” “Journal of Sc. and Arts,” No. XII; Phil. Mag., Vol. LIII. p. 56; Jean Janin de Combe Blanche, “Sur les causes,” etc., Paris, 1773 (hanging); C. W. Hufeland, 1783, for the app. of Elec. in cases of asphyxia; T. Kerner, for the app. of Galv. and Magn. as restoratives, Cannstadt, 1858; Wm. Henley, for electricity as a stimulant ... drowned or ... suffocated, “Trans. of the Humane Society,” Vol. I. p. 63.)

Nearly all of Aldini’s experiments were successfully repeated in London at Mr. Wilson’s Anatomical Theatre, where Mr. Cuthbertson helped Prof. Aldini set up the equipment, and a student named Hutchins provided the anatomical preparations. However, the demonstration that attracted the most attention was undoubtedly the one done in London on January 17, 1803. The murderer Forster had just been executed, and after his body lay exposed in the cold at Newgate for one hour, it was handed over to Mr. Koate, President of the London College of Surgeons. He, along with Aldini, made numerous important observations on the body to determine the exact effects of galvanism using a voltaic column made of one hundred and twenty copper and zinc couples. The extraordinary results obtained, which can't be fully listed here, can be found in the “Essai Théorique,” etc.,[305] mentioned earlier. These findings led Aldini to believe he could, through galvanic stimulation, revive those who were not completely dead, such as in cases of drowning or asphyxiation. (See M. Bonnejoy’s method of proving death by ... Faradization, Paris, 1866, and Georgio Anselmo, “Effets du Galvanisme ...” Turin, 1803; S. T. Sömmering, “On the application of Galvanism to ascertain the reality of death,” Ludwig scripter nevrolog., III. 23; Ure, “Exper. on the body of a criminal ...” “Journal of Sc. and Arts,” No. XII; Phil. Mag., Vol. LIII. p. 56; Jean Janin de Combe Blanche, “Sur les causes,” etc., Paris, 1773 (hanging); C. W. Hufeland, 1783, for the application of Electricity in cases of asphyxia; T. Kerner, for the application of Galv. and Magn. as restoratives, Cannstadt, 1858; Wm. Henley, for electricity as a stimulant ... drowned or ... suffocated, “Trans. of the Humane Society,” Vol. I. p. 63.)

Another of Aldini’s curious experiments was the production of very powerful muscular contractions upon the heads of oxen and other animals recently decapitated, by introducing into one of the ears a wire connecting with one of the battery poles and into the nostrils or tongue a wire communicating with the other pole. Thus were the eyes made repeatedly to open and roll in their orbits while the ears would shake, the tongue move and the nostrils dilate very perceptibly (De la Rive, “A Treatise on Electricity,” 1856, Vol. II. p. 489, and 1858, Vol. III. p. 588; Pepper, “Voltaic Electricity,” 1869, pp. 287, 288). In the experiments which Aldini made during 1804 upon corpses, the body became violently agitated and even raised itself as if about to walk, the arms alternately rose and fell and the forearm was made to hold a weight of several pounds, while the fists clenched and beat violently the table upon which the body lay. Natural respiration was also artificially re-established and, through pressure exerted against the ribs, a lighted candle placed before the mouth was several times extinguished.

Another one of Aldini’s fascinating experiments involved creating very strong muscle contractions in the heads of oxen and other recently decapitated animals. He did this by inserting a wire into one ear connected to one pole of a battery, and another wire into the nostrils or tongue linked to the other pole. This caused the eyes to open and roll in their sockets, the ears to twitch, the tongue to move, and the nostrils to noticeably flare (De la Rive, “A Treatise on Electricity,” 1856, Vol. II. p. 489, and 1858, Vol. III. p. 588; Pepper, “Voltaic Electricity,” 1869, pp. 287, 288). In experiments Aldini conducted in 1804 on corpses, the body would move violently and even lift as if about to walk, with the arms rising and falling alternately and the forearm able to hold several pounds of weight, while the fists clenched and pounded the table beneath the body. Natural breathing was also artificially restored, and by applying pressure to the ribs, a lit candle held in front of the mouth was extinguished several times.

For the experiments of the eminent French physiologist and anatomist Marie François Xavier Bichat, of Vassalli-Eandi, Giulio, Rossi, Nysten, Hallé, Mezzini, Klein, Bonnet, Pajot-Laforest, Dudoyon, Berlinghieri, Fontana, Petit-Radel, Alizeau, Lamartillière, Guillotin, Nauche and others upon animals and men recently decapitated, see Bichat’s “Recherches Physiologiques sur la vie et la mort,” Paris, 1805; Francesco Rossi’s “Rapport des expériences,” etc., Turin, 1803; P. H. Nysten’s “Nouvelles Expériences Galvaniques,” etc., Paris, 1811, and also the latter’s “Expériences faites ... le 14 Brumaire, An. XI.” (Consult likewise, J. R. P. Bardenot, “Les Recherches ... refutées,” Paris, 1824, and, for an account of Bichat consult F. R. Buisson, “Précis historique ...”[306] Paris, 1802; Larousse, Vol. II. pp. 703, 704; “Biog. Univ.,” Vol. XI. pp. 2–19.)

For the experiments by the renowned French physiologist and anatomist Marie François Xavier Bichat, along with Vassalli-Eandi, Giulio, Rossi, Nysten, Hallé, Mezzini, Klein, Bonnet, Pajot-Laforest, Dudoyon, Berlinghieri, Fontana, Petit-Radel, Alizeau, Lamartillière, Guillotin, Nauche, and others on animals and recently decapitated humans, see Bichat’s “Physiological Researches on Life and Death,” Paris, 1805; Francesco Rossi’s “Report on the Experiments,” etc., Turin, 1803; P. H. Nysten’s “New Galvanic Experiments,” etc., Paris, 1811, and also the latter’s “Experiments conducted ... on 14 Brumaire, Year XI.” (Also consult J. R. P. Bardenot, “The Researches ... Refuted,” Paris, 1824, and for a biography of Bichat, see F. R. Buisson, “Historical Summary ...”[306] Paris, 1802; Larousse, Vol. II. pp. 703, 704; “Biog. Univ.,” Vol. XI. pp. 2–19.)

In Aldini’s “Account of Galvanism,” printed for Cuthell and Martin, London, 1803, it is said (p. 218) that, on the 27th of February 1803, he transmitted current through a battery of eighty silver and zinc plates from the West Mole of Calais harbour to Fort Rouge, by means of a wire supported on the masts of boats, and made it return through two hundred feet of intervening water.

In Aldini’s “Account of Galvanism,” published by Cuthell and Martin, London, 1803, it states (p. 218) that on February 27, 1803, he sent an electric current through a battery of eighty silver and zinc plates from the West Mole of Calais harbor to Fort Rouge, using a wire supported on the masts of boats, and made it return through two hundred feet of water in between.

References.—J. B. Van Mons’ treatise on animal electricity in Tome III of the sixth year of the “Magasin Encyclopédique”; Fowler, in “Bibl. Britannica,” May 1796; Giulio e Rossi (“Gior. Fis. Med. di Brugnatelli,” 1793, Vol. I. p. 82); P. Sue, ainé, “Hist. du Galvanisme,” Paris, An. X, 1802, Vol. I. pp. 31, 67, 73; Vol. II. p. 268; Brugnatelli, Annali di Chimica, Vols. XIII. p. 135; XIV. p. 174; XIX. pp. 29, 158; “Opuscoli Scelti,” Vols. XVII. p. 231; XIX. p. 217; XX. p. 73; XXI. p. 412; “Mem. Soc. Ital.,” Vol. XIV. p. 239; Poggendorff, Vol. I. p. 27; “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. XXII. 1803, pp. 249–266; “Galvanische und elektrische ... Körpern,” 4to, Frankfort, 1804; “Bull. des Sc. de la Soc. Philom.,” No. 68; J. C. Carpue, “Bibl. Britannica,” Nos. 207, 208, p. 373; Phil. Mag., Vols. XIV. pp. 88, 191, 288, 364; XV. pp. 40, 93; Cassius Larcher, M. Daubancourt et M. Zanetti, ainé (Ann. de Chimie, Vol. XLV. p. 195); also Larcher, Daubancourt et M. de Saintiot (Précis succinct, etc., Paris, 1803); W. Sturgeon, “Scientific Researches,” Bury, 1850, p. 194; M. Kilian, “Versuche über restitution ...” Giessen, 1857; Gilbert, IV. 246; J. Tourdes (“Décade Philos.” No. 3, An. X. p. 118); Francesco Rossi (“Bibl. Ital.,” Vol. I. p. 106; Phil. Mag., Vol. XVIII. p. 131; and in the “Mémoires de Turin”); J. J. Sue, “Recherches Physiol.,” etc., 1803, p. 77; Vassalli-Eandi (“Expériences sur les décapités ...” Turin, 1802 and “Recueil ... de Sédillot,” Vol. II. p. 266); C. H. Wilkinson, “Elements of Galvanism,” etc., London, 1804, 2 Vols. passim; Report of MM. Chappe, Robillard and Silvestre (“Bull. des Sciences de la Soc. Philom.,” No. 21 for March 1793; also Jour. de Phys., Vol. XLII. p. 289); M. Payssé (“Jour. de la Soc. de Pharm.,” first year, p. 100); Dr. Crichton (“Rec. Périod. de Litt. Méd. Etrangère,” Tome II. p. 342); J. Louis Gauthier, “Dissertatio,” etc., Hales, 1793 (“Com. de Leipzig,” Tome XXXVI. p. 473); Gardiner’s “Observ. on the animal œconomy”; Humboldt (“Soc. Philom.,” Vol. I. p. 92); Alex. Monro’s “Experiments,” etc., Edin., 1793, 1794 (“Trans. Edin. Roy. Soc.,” Vol. III); Felice Fontana, “Lettere ...” 1793; Joseph Izarn, “Manuel du Galvanisme,” Paris, An. XII, 1804, pp. 97, 138, 141, 160, 163, 285; Louis Figuier, “Exposition et Histoire,” Vol. IV. pp. 307–308, 358, 360–363, 365, 366, 370, 371.

Sources.—J. B. Van Mons’ work on animal electricity in Volume III of the sixth year of the “Magasin Encyclopédique”; Fowler, in “Bibl. Britannica,” May 1796; Giulio e Rossi (“Gior. Fis. Med. di Brugnatelli,” 1793, Vol. I. p. 82); P. Sue, ainé, “Hist. du Galvanisme,” Paris, An. X, 1802, Vol. I. pp. 31, 67, 73; Vol. II. p. 268; Brugnatelli, Annali di Chimica, Vols. XIII. p. 135; XIV. p. 174; XIX. pp. 29, 158; “Opuscoli Scelti,” Vols. XVII. p. 231; XIX. p. 217; XX. p. 73; XXI. p. 412; “Mem. Soc. Ital.,” Vol. XIV. p. 239; Poggendorff, Vol. I. p. 27; “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. XXII. 1803, pp. 249–266; “Galvanische und elektrische ... Körpern,” 4to, Frankfort, 1804; “Bull. des Sc. de la Soc. Philom.,” No. 68; J. C. Carpue, “Bibl. Britannica,” Nos. 207, 208, p. 373; Phil. Mag., Vols. XIV. pp. 88, 191, 288, 364; XV. pp. 40, 93; Cassius Larcher, M. Daubancourt et M. Zanetti, ainé (Ann. de Chimie, Vol. XLV. p. 195); also Larcher, Daubancourt et M. de Saintiot (Précis succinct, etc., Paris, 1803); W. Sturgeon, “Scientific Researches,” Bury, 1850, p. 194; M. Kilian, “Versuche über restitution ...” Giessen, 1857; Gilbert, IV. 246; J. Tourdes (“Décade Philos.” No. 3, An. X. p. 118); Francesco Rossi (“Bibl. Ital.,” Vol. I. p. 106; Phil. Mag., Vol. XVIII. p. 131; and in the “Mémoires de Turin”); J. J. Sue, “Recherches Physiol.,” etc., 1803, p. 77; Vassalli-Eandi (“Expériences sur les décapités ...” Turin, 1802 and “Recueil ... de Sédillot,” Vol. II. p. 266); C. H. Wilkinson, “Elements of Galvanism,” etc., London, 1804, 2 Vols. passim; Report of MM. Chappe, Robillard and Silvestre (“Bull. des Sciences de la Soc. Philom.,” No. 21 for March 1793; also Jour. de Phys., Vol. XLII. p. 289); M. Payssé (“Jour. de la Soc. de Pharm.,” first year, p. 100); Dr. Crichton (“Rec. Périod. de Litt. Méd. Etrangère,” Tome II. p. 342); J. Louis Gauthier, “Dissertatio,” etc., Hales, 1793 (“Com. de Leipzig,” Tome XXXVI. p. 473); Gardiner’s “Observ. on the animal œconomy”; Humboldt (“Soc. Philom.,” Vol. I. p. 92); Alex. Monro’s “Experiments,” etc., Edin., 1793, 1794 (“Trans. Edin. Roy. Soc.,” Vol. III); Felice Fontana, “Lettere ...” 1793; Joseph Izarn, “Manuel du Galvanisme,” Paris, An. XII, 1804, pp. 97, 138, 141, 160, 163, 285; Louis Figuier, “Exposition et Histoire,” Vol. IV. pp. 307–308, 358, 360–363, 365, 366, 370, 371.

A.D. 1793.—Fowler (Richard), a very ingenious physician, of Salisbury, makes known in Edinburgh his “Experiments and Observations relative to the influence lately discovered by Galvani and commonly called Animal Electricity,” of which a very complete review is made by Dr. G. Gregory at pp. 374–381, Vol. I of his “Economy of Nature,” etc., third edition, published in London during the year 1804.

A.D. 1793.—Fowler (Richard), a very clever doctor from Salisbury, shares in Edinburgh his “Experiments and Observations related to the influence recently discovered by Galvani, commonly known as Animal Electricity,” which is thoroughly reviewed by Dr. G. Gregory on pages 374–381, Volume I of his “Economy of Nature,” etc., third edition, published in London in 1804.

Dr. Fowler observed that the contractions in a frog are excited by making the metals touch under water even at the distance of an inch from the divided spine of the animal. He succeeded in causing the heart to contract, but could not produce the same[307] effect upon the stomach and intestines. He also found, as did Prof. John Robison, of Edinburgh, at the same period, that the senses of touch and smell are unaffected by the metals, but that when these are applied to the eye, or, what is better, when they are thrust up between the teeth and the lips, and then made to touch, a flash of light is rendered visible. This is the case also when the metals are placed between the gums and the upper and lower lips, as proven by the experiments of Dr. Rutherford and of Mr. George Hunter, of York. Fowler likewise observed that all pure metals prove excellent conductors of the galvanic influence and that living vegetables afford it a ready passage, but that stones and oils seem to be possessed of no conducting power whatsoever.

Dr. Fowler noticed that contractions in a frog can be triggered by having metals touch underwater, even when they are an inch away from the frog's severed spine. He was able to cause the heart to contract, but he couldn't achieve the same effect on the stomach and intestines. He also discovered, like Prof. John Robison from Edinburgh did around the same time, that the senses of touch and smell are not affected by the metals. However, when the metals are applied to the eye, or better yet, when they are inserted between the teeth and lips and allowed to touch, a flash of light becomes visible. This also happens when the metals are positioned between the gums and the upper and lower lips, as shown by the experiments conducted by Dr. Rutherford and Mr. George Hunter from York. Fowler further noted that all pure metals are excellent conductors of the galvanic effect, and that living plants allow it to pass through easily, while stones and oils appear to have no conducting power at all.

In conjunction with Mr. Alexander Munro, Fowler published a work on animal electricity (translated into German under the title of “Abhandlung ueber thierische elekt.” etc.), while, in the “Bibliotheca Britannica” for May 1796, mention will be found of the observations of Dr. Fowler respecting the muscular irritability excited by electricity, as well as on the reproduction of the nervous substance, on the action of poisons, on the phenomena of muscular contraction, etc. etc.

In collaboration with Mr. Alexander Munro, Fowler published a work on animal electricity (translated into German as “Abhandlung ueber thierische elekt.” etc.), and in the “Bibliotheca Britannica” for May 1796, there are observations by Dr. Fowler regarding the muscle irritability triggered by electricity, as well as the regeneration of nervous tissue, the effects of poisons, the phenomena of muscle contraction, and more.

References.—“Essays and Observations,” etc., Edinburgh, 1793, in Library of the Royal Institution; Gilbert Blane’s paper read to the English Royal Society, of which an extract can be found in Bacher’s “Medical Journal,” Vol. XC. p. 127; Figuier, “Exp. et Hist. des Princip. Déc.,” Vol. IV. p. 309; C. H. Wilkinson, “Elements of Galvanism,” London, 1804, Chap. VI. et passim; eighth “Encyc. Brit.,” Vol. XXI. p. 634.

References.—“Essays and Observations,” etc., Edinburgh, 1793, in the Library of the Royal Institution; Gilbert Blane’s paper presented to the English Royal Society, with an excerpt available in Bacher’s “Medical Journal,” Vol. XC. p. 127; Figuier, “Exp. et Hist. des Princip. Déc.,” Vol. IV. p. 309; C. H. Wilkinson, “Elements of Galvanism,” London, 1804, Chap. VI. et passim; eighth “Encyc. Brit.,” Vol. XXI. p. 634.

A.D. 1793.—Dalton (John), LL.D., F.R.S. (1766–1844), a very able English natural philosopher and the illustrious author of the “Atomic Theory of Chemistry and of the Constitution of Mixed Gases,” gives in his earliest separate publication, “Meteorological Observations and Essays,” the result of many experiments upon the electricity of the atmosphere, made by him at Kendal and at Keswick during the seven years ending May 1793.

A.D. 1793.—Dalton (John), LL.D., F.R.S. (1766–1844), a highly skilled English natural scientist and the renowned author of the “Atomic Theory of Chemistry and the Structure of Mixed Gases,” presents in his first standalone publication, “Meteorological Observations and Essays,” the findings from numerous experiments on atmospheric electricity that he conducted in Kendal and Keswick over the seven years leading up to May 1793.

He proved, as Sir David Brewster expresses it, that the aurora exercises an irregular action on the magnetic needle, that the luminous beams of the aurora borealis are parallel to the dipping needle; that the rainbow-like arches cross the magnetic meridian at right angles; that the broad arch of the horizontal light is bisected by the magnetic meridian; and that the boundary of a limited aurora is half the circumference of a great circle crossing the magnetic meridian at right angles, the beams perpendicular to the horizon being only those on the magnetic meridian.

He showed, as Sir David Brewster puts it, that the aurora affects the magnetic needle in an irregular way, that the bright beams of the aurora borealis run parallel to the dipping needle; that the rainbow-like arcs intersect the magnetic meridian at right angles; that the wide arc of the horizontal light is divided by the magnetic meridian; and that the edge of a limited aurora is half the circumference of a large circle crossing the magnetic meridian at right angles, with the beams perpendicular to the horizon being only those along the magnetic meridian.

In the eighth “Encyclopædia Britannica” (Vol. IV. p. 246), treating of the height of polar lights, reference is made to the[308] extraordinary aurora borealis observed by Dalton on the 29th of March 1826, and of which a description is given in a paper read before the Royal Society, April 17, 1828 (Phil. Mag. or Annals, Vol. IV. p. 418; Philosophical Transactions for 1828, Part II; James Hoy in Phil. Mag., Vol. LI. p. 422; J. Farquharson in Phil. Trans. for 1839, p. 267). This aurora was seen in places one hundred and seventy miles apart and covered an area of 7000 to 8000 square miles. In Vol. XIV of the same Encyclopædia will be found (p. 15), an account of another aurora observed at Kendal, February 12, 1793, while at p. 12 are given Dalton’s views as to the connection between the heat and magnetism of the earth, and, at p. 66, his conclusions as to the cause of the aurora and its magnetic influence.

In the eighth “Encyclopaedia Britannica” (Vol. IV. p. 246), discussing the height of polar lights, there is a reference to the [308] extraordinary aurora borealis observed by Dalton on March 29, 1826, which is described in a paper presented to the Royal Society on April 17, 1828 (Phil. Mag. or Annals, Vol. IV. p. 418; Philosophical Transactions for 1828, Part II; James Hoy in Phil. Mag., Vol. LI. p. 422; J. Farquharson in Phil. Trans. for 1839, p. 267). This aurora was visible in locations that were one hundred seventy miles apart and spanned an area of 7,000 to 8,000 square miles. In Vol. XIV of the same Encyclopaedia, there is an account of another aurora observed in Kendal on February 12, 1793 (p. 15), while Dalton’s ideas on the link between the earth's heat and magnetism are presented on p. 12, and on p. 66 are his conclusions about the cause of the aurora and its magnetic effects.

References.—“Memoirs of Dalton’s Life,” by Dr. W. C. Henry, London, 1854; “Life and Discoveries of Dalton,” in British Quarterly Review, No. 1; Pharmaceutical Journal, London, October 1841; Thomson’s “History of Chemistry,” Vol. II; Young’s “Course of Lectures,” London, 1807, Vol. I. pp. 706–709, 753, and Vol. II. pp. 466–470; Noad, “Manual,” etc., London, 1859, pp. 226, 269, 534; article, “Aurora Borealis,” immediately following A.D. 1683; Sir H. Davy, “Bakerian Lectures,” London, 1840, pp. 322, 323, 328–330; “Dict. of Nat. Biog.,” Vol. XIII. pp. 428–434, as well as the numerous references therein cited. Consult also, for theories, investigations, observations, records, etc., of the Aurora Borealis: Georg. Kruger, 1700; J. J. Scheuchzer, 1710–1712, 1728–1730; L. Feuillée, 1719; J. L. Rost, 1721; J. C. Spidberg, 1724; W. Derham, 1728, 1729–1730; F. C. Mayer—Meyer, 1726; J. F. Weidler, 1729, 1730, 1735; J. Lulolfs, 1731; M. Kelsch, 1734; F. M. Zanotti, 1737, 1738; also Zanotti and P. Matteucci, 1739; B. Zendrini, J. Poleni, F. M. Serra, E. Sguario and D. Revillas in 1738; G. Bianchi, 1738 and 1740; J. M. Serantoni, 1740; G. C. Cilano de Maternus, 1743; S. von Trienwald, 1744; G. Guadagni, 1744; J. F. Ramus, 1745; C. Nocetus, 1747; P. Matteucci, 1747; Jno. Huxham, 1749–1750; G. W. Krafft, 1750; P. Kahm—Kalm, 1752; G. Reyger, 1756; A. Hellant, 1756, 1777; Jos. Stepling, 1761; H. Hamilton, 1767, 1777; M. A. Pictet, 1769; J. E. Silberschlag, 1770; C. E. Mirus, 1770; J. E. B. Wiedeburg, 1771; Max. Hell, 1776; Mr. Hall, J. H. Helmuth, 1777; E. H. de Ratte, W. L. Krafft, 1778; J. E. Helfenzrieder, 1778; G. S. Poli, 1778–1779; Marcorelle and Darguier, 1782; L. Cotte, 1783; J. A. Cramer, 1785; D. Galizi, in A. Calogera’s “Nuova Raccolta ...” Vol. XXXIX. p. 64; J. L. Boeckmann, in “Mem. de Berlin” for the year 1780; H. Ussher, 1788; G. Savioli, 1789, 1790; J. J. Hemmer, 1790; P. A. Bondoli, 1790, 1792, 1802; A. Prieto, 1794; J. D. Reuss’s works published in Göttingen; Jacopo Penada, 1807–1808; M. Le Prince, “Nouvelle Théorie ...”; W. Dobbie, 1820, 1823; Col. Gustavson, in Phil. Mag. for 1821, p. 312; M. Dutertre, 1822; J. L. Späth, 1822; Chr. Hansteen, 1827, 1855; L. F. Kaemtz, 1828, 1831; G. W. Muncke, 1828; J. Farquharson, 1829; D. Angelstrom, Rob. Hare, 1836; Ant. Colla, 1836, 1837; L. Pacinotti, 1837; G. F. Parrot, 1838; J. H. Lefroy, 1850, 1852; Don M. Rico-y-Sinobas, 1853; A. A. de La Rive, 1854; A. Boué (Katalog), 1856, 1857; C. J. H. E. Braun, 1858; E. Matzenauer, 1861; F. Dobelli, 1867; F. Denza, 1869.

References.—“Memoirs of Dalton’s Life,” by Dr. W. C. Henry, London, 1854; “Life and Discoveries of Dalton,” in British Quarterly Review, No. 1; Pharmaceutical Journal, London, October 1841; Thomson’s “History of Chemistry,” Vol. II; Young’s “Course of Lectures,” London, 1807, Vol. I. pp. 706–709, 753, and Vol. II. pp. 466–470; Noad, “Manual,” etc., London, 1859, pp. 226, 269, 534; article, “Aurora Borealis,” immediately following CE 1683; Sir H. Davy, “Bakerian Lectures,” London, 1840, pp. 322, 323, 328–330; “Dict. of Nat. Biog.,” Vol. XIII. pp. 428–434, as well as the numerous references cited within. Also consult for theories, investigations, observations, records, etc., of the Aurora Borealis: Georg. Kruger, 1700; J. J. Scheuchzer, 1710–1712, 1728–1730; L. Feuillée, 1719; J. L. Rost, 1721; J. C. Spidberg, 1724; W. Derham, 1728, 1729–1730; F. C. Mayer—Meyer, 1726; J. F. Weidler, 1729, 1730, 1735; J. Lulolfs, 1731; M. Kelsch, 1734; F. M. Zanotti, 1737, 1738; also Zanotti and P. Matteucci, 1739; B. Zendrini, J. Poleni, F. M. Serra, E. Sguario and D. Revillas in 1738; G. Bianchi, 1738 and 1740; J. M. Serantoni, 1740; G. C. Cilano de Maternus, 1743; S. von Trienwald, 1744; G. Guadagni, 1744; J. F. Ramus, 1745; C. Nocetus, 1747; P. Matteucci, 1747; Jno. Huxham, 1749–1750; G. W. Krafft, 1750; P. Kahm—Kalm, 1752; G. Reyger, 1756; A. Hellant, 1756, 1777; Jos. Stepling, 1761; H. Hamilton, 1767, 1777; M. A. Pictet, 1769; J. E. Silberschlag, 1770; C. E. Mirus, 1770; J. E. B. Wiedeburg, 1771; Max. Hell, 1776; Mr. Hall, J. H. Helmuth, 1777; E. H. de Ratte, W. L. Krafft, 1778; J. E. Helfenzrieder, 1778; G. S. Poli, 1778–1779; Marcorelle and Darguier, 1782; L. Cotte, 1783; J. A. Cramer, 1785; D. Galizi, in A. Calogera’s “Nuova Raccolta ...” Vol. XXXIX. p. 64; J. L. Boeckmann, in “Mem. de Berlin” for the year 1780; H. Ussher, 1788; G. Savioli, 1789, 1790; J. J. Hemmer, 1790; P. A. Bondoli, 1790, 1792, 1802; A. Prieto, 1794; J. D. Reuss’s works published in Göttingen; Jacopo Penada, 1807–1808; M. Le Prince, “Nouvelle Théorie ...”; W. Dobbie, 1820, 1823; Col. Gustavson, in Phil. Mag. for 1821, p. 312; M. Dutertre, 1822; J. L. Späth, 1822; Chr. Hansteen, 1827, 1855; L. F. Kaemtz, 1828, 1831; G. W. Muncke, 1828; J. Farquharson, 1829; D. Angelstrom, Rob. Hare, 1836; Ant. Colla, 1836, 1837; L. Pacinotti, 1837; G. F. Parrot, 1838; J. H. Lefroy, 1850, 1852; Don M. Rico-y-Sinobas, 1853; A. A. de La Rive, 1854; A. Boué (Katalog), 1856, 1857; C. J. H. E. Braun, 1858; E. Matzenauer, 1861; F. Dobelli, 1867; F. Denza, 1869.

A.D. 1793–1797.—Robison (John), a very distinguished English natural philosopher, completes what are without question the most important of all his scientific publications. These are to be found[309] throughout the eighteen volumes and two supplements to the third “Encyclopædia Britannica,” where they cover such subjects as Physics, Electricity, Magnetism, Thunder, Variation, etc. etc. Taken together, “they exhibited,” according to Dr. Thomas Young, “a more complete view of the modern improvements of physical science than had previously been in the possession of the British public.”

A.D. 1793–1797.—John Robison, a highly respected English natural philosopher, completes what are undoubtedly his most significant scientific publications. These can be found[309] throughout the eighteen volumes and two supplements to the third “Encyclopædia Britannica,” covering topics such as Physics, Electricity, Magnetism, Thunder, Variation, and more. Overall, “they presented,” according to Dr. Thomas Young, “a more comprehensive view of the modern advancements in physical science than had previously been available to the British public.”

It was after his retirement from the navy that Robison devoted himself to scientific studies, becoming the successor of Dr. Black in the lectureship of chemistry at the University of Glasgow during 1766, and accepting, seven years later (1773), the Professorship of Natural Philosophy at Edinburgh, where he taught all branches of physics and of the higher mathematics. In 1783 he was made Secretary of the Philosophical Society of Edinburgh, received the degree of Doctor of Laws, 1798–1799, and was elected foreign member of the Saint Petersburg Academy of Sciences in 1800. Of him, Mr. James Watt wrote, Feb. 7, 1805: “He was a man of the clearest head and the most science of anybody I have known” (Arago’s “Eloge of Jas. Watt,” London, 1839, p. 81).

It was after his retirement from the navy that Robison dedicated himself to scientific studies, becoming the successor of Dr. Black in the chemistry lectures at the University of Glasgow in 1766, and accepting, seven years later (1773), the Professorship of Natural Philosophy at Edinburgh, where he taught all branches of physics and higher mathematics. In 1783, he was appointed Secretary of the Philosophical Society of Edinburgh, received the degree of Doctor of Laws in 1798–1799, and was elected a foreign member of the Saint Petersburg Academy of Sciences in 1800. Mr. James Watt wrote about him on February 7, 1805: “He was a man of the clearest head and the most science of anybody I have known” (Arago’s “Eloge of Jas. Watt,” London, 1839, p. 81).

It was while acting as midshipman under Admiral Saunders that Robison himself observed the effect of the aurora borealis on the compass, which had been remarked by Hiörter, Wargentin, and Mairan several years before, but which was not then generally known. The aurora borealis, he afterwards wrote, “is observed in Europe to disturb the needle exceedingly, sometimes drawing it several degrees from its position. It is always observed to increase its rate of deviation from the meridian; that is an aurora borealis makes the needle point more westerly. This disturbance sometimes amounts to six or seven degrees, and is generally observed to be greatest when the aurora borealis is most remarkable.... Van Swinden says he seldom or never failed to observe aurora borealis immediately after any anomalous motion of the needle, and concluded that there had been one at the time, though he could not see it.... This should farther incite us to observe the circumstance formerly mentioned, viz., that the South end of the dipping needle points to that part of the heavens where the rays of the aurora borealis appear to converge....”

It was while serving as a midshipman under Admiral Saunders that Robison observed how the aurora borealis affects the compass. This phenomenon had been noted by Hiörter, Wargentin, and Mairan several years earlier, but it wasn't widely known at the time. Robison later wrote, “In Europe, the aurora borealis is seen to disturb the needle a lot, sometimes pulling it several degrees off its usual position. It's always noted to increase its deviation from the meridian; in other words, the aurora borealis makes the needle point more towards the west. This disturbance can sometimes reach six or seven degrees, and it’s generally observed to be strongest when the aurora borealis is most prominent.... Van Swinden mentions that he seldom or never failed to notice the aurora borealis right after any unusual motion of the needle, concluding that one must have occurred then, even if he couldn't see it.... This should further encourage us to observe the previously mentioned fact, that the south end of the dipping needle points toward the part of the sky where the rays of the aurora borealis seem to converge....”

The experiments of J. H. Lambert (at A.D. 1766–1776) upon the laws of magnetic action were carefully repeated by Robison, who, in 1769 or 1770, tried various methods and made numerous investigations from which he deduced that the force is inversely as the square of the distance. When he observed, however, some years afterward, that Æpinus had in 1777 conceived the force to vary inversely as the simple distance, he carefully again repeated the[310] experiments and added others made with the same magnet and with the same needle placed at one side of the magnet instead of above it. By this simple arrangement the result was still more satisfactory, and the inverse law of the square of the distance was well established.

The experiments by J. H. Lambert (from A.D. 1766 to 1776) on the laws of magnetic action were thoroughly repeated by Robison, who, in 1769 or 1770, tried various methods and conducted numerous investigations, from which he concluded that the force is inversely proportional to the square of the distance. However, when he later noticed that Æpinus had, in 1777, suggested that the force varies inversely with the simple distance, he carefully repeated the experiments again and added others using the same magnet and needle, positioned beside the magnet instead of above it. This straightforward setup yielded even more satisfactory results, further confirming the inverse law of the square of the distance.

Throughout his numerous investigations, Prof. Robison found that when a good magnet was struck for three-quarters of an hour, and allowed in the meantime to ring, its efficacy was destroyed, although the same operation had little effect when the ringing was impeded; so that the continued exertion of the cohesive and repulsive powers appears to favour the transmission of the magnetic as well as of the electric fluid. The internal agitation, produced in bending a magnetic wire around a cylinder, also destroys its polarity, and, it is said, the operation on a file has the same effect. M. Cavallo found that brass becomes generally much more capable of being attracted when it has been hammered, even between two flints; and that this property is again diminished by fire: in this case, Dr. Thomas Young remarks, it may be conjectured that hammering increases the conducting power of the iron contained in the brass, and thus renders it more susceptible of magnetic action.

Throughout his many investigations, Prof. Robison discovered that when a good magnet was struck for 45 minutes and allowed to ring during that time, its effectiveness was ruined, although the same process had little impact when the ringing was blocked. It seems that the ongoing action of the cohesive and repulsive forces helps with the transmission of both magnetic and electric energy. The internal disturbance caused by bending a magnetic wire around a cylinder also loses its polarity, and it is said that doing the same to a file has a similar effect. M. Cavallo found that brass becomes much more attractive after being hammered, even between two flints, but this property decreases when exposed to fire. In this case, Dr. Thomas Young suggests that hammering increases the conductivity of the iron in the brass, making it more receptive to magnetic influence.

Of his other very important observations in the same line it would be difficult to select the most interesting, and it may suffice to call attention merely to such as are noted throughout Prof. Alfred M. Mayer’s valuable contributions on “The Magnet, Magnetism,” etc., in Johnson’s “New Universal Encyclopædia,” as well as in his “Practical Experiments in Magnetism,” etc., published through the columns of the Scientific American Supplement.

Of his other important observations in the same vein, it would be tough to pick the most interesting ones. It might be enough to just highlight those noted in Prof. Alfred M. Mayer’s valuable contributions on “The Magnet, Magnetism,” etc., in Johnson’s “New Universal Encyclopædia,” as well as in his “Practical Experiments in Magnetism,” etc., published in the Scientific American Supplement.

Prof. Robison’s electrical investigations are scarcely less interesting. In the theories advanced by Æpinus and Cavendish it was shown that the action of the electrical fluid diminished with the distance, while M. Coulomb proved, by a series of elaborate experiments, that it varied like gravity in the inverse ratio of the square of the distance. Robison had previously determined that in the mutual repulsion of two similarly electrified spheres the law was slightly in excess of the inverse duplicate ratio of the distance, while in the attraction of oppositely electrified spheres the deviation from that ratio was in defect; and he therefore arrived at the same conclusion formed by Lord Stanhope, that the law of electrical attraction is similar to that of gravity.

Prof. Robison’s studies on electricity are just as fascinating. The theories put forward by Æpinus and Cavendish showed that the effect of electrical energy decreases with distance, while M. Coulomb demonstrated through a series of detailed experiments that it changes in accordance with the inverse square law, much like gravity. Robison had earlier found that when two similarly charged spheres repel each other, the law slightly exceeds the inverse square law of distance, while in the case of attracting oppositely charged spheres, the deviation falls short of that law. He thus reached the same conclusion as Lord Stanhope, that the principle of electrical attraction is similar to that of gravity.

At the close of Richard Fowler’s “Experiments and Observations,” etc., Edinburgh, 1793, is a letter from Prof. Robison, wherein he gives the following results of many curious investigations, mostly made upon himself, to ascertain the effects of the galvanic influence. He found the latter influence well defined on applying one of two[311] metallic substances to a wound which he had accidentally received; discovered by their tastes the solders in gold and silver trinkets; and showed that the galvanic sensation can be felt when the metallic substances are placed at a distance from each other. He proved the last-named fact by placing a piece of zinc between one of the cheeks and the gums, and a piece of silver on the opposite side within the other cheek. He next introduced a zinc rod between the piece of zinc and the cheek on the one side, and a silver rod between the silver and the cheek on the other, and when he afterward carefully brought into contact the extremities of the rods outside the mouth a flash appeared and a powerful sensation was noticeable in the gums. He experienced the same sensation when he again separated the rods and brought them to a short distance from each other, but he could perceive no galvanic effect when he placed the rods (or wires) in such manner that the silver rod should touch the zinc or the zinc rod touch the piece of silver. He also ascribed to galvanic effect the well-known fact that the drinking of porter out of a pewter pot produces a more brisk sensation than when it is taken out of a glass vessel. In this instance, he says there is a combination of one metal and of two dissimilar fluids. In the act of drinking, one side of the pewter pot is exposed to the saliva and the humidity of the mouth, while the other metallic side is in contact with the porter. In completing the circuit, in the act of drinking, a brisk and lively sensation arises, which imparts an agreeable relish to the liquid. He likewise observed that the conducting power of silk thread depends greatly on its colour, or rather on the nature of its dye. When of a brilliant white, or a black, its conducting power is the greatest; while either a high golden yellow or a nut-brown renders it the best insulator. Human hair, when completely freed from everything that water could wash out of it, and then dried by lime and coated with lac, was equal to silk.

At the end of Richard Fowler’s “Experiments and Observations,” etc., Edinburgh, 1793, there’s a letter from Prof. Robison, where he shares the results of various interesting investigations, mostly done on himself, to determine the effects of galvanic influence. He found this influence clearly defined when applying one of two[311] metallic substances to a wound he had accidentally received; identified the solders in gold and silver jewelry by their tastes; and demonstrated that the galvanic sensation can be felt even when the metallic substances are positioned far apart. He proved this by placing a piece of zinc between one of his cheeks and his gums, and a piece of silver on the opposite side within the other cheek. He then added a zinc rod between the zinc and the cheek on one side, and a silver rod between the silver and the cheek on the other side. When he carefully brought the ends of the rods into contact outside his mouth, a flash occurred and a strong sensation was felt in the gums. He felt the same sensation when he separated the rods and brought them close to each other again, but he noticed no galvanic effect when he arranged the rods (or wires) so that the silver rod touched the zinc or the zinc rod touched the silver piece. He also attributed to galvanic effect the well-known fact that drinking porter from a pewter pot gives a livelier sensation than drinking from a glass. He explained that this happens because there’s a combination of one metal and two different fluids. When drinking, one side of the pewter pot is exposed to saliva and the moisture in the mouth, while the other metallic side is in contact with the porter. Completing the circuit while drinking creates a quick and lively sensation, adding a pleasant taste to the drink. He also noted that the conducting power of silk thread greatly depends on its color, or more accurately, on the type of dye used. When the silk is bright white or black, its conductivity is highest; meanwhile, a deep golden yellow or nut-brown makes it a better insulator. Human hair, when thoroughly cleaned of anything water could wash away, dried with lime, and coated with lac, performed as well as silk.

Robison’s last publication was made in 1804, one year before his death, and constituted the first part of a series which was to appear under the head of “Elements of Mechanical Philosophy.” This portion, together with some MSS. intended for the second part, and his principal articles contributed to the “Encyclopædia Britannica,” were collected in 1822 by Sir David Brewster, and published with notes in 4 vols. under the title of “System of Mechanical Philosophy.”

Robison’s last publication was released in 1804, a year before he died, and it was the first part of a series intended to be titled “Elements of Mechanical Philosophy.” This part, along with some manuscripts meant for the second part and his main articles contributed to the “Encyclopædia Britannica,” were compiled in 1822 by Sir David Brewster and published with notes in 4 volumes under the title “System of Mechanical Philosophy.”

References.—Playfair in “Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh,” Vol. VII. p. 495; Stark’s “Biographia Scotica”; Philosophical Magazine, Vol. XIII. pp. 386–394 (Biogr. Memoir); Aikin’s “General Biography,” London, 1813, Vol. VIII; Dr. Gleig in Anti-Jacobin Magazine for 1802, Vol. XI; Chalmer’s “Biographical Dictionary,” London, 1816, Vol. XXV; Dr. Thomas Young, “Course of Lectures,” London, 1807, Vol. II. pp. 438, 444.

References.—Playfair in “Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh,” Vol. VII. p. 495; Stark’s “Biographia Scotica”; Philosophical Magazine, Vol. XIII. pp. 386–394 (Biogr. Memoir); Aikin’s “General Biography,” London, 1813, Vol. VIII; Dr. Gleig in Anti-Jacobin Magazine for 1802, Vol. XI; Chalmer’s “Biographical Dictionary,” London, 1816, Vol. XXV; Dr. Thomas Young, “Course of Lectures,” London, 1807, Vol. II. pp. 438, 444.

[312]

[312]

A.D. 1793.—Prof. Georg. Fred. Hildebrandt of Erlangen (1764–1816), makes important observations relative to the influence of form and of substance upon the electric spark. He finds, among other results, that an obtuse cone with an angle of fifty-two degrees gives a much more luminous spark than one with an angle of only thirty-six degrees; that the greatest sparks are given by conical pieces of regulus of antimony and the least by tempered steel; also, that when the spark is white by taking it with a metallic body, it will, under the same circumstances, be violet if taken with the finger; that if the spark is taken with ice or water, or a green plant, its light will be red, and, if it is taken with an imperfect conductor, such as wood, the light will be emitted in faint red streams.

A.D. 1793.—Prof. Georg. Fred. Hildebrandt of Erlangen (1764–1816) makes important observations about how shape and material affect the electric spark. He discovers, among other findings, that an obtuse cone with a 52-degree angle produces a much brighter spark than one with only a 36-degree angle; that the largest sparks come from conical pieces of regulus of antimony, while the smallest come from tempered steel; also, that when the spark is white when taken with a metallic object, it will be violet if taken with a finger; that if the spark is taken with ice or water, or a green plant, its light will be red, and if taken with an imperfect conductor like wood, it will emit faint red streams.

References.—Biography in fifth ed. of “Lehrbuch der Physiologie des Mens. Koerpers,” Erlangen, 1817; “Encyl. Britannica,” Vol. VIII, 1855, pp. 544, 545; “Biog. Générale,” Vol. XXIV. pp. 671–672; Ersch und Gruber, “Allgem. Encyklopædie.”

References.—Biography in the fifth edition of “Textbook of Human Physiology,” Erlangen, 1817; “Encyclopaedia Britannica,” Vol. VIII, 1855, pp. 544, 545; “General Biography,” Vol. XXIV, pp. 671–672; Ersch and Gruber, “General Encyclopaedia.”

A.D. 1794.—Read (John), mathematical instrument maker, at the Quadrant, in Kingsbridge, Hyde Park, gives, in his “Summary View of the Spontaneous Electricity of the Earth and Atmosphere,” the result of a very elaborate series of observations, which he continued almost hourly between the years 1791 and 1792. Of 987 trials, he found that 664 gave indications of positive electricity, and out of 404 trials made during twelve months, the air was positively electrical in 241, negatively in 156, and insensible in only seven observations. He also found the vapour near the ground, in the act of condensing into dew, always highly electric.

A.D. 1794.—John Read, a maker of mathematical instruments located at the Quadrant in Kingsbridge, Hyde Park, presents the findings from his “Summary View of the Spontaneous Electricity of the Earth and Atmosphere.” This document details an extensive series of observations he conducted almost every hour between 1791 and 1792. Out of 987 experiments, he discovered that 664 showed signs of positive electricity. From 404 trials carried out over the course of a year, he noted that the air was positively electrical in 241 cases, negatively in 156, and showed no sign of electricity in only seven observations. He also observed that the vapor close to the ground, when condensing into dew, was consistently highly electric.

He made many observations upon the electricity of vegetable bodies, which were afterward developed by M. Pouillet, and it was also Mr. Read who introduced a new hand-exploring instrument as well as an improved fixed thunder rod for collecting atmospherical electricity. These are described at p. 608 of the eighth volume of the 1855 “Encyclopædia Britannica.”

He made many observations on the electricity of plants, which were later expanded upon by M. Pouillet. It was also Mr. Read who introduced a new handheld exploring tool and an improved fixed lightning rod for collecting atmospheric electricity. These are described on p. 608 of the eighth volume of the 1855 “Encyclopædia Britannica.”

According to Mr. Wilkinson (“Elements of Galvanism,” etc., London, 1804, Vol. II. p. 344), Mr. Read was the first to apply the apparatus called the condenser to the electroscope in order that it should evince small intensities of electricity. He says: “The very minute portion of the fluid given out by the single contact of two different metals, does not produce any disturbance of the gold leaves; but when several minute portions are accumulated, a separation of the leaves takes place. The electroscope, in its simple state, will be as much charged the first time as if the contact had been made a thousand times, and cannot therefore acquire a greater quantity of the fluid than suffices to place it in equilibrio with the metallic plates. This portion being inadequate to the[313] production of any divergency of the leaves, Mr. Read applied the principle of the electrical doubler to the above instrument, by which means he was enabled to charge an intervening plate of air. By thus accumulating every minute portion of the fluid imparted through the metallic plate, and by apparently condensing and increasing its intensity, he ultimately succeeded in producing marked signs of disturbance.”

According to Mr. Wilkinson (“Elements of Galvanism,” etc., London, 1804, Vol. II. p. 344), Mr. Read was the first to use a device called the condenser with the electroscope to detect small amounts of electricity. He states: “The tiny amount of electricity released by the single contact of two different metals does not cause any movement in the gold leaves; however, when several tiny amounts are gathered together, the leaves start to separate. The electroscope, in its basic form, will be just as charged the first time as if the contact had occurred a thousand times, so it cannot take on more electricity than what is needed to balance it in equilibrio with the metallic plates. This amount is not enough to cause any divergence of the leaves, so Mr. Read applied the principle of the electrical doubler to the instrument, which allowed him to charge a plate of air in between. By accumulating every tiny bit of electricity transferred through the metallic plate and effectively condensing and enhancing its intensity, he ultimately succeeded in producing noticeable signs of movement.”

References.Philosophical Transactions for 1791, p. 185; for 1792, p. 225; for 1794, pp. 185, 266: also Hutton’s abridgments, Vol. XVII. pp. 52, 207, 423; “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. II, 1796, p. 209; Vol. III, 1796, p. 272; Vol. X, an. vii. p. 283; Cavallo, “Nat. Phil.,” 1825, Vol. II. p. 226; Young’s “Course of Lectures,” Vol. I. p. 714; Ed. Peart, “On Electric Atmospheres ...” Gainsboro’, 1793; “Eng. Ency.,” “Arts and Sciences,” Vol. III. p. 805; Thomas Thomson, “Outline of the Sciences,” 1830, p. 446; Journal de Physique for 1794, Vol. XLV. p. 468.

Sources.Philosophical Transactions for 1791, p. 185; for 1792, p. 225; for 1794, pp. 185, 266: also Hutton’s abridgments, Vol. XVII. pp. 52, 207, 423; “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. II, 1796, p. 209; Vol. III, 1796, p. 272; Vol. X, an. vii. p. 283; Cavallo, “Nat. Phil.,” 1825, Vol. II. p. 226; Young’s “Course of Lectures,” Vol. I. p. 714; Ed. Peart, “On Electric Atmospheres ...” Gainsboro’, 1793; “Eng. Ency.,” “Arts and Sciences,” Vol. III. p. 805; Thomas Thomson, “Outline of the Sciences,” 1830, p. 446; Journal de Physique for 1794, Vol. XLV. p. 468.

A.D. 1794.—Chladni (Ernst Florens Friedrich), founder of the theory of acoustics, publishes “The Iron Mass of Pallas,” etc. (“Ueber den Ursprung der von Pallas ...”), giving a list of recorded cases of the fall of meteorites or aerolites and all the important accounts of such that he was able to collect. As Prof. Alexander Herschel informs us, in his lecture, delivered (1867) before the British Association at Dundee, Chladni conceived that a class of cosmical bodies exists in all parts of the solar system, each forming by itself a peculiar concourse of atoms, and that the earth from time to time encounters them, moving with a velocity as great as its own, and doubtless in orbits of very various eccentricity around the sun. Prof. Muirhead says that through their exceeding great velocity, which is increased by the attraction of the earth and the violent friction of the atmosphere, a strong electricity and heat must necessarily be excited, by which means they are reduced to a flaming and melted condition, and great quantities of vapour and different kinds of gases are thus disengaged, which distend the liquid mass to a monstrous size, until, by still further expansion of these elastic fluids, they must at length explode (Chladni’s hypothesis in “Enc. Brit.,” article “Meteorolite”).

A.D. 1794.—Chladni (Ernst Florens Friedrich), the founder of acoustics theory, publishes “The Iron Mass of Pallas,” etc. (“Ueber den Ursprung der von Pallas ...”), presenting a list of documented cases of meteorites or aerolites falling and all the important accounts he was able to gather. As Prof. Alexander Herschel tells us in his 1867 lecture for the British Association in Dundee, Chladni believed that a specific class of cosmic bodies exists throughout the solar system, each creating a unique collection of atoms, and that the Earth encounters them from time to time, moving at speeds as fast as its own, likely in highly varied orbits around the sun. Prof. Muirhead indicates that due to their extremely high speeds, which are amplified by Earth's gravity and severe atmospheric friction, a strong electricity and heat are generated, causing them to become fiery and molten. This process releases large amounts of vapor and different gases, which expand the liquid mass to a massive size, until these elastic fluids cause an explosion (Chladni’s hypothesis in “Enc. Brit.,” article “Meteorolite”).

Humboldt gives (“Cosmos,” London, 1849, Vol. I. p. 104, note) the following upon the same subject, taken from Biot’s “Traité d’Astronomie Physique,” third edition, 1841, Vol. I. pp. 149, 177, 238, 312: “My lamented friend Poisson endeavoured in a singular manner to solve the difficulty attending an assumption of the spontaneous ignition of meteoric stones at an elevation where the density of the atmosphere is almost null. These are his words: ‘It is difficult to attribute, as is usually done, the incandescence of aerolites to friction against the molecules of the atmosphere, at an elevation above the earth where the density of the air is almost[314] null. May we not suppose that the electric fluid, in a neutral condition, forms a kind of atmosphere, extending far beyond the mass of our own atmosphere, yet subject to terrestrial attraction, although physically imponderable, and consequently following our globe in its motion?’ According to his hypothesis, the bodies of which we have been speaking would, on entering this imponderable atmosphere, decompose the neutral fluid by their unequal action on the two electricities, and they would thus be heated, and in a state of incandescence, by becoming electrified” (Poisson, “Rech. sur la Probabilité des Jugements,” 1837, p. 6).

Humboldt shares the following on the same topic, taken from Biot’s “Treatise on Physical Astronomy,” third edition, 1841, Vol. I, pp. 149, 177, 238, 312: “My dear friend Poisson tried in a unique way to tackle the issue of spontaneous ignition of meteoric stones at heights where the air density is almost nonexistent. Here are his words: ‘It’s hard to explain, as is commonly done, the burning of aerolites due to friction with air molecules at altitudes above the Earth where the air density is nearly[314] negligible. Can we not suggest that the electric fluid, when neutral, creates a sort of atmosphere that extends well beyond our own atmosphere but is still subject to Earth’s gravity, even though it’s physically weightless, thus moving with our planet?’ According to his theory, the objects we’ve discussed would, upon entering this weightless atmosphere, disrupt the neutral fluid through their unequal influence on the two electricities, heating and igniting themselves by becoming electrified” (Poisson, “Research on the Probability of Judgments,” 1837, p. 6).

The theories advanced by Chladni were confirmed four years later by Brandes and Benzenberg at Göttingen, and, during the month of April 1809, he inserted a “Catalogue of Meteors” in the “Bulletin de la Société Philomathique,” which was followed by a paper on “Fiery Meteors” published at Vienna during 1819.

The theories proposed by Chladni were validated four years later by Brandes and Benzenberg in Göttingen. In April 1809, he included a “Catalogue of Meteors” in the “Bulletin de la Société Philomathique,” which was followed by a paper on “Fiery Meteors” published in Vienna in 1819.

In his “Traité d’Acoustique,” Chladni treats of the line of experiments to which he was led, as well by the discovery of Lichtenberg’s electrical figures (see A.D. 1777, and Tyndall, “Sound,” Lecture IV), an account of which latter appeared in the “Mémoires de la Société Royale de Göttingen,” as through the suggestions made him by Lichtenberg himself during the year 1792 relative to the origin of meteors. The results of Chladni’s researches concerning the last named appeared in a Memoir published at Leipzig during 1794, translated by M. Eugène Coquebert Mombret for Vol. V of the Journal des Mines.

In his “Traité d’Acoustique,” Chladni discusses the experiments he conducted, both due to the discovery of Lichtenberg’s electrical figures (see CE 1777, and Tyndall, “Sound,” Lecture IV), which were detailed in the “Mémoires de la Société Royale de Göttingen,” as well as the suggestions made by Lichtenberg himself in 1792 regarding the origin of meteors. The findings from Chladni’s research on this topic were published in a Memoir in Leipzig in 1794, translated by M. Eugène Coquebert Mombret for Vol. V of the Journal des Mines.

It may here be properly added that, in one of the editions of his “Lectures on Sound,” Prof. Tyndall gives a portrait of Chladni and quotes a letter received from Prof. Weber wherein he says: “I knew Chladni personally. From my youth up he was my leader and model as a man of science, and I cannot too thankfully acknowledge the influence which his stimulating encouragement during the last years of his life had upon my own scientific labours.”

It should be noted that in one of the editions of his “Lectures on Sound,” Prof. Tyndall includes a portrait of Chladni and cites a letter from Prof. Weber, in which he states: “I knew Chladni personally. For as long as I can remember, he was my inspiration and role model as a scientist, and I cannot express enough gratitude for the impact his encouraging support during the last years of his life had on my own scientific work.”

References.—Quetelet (Lambert A. J.) in “Cat. Sc. Pap. Roy. Soc.,” Vols. V, VI, VIII; “Mém. de l’Acad. Roy. de Brux.,” 1830–1842; “Annali” of Ambroglio Fusinieri for 1854; “Phil. Mag.,” 1851; Secchi (Angelo) in “Cat. Sc. Pap. Roy. Soc.,” Vols. V, VIII; “Bull. Meteor. dell Osservat.,” 1862, 1866, 1867; Humboldt’s “Cosmos,” London, 1849, Vol. I. p. 104 (M. Schreiber), pp. 113, 114 (M. Capocci), also pp. 105, 108, 110, 121, and the entire “Review of Natural Phenomena,” with all the important references and notes thereunto attached. See likewise Peter Simon Pallas (Phil. Trans. for 1776 and “Act. Acad. Petrop.,” I for 1778); Chladni’s “Uber ... elektricität einer Katze,” Jena, 1797; J. Acton and Capel Lofft, in Phil. Mag., Vol. LI. pp. 109, 203; A Seguin, Phil. Mag., Vol. XLIV. p. 212; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. II. pp. 714, 762, for étoiles, filantes et météorites; F. B. Albinus, “Specimen,” etc., 1740; Voigt’s “Magaz.,” I, 1797; Schweigger’s Journal, XLIII, 1825; H. Atkinson, “On Hypotheses,” etc. (Phil. Mag., Vol. LIV. p. 336); Karstner, Archiven, Vol. IV; F. C. Von Petersdorff in[315] “Great Divide”; Pierre Prevost and others in Poggendorff’s Annalen, Vols. II, VI and VII; Arago, “Annuaire pour 1826”; “The fall of Meteorites in Ancient and Modern Times” (“Sc. Progress,” Vol. II. N.S., pp. 349–370: numerous references given by Prof. H. A. Miers; “A Century of the Study of Meteorites,” by Dr. Oliver C. Farrington in “Pop. Sc. Monthly,” Feb. 1901, or the Report of Smiths. Instit. for 1901, pp. 193–197; Phil. Mag., Vol. IV. p. 332; “Cat. Sc. Papers ... Roy. Soc.,” Vol. I. pp. 916–918; D. Avelloni “Lettera,” etc., Venezia, 1760; Martin H. Klaproth’s different memoirs published at Berlin 1795–1809; Joseph Izarn, “Lithologie Atmosphérique”; J. Murray (Phil. Mag., Vol. LIV. p. 39); beside Chladni’s works in conjunction with Karl F. Anton von Schreibers, Wien, 1819 and 1820, and with Messrs. Steininger and Næggerath, London, 1827 (Schweigger’s Journal, N.R., XVI. 385, and Phil. Mag., Vol. II. p. 41, also Vol. IV. p. 332). For a very interesting account, see “A description of the great Meteor which was seen on the 6th of March 1715–1716, sent in a letter ... to R. Danuye ...” London, 1723 (Phil. Trans. for 1720–1721, Vol. XXXI), by Roger Cotes (1682–1716), of whom Sir Isaac Newton entertained so high an opinion as to frequently remark: “If Mr. Cotes had lived, we had known something” (“Biographia Philosophica,” pp. 512–516; English Encycl., “Biography,” Vol. II. p. 401). Other exceedingly interesting accounts of aerolites are to be found, more particularly in Frederic Petit’s works, published at Toulouse, in Bigot de Morogue’s “Catalogue,” London, 1814, and in the Phil. Mag., Vols., XVII, XX, XXVIII, XXXII, XXXVI, XLIII, XLVI, XLVIII, L, LIII, LIV, LVI-LIX, LXII. While treating of this subject, it may be well to add here that up to the year 1887 diamonds were not known to exist in meteorites. In a very remarkable paper by Prof. A. E. Foote, read before the Geological section of the Am. Asso. Adv. Sci., at its meeting in Washington, he described having, during the month of June 1891, explored Crater Mountain (Cañon Diablo), 185 miles north of Tucson, Ariz., where he found some extraordinary specimens. The extreme hardness of one of these attracted particular attention, and upon carefully examining it he discovered in some of the cavities many small black diamonds as well as a white diamond one-fiftieth of an inch in diameter. This is said to be the most extensive find of the kind yet made.

Sources.—Quetelet (Lambert A. J.) in “Cat. Sc. Pap. Roy. Soc.,” Vols. V, VI, VIII; “Mém. de l’Acad. Roy. de Brux.,” 1830–1842; “Annali” of Ambroglio Fusinieri for 1854; “Phil. Mag.,” 1851; Secchi (Angelo) in “Cat. Sc. Pap. Roy. Soc.,” Vols. V, VIII; “Bull. Meteor. dell Osservat.,” 1862, 1866, 1867; Humboldt’s “Cosmos,” London, 1849, Vol. I. p. 104 (M. Schreiber), pp. 113, 114 (M. Capocci), also pp. 105, 108, 110, 121, and the entire “Review of Natural Phenomena,” with all the important references and notes attached. See also Peter Simon Pallas (Phil. Trans. for 1776 and “Act. Acad. Petrop.,” I for 1778); Chladni’s “Uber ... elektrikität einer Katze,” Jena, 1797; J. Acton and Capel Lofft, in Phil. Mag., Vol. LI. pp. 109, 203; A Seguin, Phil. Mag., Vol. XLIV. p. 212; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. II. pp. 714, 762, for étoiles, filantes et météorites; F. B. Albinus, “Specimen,” etc., 1740; Voigt’s “Magaz.,” I, 1797; Schweigger’s Journal, XLIII, 1825; H. Atkinson, “On Hypotheses,” etc. (Phil. Mag., Vol. LIV. p. 336); Karstner, Archiven, Vol. IV; F. C. Von Petersdorff in[315] “Great Divide”; Pierre Prevost and others in Poggendorff’s Annalen, Vols. II, VI and VII; Arago, “Annuaire pour 1826”; “The fall of Meteorites in Ancient and Modern Times” (“Sc. Progress,” Vol. II. N.S., pp. 349–370: numerous references given by Prof. H. A. Miers; “A Century of the Study of Meteorites,” by Dr. Oliver C. Farrington in “Pop. Sc. Monthly,” Feb. 1901, or the Report of Smiths. Instit. for 1901, pp. 193–197; Phil. Mag., Vol. IV. p. 332; “Cat. Sc. Papers ... Roy. Soc.,” Vol. I. pp. 916–918; D. Avelloni “Lettera,” etc., Venezia, 1760; Martin H. Klaproth’s various memoirs published in Berlin 1795–1809; Joseph Izarn, “Lithologie Atmosphérique”; J. Murray (Phil. Mag., Vol. LIV. p. 39); along with Chladni’s works in collaboration with Karl F. Anton von Schreibers, Wien, 1819 and 1820, and with Messrs. Steininger and Næggerath, London, 1827 (Schweigger’s Journal, N.R., XVI. 385, and Phil. Mag., Vol. II. p. 41, also Vol. IV. p. 332). For a very interesting account, see “A description of the great Meteor that was seen on the 6th of March 1715–1716, sent in a letter ... to R. Danuye ...” London, 1723 (Phil. Trans. for 1720–1721, Vol. XXXI), by Roger Cotes (1682–1716), whom Sir Isaac Newton held in such high esteem that he often remarked: “If Mr. Cotes had lived, we would have known something” (“Biographia Philosophica,” pp. 512–516; English Encycl., “Biography,” Vol. II. p. 401). Other incredibly interesting accounts of meteorites can be found, especially in Frederic Petit’s works published in Toulouse, in Bigot de Morogue’s “Catalogue,” London, 1814, and in the Phil. Mag., Vols. XVII, XX, XXVIII, XXXII, XXXVI, XLIII, XLVI, XLVIII, L, LIII, LIV, LVI-LIX, LXII. While discussing this topic, it is worth noting that until 1887, diamonds were not known to exist in meteorites. In a remarkable paper by Prof. A. E. Foote, presented to the Geological section of the Am. Asso. Adv. Sci., at its meeting in Washington, he described exploring Crater Mountain (Cañon Diablo), 185 miles north of Tucson, Ariz., in June 1891, where he found some extraordinary specimens. The extreme hardness of one of these drew particular attention, and upon careful examination, he discovered many small black diamonds as well as a white diamond one-fiftieth of an inch in diameter within some of the cavities. This is said to be the most extensive find of its kind yet made.

A.D. 1794.—Mr. J. Churchman publishes his improved “Magnetic Atlas or Variation Charts of the whole terraqueous globe,” etc., which Sir John Leslie subsequently pronounced the most accurate and complete hitherto made. The charts preceding it worthy of note were those of Dr. Halley (see A.D. 1683), of Mountaine and Dodson, in 1744 and in 1756, of Wilcke, in 1772, and of Lambert, in 1779. In his charts, Churchman refers variation lines to two poles, one of which he places, for the year 1800, in lat. 58° N. and long. 134° W. of Greenwich, while the other pole is in lat. 58° S. and long. 165° E. of Greenwich. He supposes the northern pole to revolve in 1096 years and the southern one in 2289 years (“Ency. Brit.,” 1857, Vol. XIV. p. 49).

A.D. 1794.—Mr. J. Churchman publishes his updated “Magnetic Atlas or Variation Charts of the entire earth,” etc., which Sir John Leslie later described as the most accurate and complete that had been created up to that time. Notable charts before this were those by Dr. Halley (see CE 1683), Mountaine and Dodson, in 1744 and 1756, Wilcke, in 1772, and Lambert, in 1779. In his charts, Churchman connects variation lines to two poles, one of which he places, for the year 1800, at lat. 58° N. and long. 134° W. of Greenwich, while the other pole is at lat. 58° S. and long. 165° E. of Greenwich. He suggests the northern pole revolves in 1096 years and the southern one in 2289 years (“Ency. Brit.,” 1857, Vol. XIV. p. 49).

References.—Churchman’s letters to Cassini, Phila., 1788, and his “Explanation of the Magn. Atlas ...” 1790; Harris, “Rudim. Mag.,” Part III. p. 101; “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. II. 1796, p. 325 (atlas); Becquerel, “Traité d’Electr. et de Magn.,” Paris, 1856, III. p. 140.

References.—Churchman’s letters to Cassini, Philadelphia, 1788, and his “Explanation of the Magn. Atlas ...” 1790; Harris, “Rudim. Mag.,” Part III. p. 101; “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. II. 1796, p. 325 (atlas); Becquerel, “Treatise on Electricity and Magnetism,” Paris, 1856, III. p. 140.

A.D. 1794.—M. Reusser Reiser, of Geneva, addresses a letter[316] to the “Magazin für das Neueste aus der Physik” of Johann Heinrich Voigt (Vol. IX. part i. p. 183), describing the construction of “a new species of electric letter post” (“Schreiben an den herausgeber”) in the following words: “... on an ordinary table is fixed, in an upright position, a square board, to which a glass plate is fastened. On this plate are glued little squares of tinfoil, cut after the fashion of luminous panes, and each standing for a letter of the alphabet. From one side of these little squares extend long wires, enclosed in glass tubes, which go underground to the place whither the despatch is to be transmitted. The distant ends are there connected to tinfoil strips, similar ... to the first, and, like them, each marked by a letter of the alphabet; the free ends of all the strips are connected to one return wire, which goes to the transmitting table. If, now, one touches the outer coating of a Leyden jar with the return wire, and connects the inner coating with the free end of that piece of tinfoil which corresponds to the letter required to be indicated, sparks will be produced, as well at the near as at the distant tinfoil, and the correspondent there watching will write down the letter....”

A.D. 1794.—M. Reusser Reiser, from Geneva, writes a letter[316] to the “Magazin für das Neueste aus der Physik” published by Johann Heinrich Voigt (Vol. IX. part i. p. 183), explaining the design of “a new kind of electric letter post” (“Schreiben an den herausgeber”) in these terms: “... on a regular table is set up, in an upright position, a square board, to which a glass plate is attached. On this plate are glued small squares of tinfoil, cut in the style of illuminated panes, each representing a letter of the alphabet. From one side of these small squares, long wires extend, enclosed in glass tubes, which run underground to the location where the message is to be sent. The distant ends are connected to tinfoil strips, similar to the first, and each also marked by a letter of the alphabet; the free ends of all the strips connect to one return wire that goes back to the transmitting table. If someone touches the outer coating of a Leyden jar with the return wire and connects the inner coating to the free end of the piece of tinfoil corresponding to the letter that needs to be indicated, sparks will be produced at both the near and distant tinfoil, and the correspondent observing will write down the letter....”

Reusser also suggested calling the attention of the correspondent by firing an electrical pistol through the spark; to him, therefore, belongs the credit of having first clearly indicated the use of a special call for the telegraph.

Reusser also suggested getting the correspondent's attention by firing an electrical pistol through the spark; he is therefore credited with being the first to clearly indicate the use of a special call for the telegraph.

References.—Vail’s “History,” p. 121; Voigt’s “Magazin ...” Vol. VII. part ii. p. 57; Shaffner, “Manual,” pp. 133, 134; Forster’s “Bauzeitung,” 1848, p. 238; Ed. Highton, p. 38; Sabine, p. 11; “Appleton’s Encycl.,” 1871, Vol. XV. p. 335; Reiser, “Der El. Würfel,” Gotha, 1791; Comptes Rendus, Tome VII for 1838, p. 80.

References.—Vail’s “History,” p. 121; Voigt’s “Magazine...” Vol. VII, part ii, p. 57; Shaffner, “Manual,” pp. 133, 134; Forster’s “Construction Journal,” 1848, p. 238; Ed. Highton, p. 38; Sabine, p. 11; “Appleton’s Encyclopedia,” 1871, Vol. XV, p. 335; Reiser, “The Electric Cube,” Gotha, 1791; Comptes Rendus, Tome VII for 1838, p. 80.

A.D. 1794.—Prof. Boeckmann improves upon Reusser’s idea, and does away with the thirty-six plates and the seventy-two wires which the latter is believed to have employed. As Dr. Schellen expresses it, he used “the sparks passing at the distant station, employing only two wires, through which first one and then, after certain intervals, more sparks are combinedly grouped” in a way to indicate particular letters. Like Reusser, he made use of the pistol as a call signal.

A.D. 1794.—Prof. Boeckmann builds on Reusser’s idea and eliminates the thirty-six plates and the seventy-two wires that Reusser is thought to have used. As Dr. Schellen puts it, he used “the sparks coming from the distant station, using only two wires, through which first one spark and then, after certain intervals, additional sparks are grouped together” to represent specific letters. Like Reusser, he used a pistol as a call signal.

References.—Zetzsche, “Geschichte der Elektrischen Telegraphie,” p. 32; Boeckmann, “Versuch über Telegraphie und Telegraphen,” Carlsruhe, 1794, p. 17; “El. Magn. Teleg.,” 1850, p. 46; Gren’s Journal der Physik, Vol. I for 1790; “Neue Abhandl. der Bairischen Akad. Philos.,” Vol. III.

References.—Zetzsche, “History of Electric Telegraphy,” p. 32; Boeckmann, “Study on Telegraphy and Telegraphs,” Carlsruhe, 1794, p. 17; “Electric Magnetic Telegraph,” 1850, p. 46; Gren’s Journal of Physics, Vol. I for 1790; “New Treatises of the Bavarian Academy of Philosophy,” Vol. III.

A.D. 1794.—Edgeworth (Richard Lovell), an able English mechanical philosopher, better known as the father and literary associate of Maria Edgeworth, introduces his tellograph (contraction[317] of the word telelograph), “a machine describing words at a distance,” which originated in a wager relative to the prompt transmission of racing news from Newmarket to London. It consisted merely of four pointers, in the form of wedges or isosceles triangles, placed upon four portable vertical posts and the different positions of which were arranged to represent letters and numbers.

A.D. 1794.—Edgeworth (Richard Lovell), a talented English mechanical philosopher, better known as the father and literary collaborator of Maria Edgeworth, introduces his tellograph (short for telelograph), “a machine that sends words over a distance,” which started as a bet about quickly transmitting racing updates from Newmarket to London. It was simply made up of four pointers, shaped like wedges or isosceles triangles, mounted on four portable vertical posts, with their different positions representing letters and numbers.

Edgeworth claimed to have made experiments, as early as 1767, with an ordinary windmill, the arms and sails of which were arranged in different positions to indicate the several letters of the alphabet.

Edgeworth claimed to have conducted experiments, as early as 1767, using a regular windmill, the blades and sails of which were set in various positions to represent the different letters of the alphabet.

References.—Edgeworth’s Letter to Lord Charlemont on the Tellograph, also his “Essay on the Art of Conveying Secret and Swift Intelligence,” Dublin, 1797, republished in Vol. VI of the Trans. of the Royal Irish Academy; “Appleton’s Encycl.,” 1871, Vol. XV. p. 334.

References.—Edgeworth’s letter to Lord Charlemont about the Tellograph, as well as his “Essay on the Art of Conveying Secret and Swift Intelligence,” Dublin, 1797, reprinted in Vol. VI of the Trans. of the Royal Irish Academy; “Appleton’s Encycl.,” 1871, Vol. XV. p. 334.

A.D. 1795.—Lord George Murray, of England, submits to the Admiralty his six-shutter telegraph, an improvement upon Chappe’s original plan. Each of the six octagonal shutters was made to turn inside of two frames at different angles upon its own axis, thus affording sixty-three separate and distinct signals. By its means, information was transmitted from London to Dover in seven minutes, and it answered nearly all the requirements of the Admiralty up to the year 1816, when it was superseded by the semaphore of Rear Admiral Popham. Murray’s method was, however, useless during foggy weather, when relays of horses had to be employed for conveying the news.

1795 AD.—Lord George Murray from England presented his six-shutter telegraph to the Admiralty, which improved on Chappe’s original design. Each of the six octagonal shutters could rotate inside two frames at different angles on its own axis, allowing for sixty-three separate and distinct signals. This system enabled information to be sent from London to Dover in seven minutes and met nearly all the Admiralty's needs until 1816, when it was replaced by the semaphore developed by Rear Admiral Popham. However, Murray’s method was ineffective during foggy weather, requiring relays of horses to deliver messages.

References.—English Encyclopædia, “Arts and Sciences,” Vol. VIII. p. 66; Tomlinson’s “Telegraph”; Turnbull, El. Mag. Tel., 1853, p. 18; “Penny Ency.,” Vol. XXIV. p. 147.

Sources.—English Encyclopedia, “Arts and Sciences,” Vol. VIII. p. 66; Tomlinson’s “Telegraph”; Turnbull, El. Mag. Tel., 1853, p. 18; “Penny Encyclopedia,” Vol. XXIV. p. 147.

A.D. 1795.—Salvá (Don Francisco), a distinguished Spanish physician, reads a memoir, before the Academy of Sciences of Barcelona, from which the following is extracted: “... with twenty-two letters, and even with only eighteen, we can express with sufficient precision every word in the language, and, thus with forty-four wires from Mataro to Barcelona, twenty-two men there, each to take hold of a pair of wires, and twenty-two charged Leyden jars here, we could speak with Mataro, each man there representing a letter of the alphabet and giving notice when he felt the shock.... It is not necessary to keep twenty-two men at Mataro nor twenty-two Leyden jars at Barcelona, if we fix the ends of each pair of the wires in such a way that one or two men may be able to discriminate the signals. In this way six or eight jars at each end would suffice for intercommunication, for Mataro can as easily speak with Barcelona as Barcelona with Mataro ... or the wires can be rolled together in one strong cable ... laid in subterranean tubes,[318] which, for greater insulation, should be covered with one or two coats of resin.”

A.D. 1795.—Salvá (Don Francisco), a notable Spanish doctor, presents a paper to the Academy of Sciences of Barcelona, from which the following is taken: “... using twenty-two letters, or even just eighteen, we can accurately convey every word in the language. Thus, with forty-four wires running from Mataro to Barcelona, if we have twenty-two people there, each handling a pair of wires, and twenty-two charged Leyden jars here, we could communicate with Mataro, with each person there representing a letter of the alphabet and signaling when they felt the shock.... There’s no need to keep twenty-two men in Mataro or twenty-two Leyden jars in Barcelona. If we secure the ends of each pair of wires so that one or two people can distinguish the signals, then six or eight jars at each end would be enough for communication. Mataro can easily talk to Barcelona just as Barcelona can talk to Mataro ... or the wires can be bundled into one strong cable ... placed in underground tubes,[318] which, to ensure better insulation, should be coated with one or two layers of resin.”

He is said to have approved of the use of luminous panes as indicated by Reusser; to have also suggested, as early as December 16, 1795, the idea of a submarine telegraphic cable carrying several conductors, and to have proposed, at the same period, the laying of a cable between Barcelona and Palma in the island of Majorca.

He is said to have endorsed the use of glass panels as pointed out by Reusser; he also proposed, as early as December 16, 1795, the idea of a submarine telegraphic cable with multiple conductors, and around the same time, suggested the installation of a cable between Barcelona and Palma in the island of Majorca.

In 1798, Salvá constructed a single wire telegraphic line between Madrid and Aranjuez, a distance of twenty-six miles, through which the signals were transmitted in the shape of sparks from Leyden jars. This is the line which is credited to Augustin de Bétancourt, a French engineer, by Alexander Von Humboldt, in a note at p. 14 of Gauss and Weber’s Resultate, etc., for the year 1837.

In 1798, Salvá built a single wire telegraph line between Madrid and Aranjuez, a distance of twenty-six miles, where signals were sent as sparks from Leyden jars. This is the line that Alexander Von Humboldt attributed to Augustin de Bétancourt, a French engineer, in a note on page 14 of Gauss and Weber’s Resultate, etc., for the year 1837.

On the 14th of May 1800, and on the 22nd of February 1804, Salvá communicated to the Academy of Sciences at Barcelona two papers on galvanism applied to electricity, wherein he shows that a cheaper motive power is produced by the electricity of a number of frogs, and proposes a telegraphic apparatus in conjunction with the voltaic column which is illustrated and described at pp. 224 and 225 of Fahie’s “History of Telegraphy.” From the latter the following is taken: “This illustrious Spanish physician (Salvá) was therefore the first person who attempted to apply electricity dynamically for the purpose of telegraphing. It is, says Saavedra, not without reason, I must confess, notwithstanding my cosmopolitan opinions on scientific questions, that the Catalans hold Salvá to be the inventor of electric telegraphy. With documents as authentic as those which I have seen with my own eyes in the very hand writing of this distinguished professor (which documents are at this present moment to be found in the library of the Academy of Sciences of Barcelona) it is impossible for any author to henceforth deny, even if others did precede Salvá in telegraphic experiments with static electricity, that no one preceded him in the application of the docile electro-dynamic fluid to distant communications.”

On May 14, 1800, and February 22, 1804, Salvá presented two papers to the Academy of Sciences in Barcelona about galvanism applied to electricity. In these papers, he demonstrated that a more affordable power source comes from the electricity of several frogs and suggested a telegraphic device that combines with the voltaic column, which is illustrated and described on pages 224 and 225 of Fahie’s “History of Telegraphy.” From the latter, the following is quoted: “This renowned Spanish physician (Salvá) was the first to try to use electricity dynamically for telegraphy. It is, as Saavedra states, reasonable, I must admit, despite my global views on scientific matters, that the Catalans consider Salvá to be the inventor of electric telegraphy. With documents as authentic as those I have seen in the handwriting of this notable professor (which documents are currently in the library of the Academy of Sciences of Barcelona), it’s impossible for any author to deny from now on, even if others had experimented with static electricity before him, that no one used the versatile electro-dynamic fluid for long-distance communication before him.”

References.Comptes Rendus, séance, 1838; Memorial of Joseph Henry, 1880, p. 224; Ed. Highton, the El. Tel., 1852, pp. 38 and 43; “Appleton’s Encyclopædia,” 1871, Vol. XV. p. 335; De Bow’s Review, Vol. XXV. p. 551; Voigt’s Magazin, etc., Vol. XI. part iv. p. 61; Sc. Am. Supp., No. 547, p. 8735, and No. 384, p. 6127; Biography in Saavedra’s Revista, etc., for 1876; Noad’s Manual, pp. 747 and 748; Shaffner, Manual, p. 135; Turnbull, El. Mag. Tel., 1853, pp. 21, 22, 220; Du Moncel, Exposé, Vol. III; “Edinburgh Encyclopædia,” London, 1830, Vol. VIII. p. 535; “Gazette de Madrid” of November 25, 1796; “Mémoires de l’Institut,” Vol. III and “Bulletin de la Soc. Philom.,” An. VI for the new telegraph of MM. Bréguet and Bétancourt, and for the Report made thereon by MM. Lagrange, Laplace and others.

Sources.Comptes Rendus, meeting, 1838; Memorial of Joseph Henry, 1880, p. 224; Ed. Highton, the El. Tel., 1852, pp. 38 and 43; “Appleton’s Encyclopedia,” 1871, Vol. XV, p. 335; De Bow’s Review, Vol. XXV, p. 551; Voigt’s Magazin, etc., Vol. XI, part iv, p. 61; Sc. Am. Supp., No. 547, p. 8735, and No. 384, p. 6127; Biography in Saavedra’s Revista, etc., for 1876; Noad’s Manual, pp. 747 and 748; Shaffner, Manual, p. 135; Turnbull, El. Mag. Tel., 1853, pp. 21, 22, 220; Du Moncel, Exposé, Vol. III; “Edinburgh Encyclopedia,” London, 1830, Vol. VIII, p. 535; “Gazette de Madrid” of November 25, 1796; “Mémoires de l’Institut,” Vol. III and “Bulletin de la Soc. Philom.,” An. VI for the new telegraph of MM. Bréguet and Bétancourt, and for the Report made thereon by MM. Lagrange, Laplace and others.

[319]

[319]

A.D. 1795.—Ewing (John), D.D., Provost of the University of Pennsylvania and one of the founders of the American Philosophical Society, makes a compilation of his course of lectures on natural experimental philosophy, which is subsequently revised for the press by Prof. Robert Patterson.

A.D. 1795.—John Ewing, D.D., Provost of the University of Pennsylvania and a founder of the American Philosophical Society, compiles his lecture series on natural experimental philosophy, which is later revised for publication by Prof. Robert Patterson.

He devotes much attention to atmospheric electricity, detailing the Franklinian theory, and, besides reporting upon the hypotheses advanced by Henry Eales (at A.D. 1755), as well as treating of the attraction of magnetism, he gives a very interesting account of experiments with the torpedo and the gymnotus electricus. He says that Mr. Walsh found the torpedo “possessed of the power of shocking only in two parts of its body, directly opposite to each other and near to the head. A spot on the back and another on the belly opposite to the former being of a different colour led him to make the experiment, and he found that the electrical virtue was confined to these, and that any other part of the fish might be handled, without receiving a shock, while it was out of the water. Either of these places separately might be handled without the shock being received until a communication between them was formed. This makes it appear probable that the same may also be the case with the Guiana eel. One of these spots must therefore be always in the positive and the other in the negative state; or, rather, they are both generally in the natural state, until, by an effort of the fish’s will, they are suddenly put into different states, as we frequently found that the hand might be in the water, which formed the communication, without receiving any shock. This cannot be the case with the Leyden bottle when charged, which suddenly discharges itself upon forming the communication. Whether there be any electric atmosphere round these spots in the torpedo we cannot tell, as we had no opportunity of examining this matter in the eel, nor have we heard whether Mr. Walsh made any experiments for ascertaining this.”

He spends a lot of time on atmospheric electricity, explaining the Franklinian theory and reporting on the ideas put forth by Henry Eales (in A.D. 1755). Besides discussing the attraction of magnetism, he also gives an intriguing account of experiments with the *torpedo* and the *gymnotus electricus*. He mentions that Mr. Walsh found the *torpedo* “had the ability to deliver a shock only in two areas of its body, located directly across from one another and close to the head. A spot on the back and another on the belly, opposite to the first, were a different color, which led him to conduct the experiment. He discovered that the electrical ability was limited to these areas, and that handling any other part of the fish didn’t produce a shock while it was out of the water. Each of these areas could be handled separately without delivering a shock until a connection between them was established. This suggests that the same might also be true for the Guiana eel. One of these spots must always be in the positive state and the other in the negative state; or rather, they are both usually in a neutral state until the fish exerts its will to suddenly change their states. We often found that a hand in the water, which created the connection, didn’t receive a shock. Unlike a Leyden bottle when charged, which discharges immediately when a connection is made. We cannot determine if there is an electric atmosphere around these spots in the *torpedo*, as we didn’t have the chance to investigate this with the eel, nor have we heard if Mr. Walsh conducted any experiments to find out.”

Electricity of the Atmosphere

The investigations of John Ewing concerning atmospheric electricity were in reality quite extensive. He not only repeated the experiments of Franklin, but he examined thoroughly those of other scientists in the same channel, especially the investigations of Henry Eeles, which will be found detailed in the latter’s “Trinity College Lectures” as well as in his “Philosophical Essays,” London, 1771.

The research conducted by John Ewing on atmospheric electricity was actually very comprehensive. He not only replicated Franklin's experiments but also thoroughly analyzed those of other scientists in the same field, particularly the studies of Henry Eeles, which are detailed in Eeles's “Trinity College Lectures” and his “Philosophical Essays,” London, 1771.

For a very interesting historical review of theories as to the origin of atmospherical electricity, it would be well to consult[320] M. A. B. Chauveau’s article in “Ciel et Terre,” Bruxelles, March 1, 1903, and also Humboldt’s “Cosmos,” London, 1849, Vol. I. pp. 342–346. In the last-named work are cited: Arago, “Annuaire,” 1838, pp. 246, 249–266, 268–279, 388–391; Becquerel, “Traité de l’Electricité,” Vol. IV. p. 107; De la Rive, “Essai Historique,” p. 140; Duprez, “Sur l’électricité de l’air,” Bruxelles, 1844, pp. 56–61; Gay-Lussac, “Ann. de Ch. et de Phys.,” Vol. VIII. p. 167; Peltierin, “Ann. de Chimie,” Vol. LXV. p. 330, also in “Comptes Rendus,” Vol. XII. p. 307; Pouillet, “Ann. de Chimie,” Vol. XXXV. p. 405.

For an interesting historical overview of the theories about the origin of atmospheric electricity, you should check out[320] M. A. B. Chauveau’s article in “Ciel et Terre,” Bruxelles, March 1, 1903, as well as Humboldt’s “Cosmos,” London, 1849, Vol. I, pp. 342–346. In the latter work, you'll find references to: Arago, “Annuaire,” 1838, pp. 246, 249–266, 268–279, 388–391; Becquerel, “Traité de l’Electricité,” Vol. IV, p. 107; De la Rive, “Essai Historique,” p. 140; Duprez, “Sur l’électricité de l’air,” Bruxelles, 1844, pp. 56–61; Gay-Lussac, “Ann. de Ch. et de Phys.,” Vol. VIII, p. 167; Peltierin, “Ann. de Chimie,” Vol. LXV, p. 330, also in “Comptes Rendus,” Vol. XII, p. 307; Pouillet, “Ann. de Chimie,” Vol. XXXV, p. 405.

Date Name Experiments References
1751 Franklin Effects of lightning Phil. Trans., xlvii. p. 289
1751 Mazeas Kite experiments independently of Franklin Phil. Trans., 1751–1753
1752 Nollet Theory of Electricity Recher. sur les causes, 1749–1754
Lettres sur l’élect., 1753, 1760, 1767, 1770
1752 Watson Electricity of clouds Phil. Trans., 1751, 1752
1752 De Lor and Buffon Iron pole 99 ft. high, mounted on a cake of resin 2 ft. sq., 3 in. high, Estrapade, May 18, 1752 Letter of Abbé Mazeas, dated St. Germain, May 20, 1742
1752 D’Alibard Sparks from thunder clouds, 40 ft. pole in garden at Marly, also wooden pole 30 ft. high, at Hôtel de Noailles Mem. l’Acad., r. des Sci., May 13, 1762
Hist. Abrégée, 1776
1752 Le Monnier Observations of air charge Mém. de Paris, 1752, pp. 8, 233
1752 De Romas Observations of air charge; kite experiments Mém. Sav. Etrangers, 1752, and Mém. de Math., 1755, 1763
1752 Mylius, Ch. Observations of air charge “Nachrichten,” Berlin, 1752
1752 Kinnersley Observations of air charge Franklin’s Letters, Phil. Trans., 1763, 1773
1752 Ludolf and Mylius Observations of air charge Letter to Watson
1753 Richman Electrical gnomon Phil. Trans., 1753
1753 Canton Electricity of clouds Franklin’s letters and Phil. Trans., 1753
1753 Beccaria, C.B. Systematic observations with an electroscope Lett. dell’ Elet. Bologna, 1758
1753 Wilson Experiments Phil. Trans., 1753, p. 347
1754 Lining Kite experiments Letter to Chas. Pinckney
1755 Le Roy Experiments Mém. de Paris, 1755
1756 Van Musschenbroek Kite experiments Intro. ad Phil. Nat., 1762
1759 Hartmann Origin of electricity Verbesseter ... Blitzes (Hamb. Mag. vol. xxiv.)
1769 Cotte Memoirs on meteorology Journ. Phys., xxiii., 1783
Mém. Paris, 1769–1772
1772 Ronayne Fog observations Phil. Trans., 1772, p. 137
1772 Henley Quadrant electrometer Phil. Trans., 1772–1774
1775 Cavallo Fogs, snow, clouds and rain; kite experiments Treatise on Elect., 1777
1784 De Saussure Observations “Voyages dans les Alpes,” Geneva, 1779–1796
1786–7 Mann Daily observations with an electrical machine, timing the revolutions to produce a given spark with a record of the weather Ephémer. Météorol. of the Mannheim Society, 1786–1792
1788 Volta New electroscope Lettere Sulla Meteor, 1788–1790
1788 Crosse Experiments with collectors Gilb. Ann., Bd. 41, s. 60
1791 Read Insulation and conductors Phil. Trans., 1791 and Summary, 1793
1792 Von Heller Observations Gren, “Neues Journ. der Phys.,” vol. ii. 1795 and vol. iv. 1797
1792 Schubler Observations with weather rod J. de Phys., lxxxiii. 184

[321]

[321]

An attractive table, which we are permitted to rearrange and reproduce here, giving a résumé of references to some of the most noted experiments of the chief investigators from the time of Franklin to the end of the eighteenth century, was made up by Mr. Alex. McAdie and first appeared in the “Amer. Meteor. Journal.” Mr. McAdie says that a detailed history of most of Franklin’s co-labourers will be found in the accounts given by Exner,[53] Hoppe,[54] Mendenhall,[55] Elster and Geitel[56] as well as by himself,[57] and that in making up this table he has passed over Peter Collinson, of London, who introduced to the notice of the Royal Society the experiments of Franklin, and the three less-known workers—J. H. Winkler, who wrote in 1746 on the electrical origin of the weather lights; Maffei, 1747; and Barberet, 1750.

An attractive table, which we are allowed to rearrange and share here, provides a summary of references to some of the most notable experiments conducted by key investigators from Franklin's time to the end of the eighteenth century. It was created by Mr. Alex. McAdie and first appeared in the “Amer. Meteor. Journal.” Mr. McAdie notes that a detailed history of most of Franklin’s collaborators can be found in the accounts written by Exner,[53] Hoppe,[54] Mendenhall,[55] Elster and Geitel[56] as well as his own writings,[57] and mentions that in compiling this table he excluded Peter Collinson from London, who brought Franklin’s experiments to the attention of the Royal Society, along with three lesser-known contributors: J. H. Winkler, who published on the electrical origins of weather lights in 1746; Maffei in 1747; and Barberet in 1750.

A.D. 1795.—The telegraphs of the Rev. J. Gamble, Chaplain to the Duke of York, consisted either of five boards placed one above the other or of arms pivoted at the top of a post upon one axis and capable of producing as many signals as there are permutations in the number five, all of the combinations being possible at equal angles of forty-five degrees. His doubts as to the practicability of employing electricity “as the vehicle of information” are fully expressed at p. 73 of his “Essay on the Different Modes of Communicating by Signal,” etc., London, 1797.

A.D. 1795.—The telegraphs of Rev. J. Gamble, Chaplain to the Duke of York, consisted of either five boards stacked on top of each other or arms that pivoted from the top of a post on a single axis, capable of creating as many signals as there are combinations of the number five, with all combinations possible at equal angles of forty-five degrees. His concerns about the feasibility of using electricity “as a means of communication” are fully detailed on page 73 of his “Essay on the Different Modes of Communicating by Signal,” etc., London, 1797.

[322]

[322]

References.—J. Gamble, “Observations on Telegraphic Experiments,” etc.; Article “Telegraph” in Tomlinson’s “Encyl. of Useful Arts”; “Penny Ency.,” Vol. XXIV. pp. 147 and 148; “English Cyclopædia,” “Arts and Sciences,” Vol. VIII. p. 66.

References.—J. Gamble, “Observations on Telegraphic Experiments,” etc.; Article “Telegraph” in Tomlinson’s “Encyclopedia of Useful Arts”; “Penny Encyclopedia,” Vol. 24, pp. 147 and 148; “English Cyclopedia,” “Arts and Sciences,” Vol. 8, p. 66.

A.D. 1795.—Garnet (John), proposes a telegraph consisting of only one bar moving about the centre of a circle, upon which latter the letters and figures are inscribed. On placing corresponding divisions, by means of wires, before the object glass of the telescope the coincidence of the two radii or of the arm would point out the letter intended to be repeated. As this plan proved impracticable for long distances, it did not come into general use (“Emporium of Arts and Sciences,” Phila., 1812, Vol. I. p. 293).

A.D. 1795.—John Garnet suggests a telegraph made up of a single bar that moves around the center of a circle, on which letters and numbers are marked. By placing matching divisions with wires in front of the telescope's objective lens, the alignment of the two radii or the arm would indicate the letter meant to be sent. Since this approach turned out to be impractical for long distances, it was not widely adopted (“Emporium of Arts and Sciences,” Phila., 1812, Vol. I. p. 293).

A.D. 1795.—Wells (Charles William), a physician, native of South Carolina but practising in England and a F.R.S., publishes in the Phil. Trans. a paper on the influence which incites the muscles of animals to contract in Galvani’s experiments. Therein he was the first to demonstrate that voltaic action is produced through charcoal combined with another substance of different conducting power, and this he did by causing noticeable convulsions in a frog through the combination of charcoal and zinc. (See “Ency. Met.,” Vol. IV. pp. 220, 221, for the experiments of both Dr. Wells and Dr. Fowler.) Fahie states that Davy subsequently constructed a pile which consisted of a series of eight glasses containing well-burned charcoal and zinc, using a red sulphate of iron solution as the liquid conductor. It is said this series gave sensible shocks and rapidly decomposed water and that, compared with an equal and similar series of silver and zinc, its effects were much stronger. (See Priestley’s discovery of the electrical conductibility of charcoal at A.D. 1767, and the description of Davy’s charcoal battery in “Jour. Roy. Inst.” and Nicholson’s Journal, N. S., Vol. I. p. 144.)

A.D. 1795.—Wells (Charles William), a physician originally from South Carolina but practicing in England and a F.R.S., publishes a paper in the Phil. Trans. discussing the influence that causes animal muscles to contract in Galvani’s experiments. He was the first to show that voltaic action is created by combining charcoal with another material that has different conducting properties, achieving noticeable contractions in a frog through the combination of charcoal and zinc. (See “Ency. Met.,” Vol. IV. pp. 220, 221, for the experiments of both Dr. Wells and Dr. Fowler.) Fahie notes that Davy later built a pile made up of eight glasses filled with well-burned charcoal and zinc, using a red iron sulfate solution as the liquid conductor. It is said this setup produced noticeable shocks and quickly decomposed water, and that its effects were significantly stronger than an equally sized series of silver and zinc. (See Priestley’s discovery of the electrical conductivity of charcoal at CE 1767, and the description of Davy’s charcoal battery in “Jour. Roy. Inst.” and Nicholson’s Journal, N. S., Vol. I. p. 144.)

His biographer, in the “Eng. Cyclop.,” says (Vol. VI. pp. 631–632) that his last work and the one upon which his reputation as a philosopher must rest, is his “Essay upon Dew,” published in 1814 (“Journal des Savants” for Sept. 1817), whilst J. F. W. Herschel remarks at p. 122 of his “Prel. Disc ... Nat. Phil.,” 1855: “We have purposely selected this theory of dew, first developed by the late Dr. Wells, as one of the most beautiful specimens we can call to mind of inductive experimental inquiry lying within a moderate compass....”

His biographer, in the “Eng. Cyclop.,” states (Vol. VI. pp. 631–632) that his final work, on which his reputation as a philosopher stands, is his “Essay on Dew,” published in 1814 (“Journal des Savants” for Sept. 1817). Meanwhile, J. F. W. Herschel notes on p. 122 of his “Prel. Disc ... Nat. Phil.,” 1855: “We have intentionally chosen this theory of dew, first developed by the late Dr. Wells, as one of the most beautiful examples we can think of in inductive experimental inquiry within a reasonable scope....”

References.—Wells’ biography in the “English Cyclopædia,” Vol. VI. p. 631; Phil. Trans. for 1795, p. 246; Hutton’s abridgments of the Phil. Trans., Vol. XVII. p. 548; Fahie’s “History,” etc., pp. 201[323] and 202; “Aristotle on Dew” (Poggendorff, Geschichte der Phys., 1879, p. 42); Luke Howard, “On the Modification of Clouds ...” London, 1803; C. H. Wilkinson, “Elements of Galvanism,” etc., London, 1804, Vol. I. pp. 162–165 and Vol. II. p. 329.

References.—Wells’ biography in the “English Cyclopedia,” Vol. VI. p. 631; Phil. Trans. for 1795, p. 246; Hutton’s abridgments of the Phil. Trans., Vol. XVII. p. 548; Fahie’s “History,” etc., pp. 201[323] and 202; “Aristotle on Dew” (Poggendorff, History of Physics, 1879, p. 42); Luke Howard, “On the Modification of Clouds ...” London, 1803; C. H. Wilkinson, “Elements of Galvanism,” etc., London, 1804, Vol. I. pp. 162–165 and Vol. II. p. 329.

A.D. 1796.—Gregory (George), D.D., F.R.S., Vicar of Westham, a miscellaneous writer of Scotch origin, for many years editor of the “New Annual Register,” is the author of “Economy of Nature,” etc., of which the second and third editions, considerably enlarged, appeared respectively in 1798 and 1804.

A.D. 1796.—Gregory (George), D.D., F.R.S., Vicar of Westham, a diverse writer from Scotland who was the editor of the “New Annual Register” for many years, is the author of “Economy of Nature,” among other works, with the second and third editions, significantly expanded, published in 1798 and 1804, respectively.

In the first volume of the last-named edition (Book I. chap. vi. pp. 35–54) he treats of natural and artificial magnets and of magnetic powers and theories of magnetism, while the whole of Book IV. (chaps. i.-viii. pp. 299–386) is devoted to the history of and discoveries relative to electricity, its principles and theories, as well as to electrical apparatus and electrical phenomena and to galvanism or animal electricity.

In the first volume of the last edition (Book I, chap. vi, pp. 35–54), he discusses natural and artificial magnets, along with their magnetic properties and theories of magnetism. Meanwhile, the entire Book IV (chaps. i-viii, pp. 299–386) is dedicated to the history of electricity, its principles and theories, as well as electrical devices, phenomena, and galvanism, or animal electricity.

Gregory is also the author of “Popular Lectures on Experimental Philosophy, Astronomy and Chemistry; Intended Chiefly for the Use of Students and Young Persons,” 2 vols., 12 mo, published in London 1808–1809, one year after Gregory’s death.

Gregory is also the author of “Popular Lectures on Experimental Philosophy, Astronomy, and Chemistry; Intended Mainly for the Use of Students and Young People,” 2 vols., 12 mo, published in London 1808–1809, one year after Gregory’s death.

It was the perusal of the latter work which led Joseph Henry to embrace a scientific career, just as the reading of “Mrs. Marcet’s Conversations on Chemistry” had induced Michael Faraday to enter the field in which he afterward became so highly distinguished. Prof. Asa Gray, in his Biographical Memoir of Henry, says that Gregory’s work alluded to is an unpretending volume but a sensible one, and that it begins by asking three or four questions, such as these: “You throw a stone, or shoot an arrow into the air; why does it not go forward in the line or direction that you give it? Why does it stop at a certain distance and then return to you?... On the contrary, why does flame or smoke always mount upward, though no force is used to send them in that direction? And why should not the flame of a candle drop toward the floor when you reverse it, or hold it downward, instead of turning up and ascending into the air?... Again, you look into a clear well of water and see your own face and figure as if painted there? Why is this? You are told that it is done by reflection of light. But what is reflection of light?” As Prof. Gray remarks, young Henry’s mind was aroused by these apt questions, and allured by the explanations. He now took in a sense of what knowledge was. The door to knowledge opened to him, that door which it thence became the passion of his life to open wider. The above-named volume is preserved in Prof. Henry’s library, and bears upon a fly-leaf the following entry:

It was reading this latter work that inspired Joseph Henry to pursue a scientific career, just as the reading of “Mrs. Marcet’s Conversations on Chemistry” inspired Michael Faraday to enter the field where he later became so well-known. Prof. Asa Gray, in his Biographical Memoir of Henry, notes that the referenced work by Gregory is a straightforward yet sensible book, starting with a few questions like: “You throw a stone or shoot an arrow into the air; why doesn’t it continue in the direction you give it? Why does it stop at a certain distance and then come back to you?... Conversely, why does flame or smoke always move upward, even though no force is applied to push them in that direction? And why doesn’t the flame of a candle fall to the floor when you turn it upside down, instead of rising and going up into the air?... Moreover, you look into a clear well of water and see your own face and figure reflected as if painted there? Why is that? You’ve been told it’s due to the reflection of light. But what exactly is light reflection?” As Prof. Gray points out, these insightful questions sparked young Henry’s interest and drew him in with their explanations. He began to grasp what knowledge truly was. That door to knowledge opened for him, a door that became his lifelong passion to open even wider. The aforementioned book is kept in Prof. Henry’s library, and it has the following entry written on a flyleaf:

“This book, although by no means a profound work, has, under[324] Providence, exerted a remarkable influence upon my life. It accidentally fell into my hands when I was about sixteen years old, and was the first work I ever read with attention. It opened to me a new world of thought and enjoyment; invested things before almost unnoticed with the highest interest; fixed my mind on the study of nature, and caused me to resolve at the time of reading it, that I would immediately commence to devote my life to the acquisition of knowledge. J. H.” (See Prof. A. M. Mayer, “Eulogy of Joseph Henry,” Salem, 1880, pp. 29–30; “Smithsonian Report,” 1878, pp. 145, 146.)

“This book, while not particularly profound, has had a remarkable impact on my life under[324] Providence. I stumbled upon it when I was around sixteen, and it was the first book I read with real focus. It introduced me to a whole new world of ideas and enjoyment; it highlighted things I had previously overlooked with significant interest; it directed my attention to the study of nature, and it made me decide, while I was reading it, that I would start dedicating my life to gaining knowledge. J. H.” (See Prof. A. M. Mayer, “Eulogy of Joseph Henry,” Salem, 1880, pp. 29–30; “Smithsonian Report,” 1878, pp. 145, 146.)

References.Gentleman’s Magazine, Vol. LXVII. p. 415; Beloe’s “Sexag.,” II. 128; “Living Authors” (1798), I. p. 225.

References.Gentleman’s Magazine, Vol. 67, p. 415; Beloe’s “Sexag.,” II. 128; “Living Authors” (1798), I. p. 225.

A.D. 1797.—Bressy (Joseph), French physician and able chemist, remarks, in his “Essai sur l’électricité de l’eau,” that the electric fluid is composed of three beams (rayons, i. e. rays, gleams, or sparks), vitreous, resinous and vital; that three principal agents exist in nature, viz. the air, isolating body; the water, conducting body, and movement, determining action; that vapours resolve themselves into clouds merely because friction enables the electric fluid to seize upon the aqueous molecules, and that, in water, the hydrogen is maintained in the form of gas by the electric fluid, while the oxygen becomes gaseous under influence of the caloric.

A.D. 1797.—Bressy (Joseph), a French physician and skilled chemist, points out in his “Essay on the Electricity of Water” that electric fluid is made up of three types of rays (i.e., beams, flashes, or sparks): vitreous, resinous, and vital. He identifies three main forces in nature: air, which acts as an isolating body; water, which is a conducting body; and movement, which drives action. He explains that vapors turn into clouds simply because friction allows the electric fluid to latch onto the water molecules, and that in water, hydrogen stays in a gaseous state due to the electric fluid, while oxygen becomes gaseous as a result of heat.

References.—Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. II. p. 1236; Delaunay, “Manuel,” etc., 1809, pp. 15, 16.

Citations.—Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. II. p. 1236; Delaunay, “Manuel,” etc., 1809, pp. 15, 16.

A.D. 1797.—Treméry (Jean Louis), a French mining engineer, communicates his observations on elliptic magnets through Bulletin No. 6 of the “Société Philomathique” as well as through the sixth volume of the Journal des Mines.

A.D. 1797.—Treméry (Jean Louis), a French mining engineer, shares his observations on elliptic magnets in Bulletin No. 6 of the “Société Philomathique” and in the sixth volume of the Journal des Mines.

His observations on conductors of electricity and on the emission of the electric fluid appear at p. 168 Vol. XLVIII of the Jour. de Phys., and in “Bull. de la Soc. Philom.,” No. 19, while his views in opposition to the two-fluid theory are to be found in Bulletin No. 63 of the last-named publication as well as in Jour. de Phys., Vol. LIV. p. 357.

His observations on electrical conductors and the emission of electric fluid can be found on page 168 of Volume XLVIII of the Jour. de Phys., and in “Bull. de la Soc. Philom.,” No. 19. His arguments against the two-fluid theory are detailed in Bulletin No. 63 of the same publication and also in the Jour. de Phys., Volume LIV, page 357.

References.—Poggendorff, Vol. II. p. 1131; John Farrar, “Elem. of Elec.,” etc., p. 120.

Sources.—Poggendorff, Vol. II. p. 1131; John Farrar, “Elements of Electricity,” etc., p. 120.

A.D. 1797.—Pearson (George), English physician and chemist, communicates to the Royal Society a very interesting paper entitled, “Experiments and Observations made with the view of ascertaining the nature of the gas produced by passing electric discharges through water; with a description of the apparatus for these experiments.”

A.D. 1797.—George Pearson, an English doctor and chemist, shares a fascinating paper with the Royal Society titled, “Experiments and Observations Made to Determine the Nature of the Gas Produced by Passing Electric Discharges Through Water; Including a Description of the Apparatus for These Experiments.”

[325]

[325]

An abstract of the above appears in the Phil. Trans. for 1797, and a full transcript of it is to be found in Nicholson’s Journal, 4to, Vol. I. pp. 241–248, 299–305, and 349–355.

An abstract of the above appears in the Phil. Trans. for 1797, and a full transcript of it can be found in Nicholson’s Journal, 4to, Vol. I. pp. 241–248, 299–305, and 349–355.

As Mr. Wilkinson has it, “Dr. Pearson supposes the decomposition of water by electricity to be effected by the interposition of the dense electric fire, between the constituent elements of the water, which he places beyond the sphere of attraction for each other, each ultimate particle of oxygen and hydrogen uniting with a determinate quantity of the electric fire to bestow on them their gaseous form. Hence the doctor supposes that the electric fire, after effecting the disunion, assumes the state of caloric.

As Mr. Wilkinson puts it, “Dr. Pearson thinks that the breakdown of water by electricity happens through the presence of dense electric energy, which separates the individual elements of the water, putting them out of reach of each other's attraction. Each particle of oxygen and hydrogen combines with a specific amount of electric energy to give them their gaseous form. Therefore, the doctor believes that after causing the separation, the electric energy turns into heat.”

“On the reproduction of water by the passage of an electric spark through a proportionate quantity of oxygen and hydrogen gases, Dr. Pearson ingeniously conjectures that by the influence of the electric flame the ultimate particles of these gases, the nearest to the flame, are driven from it in all directions, so as to be brought within the sphere of each other’s attractions. In one of these cases Dr. Pearson supposes that the caloric destroys the attraction, which in the other instance it occasions.

“On the reproduction of water by passing an electric spark through a specific amount of oxygen and hydrogen gases, Dr. Pearson cleverly speculates that the electric flame pushes the ultimate particles of these gases, nearest to the flame, away in all directions, allowing them to come within each other’s attractive range. In one situation, Dr. Pearson thinks that the heat destroys the attraction, while in another instance, it creates it.”

“It is with diffidence that I take on me to controvert the opinions of this very respectable physician; but I presume that the whole of the phenomena of the synthesis and analysis of water are more readily to be explained on the principles I have laid down than by the adoption of the mysterious terms of attraction and repulsion. By the operation of galvanism, water is more rapidly decomposed than by common electricity. In this operation there is no evolution of dense electrical fire, but merely a current of a small intensity of electricity acting permanently and incessantly. To reproduce water, a flame must be generated sufficient to kindle the contiguous portion of the hydrogen gas, then the next portion, and so on, the combustion being preserved by the presence of the oxygen gas. As these processes proceed with immense rapidity as soon as the gases are intermixed, so as to appear like one sudden explosion, the caloric of each of them being thus disengaged, their bases unite and constitute water.”

“It is with hesitation that I take on the task of challenging the views of this very respected physician; however, I believe that the entire process of synthesizing and analyzing water can be explained more easily with the principles I have established than by using the vague terms of attraction and repulsion. Water breaks down faster through galvanism than through standard electricity. In this process, there is no release of intense electrical energy, but rather a current of low-intensity electricity that acts continuously and consistently. To recreate water, a flame must be created strong enough to ignite the nearby hydrogen gas, followed by the next portion, and so on, with combustion being sustained by the presence of oxygen gas. As these processes happen at great speed once the gases mix, they seem to create a single sudden explosion, releasing heat, allowing their bases to combine and form water.”

Dr. Pearson also made many interesting experiments to ascertain the effect of the application of galvanic electricity for the treatment of diseases, and Noad, who describes one of his successful operations, also details (“Manual,” pp. 343–349) the observations of many others in the same line, notably those of Drs. Apjohn, Majendie, Grapengieser and of Wilson Philip, Petrequin, Pravaz, Prevost and Dumas (Jour. de Physiol., Tome III. p. 207), as well as of Sarlandière and Dr. Golding Bird, besides giving the very important conclusions arrived at by Stefano Marianini.

Dr. Pearson also conducted many intriguing experiments to determine the effects of using galvanic electricity to treat diseases. Noad, who describes one of his successful procedures, also includes the observations of many others in this field, particularly those of Drs. Apjohn, Majendie, Grapengieser, Wilson Philip, Petrequin, Pravaz, Prevost, and Dumas (Jour. de Physiol., Tome III. p. 207), along with insights from Sarlandière and Dr. Golding Bird, and importantly, the key conclusions drawn by Stefano Marianini.

[326]

[326]

References.—“Some Account of George Pearson,” M.D., F.R.S. (Phil. Mag., Vol. XV for 1803, p. 274); letter of Humboldt to M. Loder (“Bibl. Germ.,” Vol. IV, Messidor, An. VIII. p. 301); William Van Barneveld, “Med. Elektricität,” Leipzig, 1787; C. H. Wilkinson, “Elements of Galvanism,” London, 1804, 2 vols. passim; Paragraph No. 328 of Faraday’s “Experimental Researches,” J. N. Hallé, “Journal de Médecine de Corvisart,” etc., Tome I, Nivose, An. IX. p. 351; “Annales de l’Electricité Médicale” passim; H. Baker (Phil. Trans., Vol. XLV. p. 270); “Jour. de la Soc. Philom.,” Messidor, An. IX; J. F. N. Jadelot, “Expériences,” etc., 1799; M. Butet (“Bull. des Sc. de la Soc. Philom.,” No. 43, Vendémiaire, An. IX); M. Oppermanno, “Diss. Phys. Med.” (see J. G. Krunitz “Verzeichnis,” etc.); Andrieux, “Mémoire ... maladies,” Paris, 1824; Lebouyer-Desmortiers (Sue, “Hist. du Galv.,” Vol. II. p. 420, and Jour. de Phys., Prairial, An. IX, 1801, p. 467); C. J. C. Grapengieser, “Versuche den Galvanismus,” etc., Berlin, 1801 and 1802; the works of J. Althaus, published in London and Berlin in 1859–1870; C. A. Struve’s works, published in Hanover and Breslau, 1797–1805; F. L. Augustin’s works, published in Berlin, 1801–1803; Karl Friedrich Kielmeyer (Kielmaier), works published at Tübingen (Poggendorff, Vol. I. p. 1253); Einhoff (Gilbert, XII. p. 230); Francesco Rossi’s treatises on the application of galvanism, published in 1809; Gilb. “Ann.,” Vol. XII. p. 450; Jour. de Phys., Vol. LII. pp. 391 and 467; Cuthbertson’s letter in Phil. Mag., Vol. XVIII. p. 358; J. G. Anglade, “Essai sur le Galvanisme,” etc. (Sue, “Hist. du Galv.,” Vol. III. p. 73); Jacques Nauche, in Phil. Mag., Vol. XV. p. 368, as well as in Poggendorff, Vol. II. p. 256, and throughout the “Journal du Galvanisme.”

References.—“Some Account of George Pearson,” M.D., F.R.S. (Phil. Mag., Vol. XV for 1803, p. 274); letter from Humboldt to M. Loder (“Bibl. Germ.,” Vol. IV, Messidor, An. VIII. p. 301); William Van Barneveld, “Med. Elektricität,” Leipzig, 1787; C. H. Wilkinson, “Elements of Galvanism,” London, 1804, 2 vols. passim; Paragraph No. 328 of Faraday’s “Experimental Researches,” J. N. Hallé, “Journal de Médecine de Corvisart,” etc., Tome I, Nivose, An. IX. p. 351; “Annales de l’Electricité Médicale” passim; H. Baker (Phil. Trans., Vol. XLV. p. 270); “Jour. de la Soc. Philom.,” Messidor, An. IX; J. F. N. Jadelot, “Expériences,” etc., 1799; M. Butet (“Bull. des Sc. de la Soc. Philom.,” No. 43, Vendémiaire, An. IX); M. Oppermanno, “Diss. Phys. Med.” (see J. G. Krunitz “Verzeichnis,” etc.); Andrieux, “Mémoire ... mal diseases,” Paris, 1824; Lebouyer-Desmortiers (Sue, “Hist. du Galv.,” Vol. II. p. 420, and Jour. de Phys., Prairial, An. IX, 1801, p. 467); C. J. C. Grapengieser, “Versuche den Galvanismus,” etc., Berlin, 1801 and 1802; the works of J. Althaus, published in London and Berlin in 1859–1870; C. A. Struve’s works, published in Hanover and Breslau, 1797–1805; F. L. Augustin’s works, published in Berlin, 1801–1803; Karl Friedrich Kielmeyer (Kielmaier), works published at Tübingen (Poggendorff, Vol. I. p. 1253); Einhoff (Gilbert, XII. p. 230); Francesco Rossi’s treatises on the application of galvanism, published in 1809; Gilb. “Ann.,” Vol. XII. p. 450; Jour. de Phys., Vol. LII. pp. 391 and 467; Cuthbertson’s letter in Phil. Mag., Vol. XVIII. p. 358; J. G. Anglade, “Essai sur le Galvanisme,” etc. (Sue, “Hist. du Galv.,” Vol. III. p. 73); Jacques Nauche, in Phil. Mag., Vol. XV. p. 368, as well as in Poggendorff, Vol. II. p. 256, and throughout the “Journal du Galvanisme.”

A.D. 1797.—In No. CCXXII of the Reichsanzeiger, a German publication, it is said that a certain person having an artificial magnet suspended from the wall of his study with a piece of iron adhering to it, remarked, for several years, that the flies in the room, though they frequently placed themselves on other iron articles, never settled upon the artificial magnet.

A.D. 1797.—In No. CCXXII of the Reichsanzeiger, a German publication, it’s mentioned that a certain individual had an artificial magnet hanging on the wall of his study, with a piece of iron attached to it. He observed, for several years, that the flies in the room, although they often landed on other iron objects, never touched the artificial magnet.

References.—Cavallo, “Experimental Philosophy,” 1803, Vol. III. p. 560, or the 1825 Philad. ed., Vol. II. p. 286.

References.—Cavallo, “Experimental Philosophy,” 1803, Vol. III. p. 560, or the 1825 Philad. ed., Vol. II. p. 286.

A.D. 1797–1798.—Reinhold (Johann Christoph Leopold), while Bachelor of Medicine in Magdeburg, tendered for his theses, on the 16th of December 1797 and on the 11th of March 1798, two Latin dissertations on galvanism, one of which was offered concurrently with J. William Schlegel, then a medical student.

A.D. 1797–1798.—Reinhold (Johann Christoph Leopold), while studying for his Bachelor of Medicine in Magdeburg, submitted two Latin dissertations on galvanism for his theses, one on December 16, 1797, and the other on March 11, 1798. One of these was presented at the same time as J. William Schlegel, who was also a medical student.

Numerous extracts from both the above very important papers, which treat extensively of galvanic experiments upon animals, vegetables, metals, etc., will be found at pp. 123–195, Vol. I of Sue’s “Histoire du Galvanisme,” Paris, 1802. Both dissertations review galvanism from its origin and make mention of many works which had not up to that time appeared in print.

Numerous excerpts from both of the important papers mentioned above, which extensively discuss galvanic experiments on animals, plants, metals, and more, can be found on pages 123–195 of Volume I of Sue’s “Histoire du Galvanisme,” published in Paris, 1802. Both dissertations review the history of galvanism and mention many works that had not been published by that time.

In the first volume of his “Elements of Galvanism,” London, 1804, Mr. C. H. Wilkinson devotes the entire Chap. VIII (pp. 188–260) to Reinhold’s able review of galvanism, wherein are first cited Gardiner (author of “Observations on the Animal Economy”), Lughi, Klugel and Gardini as “anterior to the discovery of the[327] doctrine of animal electricity.” Then follow accounts of their writings, as well as of those of Galvani and of Volta, “the Prince of Italian naturalists,” after which due mention is made, in their proper order, of the observations of Aldini, Valli, Fontana, Berlinghieri, Monro, Fowler, Corradori, Robison, Cavallo, Wells, Havgk, Colsmann, Creve, Hermestædt, Klein, Pfaff, Ackermann, Humboldt (letters to Blumenbach, Crell, Pictet and M. de Mons), Eschenmeyer, Achard, Grapengieser, Gren, Michaelis, Caldani, Schmuck, Mezzini, Behrends, Giulio, Ludwig, Webster, Vasco, Hebenstreit and others.

In the first volume of his “Elements of Galvanism,” London, 1804, Mr. C. H. Wilkinson dedicates the entire Chap. VIII (pp. 188–260) to Reinhold’s insightful review of galvanism, where he first mentions Gardiner (author of “Observations on the Animal Economy”), Lughi, Klugel, and Gardini as “before the discovery of the doctrine of animal electricity.” He then provides summaries of their writings, as well as those of Galvani and Volta, “the Prince of Italian naturalists,” followed by a proper mention, in order, of the observations by Aldini, Valli, Fontana, Berlinghieri, Monro, Fowler, Corradori, Robison, Cavallo, Wells, Havgk, Colsmann, Creve, Hermestædt, Klein, Pfaff, Ackermann, Humboldt (letters to Blumenbach, Crell, Pictet and M. de Mons), Eschenmeyer, Achard, Grapengieser, Gren, Michaelis, Caldani, Schmuck, Mezzini, Behrends, Giulio, Ludwig, Webster, Vasco, Hebenstreit, and others.

The subject of the eighth and last section of Reinhold’s Dissertations, as Wilkinson expresses it, consists of the exposition of the hypotheses of different authors on the galvanic fluid. These hypotheses he brings into two classes, as they relate to the seat which is assigned to the cause of the phenomena. The first of these classes belongs to the animal which is to be galvanized, and the second to the substance applied to its body, or to the arc. As the galvanic phenomena are ascribed by several physiologists to electricity, Reinhold makes a new division, relatively to the opinion of those who assert that the galvanic and electric fluids are the same, and of those who are persuaded that the former differs from the latter. Under the first head or division he ranges Galvani, Aldini, Valli, Carradori, Volta, in the early time of the discovery; then Schmuck, Voigt, and Hufeland; while under the second come Fowler and Humboldt. Of the latter division he makes subdivisions, in the first of which he comprehends Volta, Pfaff, Wells, Yelin and Monro, the second embracing Creve and Fabbroni. The other authors, not having openly avowed their opinion, he passes over in silence.

The topic of the eighth and final section of Reinhold’s Dissertations, as Wilkinson describes it, focuses on the theories of different authors regarding the galvanic fluid. He categorizes these theories into two groups based on where they think the cause of the phenomena originates. The first group relates to the animal being galvanized, while the second pertains to the substance applied to its body or to the arc. Since several physiologists attribute galvanic phenomena to electricity, Reinhold introduces a new classification based on the views of those who believe that the galvanic and electric fluids are the same and those who think they are different. In the first category, he includes Galvani, Aldini, Valli, Carradori, and Volta from the early days of the discovery, followed by Schmuck, Voigt, and Hufeland; in the second category, he lists Fowler and Humboldt. Within the latter category, he creates further subdivisions, with the first including Volta, Pfaff, Wells, Yelin, and Monro, and the second consisting of Creve and Fabbroni. He does not address the opinions of other authors who have not clearly stated their views.

Reinhold is likewise the author of “Versuche um die eigentliche,” etc. (Gilb. “Annal.,” X, 1802, pp. 301–355), “Untersuchungen über die natur.,” etc. (Gilb. “Annal.,” X, 1802, pp. 450–481, and XII, 1803, pp. 34–48); “Galvanisch-elektrische Versuche,” etc. (Gilb. “Annal.,” XI, 1802, pp. 375–387); “Geschichte des Galvanismus,” Leipzig, 1803; “Versuch einer skizzirten,” etc. (Reil. “Archiv.,” VIII, 1807–1808, pp. 305–354); “Ueber Davy’s Versuche” (Gilb. “Annal.,” XXVIII, 1808, pp. 484–485).

Reinhold is also the author of “Experiments on the Essential,” etc. (Gilb. “Annal.,” X, 1802, pp. 301–355), “Investigations into Nature,” etc. (Gilb. “Annal.,” X, 1802, pp. 450–481, and XII, 1803, pp. 34–48); “Galvanic-Electric Experiments,” etc. (Gilb. “Annal.,” XI, 1802, pp. 375–387); “History of Galvanism,” Leipzig, 1803; “Attempt at a Sketch,” etc. (Reil. “Archiv.,” VIII, 1807–1808, pp. 305–354); “On Davy’s Experiments” (Gilb. “Annal.,” XXVIII, 1808, pp. 484–485).

References.—Schlegel, “De Galvanismo”; Figuier, “Exp. et Hist. des Principales Découvertes,” Vol. IV. pp. 310, 433; J. W. Ritter, “Beweis ... in dem Thierreich ...” Weimar, 1796; G. R. Treviranus, “Einfluss ... thier, Reizbarkeit,” Leipzig, 1801, and Gilbert’s “Annalen,” Vol. VIII for the latter year.

Sources.—Schlegel, “On Galvanism”; Figuier, “Experiments and History of Major Discoveries,” Vol. IV, pp. 310, 433; J. W. Ritter, “Proof ... in the Animal Kingdom ...” Weimar, 1796; G. R. Treviranus, “Influence ... on Animals, Irritability,” Leipzig, 1801, and Gilbert’s “Annals,” Vol. VIII for that year.

A.D. 1798.—Perkins (Benjamin D.), is given an English patent for a process enabling him to cure aches, pains and diseases in the human body by drawing electrified metals over the parts affected. His metallic tractors, originally introduced from America and[328] consisting of an alloy of different metals, awakened much curiosity both in England and on the Continent, and were successfully used by Dr. Haygarth and others, as related in the article “Somnambulism,” of the “Encyclopædia Britannica.”

A.D. 1798.—Perkins (Benjamin D.) receives an English patent for a method that allows him to relieve aches, pains, and illnesses in the human body by using electrified metal tools on the affected areas. His metallic tractors, which were originally brought over from America and[328] made from a mix of different metals, sparked a lot of interest in both England and on the Continent. They were effectively used by Dr. Haygarth and others, as mentioned in the article “Somnambulism” in the “Encyclopædia Britannica.”

In the Repert. II. ii. 179, it is said that one of the tractors was made of zinc, copper and gold, and the other of iron, platina and silver. M. V. Burq, in his “Métallo-thérapie,” makes a review of the successful cures of nervous complaints effected by metallic applications.

In the Repert. II. ii. 179, it states that one of the tractors was made of zinc, copper, and gold, while the other was made of iron, platinum, and silver. M. V. Burq, in his “Métallo-thérapie,” reviews the successful treatments of nervous issues achieved through metallic applications.

References.Jour. de Phys., Vol. XLIX. p. 232; Mr. Langworthy, “View of the Perkinian Electricity,” 1798; T. G. Fessenden, “Poetical petition against ... the Perkinistic Institution ...” London, 1803; B. D. Perkins, “The Influence of Metallic Tractors on the Human Body ...” London, 1798–1799; “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. XXI, 1802, pp. 49–89; “Recherches sur le Perkinisme,” etc. (“Annales de la Soc. de Méd. de Montpellier,” Vol. XXIX. p. 274); “Sur les tracteurs de Perkins” (“Mém. des Soc. Savantes et Lit.,” Vol. II. p. 237); P. Sue, aîné, “Hist. du Galv.,” IV. p. 286 and “Hist du Perkinisme,” Paris, 1805; J. D. Reuss, “De re electrica,” Vol. XII. p. 20; J. Krziwaneck, “De electricitate ...” Prag., 1839.

References.Jour. de Phys., Vol. XLIX. p. 232; Mr. Langworthy, “View of the Perkinian Electricity,” 1798; T. G. Fessenden, “Poetical Petition Against ... the Perkinistic Institution ...” London, 1803; B. D. Perkins, “The Influence of Metallic Tractors on the Human Body ...” London, 1798–1799; “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. XXI, 1802, pp. 49–89; “Recherches sur le Perkinisme,” etc. (“Annales de la Soc. de Méd. de Montpellier,” Vol. XXIX. p. 274); “Sur les tracteurs de Perkins” (“Mém. des Soc. Savantes et Lit.,” Vol. II. p. 237); P. Sue, aîné, “Hist. du Galv.,” IV. p. 286 and “Hist du Perkinisme,” Paris, 1805; J. D. Reuss, “De re electrica,” Vol. XII. p. 20; J. Krziwaneck, “De electricitate ...” Prag., 1839.

A.D. 1798.—In a long letter written to Thomas Jefferson, President of the American Philosophical Society, and read before the latter body on the 4th of May 1798, the Rev. James Madison, then President of William and Mary College, details several experiments made by him to ascertain the effect of a magnet upon the Torricellian vacuum, and to explain the phenomena exhibited by magnets in proximity to iron filings.

A.D. 1798.—In a lengthy letter addressed to Thomas Jefferson, President of the American Philosophical Society, and presented to that group on May 4, 1798, Rev. James Madison, who was then President of William and Mary College, describes several experiments he conducted to determine the effects of a magnet on the Torricellian vacuum and to explain the phenomena observed when magnets are near iron filings.

He says: “Many ingenious men have supposed that the arrangement of the filings clearly indicated the passage of a magnetic fluid or effluvia in curved lines from one pole to another of a different denomination,” but that the experiments which he relates prove the attractive force of the magnets, at either pole, to be the real cause of the phenomena which the filings exhibit, and that the action of the magnet upon the filings, when they approach within a certain distance, renders them magnetic. In every magnet, says he, there is at least one line, called the equator, from which, in the direction of both poles, the attractive power increases so that the filings will “incline toward them, forming angles which appear to be such as the resolution of two forces, one lateral and the other polar, would necessarily produce.”

He says: “Many clever people have thought that the way the filings are arranged clearly shows the flow of a magnetic fluid or energy in curved lines from one pole to another of a different kind,” but that the experiments he describes prove that the attractive force of the magnets at either pole is the real reason for the phenomena the filings display, and that when the filings get close enough, the magnet makes them magnetic. In every magnet, he says, there is at least one line, called the equator, from which, toward both poles, the attractive power increases so that the filings will “tilt toward them, forming angles that seem to be what would occur from the combination of two forces, one sideways and the other toward the poles.”

Thomas Jefferson, above named, succeeded Benjamin Franklin as United States Minister Plenipotentiary to Paris, 1784–1789, became Vice-President of the United States in 1796, and was sworn in as the successor of John Adams to the Presidency on the 4th of March 1801. The Rev. James Madison, D.D., second cousin of the fourth President of the United States bearing the same name,[329] became President of William and Mary College in 1777, and was consecrated first Bishop of Virginia by the Archbishop of Canterbury in Lambeth Palace, Sept. 19, 1790.

Thomas Jefferson, mentioned above, took over from Benjamin Franklin as the United States Minister Plenipotentiary to Paris from 1784 to 1789. He became Vice President of the United States in 1796 and was sworn in as the successor to John Adams as President on March 4, 1801. The Rev. James Madison, D.D., who was a second cousin of the fourth President of the United States with the same name,[329] became President of William and Mary College in 1777 and was consecrated as the first Bishop of Virginia by the Archbishop of Canterbury at Lambeth Palace on September 19, 1790.

References.—“Transactions of the Am. Phil. Soc.,” Vol. IV for 1799, O.S. No. 39, pp. 323–328.

Sources.—“Transactions of the American Philosophical Society,” Vol. IV for 1799, O.S. No. 39, pp. 323–328.

A.D. 1798.—Monge (Gaspar), Comte de Peluse, a very able French scientist, called “the inventor of descriptive geometry,” and from whom, it is said, that science received greater accessions than had before been given it since the days of Euclid and Archimedes, erects a telegraph upon the “Palais des Tuileries” in Paris. Of this, however, no reliable details are on record.

A.D. 1798.—Monge (Gaspar), Count of Peluse, a highly skilled French scientist known as “the inventor of descriptive geometry,” is said to have contributed more to that field than anyone since the times of Euclid and Archimedes. He sets up a telegraph at the “Palais des Tuileries” in Paris. However, no trustworthy details about this remain on record.

He also makes many experiments on the effects of optics and electricity, and, likewise, many useful observations on the production of water by inflammable air, independently of those carried on by Lord Cavendish.

He also conducts many experiments on the effects of optics and electricity, as well as several useful observations on the production of water from flammable air, apart from those carried out by Lord Cavendish.

References.—Biography in Charles Dupin’s “Essai Historique,” etc., and in “English Cycl.,” Vol. IV. pp. 296, 297; Memoir at p. 175 of Vol. LV, Phil. Mag. for 1820; G. Monge, “Sur l’effet des étincelles ...” Paris, 1786, and “Précis des leçons,” Paris, 1805; Sci. Am. Supp., No. 621, p. 9916, and the note at foot of p. 701 of “Fifth Dissert.” eighth ed. of “Encyclopædia Britannica,” Vol. I; as well as “Mém. de l’Acad. des Sciences,” 1786.

Sources.—Biography in Charles Dupin’s “Historical Essay,” etc., and in “English Cycl.”, Vol. IV, pp. 296, 297; Memoir at p. 175 of Vol. LV, Phil. Mag. for 1820; G. Monge, “On the Effect of Sparks ...” Paris, 1786, and “Summary of Lessons,” Paris, 1805; Sci. Am. Supp., No. 621, p. 9916, and the note at the bottom of p. 701 of “Fifth Dissertation,” eighth ed. of “Encyclopædia Britannica,” Vol. I; as well as “Memoirs of the Academy of Sciences,” 1786.

A.D. 1798.—Berton (Henri Montan), a prominent French composer and Professor of Harmony at the Paris “Conservatoire de Musique,” also a member of the “Académie des Beaux-Arts,” devises a novel electric telegraph which is merely alluded to, under the heading of “Note historique sur le télégraphe électrique,” at p. 80 of the seventh volume of the Comptes Rendus for July 1838, as well as in Julia Fontenelle’s “Manuel de l’électricité.”

A.D. 1798.—Berton (Henri Montan), a well-known French composer and Professor of Harmony at the Paris "Conservatoire de Musique," as well as a member of the "Académie des Beaux-Arts," creates a new electric telegraph that is briefly mentioned under the title "Note historique sur le télégraphe électrique," on page 80 of the seventh volume of the Comptes Rendus from July 1838, and also in Julia Fontenelle’s "Manuel de l’électricité."

A.D. 1799.—Fabbroni—Fabroni—(Giovanni Valentino M.), Professor of Chemistry at Florence, communicates to the Journal de Physique (9th series, Tome VI, Cahier de Brumaire, An. VIII), an amplification of his able memoir, “Sur l’action chimique,” etc. (“Dell’azione chimica ...”), which was first presented by him during 1792 to the Florentine Academy and duly analyzed by Brugnatelli in his “Giornale physico-medico.” Therein is made the first known suggestion as to the chemical origin of voltaic electricity, inquiring whether the phenomenon of galvanism is not solely due to chemical affinities of which electricity may be one of the concomitant effects, and also ascribing the violent convulsions in a frog to a chemical change which is produced by the contact of one of the metals with some liquid matter on the animal’s body, the latter decomposing and allowing its oxygen to combine with the metal.

A.D. 1799.—Fabbroni—Fabroni—(Giovanni Valentino M.), Professor of Chemistry at Florence, shares with the Journal de Physique (9th series, Volume VI, Issue of Brumaire, Year VIII) an expanded version of his insightful paper, “On Chemical Action,” etc. (“Dell’azione chimica ...”), which he first presented in 1792 to the Florentine Academy and was analyzed by Brugnatelli in his “Giornale physico-medico.” In this work, he makes the first known suggestion about the chemical origin of voltaic electricity, questioning whether the phenomenon of galvanism is solely the result of chemical affinities, with electricity being a possible side effect, and also attributing the violent twitching in a frog to a chemical change caused by a metal coming into contact with some liquid on the animal’s body, leading to decomposition and allowing its oxygen to combine with the metal.

[330]

[330]

References.—“Elogio ... A. Lombardi” (“Mem. Soc. Ital.,” Vol. XX); Cornhill Magazine, Vol. II for 1860, p. 68; “Biog. Univ.,” Vol. XIII. p. 311; “Encycl. Met.,” “Galvanism,” Vol. IV. p. 215; Journal de Physique, Vol. XLIX. p. 348; “Chambers’ Ency.,” 1868, Vol. IV. p. 593; “Mem. Soc. Ital.,” Vol. XX. pp. 1 and 26; P. Sue, aîné, “Histoire du Galvanisme,” Paris, An. X-1802, Vol. I. pp. 229–232; Phil. Mag., Vol. V. p. 270; Nicholson’s Journal, quarto, Vol. IV. p. 120; Sir Humphry Davy, “Bakerian Lectures,” London, 1840, p. 49; Young’s “Lectures,” Vol. I. p. 752; W. Sturgeon, “Scientific Researches,” Bury, 1850, p. 156; “Giornale di fisica” for 1810; “Giornale dell’ Ital. Lettera ...” IX. p. 97; “Atti della Reg. Soc. Economica di Firenze,” XX. p. 26; Brugnatelli, Annali di chimica, II. p. 316 and XXI. p. 277; C. Henri Boissier, “Mémoire sur la décomp. de l’eau, etc.,” Paris, 1801 (Journal de Physique, Prairial, An. IX).

Sources.—“Elogio ... A. Lombardi” (“Mem. Soc. Ital.,” Vol. XX); Cornhill Magazine, Vol. II for 1860, p. 68; “Biog. Univ.,” Vol. XIII. p. 311; “Encycl. Met.,” “Galvanism,” Vol. IV. p. 215; Journal de Physique, Vol. XLIX. p. 348; “Chambers’ Ency.,” 1868, Vol. IV. p. 593; “Mem. Soc. Ital.,” Vol. XX. pp. 1 and 26; P. Sue, aîné, “Histoire du Galvanisme,” Paris, An. X-1802, Vol. I. pp. 229–232; Phil. Mag., Vol. V. p. 270; Nicholson’s Journal, quarto, Vol. IV. p. 120; Sir Humphry Davy, “Bakerian Lectures,” London, 1840, p. 49; Young’s “Lectures,” Vol. I. p. 752; W. Sturgeon, “Scientific Researches,” Bury, 1850, p. 156; “Giornale di fisica” for 1810; “Giornale dell’ Ital. Lettera ...” IX. p. 97; “Atti della Reg. Soc. Economica di Firenze,” XX. p. 26; Brugnatelli, Annali di chimica, II. p. 316 and XXI. p. 277; C. Henri Boissier, “Mémoire sur la décomp. de l’eau, etc.,” Paris, 1801 (Journal de Physique, Prairial, An. IX).

A.D. 1799.—Jadelot (J. F. N.), French physician, translates Humboldt’s work on “Galvanism,” wherein he reviews the investigations of the great German scientist and treats of the application of the Galvanic fluid in medical practice. The observations of a friend of Humboldt, Dr. C. J. C. Grapengieser, are especially detailed and a complete account is given of all the noted physicians who have recorded experiments in the same line.

A.D. 1799.—Jadelot (J. F. N.), a French doctor, translates Humboldt’s work on “Galvanism,” where he reviews the research of the famous German scientist and discusses how the Galvanic fluid is used in medical practice. The observations of a friend of Humboldt, Dr. C. J. C. Grapengieser, are particularly detailed, and a complete account is provided of all the notable physicians who have documented experiments in the same field.

References.—For the medical applications of Galvanism: Journal de Physique, Vol. LII. pp. 391, 467; Gilbert’s “Annalen,” XI. 354, 488 and XII. 230, 450; “An. of Sc. Disc.” for 1865, p. 123; Larrey, 1793, 1840; L. Desmortiers, 1801; Legrave, 1803; F. J. Double, 1803; J. Nauche, 1803; “Galv. Soc.” (Phil. Mag., Vol. XV. p. 281); Laverine, 1803; Mongiardini and Lando, 1803; F. Rossi, 1803–1827; J. Schaub, 1802–1805; B. Burkhardt, 1802; M. Butet, 1801; J. Le Roy d’Etiolle, “Sur l’emploi du Galv....”; P. L. Geiger, 1802–1803; J. D. Reuss in “De Re Electrica”; M. Buccio, 1812; La Beaume, 1820–1848; P. A. Castberg (Sue, “Hist. du Galv.,” IV. 264); Fabré-Palaprat and La Beaume, 1828; Rafn’s “Nyt. Bibl.,” IV; C. C. Person, 1830–1853; S. G. Marianini, 1841; C. Usiglio, 1844; F. Hollick, 1847; G. Stambio, 1847; Du Fresnel, 1847; H. de Lacy, 1849; M. Récamier, J. Massé, 1851; R. M. Lawrance, Robt. Barnes, and Crimotel de Tolloy, 1853; M. Middeldorpf, 1854; R. Remak, 1856, 1860, 1865; J. Seiler, 1860; V. Von Bruns, 1870.

References.—For the medical applications of Galvanism: Journal de Physique, Vol. LII. pp. 391, 467; Gilbert’s “Annalen,” XI. 354, 488 and XII. 230, 450; “An. of Sc. Disc.” for 1865, p. 123; Larrey, 1793, 1840; L. Desmortiers, 1801; Legrave, 1803; F. J. Double, 1803; J. Nauche, 1803; “Galv. Soc.” (Phil. Mag., Vol. XV. p. 281); Laverine, 1803; Mongiardini and Lando, 1803; F. Rossi, 1803–1827; J. Schaub, 1802–1805; B. Burkhardt, 1802; M. Butet, 1801; J. Le Roy d’Etiolle, “Sur l’emploi du Galv....”; P. L. Geiger, 1802–1803; J. D. Reuss in “De Re Electrica”; M. Buccio, 1812; La Beaume, 1820–1848; P. A. Castberg (Sue, “Hist. du Galv.,” IV. 264); Fabré-Palaprat and La Beaume, 1828; Rafn’s “Nyt. Bibl.,” IV; C. C. Person, 1830–1853; S. G. Marianini, 1841; C. Usiglio, 1844; F. Hollick, 1847; G. Stambio, 1847; Du Fresnel, 1847; H. de Lacy, 1849; M. Récamier, J. Massé, 1851; R. M. Lawrance, Robt. Barnes, and Crimotel de Tolloy, 1853; M. Middeldorpf, 1854; R. Remak, 1856, 1860, 1865; J. Seiler, 1860; V. Von Bruns, 1870.

A.D. 1799.—Humboldt (Friedrich Heinrich Alexander, Baron Von) (1769–1859), native of Berlin, is the author of “Cosmos” so frequently alluded to in these pages, and, in the words of one of his biographers, “will be remembered in future times as perhaps, all in all, the greatest descriptive naturalist of his age, the man whose observations have been most numerous and of the widest range, and the creator of several new branches of natural sciences.”

A.D. 1799.—Humboldt (Friedrich Heinrich Alexander, Baron Von) (1769–1859), born in Berlin, is the author of “Cosmos,” which is often mentioned in these pages. According to one of his biographers, he “will be remembered in the future as possibly the greatest descriptive naturalist of his time, the person whose observations were the most numerous and far-reaching, and the founder of several new fields in the natural sciences.”

The French translation of his work on “Galvanism” (“Expériences sur le Galvanisme ... traduit de l’allemand par J. F. N. Jadelot”) appeared in Paris during the year 1799, before which date, Noad remarks, no one had applied the galvanic arc, as he did, to so many animals in various parts of their bodies. Among other results, he discovered the action of the electric current upon the pulsation of[331] the heart, the secretions from wounds, etc., and he proved upon himself that its action was not limited to the sole instants of the commencement and end of its passage.

The French translation of his work on “Galvanism” (“Expériences sur le Galvanisme ... traduit de l’allemand par J. F. N. Jadelot”) was published in Paris in 1799. Noad notes that before this time, no one had used the galvanic arc, as he did, on so many animals in different parts of their bodies. Among other findings, he discovered how the electric current affected the heartbeat, wound secretions, and more. He also demonstrated on himself that the effects weren't just limited to the moments at the start and end of its passage.

In the first volume of his very interesting work on “Galvanism” (pp. 166–174, 261–310, 407–434) Wilkinson reviews the above-named publication which M. Vassalli-Eandi, in 1799, pronounced “the most complete that has hitherto appeared.” The following sectional extracts are mainly taken from Mr. Wilkinson’s book, Chap. IX. part ii. Humboldt’s first experiments were made with the aid of M. Venturi, Professor of Natural Philosophy at Modena, and they were followed quite assiduously for a while, but it was not until he learned of the important observations made by Fowler, Hunter and Pfaff on animal electricity and irritability, that he was spurred on to still further extended investigations, which were carried on more particularly in presence of Jurine, Pictet, Scarpa, Tralles and Volta. Humboldt’s work is divided into ten sections, as follows:

In the first volume of his very engaging book on “Galvanism” (pp. 166–174, 261–310, 407–434), Wilkinson reviews the aforementioned publication, which M. Vassalli-Eandi declared in 1799 to be “the most complete that has been published so far.” The following selected excerpts are primarily taken from Mr. Wilkinson’s book, Chap. IX. part ii. Humboldt’s initial experiments were conducted with the help of M. Venturi, the Professor of Natural Philosophy at Modena, and they were closely followed for some time. However, it wasn’t until he became aware of the significant findings by Fowler, Hunter, and Pfaff on animal electricity and irritability that he was motivated to pursue further investigations, which took place especially in the presence of Jurine, Pictet, Scarpa, Tralles, and Volta. Humboldt’s work is divided into ten sections, as follows:

Sect. I treats of the relation between galvanic irritation and incitability.

Sect. I discusses the relationship between electric stimulation and excitability.

Sect. II deals with the galvanic irritation produced without a coating, or metallic or charcoal substances (repeating the investigations of M. Cotugno, which led to the experiments of Vassalli during 1789).

Sect. II discusses the galvanic irritation created without any coating or metallic or charcoal materials (referring to the work of M. Cotugno, which influenced Vassalli's experiments in 1789).

Sect. III treats of the excitement produced by a simple metallic substance, or by homogeneous metallic parts (detailing the experiments of Aldini, Galvani, Berlinghieri, Lind, Pfaff and Volta).

Sect. III discusses the excitement generated by a simple metal substance or by uniform metal parts (detailing the experiments of Aldini, Galvani, Berlinghieri, Lind, Pfaff, and Volta).

Sect. IV discourses on heterogeneous metals. During his experiments in this line, which were aided by his elder brother, chance led him to a very interesting discovery. He found that the coatings of the nerve and muscle being homogeneous, the contractions may be produced when the degree of excitability is extremely feeble, provided the coatings of this nature are united by exciting substances, among which there is a heterogeneous one, having one of its surfaces covered by a fluid in a state of vapour. This observation, which was originally made at the commencement of 1796, surprised Humboldt so much that he instantly communicated it to Sömmering, Blumenbach, Hertz and Goethe. He had not as yet found recorded in the published works on galvanism any experiment the result of which had the smallest analogy with his discovery; and it was not until after the publication of the works of Pfaff on animal electricity that he became acquainted with any one similar to his own. There were, however, some differences, as he proves by several passages cited from the above author.

Sect. IV discusses different kinds of metals. During his experiments in this area, which were supported by his older brother, he stumbled upon a very interesting discovery. He found that the coatings of the nerve and muscle being uniform allow for contractions to occur even when the level of excitability is very low, as long as these coatings are connected by exciting substances, including one that is different, with one of its surfaces covered by a vaporous fluid. This observation, made at the beginning of 1796, amazed Humboldt so much that he immediately shared it with Sömmering, Blumenbach, Hertz, and Goethe. He had not yet seen any experiments in the published works on galvanism that were even slightly similar to his discovery; it wasn't until after Pfaff’s works on animal electricity were published that he found anything comparable to his own. However, there were some differences, which he demonstrates by citing several passages from the above author.

Sect. V relates to the classification of active substances into exciters and conductors of the galvanic fluid.

Sect. V discusses the classification of active substances into exciters and conductors of the galvanic fluid.

[332]

[332]

Sect. VI treats of experiments on the comparative effects of animal and vegetable substances employed in the galvanic chain.

Sect. VI discusses experiments on the comparative effects of animal and plant substances used in the galvanic chain.

Sect. VII describes, in a tabular form, the conducting substances, and those by which the galvanic fluid is insulated. In the employment of very long conductors, it was not possible for Humboldt to remark any interval between the instant when the muscle contracts and the moment the contact of the conductor takes place, the muscle and nerve being from two hundred to three hundred feet distant from each other. This announces a celerity of twelve hundred feet per second. The effect would be the same, should the conductors even be from ten thousand to twenty thousand feet in length. Thus Haller, in his physiology, ascribes to the nervous fluid a swiftness sufficient to enable it to run over a space of nine thousand feet a second. The calculation of Sauvages is carried to thirty-two thousand four hundred feet in the same space of time; and what is still infinitely more surprising, its celerity is estimated by the author of the essays on the mechanism of the muscles at five hundred and seventy-six millions of feet (upward of one hundred thousand miles) in the above space of a second of time. It ought here to be noticed that the great differences in these calculations arise from the different kinds of experiments on which they are founded.

Sect. VII presents a table of conductive materials and those that insulate galvanic fluid. When using extremely long conductors, Humboldt couldn’t observe any delay between the moment the muscle contracts and when the conductor makes contact, even with the muscle and nerve being two to three hundred feet apart. This indicates a speed of twelve hundred feet per second. The result would be the same if the conductors extended from ten thousand to twenty thousand feet. In his physiology, Haller attributes a speed to the nervous fluid that allows it to cover nine thousand feet per second. Sauvages calculates this speed to be thirty-two thousand four hundred feet in the same timeframe; and even more astonishing, the author of the essays on muscle mechanics estimates its speed at five hundred seventy-six million feet (over one hundred thousand miles) in the same one-second interval. It's important to note that the significant differences in these calculations stem from the various kinds of experiments they are based on.

Sect. VIII proves that the nerve which is intended to excite contractions in a muscle should be organically united with it, and it deals with the effects of galvanism upon vegetables, aquatic worms, insects and fishes.

Sect. VIII shows that the nerve meant to trigger contractions in a muscle needs to be organically connected to it, and it discusses the effects of galvanism on plants, aquatic worms, insects, and fish.

Sect. IX describes the effects of galvanism upon amphibious animals, referring to the observations of Nollet, Rosel, Haller, Spallanzani, P. Michaelis and Herembstads.

Sect. IX describes how galvanism affects amphibious animals, referencing the observations of Nollet, Rosel, Haller, Spallanzani, P. Michaelis, and Herembstads.

Sect. X treats of the all-important effects of galvanism upon man, and makes allusion to the experiments of Hunter, Pfaff, Fowler, Munro, Robison, Hecker, Carradori, Achard, Grapengieser, Schmuck, Ludwig, Creve, Webster and Volta. In speaking of the observations made by the last named upon the tongue, he observes that some idea of them had been given thirty years before, in Sulzer’s work entitled “The New Theory of Pleasures,” published in 1767; and that if, at the above period, the consideration of the superficial situation of the nerves of the tongue had led to the artificial discovery of a nerve, the important discovery of metallic irritation would have been made in the time of Haller, Franklin, Trembley, Camper, and Buffon. How great a progress would not this revelation have made if the above philosophers had transmitted to us, thirty years ago, the theory and experiments which we leave to our successors?

Sect. X discusses the significant effects of galvanism on humans and references the experiments conducted by Hunter, Pfaff, Fowler, Munro, Robison, Hecker, Carradori, Achard, Grapengieser, Schmuck, Ludwig, Creve, Webster, and Volta. While mentioning the observations made by Volta regarding the tongue, it notes that similar ideas had been presented thirty years earlier in Sulzer’s book titled “The New Theory of Pleasures,” published in 1767. It suggests that if, at that time, the focus on the superficial positioning of the nerves in the tongue had resulted in the artificial discovery of a nerve, the significant discovery of metallic irritation could have occurred during the eras of Haller, Franklin, Trembley, Camper, and Buffon. What great progress might this revelation have brought if those philosophers had shared their theories and experiments with us thirty years ago for our successors?

[333]

[333]

Volta having singled out the differences, in point of savour, which result from galvanic experiments on the tongue according to the nature and disposition of the coatings, Humboldt repeated these experiments and added to them several of his own, with a nearly similar result. His different trials, however, having failed to produce any contraction of the tongue, appear to have established the truth of the ancient assertion of Galen, confirmed by Scarpa, namely, that the nerve with which the tongue is supplied by the third branch of the fifth pair is exclusively devoted to the sense of tasting, and that the ninth pair are exclusively destined for the motion of the tongue. This has been evidently proved by the galvanic experiments on the nerve in question.

Volta identified the differences in taste caused by galvanic experiments on the tongue, depending on the type and arrangement of the coatings. Humboldt repeated these experiments and added a few of his own, coming to almost the same conclusions. However, his various tests didn't cause any contraction of the tongue, which seems to confirm the ancient claim made by Galen and supported by Scarpa. This claim states that the nerve supplying the tongue from the third branch of the fifth pair is solely responsible for the sense of taste, while the ninth pair is solely responsible for tongue movement. This has been clearly demonstrated through the galvanic experiments on the relevant nerve.

The termination, in the pituitous membrane, of the nerves belonging to the organ of smelling, which originate in the first pair and in the first two branches of the fifth, together with the observation of the innumerable phenomena of sympathy between the organs of sight and those of smell and taste, had led to a presumption that, by galvanizing the nostrils, the smell would be affected. This supposition has not, however, been confirmed by any experiment.

The end of the nerves related to the sense of smell, which come from the first pair and the first two branches of the fifth cranial nerve, along with the countless connections observed between the senses of sight, smell, and taste, led to the idea that stimulating the nostrils with electricity would impact the sense of smell. However, this theory has not been proven by any experiments.

The eleventh chapter of Wilkinson’s work contains the analysis of the report drawn up by Mr. J. N. Hallé in behalf of the commission appointed by the French National Institute. This commission, which was organized to look into (examiner et vérifier) the different galvanic experiments which had been made and to ascertain their effects and results, was composed of such distinguished French physiologists as Coulomb, Fourcroy, Vauquelin, Charles, Sabathier, Hallé, Pelletan and Guyton de Morveau, who were afterward joined by both Humboldt and the celebrated Prof. Venturi, of Modena.

The eleventh chapter of Wilkinson’s work analyzes the report created by Mr. J. N. Hallé on behalf of the commission formed by the French National Institute. This commission was set up to examine and verify the various galvanic experiments that had been conducted and to determine their effects and outcomes. It included distinguished French physiologists like Coulomb, Fourcroy, Vauquelin, Charles, Sabathier, Hallé, Pelletan, and Guyton de Morveau, who were later joined by both Humboldt and the renowned Prof. Venturi from Modena.

Humboldt’s observations respecting the application of galvanism to medicine are embodied in his well-known letter to M. Loder, inserted in “La Bibliothèque Germanique,” Vol. IV, Messidor, An. VIII. p. 301, and are likewise detailed by Wilkinson (Chap. XIII) where references are made, more particularly, to the experiments of Hufeland, Behrends, Creve, Hymly, Pfaff and Anschell.

Humboldt's insights about using galvanism in medicine are captured in his famous letter to M. Loder, published in "La Bibliothèque Germanique," Vol. IV, Messidor, Year VIII, p. 301. They are also elaborated on by Wilkinson (Chap. XIII), which specifically references the experiments conducted by Hufeland, Behrends, Creve, Hymly, Pfaff, and Anschell.

Between the years 1799 and 1804 Von Humboldt made observations upon the magnetic intensity of the earth, of which an account will be found in Vol. XV of the Annalen der Physik. These were made upon the American Continent during the course of his well-known journey, the equal of which latter, says Petersen, has not been seen since the days when Alexander the Great fitted out an extensive scientific expedition for Aristotle.

Between 1799 and 1804, Von Humboldt studied the Earth's magnetic intensity, and you can find a detailed report of his findings in Vol. XV of the Annalen der Physik. He conducted these observations on the American Continent during his famous journey, which Petersen claims is unmatched since the time when Alexander the Great organized a large scientific expedition for Aristotle.

Humboldt’s observations in the same line were continued for many years, notably between 1805 and 1806, in company with[334] Gay-Lussac during a tour which they made together through France, Switzerland, Italy and Germany, as related in the first volume of the Mémoires de la Société d’Arcueil.

Humboldt’s observations along the same lines continued for many years, especially between 1805 and 1806, alongside [334] Gay-Lussac during a trip they took together through France, Switzerland, Italy, and Germany, as detailed in the first volume of the Mémoires de la Société d’Arcueil.

Some idea can be formed of the extent of Humboldt’s share in the magnetical labours of the first half of the century by perusing the last chapters of his “Cosmos” and the third volume of his “Relation Historique.” At p. 615 of the last-named work, he himself says: “The observations on the variation of terrestrial magnetism, to which I have devoted myself for thirty-two years, by means of instruments which admit of comparison with one another, in America, Europe and Asia, embrace an area extending over 188 degrees of longitude from the frontier of Chinese Dzoungarie to the West of the South Sea, bathing the coasts of Mexico and Peru, and reaching from 60 degrees North latitude to 12 degrees South latitude. I regard the discovery of the law of the decrement of magnetic force from the pole to the equator as the most important result of my American voyage.”

Some idea can be formed of the extent of Humboldt’s contributions to the magnetical research of the first half of the century by reading the last chapters of his “Cosmos” and the third volume of his “Relation Historique.” On page 615 of the latter work, he states: “The observations on the variation of terrestrial magnetism, to which I have dedicated thirty-two years, using instruments that can be compared with each other in America, Europe, and Asia, cover an area stretching over 188 degrees of longitude from the border of Chinese Dzoungarie to the West of the South Sea, touching the coasts of Mexico and Peru, and reaching from 60 degrees North latitude to 12 degrees South latitude. I consider the discovery of the law of the decrease of magnetic force from the pole to the equator as the most significant outcome of my American voyage.”

Humboldt was the first who made especial observations of those irregular perturbations to which he applied the name of “magnetic-storms,” and the effects of which he originally observed at Berlin in 1806. These are treated of in his “Cosmos,” London, 1858, Vol. V. pp. 135, etc., wherein he states that, when the ordinary horary movement of the needle is interrupted by a magnetic-storm, the perturbation manifests itself often simultaneously, in the strictest sense of the word, over land and sea, covering hundreds and thousands of miles, or propagates itself gradually, in short intervals of time, in every direction over the earth’s surface. In this same work (“Cosmos,” Sabine’s translation, Vol. I. p. 180), he contributes a graphic description of the concurrent and successive phases of a complete aurora borealis, reference to which is made by Noad (“Manual,” etc., pp. 228, 229, 235), who, likewise, gives (pp. 612–615) an account of the establishment of magnetic stations at different points, for simultaneous observations, upon a plan originally laid out by Humboldt.

Humboldt was the first to make specific observations of those irregular disruptions that he called “magnetic storms,” which he originally noticed in Berlin in 1806. These are discussed in his “Cosmos,” London, 1858, Vol. V, pp. 135, etc., where he explains that when the normal hourly movement of the needle is interrupted by a magnetic storm, the disruption often shows up at the same time, quite literally, over both land and sea, covering hundreds and thousands of miles, or it spreads gradually in brief intervals across the Earth’s surface. In this same work (“Cosmos,” Sabine’s translation, Vol. I, p. 180), he provides a vivid description of the simultaneous and successive stages of a full aurora borealis, which is referenced by Noad (“Manual,” etc., pp. 228, 229, 235), who also gives (pp. 612–615) an account of setting up magnetic stations at various locations for simultaneous observations based on a plan originally devised by Humboldt.

As early as 1806, this great naturalist had published at Erfurt his “Inquiry Concerning Electrical Fishes.” While at Naples with Gay-Lussac, during the previous year, they had examined the properties of the torpedo, and had observed more particularly that the animal must be irritated previous to the shock, preceding which latter a convulsive movement of the pectoral fins is noticeable, and that electrical action is prevented by the least injury done to the brain of the fish; also, that a person accustomed to electrical discharges could with difficulty support the shock of a vigorous torpedo only fourteen inches long; that the discharge can be felt[335] with a single finger placed upon the electrical organs, and that an insulated person will not receive the shock if the fish is touched with a key or other conducting body (Phil. Mag., Vol. XXII. p. 356; Annales de Chimie, No. 166; “Encycl. Brit.,” 1855, Vol. VIII. p. 573). Humboldt’s account of the mode of capturing gymnoti is detailed at pp. 575, 576 of the last-named work, as well as at pp. 472–474 of Noad’s “Manual of Electricity,” London, 1859.

As early as 1806, this great naturalist published his “Inquiry Concerning Electrical Fishes” in Erfurt. While in Naples with Gay-Lussac the year before, they examined the properties of the torpedo and noted especially that the animal needs to be provoked before it delivers a shock. They observed that a convulsive movement of the pectoral fins happens just before the shock and that any minor injury to the fish's brain can prevent electrical action. Additionally, they found that a person who is used to electrical discharges could barely withstand the shock from a vigorous torpedo that was only fourteen inches long. The discharge can be felt[335] with just one finger touching the electrical organs, and an insulated person won't experience the shock if the fish is touched with a key or another conductive object (Phil. Mag., Vol. XXII. p. 356; Annales de Chimie, No. 166; “Encycl. Brit.,” 1855, Vol. VIII. p. 573). Humboldt’s description of how to catch gymnoti is detailed on pp. 575, 576 of the last-named work, as well as on pp. 472–474 of Noad’s “Manual of Electricity,” London, 1859.

At request of the King of Prussia, Humboldt returned from Paris to his native city in 1827, and it was during the winter of 1827–1828 that he began in Berlin his lectures on “Cosmos, or Physical Universe.” This is the title of his chief work, which has universally been recognized one of the greatest productions ever published, and one which Ritter pronounced as being the culminating point both in the history of science and in the annals of civilization.

At the request of the King of Prussia, Humboldt came back from Paris to his hometown in 1827, and it was during the winter of 1827–1828 that he started his lectures in Berlin on “Cosmos, or Physical Universe.” This is the title of his main work, which has been widely acknowledged as one of the greatest contributions ever published, and which Ritter called the high point in both the history of science and the records of civilization.

References.—Klenke, “Alex. Von Humboldt, ein biographisches Denkmal,” 1851: “Alex. Von Humboldt ... von Wittwer,” Leipzig, 1861; “Life of Alex. Von Humboldt,” translated by J. and C. Lassell, 2 Vols., London, 1873; “Meyer’s Konversations-Lexikon,” Leipzig und Wien, 1895, Vol. IX. pp. 44–47; Delambre’s eulogium on Humboldt will be found at p. 15, Vol. XV of “Edinburgh Review”; Gren’s “Neues Journal der Physik,” Vol. IV; Annales de Chimie, Vol. XXII; An. Chim. et Physique, Vol. XI; Poggendorff’s “Annalen,” Vols. XV, XXXVII; “Société Philomathique,” Tome I. p. 92; “Opus. Scelti,” XXI. p. 126; Knight’s “Mech. Dict.,” Vol. II. p. 1874; Phil. Mag., Vol. VI (1800), pp. 246, 250; “Cat. of Sc. Papers of Roy. Soc.,” Vol. III. pp. 462–467; Vol. VI. p. 692; Vol. VII. pp. 1035–1036; Sc. Am. Supp., No. 457, pp. 7301, 7302; Noad, “Manual,” pp. 425, 528, 529, 612; Harris, “Rudim. Magn.,” Part III. p. 103; Walker, “Ter. and Cos. Magn.,” 1866, p. 81; Humboldt, “Aphorismi ex doctrina ...” 1793; “Voyage, etc., dans les années, 1799–1804”; “Report of Seventh Meeting of British Association,” Vol. VI, London, 1838, pp. 1, 5 and 7, and the remainder of Major Sabine’s able article upon “Magnetic Intensity,” in the same volume; “Report of the Meeting of the French Academy of Sciences” of May 21, 1849, for extract of a letter from Emile H. Du Bois-Reymond, sent by Humboldt, and treating of the Electricity of the Human Frame (“L’Institut,” Mai 23, 1849); S. H. Christie and Sir G. B. Airy, “Report upon a Letter ...” London, 1836; C. H. Pfaff, “Mém. sur les expér. de Humboldt ...” 1799; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. II. pp. 168, 1580–1581.

Citations.—Klenke, “Alex. von Humboldt, a Biographical Monument,” 1851: “Alex. von Humboldt ... von Wittwer,” Leipzig, 1861; “Life of Alex. von Humboldt,” translated by J. and C. Lassell, 2 Vols., London, 1873; “Meyer’s Conversations-Lexicon,” Leipzig and Vienna, 1895, Vol. IX, pp. 44–47; Delambre’s tribute to Humboldt can be found on p. 15, Vol. XV of the “Edinburgh Review”; Gren’s “New Journal of Physics,” Vol. IV; Annales de Chimie, Vol. XXII; An. Chim. et Physique, Vol. XI; Poggendorff’s “Annalen,” Vols. XV, XXXVII; “Société Philomathique,” Tome I, p. 92; “Opus. Scelti,” XXI, p. 126; Knight’s “Mechanical Dictionary,” Vol. II, p. 1874; Philosophical Magazine, Vol. VI (1800), pp. 246, 250; “Catalog of Scientific Papers of the Royal Society,” Vol. III, pp. 462–467; Vol. VI, p. 692; Vol. VII, pp. 1035–1036; Scientific American Supplement, No. 457, pp. 7301, 7302; Noad, “Manual,” pp. 425, 528, 529, 612; Harris, “Elementary Magnitudes,” Part III, p. 103; Walker, “Terrestrial and Cosmic Magnetism,” 1866, p. 81; Humboldt, “Aphorisms from Doctrine ...” 1793; “Voyage, etc., in the years 1799–1804”; “Report of the Seventh Meeting of the British Association,” Vol. VI, London, 1838, pp. 1, 5 and 7, and the rest of Major Sabine’s insightful article on “Magnetic Intensity” in the same volume; “Report of the Meeting of the French Academy of Sciences” on May 21, 1849, for an excerpt of a letter from Emile H. Du Bois-Reymond, sent by Humboldt, discussing the Electricity of the Human Frame (“L’Institut,” May 23, 1849); S. H. Christie and Sir G. B. Airy, “Report on a Letter ...” London, 1836; C. H. Pfaff, “Memoirs on Humboldt’s Experiments ...” 1799; Houzeau and Lancaster, “General Bibliography,” Vol. II, pp. 168, 1580–1581.

A.D. 1800.—William Nicholson, editor of the journal bearing his name, as well as an able chemist, and Sir Anthony (then Mr.) Carlisle, an English surgeon, while carrying on a series of chemical experiments, discover that, by means of the voltaic pile, water is decomposed into its constituents of oxygen and hydrogen. Their pile consisted of seventeen silver half-crown pieces alternated with equal discs of copper and cloth soaked in a weak solution of ordinary salt, and, having used a little water to make good the contact of the conducting wire with a plate to which the electricity was to be transmitted, Carlisle observed that gas was being set free in the[336] water, while Nicholson recognized the odour of hydrogen proceeding from it. The better to observe this result they afterward (May 2, 1800) employed a small glass tube, which, after being filled with water, was stopped at both ends with corks through which passed two brass wires extending a little distance into the water. When platinum wires were used, gas bubbles appeared from both wires, and the two gases, hydrogen from the negative and oxygen from the positive end, were found to be nearly in the proportion to constitute water. (See account of above in Pepper’s “Electricity,” p. 312, as well as at pp. 193 and 194 of Fahie’s “History of Telegraphy to 1837,” and at pp. 339 and 340 of Vol. I of Lardner’s “Lectures.”)

A.D. 1800.—William Nicholson, the editor of the journal named after him and a skilled chemist, along with Sir Anthony (then Mr.) Carlisle, an English surgeon, discovered through a series of chemical experiments that water can be broken down into its components of oxygen and hydrogen using a voltaic pile. Their setup included seventeen silver half-crown coins alternating with equal discs of copper and cloth soaked in a weak salt solution. After adding a bit of water to ensure contact between the conducting wire and a plate for transmitting electricity, Carlisle noticed gas being released in the[336] water, while Nicholson recognized the smell of hydrogen coming from it. To better observe this result, they later (on May 2, 1800) used a small glass tube filled with water, sealed at both ends with corks that had two brass wires extending slightly into the water. When they used platinum wires, gas bubbles formed at both wires, and the two gases—hydrogen from the negative side and oxygen from the positive side—were found to be nearly in the right ratio to form water. (See details in Pepper’s “Electricity,” p. 312, as well as pp. 193 and 194 of Fahie’s “History of Telegraphy to 1837,” and on pp. 339 and 340 of Vol. I of Lardner’s “Lectures.”)

During the year 1781 William Nicholson had published the first edition of “An Introduction to Natural Philosophy.” In the second section of the third book of the latter work he treats of magnetism, the methods of communicating it, and the variation of the compass. The loadstone, he says, “is a ponderous ore of iron, usually of a dirty black colour and hard enough to emit sparks with steel. It is found in most parts of the world, and possesses a natural magnetism acquired most probably from its situation or position with respect to the earth.” In the third section of the same third book he discourses upon electrical matter, electrical jars, electrical instruments, and devotes much space to the explanation of experiments and facts touching natural and atmospheric electricity, balls of fire, of the ignis fatuus, or will-with-the-wisp, of waterspouts, earthquakes, etc., alluding to most of the then well-known observations thereon recorded by different scientists.

During the year 1781, William Nicholson published the first edition of “An Introduction to Natural Philosophy.” In the second section of the third book of this work, he discusses magnetism, the ways to communicate it, and the changes in the compass. He describes the loadstone as “a heavy iron ore, usually a dirty black color and hard enough to create sparks with steel. It can be found in many parts of the world and has a natural magnetism likely due to its position relative to the earth.” In the third section of the same third book, he talks about electrical matter, electrical jars, electrical instruments, and spends a lot of time explaining experiments and facts related to natural and atmospheric electricity, balls of fire, ignis fatuus, or will-with-the-wisp, waterspouts, earthquakes, etc., referring to most of the well-known observations recorded by different scientists at that time.

To Nicholson is due the invention of a revolving doubler, an improvement upon that of Abraham Bennet, which is described and illustrated in the “Encyclopædia Britannica,” as well as in No. 647, p. 10327, of the Sci. Am. Supplement (Read at A.D. 1794, also Phil. Trans., Vol. LXXVIII. p. 1, for M. Cavallo’s remarks upon the defects in Bennet’s doubler).

To Nicholson goes the credit for the invention of a revolving doubler, an enhancement of Abraham Bennet's design, which is detailed and illustrated in the “Encyclopædia Britannica,” and also in No. 647, p. 10327, of the Sci. Am. Supplement (Read at A.D. 1794, see also Phil. Trans., Vol. LXXVIII. p. 1, for M. Cavallo’s comments on the shortcomings of Bennet’s doubler).

The above-named discovery of Nicholson and Carlisle, which, Mr. Davy says (Phil. Trans. for 1826, p. 386) was the true origin of all that had been previously done in electro-chemical science, together with Hisinger and Berzelius’ decomposition of salts, and the successful decomposition of ammonia, nitric acid, etc., made by the distinguished English chemical philosopher, Dr. William Henry (Nicholson’s Journal, Vol. IV. pp. 30, 209, 223 and 245; “Encyclopædia Metropolitana,” Vol. IV. pp. 221 and 611; Hutton’s abridgment of Phil. Trans., Vol. X. pp. 505, 599), as well as Davy’s decomposition of the earths and alkalies, creates at the commencement of another century, as we have already observed, an entirely new epoch in the history of chemistry.

The discovery made by Nicholson and Carlisle, which Mr. Davy mentions (Phil. Trans. for 1826, p. 386) as the true foundation of everything that had been done in electro-chemical science up to that point, along with Hisinger and Berzelius's breakdown of salts, and the successful decomposition of ammonia, nitric acid, and others by the distinguished English chemist, Dr. William Henry (Nicholson’s Journal, Vol. IV. pp. 30, 209, 223 and 245; “Encyclopædia Metropolitana,” Vol. IV. pp. 221 and 611; Hutton’s abridgment of Phil. Trans., Vol. X. pp. 505, 599), as well as Davy’s breakdown of earths and alkalies, marks the beginning of a new era in the history of chemistry at the start of another century, as we have already noted.

[337]

[337]

References.—Nicholson’s letter to the Royal Society, read June 5, 1788, entitled “A description of an instrument which, by the turning of a winch, produces the two states of electricity without friction or communication with the earth” (influence or induction machine!); Nicholson’s Journal, 1800, Vol. IV. p. 179; Despretz, “Physique,” 1827, p. 432; Mechanics’ Magazine, Nov. 9, 1839; biography in “English Cyclopedia,” Vol. II. p. 82; Tomlinson, “Cyclopedia of Arts,” etc., 1862, Vol. I. p. 566; “Memoir of Joseph Henry,” 1880, p. 78; Highton, “The Electric Telegraph,” p. 28; Noad, “Manual,” p. 353; “Encycl. Brit.,” 1855, Vol. XXI. p. 628; Phil. Trans., Vol. LXXIX. p. 265; Philosophical Magazine, Vol. VII. p. 337, and XLV. p. 396; C. H. Wilkinson, “Elements of Galvanism,” 1804, Vol. II. pp. 21, 22, 46, 68, 375, etc.; “Bibl. Brit.,” Vol. XIX. p. 274; “Sciences et Arts,” Part I. p. 274, and Part II. p. 339, for Volta’s answer to Nicholson. For various treatises on, and methods of, effecting the decomposition of water, consult Adam W. Von Hauch (Mons’ Jour. de Chimie, Vol. I. p. 109); G. Carradori (Journal de Physique, An. XII. p. 20, “Nuova Scel. d’Op.,” quarto, Vol. I. p. 29, Paris and Milan, 1804); W. Wilson (Phil. Mag., Vol. XXII. p. 260); Cioni e Petrini (Brugnatelli’s An. di Chim., Vol. II. p. 322, 1805); M. Van Marum’s letter to Nauche (Jour. du Galvan., Eleventh Book, p. 187; Gilb. Ann., XI. p. 220); J. C. I. A. Creve, as at Ronalds’ “Catalogue,” p. 119; “Bibl. Britan.,” An. VIII. vol. xv. p. 23 and An. IX. vol. xvi. p. 23; J. C. Cuthbertson (Phil. Mag., Vol. XXIV. p. 170, 1806); Jos. Mollet’s Memoirs published at Aix and Lyons, 1821, 1823, as well as in the Reports of the Lyons Academy, 1823, 1825, and in the Comptes Rendus for 1823; Mr. Leeson (Sturgeon’s Annals, Vol. IV. p. 238, 1839; Robert Hare, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., N.S., Vol. VI. p. 339; L. Palmieri and P. Linari-Santi, “Telluro-Elettricismo,” 1844; M. Merget’s theses, read before the Paris Academy, Aug. 30, 1849; A. Connel, Phil. Mag., 4th Ser., for June 1854, p. 426); Dr. Edward Ash, “On the action of Metals ... upon water,” in letter to Humboldt, April 10, 1796.

Sources.—Nicholson’s letter to the Royal Society, read June 5, 1788, titled “A description of an instrument which, by turning a winch, produces two states of electricity without friction or contact with the earth” (influence or induction machine!); Nicholson’s Journal, 1800, Vol. IV. p. 179; Despretz, “Physique,” 1827, p. 432; Mechanics’ Magazine, Nov. 9, 1839; biography in “English Cyclopedia,” Vol. II. p. 82; Tomlinson, “Cyclopedia of Arts,” etc., 1862, Vol. I. p. 566; “Memoir of Joseph Henry,” 1880, p. 78; Highton, “The Electric Telegraph,” p. 28; Noad, “Manual,” p. 353; “Encycl. Brit.,” 1855, Vol. XXI. p. 628; Phil. Trans., Vol. LXXIX. p. 265; Philosophical Magazine, Vol. VII. p. 337, and XLV. p. 396; C. H. Wilkinson, “Elements of Galvanism,” 1804, Vol. II. pp. 21, 22, 46, 68, 375, etc.; “Bibl. Brit.,” Vol. XIX. p. 274; “Sciences et Arts,” Part I. p. 274, and Part II. p. 339, for Volta’s response to Nicholson. For various papers on and methods of water decomposition, see Adam W. Von Hauch (Mons’ Jour. de Chimie, Vol. I. p. 109); G. Carradori (Journal de Physique, An. XII. p. 20, “Nuova Scel. d’Op.,” quarto, Vol. I. p. 29, Paris and Milan, 1804); W. Wilson (Phil. Mag., Vol. XXII. p. 260); Cioni e Petrini (Brugnatelli’s An. di Chim., Vol. II. p. 322, 1805); M. Van Marum’s letter to Nauche (Jour. du Galvan., Eleventh Book, p. 187; Gilb. Ann., XI. p. 220); J. C. I. A. Creve, as listed in Ronalds’ “Catalogue,” p. 119; “Bibl. Britan.,” An. VIII. vol. xv. p. 23 and An. IX. vol. xvi. p. 23; J. C. Cuthbertson (Phil. Mag., Vol. XXIV. p. 170, 1806); Jos. Mollet’s Memoirs published in Aix and Lyons, 1821, 1823, as well as in the Reports of the Lyons Academy, 1823, 1825, and in the Comptes Rendus for 1823; Mr. Leeson (Sturgeon’s Annals, Vol. IV. p. 238, 1839; Robert Hare, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., N.S., Vol. VI. p. 339; L. Palmieri and P. Linari-Santi, “Telluro-Elettricismo,” 1844; M. Merget’s theses, presented to the Paris Academy, Aug. 30, 1849; A. Connel, Phil. Mag., 4th Ser., for June 1854, p. 426); Dr. Edward Ash, “On the action of Metals ... upon water,” in a letter to Humboldt, April 10, 1796.

A.D. 1800.—Grout (Jonathan, Jr.), of Belchertown, Mass., takes out, October 24, the first telegraph patent in the United States. It was for a contrivance which he operated between Martha’s Vineyard and Boston, about ninety miles’ distance, from hilltop to hilltop, and which was sighted by telescopes (“Telegraph in America,” J. D. Reid, 1887, p. 5; also “Growth of Industrial Art,” Washington, 1888, p. 55).

A.D. 1800.—Jonathan Grout, Jr. from Belchertown, Massachusetts, filed for the first telegraph patent in the United States on October 24. He created a system that operated between Martha’s Vineyard and Boston, roughly ninety miles apart, connecting hilltop to hilltop, and it was viewed through telescopes (“Telegraph in America,” J. D. Reid, 1887, p. 5; also “Growth of Industrial Art,” Washington, 1888, p. 55).

A.D. 1800.—Cruikshanks (William), of Woolwich, England, confirms Nicholson and Carlisle’s experiments, and, in his further prosecution of them, employs a pile consisting of from forty to a hundred pairs of zinc and silver plates, as well as a tube holding silver terminals or electrodes, in place of the platinum electrodes, which they were first to make use of.

A.D. 1800.—William Cruikshanks, from Woolwich, England, verifies the experiments by Nicholson and Carlisle, and in his continued exploration of them, uses a pile made up of forty to a hundred pairs of zinc and silver plates, along with a tube containing silver terminals or electrodes, instead of the platinum electrodes they originally used.

He discovers that hydrogen is always evolved from the silver or copper end of the voltaic pile and oxygen from the other; that, under like circumstances, metals can be “completely revived” from their solutions; that pure oxygen is freed when a wire of non-oxidable metal, like gold, is connected with the zinc plate, and that fluids that contain no oxygen cannot transmit the voltaic current.[338] These results were verified by Lieut. Col. Henry Haldane, whose many observations upon the series of metals best suited to the production of voltaic electricity and their respective powers in connection therewith are related at pp. 242 and 313, Vol. IV of Nicholson’s Journal for Sept. and Oct. 1800.

He finds that hydrogen always comes from the silver or copper side of the battery, and oxygen comes from the other side; that, under similar conditions, metals can be “fully restored” from their solutions; that pure oxygen is released when a wire made of a non-oxidizing metal, like gold, is connected to the zinc plate, and that liquids that don’t contain oxygen can’t carry the electric current.[338] These findings were confirmed by Lieut. Col. Henry Haldane, whose numerous observations on the metals best suited for generating electric currents and their respective abilities in this regard are detailed on pages 242 and 313, Volume IV of Nicholson’s Journal for September and October 1800.

Cruikshanks was also the first to discover, in 1800, that when passing the electric current through water tinged with lithmus, the wire connected with the zinc end of the pile imparted a red tinge to the fluid contiguous to it, and that by using water coloured with Brazil wood, the wire connected with the silver end of the pile produced a deeper shade of colour in the surrounding fluid, whence it appeared that an acid was formed in the former case, and an alkali in the latter. Fahie, who thus mentions the fact, justly remarks that upon this discovery are dependent the electro-chemical telegraphs proposed by Bakewell, Caselli, Bonelli, D’Arlincourt, Sawyer and others.

Cruikshanks was also the first to discover, in 1800, that when electric current was passed through water dyed with litmus, the wire connected to the zinc end of the battery turned the fluid around it red. Additionally, using water tinted with Brazil wood, the wire connected to the silver end of the battery created a deeper shade in the surrounding fluid. This indicated that an acid was formed in the first case, while an alkali was produced in the second. Fahie, who notes this fact, rightly points out that electro-chemical telegraphs proposed by Bakewell, Caselli, Bonelli, D’Arlincourt, Sawyer, and others depend on this discovery.

Cruikshanks is the inventor of the galvanic trough, an improvement upon the voltaic pile, made by soldering together rectangular plates of zinc and copper, and so arranging them horizontally, in a box of baked wood coated with an insulating substance, as to allow of open spaces which can be filled with a solution of salt and water or with diluted acid, to take the place of the wet plates of cloth, paper or pasteboard. Cruikshanks’ plan was adopted in the construction of the powerful battery of 600 pairs, which Napoleon Bonaparte presented to the Ecole Polytechnique and upon which Gay-Lussac and Thénard made their important experiments during the year 1808. As Noad remarks, it is a very convenient form when sulphate of copper is used, for Dr. Fyfe has shown (Phil. Mag., Vol. XI. p. 145) that this exciting agent increases the electro-chemical intensity of the electric current as compared with that evolved by dilute sulphuric acid in the proportion of 72 to 16.

Cruikshanks is the inventor of the galvanic trough, an enhancement of the voltaic pile, created by soldering together rectangular plates of zinc and copper and arranging them horizontally in a box made of baked wood coated with an insulating material. This setup allows for open spaces that can be filled with a solution of salt and water or diluted acid, replacing the wet plates of cloth, paper, or pasteboard. Cruikshanks’ design was used in the construction of a powerful battery of 600 pairs, which Napoleon Bonaparte donated to the Ecole Polytechnique, where Gay-Lussac and Thénard conducted their significant experiments in 1808. As Noad points out, it’s a very practical design when using copper sulfate, as Dr. Fyfe has demonstrated (Phil. Mag., Vol. XI. p. 145) that this activator boosts the electro-chemical intensity of the electric current compared to that produced by diluted sulfuric acid, at a ratio of 72 to 16.

Both the above and Volta’s form of battery were much improved upon by Dr. William Babington (1756–1833), who united the pairs of zinc and copper plates by soldering them at one point, and by attaching them to a strip of wood in such a manner as to allow of the entire line being immersed at will into an earthenware or wooden trough having a corresponding number of cells or partitions. The extraordinarily strong voltaic battery, constructed in 1808 for the Royal Institution of London, by Mr. Eastwick under the direction of Sir Humphry Davy and of John George Children, was built upon this plan. It consisted of 200 separate parts, each part being composed of ten double plates, in all 2000 double plates of zinc and copper with a total surface of 128,000 square inches, and the charge which William H. Pepys was accustomed to give it consisted of a[339] mixture of 1168 parts of water, 108 parts nitrous acid, and 25 parts sulphuric acid.

Both the above and Volta’s type of battery were significantly improved by Dr. William Babington (1756–1833), who connected pairs of zinc and copper plates by soldering them at one point and attaching them to a wooden strip in a way that allowed the entire setup to be immersed at will into a trough made of earthenware or wood, which had a corresponding number of cells or partitions. The exceptionally powerful voltaic battery, built in 1808 for the Royal Institution of London by Mr. Eastwick under the guidance of Sir Humphry Davy and John George Children, was designed based on this concept. It included 200 individual components, each made up of ten double plates, totaling 2000 double plates of zinc and copper with a combined surface area of 128,000 square inches. The mixture that William H. Pepys typically used to charge it consisted of a[339] blend of 1168 parts water, 108 parts nitrous acid, and 25 parts sulfuric acid.

References.—Wilkinson, “Elements of Galvanism,” 1804, Vol. II. pp. 52–63, 96–99; Pepper, “Electricity,” 1809, pp. 313–315; Noad, “Manual,” pp. 263, 264; Tomlinson, “Cyclopædia of Arts,” Vol. I. p. 566; Napier, “Electro-Metallurgy,” 1853, pp. 27, 28; Nicholson’s Journal, Vol. IV. pp. 187, 254, 261 and 511; Sturgeon’s Annals, Vol. IX. p. 309; Cruikshanks, “Some Experiments and Observations on Galvanic Electricity,” July 1800; also “Additional Remarks on Galvanic Electricity,” September 1800.

References.—Wilkinson, “Elements of Galvanism,” 1804, Vol. II. pp. 52–63, 96–99; Pepper, “Electricity,” 1809, pp. 313–315; Noad, “Manual,” pp. 263, 264; Tomlinson, “Cyclopædia of Arts,” Vol. I. p. 566; Napier, “Electro-Metallurgy,” 1853, pp. 27, 28; Nicholson’s Journal, Vol. IV. pp. 187, 254, 261 and 511; Sturgeon’s Annals, Vol. IX. p. 309; Cruikshanks, “Some Experiments and Observations on Galvanic Electricity,” July 1800; also “Additional Remarks on Galvanic Electricity,” September 1800.

A.D. 1801.—Davy (Humphry), a very eminent English chemical philosopher, whose early studies had been greatly influenced both by Dr. John Tonkin, of Penzance, and by Gregory Watt, son of the celebrated inventor, James Watt, as well as by Mr. Davies Giddy Gilbert, who brought him to the notice of the English Royal Institution, delivers before the latter body, on the 25th of April 1801, his first lecture, wherein he traces the history of galvanism, and describes the different methods of “accumulating” it.

A.D. 1801.—Davy (Humphry), a prominent English chemist, whose early studies were significantly shaped by Dr. John Tonkin from Penzance, Gregory Watt, the son of the famous inventor James Watt, and Mr. Davies Giddy Gilbert, who introduced him to the English Royal Institution, gives his first lecture to that organization on April 25, 1801. In this lecture, he explores the history of galvanism and explains the various ways to "accumulate" it.

His first communication to the Royal Society was made in June of the same year, and is entitled, “An Account of Some Galvanic Combinations Formed by the Arrangement of Single Metallic Plates and Fluids, Analogous to the New Galvanic Apparatus of Volta.” As his able biographer, Prof. T. James Stewart Traill, M.D., of Edinburgh, remarks, this paper is the first of that series of electro-chemical investigations which have immortalized his name. In all hitherto constructed piles, the series had consisted of not less than two metals, or of one plate of metal, another of charcoal, and some interposed fluid. He showed in this paper that the usual galvanic phenomena might be energetically exhibited by a single metallic plate and two strata of different fluids, or that a battery might be constructed of one metal and two fluids, provided one of the fluids was capable of causing oxidation on one of the surfaces of the metal (“Bakerian Lectures,” London, 1840, pp. 32, etc., and Phil. Trans., Vol. XCI. p. 297).

His first communication to the Royal Society was made in June of the same year and is titled, “An Account of Some Galvanic Combinations Formed by the Arrangement of Single Metallic Plates and Fluids, Analogous to the New Galvanic Apparatus of Volta.” As his skilled biographer, Prof. T. James Stewart Traill, M.D., of Edinburgh, notes, this paper is the first in a series of electro-chemical investigations that have made his name renowned. In all previously constructed piles, the series consisted of at least two metals, or one metal plate, another of charcoal, and some intervening fluid. He demonstrated in this paper that the typical galvanic effects could be strongly shown using a single metallic plate and two layers of different fluids, or that a battery could be created with one metal and two fluids, given that one of the fluids could cause oxidation on one of the metal's surfaces (“Bakerian Lectures,” London, 1840, pp. 32, etc., and Phil. Trans., Vol. XCI. p. 297).

On the 20th of November 1806 was read before the Royal Society Davy’s first Bakerian lecture, “On Some Chemical Agencies of Electricity.” This essay was universally regarded as one of the most valuable contributions thus far made to chemistry, and obtained for Davy the prize founded by Napoleon when First Consul, to be awarded by the French Institute, “à celui, qui par ses expériences et ses découvertes, fera faire a l’électricité et au galvanisme un pas comparable à celui qu’ont fait faire à ces sciences Franklin et Volta” (“Bakerian Lectures,” 1840, p. 56, and notes at p. 349, Vol. I of Dr. Lardner’s “Lectures,” etc., 1859).

On November 20, 1806, Davy’s first Bakerian lecture, “On Some Chemical Agencies of Electricity,” was presented to the Royal Society. This essay was widely recognized as one of the most valuable contributions to chemistry up to that point, earning Davy the prize established by Napoleon when he was First Consul, which was to be awarded by the French Institute, “to the one who, through his experiments and discoveries, makes electricity and galvanism take a step comparable to the one that Franklin and Volta made in these sciences” (“Bakerian Lectures,” 1840, p. 56, and notes at p. 349, Vol. I of Dr. Lardner’s “Lectures,” etc., 1859).

Of the French Institute Davy became a member in 1817.[340] Regarding the above-named important paper, given in full at pp. 1–56, of the volume of “Bakerian Lectures,” already referred to, Davy says (Phil. Trans. for 1826, p. 389): “Referring to my experiments of 1800, 1801 and 1802, and to a number of new facts, which showed that inflammable substances and oxygen, alkalies and acids, and oxidable and noble metals, were in electrical relations of positive and negative, I drew the conclusion that the combinations and decompositions by electricity were referable to the law of electrical attractions and repulsions,” and advanced the hypothesis “that chemical and electrical attractions were produced by the same cause, acting in the one case on particles; in the other on masses; ... and that the same property, under different modifications, was the cause of all the phenomena exhibited by different voltaic combinations” (Vol. I. pp. 678–684 of Dr. Thomas Young’s “Course of Lectures,” London, 1807, on “Electricity in Motion,” also Dr. Henry M. Noad’s “Manual,” London, 1859, pp. 362–365).

Davy became a member of the French Institute in 1817.[340] Regarding the important paper mentioned above, which is fully detailed on pages 1–56 of the volume of “Bakerian Lectures,” Davy states (Phil. Trans. for 1826, p. 389): “Looking back at my experiments from 1800, 1801, and 1802, along with several new findings that indicated that flammable substances and oxygen, bases and acids, as well as reducible and noble metals, had electrical relationships of positive and negative, I concluded that combinations and decompositions through electricity were tied to the law of electrical attractions and repulsions,” and put forth the hypothesis “that chemical and electrical attractions were caused by the same factor, acting in one instance on particles and in the other on larger masses; ... and that the same property, in different forms, was behind all the phenomena shown by various voltaic combinations” (Vol. I. pp. 678–684 of Dr. Thomas Young’s “Course of Lectures,” London, 1807, on “Electricity in Motion,” as well as Dr. Henry M. Noad’s “Manual,” London, 1859, pp. 362–365).

The second Bakerian lecture, “On some new phenomena of chemical changes produced by electricity, particularly the decomposition of the fixed alkalies, and the exhibition of the new substances which constitute their bases; and on the general nature of alkaline bodies,” was read Nov. 19, 1807. In this he gives an account of the most brilliant of all his discoveries (made during the previous month), proving that the so-called fixed alkalies are merely combinations of oxygen with metals. It has been stated by Dr. John Ayrton Paris that since the days of Newton no such happy and successful instance of philosophical induction has ever been afforded as that by which Davy reached the above-named results (Phil. Trans. for 1808, Vol. XCVIII. pp. 1–44). Davy’s observations were fully confirmed by Gay-Lussac, Thénard, Berzelius and Pontin (Annales de Chimie, Vol. LXXII. p. 193; Vol. LXXV. pp. 256–291; Bibl. Brit. for June 1809, p. 122). Although Davy was less successful in his attempt to decompose the proper earths, he proved that they consist of bases united to oxygen. It was reserved for Friedrich Wöhler, Berzelius and Bussy to exhibit the bases by themselves, and to show that all, excepting silica, are metallic, and capable of uniting with iron.

The second Bakerian lecture, “On some new phenomena of chemical changes produced by electricity, particularly the decomposition of the fixed alkalies, and the exhibition of the new substances which constitute their bases; and on the general nature of alkaline bodies,” was read on November 19, 1807. In this lecture, he shares the most impressive of all his discoveries (made the previous month), proving that the so-called fixed alkalies are actually just combinations of oxygen with metals. Dr. John Ayrton Paris has stated that since the days of Newton, there hasn't been a clearer or more successful example of philosophical induction than Davy’s achievement in reaching these results (Phil. Trans. for 1808, Vol. XCVIII. pp. 1–44). Davy’s findings were fully confirmed by Gay-Lussac, Thénard, Berzelius, and Pontin (Annales de Chimie, Vol. LXXII. p. 193; Vol. LXXV. pp. 256–291; Bibl. Brit. for June 1809, p. 122). Although Davy was less successful in his attempt to decompose the proper earths, he demonstrated that they are made up of bases combined with oxygen. It was up to Friedrich Wöhler, Berzelius, and Bussy to present the bases on their own and to show that all except silica are metallic and can combine with iron.

It is said that the original 500-plate batteries of the Royal Institution were so worn in the course of Davy’s experiments as to be almost unserviceable, and that he suggested to the managers the propriety of starting a subscription for the purchase of a large galvanic battery. This being acted upon during the month of July 1808, he was placed in possession of the battery already alluded to in the Cruikshanks article (A.D. 1800), and which was the most powerful constructed up to that time. “With this battery Davy[341] did not reach any new results of importance; but he was enabled to demonstrate the galvanic phenomena upon a more brilliant scale. Nor was the increased power necessary to carry on successfully the experiments on the decomposition of the alkalies and the earths as was apparently believed by many of those historians of science ... who attributed the author’s brilliant success in electro-chemical research to his supposed extraordinary means, the enormous voltaic batteries of the Royal Institution.” In this connection, the terse notes appearing at foot of pp. 62, 63, 106, 107 of the 1840 edition of the “Bakerian Lectures” will prove interesting reading.

It’s reported that the original 500-plate batteries at the Royal Institution became so worn down during Davy’s experiments that they were nearly unusable. He recommended to the managers that they start a subscription to buy a larger galvanic battery. This suggestion was acted upon in July 1808, and he received the battery mentioned in the Cruikshanks article (CE 1800), which was the most powerful one constructed up to that point. “With this battery, Davy[341] didn’t achieve any new significant results; however, he was able to demonstrate galvanic phenomena on a much grander scale. The increased power wasn’t actually necessary for successfully conducting experiments on the decomposition of alkalies and earths, despite what many science historians seemed to believe... who credited the author’s impressive success in electro-chemical research to his supposed extraordinary resources, the massive voltaic batteries of the Royal Institution.” In this regard, the concise notes at the bottom of pp. 62, 63, 106, 107 in the 1840 edition of the “Bakerian Lectures” will be interesting to read.

It was with the afore-named galvanic combination that Davy openly made—in 1809–1810, and not in 1813, as has been frequently stated—the first display of the continuous electric arc (John Davy, “Memoirs of the Life of Sir Humphry Davy,” p. 446).

It was with the previously mentioned galvanic combination that Davy publicly demonstrated—in 1809–1810, not in 1813 as has often been claimed—the first continuous electric arc (John Davy, “Memoirs of the Life of Sir Humphry Davy,” p. 446).

“When the cells of this battery were filled with sixty parts of water mixed with one part of nitric acid and one part of sulphuric acid,” he says, “they afforded a series of brilliant and impressive effects. When pieces of charcoal about an inch long and one-sixth of an inch in diameter were brought near each other (within the thirtieth or fortieth part of an inch), a bright spark was produced, and more than half the volume of the charcoal became ignited to whiteness, and by withdrawing the points from each other a constant discharge took place through the heated air, in a space equal at least to four inches, producing a most brilliant ascending arch of light, broad and conical in form in the middle. When any substance was introduced into this arch, it instantly became ignited; platina melted as readily in it as wax in the flame of a common candle; quartz, the sapphire, magnesia, lime, all entered into fusion; fragments of diamond, and points of charcoal and plumbago, rapidly disappeared, and seemed to evaporate in it, even when the connection was made in a receiver exhausted by the air pump; but there was no evidence of their having previously undergone fusion” (“Elements of Chemical Philosophy,” 1812, p. 154).

“When the cells of this battery were filled with sixty parts of water mixed with one part of nitric acid and one part of sulfuric acid,” he says, “they created a series of brilliant and impressive effects. When pieces of charcoal about an inch long and one-sixth of an inch in diameter were brought near each other (within the thirtieth or fortieth part of an inch), a bright spark was generated, and more than half the volume of the charcoal ignited to whiteness. By pulling the points apart, a continuous discharge occurred through the heated air, over a distance of at least four inches, creating a stunning rising arch of light, broad and conical in shape in the middle. When any substance was introduced into this arch, it immediately ignited; platinum melted as easily in it as wax does in the flame of a regular candle; quartz, sapphire, magnesia, and lime all melted; fragments of diamond, along with pieces of charcoal and graphite, quickly vanished and seemed to evaporate in it, even when the connection was made in a receiver that was evacuated with an air pump; however, there was no sign that they had melted beforehand” (“Elements of Chemical Philosophy,” 1812, p. 154).

Dr. Paris says that Davy had already produced the spark upon a small scale as far back as 1800 (Nicholson’s Journal, Vol. III, quarto, p. 150), and we learn, through an article published upon the early experiments with the electric light, the names of others who had likewise noticed the arc at about the same period, while Quetelet informs us that M. Curtet is reported to have observed the light between carbon points during the year 1802 (Curtet’s letter to J. B. Van Mons in the latter’s Journal de Chimie, No. VI. p. 272, and in Journal de Physique, An. XI. p. 54). The article referred to is as follows:

Dr. Paris says that Davy had already created the spark on a small scale as early as 1800 (Nicholson’s Journal, Vol. III, quarto, p. 150), and we learn from an article about the early experiments with electric light the names of others who also noticed the arc around the same time. Quetelet tells us that M. Curtet is said to have observed the light between carbon points in 1802 (Curtet’s letter to J. B. Van Mons in the latter’s Journal de Chimie, No. VI, p. 272, and in Journal de Physique, An. XI, p. 54). The article mentioned is as follows:

[342]

[342]

“Dr. S. P. Thompson has given the following interesting details in regard to this subject: In looking over an old volume of the Journal de Paris, I found, under date of the Twenty-second Ventose, An. X (March 12, 1802), this passage, which evidently refers to an exhibition of the electric arc: ‘Citizen (E. G.) Robertson, the inventor of the phantasmagoria (magic lantern), is at present performing some interesting experiments that must doubtless advance our knowledge concerning galvanism. He has just mounted metallic piles to the number of 2500 zinc plates and as many of rosette copper. We shall forthwith speak of his results, as well as of a new experiment that he performed yesterday with two glowing carbons. The first having been placed at the base of a column of 120 zinc and silver elements, and the second communicating with the apex of the pile, they gave at the moment they were united a brilliant spark of an extreme whiteness that was seen by the entire society. Citizen Robertson will repeat the experiment on the 25th.’”

“Dr. S. P. Thompson has shared some fascinating details about this topic: While looking through an old issue of the Journal de Paris, I found a reference dated March 12, 1802 (Twenty-second Ventose, An. X). It mentions an exhibition of the electric arc: ‘Citizen (E. G.) Robertson, the inventor of the phantasmagoria (magic lantern), is currently conducting some interesting experiments that will surely enhance our understanding of galvanism. He has just assembled metallic piles consisting of 2500 zinc plates and an equal number of rosette copper plates. We will soon discuss his findings, along with a new experiment he conducted yesterday using two glowing carbons. The first carbon was placed at the base of a column made up of 120 zinc and silver elements, while the second connected with the top of the pile. When they were connected, they produced a brilliant spark of intense whiteness that was visible to everyone present. Citizen Robertson plans to repeat the experiment on the 25th.’”

The date generally given for this discovery by Humphry Davy is 1809, but earlier accounts of his experiments are found in Cuthbertson’s “Electricity” (1807), and in several other works.

The date usually attributed to Humphry Davy's discovery is 1809, but earlier records of his experiments can be found in Cuthbertson’s “Electricity” (1807) and in various other publications.

In the Phil. Mag., Vol. IX. p. 219, under date of Feb. 1, 1801, in a memoir by Dr. H. Moyes, of Edinburgh, relative to experiments made with the pile, we find the following passage: “When the column in question had reached the height of its power, its sparks were seen by daylight, even when they were made to jump with a piece of carbon held in the hand.” In the same volume of the Phil. Mag., and immediately following Dr. Moyes’ letter to Dr. Garthshore, on experiments with the voltaic pile, will be found an account of similar investigations made in Germany, and communicated by Dr. Frulander, of Berlin.

In the Phil. Mag., Vol. IX. p. 219, dated Feb. 1, 1801, in a paper by Dr. H. Moyes from Edinburgh about experiments with the pile, we find this passage: “When the column had reached its maximum power, its sparks were visible in daylight, even when they were made to jump with a piece of carbon held in the hand.” In the same volume of the Phil. Mag., right after Dr. Moyes’ letter to Dr. Garthshore discussing experiments with the voltaic pile, there’s an account of similar studies conducted in Germany, shared by Dr. Frulander from Berlin.

In the “Journal of the Royal Institution” (1802), Vol. I. p. 106, Davy describes a few experiments made with the pile, and says: “When instead of metals, pieces of well-calcined carbon were employed, the spark was still larger and of a clear white.” On p. 214 he describes and figures an apparatus for taking the galvano-electric spark into fluid and aeriform substances. This apparatus consisted of a glass tube open at the top, and having at the side another tube through which passed a wire that terminated in a carbon. Another wire, likewise terminating in carbon, traversed the bottom, and was cemented in a vertical position.

In the “Journal of the Royal Institution” (1802), Vol. I. p. 106, Davy describes a few experiments he conducted with the pile, and says: “When instead of metals, pieces of well-calcined carbon were used, the spark was still larger and a clear white.” On p. 214, he describes and illustrates a device for capturing the galvano-electric spark in liquids and gases. This device consisted of a glass tube that was open at the top and had another tube on the side through which a wire passed, ending in a piece of carbon. Another wire, also ending in carbon, ran through the bottom and was fixed in a vertical position.

But all these observations are subsequent to a letter printed in “Nicholson’s Journal” for October 1800, p. 150, entitled “Additional experiments on Galvanic Electricity in a letter to Mr. Nicholson.” The letter is dated Dowry Square, Hotwells, Sept. 22, 1800, and is signed by Humphry Davy, who at this epoch was assistant[343] to Dr. Beddoes at the Philosophical (Pneumatic) Institution of Bristol. It begins thus:

But all these observations come after a letter published in “Nicholson’s Journal” for October 1800, p. 150, titled “Additional experiments on Galvanic Electricity in a letter to Mr. Nicholson.” The letter is dated Dowry Square, Hotwells, Sept. 22, 1800, and is signed by Humphry Davy, who at that time was an assistant[343] to Dr. Beddoes at the Philosophical (Pneumatic) Institution of Bristol. It starts off like this:

“Sir: The first experimenters in animal electricity remarked the property that well calcined carbon has of conducting ordinary galvanic action. I have found that this substance possesses the same properties as metallic bodies for the production of the spark when it is used for establishing a communication between the extremities of Signor Volta’s pile.”

“Sir: The first researchers in animal electricity noticed that well-calcined carbon can conduct regular galvanic action. I've discovered that this material has the same properties as metals when it comes to producing a spark when used to connect the ends of Signor Volta’s pile.”

Among the papers read by Davy before the Royal Society between June 30, 1808, and Feb. 13, 1814, are the following: “Electro-chemical researches on the decomposition of the earths, with observations on the metals obtained from the alkaline earths, and on the amalgam procured from ammonia”; “An account of some new analytical researches on the nature of certain bodies,” etc., and the Bakerian lecture “On some new electro-chemical researches, on various objects, particularly the metallic bodies from the alkalies and earths, and on some combinations of hydrogen”; “Elements of chemical philosophy, detailing experiments on electricity in vegetation.”

Among the papers presented by Davy to the Royal Society between June 30, 1808, and February 13, 1814, are the following: “Electro-chemical research on the breakdown of the earths, with observations on the metals obtained from the alkaline earths and on the amalgam produced from ammonia”; “A report on some new analytical research about the nature of certain substances,” etc., and the Bakerian lecture “On some new electro-chemical research, on various topics, especially the metallic substances from the alkalies and earths, and on some combinations of hydrogen”; “Elements of chemical philosophy, detailing experiments on electricity in plants.”

In alluding to the important subjects covered by him during the above-named period, his brother and biographer, John Davy, M.D., F.R.S., says: “I shall not attempt an analysis of these papers; I shall give merely a sketch of the most important facts and discoveries which they contain, referring the chemical reader to the original for full satisfaction. After the extraction of metallic bases from the fixed alkalies, analogies of the strongest kind indicated that the alkaline earths are similarly constituted; and he succeeded in proving this in a satisfactory manner. But, owing to various circumstances of peculiar properties, he was not able on his first attempts to obtain the metals of those earths in a tolerably pure and insulated state for the purpose of examination. On his return to the laboratory after his illness, this was one of the first undertakings. He accomplished it to a certain extent by uniting a process of Messrs. Berzelius and Pontin, who were then engaged in the same enquiry, with one of his own. By negatively electrifying the earths, slightly moistened, and mixed with red oxide of mercury, in contact with a globule of mercury, he obtained amalgams of their metallic bases; and, by distillation, with peculiar precautions, he expelled the greater part of the mercury. Even now, in consequence of the very minute quantities of the bases which he procured, and their very powerful attraction for oxygen, he was only able to ascertain a few of their properties in a hasty manner. They were of silvery lustre, solid at ordinary temperatures, fixed at a red heat, and heavier than water. At a high temperature they[344] abstracted oxygen from the glass, and, at ordinary temperatures, from the atmosphere and water, the latter of which in consequence they decomposed. The names he proposed for them, and by which they have since been called, were barium, strontium, calcium and magnium, which latter he afterwards altered to magnesium....”

In referencing the important topics he covered during that time, his brother and biographer, John Davy, M.D., F.R.S., says: “I won’t attempt to analyze these papers; I’ll just provide a brief overview of the key facts and discoveries they include, directing the chemical reader to the original for complete insight. After extracting metallic bases from the fixed alkalies, strong analogies suggested that the alkaline earths are similarly structured; he managed to prove this convincingly. However, due to various unique circumstances, he couldn’t initially obtain the metals from those earths in a reasonably pure and isolated state for examination. When he returned to the lab after his illness, this was one of his first projects. He partly achieved this by combining a method from Messrs. Berzelius and Pontin, who were also working on the same topic, with one of his own approaches. By negatively electrifying the slightly moistened earths mixed with red oxide of mercury, in contact with a droplet of mercury, he produced amalgams of their metallic bases; and through distillation, with special precautions, he removed most of the mercury. Even then, because of the very tiny amounts of the bases he obtained and their strong attraction to oxygen, he could only identify a few of their properties quickly. They had a silvery shine, were solid at room temperature, remained stable at red heat, and were denser than water. At high temperatures, they extracted oxygen from glass and, at room temperature, from the air and water, which they decomposed. The names he proposed for them, which we still use today, were barium, strontium, calcium, and magnium, the latter of which he later changed to magnesium...”

The reviewer of Davy, in the columns of the “Chemical News,” writing in 1879, states that his papers on numerous subjects flowed into the Royal Society’s archives in an uninterrupted stream, and it may be said, without exaggeration, that his work, especially during the six years from 1806 to 1812, did more for chemistry than the 60 which followed them.

The reviewer of Davy, in the columns of the “Chemical News,” writing in 1879, states that his papers on numerous subjects came into the Royal Society’s archives in a continuous flow, and it can be said, without exaggeration, that his work, especially during the six years from 1806 to 1812, contributed more to chemistry than the 60 years that followed.

Between the last-named dates, Davy was asked by the Dublin Society to give a course of lectures on electro-chemical science, which he delivered Nov. 8–29, 1810. Trinity College afterward conferred on him the degree of LL.D., and he was knighted by the Prince Regent one day before resigning from the Royal Institution, wherein he gave his farewell address on April 9, 1812.

Between the last mentioned dates, Davy was invited by the Dublin Society to give a series of lectures on electro-chemical science, which he delivered from November 8 to 29, 1810. Trinity College later awarded him the degree of LL.D., and he was knighted by the Prince Regent just a day before resigning from the Royal Institution, where he gave his farewell address on April 9, 1812.

In 1813, accompanied by his bride and Mr. Faraday (his “assistant in experiments and in writing”), Davy made his first trip to the Continent, where he met Ampère, Humboldt, Gay-Lussac, Vauquelin, Cuvier, Laplace and other distinguished scientists, and where he carried on many experiments, of which the results were duly communicated to the Royal Society, as were also the observations made by him up to the time of the completion of his second trip in 1820.

In 1813, along with his bride and Mr. Faraday (his “assistant in experiments and writing”), Davy took his first trip to the Continent, where he met notable scientists like Ampère, Humboldt, Gay-Lussac, Vauquelin, Cuvier, and Laplace. During this time, he conducted many experiments, and he communicated the results to the Royal Society, along with the observations he made until the end of his second trip in 1820.

Besides the Rumford medal conferred on him in 1816, he received a baronetcy two years later, and was given, in 1827, the medal of the Royal Society, the presidential chair of which he occupied for seven consecutive years.

Besides the Rumford medal awarded to him in 1816, he received a baronetcy two years later and was given, in 1827, the medal of the Royal Society, the presidential position of which he held for seven straight years.

One of the four memoirs produced by Davy in 1818–1829 treats of electro-magnetism. In 1820, Davy, Arago and Seebeck independently discovered the magnetizing power of the electric current on steel and iron needles or filings. In Davy’s experiments, it is said, the filings adhered to the wire connecting the poles of a voltaic apparatus, consisting of a hundred pairs of plates of four inches, in such considerable quantities as to form a mass around it ten or twelve times the thickness of the wire (Phil. Trans. for 1821, p. 9; Annales de Chimie et de Physique, Vol. XV. p. 93).

One of the four memoirs Davy wrote between 1818 and 1829 discusses electro-magnetism. In 1820, Davy, Arago, and Seebeck each independently discovered that an electric current could magnetize steel and iron needles or filings. In Davy’s experiments, it's noted that the filings stuck to the wire connecting the poles of a voltaic apparatus, made up of a hundred pairs of plates four inches long, in such large amounts that they formed a mass around it that was ten to twelve times the thickness of the wire (Phil. Trans. for 1821, p. 9; Annales de Chimie et de Physique, Vol. XV. p. 93).

Davy was actively engaged during 1821–1822 in experiments on electro-magnetism and on electricity in vacuo, reaching the conclusion, in the last-named channel, that electric light as well as electrical attractions and repulsions are observable in the most perfect vacuum obtainable. This is readily demonstrated with either the apparatus employed by Tyndall in his Lecture VIII,[345] “On the analogies of light, heat and sound,” or with the apparatus used by Davy and illustrated at Plate CCXXIII of the “Encyclopædia Britannica,” eighth edition. From the numerous experiments and observations recorded in the last-named work the following are extracted:

Davy was actively involved in experiments on electromagnetism and electricity in a vacuum from 1821 to 1822. He concluded that electric light, along with electrical attractions and repulsions, can be seen in even the best vacuum. This can be easily shown using either the equipment that Tyndall used in his Lecture VIII,[345] “On the Analogies of Light, Heat and Sound,” or the setup used by Davy that is depicted in Plate CCXXIII of the “Encyclopædia Britannica,” eighth edition. The following extracts come from the many experiments and observations detailed in the last-named work:

“A spark capable of passing through only half an inch in common air will pass through six inches of the Torricellian vacuum.... When the minutest quantity of rare air was introduced into the mercurial vacuum, the colour of the electric light changed from bright green to sea green, and by increasing the quantity, to blue and purple. At a low temperature the vacuum became a much better conductor. A vacuum above fused tin exhibited nearly the same phenomena. At temperatures below zero the light was yellow and of the palest phosphorescent kind, just visible in great darkness, and not increased by heat. When the vacuum was formed by pure olive oil and by chloride of antimony, the electric light through the vapour of the chloride was more brilliant than that through the vapour of the oil; and in the last it was more brilliant than in the vapour of mercury at common temperatures. The light was of a pure white with the chloride, and of a red inclining to purple in the oil.... In carbonic acid gas the light of the spark is white and brilliant, and in hydrogen gas it is red and faint. When the sparks are made to pass through balls of wood or ivory they are of a crimson colour. They are yellow when taken over powdered charcoal, green over the surface of silvered leather, and purple from imperfect conductors.”

“A spark that can travel through just half an inch of regular air will pass through six inches of a Torricellian vacuum.... When even the tiniest amount of rare air was added to the mercury vacuum, the color of the electric light changed from bright green to sea green, and with more air, it shifted to blue and purple. At lower temperatures, the vacuum became a much better conductor. A vacuum above melted tin showed nearly the same phenomena. Below zero degrees, the light appeared yellow and very faintly phosphorescent, barely visible in total darkness, and it didn't get brighter with heat. When the vacuum was created with pure olive oil and chloride of antimony, the electric light through the chloride vapor was brighter than that through the oil vapor; and in the oil, it was brighter than in the vapor of mercury at normal temperatures. The light was a pure white with the chloride, and a red edging toward purple in the oil.... In carbon dioxide gas, the spark light is white and bright, while in hydrogen gas, it’s red and faint. When the sparks pass through balls of wood or ivory, they take on a crimson color. They appear yellow when passing over powdered charcoal, green over the surface of silvered leather, and purple from poor conductors.”

Davy’s Bakerian lecture for 1826 was entitled “On the relation of electrical and chemical changes.” Two years previous to its reading he had communicated to the English Government his discovery of what he erroneously considered a remedy against the rapid deterioration of copper sheathing for ships. His plan consisted in altering the electrical condition of the copper by adding plates of zinc or iron (called “protectors”), but the bottoms of the vessels became so foul through the deposition of calcareous matter and the adhesion of large balani and lepades, etc., to the copper, that the attempt had to be abandoned (A. Bobierre, “Thèse ... pour doubler les navires,” Nantes, 1858). It was in the same year (1824) that Davy made an important journey through Sweden, Norway, Denmark, Holstein, and Hanover, during which he met Oersted, Berzelius, Gauss, Olbers, Schumacher and other savants.

Davy’s Bakerian lecture for 1826 was titled “On the Relationship of Electrical and Chemical Changes.” Two years before presenting it, he had informed the English Government about his discovery of what he mistakenly thought was a solution to the quick deterioration of copper sheathing on ships. His approach involved changing the electrical condition of the copper by adding plates of zinc or iron (called “protectors”), but the bottoms of the ships became so dirty due to the buildup of calcareous matter and the attachment of large barnacles and Lepas, among others, that the effort had to be dropped (A. Bobierre, “Thèse ... pour doubler les navires,” Nantes, 1858). It was also in that same year (1824) that Davy took a significant trip through Sweden, Norway, Denmark, Holstein, and Hanover, during which he met Oersted, Berzelius, Gauss, Olbers, Schumacher, and other scholars.

His last communication to the Royal Society, “Remarks on the Electricity of the Torpedo,” was sent from Rome in 1828, one year before his death, and embodies the result of many observations made while on the Continent, more especially during the years[346] 1814–1815. The investigations in this line which, owing to continued ill health, he was unable to carry on, were completed by his brother, Dr. John Davy, who established the following points of difference between the phenomena of the torpedo and those of other kinds of electricity:

His last communication to the Royal Society, “Remarks on the Electricity of the Torpedo,” was sent from Rome in 1828, one year before his death, and reflects the results of many observations made while he was in Europe, especially during the years[346] 1814–1815. The research he couldn’t finish due to ongoing health issues was completed by his brother, Dr. John Davy, who established the following differences between the phenomena of the torpedo and those of other types of electricity:

“Compared with voltaic electricity, its effect on the multiplier is feeble: its power of decomposing water and metallic solutions is inconsiderable; but its power of giving a shock is great, and so also is its power of magnetizing iron. Compared with common electricity, it has a power of affecting the multiplier, which, under ordinary circumstances, common electricity does not exhibit; its chemical effects are more distinct; its power of magnetizing iron and giving a shock appears very similar; its power of passing through air is infinitely less as is also (if it possess it at all) the power of producing heat and light.”

“Compared to voltaic electricity, its effect on the multiplier is weak: it has a negligible ability to decompose water and metallic solutions; however, its capacity to deliver a shock is strong, as is its ability to magnetize iron. In comparison to regular electricity, it has an influence on the multiplier that conventional electricity does not normally show; its chemical effects are clearer; its ability to magnetize iron and deliver a shock seems quite similar; its ability to pass through air is much less, as is (if it has any at all) its capacity to produce heat and light.”

Davy likewise made noteworthy observations concerning the pyro-electricity of the tourmaline, confirming previous investigations in the same line, and asserting that “when the stone is of considerable size, flashes of light may be seen along its surface” (“Elements of Chemical Philosophy,” Vol. I. p. 130), a curious fact which Sir David Brewster says he does not believe has ever been verified by any subsequent observer.

Davy also made important observations about the pyro-electricity of tourmaline, supporting earlier research on the topic, and claimed that “when the stone is large enough, flashes of light can be seen along its surface” (“Elements of Chemical Philosophy,” Vol. I. p. 130), an intriguing fact that Sir David Brewster says he doesn't think has ever been confirmed by any later observer.

It is not within the scope of this “Bibliographical History” to describe Davy’s other notable papers relative to the miner’s safety lamp, etc., but reference should be made here to his first scientific memoir, “On heat, light and the combination of light” (Sir H. Davy’s works, Vol. II) of which copious extracts are given by Prof. John Tyndall in the appendix to his third lecture on “Heat considered as a mode of motion.”

It’s beyond the purpose of this “Bibliographical History” to discuss Davy’s other important papers regarding the miner’s safety lamp, etc., but it's worth mentioning his first scientific paper, “On heat, light and the combination of light” (Sir H. Davy’s works, Vol. II), from which extensive excerpts are provided by Prof. John Tyndall in the appendix to his third lecture on “Heat considered as a mode of motion.”

As regards the caloric theory, which had deservedly been engaging the attention of so many scientists, it is, however, thought best to quote here from Deschanel’s article on thermo-dynamics: “Strange to say, this theory survived the many exposures of its weakness and the, if possible, still more conclusive experiment of Sir Humphry Davy, who showed that two pieces of ice, when rubbed together, were converted into water, a change which involves not the evolution but the absorption of latent heat, and which cannot be explained by diminution of thermal capacity, since the specific heat of water is much greater than that of ice. Davy, like Rumford, maintained that heat consisted in motion, and the same view was maintained by Dr. Thomas Young; but the doctrine of caloric nevertheless continued to be generally adopted until about the year 1840, since which time the experiments of Joule, the eloquent advocacy of Meyer, and the mathematical deductions of Thomson,[347] Rankine and Clausius, have completely established the mechanical theory of heat, and built up an accurate science of thermo-dynamics.”

As for the caloric theory, which has rightfully caught the attention of many scientists, it’s best to quote Deschanel’s article on thermodynamics: “Strangely enough, this theory lingered despite multiple exposures of its weaknesses and, if anything, even more definitive experiments by Sir Humphry Davy, who demonstrated that two pieces of ice, when rubbed together, turn into water, a process that involves the absorption rather than the release of latent heat, and which can't be explained by a decrease in thermal capacity, since the specific heat of water is much higher than that of ice. Davy, like Rumford, argued that heat was a form of motion, a view supported by Dr. Thomas Young; yet the caloric theory remained widely accepted until around 1840. Since then, Joule's experiments, Meyer's compelling advocacy, and the mathematical insights of Thomson,[347] Rankine, and Clausius have fully established the mechanical theory of heat and developed a precise science of thermodynamics.”

References.—“The Life of Sir H. Davy,” by John Ayrton Paris, M.D., 1831, and by T. E. Thorpe, New York, 1896, also his life by Dr. John Davy, F.R.S., 1836; and his biography and articles “Chemistry” and “Voltaic Electricity” in the “Encyclopædia Britannica”; “Works of Sir Humphry Davy,” edited by John Davy, 1839–1840; “The Fragmentary Remains ... of Sir H. Davy,” 1858; “Dic. Tech. et Prat. d’Electricité” de Mr. Geo. Durant, Paris, 1887–1889; W. T. Brande, “Manual of Chemistry,” London, 1848, Vol. I. pp. xciii-cv, 213–224; C. H. Wilkinson, “Elements of Galvanism,” London, 1804, Vol. II. pp. 80–86, and Chap. XXVII; Thomas Thomson, “History of the Royal Society,” London, 1812, pp. 454–455; “Galvanism,” in Dr. Lardner’s Lectures; Noad’s “Lectures on Chemistry,” pp. 32–33; Bakewell’s “Elec. Sc.,” pp. 33–35; Daniel Davis, “Manual of Magnetism,” 1846–1852; Thomson, “History of Chemistry,” Vol. II. pp. 260–261; “Elem. of Exp. Chem.,” Wm. Henry, London, 1823, Vol. I. p. 192; “Elements of Chemical Philosophy,” p. 155; Thomas Thomson, M.D., London, 1830; “Outline of the Sciences of Heat and Electricity,” pp. 467, et. seq., 491–495, 533; De la Rive’s “Treatise on Electricity ...” Vol. II. pp. 282–283; “Encyclopedia Metropolitana,” Vol. IV (Galv.), pp. 176, 178, 222, and (Elec. Mag.) pp. 9 and 10; Gay-Lussac and Thénard, Phil. Mag., Vol. XXXII. p. 88, 1809; Jacquin, Phil. Mag., Vol. XXXVI. p. 73, 1810; M. Donovan, Phil. Mag., Vol. XXII. pp. 227, 245, 1811; M. Yatman, “A Letter ...” and Davy’s “Enquiries ...” London, 1811, 1814; W. Henry, “On Sir H. Davy and Dr. Wollaston,” London, 1830; Contessi G. Lelandri, “Ann. Reg. Lomb., Veneto,” 11, 78, 1832, and F. I. Roux, “Conservation des plaques ...” Paris, 1866; Nicholson’s Journal, 4to, Vol. IV. pp. 275, 337 and 394; and 8vo., Vol. I. p. 144, Vol. III. p. 135; Dredge, “Electric Illumination,” Vol. I. pp. 24, 25, 30; Phil. Mag., Vol. VII. p. 347, for experiments of Dr. Henry Moyes, also Vol. XI. pp. 302, 326; XXVIII. pp. 3, 104, 220; XXIX. p. 372; XXXI. p. 3; XXXII. pp. 1, 18–22, 101, 146, 193; XXXIII. p. 479; XXXV. p. 401; XXXVI. pp. 17, 85, 352, 404; XL. p. 145; LVIII. pp. 43, 406; LIX. p. 468; LX. p. 179; Phil. Mag. or Annals, Vols. I. pp. 31, 94, 190; VI. p. 81; X. pp. 214, 379, 426; Phil. Trans. for 1801, 1809, 1810, 1822; Sturgeon’s “Scientific Researches,” Bury, 1850, pp. 14–16, 23; Annales de Chimie, Vol. XV. p. 113; “Société Philomathique,” An. X. p. 111; Becquerel, Paris, 1850, Vol. I. pp. xi and 33 note; “Nuova Scelta d’Opusc.” Vol. II. pp. 190, 282; “Beiträge zur Erweiterung,” etc., Berlin, 1820; “Elemente d. Chemischen,” etc., Berlin, 1814; “Royal Society Catalogue of Scientific Papers,” London, 1868, Vol. II. pp. 171–175; “Biographie Générale,” Vol. XIII. p. 264; “Engineering,” London, Vol. LII. p. 759; “Abstracts of Papers ... Roy. Soc.,” London, 1832–1833, Vol. I. pp. 59, 247, 278, 313, 350; Vol. II. pp. 154, 159, 189, 213, 242, 281, 354; “Royal Society Catalogue of Scientific Papers,” Vol. II. pp. 175–180, and Vol. VI. p. 633 (likewise Vol. VII. pp. 494–495—for John Davy); “Bibliothèque Britannique,” Vol. XVII for 1801, pp. 237, 246; Vol. XXV, N.S. for 1824, p. 98; Vol. XXXIV, O.S. for 1807, p. 397 (the same as “Nicholson’s Journal,” for January 1807); Vol. XXXV. pp. 16, 141; “Edin. Phil. Journ.,” Vol. X. p. 185.

References.—“The Life of Sir H. Davy,” by John Ayrton Paris, M.D., 1831, and by T. E. Thorpe, New York, 1896, as well as his life by Dr. John Davy, F.R.S., 1836; and his biography and articles “Chemistry” and “Voltaic Electricity” in the “Encyclopædia Britannica”; “Works of Sir Humphry Davy,” edited by John Davy, 1839–1840; “The Fragmentary Remains ... of Sir H. Davy,” 1858; “Dic. Tech. et Prat. d’Electricité” by Mr. Geo. Durant, Paris, 1887–1889; W. T. Brande, “Manual of Chemistry,” London, 1848, Vol. I. pp. xciii-cv, 213–224; C. H. Wilkinson, “Elements of Galvanism,” London, 1804, Vol. II. pp. 80–86, and Chap. XXVII; Thomas Thomson, “History of the Royal Society,” London, 1812, pp. 454–455; “Galvanism,” in Dr. Lardner’s Lectures; Noad’s “Lectures on Chemistry,” pp. 32–33; Bakewell’s “Elec. Sc.,” pp. 33–35; Daniel Davis, “Manual of Magnetism,” 1846–1852; Thomson, “History of Chemistry,” Vol. II. pp. 260–261; “Elem. of Exp. Chem.,” Wm. Henry, London, 1823, Vol. I. p. 192; “Elements of Chemical Philosophy,” p. 155; Thomas Thomson, M.D., London, 1830; “Outline of the Sciences of Heat and Electricity,” pp. 467, et. seq., 491–495, 533; De la Rive’s “Treatise on Electricity ...” Vol. II. pp. 282–283; “Encyclopedia Metropolitana,” Vol. IV (Galv.), pp. 176, 178, 222, and (Elec. Mag.) pp. 9 and 10; Gay-Lussac and Thénard, Phil. Mag., Vol. XXXII. p. 88, 1809; Jacquin, Phil. Mag., Vol. XXXVI. p. 73, 1810; M. Donovan, Phil. Mag., Vol. XXII. pp. 227, 245, 1811; M. Yatman, “A Letter ...” and Davy’s “Enquiries ...” London, 1811, 1814; W. Henry, “On Sir H. Davy and Dr. Wollaston,” London, 1830; Contessi G. Lelandri, “Ann. Reg. Lomb., Veneto,” 11, 78, 1832, and F. I. Roux, “Conservation des plaques ...” Paris, 1866; Nicholson’s Journal, 4to, Vol. IV. pp. 275, 337 and 394; and 8vo., Vol. I. p. 144, Vol. III. p. 135; Dredge, “Electric Illumination,” Vol. I. pp. 24, 25, 30; Phil. Mag., Vol. VII. p. 347, for experiments of Dr. Henry Moyes, also Vol. XI. pp. 302, 326; XXVIII. pp. 3, 104, 220; XXIX. p. 372; XXXI. p. 3; XXXII. pp. 1, 18–22, 101, 146, 193; XXXIII. p. 479; XXXV. p. 401; XXXVI. pp. 17, 85, 352, 404; XL. p. 145; LVIII. pp. 43, 406; LIX. p. 468; LX. p. 179; Phil. Mag. or Annals, Vols. I. pp. 31, 94, 190; VI. p. 81; X. pp. 214, 379, 426; Phil. Trans. for 1801, 1809, 1810, 1822; Sturgeon’s “Scientific Researches,” Bury, 1850, pp. 14–16, 23; Annales de Chimie, Vol. XV. p. 113; “Société Philomathique,” An. X. p. 111; Becquerel, Paris, 1850, Vol. I. pp. xi and 33 note; “Nuova Scelta d’Opusc.” Vol. II. pp. 190, 282; “Beiträge zur Erweiterung,” etc., Berlin, 1820; “Elemente d. Chemischen,” etc., Berlin, 1814; “Royal Society Catalogue of Scientific Papers,” London, 1868, Vol. II. pp. 171–175; “Biographie Générale,” Vol. XIII. p. 264; “Engineering,” London, Vol. LII. p. 759; “Abstracts of Papers ... Roy. Soc.,” London, 1832–1833, Vol. I. pp. 59, 247, 278, 313, 350; Vol. II. pp. 154, 159, 189, 213, 242, 281, 354; “Royal Society Catalogue of Scientific Papers,” Vol. II. pp. 175–180, and Vol. VI. p. 633 (likewise Vol. VII. pp. 494–495—for John Davy); “Bibliothèque Britannique,” Vol. XVII for 1801, pp. 237, 246; Vol. XXV, N.S. for 1824, p. 98; Vol. XXXIV, O.S. for 1807, p. 397 (the same as “Nicholson’s Journal,” for January 1807); Vol. XXXV. pp. 16, 141; “Edin. Phil. Journ.,” Vol. X. p. 185.

Of the afore-named references in the Phil. Magazine, Vol. XXXI, that at p. 3 relates to Davy’s new Eudiometer acting by the electric spark exactly in the same manner as that of Il Marchese de Brezé, described in the “Opuscoli.”

Of the previously mentioned references in the Phil. Magazine, Vol. XXXI, the one on p. 3 discusses Davy's new Eudiometer, which works by the electric spark in exactly the same way as the one by Il Marchese de Brezé, described in the “Opuscoli.”

[348]

[348]

A.D. 1801.—Flinders (Matthew), a very able navigator and captain in the English merchant service, sails in the bark “Investigator” for the purpose of circumnavigating and exploring New Holland. During this memorable voyage he carefully observed the cause of errors in the variation of the magnetic needle as depending on the direction in azimuth of the ship’s head, having often noticed, as a writer in the English Quarterly Review expresses it (Vol. CXVIII. p. 343), that the direction of the compass needle frequently wandered from that which the known variation due to the geographical position of the ship assigned to it. To correct those disturbances he suggested placing aft of the compass a vertical bar of soft iron, whose upper end, having like magnetism as the imaginary mass in the ship’s head, would, in acting on the opposite pole of the compass needle, rectify its disturbances.

A.D. 1801.—Flinders (Matthew), a highly skilled navigator and captain in the English merchant service, sets sail on the bark “Investigator” with the aim of circumnavigating and exploring New Holland. During this significant voyage, he carefully studied the reasons behind the errors in the variation of the magnetic needle, which depend on the ship's heading direction. As noted by a writer in the English Quarterly Review (Vol. CXVIII. p. 343), he often observed that the compass needle would frequently deviate from the expected variation based on the ship's geographical position. To address these discrepancies, he proposed placing a vertical bar of soft iron behind the compass; the upper end of this bar would have the same magnetic properties as the imaginary mass at the ship’s bow, and would, by acting on the opposite pole of the compass needle, correct its disturbances.

Flinders had, during the year 1795, made observations in the same line as those recorded by the astronomer Bayly, who had sailed with Captain Cook during his last two voyages, but it was not until his return from the unfortunate first voyage above alluded to that he properly recorded his investigations for the benefit of navigators.

Flinders, in 1795, made observations similar to those documented by the astronomer Bayly, who had sailed with Captain Cook on his last two voyages. However, it wasn’t until he returned from the unfortunate first voyage mentioned earlier that he thoroughly documented his findings for the benefit of navigators.

References.—“Encyclopædia Britannica,” 1856, Vol. X. p. 295, and article “Australia,” Vol. IV. pp. 253, 254; “English Cyclopædia” (Biography), Vol. II. pp. 933–935; Sci. Am. Supp., No. 534, p. 8526; William Walker, “The Magnetism of Ships,” London, 1833, pp. 21–23; “Abstracts of Papers of the Phil. Trans., 1800–1830,” p. 187; Phil. Trans. for 1805; John Farrar, “Elem. of Elect.,” 1826, p. 381; “Cat. Sc. Papers Royal Soc.,” Vol. I. p. 187.

Citations.—“Encyclopædia Britannica,” 1856, Vol. X. p. 295, and article “Australia,” Vol. IV. pp. 253, 254; “English Cyclopædia” (Biography), Vol. II. pp. 933–935; Sci. Am. Supp., No. 534, p. 8526; William Walker, “The Magnetism of Ships,” London, 1833, pp. 21–23; “Abstracts of Papers of the Phil. Trans., 1800–1830,” p. 187; Phil. Trans. for 1805; John Farrar, “Elem. of Elect.,” 1826, p. 381; “Cat. Sc. Papers Royal Soc.,” Vol. I. p. 187.

A.D. 1801.—Gautherot (Nicholas), able French chemist (1753–1803), discovers that when a current has passed through two plates or wires of the same metal in dilute sulphuric acid, a secondary, reverse or polarization current is obtainable after disconnecting the battery. This was the first step in the storage of electricity and an account is given of it in the Philosophical Magazine, Vol. XXIV. pp. 185–186, which contains a report of the proceedings before the Galvani Society of Paris. Gautherot says that the results he obtained should become the source or basis of several other experiments, and concur more than any other to the discovery of the theory of this new branch of physics.

A.D. 1801.—Gautherot (Nicholas), a skilled French chemist (1753–1803), finds that when an electric current flows through two plates or wires made of the same metal in dilute sulfuric acid, a secondary, reverse, or polarization current can be produced once the battery is disconnected. This was the initial step toward the storage of electricity, and details of this discovery are documented in the Philosophical Magazine, Vol. XXIV, pp. 185–186, which includes a report from the Galvani Society of Paris. Gautherot suggests that the results he achieved should serve as the foundation for several other experiments and contribute significantly to the understanding of this new field of physics.

In this same year Gautherot observed the power of adhesion of the two wires in contact with the upper and lower ends of the pile, a report upon which appears at p. 209, Vol. XXXIX of the Annales de Chimie, while a full account of his observations on the subject forms the substance of a separate work printed in London during the year 1828.

In this same year, Gautherot noted the adhesive power of the two wires in contact with the top and bottom ends of the pile, a report of which can be found on p. 209, Vol. XXXIX of the Annales de Chimie, while a complete account of his observations on the subject makes up a separate work published in London in 1828.

The French physicist, C. J. Lehot, makes allusion to the last-named[349] discovery in the following words, at p. 4 of his pamphlet entitled “Observations sur le Galvanisme et le Magnétisme”:

The French physicist, C. J. Lehot, references the previously mentioned[349] discovery in the following words, on page 4 of his pamphlet titled “Observations sur le Galvanisme et le Magnétisme”:

“It has long been known that the two wires which terminate a pile attract one another, and, after contact, adhere like two magnets. This attraction between the two wires, one of which receives, and the other loses, the galvanic fluid, differs essentially from electrical attraction, as Ritter observed, since it is not followed by a repulsion after contact, but continues as long as the chain is closed.”

“It has long been recognized that the two wires at the end of a pile attract each other, and once they touch, they stick together like two magnets. This attraction between the two wires, where one takes in and the other releases the electric charge, is fundamentally different from electrical attraction, as Ritter noted, because it doesn't involve a repulsion after contact; instead, it persists as long as the circuit remains closed.”

J. J. Fahie, who also quotes this passage, says:

J. J. Fahie, who also references this section, says:

“The discovery in question seems to have been made independently, and at about the same time by Gautherot (Philosophical Magazine or Annals for 1828, Vol. IV. p. 458), by P. S. Laplace, and by J. B. Biot (Journal de Physique et de Chimie, for 1801, Vol. LIII. p. 266). The latter made the further very acute observation that, if the wires are attached to plates of metal, and these plates approached by their edges, they will attract one another; while if approached by their faces no action whatever takes place. For other interesting experiments of this kind see ‘Nicholson’s Journal’ for 1804, Vol. VII. p. 304.”

“The discovery in question seems to have been made independently, and at about the same time by Gautherot (Philosophical Magazine or Annals for 1828, Vol. IV. p. 458), by P. S. Laplace, and by J. B. Biot (Journal de Physique et de Chimie, for 1801, Vol. LIII. p. 266). The latter made the further very sharp observation that if the wires are connected to metal plates and these plates are brought close together at their edges, they will attract each other; whereas if brought close together at their faces, no action occurs. For other interesting experiments of this kind, see ‘Nicholson’s Journal’ for 1804, Vol. VII. p. 304.”

Previous to the aforesaid discoveries, on the 12th Brumaire, An. IX (Nov. 1800), Gautherot had published his refutation of Volta’s contact theory, through the Paris “Société Philotechnique,” and it is to be found recorded at p. 471, Vol. I of the “Mémoires des Sociétés Savantes et Littéraires de la République Française.”

Prior to the aforementioned discoveries, on the 12th Brumaire, Year IX (November 1800), Gautherot published his rebuttal of Volta’s contact theory through the Paris “Société Philotechnique,” and it is recorded on page 471, Volume I of the “Mémoires des Sociétés Savantes et Littéraires de la République Française.”

Later on he devoted so much attention to galvanic researches that Messrs. A. F. de Fourcroy and L. N. Vauquelin made a special report upon the five important memoirs containing the results of his many observations to the French Institute on the 21st Fructidor.

Later on, he focused so much on galvanic research that Messrs. A. F. de Fourcroy and L. N. Vauquelin submitted a special report to the French Institute on the 21st of Fructidor about the five important papers outlining the results of his numerous observations.

The first memoir gives the whole theory and practice of the various kinds of conductors, and describes an apparatus devised by Gautherot to ascertain the conducting powers of different natural, solid, liquid and even gaseous bodies (Izarn, “Manuel du Galvanisme” 1804, pp. 56–60). He enters into full details as to the effects of the voltaic pile in many experiments made upon himself, and draws consequences which apparently disprove the identity of the electric and the galvanic fluids.

The first memoir explains the entire theory and practice of different types of conductors and describes a device created by Gautherot to determine the conducting abilities of various natural, solid, liquid, and even gaseous substances (Izarn, “Manuel du Galvanisme” 1804, pp. 56–60). He goes into detail about the effects of the voltaic pile in numerous experiments conducted on himself and concludes that there seems to be a difference between electric and galvanic fluids.

The second memoir treats of the galvanic properties of charcoal, and shows that it is a less perfect conductor than are metallic substances.

The second memoir discusses the electric properties of charcoal and shows that it conducts electricity less effectively than metals do.

In the third memoir he makes known his discovery that charcoal and zinc form a galvanic apparatus which will produce shocks, the decomposition of water, etc. He observes “that in the decomposition of water, charcoal decomposes that fluid in the same way with non-oxydable metals; or, in other words, that when two pieces of[350] charcoal are employed for this purpose, one of them disengages the hydrogen gas, and the other the oxygen ... when the portions of charcoal touch each other in the water, its decomposition is not stopped on that account, as happens when metallic substances are brought in contact under the same circumstances. Indeed, if to bring more immediately together, one of the pieces of charcoal be cut in a furcated shape, this does not become an obstacle to the decomposition of the water.”

In the third memoir, he reveals his finding that charcoal and zinc create a galvanic device that can produce shocks and decompose water, among other things. He notes, “in the decomposition of water, charcoal breaks down the liquid just like non-oxidizable metals do; in other words, when two pieces of [350] charcoal are used for this, one releases hydrogen gas and the other releases oxygen... when the pieces of charcoal touch each other in the water, the decomposition doesn’t stop, unlike when metal substances come into contact under the same conditions. In fact, if you want to connect them more directly, cutting one of the pieces of charcoal into a forked shape doesn’t prevent the water from decomposing.”

The fourth memoir treats further of different kinds of conductors, and of various methods of constructing galvanic columns.

The fourth memoir discusses different types of conductors and various ways to build galvanic columns.

In the fifth and last memoir, Gautherot relates his important discovery that an effective galvanic apparatus can be made without metals. He constructed one of forty layers of charcoal and plumbago, which communicated a strong and pungent taste, accompanied by the galvanic flash of light, and which finally produced the decomposition of water, the charcoal side disengaging the hydrogen gas (Izarn, “Manuel du Galvanisme,” 1804, p. 177).

In the fifth and final memoir, Gautherot shares his significant discovery that an effective galvanic device can be created without metals. He built one with forty layers of charcoal and graphite, which provided a strong and sharp taste, along with a galvanic flash of light, and ultimately led to the breakdown of water, with the charcoal side releasing hydrogen gas (Izarn, “Manuel du Galvanisme,” 1804, p. 177).

During the month of March 1803, he read before the “Institut National” a memoir entitled “Recherches,” etc. (researches upon the causes which develop electricity in the galvanic apparatus). This appeared in the Journal de Physique, Vol. LVI. p. 429.

During March 1803, he presented a paper titled “Recherches,” etc. (research on the causes that produce electricity in the galvanic apparatus) to the “Institut National.” This was published in the Journal de Physique, Vol. LVI. p. 429.

References.—“Biographie Générale,” Vol. XIX. p. 694; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. VIII. p. 1089; Izarn, Giuseppe (Joseph) “Manuel du Galvanisme,” Paris, An. XII. 1804, s. 6, pp. 95, 250–254: Mém. des Soc. Savantes, etc., Vol. I. pp. 164, 168; P. Sue, aîné, “Hist. du Galvanisme,” Paris, An. X, 1802, Vol. II. pp. 191, 196–203, 213, 214, 316; Alglave et Boulard, Lumière Electrique, Paris, 1882, p. 219; Poggendorff, Vol. I. p. 857; “Extrait d’une lettre de Brugnatelli,” etc., Bruxelles, 1802 (Van Mons, Journal de Chimie, Vol. II. p. 216).

References.—“Biographie Générale,” Vol. XIX. p. 694; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. VIII. p. 1089; Izarn, Giuseppe (Joseph) “Manuel du Galvanisme,” Paris, An. XII. 1804, s. 6, pp. 95, 250–254: Mém. des Soc. Savantes, etc., Vol. I. pp. 164, 168; P. Sue, aîné, “Hist. du Galvanisme,” Paris, An. X, 1802, Vol. II. pp. 191, 196–203, 213, 214, 316; Alglave et Boulard, Lumière Electrique, Paris, 1882, p. 219; Poggendorff, Vol. I. p. 857; “Extrait d’une lettre de Brugnatelli,” etc., Bruxelles, 1802 (Van Mons, Journal de Chimie, Vol. II. p. 216).

A.D. 1801.—Robertson (Etienne Gaspard), a very capable French experimentalist and one of the founders of the Paris Galvani Society, who has already been alluded to in the article relating to Sir Humphry Davy, writes a memoir, “Expériences nouvelles sur le fluide galvanique,” which was read before the Institute on the 11th Fructidor, An. VIII, and which appeared in the Annales de Chimie (Vol. XXXVII. p. 132), as well as in the “Mémoires Récréatifs, Scientifiques,” etc., published in Paris during 1840, three years after Robertson’s death.

A.D. 1801.—Robertson (Etienne Gaspard), a skilled French experimentalist and one of the founders of the Paris Galvani Society, who was mentioned earlier in the article about Sir Humphry Davy, writes a paper titled “Expériences nouvelles sur le fluide galvanique,” which was presented to the Institute on the 11th of Fructidor, Year VIII, and published in the Annales de Chimie (Vol. XXXVII. p. 132), as well as in the “Mémoires Récréatifs, Scientifiques,” etc., released in Paris in 1840, three years after Robertson’s death.

Robertson states that as he was delivering a lecture on the 9th Vendémaire, An. IX, during which he alluded to differences which he found to exist between the galvanic and electric fluids, he was interrupted by Prof. Brugnatelli, who stated that Volta, who was then present, desired an opportunity to correct the wrong impressions the lecturer laboured under. Volta called upon him early the day following and brought a live frog as well as apparatus, with which[351] they experimented quite extensively, and the results of which brought Robertson completely over to the views of the Italian scientist. Volta frequently repeated his visits, which led to the development of a lasting friendship between the two. They visited together all the prominent scientific bodies, such as l’Ecole de Médecine, l’Ecole Polytechnique, etc., but found to their great astonishment that Robertson was the only one in Paris who had as yet given the new discovery any serious attention. At pp. 250–253, Vol. I of his “Mémoires,” etc., will be found a full account of the above as well as of the very indifferent reception first given them by the celebrated Prof. Charles.

Robertson mentions that while he was giving a lecture on the 9th Vendémaire, An. IX, where he discussed the differences he noticed between galvanic and electric fluids, he was interrupted by Prof. Brugnatelli. Brugnatelli mentioned that Volta, who was present, wanted to correct the misunderstandings Robertson had. The next day, Volta visited him with a live frog and some equipment, and they conducted extensive experiments, which convinced Robertson to embrace the views of the Italian scientist. Volta continued to visit often, which led to a lasting friendship between them. They attended meetings of all the major scientific institutions, like l’Ecole de Médecine and l’Ecole Polytechnique, but were surprised to find that Robertson was the only one in Paris who had taken the new discovery seriously. A detailed account of this, as well as the rather lukewarm reception they initially received from the renowned Prof. Charles, can be found on pages 250–253 in Volume I of his “Mémoires,” etc.

Robertson adds (p. 256 of last-named work) that he was asked by Volta to witness the latter’s notable experiments made before the members of the National Institute of France, Nov. 16, 18, 20, 1800, and already alluded to herein at A.D. 1775. The sessions of that body were being held at the time in the Palais du Louvre, and the excitement caused by the meetings was so great that all the approaches were guarded by soldiery. After Prof. Volta had explained his theory and alluded to the identity of electricity and galvanism, he announced that Robertson had first illustrated the fact, and he asked him to repeat his original experiment, which the latter did after the necessary hydrogen gas had been procured from the neighbouring cabinet of Prof. Charles.

Robertson mentions (p. 256 of the previously mentioned work) that Volta asked him to observe his important experiments conducted in front of the members of the National Institute of France on November 16, 18, and 20, 1800, which were previously referenced here in A.D. 1775. The sessions were taking place at the Palais du Louvre, and the excitement surrounding the meetings was so intense that all the entrances were guarded by soldiers. After Prof. Volta explained his theory and mentioned the connection between electricity and galvanism, he stated that Robertson had first demonstrated this fact, and he invited him to repeat his original experiment, which he did after obtaining the required hydrogen gas from Prof. Charles's nearby lab.

Robertson is also the author of several other interesting memoirs on the electrophorus, the improved “couronne de tasses” and “acide galvanique” which can be found in Vol. XXXVII of the Journal de Physique and in the Journal de Paris for the year 1800 (“Recueil des Actes de la Soc. de Lyon,” Tome II. p. 370).

Robertson is also the author of several other intriguing memoirs on the electrophorus, the enhanced “couronne de tasses,” and “galvanic acid,” which can be found in Vol. XXXVII of the Journal de Physique and in the Journal de Paris for the year 1800 (“Recueil des Actes de la Soc. de Lyon,” Tome II. p. 370).

A.D. 1801.—Gerboin (A. C.), Professor at the Medical School of Strasbourg, is the first to report upon the peculiar agitation of mercury when the voltaic current passes through it.

A.D. 1801.—Gerboin (A. C.), a professor at the Medical School of Strasbourg, is the first to report on the unusual movement of mercury when an electric current flows through it.

He states, in his “Recherches expérimentales sur un nouveau mode de l’action électrique” (Strasbourg, 1808), that his many researches were instigated by the observation he had made during the winter of 1798, while in company with some friends watching a child play with a hollow wooden ball. The Italian physicist, Abbate Fortis (1740–1803), who wrote several works on natural philosophy, but who is best known by his “Viaggio di Dalmazia,” had already announced that a pyritical cube suspended by a thread held between the thumb and index would immediately, without any movement of the fingers, assume a circular motion upon being approached by another body. The “Morgenblatt” of Tübingen and the French “Archives Littéraires” render in 1807 a very[352] complete account of Ritter’s researches upon the Fortis pendulum, and N. Meissas states, at pp. 181–187 of his “Nouveaux Eléments de Physique,” Paris, 1838, that he repeated the experiment of Ritter and of his friend Gerboin and observed many very curious results. These he embodied in a communication during the month of April 1829 to Ampère, who looked into Meissas’ work in company with M. Becquerel, also a member of the French Institute.

He states in his “Experimental Researches on a New Mode of Electrical Action” (Strasbourg, 1808) that his numerous studies were sparked by an observation he made during the winter of 1798 while hanging out with friends watching a child play with a hollow wooden ball. The Italian physicist Abbate Fortis (1740–1803), who wrote several works on natural philosophy but is best known for his “Journey to Dalmatia,” had already reported that a pyritical cube suspended by a thread held between the thumb and index finger would immediately, without any finger movement, start rotating in a circle when approached by another object. The “Morgenblatt” of Tübingen and the French “Literary Archives” provided a very complete account of Ritter’s research on the Fortis pendulum in 1807, and N. Meissas notes on pages 181–187 of his “New Elements of Physics,” Paris, 1838, that he repeated the experiment of Ritter and his friend Gerboin and observed many interesting results. He shared these findings in a communication in April 1829 to Ampère, who reviewed Meissas’ work along with M. Becquerel, also a member of the French Institute.

In his experiments, Gerboin employed a tube bent in U[** symbol] form, filled half full of mercury, which later was covered with a stratum of water, and he placed therein the wires connecting with a pile. The surface of the mercury beneath the negative pole was slightly oxidized, but the surface under the positive point moved so violently as to cause small bodies placed within to be thrown outward upon the surface of the tube. These bodies moved in a contrary direction, v from the circumference toward the interior, if the positive pole was made to touch the liquid metal.

In his experiments, Gerboin used a U-shaped tube filled halfway with mercury, which was later covered with a layer of water. He connected wires from a power source to it. The surface of the mercury under the negative pole was slightly oxidized, but the surface beneath the positive pole moved so intensely that small objects placed inside were flung outward onto the surface of the tube. These objects moved inward from the edges when the positive pole made contact with the liquid metal.

References.—Observations of M. Erman, of the Berlin Academy of Sciences, upon M. Gerboin’s experiments related in the Annales de Chimie, Tome LXXVII. p. 32. Also, Annales de Chimie, Tome XLI. pp. 196, 197, Mém. des Soc. Sav. et Lit., Vol. II. p. 199; Dr. Gore, “El. Metal,” 1877, p. 3; De la Rive, “Treatise on Electricity,” 1856, Vol. II. p. 433; Gmelin’s “Chemistry,” Vol. I. p. 487.

References.—Observations by M. Erman from the Berlin Academy of Sciences on M. Gerboin’s experiments reported in the Annales de Chimie, Volume LXXVII, page 32. Also, Annales de Chimie, Volume XLI, pages 196, 197, Mém. des Soc. Sav. et Lit., Volume II, page 199; Dr. Gore, “El. Metal,” 1877, page 3; De la Rive, “Treatise on Electricity,” 1856, Volume II, page 433; Gmelin’s “Chemistry,” Volume I, page 487.

A.D. 1801.—Trommsdorff (Johann Bartholomäus), German chemist and pharmacist, who became Professor of Physics and Chemistry in the University of Erfurt, discovers that by employing large plates in galvanic batteries he can produce the combustion of fine wires and of thin leaves of metal.

A.D. 1801.—Trommsdorff (Johann Bartholomäus), a German chemist and pharmacist, who became a Professor of Physics and Chemistry at the University of Erfurt, discovers that by using large plates in galvanic batteries he can create the combustion of fine wires and thin metal sheets.

After having obtained very strong shocks and large sparks, and effected the decomposition of water, etc., with his first pile consisting of 180 discs of copper, zinc and wet cardboard, he experimented with very thin leaves of the following metals, and found them to burn as follows: Gold, with a bright white light; silver, with a blue light; yellow copper, with a reddish blue light; red copper, with an emerald blue flame; zinc, with a bluish white flame; tin, with a reddish white light, etc. When oxidizing the noble or perfect metals, gold, silver, platinum, in hollow glass spheres, he found them to melt so thoroughly as to completely line the sides of the latter.

After getting some really strong shocks and big sparks, and breaking down water with his first setup made of 180 discs of copper, zinc, and wet cardboard, he tried out very thin sheets of different metals and observed that they burned like this: Gold gave off a bright white light; silver produced a blue light; yellow copper emitted a reddish blue light; red copper created an emerald blue flame; zinc burned with a bluish white flame; and tin shone with a reddish white light, among others. When he oxidized the precious metals—gold, silver, and platinum—in hollow glass spheres, he found that they melted so completely that they entirely coated the insides of the spheres.

Trommsdorff afterward constructed a much larger pile of nearly 600 discs, not doubting that with a larger apparatus he could consume very thick plates. It was while carrying on subsequent experiments that MM. Fourcroy, Vauquelin and Thénard ascertained the fact that metals were more effectively deflagrated by piles with large plates than by piles having a great many plates of smaller surfaces.

Trommsdorff later built a much larger stack of nearly 600 discs, confident that with a bigger setup he could burn through very thick plates. During later experiments, MM. Fourcroy, Vauquelin, and Thénard discovered that metals were deflagrated more effectively by stacks with large plates than by stacks consisting of many smaller plates.

[353]

[353]

In a letter dated Erfurt, March 16, 1801, Trommsdorff alludes to the galvanic decomposition of water spoken of at p. 98 of the “Archives du Nord pour la Physique et la Médecine,” published at Copenhagen, and expresses doubts as to the correctness of the conclusions therein pointed out by Pfaff and Ritter.

In a letter dated Erfurt, March 16, 1801, Trommsdorff mentions the galvanic breakdown of water discussed on p. 98 of the “Archives du Nord pour la Physique et la Médecine,” published in Copenhagen, and expresses doubts about the accuracy of the conclusions noted by Pfaff and Ritter.

References.—“Encycl. Metrop.” (Galvanism), Vol. IV. p. 221; “Roy. Soc. Sci. Papers,” Vol. VI. pp. 45–52; Poggendorff, Vol. II. pp. 1136, 1137; C. H. Wilkinson, “Elem. of Galv.,” London, 1804, Vol. II. pp. 134–136; J. S. Ersch, “Handbuch,” etc., p. 119; L. F. F. Crell, “Chemische Annalen” for 1801; 4e Cah., p. 337; J. B. Van Mons, Journal de Chimie, Vol. I. p. 41; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. XV. p. 535. His pile is described at pp. 253–254, Vol. II of “Hist. du Galvanisme,” P. Sue, aîné, Paris, An. X, 1802, with references to Von Crell’s “Chemische Annalen,” 1801, 4th Book, p. 237, and Van Mons’ “Journal de Chimie,” Vol. I. p. 41.

References.—“Encycl. Metrop.” (Galvanism), Vol. IV. p. 221; “Roy. Soc. Sci. Papers,” Vol. VI. pp. 45–52; Poggendorff, Vol. II. pp. 1136, 1137; C. H. Wilkinson, “Elem. of Galv.,” London, 1804, Vol. II. pp. 134–136; J. S. Ersch, “Handbuch,” etc., p. 119; L. F. F. Crell, “Chemische Annalen” for 1801; 4e Cah., p. 337; J. B. Van Mons, Journal de Chimie, Vol. I. p. 41; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. XV. p. 535. His pile is described at pp. 253–254, Vol. II of “Hist. du Galvanisme,” P. Sue, aîné, Paris, An. X, 1802, with references to Von Crell’s “Chemische Annalen,” 1801, 4th Book, p. 237, and Van Mons’ “Journal de Chimie,” Vol. I. p. 41.

A.D. 1801.—Libes (Antoine), Professor of Natural Philosophy at the Collège de Beziers and at the Paris Ecole Normale and Lycée Charlemagne, publishes in three volumes, at Paris, his “Traité élémentaire de Physique,” which had been preceded by his “Théorie de l’électricité,” etc., and was followed by a valuable “Dictionnaire de Physique” in 1806 (C. F. V. Delaunay, “Manuel,” etc., Paris, 1809).

A.D. 1801.—Libes (Antoine), Professor of Natural Philosophy at the Collège de Beziers and the Paris Ecole Normale and Lycée Charlemagne, publishes three volumes of his "Elementary Treatise on Physics" in Paris, which followed his "Theory of Electricity," and was later complemented by a useful "Dictionary of Physics" in 1806 (C. F. V. Delaunay, "Manual," etc., Paris, 1809).

In his “Traité,” Prof. Libes dispels the previous generally accepted belief as to the production of electricity by pressure. Experiments made by Æpinus and by Haüy had shown that such minerals as developed positive electricity by friction likewise exhibited the same electricity by pressure, and that those furnishing resinous or negative electricity by pressure developed the same electricity by friction.

In his “Traité,” Prof. Libes challenges the commonly held belief about how electricity is produced through pressure. Experiments conducted by Æpinus and Haüy demonstrated that minerals that generated positive electricity through friction also produced the same electricity through pressure, while those that generated resinous or negative electricity through pressure exhibited the same electricity through friction.

It is known that varnished silk (taffetas gommé) acquires resinous electricity by ordinary friction, but Libes found the means of causing it to develop vitreous or positive electricity. This is shown when a metallic disc insulated by a glass handle is pressed upon the silk; the latter will acquire positive electricity while the disc will develop resinous or negative electricity. If, on the contrary, the disc is rubbed or rolled upon the silk so as to produce friction, the silk acquires resinous electricity and the disc vitreous or positive electricity. If a glass plate is substituted for the disc, the silk again acquires vitreous electricity and the glass resinous electricity, that is to say, they both develop contrary electricities to that furnished through ordinary rubbing.

It’s known that varnished silk (taffetas gommé) gains a resinous charge through normal friction, but Libes discovered a way to make it generate a vitreous or positive charge. This is demonstrated when a metallic disc, insulated by a glass handle, is pressed against the silk; the silk gains a positive charge while the disc develops a resinous or negative charge. Conversely, if the disc is rubbed or rolled on the silk to create friction, the silk gains a resinous charge and the disc a vitreous or positive charge. If a glass plate replaces the disc, the silk again gains a vitreous charge and the glass a resinous charge, meaning they both develop opposite charges compared to what is generated through normal rubbing.

References.—Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. X. p. 475; Poggendorff, Vol. I. pp. 1449, 1450; Volpicelli, “Sul cognito fenomeno ...” Roma, 1859; Haüy, “Traité Elémentaire de Physique,” Paris, 1806, Vol. I. pp. 371, 372; A. C. Becquerel, “Expériences ... par la pression,” Paris, 1823; “Catal. of Sci. Papers of Roy. Soc.,” Vol. IV. p. 5;[354] Thos. Thomson, “An Outline of the Sciences of Heat and Electricity,” London and Edinburgh, 1830, p. 482; Dove, p. 229; “Encycl. Brit.,” Vol. VIII, 1855, p. 563; Annales de Chimie et de Physique, Vol. XXII. p. 5; Phil. Mag., Vol. LXII. pp. 204, 263.

Sources.—Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. X. p. 475; Poggendorff, Vol. I. pp. 1449, 1450; Volpicelli, “On the Known Phenomenon ...” Rome, 1859; Haüy, “Elementary Treatise on Physics,” Paris, 1806, Vol. I. pp. 371, 372; A. C. Becquerel, “Experiments ... by Pressure,” Paris, 1823; “Catalog of Scientific Papers of Royal Society,” Vol. IV. p. 5;[354] Thos. Thomson, “An Outline of Heat and Electricity Sciences,” London and Edinburgh, 1830, p. 482; Dove, p. 229; “Encyclopedia Britannica,” Vol. VIII, 1855, p. 563; Annales de Chimie et de Physique, Vol. XXII. p. 5; Philosophical Magazine, Vol. LXII. pp. 204, 263.

A.D. 1801.—Fourcroy (Antoine François de), an eminent French chemist, physician and author, who succeeded Macquer in the professorship at the Jardin du Roi, for which Lavoisier was likewise a candidate, publishes (Vol. XXXIX. p. 103, of the Annales de Chimie) the result of galvanic experiments which he made in conjunction with Louis Nicholas Vauquelin (1763–1829), and also with Baron Louis Jacques Thénard (1777–1857), who, in turn, became the successor of Fourcroy as Professor of Chemistry at the Ecole Polytechnique. They thought that by using many discs they could increase the force of the current and also decompose water more rapidly, but found this was not the case, and that with an enlarged pile the combustion of metallic wires was more rapid and brilliant, thus proving that the degree of combustion is relative to the surface of the plates (“Encyclopædia Britannica,” 1855, Vol. XXI. p. 626).

A.D. 1801.—Fourcroy (Antoine François de), a prominent French chemist, physician, and author, who took over the professorship at the Jardin du Roi after Macquer, a position for which Lavoisier was also a contender, publishes (Vol. XXXIX. p. 103, of the Annales de Chimie) the findings of galvanic experiments he conducted with Louis Nicholas Vauquelin (1763–1829) and Baron Louis Jacques Thénard (1777–1857), who later succeeded Fourcroy as Professor of Chemistry at the Ecole Polytechnique. They believed that using multiple discs would enhance the current's strength and accelerate water decomposition, but they discovered that this wasn't true. Instead, they found that a larger pile resulted in a faster and more intense combustion of metallic wires, demonstrating that the rate of combustion is related to the surface area of the plates (“Encyclopædia Britannica,” 1855, Vol. XXI. p. 626).

The grand experiment made conjointly by Fourcroy, Vauquelin and Seguin on the composition of water from its constituent gases was commenced May 13, 1790, and continued by them without intermission until its completion, nine days later. “The gases were fixed in a close vessel by means of electricity, and produced a nearly equal weight of water” (Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc., N. S., Vol. VI. p. 339, giving description of apparatus for the decomposition and recomposition of water).

The major experiment conducted together by Fourcroy, Vauquelin, and Seguin to analyze the composition of water from its component gases started on May 13, 1790, and they worked on it continuously until it was finished nine days later. “The gases were contained in a closed vessel using electricity, which produced almost the same weight of water” (Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc., N. S., Vol. VI. p. 339, providing a description of the equipment for breaking down and recreating water).

Fourcroy was also one of the savants appointed in 1798 by the Academy of Sciences of Paris to examine and report upon the experiments of Galvani. The committee was composed of Guyton de Morveau, Coulomb, Vauquelin, Sabathier, Pelletan, Charles, Fourcroy and Hallé, the last named being charged with the verification of all the then recent discoveries, which were repeated with the assistance of Humboldt, who went to Paris especially for the purpose. The official report fully endorsed the praiseworthy line of researches prosecuted by both Galvani and Humboldt, and the entire series of experiments was at once repeated by many leading physicists throughout Germany.

Fourcroy was one of the scientists appointed in 1798 by the Academy of Sciences of Paris to examine and report on Galvani's experiments. The committee included Guyton de Morveau, Coulomb, Vauquelin, Sabathier, Pelletan, Charles, Fourcroy, and Hallé, with Hallé tasked with verifying all the recent discoveries, which were repeated with the help of Humboldt, who traveled to Paris specifically for this purpose. The official report fully supported the commendable research efforts conducted by both Galvani and Humboldt, and the whole series of experiments was quickly repeated by many leading physicists across Germany.

On June 19, 1803, one of Antoine Fourcroy’s most interesting memoirs, treating of meteoric stones, was read by C. Fourcroy before the French Institute.

On June 19, 1803, C. Fourcroy presented one of Antoine Fourcroy’s most intriguing memoirs about meteoric stones at the French Institute.

References.Phil. Mag., Vol. XVI. p. 299; Noad’s “Lectures,” pp. 183, 184; Ure, “Dict. of Chem.”; also the interesting biography embracing a list of his very numerous works and treatises, at pp. 846–849, Vol. IX of 1855 “Encyclopædia Britannica.” See likewise,[355] “Royal Society Catalogue of Scientific Papers,” Vol. II. pp. 677–682; Thomas Thomson, “History of Royal Society,” p. 454; Wilkinson’s “Elements of Galvanism ...” 1804, Vol. II. pp. 113, 145, 151, 152, 208, 359; Fahie’s “History of Electric Telegraphy,” p. 194; Izarn, “Manuel du Galv.,” 1804, s. 4, p. 167; “Journal des Savants” for Jan. 1860; P. Sue, aîné, “Hist. du Galvanisme,” Paris, 1802, Vol. II. pp. 159–160, 241, 264. For Louis N. Vauquelin, consult “Cat. Sc. Papers of Roy. Soc.,” Vol. VI. pp. 114–128, 761; also “Mém. des Soc. Savantes et Litt.,” Vol. I. p. 204.

References.Phil. Mag., Vol. XVI. p. 299; Noad’s “Lectures,” pp. 183, 184; Ure, “Dict. of Chem.”; also the interesting biography featuring a list of his numerous works and treatises, at pp. 846–849, Vol. IX of 1855 “Encyclopædia Britannica.” See also, [355] “Royal Society Catalogue of Scientific Papers,” Vol. II. pp. 677–682; Thomas Thomson, “History of Royal Society,” p. 454; Wilkinson’s “Elements of Galvanism ...” 1804, Vol. II. pp. 113, 145, 151, 152, 208, 359; Fahie’s “History of Electric Telegraphy,” p. 194; Izarn, “Manuel du Galv.,” 1804, s. 4, p. 167; “Journal des Savants” for Jan. 1860; P. Sue, aîné, “Hist. du Galvanisme,” Paris, 1802, Vol. II. pp. 159–160, 241, 264. For Louis N. Vauquelin, refer to “Cat. Sc. Papers of Roy. Soc.,” Vol. VI. pp. 114–128, 761; also “Mém. des Soc. Savantes et Litt.,” Vol. I. p. 204.

A.D. 1801.—Lehot (C. J.), French physicist, sends a curious and lengthy memoir, regarding the circulation of a very subtile fluid in the galvanic chain, to the Institut National, before which body it is read on the 26 Frimaire, An. IX.

A.D. 1801.—Lehot (C. J.), a French physicist, submits an interesting and detailed paper about the flow of a very subtle fluid in the galvanic chain to the Institut National, where it is presented on the 26th of Frimaire, Year IX.

To the analyzation of the above-named memoir, Wilkinson devotes more than half the tenth chapter of his “Elements of Galvanism,” calling attention to a very singular result from numerous experiments which is worthy of special mention. It is the possibility of actually distinguishing one metal from another without seeing or feeling either of them, and he says that by his arrangement of the chain, M. Lehot was able to recognize a portion of zinc from a piece of silver, at the extremity of metallic threads several yards in length.

To analyzing the memoir mentioned above, Wilkinson spends more than half of the tenth chapter of his “Elements of Galvanism,” highlighting a very unique outcome from many experiments that deserves special attention. It’s the possibility of actually telling one metal from another without seeing or touching either of them. He states that with his chain setup, M. Lehot was able to identify a piece of zinc from a piece of silver, at the end of metallic threads several yards long.

Lehot’s contributions to the science of animal electricity are too numerous to be given here. Noad summarizes them in the translation from pp. 17, 18 of C. Matteucci’s “Traité des phénomènes ...” Paris, 1844.

Lehot’s contributions to the science of animal electricity are too many to list here. Noad summarizes them in the translation from pp. 17, 18 of C. Matteucci’s “Traité des phénomènes ...” Paris, 1844.

He ascertained that in a recently killed animal contractions are excited by the electric current in whatever direction it may be applied, but, when the vitality of the animal has become diminished, if the current is sent in the direction of the ramifications of the nerves, contractions are produced only at the commencement of the current; the reverse takes place when the current is directed contrary to the ramifications of the nerves; i. e. in this case the contractions only take place when the current ceases. After studying the sensation excited by the current on the organs of taste, Lehot concluded that the current which traverses a nerve in the direction of its ramifications excites a sensation when it ceases to pass, though this influence is only exerted at the commencement of its passage when the nerve is traversed in a direction contrary to its ramifications. The later experiments of Carlo Francesco Bellingeri and Stefano Giovanni Marianini entirely confirm those of Lehot.

He determined that in a recently killed animal, contractions are triggered by electric current regardless of the direction it’s applied. However, when the animal's vitality has diminished, if the current flows in the direction of the nerve branches, contractions occur only at the start of the current; the opposite happens when the current is directed against the nerve branches; i.e. in this case, contractions happen only when the current stops. After examining the sensation caused by the current on the taste organs, Lehot concluded that the current flowing through a nerve in the direction of its branches causes a sensation when it stops, although this effect only occurs at the start of its flow when the nerve is traveled against its branches. The later experiments by Carlo Francesco Bellingeri and Stefano Giovanni Marianini completely confirm Lehot's findings.

References.Annales de Chimie, Vol. XXXVIII. p. 42; Journal de Physique, An. IX, Pluviose, LII. 135; Gilbert, Annalen, IX. 188; P. Sue, aîné, “Hist. du Galvanisme,” Vol. II. pp. 123, 124, 129, 132, 141,142; “Encyclopedia Metropolitana,” Vol. IV (“Electro-Magnetism,” p. 8).

Sources.Annales de Chimie, Vol. 38, p. 42; Journal de Physique, Year IX, Pluviose, LII, 135; Gilbert, Annalen, IX. 188; P. Sue, Sr., “History of Galvanism,” Vol. II, pp. 123, 124, 129, 132, 141, 142; “Metropolitan Encyclopedia,” Vol. IV (“Electro-Magnetism,” p. 8).

[356]

[356]

A.D. 1801.—Wollaston (William Hyde), celebrated English chemist and natural philosopher, an associate of Sir Humphry Davy, who had taken the degree of M.D., and joined the Royal Society in 1793, but soon abandoned the practice of medicine to devote himself exclusively to scientific researches, is the first to demonstrate the identity of galvanism and frictional electricity, through a paper read before the above-named society in June 1801.

A.D. 1801.—Wollaston (William Hyde), a renowned English chemist and natural philosopher, and an associate of Sir Humphry Davy, had earned his M.D. degree and became a member of the Royal Society in 1793. However, he quickly left the medical field to focus solely on scientific research. He was the first to show that galvanism and frictional electricity are the same, through a paper presented to the aforementioned society in June 1801.

The latter communication shows that he succeeded in decomposing water as rapidly by means of mere sparks from frictional electricity as through the agency of the voltaic pile, and in a more tranquil and progressive manner than can be assured through shocks from large and powerful apparatus. He concluded that the decomposition must depend upon duly proportioning the strength of the charge to the quantity of water, and that the quantity exposed to its action at the surface of communication depends on the extent of that surface. He observes:

The recent communication indicates that he was able to break down water just as quickly using only sparks from frictional electricity as he could with a voltaic pile, and in a calmer and more controlled way than what can be achieved with shocks from large and powerful devices. He determined that the decomposition relies on appropriately matching the strength of the charge with the amount of water, and that the amount exposed to its effects at the surface of communication depends on the size of that surface. He notes:

“Having procured a small wire of fine gold, and given to it as fine a point as I could, I inserted it into a capillary glass tube, and after having heated the tube so as to make it adhere to the point and cover it at every part, I gradually ground it down till, with a pocket lens, I could discern that the point of gold was disclosed. I coated several wires in this manner, and found that when sparks from a conductor were made to pass through water by means of a point so guarded, a spark passing to the distance of ⅛ of an inch would decompose water, when the point did not exceed ¹⁄₇₀₀ of an inch in diameter. With another point, which I estimated at ¹⁄₁₅₀₀, a succession of sparks ¹⁄₂₀ of an inch in length afforded a current of small bubbles of air. With a still finer filament of gold, the mere current of electricity, without any perceptible sparks, evolved gas from water.”

“After getting a thin wire made of fine gold and sharpening it as much as I could, I placed it into a capillary glass tube. I then heated the tube so it would stick to the point and cover it entirely. I gradually ground it down until, using a pocket lens, I could see the tip of the gold wire. I coated several wires this way and found that when sparks from a conductor passed through water using a point like this, a spark traveling ⅛ of an inch would break down water, as long as the point was no more than ¹⁄₇₀₀ of an inch in diameter. With another point, which I estimated to be ¹⁄₁₅₀₀, a series of sparks ¹⁄₂₀ of an inch long generated a stream of small air bubbles. With an even finer piece of gold, just the flow of electricity, without any visible sparks, produced gas from water.”

In his Bakerian lecture of Nov. 20, 1806, Sir Humphry Davy relates experiments made after the manner contrived by Wollaston, showing that the principle of action is the same in common as in voltaic electricity. Dr. Robert Hare, in a paper read before the Academy of Natural Sciences, “On the Objections to the Theories Severally of Franklin, Dufay and Ampère,” etc., says that, instead of proving the identity of galvanism with frictional electricity, the above-named experiments show that in one characteristic at least there is a discordancy, but that at the same time they possibly “indicate that ethereal may give rise to ethereo-ponderable undulations.” Noad remarks that in these ingenious experiments true electro-chemical decomposition was not effected; that is, “the law which regulates the transference and the final place of the evolved bodies had no influence.” The water was decomposed[357] at both poles independently of each other, and the oxygen and hydrogen gases evolved at the wires are the elements of the water before existing in those places. Faraday observes:

In his Bakerian lecture on November 20, 1806, Sir Humphry Davy discusses experiments conducted in a way similar to Wollaston's, demonstrating that the principle of action is the same in both common and voltaic electricity. Dr. Robert Hare, in a paper presented to the Academy of Natural Sciences titled “On the Objections to the Theories Severally of Franklin, Dufay and Ampère,” among others, argues that instead of confirming the identity of galvanism and frictional electricity, the experiments mentioned show a discrepancy in at least one characteristic. However, they might also "suggest that ethereal could give rise to ethereo-ponderable undulations." Noad points out that these clever experiments did not achieve true electro-chemical decomposition; that is, “the law which governs the transfer and the final position of the evolved substances had no effect.” Water was decomposed[357] at both electrodes independently, and the oxygen and hydrogen gases generated at the wires were the elements of the water that already existed in those locations. Faraday notes:

“That the poles, or rather points, have no mutual decomposing dependence, may be shown by substituting a wire or the finger for one of them, a change which does not at all interfere with the other, though it stops all action at the charged pole. This fact may be observed by turning the machine for some time; for though bubbles will rise from the point left unaltered in quantity sufficient to cover entirely the wire used for the other communication, if they could be applied to it, yet not a single bubble will appear on that wire.”

"That the poles, or rather the points, operate independently of each other can be demonstrated by replacing one of them with a wire or a finger. This change doesn’t affect the other pole, even though it halts all action at the charged pole. You can notice this by operating the machine for a while; although enough bubbles will rise from the unchanged point to completely cover the wire used for the other connection, not a single bubble will appear on that wire."

Wollaston communicated a paper to the Royal Society (Phil. Trans., Vol. XCI. p. 427) showing that the oxidation of the metal is the primary cause of the electrical phenomena obtained in the voltaic pile. The oxidating power is finely shown by his eighth experiment, which he thus describes:

Wollaston presented a paper to the Royal Society (Phil. Trans., Vol. XCI. p. 427) demonstrating that the oxidation of the metal is the main reason for the electrical phenomena produced in the voltaic pile. The oxidizing power is clearly illustrated by his eighth experiment, which he describes as follows:

“Having coloured a card with a strong infusion of litmus, I passed a current of electric sparks along it, by means of two fine gold points, touching it at the distance of an inch from each other. The effect, as in other cases, depending on the smallness of the quantity of water, was most discernible when the card was nearly dry. In this state a very few turns of the machine were sufficient to occasion a redness at the positive wire, very manifest to the naked eye. The negative wire, being afterward placed on the same spot, soon restored it to its original blue colour.”

“After coloring a card with a strong litmus solution, I sent a stream of electric sparks through it using two fine gold points, spaced about an inch apart. The effect, as in other instances, depended on the small amount of water, and was most noticeable when the card was almost dry. In this condition, just a few turns of the machine were enough to create a noticeable redness at the positive wire, clearly visible to the naked eye. When the negative wire was then placed on the same spot, it quickly returned to its original blue color.”

He verified in 1802 the laws of double refraction in Iceland spar announced by Huyghens, and wrote a treatise thereon which was read before the Royal Society on the 24th of June, and which contains additional evidence deduced from Dr. Wollaston’s superior mode of investigation.

He confirmed in 1802 the laws of double refraction in Iceland spar that Huyghens had announced, and wrote a paper about it that was presented to the Royal Society on June 24th. This paper includes extra evidence based on Dr. Wollaston’s advanced method of investigation.

He is said to have been the first to propose forming the spectrum by using a very narrow pencil of daylight instead of sunlight, and to have first made an accurate examination of the electric light. In his communication to the Philosophical Transactions for 1802 he says:

He is said to be the first to suggest creating the spectrum by using a very narrow beam of daylight instead of sunlight and to have been the first to accurately examine electric light. In his message to the Philosophical Transactions for 1802, he states:

“When the object viewed is a blue line of electric light, I have found the spectrum to be separated into several images; but the phenomena are somewhat different from the preceding (viz. the spectrum of the blue portion of the flame of a candle). It is, however, needless to describe minutely appearances which vary according to the brilliancy of the light, and which I cannot undertake to explain.”

“When I look at a blue line of electric light, I notice that the spectrum breaks into several images. However, the effects are a bit different from what I saw earlier (specifically, the spectrum of the blue part of a candle flame). It’s not really necessary to go into detail about these appearances since they change depending on how bright the light is, and I can’t fully explain them.”

During the year 1815, Wollaston made a great improvement in[358] the construction of voltaic batteries. Having observed that the power of a battery is much increased with a corresponding economy in zinc plates, when both zinc surfaces are opposed to a surface of copper, he devised what he called an elementary galvanic battery. Each couple of the latter is made up only of a plate of copper doubled up around a zinc plate from which it is kept apart by strips of cork or wood, and the connecting strips of metal are attached to a wooden rod which is lowered or elevated when the battery is in or out of action. He found that a properly mounted plate of zinc, one inch square, was more than sufficient to ignite a wire of platina ¹⁄₃₀₀₀ of an inch in diameter, even when the acid is very diluted (fifty parts of water to one of sulphuric acid).

In 1815, Wollaston made a significant improvement in the construction of voltaic batteries. He noticed that the power of a battery increases considerably while using fewer zinc plates when both zinc surfaces face a copper surface. He created what he called an elementary galvanic battery. Each setup consists of a copper plate folded around a zinc plate, which is kept separate by strips of cork or wood, and the metal connections are attached to a wooden rod that is raised or lowered to activate or deactivate the battery. He discovered that a properly set up one-inch square zinc plate was more than enough to ignite a platinum wire ¹⁄₃₀₀₀ of an inch in diameter, even with a very diluted acid solution (fifty parts of water to one part of sulfuric acid).

He was a very careful workman, and in order to adapt his apparatus to the popular uses, he generally endeavoured to construct them upon the most reduced scale (dans des proportions très exigues). He produced platinum wire so extremely fine as to be almost imperceptible to the naked eye. It was estimated that 30,000 pieces of this wire, placed side by side in contact, would not cover more than an inch; that it would take 150 pieces of this wire bound together to form a thread as thick as a filament of raw silk, and that a mile of this wire would not weigh more than a grain. It may be well to add here that the wire made with John Wennstrom’s sapphire plates, for delicate electrical apparatus, is so fine that thirty-six miles of it, properly insulated for Government use in torpedo experiments, measures only about five inches in length by three in diameter when wound upon a spool. The fibre used as carbon filaments in the incandescent lamps is scraped to an even thinness by being drawn through sapphire plates from ³⁰⁄₁₀₀₀ to ⁴⁄₁₀₀₀ of an inch in diameter.

He was a very meticulous worker, and to make his devices suitable for common use, he usually aimed to build them on the smallest scale (dans des proportions très exigues). He created platinum wire that was so incredibly fine it was almost invisible to the naked eye. It was estimated that 30,000 pieces of this wire placed side by side would cover no more than an inch; that it would take 150 pieces of this wire bundled together to create a thread the thickness of a strand of raw silk, and that a mile of this wire would weigh no more than a grain. It's also worth mentioning that the wire made with John Wennstrom’s sapphire plates, for delicate electrical devices, is so fine that thirty-six miles of it, properly insulated for Government use in torpedo trials, measures only about five inches in length by three in diameter when wound on a spool. The fiber used as carbon filaments in incandescent lamps is scraped to an even thinness by being drawn through sapphire plates, ranging from ³⁰⁄₁₀₀₀ to ⁴⁄₁₀₀₀ of an inch in diameter.

The smallest battery that Wollaston formed of the above-described construction consisted of a thimble without its top, flattened until its opposite sides were about two-tenths of an inch asunder. The bottom part was then nearly one inch wide and the top about three-tenths, and as its length did not exceed nine-tenths of an inch, the plate of zinc to be inserted was less than three-fourths of an inch square (Annals of Philosophy, Vol. VI. p. 210).

The smallest battery that Wollaston created with the design mentioned above was made from a thimble without a top, which was flattened until the sides were about two-tenths of an inch apart. The bottom part was nearly one inch wide, and the top was about three-tenths of an inch wide. Since its length was no more than nine-tenths of an inch, the zinc plate to be inserted was less than three-fourths of an inch square (Annals of Philosophy, Vol. VI. p. 210).

We are also indebted to Dr. Wollaston for the first idea of the possibility of producing electro-magnetic rotations. Prof. Schweigger opposed the action of revolving magnetism upon the ground that if it were true, a magnet might be made to revolve around the uniting wire, but Faraday found experimentally not only that a magnet could be made to revolve round the uniting wire, but that a movable uniting wire might be made to revolve around a magnet. (See Faraday’s “Experimental Researches,” Vol, II.[359] pp. 159–162 for “Historical Statement Respecting Electro-magnetic Rotation.”)

We also owe a debt of gratitude to Dr. Wollaston for the initial idea about the possibility of creating electromagnetic rotations. Professor Schweigger challenged the concept of rotating magnetism by arguing that if it were correct, a magnet could revolve around the connecting wire. However, Faraday experimentally demonstrated not only that a magnet could indeed revolve around the connecting wire but also that a movable connecting wire could rotate around a magnet. (See Faraday’s “Experimental Researches,” Vol. II.[359] pp. 159–162 for “Historical Statement Respecting Electro-magnetic Rotation.”)

Wollaston was made secretary of the Royal Society in 1806, became its president in 1820 after the death of Sir Joseph Banks, and contributed in all thirty-eight memoirs to the Philosophical Transactions of that Institution.

Wollaston was appointed secretary of the Royal Society in 1806, became its president in 1820 following the death of Sir Joseph Banks, and contributed a total of thirty-eight papers to the Philosophical Transactions of that Institution.

His death occurred Dec. 22, 1828, and during the following February Dr. Fitton, President of the Geological Society, concluded his annual address with the following encomium:

His death happened on December 22, 1828, and in the following February, Dr. Fitton, President of the Geological Society, wrapped up his annual address with the following praise:

“It would be difficult to name a man who so well combined the qualities of an English gentleman and a philosopher, or whose life better deserves the eulogium given by the first of our orators to one of our most distinguished public characters; for it was marked by a constant wish and endeavour to be useful to mankind.”

“It would be hard to find a man who so perfectly blended the traits of an English gentleman and a philosopher, or whose life deserves the praise given by one of our greatest speakers to one of our most notable public figures; because it was defined by a continual desire and effort to be of service to humanity.”

References.Phil. Mag. or Annals, Vol. V. p. 444. See also “The Roll Call of the Royal College of Physicians of London,” by William Munk, M.D., Vol. II; Edin. Phil. Jour., Vol. X. p. 183; Gmelin’s “Chemistry,” Vol. I. p. 424; De la Rive, “Treatise on Electricity,” pp. 444, 445; Phil. Mag., Vol. XXXIII. p. 488; LXIII. p. 15; James Napier, “Manual of Electro-Metallurgy,” 4th Am. ed., pp. 492, 518; Desbordeaux, in Comptes Rendus, Vol. XIX. p. 273; Le Moniteur, No. 40 for 1806; Sue, aîné, “Galvanisme,” Vol. II. pp. 193–195, 199, 202; Joseph Izarn, “Manuel du Galvanisme,” p. 137; Poggendorff, Vol. II. p. 1362; “Encycl. Metrop.,” Vol. IV (Galvanism), pp. 180, 181, 216, 222; Nicholson’s Journal, Vol. V. p. 333; Thos. Young, “Lectures,” London, 1807, Vol. II. p. 679; W. Sturgeon, “Scientific Researches,” Bury, 1850, p. 29; Quarterly Journal of Science for January 1821; British Quarterly Review for August 1846; “Biog. Générale,” Tome XLVI. p. 822; Highton’s “Electric Telegraph,” p. 14; Larousse, “Dict. Universel,” Tome XV. p. 1370; “Cat. Sc. Papers ... Roy. Soc.,” Vol. I. p. 61; Vol. II. pp. 136, 199; “Bibl. Britan.,” 1801, Vol. XVIII. p. 274; 1810, Vol. XLIII. p. 347 (Phil. Mag., June 1809); Vol. I., N.S., 1816, p. 119.

References.Phil. Mag. or Annals, Vol. V. p. 444. See also “The Roll Call of the Royal College of Physicians of London,” by William Munk, M.D., Vol. II; Edin. Phil. Jour., Vol. X. p. 183; Gmelin’s “Chemistry,” Vol. I. p. 424; De la Rive, “Treatise on Electricity,” pp. 444, 445; Phil. Mag., Vol. XXXIII. p. 488; LXIII. p. 15; James Napier, “Manual of Electro-Metallurgy,” 4th Am. ed., pp. 492, 518; Desbordeaux, in Comptes Rendus, Vol. XIX. p. 273; Le Moniteur, No. 40 for 1806; Sue, aîné, “Galvanisme,” Vol. II. pp. 193–195, 199, 202; Joseph Izarn, “Manuel du Galvanisme,” p. 137; Poggendorff, Vol. II. p. 1362; “Encycl. Metrop.,” Vol. IV (Galvanism), pp. 180, 181, 216, 222; Nicholson’s Journal, Vol. V. p. 333; Thos. Young, “Lectures,” London, 1807, Vol. II. p. 679; W. Sturgeon, “Scientific Researches,” Bury, 1850, p. 29; Quarterly Journal of Science for January 1821; British Quarterly Review for August 1846; “Biog. Générale,” Tome XLVI. p. 822; Highton’s “Electric Telegraph,” p. 14; Larousse, “Dict. Universel,” Tome XV. p. 1370; “Cat. Sc. Papers ... Roy. Soc.,” Vol. I. p. 61; Vol. II. pp. 136, 199; “Bibl. Britan.,” 1801, Vol. XVIII. p. 274; 1810, Vol. XLIII. p. 347 (Phil. Mag., June 1809); Vol. I., N.S., 1816, p. 119.

A.D. 1802.—Walker (Adam), English writer and inventor of several very ingenious mathematical instruments, publishes in London his enlarged edition of “A System of Familiar Philosophy,” two volumes, 8vo, in which he devotes ss. 5–9 of Lecture II. vol. i. to magnetism, and all of Lectures VII and VIII of the second volume to electricity.

A.D. 1802.—Walker (Adam), an English writer and inventor of several clever mathematical tools, publishes in London his expanded edition of “A System of Familiar Philosophy,” in two volumes, 8vo, where he dedicates sections 5–9 of Lecture II. vol. i. to magnetism, and the entirety of Lectures VII and VIII in the second volume to electricity.

We are informed, through his preface, that “the identity of fire, light, heat, caloric, phlogiston and electricity, or rather their being but modifications of one and the same principle, as well as their being the grand agents in the order of nature ... are the leading problems of the work.” In another part he tells us:

We learn from his introduction that "the identity of fire, light, heat, caloric, phlogiston, and electricity, or rather their being just different forms of the same principle, as well as their roles as the main forces in the natural order... are the central issues of the work." In another section, he tells us:

“If electricity, light and fire be but modifications of one and the same principle ... and they have their origin or foundation in the sun, it is natural to suppose, in issuing from that luminary, they proceed from him first in their purest state, or in the character[360] of electricity; that joining the particles of our atmosphere, electricity becomes light, and uniting with the grosser earth, fire ... that this fire shall be culinary when called forth from the earth by ordinary combustion, and electric when called forth by friction. Thus have I exhibited this wonderful agent in most of the lights in which it has yet been seen; and flatter myself the reader’s deductions from these appearances will be similar to my own, viz. that electricity emanates in a perfect state from the sun and fixed stars; that its particles repel each other and fill all space; that they have an affinity to the earth and planets, but an affinity that cannot easily be gratified, because the surrounding atmospheres are in part non-conductors, being already saturated, and, of course, repellent of the electric fluid” (Lecture VIII. p. 72).

“If electricity, light, and fire are just different forms of the same principle ... and they originate from the sun, it's reasonable to think that, as they come from that light source, they first appear in their purest form, or as electricity; that when it interacts with the particles in our atmosphere, electricity turns into light, and when it merges with the denser earth, it becomes fire ... that this fire will be used for cooking when it is produced by ordinary combustion, and electric when it's generated by friction. I have shown this amazing force in most of the ways it has been observed so far; and I hope the reader’s conclusions based on these observations will be similar to mine, namely, that electricity originates in a pure form from the sun and fixed stars; that its particles push away from each other and occupy all space; that they are attracted to the earth and planets, but this attraction is hard to satisfy because the surrounding atmospheres are partly non-conductors, already saturated, and therefore, repel the electric fluid” (Lecture VIII. p. 72).

In the section devoted to “Miscellaneous Observations,” he remarks that the magnetic power may almost be said to be created by friction, rather than communicated by it; for a magnet acquires strength by giving magnetism to iron; so that, if all the magnets in the world were lost, magnetism might be revived by rubbing the end of one steel bar against the side of another.

In the section titled “Miscellaneous Observations,” he notes that magnetic power is more like it’s created by friction rather than just being transferred by it; because a magnet gains strength by imparting magnetism to iron. So, if every magnet in the world were to disappear, magnetism could be restored by rubbing one steel bar against another.

Section V, treating of “Magnetic Attraction,” concludes as follows: “How far these observations and experiments go to establish the doctrine of a magnetic effluvium flowing through the earth, or from one end of a magnet to the other, must be left to the reader’s judgment and opinion. We are apt to laugh at the subtil matter of Descartes and the aether of Euler, as occult qualities, which modern philosophy will not admit into its creed, but this effluvium is a subtil matter, an aether, equally as inexplicable and as equally out of the reach of our five senses to scrutinize; however, if we may venture to guess at causes by effects, and to compare analogies with what we can see, feel, etc., I think we have infinite data in favour of an electro-magnetic fluid, superior to any proof that can be brought of æther being the cause of gravity, light, vision, etc.”

Section V, discussing “Magnetic Attraction,” concludes as follows: “How far these observations and experiments establish the idea of a magnetic fluid flowing through the earth, or from one end of a magnet to the other, is up to the reader’s judgment and opinion. We tend to laugh at the subtle matter of Descartes and the aether of Euler, considering them as mysterious qualities that modern philosophy rejects, but this fluid is a subtle matter, an aether, just as inexplicable and beyond the reach of our five senses to examine; however, if we dare to infer causes from effects and to draw comparisons with what we can see, feel, etc., I believe we have countless pieces of evidence in favor of an electro-magnetic fluid, stronger than any proof that can be offered for aether being the cause of gravity, light, vision, etc.”

John Read’s letter to the author concerning the electrophorus appears at pp. 47–49 of the second volume (Poggendorff, Vol. II. pp. 1248–1249).

John Read’s letter to the author about the electrophorus can be found on pages 47–49 of the second volume (Poggendorff, Vol. II. pp. 1248–1249).

A.D. 1802.—Alexandre (Jean), who is said to have been the natural son of Jean Jacques Rousseau, and to have studied for the medical profession, operates his secret telegraph (télégraphe intime) at Poitiers, and afterwards addresses M. Chaptal, Ministre de l’Intérieur, asking for financial aid in order that he may be enabled to go to Paris and submit his invention to the French Government. This request being refused on account of Alexandre’s[361] unwillingness to divulge his secret, he next obtained an audience of M. Cochon, Prefect of Vienne, before whom he demonstrated his invention so successfully that the latter was induced to make a report of it to M. Chaptal, advising him to invite Alexandre to Paris at the expense of the State. A second refusal, however, followed, and Alexandre went to Tours, where he there also failed to obtain the desired assistance, after giving successful exhibitions of his telegraph before the Prefect of Indre-et-Loire, General Rommereul, as well as before the Mayor and the city officials.

A.D. 1802.—Alexandre (Jean), believed to be the illegitimate son of Jean Jacques Rousseau, who studied medicine, operates his secret telegraph (télégraphe intime) in Poitiers. He later reaches out to M. Chaptal, the Minister of the Interior, asking for financial support to travel to Paris and present his invention to the French Government. This request is denied because Alexandre is unwilling to share the details of his secret. He then manages to get an audience with M. Cochon, the Prefect of Vienne, and demonstrates his invention so effectively that Cochon decides to report it to M. Chaptal, recommending that Alexandre be invited to Paris at the government’s expense. However, a second refusal follows, and Alexandre heads to Tours, where he again fails to secure the needed assistance, despite successfully showcasing his telegraph to the Prefect of Indre-et-Loire, General Rommereul, along with the Mayor and city officials.

The substance of Prefect Cochon’s communication is to be found translated at pp. 111–113 of Fahie’s “History of Electric Telegraphy,” which latter also contains a full translation of the report addressed, 10 Fructidor, An. X by the celebrated French astronomer, J. B. J. Delambre, to the First Consul, suggesting for the inventor’s representative, M. Beauvais, an interview which Bonaparte, however, refused to grant.

The main points of Prefect Cochon’s message can be found translated on pages 111–113 of Fahie’s “History of Electric Telegraphy.” This book also includes a complete translation of the report sent on 10 Fructidor, Year X, by the famous French astronomer J. B. J. Delambre to the First Consul, proposing a meeting for the inventor’s representative, M. Beauvais, which Bonaparte ultimately declined.

Alexandre died, 1832–1833, without having revealed his secret to any one but M. Beauvais. It is stated by Fahie that in the English Chronicle of June 19–22, 1802, appears a brief account of the above-named exhibition given at Tours, concluding as follows: “The art or mechanism by which this is effected is unknown, but the inventor says that he can extend it to the distance of four or five leagues, even though a river should be interposed.” A copy of the above-named newspaper, doubtless unique, was in Latimer Clark’s library.

Alexandre died in 1832–1833 without revealing his secret to anyone except M. Beauvais. Fahie notes that in the English Chronicle of June 19–22, 1802, there's a brief account of the exhibition held in Tours, which ends with: “The art or method used to achieve this is unknown, but the inventor claims he can extend it over a distance of four or five leagues, even if there’s a river in the way.” A copy of this newspaper, likely one of a kind, was in Latimer Clark’s library.

References.—“Annales Télégraphiques,” March-April, 1859, pp. 188–199, for M. Edouard Gerspach’s Memoir; “Sci. Am. Suppl.,” No. 384, for a translation of M. Auguste Guéroult’s article in “La Lumière Electrique”; M. Cézanne, “Le Cable Transatlantique,” Paris, 1867, p. 32; M. Bério, “Ephemerides of the Lecture Society,” Genoa, 1872, p. 645.

Sources.—“Annales Télégraphiques,” March-April, 1859, pp. 188–199, for M. Edouard Gerspach’s Memoir; “Sci. Am. Suppl.,” No. 384, for a translation of M. Auguste Guéroult’s article in “La Lumière Electrique”; M. Cézanne, “Le Cable Transatlantique,” Paris, 1867, p. 32; M. Bério, “Ephemerides of the Lecture Society,” Genoa, 1872, p. 645.

A.D. 1802.—Sue (Pierre, aîné), a very able French physician, publishes, at Paris, “Histoire du Galvanisme et analyse des différents ouvrages publiés sur cette découverte ...” which is considered by scientists one of the most important works on the subject.

A.D. 1802.—Sue (Pierre, aîné), a highly skilled French doctor, publishes in Paris “History of Galvanism and analysis of the various works published on this discovery ...” which is regarded by scientists as one of the most significant works on the topic.

References.—“Biographie Générale,” Vol. XLIV. pp. 618–619; Larousse, “Dictionnaire Universel,” Vol. XIV. p. 1200; Wilkinson, “Elem. of Galv.,” 1804, Vol. I. p. 182.

Sources.—“General Biography,” Vol. XLIV. pp. 618–619; Larousse, “Universal Dictionary,” Vol. XIV. p. 1200; Wilkinson, “Elements of Galvanism,” 1804, Vol. I. p. 182.

A.D. 1802.—Brugnatelli (Luigi Valentino), who, after being a pupil, became the close friend and subsequently the colleague of Volta at the Pavia University, is the first to obtain, by means of the voltaic pile, a decidedly practical result in electro-plating. He gilded two large silver medals on bringing them in communication, by means of the steel wire, with the negative pole of a voltaic pile,[362] and by keeping them one after the other immersed in ammoniurets of gold newly prepared and well saturated (Phil. Mag. for 1805).

A.D. 1802.—Brugnatelli (Luigi Valentino), who after being a student became a close friend and later a colleague of Volta at the University of Pavia, was the first to achieve a practical result in electroplating using the voltaic pile. He plated two large silver medals by connecting them with a steel wire to the negative pole of a voltaic pile,[362] and by keeping them one after another immersed in newly prepared and well-saturated ammoniurets of gold (Phil. Mag. for 1805).

He also electro-deposited bright metallic silver upon platinum, and observed that when the current entered the liquid by means of a pole of copper or zinc, those metals were dissolved and then deposited upon the negative pole. Spon tells us (“Dictionary of Engineering,” London, 1874, Vol. II. p. 1378) that the solutions employed by Brugnatelli were alkaline; they consisted of ammoniurets of gold, silver or platina, that is, the product obtained by treating the chlorides of gold and platina or the azotate of silver, by ammonia. There is much obscurity in the descriptions of Brugnatelli, but according to the Journal de Physique et Chimie of Van Mons, the most expeditious method of reducing, by means of the battery, dissolved metallic oxides, is to make use of their ammoniurets by placing the ends of two conducting wires of platina into ammoniuret of mercury. The wire of the negative pole speedily becomes covered with small particles of this metal. MM. Barral, Chevalier and Henri tried to reproduce Brugnatelli’s operation by following his descriptions, but with very imperfect results, the nature of the dissolvent employed by the learned Italian not being known.

He also electro-deposited shiny metallic silver onto platinum and noticed that when the current entered the liquid through a copper or zinc pole, those metals dissolved and then deposited onto the negative pole. Spon tells us (“Dictionary of Engineering,” London, 1874, Vol. II. p. 1378) that the solutions used by Brugnatelli were alkaline; they consisted of ammoniurets of gold, silver, or platinum, which is the product obtained by treating the chlorides of gold and platinum or the azotate of silver with ammonia. There is a lot of confusion in Brugnatelli's descriptions, but according to the Journal de Physique et Chimie of Van Mons, the fastest way to reduce dissolved metallic oxides using a battery is to use their ammoniurets by placing the ends of two platinum conductor wires into ammoniuret of mercury. The wire of the negative pole quickly becomes covered with small particles of this metal. MM. Barral, Chevalier, and Henri attempted to replicate Brugnatelli's process by following his descriptions but had very limited success because the type of solvent used by the learned Italian was unknown.

At p. 136, Vol. XVIII of his Annali di Chimica, etc., Brugnatelli publishes a memoir entitled “Chemical Observations on the Electric Acid.” He says:

At p. 136, Vol. XVIII of his Annali di Chimica, etc., Brugnatelli publishes a paper titled “Chemical Observations on the Electric Acid.” He states:

“Naturalists have hitherto merely abandoned one erroneous hypothesis for another, in considering the nature of the electric fluid. Some have regarded it as identical with heat; while others have been led to consider it as a modified caloric. The disciples of Stahl ascribed it to the nature of their phlogistic or, at least, supposed it to be a fluid abundantly provided with that principle. Henley conjectured it to be phlogistic, when in a state of repose, and fire, when in a state of activity. Among the moderns, several have been found who have declared it to be an acid; but their opinion has been combated by Gardini, who, by means of several ingenious observations, has endeavoured to demonstrate that it is composed of caloric and hydrogen.”

“Naturalists have only swapped one incorrect theory for another when it comes to understanding electric fluid. Some have thought it was the same as heat, while others have suggested it was a form of caloric. The followers of Stahl believed it was linked to their phlogistic, or at least thought it was a fluid rich in that principle. Henley speculated that it was phlogistic when at rest, and fire when active. Among modern thinkers, some have claimed it's an acid, but Gardini has argued against this, trying to show through various clever observations that it's made up of caloric and hydrogen.”

In the earlier experiments on the decomposition of even chemically pure water by the voltaic column, the presence of an acid was always apparent at the pole evolving oxygen, while alkaline matter appeared at the other (Nicholson’s Journal, quarto, Vol. IV. p. 183).

In the earlier experiments on breaking down even chemically pure water using the voltaic column, there was always a noticeable presence of acid at the pole producing oxygen, while alkaline substances appeared at the other end (Nicholson’s Journal, quarto, Vol. IV. p. 183).

Mr. William Cruikshanks supposed the former to be the nitrous acid resulting from a combination of the oxygen at the positive pole with the azote of the air held in solution by the water, while[363] the alkali, he said, proceeded from the combination of the same principle with the hydrogen evolved at the negative pole (Nicholson’s Journal, quarto, Vol. IV. p. 261). Mr. C. B. Desormes afterward endeavoured to show that the products were ammonia and muriatic acids (Annales de Chimie, Vol. XXXVII. p. 233). Brugnatelli’s experiments with the couronne de tasses, however, led him to consider it to be an acid sui generis produced by the combination of one of the constituents of water with positive electricity. He classed it as oxi-electric, and of all the metals, gold and platina alone appeared to him not to be sensibly affected by this electric acid.

Mr. William Cruikshanks believed that the first substance was the nitrous acid formed by the combination of oxygen at the positive pole with the nitrogen in the air that's dissolved in the water, while[363] the alkali, he said, came from the combination of the same principle with the hydrogen released at the negative pole (Nicholson’s Journal, quarto, Vol. IV. p. 261). Mr. C. B. Desormes later tried to demonstrate that the products were ammonia and hydrochloric acid (Annales de Chimie, Vol. XXXVII. p. 233). However, Brugnatelli’s experiments with the couronne de tasses led him to think it was a unique acid produced by the combination of one of water’s components with positive electricity. He categorized it as oxi-electric, and of all the metals, only gold and platinum seemed to him to be unaffected by this electric acid.

References.—For Brugnatelli’s record of other experiments and observations and for his Memoirs upon different piles, upon animal electricity, upon the identity of the electric and galvanic fluids, etc. etc., see his “Principes,” etc., 1803, and “Grundsätze des Elektricität,” etc., 1812, his Annali di Chimica, Vols. VII. p. 239; XIX. pp. 77, 153, 274, 277, 280–281; XXI. pp. 3, 143, etc., 239; XXII. pp. 1, etc., 77–92, 257, 301; the Giornale di Chimica, Fis. e Storia Nat. of L. and G. Brugnatelli, G. Brunacci and P. Configliachi, Vol. I. pp. 147–163, 337–353; IX. p. 145; XI. p. 130, and the “Commentarii Medici,” edited by L. Brugnatelli and L. V. Brera; also Brugnatelli’s Giornale Fisico-Medico, etc., and its continuation, Avanzamenti della Medicina e Fisica, the first named containing (Vol. I. p. 280), a repetition of Galvani’s experiments, made by Volta, Rezia and Brugnatelli; G. Bianconi, “Intorno ...” and “Cenni intorno ... Galvanoplastica” (Nuovi Annali della Scienze Naturali); the “Biblioteca Italiana,” of which his son Gaspare Brugnatelli was an editor, in conjunction with Breislak, Configliachi, Carlini, Cotena, Acerbi, Brunacci, Fantonelli, Fumagelli, Ferrario, Giordiani, Gironi and Monti; G. A. Giobert, “Gior. Fis. Med.,” 1188; Du Pré, “Ann. di Chimica,” IX. 156; P. Mascagni, “Lettera ...” for Brugnatelli’s notes; A. Cossa, “Notizie ... elettro-chimica,” 1858; J. Napier, “Man. of El. Met.,” 4th ed., pp. 491, 492; J. B. Van Mons’ Journal de Chimie, Vols. I. pp. 1, 24, 101, 216, 325; II. pp. 106, 216; IV. p. 143; X. p. 114; XVI. p. 132; also Vol. LXXVI; Giornale di Fis. Chim., Vol. I. pp. 4–32, 28, 139–147, 164–166, 338; “Effemeridi Chim. Mediche di Milano,” 1807, Sem. I. p. 57; A. F. Gehlen’s Journal für die Chemie, Vol. I. pp. 54–88; VI. pp. 116–124; VIII. pp. 319–359; L. W. Gilbert, Annalen der Physik, Vols. VIII. pp. 284–299; XVI. pp. 89–94; XXIII. pp. 177–219; Philosophical Magazine, Vols. XXI. p. 187; XXV. pp. 57–66, 130–142; LIII. p. 321; Dr. Thos. Thomson’s Annals of Philosophy, Vol. XII. p. 228; Alfred Smee’s “Elements of Electro-Metallurgy,” History, pp. xxv-xxvi; Journal de Pharmacie, Vol. III. pp. 425, 426; J. Nauche, Journal du Galvanisme, etc., Vol. II. pp. 55–60; P. Sue, aîné, “Histoire du Galvanisme,” An. X, 1802, Vol. I. p. 305; II. pp. 263, 316, 320, 328; Annales de Chimie, Feb. 1818; for Brugnatelli, “Biblioth. Britan.,” Vol. XXXI., 1806, pp. 43, 122, 223 (pile végétale).

References.—For Brugnatelli’s account of other experiments and observations, as well as his Memoirs on various batteries, animal electricity, and the connection between electric and galvanic fluids, etc., see his “Principes,” etc., 1803, and “Grundsätze des Elektricität,” etc., 1812, his Annali di Chimica, Vols. VII. p. 239; XIX. pp. 77, 153, 274, 277, 280–281; XXI. pp. 3, 143, etc., 239; XXII. pp. 1, etc., 77–92, 257, 301; the Giornale di Chimica, Fis. e Storia Nat. by L. and G. Brugnatelli, G. Brunacci and P. Configliachi, Vol. I. pp. 147–163, 337–353; IX. p. 145; XI. p. 130, and the “Commentarii Medici,” edited by L. Brugnatelli and L. V. Brera; also Brugnatelli’s Giornale Fisico-Medico, etc., and its continuation, Avanzamenti della Medicina e Fisica, the first named containing (Vol. I. p. 280), a repeat of Galvani’s experiments conducted by Volta, Rezia and Brugnatelli; G. Bianconi, “Intorno ...” and “Cenni intorno ... Galvanoplastica” (Nuovi Annali della Scienze Naturali); the “Biblioteca Italiana,” which his son Gaspare Brugnatelli co-edited with Breislak, Configliachi, Carlini, Cotena, Acerbi, Brunacci, Fantonelli, Fumagelli, Ferrario, Giordiani, Gironi and Monti; G. A. Giobert, “Gior. Fis. Med.,” 1188; Du Pré, “Ann. di Chimica,” IX. 156; P. Mascagni, “Lettera ...” for Brugnatelli’s notes; A. Cossa, “Notizie ... elettro-chimica,” 1858; J. Napier, “Man. of El. Met.,” 4th ed., pp. 491, 492; J. B. Van Mons’ Journal de Chimie, Vols. I. pp. 1, 24, 101, 216, 325; II. pp. 106, 216; IV. p. 143; X. p. 114; XVI. p. 132; also Vol. LXXVI; Giornale di Fis. Chim., Vol. I. pp. 4–32, 28, 139–147, 164–166, 338; “Effemeridi Chim. Mediche di Milano,” 1807, Sem. I. p. 57; A. F. Gehlen’s Journal für die Chemie, Vol. I. pp. 54–88; VI. pp. 116–124; VIII. pp. 319–359; L. W. Gilbert, Annalen der Physik, Vols. VIII. pp. 284–299; XVI. pp. 89–94; XXIII. pp. 177–219; Philosophical Magazine, Vols. XXI. p. 187; XXV. pp. 57–66, 130–142; LIII. p. 321; Dr. Thos. Thomson’s Annals of Philosophy, Vol. XII. p. 228; Alfred Smee’s “Elements of Electro-Metallurgy,” History, pp. xxv-xxvi; Journal de Pharmacie, Vol. III. pp. 425, 426; J. Nauche, Journal du Galvanisme, etc., Vol. II. pp. 55–60; P. Sue, aîné, “Histoire du Galvanisme,” An. X, 1802, Vol. I. p. 305; II. pp. 263, 316, 320, 328; Annales de Chimie, Feb. 1818; for Brugnatelli, “Biblioth. Britan.,” Vol. XXXI., 1806, pp. 43, 122, 223 (pile végétale).

A.D. 1802.—Jäger (Karl Christoph Friedrich van), a well-known physicist of Wurtemberg and professor at Stuttgart, confirms by mathematical analysis the theory of electrical distribution and equilibrium, as will be seen by his papers in Gilbert’s Annalen der Physik, Vols. XII. pp. 123, 127; XIII. pp. 399–433; XXIII. pp. 59–84, and LII. pp. 81–108.

A.D. 1802.—Jäger (Karl Christoph Friedrich van), a prominent physicist from Wurtemberg and a professor in Stuttgart, validates the theory of electrical distribution and equilibrium through mathematical analysis, as demonstrated in his papers published in Gilbert’s Annalen der Physik, Vols. XII. pp. 123, 127; XIII. pp. 399–433; XXIII. pp. 59–84, and LII. pp. 81–108.

[364]

[364]

The views of Jäger were fully endorsed by Berzelius, who, like Scholz and Reinhold, endeavoured to extend them, and who says that we are indebted to the German physicist for actually the most complete elucidation of the theory of the voltaic pile.

The views of Jäger were fully supported by Berzelius, who, like Scholz and Reinhold, tried to expand on them, and he states that we owe the German physicist for providing the most comprehensive explanation of the theory of the voltaic pile.

In Vol. XLIX of Gilbert’s Annalen for 1815, pp. 47–66, will be found Jäger’s observations and experiments on Zamboni’s column as well as the papers of Zamboni and Deluc on dry piles. Dr. Thomson says that since Dr. Jäger found that, when the temperature was raised to 104 degrees, or as high as 140 degrees, the pile begins again to act as well as ever, we must conclude from this that dry paper, while cold, is a nonconductor of electricity, but that it becomes again a conductor when heated up to 104 degrees or 140 degrees.

In Volume XLIX of Gilbert’s Annalen from 1815, pages 47–66, you can find Jäger’s observations and experiments on Zamboni’s column, along with the papers by Zamboni and Deluc on dry piles. Dr. Thomson notes that since Dr. Jäger discovered that when the temperature is raised to 104 degrees or even up to 140 degrees, the pile functions as well as it did before, we can conclude that dry paper, when cold, does not conduct electricity, but it becomes a conductor again when heated to 104 degrees or 140 degrees.

References.—Poggendorff, Vol. I. pp. 1186, 1187; “Catalogue of Scientific Papers of the Royal Society,” Vol. III. p. 525; Jäger on the tourmaline in Gilbert’s Annalen for 1817, Vol. LV. pp. 369, 416, and Jäger, Bohnenberger and Zamboni in the Annalen for 1819, Vol. LXII. pp. 227–246; Figuier, “Expos. et Histoire,” 1857, Vol. IV. p. 433; Davy, “Bakerian Lectures,” 1840, pp. 44–56, on the “Agencies of Electricity.”

References.—Poggendorff, Vol. I. pp. 1186, 1187; “Catalogue of Scientific Papers of the Royal Society,” Vol. III. p. 525; Jäger on the tourmaline in Gilbert’s Annalen for 1817, Vol. LV. pp. 369, 416, and Jäger, Bohnenberger and Zamboni in the Annalen for 1819, Vol. LXII. pp. 227–246; Figuier, “Expos. et Histoire,” 1857, Vol. IV. p. 433; Davy, “Bakerian Lectures,” 1840, pp. 44–56, on the “Agencies of Electricity.”

A.D. 1802.—Gale (T.), an American physician, publishes at Troy “Electricity or Ethereal Fire ... considered naturally, astronomically and medically, and comprehending both the theory and practice of medical electricity,” etc. Among other things, he describes at pp. 27, 28, various experiments made with his galvanometer; explains at pp. 46–64 how the Newtonian principles are erroneous; and shows at p. 264 how to extract lightning from the clouds; while at pp. 272, etc., are given directions for using electricity both as a sure preventive and cure of diseases.

A.D. 1802.—Gale (T.), an American doctor, publishes in Troy “Electricity or Ethereal Fire ... considered naturally, astronomically, and medically, and including both the theory and practice of medical electricity,” etc. Among other things, he describes on pages 27 and 28 various experiments conducted with his galvanometer; explains on pages 46–64 why the Newtonian principles are incorrect; and demonstrates on page 264 how to extract lightning from the clouds; while on pages 272 and following, he provides instructions for using electricity as a reliable prevention and treatment for illnesses.

A.D. 1802.—Gibbes (George Smith), M.D., of Bath, reads before the Royal Society a paper on the Phenomena of Galvanism thus noticed by Dr. Young at pp. 672, 673, Vol. II. of his “Course of Lectures,” London, 1707:

A.D. 1802.—Gibbes (George Smith), M.D., of Bath, presents a paper to the Royal Society on the phenomena of galvanism, as mentioned by Dr. Young on pages 672 and 673, Volume II of his “Course of Lectures,” London, 1707:

“Dr. Gibbes begins with reciting some experiments on the oxidation produced during the union of tinfoil with mercury, first in the air and then under water. He assumes a different opinion from that of Dr. Wollaston, respecting the origination of electricity in chemical changes, and maintains on the contrary that the electrical changes are to be considered as preceding and favouring the chemical. He imagines that the simple contact of various substances produces changes of electrical equilibrium, and that the action of acids is effectual in promoting these changes, by bringing their surfaces into contact. Dr. Gibbes observes upon Dr.[365] Wollaston’s experiment of immersing zinc and silver in an acid solution, that if they are placed in two separate portions of the fluid, and the parts not immersed are brought into contact there is no emission of gas from the silver; but that it is copiously produced when the contact takes place in the same fluid. He proceeds to relate some experiments which seem to show a difference between galvanism and electricity, particularly that galvanism does not appear to be attracted by metallic points. He also states an experiment in which a piece of paper is placed on tinfoil, and rubbed with elastic gum, and although the tinfoil is not insulated, sparks are produced on raising the paper. Dr. Gibbes concludes with some arguments against the doctrine of the decomposition of water; and advances as a probable opinion, that oxygen and hydrogen gas are composed of water as a basis, united with two other elements, which, combined, form heat.”

“Dr. Gibbes starts by discussing some experiments on the oxidation that occurs when tinfoil and mercury combine, first in the air and then underwater. He has a different viewpoint from Dr. Wollaston regarding the source of electricity in chemical reactions, arguing instead that electrical changes should be seen as occurring before and facilitating the chemical ones. He believes that just the contact between different substances creates changes in electrical balance, and that acids play a significant role in promoting these changes by making their surfaces touch. Dr. Gibbes comments on Dr. [365] Wollaston’s experiment where zinc and silver are immersed in an acidic solution, noting that if they are placed in two separate parts of the fluid and the non-immersed sections come into contact, there is no gas emitted from the silver; however, gas is produced when the contact occurs in the same fluid. He goes on to describe some experiments that seem to indicate a distinction between galvanism and electricity, especially in that galvanism does not seem to be attracted to metal points. He also shares an experiment where a piece of paper is placed on tinfoil and rubbed with elastic gum, and even though the tinfoil isn’t insulated, sparks are created when the paper is lifted. Dr. Gibbes wraps up with some arguments against the theory of water decomposition and proposes that oxygen and hydrogen gases might be made from water as a base, combined with two other elements that together create heat.”

As remarked by Wilkinson (“Elements of Galvanism,” London, 1804, Vol. II. pp. 385, 386), Dr. Gibbes’ hypothesis as to the composition of water having been deduced from Richter’s experiments, and these latter proving erroneous, the ingenious superstructure which the doctor has erected must necessarily fall to the ground.

As noted by Wilkinson (“Elements of Galvanism,” London, 1804, Vol. II. pp. 385, 386), Dr. Gibbes' theory about the composition of water, which was based on Richter’s experiments, and since those experiments were shown to be wrong, the clever framework that the doctor built must inevitably collapse.

A.D. 1802.—Romagnosi (Gian Domenico Gregorio Giuseppe), Italian jurist of Salsomaggiore, near Piacenza, who had devoted much time to scientific investigation, and was about taking the law professorship at the Parma University, communicates, Aug. 3, 1802, to the Gazetta di Trento, his important paper entitled “Articulo sul Galvanismo.” Of the latter, a translation, made from the reprint at p. 8 of Gilb. Govi’s “Romagnosi e l’Elettro-magnetismo,” appears at pp. 259, 260 of Fahie’s “History of Electric Telegraphy.”

A.D. 1802.—Romagnosi (Gian Domenico Gregorio Giuseppe), an Italian jurist from Salsomaggiore, near Piacenza, who had spent a lot of time on scientific research, was about to take a law professorship at the University of Parma. On August 3, 1802, he shared his significant paper titled “Articulo sul Galvanismo” with the Gazetta di Trento. A translation of this paper, based on the reprint on page 8 of Gilb. Govi’s “Romagnosi e l’Elettro-magnetismo,” can be found on pages 259 and 260 of Fahie’s “History of Electric Telegraphy.”

To Romagnosi has by many been given the credit of having discovered the directive influence of the galvanic current upon a magnetic needle. This claim has of late years been again made for him, notably by Dr. Donato Tommasi, of Paris (Cosmos, les Mondes of June 30, 1883), while Dr. J. Hamel endeavoured to prove (pp. 37–39 of “Historical Account ... Galv. and Mag. Elec. ...” reprinted by W. F. Cooke for the Society of Arts, London, 1859) that Oersted was aware of Romagnosi’s experiments at the time he published the discovery of electro-magnetism. This is what Dr. Hamel says:

To Romagnosi, many have attributed the discovery of how a galvanic current affects a magnetic needle. This claim has recently been brought up again, especially by Dr. Donato Tommasi from Paris (Cosmos, les Mondes of June 30, 1883), while Dr. J. Hamel tried to show (pp. 37–39 of “Historical Account ... Galv. and Mag. Elec. ...” reprinted by W. F. Cooke for the Society of Arts, London, 1859) that Oersted knew about Romagnosi’s experiments when he announced the discovery of electromagnetism. Here is what Dr. Hamel says:

“I cannot forego stating my belief that Oersted knew of Romagnosi’s discovery announced in 1802, which was eighteen years before the publication of his own observations. It was mentioned in the book of Giovanni Aldini (the nephew of Galvani)[366] ... Oersted was in Paris 1802 and 1803, and it appears from the book of Aldini, that at the time he finished it Oersted was still in communication with him; for he says at the end (p. 376) he had not been able to add the information received from Oersted, Doctor of the University at Copenhagen, about the galvanic labours of scientific men in that country.... It deserves to be remembered, that from Aldini’s book (“Essai théorique et expérimental sur le galvanisme,” etc., Paris, 1804, qto. p. 191, or Vol. I. of the 8vo ed., pp. 339–340) it was known that the chemist, Giuseppe Mojon (Joseph Mojon, in the French), at Genoa, had before 1804 observed in unmagnetized needles exposed to the galvanic current ‘a sort of polarity.’ Joseph Izarn repeats this also in his ‘Manuel du Galvanisme’ (Paris, An. xii., 1804, sec. iii. p. 120, or 1805, sec. ix.), which book was one of those that by order were to be placed in the library of every lycée of France.”

“I can’t help but express my belief that Oersted was aware of Romagnosi’s discovery announced in 1802, which was eighteen years before he published his own observations. It was mentioned in the book by Giovanni Aldini (the nephew of Galvani)[366] ... Oersted was in Paris in 1802 and 1803, and Aldini’s book indicates that he was still in contact with Oersted when he finished it; he mentions at the end (p. 376) that he couldn’t include the information received from Oersted, Doctor of the University at Copenhagen, about the galvanic efforts of scientists in that country.... It’s worth noting that from Aldini’s book (“Essai théorique et expérimental sur le galvanisme,” etc., Paris, 1804, qto. p. 191, or Vol. I. of the 8vo ed., pp. 339–340) it became known that the chemist, Giuseppe Mojon (Joseph Mojon, in French), in Genoa, had observed in unmagnetized needles exposed to the galvanic current before 1804 ‘a sort of polarity.’ Joseph Izarn also repeats this in his ‘Manuel du Galvanisme’ (Paris, An. xii., 1804, sec. iii. p. 120, or 1805, sec. ix.), which was one of the books that were ordered to be placed in the library of every lycée in France.”

Robert Sabine remarks (“The Electric Telegraph,” 8vo., 1867, p. 22; “History of the Electric Telegraph,” in Weale’s Rudimentary Treatises, 1869, pp. 23, 24; “History and Progress of the Electric Telegraph,” 3rd ed., 1872, p. 23):

Robert Sabine notes (“The Electric Telegraph,” 8vo., 1867, p. 22; “History of the Electric Telegraph,” in Weale’s Rudimentary Treatises, 1869, pp. 23, 24; “History and Progress of the Electric Telegraph,” 3rd ed., 1872, p. 23):

“The discovery of the power of a galvanic current to deflect a magnetic needle, as well as to polarize an unmagnetized one, were known to, and described as early as 1804, by Prof. Izarn.... The paragraph which especially refers to this subject is headed ‘Appareil pour reconnaitre l’action du galvanisme, sur la polarité d’une aiguille aimantée.’ After explaining the way to prepare the apparatus, which consists simply in putting a freely suspended magnetic needle parallel and close to a straight metallic conductor through which a galvanic current is circulating, he described the effects in the following words: ‘According to the observations of Romagnosi, a physicist of Trent, a magnetized needle which is submitted to a galvanic current undergoes (éprouve) a declination; and according to those of J. Mojon, a learned chemist of Genoa, unmagnetized needles acquire by this means a sort of magnetic polarity.’ To Romagnosi, physicist of Trent, therefore, and not, as is generally believed, to Oersted, physicist at Copenhagen (who observed, in 1820, the phenomenon of the deflection of a magnet needle by a voltaic current), is due the credit of having made this important discovery.”

“The discovery of the ability of a galvanic current to deflect a magnetic needle and to polarize an unmagnetized one was known and described as early as 1804 by Prof. Izarn.... The paragraph that specifically discusses this topic is titled ‘Apparel for recognizing the effect of galvanism on the polarity of a magnetic needle.’ After explaining how to set up the apparatus, which simply involves placing a freely suspended magnetic needle parallel and close to a straight metal conductor carrying a galvanic current, he described the effects in the following words: ‘According to the observations of Romagnosi, a physicist from Trent, a magnetized needle that is exposed to a galvanic current experiences a declination; and according to those of J. Mojon, a learned chemist from Genoa, unmagnetized needles gain a kind of magnetic polarity through this process.’ So, credit for this significant discovery goes to Romagnosi, the physicist from Trent, and not, as is widely believed, to Oersted, the physicist from Copenhagen (who observed the phenomenon of the deflection of a magnetic needle by a voltaic current in 1820).”

On the other hand, Gilb. Govi, who gives in his afore-named work a good illustration of Romagnosi’s experiment, explains that it resembles in no way the experiment of Oersted, there being no magnetic action of the column on the magnetic needle, which latter is in fact repelled by the mere electricity of the pile. Ronalds states that Romagnosi’s experiment, much like that made by[367] Schweigger (A. F. Gehlen’s Journal für die Chimie und Physik, 1808, pp. 206–208), was a modification if not a repetition of the one which Thomas Milner performed with static electricity (T. Milner’s “Experiments and Observations in Electricity,” London, 1783, p. 35), wherein a magnetic needle forms the electrometer since improved upon by J. C. A. Peltier.

On the other hand, Gilb. Govi, who provides a good example of Romagnosi’s experiment in his previously mentioned work, explains that it is in no way similar to Oersted’s experiment, as there is no magnetic interaction between the column and the magnetic needle; in fact, the needle is repelled solely by the electricity from the pile. Ronalds points out that Romagnosi’s experiment, much like the one conducted by[367] Schweigger (A. F. Gehlen’s Journal für die Chimie und Physik, 1808, pp. 206–208), was either a modification or a repetition of the experiment that Thomas Milner performed with static electricity (T. Milner’s “Experiments and Observations in Electricity,” London, 1783, p. 35), where a magnetic needle serves as the electrometer that has since been improved by J. C. A. Peltier.

To the ordinary mind, a conclusive proof that Romagnosi had no part in the discovery of electro-magnetism would seem to be, as Fahie rightly observes, the fact that he himself never claimed any, although he lived until 1835, fifteen years after the announcement made by the Danish philosopher. Fahie calls attention, for some experiments in the same line, to J. B. Van Mons’ Journal de Chimie, Bruxelles, January 1803, p. 52, and to Nicholson’s Journal of Nat. Phil., Vol. VII. p. 304, as well as to the 1746 and 1763 Phil. Trans. for investigations made by B. Robins and Ebenezer Kinnersley, and he likewise alludes to others recorded in the Amer. Polytechnic Review for 1831, and in the Quarterly Journal of Science and the Arts for 1826, to all of which, he says, as little real attention should be given as can properly be attached to the observations of Aldini and of Izarn previously referred to.

To the average person, a convincing argument that Romagnosi had nothing to do with the discovery of electromagnetism would seem to be, as Fahie rightly points out, that he never claimed any involvement, even though he lived until 1835, fifteen years after the announcement by the Danish philosopher. Fahie highlights some relevant experiments by referring to J. B. Van Mons’ Journal de Chimie, Bruxelles, January 1803, p. 52, and to Nicholson’s Journal of Nat. Phil., Vol. VII. p. 304, as well as to the 1746 and 1763 Phil. Trans. for studies conducted by B. Robins and Ebenezer Kinnersley. He also mentions other works noted in the Amer. Polytechnic Review for 1831, and in the Quarterly Journal of Science and the Arts for 1826, suggesting that these should receive as little credibility as is justifiably given to the observations of Aldini and Izarn mentioned earlier.

References.—“Notizia di G. D. Romagnosi, stesa da Cesare Cantù,” Milan, 1835; “Nuova Scelta d’ Opuscoli,” Vol. I. p. 201; Gazetta di Roveredo for 1802, No. 65; “Atti della Reale Accad. delle Scienze di Torino,” Vol. IV, April 7, 1869; J. C. Poggendorff, Vol. II. pp. 681, 682; S. I. Prime’s “Life of Morse,” 1875, p. 264; Phil. Mag., Vol. LVIII. p. 43; Journal Soc. of Arts, April 23, 1858, p. 356, and July 29, 1859, pp. 605, 606; Bibl. Ital., Vol. XCVIII. p. 60; Gilbert, Annalen, 1821, Vol. LXVIII. p. 208; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. XIII. p. 1318; “Biographie Générale,” Vol. XLII. pp. 574, 575, the last named remarking that the discovery alluded to in the works of Aldini and Izarn passed unnoticed till Oersted caused its value to be fully appreciated.

References.—“Notizia di G. D. Romagnosi, written by Cesare Cantù,” Milan, 1835; “Nuova Scelta d’ Opuscoli,” Vol. I, p. 201; Gazetta di Roveredo for 1802, No. 65; “Atti della Reale Accad. delle Scienze di Torino,” Vol. IV, April 7, 1869; J. C. Poggendorff, Vol. II, pp. 681, 682; S. I. Prime’s “Life of Morse,” 1875, p. 264; Phil. Mag., Vol. LVIII, p. 43; Journal Soc. of Arts, April 23, 1858, p. 356, and July 29, 1859, pp. 605, 606; Bibl. Ital., Vol. XCVIII, p. 60; Gilbert, Annalen, 1821, Vol. LXVIII, p. 208; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. XIII, p. 1318; “Biographie Générale,” Vol. XLII, pp. 574, 575, the last named noting that the discovery referred to in the works of Aldini and Izarn went unnoticed until Oersted highlighted its importance.

A.D. 1802.—Parrot (George Friedrich), Russian physician and professor at Dorpat, is, of all the European savants, the one who developed most extensively the chemical theory of the voltaic pile. The superior manner in which all his observations were carried on have led many to consider him justly entitled to the credit of being the founder of the theory (Figuier, “Exposition et Histoire,” etc., Paris, 1857, Vol. IV. chapitre viii. pp. 426–429).

A.D. 1802.—Parrot (George Friedrich), a Russian doctor and professor at Dorpat, is recognized among European scholars as the one who extensively advanced the chemical theory of the voltaic pile. The exceptional quality of his observations has led many to believe he rightly deserves credit as the founder of this theory (Figuier, “Exposition et Histoire,” etc., Paris, 1857, Vol. IV. chapitre viii. pp. 426–429).

He commenced his experiments in 1801, and first recorded them in a memoir which was crowned the same year by the Batavi Scientific Society of Haarlem. His other papers on the same subject followed in rapid succession, mainly through L. W. Gilbert’s Annalen der Physik, under such heads as: “Sketch of a New Theory of Galvanic Electricity, and Concerning the Decomposition of Water,” etc. (“Combination of Induction and Chemical Action,” Gilb., Vol. XII. p. 49, Seypfer, p. 200), “How to Measure Electricity,”[368] “Relative to the Electrometer,” “The Effects of the Condenser,” and “The Theory of Volta Concerning Galvanic Electricity,” all of which appeared in Vol. LXI. of the Annalen. These papers were alluded to in his letter to the editors of the Annales de Chimie et de Physique (An. Ch. et Phys., Vol. XLII. p. 45), and were afterward greatly amplified in his “Treatise on Natural Philosophy.”

He started his experiments in 1801 and first documented them in a paper that was recognized the same year by the Batavi Scientific Society of Haarlem. His other articles on the same topic quickly followed, mostly published in L. W. Gilbert’s Annalen der Physik, under titles like: “Sketch of a New Theory of Galvanic Electricity, and Concerning the Decomposition of Water,” etc. (“Combination of Induction and Chemical Action,” Gilb., Vol. XII. p. 49, Seypfer, p. 200), “How to Measure Electricity,”[368] “Relative to the Electrometer,” “The Effects of the Condenser,” and “The Theory of Volta Concerning Galvanic Electricity,” all of which were included in Vol. LXI. of the Annalen. These papers were mentioned in his letter to the editors of the Annales de Chimie et de Physique (An. Ch. et Phys., Vol. XLII. p. 45), and were later significantly expanded in his “Treatise on Natural Philosophy.”

Parrot started with the determination to demolish completely the theories of Volta and to thoroughly instruct him anew (instruire de toutes pièces le procès du physicien de Pavie), and it must be admitted that the many important facts enounced by Parrot were such as would have ordinarily created a disturbing influence, but they became known after Volta’s views had been thoroughly espoused by many German and French scientists and consequently attracted comparatively little attention.

Parrot began with the goal of completely discrediting Volta's theories and to teach him from scratch (instruire de toutes pièces le procès du physicien de Pavie). It’s worth noting that the numerous important facts presented by Parrot would usually have caused a significant disturbance, but they came to light after many German and French scientists had already strongly supported Volta's views, and therefore, they drew relatively little attention.

At p. 466, Vol. II of Dr. Thomas Young’s “Course of Lectures,” London, 1807, reference is made to a paper in Gilbert’s Annalen der Physik (X. p. 11, also XIII. p. 244), concerning Parrot’s theory of evaporation, with mention of the fact that the same paper contains a proposal for inoculating the clouds with thunder and lightning, by projecting bombs to a sufficient height.

At p. 466, Vol. II of Dr. Thomas Young’s “Course of Lectures,” London, 1807, there is a reference to a paper in Gilbert’s Annalen der Physik (X. p. 11, also XIII. p. 244) about Parrot’s theory of evaporation, noting that the same paper includes a suggestion to inoculate the clouds with thunder and lightning by launching bombs to a high enough altitude.

Parrot also devised a scheme for telegraphing, which is described in the Mem. Acad. Petropol., ser. vi. Vol. I for 1838, and is alluded to in the Report on Telegraphs for the United States, made at request of the Hon. Levi Woodbury, Secretary of the Treasury, by the Committee on Science and the Arts of the Franklin Institute. The proposed telegraph, as worded in the Report, “consists of a single arm or indicator, which should be about nine feet long and one foot wide, with a cross-piece at one end, about three feet long and one wide; the whole being movable about an axis at its centre.... The movements may be communicated with ease and certainty, either by an endless chain passing over a wheel on the axis, and a wheel in the building; or by a cog-wheel on the axis, and an endless screw on a vertical bar. For night signals, three lamps are used, one swinging beyond the end of the arm, the other two beyond the ends of the cross-piece.”

Parrot also came up with a plan for telegraphing, which is detailed in the Mem. Acad. Petropol., ser. vi. Vol. I from 1838, and is mentioned in the Report on Telegraphs for the United States, made at the request of the Hon. Levi Woodbury, Secretary of the Treasury, by the Committee on Science and the Arts of the Franklin Institute. The proposed telegraph, as stated in the Report, “consists of a single arm or indicator, which should be about nine feet long and one foot wide, with a cross-piece at one end, about three feet long and one wide; the whole being movable about an axis at its center.... The movements may be communicated with ease and certainty, either by an endless chain passing over a wheel on the axis, and a wheel in the building; or by a cog-wheel on the axis, and an endless screw on a vertical bar. For night signals, three lamps are used, one swinging beyond the end of the arm, the other two beyond the ends of the cross-piece.”

References.—Gilbert’s Annalen, Vols. XXI for 1805, LV for 1817, LX for 1819; J. H. Voigt’s Magazin, Vol. IV; Grindel’s “Russ. Jahrb. f. Chem. u. Pharm.,” XI, 1810; L. Turnbull, “Elec. Mag. Tel.,” p. 19; “Naturwiss. Abhandl. aus Dorpat.,” I, 1823; “Roy. Soc. Cat. of Sc. Papers,” Vol. IV. pp. 765–767; Annales de Chimie, Vol. XLII, 1829, pp. 42–45, and Vol. XLVI, 1831, p. 361; “Mém. sixième série Sc. Mathém.,” first part of Vols. III and V; “Pander’s Beitr. z. Naturk, I.”

References.—Gilbert’s Annalen, Vols. XXI for 1805, LV for 1817, LX for 1819; J. H. Voigt’s Magazin, Vol. IV; Grindel’s “Russ. Jahrb. f. Chem. u. Pharm.,” XI, 1810; L. Turnbull, “Elec. Mag. Tel.,” p. 19; “Naturwiss. Abhandl. aus Dorpat.,” I, 1823; “Roy. Soc. Cat. of Sc. Papers,” Vol. IV. pp. 765–767; Annales de Chimie, Vol. XLII, 1829, pp. 42–45, and Vol. XLVI, 1831, p. 361; “Mém. sixième série Sc. Mathém.,” first part of Vols. III and V; “Pander’s Beitr. z. Naturk, I.”

A.D. 1802–1806.—Berzelius (Baron Jöns Jacob Freiherr von), M.D., one of the greatest of modern chemists, native of East[369] Gothland, Sweden, publishes his “De Electricitatis ...” or “Physical Researches on the Effect of Galvanism upon Organized Bodies,” which established his reputation as an experimental philosopher and procured for him the appointment of Assistant Professor of Medicine, Botany and Chemical Pharmacy at Stockholm. Of the very great number of scientific papers which he communicated to learned Societies, that entitled “An Essay on the Division of Salts through Galvanism” deserves especial mention, for in it, he lays down the electro-chemical theory, the honour of being the original propounder of which is by many claimed for Sir Humphry Davy.

A.D. 1802–1806.—Berzelius (Baron Jöns Jacob Freiherr von), M.D., one of the greatest modern chemists, originally from East[369] Gothland, Sweden, publishes his “De Electricitatis ...” or “Physical Researches on the Effect of Galvanism upon Organized Bodies,” which established his reputation as an experimental philosopher and earned him the position of Assistant Professor of Medicine, Botany, and Chemical Pharmacy in Stockholm. Among the many scientific papers he presented to learned societies, the one titled “An Essay on the Division of Salts through Galvanism” is especially noteworthy, as it introduces the electro-chemical theory, which many attribute to Sir Humphry Davy as its original proponent.

In conjunction with Gottlieb Gahn, with W. Hisinger, of Elfstorps Bruk, and with the Swedish physician, Magnus Martin de Pontin, Berzelius made many very extensive observations and published numerous treatises, the most important of which are embraced in the papers named at foot (Sir Humphry Davy, “Bakerian Lectures,” London, 1840, more particularly at pp. 13, 20, 109, 111, 122–123).

In collaboration with Gottlieb Gahn and W. Hisinger of Elfstorps Bruk, as well as the Swedish doctor Magnus Martin de Pontin, Berzelius carried out extensive observations and published many papers, the most significant of which are included in the referenced works (Sir Humphry Davy, “Bakerian Lectures,” London, 1840, specifically on pp. 13, 20, 109, 111, 122–123).

As has been before observed, the brilliant investigations of Berzelius and Hisinger, together with those of Nicholson and Carlisle, of Dr. William Henry and of Sir Humphry Davy, actually created a new epoch in the history of chemistry. Prof. Wm. B. Rogers better expressed the fact in his address of Jan. 16, 1879, when saying that “through the labours mainly of Berzelius and of Davy, the great generalization of electro-positive and electro-negative substances was established, and with it the fruitful theory of the electro-chemical exposition of compound bodies.” Such of the experiments of Berzelius as were repeated by Sir Humphry Davy before the English Royal Institution, are embodied in Davy’s paper (partly alluded to above in “Bakerian Lectures”) which was read before the Royal Society, June 30, 1808. According to J. F. W. Herschel, Berzelius and Hisinger ascertained it as a general law, that in all of the chemical decompositions which they effected, the acids and oxygen become transferred to, and accumulated around, the positive pole, and hydrogen, alkaline earths and metals around the negative pole of a voltaic circuit; being transferred in an invisible, and, as it were, a latent or torpid state, by the action of the electric current, through considerable spaces, and even through large quantities of water or other liquid, again to reappear with all their properties at their appropriate resting-places.

As previously noted, the groundbreaking research of Berzelius and Hisinger, along with that of Nicholson, Carlisle, Dr. William Henry, and Sir Humphry Davy, marked the dawn of a new era in the history of chemistry. Professor Wm. B. Rogers articulated this idea well in his address on January 16, 1879, stating that “through the efforts mainly of Berzelius and Davy, the significant generalization of electro-positive and electro-negative substances was established, leading to the productive theory of the electro-chemical explanation of compound substances.” Some of Berzelius's experiments, which Sir Humphry Davy repeated at the English Royal Institution, are included in Davy's paper (partially mentioned earlier in the “Bakerian Lectures”) that was presented to the Royal Society on June 30, 1808. According to J. F. W. Herschel, Berzelius and Hisinger discovered a general law that in all the chemical reactions they conducted, the acids and oxygen moved to and gathered around the positive pole of a voltaic circuit, while hydrogen, alkaline earths, and metals collected around the negative pole. This transfer occurred in an invisible, almost latent state, through the action of the electric current, across significant distances and even through large volumes of water or other liquids, reappearing with all their properties at their designated resting spots.

Berzelius discovered selenium while examining certain substances found in the acid manufactured at Gripsholm, Sweden. He includes selenium among the metals; but as it is a nonconductor of electricity, also a most imperfect conductor of heat, and as, in other[370] respects, it bears much analogy to sulphur, it is generally placed among the non-metallic combustibles (Brande, “Manual of Chemistry,” London, 1848, Vol. I. p. 435; Berzelius, “Lehrbuch der Chemie,” “Traité,” etc., Paris, 1846, Vol. II. p. 184; “Annales de Chimie et de Physique,” Vol. IX. p. 160; “Annals of Philosophy,” Vol. XIII. p. 401 and Vol. VIII, N.S. p. 104). The important rôle which the high electrical resistance of selenium has in its early days been made to play by Mr. Willoughby Smith, Dr. Werner Siemens and others, is alluded to at pp. 791–794 of Vol. IV supplement to “Ure’s Dict. of Arts,” etc., London, 1878.

Berzelius discovered selenium while studying certain substances found in the acid produced in Gripsholm, Sweden. He categorized selenium as a metal; however, because it doesn’t conduct electricity and is a very poor conductor of heat, and because it shares many similarities with sulfur, it is usually classified among the non-metallic combustibles (Brande, “Manual of Chemistry,” London, 1848, Vol. I, p. 435; Berzelius, “Lehrbuch der Chemie,” “Traité,” etc., Paris, 1846, Vol. II, p. 184; “Annales de Chimie et de Physique,” Vol. IX, p. 160; “Annals of Philosophy,” Vol. XIII, p. 401 and Vol. VIII, N.S., p. 104). The significant role that selenium’s high electrical resistance has played in its early applications, as noted by Mr. Willoughby Smith, Dr. Werner Siemens, and others, is mentioned on pages 791–794 of Volume IV of the supplement to “Ure’s Dict. of Arts,” etc., London, 1878.

For full accounts of Berzelius’ numerous contributions to science, attention is called to the following:

For complete details on Berzelius' many contributions to science, please refer to the following:

References.—“Royal Society Catal. of Sc. Papers,” Vol. I. pp. 330–341; “Gedächtnissrede auf Berzelius ...” Berlin, 1851; G. Forchammer, “J. J. Berzelius,” 1849; Poggendorff, Vol. I. pp. 172–175; “Afhandl. i Fisik. ...”; Jos. Thomas, “Dict. of Biography,” 1870, Vol. I. p. 341; “Report Smiths. Inst.” for 1862, p. 380; “Vetensk. Acad. Handl.”; “La Grande Encyclopédie,” Vol. VI. p. 478. See likewise, “Journal Frankl. Inst.,” 3rd Ser., Vol. XVI. pp. 343–348; Faraday’s “Experim. Researches,” Arts., 746, 870, 960, and Vol. II. pp. 226–228; Gahn at p. 226 of Becquerel’s “Eléments d’El. Ch.,” Paris, 1843; “Annalen der Physik,” Vol. XXVII. pp. 270, 311, 316, and Vol. XXXVI. p. 260; Gehlen’s “Journal für die Chem. und Phys.,” Vol. I. p. 115 and Vol. III. p. 177; John Black, “An Attempt ... Electro-Chem. Theory,” London, 1814; Gmelin’s “Chemistry,” Vol. I. pp. 400, 457–458, 461–462; “Encycl. Metrop.” (Galvanism), Vol. IV. pp. 221–222; “Sc. Am. Suppl.,” No. 284, p. 4523, for report of Helmholtz’s Faraday Lecture of April 5, 1881, taken from the “Chemical News”; Sturgeon’s “Annals,” Vol. VII. pp. 300–303; Vol. VIII. p. 80; Whewell, “History of the Inductive Sciences,” 1859, Vol. II. pp. 304, 347–348; Thos. Thomson, “An Outline of the Sciences ...” London, 1830, Chap. XIV. p. 532; Berzelius and Wöhler on Volcanoes, in Poggendorff’s “Annalen,” Bd. I. s. 221, and Bd. XI. s. 146; “Journal des Savants” for June 1892, pp. 375–385; J. Berzelius and F. Wöhler, Leipzig, 1901; “Svenskt Biografiskt Handlexikon,” Herm. Hofberg, Stockholm, pp. 88–89; “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. LI, 1812, pp. 174–183 (“Nicholson’s Journal,” July 1812) for John Gough’s remarks on the hygrometer of Berzelius (Phil. Mag., Vol. XXXIII. p. 177); “Annales de Chimie,” Vol. LI. pp. 167, 171; Vol. LXXXVI for 1813, p. 146; Vol. LXXXVII. pp. 286, etc.; also Vol. LXXIII. pp. 198, 200–201, the last named giving an account of the ammoniacal amalgam which Berzelius and Pontin were the first to explain.

Sources.—“Royal Society Catal. of Sc. Papers,” Vol. I. pp. 330–341; “Memorial Speech for Berzelius ...” Berlin, 1851; G. Forchammer, “J. J. Berzelius,” 1849; Poggendorff, Vol. I. pp. 172–175; “Treatise in Physics ...”; Jos. Thomas, “Dict. of Biography,” 1870, Vol. I. p. 341; “Report Smiths. Inst.” for 1862, p. 380; “Vetensk. Acad. Handl.”; “La Grande Encyclopédie,” Vol. VI. p. 478. See also, “Journal Frankl. Inst.,” 3rd Ser., Vol. XVI. pp. 343–348; Faraday’s “Experimental Researches,” Arts., 746, 870, 960, and Vol. II. pp. 226–228; Gahn at p. 226 of Becquerel’s “Elements of Electrochemistry,” Paris, 1843; “Annalen der Physik,” Vol. XXVII. pp. 270, 311, 316, and Vol. XXXVI. p. 260; Gehlen’s “Journal für die Chem. und Phys.,” Vol. I. p. 115 and Vol. III. p. 177; John Black, “An Attempt ... Electro-Chemical Theory,” London, 1814; Gmelin’s “Chemistry,” Vol. I. pp. 400, 457–458, 461–462; “Encycl. Metrop.” (Galvanism), Vol. IV. pp. 221–222; “Sci. Am. Suppl.,” No. 284, p. 4523, for report of Helmholtz’s Faraday Lecture of April 5, 1881, taken from the “Chemical News”; Sturgeon’s “Annals,” Vol. VII. pp. 300–303; Vol. VIII. p. 80; Whewell, “History of the Inductive Sciences,” 1859, Vol. II. pp. 304, 347–348; Thos. Thomson, “An Outline of the Sciences ...” London, 1830, Chap. XIV. p. 532; Berzelius and Wöhler on Volcanoes, in Poggendorff’s “Annalen,” Bd. I. s. 221, and Bd. XI. s. 146; “Journal des Savants” for June 1892, pp. 375–385; J. Berzelius and F. Wöhler, Leipzig, 1901; “Svenskt Biografiskt Handlexikon,” Herm. Hofberg, Stockholm, pp. 88–89; “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. LI, 1812, pp. 174–183 (“Nicholson’s Journal,” July 1812) for John Gough’s remarks on Berzelius's hygrometer (Phil. Mag., Vol. XXXIII. p. 177); “Annales de Chimie,” Vol. LI. pp. 167, 171; Vol. LXXXVI for 1813, p. 146; Vol. LXXXVII. pp. 286, etc.; also Vol. LXXIII. pp. 198, 200–201, the last giving an account of the ammoniacal amalgam which Berzelius and Pontin were the first to explain.

A.D. 1802.—Thompson (Sir Benjamin), Count Rumford, an eminent scientist, native of Woburn in Massachusetts, Knt., F.R.S., one of the founders of the English Royal Institution, publishes his “Philosophical Memoirs ... being a collection of ... Experimental Investigations ... of Natural Philosophy.”

A.D. 1802.—Thompson (Sir Benjamin), Count Rumford, a prominent scientist from Woburn, Massachusetts, Knt., F.R.S., one of the founders of the Royal Institution in England, publishes his “Philosophical Memoirs ... being a collection of ... Experimental Investigations ... of Natural Philosophy.”

Though more properly identified with important observations and researches on heat, the question of the nature of which, Dr. Edward L. Youmans says, he was the first to take out of the domain of metaphysics, where it had stood since the days of Aristotle,[371] he has given accounts of some highly important experiments regarding the relative intensities and the chemical properties of light, heat and electricity, which can be seen at pp. 273, etc., Vol. LXXVI. part ii. of the Phil. Trans. for 1786. Heat spreads in every direction, whilst the electrical fluid may be arrested in its progress by certain bodies, which have on that account been called non-conductors, but he shows that the Torricellian vacuum affords, on the contrary, a ready passage to the electrical fluid while being a bad conductor of heat.

Although he is more commonly associated with significant observations and research on heat, Dr. Edward L. Youmans notes that he was the first to remove the question of its nature from the realm of metaphysics, where it had remained since the time of Aristotle,[371] he has also detailed some very important experiments regarding the relative intensities and chemical properties of light, heat, and electricity, which can be found on pp. 273 and following in Vol. LXXVI, part ii of the Phil. Trans. for 1786. Heat radiates in all directions, while the electrical fluid can be blocked in its path by certain materials, which are therefore called non-conductors. However, he demonstrates that the Torricellian vacuum actually allows the electrical fluid to pass through easily, even though it is a poor conductor of heat.

At p. 30 of George E. Ellis’ “Memoir of Sir Benjamin Thompson,” published in Boston (no date), is reproduced Rumford’s “Account of what expense I have been at toward getting an electrical machine” during 1771, and at pp. 481–488, Vol. I, also pp. 350, 351, Vol. III of the “Complete Works of Count Rumford,” published by the American Academy of Sciences, allusion is made to the galvanic influence in the construction of utensils.

At page 30 of George E. Ellis' "Memoir of Sir Benjamin Thompson," published in Boston (no date), Rumford's "Account of what expense I have been at toward getting an electrical machine" from 1771 is reproduced. Additionally, on pages 481–488 of Volume I and pages 350, 351 of Volume III of the "Complete Works of Count Rumford," published by the American Academy of Sciences, there are references to the galvanic influence in the design of utensils.

References.—Sir W. Thomson, “Mathematical and Physical Papers,” London, 1890, Vol. III. pp. 123, 124; Phil. Mag., Vol. IX for 1801, p. 315; Silliman’s American Journal of Science, Vol. XXXIII. p. 21; “Biog. Universelle,” Tome XXXVII. p. 81; “Journal des Savants,” for Dec. 1881 and Jan. 1882; “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. LVI., 1814, pp. 398–401 (necrology).

References.—Sir W. Thomson, “Mathematical and Physical Papers,” London, 1890, Vol. III, pp. 123, 124; Phil. Mag., Vol. IX, 1801, p. 315; Silliman’s American Journal of Science, Vol. XXXIII, p. 21; “Biog. Universelle,” Tome XXXVII, p. 81; “Journal des Savants,” for Dec. 1881 and Jan. 1882; “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. LVI, 1814, pp. 398–401 (necrology).

A.D. 1802.—Pepys (William Haseldine, Sr.), son of an English manufacturer of surgical instruments, who became F.R.S. and was one of the founders of the Askesian Society, as well as of both the London Institution and of the London Geological Society, constructs, during the month of February 1802, the strongest pile hitherto known. It consists of sixty pairs of zinc and copper plates, each six feet square, held in two large troughs filled with thirty-two pounds of water containing two pounds of azotic, or nitric, acid.

A.D. 1802.—Pepys (William Haseldine, Sr.), the son of an English manufacturer of surgical instruments, who became a Fellow of the Royal Society and was one of the founders of the Askesian Society, as well as both the London Institution and the London Geological Society, constructs, during February 1802, the strongest pile known to date. It consists of sixty pairs of zinc and copper plates, each measuring six feet square, held in two large troughs filled with thirty-two pounds of water containing two pounds of nitrogen, or nitric, acid.

It is said that with this battery he succeeded in melting iron wires ranging in diameter from one two-hundredth to one-tenth of an inch, the combustion developing an extremely bright light, while platinum wires, one thirty-second of an inch in diameter, turned to white heat and melted in globules at the point of contact. Charcoal was permanently ignited a length of nearly two inches and the galvanic action was strong enough to light it after passing through a circuit of sixteen persons holding one another by the hand. Gold leaf displayed a bright white light, accompanied with smoke; silver leaf gave an intense green light without sparks, but with still more smoke; while sheets of lead burned actively, with accompaniment of very red sparks mixed with the flame (Figuier, “Exposition,” etc., Paris, 1857, Vol. IV. p. 347).

It is said that with this battery, he managed to melt iron wires with diameters ranging from one two-hundredth to one-tenth of an inch, producing an incredibly bright light. Platinum wires, which were one thirty-second of an inch in diameter, reached white heat and melted into globules at the contact point. Charcoal was continuously ignited over a length of nearly two inches, and the galvanic action was strong enough to light it after passing through a circuit of sixteen people holding hands. Gold leaf emitted a bright white light, accompanied by smoke; silver leaf gave off an intense green light without sparks, but produced even more smoke; while sheets of lead burned actively, generating very red sparks mixed with the flame (Figuier, “Exposition,” etc., Paris, 1857, Vol. IV. p. 347).

Later on, another battery was constructed by him for the[372] London Institution. This consisted of 400 pairs of plates five inches square, and of 40 pairs one foot square. With it, Davy ignited cotton, sulphur, resin, oil and ether, melted a platinum wire, burned several inches of an iron wire one three-hundredth of an inch in diameter, and boiled easily such liquids as oil and water, even decomposing and transforming them into gases. It was during the year 1808 that Pepys finished the enormous battery of 2000 double plates already alluded to under the Cruikshanks (A.D. 1800) and the Davy (A.D. 1801) articles, and which is to be found described at p. 110 of the “Elements of Chemical Philosophy.”

Later on, he built another battery for the[372] London Institution. This battery had 400 pairs of plates that were five inches square and 40 pairs that were one foot square. With it, Davy ignited cotton, sulfur, resin, oil, and ether, melted a platinum wire, burned several inches of a wire that was one three-hundredth of an inch in diameter, and easily boiled liquids like oil and water, even breaking them down and turning them into gases. In 1808, Pepys completed the massive 2000 double plate battery previously mentioned in the sections about the Cruikshanks (CE 1800) and the Davy (CE 1801) articles, and you can find it described on page 110 of the “Elements of Chemical Philosophy.”

One year before that (1807) Pepys constructed a new form of eudiometer, of which a description was given before the Royal Society on the 4th of June, as shown at p. 270 Vol. I of the “Abstracts of Papers,” etc., of that Institution, as well as in the 1807 volume of the Philosophical Transactions.

One year before that (1807), Pepys created a new type of eudiometer, which was described at the Royal Society on June 4th, as detailed on page 270 Vol. I of the “Abstracts of Papers,” etc., from that institution, as well as in the 1807 volume of the Philosophical Transactions.

Of the many ingenious experiments by which Pepys distinguished himself, scarcely none attracted more attention than those which are referred to in the last-named Transactions for 1866, pp. 339–439. It is only since 1815, when he employed the electric current to heat iron wire and diamond dust together, whereby he obtained steel, that the direct carburization of iron by the diamond has been clearly established. Prior to this date, during 1798, Clouet had melted a little crucible of iron weighing 57·8 grammes containing a diamond weighing 0·907 gramme, and produced a fused mass of steel. Guyton de Morveau reported upon Clouet’s experiment in the Annales de Chimie for 1799 (Vol. XXXI. p. 328) and his investigations were repeated by many scientists, notably by Margueritte, as recently as 1865. The latter’s observations, which were communicated to the Annales de Chimie et de Physique (Tome VI), showed that, although carburization can be effected by simple contact of carbon and iron in a gaseous atmosphere, it is nevertheless true that in the ordinary process of cementation the carbonic oxide gas plays an important part, which had until then been overlooked (Translation of Prof. W. C. Roberts-Austen, F.R.S. For Mr. Children’s investigations in the same line, see the Phil. Trans. for 1815, p. 370, also A.D. 1809).

Of the many clever experiments that Pepys performed, few gained more attention than those mentioned in the last-named Transactions for 1866, pp. 339–439. It wasn't until 1815, when he used electric current to heat iron wire and diamond dust together, creating steel, that the direct carburization of iron by diamond was clearly demonstrated. Before this, in 1798, Clouet had melted a small crucible of iron weighing 57.8 grams that contained a diamond weighing 0.907 grams, producing a fused mass of steel. Guyton de Morveau reported on Clouet’s experiment in the Annales de Chimie for 1799 (Vol. XXXI. p. 328), and his findings were repeated by many scientists, notably by Margueritte, as recently as 1865. Margueritte’s observations, communicated to the Annales de Chimie et de Physique (Tome VI), showed that while carburization can occur through the simple contact of carbon and iron in a gaseous atmosphere, it is also true that in the typical process of cementation, carbon monoxide gas plays a significant role, which had been overlooked until then (Translation of Prof. W. C. Roberts-Austen, F.R.S. For Mr. Children’s investigations on the same topic, see the Phil. Trans. for 1815, p. 370, also CE 1809).

Sir Humphry Davy employed in his experiments on the decomposition and composition of the fixed alkalies two mercurial gasometers of Pepys’ design, described in No. 14 of the Phil. Trans. for 1807, in conjunction with the same apparatus used by Messrs. Allen and Pepys for the combustion of the diamond (“Bakerian Lectures,” London, 1840, pp. 84 and 93).

Sir Humphry Davy used two mercury gasometers designed by Pepys in his experiments on breaking down and combining the fixed alkalies, as described in No. 14 of the Phil. Trans. for 1807, along with the same equipment that Messrs. Allen and Pepys used for burning the diamond (“Bakerian Lectures,” London, 1840, pp. 84 and 93).

During the year 1822 Pepys constructed for electro-magnetic experiments a very large spiral galvanic battery, which was put[373] together for the London Institution on the plan of the one first built by Dr. Robert Hare, Professor of Chemistry in the University of Pennsylvania. Pepys called it a calorimotor, by reason of its remarkable power of producing heat, and it is well illustrated in the 8th Edit. “Encyclopædia Britannica” article on “Voltaic Electricity.” It consisted only of two metallic sheets, copper and zinc, fifty to sixty feet long by two feet wide, coiled around a cylinder of wood and prevented from coming together by three ropes of horse-hair, the whole being suspended over a tub of acid so that, by a pulley or otherwise, it could be immersed or taken up. As stated in Vol. V of the Trans. of the Amer. Phil. Soc., this battery required nearly fifty-five gallons of fluid, and the solution used contained about one-fortieth of strong nitrous acid.

During the year 1822, Pepys built a large spiral galvanic battery for electro-magnetic experiments, which was assembled for the London Institution based on the design of the one originally created by Dr. Robert Hare, Professor of Chemistry at the University of Pennsylvania. Pepys referred to it as a calorimotor because of its impressive ability to generate heat, and it's well illustrated in the 8th edition of the “Encyclopædia Britannica” article on “Voltaic Electricity.” It consisted of only two metallic sheets, copper and zinc, measuring fifty to sixty feet long and two feet wide, coiled around a wooden cylinder and kept apart by three horse-hair ropes, all suspended over a tub of acid so that it could be lowered or raised using a pulley or another method. As mentioned in Vol. V of the Trans. of the Amer. Phil. Soc., this battery required nearly fifty-five gallons of fluid, and the solution used contained about one-fortieth of strong nitrous acid.

When, as Noad observes, it is stated that a piece of platinum wire may be heated to redness by a pair of plates only four inches long and two broad, the calorific power of such an arrangement as the above may be imagined to have been immense. The energy of the simple circle depends on the size of the plates, the intensity of the chemical action on the oxidizable metal, the rapidity of its oxidation, and the speedy removal of the oxide. Pouillet is said to have constructed one of these batteries with twelve couples for the Paris Faculté des Sciences, and found it very powerful in producing large quantities of electricity with low tension. The best liquid for this battery was water with one-fortieth in volume of sulphuric acid and one-sixtieth of nitric acid. With the above-described battery of Mr. Pepys, Sir Humphry Davy performed a remarkable experiment which is to be found described in the Phil. Trans. for 1823. A similar apparatus was produced independently, at about the same time, by Dr. Seebeck, of Berlin.

When Noad notes that a piece of platinum wire can be heated to glowing by a pair of plates just four inches long and two inches wide, it's easy to imagine how powerful such a setup must have been. The effectiveness of this simple circuit relies on the size of the plates, the intensity of the chemical reaction on the oxidizable metal, the speed of its oxidation, and the quick removal of the oxide. Pouillet is reported to have built one of these batteries with twelve pairs for the Paris Faculté des Sciences, and he found it to be very effective in generating large amounts of electricity with low tension. The ideal liquid for this battery was water mixed with one-fortieth of its volume in sulfuric acid and one-sixtieth in nitric acid. Using the battery described by Mr. Pepys, Sir Humphry Davy conducted a remarkable experiment that is documented in the Phil. Trans. for 1823. A similar device was created independently around the same time by Dr. Seebeck in Berlin.

Another of Pepys’ inventions is the substitution, for the tinfoil coatings within the glass of Bennet’s electroscope, of two plates, forming an acute angle, which, by means of a regulating screw, can be adjusted to any required distance from the gold leaves. The angular part is secured to the bottom; the open part perpendicularly upward. By this mode of approximating the coatings to the gold leaves, the resistance being diminished, a weaker intensity of electricity suffices for their disturbance.

Another of Pepys’ inventions is replacing the tinfoil coatings inside Bennet’s electroscope with two plates that form an acute angle. These plates can be adjusted to any necessary distance from the gold leaves using a regulating screw. The angled part is fixed at the bottom, while the open part points straight up. This way of bringing the coatings closer to the gold leaves reduces resistance, allowing a weaker intensity of electricity to cause their disturbance.

References.Quarterly Journal of Science, Vol. I for 1816; Phil. Mag., Vol. XXI. p. 241; XLI. p. 15; Becquerel, Vol. I. p. 34. Mr. William H. Pepys, Jr., published descriptions of the newly invented galvanometer and of the large galvanic apparatus in the Phil. Mag., Vol. X., June 1801, p. 38, and Vol. XV for 1803, p. 94; “Cat. Sc. Papers Roy. Soc.,” Vol. II. p. 192; “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. XVIII, 1801, p. 343, and Vol. XXII, 1803, p. 297.

References.Quarterly Journal of Science, Vol. I for 1816; Phil. Mag., Vol. XXI. p. 241; XLI. p. 15; Becquerel, Vol. I. p. 34. Mr. William H. Pepys, Jr., published descriptions of the newly invented galvanometer and the large galvanic apparatus in the Phil. Mag., Vol. X., June 1801, p. 38, and Vol. XV for 1803, p. 94; “Cat. Sc. Papers Roy. Soc.,” Vol. II. p. 192; “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. XVIII, 1801, p. 343, and Vol. XXII, 1803, p. 297.

A.D. 1803.—Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire (Etienne), a very eminent[374] French naturalist, once the pupil of Haüy, whose life he was the means of saving during the massacre of September 1792, is the first to give a thoroughly complete description of the electrical organs and functions of the raia torpedo, of the gymnotus electricus, of the silurus electricus, and of other similar species of fishes. His work on the subject, entitled “Sur l’anatomie comparée,” etc., is alluded to in Vol. I. An. xi. No. 5 of the “Annales du Museum,” whence it is translated for the fifteenth volume of the Phil. Mag.

A.D. 1803.—Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire (Etienne), a highly regarded[374] French naturalist and former student of Haüy, who helped save Haüy's life during the September 1792 massacre, is the first to provide a comprehensive description of the electrical organs and functions of the raia torpedo, the gymnotus electricus, the silurus electricus, and other similar fish species. His work on the topic, titled “Sur l’anatomie comparée,” etc., is mentioned in Vol. I. An. xi. No. 5 of the “Annales du Museum,” from which it is translated for the fifteenth volume of the Phil. Mag.

His analyzation of the fluid in the cells of the torpedo showed it to consist of albumen and gelatine; and he discovered some organs analogous to those of the torpedo in different species of the same genus raia, which, strange to say, do not appear possessed of any electrical power.

His analysis of the fluid in the cells of the torpedo showed that it was made up of albumen and gelatin; he also found some organs similar to those of the torpedo in different species of the same genus raia, which, strangely enough, do not seem to have any electrical power.

The electrical organs of the silurus electricus he found to be much less complicated than those of other electrical fishes. They lie immediately below the skin and stretch all around the body of the animal. Their substance, he says, is a reticulated mass, the meshes of which are plainly visible, and these cells are filled, like those of other electrical fishes, with an albuminous gelatinous matter. The nerves distributed over the electrical organs proceed from the brain, and the two nerves of the eighth pair have a direction and nature peculiar to this species. (Consult C. Matteucci, “Traité des Phénomènes ...” Paris, 1844, Chaps. VI and VII. pp. 301–327.)

The electrical organs of the silurus electricus are much simpler than those of other electric fish. They sit just beneath the skin and wrap around the entire body of the animal. According to him, their structure is a network, with clearly visible gaps, and these cells are filled, like those of other electric fish, with a gelatinous, protein-rich substance. The nerves that spread across the electrical organs come from the brain, and the two nerves of the eighth pair have a unique direction and characteristic specific to this species. (Consult C. Matteucci, “Traité des Phénomènes ...” Paris, 1844, Chaps. VI and VII. pp. 301–327.)

In his great work on Egypt (Pl. XII, 2) Geoffroy gives the figure of a malapterus electricus (see Adanson, A.D. 1751) which is opened to show the viscera, but, by a singular inaccuracy, says Mr. James Wilson, the fish is represented as scaly, whereas there are no scales whatever upon this fish, and no fish known to possess electric powers has either scales or spines. The torpedo, the gymnotus and the malapterus have all naked skins. The tetraodon electricus (see Shaw at A.D. 1791) is also destitute of spines on the skin, although all its congeners have skins as bristly as those of a hedgehog.

In his important work on Egypt (Pl. XII, 2), Geoffroy includes an illustration of a malapterus electricus (see Adanson, CE 1751) that has been opened to reveal its insides. However, due to a notable error, Mr. James Wilson points out that the fish is depicted as having scales, even though this fish has no scales at all. In fact, no known fish with electric abilities has scales or spines. The torpedo, the gymnotus, and the malapterus all have smooth skin. The tetraodon electricus (see Shaw at A.D. 1791) also lacks spines on its skin, even though all its relatives have skin as prickly as a hedgehog's.

Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire (Isidore), son of Etienne, was also a distinguished naturalist. He became Assistant Professor of Zoölogy to his father in 1829, likewise his assistant at the Faculté des Sciences in 1837, and, when Etienne became blind, during the year 1841, he succeeded to the Professorship of Zoölogy at the Museum of Natural History. He is the author of “The Life, Works and Theories (Vie, Travaux et Doctrine) of Etienne Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire,” Paris, 1847.

Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire (Isidore), son of Etienne, was a well-known naturalist. He became Assistant Professor of Zoology to his father in 1829 and also served as his assistant at the Faculty of Sciences in 1837. When Etienne went blind in 1841, Isidore took over as the Professor of Zoology at the Museum of Natural History. He wrote “The Life, Works, and Theories (Vie, Travaux et Doctrine) of Etienne Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire,” published in Paris in 1847.

References.—Gilbert’s Annalen, XIV. p. 397; Bulletin Soc. Phil., No. 70; Geo. Wilson’s “Life of Cavendish,” London, 1851, p. 469, alluding to the later experiments on electrical fishes made by Faraday[375] (1838), Dr. James Stark, of Edinburgh (1844), Prof. Goodsir (1845), and Dr. C. Robin (1846). Consult also, Journal de Physique, Vol. LVI. p. 242, and the complete list of Geoffroy’s works in Callisen’s “Medicinisches-Schriftsteller Lexicon”; “Memoir of M. Isidore G. Saint Hilaire,” by M. De Quatrefages, in “Report of Smithsonian Institution” for 1872, pp. 384–394; “Journal des Savants” for May-Aug., 1864; “Roy. Soc. Cat. of Sc. Papers,” Vol. II. pp. 824–832; Vol. VI. p. 669; Vol. VII. p. 757.

Sources.—Gilbert’s Annalen, XIV. p. 397; Bulletin Soc. Phil., No. 70; Geo. Wilson’s “Life of Cavendish,” London, 1851, p. 469, referencing the later experiments on electrical fish conducted by Faraday [375] (1838), Dr. James Stark of Edinburgh (1844), Prof. Goodsir (1845), and Dr. C. Robin (1846). Also check Journal de Physique, Vol. LVI. p. 242, and the complete list of Geoffroy’s works in Callisen’s “Medicinisches-Schriftsteller Lexicon”; “Memoir of M. Isidore G. Saint Hilaire,” by M. De Quatrefages, in the “Report of Smithsonian Institution” for 1872, pp. 384–394; “Journal des Savants” for May-Aug., 1864; “Roy. Soc. Cat. of Sc. Papers,” Vol. II. pp. 824–832; Vol. VI. p. 669; Vol. VII. p. 757.

A.D. 1803.—Carpue (J. C. S.), English scientist, relates, in his “Introduction to Electricity and Galvanism,” published in London, some noteworthy experiments on the curative action of common electricity.

A.D. 1803.—Carpue (J. C. S.), an English scientist, shares in his “Introduction to Electricity and Galvanism,” published in London, some interesting experiments on the healing effects of regular electricity.

He repeated many of the investigations of Giovanni Aldini, and, in the presence of Dr. Pearson and other medical gentlemen, experimented upon the body of Michael Carney, immediately after his execution for murder. Carpue’s main object was to ascertain whether galvanism, applied at once to the nerves, could excite action in the internal parts, and especially in the respiratory organs. He first made an opening into the windpipe and, after introducing about three pints of oxygen into the lungs, he applied conductors to the phrenic nerve as well as to other parts of the body, the lungs being at the same time occasionally inflated, but no action could be excited in the diaphragm. The application of conductors to the inside of the nostrils and elsewhere, however, excited very considerable contractions in the right auricle more than three hours after death, the ventricles being, as in Aldini’s experiments, perfectly motionless.

He repeated many of Giovanni Aldini's experiments and, in front of Dr. Pearson and other medical professionals, conducted tests on Michael Carney’s body right after his execution for murder. Carpue's primary goal was to determine whether galvanism, applied directly to the nerves, could stimulate movement in internal organs, particularly in the respiratory system. He first made an incision in the windpipe and, after introducing about three pints of oxygen into the lungs, connected electrodes to the phrenic nerve and other areas of the body, while occasionally inflating the lungs, but he couldn't stimulate any action in the diaphragm. However, applying electrodes to the inside of the nostrils and other parts resulted in significant contractions in the right atrium more than three hours after death, with the ventricles remaining completely still, just like in Aldini's experiments.

References.—“Galvanic Experiments Made by Carpue on the Body of Michael Carney,” etc., London, 1804 (Phil. Mag., Vol. XVIII. p. 90); the “Encyclopedia Metropolitana,” article “Galvanism,” Vol. IV. pp. 105, 106, also the “Introduction,” etc., above named for descriptions of Mr. Cuthbertson’s plate electrical machine and of Mr. Read’s condenser.

References.—“Galvanic Experiments Conducted by Carpue on the Body of Michael Carney,” etc., London, 1804 (Phil. Mag., Vol. XVIII. p. 90); the “Encyclopedia Metropolitana,” article “Galvanism,” Vol. IV. pp. 105, 106, as well as the “Introduction,” etc., mentioned above for details about Mr. Cuthbertson’s plate electrical machine and Mr. Read’s condenser.

A.D. 1803.—Hachette (Jean Nicholas Pierre), a protégé of Monge, who became professor at the Paris Ecole Polytechnique, where he had among his pupils Poisson, Arago and Fresnel, presents to the Institut National the dry pile which was the result of the many experiments he had carried on in conjunction with Charles Bernard Desormes, who was then known as a prominent French scientist and manufacturer of chemical products.

A.D. 1803.—Hachette (Jean Nicholas Pierre), a protégé of Monge, became a professor at the Paris Ecole Polytechnique, where he taught notable students like Poisson, Arago, and Fresnel. He presented the dry pile to the Institut National, which was the outcome of numerous experiments he conducted with Charles Bernard Desormes, a well-known French scientist and manufacturer of chemical products at that time.

Their idea was to establish the development of electricity by simple contact, and they sought to obtain a substance which would satisfactorily replace the wet discs, and not be affected by the metals, as had been all the liquids hitherto employed (H. Boissier, “Mémoire,” etc., Paris, 1801). After numerous investigations they adopted a compound consisting of common starch and either[376] salts, varnishes or gums, with which they made the necessary discs. These discs were dried and placed alternately between the copper and zinc couples, but were afterward found to be too easily affected by moisture to prove very effective (D. Tommasi, “Traité des Piles Electriques,” Paris, 1889, p. 529).

Their idea was to develop electricity through simple contact, and they aimed to find a substance that could effectively replace the wet discs and wouldn’t be affected by metals, as all the liquids used so far had been (H. Boissier, “Mémoire,” etc., Paris, 1801). After extensive research, they chose a mix of common starch and either[376] salts, varnishes, or gums to create the necessary discs. These discs were dried and placed alternately between the copper and zinc pairs, but they were later found to be too sensitive to moisture to be very effective (D. Tommasi, “Traité des Piles Electriques,” Paris, 1889, p. 529).

In the columns of the Annales de Chimie, named below, will be found detailed the numerous experiments with the galvanic pile carried on individually and collectively by Hachette, Desormes and other scientists; those of Hachette and Thénard upon the ignition of metallic wires claiming especial notice. Prof. John Farrar (“Elem. of Elec. Magn.,” etc., Cambridge, 1826, p. 167) calls attention to the latter and in the Phil. Mag. for 1821 will be found an account of the researches of the above-named scientists made during the year 1805, to establish more properly the analogy between galvanism and magnetism. Hachette and Desormes endeavoured to ascertain the direction which would be taken by a voltaic pile, whose poles were not joined, when freely suspended horizontally. Their pile, as Fahie gives it, was composed of 1480 thin plates of copper tinned with zinc, of the diameter of a five-franc piece, and was placed upon a boat floating on the water of a large vat; but it assumed no determinate direction, although a magnetized steel bar, of a weight nearly equal to that of the pile, and likewise placed upon the boat, would turn, after some oscillations, into the magnetic meridian.

In the articles of the Annales de Chimie mentioned below, you'll find detailed accounts of the many experiments with the galvanic pile conducted both individually and collectively by Hachette, Desormes, and other scientists. Notably, those by Hachette and Thénard regarding the ignition of metallic wires deserve special mention. Professor John Farrar (“Elem. of Elec. Magn.,” etc., Cambridge, 1826, p. 167) highlights the latter, and in the Phil. Mag. from 1821, you'll find an overview of the research done by these scientists in 1805, aimed at more accurately establishing the analogy between galvanism and magnetism. Hachette and Desormes sought to determine the direction taken by a voltaic pile with unconnected poles when freely suspended horizontally. Their pile, as described by Fahie, consisted of 1,480 thin copper plates coated with zinc, each the size of a five-franc coin, and was set on a boat floating in a large vat of water. However, it did not align in any specific direction, even though a magnetized steel bar of nearly equal weight placed on the boat would eventually align itself with the magnetic meridian after a few oscillations.

References.Annales de Chimie, Vol. XXXVII. pp. 284–321; XLIV. pp. 267–284; XLVII (Biot’s Observations), p. 13; XLIX. pp. 45–54, and XLV for 1808. See also, the Annales for 1834, as well as Vol. XLII. p. 125, for experiments of MM. Desormes and Clement on the fixed alkalies; Journal de Physique of Sept. 1820, for the paper of Hachette and Ampère on the electro-magnetic experiments of Oersted and Ampère; Annales de Chimie et de Physique, Vol. II for May 1816, pp. 76–79, and V. p. 191; Phil Mag., Vol. LVII. p. 43; L. W. Gilbert, Annalen der Physik, Vols. IX. pp. 18–39; XVII. pp. 414–427; Journal de l’Ecole Polytechnique, Vol. IV for 1802; XI. p. 284; Leithead, “Electricity,” p. 252; Bull. de la Soc. Philomathique, No. 83; P. Sue, aîné, “Hist. du Galv.,” Paris, An. X, 1802, Vol. II. pp. 160, 167, 188, 345 (Hachette et Thénard), and p. 371; Joseph Izarn, “Manuel du Galvanisme,” An. XII, 1804, s. 4. p. 179; Poggendorff, Vol. I. pp. 562, 985; Larousse, “Dict. Universel,” Vol. VI. p. 576; “Royal Society Catalogue of Scientific Papers,” Vol. III. pp. 106–109.

Sources.Annales de Chimie, Vol. 37, pp. 284–321; 44, pp. 267–284; 47 (Biot’s Observations), p. 13; 49, pp. 45–54, and 45 for 1808. See also, the Annales for 1834, as well as Vol. 42, p. 125, for experiments by MM. Desormes and Clement on fixed alkalies; Journal de Physique from September 1820, for the paper by Hachette and Ampère on the electro-magnetic experiments of Oersted and Ampère; Annales de Chimie et de Physique, Vol. II from May 1816, pp. 76–79, and V, p. 191; Phil Mag., Vol. 57, p. 43; L. W. Gilbert, Annalen der Physik, Vols. IX, pp. 18–39; XVII, pp. 414–427; Journal de l’Ecole Polytechnique, Vol. IV for 1802; XI, p. 284; Leithead, “Electricity,” p. 252; Bull. de la Soc. Philomathique, No. 83; P. Sue, aîné, “Hist. du Galv.,” Paris, Year X, 1802, Vol. II, pp. 160, 167, 188, 345 (Hachette et Thénard), and p. 371; Joseph Izarn, “Manuel du Galvanisme,” Year XII, 1804, s. 4, p. 179; Poggendorff, Vol. I, pp. 562, 985; Larousse, “Dict. Universel,” Vol. VI, p. 576; “Royal Society Catalogue of Scientific Papers,” Vol. III, pp. 106–109.

A.D. 1803.—Biot (Jean Baptiste), who, in 1800, at the age of twenty-six, was made Professor of Natural Philosophy at the “Collège de France,” and afterward ranked among the first astronomers and mathematicians, gives an account of his journey to Aigle, in the Department of l’Orne, whither he was sent by the Government to examine and report upon a very extraordinary shower of meteorites. The facts obtained by him were communicated to the Institute[377] on the 29th Messidor, An. XI, and also appeared at the time in the Paris Journal des Débats (Phil. Mag., Vol. XVI. p. 299).

A.D. 1803.—Biot (Jean Baptiste), who became Professor of Natural Philosophy at the “Collège de France” in 1800 at the age of twenty-six, and later became known as one of the top astronomers and mathematicians, shares details about his trip to Aigle in the Department of l’Orne. He was sent by the Government to investigate and report on a remarkable meteorite shower. The information he gathered was presented to the Institute[377] on the 29th of Messidor, Year XI, and was also published at the time in the Paris Journal des Débats (Phil. Mag., Vol. XVI. p. 299).

On the 23rd of August of the year following (1804) Biot accompanied Gay-Lussac in the latter’s first memorable balloon ascent. This aeronautic voyage, sanctioned by the French Government mainly through the efforts of Berthollet and Laplace, was the first of the kind undertaken solely for a scientific object.

On August 23rd of the following year (1804), Biot joined Gay-Lussac for his first notable balloon flight. This airborne journey, approved by the French Government mainly due to the efforts of Berthollet and Laplace, was the first of its kind carried out solely for scientific purposes.

Besides numerous barometers and electrometers, Biot and Gay-Lussac carried with them two compasses, a dipping needle and other instruments. For the examination of the electricity of different strata of the atmosphere, they had several metallic wires from 60 to 300 feet in length, also a small electrophorus feebly charged, while for galvanic experiments they added some discs of copper and zinc, together with a supply of frogs, insects and birds. An account of the exceedingly important results obtained by those scientists at different elevations, of which the highest reached exceeded four miles, was read before the National Institute, Aug. 27, 1804. It was also published in London during the latter year, and alluded to at p. 371, Vol. XIX of the Philosophical Magazine. Mary Somerville remarks (“Connection of the Physical Sciences,” 1846, p. 334) that according to the observations of Biot and Gay-Lussac, the magnetic action is not confined to the surface of the earth, but extends into space. The moon has become highly magnetic by induction, in consequence of her proximity to the earth, and because her greatest diameter always points toward it. Her influence on terrestrial magnetism is now ascertained; the magnetism of the hemisphere that is turned toward the earth attracts the pole of our needles that is turned toward the south and increases the magnetism of our hemisphere; and as the magnetic, like the gravitating force, extends through space, the induction of the sun, moon and planets must occasion perpetual variations in the intensity of terrestrial magnetism, by the continual changes in their relative positions.

Besides various barometers and electrometers, Biot and Gay-Lussac took along two compasses, a dipping needle, and other instruments. To study the electricity in different layers of the atmosphere, they brought several metallic wires ranging from 60 to 300 feet long, as well as a small, lightly charged electrophorus. For galvanic experiments, they added some discs of copper and zinc, along with a supply of frogs, insects, and birds. An account of the very important results obtained by these scientists at various elevations, with the highest reaching over four miles, was presented to the National Institute on August 27, 1804. It was also published in London later that year and mentioned on page 371, Volume XIX of the Philosophical Magazine. Mary Somerville notes (“Connection of the Physical Sciences,” 1846, p. 334) that according to Biot and Gay-Lussac's observations, the magnetic effect isn’t limited to the earth’s surface, but extends into space. The moon has become significantly magnetic due to induction from its closeness to the earth, and because its largest diameter consistently points toward the earth. Its impact on terrestrial magnetism is now understood; the magnetic force of the hemisphere facing the earth attracts the southern pole of our needles and enhances the magnetism of our hemisphere. Since the magnetic force, like gravitational force, spreads through space, the influence of the sun, moon, and planets must cause ongoing changes in the intensity of terrestrial magnetism due to their constantly shifting relative positions.

In 1805 Biot published an investigation of the laws which should govern the dip and intensity, in the hypothesis of a magnet situated at the centre of the earth, having its poles infinitely close to each other and directed to opposite points on the surface of the globe and, as justly adds Major Edward Sabine (Report Seventh Meeting Brit. Asso.), it is a well-known consequence of this hypothesis that the lines of equal dip and equal intensity on the earth’s surface should everywhere be parallel to each other. The phenomena of electricity had been brought within the pale of mixed mathematics by C. A. Coulomb (A.D. 1785), whose considerations mainly attached to the distribution of electricity upon the surface of spheres, and his investigations were at once diligently pursued by the French[378] scientists, Biot, Laplace and Poisson. Laplace, who undertook to investigate the distribution of electricity upon the surface of ellipsoids of revolution, showed that the thickness of the coating of the fluid at the pole was to its thickness at the equator as the equatorial is to the polar diameter, or, what is the same thing, that the repulsive force of the fluid, or its tension at the pole, is to that at the equator as the polar is to the equatorial axis. Biot extended this investigation to all spheroids differing little from a sphere, whatever may be the irregularity of their figure, and his solution of the problem will be found in No. 51 of the Bulletin des Sciences. He also determined, analytically, that the losses of electricity form a geometrical progression when the two surfaces of a jar or plate of coated glass are discharged by successive contacts, and he found that the same law regulated the discharge when a series of jars or plates are placed in communication with each other (Whewell, “History of the Inductive Sciences,” Vol. II. pp. 208, 223; Noad’s “Manual,” p. 15; Eighth “Britannica,” Vol. VIII. p. 531. For Biot’s experiments, touching upon electrical attraction and demonstrating practically the distribution of electricity upon the surface of a conductor, see the last-named volume of the “Britannica,” pp. 552, 556, and Noad, p. 56).

In 1805, Biot published a study on the laws governing the dip and intensity of a magnetic field, assuming a magnet is located at the center of the Earth, with its poles extremely close to each other and pointing to opposite points on the Earth's surface. As Major Edward Sabine rightly pointed out (in the report for the Seventh Meeting of the British Association), a well-known effect of this assumption is that lines of equal dip and intensity on the Earth's surface should be parallel to each other. The study of electrical phenomena had been integrated into mixed mathematics by C. A. Coulomb (A.D. 1785), whose work primarily focused on the distribution of electricity on the surfaces of spheres. His findings were quickly built upon by French scientists such as Biot, Laplace, and Poisson. Laplace, who investigated the distribution of electricity on the surfaces of ellipsoids, demonstrated that the thickness of the fluid layer at the pole compared to the equator is in proportion to the equatorial diameter compared to the polar diameter. In other words, the repulsive force or tension of the fluid at the pole is to that at the equator as the polar axis is to the equatorial axis. Biot expanded this study to include all spheroids that are close to being spherical, regardless of their irregular shape, and his solution can be found in No. 51 of the Bulletin des Sciences. He also analytically determined that the loss of electricity forms a geometric progression when two surfaces of a jar or coated glass plate are discharged through successive contacts. He found that the same principle applies when a series of jars or plates are connected to each other (Whewell, “History of the Inductive Sciences,” Vol. II, pp. 208, 223; Noad’s “Manual,” p. 15; Eighth “Britannica,” Vol. VIII, p. 531. For Biot’s experiments on electrical attraction and practical demonstrations of electricity distribution on the surface of a conductor, see the last-named volume of the “Britannica,” pp. 552, 556, and Noad, p. 56).

In conjunction with Frederick Cuvier, Mr. Biot investigated the connection of chemical charge with the production of electricity. Like Mr. W. H. Pepys, they examined the effect produced by the pile on the atmosphere in which it is located. Mr. Pepys placed the pile in an atmosphere of oxygen, and found that in the course of a night 200 cubic inches of the gas had been absorbed, but that in an atmosphere of azote the pile ceased to act. Biot and Cuvier likewise observed the quantity of oxygen absorbed, and inferred from their experiments that “although, strictly speaking, the evolution of electricity in the pile was produced by oxidation, the share which this had in producing the effects of the instrument bore no comparison with that which was due to the contact of the metals, the extremity of the series being in communication with the ground.” Their investigation was attended by the discovery that as long as any oxygen remained to be absorbed, the chemical and physiological effects of the apparatus still continued, but with decreasing intensity; so that if the conducting wires attached to the two poles are made to return from under the receiver in tubes of glass they may be used to decompose water and communicate shocks to the organs. All these effects, however, cease when the surrounding oxygen is exhausted (Annales de Chimie, Vol. XXXIX. p. 242; Soc. Philomathique, An. IX. p. 40; Sue, “Histoire du Galv.,” Vol. II. p. 161).

In partnership with Frederick Cuvier, Mr. Biot studied the relationship between chemical charge and the generation of electricity. Like Mr. W. H. Pepys, they explored the impact the pile had on the atmosphere around it. Mr. Pepys placed the pile in an oxygen environment and found that 200 cubic inches of the gas were absorbed overnight, but in a nitrogen atmosphere, the pile stopped working. Biot and Cuvier also measured the amount of oxygen absorbed and concluded from their experiments that “while strictly speaking, the generation of electricity in the pile was caused by oxidation, its contribution to the effects of the device was minimal compared to what was due to the contact of the metals, with the end of the series connected to the ground.” Their investigation led to the discovery that as long as there was any oxygen left to be absorbed, the chemical and physiological effects of the device continued, though at a decreasing intensity; so that if the conducting wires connected to the two poles are made to return through glass tubes, they can be used to decompose water and deliver shocks to organs. However, all these effects stop when the surrounding oxygen is depleted (Annales de Chimie, Vol. XXXIX. p. 242; Soc. Philomathique, An. IX. p. 40; Sue, “Histoire du Galv.,” Vol. II. p. 161).

[379]

[379]

In the second volume of Biot’s “Traité de Physique” will be found recorded his many observations on the nature and origin of the electric light, extracts from which are given by Sir David Brewster in the electricity article of the “Britannica.” Biot remarks that the light which is observed during an electric explosion was for a long time considered by philosophers as a modification of the electric principle itself, which they supposed to be the quality of becoming luminous at a certain degree of accumulation (John Farrar, “Elem. of Elec., Mag. and El. Mag.,” 1826, p. 118). Brewster adds that this eminent French writer, however, considered the opinion as erroneous, and he has devoted a whole chapter to prove that electricity has the same origin as the light disengaged from air by mechanical pressure, “and that it is purely the effect of the compression produced on the air by the explosion of electricity.” In order to establish this theory, Mr. Biot has stated, on the authority of several experiments, “that the intensity of electric light depends always on the ratio which exists between the quantity of electricity transmitted and the resistance of the medium”; and he has shown, by an experiment with Kinnersley’s thermometer, “that at each spark the air of the cylinder, driven by the repulsive force, presses on the surface of mercury, which rises suddenly in the small tube, and falls back again immediately after the explosion.” He adds:

In the second volume of Biot’s “Traité de Physique,” you’ll find his many observations on the nature and origin of electric light, with excerpts shared by Sir David Brewster in the electricity article of the “Britannica.” Biot notes that the light seen during an electric explosion was long regarded by philosophers as a change in the electric principle itself, which they believed was the quality of becoming luminous at a certain level of accumulation (John Farrar, “Elem. of Elec., Mag. and El. Mag.,” 1826, p. 118). Brewster points out that this prominent French author considered that opinion incorrect, and he dedicated a whole chapter to demonstrate that electricity originates the same way as light released from air due to mechanical pressure, “and that it is purely the result of the compression created on the air by the explosion of electricity.” To support this theory, Mr. Biot stated, based on several experiments, “that the intensity of electric light always depends on the ratio between the amount of electricity transmitted and the resistance of the medium”; and he showed, using Kinnersley’s thermometer, “that with each spark, the air in the cylinder, pushed by the repulsive force, presses on the surface of mercury, causing it to rise suddenly in the small tube, and then fall back immediately after the explosion.” He adds:

“This indication proves the separation produced between the particles of the mass of air where the electricity passes; and from what we know of its extreme velocity it is certain that the particles exposed immediately to its shock ought in the first moment to sustain individually all the effect of the compression. They ought, then, from this cause alone to disengage light, as when they are subjected to any other mechanical pressure. Thus one part at least of the electric light is necessarily due to this cause; and this being the case, there is no experiment which can lead us to conjecture that it is not all due to this cause.”

“This shows the separation created between the particles in the air when electricity passes through. Based on what we know about its incredible speed, it's certain that the particles directly hit by it should initially bear all the effects of the compression. As a result, they should release light just like they do under any other mechanical pressure. So, at least part of the electric light must be attributed to this reason; and since that’s the case, there’s no experiment that could suggest otherwise.”

References.—“Encycl. Brit.,” 1857, Vol. XIV. pp. 7, 63, and Journal de Physique, Vol. LIX. p. 450. For Mr. Biot’s observations on the magnetism of metals and minerals, and on the distribution of magnetism in artificial magnets, as well as for his improvement upon Coulomb’s method of constructing the latter, see the last-named volume of the “Britannica,” pp. 23, 26, 71, and Noad’s “Manual of Electricity,” London, 1859, pp. 528, 535, while, for Biot’s very ingenious theory relative to the aurora, see Lardner and Walker’s “Manual of Elec. Mag. and Meteor.,” London, 1844, Vol. II. p. 235, and Noad, pp. 232, 233. The observations concerning the laws regulating the intensity of electro-magnetic phenomena, made by MM. Biot and Savary, are alluded to by Noad at pp. 644, 645, in the “Encycl. Metropol.” (Elec. Magn.), Vol. IV. p. 427; and Whewell’s “History of the Inductive Sciences,” 1859, Vol. II. pp. 245–249; “Scientific papers of the Royal Society,” Vol. I. pp. 374–386; Biot’s “Traité de Phys. Exp. et Math.,” Vol. II. p. 457; Journal de Physique, Vol. LIX. pp. 315, 318; Wilkinson’s “Elem.[380] of Galv.,” Vol. II. pp. 38, 123, 154, 361, Chap. XVI; Humboldt’s “Cosmos,” treating of Aerolites, of the Zodiacal Light and of the figure of the earth; Noad, “Manual,” p. 530; Eighth “Ency. Brit.,” Vol. VIII. p. 580; Sir H. Davy, “Bakerian Lectures,” London, 1840, p. 3, alluding to Biot and Thénard in No. 40 of the Moniteur for 1806; “Encycl. Metropol.,” Vol. IV. (Electro-Magn.), p. 7; Harris “Rudim. Magn.,” Part III, London, 1852, pp. 116, 117; Gautherot at A.D. 1801; Figuier, “Exposition,” etc., Paris, 1857, Vol. iv. p. 429; “Lib. of Useful Knowl.” (Electricity), p. 64 and (Magnetism), p. 89; “Soc. Philomath.,” An. IX. p. 45; An. XI. pp. 120, 129; Becquerel’s “Traité,” 1856, Vol. III. p. 11; Phil. Mag., Vols. XVI. p. 224; XXI. p. 362; “Mém. de l’Institut” for 1802, Vol. V; “Annales des Mines” for 1820, relative to the experiments on electro-magnetism made by Oersted, Arago, Ampère and Biot; Phil. Mag., Vol. XXII. pp. 248, 249, for the magnetical observations made by Biot and Arago; Comptes Rendus for 1839, I Sem., VIII, No. 7, p. 233, for the observations of Biot and Becquerel on the nature of the radiation emanating from the electric spark; “Chemical News,” London, 1868, Vol. XVI for John Tyndall’s lecture on some experiments of Faraday, Biot and Savary; “Atti dell’ Accad. dei Nuovi Lincei, Ann.,” XV. Sess., IV. del 2 Marzo 1862, for the biography of J. B. Biot, who died Feb. 2, 1862, within two months of the completion of his eighty-eighth year. “Journal des Savants” for June and July 1820, April 1821, and for Feb.-Mar.-April 1846.

References.—“Encycl. Brit.,” 1857, Vol. XIV. pp. 7, 63, and Journal de Physique, Vol. LIX. p. 450. For Mr. Biot’s observations on the magnetism of metals and minerals, as well as the distribution of magnetism in artificial magnets, and his enhancements to Coulomb’s method of constructing the latter, see the last-named volume of the “Britannica,” pp. 23, 26, 71, and Noad’s “Manual of Electricity,” London, 1859, pp. 528, 535. For Biot’s clever theory regarding the aurora, refer to Lardner and Walker’s “Manual of Elec. Mag. and Meteor.,” London, 1844, Vol. II. p. 235, and Noad, pp. 232, 233. The observations related to the laws governing the intensity of electromagnetic phenomena, made by MM. Biot and Savary, are mentioned by Noad at pp. 644, 645, in the “Encycl. Metropol.” (Elec. Magn.), Vol. IV. p. 427; and Whewell’s “History of the Inductive Sciences,” 1859, Vol. II. pp. 245–249; “Scientific papers of the Royal Society,” Vol. I. pp. 374–386; Biot’s “Traité de Phys. Exp. et Math.,” Vol. II. p. 457; Journal de Physique, Vol. LIX. pp. 315, 318; Wilkinson’s “Elem.[380] of Galv.,” Vol. II. pp. 38, 123, 154, 361, Chap. XVI; Humboldt’s “Cosmos,” discussing Aerolites, the Zodiacal Light, and the shape of the earth; Noad, “Manual,” p. 530; Eighth “Ency. Brit.,” Vol. VIII. p. 580; Sir H. Davy, “Bakerian Lectures,” London, 1840, p. 3, referencing Biot and Thénard in No. 40 of the Moniteur for 1806; “Encycl. Metropol.,” Vol. IV. (Electro-Magn.), p. 7; Harris “Rudim. Magn.,” Part III, London, 1852, pp. 116, 117; Gautherot at CE 1801; Figuier, “Exposition,” etc., Paris, 1857, Vol. iv. p. 429; “Lib. of Useful Knowl.” (Electricity), p. 64 and (Magnetism), p. 89; “Soc. Philomath.,” An. IX. p. 45; An. XI. pp. 120, 129; Becquerel’s “Traité,” 1856, Vol. III. p. 11; Phil. Mag., Vols. XVI. p. 224; XXI. p. 362; “Mém. de l’Institut” for 1802, Vol. V; “Annales des Mines” for 1820, regarding the experiments on electromagnetism conducted by Oersted, Arago, Ampère, and Biot; Phil. Mag., Vol. XXII. pp. 248, 249, for the magnetic observations made by Biot and Arago; Comptes Rendus for 1839, I Sem., VIII, No. 7, p. 233, for the observations of Biot and Becquerel on the nature of the radiation from the electric spark; “Chemical News,” London, 1868, Vol. XVI for John Tyndall’s lecture on some experiments conducted by Faraday, Biot, and Savary; “Atti dell’ Accad. dei Nuovi Lincei, Ann.,” XV. Sess., IV. del 2 Marzo 1862, for the biography of J. B. Biot, who died on Feb. 2, 1862, two months shy of his eighty-eighth birthday. “Journal des Savants” for June and July 1820, April 1821, and for Feb.-Mar.-April 1846.

J. B. Biot’s son, Edward Constant Biot (1803–1850), is the author of the extended catalogue of shooting stars and other meteors observed in China during twenty-four centuries, which was presented to the French Academy during 1841, and a supplement to which was published at Paris in 1848 (Acad. des Sciences, Savants Etrangers, Tome X).

J. B. Biot’s son, Edward Constant Biot (1803–1850), wrote the comprehensive catalog of shooting stars and other meteors seen in China over the past twenty-four centuries. He presented this work to the French Academy in 1841, and a supplement was published in Paris in 1848 (Acad. des Sciences, Savants Etrangers, Tome X).

A.D. 1803–1805.—Acting upon the discovery of Gautherot, the Bavarian philosopher Johann Wilhelm Ritter (1776–1810) is the first to construct an electrical accumulator.

A.D. 1803–1805.—Inspired by Gautherot’s discovery, the Bavarian philosopher Johann Wilhelm Ritter (1776–1810) was the first to build an electrical accumulator.

Ritter’s “ardency of research and originality of invention” had, as far back as 1796, shown itself in the numerous very able scientific papers relating to Electricity, Galvanism and Magnetism which he had communicated mainly through L. W. Gilbert’s Annalen der Physik, J. H. Voigt’s Mag. für Naturkunde and A. F. Gehlen’s Journal für die Chemie, all which obtained recognition in several foreign publications. These papers secured for him membership in the Munich Academy during the year 1805.

Ritter’s "passion for research and creativity in invention" had, as early as 1796, been evident in the many impressive scientific papers he published on Electricity, Galvanism, and Magnetism, mainly through L. W. Gilbert’s Annalen der Physik, J. H. Voigt’s Mag. für Naturkunde, and A. F. Gehlen’s Journal für die Chemie, all of which gained recognition in several foreign publications. These papers earned him membership in the Munich Academy in 1805.

From Prof. H. W. Dove’s discourse before the Society for Scientific Lectures, of Berlin, the following is extracted:

From Prof. H. W. Dove’s talk before the Society for Scientific Lectures in Berlin, the following is extracted:

“As the (then considered) essential portions of a galvanic circuit were two metals and a fluid, innumerable combinations were possible, from which the most suitable had to be chosen. This gigantic task was undertaken by Ritter, an inhabitant of a village near Leignitz, who almost sacrificed his senses to the investigation. He discovered the peculiar pile which bears his name, and opened[381] that wonderful circle of actions and reactions which, through the subsequent discoveries of Oersted, Faraday, Seebeck and Peltier, drew with ever-tightening band the isolated forces of nature into an organic whole. But he died early, as Günther did before him, exhausted by restless labour, sorrow and disordered living.”

“As what were considered the essential parts of a galvanic circuit were two metals and a liquid, countless combinations were possible, from which the most suitable had to be chosen. This enormous task was taken on by Ritter, a resident of a village near Leignitz, who almost lost his sanity in the process. He discovered the unique pile that carries his name and opened[381] up that amazing circle of actions and reactions which, through the later discoveries of Oersted, Faraday, Seebeck, and Peltier, gradually pulled together the isolated forces of nature into a unified whole. But he died young, just as Günther had before him, worn out by relentless work, grief, and disordered living.”

Ritter’s charging or secondary pile consists of but one metal, the discs of which are separated by circular pieces of cloth, flannel or cardboard, moistened in a liquid which cannot chemically affect the metal. When the extremities are put in communication with the poles of an ordinary voltaic pile it becomes electrified and can be substituted for the latter; and it will retain the charge, so that for a time there can be obtained from it sparks, shocks, as well as the decomposition of water.

Ritter’s charging or secondary pile is made from just one type of metal, with discs separated by circular pieces of cloth, flannel, or cardboard, soaked in a liquid that doesn’t chemically impact the metal. When the ends are connected to the poles of a regular battery, it gets electrified and can replace the battery; it will hold the charge, allowing you to get sparks, shocks, and even break down water for a while.

The writer of the article at p. 268 of the April 1802 Monthly Magazine, making reference to an artificial magnet discovered at Vienna (Bakewell, “Elec. Science,” p. 40), no doubt alludes to the above-named charging or secondary pile, in the construction of which Ritter made many modifications. At first he arranged 32 copper and card discs in three series, two of which series contained 16 copper discs while the intermediate series consisted of 32 card discs. He then placed them so that the discs alternated, employing but 31 discs of copper, and he also used 64 as well as 128 copper discs alternating with similar ones of cardboard. In each case he compared the chemical action through the decomposition of water as well as the physiological effect or shock and the physical property or electrical tension. The results obtained are given in his many papers alluded to below.

The writer of the article on p. 268 of the April 1802 Monthly Magazine refers to an artificial magnet discovered in Vienna (Bakewell, “Elec. Science,” p. 40) and likely mentions the previously discussed charging or secondary pile, in which Ritter made several modifications. Initially, he set up 32 discs made of copper and cardboard in three series; two of those series included 16 copper discs, while the middle series had 32 cardboard discs. He then arranged them so that the discs alternated, using only 31 copper discs, and he also experimented with 64 and 128 copper discs alternating with similar cardboard discs. In each case, he looked at the chemical reaction through water decomposition, along with the physiological effect or shock and the electrical tension. The results he obtained are detailed in his many referenced papers below.

Independently of the English scientists he discovered the property possessed by the voltaic pile of decomposing water as well as saline compounds, and of collecting oxygen and acids at the positive pole while hydrogen and the bases collect at the negative pole. He conceived that he had procured oxygen from water without hydrogen, by making sulphuric acid the medium of the communication at the negative surface, but, as Davy says, in this case sulphur is deposited, while the oxygen from the acid and the hydrogen from the water are respectively repelled, and the new combination produced.

Regardless of the English scientists, he discovered that the voltaic pile had the ability to decompose water and saline compounds, collecting oxygen and acids at the positive pole while gathering hydrogen and bases at the negative pole. He believed he had obtained oxygen from water without hydrogen by using sulfuric acid as the medium for communication at the negative surface. However, as Davy points out, in this scenario, sulfur is deposited, and the oxygen from the acid and the hydrogen from the water are repelled, creating a new combination.

A correspondent in Alex. Tilloch’s Philosophical Magazine (Vol. XXIII for 1805–1806, pp. 51–54—Extracts from a letter of M. Christ. Bernoulli abridged from Van Mons’ Journal, Vol. VI) thus alludes to some of Ritter’s experiments communicated in May 1805 to the Munich Royal Society:

A writer in Alex. Tilloch’s Philosophical Magazine (Vol. XXIII for 1805–1806, pp. 51–54—Extracts from a letter by M. Christ. Bernoulli summarized from Van Mons’ Journal, Vol. VI) refers to some of Ritter’s experiments that were shared with the Munich Royal Society in May 1805:

“I have seen him galvanize a louis d’or. He places it between two pieces of pasteboard thoroughly wetted, and keeps it six or eight minutes in the circuit of the pile. Thus it becomes charged,[382] though not immediately in contact with the conducting wires. If applied to the recently bared crural nerves of a frog the usual contractions ensue. I put a louis d’or thus galvanized into my pocket, and Ritter told me, some minutes after, that I might discover it from the rest by trying them in succession upon the frog. I made the trial, and actually distinguished, among several others, one in which only the exciting quality was evident. The charge is retained in proportion to the time that the coin has been in the circuit of the pile. Thus, of three different coins, which Ritter charged in my presence, none lost its charge under five minutes. A metal thus retaining the galvanic charge, though touched by the hand and other metals, shows that this communication of galvanic virtue has more affinity with magnetism than with electricity, and assigns to the galvanic fluid an intermediate rank between the two. Ritter can, in the way I have just described, charge at once any number of pieces. It is only necessary that the two extreme pieces of the number communicate with the pile through the intervention of wet pasteboards. It is with metallic discs charged in this manner and placed upon one another, with pieces of wet pasteboard alternately interposed, that he constructs his charging pile, which ought, in remembrance of its inventor, to be called the Ritterian pile. The construction of this pile shows that each metal galvanized in this way acquires polarity, as the needle does when touched with a magnet.”

“I've seen him charge a gold coin. He places it between two pieces of wet cardboard and keeps it in the circuit of the battery for six to eight minutes. This way, it gets charged, even without direct contact with the wires. If you apply it to the freshly exposed nerves of a frog, it causes the usual contractions. I put a charged gold coin in my pocket, and Ritter told me later that I could identify it from the others by testing them on the frog one by one. I did the test and actually managed to distinguish one that only had the exciting quality. The charge is held based on how long the coin has been in the battery's circuit. Among three different coins that Ritter charged while I watched, none lost their charge in under five minutes. A metal that holds a galvanic charge, even after being touched by hands or other metals, suggests that this transfer of galvanic energy is more related to magnetism than to electricity, placing the galvanic fluid in an intermediate position between the two. Ritter can charge any number of coins at once using the method I just described. All that's needed is for the two end pieces to connect with the battery through the wet cardboard. He builds his charging pile with metallic discs charged this way, stacking them with wet cardboard in between. This should be called the Ritterian pile in honor of its inventor. The creation of this pile shows that each metal charged in this way develops polarity, just like a needle does when touched with a magnet.”

The same correspondent alludes to experiments made with Ritter’s battery of 100 pairs of metallic plates, the latter having their edges turned up so as “to prevent the liquid pressed out from flowing away” (Phil. Mag., Vol. XXIII. p. 51), but he says he was unable to see either Ritter’s great battery of 2000 pieces, or the one of 50 pieces, each 36 inches square, the action of which is said to have continued very perceptibly for a fortnight. He writes as follows:

The same correspondent mentions experiments conducted with Ritter’s battery of 100 pairs of metal plates, which had their edges bent up to “stop the liquid that gets pressed out from spilling over” (Phil. Mag., Vol. XXIII. p. 51), but he states that he couldn't observe either Ritter’s large battery of 2000 pieces or the one with 50 pieces, each measuring 36 inches square, which reportedly maintained its effect quite noticeably for two weeks. He writes as follows:

“After showing me his experiments on the different contractibility of various muscles (“Beiträge zur nähern Kenntniss,” etc., Jena, 1802, B. II) Ritter made me observe that the piece of gold galvanized by communication with the pile exerts at once the action of two metals, or of one voltaic couple, and that the face which in the voltaic circuit was next the negative pole became positive, and the face toward the positive pole negative. Having discovered a way to galvanize metals, as iron is rendered magnetic, and having found that the galvanized metals always exhibit two poles as the magnetized needle does, Ritter suspended a galvanized gold needle on a pivot, and perceived that it had a certain dip and variation, or deflection, and that the angle of deviation was always[383] the same in all his experiments. It differed, however, from that of the magnetic needle, and it was the positive pole that always dipped.”

“After showing me his experiments on the different contractibility of various muscles (“Beiträge zur nähern Kenntniss,” etc., Jena, 1802, B. II), Ritter pointed out that the piece of gold that was galvanized through contact with the pile immediately exhibited the behavior of two metals, or one voltaic couple. The side that was next to the negative pole in the voltaic circuit became positive, while the side facing the positive pole became negative. Having figured out how to galvanize metals like iron can become magnetic, and noting that the galvanized metals consistently displayed two poles like a magnetized needle, Ritter suspended a galvanized gold needle on a pivot. He noticed that it had a certain tilt and variation, or deflection, and that the angle of deviation was always[383] the same in all his experiments. However, it differed from the magnetic needle, with the positive pole always dipping.”

It can truly be said that the nearest approach to a solution of the question as to the analogy between electric and magnetic forces, which had remained unsettled since the time of Van Swinden (see A.D. 1784), was given by Ritter, who announced “that a needle composed of silver and zinc arranged itself in the magnetic meridian and was slightly attracted and repelled by the poles of a magnet; that by placing a gold coin in the voltaic circuit, he had succeeded in giving to it positive and negative electric poles; that the polarity so communicated was retained by the gold after it had been in contact with other metals, and appeared therefore to partake of the nature of magnetism; that a gold needle under similar circumstances acquired still more decided magnetic properties; that a metallic wire, after being exposed to the voltaic current, took a direction N.E. and S.W.” Dr. Roget gives these same extracts in his article on “Electro-Magnetism,” and justly remarks that Ritter’s speculations were of too crude a nature to throw any distinct light on the true connection between magnetism and electricity, nor was much notice taken of Ritter’s announcements, owing to the vague manner in which they were made. No satisfactory results were in fact obtained until Oersted (at A.D. 1820) made his famous discovery which forms the basis of the science of electro-magnetism.

It can genuinely be said that the closest we came to solving the question about the similarity between electric and magnetic forces, which had been unresolved since Van Swinden's time (see A.D. 1784), was provided by Ritter. He stated that "a needle made of silver and zinc aligned itself with the magnetic meridian and was slightly attracted and repelled by the poles of a magnet; that by placing a gold coin in the voltaic circuit, he managed to give it positive and negative electric poles; that the polarity imparted was retained by the gold after contact with other metals, suggesting it had magnetic properties; that a gold needle in similar conditions developed even stronger magnetic characteristics; and that a metallic wire exposed to the voltaic current oriented itself N.E. and S.W." Dr. Roget includes these same extracts in his article on “Electro-Magnetism” and rightly points out that Ritter’s ideas were too simplistic to shed light on the real link between magnetism and electricity, and that his announcements received little attention due to their vague nature. No satisfactory results were achieved until Oersted (at CE 1820) made his famous discovery, which forms the foundation of electro-magnetism.

References.—The “Encyclopædia Britannica” article relating to the influence of magnetism on chemical action, for an account of Ritter’s other experiments; also Faraday’s “Experimental Researches,” No. 1033; Ritter’s “Physisch. Chem. Abhand.,” etc., 3 vols., Leipzig, 1806; Poggendorff, Vol. II. p. 652; Tyndall’s notes on Electric Polarization; Donovan’s “Essay on the Origin, Progress and Present State of Galvanism,” Dublin, 1816; “Société Philomathique,” An. IV. p. 181; An. IX. p. 39; An. XI. pp. 128, 197; An. XII. p. 145; Bull. Soc. Phil., Nos. 53, 76, 79; Nuova Scelta d’Opus., Vol. I. pp. 201, 334; Bibl. Brit., XXXI; “Reichsanzeiger,” 1802, Bd. I, No. 66, and Bd. II, No. 194; also F. L. Augustin’s “Versuch einer geschichte ...” 1803, p. 75; Gilbert’s Annalen, II, VI, VII, VIII, IX, XIII, XV, XVI; Voigt’s Magazin, Vol. II. p. 356; Gehlen’s Journal, Vol. III for 1804, and Vol. VI for 1806; “Denkschr. d. Münch.,” 1808 and 1814; Phil. Mag., Vol. XXIII. chap. ix. pp. 54, 55 (for experiments from Van Mons’ Journal, No. 17), Vols. XXIV. p. 186; XXV. p. 368; LVIII. p. 43; L. F. F. Crell, “Chemische Annalen” for 1801; Nicholson’s Journal, Vols. IV. p. 511; VI. p. 223; VII. p. 288, VIII. pp. 176, 184; “Gottling’s Almanach” for 1801; Leithead, “Electricity,” p. 255; “Encycl. Metropolitana,” article “Galvanism,” Vol. IV. p. 206; “Biographie Générale,” Vol. XLII. p. 322; Larousse, “Dict. Universel,” Vol. XIII. p. 1234; Pierre Sue, aîné, “Histoire du Galvanisme,” Paris, An. X, 1802, Vol. I. pp. 226, 266; Vol. II. pp. 112–119, 156; Joseph Izarn, “Manuel du Galvanisme,” Paris, An. XII, 1804, pp. 84–87, 249, 255–261; Brugnatelli, “Notizie ... nell’ anno 1804,” Pavia, 1805, p. 16, also his Annali di chimica, Vol. XXII. p. 1; Journal de Physique, Vol. LVII. pp. 345, 406; Annales de Chimie, Vols. XLI. p. 208; LXIV. pp. 64–80; Jour. de Chim. de Van[384] Mons, No. 14, p. 212, for the experiments of Van Marum and Oersted, made with Ritter’s apparatus; Sturgeon’s “Scientific Researches,” Bury, 1850, pp. 7, 8, and Prof. Millin’s “Magazin Encyclopédique”; “Allgemeine Deutsche Biographie,” Leipzig, 1875, Vol. XXVIII. pp. 675–678; “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. XXXI. 1806, p. 97, Vol. XXV. 1807, pp. 364–386 (Lettre de M. le Dr. Thouvenel).

References.—The “Encyclopedia Britannica” article about how magnetism affects chemical reactions, for details on Ritter’s other experiments; also Faraday’s “Experimental Researches,” No. 1033; Ritter’s “Physikalische Chemie. Abhandlungen,” etc., 3 vols., Leipzig, 1806; Poggendorff, Vol. II. p. 652; Tyndall’s notes on Electric Polarization; Donovan’s “Essay on the Origin, Progress and Present State of Galvanism,” Dublin, 1816; “Société Philomathique,” An. IV. p. 181; An. IX. p. 39; An. XI. pp. 128, 197; An. XII. p. 145; Bull. Soc. Phil., Nos. 53, 76, 79; Nuova Scelta d’Opus., Vol. I. pp. 201, 334; Bibl. Brit., XXXI; “Reichsanzeiger,” 1802, Bd. I, No. 66, and Bd. II, No. 194; also F. L. Augustin’s “Versuch einer geschichte ...” 1803, p. 75; Gilbert’s Annalen, II, VI, VII, VIII, IX, XIII, XV, XVI; Voigt’s Magazin, Vol. II. p. 356; Gehlen’s Journal, Vol. III for 1804, and Vol. VI for 1806; “Denkschr. d. Münch.,” 1808 and 1814; Phil. Mag., Vol. XXIII. chap. ix. pp. 54, 55 (for experiments from Van Mons’ Journal, No. 17), Vols. XXIV. p. 186; XXV. p. 368; LVIII. p. 43; L. F. F. Crell, “Chemische Annalen” for 1801; Nicholson’s Journal, Vols. IV. p. 511; VI. p. 223; VII. p. 288, VIII. pp. 176, 184; “Gottling’s Almanach” for 1801; Leithead, “Electricity,” p. 255; “Encycl. Metropolitana,” article “Galvanism,” Vol. IV. p. 206; “Biographie Générale,” Vol. XLII. p. 322; Larousse, “Dict. Universel,” Vol. XIII. p. 1234; Pierre Sue, aîné, “Histoire du Galvanisme,” Paris, An. X, 1802, Vol. I. pp. 226, 266; Vol. II. pp. 112–119, 156; Joseph Izarn, “Manuel du Galvanisme,” Paris, An. XII, 1804, pp. 84–87, 249, 255–261; Brugnatelli, “Notizie ... nell’ anno 1804,” Pavia, 1805, p. 16, also his Annali di chimica, Vol. XXII. p. 1; Journal de Physique, Vol. LVII. pp. 345, 406; Annales de Chimie, Vols. XLI. p. 208; LXIV. pp. 64–80; Jour. de Chim. de Van[384] Mons, No. 14, p. 212, for the experiments of Van Marum and Oersted, conducted using Ritter’s apparatus; Sturgeon’s “Scientific Researches,” Bury, 1850, pp. 7, 8, and Prof. Millin’s “Magazin Encyclopédique”; “Allgemeine Deutsche Biographie,” Leipzig, 1875, Vol. XXVIII. pp. 675–678; “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. XXXI. 1806, p. 97, Vol. XXV. 1807, pp. 364–386 (Lettre de M. le Dr. Thouvenel).

A.D. 1803.—Basse (Frédéric Henri), of Hamel, makes one of the earliest trials of the transmission of galvanism through water and soil, the results of which appear in his work, “Galvanische Versuche,” etc., published at Leipzig the year following.

A.D. 1803.—Basse (Frédéric Henri), from Hamel, conducts one of the first experiments on the transmission of galvanism through water and soil, and the results are published in his work, “Galvanische Versuche,” etc., in Leipzig the following year.

Along the frozen water of the ditch or moat surrounding the town of Hamel he suspended, on fir posts, 500 feet of wire, at a height of six feet above the surface of the ice, then making two holes in the ice and dipping into them the ends of the wire, in the circuit of which were included a galvanic battery and a suitable electroscope, he found the current circulating freely. Similar experiments were made in the Weser; afterwards, with two wells, 21 feet deep and 200 feet apart; and, lastly, across a meadow 3000 to 4000 feet wide. Whenever the ground was dry it was only necessary to wet it in order to feel a shock sent through an insulated wire from the distant battery. Erman, of Berlin, in 1803, and Sömmering, of Munich, in 1811, performed like experiments, the one in the water of the Havel, near Potsdam, and the other along the river Isar.

Along the frozen water of the ditch or moat surrounding the town of Hamel, he set up 500 feet of wire on fir posts, six feet above the ice surface. He then made two holes in the ice and dipped the ends of the wire into them, creating a circuit that included a galvanic battery and a suitable electroscope. He found the current flowing freely. Similar experiments were conducted in the Weser; later, with two wells that were 21 feet deep and 200 feet apart; and finally, across a meadow 3000 to 4000 feet wide. Whenever the ground was dry, it was only necessary to wet it in order to feel a shock sent through an insulated wire from the distant battery. Erman from Berlin, in 1803, and Sömmering from Munich, in 1811, conducted similar experiments, one in the water of the Havel near Potsdam and the other along the river Isar.

Fahie, from whom we take the above, alludes to Gilbert’s Annalen der Physik, Vol. XIV. pp. 26 and 385, as well as to Hamel’s “Historical Account,” p. 17, of Cooke’s reprint, and adds that Fechner, of Leipzig, after referring to Basse’s and Erman’s experiments in his “Lehrbuch des Galvanismus,” p. 268, goes on to explain the conductibility of the earth in accordance with Ohm’s law. As he immediately after alludes to the proposals for electric telegraphs, he has sometimes been credited with the knowledge of the fact that the earth could be used to complete the circuit in such cases. This, however, is not so, as we learn from a letter which Fechner addressed to Prof. Zetzsche, on the 19th of February 1872.

Fahie, from whom we take the above, references Gilbert’s Annalen der Physik, Vol. XIV, pp. 26 and 385, as well as Hamel’s “Historical Account,” p. 17, of Cooke’s reprint. He also mentions that Fechner, from Leipzig, after discussing Basse’s and Erman’s experiments in his “Lehrbuch des Galvanismus,” p. 268, goes on to explain how the earth conducts electricity according to Ohm’s law. Since he shortly thereafter references proposals for electric telegraphs, he has sometimes been mistakenly credited with knowing that the earth could be used to complete the circuit in these instances. However, this is not the case, as revealed by a letter that Fechner wrote to Prof. Zetzsche on February 19, 1872.

References.—Zetzsche’s “Geschichte der Elektrischen Telegraphie,” p. 19. See Dr. Turnbull’s Lectures in the Journal of the Franklin Institute, Vol. XXI. pp. 273–274; “Scientific Papers of the Royal Society,” Vol. I. p. 203.

References.—Zetzsche’s “History of Electric Telegraphy,” p. 19. See Dr. Turnbull’s Lectures in the Journal of the Franklin Institute, Vol. XXI. pp. 273–274; “Scientific Papers of the Royal Society,” Vol. I. p. 203.

A.D. 1803.—Thillaye-Platel (Antoine), French savant, who was afterward appointed pharmacist in the Paris Hôtel-Dieu, gives out as the result of numerous investigations a great many useful precepts on the medical application of electricity and galvanism, which will be found in his thesis presented to the Paris Ecole de Médecine on the 15th Floréal, An. XI. These precepts, De la Rive says (“Treatise on Elect.,” translated by C. V. Walker, London, 1858,[385] Vol. III. pp. 587, 588), are followed to this day and are extremely simple, requiring only the use of metallic brushes held by an insulated handle and put into communication with the conductor of the machine; and directing the application of electricity in its mildest form as well as its gradual increase to as much as the invalid is able to support, besides allowing of the concurrent employment of other means acting in the same direction, such as frictions, blisters, etc.

A.D. 1803.—Thillaye-Platel (Antoine), a French scholar, who later became the pharmacist at the Paris Hôtel-Dieu, shared many useful guidelines on the medical use of electricity and galvanism based on extensive research. These were included in his thesis submitted to the Paris School of Medicine on the 15th of Floréal, Year XI. According to De la Rive (“Treatise on Elect.,” translated by C. V. Walker, London, 1858,[385] Vol. III. pp. 587, 588), these guidelines are still followed today and are very straightforward. They only require metallic brushes held with an insulated handle and connected to the machine's conductor, recommending the use of electricity at its mildest level and gradually increasing it as much as the patient can tolerate, while also allowing for the combined use of other supportive methods like friction, blisters, etc.

Antoine Thillaye-Platel’s uncle, Jean Baptiste Jacques Thillaye (1752–1822), French physician and Professor of Anatomy at Rouen and in Paris, published “Eléments de l’Elect. et du Galv.,” Paris, 1816–1817, ten years after the death of his nephew (Poggendorff, Vol. II. p. 1094; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. XV. p. 131).

Antoine Thillaye-Platel’s uncle, Jean Baptiste Jacques Thillaye (1752–1822), a French doctor and Professor of Anatomy in Rouen and Paris, published “Elements of Electromagnetism and Galvanism,” in Paris, 1816–1817, ten years after his nephew's death (Poggendorff, Vol. II. p. 1094; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. XV. p. 131).

De la Rive alludes to cures effected by several specialists and particularly to Father R. B. Fabre-Palaprat’s translation made in 1828 of La Beaume’s English work on the medical efficacy of electricity and galvanism, originally published in 1820–1826. The latter, he says, is preceded by a preface wherein the translator rivals the author on the wonderful effects of the electric fluid as a sovereign remedy for nearly all maladies.

De la Rive references treatments provided by various specialists, especially highlighting Father R. B. Fabre-Palaprat's 1828 translation of La Beaume's English work on the healing power of electricity and galvanism, which was originally published between 1820 and 1826. He notes that the translation includes a preface in which the translator competes with the author in praising the remarkable effects of electric fluid as a top remedy for almost all diseases.

References.—For M. Thillaye’s experiments with M. Butet on galvanic electricity, made at the Paris École de Médecine, see the Bulletin des Sciences de la Soc. Philom., No. 43, Vendémiaire An. IX, also Vol. IX. p. 231, of the “Recueil Périodique de la Soc. Libre de Médecine du Louvre.” Consult likewise, Poggendorff, Vol. II. p. 1094; “Royal Society Catalogue of Scientific Papers,” Vol. V. p. 954; De la Rive’s “Treatise,” Vol. III. pp. 587, 588; P. Sue, aîné, “Histoire du Galvanisme,” Vol. III. p. 14. Some of the other authors who have treated of the same subject are: F. Zwinger, 1697–1707; W. B. Nebel, 1719; Oppermanno, 1746; E. Sguario, 1746; G. C. Pivati, 1747–1750; G. Veratti, 1748–1750; O. de Villeneuve, 1748; L. Jallabert, 1748–1750; G. F. Bianchini, 1749; Mellarde, of Turin, 1749; Palma, 1749; F. Sauvages de la Croix, 1749–1760; J. B. Bohadsch, 1751; O. M. Pagani, 1751; S. T. Quellmaz, 1753; A. von Haller, 1753–1757; Linné (Linnæus), 1754; P. Paulsohn, 1754; E. F. Runeberg, 1757; P. Brydone, 1757; Lower, 1760; De Lassone, 1763; Wm. Watson, 1763; G. F. Hjotberg, 1765; J. G. Teske, 1765; P. A. Marrherr, 1766; Gardane, 1768–1778; J. G. Krunitz, 1769; R. Symes, 1771; Sigaud de la Fond, 1771; C. A. Gerhard, 1772; Abbé Sans, 1772–1778; J. Janin de Combe Blanche, 1773; J. B. Becket, 1773; Marrigues à Montfort L’Amaury, 1773; G. F. Gardini, 1774; J. G. Schaffer, 1776; Mauduyt, 1776–1786; De Thouri, 1777; A. A. Senft, 1778; Masars de Cazéles, 1780–1788; P. F. Nicolas, 1782; Bonnefoy, 1782; Niccolas, 1783; K. G. Kuhn, 1783, 1797; C. W. Hufeland, 1783; Cosnier, Maloet, Darcet, etc., 1783; J. P. Marat, 1784; G. Vivenzio, 1784; Carmoy, 1784–1785; G. Piccinelli, 1785; L. E. de Tressan, “Essai ...” 1786, p. 233, etc.; Krunitz-Kirtz, 1787; Porna and Arnaud, 1787; F. Lowndes, 1787–1791; J. H. D. Petetin, 1787, 1808; G. Pickel, 1788; Van Troostwijk and Krayenhoff, 1788; R. W. D. Thorp, 1790; G. Wilkinson, 1792; C. H. Pfaff, 1793; G. Klein, 1794; M. Imhof, 1796; C. H. Wilkinson, 1799; C. A. Struve, 1802; Maurice, 1810; J. Morgan, 1815; Le Blanc, 1819; P. A. Pascalis, 1819; J. Price, 1821; K. Sundelin, 1822; Girardin, 1823; Ch. Bew, 1824; Sarlandière, 1825; S. G. Marianini, 1833; F. Puccinotti, 1834; François Magendie, 1836, 1837; Gourdon, 1838; C. Matteucci, Piria, etc., 1838, 1858; Breton Frères, 1844;[386] B. Mojon, Jr., 1845; J. E. Riadore, 1845; A. Restelli, 1846; Budge, 1846; F. Hollick, 1847; R. Froriep, 1850; C. V. Rauch, 1851; H. Valerius, 1852; Burci, 1852; Marie-Davy, 1852–1853; W. Gull, 1852; C. Beckensteiner, 1852–1870; F. Channing, 1852; F. F. Videt, 1853; R. M. Lawrance, 1853–1858; G. M. Cavalleri, 1854, 1857; Briand, 1854; M. Kierski, 1854; P. Zetzell, 1856; Ad. Becquerel, 1856–1860; E. Pfluger, 1856, 1858; Pulvermacher, 1856; P. C. Pinson, 1857; H. Ziemssen, 1857–1866; Philipeaux, 1857; J. Dropsy, 1857; M. Meyer, 1857–1869; Nivelet, 1860–1863; A. Tripier, 1861; J. Rosenthal, 1862; Desparquets, 1862; M. P. Poggioli (Mémoire lu à l’Institut, Oct. 31, 1853; “Annual of Scientific Disc.,” 1865, p. 327); G. Niamias, “Della elettr. ... medicina,” 1851 (“An. of Sci. Disc.,” 1865, p. 327); A. C. Garrat, 1866; H. Lobb, 1867; Aug. Beer, 1868; H. M. Collis (“An. of Sci. Dis.,” 1869, p. 175); Toutain, 1870; J. R. Reynolds, 1872; Onimus and Legros, 1872; as well as Jobert de Lamballe, Richter and Erdmon, T. Guitard, J. J. Hemmer, H. van Holsbeek, T. Percival, J. D. Reuss and Mr. Ware (in Kuhn, Hist. II. p. 183).

References.—For M. Thillaye’s experiments with M. Butet on galvanic electricity, conducted at the Paris École de Médecine, see the Bulletin des Sciences de la Soc. Philom., No. 43, Vendémiaire An. IX, and also Vol. IX, p. 231, of the “Recueil Périodique de la Soc. Libre de Médecine du Louvre.” Consult also, Poggendorff, Vol. II, p. 1094; “Royal Society Catalogue of Scientific Papers,” Vol. V, p. 954; De la Rive’s “Treatise,” Vol. III, pp. 587, 588; P. Sue, aîné, “Histoire du Galvanisme,” Vol. III, p. 14. Other authors who have discussed the same topic include: F. Zwinger, 1697–1707; W. B. Nebel, 1719; Oppermanno, 1746; E. Sguario, 1746; G. C. Pivati, 1747–1750; G. Veratti, 1748–1750; O. de Villeneuve, 1748; L. Jallabert, 1748–1750; G. F. Bianchini, 1749; Mellarde, of Turin, 1749; Palma, 1749; F. Sauvages de la Croix, 1749–1760; J. B. Bohadsch, 1751; O. M. Pagani, 1751; S. T. Quellmaz, 1753; A. von Haller, 1753–1757; Linné (Linnæus), 1754; P. Paulsohn, 1754; E. F. Runeberg, 1757; P. Brydone, 1757; Lower, 1760; De Lassone, 1763; Wm. Watson, 1763; G. F. Hjotberg, 1765; J. G. Teske, 1765; P. A. Marrherr, 1766; Gardane, 1768–1778; J. G. Krunitz, 1769; R. Symes, 1771; Sigaud de la Fond, 1771; C. A. Gerhard, 1772; Abbé Sans, 1772–1778; J. Janin de Combe Blanche, 1773; J. B. Becket, 1773; Marrigues à Montfort L’Amaury, 1773; G. F. Gardini, 1774; J. G. Schaffer, 1776; Mauduyt, 1776–1786; De Thouri, 1777; A. A. Senft, 1778; Masars de Cazéles, 1780–1788; P. F. Nicolas, 1782; Bonnefoy, 1782; Niccolas, 1783; K. G. Kuhn, 1783, 1797; C. W. Hufeland, 1783; Cosnier, Maloet, Darcet, etc., 1783; J. P. Marat, 1784; G. Vivenzio, 1784; Carmoy, 1784–1785; G. Piccinelli, 1785; L. E. de Tressan, “Essai ...” 1786, p. 233, etc.; Krunitz-Kirtz, 1787; Porna and Arnaud, 1787; F. Lowndes, 1787–1791; J. H. D. Petetin, 1787, 1808; G. Pickel, 1788; Van Troostwijk and Krayenhoff, 1788; R. W. D. Thorp, 1790; G. Wilkinson, 1792; C. H. Pfaff, 1793; G. Klein, 1794; M. Imhof, 1796; C. H. Wilkinson, 1799; C. A. Struve, 1802; Maurice, 1810; J. Morgan, 1815; Le Blanc, 1819; P. A. Pascalis, 1819; J. Price, 1821; K. Sundelin, 1822; Girardin, 1823; Ch. Bew, 1824; Sarlandière, 1825; S. G. Marianini, 1833; F. Puccinotti, 1834; François Magendie, 1836, 1837; Gourdon, 1838; C. Matteucci, Piria, etc., 1838, 1858; Breton Frères, 1844;[386] B. Mojon, Jr., 1845; J. E. Riadore, 1845; A. Restelli, 1846; Budge, 1846; F. Hollick, 1847; R. Froriep, 1850; C. V. Rauch, 1851; H. Valerius, 1852; Burci, 1852; Marie-Davy, 1852–1853; W. Gull, 1852; C. Beckensteiner, 1852–1870; F. Channing, 1852; F. F. Videt, 1853; R. M. Lawrance, 1853–1858; G. M. Cavalleri, 1854, 1857; Briand, 1854; M. Kierski, 1854; P. Zetzell, 1856; Ad. Becquerel, 1856–1860; E. Pfluger, 1856, 1858; Pulvermacher, 1856; P. C. Pinson, 1857; H. Ziemssen, 1857–1866; Philipeaux, 1857; J. Dropsy, 1857; M. Meyer, 1857–1869; Nivelet, 1860–1863; A. Tripier, 1861; J. Rosenthal, 1862; Desparquets, 1862; M. P. Poggioli (Mémoire lu à l’Institut, Oct. 31, 1853; “Annual of Scientific Disc.,” 1865, p. 327); G. Niamias, “Della elettr. ... medicina,” 1851 (“An. of Sci. Disc.,” 1865, p. 327); A. C. Garrat, 1866; H. Lobb, 1867; Aug. Beer, 1868; H. M. Collis (“An. of Sci. Dis.,” 1869, p. 175); Toutain, 1870; J. R. Reynolds, 1872; Onimus and Legros, 1872; as well as Jobert de Lamballe, Richter and Erdmon, T. Guitard, J. J. Hemmer, H. van Holsbeek, T. Percival, J. D. Reuss and Mr. Ware (in Kuhn, Hist. II, p. 183).

A.D. 1803.—Berthollet (Claude Louis de), very eminent French scientist, who was the first of the leading chemists to openly endorse the antiphlogistic doctrine propounded by Lavoisier (A.D. 1781), and who with Laplace founded the well-known scientific Société d’Arcueil, admits in his “Essai de Statique Chimique” the analogy existing between caloric and the electric fluid. He believes that the latter during the oxidation of metals does not give out much heat, but causes only a dilatation of bodies which separates their molecules, and he also believes that electricity aids metallic oxidation by lessening cohesion (Delaunay, “Manuel de l’Electricité,” p. 16).

A.D. 1803.—Berthollet (Claude Louis de), a highly respected French scientist, was one of the first major chemists to publicly support the antiphlogistic theory proposed by Lavoisier (CE 1781). Together with Laplace, he established the well-known scientific Société d’Arcueil. In his “Essai de Statique Chimique,” he acknowledges the similarity between heat and electric fluid. He argues that during the oxidation of metals, the latter does not release much heat but instead causes a expansion of materials that separates their molecules. He also believes that electricity promotes metallic oxidation by reducing cohesion (Delaunay, “Manuel de l’Electricité,” p. 16).

When Berthollet and Charles passed heavy electrical charges through platinum wire, they observed that the latter acquired a temperature about equal to that of boiling water, and therefore not sufficient to fuse the wire. If the metal is one easily oxidized, the separation of the molecules causes them to unite with the oxygen of the air, and it is therefore the oxidation itself which produces the consequent high degree of heat.

When Berthollet and Charles sent strong electrical currents through platinum wire, they noticed that it reached a temperature roughly the same as boiling water, which isn't high enough to melt the wire. If the metal is one that oxidizes easily, the breakdown of the molecules leads them to combine with the oxygen in the air, and it is this oxidation that creates the resulting high heat.

References.—“Essai de Statique,” Vol. I. pp. 209 and 263. See also “Biographie Générale,” Vol. V. p. 716; Young’s “Lectures,” London, 1807, Vol. II. p. 423, and Nicholson’s Journal, Vol. VIII. p. 80; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. II. p. 617; “Sci. Papers of Roy. Soc.,” Vol. I. pp. 321–323; Sir H. Davy, “Bakerian Lectures,” London 1840, pp. 41, 94, regarding more particularly Berthollet’s elaborate experiments on the decomposition of ammonia by electricity alluded to in Mém. de l’Acad., 1782, p. 324, also Delaunay, “Manuel,” pp. 17, 150.

Sources.—“Essai de Statique,” Vol. I. pp. 209 and 263. See also “Biographie Générale,” Vol. V. p. 716; Young’s “Lectures,” London, 1807, Vol. II. p. 423, and Nicholson’s Journal, Vol. VIII. p. 80; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. II. p. 617; “Sci. Papers of Roy. Soc.,” Vol. I. pp. 321–323; Sir H. Davy, “Bakerian Lectures,” London 1840, pp. 41, 94, particularly about Berthollet’s detailed experiments on the decomposition of ammonia by electricity mentioned in Mém. de l’Acad., 1782, p. 324, also Delaunay, “Manuel,” pp. 17, 150.

A.D. 1804.—Jacotot (Pierre), Professor of Astronomy at the Lyceum of Dijon, states, at p. 223, Vol. I of his “Eléments de Physique Expérimentale,” that Wlik, teacher of natural philosophy at Stockholm, invented the electrophorus during the year 1762. Jacotot, of course, refers to Johannes Carolus Wilcke (see A.D. 1757) who, during the month of August 1762, constructed a resinous apparatus to which he gave the name of perpetual electrophorus[387] (Scripta Academiæ Suec., 1762). Books V, VI and VII of the same volume treat respectively of Electricity, Galvanism and Magnetism.

A.D. 1804.—Jacotot (Pierre), Professor of Astronomy at the Lyceum of Dijon, states on page 223, Volume I of his “Eléments de Physique Expérimentale,” that Wlik, a teacher of natural philosophy in Stockholm, invented the electrophorus in 1762. Jacotot is referring to Johannes Carolus Wilcke (see AD 1757), who, in August 1762, created a resinous device he named the perpetual electrophorus[387] (Scripta Academiæ Suec., 1762). Books V, VI, and VII of the same volume cover Electricity, Galvanism, and Magnetism, respectively.

References.—With regard to the perpetual electrophorus, see L. S. Jacquet de Malzet “Lettre d’un Abbé de Vienne ...” Vienna, 1775, translated into German by “A. H.” (A. Hildebrand), Wien, 1776; also C. Cuyper’s “Exposé d’une méthode ...” La Haye, 1778; and, for other improvements, Marsiglio Landriani, Scelta d’Opuscoli, 12mo, XIX. p. 73; J. F. Klinkosch, Mém. de l’Acad. de Prague, III. p. 218. Consult J. C. Poggendorff, “Biog.-Litter. Hand. ...” Vol. I. pp. 1, 182, and Larousse, “Dictionnaire Universel,” Vol. IX. p. 868.

References.—For information on the perpetual electrophorus, see L. S. Jacquet de Malzet's “Lettre d’un Abbé de Vienne ...” Vienna, 1775, translated into German by “A. H.” (A. Hildebrand), Wien, 1776; also refer to C. Cuyper’s “Exposé d’une méthode ...” La Haye, 1778; and for other advancements, check Marsiglio Landriani, Scelta d’Opuscoli, 12mo, XIX. p. 73; J. F. Klinkosch, Mém. de l’Acad. de Prague, III. p. 218. Look at J. C. Poggendorff, “Biog.-Litter. Hand. ...” Vol. I. pp. 1, 182, and Larousse, “Dictionnaire Universel,” Vol. IX. p. 868.

A.D. 1804.—Hatchett (Charles), F.R.S. and foreign member of the Paris Academy, communicates through a paper entitled “An Analysis of the Magnetical Pyrites ...” his conclusions that iron must be combined with a large portion of either carbon, phosphorus or sulphur in order to acquire the property of receiving permanent magnetic virtue, there being, however, a limit beyond which an excess of either of the above-named substances renders the compound wholly incapable of exhibiting the magnetic energy. In this connection, the interesting observations of Messrs. Seebeck, Chenevix and Dr. Matt. Young on anti-magnetic bodies, in Vol. XIV. p. 27, of the eighth “Encyclopædia Britannica,” will repay perusal.

A.D. 1804.—Hatchett (Charles), F.R.S. and foreign member of the Paris Academy, shares his findings in a paper titled “An Analysis of the Magnetical Pyrites ...” He concludes that iron needs to be combined with a significant amount of either carbon, phosphorus, or sulfur to gain the ability to hold permanent magnetic properties. However, there is a limit; an excess of any of these substances makes the compound unable to show magnetic energy. In this context, the intriguing observations by Messrs. Seebeck, Chenevix, and Dr. Matt. Young on anti-magnetic bodies, found in Vol. XIV. p. 27, of the eighth “Encyclopædia Britannica,” are worth reading.

Three years before, on the 26th of November 1801, Mr. Hatchett had communicated to the Royal Society an interesting paper on columbium, a new metallic substance found in an ore from the State of Massachusetts.

Three years earlier, on November 26, 1801, Mr. Hatchett had presented an intriguing paper to the Royal Society about columbium, a new metal discovered in an ore from the State of Massachusetts.

References.—“Abstracts of the papers ... of the Phil. Trans.,” Vol. I. p. 155; also the Phil. Trans. for 1804, p. 315; Phil. Mag., Vol. XXI. pp. 133 and 213; Poggendorff, Vol. I. p. 1031; “Cat. Sc. Papers Roy. Soc.,” Vol. I. p. 155.

Sources.—“Abstracts of the papers ... of the Phil. Trans.,” Vol. I. p. 155; also the Phil. Trans. for 1804, p. 315; Phil. Mag., Vol. XXI. pp. 133 and 213; Poggendorff, Vol. I. p. 1031; “Cat. Sc. Papers Roy. Soc.,” Vol. I. p. 155.

A.D. 1804.—M. Dyckhoff publishes in Nicholson’s Journal, Vol. VII. pp. 303 and 305, “Experiments on the activity of a galvanic pile in which thin strata of air are substituted instead of the wet bodies.” His description of what has by many been called the first practical dry pile is as follows:

A.D. 1804.—M. Dyckhoff publishes in Nicholson’s Journal, Vol. VII. pp. 303 and 305, “Experiments on the activity of a galvanic pile where thin layers of air are used instead of wet substances.” His description of what many regard as the first practical dry pile is as follows:

“I constructed a pile with discs of copper and zinc, and little bits of thin green glass about the size of a lentil, three of which I placed triangularly in the intervals that separated the metallic plates. Thus between each pair of metals I had a thin stratum of air instead of a wet substance. A pile of ten pairs tried by the condenser affected the electrometer as powerfully as a common (voltaic) pile of five pairs.”

“I built a stack using discs of copper and zinc, along with small pieces of thin green glass about the size of a lentil. I arranged three of these triangularly in the gaps between the metal plates. This way, between each pair of metals, there was a thin layer of air instead of a wet material. A stack of ten pairs tested with the condenser influenced the electrometer as strongly as a standard (voltaic) stack of five pairs.”

It was in the year following, 1805, that Wilhelm Behrends, of Frankfort, constructed his dry pile consisting of eighty pairs of discs of copper, zinc and gilt paper (De la Rive, “Treatise on Electricity,” Vol. II. p. 852).

It was in the year after, 1805, that Wilhelm Behrends, from Frankfort, built his dry pile made up of eighty pairs of discs made of copper, zinc, and gold paper (De la Rive, “Treatise on Electricity,” Vol. II. p. 852).

[388]

[388]

The investigations of Maréchaux, De Luc, Zamboni and others in the same line will appear in due course.

The investigations by Maréchaux, De Luc, Zamboni, and others in the same field will be published in due time.

References.—Young’s “Lectures,” London, 1807, Vol. II. p. 430, and Nicholson’s Journal, Vol. VII. pp. 303 and 305, Becquerel, Paris, 1851, p. 34; Sturgeon’s “Lectures on Galvanism,” p. 73; Sturgeon’s Annals of Electricity, Vol. VIII. pp. 378, etc.; Journal de Chimie de Van Mons, No. 11, p. 190, and also No. 12, p. 300, for Bouvier de Jodoigne’s experiments; “Catalogue Scientific Papers of the Royal Society,” Vol. II. p. 432; Gilbert, XIX. pp. 355–360, and Wilkinson’s denial of the effectiveness of Dyckhoff’s pile, in Nicholson’s Journal, Vol. VIII. p. 1.

Sources.—Young’s “Lectures,” London, 1807, Vol. II. p. 430, and Nicholson’s Journal, Vol. VII. pp. 303 and 305, Becquerel, Paris, 1851, p. 34; Sturgeon’s “Lectures on Galvanism,” p. 73; Sturgeon’s Annals of Electricity, Vol. VIII. pp. 378, etc.; Journal de Chimie de Van Mons, No. 11, p. 190, and also No. 12, p. 300, for Bouvier de Jodoigne’s experiments; “Catalogue Scientific Papers of the Royal Society,” Vol. II. p. 432; Gilbert, XIX. pp. 355–360, and Wilkinson’s denial of the effectiveness of Dyckhoff’s pile, in Nicholson’s Journal, Vol. VIII. p. 1.

A.D. 1804.—Gay-Lussac (Joseph Louis), one of the most prominent of modern scientists, who was for a time assistant to Berthollet, makes, in Paris, two ascents in a balloon, at heights varying between 12,000 and 23,623 feet, for the purpose of carrying out extensive observations upon terrestrial magnetism. The latter are recorded at length in the Journal de Physique, Vol. LIX, and are alluded to in the articles “Aeronautics” and “Meteorology” of the “Encycl. Brit.,” likewise at Biot, A.D. 1803, and in paragraphs 2961 and 2962 of Faraday’s “Experimental Researches in Electricity,” while at p. 193, Vol. XXI of the Phil. Mag. will be found the account of a very interesting aerial voyage made during January of the same year (1804) by M. Sacharof, of the St. Petersburg Academy of Sciences.

A.D. 1804.—Gay-Lussac (Joseph Louis), one of the leading modern scientists, who was once an assistant to Berthollet, makes two balloon flights in Paris, reaching heights between 12,000 and 23,623 feet, to conduct extensive observations on terrestrial magnetism. These observations are detailed in the Journal de Physique, Vol. LIX, and are mentioned in the articles “Aeronautics” and “Meteorology” of the “Encycl. Brit.,” as well as in Biot, CE 1803, and in paragraphs 2961 and 2962 of Faraday’s “Experimental Researches in Electricity.” Additionally, on p. 193, Vol. XXI of the Phil. Mag., there's an account of a fascinating aerial voyage made in January of that same year (1804) by M. Sacharof, from the St. Petersburg Academy of Sciences.

In conjunction with Louis Jacques Thénard (alluded to at Fourcroy, A.D. 1801), Gay-Lussac communicates to the Annales de Chimie for 1810 (Vol. LXXIII. p. 197, etc.), a paper relative to their “preparation of an ammoniacal amalgam through the agency of the voltaic pile” which had been read at the “Institut National” during the month of September 1809, and which is also alluded to at pp. 250, etc., of the Annales de Chimie, Vol. LXXVIII for 1811. Their united “physico-chemical researches on the voltaic pile ...” are reviewed at pp. 243, etc., of the last-named volume and are likewise alluded to at p. 36 of Vol. LXXIX for the same year. The largest of the many piles they employed in their several experiments consisted of 600 pairs with a square surface of 1800 feet (Figuier, “Exposition et Histoire ...” 1857, Vol. IV. pp. 387 and 433; Journal des Mines, Vol. XXX. pp. 5–56; Schweigger’s Journal, Vol. II. pp. 409–423).

In collaboration with Louis Jacques Thénard (mentioned at Fourcroy, CE 1801), Gay-Lussac presents a paper to the Annales de Chimie in 1810 (Vol. LXXIII. p. 197, etc.) regarding their “preparation of an ammoniacal amalgam using the voltaic pile,” which was read at the “Institut National” in September 1809. This paper is also referenced on pp. 250, etc., of the Annales de Chimie, Vol. LXXVIII for 1811. Their combined “physico-chemical research on the voltaic pile...” is discussed on pp. 243, etc., of the same volume and is also mentioned on p. 36 of Vol. LXXIX for that year. The largest of the many piles they used in their experiments had 600 pairs and covered a square area of 1800 feet (Figuier, “Exposition et Histoire ...” 1857, Vol. IV. pp. 387 and 433; Journal des Mines, Vol. XXX. pp. 5–56; Schweigger’s Journal, Vol. II. pp. 409–423).

At pp. 76, etc., of the second volume of the Annales de Chimie et de Physique for the month of May 1816, are to be found the observations of Gay-Lussac on dry voltaic piles, especially upon those of Desormes et Hachette, De Luc and Zamboni. He remarks that the last named does not appear to have so constructed his pile as to enable the oscillations of the needle to indicate an exact measure of time (Schweigger’s Journal für Chemie, Vol. XV. pp. 113, 130–132), but that the so-called electric clocks of M. Ramis, of[389] Munich, and of M. Streizig, of Verona, readily pointed the hours, minutes and seconds (Schweigger’s Journal, Vol. XIII. p. 379; Ronalds’ “Catalogue” for notices of his own as well as of the clocks of Ramis and of Streizig).

At pages 76 and the following in the second volume of the Annales de Chimie et de Physique for May 1816, you can find Gay-Lussac's observations on dry voltaic piles, specifically those by Desormes et Hachette, De Luc, and Zamboni. He notes that Zamboni doesn't seem to have built his pile in a way that allows the needle's oscillations to provide an accurate measure of time (Schweigger’s Journal für Chemie, Vol. XV. pp. 113, 130–132), but the so-called electric clocks by M. Ramis from Munich and M. Streizig from Verona easily indicate the hours, minutes, and seconds (Schweigger’s Journal, Vol. XIII. p. 379; Ronalds’ “Catalogue” for mentions of his own clocks as well as those by Ramis and Streizig).

The investigations of Gay-Lussac and Humboldt, relative to the magnetic intensity and dip or inclination, throughout France, Germany, Switzerland and Italy, will be found recorded in the first volume of Mém. d’Arcueil, 1807, while at p. 284, Vol. X, and at pp. 305–309 of the Annales de Chimie are observations of Gay-Lussac and Arago, and at p. 509 of the fourth volume of Figuier’s “Exposition et Histoire,” etc., Paris, 1857, appears an extended account of the special report upon lightning rods, which Gay-Lussac was authorized by the Natural Philosophy Division of the French Academy of Sciences to prepare during the year 1823, and the outcome of which appears in the Comptes Rendus des Séances ... Vol. XXXIX. p. 1142.

The studies by Gay-Lussac and Humboldt on magnetic intensity and dip, conducted across France, Germany, Switzerland, and Italy, are documented in the first volume of Mém. d’Arcueil, 1807. You can find their observations on pages 284 of Volume X and pages 305–309 of the Annales de Chimie. Additionally, on page 509 of the fourth volume of Figuier’s “Exposition et Histoire,” Paris, 1857, there’s a detailed report on lightning rods, which Gay-Lussac was commissioned by the Natural Philosophy Division of the French Academy of Sciences to prepare in 1823. The findings were published in the Comptes Rendus des Séances, Volume XXXIX, page 1142.

References.—Faraday’s “Experimental Researches,” 1839, Vol. I. p. 217, note, as well as paragraph No. 741 “Recherches Physicochimiques,” p. 12, and J. Farrar’s “Elem. of Elec. Mag.,” 1826, pp. 150–152; while for Gay-Lussac and Thénard’s repetition of Sir Humphry Davy’s experiments on the decomposition of the alkalies, see Phil. Mag., Vol. XXXII. p. 88; “Instruction sur les parat ...” for Gay-Lussac, Fresnel, Lefevre, Gineau and others, Paris, 1824, and for Gay-Lussac and Pouillet, Paris, 1855. Other reports on lightning rods not hitherto specially mentioned are: J. Langenbucher, 1783; Beyer, 1806–1809; P. Beltrami, 1823; Bourges, at Bordeaux, 1837; Boudin, 1855, and J. Bushee, Amer. Assoc., 1868. The observations of Thénard and Dulong are recorded at paragraphs 609, 612, 636, 637 of Faraday’s “Experimental Researches,” as well as at Vols. XXIII. p. 440; XXIV. pp. 380, 383 and 386 of the Annales de Chimie, and those of Thénard, Fourcroy, and Vauquelin will be found in the Mém. des Soc. Sav. et Lit., Vol. I. p. 204. See “Royal Society Catalogue of Sc. Papers,” Vol. II. pp. 800–807; Vol. V. pp. 944–948; Vol. VI. p. 666; Vol. VII. p. 748; Vol. VIII. p. 1072; “Discours de M. Becquerel ...” Inst. Nat. Acad. des Sciences; Phil. Mag., Vols. XX. p. 83; XXI. p. 220; Sci. Am. Supp., p. 11794; Edin. Magazine, Vol. V. p. 471; Annales de Chimie et Physique for 1818, Vol. VIII. pp. 68, 161, 163; the eighth “Britannica,” Vol. VIII. pp. 532, 539, 573 for Gay-Lussac’s additional experiments; the ninth “Britannica,” Vol. X. pp. 122, etc.; also Report Brit. Asso., London, 1838, pp. 7–8, for the magnetic observations of Gay-Lussac and Humboldt on the European Continent, likewise Sir Humphry Davy “Bakerian Lectures,” London, 1840, pp. 134–137; Humboldt, at A.D. 1799, and Cruikshanks, at A.D. 1800. For a description of the Volta eudiometer invented by Gay-Lussac, see Ann. de Ch. et Phys., Vol. IV. p. 188, also Dr. Hare in Silliman’s Journal, Vol. II. p. 312, and for the “Memoir of Louis Jacques Thénard,” by M. Flourens, see the “Report of the Smithsonian Institution” for 1862, pp. 372–383; “Journal des Savants” for Dec. 1850; Meyer’s “Konversations-Lexikon” Leipzig und Wien, 1894, Vol. VII. pp. 140–141; “Dict. Général de Biog. et d’Histoire,” Paris, 2nd ed., pp. 1218–1219.

References.—Faraday’s “Experimental Researches,” 1839, Vol. I. p. 217, note, as well as paragraph No. 741 “Recherches Physicochimiques,” p. 12, and J. Farrar’s “Elem. of Elec. Mag.,” 1826, pp. 150–152; for Gay-Lussac and Thénard’s repeat of Sir Humphry Davy’s experiments on the decomposition of the alkalies, see Phil. Mag., Vol. XXXII. p. 88; “Instruction sur les parat ...” for Gay-Lussac, Fresnel, Lefevre, Gineau and others, Paris, 1824, and for Gay-Lussac and Pouillet, Paris, 1855. Other reports on lightning rods not previously mentioned are: J. Langenbucher, 1783; Beyer, 1806–1809; P. Beltrami, 1823; Bourges, at Bordeaux, 1837; Boudin, 1855, and J. Bushee, Amer. Assoc., 1868. The observations of Thénard and Dulong are noted in paragraphs 609, 612, 636, 637 of Faraday’s “Experimental Researches,” as well as in Vols. XXIII. p. 440; XXIV. pp. 380, 383 and 386 of the Annales de Chimie, and those of Thénard, Fourcroy, and Vauquelin can be found in the Mém. des Soc. Sav. et Lit., Vol. I. p. 204. See “Royal Society Catalogue of Sc. Papers,” Vol. II. pp. 800–807; Vol. V. pp. 944–948; Vol. VI. p. 666; Vol. VII. p. 748; Vol. VIII. p. 1072; “Discours de M. Becquerel ...” Inst. Nat. Acad. des Sciences; Phil. Mag., Vols. XX. p. 83; XXI. p. 220; Sci. Am. Supp., p. 11794; Edin. Magazine, Vol. V. p. 471; Annales de Chimie et Physique for 1818, Vol. VIII. pp. 68, 161, 163; the eighth “Britannica,” Vol. VIII. pp. 532, 539, 573 for Gay-Lussac’s additional experiments; the ninth “Britannica,” Vol. X. pp. 122, etc.; also Report Brit. Asso., London, 1838, pp. 7–8, for the magnetic observations of Gay-Lussac and Humboldt on the European Continent, plus Sir Humphry Davy’s “Bakerian Lectures,” London, 1840, pp. 134–137; Humboldt, at A.D. 1799, and Cruikshanks, at CE 1800. For a description of the Volta eudiometer invented by Gay-Lussac, see Ann. de Ch. et Phys., Vol. IV. p. 188, also Dr. Hare in Silliman’s Journal, Vol. II. p. 312, and for the “Memoir of Louis Jacques Thénard,” by M. Flourens, see the “Report of the Smithsonian Institution” for 1862, pp. 372–383; “Journal des Savants” for Dec. 1850; Meyer’s “Konversations-Lexikon” Leipzig und Wien, 1894, Vol. VII. pp. 140–141; “Dict. Général de Biog. et d’Histoire,” Paris, 2nd ed., pp. 1218–1219.

A.D. 1805.—Mr. Joseph Davis submits to the London Society of Arts an improvement upon the telegraph of Lord George Murray[390] (A.D. 1795), consisting of the addition of a seventh shutter, which, instead of being poised on a horizontal axis, is made to slide up and down in grooves in the centre of the framework; so that it may either range with the six shutters or, if not required at all, may descend into a space provided for it in the roof of the Observatory. By this simple device the power of the apparatus is quadrupled, it being made capable of indicating in all 252 changes.

A.D. 1805.—Mr. Joseph Davis presents an enhancement to Lord George Murray’s telegraph to the London Society of Arts[390] (CE 1795). This improvement involves adding a seventh shutter that slides up and down in grooves at the center of the frame instead of balancing on a horizontal axis. This allows it to align with the six shutters or, if not needed, to lower into a designated space in the roof of the Observatory. With this straightforward adjustment, the device's capability is increased fourfold, allowing it to indicate a total of 252 changes.

The night signals are given by a coloured lamp mounted in the centre of the seventh or sliding shutter and by six white lights fastened to the outside of the frame, to produce, through their display or concealment by slides, the same signals as, under ordinary circumstances, are given by the opening and closing of the shutters.

The night signals are indicated by a colored lamp positioned in the center of the seventh or sliding shutter, as well as by six white lights attached to the outside of the frame. These lights produce the same signals as the opening and closing of the shutters, depending on whether they are displayed or concealed by slides.

A.D. 1805.—Grotthus—Grothuss—(Theodor—more properly Christian Johann Dietrich, Baron von) makes known his theory of electro-chemical decompositions, through the “Mémoire,” etc., published in 12mo at Rome, and of which an English translation appeared in London during 1806.

A.D. 1805.—Grotthus—Grothuss—(Theodor—more correctly Christian Johann Dietrich, Baron von) reveals his theory of electro-chemical decompositions in the "Mémoire," etc., published in 12mo in Rome, with an English translation released in London in 1806.

As Lardner and Fahie have it, Grotthus’ theory was the most plausible of the many proposed at this early period of experimental inquiry to explain chemical decomposition by the voltaic apparatus. The above-named “Mémoire ...” which appeared in the Phil. Mag. for 1806, Vol. XXV. pp. 330–334, is analyzed by both of these writers (Lardner, “Electricity, Mag. and Meteor.,” Vol. I. pp. 135–137, or “Popular Lectures,” 1851, Vol. I. pp. 348, 349; Fahie, “Hist. of Elec. Teleg.,” pp. 210, 211), but it may be briefly stated in the words of Sir David Brewster as follows:

As Lardner and Fahie point out, Grotthus’ theory was the most convincing among the various ideas proposed during this early stage of experimental research to explain chemical decomposition using the voltaic apparatus. The aforementioned “Mémoire ...” published in the Phil. Mag. in 1806, Vol. XXV. pp. 330–334, is analyzed by both writers (Lardner, “Electricity, Mag. and Meteor.,” Vol. I. pp. 135–137, or “Popular Lectures,” 1851, Vol. I. pp. 348, 349; Fahie, “Hist. of Elec. Teleg.,” pp. 210, 211), but it can be briefly summarized in the words of Sir David Brewster as follows:

“Grotthus (Annales de Chimie for 1806, Vol. LVIII. p. 61) regards the pile as an electric magnet with attracting and repelling poles, the one attracting hydrogen and repelling oxygen, and the other attracting oxygen and repelling hydrogen. The force exerted upon each molecule of the body is supposed to be inversely as its distance from the poles, and a succession of decompositions and recompositions is supposed to exist among the intervening molecules.”

“Grotthus (Annales de Chimie for 1806, Vol. LVIII. p. 61) sees the pile as an electric magnet with attracting and repelling poles: one pole attracts hydrogen and repels oxygen, while the other attracts oxygen and repels hydrogen. The force acting on each molecule of the body is thought to decrease as its distance from the poles increases, and a series of decompositions and recompositions is believed to occur among the molecules in between.”

In this connection it will be well to add here, by way of contrast, and again according to Sir David Brewster, the views held by other experimentalists of the same period. Sir Humphry Davy adopts the idea of attractions at the poles, diminishing to the middle or neutral points, and he thinks a succession of decompositions and recompositions probable. Messrs. Riffault and Chompré regard the negative current as collecting and carrying the acids on to the positive pole, and the positive current as doing the same, with the bases toward the negative pole. Biot attributes the effects to the opposite electrical states of the decomposing substances in the[391] vicinity of the two poles. M. De la Rive considers the portions decomposed to be those contiguous to both poles, the current from the positive pole combining with the hydrogen or the bases which are there present, and leaving the oxygen or acids at liberty, but carrying the substances in union with it across to the negative pole, where it is separated from them, entering the conducting metal, and leaving on its surface the hydrogen or its bases. Faraday regards the poles as exercising no specific action, but merely as surfaces or doors by which the electricity enters into or passes out of the substance undergoing decomposition. He supposes that “the effects are due to a modification of the electric current and the chemical affinity of the particles through or by which that current is passing, giving them the power of acting more forcibly in one direction than in another, and consequently making them travel by a series of successive decompositions and recompositions in opposite directions, and finally causing their repulsion or exclusion at the boundaries of the body under decomposition in the direction of the current, and that, in larger or smaller quantities, according as the current is more or less powerful.”

In this context, it's useful to contrast the views of other experimentalists from the same period, as noted by Sir David Brewster. Sir Humphry Davy believes in attractions at the poles that decrease toward the middle or neutral points, and he thinks a series of decompositions and recompositions is likely. Messrs. Riffault and Chompré view the negative current as gathering and transporting acids to the positive pole, while the positive current does the same for bases towards the negative pole. Biot attributes the effects to the opposing electrical states of the decomposing substances near the [391] two poles. M. De la Rive thinks the parts that decompose are those next to both poles, with the current from the positive pole combining with the hydrogen or bases present there, freeing the oxygen or acids, and carrying these substances across to the negative pole, where they separate from it, entering the conducting metal, and leaving hydrogen or its bases on the surface. Faraday sees the poles as having no specific action, simply acting as surfaces or gateways for electricity to enter or exit the substance undergoing decomposition. He suggests that “the effects are due to a change in the electric current and the chemical attraction of the particles through which that current is moving, giving them the ability to act more strongly in one direction than another, thus leading them to undergo a series of successive decompositions and recompositions in opposite directions, ultimately causing their repulsion or ejection at the edges of the body being decomposed in the direction of the current, in larger or smaller amounts depending on the strength of the current.”

In 1810 Grotthus published his “Uber d. elektricität ... wassers entwickelt,” one of his curious observations being the fact that when water is rapidly frozen in a Leyden jar, the outside coating, not being insulated, receives a weak electrical discharge, the inside being positive and the outside negative, and when the ice is rapidly thawed, the inside is negative and the outside positive.

In 1810, Grotthus published his “Uber d. elektricität ... wassers entwickelt,” where he noted an interesting observation: when water is quickly frozen in a Leyden jar, the outer layer, which isn’t insulated, gets a slight electric charge, with the inside being positive and the outside negative. Then, when the ice is quickly melted, the inside becomes negative and the outside becomes positive.

References.—Faraday’s “Experimental Researches,” articles 481, 485, 489, 492, 507, etc.; also Phil. Mag., Vols. XXIV. p. 183, and XXVIII. pp. 35 and 59; Joseph Izarn, “Manuel du Galvanisme,” pp. 280–284 for M. Riffault and N. M. Chompré; Whewell, “History of the Inductive Sciences,” Vol. II. p. 304; Noad, “Manual,” pp. 364, 365; William R. Grove, “On Grotthus’ Theory ...” London, 1845; J. S. C. Schweigger’s Journal, Vols. III, IV, IX, XXVIII and XXXI; A. F. Gehlen’s Journal for 1808; L. W. Gilbert’s Annalen der Physik, Vol. LXVII; Ostwald, “Elektrochemie,” 1896, pp. 309–316; A. N. Scherer’s Allgem. nördliche Annal. d. Chemie, Vol. IV; Annales de Chimie, Vol. LXIII; Phil. Mag., Vol. LIX. p. 67; J. C. Poggendorff, “Biog. Literarisches,” etc., Vol. I. pp. 959, 960; “Royal Society Catalogue of Scientific Papers,” Vol. III. pp. 29–31.

Citations.—Faraday’s “Experimental Researches,” articles 481, 485, 489, 492, 507, etc.; also Phil. Mag., Vols. XXIV. p. 183, and XXVIII. pp. 35 and 59; Joseph Izarn, “Manuel du Galvanisme,” pp. 280–284 for M. Riffault and N. M. Chompré; Whewell, “History of the Inductive Sciences,” Vol. II. p. 304; Noad, “Manual,” pp. 364, 365; William R. Grove, “On Grotthus’ Theory ...” London, 1845; J. S. C. Schweigger’s Journal, Vols. III, IV, IX, XXVIII and XXXI; A. F. Gehlen’s Journal for 1808; L. W. Gilbert’s Annalen der Physik, Vol. LXVII; Ostwald, “Elektrochemie,” 1896, pp. 309–316; A. N. Scherer’s Allgem. nördliche Annal. d. Chemie, Vol. IV; Annales de Chimie, Vol. LXIII; Phil. Mag., Vol. LIX. p. 67; J. C. Poggendorff, “Biog. Literarisches,” etc., Vol. I. pp. 959, 960; “Royal Society Catalogue of Scientific Papers,” Vol. III. pp. 29–31.

Grotthus’ theory was extended by Rudolf Clausius, and the latter’s theory in turn gave way to that of Svante Arrhénius. Clausius maintained that the exchanges were going on continuously, although no current was flowing; while the assumption of Arrhénius was that in every electrolyte, a certain number of molecules break up into ions and that all electrolytes contain some of these free ions. This is the much controverted dissociation theory (Dr. Henry S. Carhart’s Presidential Address).

Grotthus' theory was expanded by Rudolf Clausius, and Clausius' theory later led to the work of Svante Arrhénius. Clausius argued that exchanges were happening continuously, even when no current was flowing; whereas Arrhénius assumed that in every electrolyte, a specific number of molecules split into ions, and that all electrolytes have some of these free ions. This is the widely debated dissociation theory (Dr. Henry S. Carhart's Presidential Address).

[392]

[392]

The “Encycl. Amer.,” New York, 1903, Vol. II says that the establishment of the theory of electrolytic dissociation, which is due to the noted Swedish chemist, Svante Arrhénius, supplies a reasonable explanation of many chemical phenomena otherwise insoluble, and correlates various facts between which no connection was previously discovered. Two important publications by Arrhénius are “Sur la conductibilité galvanique des electrolytes” (1884), and a treatise in German on electro-chemistry (1902). (See “Le Moniteur Scientifique,” Avril 1904, pp. 241–243.)

The "Encycl. Amer.," New York, 1903, Vol. II states that the development of the theory of electrolytic dissociation, attributed to the well-known Swedish chemist Svante Arrhénius, provides a reasonable explanation for many chemical phenomena that were previously unsolvable and connects various facts that had not been linked before. Two significant works by Arrhénius are "Sur la conductibilité galvanique des électrolytes" (1884) and a treatise in German on electrochemistry (1902). (See "Le Moniteur Scientifique," April 1904, pp. 241–243.)

Rudolf Clausius, German scientist (1822–1888), “one of the most celebrated mathematical physicists of the nineteenth century,” communicated in 1850 to the Berlin Academy of Sciences the paper wherein he announced the second law of thermo-dynamics, that “heat cannot of itself pass from a colder to a hotter body.” The honour of establishing the science of thermo-dynamics upon a scientific basis he thus shares with Rankine and Thomson (“Encycl. Amer.,” Vol. V. n. p.; “New Inter. Encycl.,” New York, 1902, Vol. IV. p. 711. For biography, consult Riecke, “Rudolf Clausius,” Göttingen, 1889; “Meyer’s Konversations-Lexikon,” Leipzig, 1894, Vol. IV. p. 213).

Rudolf Clausius, a German scientist (1822–1888), was “one of the most celebrated mathematical physicists of the nineteenth century.” In 1850, he presented a paper to the Berlin Academy of Sciences where he announced the second law of thermodynamics, stating that “heat cannot of itself pass from a colder to a hotter body.” He thus shares the honor of establishing thermodynamics as a science on a solid foundation with Rankine and Thomson (“Encycl. Amer.,” Vol. V. n. p.; “New Inter. Encycl.,” New York, 1902, Vol. IV. p. 711). For his biography, refer to Riecke, “Rudolf Clausius,” Göttingen, 1889; “Meyer’s Konversations-Lexikon,” Leipzig, 1894, Vol. IV. p. 213).

A.D. 1805.—Alexander Tilloch’s Philosophical Magazine, Vol. XXI. p. 279, has a letter addressed by W. Peel to the editor, under date Cambridge, April 23, 1805, relative to the “Production of Muriate of Soda by the Galvanic Decomposition of Water.” This is followed by a communication dated Pisa, May 9, 1805, from Dr. Francis G. Pacchiani, Professor of Philosophy at the Pisa University (Rees’ Encyclopedia, “Galvanism,” p. 15), to Lawrence Pignotti, Historiographer to the King, entitled “Formation of Muriatic Acid by Galvanism,” as well as by two letters, one from W. Peel, dated Cambridge, June 4, 1805, on “The Production of Muriates by the Galvanic Decomposition of Water,” and the other from Dr. Wm. Henry, dated Manchester, July 23, 1805, relative to the above-named processes and to the latter’s own experiments in the same direction.

A.D. 1805.—Alexander Tilloch’s Philosophical Magazine, Vol. XXI. p. 279, includes a letter from W. Peel to the editor, dated Cambridge, April 23, 1805, regarding the “Production of Muriate of Soda through the Galvanic Decomposition of Water.” This is followed by a message dated Pisa, May 9, 1805, from Dr. Francis G. Pacchiani, Professor of Philosophy at the University of Pisa (Rees’ Encyclopedia, “Galvanism,” p. 15), addressed to Lawrence Pignotti, Historiographer to the King, titled “Formation of Muriatic Acid by Galvanism,” along with two letters, one from W. Peel, dated Cambridge, June 4, 1805, discussing “The Production of Muriates through the Galvanic Decomposition of Water,” and the other from Dr. Wm. Henry, dated Manchester, July 23, 1805, regarding these processes and the latter’s own experiments in the same area.

References.Phil. Mag., Vol. XXII. pp. 153, 179, 188; XXIII. p. 257; XXIV. p. 183; XXVII. p. 82; XXVIII. p. 306; Sir Humphry Davy’s allusion to above, as well as his earlier experiments communicated to Dr. Beddoes, Sir James Hall, Mr. Clayfield and others, in “Bakerian Lectures,” London, 1840, pp. 2, 3; Sylvester, at A.D. 1806, and Donovan, at A.D. 1812; Lardner’s “Lectures on Science and Art,” Vol. I. p. 350; Faraday’s “Experimental Researches,” No. 314; J. F. Macaire, Ann. Ch. et Phys., XVII. 1821; Marni “Sulla formazione ...”; G. B. Polcastro, “Giorn. Ital. Letter del Dal Rio,” X. p. 182, 1805; Cioni and Petrini, Phil. Mag., XXIV. 167, 1806; The Paris Galvani Society, Phil. Mag., XXIV. p. 172, and Ann. de Ch., Vol. LVI, 1806; A. B. Hortentz, Phil.[393] Mag., Vol. XXIV. p. 91, 1806; Leop. de Buch, Phil. Mag., Vol. XXIV. p. 244, 1806; Veau Delaunay, Phil. Mag., XXVII. p. 260, 1807; G. Innocenti, Nuova Scelta d’ Opuscoli, II. p. 96, 1807; P. Alemanni, Phil. Mag., Vol. XXVII. p. 339, 1807; C. H. Pfaff, Phil. Mag., XXVII. p. 338, and XXIX. p. 19; Ann. de Chim., Vols. LX. p. 314; LXII. p. 23, 1807–8; Wm. Henry, Phil. Mag., Vols. XXII. p. 183; XL. p. 337, 1805–1812; F. G. Pacchiani, in Nuova Scelta d’ Opuscoli, I. p. 277; Brugnatelli, An. di Chimica, Vol. XXII. pp. 125, 134 and 144; Edin. Med. and Surg. Journal, of July 1, 1805; Phil. Mag., Vol. XXIV. p. 176, for his letter to Fabbroni. For Dr. Wm. Henry, consult “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. XV, An. VIII. pp. 35, 293; Phil. Mag., Vols. VII for 1830, p. 228; XXII. p. 183; XXXII. p. 277, and XL. p. 337; Phil. Trans., Part II for 1808.

References.Phil. Mag., Vol. XXII. pp. 153, 179, 188; XXIII. p. 257; XXIV. p. 183; XXVII. p. 82; XXVIII. p. 306; Sir Humphry Davy’s reference to the above, as well as his earlier experiments shared with Dr. Beddoes, Sir James Hall, Mr. Clayfield, and others, in “Bakerian Lectures,” London, 1840, pp. 2, 3; Sylvester, at C.E. 1806, and Donovan, at CE 1812; Lardner’s “Lectures on Science and Art,” Vol. I. p. 350; Faraday’s “Experimental Researches,” No. 314; J. F. Macaire, Ann. Ch. et Phys., XVII. 1821; Marni “Sulla formazione ...”; G. B. Polcastro, “Giorn. Ital. Letter del Dal Rio,” X. p. 182, 1805; Cioni and Petrini, Phil. Mag., XXIV. 167, 1806; The Paris Galvani Society, Phil. Mag., XXIV. p. 172, and Ann. de Ch., Vol. LVI, 1806; A. B. Hortentz, Phil.[393] Mag., Vol. XXIV. p. 91, 1806; Leop. de Buch, Phil. Mag., Vol. XXIV. p. 244, 1806; Veau Delaunay, Phil. Mag., XXVII. p. 260, 1807; G. Innocenti, Nuova Scelta d’ Opuscoli, II. p. 96, 1807; P. Alemanni, Phil. Mag., Vol. XXVII. p. 339, 1807; C. H. Pfaff, Phil. Mag., XXVII. p. 338, and XXIX. p. 19; Ann. de Chim., Vols. LX. p. 314; LXII. p. 23, 1807–8; Wm. Henry, Phil. Mag., Vols. XXII. p. 183; XL. p. 337, 1805–1812; F. G. Pacchiani, in Nuova Scelta d’ Opuscoli, I. p. 277; Brugnatelli, An. di Chimica, Vol. XXII. pp. 125, 134 and 144; Edin. Med. and Surg. Journal, of July 1, 1805; Phil. Mag., Vol. XXIV. p. 176, for his letter to Fabbroni. For Dr. Wm. Henry, see “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. XV, An. VIII. pp. 35, 293; Phil. Mag., Vols. VII for 1830, p. 228; XXII. p. 183; XXXII. p. 277, and XL. p. 337; Phil. Trans., Part II for 1808.

A.D. 1806.—On Oct. 16, Mr. Wm. Skrimshire, Jr., addresses from Wisbech a letter to Mr. Cuthbertson on the absorption of electric light by different bodies.

A.D. 1806.—On Oct. 16, Mr. Wm. Skrimshire, Jr., sends a letter from Wisbech to Mr. Cuthbertson about how different materials absorb electric light.

In this letter, which is given in full at pp. 281–283 of the fifteenth volume of Nicholson’s Journal, he says he was led to his experiments by the well-known fact that when the electric current is passed through a lump of sugar it makes the latter appear luminous. He tried many calcareous species, chalk, Kelton stone, the phosphate, nitrate, sulphates of lime, etc. etc., and he details some of the results obtained, the most interesting being that given by the sulphuret of lime, commonly called Canton’s phosphorus, which, he says, is, by the electric explosion, rendered the most luminous of all the substances tried.

In this letter, which is fully included on pages 281–283 of the fifteenth volume of Nicholson’s Journal, he mentions that he was inspired to conduct his experiments by the well-known fact that passing an electric current through a piece of sugar makes it glow. He experimented with various calcareous materials, such as chalk, Kelton stone, and the phosphates, nitrates, and sulfates of lime, among others, detailing some of the results he obtained. The most intriguing result he notes involves lime sulfide, commonly known as Canton’s phosphorus, which he states becomes the most luminous of all the substances tested when subjected to electric discharge.

A.D. 1806.—Heidmann (J. A.), physician at Vienna, publishes his “Theorie der Galvanischen Electricität ...” or “Theory of Galvanic Electricity deduced from Actual Experimentation” (London, 1807). This had been preceded by other important electrical reviews at Vienna during the years 1799, 1803 and 1804.

A.D. 1806.—Heidmann (J. A.), a doctor in Vienna, publishes his “Theorie der Galvanischen Electricität ...” or “Theory of Galvanic Electricity Deduced from Actual Experimentation” (London, 1807). This was followed by other significant electrical reviews in Vienna during the years 1799, 1803, and 1804.

As stated by Guyton de Morveau, Heidmann has given us in the above the complete history of galvanic electricity—including the experiments and observations of Aldini, Arnim, Biot, Boeckman, Carminati, Cavallo, Creve, Davy, Fontana, Fowler, Gilbert, Haldane, Hallé, Helebrandt, Humboldt, Nicholson, Pepys, Pfaff, Reil, Reinhold, Ritter, Valli, Vassalli-Eandi, etc. etc.—together with the description of the construction and the relation of all parts of the galvanic pile, which is called by him a galvanic battery. Heidmann also gives an account of his many interesting experiments with frogs placed in different liquids as well as with the galvanic chain, and he reviews all the known phenomena presented by the voltaic pile.

As Guyton de Morveau mentioned, Heidmann has provided us with the complete history of galvanic electricity above—including the experiments and observations of Aldini, Arnim, Biot, Boeckman, Carminati, Cavallo, Creve, Davy, Fontana, Fowler, Gilbert, Haldane, Hallé, Helebrandt, Humboldt, Nicholson, Pepys, Pfaff, Reil, Reinhold, Ritter, Valli, Vassalli-Eandi, and many others—along with a description of how to build it and how all the parts of the galvanic pile, which he refers to as a galvanic battery, relate to each other. Heidmann also shares details about his fascinating experiments with frogs placed in various liquids and his work with the galvanic chain, and he discusses all the known phenomena associated with the voltaic pile.

References.—“Annales de Chimie,” Vol. LXI. p. 70; Phil. Mag., Vol. XXVIII. p. 97.

References.—“Annales de Chimie,” Vol. LXI. p. 70; Phil. Mag., Vol. XXVIII. p. 97.

A.D. 1806.—Dr. Joseph Baronio of Milan constructs a galvanic[394] pile composed exclusively of vegetable substances. He makes his discs, two inches in diameter, of beet roots (bietola rossa) and of walnut wood (legno di noce), the latter having been freed from all of its resinous substance by treatment in a solution of vinegar and cream of tartar. Through this pile, he produced convulsions in a frog by excitation with a leaf of cochlearia (spoon wort or scurvy-grass).

A.D. 1806.—Dr. Joseph Baronio of Milan creates a galvanic[394] pile made entirely of plant materials. He makes his discs, two inches wide, from beet roots (bietola rossa) and walnut wood (legno di noce), the wood having been stripped of all its resinous content by soaking it in a vinegar and cream of tartar solution. Using this pile, he caused convulsions in a frog by stimulating it with a leaf of cochlearia (spoon wort or scurvy-grass).

References.—“Annales de Chimie,” Vol. LVII. pp. 64–67; Vol. LXII. p. 212; Phil. Mag., Vol. XXIII. p. 283; “Nota di Brugnatelli sopra una pila di sostanze vegetabili,” Pavia, 1805 (“Am. di Chim. di Brugnatelli,” Vol. XXII. p. 301); Volta, in Giorn. Fis. Med., Vol. II. p. 122.

Sources.—“Annales de Chimie,” Vol. 57, pp. 64–67; Vol. 62, p. 212; Phil. Mag., Vol. 23, p. 283; “Nota di Brugnatelli sopra una pila di sostanze vegetabili,” Pavia, 1805 (“Am. di Chim. di Brugnatelli,” Vol. 22, p. 301); Volta, in Giorn. Fis. Med., Vol. 2, p. 122.

A.D. 1806.—Sylvester (Charles), the author of the articles on “Galvanism and Voltaism” in Rees’ “Encyclopædia,” announces that he obtains muriatic acid from pure water by passing through it the galvanic current. Mr. Wollaston, however, asserts this cannot be done unless the current traverses some vegetable or animal substance containing that acid.

A.D. 1806.—Sylvester (Charles), the writer of the entries on “Galvanism and Voltaism” in Rees’ “Encyclopædia,” claims that he can extract muriatic acid from pure water by sending a galvanic current through it. Mr. Wollaston, however, argues that this isn’t possible unless the current passes through some vegetable or animal material that contains the acid.

His first paper on the subject appeared in Nicholson’s Journal, 1806, Vol. XIV. pp. 94–98; in Gehlen’s Journ. der Chemie, Vol. II for 1806, pp. 152–153, and in Gilbert’s Annalen der Physik, Vol. XXV. pp. 107–112, 454–457. The paper following is entitled “Repetition of the Experiment in which Acids and Alkalies are Produced in Pure Water by Galvanism (no animal or vegetable matter, nor oxidable metal being present).”

His first paper on the topic was published in Nicholson’s Journal, 1806, Vol. XIV, pp. 94–98; in Gehlen’s Journ. der Chemie, Vol. II for 1806, pp. 152–153, and in Gilbert’s Annalen der Physik, Vol. XXV, pp. 107–112, 454–457. The following paper is titled “Repetition of the Experiment in which Acids and Alkalies are Produced in Pure Water by Galvanism (without any animal or vegetable matter, or oxidizable metal being present).”

References.Nicholson’s Journal, Vol. XV. pp. 50–52; Vol. XXIII. pp. 258–260; Gehlen’s Journal, Vol. II, 1806, pp. 155–158. For his other papers, consult Nicholson’s Journal, Vol. IX. p. 179; Vol. X. pp. 166–167; Vol. XIX. pp. 156–157; Vol. XXVI. pp. 72–75; Gilbert’s Annalen, Vol. XXIII. pp. 441–447; “Roy. Soc. Catal. of Sc. Papers,” Vol. V. pp. 900–901; Sturgeon’s Scientific Researches, Bury, 1850, p. 153; Sir Humphry Davy’s lecture “On some chemical agencies of electricity,” read Nov. 20, 1806; Annales de Chimie, Vol. LX. p. 314; Vol. LXI. pp. 330–331; “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. XXXIII, 1806, p. 324.

Sources.Nicholson’s Journal, Vol. XV. pp. 50–52; Vol. XXIII. pp. 258–260; Gehlen’s Journal, Vol. II, 1806, pp. 155–158. For his other papers, check Nicholson’s Journal, Vol. IX. p. 179; Vol. X. pp. 166–167; Vol. XIX. pp. 156–157; Vol. XXVI. pp. 72–75; Gilbert’s Annalen, Vol. XXIII. pp. 441–447; “Roy. Soc. Catal. of Sc. Papers,” Vol. V. pp. 900–901; Sturgeon’s Scientific Researches, Bury, 1850, p. 153; Sir Humphry Davy’s lecture “On some chemical agencies of electricity,” delivered Nov. 20, 1806; Annales de Chimie, Vol. LX. p. 314; Vol. LXI. pp. 330–331; “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. XXXIII, 1806, p. 324.

A.D. 1806.—Maréchaux (Peter Ludwig), correspondent of the French Galvani Society at Wesel, is the first to construct an effective dry pile containing paper discs. He makes known through M. Riffault (Annales de Chimie, Vol. LVII for January 1806, p. 61), that water is not essential to the production of galvanic effects, and his experiments are repeated for the Chemical Society by M. Veau Delaunay, as shown in Journal de Physique, Messidor, An. XIV.

A.D. 1806.—Maréchaux (Peter Ludwig), a correspondent of the French Galvani Society in Wesel, is the first to create an effective dry pile using paper discs. He announces through M. Riffault (Annales de Chimie, Vol. LVII for January 1806, p. 61) that water is not necessary for producing galvanic effects, and his experiments are repeated for the Chemical Society by M. Veau Delaunay, as detailed in Journal de Physique, Messidor, An. XIV.

This “Maréchausian Pile,” or colonne pendule, as it was originally denominated, consists of pairs of oven-dried cardboard, pasteboard, or blotting-paper, and of copper discs all pierced in such manner[395] as to be suspended by three silken cords which hold them fast in position. Sturgeon remarks (“Researches,” pp. 199 and 239) that in this dry column the electric pulsations are, in consequence of the very great number of interrupting papers, less frequent than in either the processes of Volta or in that of Seebeck, notwithstanding which the instrument produces slow pulsatory currents.

This “Maréchausian Pile,” or colonne pendule, as it was originally called, is made up of pairs of oven-dried cardboard, pasteboard, or blotting paper, and copper discs, all carefully pierced so that they can be suspended by three silk cords that keep them in place. Sturgeon notes (“Researches,” pp. 199 and 239) that in this dry column, the electric pulses are less frequent than in either Volta's or Seebeck's processes due to the high number of interrupting papers; however, the instrument still generates slow pulsatory currents.

References.—W. Sturgeon’s “Annals of Electricity,” Vol. I. p. 256, note; Vol. VIII. pp. 379, 484; Phil. Mag., Vol. XXIV. p. 183; Poggendorff, Vol. II. p. 46; “Roy. Soc. Cat. of Sci. Papers,” Vol. IV. p. 236; Gilbert’s Annalen der Physik, Vols. X.-XXVII passim, also Vol. XV. p. 98 and Vol. XVI. p. 115 giving a description of the Maréchaux electro-micrometer (screw and silver leaf), likewise Vol. XXII, containing an account of the observations made by M. Paul Erman.

References.—W. Sturgeon’s “Annals of Electricity,” Vol. I. p. 256, note; Vol. VIII. pp. 379, 484; Phil. Mag., Vol. XXIV. p. 183; Poggendorff, Vol. II. p. 46; “Roy. Soc. Cat. of Sci. Papers,” Vol. IV. p. 236; Gilbert’s Annalen der Physik, Vols. X.-XXVII passim, also Vol. XV. p. 98 and Vol. XVI. p. 115 providing a description of the Maréchaux electro-micrometer (screw and silver leaf), as well as Vol. XXII, which includes details on the observations made by M. Paul Erman.

A.D. 1807.—Young (Thomas), M.D., a very celebrated English scientist, “eminent alike in almost every department of human learning,” who was the associate of Davy at the Royal Institution, and who became the successor of Volta as Foreign Associate of the French Academy of Sciences, publishes his very elaborate “Course of Lectures on Natural Philosophy and the Mechanical Arts,” upon which he was assiduously engaged for five years, and a new edition of which was issued (with additional references and notes) by the Rev. P. Kelland, M.A., F.R.S., during the year 1845.

A.D. 1807.—Young (Thomas), M.D., a well-known English scientist, “remarkable in nearly every field of human knowledge,” who worked alongside Davy at the Royal Institution and later took over Volta’s position as Foreign Associate of the French Academy of Sciences, publishes his comprehensive “Course of Lectures on Natural Philosophy and the Mechanical Arts,” which he had been diligently working on for five years. A new edition, featuring extra references and notes, was released by the Rev. P. Kelland, M.A., F.R.S., in 1845.

The above-named work comprises the sixty lectures which Dr. Young delivered during his connection with the Royal Institution and includes also his optical and other memoirs, as well as a very extended classified catalogue of publications in every leading department of science. His biographer in the “English Encyclopædia” remarks that Young’s lectures embody a complete system of natural and mechanical philosophy, drawn from original sources, and are distinguished not only by extent of learning and accuracy of statement, but by the beauty and originality of the theoretical principles. One of these is the principle of interferences in the undulatory theory of light. “This discovery alone,” says Sir John Herschel, “would have sufficed to have placed its author in the highest rank of scientific immortality, were even his other almost innumerable claims to such a distinction disregarded.” The first reception, however, of Dr. Young’s investigations of light was very unfavourable. The novel theory of undulation especially was attacked in the Edinburgh Review, and Dr. Young wrote a pamphlet in reply, of which it is said but one copy was sold, but it is now generally received in place of the molecular or emanatory theory.

The work mentioned above includes the sixty lectures that Dr. Young gave during his time at the Royal Institution. It also contains his optical and other writings, along with a comprehensive classified catalogue of publications in all major fields of science. His biographer in the “English Encyclopædia” notes that Young’s lectures present a complete system of natural and mechanical philosophy based on original sources. They are recognized not only for their depth of knowledge and accuracy but also for the beauty and originality of their theoretical principles. One of these principles is the interference in the wave theory of light. “This discovery alone,” states Sir John Herschel, “would have been enough to elevate its author to the highest level of scientific immortality, even if we disregard his numerous other qualifications for such honor.” However, the initial reception of Dr. Young’s work on light was quite negative. The new wave theory, in particular, faced criticism in the Edinburgh Review, prompting Dr. Young to write a response pamphlet, of which it is reported that only one copy was sold. Today, the wave theory is widely accepted instead of the molecular or emanatory theory.

His review and treatment of the field of electrical and magnetic phenomena, as may be imagined from the foregoing, is very[396] extensive, and as no justice could be done it by making therefrom such extracts as would suitably come within the scope of the present “Bibliographical History,” only an extract from the lecture treating of “Aqueous and Igneous Meteors” will here be given.

His analysis and discussion of electrical and magnetic phenomena, as you can guess from what’s been said, is very[396] comprehensive, and since it wouldn't be fair to summarize it with only brief excerpts suitable for the current “Bibliographical History,” only a portion from the lecture on “Aqueous and Igneous Meteors” will be provided here.

Speaking of the aurora borealis, he says “that it is doubtful if its light may not be of an electrical nature. The phenomenon is certainly connected with the general cause of magnetism. The primitive beams of light are supposed to be at an elevation of at least 50 or 100 miles above the earth, and everywhere in a direction parallel to that of the dipping needle; but perhaps, although the substance is magnetical, the illumination, which renders it visible, may still be derived from the passage of electricity, at too great a distance to be discovered by any other test.... It is certainly in some measure a magnetical phenomenon; and if iron were the only substance capable of exhibiting magnetic effects, it would follow that some ferruginous particles must exist in the upper regions of the atmosphere. The light usually attending this magnetical meteor may possibly be derived from electricity, which may be the immediate cause of a change in the distribution of the magnetic fluid contained in the ferruginous vapours that are imagined to float in the air.”

Talking about the aurora borealis, he states, “it's uncertain whether its light might be of an electrical nature. The phenomenon is definitely linked with the overall cause of magnetism. The original beams of light are thought to be at least 50 to 100 miles high above the Earth, and they align with the direction of the dipping needle; however, even though the substance is magnetic, the light that makes it visible might still come from electricity passing through, which is too far away to be detected by any other means. It is definitely a magnetic phenomenon to some extent; and if iron were the only material capable of showing magnetic effects, it would imply that some iron particles must exist in the upper atmosphere. The light typically seen with this magnetic event may possibly come from electricity, which could be the direct cause of a change in how the magnetic fluid is distributed among the iron vapors believed to be floating in the air.”

The assumption of ferruginous particles or vapours, remarks Prof. Robert Jameson, of the Edinburgh University, seems, however, purely gratuitous and imaginary; and as iron is not the only substance or matter capable of exhibiting magnetic effects, light itself being susceptible of polarization, the above hypothesis is, therefore, untenable even on the ground upon which it has been rested by its author. But it is, nevertheless, certain that the cause of this luminous meteor is intimately connected with magnetism and electricity; or, rather, as the magnetic is variously modified and effected by the electric power, with the phenomena of electro-magnetism.

The idea that iron particles or vapors are involved, according to Prof. Robert Jameson of Edinburgh University, seems entirely unfounded and imaginary. Since iron isn’t the only material that can show magnetic effects—light can also be polarized—the hypothesis is therefore not valid, even based on what its creator put forth. However, it’s still clear that the cause of this bright meteor is closely linked to magnetism and electricity; or more accurately, the way magnetism is influenced by electric power, connected to the phenomena of electromagnetism.

References.—Young’s Catalogue for “Aurora Borealis” and “Terrestrial Magnetism” (“Lectures,” London, 1807, Vol. II. pp. 440–443, 488–490), “Journal Roy. Inst.,” Vol. I; Dr. George Peacock’s “Life of Thomas Young”; also “Miscellaneous Works of T. Young,” London, 1855; “Memoirs of the Life of Thos. Young,” London, 1831; also Vol. XIII of John Leitch’s “Hieroglyphical Essays and Correspondence,” all of which contain every contribution made by the scientist to the Phil. Trans., as well as many other important articles communicated by him to other scientific publications of his time; “Eloge Historique de Dr. Thomas Young,” par M. Arago, in Mém. de l’Acad. Roy. des Sc., etc., Tome XIII. p. 57; Quarterly Review for April 1814; Tyndall, “Heat as a Mode of Motion,” 1873, pp. 267, 268; Annales de Chimie, Feb. 1815; Whewell, “History of the Inductive Sciences,” 1859, Vol. II. pp. 92, 96, 106, 111–118.

References.—Young’s Catalogue for “Aurora Borealis” and “Terrestrial Magnetism” (“Lectures,” London, 1807, Vol. II. pp. 440–443, 488–490), “Journal Roy. Inst.,” Vol. I; Dr. George Peacock’s “Life of Thomas Young”; also “Miscellaneous Works of T. Young,” London, 1855; “Memoirs of the Life of Thos. Young,” London, 1831; also Vol. XIII of John Leitch’s “Hieroglyphical Essays and Correspondence,” all of which contain every contribution made by the scientist to the Phil. Trans., as well as many other important articles communicated by him to other scientific publications of his time; “Eloge Historique de Dr. Thomas Young,” par M. Arago, in Mém. de l’Acad. Roy. des Sc., etc., Tome XIII. p. 57; Quarterly Review for April 1814; Tyndall, “Heat as a Mode of Motion,” 1873, pp. 267, 268; Annales de Chimie, Feb. 1815; Whewell, “History of the Inductive Sciences,” 1859, Vol. II. pp. 92, 96, 106, 111–118.

[397]

[397]

A.D. 1808.—Pasley (Charles William), F.R.S., D.C.L., K.C.B., who was at the time aide-de-camp to Sir John Moore, became Major-General in 1841 and Lieutenant-General in 1851, gives at pp. 205, 292, Vol. XXIX, and at p. 339, Vol. XXXV of Tilloch’s Philosophical Magazine, a description of the original and improved methods of constructing his “polygrammatic telegraph.”

A.D. 1808.—Pasley (Charles William), F.R.S., D.C.L., K.C.B., who was serving as aide-de-camp to Sir John Moore at the time, became a Major-General in 1841 and a Lieutenant-General in 1851. He provides a description of the original and enhanced methods for building his “polygrammatic telegraph” on pages 205, 292 of Volume XXIX, and on page 339 of Volume XXXV of Tilloch’s Philosophical Magazine.

The apparatus, as first devised by him between the years 1804 and 1807, consists of four posts, each bearing a pair of pivoted arms, which latter can be placed at different angles to indicate all desired numerals and letters. After he had seen the French semaphore during 1809 he improved his telegraph, employing but one post, upon which were three pairs of pivoted arms representing hundreds, tens and units.

The device, originally created by him between 1804 and 1807, is made up of four posts, each with a pair of movable arms that can be positioned at various angles to show any needed numbers and letters. After he observed the French semaphore in 1809, he enhanced his telegraph by using just one post, which had three pairs of movable arms representing hundreds, tens, and units.

In 1823 Pasley (then a Lieutenant-Colonel, Royal Engineers) issued a pamphlet entitled “Description of the Universal Telegraph for Day and Night Signals,” wherein he announces the abandonment of the polygrammatic principle. For day service he employs an upright post with two movable arms attached to the top on a pivot. Each arm is capable of assuming seven different positions, besides the quiescent position called the stop, in which the arms are turned down and concealed by the post. To prevent signals being seen in reverse, another arm, called an indicator, is added to one side of the post. For night signals he places a central lamp at the top of the post, as well as a lamp at the end of each arm, and suspends a fourth lamp, as an indicator, upon a light crane projecting horizontally beyond the range of both movable arms. Motion to the arms was communicated by means of an endless chain passing over two pulleys. Up to this time the semaphores employed by the Admiralty had been constructed without provision being made for the display of night signals.

In 1823, Pasley (who was then a Lieutenant-Colonel in the Royal Engineers) published a pamphlet called “Description of the Universal Telegraph for Day and Night Signals,” where he announced that he was abandoning the polygrammatic principle. For daytime use, he used a vertical post with two movable arms attached to the top on a pivot. Each arm could assume seven different positions, in addition to a resting position called the stop, where the arms are turned down and hidden by the post. To prevent signals from being seen backward, an additional arm, called an indicator, was added to one side of the post. For nighttime signals, he placed a central lamp at the top of the post, along with a lamp at the end of each arm, and hung a fourth lamp, as an indicator, on a light crane that protruded horizontally beyond the reach of both movable arms. The movement of the arms was controlled by an endless chain that passed over two pulleys. Up until this point, the semaphores used by the Admiralty had been built without any features for displaying nighttime signals.

Pasley was the first to apply the heating power of the galvanic battery to a useful practical purpose. While engaged on the River Thames he was written to by Mr. Palmer (Alfred Smee, “Electro-Metallurgy,” p. 297), who advised him to employ the galvanic battery instead of the long fuse then in common use, and as soon as he was made acquainted with the method of operating he at once adopted it and applied it effectively, during the year 1839, to the removal of the sunken hull of the “Royal George,” at Spithead.

Pasley was the first to use the heating power of the galvanic battery for a practical purpose. While working on the River Thames, he received a letter from Mr. Palmer (Alfred Smee, “Electro-Metallurgy,” p. 297), who suggested that he use the galvanic battery instead of the long fuse that was commonly used at the time. As soon as he learned how to operate it, he quickly adopted the method and effectively applied it, in 1839, to remove the sunken hull of the “Royal George” at Spithead.

References.—Sturgeon’s “Scientific Researches,” Bury, 1850, p. 174; Knight’s “Mech. Dict.,” Vol. I. p. 784; also “Documents relatifs à l’emploi de l’Electricité,” etc., Paris, 1841, taken from the United Service Journal and the “Militaire Spectateur Hollandais.” Consult likewise, “Trans. of the Society ... Arts,” Vol. XXXIX, London, 1821, for[398] Peter Barlow, XL. pp. 76–100, and for Lieut. Nicolas Harris Nicolas, XL. p. 104; also Vol. XLII, London, 1824, for Mr. A. Westcott, pp. 165–166. A patented telegraph by James Boaz is alluded to in Vol. XII. pp. 84–87 of the Phil. Magazine.

References.—Sturgeon’s “Scientific Researches,” Bury, 1850, p. 174; Knight’s “Mech. Dict.,” Vol. I. p. 784; also “Documents Relating to the Use of Electricity,” etc., Paris, 1841, taken from the United Service Journal and the “Militaire Spectateur Hollandais.” Also refer to “Trans. of the Society ... Arts,” Vol. XXXIX, London, 1821, for[398] Peter Barlow, XL. pp. 76–100, and for Lieut. Nicolas Harris Nicolas, XL. p. 104; also Vol. XLII, London, 1824, for Mr. A. Westcott, pp. 165–166. A patented telegraph by James Boaz is mentioned in Vol. XII. pp. 84–87 of the Phil. Magazine.

Following close upon Pasley’s original telegraphic contrivance were several other methods of conveying intelligence at a distance, introduced at this period, worthy of mention here.

Following closely after Pasley’s original telegraphic device were several other methods of communicating information over long distances, introduced during this time, that are worth mentioning here.

The Chevalier A. N. Edelcrantz, Swedish savant, sent to the London Society of Arts a model of his apparatus, which is to be found minutely described in Vol. XXVI. pp. 20, 184–189, of the Transactions of that institution. A description of his earlier contrivances for the same purpose had already been published at Stockholm in the year 1796, and after being translated into French had been noticed in William Nicholson’s Journal of Natural Philosophy for 1803. The one he finally adopted in 1808 consisted of ten boards placed in three vertical ranks, the central one having four boards and the side ranks three boards each. By this arrangement 1024 signals could be clearly shown, and it was possible, by observing the order in which the boards were exhibited, to make as many as 4,037,912 changes. He subsequently advised attaching lamps to the boards for night service. His system of working the boards, though very complicated, could be controlled by only one person, while the English method required several men to hold the shutters during heavy weather. As it was, his method is said to have been in constant use for fully twelve years prior to 1808 on both sides of the Baltic, and to have likewise served to transmit signals between Sweden and England.

The Chevalier A. N. Edelcrantz, a Swedish scholar, sent a model of his device to the London Society of Arts. It’s described in detail in Vol. XXVI, pp. 20, 184–189, of the Transactions of that institution. He had already published a description of his earlier inventions for the same purpose in Stockholm in 1796, which was later translated into French and mentioned in William Nicholson’s Journal of Natural Philosophy in 1803. The design he ultimately used in 1808 consisted of ten boards arranged in three vertical rows, with four boards in the center row and three boards in each side row. This setup could clearly display 1,024 signals, and observing the order in which the boards were shown allowed for as many as 4,037,912 changes. He later suggested adding lamps to the boards for use at night. Although his method of operating the boards was quite complicated, it could be managed by a single person, while the English method required several people to hold the shutters in bad weather. His system reportedly remained in constant use for about twelve years before 1808 on both sides of the Baltic and was also used to send signals between Sweden and England.

Mr. Henry Ward, who had observed the difficulty with which the telegraph was worked at Blandford, in Dorsetshire, contrived the apparatus described in Vol. XXVI. pp. 20, 207–209 of the London Journal of the Society of Arts. The grooved wheels which are fixed upon the axis of the shutters to receive the ropes by which they are turned have the grooved portion of the rim formed in two segments, which are so attached to the periphery of the wheels by steel springs that they fly off and remain a little distance off when there is no strain upon the ropes, although so soon as a rope is pulled its pressure forces the segments into close contact with the solid rim of the wheel. In the segments are two notches, which, when the shutters are in either of their required positions, engage with a fixed catch so soon as the strain on the ropes is relaxed, and thus hold the shutters steady without any aid from the attendant. The pulling of a rope by drawing the segments close to the wheel releases the catch, and consequently enables the attendant to return any shutter to its original position.

Mr. Henry Ward, who noticed the challenges with how the telegraph operated in Blandford, Dorsetshire, designed the device described in Vol. XXVI, pp. 20, 207–209 of the London Journal of the Society of Arts. The grooved wheels mounted on the axles of the shutters to hold the ropes that control their movement have their grooved edges made in two segments. These segments are attached to the wheel's outer edge by steel springs, so they pop off and stay slightly away when there's no tension on the ropes. However, when a rope is pulled, the pressure pushes the segments close against the solid edge of the wheel. The segments have two notches that, when the shutters are in their desired positions, catch onto a fixed pin as soon as the tension on the ropes is released, keeping the shutters steady without any help from the operator. Pulling a rope to bring the segments closer to the wheel releases the pin, allowing the operator to move any shutter back to its original position.

[399]

[399]

Lieutenant-Colonel John Macdonald, F.R.S., who was already favourably known by two Reports on the Diurnal Variation of the Magnetic Needle observed at Fort Marlborough, Sumatra, and at St. Helena (Philosophical Transactions for 1796, p. 340, and for 1798, p. 397, also “Eighth Encycl. Brit.,” Vol. XIV. p. 54), publishes (1808–1817) two treatises upon his “Terrestrial Telegraph,” accompanied by an extensive “Telegraphic Dictionary.” His contrivance consists of thirteen boards or shutters arranged, like those of Edelcrantz, into three vertical ranks representing hundreds, tens and units. Twelve of the boards are capable of producing 4095 distinct combinations, and the thirteenth or auxiliary board, which is mounted over the centre of the apparatus, doubles that number. A flag or vane is added to the hundred side to distinguish it in whatever direction it may be viewed, and a ball sliding upon the staff which supports it affords the means of again doubling the number, so that, on the whole, 16,380 distinct signals can be obtained. He subsequently adopted a modification of the contrivance introduced by Pasley in 1809, and also described a sort of a “Symbolic Telegraph,” in which symbols like those of Dr. Hooke, but representing numerals instead of alphabetical characters, were dropped into open spaces denoting hundreds, tens and units. He further suggested a useful flag telegraph for the navy and devised several schemes for night telegraphs both for land and sea, one of which latter consists of three sets of four lights each, with an additional or director light to each set, affording the same extensive powers as his large board or shutter telegraph (Phil. Mag., Vols. LVII. pp. 88–93, and LVIII. pp. 99–103).

Lieutenant-Colonel John Macdonald, F.R.S., who was already well-known for two reports on the daily changes in the magnetic needle observed at Fort Marlborough, Sumatra, and at St. Helena (Philosophical Transactions for 1796, p. 340, and for 1798, p. 397, also “Eighth Encycl. Brit.,” Vol. XIV. p. 54), published (1808–1817) two treatises on his “Terrestrial Telegraph,” along with an extensive “Telegraphic Dictionary.” His invention consists of thirteen boards or shutters arranged in three vertical ranks representing hundreds, tens, and units, similar to those by Edelcrantz. Twelve of the boards can create 4095 distinct combinations, and the thirteenth or auxiliary board, which is placed over the center of the device, doubles that number. A flag or vane is added to the hundreds side to distinguish it from any angle, and a ball sliding along the staff that holds it allows for a further doubling of the combinations, resulting in a total of 16,380 distinct signals. He later adopted a modification of the device introduced by Pasley in 1809 and also described a type of “Symbolic Telegraph,” in which symbols similar to those of Dr. Hooke, but representing numbers instead of letters, were placed into open spaces indicating hundreds, tens, and units. He also proposed a helpful flag telegraph for the navy and developed several plans for night telegraphs for both land and sea, one of which consists of three sets of four lights each, with an extra or director light for each set, providing the same extensive capabilities as his large board or shutter telegraph (Phil. Mag., Vols. LVII. pp. 88–93, and LVIII. pp. 99–103).

Major Charles Le Hardy communicates in 1808 to the London Society of Arts, Vol. XXVI. pp. 20, 180–183, a novel contrivance consisting of a large framework with nine radiating bars, representing the numerals from 1 to 9, and four sets of other bars intersecting them so as to form four concentric polygons, which latter express units, tens, hundreds and thousands; thousands being shown by the innermost polygon. Attached to the centre of the apparatus are four slender arms, carrying four square boards, the lengths of these arms being such that the board of one may, during the revolution of the arm, traverse the polygon which represents thousands, that of another the polygon representing hundreds, etc. By the addition of two other boards at the upper corners, one of which denotes 10,000 and the other 20,000, or, when displayed together, 30,000, the total range of the telegraph is from 1 to 39,999 (Philosophical Magazine, Vol. XXXIII. p. 343).

Major Charles Le Hardy shares in 1808 with the London Society of Arts, Vol. XXVI. pp. 20, 180–183, an innovative device made up of a large framework with nine radiating bars representing the numbers from 1 to 9, along with four additional sets of intersecting bars that create four concentric polygons. These polygons indicate units, tens, hundreds, and thousands, with the innermost polygon showing thousands. At the center of the device are four slim arms, each carrying a square board. The lengths of these arms allow one board to move through the polygon that represents thousands, another through the polygon for hundreds, and so on. By adding two more boards at the upper corners—one showing 10,000 and the other 20,000, or together displaying 30,000—the telegraph can convey a total range from 1 to 39,999 (Philosophical Magazine, Vol. XXXIII. p. 343).

In the twenty-seventh volume of the Transactions of the London Society of Arts will be found the telegraphic devices of Knight[400] Spencer and of Lieutenant James Spratt (pp. 20, 163–169), while the thirty-third volume contains (at pp. 23, 118–121) a description of the contrivance of Alexander Law, intended for service on both sea and land. These, it may be said, are the only additional telegraphic methods worthy of note introduced up to the time when the English Admiralty adopted the system proposed by Sir Home Popham in 1816. The “anthropo-telegraph” of Knight Spencer, though laid before the Society of Arts in 1808, had been used as early as 1805. It consisted merely of two circular discs of wicker work, painted white with a black circle in the centre, to be held in different positions with respect to each other. The device of Lieutenant Spratt was more simple still, for it consisted only in holding a kerchief in various positions; yet, simple as it was, it served as a means of communication between vessels before the battle of Trafalgar, and it was also successfully used to converse between Spithead and the ramparts at Portsmouth, etc.

In the twenty-seventh volume of the Transactions of the London Society of Arts, you can find the telegraphic devices created by Knight Spencer and Lieutenant James Spratt (pp. 20, 163–169). The thirty-third volume includes a description of Alexander Law's invention, designed for use on both land and sea (pp. 23, 118–121). These are arguably the only noteworthy additional telegraphic methods introduced up until the English Admiralty adopted the system proposed by Sir Home Popham in 1816. Knight Spencer's “anthropo-telegraph,” presented to the Society of Arts in 1808, had actually been in use as early as 1805. It consisted of two circular wickerwork discs painted white with a black circle in the center, held in different positions relative to each other. Lieutenant Spratt's device was even simpler; it involved holding a kerchief in various positions. Despite its simplicity, it effectively facilitated communication between ships before the Battle of Trafalgar and was also used successfully to communicate between Spithead and the ramparts at Portsmouth, among other locations.

References.—For Mr. Knight Spencer’s other papers, see the Philosophical Magazine, Vols. XXXVI. p. 321, and XL. p. 206, and, for different methods of telegraphing, see Mr. Macdonald’s “Treatise,” published in 1817, as well as, more particularly, Vols. XXVI, XXXIV, XXXV, XXXVI of the Transactions of the Society of Arts; likewise Rohde’s “Système complet de Signaux ...” published 1835.

References.—For Mr. Knight Spencer’s other papers, see the Philosophical Magazine, Vols. 36, p. 321, and 40, p. 206. For different telegraphing methods, check out Mr. Macdonald’s “Treatise,” published in 1817, as well as Vols. 26, 34, 35, and 36 of the Transactions of the Society of Arts. Also, refer to Rohde’s “Complete System of Signals ...” published in 1835.

A.D. 1808.—Callender—Calendar (Elisha), of Boston, Mass., obtains, on Oct. 3, 1808, for his lightning rod, an American patent, which latter is the first one in the line of electricity issued by the United States.

A.D. 1808.—Callender—Calendar (Elisha), from Boston, Mass., gets an American patent for his lightning rod on Oct. 3, 1808. This is the first patent for an electrical device issued by the United States.

References.—H. L. Ellsworth’s “Digest of Patents,” Washington, 1840, p. 234; Edmund Burke, “A List of Patents,” Washington, 1847, p. 185; “List of United States Patents,” Washington, 1872, p. 67.

Sources.—H. L. Ellsworth’s “Digest of Patents,” Washington, 1840, p. 234; Edmund Burke, “A List of Patents,” Washington, 1847, p. 185; “List of United States Patents,” Washington, 1872, p. 67.

A.D. 1808.—Bucholz (Christoph—Christian—Friedrich), distinguished German chemist, receives his diploma as a physician at Rinteln, prior to graduating at the Erfurt University, and publishes “Ueber die Chimischen ... metallen,” giving a description of the chain bearing his name. The latter was the result of experiments made by him to prove that the electricity in the pile results from the oxidation of one of the metals and also to establish a comparison between the quantity of electricity obtained and the amount of oxygen absorbed by the one metal.

A.D. 1808.—Bucholz (Christoph—Christian—Friedrich), a prominent German chemist, receives his diploma as a doctor in Rinteln, before graduating from Erfurt University, and publishes “On the Chemical ... Metals,” describing the chain that bears his name. This work was based on his experiments to demonstrate that the electricity in the pile comes from the oxidation of one of the metals and to compare the amount of electricity generated with the quantity of oxygen absorbed by that metal.

References.—“Biographie Universelle,” Bruxelles, 1843–1847, Vol. III. p. 227; A. F. Gehlen, Jour. für Chem. und Phys., Vol. V; L. Figuier, “Exp. et Hist.,” Paris, 1857, Vol. IV. p. 426; “La Grande Encyclopédie,” Vol. VIII. p. 315, and also the letter of J. B. Van Mons to Bucholz, Brussels, 1810.

Sources.—“Biographie Universelle,” Brussels, 1843–1847, Vol. III. p. 227; A. F. Gehlen, Jour. für Chem. und Phys., Vol. V; L. Figuier, “Exp. et Hist.,” Paris, 1857, Vol. IV. p. 426; “La Grande Encyclopédie,” Vol. VIII. p. 315, and also the letter from J. B. Van Mons to Bucholz, Brussels, 1810.

[401]

[401]

A.D. 1808.—Amoretti (Carlo), Italian naturalist, who was allowed (1772) to withdraw from the order of St. Augustine that he might devote himself exclusively to scientific researches, gives, in his “Della rabdomanzia ossia elettrometria,” a complete history of the divining rod, and treats also therein of animal magnetism, etc. His investigations of the electric polarity of precious stones show, among other results, that the diamond, the garnet and the amethyst are - E, while the sapphire is + E.

A.D. 1808.—Amoretti (Carlo), an Italian naturalist, was permitted in 1772 to leave the order of St. Augustine to focus solely on scientific research. In his work "Della rabdomanzia ossia elettrometria," he provides a comprehensive history of the divining rod and also discusses animal magnetism, among other topics. His studies on the electric polarity of precious stones reveal, among other findings, that the diamond, garnet, and amethyst are - E, while the sapphire is + E.

References.—For a further account of the Virgula Divina, or divining rod (baguette divinatoire), see the “Gentleman’s Magazine” for 1751, Vol. XXI; also the notes at foot of pp. 91–106 of Baron Karl Von Reichenbach’s “Physico-Physiologicæ Researches,” translated by Dr. John Ashburner, London, 1851. In the latter, reference is made to Pierre Le Lorrain de Vallemont’s “La Physique Occulte,” etc. (1693), to a work written by Count J. de Tristan, to the “Mémoire,” etc., of Tardy de Montravel (1781) and to Pierre Thouvenel’s “Mémoires,” etc., the last named bearing the Paris-London imprint of 1781–1784, and attempting to show relations existing between the rod and electricity and magnetism. Allusion is likewise made in the afore-named work to the translation by Dr. Hutton (1803) of Jean Etienne Montucla’s (1778) improvement of Jacques Ozanam’s “Récréations Mathématiques et Physiques,” originally built upon Leurechon’s “Récréations Mathématiques,” and first published in Paris during the year 1724. For Reichenbach, see “Le Cosmos,” Nos. 703–705 for July 16, 23 and 30, 1898; “Cat. Sc. Pap. Roy. Soc.,” Vol. I. pp. 139–140; Vol. VIII. pp. 720, 721. Besides the above, reference should be had to the lecture of Prof. Rossiter W. Raymond before the Philadelphia Electrical Exhibition of 1884, and to the article in Paris Cosmos of Jan. 3, 1891, which alludes to the works of P. Lebrun (1702), Albert Fortis (1802), Dr. Charpignon (1848), Abbé Chevalier (1853), and M. E. Chevreul “De la baguette ...” (1854). Consult also, Eusebe Salverte, “The Philosophy of Magic.,” Vol. II. chap. xi. speaking of Pryce’s “Mineralogia Cornubiensis” (1778); Theod. Kirchmaier, “De Virgula divinatrice,” 1678; F. Soave, (Opus. Scelti, III. p. 253), 1780; F. M. Stella (Opus. Scelti, XIII. p. 427), 1790; G. B. San Martino (Opus. Scelti, XVII. p. 243), 1794; L. Sementini, “Pensieri e Sperimenti ...” 1811; A. M. Vassalli-Eandi (Opus. Scelti, XIX. pp. 215, etc.); Kiesser, Archiv., Vol. IV. p. 62; at Vol. I. p. 265, of Blavatsky’s “Isis Unveiled”; “Biographie Générale,” Vol. II. pp. 290, 291; “Roy. Soc. Catal. of Sc. Papers,” Vol. I. p. 58.

References.—For more information on the Virgula Divina or divining rod (baguette divinatoire), see the “Gentleman’s Magazine” from 1751, Vol. XXI; also the notes at the bottom of pages 91–106 of Baron Karl Von Reichenbach’s “Physico-Physiologicæ Researches,” translated by Dr. John Ashburner, London, 1851. The latter references Pierre Le Lorrain de Vallemont’s “La Physique Occulte,” etc. (1693), a work by Count J. de Tristan, the “Mémoire,” etc., of Tardy de Montravel (1781), and Pierre Thouvenel’s “Mémoires,” etc., published in Paris and London from 1781 to 1784, which try to show connections between the rod and electricity and magnetism. The previously mentioned work also refers to Dr. Hutton’s 1803 translation of Jean Etienne Montucla’s (1778) update of Jacques Ozanam’s “Récréations Mathématiques et Physiques,” originally based on Leurechon’s “Récréations Mathématiques,” first published in Paris in 1724. For Reichenbach, see “Le Cosmos,” Nos. 703–705 from July 16, 23, and 30, 1898; “Cat. Sc. Pap. Roy. Soc.,” Vol. I, pp. 139–140; Vol. VIII, pp. 720, 721. In addition to the above, reference should also be made to the lecture by Prof. Rossiter W. Raymond at the Philadelphia Electrical Exhibition in 1884, and to the article in Paris Cosmos from January 3, 1891, which references the works of P. Lebrun (1702), Albert Fortis (1802), Dr. Charpignon (1848), Abbé Chevalier (1853), and M. E. Chevreul’s “De la baguette ...” (1854). See also Eusebe Salverte, “The Philosophy of Magic,” Vol. II, chap. xi, regarding Pryce’s “Mineralogia Cornubiensis” (1778); Theod. Kirchmaier, “De Virgula divinatrice,” 1678; F. Soave, (Opus. Scelti, III, p. 253), 1780; F. M. Stella (Opus. Scelti, XIII, p. 427), 1790; G. B. San Martino (Opus. Scelti, XVII, p. 243), 1794; L. Sementini, “Pensieri e Sperimenti ...” 1811; A. M. Vassalli-Eandi (Opus. Scelti, XIX, pp. 215, etc.); Kiesser, Archiv., Vol. IV, p. 62; at Vol. I, p. 265 of Blavatsky’s “Isis Unveiled”; “Biographie Générale,” Vol. II, pp. 290, 291; “Roy. Soc. Catal. of Sc. Papers,” Vol. I, p. 58.

A.D. 1808.—Lebouvier-Desmortiers (Urbain René Thomas), French writer, who had called attention to the danger attending the bodily application of the galvanic fluid, through the Journal de Physique of 1801 (p. 467), transmits another Mémoire to the same publication upon an improved electrical (briquet) tinder box.

A.D. 1808.—Lebouvier-Desmortiers (Urbain René Thomas), a French writer, who highlighted the risks of directly applying galvanic fluid in the Journal de Physique in 1801 (p. 467), submits another paper to the same publication about an enhanced electrical (briquet) tinder box.

The cylinder, which had previously been made of copper, he constructed of glass as illustrated by Delaunay at Plate IX. fig. 105, of his “Manuel,” etc., Paris, 1809. With the new contrivance he was enabled to exert considerable force upon the piston, and it was generally necessary to push the latter suddenly in order to so compress the air as to light the (amadou) spunk attached to the lower portion of the cylinder.

The cylinder, which was previously made of copper, he built from glass as shown by Delaunay in Plate IX, fig. 105, of his “Manual,” etc., Paris, 1809. With the new setup, he was able to apply significant force on the piston, and it was usually necessary to push the piston suddenly to compress the air enough to ignite the (amadou) spunk attached to the lower part of the cylinder.

[402]

[402]

References.—See his “Examen des principaux systèmes ...” Paris, 1813; J. C. Poggendorff, Biogr. Liter. Hand. ... Vol. I. p. 1399; Larousse, Dict. Univ., Vol. X. p. 290; Journal de Médecine, Vol. XXVI. pp. 298–303; Catal. Sc. Pap. Roy. Soc., Vol. III. p. 910; C. H. Wilkinson, “Elements of Galvanism,” London, 1804, Vol. I. p. 461; V. Delaunay, “Manuel de l’Electricité,” Paris, 1809, pp. 151–153; Detienne, “De l’électricité de pression” (Journal de Physique, 1777, Vol. IX).

References.—See his “Examen des principaux systèmes ...” Paris, 1813; J. C. Poggendorff, Biogr. Liter. Hand. ... Vol. I. p. 1399; Larousse, Dict. Univ., Vol. X. p. 290; Journal de Médecine, Vol. XXVI. pp. 298–303; Catal. Sc. Pap. Roy. Soc., Vol. III. p. 910; C. H. Wilkinson, “Elements of Galvanism,” London, 1804, Vol. I. p. 461; V. Delaunay, “Manuel de l’Electricité,” Paris, 1809, pp. 151–153; Detienne, “De l’électricité de pression” (Journal de Physique, 1777, Vol. IX).

A.D. 1809.—Krafft (Wolfgang Ludwig), Professor of Experimental Philosophy in the Imperial Academy of Sciences of St. Petersburg is the author of “Uber ein hypothet ...” wherein is given the result of his investigations of the phenomena of terrestrial magnetism.

A.D. 1809.—Krafft (Wolfgang Ludwig), Professor of Experimental Philosophy at the Imperial Academy of Sciences in St. Petersburg, is the author of “Uber ein hypothet ...” which presents the results of his studies on the phenomena of terrestrial magnetism.

Comparing Biot’s examination of the dip observations previously made by Humboldt, Krafft simplified the former’s conclusions, showing that if we measure the latitude from the magnetic equator, the tangent of the dip is double the tangent of such latitude, or, as he expresses it: “If we suppose a circle circumscribed about the earth, having the two extremities of the magnetic axis for its poles, and if we consider this circle as a magnetic equator, the tangent of the dip of the needle, in any magnetic latitude, will be equal to double the tangent of this latitude.”

Comparing Biot's study of the dip measurements that Humboldt made earlier, Krafft simplified Biot's conclusions. He demonstrated that if we measure latitude from the magnetic equator, the tangent of the dip is twice the tangent of that latitude. As he puts it: "If we imagine a circle drawn around the Earth, with the two ends of the magnetic axis as its poles, and consider this circle to be the magnetic equator, then the tangent of the dip of the needle at any magnetic latitude will be twice the tangent of that latitude."

Krafft gave a complete theory of the electrophorus in the first part of the 1778 “Acta Acad. Petrop.,” which latter also contains his experiments with Canton’s phosphorus and his observations on the aurora of February 6–17 of the same year. The results of many of his other investigations are to be found in Part XI of the work mentioned as well as in Vols. XV, XVII and XIX of the “Novi Commentarii Academiæ Petropolitanæ.”

Krafft provided a full theory of the electrophorus in the first part of the 1778 “Acta Acad. Petrop.” This volume also includes his experiments with Canton's phosphorus and his observations on the aurora from February 6-17 of that year. The results of many of his other studies can be found in Part XI of the aforementioned work as well as in Vols. XV, XVII, and XIX of the “Novi Commentarii Academiæ Petropolitanæ.”

A.D. 1809.—Pinkerton (John), gives in his “Voyages and Travels,” published at London (Vol. IV. pp. 1–76) a reprint of the rare volume entitled “Account of Paris at the close of the Seventeenth Century,” by Martin Lister, M.D., wherein are detailed several surprisingly interesting experiments made by Mr. Butterfield with his wonderful collection of loadstones. It is therein stated that one of these loadstones, when unshod, weighed less than a dram and would suspend a dram and a half, but when shod would attract 144 drams of iron, whilst another of the loadstones, weighing 65 grains, attracted 14 ounces, or 140 times its own weight; another would work through a wall eighteen inches in thickness, etc. etc.

A.D. 1809.—Pinkerton (John) includes in his “Voyages and Travels,” published in London (Vol. IV. pp. 1–76), a reprint of the rare volume titled “Account of Paris at the End of the Seventeenth Century,” by Martin Lister, M.D. This work details several remarkably interesting experiments conducted by Mr. Butterfield using his impressive collection of loadstones. It states that one of these loadstones, when unshod, weighed less than a dram and could suspend a dram and a half, but when shod would attract 144 drams of iron. Another loadstone, weighing 65 grains, attracted 14 ounces, or 140 times its own weight; yet another was able to work through a wall eighteen inches thick, and so on.

A.D. 1809.—Children (John George), an English scientist to whom reference has already been made, more particularly under Cruikshanks, A.D. 1800, communicates to the Philosophical Transactions, “An account of some experiments performed with a view to ascertain the most advantageous method of constructing a[403] voltaic apparatus for the purposes of chemical research.” This paper appears also in Vol. XXXIV of the Philosophical Magazine.

A.D. 1809.—Children (John George), an English scientist mentioned earlier, especially under Cruikshanks, CE 1800, shares with the Philosophical Transactions, “A report on some experiments aimed at determining the best way to build a[403] voltaic device for chemical research.” This paper is also found in Vol. XXXIV of the Philosophical Magazine.

Four years later (1813) he publishes a description of his magnificent galvanic battery, the largest ever constructed on the plan suggested by Dr. Wollaston. This consisted of twenty pairs of copper and zinc plates, each six feet long and two feet eight inches wide, the united capacities of the cells being 945 gallons. With this battery he confirmed Davy’s observation that “intensity increases with the number (of plates) and the quantity of the electricity with the extent of surface.” It is reported that, when in full action, the battery rendered a platinum wire five feet six inches long and ¹¹⁄₁₀₀ of an inch in diameter red-hot throughout so as to be visible in full daylight; that eight feet six inches of platinum wire ⁴⁴⁄₁₀₀ of an inch in diameter were easily heated red; that a bar of platinum one-sixth of an inch square and two and a quarter inches long was heated red-hot and fused at the end; and that a round bar of the same metal, 276/1000 of an inch in diameter and two and a half inches long, was heated bright red throughout.

Four years later (1813), he published a description of his amazing galvanic battery, the largest ever made based on the design suggested by Dr. Wollaston. It consisted of twenty pairs of copper and zinc plates, each six feet long and two feet eight inches wide, with a total capacity of 945 gallons. With this battery, he confirmed Davy’s observation that “intensity increases with the number of plates and the quantity of electricity with the extent of surface.” It's reported that when fully operational, the battery made a platinum wire five feet six inches long and ¹¹⁄₁₀₀ of an inch in diameter red-hot all the way through, so it was visible even in full daylight; that eight feet six inches of platinum wire ⁴⁴⁄₁₀₀ of an inch in diameter were easily heated red; that a bar of platinum one-sixth of an inch square and two and a quarter inches long was heated red-hot and melted at the end; and that a round bar of the same metal, 276/1000 of an inch in diameter and two and a half inches long, was heated bright red throughout.

The result of many other investigations which he also made in 1813 and during 1815 showed that metallic wires (eight inches long and ¹⁄₃₀ of an inch diameter) became red-hot in the following order: platinum, iron, copper, gold, zinc, silver; and he deduced that their conducting power was in the inverse order, silver conducting best and platinum least. Tin and lead fused immediately at the point of contact, and the oxides of tungsten, uranium, cerium, titanium, iridium and molybdenum were also fused. An opening made with a saw across an iron wire having been filled with diamond powder, the diamond was liquefied and the contiguous iron became steel. (See the Pepys entry at A.D. 1802.)

The results of several other studies he conducted in 1813 and 1815 showed that metallic wires (eight inches long and ¹⁄₃₀ of an inch in diameter) heated up in the following order: platinum, iron, copper, gold, zinc, silver; from this, he concluded that their ability to conduct electricity was in the reverse order, with silver being the best conductor and platinum the worst. Tin and lead melted right at the point of contact, and the oxides of tungsten, uranium, cerium, titanium, iridium, and molybdenum also melted. When a slot was cut into an iron wire and filled with diamond powder, the diamond melted, and the surrounding iron turned into steel. (See the Pepys entry at CE 1802.)

References.—For Children’s other experiments, consult “Phil. Mag.,” Vol. XLII. p. 144; Vol. XLVI. pp. 409–415; Phil. Trans. for 1815, pp. 368–370, also Dr. Wm. Henry’s “Elem. of Exper. Chem.,” London, 1823, Vol. I. pp. 168–174; Dr. Thomas Thomson, “Outline of the Sciences,” London, 1830, pp. 524–526; Louis Figuier, “Expos. et Hist. ...” Paris, 1857, Vol. IV. pp. 389–390; Becquerel, Vol. I. p. 52; “Encycl. Metrop.,” Vol. IV. pp. 179, 222; Gmelin’s “Chemistry,” Vol. I. p. 424; “Cat. Sc. Papers Roy. Soc.,” Vol. I. p. 317; Vol. II. p. 26; “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. XLIII, 1810, p. 67 and Vol. I of the N.S. for 1816, p. 109.

Sources.—For Children’s other experiments, check out “Phil. Mag.,” Vol. XLII, p. 144; Vol. XLVI, pp. 409–415; Phil. Trans. for 1815, pp. 368–370; also Dr. Wm. Henry’s “Elem. of Exper. Chem.,” London, 1823, Vol. I, pp. 168–174; Dr. Thomas Thomson, “Outline of the Sciences,” London, 1830, pp. 524–526; Louis Figuier, “Expos. et Hist. ...” Paris, 1857, Vol. IV, pp. 389–390; Becquerel, Vol. I, p. 52; “Encycl. Metrop.,” Vol. IV, pp. 179, 222; Gmelin’s “Chemistry,” Vol. I, p. 424; “Cat. Sc. Papers Roy. Soc.,” Vol. I, p. 317; Vol. II, p. 26; “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. XLIII, 1810, p. 67 and Vol. I of the N.S. for 1816, p. 109.

A.D. 1809–1810.—Oken (Lorenz)—originally Lorenz Ockenfuss—celebrated German naturalist, while occupying the post of Extraordinary Professor of Medicine at the University of Jena, publishes the great work “Lehrbuch der Naturphilosophie,” which was translated into English by Dr. A. Tulk and published in London, during 1847, by the Royal Society, under the title of “Elements of Physico-Philosophy.”

A.D. 1809–1810.—Oken (Lorenz)—originally Lorenz Ockenfuss—was a renowned German naturalist. While serving as an Extraordinary Professor of Medicine at the University of Jena, he published the significant work “Lehrbuch der Naturphilosophie,” which was translated into English by Dr. A. Tulk and published in London in 1847 by the Royal Society under the title “Elements of Physico-Philosophy.”

[404]

[404]

This work, says his biographer in the “English Cyclopædia” (Vol. IV. p. 557), takes the widest possible view of natural science: it is interesting as a document in the history of a great mental movement and contains the germs of those principles which are now regarded as the secure generalization of well-observed facts.

This work, according to his biographer in the “English Cyclopædia” (Vol. IV. p. 557), has the broadest perspective on natural science: it is significant as a record in the evolution of a major intellectual movement and includes the foundational ideas that are now seen as established generalizations of thoroughly observed facts.

From the epitome of the work given in the “Encyclopædia Britannica,” the following is extracted: “Polarity is the first force which appears in the world.... Galvanism is the principle of life ... the vital force ... the galvanic process is one with the vital process.... There is no other vital force than the galvanic polarity.”

From the essence of the work presented in the “Encyclopædia Britannica,” the following is extracted: “Polarity is the first force that appears in the world.... Galvanism is the principle of life ... the vital force ... the galvanic process is the same as the vital process.... There is no other vital force besides galvanic polarity.”

According to Dr. Richard Owen, Lorenz Oken contends that organism is galvanism residing in a thoroughly homogeneous mass. A galvanic pile, pounded into atoms, must become alive. In this manner, nature brings forth organic bodies. The basis of electricity is the air; of magnetism, metal; of chemism (the name he gives to the influence that produces chemical combination), salts. The basis of galvanism, in like manner, is the organic mass. Accordingly, whatever is organic is galvanic; whatever is alive is galvanic. Life, organism, galvanism, are one. Life is the vital process; the vital process is an organic or galvanic process. Galvanism is the basis of all the processes of the organic world.... God did not make man out of nothing, but took an elemental body then existing, an earth-clod or carbon, moulded it into form, thus making use of water, and breathed into it life, viz. air, whereby galvanism or the vital process arose.... Organization is produced by the co-operating process of light and heat. The ether imparts the substance, the heat the form, the light the life.... The life of an inorganic body is a threefold action of the three terrestrial elements, in which three processes galvanism consists. The nutrient process is magnetic, present and entire in every part of the body, and wheresoever it is withdrawn there is death.... These three processes constitute the galvanic process. Thus the galvanic circle is complete, and motion is the manipulation of galvanism. The process of motion is synonymous with the galvanic process—this is the vital process.

According to Dr. Richard Owen, Lorenz Oken argues that an organism is a form of galvanism found within a completely uniform mass. A galvanic pile, broken down into atoms, must come to life. In this way, nature creates living beings. The foundation of electricity is air; of magnetism, metal; and of chemism (the term he uses for the influence that leads to chemical combinations), it is salts. Similarly, the basis of galvanism is the organic mass. Therefore, everything that is organic is galvanic; everything that is alive is galvanic. Life, organism, and galvanism are all the same. Life is the vital process; the vital process is an organic or galvanic process. Galvanism underlies all processes in the organic world. God did not create man from nothing but instead shaped him from a pre-existing elemental body, like an earth-clod or carbon, formed it using water, and breathed life into it, specifically air, which sparked galvanism or the vital process. Organization occurs through the collaborating processes of light and heat. The ether provides the substance, heat gives it shape, and light imparts life. The life of an inorganic body consists of a threefold action of the three terrestrial elements, and these three processes make up galvanism. The nutrient process is magnetic and is present in every part of the body; wherever it is absent, death occurs. These three processes combine to form the galvanic process. Thus, the galvanic cycle is complete, and movement is the application of galvanism. The process of motion is equivalent to the galvanic process—this is the vital process.

References.—The extended biography of Lorenz Oken, embracing a list of his chief works and original essays at pp. 498–503, Vol. XVI of the Eighth “Encycl. Britan.”; Dr. William Whewell’s “History of the Inductive Sciences,” 1859, Vol. II. p. 477; “Hist. des Sciences,” par F. L. M. Maupied, Paris, 1847, Vol. II. pp. 466–514.

References.—The detailed biography of Lorenz Oken, including a list of his major works and original essays on pages 498–503, Volume XVI of the Eighth “Encycl. Britan.”; Dr. William Whewell’s “History of the Inductive Sciences,” 1859, Volume II, page 477; “Hist. des Sciences,” by F. L. M. Maupied, Paris, 1847, Volume II, pages 466–514.

A.D. 1809.—Luc (Jean André de), celebrated natural philosopher of Swiss extraction (though from 1773 until his death in 1817, a resident of England, where he became reader to Queen[405] Charlotte, the consort of George III), transmits to the Royal Society a long paper treating of the separation of the chemical from the electrical effects of the pile, with a description of the electric column and aerial electroscope.

A.D. 1809.—Luc (Jean André de), a renowned natural philosopher of Swiss origin (though he lived in England from 1773 until his death in 1817, where he became a reader for Queen[405] Charlotte, the wife of George III), submits a lengthy paper to the Royal Society discussing the separation of chemical and electrical effects of the pile, along with a description of the electric column and aerial electroscope.

In this communication, says Dr. Young, he advanced opinions so little in unison with the latest discoveries of the day, especially with those of the President of the Royal Society, that the Council probably thought it would be either encouraging error or leading to controversy to admit them into the Philosophical Transactions. He had, indeed, on other occasions shown somewhat too much scepticism in the rejection of new facts; and he had never been convinced even of Mr. Cavendish’s all-important discovery of the composition of water.

In this communication, Dr. Young stated that his views were so out of sync with the latest discoveries, especially those of the President of the Royal Society, that the Council likely felt it would either promote misinformation or spark controversy to include them in the Philosophical Transactions. He had, in fact, previously shown a bit too much skepticism in rejecting new facts, and he had never been convinced even by Mr. Cavendish's crucial discovery about the composition of water.

The paper was afterwards published in Nicholson’s Journal (Vol. XXVI), and the dry column described in it was constructed by various experimental philosophers. It exhibited a continual vibrating motion, made sensible by the sound of a little bell, which was struck by the pendulum at each alternation; and during many months the vibration was more or less rapid, according to circumstances affecting the column.

The paper was later published in Nicholson’s Journal (Vol. XXVI), and the dry column mentioned was built by several experimental scientists. It showed a constant vibrating motion, which was made noticeable by the sound of a small bell that was hit by the pendulum with each swing; and for many months, the vibration varied in speed depending on the factors affecting the column.

This dry column consists of discs of Dutch gilt paper, alternated with similar discs of laminated zinc, so arranged that the order of succession will be maintained throughout. When sufficiently dry these are piled upon each other, the gilt side of the paper being in contact with the zinc, and all are pressed together in a glass tube by a brass cap and screw connected at each end with a metallic wire. The column presented by De Luc to the Royal Society consisted of 300 discs of zinc and of 300 discs of gilt paper. It is said that, with a larger column, the vibration of a brass ball suspended between two bells was so continued as to maintain a perpetual ringing for over two years; that with an apparatus comprising 20,000 groups of silver, zinc and double discs of writing paper, sparks have been obtained, while a Leyden jar was charged in ten minutes with sufficient electricity to produce shocks and to fuse an inch of platinum wire of an inch in diameter; and that a similar pile, in the Clarendon Laboratory at Oxford, rang ten small bells continuously for over forty years.

This dry column is made up of discs of Dutch gilt paper, alternated with similar discs of laminated zinc, arranged in a way that maintains the correct order. Once dried enough, these discs are stacked on top of each other, with the gilt side of the paper touching the zinc, and everything is pressed together in a glass tube by a brass cap and screw attached at both ends with a metallic wire. The column that De Luc presented to the Royal Society had 300 discs of zinc and 300 discs of gilt paper. It’s said that with a larger column, the vibration of a brass ball suspended between two bells continued to create a perpetual ringing sound for over two years; that with a setup containing 20,000 groups of silver, zinc, and double discs of writing paper, sparks were produced, while a Leyden jar was charged in ten minutes with enough electricity to create shocks and to melt an inch of platinum wire with a diameter of an inch; and that a similar pile, in the Clarendon Laboratory at Oxford, rang ten small bells continuously for over forty years.

In Vols. XXXV, XXXVI and XXXVII of the “Phil. Mag.,” and in Vols. XXVII and XXVIII of “Nicholson’s Journal,” André de Luc shows how the dry column can be used for determining the insulating qualities and conducting power of bodies, it having been also employed as are aerial electroscopes to indicate the electrical changes taking place in the atmosphere. The other volumes of the same publications named below contain additional papers upon[406] electricity, galvanism, etc., while at p. 392, Vol. L of the Phil. Mag. will be found an account of De Luc’s life and principal works, the latter being likewise mentioned in Vol. XXV of the “Biographie Universelle.”

In Volumes XXXV, XXXVI, and XXXVII of the “Phil. Mag.,” and in Volumes XXVII and XXVIII of “Nicholson’s Journal,” André de Luc demonstrates how the dry column can be used to determine the insulating properties and conductivity of materials. It has also been used like aerial electroscopes to show the electrical changes happening in the atmosphere. The other volumes of the same publications listed below include additional papers on[406] electricity, galvanism, and more, while on page 392 of Volume L of the Phil. Mag., you can find a summary of De Luc’s life and main works, which are also mentioned in Volume XXV of the “Biographie Universelle.”

References.—B. M. Forster, “Description ... elec. col. ... De Luc ...” London, 1810; Phil. Mag., Vol. XXXVII. p. 197; J. D. Maycock, Phil. Mag., Vol. XLVIII. pp. 165, 255; L. Configliachi, “Osservazioni sulle pile a secco”; M. Delezenne, “Expériences sur les piles sèches”; Bibl. Brit. Sci. et Arts, Vol. XLVII, 1811, pp. 3, 113, 213, 313; Vol. XLIX, 1812, pp. 88–92 (Necrology of J. A. De Luc), Vol. L, 1812, p. 351 (“Nicholson’s Journal,” No. 126), also the “Bibl. Britan.” for 1812, Vol. L. pp. 279–290 (Nicholson’s Journal, April 1812), for J. D. Maycock’s reply to De Luc’s objections concerning voltaic plates (“Phil. Mag.,” Vol. XLVIII. pp. 165, 255); Gmelin’s “Chemistry,” Vol. I. pp. 424–427; G. J. Singer’s “Elements of Electricity” and William Sturgeon’s Annals of Electricity, passim, as well as his “Researches,” Bury, 1850, pp. 147, 199, 261; De la Rive’s “Treatise on Electricity,” Vol. II. p. 852; Annales de Chimie et de Physique, Vol. II. pp. 79–82 for May 1816; Gilbert’s Annalen, Vol. XLIX; also Vols. VII, 1801, to Vol. LXXIV, 1821, for various articles upon the dry pile, etc.; G. Schübler, “Uber De Luc’s Elektr. saüle ...” 1813; Geo. Wilson’s “Life of Cavendish,” London, 1851, p. 66, etc.; “Nicholson’s Journal,” Vols. XXI, XXII, XXXII, XXXIII, XXXV; Phil. Mag., Vols. XLII, XLV, the last named containing, at pp. 359–363, Mr. G. J. Singer’s paper on “The Electric Column considered as ... first mover for Mechanical Purposes,” while at pp. 466, 467 is the communication of Mr. Francis Ronalds on De Luc’s electric column. The latter is also specially referred to in Vols. XLIII. pp. 241, 363; XLVI. p. 11; XLVII. pp. 47, 48; XLVIII. pp. 165, 255; LVII. pp. 446, 447; while at p. 55 of Vol. XLIX is a paper relative to a “combination of the electric column, the thermometer, barometer and hygrometer in one instrument, for electro-atmospherical researches.”

Citations.—B. M. Forster, “Description ... elec. col. ... De Luc ...” London, 1810; Phil. Mag., Vol. XXXVII, p. 197; J. D. Maycock, Phil. Mag., Vol. XLVIII, pp. 165, 255; L. Configliachi, “Observations on Dry Cells”; M. Delezenne, “Experiments on Dry Cells”; Bibl. Brit. Sci. et Arts, Vol. XLVII, 1811, pp. 3, 113, 213, 313; Vol. XLIX, 1812, pp. 88–92 (Necrology of J. A. De Luc), Vol. L, 1812, p. 351 (“Nicholson’s Journal,” No. 126), and also the “Bibl. Britan.” for 1812, Vol. L, pp. 279–290 (Nicholson’s Journal, April 1812), for J. D. Maycock’s response to De Luc’s objections regarding voltaic plates (“Phil. Mag.,” Vol. XLVIII, pp. 165, 255); Gmelin’s “Chemistry,” Vol. I, pp. 424–427; G. J. Singer’s “Elements of Electricity,” and William Sturgeon’s Annals of Electricity, passim, along with his “Researches,” Bury, 1850, pp. 147, 199, 261; De la Rive’s “Treatise on Electricity,” Vol. II, p. 852; Annales de Chimie et de Physique, Vol. II, pp. 79–82 for May 1816; Gilbert’s Annalen, Vol. XLIX; also Vols. VII, 1801, to Vol. LXXIV, 1821, for various articles on the dry pile, etc.; G. Schübler, “On De Luc’s Electric Column ...” 1813; Geo. Wilson’s “Life of Cavendish,” London, 1851, p. 66, etc.; “Nicholson’s Journal,” Vols. XXI, XXII, XXXII, XXXIII, XXXV; Phil. Mag., Vols. XLII, XLV, the latter containing, at pp. 359–363, Mr. G. J. Singer’s paper on “The Electric Column Considered as ... the First Mover for Mechanical Purposes,” while at pp. 466, 467 is a communication from Mr. Francis Ronalds on De Luc’s electric column. The latter is also specifically mentioned in Vols. XLIII, pp. 241, 363; XLVI, p. 11; XLVII, pp. 47, 48; XLVIII, pp. 165, 255; LVII, pp. 446, 447; while at p. 55 of Vol. XLIX is a paper regarding a “combination of the electric column, the thermometer, barometer, and hygrometer in one instrument for electro-atmospherical research.”

A.D. 1809.—Sömmering (Samuel Thomas von), German anatomist and physiologist, first employs voltaic, or contact, electricity for the transmission of telegraphic signals.

A.D. 1809.—Sömmering (Samuel Thomas von), a German anatomist and physiologist, is the first to use voltaic, or contact, electricity to transmit telegraphic signals.

Both his original and perfected working instruments were constructed between July 9 and August 6, 1809 (Journal Franklin Institute, 1859, Vols. XXXVII and XXXVIII; Journal Society of Arts, Vol. VII. p. 235). The complete apparatus consists of thirty-five gold rods placed into glass tubes starting from a reservoir of acidulated water and connecting with thirty-five silk-covered wires, which are run into thirty-five apertures of copper (corresponding with twenty-five letters and ten figures) upon a wooden stand into each opening of which the wires of the voltaic pile can be inserted. When the latter are connected, the bubbles rising through the decomposition of the water are made to enter the lettered glass receivers through which the messages can be deciphered. On August 8, 1809, he was able to transmit intelligence a distance of 1000 feet, and twenty days later he presented his apparatus to the Bavarian Academy of Sciences (Fahie, “Hist. of Electric Telegraphy,” p. 228).

Both his original and refined working instruments were made between July 9 and August 6, 1809 (Journal Franklin Institute, 1859, Vols. XXXVII and XXXVIII; Journal Society of Arts, Vol. VII. p. 235). The complete setup includes thirty-five gold rods placed inside glass tubes connected to a reservoir of acidulated water, which links to thirty-five silk-covered wires. These wires run into thirty-five openings in copper corresponding to twenty-five letters and ten figures on a wooden stand, into which the wires from the voltaic pile can be inserted. When these are connected, the bubbles formed from the decomposition of the water are directed into the lettered glass receivers, allowing the messages to be read. On August 8, 1809, he successfully transmitted information over a distance of 1,000 feet, and twenty days later, he presented his apparatus to the Bavarian Academy of Sciences (Fahie, “Hist. of Electric Telegraphy,” p. 228).

[407]

[407]

Sömmering’s telegraph was carried by Dominique Jean Larrey, chief surgeon of the French armies, to Paris, where it was delivered by him to the French Academy of Sciences, Dec. 5, 1809, and Dr. Hamel states that Biot, Carnot, Charles and Monge were appointed by that body to report upon the new invention (Journal of the Franklin Institute for 1859, Vol. XXXVIII. p. 398). In 1810 and 1811, Sömmering reduced the number of wires in his apparatus to twenty-seven. These brass or copper wires were first insulated with a covering of gum lac and then with silk thread, after which they were united into a thread-covered cable 1000 feet in length. The cable was in turn covered with heated gum lac or with a ribbon plunged in a solution of the same substance. The Russian Count Jeroslas Potocki took the new instrument to Vienna and submitted it, July 1, 1811, to the Emperor Francis I, while another model of the apparatus was sent to William Sömmering, then at Geneva, where it was shown to De la Rive, Auguste Pictet and other scientists. During March 1812 this instrument carried intelligence 10,000 feet, or ten times the distance previously reached.

Sömmering’s telegraph was taken by Dominique Jean Larrey, the chief surgeon of the French armies, to Paris, where he delivered it to the French Academy of Sciences on December 5, 1809. According to Dr. Hamel, the Academy appointed Biot, Carnot, Charles, and Monge to evaluate the new invention (Journal of the Franklin Institute for 1859, Vol. XXXVIII. p. 398). In 1810 and 1811, Sömmering reduced the number of wires in his device to twenty-seven. These brass or copper wires were first insulated with a layer of gum lac and then wrapped with silk thread, which were later combined into a thread-covered cable that was 1,000 feet long. The cable was then covered with heated gum lac or with a ribbon soaked in a solution of the same substance. The Russian Count Jeroslas Potocki took the new device to Vienna and presented it to Emperor Francis I on July 1, 1811, while another model of the apparatus was sent to William Sömmering, who was then in Geneva, where it was shown to De la Rive, Auguste Pictet, and other scientists. In March 1812, this instrument transmitted information over 10,000 feet, which was ten times the distance previously achieved.

References.—Dr. Hamel, Cooke’s reprint, pp. 7, 8. See Sömmering’s own description of this, the first electro-chemical telegraph, in “Der Elektrische,” etc., published by his son William at Frankfort, 1863, or the translations at p. 751 of Noad’s “Manual,” London, 1859, and at pp. 230–234 of Fahie’s “Hist, of Elec. Tel.,” London, 1884; Dr. Hamel, in Jour. Soc. of Arts, for 1859, p. 453, or the reprint of W. F. Cooke in 1859, Vol. VII. pp. 595–599 and 605–610; Du Moncel, “Exposé,” etc., Vol. III; Comptes Rendus, Tome VII for 1838, p. 81; “De Bow’s Review,” Vol. XXV. p. 551; Highton’s “Elec. Tel.,” p. 39; Harris, “Galvanism,” p. 35; Sturgeon’s Ann. of Elec., Vol. III, March 1839, pp. 447–448; “Turnbull, Electric Magn. Tel.” “Denkschr. Münch. Akad. ...” for 1809 and 1810, alluding to his first experimental instrument made in 1807; Schweigger, Journal, II. pp. 217, 240 of Vol. XX for 1817; Poggendorff’s Annalen, Vol. CVII. pp. 644–647; “Smithsonian Report” for 1878, pp. 269–271; Journal of the Franklin Institute for 1851, Vol. XXI. pp. 330–332; Prime’s “Life of Prof. Morse,” 1875, pp. 263–275; “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. XLIX, 1812, p. 19; “Traité de tél. sous-marine,” E. Wünschendorff, Paris, 1888.

References.—Dr. Hamel, Cooke’s reprint, pp. 7, 8. See Sömmering’s own description of this, the first electro-chemical telegraph, in “Der Elektrische,” etc., published by his son William in Frankfort, 1863, or the translations at p. 751 of Noad’s “Manual,” London, 1859, and at pp. 230–234 of Fahie’s “Hist, of Elec. Tel.,” London, 1884; Dr. Hamel, in Jour. Soc. of Arts, for 1859, p. 453, or the reprint of W. F. Cooke in 1859, Vol. VII, pp. 595–599 and 605–610; Du Moncel, “Exposé,” etc., Vol. III; Comptes Rendus, Tome VII for 1838, p. 81; “De Bow’s Review,” Vol. XXV, p. 551; Highton’s “Elec. Tel.,” p. 39; Harris, “Galvanism,” p. 35; Sturgeon’s Ann. of Elec., Vol. III, March 1839, pp. 447–448; “Turnbull, Electric Magn. Tel.” “Denkschr. Münch. Akad. ...” for 1809 and 1810, referring to his first experimental instrument made in 1807; Schweigger, Journal, II, pp. 217, 240 of Vol. XX for 1817; Poggendorff’s Annalen, Vol. CVII, pp. 644–647; “Smithsonian Report” for 1878, pp. 269–271; Journal of the Franklin Institute for 1851, Vol. XXI, pp. 330–332; Prime’s “Life of Prof. Morse,” 1875, pp. 263–275; “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. XLIX, 1812, p. 19; “Traité de tél. sous-marine,” E. Wünschendorff, Paris, 1888.

A.D. 1810.—Prechtl (Johann Joseph), German mathematician and chemist, director of the School of Arts and Navigation in Trieste, also professor in the Vienna Polytechnic Institute, is the author of several very interesting articles on electricity, magnetism, etc., which appeared in Gilbert’s Ann. der Physik from Vol. XXXV for 1810, to Vol. LXVIII for 1821, as well as in Gehlen’s Jour. für Chemie, Physik und Mineralogie, Vols. V-VII. According to Figuier (“Expos, et Hist. ...” 1857, Vol. IV. p. 433) we owe to Prof. Prechtl a still more lucid explanation of the theory of electric distribution and equilibrium in the voltaic pile than was conveyed even by the learned Prof. Jäger (A.D. 1802).

A.D. 1810.—Prechtl (Johann Joseph), a German mathematician and chemist, director of the School of Arts and Navigation in Trieste, and a professor at the Vienna Polytechnic Institute, wrote several fascinating articles on electricity, magnetism, and more, which were published in Gilbert’s Ann. der Physik from Volume XXXV in 1810 to Volume LXVIII in 1821, as well as in Gehlen’s Jour. für Chemie, Physik und Mineralogie, Volumes V-VII. According to Figuier (“Expos, et Hist. ...” 1857, Volume IV, p. 433), we owe Prof. Prechtl an even clearer explanation of the theory of electric distribution and equilibrium in the voltaic pile than what was provided by the knowledgeable Prof. Jäger (A.D. 1802).

[408]

[408]

Of the many separate treatises which he wrote up to 1836, and which are contained in the numerous publications cited below, the most important, by far, is doubtless that treating of the fundamental state of the magnetic phenomena of the electrical connecting wire and on the transverse electrical charge (“Uber d. transversal-magnetismus ...”) which is to be found in Schweigger’s Journal für die Chemie und Physik, Vol. XXXVI. pp. 399–410, and in Dr. Thomas Thomson’s Annals of Philosophy, N.S., Article I. vol. iv. pp. 1–6 for July 1822. Alluding to the last named, Mr. Sturgeon says (“Scientific Researches,” Bury, 1850, p. 29) that an attempt is made by M. Prechtl to explain the manner in which the connecting wire acts upon the needle, but that his diagrams and his mode of reasoning are too complex to be entered into the “Researches.”

Of the many separate papers he wrote up until 1836, which are included in the numerous publications listed below, the most significant one is definitely the one about the fundamental state of the magnetic phenomena of the electrical connecting wire and the transverse electrical charge (“Uber d. transversal-magnetismus …”). You can find it in Schweigger’s Journal für die Chemie und Physik, Vol. XXXVI, pp. 399–410, and in Dr. Thomas Thomson’s Annals of Philosophy, N.S., Article I, vol. iv, pp. 1–6 for July 1822. Referring to the latter, Mr. Sturgeon mentions (“Scientific Researches,” Bury, 1850, p. 29) that M. Prechtl makes an attempt to explain how the connecting wire influences the needle, but that his diagrams and his way of reasoning are too complicated to be included in the “Researches.”

References.—Poggendorff’s “Biograph.-Liter. ...” Vol. II. pp. 519, 520; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. XIII. p. 45; “Catal. Sc. Papers Roy. Soc.,” Vol. V. pp. 3–5; Gehlen’s Journal, Vols. VII. pp. 141–282; VIII. pp. 297–318; Gilbert’s Annalen, Vols. XXXV, 1810, pp. 28–104; XLIV, 1813, pp. 108–111; LXVII, 1821, pp. 81–108, 221, 222, 259–276; LXVIII, 1821, pp. 104–106, 187–206; LXXVI, 1824, pp. 217–228; Brugnatelli’s “Giornale,” Vol. III, 1810, pp. 477–486; Kastner, “Archiv. Natur.,” II, 1824, pp. 151–167; Wien, “Jahrb. Pol. Inst.,” Vol. XIV, 1829, pp. 144–160, and Poggendorff’s Annalen der Physik und Chemie, Vol. XV, 1829, pp. 223–238.

References.—Poggendorff’s “Biograph.-Liter. ...” Vol. II. pp. 519, 520; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. XIII. p. 45; “Catal. Sc. Papers Roy. Soc.,” Vol. V. pp. 3–5; Gehlen’s Journal, Vols. VII. pp. 141–282; VIII. pp. 297–318; Gilbert’s Annalen, Vols. XXXV, 1810, pp. 28–104; XLIV, 1813, pp. 108–111; LXVII, 1821, pp. 81–108, 221, 222, 259–276; LXVIII, 1821, pp. 104–106, 187–206; LXXVI, 1824, pp. 217–228; Brugnatelli’s “Giornale,” Vol. III, 1810, pp. 477–486; Kastner, “Archiv. Natur.,” II, 1824, pp. 151–167; Wien, “Jahrb. Pol. Inst.,” Vol. XIV, 1829, pp. 144–160, and Poggendorff’s Annalen der Physik und Chemie, Vol. XV, 1829, pp. 223–238.

A.D. 1810.—The compiler of this “Bibliographical History” will doubtless be pardoned for introducing here an additional mode of “communicating intelligence” promptly at great distances. Reference is made to the first germ of pneumatic telegraphy sown by the English engineer, George Medhurst, during the year 1810.

A.D. 1810.—The compiler of this “Bibliographical History” will surely be forgiven for adding another way of “communicating information” quickly over long distances. This refers to the first idea of pneumatic telegraphy introduced by the English engineer, George Medhurst, in 1810.

The London Telegraphic Journal, which gives an extract from the specification of Medhurst’s patent “for a new method of conveying letters and goods with great certainty and rapidity by air,” states that the process took practical form only in 1854, when Latimer Clark laid down a one-and-a-half-inch lead pipe between the Electric Telegraph Company’s central station, Lothbury, and the London Stock Exchange. The system was extended in 1858 to Mincing Lane, and, two years later, Varley introduced the use of compressed air, so that messages were drawn one way by a vacuum, and propelled in the opposite direction by a prenum, instead of employing a vacuum both ways, as Latimer Clark had previously done. During the year 1865 the system, then considerably modified, was introduced into Paris, and it was also made use of, at about the same time, by the Messrs. Siemens, who employed[409] it between the Bourse and the telegraph station in the city of Berlin.

The London Telegraphic Journal features an excerpt from Medhurst’s patent specification “for a new method of sending letters and goods quickly and reliably through the air.” It mentions that the process only became practical in 1854, when Latimer Clark installed a one-and-a-half-inch lead pipe between the Electric Telegraph Company’s main station in Lothbury and the London Stock Exchange. The system expanded in 1858 to Mincing Lane, and two years later, Varley introduced compressed air, which allowed messages to be pulled one way by a vacuum and pushed the other way by pressure, rather than using a vacuum in both directions as Latimer Clark had originally done. In 1865, a significantly modified version of the system was introduced in Paris, and around the same time, the Messrs. Siemens used it between the Bourse and the telegraph station in Berlin.

A.D. 1810.—Jacopi (Joseph), Italian physician, anatomist and physiologist (1774–1813), pupil of the famous Scarpa, makes known through his “Elementi di Fisiologia e Notomia comparata” (“Eléments de Physiologie et d’Anatomie comparée”), the results of his very extended investigations of the electrical organs of the torpedo.

A.D. 1810.—Jacopi (Joseph), an Italian doctor, anatomist, and physiologist (1774–1813), who studied under the well-known Scarpa, reveals the findings of his extensive research on the electrical organs of the torpedo in his work “Elementi di Fisiologia e Notomia comparata” (“Eléments de Physiologie et d’Anatomie comparée”).

To him is due the first clear description of the electrical lobes situated in the torpedo’s brain and of its relation to the eighth pair of nerves distributed throughout the hexagonal columns, which latter received also from him a very extended notice in the above-named work. The fifth ramification of nerves was first observed by Carus, and the most valuable investigation relative to the fourth and last important group of nerves directly connected with the electrical organs was made by the celebrated Italian professor, Carlo Matteucci.

To him goes the first clear description of the electrical lobes in the torpedo’s brain and how they relate to the eighth pair of nerves that spread across the hexagonal columns. He also provided a detailed analysis of these nerves in the aforementioned work. The fifth branch of nerves was first noted by Carus, and the most valuable research on the fourth and final important group of nerves directly linked to the electrical organs was conducted by the renowned Italian professor, Carlo Matteucci.

References.—Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. IX. p. 867; C. Matteucci, “Traité des Phénomènes Electro-Phys.,” Paris, 1844, pp. 283–318; Geoffroy St. Hilaire at A.D. 1803.

References.—Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. IX. p. 867; C. Matteucci, “Treatise on Electro-Physical Phenomena,” Paris, 1844, pp. 283–318; Geoffroy St. Hilaire at CE 1803.

Another author, Delle Chiaje, likewise gave a description of the rhomboidal sinus-shaped protuberance which he calls lobo pagliarino (straw-coloured lobe), and which he considers as formed of one mass but does not admit its important connection with the electrical organs.

Another author, Delle Chiaje, also described the rhomboid sinus-shaped bump that he calls lobo pagliarino (straw-colored lobe), which he views as a single mass but does not acknowledge its significant link to the electrical organs.

A.D. 1811.—Poisson (Siméon Denis), a very able French scientist, communicates to the “Institut des Mathématiques et Physiques” and publishes at Paris under the caption “Traité de Mécanique,” his analytical observations of the electric phenomena which, it has been truly said, actually establish a new branch of, and is the best elementary work extant upon, mathematical physics. One of his biographers remarks that Poisson’s object was “to leave no branch of physics unexplored by aid of the new and powerful methods of investigation which a school, yet more modern than that of Lagrange and Laplace, had added to the pure mathematics.”

A.D. 1811.—Poisson (Siméon Denis), a highly skilled French scientist, presents his analytical observations on electric phenomena to the “Institut des Mathématiques et Physiques” and publishes in Paris under the title “Traité de Mécanique.” It has been accurately noted that this work establishes a new area of study and is the best basic text available on mathematical physics. One of his biographers points out that Poisson aimed “to explore every aspect of physics using the new and powerful investigative methods that a school, even more modern than that of Lagrange and Laplace, had contributed to pure mathematics.”

As shown, notably by Sir David Brewster in his able article on “Electricity” in the eighth “Encycl. Brit.” (Vol. VIII. p. 531), and by Noad, in his “Manual” (London, 1859, pp. 15, 16):

As demonstrated, particularly by Sir David Brewster in his insightful article on “Electricity” in the eighth “Encycl. Brit.” (Vol. VIII. p. 531), and by Noad in his “Manual” (London, 1859, pp. 15, 16):

“Poisson adopted as the basis of his investigations the theory of two fluids, proposed by Symmer and Dufay, with such modifications and additions as were suggested by the researches of Coulomb. He deduced theorems for determining the distribution of the electric fluid on the surfaces of two conducting spheres, when they are placed in contact or at any given distance, the truth of which had been established experimentally by Coulomb before the[410] theorems themselves had been investigated. On bodies of elongated forms, or those which have edges, corners or points, it is shown as a consequence of the theory of two fluids that the electric fluid accumulates in greater depths about the edges, corners or points than in other places. Its expansive force, being therefore greater at such parts than elsewhere, exceeds the atmospheric pressure and escapes, while at other points of the surface it is retained.”

“Poisson based his investigations on the theory of two fluids, which was proposed by Symmer and Dufay, incorporating modifications and additions from Coulomb's research. He derived theorems to determine how electric fluid distributes on the surfaces of two conducting spheres when they are in contact or positioned at a certain distance, a concept that Coulomb had already established through experiments before the theorems themselves were explored. For elongated bodies or those with edges, corners, or points, the theory of two fluids shows that electric fluid accumulates more significantly around these areas than elsewhere. Since the expansive force is greater at these points, it surpasses atmospheric pressure and escapes, while at other areas on the surface, it remains contained.”

In the latter connection Mary Somerville remarks:

In that regard, Mary Somerville notes:

“There can hardly be a doubt but that all the phenomena of magnetism, like those of electricity, may be explained on the hypothesis of one ethereal fluid, which is condensed or redundant in the positive pole, and deficient in the negative; a theory that accords best with the simplicity and general nature of the laws of creation; nevertheless, Poisson has adopted the hypothesis of two extremely rare fluids, pervading all the particles of iron, and incapable of leaving them. Whether the particles of these fluids are coincident with the molecules of the iron, or that they only fill the interstices between them, is unknown and immaterial. But it is certain that the sum of all the magnetic molecules, added to the sum of all the spaces between them, whether occupied by matter or not, must be equal to the whole volume of the magnetic body.... M. Poisson has proved that the result of the action of all the magnetic elements of a magnetized body is a force equivalent to the action of a very thin stratum covering the whole surface of a body, and consisting of the two fluids—the austral and the boreal, occupying different parts of it; in other words, the attractions and repulsions externally exerted by a magnet are exactly the same as if they proceeded from a very thin stratum of each fluid occupying the surface only, both fluids being in equal quantities, and so distributed that their total action upon all the points in the interior of the body is equal to nothing. Since the resulting force is the difference of the two polarities, its intensity must be greatly inferior to that of either” (J. C. Wilcke at A.D. 1757, “Conn. of the Phys. Sci.,” 1846, s. 30 pp. 308, 309).

“There can hardly be any doubt that all the phenomena of magnetism, like those of electricity, can be explained by the idea of a single ethereal fluid, which is concentrated or excessive at the positive pole and lacking at the negative pole; a theory that aligns best with the simplicity and overall nature of creation's laws. However, Poisson has proposed the idea of two extremely rare fluids that permeate all the particles of iron and cannot escape from them. Whether these fluid particles align with the iron molecules or only fill the spaces between them is unknown and irrelevant. But it is certain that the total of all the magnetic molecules, combined with the total of all the spaces between them, whether filled with matter or not, must equal the entire volume of the magnetic body.... M. Poisson has shown that the effect of all the magnetic elements in a magnetized body creates a force equivalent to being covered by a very thin layer that covers the entire surface of the body, consisting of the two fluids—the austral and the boreal—distributed across different parts. In other words, the attractions and repulsions exerted externally by a magnet are precisely the same as if they came from a very thin layer of each fluid only on the surface, with both fluids present in equal amounts and arranged so that their total effect on all points within the body is neutral. Since the resulting force is the difference between the two polarities, its strength must be significantly less than that of either one” (J. C. Wilcke at CE 1757, “Conn. of the Phys. Sci.,” 1846, s. 30 pp. 308, 309).

The “Mémoires de l’Institut” for 1811 contain Poisson’s very able papers showing the manner in which electricity is distributed on the surfaces of bodies of various figures and the thickness of the stratum of electricity existing throughout these bodies. Mrs. Somerville further observes of work already cited (s. 28):

The “Mémoires de l’Institut” for 1811 include Poisson’s impressive papers demonstrating how electricity is distributed on the surfaces of bodies with different shapes and the thickness of the electric layer present in these bodies. Mrs. Somerville also notes about the work previously mentioned (s. 28):

“Although the distribution of the electric fluid has employed the eminent analytical talents of M. Poisson and M. Ivory, and though many of their computed phenomena have been confirmed by observation, yet recent experiments show that the subject is[411] still involved in much difficulty. Electricity is entirely confined to the surface of bodies; or, if it does penetrate their substance, the depth is inappreciable; so that the quantity bodies are capable of receiving does not follow the proportion of their bulk, but depends principally upon the form and extent of surface over which it is spread; thus the exterior may be positively or negatively electric, while the interior is in a state of perfect neutrality.” (Consult J. Farrar, “Elem. of Elect. Magn. and Electro-Magn.,” 1826, pp. 50–56.)

“Even though the distribution of electric charge has engaged the remarkable analytical skills of M. Poisson and M. Ivory, and many of their calculations have been verified by observation, recent experiments indicate that the topic is[411] still quite complex. Electricity is completely limited to the surfaces of objects; or, if it does enter their material, the depth is negligible; so the amount that objects can hold isn’t based on their size, but mainly on the shape and area of the surface it covers; this means the outside can be either positively or negatively charged, while the inside remains completely neutral.” (Consult J. Farrar, “Elem. of Elect. Magn. and Electro-Magn.,” 1826, pp. 50–56.)

In his treatment of the theories of magnetism, Brewster alludes again to the masterly investigations of Poisson, who, says he, appears to have been “the first to conceive the idea of absolute magnetic measurement.” In a short but luminous article at the end of the “Connaissance des Temps” for 1828, he describes the method for obtaining the value of H[** symbol] in absolute measure. His first and second “Mémoire sur la Théorie du Magnétisme” appeared during 1824–1825, at pp. 247, 488, Vol. V of the Transactions of the Paris Royal Academy, and were closely followed (Vol. VI. p. 441) by his Memoir on the theory of Magnetism in motion. Translations of these will be found at pp. 336–358, 373, Vol. I and pp. 328–330, Vol. V of the Edin. Jour. of Sci. and at pp. 334, 335 of John Farrar’s “Elem. of Elect. Magn. and Electro-Mag.,” all published during the year 1826.

In his discussion of magnetism theories, Brewster references the outstanding research of Poisson, who, according to him, seems to be "the first to come up with the idea of absolute magnetic measurement." In a brief yet insightful article at the end of the “Connaissance des Temps” for 1828, he outlines the method for determining the value of H[**symbol] in absolute terms. His first and second papers on the Theory of Magnetism were published between 1824 and 1825, at pages 247, 488, Volume V of the Transactions of the Paris Royal Academy, and were soon followed (Volume VI, page 441) by his Memoir on the theory of Magnetism in motion. Translations of these works can be found on pages 336–358, 373, Volume I and pages 328–330, Volume V of the Edin. Jour. of Sci. and on pages 334, 335 of John Farrar’s “Elem. of Elect. Magn. and Electro-Mag.,” all published in 1826.

Poisson’s theoretical prediction of magne-crystallic action is thus alluded to by Dr. John Tyndall in his “Researches on Diamagnetism,” etc., London, 1870, pp. 13 and 66, 67:

Poisson’s theoretical prediction of magne-crystalline action is mentioned by Dr. John Tyndall in his “Researches on Diamagnetism,” etc., London, 1870, pp. 13 and 66, 67:

“In March 1851, Professor William Thomson (Lord Kelvin) drew attention to an exceedingly remarkable instance of theoretic foresight on the part of Poisson, with reference to the possibility of magne-crystallic action.

“In March 1851, Professor William Thomson (Lord Kelvin) highlighted an incredibly remarkable example of theoretical insight from Poisson regarding the potential for magne-crystallic action.”

“Poisson,” says Sir William, “in his mathematical theory of magnetic induction founded on the hypothesis of magnetic fluids (moving within the infinitely small magnetic elements), of which he assumes magnetizable matter to be constituted, does not overlook the possibility of those magnetic elements being non-spherical and symmetrically arranged in crystalline matter, and he remarks that a finite spherical portion of such a substance would, when in the neighbourhood of a magnet, act differently according to the different positions into which it might be turned with its centre tube fixed. But (such a circumstance not having yet been observed), he excludes the consideration of the structure which would lead to it from his researches, and confines himself in his theory of magnetic induction to the case of matter consisting either of spherical magnetic elements or of non-symmetrically disposed elements of any forms.[412] Now, however, when a recent discovery of Plucker’s has established the very circumstance, the observation of which was wanting to induce Poisson to enter upon a full treatment of the subject, the importance of working out a magnetical theory of magnetic induction is obvious.

“Poisson,” says Sir William, “in his mathematical theory of magnetic induction, based on the idea of magnetic fluids (moving within the infinitely small magnetic elements), which he assumes to make up magnetizable matter, doesn’t ignore the possibility that these magnetic elements could be non-spherical and symmetrically arranged in crystalline materials. He notes that a finite spherical part of such a substance would behave differently depending on how it is oriented with its central axis fixed when near a magnet. However, since this scenario hasn’t been observed yet, he leaves out the structural considerations that would lead to it from his research and limits his theory of magnetic induction to cases involving either spherical magnetic elements or asymmetrically arranged elements of any shape.[412] Now, with a recent discovery by Plucker confirming the very condition that Poisson needed to fully explore the topic, it’s clear that developing a complete magnetic theory of magnetic induction is essential.”

“Sir William Thomson then proceeds to make the necessary ‘extension of Poisson’s Mathematical Theory of Magnetic Induction,’ and he publishes a striking quotation from the ‘Mémoires de l’Institut,’ 1821–1822, Paris, 1826.”

“Sir William Thomson then goes on to extend Poisson’s Mathematical Theory of Magnetic Induction and publishes a striking quote from the ‘Mémoires de l’Institut,’ 1821–1822, Paris, 1826.”

References.—Biography in “English Encycl.,” Vol. IV. p. 899; Phil. Mag. for 1851; Roy. Soc. Catal. of Sci. Papers, Vol. IV. pp. 964–969; G. M. Racagni, “Sopra una Memoria ...” 1839; Johnson’s “Encycl.,” 1878, Vol. III. p. 227; eighth “Britannica,” Vol. XV. p. 98; ninth “Britannica,” Vol. XV. pp. 241, 249; Ann. de Chimie for Feb. 1824; “Le Globe,” No. 87; Harris, “Magnetism,” p. 131; Whewell, “Hist. of the Inductive Sciences,” 1859, Vol. II. pp. 43, 208, 209, 222, 223; Sir William Thomson’s works, 1872; Thomas Thomson, “An Outline,” etc., 1830, p. 351; Mém. de l’Acad. des Sci. for 1824–1826, 1838; Soc. Philom. for 1803, 1824–1826; Humboldt’s “Cosmos,” London, 1849, Vol. I. pp. 104, 105, 130, 165–169; N. Bowditch, “Of a mistake which exists in the calculation of M. Poisson relative to the distribution of the electric matter upon the surfaces of two globes, in Vol. XII of the “Mém. ... Sc. Math. ... de France”; Mem. Amer. Acad., O.S., Vol. IV. part i. p. 307; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. II. p. 228. Mention is made of Poisson’s principal writings, in Vol. XI. pp. 179–191 of M. Max Marie’s “Hist. des Sciences Mathém.,” Paris, 1888, but the complete list will be found in Vol. II of the works of Arago.

Sources.—Biography in “English Encycl.,” Vol. IV. p. 899; Phil. Mag. for 1851; Roy. Soc. Catal. of Sci. Papers, Vol. IV. pp. 964–969; G. M. Racagni, “Sopra una Memoria ...” 1839; Johnson’s “Encycl.,” 1878, Vol. III. p. 227; eighth “Britannica,” Vol. XV. p. 98; ninth “Britannica,” Vol. XV. pp. 241, 249; Ann. de Chimie for Feb. 1824; “Le Globe,” No. 87; Harris, “Magnetism,” p. 131; Whewell, “Hist. of the Inductive Sciences,” 1859, Vol. II. pp. 43, 208, 209, 222, 223; Sir William Thomson’s works, 1872; Thomas Thomson, “An Outline,” etc., 1830, p. 351; Mém. de l’Acad. des Sci. for 1824–1826, 1838; Soc. Philom. for 1803, 1824–1826; Humboldt’s “Cosmos,” London, 1849, Vol. I. pp. 104, 105, 130, 165–169; N. Bowditch, “Of a mistake which exists in the calculation of M. Poisson relative to the distribution of the electric matter upon the surfaces of two globes, in Vol. XII of the “Mém. ... Sc. Math. ... de France”; Mem. Amer. Acad., O.S., Vol. IV. part i. p. 307; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. II. p. 228. Mention is made of Poisson’s principal writings, in Vol. XI. pp. 179–191 of M. Max Marie’s “Hist. des Sciences Mathém.,” Paris, 1888, but the complete list will be found in Vol. II of the works of Arago.

A.D. 1811.—Schweigger (Johann Salomo Christoph), a chemist of Halle (1779–1857), inserts at p. 240, Vol. II of his Journal für die Chemie und Physik, the memoir of Sömmering, relative to his electro-chemical telegraph, as well as an appendix thereto, wherein he points out the difficulties likely to attend the employment of so many different wires. He suggests the use of but two wires, and of two piles of unequal power. With these, all desired characters could be transmitted, through a preconcerted code regarding the meaning of such letters and figures as would be represented by the weaker or the stronger pile, in conjunction with the duration of the gas evolutions or the space of time separating them. He also suggested, for an alarum, the use of a pistol, by connecting a battery to the pile, in lieu of liberating an alarm by means of accumulated gas as Sömmering had done.

A.D. 1811.—Schweigger (Johann Salomo Christoph), a chemist from Halle (1779–1857), includes on page 240 of Volume II of his Journal für die Chemie und Physik, the memoir of Sömmering about his electro-chemical telegraph, along with an appendix where he discusses the challenges that might come from using so many different wires. He proposes using only two wires and two unequal power piles. With these, all desired signals could be sent using a prearranged code that indicates the meanings of letters and numbers represented by either the weaker or stronger pile, along with the timing of the gas emissions or the intervals between them. He also recommended using a pistol as an alarm by connecting a battery to the pile, instead of triggering an alarm through accumulated gas as Sömmering had done.

Two months after Oersted’s great discovery, which was announced in July 1820, Schweigger read at Halle (September 16, 1820) and communicated to the German Literary Gazette (No. 296 for November 1820), a paper relative to an important improvement made in his galvano magnetic indicator. The latter, which had been described at pp. 206–208 of Gehlen’s (1808) Journal für Chemie,[413] was merely an electroscope, employed to indicate the attraction and repulsion of ordinary frictional electricity in lieu of a Coulomb balance, the improved apparatus being the result of his discovery that, by coiling an insulated wire several times around a magnetic needle, the deflecting power of the voltaic current increases with the number of turns (Kuhn, “Ang. Elek.-Lehre,” p. 514).

Two months after Oersted’s major discovery, announced in July 1820, Schweigger presented a paper at Halle on September 16, 1820, and shared it with the German Literary Gazette (No. 296 for November 1820), discussing an important improvement he made to his galvano magnetic indicator. This device, previously described on pages 206–208 of Gehlen’s (1808) Journal für Chemie,[413] was essentially an electroscope used to show the attraction and repulsion of regular frictional electricity instead of a Coulomb balance. The upgraded apparatus resulted from his discovery that by wrapping an insulated wire several times around a magnetic needle, the deflecting power of the voltaic current increases with the number of coils (Kuhn, “Ang. Elek.-Lehre,” p. 514).

Alluding to Schweigger’s multiplier, the Abbé Moigno says:

Alluding to Schweigger’s multiplier, Abbé Moigno says:

“A conducting wire twisted upon itself and forming one hundred turns will, when traversed by the same current, produce an effect one hundred times greater than a wire with a single turn: provided always that the electric fluid pass through circumvolutions of the wire without passing laterally from one contour to another” (Cornhill Magazine, Vol. II for 1860, pp. 61, 64).

“A wire that’s twisted upon itself to make one hundred loops will create an effect one hundred times stronger than a wire with just one loop when the same current flows through it, as long as the electric fluid moves through the loops of the wire without shifting sideways from one loop to another” (Cornhill Magazine, Vol. II for 1860, pp. 61, 64).

It was, however, shown by Dr. Seebeck that the power of multiplication does not increase with the number of windings in the uniting wire, for the resistance to transmission naturally increases with the length of the wire, thus diminishing its conducting power.

It was, however, demonstrated by Dr. Seebeck that the ability to multiply does not grow with the number of turns in the connecting wire, because the resistance to transmission naturally increases with the length of the wire, which reduces its conductivity.

To his new instrument Schweigger gave the name of electro-magnetic multiplier (multiplicator) or galvanometer multiplier, and it has become the most important for indicating and measuring the strength of the galvanic current.

To his new instrument, Schweigger named it the electro-magnetic multiplier (multiplicator) or galvanometer multiplier, and it has become the most important tool for indicating and measuring the strength of the galvanic current.

Prof. W. B. Rogers says that Schweigger’s apparatus as improved by Nobili (Ital. Soc. Mem., Vol. XX. p. 173) became indispensable in the measurement of current electricity, and that through the later improvements given it by Sir William Thomson (also by Du Bois Reymond), it has been made one of the most perfect and delicate of all known means of measuring force. Schweigger’s multipliers with improvements made thereon by Oersted and Nobili are illustrated at p. 642, Vol. XXI of the eighth “Ency. Britannica,” where reference is made to drawings on a large scale shown at Plate 522, article “Thermo-Electricity,” of the “Edinburgh Encyclopædia.”

Prof. W. B. Rogers states that Schweigger’s apparatus, enhanced by Nobili (Ital. Soc. Mem., Vol. XX. p. 173), became essential for measuring electric current. He also notes that through later advancements made by Sir William Thomson (and Du Bois Reymond), it has turned into one of the most precise and sensitive methods available for measuring force. Schweigger’s multipliers, along with improvements made by Oersted and Nobili, are depicted on p. 642, Vol. XXI of the eighth “Ency. Britannica,” where there is a mention of large-scale drawings provided in Plate 522, article “Thermo-Electricity,” from the “Edinburgh Encyclopædia.”

According to a footnote, p. 273 of “Report Smithsonian Inst.” for 1878, Schweigger’s multiplier is alluded to in the “Additions to Oersted’s Electroma-gnetic Experiments,” a memoir read at the Naturforschende Gesellschaft at Halle, September 16 and November 4, 1820. An abstract of this paper was published in the Allgemeine Literatur-Zeitung of Halle (4to), November 1820, No. 296, Vol. III. col. 621–624, whilst the full memoir appeared in the Journal für Chemie und Physik, 1821, Vol. XXXI. pp. 1–17; and “Additional Remarks ...” by Dr. Schweigger, in the same volume, pp. 35–41. It is further stated in the afore-mentioned note that:

According to a footnote, p. 273 of the “Report Smithsonian Inst.” for 1878, Schweigger’s multiplier is mentioned in the “Additions to Oersted’s Electromagnetic Experiments,” a paper presented at the Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Halle on September 16 and November 4, 1820. An abstract of this paper was published in the Allgemeine Literatur-Zeitung of Halle (4to), November 1820, No. 296, Vol. III, col. 621–624, while the complete memoir appeared in the Journal für Chemie und Physik, 1821, Vol. XXXI, pp. 1–17; and “Additional Remarks ...” by Dr. Schweigger, in the same volume, pp. 35–41. It is further stated in the aforementioned note that:

“A galvanometer of somewhat different form, having a vertical[414] helix and employing an unmagnetized needle, was very shortly afterward independently devised by Johann Christian Poggendorff, of Berlin; and as he preceded Schweigger in publishing an account of it, he is sometimes regarded as the original inventor. Schweigger designated his device an ‘Electro-magnetic Multiplicator’; Poggendorff designated his arrangement a ‘Galvano-magnetic Condensator.’ Prof. Oersted remarks: ‘Immediately after the discovery of electro-magnetism, M. Schweigger, professor at Halle, invented an apparatus admirably adapted for exhibiting by means of the magnetic needle the feeblest electric currents.... M. Poggendorff, a distinguished young savant, of Berlin, constructed an electro-magnetic multiplier very shortly after M. Schweigger, with which he made some striking experiments. M. Poggendorff’s work having been cited in a book on electro-magnetism by the celebrated M. Erman (published immediately after the discovery of these phenomena), became known to several philosophers before that of M. Schweigger’ (Annales de Chimie et de Physique, 1823, Vol. XXII. pp. 358–360).

“A galvanometer of a different design, featuring a vertical [414] helix and using an unmagnetized needle, was quickly developed independently by Johann Christian Poggendorff in Berlin. Since he published his findings before Schweigger, he is sometimes considered the original inventor. Schweigger called his device an ‘Electro-magnetic Multiplicator’; Poggendorff referred to his setup as a ‘Galvano-magnetic Condensator.’ Prof. Oersted notes: ‘Right after the discovery of electro-magnetism, M. Schweigger, a professor in Halle, created a device perfectly suited for demonstrating the faintest electric currents using a magnetic needle.... M. Poggendorff, a talented young scholar in Berlin, created an electro-magnetic multiplier shortly after M. Schweigger, with which he conducted some impressive experiments. M. Poggendorff’s work was cited in a book on electro-magnetism by the renowned M. Erman (published right after these phenomena were discovered), gaining recognition among several scholars before M. Schweigger’s work’ (Annales de Chimie et de Physique, 1823, Vol. XXII. pp. 358–360).”

“The researches of Schweigger and Bart leave us little or no doubt that the ancients were well acquainted with the mutual attraction of iron and the lodestone, as well as with the positive and negative properties of electricity, by whatever name they may have called it. The reciprocal magnetic relations to the planetary orbs, which are all magnets, was with them an accepted fact, and aerolites were not only called by them magnetic stones, but used in the Mysteries for purposes to which we now apply the magnet.”

“The studies by Schweigger and Bart leave us with little doubt that the ancients understood the mutual attraction between iron and lodestone, as well as the positive and negative properties of electricity, regardless of what they called it. They accepted the reciprocal magnetic relationships to the planets, which they viewed as magnets, and they referred to aerolites not only as magnetic stones but also used them in their Mysteries for purposes similar to how we use magnets today.”

References.—“Isis Unveiled,” Vol. I. pp. 281, 282. See also Annales de Chimie et de Physique, 1816, Vol. II. pp. 84, 86; Thos. Thomson, “An Outline of the Sciences ...” London, 1830, Chap. XV. p. 564; “Encycl. Brit.,” seventh edition, “Voltaic Electricity,” p. 687; Polytechnisches Centralblatt; Sc. Am. Supp., No. 404; Sturgeon’s “Scientific Researches,” Bury, 1850, p. 19; L. F. Kaemtz, Phil. Mag., Vol. LXII. p. 441; Poggendorff, Vol. II. pp. 873–875; Du Moncel, “Exposé ...” Vol. III; Whewell’s “Hist. of Ind. Sci.,” Vol. II. p. 251; “Abhandl. d. Naturf. Gesellsch. zu Halle” for 1853–1856; Schweigger’s Journal für Chemie und Physik, Vol. II. part iv. pp. 424–434; Vol. X for 1814 and Vol. XXXVIII for 1823; “Cat. Sc. Papers Roy. Soc.,” Vol. V. pp. 589–592; “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. XVI, N.S., 1821, p. 197; Larousse, Vol. XIV. pp. 386–387. Edinburgh Philosophical Journal, July 1821, Vol. V. p. 113. For Seebeck, see Phil. Mag., Vol. LXI, 1823, p. 146. For Poggendorff, see “Cat. Sc. Pap. Roy. Soc.,” Vol. IV. pp. 952–956; Vol. VIII. pp. 638–640; “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. XVIII, N.S., 1821, p. 195; Pogg., “Annalen,” Vol. CLX (biography).

References.—“Isis Unveiled,” Vol. I. pp. 281, 282. See also Annales de Chimie et de Physique, 1816, Vol. II. pp. 84, 86; Thos. Thomson, “An Outline of the Sciences ...” London, 1830, Chap. XV. p. 564; “Encycl. Brit.,” seventh edition, “Voltaic Electricity,” p. 687; Polytechnisches Centralblatt; Sc. Am. Supp., No. 404; Sturgeon’s “Scientific Researches,” Bury, 1850, p. 19; L. F. Kaemtz, Phil. Mag., Vol. LXII. p. 441; Poggendorff, Vol. II. pp. 873–875; Du Moncel, “Exposé ...” Vol. III; Whewell’s “Hist. of Ind. Sci.,” Vol. II. p. 251; “Abhandl. d. Naturf. Gesellsch. zu Halle” for 1853–1856; Schweigger’s Journal für Chemie und Physik, Vol. II. part iv. pp. 424–434; Vol. X for 1814 and Vol. XXXVIII for 1823; “Cat. Sc. Papers Roy. Soc.,” Vol. V. pp. 589–592; “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. XVI, N.S., 1821, p. 197; Larousse, Vol. XIV. pp. 386–387. Edinburgh Philosophical Journal, July 1821, Vol. V. p. 113. For Seebeck, see Phil. Mag., Vol. LXI, 1823, p. 146. For Poggendorff, see “Cat. Sc. Pap. Roy. Soc.,” Vol. IV. pp. 952–956; Vol. VIII. pp. 638–640; “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. XVIII, N.S., 1821, p. 195; Pogg., “Annalen,” Vol. CLX (biography).

In the editorship of Schweigger’s Journal, which followed Gehlen’s Journal, Mr. J. S. C. Schweigger was assisted, from 1828, by Franz W. Schweigger-Seidel, who was the author of “Lit. d. Math. Natur.,” published in 1828. (For the joint magnetic work of[415] J. S. C. Schweigger and Wilhelm Pfaff, see Jour. f. Ch. u. Ph., Band X. heft i. for 1814.)

In the editorship of Schweigger’s Journal, which succeeded Gehlen’s Journal, Mr. J. S. C. Schweigger was supported, starting in 1828, by Franz W. Schweigger-Seidel, who wrote “Lit. d. Math. Natur.,” published in 1828. (For the joint magnetic work of[415] J. S. C. Schweigger and Wilhelm Pfaff, see Jour. f. Ch. u. Ph., Band X. heft i. for 1814.)

A.D. 1811.—Monsieur Dessaignes is first to establish a relation between electricity and phosphorescence, as is shown in the extract published in London from the Memoir which he had presented two years before to the French Institute. The general view he takes is that phosphorescence is produced by a particular fluid, which is set in motion by light, by heat, by electricity, as well as by friction, and that it is dissipated by overheating or by too long exposure to light.

A.D. 1811.—Monsieur Dessaignes is the first to connect electricity with phosphorescence, as shown in the excerpt published in London from the memoir he presented two years earlier to the French Institute. His overall perspective is that phosphorescence is caused by a specific fluid that is activated by light, heat, electricity, and friction, and that this fluid dissipates with overheating or prolonged exposure to light.

It is asserted by Fahie (“Hist. of El. Tel.,” pp. xiv, 297) that it was Dessaignes and not Seebeck who first discovered thermo-electricity. “Dessaignes,” he says, “showed us how difference of temperature or heat could produce electricity.” This was in 1815, or six years before Seebeck, who is always credited with the observation (Bostock’s “History of Galvanism,” London, 1818, p. 101). Many observations bearing on thermo-electricity had been made even long before Dessaignes.... In 1759 Æpinus called attention to the same phenomena, and pointed out that electricity of opposite kinds was developed at opposite ends of the crystal (tourmaline). In 1760 Canton observed the same properties in the topaz; and between 1789 and 1791 Haüy showed the thermo-electric properties of various other substances, as mesotype, prehnite, Iceland spar, and boracite.

Fahie (“Hist. of El. Tel.,” pp. xiv, 297) claims that it was Dessaignes, not Seebeck, who first discovered thermo-electricity. “Dessaignes,” he notes, “demonstrated how differences in temperature or heat could generate electricity.” This was in 1815, six years before Seebeck, who is typically credited with the discovery (Bostock’s “History of Galvanism,” London, 1818, p. 101). Even before Dessaignes, many observations related to thermo-electricity had been made. In 1759, Æpinus highlighted the same phenomena and pointed out that electricity of opposite types was produced at opposite ends of a crystal (tourmaline). In 1760, Canton noted the same properties in topaz; and between 1789 and 1791, Haüy demonstrated the thermo-electric properties of several other substances, including mesotype, prehnite, Iceland spar, and boracite.

References.—Priestley’s “History of Electricity,” 1767, pp. 314–326. For Dessaignes’ other observations, see J. Farrar, “Elem. of Elec., Mag. and Electro-Mag.,” 1826, p. 125, and Phil. Mag., Vol. XLIV. p. 313. See also Phil. Mag., Vol. XXXVIII. p. 3; Journal des Mines, Vol. XXVII. p. 213; Poggendorff, Vol. I. p. 563; “Cat. Sci. Pap. Roy. Soc.,” Vol. II. pp. 272, 273; Chap. III. s. 3 of the “Electricity” article of the “Ency. Britannica.”

References.—Priestley’s “History of Electricity,” 1767, pp. 314–326. For Dessaignes’ other observations, see J. Farrar, “Elements of Electricity, Magnetism, and Electromagnetism,” 1826, p. 125, and Philosophical Magazine, Vol. XLIV. p. 313. See also Philosophical Magazine, Vol. XXXVIII. p. 3; Journal des Mines, Vol. XXVII. p. 213; Poggendorff, Vol. I. p. 563; “Catalog of Scientific Papers, Royal Society,” Vol. II. pp. 272, 273; Chap. III. s. 3 of the “Electricity” article in the “Encyclopedia Britannica.”

A.D. 1811.—The idea of placing a lightning conductor through the body of a ship is first suggested by Mr. Benjamin Cook, of Birmingham, and is carried out by Mr. William Snow Harris, of Plymouth. Mr. William Sturgeon, who mentions the fact (“Lectures of Electricity,” London, 1842, p. 208), adds that Mr. Harris “has formed the conductors into strips of copper, which are inserted in grooves in the after side of the masts from top to bottom and through the keelson to the sea. In one of the smaller men-of-war Mr. Harris carried his mizzen conductor through the powder magazine!!! The evils attending these conductors arise principally from lateral explosions and electro-magnetic influence.”

A.D. 1811.—The idea of installing a lightning conductor on a ship is first proposed by Mr. Benjamin Cook from Birmingham and is implemented by Mr. William Snow Harris from Plymouth. Mr. William Sturgeon, who notes this (“Lectures of Electricity,” London, 1842, p. 208), adds that Mr. Harris “has shaped the conductors into strips of copper, which are placed in grooves on the back side of the masts from top to bottom and through the keelson to the sea. In one of the smaller warships, Mr. Harris ran his mizzen conductor through the powder magazine!!! The problems associated with these conductors mainly come from lateral explosions and electromagnetic interference.”

References.—For Wm. Sturgeon, consult Phil. Mag., Vol. XI, 1832, pp. 195, 270, 324; “Cat. Sc. Papers Roy. Soc.,” Vol. V. pp. 876–878, Vol. VI. p. 758 and Vol. VIII. p. 1042.

References.—For Wm. Sturgeon, see Phil. Mag., Vol. XI, 1832, pp. 195, 270, 324; “Cat. Sc. Papers Roy. Soc.,” Vol. V. pp. 876–878, Vol. VI. p. 758 and Vol. VIII. p. 1042.

[416]

[416]

A.D. 1811–1812.—Schübler (Gustav), Professor, of Tübingen, is the first to present a connected series of observations upon the electricity of the air, which were made at Stuttgart, during all kinds of weather and at regular daily intervals, between May 1811 and June 1812. Other observations previously carried on by Schübler, during 1805 and subsequent years, at Ellvanguen and Stuttgart are detailed at pp. 579, 580, Vol. VIII—and are also alluded to in article “Meteorology”—of the eighth “Britannica.”

A.D. 1811–1812.—Schübler (Gustav), a professor from Tübingen, is the first to provide a continuous set of observations on the electricity in the air, which he conducted in Stuttgart during various weather conditions and at regular daily intervals from May 1811 to June 1812. Earlier observations made by Schübler in 1805 and the following years in Ellvanguen and Stuttgart are detailed on pages 579 and 580 of Volume VIII—and are also mentioned in the article “Meteorology”—in the eighth edition of the “Britannica.”

While De Lor was the first to observe, in 1752, the existence of electricity in the atmosphere, even when no lightning is visible, Schübler made the earliest known report upon the daily periodicity of the intensity of the electricity. The annual periodicity had been previously demonstrated by G. B. Beccaria, who published at Turin two able treatises on the subject during 1769 and 1775.

While De Lor was the first to notice, in 1752, that electricity exists in the atmosphere even when there's no visible lightning, Schübler provided the earliest known report on the daily changes in the intensity of that electricity. The annual changes had already been established by G. B. Beccaria, who published two insightful papers on the topic in Turin during 1769 and 1775.

The origin of atmospheric electricity was, by Lavoisier, Laplace and Sir H. Davy, attributed in great part to the constant combustion taking place upon the earth’s surface. Volta and Saussure believed it to arise from the process of evaporation, while Pouillet pointed out the influence of the processes of vegetation; Reich, however, showed that as neither developed electricity they could not produce it in the atmosphere. Peltier advanced the theory that mere evaporation without chemical action is not enough, and the experiments of Faraday and Armstrong showed that evaporation without friction is likewise insufficient. These theories are treated of in “Gaea-Natur und Leben,” Köln and Leipzig, 1873, p. 322, and in Lardner’s “Popular Lectures,” 1859, Vol. II. pp. 149–160. The last named gives tables of many observations, and reports, among other matters, that the series of observations on the diurnal changes of atmospheric electricity which Schübler made, in 1811–1812, were repeated and confirmed at Paris in 1830 by M. Arago. During the month of March 1811 Schübler found that the mean time of the morning maximum was eight hours thirty minutes, and M. Arago ascertained the mean time for the same month to be eight hours forty-eight minutes.

The origin of atmospheric electricity was largely attributed by Lavoisier, Laplace, and Sir H. Davy to the constant combustion occurring on the earth's surface. Volta and Saussure believed it stemmed from the process of evaporation, while Pouillet highlighted the impact of vegetation processes. However, Reich demonstrated that since neither of these processes developed electricity, they couldn't produce it in the atmosphere. Peltier proposed the theory that simple evaporation without chemical action is not sufficient, and the experiments by Faraday and Armstrong indicated that evaporation without friction is also inadequate. These theories are discussed in “Gaea-Natur und Leben,” Köln and Leipzig, 1873, p. 322, and in Lardner’s “Popular Lectures,” 1859, Vol. II. pp. 149–160. The latter includes tables of several observations and reports, among other things, that the series of observations on the daily changes of atmospheric electricity made by Schübler in 1811–1812 were repeated and confirmed in Paris in 1830 by M. Arago. In March 1811, Schübler found that the average time of the morning maximum was eight hours thirty minutes, while M. Arago determined the average time for the same month to be eight hours forty-eight minutes.

References.Edin. Jour. of Sci., new series, Vol. III; Biblio. Univers., Vol. XLII; Annales de Ch. et de Ph. for 1816, Vol. II. p. 85; “Jahrbuch der Ch. und Ph.,” 1829; Gilbert’s Annalen, Vols. XXXIX, XLIX, LI; Schweigger’s Journal, Vols. II. p. 377; III. p. 133; VIII. pp. 21, 22, 25, 26, 28, 29; IX. pp. 348, 350, 351; XV. p. 130; XIX. pp. 1 and 11; XXV. p. 249; XXXI. p. 39; Jour. de Phys., Vol. LXXV. p. 177; Vol. LXXXIII. p. 184; “Lehrbuch der Meteor,” L. F. Kaemtz, Halle, 1832, Vol. I. p. 337; Vol. II. pp. 411, 414; “Annual of Sc. Disc.” for 1862, pp. 99–103; L. Palmieri in Lum. Elec., Paris, Oct. 31, 1891, pp. 209–212; “Sci. Pap. Roy. Soc.,” Vol. V. pp. 559–562; Vol. VI. p. 755; “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. II, N.S. for 1816 pp. 93–113 (atmosph. electricity); Poggendorff, Vol. II. p. 853; Report on Atmospheric Electricity by F. J. F. Duprez, 1858, Part III. chap. ii. pp. 363–368;[417] Foggo, p. 124, Vol. IV of Edin. Jour. Sci.; J. J. Hemmer’s observations at Mannheim from 1783 to 1787, Lehrbuch, etc., Vol. II. p. 418, and the recorded investigations of De Luc, Girtannier, Mayer, Monge, Pouillet, Becquerel, De Tressan, Arago, De Saussure, Delezenne, Helwig and Kaemtz.

Sources.Edin. Jour. of Sci., new series, Vol. III; Biblio. Univers., Vol. XLII; Annales de Ch. et de Ph. for 1816, Vol. II, p. 85; “Jahrbuch der Ch. und Ph.,” 1829; Gilbert’s Annalen, Vols. XXXIX, XLIX, LI; Schweigger’s Journal, Vols. II, p. 377; III, p. 133; VIII, pp. 21, 22, 25, 26, 28, 29; IX, pp. 348, 350, 351; XV, p. 130; XIX, pp. 1 and 11; XXV, p. 249; XXXI, p. 39; Jour. de Phys., Vol. LXXV, p. 177; Vol. LXXXIII, p. 184; “Lehrbuch der Meteor,” L. F. Kaemtz, Halle, 1832, Vol. I, p. 337; Vol. II, pp. 411, 414; “Annual of Sc. Disc.” for 1862, pp. 99–103; L. Palmieri in Lum. Elec., Paris, Oct. 31, 1891, pp. 209–212; “Sci. Pap. Roy. Soc.,” Vol. V, pp. 559–562; Vol. VI, p. 755; “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. II, N.S. for 1816, pp. 93–113 (atmosph. electricity); Poggendorff, Vol. II, p. 853; Report on Atmospheric Electricity by F. J. F. Duprez, 1858, Part III, chap. ii, pp. 363–368; [417] Foggo, p. 124, Vol. IV of Edin. Jour. Sci.; J. J. Hemmer’s observations at Mannheim from 1783 to 1787, Lehrbuch, etc., Vol. II, p. 418, and the recorded investigations of De Luc, Girtannier, Mayer, Monge, Pouillet, Becquerel, De Tressan, Arago, De Saussure, Delezenne, Helwig, and Kaemtz.

A.D. 1811.—In the first volume of his “Cosmos” (London, 1849, Vol. I. pp. 240–241) Humboldt speaks of islands of eruption, or marine volcanoes, which can properly be classed among electrical phenomena, and alludes to the one observed on the 13th of June 1811 by Captain Tillard (Tilland), and to which he gave the name “Sabrina.”

A.D. 1811.—In the first volume of his “Cosmos” (London, 1849, Vol. I. pp. 240–241), Humboldt talks about islands of eruption, or marine volcanoes, which can be correctly categorized as electrical phenomena, and references the one spotted on June 13, 1811, by Captain Tillard (Tilland), which he named “Sabrina.”

This volcano, which had previously appeared June 11, 1638 and December 31, 1719, off the island of St. Michael, in the Azores, is thus described in the Philosophical Transactions:

This volcano, which had previously emerged on June 11, 1638, and December 31, 1719, near the island of St. Michael in the Azores, is described in the Philosophical Transactions:

“Imagine,” says Captain Tillard, “an immense body of smoke rising from the sea, the surface of which was marked by the silver rippling of the waves occasioned by the slight and steady breezes incidental to those climates in summer. In a quiescent state, it had the appearance of a circular cloud, revolving on the water like a horizontal wheel, in various and irregular involutions, expanding itself gradually on the lee side, when suddenly a column of the blackest cinders, ashes, and stones, would shoot up in the form of a spire, rapidly succeeded by others, each acquiring greater velocity and breaking into various branches resembling a group of pines; these again forming themselves into festoons of white feathery smoke. During these bursts, the most vivid flashes of lightning continually issued from the densest portion of the volcano, and the columns rolled off in large masses of fleecy clouds, gradually expanding themselves before the wind, in a direction nearly horizontal, and drawing up a quantity of water spouts, which formed a striking addition to the scene. In less than an hour, a peak was visible, and, in three hours from the time of our arrival, the volcano then being four hours old, a crater was formed twenty feet high, and from four to five hundred feet in diameter. The eruptions were attended by a noise like the firing of cannon and musketry mixed; as also with shocks of earthquakes sufficient to throw down a large part of the cliff on which we stood.” (See description of the sudden appearance of the Island of St. Michael, etc., in Lectures by Dr. Webster, Professor of Chemistry and Mineralogy at Harvard College, Boston, 1822.)

“Imagine,” says Captain Tillard, “an enormous cloud of smoke rising from the sea, the surface of which is marked by the silver rippling of waves caused by the slight and steady breezes typical of those climates in the summer. In a calm state, it looks like a circular cloud, spinning on the water like a horizontal wheel, in various and irregular twists, gradually spreading out on the downwind side, when suddenly a column of the darkest cinders, ashes, and stones shoots up like a spire, quickly followed by others, each gaining speed and branching out like a group of pine trees; these then forming into garlands of white, feathery smoke. During these bursts, vivid flashes of lightning constantly emerge from the thickest part of the volcano, and the columns roll off in large masses of fluffy clouds, gradually spreading before the wind, almost horizontally, and pulling up several water spouts, which add a striking element to the scene. In less than an hour, a peak was visible, and three hours after our arrival, with the volcano being four hours old, a crater formed twenty feet high and four to five hundred feet in diameter. The eruptions were accompanied by noises similar to cannon and gunfire mixed together; also, there were shocks of earthquakes strong enough to topple a large part of the cliff we were standing on.” (See description of the sudden appearance of the Island of St. Michael, etc., in Lectures by Dr. Webster, Professor of Chemistry and Mineralogy at Harvard College, Boston, 1822.)

A.D. 1811–1818.—Ure (Andrew), M.D., F.R.S., the first astronomer appointed to the Glasgow Observatory and the author of a Dictionary of Chemistry (the undisputed standard until the appearance of a similar work by Henry Watts), makes known the result[418] of his electrical experiments in the same line as those made by Aldini (A.D. 1793) upon the body of a recently executed criminal. Noad, who gives a greatly detailed account of the investigations, at pp. 338–341 of his “Manual,” remarks that they “serve to convey a tolerably accurate idea of the wonderful physiological effects of the electrical agent, and will be impressive from their conveying the most terrific expressions of human passion and human agony.”

A.D. 1811–1818.—Ure (Andrew), M.D., F.R.S., was the first astronomer appointed to the Glasgow Observatory and the author of a Dictionary of Chemistry (the recognized standard until a similar work by Henry Watts was published). He revealed the results of his electrical experiments, similar to those conducted by Aldini (CE 1793) on the body of a recently executed criminal. Noad, who provides a detailed account of these investigations on pages 338–341 of his “Manual,” notes that they “offer a fairly accurate idea of the remarkable physiological effects of the electrical agent, and will be striking because they depict the most terrifying expressions of human emotion and suffering.”

Dr. Ure is the inventor of an improved eudiometer, for detonating or exploding gases by means of an electric shock or spark, which is fully described and illustrated in the “Electricity” article of the “Britannica.”

Dr. Ure is the inventor of an enhanced eudiometer, designed for detonating or exploding gases using an electric shock or spark, which is fully detailed and illustrated in the “Electricity” article of the “Britannica.”

References.—De la Rive, “Treatise on Electricity,” Vol. II. pp. 489–490, also “Encycl. Metropol.,” Vol. IV (Galv.), p. 197. Another report of Ure’s experiments appears at pp. 634, 635 of the “Encycl. Brit.,” article on “Voltaic Electricity,” also in No. 12 of the Journal Sci. and Arts, and at p. 56, Vol. LIII of the Philosophical Magazine.

References.—De la Rive, “Treatise on Electricity,” Vol. II, pp. 489–490; also “Encycl. Metropol.,” Vol. IV (Galv.), p. 197. Another report on Ure’s experiments can be found on pp. 634, 635 of the “Encycl. Brit.,” in the article about “Voltaic Electricity,” as well as in No. 12 of the Journal Sci. and Arts, and on p. 56, Vol. LIII of the Philosophical Magazine.

A.D. 1812.—Through the New York Columbian, of July 1812, Mr. Christopher Colles informs the public that the operation of his new telegraphs “will be shown from the top of the Custom House on Tuesdays, Thursdays and Saturdays from four to six o’clock in the afternoon.”

A.D. 1812.—Through the New York Columbian, of July 1812, Mr. Christopher Colles informs the public that his new telegraphs “will be demonstrated from the top of the Custom House on Tuesdays, Thursdays, and Saturdays from four to six in the afternoon.”

In an explanatory pamphlet, he states that “eighty-four letters can be exhibited by this machine in five minutes, to the distance of one telegraphic station averaged at ten miles, and by the same proportion a distance of 2600 miles in fifteen minutes, twenty-eight seconds.”

In an explanatory pamphlet, he states that “eighty-four letters can be shown by this machine in five minutes, to a distance of one telegraphic station averaged at ten miles, and by that same ratio a distance of 2600 miles in fifteen minutes and twenty-eight seconds.”

James D. Reid, who mentions this fact at p. 5 of his “Telegraph in America,” says that the above was nothing but the already well-known European semaphore or visual signal, and that Colles worked his “machine” between New York and Sandy Hook for several years.

James D. Reid, who mentions this fact on page 5 of his “Telegraph in America,” says that the above was just the already well-known European semaphore or visual signal, and that Colles operated his “machine” between New York and Sandy Hook for several years.

A.D. 1812.—On April 1 and 15, May 13 and June 17, Mr. M. Donovan, secretary of the Kirwanian Society of Dublin, reads before the latter body a long communication “On the Inadequacy of the Hypothesis at Present Received to Account for (explain) the Phenomena of Electricity,” which was afterward ably criticized by J. A. de Luc, as will be seen by reference to the Philosophical Magazine, Vols. XLV. pp. 97, 200, 329–332, and XLVI. pp. 13, 14. In his treatment of Eeles’ hypothesis (see A.D. 1755) Donovan gives some attention to the designed suppression by Priestley of Eeles’ valuable papers from the Philosophical Transactions.

A.D. 1812.—On April 1 and 15, May 13 and June 17, Mr. M. Donovan, secretary of the Kirwanian Society of Dublin, presents a detailed paper titled “On the Inadequacy of the Hypothesis Currently Accepted to Explain the Phenomena of Electricity,” which was later critically reviewed by J. A. de Luc, as noted in the Philosophical Magazine, Vols. XLV. pp. 97, 200, 329–332, and XLVI. pp. 13, 14. In his discussion of Eeles’ hypothesis (see CE 1755), Donovan also addresses the intentional exclusion of Eeles’ important papers from the Philosophical Transactions by Priestley.

The above communication was followed by still more valuable[419] and much longer ones, read by Mr. Donovan before the same society, February 22, March 8, and March 22, 1815, entitled “On the Origin, Progress and Present State of Galvanism ... and Inadequacy of the Hypotheses to Explain Its Phenomena ...” a modified form of which obtained for its author the prize of the Irish Royal Society.

The previous communication was followed by even more valuable[419] and much longer ones, presented by Mr. Donovan to the same society on February 22, March 8, and March 22, 1815, titled “On the Origin, Progress, and Present State of Galvanism ... and the Insufficiency of the Theories to Explain Its Phenomena ...” a revised version of which earned its author the prize from the Irish Royal Society.

The sketch of the history of galvanism is divided into three periods. The first treats of the discoveries attaching to muscular contraction, and alludes to the observations of Sulzer, Galvani, Fabbroni, Humboldt, Pfaff, Fontana, Valli, Monro, Vassalli-Eandi, Fowler, Smuck, Marsigli, Grapengieser, Giulio, Rossi, Aldini and Wells. The second period reviews the gradual development of the physical and chemical power of combined galvanic arrangements, beginning with Nicholson and Carlisle, and refers to the many conclusions reached by Cruikshanks, Henry, Haldane, Ritter, Robertson, Brugnatelli, Fourcroy, Vauquelin, Thénard, Lehot, Trommsdorff, Simon, Helwige (Major Helvig), Twast, Bourguet, Erman, Grapengieser, Wollaston, Davy, Pfaff, Van Marum, Biot, Cuvier, Desormes, Bostock, Cuthbertson, Aldini, Lagrave, Jordan, Ritter and Wilkinson. The third period commences with the well-known generalizations of the chemical effects of galvanism made by Hisinger and Berzelius; their experiments on the invisible transfer of elements at a distance, and the explanation given by Grotthus of the invisible transfer of the elements of water. Following this, Donovan alludes to the announced decomposition of muriatic acid by W. Peel, Francis Pacchiani, and others, as well as the discovery of the source of mistakes in the Galvani Society investigations by Pfaff, Biot, Thénard and Davy; after which reference is made to the special observations of Sylvester, Grotthus, Wilson, Erman, Davy, Pontin, Gay-Lussac and Thénard, Children, De Luc, Singer, Murray and Maycock.

The history of galvanism is divided into three periods. The first discusses the discoveries related to muscular contraction and mentions the observations of Sulzer, Galvani, Fabbroni, Humboldt, Pfaff, Fontana, Valli, Monro, Vassalli-Eandi, Fowler, Smuck, Marsigli, Grapengieser, Giulio, Rossi, Aldini, and Wells. The second period reviews the gradual development of the physical and chemical capabilities of combined galvanic systems, starting with Nicholson and Carlisle, and includes the many conclusions reached by Cruikshanks, Henry, Haldane, Ritter, Robertson, Brugnatelli, Fourcroy, Vauquelin, Thénard, Lehot, Trommsdorff, Simon, Helwige (Major Helvig), Twast, Bourguet, Erman, Grapengieser, Wollaston, Davy, Pfaff, Van Marum, Biot, Cuvier, Desormes, Bostock, Cuthbertson, Aldini, Lagrave, Jordan, Ritter, and Wilkinson. The third period begins with the well-known generalizations of the chemical effects of galvanism by Hisinger and Berzelius; their experiments on the invisible transfer of elements over distances, and Grotthus's explanation of the invisible transfer of the elements of water. Following this, Donovan refers to the reported decomposition of muriatic acid by W. Peel, Francis Pacchiani, and others, as well as to Pfaff, Biot, Thénard, and Davy's discovery of where mistakes occurred in the Galvani Society investigations; after which mention is made of the specific observations by Sylvester, Grotthus, Wilson, Erman, Davy, Pontin, Gay-Lussac, Thénard, Children, De Luc, Singer, Murray, and Maycock.

On the 5th of April 1815, Donovan reviewed the hypotheses of Volta and Fabbroni, as well as of the British philosophers Wollaston, Bostock and Davy, and, on the 19th of the same month, he read an additional paper on the inadequacy of the galvanic hypothesis, having previously (Dec. 28, 1814, and Jan. 11, 1815) presented to the Kirwanian Society a communication relative to a new theory of Galvanism.

On April 5, 1815, Donovan examined the theories of Volta and Fabbroni, along with those of British thinkers Wollaston, Bostock, and Davy. Then, on April 19 of the same month, he presented another paper criticizing the shortcomings of the galvanic theory, having earlier (on December 28, 1814, and January 11, 1815) shared with the Kirwanian Society a communication about a new theory of Galvanism.

References.Phil. Mag., Vols. XXXIX. p. 396; XLIV. pp. 334, 401; XLV. pp. 154, 222, 308, 381; XLVI. p. 401; XLVII. pp. 167, 204; also Vol. XXXVII. pp. 227, 245, on Mr. Davy’s erroneous hypothesis of electro-chemical affinity, and Vols. XXII and XXIII of the Trans. Royal Irish Academy for Mr. Donovan’s papers relating to improvements in the construction of galvanometers, on galvanometric deflections, etc. etc.

References.Phil. Mag., Vols. 39, p. 396; 44, pp. 334, 401; 45, pp. 154, 222, 308, 381; 46, p. 401; 47, pp. 167, 204; also Vol. 37, pp. 227, 245, regarding Mr. Davy’s incorrect hypothesis of electro-chemical affinity, and Vols. 22 and 23 of the Trans. Royal Irish Academy for Mr. Donovan’s papers on improvements in galvanometer construction, galvanometric deflections, etc. etc.

[420]

[420]

A.D. 1812.—Zamboni (Giuseppe), Italian physicist, Professor of Natural Philosophy in the Verona Lyceum, makes known through his “Della pila elettrica a secco” an improved method of constructing dry piles. He dispenses entirely with the zinc plates of De Luc and employs only discs of paper having one side tinned and the other coated with a thin layer of black oxide of manganese pulverized in a mixture of flour and milk (“Note historique sur les piles sèches,” Annales de Chimie et de Physique, Vol. XI. p. 190).

A.D. 1812.—Zamboni (Giuseppe), an Italian physicist and Professor of Natural Philosophy at the Verona Lyceum, reveals in his “Della pila elettrica a secco” an improved way to build dry piles. He completely removes the zinc plates used by De Luc and instead uses discs of paper, with one side coated in tin and the other covered with a thin layer of black manganese oxide mixed with flour and milk (“Note historique sur les piles sèches,” Annales de Chimie et de Physique, Vol. XI. p. 190).

His pile terminates in metallic plates, compressing the paper discs by means of silk ligatures, and the column is insulated by giving it a coating of either sulphur or shellac. In this apparatus the tinned surface is the positive element, the negative being the oxide of manganese, which replaces M. De Luc’s Dutch gilt paper. In the later forms of Zamboni’s pile the discs were formed of gilt and silvered paper pasted back to back. William Sturgeon remarks (“Scientific Researches,” Bury, 1850, p. 200) that the Zamboni piles are those which have been the most securely protected against the action of the ambient air and which alone have maintained their original electrical intensity.

His pile ends with metallic plates that compress the paper discs using silk ties, and the column is insulated with a coating of either sulfur or shellac. In this device, the tinned surface acts as the positive element, while the negative is the manganese oxide, which replaces M. De Luc’s Dutch gilt paper. In the later versions of Zamboni’s pile, the discs were made of gilt and silvered paper glued back to back. William Sturgeon notes (“Scientific Researches,” Bury, 1850, p. 200) that the Zamboni piles are the most effectively protected against exposure to the air and are the only ones that have preserved their original electrical intensity.

References.—Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. XV. p. 1452; K. F. Anton Von Schreibers in Gilbert’s Annalen, LV; Placidus Heinrich (Schweigger’s Journal, XV); Gustav Schübler, “Uber Zamboni’s Trockne Säule,” 1815–1816; G. F. Parrot (Gilbert’s Annalen, LV); K. C. F. Jäger in Gilbert’s Annalen, Vol. XLIX for 1815, pp. 47–66; De la Rive, “Treatise on Electricity,” Vol. II. p. 852; A. M. Ampère, Ann. de Chimie et de Phys., XXIX; John Farrar, “Elem. of Electricity,” etc., 1826, p. 179; Zamboni and Ambrogio Fusinieri, Ann. ... Reg. Lomb., Veneto, Vols. IV. pp. 128, 132; VI. pp. 31, 142, 143, 293; G. Resti-Ferrari, “Elettroscopio ... del Zamboni”; Ann. ... Reg. Lomb., Ven., Vols. II. p. 229; III. p. 290; “Verona Poligrafo” for 1831, p. 87; Mem. Soc. Ital., Vols. XXI, XXIII; Mem. dell’ Istit. Veneto, Vol. II. pp. 239, 251; G. A. Majocchi, Annali di Fisica, Vol. VIII. p. 14; “Comm. dell’ Ateneo di Brescia,” 1832, p. 38; Sturgeon’s “Researches,” Bury, 1850, pp. 147, 199, etc., for observations of A. de la Rive and Francis Watkins; Phil. Mag., Vol. XLV. pp. 67, 261; Ann. Ch. et Phys. for May 1816, Vol. II. pp. 76, etc., 82–87, and Bibl. Britan., Vol. LVII. p. 225; also Vol. LVIII. p. 111 of the O.S., Vol. II, N.S. for 1816, p. 21 as well as Vol. XL. p. 190; “Bibl. Univ.,” Bruxelles, 1831, Vol. XLVII. p. 183 (horloge électrique); “Edin. New Phil. Journal,” 1829, Vol. XXI. p. 357. See likewise the references at Hachette (A.D. 1803), Dyckhoff (A.D. 1804), Maréchaux (A.D. 1806), De Luc (A.D. 1809); the illustration and description of M. Palmieri’s dry pile in Sci. Am. Supp., Nos. 512, 519, and the accounts of investigations made more particularly by MM. Beetz, Belgrado, Burstyn, Crosse, Du Bois Reymond, De la Rive, D’Arsonval, Desruelles, Edelmann, Faraday, Gassiot, Gassner, Germain, Roul, Guérin, Haussman, Keiser, Schübler, Minotto, Pollak, Riess, Schmidt, Trouvé, Wagner, Watkins and Wolf.

Sources.—Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. XV, p. 1452; K. F. Anton Von Schreibers in Gilbert’s Annalen, LV; Placidus Heinrich (Schweigger’s Journal, XV); Gustav Schübler, “On Zamboni’s Dry Column,” 1815–1816; G. F. Parrot (Gilbert’s Annalen, LV); K. C. F. Jäger in Gilbert’s Annalen, Vol. XLIX for 1815, pp. 47–66; De la Rive, “Treatise on Electricity,” Vol. II, p. 852; A. M. Ampère, Ann. de Chimie et de Phys., XXIX; John Farrar, “Elements of Electricity,” etc., 1826, p. 179; Zamboni and Ambrogio Fusinieri, Ann. ... Reg. Lomb., Veneto, Vols. IV, pp. 128, 132; VI, pp. 31, 142, 143, 293; G. Resti-Ferrari, “Electroscope ... of Zamboni”; Ann. ... Reg. Lomb., Ven., Vols. II, p. 229; III, p. 290; “Verona Poligrafo” for 1831, p. 87; Mem. Soc. Ital., Vols. XXI, XXIII; Mem. dell’ Istit. Veneto, Vol. II, pp. 239, 251; G. A. Majocchi, Annali di Fisica, Vol. VIII, p. 14; “Comm. dell’ Ateneo di Brescia,” 1832, p. 38; Sturgeon’s “Researches,” Bury, 1850, pp. 147, 199, etc., for observations by A. de la Rive and Francis Watkins; Phil. Mag., Vol. XLV, pp. 67, 261; Ann. Ch. et Phys. for May 1816, Vol. II, pp. 76, etc., 82–87, and Bibl. Britan., Vol. LVII, p. 225; also Vol. LVIII, p. 111 of the O.S., Vol. II, N.S. for 1816, p. 21 as well as Vol. XL, p. 190; “Bibl. Univ.,” Bruxelles, 1831, Vol. XLVII, p. 183 (electric clock); “Edin. New Phil. Journal,” 1829, Vol. XXI, p. 357. See also the references at Hachette (AD 1803), Dyckhoff (CE 1804), Maréchaux (CE 1806), De Luc (A.D. 1809); the illustration and description of M. Palmieri’s dry pile in Sci. Am. Supp., Nos. 512, 519, and the accounts of investigations conducted particularly by MM. Beetz, Belgrado, Burstyn, Crosse, Du Bois Reymond, De la Rive, D’Arsonval, Desruelles, Edelmann, Faraday, Gassiot, Gassner, Germain, Roul, Guérin, Haussman, Keiser, Schübler, Minotto, Pollak, Riess, Schmidt, Trouvé, Wagner, Watkins, and Wolf.

A.D. 1812.—Schilling (Pawel Lwowitch), Baron (of Kannstadt), attaché to the Russian Embassy in Munich, and who had been two years before associated with S. T. Von Sömmering (Kuhn, p. 836), devises what he calls his “sub-aqueous galvanic conducting[421] cord”—a copper wire insulated with a thin coating of india-rubber and varnish. This was laid both underground and under the sea, and, it is asserted that, by means of an arrangement of charcoal points, he was enabled to explode powder mines across the Neva, near St. Petersburg, as well as also across the Seine, during the occupation of Paris by the allied armies.

A.D. 1812.—Schilling (Pawel Lwowitch), Baron (of Kannstadt), an attaché to the Russian Embassy in Munich, who had previously collaborated with S. T. Von Sömmering two years earlier (Kuhn, p. 836), comes up with what he calls his “sub-aqueous galvanic conducting[421] cord”—a copper wire insulated with a thin layer of rubber and varnish. This was installed both underground and underwater, and it is claimed that, through a setup of charcoal points, he was able to set off powder mines across the Neva, near St. Petersburg, as well as across the Seine, during the occupation of Paris by the allied forces.

References.—Hamel, “Bull. Acad. Petersb.,” II and IV; also Wm. F. Cooke’s reprint, 1859, pp. 20–22; Fahie’s “History,” p. 309.

Sources.—Hamel, “Bull. Acad. Petersb.,” II and IV; also Wm. F. Cooke’s reprint, 1859, pp. 20–22; Fahie’s “History,” p. 309.

From the moment Schilling first saw the telegraph of Sömmering (Aug. 13, 1810) he made many experiments (Prime’s “Life of Morse,” p. 277) with the view of introducing it into Russia and finally took a model of it to St. Petersburg during the year 1812 (“Sc. Am. Suppl.,” No. 405). Hamel states (at p. 41 of Cooke’s reprint) that one of his contrivances was exhibited to the Emperor Alexander as early as 1825. Of this, Dr. E. N. Dickerson, in his Henry Memorial Address before Princeton College, gives the date as 1824. Be that as it may, it was only after his return from China in 1832 (two years after Sömmering’s death) that, following Ampère’s suggestion as to the availment of Oersted’s discovery, he submitted the apparatus which established for him the credit of having invented the electro-magnetic telegraph.

From the moment Schilling first saw Sömmering's telegraph on August 13, 1810, he conducted numerous experiments (Prime’s “Life of Morse,” p. 277) to introduce it into Russia and eventually took a model to St. Petersburg in 1812 (“Sc. Am. Suppl.,” No. 405). Hamel mentions (p. 41 of Cooke’s reprint) that one of his inventions was shown to Emperor Alexander as early as 1825. Dr. E. N. Dickerson, in his Henry Memorial Address before Princeton College, states the date as 1824. Regardless, it was only after Schilling returned from China in 1832 (two years after Sömmering’s death) that he, following Ampère’s suggestion to utilize Oersted’s discovery, presented the apparatus that earned him recognition as the inventor of the electro-magnetic telegraph.

Many authors have erroneously described Schilling’s apparatus as consisting of a number of platinum wires insulated and bound together with a silken cord which put in motion thirty-six magnetic needles placed vertically in the centre of the multiplier by means of a species of key connecting with a galvanic pile. This account appeared at p. 43 of the “Journal des Travaux de l’Acad. de l’Industrie Française” for March 1839. The fact is that he employed but one magnetic needle and multiplier, with two leading wires, as proposed by Fechner, and was enabled by means of a combination of the deflections of the needle to the right and left to give all necessary signals for a complete correspondence by changing the poles of the battery at the ends of the wires. His call signal was given by a bell in connection with a clockwork, released by the deflection of a magnet.

Many authors have mistakenly described Schilling’s device as having multiple platinum wires wrapped and held together with a silk cord, which activated thirty-six magnetic needles positioned vertically in the center of the multiplier using a type of key connecting to a galvanic battery. This description appeared on page 43 of the “Journal des Travaux de l’Acad. de l’Industrie Française” in March 1839. The truth is, he used only one magnetic needle and one multiplier, with two leading wires, as Fechner suggested. He was able to use the combined deflections of the needle to the left and right to provide all the necessary signals for complete correspondence by switching the battery poles at the ends of the wires. His call signal was given by a bell connected to a clockwork mechanism, activated by the deflection of a magnet.

References.—For a detailed explanation of the working of Schilling’s telegraph, J. S. T. Gehler’s “Physikalisches Wörterbuch” for 1838, Vol. IX. p. 111; Fahie’s “History,” pp. 310–313; “Sc. Am. Suppl.,” No. 405, p. 6467.

References.—For a detailed explanation of how Schilling’s telegraph works, see J. S. T. Gehler’s “Physical Dictionary” from 1838, Vol. IX, p. 111; Fahie’s “History,” pp. 310–313; “Scientific American Supplement,” No. 405, p. 6467.

From the account of the telegraphic collection at the 1873 Exposition, published by Dr. Edward Zetzsche in the “Austellungblatte” of the Vienna “Neue Freie Presse,” the following is extracted: “Even after Prof. Oersted, of Copenhagen, had observed[422] the deviation of a magnetic needle under the influence of the current, neither the proposition of Ampère, at Paris, in 1820 (of employing thirty needles and sixty wires) nor that of Fechner, at Leipzig, in 1829 (twenty-four needles and forty-eight wires) gave any impulse to telegraphy. Only in 1832 did the Russian Councillor of State, Baron Schilling de Kannstadt (who had seen the telegraph of his friend Sömmering, and had made it known in Russia), invent a new instrument with but five wires, which number he subsequently reduced to one. In it, the movements of the needle were rendered more perceptible by means of little discs of paper attached to a silk thread, holding the needle in suspension. This telegraph, it is true, was not put in application on a large scale, for Schilling died in 1837, but, on the 23rd of Sept. 1835, he had already brought out his apparatus at Bonn and at Frankfort-on-the-Main, where it was seen amongst other persons by Prof. Muncke, who doubtless constructed a similar one which he took with him to Heidelberg.”

From the report on the telegraphic collection at the 1873 Exposition, published by Dr. Edward Zetzsche in the “Austellungblatte” of the Vienna “Neue Freie Presse,” the following is extracted: “Even after Prof. Oersted from Copenhagen observed[422] the movement of a magnetic needle due to an electric current, neither Ampère’s proposal in Paris in 1820 (which involved thirty needles and sixty wires) nor Fechner’s in Leipzig in 1829 (with twenty-four needles and forty-eight wires) spurred any progress in telegraphy. It wasn’t until 1832 when the Russian Councillor of State, Baron Schilling de Kannstadt (who had seen his friend Sömmering’s telegraph and introduced it to Russia), invented a new device with just five wires, later reducing it to one. This design made the needle's movements more noticeable by using small paper discs attached to a silk thread that held the needle in place. Although this telegraph was never widely adopted, as Schilling passed away in 1837, he showcased his apparatus on September 23, 1835, in Bonn and Frankfurt, where it caught the attention of Prof. Muncke, who likely built a similar one to take back to Heidelberg.”

It was only one year before his death that Schilling succeeded in obtaining the support of the Russian Government for his telegraph, and it was only after Muncke had shown it (March 6, 1836) to Wm. Fothergill Cooke, then a student in medicine at Heidelberg, that the latter produced his needle telegraph, which was followed by Cooke and Wheatstone’s still more perfect instrument in 1837 (Prime’s “Life of Morse,” pp. 265, 276). Some improvements in Schilling’s so-called deflective telegraph had, in the meantime, been made by Gauss and Weber at Göttingen, as well as by Steinheil at Munich.

It was just one year before his death that Schilling managed to get the support of the Russian Government for his telegraph. It was only after Muncke demonstrated it (March 6, 1836) to Wm. Fothergill Cooke, who was then a medical student in Heidelberg, that Cooke created his needle telegraph. This was soon followed by the even more advanced instrument developed by Cooke and Wheatstone in 1837 (Prime’s “Life of Morse,” pp. 265, 276). Meanwhile, some enhancements to Schilling’s so-called deflective telegraph were made by Gauss and Weber in Göttingen, as well as by Steinheil in Munich.

Prior to his visiting Bonn (Meeting of Naturalists—Isis, Nog., 1836) Schilling had taken the working model of his telegraph to Vienna, where he made many experiments with it in conjunction with Baron Jacquin and with Prof. Andreas von Ettinghausen. Upon his return home from Germany in 1836, he declined invitations made him to bring his instruments to England (Dr. Hamel’s St. Petersburg lecture on “The Telegraph and Baron Paul Schilling”), whilst, by direction of the Russian Commission of Inquiry, he set up an experimental telegraph in two chambers of the Palace of the Admiralty connecting the apparatus by a long line over ground and by a cable laid in the waters of the canal. The results proved so satisfactory that in May 1837 the Emperor Nicholas ordered a submarine line to be laid between St. Petersburg and Cronstadt. Schilling’s death, on the 25th of July following, prevented, however, the execution of the project.

Before his visit to Bonn (Meeting of Naturalists—Isis, Nog., 1836), Schilling took his working model of the telegraph to Vienna, where he conducted many experiments with Baron Jacquin and Prof. Andreas von Ettinghausen. After returning home from Germany in 1836, he turned down invitations to bring his instruments to England (Dr. Hamel’s St. Petersburg lecture on “The Telegraph and Baron Paul Schilling”). Instead, following directions from the Russian Commission of Inquiry, he set up an experimental telegraph in two rooms of the Palace of the Admiralty, connecting the equipment with a long line above ground and a cable laid in the canal's waters. The results were so promising that in May 1837, Emperor Nicholas ordered a submarine line to be established between St. Petersburg and Cronstadt. However, Schilling's death on July 25th of that year prevented the project from being completed.

References.—Biography in Sci. Am. Supp., No. 547, p. 8737; Polytechnic Central Journal, Nos. 31, 32 for 1838; Lumière Electrique for March 17, 1883; “Allg. Bauztg.,” 1837, No. 52, p. 440; L. Turnbull,[423] Electro. Magn. Tel. p. 223; (Hibbard’s Ev. 31; Channing, Ev. 41); Poggendorff, Vol. II. p. 798; Annales Télégraphiques for November to December 1861, p. 670; Journal Soc. of Arts for July 22, 1859, p. 598; References at Ronalds’ “Catalogue,” p. 457; Du Moncel, “Exposé,” Vol. III. p. 8 and “Traité Théorique et Pratique du Tel. Elect.,” Paris, 1864, p. 217; Comptes Rendus, Vol. VII for 1838, p. 82; Journal Franklin Inst. for 1851, p. 60; H. F. E. Lenz, “Uber die Praktische ... Galvanismus,” 1839; “Report of Smithsonian Inst.,” 1898, pp. 224–225.

References.—Biography in Sci. Am. Supp., No. 547, p. 8737; Polytechnic Central Journal, Nos. 31, 32 for 1838; Lumière Electrique for March 17, 1883; “Allg. Bauztg.,” 1837, No. 52, p. 440; L. Turnbull,[423] Electro. Magn. Tel. p. 223; (Hibbard’s Ev. 31; Channing, Ev. 41); Poggendorff, Vol. II. p. 798; Annales Télégraphiques for November to December 1861, p. 670; Journal Soc. of Arts for July 22, 1859, p. 598; References at Ronalds’ “Catalogue,” p. 457; Du Moncel, “Exposé,” Vol. III. p. 8 and “Traité Théorique et Pratique du Tel. Elect.,” Paris, 1864, p. 217; Comptes Rendus, Vol. VII for 1838, p. 82; Journal Franklin Inst. for 1851, p. 60; H. F. E. Lenz, “Über die Praktische ... Galvanismus,” 1839; “Report of Smithsonian Inst.,” 1898, pp. 224–225.

A.D. 1812–1813.—Morichini (Domenico Pini), eminent Italian physician, is the first to announce that unmagnetized steel needles can be rendered magnetic by making the focus of violet solar rays collected through a lens pass repeatedly from the middle to one end of the needle, without touching the other half (Zantedeschi, II. p. 214).

A.D. 1812–1813.—Morichini (Domenico Pini), a prominent Italian doctor, is the first to declare that unmagnetized steel needles can be turned magnetic by directing violet solar rays focused through a lens to move back and forth from the center to one end of the needle, without contacting the other half (Zantedeschi, II. p. 214).

The long contention created by this announcement and the ingenious experiments of Mrs. Somerville, together with the results obtained by P. T. Riess and L. Moser, are detailed at p. 48 of Brewster’s (1837) “Treatise on Magnetism.” At p. 12 of his article (Vol. XIV of the eighth “Britannica”), Sir David Brewster states that Morichini’s experiments were successfully repeated by both Dr. Carpi at Rome and the Marquis Ridolfi at Florence; but M. d’Hombre Firmas, at Alais, in France; Prof. Pietro Configliachi, of Pavia, and M. Berard, of Montpelier, failed in obtaining decided effects from the violet rays. In 1814 Morichini exhibited the actual experiment to Sir Humphry Davy, and in 1817 Dr. Carpi showed it to Prof. Playfair. A few months later Sir David Brewster met Davy at Geneva, and learned from him the fact that he had paid the most diligent attention to one of Morichini’s experiments, and that he had actually seen with his own eyes an unmagnetized needle rendered magnetic by violet light. Then follow in the same article the account of Dr. Carpi’s experiment as given to Brewster by Prof. Playfair, also details of the investigations of Mrs. Somerville, Mr. Christie, Sir William Snow Harris, Prof. Zantedeschi, of MM. Baumgartner and Barlocci, as well as those of Riess and Moser above alluded to.

The lengthy debate sparked by this announcement and the clever experiments by Mrs. Somerville, along with the findings from P. T. Riess and L. Moser, are outlined on page 48 of Brewster’s (1837) “Treatise on Magnetism.” On page 12 of his article (Vol. XIV of the eighth “Britannica”), Sir David Brewster mentions that Morichini’s experiments were successfully replicated by both Dr. Carpi in Rome and the Marquis Ridolfi in Florence; however, M. d’Hombre Firmas in Alais, France; Prof. Pietro Configliachi in Pavia; and M. Berard in Montpellier were not able to achieve notable effects using the violet rays. In 1814, Morichini demonstrated the actual experiment to Sir Humphry Davy, and in 1817 Dr. Carpi presented it to Prof. Playfair. A few months later, Sir David Brewster met Davy in Geneva and learned from him that he had closely observed one of Morichini’s experiments and had actually seen an unmagnetized needle become magnetic when exposed to violet light. The same article then continues with Dr. Carpi’s experiment as recounted to Brewster by Prof. Playfair, as well as details of the research conducted by Mrs. Somerville, Mr. Christie, Sir William Snow Harris, Prof. Zantedeschi, and Messrs. Baumgartner and Barlocci, along with Riess and Moser mentioned earlier.

References.—“Elogio storico del Cavaliere D. Morichini” in Mem. della Soc. Ital., Vol. XXVI. p. 3; Riess and Moser in Phil. Mag. or Annals, Vol. VIII. p. 155, 1830 and in Edin. Trans., Vol. X. p. 123; “Library of Useful Knowledge” (El. Mag.), p. 97; Zeitschrift, Vol. I. p. 263; Noad, “Manual,” pp. 532, 533; the article of Col. George Gibbs in Silliman’s Amer. Jour. of Sci., 1818, Vol. I. pp. 89, 90; Annales de Chimie, Vol. XLII. p. 304; Brewster’s “Optics,” p. 92; also articles “Optics,” p. 596, “Light,” p. 452 and “Electricity,” p. 569 of the eighth “Britannica”; Edin. Jour. of Sci., No. 4, p. 225; B. Gandolfi, “Antologia Romana,” 1797; Harris, “Rud. Mag.,” Parts I, II. p. 69; Phil. Trans. for 1826, pp. 132, 219; D. Olmstead, “Int. to Nat. Phil.,” 1835, Vol. II. p. 194. See also Thomas Thomson’s “Outline of the Sci.,” p. 514, and Berzelius’ “Traité de Chimie,” Vol. I. p. 138 for Morichini’s observations on galvanic energy; “Bibl. Brit.,” Vol. LII, 1813, p. 21;[424] Vol. LIII, 1813, p. 195; Vol. LIV, 1813, p. 171 (Experiments of G. Babini in Florence); Vol. IV, N.S., 1817, pp. 1–8; Vol. V, N.S., 1817, p. 167; Vol. VI, N.S., 1817, p. 81; Vol. XI, N.S., 1819, p. 29 for the experiments of L. A. d’Hombre Firmas on Morichini’s violet rays, whilst p. 174 of the same issue gives J. Murray’s investigations as recorded in the “Phil. Mag.” for April 1819.

References.—“Historical Eulogy of Cavalier D. Morichini” in Mem. della Soc. Ital., Vol. XXVI. p. 3; Riess and Moser in Phil. Mag. or Annals, Vol. VIII. p. 155, 1830 and in Edin. Trans., Vol. X. p. 123; “Library of Useful Knowledge” (El. Mag.), p. 97; Zeitschrift, Vol. I. p. 263; Noad, “Manual,” pp. 532, 533; the article by Col. George Gibbs in Silliman’s Amer. Jour. of Sci., 1818, Vol. I. pp. 89, 90; Annales de Chimie, Vol. XLII. p. 304; Brewster’s “Optics,” p. 92; also articles “Optics,” p. 596, “Light,” p. 452 and “Electricity,” p. 569 of the eighth “Britannica”; Edin. Jour. of Sci., No. 4, p. 225; B. Gandolfi, “Antologia Romana,” 1797; Harris, “Rud. Mag.,” Parts I, II. p. 69; Phil. Trans. for 1826, pp. 132, 219; D. Olmstead, “Int. to Nat. Phil.,” 1835, Vol. II. p. 194. See also Thomas Thomson’s “Outline of the Sci.,” p. 514, and Berzelius’ “Traité de Chimie,” Vol. I. p. 138 for Morichini’s observations on galvanic energy; “Bibl. Brit.,” Vol. LII, 1813, p. 21; [424] Vol. LIII, 1813, p. 195; Vol. LIV, 1813, p. 171 (Experiments of G. Babini in Florence); Vol. IV, N.S., 1817, pp. 1–8; Vol. V, N.S., 1817, p. 167; Vol. VI, N.S., 1817, p. 81; Vol. XI, N.S., 1819, p. 29 for the experiments of L. A. d’Hombre Firmas on Morichini’s violet rays, while p. 174 of the same issue gives J. Murray’s investigations as recorded in the “Phil. Mag.” for April 1819.

Peter (Pietro) Configliachi, already named, was the successor of Volta as Professor of Natural Philosophy at the Pavia University, and became editor of the “Biblioteca Fisica d’Europa,” the “Biblioteca Germanica,” the “Biblioteca Italiana” and the “Giornale di Fisica, Chimica e Storia Naturale” (Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. IV. p. 908; J. J. Prechtl, in Schweigger’s Journal, Vol. IV for 1812; Fr. Mochetti, “Lettera al P. Configliachi,” Como, 1814; “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. LVIII, 1815, p. 305 and Vol. IV of the N.S. for 1817, pp. 1–8).

Peter (Pietro) Configliachi, as mentioned earlier, succeeded Volta as the Professor of Natural Philosophy at Pavia University. He also became the editor of the “Biblioteca Fisica d’Europa,” the “Biblioteca Germanica,” the “Biblioteca Italiana,” and the “Giornale di Fisica, Chimica e Storia Naturale” (Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. IV. p. 908; J. J. Prechtl, in Schweigger’s Journal, Vol. IV for 1812; Fr. Mochetti, “Lettera al P. Configliachi,” Como, 1814; “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. LVIII, 1815, p. 305 and Vol. IV of the N.S. for 1817, pp. 1–8).

A.D. 1813.—Sharpe (John Robert), of Doe Hill, near Alfreton, transmits to the Repertory of Arts a letter, which appeared in its Vol. XXIX, second series, p. 23, wherein he alludes to p. 188, Vol. XXIV of the same series, containing an account of Sömmering’s apparatus. He says:

A.D. 1813.—Sharpe (John Robert), from Doe Hill, near Alfreton, sends a letter to the Repertory of Arts, which was published in Vol. XXIX, second series, p. 23. In it, he references p. 188, Vol. XXIV of the same series, which includes a description of Sömmering’s apparatus. He says:

“Without the slightest wish to throw a doubt over the originality of Mr. Sömmering’s invention, I beg leave to mention that an experiment, showing the advantages to be obtained from the application of the certain and rapid motion of the electric principle through an extensive voltaic circuit to the purpose of the ordinary telegraph, was exhibited by me before the Right Hon. the Lords of the Admiralty, in the beginning of February 1813.”

“Without any intention of questioning the originality of Mr. Sömmering’s invention, I’d like to point out that I demonstrated an experiment in early February 1813 to the Right Hon. the Lords of the Admiralty, showing the benefits of using the consistent and quick motion of the electric principle through a large voltaic circuit for the standard telegraph.”

It is said that the Lords of the Admiralty spoke approvingly of it, but stated that as the war was over, and money scarce, they could not carry it into effect (Saturday Review for August 21, 1858, p. 190).

It is said that the Lords of the Admiralty approved of it, but mentioned that since the war was over and money was tight, they couldn’t implement it (Saturday Review for August 21, 1858, p. 190).

Ronalds says (“Catal.,” p. 473):

Ronalds states (“Catal.,” p. 473):

“No description of this telegraph appears to have been printed. It was mentioned at the Admiralty after the invention and full description of Sömmering’s, described fully and with figures in the Denkschriften of the Academy of Munich for 1809–1810, issued in 1811.”

“No description of this telegraph seems to have been published. It was referenced at the Admiralty following the invention and detailed description of Sömmering’s device, which is fully described with illustrations in the Denkschriften of the Academy of Munich for 1809–1810, released in 1811.”

Mr. Benjamin Sharpe, nephew of J. R. Sharpe, is the author of “A Treatise on the Construction and Submersion of Deep-Sea Electric Telegraph Cables,” London, 1861, wherein he alludes to the above, and asserts that his uncle “conveyed signals a distance of seven miles under water” (Fahie’s “History,” pp. 244–246; Sci. Am. Supp., No. 404, pp. 6, 446).

Mr. Benjamin Sharpe, the nephew of J. R. Sharpe, is the author of “A Treatise on the Construction and Submersion of Deep-Sea Electric Telegraph Cables,” published in London in 1861. In this work, he references the above and claims that his uncle “conveyed signals over a distance of seven miles underwater” (Fahie’s “History,” pp. 244–246; Sci. Am. Supp., No. 404, pp. 6, 446).

[425]

[425]

A.D. 1813.—Deleuze (Joseph Philippe François), French physician, publishes his “Histoire Critique du Magnétisme Animal,” containing the result of observations made by him during the previous twenty-five years upon animal magnetism.

A.D. 1813.—Deleuze (Joseph Philippe François), a French doctor, publishes his “Histoire Critique du Magnétisme Animal,” which includes the results of his observations on animal magnetism over the past twenty-five years.

According to Dr. Allen Thomson, of the University of Glasgow, Deleuze believed in the existence of an all-pervading magnetic fluid. This fluid, says he, is under the control of the will, and is constantly escaping from our bodies, forming around them an atmosphere, which, having no determinate current, does not act sensibly on the person near us; but, when urged and directed by our volition, it moves with all the force which we impress upon it; it is moved like the luminous rays emitted by substances in a state of combustion. The chief difference between the Deleuze and Puységur schools has reference to the various modes in which the magnetic fluid should be brought into action, and the suitable occasions for its employment.

According to Dr. Allen Thomson from the University of Glasgow, Deleuze believed in a universal magnetic fluid. He stated that this fluid is influenced by our will and constantly flows away from our bodies, creating an atmosphere around us. This atmosphere doesn’t have a specific current, so it doesn’t noticeably affect those nearby. However, when we focus our intention on it, it moves with the full force we apply; it's similar to how light rays move from burning substances. The main difference between the Deleuze and Puységur schools relates to the different ways to activate the magnetic fluid and the appropriate situations for its use.

During the year 1815 the Magnetic Society was established in Paris, with M. De Puységur as its president and M. Deleuze as vice-president, but it expired in 1820. In 1819 M. Deleuze had published his “Défense du Magnétisme Animal,” in reply to the attack made upon the subject by M. Virey through the “Dictionnaire des Sciences Médicales,” and he was followed, more particularly, by M. Bertrand, who issued in 1823 his “Traité du Somnambulisme,” and in 1826 his still more important work, “Du Magnétisme Animal en France,” etc. Respecting the last named Deleuze says:

During the year 1815, the Magnetic Society was founded in Paris, with M. De Puységur as its president and M. Deleuze as vice-president, but it ceased to exist in 1820. In 1819, M. Deleuze published his “Défense du Magnétisme Animal” in response to the criticism of the topic by M. Virey in the “Dictionnaire des Sciences Médicales.” He was followed, especially, by M. Bertrand, who released his “Traité du Somnambulisme” in 1823 and in 1826 published his even more significant work, “Du Magnétisme Animal en France,” etc. Regarding the latter, Deleuze says:

“Of all the attacks directed against magnetism up to the present day, this is the most powerful, the most imposing, and the most ably combined. The author is a man of genius, etc. He has been occupied with magnetism for some years. He has joined its practice to that of medicine, and he has even taught its doctrines in public lectures. A more attentive examination and new experiments have dissuaded him from a belief which he himself propagated; he undertakes to undeceive others, and to prove that magnetism is a mere chimera. Certainly his conviction must be very strong.”

“Of all the attacks on magnetism so far, this one is the most powerful, impressive, and skillfully executed. The author is a genius, etc. He has been involved with magnetism for several years. He has combined its practice with medicine, and he has even taught its principles in public lectures. A closer examination and new experiments have changed his mind about a belief he once promoted; he is now determined to correct others and to prove that magnetism is nothing more than an illusion. Clearly, he must have a very strong conviction.”

References.—Article “Somnambulism,” in the “Britannica,” more especially for a review of, and extracts from, Deleuze’s great work, also the translation of the latter by T. C. Hartshorn, of which the enlarged fourth edition was published at London in 1850, accompanied by notes and a life by Dr. Foissac.

Sources.—Article “Somnambulism” in the “Britannica,” especially for a review and excerpts from Deleuze’s major work, as well as the translation by T. C. Hartshorn, whose expanded fourth edition was published in London in 1850, along with notes and a biography by Dr. Foissac.

A.D. 1813.—Brande (William Thomas), F.R.S., succeeds Sir Humphry Davy as Professor of Chemistry to the Royal Institution after having long been his assistant.

A.D. 1813.—Brande (William Thomas), F.R.S., takes over from Sir Humphry Davy as the Professor of Chemistry at the Royal Institution after serving as his assistant for a long time.

He was already favourably known through a long line of interesting[426] chemical experiments, one of which, treating of the effects of the galvanic current on albumen, had attracted very particular attention at the time it was communicated to the Philosophical Transactions. When he applied Davy’s method to fluids containing albumen, the albumen and acid were found at the positive pole and the albumen and alkali at the negative pole, and he also observed that, although it remained fluid with a weak battery, a stronger one caused it to be separated in a coagulated form. In like experiments subsequently made by Golding Bird, coagulation took place in the positive vessel, while none occurred in the negative; after a time the contents of the former had an acid taste, and of the latter a caustic alkaline flavour. When all in the positive vessel was coagulated by the galvanic action, he found there hydrochloric acid mixed with chlorine and the alkali in the negative vessel.

He was already well known for a series of interesting [426] chemical experiments, one of which, about the effects of the galvanic current on albumen, had drawn significant attention when it was presented to the Philosophical Transactions. When he used Davy’s method on fluids containing albumen, he found that albumen and acid collected at the positive pole, while albumen and alkali gathered at the negative pole. He also noticed that with a weak battery, the substance remained liquid, but a stronger one caused it to separate into a coagulated form. In similar experiments later conducted by Golding Bird, coagulation occurred in the positive vessel, but none happened in the negative. After a while, the contents of the positive vessel had an acidic taste, whereas the negative vessel had a caustic alkaline flavor. Once everything in the positive vessel was coagulated by the galvanic action, he discovered hydrochloric acid mixed with chlorine and alkali in the negative vessel.

He also repeated the experiments of Davy on the light developed by charcoal points connected with a powerful galvanic battery, and found that this light was as effectual as solar light in decomposing muriate of silver and other bodies, and in acting upon hydrogen and chlorine gases, causing them to detonate, but he could not produce the same effect by the moon’s rays or by any other light.

He also repeated Davy's experiments on the light produced by charcoal points connected to a strong galvanic battery and discovered that this light was just as effective as sunlight in breaking down silver chloride and other substances, as well as in reacting with hydrogen and chlorine gases, making them explode. However, he couldn't achieve the same results using moonlight or any other type of light.

The electricity developed in flame, which had received much attention from Paul Erman and others, was likewise investigated by Prof. Brande, whose conclusions are to be found detailed at Sec. III. chap. iii. part i. of the “Electricity” article in the “Encyclopædia Britannica.” Therein is recalled the fact that A. L. Lavoisier, P. S. Laplace and Aless. Volta previously obtained clear indications of electricity by the combustion of charcoal, while H. B. de Saussure failed to develop electricity either by the combustion or explosion of gunpowder, and Humphry Davy could not obtain it through the combustion of charcoal or of iron in air or in pure oxygen. In the above-named article will also be found an account of the investigations of Pouillet and of Becquerel in the same line; some of the other well-known scientists who have treated more or less directly upon the subject being E. F. Dutour, J. S. Waitz, J. J. Hemmer, Heinrich Buff, G. Gurney, Carlo Matteucci, W. R. Grove, Michael Faraday, M. A. Bancalari, W. G. Hankel, F. Zantedeschi and M. Neyreneuf.

The electricity generated in flames, which attracted a lot of interest from Paul Erman and others, was also studied by Prof. Brande, whose findings are detailed in Sec. III. chap. iii. part i. of the “Electricity” article in the “Encyclopædia Britannica.” The article recalls that A. L. Lavoisier, P. S. Laplace, and Aless. Volta previously found clear signs of electricity from burning charcoal, while H. B. de Saussure did not manage to produce electricity through the burning or exploding of gunpowder, and Humphry Davy couldn't get it from burning charcoal or iron in air or pure oxygen. This article also includes an overview of the research conducted by Pouillet and Becquerel in this area; other notable scientists who have discussed the topic to varying degrees include E. F. Dutour, J. S. Waitz, J. J. Hemmer, Heinrich Buff, G. Gurney, Carlo Matteucci, W. R. Grove, Michael Faraday, M. A. Bancalari, W. G. Hankel, F. Zantedeschi, and M. Neyreneuf.

References.Phil. Mag., Vol. XLIV. p. 124; Phil. Mag. or Annals, Vol. IX. p. 237; Annales de Chimie, 5e série, Vol. II; Phil. Trans. for 1809 and 1820; Mémoires de Mathématiques, Vol. II. p. 246; “Cat. Sc. Pap. Roy. Soc.,” Vol. I. p. 48; “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. LVII, 1814, p. 11.

Sources.Phil. Mag., Vol. 44, p. 124; Phil. Mag. or Annals, Vol. IX, p. 237; Annales de Chimie, 5e série, Vol. II; Phil. Trans. for 1809 and 1820; Mémoires de Mathématiques, Vol. II, p. 246; “Cat. Sc. Pap. Roy. Soc.,” Vol. I, p. 48; “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. 57, 1814, p. 11.

A.D. 1813.—Colonel Mark Beaufoy (already alluded to at Graham, A.D. 1722), describes in the first volume of Dr. Thomas[427] Thomson’s Annals of Philosophy what has by many been called the most perfect form known of the variation compass. It is also to be found illustrated at p. 81, Vol. XIV of the eighth “Britannica,” wherein it is said that he employed it in the valuable series of magnetic observations made by him between the years 1813 and 1821. It consists of a telescope, underneath the axis of which is a magnetic needle whose position is alterable in order to indicate the exact angle of deviation, or the declination of the needle from the true meridian.

A.D. 1813.—Colonel Mark Beaufoy (previously mentioned at Graham, CE 1722) describes in the first volume of Dr. Thomas[427] Thomson’s Annals of Philosophy what many consider to be the most advanced version of the variation compass. It's also illustrated on p. 81, Vol. XIV of the eighth “Britannica,” where it’s noted that he used this device during his important series of magnetic observations conducted from 1813 to 1821. It features a telescope, with a magnetic needle positioned beneath the axis, which can be adjusted to show the precise angle of deviation, or the declination of the needle from the true meridian.

Brewster states (eighth “Brit.,” Vol. XIV. p. 54) that when the diurnal variation of the needle was first discovered it was supposed to have only two changes in its movements during the day. About 7 a.m. its north end began to deviate to the west, and about 2 p.m. it reached its maximum westerly deviation. It then returned to the eastward to its first position, and remained stationary till it again resumed its westerly course in the following morning. When magnetic observations became more accurate, it was found that the diurnal movement commences much earlier than 7 a.m., but its motion is to the east. At 7.30 a.m. it reaches its greatest easterly deviation, and then begins its movement to the west till 2 p.m. It then returns to the eastward till the evening, when it has again a slight westerly motion; and in the course of the night, or early in the morning, it reaches the point from which it set out twenty-four hours before. The most accurate observations made in England were those of Colonel Beaufoy, when the variation was about 24½´ west. In these the absolute maxima were earlier than in Canton’s observations, and the second maximum west about 11 p.m. Dr. Thomas Thomson alludes to the diurnal investigations of Barlow and Christie and others, and gives (“Outline of the Sciences,” London, 1830, pp. 543–550) a table of the mean monthly variation of the compass from April 1817 to March 1819 as determined by Colonel Beaufoy. Mr. Peter Barlow, he says, has given in his “Essay on Magnetic Attractions” a very ingenious and plausible explanation of the daily variation by supposing the sun to possess a certain magnetic action on the needle.

Brewster mentions (eighth "Brit.," Vol. XIV. p. 54) that when the daily change of the needle was first noticed, it was thought to have only two shifts in its movements throughout the day. Around 7 a.m., its north end began to shift to the west, peaking in its westerly deviation around 2 p.m. It then moved back to the east to its original position and stayed there until it resumed its westerly movement the next morning. As magnetic measurements became more precise, it was discovered that the daily movement starts much earlier than 7 a.m., but it moves east at first. By 7:30 a.m., it reaches its highest easterly shift and then starts moving back west until 2 p.m. It then shifts back east until the evening, when it shows a slight westerly movement again; during the night or early morning, it returns to the point it started from twenty-four hours earlier. The most precise observations in England were made by Colonel Beaufoy, when the variation was about 24½' west. In these observations, the absolute maxima occurred earlier than in Canton’s findings, with the second maximum west around 11 p.m. Dr. Thomas Thomson refers to the daily studies by Barlow and Christie and others, and provides a table of the average monthly variation of the compass from April 1817 to March 1819 as determined by Colonel Beaufoy ("Outline of the Sciences," London, 1830, pp. 543–550). He notes that Mr. Peter Barlow offered a clever and convincing explanation of the daily variation in his "Essay on Magnetic Attractions" by suggesting that the sun exerts a magnetic influence on the needle.

References.Phil. Mag., Vol. LIII, 1819, p. 387; LV, 1820, p. 394; W. S. Harris, “Rud. Mag.,” Parts I, II, pp. 150–152; “Encycl. Metrop.,” Vol. III (Magnetism), pp. 766, 767; Annals of Phil., series 1, Vols. II, VI, IX, XVI, and N.S., Vol. I. p. 94, for Beaufoy’s own summary of all his observations.

References.Phil. Mag., Vol. 53, 1819, p. 387; Vol. 55, 1820, p. 394; W. S. Harris, “Rud. Mag.,” Parts I, II, pp. 150–152; “Encycl. Metrop.,” Vol. 3 (Magnetism), pp. 766, 767; Annals of Phil., series 1, Vols. 2, 6, 9, 16, and N.S., Vol. 1, p. 94, for Beaufoy’s own summary of all his observations.

A.D. 1814.—Mr. Thomas Howldy addresses to the Philosophical Magazine a letter, dated Hereford, March 24, 1814, relative to “Experiments evincing the influence of atmospheric moisture on an electric column composed of 1000 discs of zinc and silver,” wherein[428] he also makes reference to the dry pile of J. A. De Luc alluded to at A.D. 1809.

A.D. 1814.—Mr. Thomas Howldy submits a letter to the Philosophical Magazine, dated Hereford, March 24, 1814, about “Experiments showing the effect of atmospheric moisture on an electric column made up of 1000 discs of zinc and silver,” in which[428] he also mentions the dry pile of J. A. De Luc referenced in CE 1809.

References.Phil. Mag., Vol. XLIII. pp. 241, 363, and Nicholson’s Journal, Vol. XXXV. p. 84; also the Phil. Mag., Vol. XLI. p. 393, for a description of the electric column of 20,000 pairs of zinc and silver plates, and others, constructed during the previous year (1813) by Mr. George J. Singer.

References.Phil. Mag., Vol. 43, pp. 241, 363, and Nicholson’s Journal, Vol. 35, p. 84; also the Phil. Mag., Vol. 41, p. 393, for a description of the electric column made up of 20,000 pairs of zinc and silver plates, along with others, built the previous year (1813) by Mr. George J. Singer.

The above-named letter was followed (Phil. Mag., Vols. XLVI. pp. 401–408, and XLVII. p. 285) by a communication on the “Franklinian Theory of the Leyden Jar ... with Some Remarks on Mr. Donovan’s Experiments,” and by another letter sent to MM. R. Taylor and R. Phillips (Phil. Mag. or Annals, Vol. I. p. 343) relative to the paper of William Sturgeon “On the Inflammation of Gunpowder by Electricity,” which appeared at p. 20 of the last-named book.

The letter mentioned above was followed (Phil. Mag., Vols. XLVI. pp. 401–408, and XLVII. p. 285) by a message about the "Franklinian Theory of the Leyden Jar ... with Some Remarks on Mr. Donovan’s Experiments," and by another letter sent to MM. R. Taylor and R. Phillips (Phil. Mag. or Annals, Vol. I. p. 343) concerning William Sturgeon's paper "On the Inflammation of Gunpowder by Electricity," which appeared on p. 20 of the previously mentioned book.

An interchange of correspondence not long since through the columns of the London Electrical Review, for the purpose of ascertaining the period of the earliest use of carbon as a resistant, brought forth an extract from the “Treatise on Atmospheric Electricity,” published at London and Edinburgh, 1830, by Mr. John Murray, of Glasgow, which reads as follows: “Mr. Howldy, of Hereford, an ingenious electrician, has by some novel experiments clearly proved the increased power of electricity if retarded in its progress; instead of using tubes of glass filled with water, as Mr. Woodward had done, he has employed a glass tube supplied with lamp black.”

A recent exchange of letters in the London Electrical Review aimed at determining when carbon was first used as a resistor highlighted an excerpt from “Treatise on Atmospheric Electricity,” published in London and Edinburgh in 1830 by Mr. John Murray of Glasgow. It states: “Mr. Howldy, an innovative electrician from Hereford, has clearly demonstrated through some novel experiments that electricity has greater power when its progress is slowed down; instead of using glass tubes filled with water like Mr. Woodward did, he used a glass tube filled with lamp black.”

A.D. 1814.—Murray (John), Scotch physician and chemist, also Ph.D., and Professor of Chemistry and Materia Medica in the Edinburgh University, is the author of works entitled, “On Electrical Phenomena, and on the new substance called Jod (Iode),” also “On the Phenomena of Electricity,” published at London, respectively, during the years 1814 and 1815 (Tilloch’s Phil. Mag., Vols. XLIII. pp. 270–272; XLV. pp. 38–41; “Catalogue Sci. Pap. Roy. Soc.,” Vol. IV. pp. 556–557).

A.D. 1814.—John Murray, a Scottish physician and chemist, also Ph.D., and Professor of Chemistry and Materia Medica at Edinburgh University, is the author of works titled “On Electrical Phenomena, and on the new substance called Iodine,” as well as “On the Phenomena of Electricity,” published in London in 1814 and 1815, respectively (Tilloch’s Phil. Mag., Vols. XLIII. pp. 270–272; XLV. pp. 38–41; “Catalogue Sci. Pap. Roy. Soc.,” Vol. IV. pp. 556–557).

Dr. John Murray died July 22, 1820, in Edinburgh, the place of his birth, as will be seen by reference to Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. XI. p. 706, and to Poggendorff, Vol. II. pp. 243, 244. He should not be confounded, as has been done by many, with Mr. John Murray, whose papers, read before the Royal Society (“Catalogue Scientific Papers,” Vol. IV. pp. 557–559; Vol. VI. p. 731), treat of the relations of caloric to magnetism, of the unequal distribution of caloric in voltaic action, etc., of aerolites, of the decomposition of metallic salts by the magnet, of the ignition of wires by the galvanic battery, of lightning rods, conductors, etc. (These[429] papers appear in Tilloch’s Phil. Mag., Vols. LIV, 1819, pp. 39–43; LVIII, 1821, pp. 380–382; LX, 1822, pp. 358–361; LXI, 1823, p. 207; LXII, 1823, p. 74; LXIII, 1824, pp. 130, 131; L. F. von Froriep, “Notizen ...” for 1823, Vol. IV. col. 198; Edin. Phil. Jour., Vols. XIV for 1826, pp. 57–62; XVIII for 1828, pp. 88–91; and in Sturgeon’s Annals, Vols. III for 1838–1839, pp. 64–68; VII for 1841, pp. 82–83.)

Dr. John Murray died on July 22, 1820, in Edinburgh, where he was born, as you can see by looking at Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. XI, p. 706, and Poggendorff, Vol. II, pp. 243, 244. He should not be confused, as many have done, with Mr. John Murray, whose papers presented to the Royal Society (“Catalogue Scientific Papers,” Vol. IV, pp. 557–559; Vol. VI, p. 731) discuss the relationship between heat and magnetism, the uneven distribution of heat in galvanic action, etc., meteorites, the breakdown of metallic salts by magnets, the heating of wires by galvanic batteries, lightning rods, conductors, and more. (These[429] papers are found in Tilloch’s Phil. Mag., Vols. LIV, 1819, pp. 39–43; LVIII, 1821, pp. 380–382; LX, 1822, pp. 358–361; LXI, 1823, p. 207; LXII, 1823, p. 74; LXIII, 1824, pp. 130, 131; L. F. von Froriep, “Notizen ...” for 1823, Vol. IV, col. 198; Edin. Phil. Jour., Vols. XIV for 1826, pp. 57–62; XVIII for 1828, pp. 88–91; and in Sturgeon’s Annals, Vols. III for 1838–1839, pp. 64–68; VII for 1841, pp. 82–83.)

Mr. John Murray is said to have been a lecturer on experimental philosophy, and one of his most interesting reviews is the one appearing at p. 62, Vol. XLIII of the Phil. Mag. regarding Ezekiel Walker’s theory of combustion as deduced from galvanic phenomena. Murray thinks there is much obscurity in Mr. Walker’s solution, which arises “from his using indiscriminately the terms heat (caloric) and combustion. Now caloric (the matter of heat) and combustion (the act of ignition) are not identical. What may be collected, however, from the general tenor of that paper is the theory of Lavoisier in a new dress.”

Mr. John Murray is said to have been a lecturer on experimental philosophy, and one of his most interesting reviews is the one appearing on p. 62, Vol. XLIII of the Phil. Mag. regarding Ezekiel Walker’s theory of combustion based on galvanic phenomena. Murray thinks there is a lot of confusion in Mr. Walker’s solution, which comes from his using the terms heat (caloric) and combustion interchangeably. Caloric (the matter of heat) and combustion (the act of ignition) are not the same. However, what can be gathered from the overall message of that paper is Lavoisier’s theory in a new form.

At p. 17 of this same volume is a paper from Mr. John Webster on the agency of electricity in contributing the peculiar properties of bodies and producing combustion, while, at p. 20, is a letter from Mr. George J. Singer wherein he calls Mr. Walker a novice in the science of electricity, saying that among other things he “has yet to learn that a conducting body supported by dry glass and surrounded by dry air may be still very far from being insulated.”

At page 17 of this same volume, there is a paper by Mr. John Webster discussing how electricity contributes to the unique properties of materials and causes combustion. On page 20, there's a letter from Mr. George J. Singer in which he refers to Mr. Walker as a beginner in the field of electricity, stating that among other things, he "still needs to understand that a conducting body held up by dry glass and surrounded by dry air may still be far from actually being insulated."

The treatise of Mr. John Murray on “Atmospheric Electricity” previously alluded to (at Thomas Howldy, A.D. 1814) was translated into French (“Mém. de l’Elec. Atm.”) by J. R. D. Riffault, Paris, 1831.

The report by Mr. John Murray on “Atmospheric Electricity,” mentioned earlier (at Thomas Howldy, CE 1814), was translated into French (“Mém. de l’Elec. Atm.”) by J. R. D. Riffault, in Paris, 1831.

References.Phil. Mag., Vols. XLIII. p. 175; L. pp. 145, 312; LII. p. 60; LIII. pp. 268, 468; LVIII. p. 387; LX. p. 61; LXI. p. 394; LXII. p. 456; LXIII. p. 130; also pp. 306, 307 of Fahie’s “History,” regarding John Murray’s “Notes to Assist the Memory in Various Sciences.”

References.Phil. Mag., Vols. 43, p. 175; L, pp. 145, 312; LII, p. 60; LIII, pp. 268, 468; LVIII, p. 387; LX, p. 61; LXI, p. 394; LXII, p. 456; LXIII, p. 130; also pp. 306, 307 of Fahie’s “History,” about John Murray’s “Notes to Assist the Memory in Various Sciences.”

A.D. 1814.—Wedgwood (Ralph), member of the family whose name is inseparably connected with one of the most beautiful manufactures of pottery, completes an electric telegraph, upon which he has been steadily at work from 1806. Of its construction or mode of action he appears, however, to have left no particulars.

A.D. 1814.—Wedgwood (Ralph), a member of the family known for being linked to one of the most beautiful pottery manufacturers, finishes an electric telegraph that he has been working on since 1806. However, he seems to have provided no details about its construction or how it works.

At pp. 178 and 180 of “The Wedgwoods ...” by Llewellyn Jewett, London, 1865, appears the following:

At pages 178 and 180 of “The Wedgwoods ...” by Llewellyn Jewett, London, 1865, there is the following:

“This Thomas Wedgwood was, I believe, cousin to Josiah, being son of Aaron Wedgwood, etc., etc. ... He was a man of high scientific attainments, and has the reputation of being the first inventor of the electric telegraph (afterward so ably carried out by[430] his son Ralph) and of many other valuable works.... In 1806 Ralph Wedgwood established himself at Charing Cross, and soon afterward his whole attention began to be engrossed with his scheme of the electric telegraph, which in the then unsettled state of the kingdom—in the midst of war, it must be remembered—he considered would be of the utmost importance to the government. In 1814, having perfected his scheme, he submitted his proposals to Lord Castlereagh, and most anxiously waited the result ... was informed that ‘the war being at an end, the old system was sufficient for the country.’ The plan, therefore, fell to the ground, until Prof. Wheatstone, in happier and more enlightened times, again brought up the subject with such eminent success. The plan thus brought forward by Ralph Wedgwood, in 1814, and of which, as I have stated, he received the first idea from his father, was described by him in a pamphlet, entitled ‘An Address to the Public on the Advantages of a Proposed Introduction of the Stylographic Principle of Writing Into General Use; And Also an Improved Species of Telegraphy, Calculated for the Use of the Public, as Well as for the Government.’”

"This Thomas Wedgwood was, I think, a cousin to Josiah, being the son of Aaron Wedgwood, etc., etc. ... He was a man of significant scientific expertise and is known as the first inventor of the electric telegraph (later successfully developed by[430] his son Ralph) and many other valuable creations.... In 1806, Ralph Wedgwood set up his business at Charing Cross, and shortly after, he directed all his attention to his electric telegraph project, which he believed would be extremely important for the government given the unstable conditions of the kingdom—in the midst of war, it should be noted. In 1814, after perfecting his idea, he presented his proposals to Lord Castlereagh and eagerly awaited the outcome... only to be told that ‘with the war over, the old system was sufficient for the country.’ Thus, the plan was abandoned until Professor Wheatstone, in a more fortunate and enlightened era, revived the topic with great success. The plan proposed by Ralph Wedgwood in 1814, which, as I mentioned, he initially got from his father, was outlined in a pamphlet titled ‘An Address to the Public on the Advantages of a Proposed Introduction of the Stylographic Principle of Writing Into General Use; And Also an Improved Species of Telegraphy, Calculated for the Use of the Public, as Well as for the Government.’"

The pamphlet is dated May 29, 1815. Fahie gives (“History,” pp. 125–127) extracts both from this pamphlet, regarding the electric Fulguri-Polygraph, and from the communication of Mr. W. R. Wedgwood to the Commercial Magazine for December 1846, urging his father’s claims to a share in the discovery of the electric telegraph.

The pamphlet is dated May 29, 1815. Fahie provides (“History,” pp. 125–127) excerpts from this pamphlet concerning the electric Fulguri-Polygraph, as well as from a communication by Mr. W. R. Wedgwood to the Commercial Magazine in December 1846, advocating for his father's claims to a share in the discovery of the electric telegraph.

References.—“Life of Wedgwood,” by Miss Meteyard, 2 vols., 1865–1866; J. D. Reid, “The Telegraph in America,” p. 70.

References.—“Life of Wedgwood,” by Miss Meteyard, 2 vols., 1865–1866; J. D. Reid, “The Telegraph in America,” p. 70.

A.D. 1814.—Singer (George John), distinguished English scientist and writer, publishes the first edition of his valuable “Elements of Electricity and Electro-Chemistry,” of which translations were made, in French by M. Thillaye, Paris, 1817, as well as in German and in Italian during the year 1819.

A.D. 1814.—Singer (George John), a prominent English scientist and author, publishes the first edition of his important “Elements of Electricity and Electro-Chemistry,” which was translated into French by M. Thillaye in Paris in 1817, and into German and Italian in 1819.

Mr. Singer is the inventor of the improvement upon Mr. Bennet’s electroscope, which is to be found illustrated and described in nearly all works upon natural philosophy and the main design of which is to diminish, if not totally prevent, the amount of moisture generally precipitated upon the surface of insulators. Mr. Singer remarks that his arrangement so effectually precludes moisture that some of the “electrometers constructed in 1810 and which have never yet (1814) been warmed or wiped, have still apparently the same insulating power as at first.” The use of this apparatus is strongly recommended by Dr. Faraday, whose instructions for the use of electrometers are given at great length at pp. 617–619, Vol. VIII of the eighth “Britannica.”

Mr. Singer is the inventor of an improved version of Mr. Bennet’s electroscope, which is illustrated and described in nearly all works on natural philosophy. Its main purpose is to reduce, if not completely eliminate, the moisture that usually accumulates on the surface of insulators. Mr. Singer notes that his design effectively prevents moisture so much that some of the “electrometers made in 1810, which have never been warmed or wiped (as of 1814), still seem to have the same insulating power as they did initially.” Dr. Faraday strongly recommends using this apparatus, and his detailed instructions on how to use electrometers can be found on pages 617–619, Vol. VIII of the eighth “Britannica.”

[431]

[431]

After describing the above-named electrometer, Mr. William Sturgeon remarks (“Lectures,” London, 1842, pp. 42, 43):

After describing the electrometer mentioned above, Mr. William Sturgeon notes (“Lectures,” London, 1842, pp. 42, 43):

“It is frequently exceedingly difficult, without extensive reading, to confer the merit that is due to invention on the right party, and even then we sometimes err for want of proper information. Mr. Singer has hitherto, with most writers, had the exclusive merit of insulating the axial wire of the electroscope from the brass cap, by a glass tube; and it would appear from the description he gives of this improvement in his excellent treatise on electricity that he was not aware of anything of the kind being previously done. It appears, however, by an article of Mr. Erman in the Journal de Physique, Vol. LIX. p. 98, and Nicholson’s Journal, Vol. X, published in 1805, that a Mr. Weiss had applied the glass tube for the purpose of insulating the axial wire of Bennet’s electroscope. The account runs thus: ‘The electrometer he (Mr. Erman) used was that distinguished in Germany as the electrometer of Weiss.’ From this it would appear to have been long known. ‘The length of its leaves of gold is half an inch, and the diameter of the glass cylinder which encloses them is three-quarters of an inch, the height being an inch and a half. Its cover of ivory does not project above the glass, and is perforated in the middle with a hole in which a smaller glass tube is fixed, and through this last tube passes the metallic rod that serves to suspend the gold leaves.’ Singer’s improvement, first published in 1814, would, therefore, consist in adding the brass ferrule, which covers the glass tube first introduced by Weiss.”

“It is often really difficult, without extensive reading, to give credit for an invention to the right person, and even then we sometimes make mistakes due to lack of proper information. Mr. Singer has up to now, like most writers, received all the credit for insulating the axial wire of the electroscope from the brass cap with a glass tube; and from the description he provides of this improvement in his excellent book on electricity, it seems he was not aware that anything like this had been done before. However, an article by Mr. Erman in the Journal de Physique, Vol. LIX. p. 98, and Nicholson’s Journal, Vol. X, published in 1805, indicates that a Mr. Weiss had used the glass tube to insulate the axial wire of Bennet’s electroscope. The account states: ‘The electrometer he (Mr. Erman) used was that known in Germany as Weiss’s electrometer.’ This suggests it had been known for quite some time. ‘The length of its gold leaves is half an inch, and the diameter of the glass cylinder enclosing them is three-quarters of an inch, with a height of an inch and a half. Its ivory cover does not protrude above the glass and has a hole in the middle where a smaller glass tube is fixed, through which the metallic rod that supports the gold leaves passes.’ Therefore, Singer’s improvement, first published in 1814, involved adding the brass ferrule that covers the glass tube originally introduced by Weiss.”

Singer is also the inventor of one of the best-known amalgams for the cushions of the electric machine. It is described at p. 536, Vol. VIII of the eighth “Britannica,” where it is said that a mixture of one part tin and two parts mercury is very effective, as is also the amalgam consisting of mosaic gold and the deutosulphuret of tin. (Other descriptions of the application of mosaic gold on the rubber are to be found at p. 432, Vol. II of “Young’s Course of Lectures”; Woulfe, Phil. Trans., 1771, p. 114; Bienvenu and Witry de Abt, Lichtenb. Mag., Vols. II. p. 211, and IV. st. 3, pp. 58–61; Marquis de Bouillon, “Observ. de Physique,” XXI.)

Singer is also the inventor of one of the most famous amalgams for the cushions of the electric machine. It's detailed on page 536, Volume VIII of the eighth edition of the “Britannica,” where it mentions that a mixture of one part tin and two parts mercury is very effective, as is the amalgam made of mosaic gold and the deutosulphuret of tin. (Other descriptions of how mosaic gold is applied on rubber can be found on page 432, Volume II of “Young’s Course of Lectures”; Woulfe, Phil. Trans., 1771, p. 114; Bienvenu and Witry de Abt, Lichtenb. Mag., Vols. II, p. 211, and IV, st. 3, pp. 58–61; Marquis de Bouillon, “Observ. de Physique,” XXI.)

The dry electric columns which Mr. Singer invented are alluded to in Phil. Mag., Vols. XLI. p. 393 and XLV. p. 359, while the results of his experiments on the electric fusion of metallic wires and the oxidation of metals, as well as those made upon the electricity of sifted powders and also in order to ascertain the effects of electricity upon gases, are to be found recorded at pp. 564, 592, 593 and 597, Vol. VIII of the 1855 “Britannica,” and at p. 46 (“Electricity”) of “Library of Useful Knowledge.”

The dry electric columns that Mr. Singer invented are mentioned in Phil. Mag., Vols. XLI, p. 393 and XLV, p. 359, while the outcomes of his experiments on the electric fusion of metal wires and the oxidation of metals, as well as those conducted on the electricity of sifted powders and to determine the effects of electricity on gases, can be found recorded on pp. 564, 592, 593, and 597, Vol. VIII of the 1855 “Britannica,” and on p. 46 (“Electricity”) of the “Library of Useful Knowledge.”

[432]

[432]

References.—pp. 15, 16 of the last-named work; Poggendorff, Vol. II. pp. 938, 939; Figuier, “Exp. et Hist.,” 1857, Vol. IV. p. 267; Sturgeon’s “Lectures,” 1842, p. 11; Phil. Mag., Vols. XXXVII. p. 80; XLII. pp. 36, 261; XLIII. p. 20; XLVI. pp. 161, 259; likewise Ch. Samuel Weiss, at Poggendorff, Vol. II. pp. 1287–1289; “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. XLIII, 1810, p. 166; Vol. XLVII, 1811, pp. 3, 113, 213, 313; Vol. LVI, 1814, pp. 197, 318.

References.—pp. 15, 16 of the most recent work; Poggendorff, Vol. II. pp. 938, 939; Figuier, “Exp. et Hist.,” 1857, Vol. IV. p. 267; Sturgeon’s “Lectures,” 1842, p. 11; Phil. Mag., Vols. XXXVII. p. 80; XLII. pp. 36, 261; XLIII. p. 20; XLVI. pp. 161, 259; also Ch. Samuel Weiss, in Poggendorff, Vol. II. pp. 1287–1289; “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. XLIII, 1810, p. 166; Vol. XLVII, 1811, pp. 3, 113, 213, 313; Vol. LVI, 1814, pp. 197, 318.

A.D. 1814–1815.—Fraunhofer—Frauenhofer (Joseph von), a practical Bavarian physicist and optician, who had been assistant to the celebrated George Reichenbach, publishes his observations on spectra in a pamphlet entitled “Bestimmung des Brechungs und Farbenzerstreuungs-Vermögens ...”

A.D. 1814–1815.—Fraunhofer—Frauenhofer (Joseph von), a practical Bavarian physicist and optician who had been an assistant to the famous George Reichenbach, publishes his observations on spectra in a pamphlet titled “Bestimmung des Brechungs und Farbenzerstreuungs-Vermögens ...”

In the latter work will be found detailed his experiments with the electric spark, which he found to give a different spectrum from all other lights. Sir David Brewster says that in order to obtain a continuous line of electrical light Fraunhofer brought to within half an inch of each other two conductors, and united them by a very fine glass thread. One of the conductors was connected with an electrical machine and the other communicated with the ground. In this manner the light appeared to pass continuously along the fibre of glass, which consequently formed a fine and brilliant line of light. When this luminous line was expanded by refraction, Fraunhofer saw that, in relation to the lines of its spectrum, electric light was very different both from the light of the sun and from that of a lamp. In this spectrum he met with several lines partly very clear, and one of which, in the green space, seemed very brilliant compared with other parts of the spectrum (Edin. Jour. of Sci., No. XV. p. 7). He saw in the orange another line not quite so bright, which appeared to be of the same colour as that in lamplight spectra; but in measuring its angle of refraction he found that its light was much more strongly refracted, and nearly as much as the yellow rays of lamplight. In the red rays toward the extremity of the spectrum, he observed a line of very little brightness, and yet its light had the same degree of refrangibility as the clear line of lamplight, while in the rest of the spectrum he saw the other four lines sufficiently bright. In a subsequent paper read at Munich in 1823 (“Neue Modifikation des Lichtes ...” or “New Modification of Light”) and in Schumacher’s “Astronomische Abhandlungen,” Fraunhofer states that, by means of the large electrical machine in the cabinet of the Academy of Munich, he obtained a spectrum of electric light in which he recognized a great number of light lines, and that he had determined the relative place of the lightest lines as well as the ratios of their intensities.

In his later work, he detailed his experiments with the electric spark, which produced a different spectrum than all other light sources. Sir David Brewster explains that to achieve a continuous line of electrical light, Fraunhofer brought two conductors within half an inch of each other and connected them with a very fine glass thread. One conductor was linked to an electrical machine, while the other was grounded. This setup allowed the light to appear to flow continuously along the glass fiber, creating a fine and brilliant line of light. When Fraunhofer expanded this luminous line using refraction, he noticed that, compared to the lines of its spectrum, electric light was quite different from sunlight and lamp light. In this spectrum, he found several distinct lines, one of which, in the green section, appeared particularly brilliant compared to other parts of the spectrum (Edin. Jour. of Sci., No. XV. p. 7). He observed another line in the orange region that was not as bright but seemed similar in color to lamp light spectra; however, when he measured its angle of refraction, he discovered it was much more strongly refracted, almost as much as the yellow rays from lamplight. In the red part of the spectrum, at the far end, he saw a line of very low brightness, yet its light had the same level of refrangibility as the clear line from lamplight, while he noticed four other lines that were sufficiently bright throughout the rest of the spectrum. In a later paper presented in Munich in 1823 (“Neue Modifikation des Lichtes...” or “New Modification of Light”) and in Schumacher’s “Astronomische Abhandlungen,” Fraunhofer stated that with the large electrical machine at the Academy of Munich, he created a spectrum of electric light in which he identified many light lines and determined the relative positions and intensity ratios of the brightest lines.

The introduction of the electric spark for the purpose of volatilizing metals was an important step in the development of spectral[433] analysis, but although used by both Wollaston and Fraunhofer its true value in that particular line was not realized for many years after their time.

The introduction of the electric spark to vaporize metals was a significant advancement in the development of spectral[433] analysis. However, even though both Wollaston and Fraunhofer used it, its true value in that area wasn't recognized for many years after they lived.

Fraunhofer is not only celebrated as one of the founders of spectrum analysis, but he is well known also as the inventor of many important philosophical instruments, being the constructor of the great Dorpat parallactic telescope, called by Struve the giant refractor. It was during the year 1814 that he measured and described the innumerable dark lines of the solar spectrum known as Fraunhofer’s lines, which were first noticed by Wollaston and reported upon by the latter to the Royal Society in 1802.

Fraunhofer is not only recognized as one of the pioneers of spectrum analysis, but he is also known as the inventor of several important scientific instruments, including the impressive Dorpat parallactic telescope, which Struve referred to as the giant refractor. In 1814, he measured and described the countless dark lines in the solar spectrum, now called Fraunhofer’s lines, which were first observed by Wollaston and reported to the Royal Society in 1802.

References.—M. Merz, “Das Leben und Wirken Fraunhofers,” Landshut, 1865; Ninth “Encycl. Brit.,” Vol. IX. p. 727; “Abh. der K. Bayer, Akad. d. Wiss.” for 1814 and 1815; Fraunhofer’s biography in the “Memoirs of the Astronomical Society of London,” Vol. III. p. 117; his “Determination ...” München, 1819; Whewell, “Hist. of Ind. Sci.,” 1859, Vol. II. p. 475; Sci. Am., Nov. 19, 1887, p. 321; Phil. Trans. for 1814, pp. 204, 205, and for 1820, p. 95; Tyndall, “Heat as a Mode of Motion,” 1873, pp. 485, 486; article “Optics” in eighth “Encycl. Brit.,” Vol. XVI. pp. 544, 588, 591; Sir David Brewster’s article on “Electricity” in the “Encycl. Brit.”; “Mem. of the Roy. Bav. Acad. of Sci.” for 1822; “On the Spectrum of the Electric Arc,” in Jas. Dredge’s “Elec. Illum.,” Vol. I. pp. 32, 36; Edin. Trans., Vol. VIII for 1822; Edin. Jour. Sci., Vol. XIII. pp. 101, 251; Biblioth. Univ., Vol. VI. p. 21, as per Becquerel’s “Traité ...” Vol. I. p. 23; Dr. William A. Miller’s first and third lectures before the Royal Institution in 1867; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. II. p. 136; Rich. A. Proctor, “Old and New Astronomy,” 1892, p. 787.

Sources.—M. Merz, “The Life and Work of Fraunhofer,” Landshut, 1865; Ninth “Encyclopaedia Britannica,” Vol. IX, p. 727; “Transactions of the Royal Bavarian Academy of Sciences” for 1814 and 1815; Fraunhofer’s biography in the “Memoirs of the Astronomical Society of London,” Vol. III, p. 117; his “Determination ...” Munich, 1819; Whewell, “History of the Ind. Sciences,” 1859, Vol. II, p. 475; Scientific American, Nov. 19, 1887, p. 321; Philosophical Transactions for 1814, pp. 204, 205, and for 1820, p. 95; Tyndall, “Heat as a Mode of Motion,” 1873, pp. 485, 486; article “Optics” in the eighth “Encyclopaedia Britannica,” Vol. XVI, pp. 544, 588, 591; Sir David Brewster’s article on “Electricity” in the “Encyclopaedia Britannica”; “Memoirs of the Royal Bavarian Academy of Sciences” for 1822; “On the Spectrum of the Electric Arc,” in Jas. Dredge’s “Electric Illumination,” Vol. I, pp. 32, 36; Edinburgh Transactions, Vol. VIII for 1822; Edinburgh Journal of Science, Vol. XIII, pp. 101, 251; Bibliotheca Universalis, Vol. VI, p. 21, as per Becquerel’s “Treatise ...” Vol. I, p. 23; Dr. William A. Miller’s first and third lectures before the Royal Institution in 1867; Houzeau and Lancaster, “Bibliographie Générale,” Vol. II, p. 136; Rich. A. Proctor, “Old and New Astronomy,” 1892, p. 787.

A.D. 1815.—Bohnenberger (Johann Joseph Friedrich von), 1765–1831, Professor of Mathematics and of Astronomy at the Tübingen University, constructs an extremely sensitive electrometer by suspending a single strip of gold leaf upon a wire midway between, though apart from, the insulated terminating discs of De Luc’s column.

A.D. 1815.—Bohnenberger (Johann Joseph Friedrich von), 1765–1831, Professor of Mathematics and Astronomy at Tübingen University, creates a highly sensitive electrometer by hanging a single strip of gold leaf on a wire, positioned in the middle, but separate from the insulated ending discs of De Luc’s column.

With this contrivance he found that, however slightly the leaf was electrified, it was drawn to one of the poles according to the nature of the electricity affecting it, and he was thus enabled to observe not only the presence of the slightest electrical influence, but the kind of electricity which was present.

With this device, he discovered that even a slight electrical charge on the leaf caused it to move towards one of the poles, depending on the type of electricity affecting it. This allowed him to not only detect the smallest electrical influence but also identify the type of electricity present.

Noad gives, at p. 30 of his “Manual,” an illustration of the electrometer as subsequently improved by Becquerel, and states that Mr. Sturgeon describes (“Lectures on Galvanism,” 1843) a somewhat similar arrangement, the delicacy of which he states to be such that the cap (plate) being of zinc and of the size of a sixpence, the pendant leaf is caused to lean toward the negative pole by merely pressing a plate of copper, also the size of a sixpence, upon it, and when the copper is suddenly lifted up the leaf strikes. The different electrical states of the inside and outside of various[434] articles of clothing were readily ascertained by this delicate electroscope.

Noad provides, on page 30 of his “Manual,” an example of the electrometer as later enhanced by Becquerel, and mentions that Mr. Sturgeon describes a similar setup in his “Lectures on Galvanism” (1843). He notes that this setup is so sensitive that when the cap (plate) is made of zinc and is the size of a sixpence, the pendulum leaf tilts toward the negative pole just by pressing a copper plate, also the size of a sixpence, against it. Then, when the copper plate is suddenly removed, the leaf strikes. The different electrical charges on the inside and outside of various[434] items of clothing were easily detected using this sensitive electroscope.

M. Gottlieb Christian Bohnenberger, of Neuenberg (1732–1807), is the author of several works treating particularly of the electrical machine, the electric spark, the electric doubler, etc., published at Stuttgart between 1784 and 1798.

M. Gottlieb Christian Bohnenberger, from Neuenberg (1732–1807), wrote several works focused mainly on the electrical machine, the electric spark, the electric doubler, and more, published in Stuttgart from 1784 to 1798.

References.—“La Grande Encyclopédie,” Vol. VII. p. 84; L. W. Gilbert, Annalen der Physik, Vols. XXIII (for Behrend’s); XLIX, LI (for “Beschreibung ... empfindlichen elektrometers ...”); Annales de Chimie et de Physique, Vol. XVI. p. 91; J. C. Poggendorff, “Biogr.-Liter. Handwörterbuch ...” Vol. I. p. 226; Sci. Am. Supp., No. 519, p. 8290, for Pouillet’s remarks upon the effectiveness of dry pile electroscopes; De la Rive, “Treatise on Electricity,” Vol. I. pp. 54–56.

References.—“La Grande Encyclopédie,” Vol. VII. p. 84; L. W. Gilbert, Annalen der Physik, Vols. XXIII (for Behrend’s); XLIX, LI (for “Beschreibung ... empfindlichen elektrometers ...”); Annales de Chimie et de Physique, Vol. XVI. p. 91; J. C. Poggendorff, “Biogr.-Liter. Handwörterbuch ...” Vol. I. p. 226; Sci. Am. Supp., No. 519, p. 8290, for Pouillet’s comments on the effectiveness of dry pile electroscopes; De la Rive, “Treatise on Electricity,” Vol. I. pp. 54–56.

A.D. 1815.—Mr. B. M. Forster sends to the Philosophical Magazine (Vol. XLVII. pp. 344–345) the description of an electrical instrument called “The Thunderstorm Alarum,” which can be made to show the effect produced by the passage of a charged cloud over an atmospherical electrometer.

A.D. 1815.—Mr. B. M. Forster submits to the Philosophical Magazine (Vol. XLVII. pp. 344–345) a description of an electrical device known as “The Thunderstorm Alarum,” which can demonstrate the effect of a charged cloud passing over an atmospherical electrometer.

He had several years before described, at p. 205 of the same publication, a method of fitting up in portable form one of De Luc’s electrical columns, respecting which latter he subsequently addressed communications, which appeared in Vols. XXXV. pp. 317, 399, 468; XXXVI. pp. 74, 317, 472; XXXVII. pp. 197, 265, also relative to one which he constructed and which ran continuously for five months.

He had previously described, on p. 205 of the same publication, a way to set up one of De Luc’s electrical columns in a portable format. He later shared additional information about it, which was published in Vols. XXXV. pp. 317, 399, 468; XXXVI. pp. 74, 317, 472; and XXXVII. pp. 197, 265, also discussing a version that he built that operated continuously for five months.

References.Phil. Mag., Vol. IV for 1828, p. 463; eighth “Britannica,” Vol. XXI. p. 619.

References.Phil. Mag., Vol. IV for 1828, p. 463; eighth “Britannica,” Vol. XXI. p. 619.

A.D. 1815.—Gregory (Olinthus Gilbert), LL.D., Professor of Mathematics at the Royal Military Academy, Woolwich, in his “Treatise on Mechanics,” London, 1815 (Vol. II. pp. 442–449), describes the methods of transmitting distant signals introduced by Polybius, the Marquis of Worcester, Robert Hooke, Amontons and Chappe, and alludes to an improved telegraph described in the “Gentleman’s Magazine,” as well as to the so-called nocturnal telegraph, of which an account is to be found in the Repertory of the Arts and Manufactures (“Biographie Générale,” Tome XXI. p. 903).

A.D. 1815.—Gregory (Olinthus Gilbert), LL.D., Professor of Mathematics at the Royal Military Academy, Woolwich, in his “Treatise on Mechanics,” London, 1815 (Vol. II. pp. 442–449), describes the methods of sending signals over long distances introduced by Polybius, the Marquis of Worcester, Robert Hooke, Amontons, and Chappe, and mentions an improved telegraph mentioned in the “Gentleman’s Magazine,” as well as the so-called nocturnal telegraph, which can be found in the Repertory of the Arts and Manufactures (“Biographie Générale,” Tome XXI. p. 903).

A.D. 1815.—In the Philosophical Magazine (Vol. XLVI. pp. 161, 259), will be found an account of the electrical experiments of M. De Nelis, of Mechlin, or Malines, in the Netherlands, with an extension of them by George J. Singer and Andrew Crosse.

A.D. 1815.—In the Philosophical Magazine (Vol. XLVI. pp. 161, 259), you'll find a report on the electrical experiments conducted by M. De Nelis from Mechlin, or Malines, in the Netherlands, along with expansions of these experiments by George J. Singer and Andrew Crosse.

These allude to many investigations made during previous years by M. De Nelis, who reported upon them to Mr. Tilloch and to[435] M. de la Méthérie, and which show “very remarkable and permanent evidence of the expansive power of the electric charge.” Singer adds: “It is difficult to contemplate such extraordinary mechanical effects without admitting that the power by which they are produced has at least the leading characteristics of a material substance.” At p. 127, Vol. XLVIII of the Phil. Mag., is an account of some further electrical experiments of M. De Nelis, one of which is intended to improve the simple current with an apparatus not insulated by discs. In this communication, which bears date July 10, 1815, he discourses upon the theory of the two fluids.

These refer to several investigations conducted in previous years by M. De Nelis, who reported his findings to Mr. Tilloch and to[435] M. de la Méthérie, showing “very remarkable and lasting evidence of the expansive power of the electric charge.” Singer adds: “It’s hard to think about such extraordinary mechanical effects without acknowledging that the force producing them has at least some key characteristics of a material substance.” On page 127, Vol. XLVIII of the Phil. Mag., there's a report on more electrical experiments by M. De Nelis, one of which aims to enhance the basic current using an apparatus that isn’t insulated by discs. In this communication, dated July 10, 1815, he discusses the theory of the two fluids.

A.D. 1816.—Coxe (John Redman), M.D., Professor of Chemistry in the University of Pennsylvania, is the second to propose a system of transmitting signals, based, like Sömmering’s (A.D. 1809), upon the discovery of Nicholson and Carlisle.

A.D. 1816.—Coxe (John Redman), M.D., Professor of Chemistry at the University of Pennsylvania, is the second person to suggest a system for sending signals, based, like Sömmering’s (CE 1809), on the discovery by Nicholson and Carlisle.

In the first series of Dr. Thos. Thomson’s Annals of Philosophy for 1816 (not 1810), Vol. VII. pp. 162, 163, will be found Coxe’s letter “On the Use of Galvanism as a Telegraph,” wherein he says:

In the first series of Dr. Thos. Thomson’s Annals of Philosophy for 1816 (not 1810), Vol. VII. pp. 162, 163, you'll find Coxe’s letter “On the Use of Galvanism as a Telegraph,” in which he says:

“I have contemplated this important agent as a probable means of establishing telegraphic communication with as much rapidity, and perhaps less expense, than any hitherto employed. I do not know how far experiment has determined galvanic action to be communicated by means of wires; but there is no reason to suppose it confined as to limits, certainly not as to time. Now, by means of apparatus fixed at certain distances, as telegraphic stations, by tubes for the decomposition of water, metallic salts, etc., regularly arranged, such a key might be adopted as would be requisite to communicate words, sentences or figures, from one station to another, and so on to the end of the line.... As it takes up little room, and may be fixed in private, it might in many cases of besieged towns, etc., convey useful intelligence with scarcely a chance of detection by the enemy. However fanciful in speculation, I have no doubt that, sooner or later, it will be rendered in useful practice. I have thus, my dear sir, ventured to encroach on your time with some crude ideas that may serve perhaps to elicit some useful experiments in the hands of others. When we consider what wonderful results have arisen from the first trifling experiments of the junction of a small piece of silver and zinc in so short a period, what may not be expected from the further extension of galvanic electricity? I have no doubt of its being the chief agent in the hands of nature in the mighty changes that occur around us. If metals are compound bodies, which I doubt not, will not this active[436] principle combine their constituents in numerous places so as to explain their metallic formation; and if such constituents are in themselves aeriform, may not galvanism reasonably tend to explain the existence of metals in situations in which their specific gravities certainly do not entitle us to look for them?”

“I have thought about this key factor as a likely way to establish telegraphic communication just as quickly, and maybe even at a lower cost, than any methods used before. I’m not sure how far experiments have shown that galvanic action can travel through wires, but there’s no reason to think it has limits, especially in terms of time. Now, by using equipment set up at specific distances, like telegraphic stations, along with tubes for breaking down water, metallic salts, etc., arranged in a systematic way, we could use a key that would be needed to send words, sentences, or numbers from one station to another, and down the line.... Since it takes up little space and can be set up privately, it could, in many cases involving besieged towns, provide valuable information with very little risk of being detected by the enemy. No matter how fanciful this idea may seem, I believe that sooner or later, it will be made practically useful. Thus, my dear sir, I've taken the liberty of taking up some of your time with these rough ideas that might inspire some useful experiments by others. When we think about the amazing outcomes that came from the initial simple experiments with a small piece of silver and zinc in such a short time, what should we expect from further advances in galvanic electricity? I have no doubt it’s the main force in nature behind the significant changes happening around us. If metals are made up of different compounds, as I believe they are, won't this active principle combine their components in various places to explain how they form? And if those components are gases, can’t galvanism help explain why we find metals in places where their specific weights shouldn’t lead us to expect them?”

Coxe does not appear, however, to have at any time made satisfactory experiments, and his systems were considered impracticable until worked out by Alex. Bain during the year 1840.

Coxe doesn’t seem to have conducted any satisfactory experiments at any point, and his systems were seen as impractical until they were developed by Alex. Bain in 1840.

At pp. 99–110, Vol. II of Dr. Coxe’s Emporium of Arts and Sciences, Philadelphia, 1812, will be found his illustrated “Description of a Revolving Telegraph,” for conveying intelligence by figures, letters, words or sentences, upon which plan, he says, he constructed a small telegraph that worked “readily and appropriately, although by no means fitted with the various pulleys, etc., to facilitate the motion of the ropes.”

At pages 99–110 of Volume II of Dr. Coxe’s Emporium of Arts and Sciences, Philadelphia, 1812, you will find his illustrated “Description of a Revolving Telegraph,” designed to send messages using figures, letters, words, or sentences. He mentions that he built a small telegraph based on this idea that worked “smoothly and effectively, though it wasn’t equipped with the various pulleys and other mechanisms to help with the movement of the ropes.”

References.—For full explanation of Coxe’s systems, see L. Turnbull, “Elect. Mag. Tel.” Highton’s “Electric Telegraph,” p. 39; Jour. Franklin Inst., Vol. XXI. for 1851, pp. 332, 333; Comptes Rendus for 1838, Vol. VII. pp. 593, etc.; Sci. Am. Supp., Nos. 404, p. 6446, and 453, p. 7234; Alfred Vail, “The American Electro-Magnetic Telegraph,” pp. 128, 129; Prime’s “Life of Morse,” p. 263.

Sources.—For a complete explanation of Coxe’s systems, see L. Turnbull, “Elect. Mag. Tel.” Highton’s “Electric Telegraph,” p. 39; Jour. Franklin Inst., Vol. XXI for 1851, pp. 332, 333; Comptes Rendus for 1838, Vol. VII, pp. 593, etc.; Sci. Am. Supp., Nos. 404, p. 6446, and 453, p. 7234; Alfred Vail, “The American Electro-Magnetic Telegraph,” pp. 128, 129; Prime’s “Life of Morse,” p. 263.

A.D. 1816.—In Part I of the Philosophical Transactions for 1816, and at p. 14, Vol. XLVII of the Philosophical Magazine, will be seen an account of the observations and experiments made by Mr. John T. Todd on the torpedo off the Cape of Good Hope, during the year 1812 (“Abstracts of Papers ... Roy. Soc.,” Vol. II. p. 57).

A.D. 1816.—In Part I of the Philosophical Transactions for 1816, and on page 14 of Volume XLVII of the Philosophical Magazine, you can find a report on the observations and experiments conducted by Mr. John T. Todd on the torpedo off the Cape of Good Hope in 1812 (“Abstracts of Papers ... Roy. Soc.,” Vol. II, p. 57).

It is said that the torpedo in this locality is never more than eight nor less than five inches in length, and never more than five nor less than three and a half inches in breadth. Mr. Todd found the columns of their electrical organs to be larger and less numerous in proportion than those described by Hunter, and that they appeared to be of a cylindrical form, while from a number of experiments he drew, among other conclusions, the fact that a more intimate relation exists between the nervous system and electrical organs of the torpedo, both as to structure and functions, than between the same and whatsoever organs of any known animal. (See Hunter at A.D. 1773.)

It’s said that the torpedo in this area is never shorter than five inches and never longer than eight inches, with a width that ranges from three and a half inches to five inches. Mr. Todd observed that the columns of their electrical organs were larger and fewer in number compared to those described by Hunter, and they seemed to have a cylindrical shape. Through various experiments, he concluded that there is a closer relationship between the nervous system and the electrical organs of the torpedo, in both structure and function, than between those and the organs of any known animal. (See Hunter at CE 1773.)

Reports of another series of experiments, carried on by Mr. Todd at La Rochelle during 1816, will be found in the Phil. Trans. for the year following as well as at p. 57, Vol. II of the “Abstracts of Papers ... of the Phil. Trans., 1800–1830.” The last-named investigations were made especially to determine whether the torpedo possessed any voluntary power over the electrical organs,[437] either in exciting or interrupting their action, except through the nerves of these organs.

Reports of another series of experiments conducted by Mr. Todd at La Rochelle in 1816 can be found in the Phil. Trans. for the following year, as well as on p. 57, Vol. II of the “Abstracts of Papers ... of the Phil. Trans., 1800–1830.” The latter investigations were specifically designed to determine whether the torpedo had any voluntary control over its electrical organs,[437] either in activating or interrupting their function, other than through the nerves of these organs.

A.D. 1816.—Philip—Phillip—(Wilson), English physician, publishes in the Philosophical Transactions a continuation of researches made by him to establish the relations existing between the phenomena of life and voltaic electricity. Noad gives (“Manual,” pp. 341–344) an account of some of the experiments made on animals to prove the analogy existing between the galvanic energy and the nervous influence, and he alludes also to the fact of asthma having been relieved by galvanism through Dr. Philip, whose treatment had received the endorsement of Dr. Clarke Abel, of Brighton.

A.D. 1816.—Philip—Phillip—(Wilson), an English physician, publishes in the Philosophical Transactions a continuation of his research on the connections between life phenomena and voltaic electricity. Noad provides a summary (“Manual,” pp. 341–344) of some experiments conducted on animals to demonstrate the similarity between galvanic energy and nervous influence. He also mentions that asthma has been alleviated by galvanism through Dr. Philip, whose treatment was endorsed by Dr. Clarke Abel from Brighton.

References.Journal of Science, Vol. IX. See also Faraday’s “Experimental Researches,” 1791 and note; “Abstract of Papers ... Phil. Trans., 1800–1830,” Vol. II for 1822, p. 156.

References.Journal of Science, Vol. IX. See also Faraday’s “Experimental Researches,” 1791 and note; “Abstract of Papers ... Phil. Trans., 1800–1830,” Vol. II for 1822, p. 156.

A.D. 1816.—The Rev. James Bremmer, of the Shetland Islands, is rewarded by the Society of Arts for his night telegraph, the operation of which consists in the alternate exhibition and concealment of a torch in manner similar to that devised by Joachimus Fortius for Bishop Wilkins, as stated at A.D. 1641. This plan is said to have been successfully operated between the Copeland Island lighthouse and Port Patrick on the other side of the English Channel.

A.D. 1816.—Rev. James Bremmer from the Shetland Islands was recognized by the Society of Arts for his night telegraph, which works by alternately showing and hiding a torch in a way similar to what Joachimus Fortius designed for Bishop Wilkins, as mentioned in CE 1641. This system is said to have been successfully used between the Copeland Island lighthouse and Port Patrick across the English Channel.

Particulars of the above-named night telegraph, as well as of the apparatus devised for day service, will be found in the Trans. of the Soc. of Arts, Vol. XXXIV. pp. 30, 213–227. The day telegraph consisted of a framework, having two circular openings, in each of which was a semicircular screen or shutter which, revolving upon an axis in the centre of the circle, was capable of assuming four different positions. This contrivance expressed an alphabet of sixteen letters, by dividing the latter into four classes of four each, and making one screen or shutter express the class, while the other indicated the number of the letter in that class.

Details about the night telegraph mentioned above, along with the equipment designed for daytime use, can be found in the Trans. of the Soc. of Arts, Vol. XXXIV, pp. 30, 213–227. The daytime telegraph featured a framework with two circular openings, each containing a semicircular screen or shutter that could rotate around a central axis, allowing it to take on four different positions. This device represented an alphabet of sixteen letters by dividing them into four groups of four, using one screen or shutter to denote the group and the other to show the specific letter's number within that group.

A.D. 1816.—Sir Home Riggs Popham (1762–1820) British naval officer, who had been a rear-admiral in 1814, introduces his land semaphore which shows a great improvement upon all previous ones and at once replaces the Murray apparatus heretofore used by the English Admiralty (see A.D. 1795). It consists only of two arms placed upon the same hollow hexagonal mast, and movable upon separate pivots, each of which can be made to assume six different positions, giving together forty-eight different signals. It is fully described and illustrated at pp. 30, 167–177, Vol. XXXIV of the Trans. of the Soc. of Arts, and also appears in the “Telegraph” article, Vol. II of the “Encycl. of Useful Arts,” as well[438] as at p. 149, Vol. XXIV of the “Penny Encycl.,” at pp. 67, 68, Vol. VIII of the (“Arts and Sciences”) “English Encycl.,” and in the “Telegraph” article by Sir John Barrow, one of the secretaries to the Admiralty, in the seventh “Britannica.”

A.D. 1816.—Sir Home Riggs Popham (1762–1820), a British naval officer who was a rear-admiral in 1814, introduces his land semaphore, which significantly improves upon all previous models and immediately replaces the Murray apparatus that the English Admiralty had used until now (see CE 1795). It consists of just two arms mounted on the same hollow hexagonal mast, which can pivot separately, with each arm able to take on six different positions, resulting in a total of forty-eight different signals. It is fully described and illustrated on pp. 30, 167–177, Vol. XXXIV of the Trans. of the Soc. of Arts, and is also featured in the “Telegraph” article, Vol. II of the “Encycl. of Useful Arts,” as well[438] as on p. 149, Vol. XXIV of the “Penny Encycl.,” and on pp. 67, 68, Vol. VIII of the (“Arts and Sciences”) “English Encycl.,” along with a “Telegraph” article by Sir John Barrow, one of the Admiralty secretaries, in the seventh “Britannica.”

In this same year (1816), Sir Home Popham also introduced a ship semaphore, which latter, as well as other similar devices of his construction, is to be found in the several publications already mentioned (the “Navy” article of the “Britannica” and pp. xii, xiii of Ronalds’ “Catalogue”).

In the same year (1816), Sir Home Popham also introduced a ship semaphore, which, along with other similar devices he created, can be found in the various publications already mentioned (the "Navy" article of the "Britannica" and pp. xii, xiii of Ronalds' "Catalogue").

A.D. 1816.—Ronalds (Francis), English experimentalist (1788–1873)—F.R.S., 1844, knighted 1870—whose serious attention to the development of electrical science appears to date from his meeting with M. De Luc in 1814, constructs at Hammersmith his telegraph which is the type of all dial instruments and which first presents the employment of two synchronous movements at the two stations. The telegraph is fully described and illustrated in the “Description of an Electrical Telegraph and of Some Other Electrical Apparatus,” 8vo, 83 pages, which Mr. Ronalds issued in pamphlet form, London, 1823, and which is said to be the first work published on electric telegraphy. Copious extracts from this are to be found at pp. viii-xi of the Ronalds “Catalogue,” and at pp. 129, 135–145, of Fahie’s “History,” the latter also containing several fine plates reproduced from the original work.

A.D. 1816.—Ronalds (Francis), English experimentalist (1788–1873)—F.R.S., 1844, knighted 1870—who began seriously focusing on the advancement of electrical science after meeting M. De Luc in 1814, built his telegraph at Hammersmith, which serves as the model for all dial instruments and was the first to use two synchronous movements at both stations. The telegraph is thoroughly detailed and illustrated in the “Description of an Electrical Telegraph and of Some Other Electrical Apparatus,” 8vo, 83 pages, which Mr. Ronalds published as a pamphlet in London, 1823, and is considered the first work on electric telegraphy. Extensive excerpts from this can be found on pages viii-xi of the Ronalds “Catalogue,” and on pages 129, 135–145 of Fahie’s “History,” the latter also featuring several high-quality plates taken from the original work.

For his experimental line, Ronalds “erected two strong frames of wood at a distance of 20 yards from each other, and each containing 19 horizontal bars; to each bar he attached 37 hooks, and to the hooks were applied as many silken cords, which supported a small iron wire (by these means well insulated), which (making its inflections at the points of support) composed in one continuous length a distance of rather more than eight miles.” After making many experiments with this overhead line, he thus laid one underground:

For his experimental setup, Ronalds built two sturdy wooden frames spaced 20 yards apart, each featuring 19 horizontal bars. He attached 37 hooks to each bar, and to those hooks, he secured silken cords that supported a small iron wire (which was well insulated). This wire extended more than eight miles in a continuous length, taking bends at the support points. After conducting numerous experiments with this overhead line, he proceeded to lay one underground:

“A trench was dug in the garden 525 feet in length, and four feet deep. In this was laid a trough of wood two inches square, well lined on the inside and out with pitch, and within this trough thick glass tubes were placed, through which the wire ran.”

“A trench was dug in the garden that was 525 feet long and four feet deep. In this trench, a two-inch square wooden trough was laid, which was lined inside and out with pitch. Thick glass tubes were placed inside this trough, through which the wire ran.”

His biographer, Mr. Frost, adds:

His biographer, Mr. Frost, says:

“In order to prevent the tubes from breaking by the variation of temperature, each length was laid a short distance from the next length, and the joint made with soft wax. The trough was then covered with pieces of wood, screwed upon it whilst the pitch was hot. They were also well covered with pitch, and the earth then thrown into the trench again.”

“To prevent the tubes from breaking due to temperature changes, each length was placed a little apart from the next, and the joints were sealed with soft wax. The trough was then covered with wooden pieces, which were screwed down while the pitch was still hot. They were also thoroughly coated with pitch, and then the earth was placed back into the trench.”

[439]

[439]

Mr. Edward Highton, at p. 40 of his work, the “Electric Telegraph,” 1852, says:

Mr. Edward Highton, on page 40 of his book, the “Electric Telegraph," 1852, says:

“Ronalds employed an ordinary electric machine and the pith-ball electrometer in the following manner. He placed two clocks at two stations; these two clocks had upon the second hand arbor a dial with twenty letters on it; a screen was placed in front of each of these dials, and an orifice was cut in each screen, so that only one letter at a time could be seen on the revolving dial. The clocks were made to go isochronously; and as the dials moved round the same letter always appeared through the orifices of each of these screens. The pith-ball electrometers were hung in front of the dials. The attention of the observer was called through the agency of an inflammable air gun fired by an electric spark.”

“Ronalds used a regular electric machine and a pith-ball electrometer in the following way. He set up two clocks at separate locations; each clock had a dial with twenty letters on the second hand's shaft. A screen was placed in front of each dial, with a hole cut in each so that only one letter could be seen at a time as the dial turned. The clocks were synchronized to run at the same rate, so the same letter appeared through the holes in each screen. The pith-ball electrometers were positioned in front of the dials. The observer's attention was drawn by firing an inflammable air gun using an electric spark.”

Realizing the value of his invention, Ronalds strove to bring it before the English Government, but was met (Aug. 5, 1816), with much the same encouragement we have seen vouchsafed Sharpe (A.D. 1813), and Wedgwood (A.D. 1814), viz. “Telegraphs of any kind are now wholly unnecessary and no other than the one now in use will be adopted.” The one alluded to was the semaphore line between London and Portsmouth, originally of the Chappe pattern and improved upon by Charles W. Pasley and Rear Admiral Popham.

Realizing the worth of his invention, Ronalds worked to present it to the English Government but was met (Aug. 5, 1816) with nearly the same response that had been given to Sharpe (CE 1813) and Wedgwood (A.D. 1814), specifically, “Telegraphs of any kind are now completely unnecessary and no others besides the one currently in use will be adopted.” The one referred to was the semaphore line between London and Portsmouth, originally based on the Chappe design but improved by Charles W. Pasley and Rear Admiral Popham.

Alluding to Mr. (afterward Sir) John Barrow’s letter in a note at p. 24 of his work Ronalds says:

Alluding to Mr. (later Sir) John Barrow’s letter in a note on p. 24 of his work, Ronalds says:

“... Should they again become necessary, however, perhaps electricity and electricians may be indulged by his Lordship and Mr. Barrow with an opportunity of proving what they are capable of in this way.”

“... If they become necessary again, maybe electricity and electricians will be given the chance by his Lordship and Mr. Barrow to show what they can do in this regard.”

He was so disappointed that he not long after announced his “taking leave of a science which once afforded him a favourite source of amusement,” and that he was “compelled to bid a cordial adieu to electricity.” Fortunately for the scientific world, however, he afterward gave his attention again to electrical matters as is evidenced by many important papers contained in the publications noted below.

He was so disappointed that shortly after, he announced his "departure from a science that once provided him with a favorite source of enjoyment," and that he was "forced to say a warm goodbye to electricity." Fortunately for the scientific community, though, he later returned to electrical topics, as shown by the many important papers in the publications listed below.

In Ronalds’ afore-named work the phenomenon of retardation of signals in buried wires is clearly foreseen and described, although Zetzsche endeavours to combat this assertion at p. 38 of his “Geschichte der Elektrischen Telegraphie,” Berlin, 1867. Speaking of the apprehended difficulty of keeping the wire charged with electricity, Ronalds suggests that when not at work “the machine be still kept in gentle motion to supply the loss of electricity by default of insulation; which default, perhaps, could not be avoided, because (be the atmosphere ever so dry, and the glass insulators[440] ever so perfect), conductors are, I believe, robbed of their electricity by the same three processes by which Sir Humphry Davy and Mr. Leslie say that bodies are robbed of their sensible heat, viz. by radiation, by conduction, and by the motion of the particles of air.” He also gives descriptions of an improved electrical machine (eighth “Britannica,” Vol. VIII. p. 536; Sci. Am. Supp., No. 647, p. 10326; Noad’s “Manual,” p. 69), of a new method of electrical insulation and of some experiments on Vesuvius (Quarterly Jour. of Sci., Vols. II. p. 249; XIV. pp. 332–334), of a new electrograph for registering the charge of atmospheric electricity, of a pendulum doubler (Edin. Phil. Jour., Vol. IX, 1823, pp. 323–325) and of an attempt to apply M. De Luc’s electric column to the measurement of time. His other contributions relative to the dry pile are to be found in the Phil. Mag., Vols. XLIII. p. 414, and XLV. p. 466.

In Ronalds’ previously mentioned work, he clearly predicts and describes the phenomenon of signal delay in buried wires, although Zetzsche tries to refute this claim on page 38 of his "Geschichte der Elektrischen Telegraphie," Berlin, 1867. Discussing the potential problem of maintaining an electric charge in the wire, Ronalds suggests that when not in use, “the machine should still be kept in gentle motion to compensate for the loss of electricity due to insulation failure; this failure, perhaps, cannot be avoided, because (no matter how dry the atmosphere or how perfect the glass insulators[440]), conductors, in my opinion, are depleted of their electricity by the same three processes that Sir Humphry Davy and Mr. Leslie indicate rob bodies of their sensible heat, namely by radiation, conduction, and the movement of air particles.” He also provides descriptions of an improved electrical machine (eighth “Britannica,” Vol. VIII. p. 536; Sci. Am. Supp., No. 647, p. 10326; Noad’s “Manual,” p. 69), a new method of electrical insulation, and some experiments on Vesuvius (Quarterly Jour. of Sci., Vols. II. p. 249; XIV. pp. 332–334), a new electrograph for measuring atmospheric electricity, a pendulum doubler (Edin. Phil. Jour., Vol. IX, 1823, pp. 323–325), and an attempt to use M. De Luc’s electric column for time measurement. His other contributions regarding the dry pile can be found in the Phil. Mag., Vols. XLIII. p. 414, and XLV. p. 466.

References.—“Biog. Mem. of Sir Francis Ronalds, F.R.S.,” by Alfred J. Frost, in Ronalds’ “Catalogue”; “Mem. of Dist. Men of Science,” by William Walker; Ronalds’ “Corres. and Memoir.,” in 1848–1849, to 1853, to April 17, 1855, to June 5, 1856, to Sept. 2, 1862, and in 1866–1870; Ronalds’ “Walk Through ... Exh. of 1855”; Illustrated London News of April 30, 1870; eighth “Britannica,” Vol. VIII. pp. 622, 627, for Ronalds’ improved electrometers and his telegraph; Nature, London, Nov. 23, 1871, Vol. V. p. 59; Journal of the Telegraph, March 15, 1875, Vol. VIII. p. 82, reporting the inaugural address of Mr. Latimer Clark before the English Society of Tel. Engineers; Comptes Rendus for 1838, Vol. VII. pp. 593, etc.; Sci. Am. Supp., No. 384, pp. 6, 127; No. 547, p. 8735, and No. 659, p. 10521, for his Telegraph; “Bombay Mag. Observatory,” 1850; Fortschrift des Phys., Vol. III. p. 586, and Buys-Ballot “Meteor. Preisfrage,” 1847, for Ronalds’ apparatus to measure atmospheric electricity; Phil. Mag., Vols. XLIV. p. 442; XLV. p. 261; XLVI. p. 203; and third series, Vols. XXVIII for 1846; XXXI. p. 191; British Ass. Reports for 1845, 1846, and Reports concerning the Kew Observatory for 1845, 1850, 1852; Phil. Trans. for 1847, Moigno’s Le Cosmos, Vol. XIII; L. Von Forster, “All. Bauzeitung” for 1848, p. 238; Noad’s “Manual,” pp. 184, 185, 748; Knight’s “Mechanical Dictionary,” Vol. I. p. 708; Turnbull’s “Electro-magnetic Telegraph,” p. 22; Annals of Electricity, Vol. III. p. 449; “English Cyclop.” (Arts and Sci.), Vol. VIII. pp. 71, 72; Jour. Soc. Teleg. Eng., 1879, Part XV, xxxviii; Vol. VIII, first part, p. 361; Reply to Mr. W. F. Cooke’s pamphlet, “The Elec. Teleg.: Was it Invented by Prof. Wheatstone?” London, 1855; Du Moncel, Vol. III; “Telegraphic Tales,” 1880, p. 42; J. D. Reid, “The Telegraph in America,” 1887, p. 71; Ure’s “Dict. of Arts,” etc., London, 1878, Vol. II (Elect. Metal.), p. 230; T. P. Schaffner, “Tel. Man.,” 1859, pp. 147–156; Silliman, “Principles of Physics,” 1869, p. 617; “Edin. Phil. Journal,” 1823, Vol. IX. pp. 322, 395.

References.—“Biographical Memoir of Sir Francis Ronalds, F.R.S.,” by Alfred J. Frost, in Ronalds’ “Catalogue”; “Memoir of Distinguished Men of Science,” by William Walker; Ronalds’ “Correspondence and Memoir,” from 1848–1849, 1853, April 17, 1855, June 5, 1856, September 2, 1862, and in 1866–1870; Ronalds’ “Walk Through ... Exhibition of 1855”; Illustrated London News from April 30, 1870; eighth “Britannica,” Vol. VIII. pp. 622, 627, for Ronalds’ improved electrometers and his telegraph; Nature, London, November 23, 1871, Vol. V. p. 59; Journal of the Telegraph, March 15, 1875, Vol. VIII. p. 82, reporting the inaugural address of Mr. Latimer Clark before the English Society of Telecommunication Engineers; Comptes Rendus for 1838, Vol. VII. pp. 593, etc.; Scientific American Supplement, No. 384, pp. 6, 127; No. 547, p. 8735, and No. 659, p. 10521, for his Telegraph; “Bombay Magazine Observatory,” 1850; Fortschrift des Phys., Vol. III. p. 586, and Buys-Ballot “Meteorological Prize Question,” 1847, for Ronalds’ apparatus to measure atmospheric electricity; Philosophical Magazine, Vols. XLIV. p. 442; XLV. p. 261; XLVI. p. 203; and third series, Vols. XXVIII for 1846; XXXI. p. 191; British Association Reports for 1845, 1846, and Reports concerning the Kew Observatory for 1845, 1850, 1852; Philosophical Transactions for 1847, Moigno’s Le Cosmos, Vol. XIII; L. Von Forster, “Allerbauzeitung” for 1848, p. 238; Noad’s “Manual,” pp. 184, 185, 748; Knight’s “Mechanical Dictionary,” Vol. I. p. 708; Turnbull’s “Electro-magnetic Telegraph,” p. 22; Annals of Electricity, Vol. III. p. 449; “English Cyclopedia” (Arts and Sciences), Vol. VIII. pp. 71, 72; Journal of the Society of Telegraph Engineers, 1879, Part XV, xxxviii; Vol. VIII, first part, p. 361; Reply to Mr. W. F. Cooke’s pamphlet, “The Electric Telegraph: Was it Invented by Prof. Wheatstone?” London, 1855; Du Moncel, Vol. III; “Telegraphic Tales,” 1880, p. 42; J. D. Reid, “The Telegraph in America,” 1887, p. 71; Ure’s “Dictionary of Arts,” etc., London, 1878, Vol. II (Electrical Metal), p. 230; T. P. Schaffner, “Telegraphic Manual,” 1859, pp. 147–156; Silliman, “Principles of Physics,” 1869, p. 617; “Edinburgh Philosophical Journal,” 1823, Vol. IX. pp. 322, 395.

A.D. 1816.—Porret (Robert) (1783–1868) communicates to the Annals of Philosophy (Vol. VIII. p. 74) a paper “On Two Curious Galvanic Experiments” (Electrovection, Voltaic Endosmose, or Electro-chemical Filtration).

A.D. 1816.—Porret (Robert) (1783–1868) shares with the Annals of Philosophy (Vol. VIII. p. 74) a paper titled “On Two Curious Galvanic Experiments” (Electro-evaporation, Voltaic Endosmosis, or Electro-chemical Filtration).

He observed that when water was placed in a diaphragm apparatus,[441] one side of which was connected with the positive and the other side with the negative electrode of the battery, that a considerable portion of the liquid was transferred from the positive toward the negative side of the arrangement. It has since been found that the same result occurs in a minor degree when saline solutions are electrolyzed, and, generally, the greater the resistance which the liquid offers to electrolysis the greater is the amount which is thus mechanically carried over.... It appears from the researches of Wiedemann (Pogg., Ann., Vol. LXXXVII. p. 321), which have been confirmed by those of Quincke, that the amount of liquid transferred, cæteris paribus, is proportioned to the strength or intensity of the current; that it is independent of the thickness of the diaphragm by which the two portions of liquid are separated; and that when different solutions are employed, the amount transferred in each case, by currents of equal intensity, is directly proportional to the specific resistance of the liquid. Miller, from whom the above is taken, says that this transfer has been minutely studied by Quincke, and gives an account of the latter’s work extracted from the Ann. de Chimie, LXIII. p. 479. Brewster’s allusion to Porret and Wiedemann (eighth “Britannica,” Vol. VIII. p. 630) is followed by the statement that Mr. Graham considers ordinary endosmose as produced by the electricity of chemical action.

He noticed that when water was put in a diaphragm setup,[441] with one side connected to the positive electrode and the other to the negative electrode of a battery, a significant amount of the liquid moved from the positive side to the negative side. It has since been found that a similar effect happens, though to a lesser extent, when saline solutions are electrolyzed. Generally, the higher the resistance the liquid provides against electrolysis, the more liquid gets mechanically moved over. From the studies of Wiedemann (Pogg., Ann., Vol. LXXXVII. p. 321), which have been confirmed by Quincke, it appears that the amount of liquid transferred, cæteris paribus, is proportional to the strength or intensity of the current; it does not depend on the thickness of the diaphragm separating the two liquid portions; and when different solutions are used, the amount transferred by equal intensity currents is directly proportional to the specific resistance of the liquid. Miller, from whom this information is taken, states that Quincke has studied this transfer in detail, and he summarizes Quincke's work extracted from the Ann. de Chimie, LXIII. p. 479. Brewster’s reference to Porret and Wiedemann (eighth “Britannica,” Vol. VIII. p. 630) is followed by the remark that Mr. Graham considers regular endosmosis as a result of the electricity generated by chemical reactions.

References.—Graham, Vol. II. p. 266; De la Rive’s “Electricity,” Chap. IV. pp. 424–443; “Roy. Soc. Cat. of Sci. Papers,” Vol. IV. pp. 987, 988; Wm. Henry, “Elem. of Exp. Chem.” 1823, Vol. I. p. 178; C. Matteucci, “Traité des Phénom. Elect. Phys.,” 1844, p. 262 for Porret and Becquerel; Sturgeon’s “Sc. Researches,” Bury, 1850, p. 544; Poggendorff, Vol. II. p. 503; “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. III, N.S., 1816, p. 15 (Thomson’s “Annals” for July 1816).

Sources.—Graham, Vol. II. p. 266; De la Rive’s “Electricity,” Chap. IV. pp. 424–443; “Roy. Soc. Cat. of Sci. Papers,” Vol. IV. pp. 987, 988; Wm. Henry, “Elem. of Exp. Chem.” 1823, Vol. I. p. 178; C. Matteucci, “Traité des Phénom. Elect. Phys.,” 1844, p. 262 for Porret and Becquerel; Sturgeon’s “Sc. Researches,” Bury, 1850, p. 544; Poggendorff, Vol. II. p. 503; “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. III, N.S., 1816, p. 15 (Thomson’s “Annals” for July 1816).

A.D. 1817.—Mr. J. Connolly makes known through an English and French pamphlet, entitled “An Essay on Universal Telegraphic Communication,” the details of his portable telegraph.

A.D. 1817.—Mr. J. Connolly announces through an English and French pamphlet titled “An Essay on Universal Telegraphic Communication” the details of his portable telegraph.

As shown in the thirty-sixth volume of the Transactions of the Society of Arts and in the twenty-fourth volume of the “Penny Cyclopædia,” his apparatus consists merely of three square boards painted with simple devices, like triangles, crescents, etc., the colours on the one side being the reverse of those on the other. Each of the six figures thus obtained is capable of producing four different distinct signals, making in all twenty-four, by successively turning each side of the board downward. In experiments made at Chatham, boards only eighteen inches square were found to answer for a distance of two miles, with a telescope having a magnifying power of twenty-five; and Mr. Connolly had also, it is said, exhibited these signals between Gros-nez and Sarque, a distance of seventeen miles, with boards twelve feet square.

As shown in the thirty-sixth volume of the Transactions of the Society of Arts and in the twenty-fourth volume of the “Penny Cyclopædia,” his device consists of three square boards painted with simple designs, like triangles and crescents, with the colors on one side being the opposite of those on the other. Each of the six figures created can produce four different distinct signals, totaling twenty-four by flipping each side of the board downwards. In experiments conducted at Chatham, boards that were only eighteen inches square were effective for a distance of two miles, using a telescope with a magnification of twenty-five; and Mr. Connolly reportedly demonstrated these signals between Gros-nez and Sarque, a distance of seventeen miles, using boards that were twelve feet square.

[442]

[442]

At pp. 205, 208, of the Transactions of the Society of Arts, 1818, Vol. XXXV, and at p. 98, Vol. XXXVI for 1819, will be found Mr. Connolly’s system of telegraphing by means of flags in manner different from that of Lieut.-Col. John Macdonald alluded to at Pasley, A.D. 1808.

At pp. 205, 208, of the Transactions of the Society of Arts, 1818, Vol. XXXV, and at p. 98, Vol. XXXVI for 1819, you'll find Mr. Connolly’s flag signaling system, which is different from the one mentioned by Lieut.-Col. John Macdonald at Pasley, CE 1808.

A.D. 1817.—In the “Encycl. Brit.” article treating of the influence of magnetism on chemical action, it is said that M. Muschman, Professor of Chemistry in the University of Christiania, made experiments to ascertain the effect of the earth’s magnetism on the precipitation of silver.

A.D. 1817.—In the “Encycl. Brit.” article discussing the influence of magnetism on chemical reactions, it mentions that M. Muschman, a Professor of Chemistry at the University of Christiania, conducted experiments to determine how the earth’s magnetism affects the precipitation of silver.

Desirous of explaining the chemical theory of the tree of Diana (Arbor Dianæ, first observed by Leméry), “he took a tube like a siphon and poured mercury into it, which accordingly occupied the lower part of the two branches; above the mercury he poured a strong solution of nitrate of silver. He then placed the two branches of the siphon so that the plane passing through them was in the magnetic meridian, and after standing a few seconds the silver began to precipitate itself with its natural lustre; but it accumulated particularly in the northern branch of the siphon, while that which was less copiously precipitated in the other branch had a less brilliant lustre, and was mixed with the mercurial salt deposited from the solution.” Muschman and Prof. Hansteen, having repeated this experiment with the same result, concluded that the magnetism of the earth had an influence on the precipitation of silver from a solution of its nitrate, and Muschman inferred from the experiment the identity of galvanism and magnetism (eighth “Britannica,” Vol. XIV. p. 42).

Desiring to explain the chemical theory of the tree of Diana (Arbor Dianæ, first noted by Leméry), “he took a tube similar to a siphon and poured mercury into it, which then filled the lower part of the two branches; above the mercury, he added a strong solution of silver nitrate. He then positioned the two branches of the siphon so that the line between them was aligned with the magnetic meridian, and after a few seconds, the silver started to precipitate with its natural shine; however, it collected especially in the northern branch of the siphon, while the silver that precipitated less abundantly in the other branch had a duller sheen and was mixed with the mercury salt that had settled from the solution.” Muschman and Prof. Hansteen repeated this experiment with the same outcome and concluded that the Earth's magnetism influenced the precipitation of silver from its nitrate solution, and Muschman inferred from the experiment the connection between galvanism and magnetism (eighth “Britannica,” Vol. XIV. p. 42).

A.D. 1817.—Freycinet (Claude Louis Desaulses de) (1779–1842), captain in the French navy, is sent in command of an expedition fitted out by the French Government for the purpose of making scientific observations in a voyage round the world. The experimental stations were the Island of Rawak (near the coast of Guinea), Guam (one of the Ladrones), the Isle of France, Mowi (one of the Sandwich Islands), Rio Janeiro, Port Jackson, Cape of Good Hope, Paris and the Falkland Islands, as described in his “Voyage Autour du Monde ...” Paris, 1842.

A.D. 1817.—Freycinet (Claude Louis Desaulses de) (1779–1842), a captain in the French navy, is appointed to lead an expedition organized by the French Government to conduct scientific observations during a voyage around the world. The research stations included the Island of Rawak (near the coast of Guinea), Guam (one of the Mariana Islands), the Isle of France, Mowi (one of the Hawaiian Islands), Rio de Janeiro, Port Jackson, Cape of Good Hope, Paris, and the Falkland Islands, as detailed in his “Voyage Autour du Monde ...” Paris, 1842.

His observations on the diurnal variations of the needle, which confirm the investigations made by Lieut.-Col. John Macdonald (A.D. 1808), are to be found at p. 54, Vol. XIV of the eighth “Britannica.”

His observations on the daily changes of the needle, which support the research conducted by Lieut.-Col. John Macdonald (CE 1808), can be found on page 54, Volume XIV of the eighth “Britannica.”

References.—His “Voyage de Découvertes ... 1800–1804 ...” (F. Péron and Louis Freycinet), also his “Navigation et Géog. ...”[443] 1815; the note at p. 158, Vol. I of Humboldt’s “Cosmos,” London, 1849; Phil. Mag., Vol. LVII. p. 20.

References.—His “Voyage of Discoveries ... 1800–1804 ...” (F. Péron and Louis Freycinet), as well as his “Navigation and Geography ...”[443] 1815; the note on p. 158, Vol. I of Humboldt’s “Cosmos,” London, 1849; Phil. Mag., Vol. LVII. p. 20.

A.D. 1817.—In Vol. XLII. pp. 165, 166, of the Transactions of the Society of Arts will be found a record of the explanation of his magnetic guard for needle pointers which Mr. Westcott made before the Committee of Mechanics during the year 1817. This is said to consist of several “bar magnets smeared over with oil placed in a frame behind the grindstone.”

A.D. 1817.—In Vol. XLII. pp. 165, 166, of the Transactions of the Society of Arts, there is a record of Mr. Westcott's explanation of his magnetic guard for needle pointers, which he presented to the Committee of Mechanics in 1817. This is described as being made up of several "bar magnets coated with oil, positioned in a frame behind the grindstone."

A.D. 1818.—Bostock (John) (1774–1846), English physician, F.R.S., lecturer at Guy’s Hospital, publishes in London his “Account of the History and Present State of Galvanism,” which is scarcely more than a compilation of works treating of that branch of science.

A.D. 1818.—Bostock (John) (1774–1846), an English physician, F.R.S., and lecturer at Guy’s Hospital, publishes in London his “Account of the History and Present State of Galvanism,” which is hardly more than a compilation of existing works on that area of science.

One of the passages is, however, worth quoting, for it reflects the opinion shared by many physicists of the time that the resources of the galvanic field were already wellnigh exhausted. It thus appears at p. 102: “Although it may be somewhat hazardous to form predictions respecting the progress of science, I may remark that the impulse which was given in the first instance by Galvani’s original experiments, was revived by Volta’s discovery of the pile, and was carried to the highest pitch by Sir H. Davy’s application of it to chemical decomposition, seems to have, in a great measure, subsided. It may be conjectured that we have carried the power of the instrument to the utmost extent of which it admits; and it does not appear that we are at present in the way of making any important additions to our knowledge of its effects, or of obtaining any new light upon the theory of its action.”

One of the quotes is definitely worth sharing because it reflects a common belief among many physicists of that time that the resources of the galvanic field were nearly used up. It appears on p. 102: “Although it might be a bit risky to predict the future of science, I want to point out that the initial drive sparked by Galvani’s early experiments was reignited by Volta’s discovery of the pile and was pushed further by Sir H. Davy’s use of it for chemical decomposition. This momentum seems to have largely faded. It can be assumed that we have explored the full potential of this instrument, and it doesn't seem like we're currently on track to make any significant discoveries about its effects or gain new insights into how it works.”

Bostock is also the author of “Outline of the History of the Galvanic Apparatus”; “On the Theory of Galvanism” (Nicholson’s Journal for 1802); “On the Hypothesis of Galvanism” (Annals of Philosophy, III, 1814), and of other works upon different scientific subjects. Reference is made by Mr. William Leithead (“Electricity,” London, 1837, Chap. VI. pp. 296, 297) to Bostock’s “Elementary System of Physiology,” 1827, Vol. II. pp. 413, etc., wherein is shown among other results, that, contrary to the views of Dr. Philip, there is no necessary connection between “the nervous influence” and the action of the glands. At p. 306 of Leithead appears another extract, from the third volume of Bostock, relative to the application of the electro-physiological theory in elucidating the phenomena of disease.

Bostock is also the author of “Outline of the History of the Galvanic Apparatus”; “On the Theory of Galvanism” (Nicholson’s Journal for 1802); “On the Hypothesis of Galvanism” (Annals of Philosophy, III, 1814), and other works on various scientific topics. Mr. William Leithead references Bostock’s “Elementary System of Physiology,” 1827, Vol. II, pp. 413, etc., in his book (“Electricity,” London, 1837, Chap. VI, pp. 296, 297), where it is demonstrated, among other findings, that, contrary to Dr. Philip's views, there is no necessary link between “the nervous influence” and the functioning of the glands. On p. 306 of Leithead's work, there is another excerpt from the third volume of Bostock, discussing the use of the electro-physiological theory to explain disease phenomena.

References.—Poggendorff, Vol. I. pp. 249, 250; “Nicholson’s Journal,” Vols. II. p. 296, and III. p. 3; Figuier, “Expos. et Histoire,” 1857, Vol. IV. p. 425; Gilbert, Vol. XII. p. 476.

References.—Poggendorff, Vol. I, pp. 249, 250; “Nicholson’s Journal,” Vols. II, p. 296, and III, p. 3; Figuier, “Expos. et Histoire,” 1857, Vol. IV, p. 425; Gilbert, Vol. XII, p. 476.

[444]

[444]

A.D. 1819.—Hansteen (Christoph) (1784–1873), Norwegian astronomer and physicist, embodies in his notable work, “Untersuchungen über den Magnetismus der Erde ...” (“Inquiries regarding the magnetism of the earth”), the result of his extensive researches concerning terrestrial magnetism, the account of which is accompanied by a chart indicating the magnetic direction and dip at numerous places. This work, which is said to have been practically completed in 1813 (Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1859, Vol. V. p. 66), was translated by the celebrated Peter Andreas Hansen (Poggendorff, Vol. I. pp. 1013–1015) from the original manuscript and published in German. It attracted much attention throughout the scientific world, and so highly was it thought of that in almost all the voyages of discovery afterwards undertaken most magnetic observations were made according to its directions.

A.D. 1819.—Hansteen (Christoph) (1784–1873), a Norwegian astronomer and physicist, is recognized for his significant work, “Untersuchungen über den Magnetismus der Erde ...” (“Inquiries regarding the magnetism of the earth”), which presents the findings of his extensive research on terrestrial magnetism. This work includes a chart showing the magnetic direction and dip at various locations. It is said to have been nearly finished in 1813 (Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1859, Vol. V. p. 66) and was translated from the original manuscript into German by the renowned Peter Andreas Hansen (Poggendorff, Vol. I. pp. 1013–1015). The work garnered considerable attention in the scientific community and was so well-regarded that most magnetic observations during subsequent voyages of discovery were conducted according to its guidance.

Through the “Encyclopædia Britannica” we learn that Hansteen’s able work was first made known in England by Sir David Brewster through two articles in the Edin. Phil. Journal for 1820, Vol. III. p. 138, and Vol. IV. p. 114, and that an account of his subsequent researches, drawn up by Hansteen himself, appeared in the Edin. Journal of Science for 1826, Vol. V. p. 65. It is also stated that the Royal Society of Denmark proposed in 1811 the prize question, “Is the supposition of one magnetical axis sufficient to account for the magnetical phenomena of the earth, or are two necessary?” Prof. Hansteen’s attention had been previously drawn to this subject by seeing a terrestrial globe, on which was drawn an elliptical line round the south pole and marked Regio polaris magnetica, one of the foci being called Regio fortior, and the other Regio debilior. As this figure professed to be drawn by Wilcke, from the observations of Cooke and Furneaux, Hansteen was led to compare it with the facts; and the result of his researches was favourable to that part of Halley’s theory which assumes the existence of four poles and two magnetic axes. Hansteen’s Memoir, which was crowned by the Danish Society, forms the groundwork of his larger volume published in 1819. “In his fifth chapter, on the Mathematical Theory of the Magnet, he deduces the law of magnetic action from a series of experiments similar to those of Hauksbee and Lambert.... In determining the intensity of terrestrial magnetism Professor Hansteen observed that the time of vibration of a horizontal needle varied during the day. Graham had previously suspected a change of this kind, but his methods were not accurate enough to prove it. Hansteen found that the minimum intensity took place between ten and eleven a.m., and the maximum between four and five p.m. He concluded also that there was an annual variation, the[445] intensity being considerably greater in winter near the perihelion, and in summer near the aphelion; that the greatest monthly variation was a maximum when the earth is in its perihelion or aphelion, and a minimum near the equinoxes; and that the greatest daily variation is least in winter and greatest in summer. He found also that the aurora borealis weakened the magnetic force, and that the magnetic intensity is always weakest when the moon crosses the equator.”

Through the “Encyclopædia Britannica,” we learn that Hansteen’s impressive work was first introduced in England by Sir David Brewster through two articles in the Edin. Phil. Journal for 1820, Vol. III. p. 138, and Vol. IV. p. 114. An account of his later research, written by Hansteen himself, was published in the Edin. Journal of Science for 1826, Vol. V. p. 65. It is also noted that the Royal Society of Denmark posed the question in 1811: “Is the assumption of a single magnetic axis sufficient to explain the magnetic phenomena of the earth, or are two necessary?” Prof. Hansteen’s attention had been previously caught by a terrestrial globe that displayed an elliptical line around the south pole labeled Regio polaris magnetica, with one focus named Regio fortior and the other Regio debilior. Since this diagram claimed to be drawn by Wilcke based on the observations of Cooke and Furneaux, Hansteen was motivated to compare it with actual facts. The findings of his research supported that aspect of Halley’s theory which proposes there are four poles and two magnetic axes. Hansteen’s Memoir, which was recognized by the Danish Society, forms the basis of his larger volume published in 1819. “In his fifth chapter, on the Mathematical Theory of the Magnet, he derives the law of magnetic action from a series of experiments similar to those of Hauksbee and Lambert.... In measuring the intensity of terrestrial magnetism, Professor Hansteen observed that the time of vibration of a horizontal needle changed throughout the day. Graham had previously suspected such a variation, but his methods weren't precise enough to confirm it. Hansteen discovered that the minimum intensity occurred between ten and eleven a.m., and the maximum between four and five p.m. He also concluded that there was an annual variation, with the[445] intensity being significantly higher in winter near perihelion and in summer near aphelion; that the greatest monthly variation peaked when the earth is at perihelion or aphelion and was at its lowest around the equinoxes; and that the greatest daily variation was smallest in winter and largest in summer. He also found that the aurora borealis diminished the magnetic force and that the magnetic intensity is always weakest when the moon crosses the equator.”

According to Dr. Whewell (“History of Induc. Sciences,” 1859, Vol. II. p. 226), the conclusions reached by Hansteen respecting the position of the four magnetic “poles” excited so much interest in his own country that the Norwegian Storthing, or Parliament, by a unanimous vote provided funds for a magnetic expedition which he was to conduct along the north of Europe and Asia, and this they did at the very time when, strange to say, they refused to make a grant to the King for building a palace at Christiania. The expedition was made in 1828–1830, and verified Hansteen’s anticipations as to the existence of a region of magnetic convergence in Siberia, which he considered as indicating a “pole” to the north of that country. The results were published in Hansteen and Due’s “Resultate magnetischer ...” (“Magn., Astron. and Méteor. Obs. on Journey through Siberia”) which appeared in 1863.

According to Dr. Whewell (“History of Induc. Sciences,” 1859, Vol. II. p. 226), the conclusions reached by Hansteen about the location of the four magnetic “poles” generated such interest in Norway that the Norwegian Storthing, or Parliament, unanimously voted to fund a magnetic expedition he was to lead across northern Europe and Asia. Surprisingly, this decision came at the same time they refused to grant funds to the King for building a palace in Christiania. The expedition took place from 1828 to 1830, confirming Hansteen’s predictions about the existence of a region of magnetic convergence in Siberia, which he believed indicated a “pole” to the north of that country. The results were published in Hansteen and Due’s “Resultate magnetischer ...” (“Magn., Astron. and Méteor. Obs. on Journey through Siberia”), which came out in 1863.

In the Sixth Dissertation, Chap. VII of the “Encycl. Brit.,” it is said that, next to Prof. Hansteen, science is mainly indebted for the great extension of our knowledge of the facts and the laws of terrestrial magnetism to two illustrious German philosophers, Baron Alexander von Humboldt and Prof. Karl Friedrich Gauss (1777–1855). An account is therein given of Gauss’s individual investigations, as well as of the researches he made in conjunction with Wilhelm Eduard Weber (1804–1891), who was likewise a professor at Göttingen. Of Alex. von Humboldt, we have spoken fully under date 1799, and of Gauss and Weber, mention has already been made at Schilling (A.D. 1812).

In the Sixth Dissertation, Chap. VII of the “Encycl. Brit.,” it states that, after Prof. Hansteen, science owes much of its significant advancement in understanding the facts and laws of terrestrial magnetism to two renowned German philosophers, Baron Alexander von Humboldt and Prof. Karl Friedrich Gauss (1777–1855). The text provides details about Gauss’s personal investigations, as well as the research he conducted together with Wilhelm Eduard Weber (1804–1891), who was also a professor at Göttingen. We have fully discussed Alex. von Humboldt under the year 1799, and Gauss and Weber have already been mentioned at Schilling (Anno Domini 1812).

The very valuable contributions of Gauss and Weber appear throughout all the many scientific publications of the period, notably in the “Abhandlung d. Gött. Geselsch. d. Wiss.,” their joint work being shown to advantage in the important “Resultate ... des Magnet. Vereins,” published in Leipzig, 1837–1843.[58]

The significant contributions of Gauss and Weber are evident in many scientific publications from that time, especially in the “Abhandlung d. Gött. Geselsch. d. Wiss.,” where their collaboration is highlighted in the key “Resultate ... des Magnet. Vereins,” published in Leipzig, 1837–1843.[58]

[446]

[446]

References.—For M. Hansteen’s scientific papers and for an account of additional magnetic results obtained by himself and others, consult the eighth “Britannica,” Vols. I. p. 745; IV. p. 249; XIV. pp. 15, 23, 42 (experiment with M. Muschman), 50, 55, 57–64, et seq., for Morlet and others; Thomson’s “Outline of the Sciences,” London, 1830, pp. 546–548; Whewell, “History of the Induc. Sci.,” Vol. II. pp. 613, 615, also p. 219 for Yates and Hansteen; Johnson’s new “Univer. Encycl.,” 1878, Vol. III. pp. 231–234 for Morlet, etc.: Weld’s “Hist. of Roy. Soc.,” Vol. II. p. 435; “Edin. Jour. of Sci.,” London, 1826, Vols. I. pp. 87, 334; V. pp. 65–71, 218–222; “Report of Seventh Meeting British Association,” London, 1838, Vol. VI. pp. 76, 82; J. G. Steinhauser’s articles published between 1803 and 1821; Harris’ “Rudimentary Magnetism,” London, 1852, Part. III. pp. 38, 39, 111; Phil. Mag., Vol. LIX. p. 248, and Phil. Mag. or Annals, Vol. II. p. 334; “Zeitschr. f. pop. Mitth.,” I. p. 33; Schweigger’s Journal, 1813–1827; Poggendorff’s Annalen, 1825–1855; “Académie Royale de Belgique” for 1853, 1855, 1865; C. Hansteen and C. Fearnley, “Die Univ.-Sternwarte ...” 1849; Hansteen, Lundh and Muschman, “Nyt. Mag. for Naturvid,” 1823–1856. See likewise his biography in the “English Cyclop. Supplement,” pp. 642, 643; “Catal. Roy. Soc. Sc. Pap.,” Vol. III. pp. 167–172; Vol. VI. p. 681, Vol. VII. p. 905; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. II. p. 157; “Edin. Phil. Journal,” 1823, Vol. IX. p. 243; “Annual Rec. Sc. Disc.,” 1873, p. 683; 1875, p. 155; Knight’s “Amer. Mech. Dict.,” 1875, Vol. II. p. 1374, and eighth “Britan.,” Vol. XIV. p. 49, regarding Hansteen’s lines of no variation for 1787; Humboldt’s “Cosmos,” 1859, Vol. V. pp. 110–111, for the investigations of Hansteen, Sir Ed. Belcher and others, those of the last named being treated of at p. 493 of the Phil. Trans. for 1832; Noad, “Manual,” pp. 529, 530, 534, 616, 617, etc.; Appleton’s “New Am. Cycl.,” Vol. XI. p. 64.

Sources.—For M. Hansteen’s scientific papers and for more information on additional magnetic results obtained by him and others, check the eighth edition of the “Britannica,” Vols. I. p. 745; IV. p. 249; XIV. pp. 15, 23, 42 (experiment with M. Muschman), 50, 55, 57–64, et seq., for Morlet and others; Thomson’s “Outline of the Sciences,” London, 1830, pp. 546–548; Whewell, “History of the Induc. Sci.,” Vol. II. pp. 613, 615, also p. 219 for Yates and Hansteen; Johnson’s new “Univer. Encycl.,” 1878, Vol. III. pp. 231–234 for Morlet, etc.: Weld’s “Hist. of Roy. Soc.,” Vol. II. p. 435; “Edin. Jour. of Sci.,” London, 1826, Vols. I. pp. 87, 334; V. pp. 65–71, 218–222; “Report of Seventh Meeting British Association,” London, 1838, Vol. VI. pp. 76, 82; J. G. Steinhauser’s articles published between 1803 and 1821; Harris’ “Rudimentary Magnetism,” London, 1852, Part. III. pp. 38, 39, 111; Phil. Mag., Vol. LIX. p. 248, and Phil. Mag. or Annals, Vol. II. p. 334; “Zeitschr. f. pop. Mitth.,” I. p. 33; Schweigger’s Journal, 1813–1827; Poggendorff’s Annalen, 1825–1855; “Académie Royale de Belgique” for 1853, 1855, 1865; C. Hansteen and C. Fearnley, “Die Univ.-Sternwarte ...” 1849; Hansteen, Lundh and Muschman, “Nyt. Mag. for Naturvid,” 1823–1856. See also his biography in the “English Cyclop. Supplement,” pp. 642, 643; “Catal. Roy. Soc. Sc. Pap.,” Vol. III. pp. 167–172; Vol. VI. p. 681, Vol. VII. p. 905; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. II. p. 157; “Edin. Phil. Journal,” 1823, Vol. IX. p. 243; “Annual Rec. Sc. Disc.,” 1873, p. 683; 1875, p. 155; Knight’s “Amer. Mech. Dict.,” 1875, Vol. II. p. 1374, and eighth “Britan.,” Vol. XIV. p. 49, regarding Hansteen’s lines of no variation for 1787; Humboldt’s “Cosmos,” 1859, Vol. V. pp. 110–111, for the investigations of Hansteen, Sir Ed. Belcher and others, the latter being discussed at p. 493 of the Phil. Trans. for 1832; Noad, “Manual,” pp. 529, 530, 534, 616, 617, etc.; Appleton’s “New Am. Cycl.,” Vol. XI. p. 64.

A.D. 1819.—Hare (Robert) (1781–1858) who was for twenty-nine years Professor of Chemistry in the Pennsylvania University, publishes in Philadelphia “A New Theory of Galvanism, Supported by Some Experiments and Observations Made by Means of the Calorimotor ...” of which an English edition appears in London the same year. (A full review of this work is to be found more particularly at p. 206, Vol. LIV of the Philosophical Magazine; in the “Encycl. Metropol.,” Vol. IV (Galvanism), p. 222; in Ure’s “Dictionary of Chemistry,” Am. ed., article “Calorimotor”; at p. 187 of the Phil. Trans. for 1823; at pp. 409, 410, Vol. I of Gmelin’s “Chemistry,” and at pp. 413–423, Vol. I of Silliman’s Am. Jour. of Sci., the last named being accompanied by a very fine illustration of the Calorimotor.)

A.D. 1819.—Hare (Robert) (1781–1858), who served as the Professor of Chemistry at Pennsylvania University for twenty-nine years, publishes in Philadelphia “A New Theory of Galvanism, Supported by Some Experiments and Observations Made by Means of the Calorimotor ...” An English edition is released in London the same year. (A full review of this work can be found in detail at p. 206, Vol. LIV of the Philosophical Magazine; in the “Encycl. Metropol.,” Vol. IV (Galvanism), p. 222; in Ure’s “Dictionary of Chemistry,” Am. ed., article “Calorimotor”; at p. 187 of the Phil. Trans. for 1823; at pp. 409, 410, Vol. I of Gmelin’s “Chemistry,” and at pp. 413–423, Vol. I of Silliman’s Am. Jour. of Sci., the last one being accompanied by a very fine illustration of the Calorimotor.)

This apparatus, which has already been alluded to (Pepys, A.D. 1802), consists of sheets of zinc about 9 inches by 6, and of copper about 14 inches by 6, coiled around one another nearly half an inch apart; there being in all 80 coils, 2½ inches in diameter, which are let down by means of a lever into glass vessels containing the acid solution. Dr. Hare observes:

This device, which has already been mentioned (Pepys, CE 1802), is made up of sheets of zinc approximately 9 inches by 6 inches and sheets of copper about 14 inches by 6 inches, coiled around each other with a gap of nearly half an inch between them; there are a total of 80 coils, 2½ inches in diameter, which are lowered using a lever into glass containers filled with the acid solution. Dr. Hare notes:

[447]

[447]

“Volta considered all galvanic apparatus as consisting of one or more electromotors, or movers of the electric fluid. To me it appeared that they were movers of both heat and electricity; the ratio of the quantity of the latter put in motion to the quantity of the former put in motion being as the number of the series to the superficies. Hence the word electromotor can only be applicable when the caloric becomes evanescent, and electricity almost the sole product, as in De Luc’s and Zamboni’s columns; and the word calorimotor ought to be used when electricity becomes evanescent and caloric appears the sole product.”

“Volta saw all galvanic devices as made up of one or more electromotors, or movers of the electric fluid. To me, it seemed that they were movers of both heat and electricity; the ratio of the amount of electricity set in motion to the amount of heat set in motion being proportional to the number of the series compared to the surface area. Therefore, the term electromotor should only be used when heat becomes negligible and electricity is almost the only output, as seen in De Luc’s and Zamboni’s columns; while the term calorimotor should be used when electricity fades away and heat appears as the only output.”

“It afterwards appeared quite natural,” remarks Mr. W. B. Taylor (Note B, “Mem. of Jos. Henry,” p. 376) “to distinguish these classes of effects by the old terms—‘intensity’ for electromotive force, and ‘quantity’ for calorimotive force. There is obviously a close analogy between these differences of condition and resultant, and the more strongly contrasted conditions of mechanical and chemical electricity; and indeed the whole may be said to lie in a continuous series, from the highest ‘intensity’ with minimum quantity, to the greatest ‘quantity’ with minimum intensity.”

“It later seemed quite natural,” notes Mr. W. B. Taylor (Note B, “Mem. of Jos. Henry,” p. 376) “to use the old terms to differentiate these types of effects—‘intensity’ for electromotive force, and ‘quantity’ for calorimotive force. There is clearly a close analogy between these differences in condition and outcome, and the more distinctly contrasting conditions of mechanical and chemical electricity; and in fact, the whole concept can be seen as lying along a continuous spectrum, from the highest ‘intensity’ with minimal quantity, to the greatest ‘quantity’ with minimal intensity.”

Two years later (1821), Dr. Hare constructed his galvanic deflagrator. It consists of two pairs of troughs, each ten feet long, and containing 150 galvanic pairs, so arranged that the plates can all be simultaneously immersed into or withdrawn from the acid. Each pair turns on pivots made of iron, coated with brass or copper, and a communication is established between these and the voltaic series within by means of small strips of copper. The “Encycl. Brit.” gives a full description of the construction and working of the apparatus, as do also the “Encycl. Metropol.,” Vol. IV (Galv.), p. 176; Noad (“Manual,” pp. 266, 267); Gmelin (“Chemistry,” Vol. I. pp. 409, 410), and Silliman (“Journal of Sci. and Arts,” Vol. VII. p. 347). The first-named publication says of Dr. Hare’s deflagrator:

Two years later (1821), Dr. Hare built his galvanic deflagrator. It has two sets of troughs, each ten feet long, containing 150 galvanic pairs arranged so that all the plates can be immersed in or taken out of the acid at the same time. Each pair pivots on iron axes coated with brass or copper, and small copper strips connect these to the voltaic series. The “Encycl. Brit.” provides a detailed description of the construction and operation of the device, as do the “Encycl. Metropol.,” Vol. IV (Galv.), p. 176; Noad (“Manual,” pp. 266, 267); Gmelin (“Chemistry,” Vol. I. pp. 409, 410), and Silliman (“Journal of Sci. and Arts,” Vol. VII. p. 347). The first-named publication discusses Dr. Hare’s deflagrator:

“A brilliant light, equal to that of the sun, was produced between charcoal points, and plumbago and charcoal were fused by Profs. Silliman and Griscom. By a series of 250, baryta was deflagrated, and a platina wire, three-sixteenths of an inch in thickness, ‘was made to flow like water.’ In the experiments with charcoal, the charcoal on the copper side had no appearance of fusion, but a crater-shaped cavity was formed within it, indicating that the charcoal was volatilized at this side and transferred to the other, where it was condensed and fused, the piece of charcoal at this pile being elongated considerably. This fused charcoal was four times denser than before fusion. In a letter from Prof. Silliman, which was transcribed in the Sc. Am. Sup. for Sept. 21, 1878, he says:[448] ‘Undoubtedly the earliest exhibitions of electric light from the voltaic battery were those made with the deflagrators of Dr. Hare by Prof. Silliman at New Haven in 1822, and subsequently on a magnificent scale at Boston in 1834, when an arc of over five inches diameter was produced by the simultaneous immersion of 900 large-sized couples of Hare’s deflagrator. But no means had then been devised for the regulation of the electric light to render it constant, and although the writer as early as 1842 used this light successfully to produce daguerreotypes, the progress of invention had yet to make further use of the discovery of science before electrical illumination was possible.’”

“A brilliant light, as bright as the sun, was produced between charcoal points, and plumbago and charcoal were fused by Professors Silliman and Griscom. Through a series of 250, baryta was ignited, and a platinum wire, three-sixteenths of an inch thick, ‘was made to flow like water.’ In the experiments with charcoal, the charcoal on the copper side showed no signs of melting, but a crater-shaped cavity formed within it, indicating that the charcoal was vaporized on this side and transferred to the other, where it was condensed and melted, causing the piece of charcoal at this pile to elongate significantly. This melted charcoal was four times denser than before melting. In a letter from Professor Silliman, which was published in the Sc. Am. Sup. for Sept. 21, 1878, he states:[448] ‘Undoubtedly the earliest demonstrations of electric light from the voltaic battery were those made with Dr. Hare's deflagrators by Professor Silliman in New Haven in 1822, and later on a grand scale in Boston in 1834, when an arc with a diameter of over five inches was created by the simultaneous immersion of 900 large couples from Hare’s deflagrator. However, no methods had been developed at that time to regulate the electric light for consistency, and although the writer successfully used this light to produce daguerreotypes as early as 1842, the progress of invention still had to further utilize the discoveries of science before electrical illumination became viable.’”

The description of Dr. Hare’s electrical machine (before alluded to at Van Marum A.D. 1785), wherein the plate is mounted horizontally so as to show both negative and positive electricity, was published in London during 1823, and can be found in Vol. LXII of the Phil. Mag., as well as at pp. 538, 604, 605, Vol. VIII of the 1855 “Encycl. Brit.” In the last-named article mention is made of the introduction of a band (illustrated Fig. 7, Plate CCXXII) which prevents the plate from being cracked, as it frequently is, through some hasty effort to put it in motion while it adheres to the cushions. It is also therein stated that in order to offset the heavy expense attending the breakage of large cylinders and plates, M. Walkiers de St. Amand, of Brussels, among many others, made an apparatus of varnished silk 25 feet long and 5 feet wide, capable of giving sparks 15 inches long (see A.D. 1785), while Dr. Ingen-housz constructed machines with pasteboard discs four feet in diameter, soaked in copal or amber varnish dissolved in linseed oil, which gave sparks of one and even two feet in length.

The description of Dr. Hare’s electrical machine (previously mentioned at Van Marum A.D. 1785), where the plate is set up horizontally to demonstrate both negative and positive electricity, was published in London in 1823. You can find it in Vol. LXII of the Phil. Mag. and on pages 538, 604, 605 of Vol. VIII of the 1855 “Encycl. Brit.” In that last article, there’s a mention of a band (illustrated in Fig. 7, Plate CCXXII) that stops the plate from cracking, which often happens when trying to move it before it has detached from the cushions. It also mentions that to reduce the high costs associated with breaking large cylinders and plates, M. Walkiers de St. Amand from Brussels, among others, created an apparatus made of varnished silk that is 25 feet long and 5 feet wide, capable of producing sparks 15 inches long (see A.D. 1785). Meanwhile, Dr. Ingen-housz made machines with pasteboard discs that are four feet in diameter, soaked in copal or amber varnish mixed with linseed oil, which could generate sparks of one to even two feet in length.

In the fifth volume, new series, of the Amer. Phil. Trans. will be found Dr. Hare’s “Description of an Electrical Machine,” with a plate four feet in diameter, so constructed as to be above the operator; also of a battery discharger employed therewith, and some observations on the causes of the diversity in the length of the sparks erroneously distinguished by the terms positive and negative. Hare is also the inventor of a single gold-leaf electroscope of such great delicacy that it has, he says, enabled him to detect the electricity produced by one contact between a zinc and copper disc, each six inches in diameter (Noad, “Manual,” p. 29; Harris’ “Rudim. Elect.,” p. 50; Silliman’s Journal, Vol. XXXV). He invented several other electrical appliances, and he is likewise the author of numerous important memoirs which it would be impossible to detail in the narrow limits of this “Bibliographical History.” They will, however, be found recorded in the publications named below.

In the fifth volume, new series, of the Amer. Phil. Trans. you'll find Dr. Hare’s “Description of an Electrical Machine,” featuring a plate four feet in diameter designed to be above the operator. It also includes a battery discharger used with it, along with some notes on the reasons for the differences in the lengths of the sparks incorrectly referred to as positive and negative. Hare also created a single gold-leaf electroscope that’s so sensitive that, according to him, it has allowed him to detect the electricity generated by a single contact between a zinc and copper disc, each six inches in diameter (Noad, “Manual,” p. 29; Harris’ “Rudim. Elect.,” p. 50; Silliman’s Journal, Vol. XXXV). He invented several other electrical devices and is also the author of many significant papers, which cannot be fully detailed in the limited space of this “Bibliographical History.” However, they can be found recorded in the publications listed below.

[449]

[449]

References.Phil. Trans. for 1769, Vol. LXIX. p. 659. See also, for Walkiers de St. Amand, the entry at A.D. 1785, as well as Lichtenberg’s Magazin, Vol. III, 1st, p. 118, for the last-named year. To these might be added the machines made by Mundt, of silken strips (Gren’s Journal der Physik., Vol. VII. p. 319); by N. Rouland, “Descript. des mach, elec. à taffetas,” Amsterdam, 1785; by Croissant and Thore; of paper by W. H. Barlow (Phil. Mag., Vol. XXXVII. p. 428), of gutta percha; as well as machines of rubber by Fabre and Kunneman, as shown at Th. Du Moncel’s “Exposé des appl. de l’El.,” second ed., p. 399, and third ed., 1872, Vol. II. pp. 78, 122, 265, besides the peculiarly constructed machines of Erdmann Wolfram (Ferussac, “Bulletin des Sciences Tech.” for 1824); of G. H. Seiferheld, “Beschreib ... elektrische mach,” 1787; of F. E. Neuman, as modified by F. Zantedeschi (“Ann. Sci. Lom.-Ven.,” XII. p. 73), and of those described at p. 420, Vol. II, and at p. 4, Vol. III of Nicholson’s Magazine. Consult likewise, pp. 335, 340, second Am. ed. of the “New Edin. Encycl.,” 1817. Poggendorff, Vol. I. pp. 1018, 1019; “Cat. Sci. Papers of Roy. Soc.,” Vol. III. pp. 177–182; Vol. VI. p. 182; Silliman’s Am. Jour. Sci. and Arts, Vols. II. pp. 312, 326; III. p. 105; IV. p. 201; V. p. 94; VII. pp. 103, 108, 351; VIII. pp. 99, 145; X. p. 67; XII. p. 36; XIII. p. 322; XV. p. 271; XXIV. p. 253, XXV. p. 136; XXXI. p. 275; XXXII. pp. 272, 275–278, 280–285; XXXIII. p. 241; XXXV. p. 329; XXXVII. pp. 269, 383; XXXVIII. pp. 1, 336, 339; XXXIX. p. 108; XL. pp. 48, 303; XLI. p. 1, and XLIII. p. 291; Phil. Mag., Vols. LVII. p. 284; LXII. pp. 3, 8, etc.; Phil. Mag. or Annals, Vol. VI. pp. 114, 171; Journal of the Franklin Institute, third series. Vol. XV. pp. 188, etc.; Trans. of the Am. Phil. Soc., N.S., Vol. VI. p. 297 (for Hare and Allen) also pp. 339, 341, 343, and Vol. VII for 1841; “Mem. Jos. Henry,” Washington, 1880, p. 82; Figuier, “Exp. et Hist.,” 1857, Vol. IV. pp. 391, 401, 402; Dr. Thomas Thomson, “Outline of the Sc.,” London, 1830, pp. 515, 517; Appleton’s “New Amer. Cycl.,” Vol. VII. p. 66; Appleton’s “Dict. of Machines, Mechanics ...” 1861, pp. 432, 433; Dr. William Henry, “Elem. of Exper. Chem.,” London, 1823, Vol. I. p. 169, and Supplement, Chap. VII. p. 29; “Annual of Sc. Disc.” for 1862, p. 99.

Sources.Phil. Trans. for 1769, Vol. LXIX. p. 659. See also, for Walkiers de St. Amand, the entry at CE 1785, and Lichtenberg’s Magazin, Vol. III, 1st, p. 118, for that year. Additionally, you might consider the machines made by Mundt, from silk strips (Gren’s Journal der Physik., Vol. VII. p. 319); by N. Rouland, “Descript. des mach, elec. à taffetas,” Amsterdam, 1785; by Croissant and Thore; from paper by W. H. Barlow (Phil. Mag., Vol. XXXVII. p. 428), made of gutta percha; as well as rubber machines by Fabre and Kunneman, as shown in Th. Du Moncel’s “Exposé des appl. de l’El.,” second ed., p. 399, and third ed., 1872, Vol. II. pp. 78, 122, 265, in addition to the uniquely designed machines by Erdmann Wolfram (Ferussac, “Bulletin des Sciences Tech.” for 1824); from G. H. Seiferheld, “Beschreib ... elektrische mach,” 1787; from F. E. Neuman, modified by F. Zantedeschi (“Ann. Sci. Lom.-Ven.,” XII. p. 73), and those described on p. 420, Vol. II, and p. 4, Vol. III of Nicholson’s Magazine. Also refer to pp. 335, 340, second Am. ed. of the “New Edin. Encycl.,” 1817. Poggendorff, Vol. I. pp. 1018, 1019; “Cat. Sci. Papers of Roy. Soc.,” Vol. III. pp. 177–182; Vol. VI. p. 182; Silliman’s Am. Jour. Sci. and Arts, Vols. II. pp. 312, 326; III. p. 105; IV. p. 201; V. p. 94; VII. pp. 103, 108, 351; VIII. pp. 99, 145; X. p. 67; XII. p. 36; XIII. p. 322; XV. p. 271; XXIV. p. 253, XXV. p. 136; XXXI. p. 275; XXXII. pp. 272, 275–278, 280–285; XXXIII. p. 241; XXXV. p. 329; XXXVII. pp. 269, 383; XXXVIII. pp. 1, 336, 339; XXXIX. p. 108; XL. pp. 48, 303; XLI. p. 1, and XLIII. p. 291; Phil. Mag., Vols. LVII. p. 284; LXII. pp. 3, 8, etc.; Phil. Mag. or Annals, Vol. VI. pp. 114, 171; Journal of the Franklin Institute, third series. Vol. XV. pp. 188, etc.; Trans. of the Am. Phil. Soc., N.S., Vol. VI. p. 297 (for Hare and Allen) also pp. 339, 341, 343, and Vol. VII for 1841; “Mem. Jos. Henry,” Washington, 1880, p. 82; Figuier, “Exp. et Hist.,” 1857, Vol. IV. pp. 391, 401, 402; Dr. Thomas Thomson, “Outline of the Sc.,” London, 1830, pp. 515, 517; Appleton’s “New Amer. Cycl.,” Vol. VII. p. 66; Appleton’s “Dict. of Machines, Mechanics ...” 1861, pp. 432, 433; Dr. William Henry, “Elem. of Exper. Chem.,” London, 1823, Vol. I. p. 169, and Supplement, Chap. VII. p. 29; “Annual of Sc. Disc.” for 1862, p. 99.

A.D. 1819.—Gmelin (Leopold), the most distinguished member of the family of that name, publishes, at Frankfort, 1817–1819, the first edition of his celebrated “Handbuch d. theoret. Chemie,” which embodies the whole extent of chemical science as it then existed and the fourth and last edition of which, under the author’s supervision, appeared during 1843–1845. This extensive work is well known, both in its original form and through the very able translation of it made by Mr. Henry Watts. In the report of the Council of the Chemical Society for 1854, it is said that “the greatest service which Gmelin rendered to science—a service in which he surpassed all his predecessors and all his contemporaries—consists in this: that he collected and arranged in order all the facts that have been discovered in connection with chemistry. His Handbuch der theoret Chemie stands alone. Other writers on chemistry have indeed arranged large quantities of materials in systematic order, but for completeness and fidelity of collation and consecutiveness of arrangement, Gmelin’s Handbuch is unrivalled.”

A.D. 1819.—Gmelin (Leopold), the most notable member of the family of that name, publishes, in Frankfurt, 1817–1819, the first edition of his famous “Handbook of Theoretical Chemistry,” which includes the full range of chemical science as it was known at the time. The fourth and final edition, overseen by the author, was released from 1843 to 1845. This comprehensive work is well-regarded, both in its original form and through the excellent translation by Mr. Henry Watts. In the report from the Council of the Chemical Society for 1854, it states that “the greatest contribution Gmelin made to science—a contribution that surpassed all his predecessors and contemporaries—lies in the fact that he collected and systematically organized all the facts discovered in relation to chemistry. His Handbook of Theoretical Chemistry stands alone. Other authors on chemistry have indeed organized large amounts of material systematically, but for completeness, accuracy of compilation, and logical arrangement, Gmelin’s Handbook is unmatched.”

[450]

[450]

Although many references have been made herein to Leopold Gmelin’s treatment of such departments of science as directly appeal to the readers of this compilation, it is well to mention some of the headings under which they are to be found. They are, “Electricity,” “Electro-chemical Theories,” “Electrolysis,” “Technical Apparatus of Electricity,” “Theory of Galvanism,” “Galvanic Batteries,” “Magnetic Condition of All Matter,” etc., etc., the whole occupying pp. 304 to 519, Vol. I of Gmelin’s English edition. The list of many of Leopold Gmelin’s valuable contributions to science is given in the “Catalogue Sc. Papers Roy. Soc.,” besides which may be mentioned his “Uber e angebl. meteorische masse” (Gilbert, Annalen, LXXIII for 1823), and his “Versuch einer elektro-chemisch. theorie” (Poggendorff’s Annalen der Physik und Chemie, Vol. XLIV for 1838, while at pp. 547–550 of Mr. J. J. Griffin’s able work, published in London during 1858, will be found the results obtained by Prof. G. Magnus and by Prof. Faraday with a summary of Gmelin’s conclusions under the heading of “The Evidence of Electrolysis in Favour of the Radical Theory.”

Although many references have been made here to Leopold Gmelin’s work on areas of science that directly interest readers of this compilation, it's important to mention some of the topics under which they can be found. These include “Electricity,” “Electro-chemical Theories,” “Electrolysis,” “Technical Apparatus of Electricity,” “Theory of Galvanism,” “Galvanic Batteries,” “Magnetic Condition of All Matter,” and more, which cover pages 304 to 519 of Volume I of Gmelin’s English edition. A list of many of Leopold Gmelin’s valuable contributions to science can be found in the “Catalogue Sc. Papers Roy. Soc.,” and it's worth noting his “Über e angebl. meteorische masse” (Gilbert, Annalen, LXXIII for 1823), and his “Versuch einer elektro-chemisch. theorie” (Poggendorff’s Annalen der Physik und Chemie, Vol. XLIV for 1838). Additionally, on pages 547–550 of Mr. J. J. Griffin’s skilled work, published in London in 1858, you can find the results obtained by Prof. G. Magnus and Prof. Faraday along with a summary of Gmelin’s conclusions under the title “The Evidence of Electrolysis in Favor of the Radical Theory.”

Gmelin Family

This family, which, through four generations, has been continuously distinguished for its valuable contributions to chemistry as well as to the natural and medical sciences, deserves equally well here of such a special mention as was accorded to the Bernoulli and Cassini families, under dates A.D. 1700 and 1782–1791.

This family, which has been recognized for its significant contributions to chemistry and the natural and medical sciences over four generations, equally deserves special mention like the Bernoulli and Cassini families, noted in the years A.D. 1700 and 1782–1791.

Johann Georg Gmelin (1674–1728), a very able chemist and pharmaceutist of Tübingen, was the father of:

Johann Georg Gmelin (1674–1728), a highly skilled chemist and pharmacist from Tübingen, was the father of:

Johann Conrad Gmelin (1707–1759), physician and author in the same city of Tübingen.

Johann Conrad Gmelin (1707–1759) was a physician and author from the same city, Tübingen.

Johann Georg Gmelin (1709–1755), distinguished naturalist and chemist, who graduated as M.D. in his nineteenth year, became a member of the St. Petersburg Acad. of Sc. and was sent by the Empress Anna, in company with G. A. Müller and other noted scientists, upon a ten years’ exploring expedition through Siberia. He was one of the first explorers of Northern Asia, and a genus of Asiatic plants was named Gmelina after him by Linnæus.

Johann Georg Gmelin (1709–1755), a notable naturalist and chemist, earned his M.D. by the age of nineteen and became a member of the St. Petersburg Academy of Sciences. He was sent by Empress Anna, alongside G. A. Müller and other prominent scientists, on a ten-year exploration expedition through Siberia. He was among the first to explore Northern Asia, and a genus of Asiatic plants was named Gmelina in his honor by Linnæus.

Philip Friedrich Gmelin (1722–1768), Professor of Botany and of Chemistry at Tübingen, author of many scientific monographs.

Philip Friedrich Gmelin (1722–1768), Professor of Botany and Chemistry at Tübingen, wrote numerous scientific monographs.

Samuel Gottlieb Gmelin (1744–1774), elder son of Philip Friedrich, who, like his uncle, graduated M.D. at nineteen and was sent[451] two years later by the Empress Catherine II upon a scientific tour through South-Eastern Russia, is the author of “Historia Fucorum ...” as well as of other contributions which were edited through the famous Pallas. His biographical notice appears in the last volume of the “Reise durch Russland ...” published at St. Petersburg.

Samuel Gottlieb Gmelin (1744–1774), the older son of Philip Friedrich, graduated with an M.D. at nineteen, just like his uncle. Two years later, Empress Catherine II sent him on a scientific tour through South-Eastern Russia. He authored "Historia Fucorum ..." along with other works edited by the renowned Pallas. His biography can be found in the last volume of "Reise durch Russland ..." published in St. Petersburg.

Johann Friedrich Gmelin (1748–1804), M.D., succeeded his father, Philip Friedrich, in the chair of chemistry and botany at the Tübingen University, became Professor of Medicine at Göttingen in 1778 and a member of “l’Académie des Curieux de la Nature.” He is the author of the thirteenth edition of Linnæus’ “Systema Naturæ,” which, notwithstanding Cuvier’s severe criticism of it, is said to be the only work which even professes to embrace all the objects of natural history described up to the year 1790 (“Encycl. Brit.,” 1855, Vol. IX. p. 4). He is also the author of “Geschichte der Chemie ...” Göttingen, 1797–1799, and of “Prælectio de col. metal. a Volta ...” (“Commentat. Soc. Gött.” XV (Phys.) for 1800–1803, p. 38). (See J. C. Poggendorff, “Biogr.-Literar. Handwörterbuch,” Vol. I. pp. 914–915.)

Johann Friedrich Gmelin (1748–1804), M.D., took over his father Philip Friedrich's position in chemistry and botany at Tübingen University, became a Professor of Medicine at Göttingen in 1778, and joined “l’Académie des Curieux de la Nature.” He wrote the thirteenth edition of Linnæus’ “Systema Naturæ,” which, despite Cuvier’s harsh criticism, is considered the only work that aims to cover all natural history subjects described up to 1790 (“Encycl. Brit.,” 1855, Vol. IX. p. 4). He also authored “Geschichte der Chemie ...” Göttingen, 1797–1799, and “Prælectio de col. metal. a Volta ...” (“Commentat. Soc. Gött.” XV (Phys.) for 1800–1803, p. 38). (See J. C. Poggendorff, “Biogr.-Literar. Handwörterbuch,” Vol. I. pp. 914–915.)

His son, Leopold Gmelin (1788–1853), who has already been noticed, practised chemical manipulation in the Tübingen pharmaceutical laboratory of Dr. Christian Gmelin, the son of Johann Conrad, and studied at Göttingen, Vienna and in Italy, after which he became medical and chemical professor at Heidelberg, 1817–1851 (Poggendorff, Vol. I. pp. 915–916).

His son, Leopold Gmelin (1788–1853), who has already been mentioned, worked with chemical techniques in the Tübingen pharmaceutical lab of Dr. Christian Gmelin, the son of Johann Conrad, and studied at Göttingen, Vienna, and in Italy. Afterwards, he became a medical and chemistry professor at Heidelberg from 1817 to 1851 (Poggendorff, Vol. I. pp. 915–916).

Ferdinand Gottlob von Gmelin (1782–1848), elder son of Dr. Christian Gmelin, was Professor of Medicine and of Natural History in the Tübingen University, and wrote “Diss. sistens obs. phys. et chem. de electricitate et galvanismo” during 1802 (Poggendorff, Vol. I. pp. 916–917).

Ferdinand Gottlob von Gmelin (1782–1848), the older son of Dr. Christian Gmelin, was a Professor of Medicine and Natural History at Tübingen University. He wrote “Diss. sistens obs. phys. et chem. de electricitate et galvanismo” in 1802 (Poggendorff, Vol. I. pp. 916–917).

Christian Gottlob Gmelin (1792–1860), brother of the last named, M.D., was Professor of Chemistry and Pharmacy at the Tübingen University, and the author of “Experimenta electricitatem ...” 1820; “Uber d. Coagulat. ... d. Electricität” (Schweigger’s “Journal,” Vols. XXXVI for 1822); “Analyse d. turmalins ...” (Schweigger’s “Journal,” Vols. XXXI for 1821 and XXXVIII for 1823—Poggendorff’s “Annalen,” Vol. IX for 1827), as well as of a “Handbuch der Chemie,” published 1858–1861 (Poggendorff, Vol. I. p. 917; Phil. Mag. or Annals, Vol. III. p. 460).

Christian Gottlob Gmelin (1792–1860), brother of the last named, M.D., was a Professor of Chemistry and Pharmacy at the University of Tübingen. He authored "Experimenta electricitatem ..." in 1820; "Über die Coagulation ... der Elektrizität" (Schweigger’s "Journal," Vols. XXXVI for 1822); "Analyse der Turmalins ..." (Schweigger’s "Journal," Vols. XXXI for 1821 and XXXVIII for 1823—Poggendorff’s "Annalen," Vol. IX for 1827), as well as a "Handbuch der Chemie," published from 1858 to 1861 (Poggendorff, Vol. I, p. 917; Phil. Mag. or Annals, Vol. III, p. 460).

References.—Gmelin and Schaub, “Effets Chimiques de la col. metal ...” (“Magas. Encyclop.,” Vol. VI. p. 201); Eberhard Gmelin’s letter to M. Privy Councillor Hoffmann of Mayence (1787), and his new investigations (1789) on the subject of animal magnetism (“Salzb. Med. Chir. Zeit.,” 1790, I. p. 358); Whewell, “Hist. of the Ind. Sc.,” 1859, Vol. II. p. 348.

References.—Gmelin and Schaub, “Chemical Effects of Metal Cologne ...” (“Magazine Encyclopedia,” Vol. VI. p. 201); Eberhard Gmelin’s letter to M. Privy Councillor Hoffmann of Mainz (1787), and his new research (1789) on animal magnetism (“Salzburg Medical Surgical Journal,” 1790, I. p. 358); Whewell, “History of the Ind. Sc.,” 1859, Vol. II. p. 348.

[452]

[452]

A.D. 1819.—Dana (J. F.), M.D. (1793–1827), Chemical Assistant in Harvard University and Lecturer on Chemistry and Pharmacy in Dartmouth College, writes, Jan. 25, 1819, to Prof. Benjamin Silliman concerning his new form of portable electrical battery.

A.D. 1819.—Dana (J. F.), M.D. (1793–1827), Chemical Assistant at Harvard University and Lecturer on Chemistry and Pharmacy at Dartmouth College, writes on January 25, 1819, to Professor Benjamin Silliman about his new type of portable electrical battery.

This apparatus, consisting of alternate plates of flat glass and of tinfoil, the sheets of which latter are connected together, is fully described at pp. 292–294, and is illustrated opposite p. 288, Vol. I of Silliman’s American Journal of Science, 1818, wherein it is stated that, while “in a battery of the common form, 2 feet long, 1 foot wide and 10 inches high, containing 18 coated jars, there will be no more than 3500 square inches of coated surface,” a battery of Dana’s construction will have no less than 8000 square inches covered with tinfoil, allowing the sheet of glass and of foil to be a quarter of an inch thick. In a brief description of this apparatus, which appears at p. 468, Vol. V of Tilloch’s Phil. Mag. and Journal, it is stated that a “battery constructed in this way contains, in the bulk of a quarto volume, a very powerful instrument; and when made of glass it is extremely easy, by varnishing the edges, to keep the whole of the inner surfaces from the air, and to retain it in a constant state of dry insulation.”

This device, made up of alternating plates of flat glass and tinfoil, with the sheets of tinfoil connected, is fully described on pages 292–294 and illustrated opposite page 288 in Volume I of Silliman’s American Journal of Science, 1818. It notes that while “in a battery of the common form, 2 feet long, 1 foot wide and 10 inches high, containing 18 coated jars, there will be no more than 3500 square inches of coated surface,” a battery designed by Dana has at least 8000 square inches covered with tinfoil, assuming the glass and foil sheets are a quarter of an inch thick. A brief description of this device is found on page 468 in Volume V of Tilloch’s Phil. Mag. and Journal, stating that a “battery constructed this way contains, in the size of a quarto volume, a very powerful instrument; and when made of glass, it’s really easy, by varnishing the edges, to keep all the inner surfaces sealed from the air and maintain a constant state of dry insulation.”

A.D. 1820.—Oersted—Örsted (Hans Christian), native of Denmark (1770–1851), Professor of Natural Philosophy and founder of the Polytechnic School in Copenhagen, makes known, through a small four-page pamphlet entitled “Experimenta circa effectum conflictus electrici in acum magneticam,” his great discovery of the intimate relation existing between electricity and magnetism (Thomson’s Annals of Philosophy for October 1820, Vol. XVI, first series, pp. 273–276). He thus lays the foundation of the science of electro-magnetism, which subsequently was so materially developed by Ampère and Faraday.

A.D. 1820.—Oersted—Örsted (Hans Christian), a native of Denmark (1770–1851), was a Professor of Natural Philosophy and the founder of the Polytechnic School in Copenhagen. He announced, through a small four-page pamphlet titled “Experimenta circa effectum conflictus electrici in acum magneticam,” his significant discovery of the close connection between electricity and magnetism (Thomson’s Annals of Philosophy for October 1820, Vol. XVI, first series, pp. 273–276). This discovery laid the foundation for the science of electromagnetism, which was later significantly advanced by Ampère and Faraday.

It is said that after taking his doctor’s degree in 1799, he gave much attention to galvanism, and that in the year 1800 he made important discoveries as to the action of acids during the production of galvanic electricity. He was one of the earliest to show the opposite conditions of the poles of the galvanic battery, also that acids and alkalies are produced in proportion as they neutralize each other. Upon his return from a trip to France and Germany, 1801–3, he lectured on electricity and the cognate sciences, publishing thereon a number of essays. (These are to be found, more particularly, in J. H. Voigt’s Magazin, Vol. III. p. 412; Van Mons’ Journal, No. IV. p. 68; the Bulletin of the Société Philomathique, No. LXVII. an. xi. p. 128; A. F. Gehlen’s Neues Allgem. Journal d. Chemie, Vols. III for 1804, VI for 1806, VIII for 1808; Schweigger’s[453] Journal, Vol. XX; Phil. Mag., Vol. XXIII. p. 129; the “Skand. Lit.-Selskabs Skrifter,” Vol. I; “Oversigt over det Kongl. ... Forhandlinger,” 1814–1815; “Nyt Biblioth. f. Physik,” etc., Vol. IX, and in the Journal de Physique as well as in the Journal du Galvanisme.)

It’s said that after earning his doctorate in 1799, he focused a lot on galvanism, and that in 1800 he made significant discoveries regarding how acids work in producing galvanic electricity. He was one of the first to demonstrate the differing conditions at the poles of the galvanic battery, as well as that acids and alkalies are created in proportion as they neutralize each other. After returning from a trip to France and Germany, 1801–3, he lectured on electricity and related sciences, publishing several essays on the topic. (These can be found, in particular, in J. H. Voigt’s Magazin, Vol. III. p. 412; Van Mons’ Journal, No. IV. p. 68; the Bulletin of the Société Philomathique, No. LXVII. an. xi. p. 128; A. F. Gehlen’s Neues Allgem. Journal d. Chemie, Vols. III for 1804, VI for 1806, VIII for 1808; Schweigger’s[453] Journal, Vol. XX; Phil. Mag., Vol. XXIII. p. 129; the “Skand. Lit.-Selskabs Skrifter,” Vol. I; “Oversigt over det Kongl. ... Forhandlinger,” 1814–1815; “Nyt Biblioth. f. Physik,” etc., Vol. IX, and in the Journal de Physique as well as in the Journal du Galvanisme.)

He revisited Germany during 1812, and, at the suggestion of Karsten Niebuhr, published in Berlin his work “Ansicht der Chemischen Naturgesetze. ...” (“Inquiry into the identity of chemical and electric forces”), a translation of which was made by M. P. Marcel T. de Serres under the title of “Recherches sur l’Identité. ...” (Fahie, “Hist. of Electric Teleg.,” 1884, pp. 270–273). The last-named work appeared at Paris during 1813, and not, as stated at p. 41, Vol. LVII of the Philosophical Magazine, during 1807, which was the date of the original small German edition.[59]

He returned to Germany in 1812, and at the suggestion of Karsten Niebuhr, published his work "Ansicht der Chemischen Naturgesetze. ..." ("Inquiry into the identity of chemical and electric forces") in Berlin. M. P. Marcel T. de Serres translated it under the title "Recherches sur l’Identité. ..." (Fahie, "Hist. of Electric Teleg.," 1884, pp. 270–273). The latter work was published in Paris in 1813, not, as mentioned on p. 41, Vol. LVII of the Philosophical Magazine, in 1807, which was the year the original small German edition was released.[59]

One of his biographers says that Oersted was lecturing one day to a class of advanced students, when, as a means of testing the soundness of the theory which he had long been meditating, it occurred to him to place a magnetic needle under the influence of a wire uniting the ends of a voltaic battery in a state of activity. “In galvanism,” said he, “the force is more latent than in electricity, and, still more so in magnetism than in galvanism; it is necessary therefore to try whether electricity, in its latent state, will not affect the magnetic needle.” He tried the experiment upon the spot and found that the needle tended to turn at right angles to the wire, thus proving the existence of electro-magnetism, or the relation of electricity and magnetism as mutually productive of each other, and as evidences of a common source of power. Previous to this time the identity of magnetism and electricity had only been suspected. For several months Oersted prosecuted experiments on the subject, and on the 21st of July 1820 promulgated his discovery through the Latin pamphlet above alluded to. Therein he contends that there is always a magnetic circulation around the electric conductor, and that the electric current in accordance[454] with a certain law always exercises determined and similar impressions on the direction of the magnetic needle, even when it does not pass through the needle but near it (the eighth edition of the “Encycl. Britannica,” Fifth Dissertation, pp. 739, 740, 745; and the Sixth Dissertation, pp. 973–976; Schaffner, “Tel. Manual,” 1859, Chap. VIII; Practical Mechanic, Glasgow, 1842, Vol. III. p. 45).

One of his biographers states that Oersted was giving a lecture one day to a group of advanced students when he had an idea to test the validity of a theory he had been pondering for a long time. He decided to place a magnetic needle near a wire connecting the ends of an active voltaic battery. “In galvanism,” he said, “the force is more hidden than in electricity, and even more so in magnetism compared to galvanism; therefore, it’s essential to see whether electricity, in its hidden state, will affect the magnetic needle.” He conducted the experiment right then and there and discovered that the needle pointed at right angles to the wire, which confirmed the existence of electro-magnetism, proving that electricity and magnetism are interrelated and suggest a shared source of power. Before this, the connection between magnetism and electricity had only been suspected. For several months, Oersted continued experimenting on the subject, and on July 21, 1820, he published his findings in the Latin pamphlet mentioned earlier. In it, he argues that there is always a magnetic field surrounding an electric conductor, and that the electric current consistently influences the direction of the magnetic needle according to a specific law, even when it doesn’t pass directly through the needle but is close to it (the eighth edition of the “Encycl. Britannica,” Fifth Dissertation, pp. 739, 740, 745; and the Sixth Dissertation, pp. 973–976; Schaffner, “Tel. Manual,” 1859, Chap. VIII; Practical Mechanic, Glasgow, 1842, Vol. III. p. 45).

For this discovery, which naturally excited the wonder of the entire scientific world, he received the Copley medal of the English Royal Society, the Dannebrog order of knighthood and numerous testimonials from nearly every quarter of Europe. As observed by Mr. J. D. Forbes (Sixth Disser. “Encycl. Brit.,” Vol. I), “the desideratum of a clear expression of the manifest alliance between electricity and magnetism has been so long and so universally felt that the discovery placed its author in the first rank of scientific men.... The prize of the French Institute, which had been awarded to Davy for his galvanic discoveries, was bestowed upon Oersted.”

For this discovery, which naturally amazed the entire scientific community, he received the Copley Medal from the Royal Society in England, the Dannebrog Order of Knighthood, and numerous accolades from almost every part of Europe. As noted by Mr. J. D. Forbes (Sixth Disser. “Encycl. Brit.,” Vol. I), “the desideratum of a clear understanding of the obvious connection between electricity and magnetism has been long and widely recognized, making the discovery elevate its creator to the top tier of scientists.... The prize from the French Institute, which had previously been awarded to Davy for his galvanic discoveries, was given to Oersted.”

Oersted’s experiments were repeated before the French Academy of Sciences by M. De la Rive on Sept. 11, 1820, and, seven days later, as we shall see, Ampère made known the law governing electro-magnetism (Mme. Le Breton, “Hist. et. Appl. de l’Elect.,” Paris, 1884, pp. 72, 73; W. Sturgeon, “Sci. Researches,” Bury, 1850, p. 18; Higg’s Translation of Fontaine’s “Electric Lighting,” London, 1878, p. 54).

Oersted's experiments were replicated before the French Academy of Sciences by M. De la Rive on September 11, 1820, and seven days later, as we will see, Ampère revealed the law governing electromagnetism (Mme. Le Breton, “Hist. et. Appl. de l’Elect.,” Paris, 1884, pp. 72, 73; W. Sturgeon, “Sci. Researches,” Bury, 1850, p. 18; Higg’s Translation of Fontaine’s “Electric Lighting,” London, 1878, p. 54).

The many investigations subsequently carried on by Oersted in different branches of sciences are alluded to in the works named below. Perhaps the most interesting, outside of the ones already spoken of, are those attaching to thermo-electricity which he made in conjunction with Baron Fourier, and independently of Dr. Seebeck.

The various investigations that Oersted conducted later across different fields of science are mentioned in the works listed below. Maybe the most intriguing, aside from the ones already discussed, are those related to thermo-electricity that he carried out with Baron Fourier, and independently of Dr. Seebeck.

References.—Eighth “Britannica,” pp. 651 and 652, Vol. XXI, as well as pp. 11 and 12, Vol. XIV of Oersted’s “Efterretning om nogle nye, af Fourier og Oersted ...” Kiobenhaven, 1822–1823, translated into French as mentioned in Vol. XXII of the Annales de Chimie et de Physique; “Oversigt over det Kongl. ...” for 1822–1823 and 1823–1824; Poggendorff, Vol. III. pp. 309–312; “Catal. Sci. Papers Roy. Soc.,” Vol. I. pp. 697–701; Biog. Sketch by P. L. Möller, “Oersted’s Character und Leben,” 1851, also Hauch und Forchammer, 1853; Obituary notice in Jour. Frankl. Inst., 1851, Vol. XXI. p. 358; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1849, Vol. I. pp. 182, 185 and the 1819–1820 entry of “Magnetic Observations,” in Vol. V; “Oversigt over det Kongl. danske Videnskabernes Selskabs Fordhandlinger” for 1822, 1832, 1834–1835, 1836–1837, 1840–1842, 1847–1849; Poggendorff’s Annalen, Vol. LIII; “Ursin’s Magaz. f. Kunstnere ...” Vols. I and II; “Dict. of Electromagn.,” 1819; Sturgeon’s Annals of Electricity, Vol. I. p. 121; Hatchett “On the Experim. ... of Oersted and Ampère” (Phil. Mag., Vol. LVII. p. 40), Phil. Mag., Vols. LVI. p. 394; LVII. pp. 47–49; LIX. p. 462; Phil. Mag. or Annals,[455] Vol. VIII. p. 230; Annales de Chimie for Aug. 1820, p. 244; S. S. Eyck, “Over de magnetische ...” (Bibl. Univ., 1821); Translation by H. Sebald, of H. C. Oersted’s “Leben,” 1853; Michaud, “Biog. Univ.,” Vol. XXXI. p. 196; P. L. Möller, “Der Geist in der Natur” (”The Spirit in Nature”); Elie de Beaumont, “Memoir of Oersted” (“Smith. Rep.” for 1863); Gilbert’s Annalen, Vol. LXVI. p. 295, 1820; Callisen, “Medicinisches Schriftseller-Lexikon”; W. Sturgeon’s “Sci. Researches,” Bury, 1850, p. 8 (for 1807), and pp. 9–12 for English version of Oersted’s pamphlet which was translated in German in Vol. XXIX of Schweigger’s “Journal,” as well as in Vol. LXVI of Gilbert’s Annalen, and which appeared in French in Vol. XIV of the Annales de Chimie et de Physique for 1820, as well as in Vol. II. pp. 1–6 of “Collection de Mémoires relatifs à la Physique,” Paris, 1885. See also “Biogr. Gén.,” Vol. XXXVIII. pp. 522–535; “Göttinger Gelehrte Anz.,” No. 171; Sturgeon’s “Sc. Researches,” pp. 17, 18, 28, 415; Thomson’s “Annals of Philosophy,” Vol. XVI. p. 375 for second series of observations; Van Marum on “Franklin’s Theory of Electricity,” pp. 440–453; “Galvanism,” by Mr. John Murray, p. 467; “Note sur les expériences ... de Oersted, Ampère, Arago, et Biot,” (Annales des Mines, 1820); L. Turnbull, “Elec. Mag. Tel.,” 1853, pp. 45, 221; J. F. W. Herschel’s “Preliminary Discourse,” 1855, pp. 244, 255; Fahie, “Hist. Elec. Tel.,” 1884, pp. 270–275, Harris, “Rud. Elec.,” 1853, p. 171; Ostwald’s Klassiker, No. 63 and “Elektrochemie,” 1896, p. 67; Mrs. Somerville, “Con. of Phys. Sci.,” 1846, p. 314; Noad, “Manual,” p. 642; “Lib. Useful Know.” (El Magn.), pp. 4, 79; Lardner’s “Lectures,” 1859, Vol. II. p. 119; Tomlinson’s “Cycl. Useful Arts,” Vol. I. p. 559; Ure’s “Dict. of Arts,” 1878, Vol. II. p. 233; Henry Martin’s article in Johnson’s “New Cyclopædia,” 1877, Vol. I. pp. 1512, 1514; “Nyt Biblioth. f. Physik,” Band I auch Scherer’s Nord. Arch., II; “Tidskrift f. Natur ...” I 1822: Schumacher’s “Astron. Jahrbuch” for 1838; L. Magrini, “Nuovo metodo ...” Padova, 1836; Boisgeraud “On the Action of the Voltaic Pile ...” (Phil. Mag., Vol. LVII. p. 203); Sci. Am. Suppl., No. 454, p. 7241; Schweigger’s Journal, Vols. XXXII, XXXIII, LII; Figuier, “Expos. et Hist.,” 1857, Vol. IV. p. 393; “Engl. Cycl.,” “Arts and Sci.,” Vol. III. p. 782; Brande’s “Man. of Chem.,” London, 1848, Vol. I. p. 248; Prime’s “Life of Morse,” pp. 264, 451; Dr. Henry’s “Elm. of Exper. Chem.,” London, 1823, Vol. I. pp. 193–203; Jour. of the Frankl. Inst. for 1851, Vol. XXI. p. 403; “La Lumière Electrique” for Mar. 19, 1887, p. 593, and for Oct. 31, 1891, pp. 201, etc.: Sir William Thomson, “Math. Papers,” reprint, etc., 1872; “Encyl. Metrop.” (Elect. Mag.,); G. B. Prescott, “Elect. and the El. Tel.,” 1885, Vol. I. p. 91; “Smithsonian Report” for 1878, pp. 272, 273, note; Bacelli (L. G.), “Risultati ...” Milano, 1821; “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. XVII, N.S. p. 181; Vol. XVIII, N.S. p. 3; “Edin. Phil. Journal,” Vol. X. p. 203; “Journal of the Soc. of Tel. Eng.,” 1876, Vol. V. pp. 459–464, for a verbatim copy of Oersted’s original communication on his discovery of electro-magnetism, and pp. 464–469 for a translation thereof by the Rev. J. E. Kempe under the title of “Experiments on the effect of electrical action on the Magnetic Needle.” For the interesting electro-magnetic experiments of J. Tatum, at this same period, consult the Phil. Mag., Vol. LVII, 1821, p. 446; Vol. LXI, 1823, p. 241; Vol. LXII, 1823, p. 107, and, for additional investigation, the Vols. XLVII and LI for years 1816 and 1818.

References.—Eighth “Britannica,” pp. 651 and 652, Vol. XXI, and pp. 11 and 12, Vol. XIV of Oersted’s “Efterretning om nogle nye, af Fourier og Oersted ...” Kiobenhaven, 1822–1823, translated into French as mentioned in Vol. XXII of the Annales de Chimie et de Physique; “Oversigt over det Kongl. ...” for 1822–1823 and 1823–1824; Poggendorff, Vol. III. pp. 309–312; “Catal. Sci. Papers Roy. Soc.,” Vol. I. pp. 697–701; Biog. Sketch by P. L. Möller, “Oersted’s Character und Leben,” 1851, also Hauch und Forchammer, 1853; Obituary notice in Jour. Frankl. Inst., 1851, Vol. XXI. p. 358; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1849, Vol. I. pp. 182, 185, and the 1819–1820 entry of “Magnetic Observations,” in Vol. V; “Oversigt over det Kongl. danske Videnskabernes Selskabs Fordhandlinger” for 1822, 1832, 1834–1835, 1836–1837, 1840–1842, 1847–1849; Poggendorff’s Annalen, Vol. LIII; “Ursin’s Magaz. f. Kunstnere ...” Vols. I and II; “Dict. of Electromagn.,” 1819; Sturgeon’s Annals of Electricity, Vol. I. p. 121; Hatchett “On the Experim. ... of Oersted and Ampère” (Phil. Mag., Vol. LVII. p. 40), Phil. Mag., Vols. LVI. p. 394; LVII. pp. 47–49; LIX. p. 462; Phil. Mag. or Annals,[455] Vol. VIII. p. 230; Annales de Chimie for Aug. 1820, p. 244; S. S. Eyck, “Over de magnetische ...” (Bibl. Univ., 1821); Translation by H. Sebald, of H. C. Oersted’s “Leben,” 1853; Michaud, “Biog. Univ.,” Vol. XXXI. p. 196; P. L. Möller, “Der Geist in der Natur” (“The Spirit in Nature”); Elie de Beaumont, “Memoir of Oersted” (“Smith. Rep.” for 1863); Gilbert’s Annalen, Vol. LXVI. p. 295, 1820; Callisen, “Medicinisches Schriftseller-Lexikon”; W. Sturgeon’s “Sci. Researches,” Bury, 1850, p. 8 (for 1807), and pp. 9–12 for English version of Oersted’s pamphlet which was translated into German in Vol. XXIX of Schweigger’s “Journal,” as well as in Vol. LXVI of Gilbert’s Annalen, and which appeared in French in Vol. XIV of the Annales de Chimie et de Physique for 1820, as well as in Vol. II. pp. 1–6 of “Collection de Mémoires relatifs à la Physique,” Paris, 1885. See also “Biogr. Gén.,” Vol. XXXVIII. pp. 522–535; “Göttinger Gelehrte Anz.,” No. 171; Sturgeon’s “Sc. Researches,” pp. 17, 18, 28, 415; Thomson’s “Annals of Philosophy,” Vol. XVI. p. 375 for second series of observations; Van Marum on “Franklin’s Theory of Electricity,” pp. 440–453; “Galvanism,” by Mr. John Murray, p. 467; “Note sur les expériences ... de Oersted, Ampère, Arago, et Biot,” (Annales des Mines, 1820); L. Turnbull, “Elec. Mag. Tel.,” 1853, pp. 45, 221; J. F. W. Herschel’s “Preliminary Discourse,” 1855, pp. 244, 255; Fahie, “Hist. Elec. Tel.,” 1884, pp. 270–275, Harris, “Rud. Elec.,” 1853, p. 171; Ostwald’s Klassiker, No. 63 and “Elektrochemie,” 1896, p. 67; Mrs. Somerville, “Con. of Phys. Sci.,” 1846, p. 314; Noad, “Manual,” p. 642; “Lib. Useful Know.” (El Magn.), pp. 4, 79; Lardner’s “Lectures,” 1859, Vol. II. p. 119; Tomlinson’s “Cycl. Useful Arts,” Vol. I. p. 559; Ure’s “Dict. of Arts,” 1878, Vol. II. p. 233; Henry Martin’s article in Johnson’s “New Cyclopædia,” 1877, Vol. I. pp. 1512, 1514; “Nyt Biblioth. f. Physik,” Band I auch Scherer’s Nord. Arch., II; “Tidskrift f. Natur ...” I 1822: Schumacher’s “Astron. Jahrbuch” for 1838; L. Magrini, “Nuovo metodo ...” Padova, 1836; Boisgeraud “On the Action of the Voltaic Pile ...” (Phil. Mag., Vol. LVII. p. 203); Sci. Am. Suppl., No. 454, p. 7241; Schweigger’s Journal, Vols. XXXII, XXXIII, LII; Figuier, “Expos. et Hist.,” 1857, Vol. IV. p. 393; “Engl. Cycl.,” “Arts and Sci.,” Vol. III. p. 782; Brande’s “Man. of Chem.,” London, 1848, Vol. I. p. 248; Prime’s “Life of Morse,” pp. 264, 451; Dr. Henry’s “Elm. of Exper. Chem.,” London, 1823, Vol. I. pp. 193–203; Jour. of the Frankl. Inst. for 1851, Vol. XXI. p. 403; “La Lumière Electrique” for Mar. 19, 1887, p. 593, and for Oct. 31, 1891, pp. 201, etc.: Sir William Thomson, “Math. Papers,” reprint, etc., 1872; “Encyl. Metrop.” (Elect. Mag.,); G. B. Prescott, “Elect. and the El. Tel.,” 1885, Vol. I. p. 91; “Smithsonian Report” for 1878, pp. 272, 273, note; Bacelli (L. G.), “Risultati ...” Milano, 1821; “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. XVII, N.S. p. 181; Vol. XVIII, N.S. p. 3; “Edin. Phil. Journal,” Vol. X. p. 203; “Journal of the Soc. of Tel. Eng.,” 1876, Vol. V. pp. 459–464, for a verbatim copy of Oersted’s original communication on his discovery of electromagnetism, and pp. 464–469 for a translation thereof by the Rev. J. E. Kempe under the title of “Experiments on the effect of electrical action on the Magnetic Needle.” For the interesting electromagnetic experiments of J. Tatum, at this same period, consult the Phil. Mag., Vol. LVII, 1821, p. 446; Vol. LXI, 1823, p. 241; Vol. LXII, 1823, p. 107, and, for additional investigation, the Vols. XLVII and LI for years 1816 and 1818.

A.D. 1820.—On Oct. 9, M. Boisgeraud, Jr., reads, before the French Académie des Sciences, a paper concerning many of his experiments, which prove to be merely variations of those previously made by Oersted.

A.D. 1820.—On Oct. 9, M. Boisgeraud, Jr., presents a paper to the French Académie des Sciences discussing many of his experiments, which turn out to be simply variations of those previously conducted by Oersted.

He observed that connecting wires, or arcs, placed anywhere in the battery, affect the needle, and he noticed the difference of intensity[456] in the effects produced when electrical conductors are employed to complete the circuit. He proposed to ascertain the conducting power of different substances by placing them in one of the arcs, cells or divisions of the battery, and bringing the magnetic needle, or Ampère’s galvanometer, toward another arc, viz. to the wire or other connecting body used to complete the circuit in the battery. With regard to the positions of the needle and wire, as observed by Boisgeraud, they are all confirmatory of Prof. Oersted’s statement (“Ency. Met.” (Electro.-Mag.), Vol. IV. p. 6).

He noticed that connecting wires or arcs placed anywhere in the battery affect the needle, and he observed the difference in intensity in the effects produced when electrical conductors are used to complete the circuit. He suggested measuring the conductivity of different materials by placing them in one of the arcs, cells, or sections of the battery, and moving the magnetic needle or Ampère’s galvanometer toward another arc, specifically the wire or other connecting element used to complete the circuit in the battery. Concerning the positions of the needle and wire, as noted by Boisgeraud, they all support Prof. Oersted’s statement (“Ency. Met.” (Electro.-Mag.), Vol. IV. p. 6).

One month later, Nov. 9, 1820, Boisgeraud reads, before the same Académie, his paper “On the Action of the Voltaic Pile upon the Magnetic Needle,” which will be found on pp. 203–206 and 257, 258, Vol. LVII of the Philosophical Magazine.

One month later, on November 9, 1820, Boisgeraud presents his paper “On the Action of the Voltaic Pile upon the Magnetic Needle” to the same Académie, which can be found on pages 203–206 and 257, 258, Volume LVII of the Philosophical Magazine.

A.D. 1820.—Banks (Sir Joseph) (1743–1820), a very eminent English naturalist and traveller, to whom reference has been made under the A.D. 1775 date, deserves mention here were it alone for the fact that while occupying the presidential chair of the Roy. Soc., during the extraordinary long and unequalled period of over forty-two years (1777, date of Sir John Pringle’s retirement, to 1820, the date of President Banks’ death) he was instrumental in bringing prominently before the world many of the most important discoveries and experiments known in the annals of magnetism and electricity.

A.D. 1820.—Banks (Sir Joseph) (1743–1820), a highly regarded English naturalist and explorer, mentioned earlier under the CE 1775 date, is worth noting here simply for the fact that during his extraordinary tenure as president of the Royal Society, which lasted over forty-two years (from 1777, when Sir John Pringle retired, to 1820, the year of President Banks’ death), he played a key role in showcasing many of the most significant discoveries and experiments recorded in the history of magnetism and electricity.

Sir Joseph Banks was succeeded in the presidency of the Royal Society by William Hyde Wollaston, M.D., June 29, 1820, and by Sir Humphry Davy, Bart., Nov. 30, 1820, the last named holding the office seven years (R. Weld, “Hist. Roy. Soc.,” 1848, Vol. II. p. 359). Banks and Dr. Solander, the pupil of Linnæus, had sailed (1768–1771) with Captain Cook in his voyage around the globe, in the capacity of naturalists, and afterwards (1772) visited Iceland, where they made many important discoveries. In 1781 Banks was created a baronet; he received the Order of the Bath in 1795 and subsequently had many honours conferred upon him by different English and foreign societies. It is said that he was never known to be appealed to in vain by men of science, either for pecuniary assistance or for the use of his extensive library.

Sir Joseph Banks was succeeded as president of the Royal Society by William Hyde Wollaston, M.D., on June 29, 1820, and then by Sir Humphry Davy, Bart., on November 30, 1820. Davy held the office for seven years (R. Weld, “Hist. Roy. Soc.,” 1848, Vol. II. p. 359). Banks and Dr. Solander, a student of Linnæus, sailed with Captain Cook on his journey around the world from 1768 to 1771 as naturalists, and later visited Iceland in 1772, where they made several important discoveries. In 1781, Banks was made a baronet; he received the Order of the Bath in 1795 and was later honored by various English and foreign societies. It's said that he was always willing to help men of science, whether by providing financial support or lending from his extensive library.

References.—Tilloch’s Phil. Mag. for 1820, Vol. LVI. pp. 40–46; “Cat. Sci. Papers Roy. Soc.,” Vol. I. p. 176; Dr. Thomas Thomson, “Hist. Roy. Soc.,” London, 1812, p. 12; Gentleman’s Magazine for 1771, 1772 and 1820; “Biog. Univ.,” Vol. LVII, Suppl. p. 101; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. II. p. 155; “Eloge Historique de Mr. J. Banks, lu à la Séance de l’Académie Royale des Sciences, le 2 Avril 1821”; Sir Everard Home, “Hunterian Oration,” Feb. 14, 1822. See besides, the Phil. Mag., Vol. LVI. pp. 161–174, 241–257, for “A review of some of the leading points in the official character and proceedings of the late President of the Royal Society,” contrasting the respective personal[457] merits and achievements of Sir John Pringle and of Sir Joseph Banks; “Lives of Men of Letters and Science,” by Henry, Lord Brougham, Philad., 1846, pp. 199–229, 294–295.

Sources.—Tilloch’s Phil. Mag. for 1820, Vol. LVI. pp. 40–46; “Cat. Sci. Papers Roy. Soc.,” Vol. I. p. 176; Dr. Thomas Thomson, “Hist. Roy. Soc.,” London, 1812, p. 12; Gentleman’s Magazine for 1771, 1772 and 1820; “Biog. Univ.,” Vol. LVII, Suppl. p. 101; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. II. p. 155; “Eloge Historique de Mr. J. Banks, lu à la Séance de l’Académie Royale des Sciences, le 2 Avril 1821”; Sir Everard Home, “Hunterian Oration,” Feb. 14, 1822. See besides, the Phil. Mag., Vol. LVI. pp. 161–174, 241–257, for “A review of some of the leading points in the official character and proceedings of the late President of the Royal Society,” contrasting the respective personal[457] merits and achievements of Sir John Pringle and of Sir Joseph Banks; “Lives of Men of Letters and Science,” by Henry, Lord Brougham, Philad., 1846, pp. 199–229, 294–295.

A.D. 1820.—Barlow (Peter), F.R.S. (1776–1827), who taught mathematics at the Military Academy of Woolwich from 1806 to 1847, brings out the first edition of his “Essay on Magnetic Attractions, Particularly as Respects the Deviation of the Compass on Shipboard Occasioned by the Local Influence of the Guns, etc., with an Easy Practical Method of Observing the Same in all Parts of the World.” One of his biographers states that through this valuable publication, which received the Parliamentary reward from the then existing Board of Longitude, as well as presents from the Russian Emperor, he was the first to reduce to strictly mathematical principles the method of compensating compass errors in vessels (Edin. Jour. of Sci., London, 1826, Vols. I. pp. 181, 182; II. p. 379).

A.D. 1820.—Barlow (Peter), F.R.S. (1776–1827), who taught mathematics at the Military Academy of Woolwich from 1806 to 1847, published the first edition of his “Essay on Magnetic Attractions, Particularly Regarding the Deviation of the Compass on Ships Due to the Local Influence of Guns, etc., with a Simple Practical Method of Observing it Anywhere in the World.” One of his biographers notes that through this valuable work, which received a Parliamentary reward from the then-current Board of Longitude, as well as gifts from the Russian Emperor, he was the first to apply strictly mathematical principles to the method of correcting compass errors in ships (Edin. Jour. of Sci., London, 1826, Vols. I. pp. 181, 182; II. p. 379).

This work contains the results of the many experiments to ascertain the influence of spherical and other masses of iron upon the needle, which Barlow instituted, more particularly after Prof. Hansteen’s investigations became generally known. Sir David Brewster details Barlow’s work in the “Encycl. Brit.,” and refers to the separate observations of Mr. Wm. Wales (at A.D. 1774), Mr. Downie (at A.D. 1790), Captain Flinders (at A.D. 1801), and Charles Bonnycastle (at A.D. 1820), mentioning the fact that it is to Mr. W. Bain we owe the distinct establishment and explanation of the source of error in the compass arising from the attraction of all the iron on board of ships. The small 140-page book which Mr. Bain published on the subject in 1817 is entitled “An Essay on the Variation of the Compass, Showing how Far it is Influenced by a Change in the Direction of the Ship’s Head, with an Exposition of the Dangers Arising to Navigators from not Allowing for this Change of Variation.” Brewster remarks that additional light was thrown upon Mr. Bain’s observations by Captains Ross, Parry and Sabine, but that we owe to Prof. Barlow alone a series of brilliant experiments which terminated in his invention of the neutralizing plate for correcting in perfect manner this source of error in the compass (Noad’s “Manual,” pp. 531, 532; Olmstead’s “Introduct. to Nat. Hist.,” 1835, pp. 206, 210). The simple contrivance therein alluded to is described and illustrated at pp. 9 and 90–91 of the “Britannica,” article on “Navigation,” and may briefly be said to consist of only a thin circular plate of iron placed in a vertical position immediately behind the binnacle or compass (Fifth Dissertation of “Britannica,” Vol. I. p. 745, and article “Seamanship,” in Vol. XX. p. 27). Such plates were immediately tried in all parts of the world and were[458] at once applied to the English vessels “Conway,” “Leven” and “Barracouta” (Trans. Soc. of Arts for 1821, Vol. XXXIX. pp. 76–100; Harris’ “Rud. Mag.,” III. pp. 69–76; John Farrar, “Elem. of El. ...” 1826, pp. 376–383; Westminster Review for April 1825; “Encycl. Metropol.,” Vol. III (Magnetism), pp. 743, 799).

This work presents the findings from numerous experiments aimed at understanding how spherical and other iron masses affect the compass needle. These experiments were initiated by Barlow, especially after Professor Hansteen's research gained widespread attention. Sir David Brewster describes Barlow's work in the “Encycl. Brit.” and references the individual studies conducted by Mr. Wm. Wales (in 1774), Mr. Downie (in 1790), Captain Flinders (in 1801), and Charles Bonnycastle (in 1820). He notes that it was Mr. W. Bain who clearly established and explained the compass error caused by the attraction of all the iron on board ships. Bain's concise 140-page book published in 1817 is titled “An Essay on the Variation of the Compass, Showing how Far it is Influenced by a Change in the Direction of the Ship’s Head, with an Exposition of the Dangers Arising to Navigators from not Allowing for this Change of Variation.” Brewster points out that Captains Ross, Parry, and Sabine further clarified Bain's observations, but we owe the outstanding series of experiments that led to the invention of the neutralizing plate, which perfectly corrects this compass error, solely to Professor Barlow (Noad’s “Manual,” pp. 531, 532; Olmstead’s “Introduct. to Nat. Hist.,” 1835, pp. 206, 210). The simple device mentioned is described and illustrated on pages 9 and 90-91 of the “Britannica,” in the article on “Navigation,” and consists of a thin circular iron plate positioned vertically just behind the binnacle or compass (Fifth Dissertation of “Britannica,” Vol. I, p. 745, and article “Seamanship,” in Vol. XX, p. 27). These plates were quickly tested worldwide and were immediately fitted to the English ships “Conway,” “Leven,” and “Barracouta” (Trans. Soc. of Arts for 1821, Vol. XXXIX, pp. 76-100; Harris’ “Rud. Mag.,” III, pp. 69-76; John Farrar, “Elem. of El. ...” 1826, pp. 376-383; Westminster Review for April 1825; “Encycl. Metropol.,” Vol. III (Magnetism), pp. 743, 799).

For Mr. Barlow’s experiments on the influence of rotation upon magnetic and non-magnetic bodies, the result of which was communicated by him to the Royal Society, April, 14, 1825, six days before the receipt of S. H. Christie’s paper “On the Magnetism of Iron, Arising from its Rotation,” communicated by J. F. W. Herschel, see pp. 10, 33, 34, of the “Britannica,” Vol. XIV above referred to (Edin. Jour. of Science, 1826, Vols. III. p. 372, and V. p. 214. Consult also, J. Farrar, “Elem. of El.,” 1826, pp. 387–395. For his extensive observations regarding the influence of heat on magnetism and relative to the variation, as well as for the mode of constructing his artificial magnets, consult the same volume of the “Britannica,” at pp. 35, 36, 50–53 et seq. and p. 73. See likewise, for the variation, Dr. Thomas Thomson’s “Outline of the Sciences,” London, 1830, pp. 549–556; Harris, “Rud. Mag.,” I, II. pp. 152–153. For Samuel Hunter Christie, consult “Abstracts of Papers ... Roy. Soc.,” Vol. II. pp. 197, 225, 243, 251, 270, 305, 321, 347 and 351).

For Mr. Barlow’s experiments on how rotation affects both magnetic and non-magnetic materials, which he presented to the Royal Society on April 14, 1825, just six days before receiving S. H. Christie’s paper “On the Magnetism of Iron, Arising from its Rotation,” communicated by J. F. W. Herschel, see pp. 10, 33, 34 of the “Britannica,” Vol. XIV mentioned above (Edin. Jour. of Science, 1826, Vols. III. p. 372, and V. p. 214. Also refer to J. Farrar, “Elem. of El.,” 1826, pp. 387–395. For his detailed observations on the effect of heat on magnetism and regarding the variation, as well as for how he made his artificial magnets, check the same volume of the “Britannica,” at pp. 35, 36, 50–53 et seq. and p. 73. Also look at Dr. Thomas Thomson’s “Outline of the Sciences,” London, 1830, pp. 549–556 for the variation; and Harris, “Rud. Mag.,” I, II. pp. 152–153. For Samuel Hunter Christie, see “Abstracts of Papers ... Roy. Soc.,” Vol. II. pp. 197, 225, 243, 251, 270, 305, 321, 347, and 351).

The new variation chart which Prof. Barlow constructed and in which he embraced the magnetic observations made in 1832 by Sir James Ross, R.N., is described and illustrated in Phil. Trans. for 1833, pp. 667–675, Plates XVII, XVIII. He remarks that the very spot where his officer found the needle perpendicular, “that is, the pole itself, is precisely that point in my globe and chart in which, by supposing all the lines to meet, the several curves would best preserve their unity of character, both separately and conjointly as a system” (eighth “Britan.,” Vol. XIV, note, p. 50; Noad, “Manual,” p. 617; D. Olmstead, “Intr. to Nat. Phil.,” 1835, p. 192).

The new variation chart created by Prof. Barlow, which includes the magnetic observations made in 1832 by Sir James Ross, R.N., is detailed and illustrated in Phil. Trans. for 1833, pp. 667–675, Plates XVII, XVIII. He notes that the exact location where his officer found the needle to be vertical, “that is, the pole itself, is exactly that point on my globe and chart where, by assuming that all the lines meet, the various curves would best maintain their unity of character, both individually and together as a system” (eighth “Britan.,” Vol. XIV, note, p. 50; Noad, “Manual,” p. 617; D. Olmstead, “Intr. to Nat. Phil.,” 1835, p. 192).

Mr. Barlow’s electro-magnetic globe was exhibited by Dr. Birkbeck in his lectures on “Electro-Magnetism” at the London Institution, May 26, 1824. (Its construction is fully described, more particularly, at p. 65 of the English “Encycl. Brit.” (Magnetism); p. 91 of the “Lib. of Useful Knowledge” (Electro-Magnetism); pp. 139–140, Vol. I of the Edin. Jour. of Science, London, 1826, and pp. 120–122, Part III of Harris’ “Rud. Mag.”) Its purpose was to show that what had hitherto been considered as the magnetism of the earth might be only modified electricity, and it was also intended to illustrate the theory advanced by M. Ampère, who, as is well known, attributed all magnetic phenomena to electric currents. In the words of Dr. Brewster:

Mr. Barlow’s electro-magnetic globe was showcased by Dr. Birkbeck during his lectures on “Electro-Magnetism” at the London Institution on May 26, 1824. (You can find a full description of its construction at p. 65 of the English “Encycl. Brit.” (Magnetism); p. 91 of the “Lib. of Useful Knowledge” (Electro-Magnetism); pp. 139–140, Vol. I of the Edin. Jour. of Science, London, 1826, and pp. 120–122, Part III of Harris’ “Rud. Mag.”) Its aim was to demonstrate that what had previously been thought of as the earth's magnetism might actually just be modified electricity, and it also sought to illustrate the theory proposed by M. Ampère, who, as is widely recognized, attributed all magnetic phenomena to electric currents. In the words of Dr. Brewster:

[459]

[459]

“Barlow considers it as probable that magnetism as a distinct quality has no existence in Nature. As all the phenomena of terrestrial magnetism can be explained on the supposition that the magnetic power resides on its surface, it occurred to Mr. Barlow that if he could distribute over the surface of an artificial globe a series of galvanic currents in such a way that their tangential power should everywhere give a corresponding direction to the needle, this globe would exhibit, while under electrical induction, all the magnetic phenomena of the earth upon a needle freely suspended above it. Mr. Barlow says ‘he has proved the existence of a force competent to produce all the phenomena without the aid of any body usually called magnetic,’ yet he acknowledges that ‘we have no idea how such a system of currents can have existence on the earth, because, to produce them, we have been obliged to employ a particular arrangement of metals, acids, and conductors.’”

“Barlow thinks it’s likely that magnetism, as a separate quality, doesn’t actually exist in Nature. Since all the phenomena of terrestrial magnetism can be explained by the idea that magnetic power is on the surface, it occurred to Mr. Barlow that if he could arrange a series of electric currents on the surface of an artificial globe in such a way that their tangential force would align the needle in the right direction, this globe would show all the magnetic phenomena of the earth when a needle is freely suspended above it under electrical induction. Mr. Barlow claims ‘he has proven the existence of a force capable of producing all the phenomena without needing any material typically called magnetic,’ but he admits that ‘we have no idea how such a system of currents could exist on earth, because to create them, we had to use a specific setup of metals, acids, and conductors.’”

Barlow was the first to test the practicability of Ampère’s suggestion that by sending the galvanic current through long wires connecting two distant stations, the deflections of enclosed magnetic needles would constitute very simple and efficient signals for an instantaneous telegraph (Ann. de Chimie et de Phys., 1820, Vol. XV. pp. 72, 73). He has thus stated the result: “In a very early stage of electro-magnetic experiments, it had been suggested (by Laplace, Ampère and others) that an instantaneous telegraph might be established by means of conducting wires and compasses. The details of this contrivance are so obvious, and the principle on which it is founded so well understood, that there was only one question which could render the result doubtful; and this was, is there any diminution of effect by lengthening the conducting wires? It had been said that the electric fluid from a common (tinfoil) electric battery had been transmitted through a wire four miles in length without any sensible diminution of effect, and, to every appearance, instantaneously; and if this should be found to be the case with the galvanic circuit, then no question could be entertained of the practicability and utility of the suggestion above adverted to. I was therefore induced to make the trial; but I found such a sensible diminution with only 200 feet of wire, as at once to convince me of the impracticability of the scheme. It led me, however, to an inquiry as to the cause of the diminution, and the laws by which it is governed.” This passage is quoted in “Smithsonian Report” for 1878, p. 279; Fahie, “Hist. El. Tel.,” p. 306; “Memor. of Jos. Henry,” 1880, pp. 223, 224, the last named containing the following footnote: “On the Laws of Electro-Magnetic Action,” Edinburgh Philosophical Journal, Jan., 1825, Vol. XII. pp. 105–113:

Barlow was the first to test the feasibility of Ampère’s idea that by sending an electric current through long wires connecting two distant stations, the movements of enclosed magnetic needles would serve as simple and effective signals for an instant telegraph (Ann. de Chimie et de Phys., 1820, Vol. XV. pp. 72, 73). He summarized the outcome: “In the early stages of electro-magnetic experiments, it was suggested (by Laplace, Ampère, and others) that an instant telegraph could be set up using conducting wires and compasses. The details of this setup are straightforward, and the principle it’s based on is well understood, so there was only one question that could cast doubt on the result: does the effect decrease when the conducting wires are longer? It was stated that the electric current from a standard (tinfoil) battery had been sent through a wire four miles long without any noticeable decrease in effect, and apparently, instantaneously; if this were also true with the galvanic circuit, then there would be no doubt about the feasibility and usefulness of the suggestion mentioned earlier. I was prompted to conduct the experiment; however, I found a significant decrease even with just 200 feet of wire, which convinced me of the impracticality of the idea. Nonetheless, it led me to investigate the cause of the decrease and the laws governing it.” This passage is quoted in the “Smithsonian Report” for 1878, p. 279; Fahie, “Hist. El. Tel.,” p. 306; “Memor. of Jos. Henry,” 1880, pp. 223, 224, the last one containing the following footnote: “On the Laws of Electro-Magnetic Action,” Edinburgh Philosophical Journal, Jan., 1825, Vol. XII. pp. 105–113:

“In explanation and justification of this discouraging judgment[460] from so high an authority in magnetics, it must be remembered that both in the galvanometer and in the electro-magnet, the coil best calculated to produce large effects was that of least resistance; which unfortunately was not that best adapted to a long circuit. On the other hand the most efficient magnet or galvanometer was not found to be improved in result by increasing the number of galvanic elements. Barlow in his inquiry as to the law of diminution was led (erroneously) to regard the resistance of the conducting wire as increasing in the ratio of the square root of its length” (pp. 110, 111 of the last-cited “Journal.)”]

“In explaining and justifying this discouraging judgment[460] from such a high authority in magnetics, it's important to note that both in the galvanometer and in the electromagnet, the coil that worked best for producing large effects was the one with the least resistance; unfortunately, this was not the one best suited for a long circuit. On the other hand, the most effective magnet or galvanometer didn’t show improved results when the number of galvanic elements was increased. Barlow, in his exploration of the law of reduction, mistakenly considered the resistance of the conducting wire as increasing in proportion to the square root of its length” (pp. 110, 111 of the last-cited “Journal.”)

Mr. Taylor justly adds that subsequent experiments have proved Ohm’s law (announced three years after Barlow’s) of a simple ratio of resistance to length as approximately correct.

Mr. Taylor rightly points out that later experiments have shown that Ohm’s law (introduced three years after Barlow’s) of a straightforward ratio of resistance to length is roughly accurate.

References.—G. B. Prescott, “The Speaking Telephone,” 1879, II; Sci. Am. Supp., Nos. 405, p. 6466; 453, p. 7235; 547, p. 8735: “Mem. of Jos. Henry,” 1880, pp. 83, 94, 144, 485, 487. See also, Poggendorff, Vol. I. pp. 102, 103; Whewell, “Hist. Ind. Sciences,” 1859, Vol. II. pp. 223, 224, 245, 254, 616; “Lib. Useful Knowledge” (Magnetism), p. 86 and (El. Mag.), pp. 7, 18, 22, 28; Sturgeon’s “Sci. Researches,” Bury, 1850, pp. 26, 29, 31, 298; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1849, Vol. I. p. 183; Mrs. Somerville, “On the Earth not a Real Magnet,” in the “Conn. of the Phys. Sci.,”; Phil. Mag., Vols. LV. p. 446; LX. pp. 241, 343; LXII. p. 321; Harris, “Rud. Mag.,” Part III. pp. 114–116; “Encycl. Metropol.,” Vol. IV (Elect. Mag.), pp. 1–40; “Abstracts of papers ... Roy. Soc.,” Vol. II. pp. 164, 197, 241, 318; “Cat. Sc. Papers ... Roy. Soc.,” Vol. I. pp. 182–184; “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. XX, N.S. p. 127; “Edin. Phil. Journal,” 1824, Vol. X. p. 184 (alludes to papers of Barlow and Christie in Phil. Trans. for 1823, Part II).

References.—G. B. Prescott, “The Speaking Telephone,” 1879, II; Sci. Am. Supp., Nos. 405, p. 6466; 453, p. 7235; 547, p. 8735: “Mem. of Jos. Henry,” 1880, pp. 83, 94, 144, 485, 487. See also, Poggendorff, Vol. I. pp. 102, 103; Whewell, “Hist. Ind. Sciences,” 1859, Vol. II. pp. 223, 224, 245, 254, 616; “Lib. Useful Knowledge” (Magnetism), p. 86 and (El. Mag.), pp. 7, 18, 22, 28; Sturgeon’s “Sci. Researches,” Bury, 1850, pp. 26, 29, 31, 298; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1849, Vol. I. p. 183; Mrs. Somerville, “On the Earth not a Real Magnet,” in the “Conn. of the Phys. Sci.”; Phil. Mag., Vols. LV. p. 446; LX. pp. 241, 343; LXII. p. 321; Harris, “Rud. Mag.,” Part III. pp. 114–116; “Encycl. Metropol.,” Vol. IV (Elect. Mag.), pp. 1–40; “Abstracts of papers ... Roy. Soc.,” Vol. II. pp. 164, 197, 241, 318; “Cat. Sc. Papers ... Roy. Soc.,” Vol. I. pp. 182–184; “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. XX, N.S. p. 127; “Edin. Phil. Journal,” 1824, Vol. X. p. 184 (alludes to papers of Barlow and Christie in Phil. Trans. for 1823, Part II).

Mr. Wm. Henry Barlow, second son of Peter Barlow, is the author of a treatise, “On the spontaneous electrical currents observed in the wires of the electric telegraph,” which was published in London during 1849 and appeared in Part I of the Phil. Trans., for that year. He is also the inventor of a new electrical machine alluded to herein at Hare (A.D. 1819), also at p. 130 of the “Annual of Sc. Disc.,” at pp. 76–77 of Noad’s “Manual,” and at p. 428, Vol. XXXVII of the “Philosophical Magazine.”

Mr. Wm. Henry Barlow, the second son of Peter Barlow, is the author of a paper, “On the spontaneous electrical currents observed in the wires of the electric telegraph,” which was published in London in 1849 and appeared in Part I of the Phil. Trans. for that year. He is also the inventor of a new electrical machine mentioned here at Hare (CE 1819), also on p. 130 of the “Annual of Sc. Disc.,” at pp. 76–77 of Noad’s “Manual,” and on p. 428, Vol. XXXVII of the “Philosophical Magazine.”

A.D. 1820.—Laplace (Pierre Simon, Marquis de) (1749–1827), a very distinguished French astronomer and mathematician, suggests for telegraphic purposes the employment of magnetic needles suspended in multipliers of wire, in place of the voltameters of Sömmering, and on the 2nd of October 1820 his theory is thus explained by Ampère in a paper read before the French Academy of Sciences:

A.D. 1820.—Laplace (Pierre Simon, Marquis de) (1749–1827), a highly regarded French astronomer and mathematician, proposes using magnetic needles suspended in wire coils for telegraphic purposes instead of Sömmering's galvanometers. On October 2, 1820, Ampère explains his theory in a paper presented to the French Academy of Sciences:

“According to the success of the experiment to which Laplace drew my attention, one could, by means of as many pairs of live[461] wires and magnetic needles as there are letters of the alphabet, and by placing each letter on a separate needle, establish, by the aid of a distant pile, and which could be made to communicate by its two extremities with those of each pair of conductors, a sort of telegraph, which would be capable of indicating all the details that one would wish to transmit through any number of obstacles to a distant observer. By adapting to the battery a keyboard whose keys were each marked with the same letters and establishing connection (with the various wires) by their depression, this means of correspondence could be established with great facility, and would only occupy the time necessary for pressing down the keys at the one station and to read off the letters from the deflected needles at the other.”

“Based on the success of the experiment that Laplace brought to my attention, you could use as many pairs of live[461] wires and magnetic needles as there are letters in the alphabet. By placing each letter on a separate needle and using a remote battery that could connect through both ends of each pair of conductors, you could create a type of telegraph capable of transmitting all the details you wanted to send through any number of obstacles to someone far away. By attaching a keyboard to the battery with keys labeled with the same letters and connecting the wires by pressing the keys, this communication method could be set up easily and would only take the time needed to press the keys at one station and read the letters from the deflected needles at the other.”

Laplace is, perhaps, best known by his “Traité de Mécanique Céleste,” the sixteen books and supplements to which are by many considered, next to Newton’s “Principia,” the greatest of astronomical works; a book which has been truly said to have had no predecessor and which has been called the crowning glory of Laplace’s scientific career. His next important work was the “Théorie Analytique des Probabilités,” the most mathematically profound treatise on the subject which had yet appeared, while his “Système du Monde” was called by Arago “one of the most perfect monuments of the French language.” By Prof. Nichols, Laplace is called “the titanic geometer”; by Mr. Airy “the greatest mathematician of the past age”; by Prof. Forbes “a sort of exemplar or type of the highest class of mathematical natural philosophers of this, or rather the immediately preceding age.”

Laplace is probably best known for his “Traité de Mécanique Céleste,” which many consider, after Newton’s “Principia,” to be the greatest work in astronomy. It's often said that this book had no predecessor and is regarded as the crowning achievement of Laplace’s scientific career. His next major work was the “Théorie Analytique des Probabilités,” the most mathematically insightful treatise on the subject that had appeared up to that point, while his “Système du Monde” was described by Arago as “one of the most perfect monuments of the French language.” Professor Nichols refers to Laplace as “the titanic geometer”; Mr. Airy calls him “the greatest mathematician of the past age”; and Professor Forbes considers him “a sort of exemplar or type of the highest class of mathematical natural philosophers of this, or rather the immediately preceding age.”

Laplace also wrote, in conjunction with Lavoisier, a treatise “On the Electricity which Bodies Absorb when Reduced to Vapor” (Mém. de Paris for 1781). Prof. Denison Olmstead, treating of the origin of atmospherical electricity (“Introd. to Nat. Phil.,” 1835, pp. 158, 159), says: “Among the known sources of this agent none seems so probable as the evaporation and condensation of watery vapor. We have the authority of two of the most able and accurate philosophers, Lavoisier and Laplace, for stating that bodies in passing from the solid or liquid state to that of vapor, and, conversely, in returning from the aeriform condition to the liquid or solid state, give unequivocal signs of either positive or negative electricity,” and he adds, in a footnote:

Laplace also collaborated with Lavoisier to write a paper titled “On the Electricity that Bodies Absorb When Converted to Vapor” (Mém. de Paris for 1781). Professor Denison Olmstead, discussing the source of atmospheric electricity (“Introd. to Nat. Phil.,” 1835, pp. 158, 159), states: “Among the known sources of this phenomenon, none seems more likely than the evaporation and condensation of water vapor. We have the backing of two of the most skilled and precise philosophers, Lavoisier and Laplace, who assert that bodies transitioning from solid or liquid states to vapor, and then back from gas to liquid or solid states, show clear signs of either positive or negative electricity.” He also adds in a footnote:

“M. Pouillet has lately published a set of experiments, which seems to overturn Volta’s theory of the evolution of electricity by evaporation. He has shown that no electricity is evolved by evaporation unless some chemical combination takes place at the same time ...” (Thomson, “Outlines,” p. 440) ... “But we shall[462] be slow to reject the results of experiments performed by such experimenters as Lavoisier and Laplace, especially when confirmed by the testimony of Volta and Saussure.”

“M. Pouillet recently published a series of experiments that seem to challenge Volta’s theory about the generation of electricity through evaporation. He demonstrated that no electricity is produced by evaporation unless some chemical reaction occurs simultaneously...” (Thomson, “Outlines,” p. 440) ... “However, we should be cautious in dismissing the findings of renowned experimenters like Lavoisier and Laplace, especially when supported by the insights of Volta and Saussure.”

With regard to the origin of meteorites, Laplace has advanced the very bold theory that they may be products of Lunar volcanoes, and Prof. Lockhart Muirhead stated that he would “present the reasoning upon which this extraordinary hypothesis is founded in the popular and perspicuous language of Dr. Hutton, of Woolwich: the respect due to the name of Laplace justifying the length of the extract,” which he gives at pp. 633–635, Vol. XIV of the 1857 “Britannica.”

With respect to where meteorites come from, Laplace put forward a daring theory that they might come from volcanoes on the Moon, and Prof. Lockhart Muirhead mentioned that he would “share the reasoning behind this remarkable hypothesis in the clear and straightforward language of Dr. Hutton from Woolwich: the respect owed to the name of Laplace justifying the length of the excerpt,” which he provides on pages 633–635, Volume XIV of the 1857 “Britannica.”

References.—Humboldt, “Cosmos,” London, 1849, Vol. I. pp. 108–109; Young, “Course of Lectures,” London, 1807, Vol. II. p. 501, alluding to “Zach. Mon. Corr.,” VI. p. 276, also to Gilbert, XIII. p. 353, 108, and stating that Olbers had suggested Laplace’s idea in 1795. See “Mem. of the Astronom. Soc. of London,” Vol. III. p. 395: Laplace, “Mem. de l’Institut” for 1809, p. 332; Dr. Young’s “Course of Lectures,” 1807, Vol. I. pp. 249, 250, 522; Vol. II. p. 466; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” London, 1849, Vol. I. pp. 28, 76, 130; Vol. II. p. 712; Lavoisier at A.D. 1781: Biot at A.D. 1803; Annal. de Ch. et Phys., Vol. XV. pp. 72, 73, and for Laplace and Lavoisier, see Delaunay, “Manuel ...” 1809, p. 178; “Mem. de l’Acad. des Sc.,” for 1781; “Journal des Savants,” for Feb. 1850 and Nov. 1887; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. II. p. 184; “Cat. Sc. Pap. Roy. Soc.,” Vol. III. pp. 845–848; Johnson’s “Cyclopædia,” pp. 1647–1650 and the “First Supplement,” p. 62.

References.—Humboldt, “Cosmos,” London, 1849, Vol. I. pp. 108–109; Young, “Course of Lectures,” London, 1807, Vol. II. p. 501, referencing “Zach. Mon. Corr.,” VI. p. 276, as well as Gilbert, XIII. p. 353, 108, and noting that Olbers had proposed Laplace’s idea in 1795. See “Mem. of the Astronom. Soc. of London,” Vol. III. p. 395: Laplace, “Mem. de l’Institut” for 1809, p. 332; Dr. Young’s “Course of Lectures,” 1807, Vol. I. pp. 249, 250, 522; Vol. II. p. 466; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” London, 1849, Vol. I. pp. 28, 76, 130; Vol. II. p. 712; Lavoisier at CE 1781: Biot at CE 1803; Annal. de Ch. et Phys., Vol. XV. pp. 72, 73, and for Laplace and Lavoisier, see Delaunay, “Manuel ...” 1809, p. 178; “Mem. de l’Acad. des Sc.,” for 1781; “Journal des Savants,” for Feb. 1850 and Nov. 1887; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. II. p. 184; “Cat. Sc. Pap. Roy. Soc.,” Vol. III. pp. 845–848; Johnson’s “Cyclopædia,” pp. 1647–1650 and the “First Supplement,” p. 62.

For Laplace and Joseph Louis Lagrange, see “Mémoires de l’Institut,” Vol. III. p. 22; also “Pioneers of Science,” by Sir Oliver Lodge, London, 1905, Lecture XI, and for Lagrange, consult “Journal des Savants,” Sept. 1844, May 1869, August 1878, Sept. 1879, Sept. 1888 and Oct. 1892.

For Laplace and Joseph Louis Lagrange, see “Mémoires de l’Institut,” Vol. III, p. 22; also “Pioneers of Science,” by Sir Oliver Lodge, London, 1905, Lecture XI, and for Lagrange, check out “Journal des Savants,” September 1844, May 1869, August 1878, September 1879, September 1888, and October 1892.

M. Cyrille Pierre Théodore Laplace, captain in the French navy, is the author of the “Voyage Autour du Monde ... sur la Corvette Favorite ...” and of “Campagne de Circumnavigation de la Frégate l’Artémise ...” published in Paris during the years 1833, 1839 and 1841.

M. Cyrille Pierre Théodore Laplace, a captain in the French navy, is the author of "Voyage Around the World ... on the Corvette Favorite ..." and "Circumnavigation Campaign of the Frigate l’Artémise ...," published in Paris in 1833, 1839, and 1841.

Baron Jean Baptiste Fourier, celebrated French physicist (1768–1830) who, in 1827, succeeded Laplace as head of the Council of the Ecole Polytechnique (“Biog. Gén.,” Vol. XVIII. p. 346) says of his predecessor:

Baron Jean Baptiste Fourier, a renowned French physicist (1768–1830), who, in 1827, took over from Laplace as the head of the Council of the Ecole Polytechnique (“Biog. Gén.,” Vol. XVIII. p. 346), speaks of his predecessor:

“Posterity, which has so many particulars to forget, will little care whether Laplace was for a short time minister of a great state. The eternal truths which he has discovered, the immutable laws of the stability of the world, are of importance, and not the rank which he occupied” (C. R. Weld, “Hist. Roy. Soc.,” Vol. II. p. 465). Fourier is the author of “Expériences thermo-électriques” (“Encycl. Brit.,” ninth ed., Vol. IX. p. 490; “Eng. Cycl.,” Biography, Vol. II. p. 977).

“Future generations, with so many details to forget, won’t care much whether Laplace was briefly a minister in a major government. The lasting truths he discovered, the unchanging laws that govern the stability of the universe, are what truly matters, not the title he held” (C. R. Weld, “Hist. Roy. Soc.,” Vol. II. p. 465). Fourier is the author of “Expériences thermo-électriques” (“Encycl. Brit.,” ninth ed., Vol. IX. p. 490; “Eng. Cycl.,” Biography, Vol. II. p. 977).

[463]

[463]

A.D. 1820.—Dutrochet (René Joachim Henri) (1776–1847) a distinguished French natural philosopher, and likewise medical adviser to the King of Spain, Joseph Bonaparte, publishes an interesting treatise on meteors, in conjunction with Mr. Nathaniel Bowditch, who had already written many very able papers on astronomical subjects and who afterwards translated the “Mécanique Céleste” of Laplace. Eight years later (1828) appeared Dutrochet’s “Nouvelles Recherches ...” wherein he attributes to electricity the direction taken by fluids through animal and vegetable membranes. The passage of a fluid from without inwardly he called endosmosis, and the passage of the fluid from within outwardly he termed exosmosis.

A.D. 1820.—Dutrochet (René Joachim Henri) (1776–1847), a notable French natural philosopher and medical advisor to King Joseph Bonaparte of Spain, publishes an intriguing treatise on meteors, along with Mr. Nathaniel Bowditch, who had already written many excellent papers on astronomical topics and later translated Laplace's “Mécanique Céleste.” Eight years later (1828), Dutrochet released “Nouvelles Recherches ...” in which he links the movement of fluids through animal and plant membranes to electricity. He referred to the movement of a fluid from outside to inside as endosmosis, and the movement of fluid from the inside to the outside as exosmosis.

Of Dutrochet, Dr. John Hutton Balfour, of Edinburgh, makes mention when treating of the temperature of plants. He thus expresses himself: “While the nutritive processes are going on in the plant, there is a certain amount of heat produced. This, however, is speedily carried away by evaporation and other causes, and it is not easily rendered evident. Dutrochet, by means of Becquerel’s thermo-electric needle, showed an evolution of heat in plants. In doing this, he prevented evaporation by putting the plant in a moist atmosphere. In these circumstances the temperature of the active vegetating parts, the roots, the leaves, and the young shoots, indicated a temperature above the air of ½ to ¾ of a degree Fahrenheit. Van Beek and Bergsma, in their experiments on the Hyacinthus Orientalis and the Entelea Arborescens, found the proper heat of the active parts of plants about 1·8° F. above that of the air. The vital or proper heat of plants, according to Dutrochet, is found chiefly in the green plants, and it undergoes a quotidian paroxysm, reaching the maximum during the day, and the minimum during the night. When stems become hard and ligneous, they lose this vital heat. Large green cotyledons gave indications of a proper heat. The hour of quotidian maximum varied from 10 a. m. to 3 p. m. in different plants.”

Of Dutrochet, Dr. John Hutton Balfour from Edinburgh mentions when discussing the temperature of plants. He states: “While the plant is going through its nutritive processes, it produces some heat. However, this heat is quickly lost through evaporation and other factors, making it hard to detect. Dutrochet used Becquerel’s thermo-electric needle to demonstrate heat production in plants. He did this by placing the plant in a moist environment to prevent evaporation. Under these conditions, the temperature of the actively growing parts, such as the roots, leaves, and young shoots, was recorded as being ½ to ¾ of a degree Fahrenheit higher than the surrounding air. Van Beek and Bergsma, in their experiments on the Hyacinthus Orientalis and the Entelea Arborescens, discovered that the active parts of plants had a temperature about 1.8°F above that of the air. According to Dutrochet, the vital or proper heat of plants is primarily found in green plants and experiences a daily peak, reaching its highest during the day and its lowest at night. When stems harden and become woody, they lose this vital heat. Large green cotyledons showed signs of proper heat. The time of the daily maximum varied from 10 a.m. to 3 p.m. in different plants.”

It is stated by Becquerel that in the act of vegetation, the earth acquires continually an excess of positive electricity, while the bark and part of the wood receive an excess of negative electricity. The leaves act like the green part of the parenchyma of the bark—that is to say, the sap which circulates in their tissues is negative with relation to the wood, to the pith, and to the earth, and positive with regard to the cambium. The electric effects observed in vegetables are due to chemico-vital action, and he asserts that the opposite electric states of vegetables and of the earth give reason to think that, from the enormous vegetation in certain parts of the globe, they must exert some influence on the electric phenomena of the atmosphere.

It is noted by Becquerel that during the process of plant growth, the earth continually accumulates excess positive electricity, while the bark and some of the wood take on excess negative electricity. The leaves function like the green part of the bark's parenchyma—in other words, the sap flowing through them is negatively charged compared to the wood, pith, and earth, but positively charged in relation to the cambium. The electric effects seen in plants result from chemical and vital actions, and he claims that the contrasting electric states of plants and the earth suggest that the extensive vegetation in certain regions of the world likely influences the electrical phenomena in the atmosphere.

[464]

[464]

References.—Gmelin’s “Chemistry,” Vol. I. p. 447; “Biog. Gén.,” Vol. XV. p. 506; Poggendorff, “Annalen,” Vol. I. p. 663; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. VI. p. 1448; J. W. Ritter, in “Denkschr. d. Münch. Acad.” for 1814, and the eighth ed. of the “Ency. Brit.” Vol. XXI. p. 635, for observations concerning the mimosa pudica and the mimosa sensitiva; “Cat. Sc. Papers Roy. Soc.,” Vol. II. pp. 422–425; Vol. VI. p. 646; Vol. VII. p. 584; Poggendorff, Vol. I. p. 633; “Observations on the diurnal variation of the magnetic needle,” in Sturgeon’s “Annals,” Vol. VII. pp. 369–370, and in the Comptes Rendus, Vol. XII. p. 298, of Feb. 8, 1841; Burnet, “On the motion of sap in plants. Researches of Dutrochet on Endosmose and Exosmose ...” London, 1829 (“Phil. Mag. or Annals,” Vol. V. p. 389).

Sources.—Gmelin’s “Chemistry,” Vol. I. p. 447; “Biog. Gén.,” Vol. XV. p. 506; Poggendorff, “Annalen,” Vol. I. p. 663; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. VI. p. 1448; J. W. Ritter, in “Denkschr. d. Münch. Acad.” for 1814, and the eighth edition of the “Ency. Brit.” Vol. XXI. p. 635, for insights about the mimosa pudica and mimosa sensitiva; “Cat. Sc. Papers Roy. Soc.,” Vol. II. pp. 422–425; Vol. VI. p. 646; Vol. VII. p. 584; Poggendorff, Vol. I. p. 633; “Observations on the diurnal variation of the magnetic needle,” in Sturgeon’s “Annals,” Vol. VII. pp. 369–370, and in the Comptes Rendus, Vol. XII. p. 298, of Feb. 8, 1841; Burnet, “On the motion of sap in plants. Researches of Dutrochet on Endosmose and Exosmose ...” London, 1829 (“Phil. Mag. or Annals,” Vol. V. p. 389).

A.D. 1820.—Fresnel (Augustin Jean) (1788–1827), one of the most distinguished French mathematicians and natural philosophers, communicates a paper detailing his experiments for decomposing water by means of a magnet. He produced a current in an electro-magnetic helix enclosing a bar-magnet covered with silk, and on plunging the ends of the wire in water he observed some very remarkable effects which are set forth in the Annales de Chimie et de Phys., series 2, Vol. XV. p. 219.

A.D. 1820.—Fresnel (Augustin Jean) (1788–1827), one of the leading French mathematicians and natural philosophers, shares a paper describing his experiments on breaking down water using a magnet. He created a current in an electromagnetic coil surrounding a bar magnet wrapped in silk, and when he dipped the ends of the wire into water, he noticed some very interesting effects that are outlined in the Annales de Chimie et de Phys., series 2, Vol. XV. p. 219.

References.—“Eloge de Fresnel,” by Arago, in his “Œuvres,” Vol. I; Account of Fresnel’s life in the “Biog. Univ.;” Whewell, “Hist. of Induc. Sci.,” 1859, Vol. II. pp. 96, 102, 114–117; “Œuvres complètes d’Augustin Fresnel, publiées par les soins du Ministre de l’Instruction Publique,” Paris, 1870, in three vols.

References.—“Eloge de Fresnel,” by Arago, found in his “Œuvres,” Vol. I; a biography of Fresnel in the “Biog. Univ.;” Whewell, “Hist. of Induc. Sci.,” 1859, Vol. II, pp. 96, 102, 114–117; “Œuvres complètes d’Augustin Fresnel, published by the Ministry of Public Instruction,” Paris, 1870, in three volumes.

A.D. 1820.—Sir Richard Phillips (1778–1851), communicates, July 11, to the Philosophical Magazine (Vol. LVI. pp. 195–200) a very interesting paper entitled “Electricity and Galvanism Explained on the Mechanical Theory of Matter and Motion.” After reviewing the then existing theories, he concludes by saying:

A.D. 1820.—Sir Richard Phillips (1778–1851) shares an intriguing paper titled “Electricity and Galvanism Explained on the Mechanical Theory of Matter and Motion” with the Philosophical Magazine (Vol. LVI. pp. 195–200) on July 11. After evaluating the theories that were available at the time, he wraps up by stating:

“Electricity is no exception to the mechanical principles of matter and motion, and in regard to the kindred phenomena of galvanism, I will content myself with observing that it is merely accelerated electricity, the interposing fluid being palpably decomposed and evolving the electrical powers, each term in the series of plates being a new impulse or power added to the previous one, till the ultimate effect is accelerated, like that of a body falling by the continuous impulses of the earth’s motions, or like a nail heated red-hot by accelerations of atomic motion produced by repeated percussions of a hammer.”

“Electricity follows the same mechanical principles as matter and motion. When it comes to related phenomena like galvanism, I’ll just point out that it’s simply accelerated electricity. The fluid in between is clearly broken down and generating electrical powers, with each plate in the series providing a new boost or power added to the previous one, leading to the end result being accelerated, similar to how an object falls due to the constant pull of the Earth’s movements, or how a nail gets red-hot from the rapid vibrations caused by a hammer hitting it repeatedly.”

Consult “Bibl. Ital.,” Vol. XXVII. p. 107 for references to the “Annals of Philosophy,” in which he mentions an experiment upon a young poplar, “whereby it would seem that copper was imbibed in the branches, etc., from a solution placed at its roots, and that it was precipitated on a knife used to cut off a branch.”

Consult “Bibl. Ital.,” Vol. XXVII. p. 107 for references to the “Annals of Philosophy,” where he talks about an experiment on a young poplar, “which suggests that copper was absorbed into the branches from a solution applied at its roots, and that it was deposited on a knife used to cut off a branch.”

A.D. 1820.—Brewster (Sir David) (1781–1868), a very distinguished[465] English natural philosopher and writer, who had just founded the “Edinburgh Philosophical Journal” in conjunction with Prof. Robert Jameson, announces his discovery of the existence of two poles of greatest cold on opposite sides of the northern pole of the earth. By this he was, like other authors, led to the belief that there might be some connection between the magnetic poles and those of maximum cold, and he remarks (Noad “Manual,” London, 1859, p. 545, and article “Magnetism” in “Encycl. Brit.”): “Imperfect as the analogy is between the isothermal and magnetic centres, it is yet too important to be passed over without notice. Their local coincidence is sufficiently remarkable, and it would be to overstep the limits of philosophical caution to maintain that they have no other connection but that of accidental locality; and if we had as many measures of the mean temperature as we have of the variation of the needle, we might determine whether the isothermal poles were fixed or movable.” Similar opinions entertained by Dr. Dalton, Dr. Traill and Mr. Christie are also mentioned by Noad, who quotes from Oersted’s treatise on “Thermo-Electricity” the statement of the Danish philosopher “that the most efficacious excitation of electricity upon the earth appears to be produced by the sun, causing daily evaporation, deoxidation and heat, all of which excite electrical currents.”

A.D. 1820.—Brewster (Sir David) (1781–1868), a highly respected[465] English natural philosopher and writer, who had just launched the “Edinburgh Philosophical Journal” with Prof. Robert Jameson, announces his discovery of two points of extreme cold on opposite sides of the northern pole of the earth. This led him, like other authors, to consider that there might be a connection between the magnetic poles and those of maximum cold. He notes (Noad “Manual,” London, 1859, p. 545, and the article “Magnetism” in “Encycl. Brit.”): “Although the analogy between the isothermal and magnetic centers is not perfect, it is still too significant to ignore. Their local coincidence is quite notable, and it would be reckless to claim that they are only connected by chance. If we had as many temperature measurements as we do for the needle's variations, we could determine whether the isothermal poles are fixed or moving.” Similar views shared by Dr. Dalton, Dr. Traill, and Mr. Christie are also noted by Noad, who cites Oersted’s work on “Thermo-Electricity,” where the Danish philosopher states that “the most effective way to generate electricity on Earth seems to be through the sun, which causes daily evaporation, deoxidation, and heat, all of which generate electrical currents.”

From his able paper in the Edinburgh Philosophical Transactions for 1820, one is led to share Sir David Brewster’s belief “that two meridians of greatest heat and two of greatest cold are called into play, and that the magnetism of our globe depends in great measure upon electro or rather thermo-magnetic currents.” The electro-magnetic hypothesis was, he says, ably supported by Prof. Barlow in his paper “On the probable electric origin of all the phenomena of terrestrial magnetism,” communicated to the Phil. Trans. for 1831. Brewster thus locates the two poles of maximum cold: The American pole in N. Lat. 73, and W. Long. 100 from Greenwich, a little to the East of Cape Walker; the Asiatic pole in N. Lat. 73 and E. Long. 80, between Siberia and Cape Matzol, on the Gulf of Oby. Hence the two warm meridians will be in W. Long. 10 and E. Long. 170, and the two cold meridians in W. Long. 100 and E. Long. 80.

From his insightful paper in the Edinburgh Philosophical Transactions for 1820, we come to share Sir David Brewster’s belief “that two lines of greatest heat and two lines of greatest cold are engaged, and that the magnetism of our planet largely depends on electro or rather thermo-magnetic currents.” He notes that the electro-magnetic hypothesis was strongly supported by Prof. Barlow in his paper “On the probable electric origin of all the phenomena of terrestrial magnetism,” presented to the Phil. Trans. for 1831. Brewster identifies the two poles of maximum cold: the American pole at N. Lat. 73 and W. Long. 100 from Greenwich, slightly east of Cape Walker; and the Asiatic pole at N. Lat. 73 and E. Long. 80, situated between Siberia and Cape Matzol, near the Gulf of Oby. Therefore, the two warm meridians will be at W. Long. 10 and E. Long. 170, while the two cold meridians will be at W. Long. 100 and E. Long. 80.

As has already been indicated (under A.D. 1717, Leméry), Sir David Brewster was the discoverer of the pyro-electrical condition of the diamond, the garnet, the amethyst, etc. His development of some of Haüy’s experiments led to a similar discovery, attaching to several mineral salts as well as to the plates and powders of the tourmaline, of the scolezite and the melozite; and he likewise experimented with the boracite, mesotype and with the several[466] minerals and artificial crystals detailed at pp. 208–215, Vol. I of the Edin. Jour. of Science, London, 1826; and in Chap. II. s. 1, vol. viii of the eighth “Encycl. Brit.,” article on “Electricity.”

As mentioned earlier (under CE 1717, Leméry), Sir David Brewster was the one who discovered the pyro-electrical condition of diamonds, garnets, amethysts, and more. His work on some of Haüy’s experiments led to a similar discovery related to various mineral salts and also to the plates and powders of tourmaline, scolezite, and melozite; he also conducted experiments with boracite, mesotype, and several[466] minerals and artificial crystals described on pages 208–215 of Vol. I of the Edin. Jour. of Science, London, 1826; and in Chapter II, section 1, volume viii of the eighth “Encycl. Brit.,” article on “Electricity.”

At Part I. chap. i. s. 6 of the last-named article will be found Brewster’s observations on the nature and origin of electrical light, his latest researches having been made, like those of Joseph von Fraunhofer (see A.D. 1814–1815), on the dark and on the luminous lines which appear in the spectrum formed from it by a prism.

At Part I, chapter i, section 6 of the previously mentioned article, you will find Brewster’s observations on the nature and origin of electrical light. His latest research, similar to that of Joseph von Fraunhofer (see A.D. 1814–1815), focused on the dark and luminous lines that appear in the spectrum created by a prism.

During the year 1831 appeared Brewster’s “Treatise on Optics,” his “Life of Sir Isaac Newton,” and his “Letters on Natural Magic.” It is in one of the chapters of the last-named work that he treats of automatic talking machines and remarks: “We have no doubt that before another century is completed a talking and a singing machine will be numbered among the conquests of science.”

During the year 1831, Brewster released “Treatise on Optics,” his “Life of Sir Isaac Newton,” and “Letters on Natural Magic.” In one of the chapters of the last work, he discusses automated talking machines and states: “We have no doubt that before another century is over, a talking and a singing machine will be counted among the achievements of science.”

Brewster’s other scientific treatises are too numerous and cover too wide a range to be enumerated here. The “Catal. of Sci. Papers of the Roy. Soc.” (Vol. I. pp. 612–623) gives the titles of as many as 299 contributions made by him on important subjects, and he has had no less than 76 papers in the first 39 parts of the North British Review, 30 in the Phil. Trans. and 28 in the Edin. Review. They appear, in fact, in all the prominent publications of his time, and have won for him leading honours, more especially from the Edinburgh and Aberdeen Universities and the Scotch, Irish, English and French Societies, the French Academy of Sciences doing him the signal honour of selecting him as one of its eight foreign associates in place of Berzelius, deceased. Conjointly with Davy, Herschel and Charles Babbage, he originated the British Association during 1831, and it was in this same year that he was knighted and decorated by King William IV. He had been made a Fellow of the Royal Society of Edinburgh in 1808, and had during the same year undertaken the editorship of the “Edinburgh Encyclopædia of Sci., Lit. and Art.” This he continued for twenty-two years, after which he edited the Edin. Jour. of Sci., and also entered with Taylor and Phillips upon the editorship of the London and Edin. Phil. Mag. and Journal. Many of our readers will doubtless be glad to know that the last named was a continuation of the well-known Philosophical Magazine so often quoted in this “Bibliographical History.”

Brewster's other scientific writings are too many and cover too wide a range to list here. The “Catal. of Sci. Papers of the Roy. Soc.” (Vol. I. pp. 612–623) mentions as many as 299 contributions he made on important topics, and he published 76 papers in the first 39 issues of the North British Review, 30 in the Phil. Trans., and 28 in the Edin. Review. In fact, his work appeared in all the major publications of his time and earned him many prestigious honors, especially from Edinburgh and Aberdeen Universities, as well as Scottish, Irish, English, and French societies. The French Academy of Sciences honored him by selecting him as one of its eight foreign associates, taking the place of the late Berzelius. Along with Davy, Herschel, and Charles Babbage, he helped create the British Association in 1831, and in the same year, he was knighted and recognized by King William IV. He became a Fellow of the Royal Society of Edinburgh in 1808 and took on the role of editor for the “Edinburgh Encyclopædia of Sci., Lit. and Art.” This position lasted for twenty-two years, after which he edited the Edin. Jour. of Sci. and collaborated with Taylor and Phillips on the editorship of the London and Edin. Phil. Mag. and Journal. Many readers will likely be pleased to learn that the latter was a continuation of the well-known Philosophical Magazine, frequently quoted in this “Bibliographical History.”

References.—The obituary notice contributed by Dr. J. H. Gladstone to the proceedings of the Royal Society; Chemical News, Amer. reprint, Vol. II. pp. 198, 233; also p. 293 for accounts given by Sir J. Simpson and Prof. Fraser; J. Robison and Brewster, “A System of Mechan. Phil.,” London and Edin., 1822; Ferguson and Brewster’s “Essays and Treatises on Astr. Elect.,” etc., Edinburgh, 1823; Brewster’s several articles in the “Encycl. Britannica,” 7th and 8th editions, on[467] “Electricity and Magnetism”; Transactions of the Roy. Soc. of Edinburgh, Vols. IX. 1821; XX. Part IV; Edin. Jour. of Sci., Oct. 1824, No. 2, p. 213; Noad, “Manual,” London, 1859, pp. 31, 32, 636–638; Harris, “Magnetism,” Part III. p. 119; Whewell, “Hist. of Induc. Sci.,” 1859, Vol. II. pp. 75, 81, 331, 332; the lectures delivered by Wm. A. Miller during 1867 before the Royal Institution of Great Britain.

References.—The obituary notice submitted by Dr. J. H. Gladstone to the proceedings of the Royal Society; Chemical News, American reprint, Vol. II. pp. 198, 233; also p. 293 for accounts provided by Sir J. Simpson and Prof. Fraser; J. Robison and Brewster, “A System of Mechanical Philosophy,” London and Edinburgh, 1822; Ferguson and Brewster’s “Essays and Treatises on Astronomical Electricity,” etc., Edinburgh, 1823; Brewster’s various articles in the “Encyclopedia Britannica,” 7th and 8th editions, on [467] “Electricity and Magnetism”; Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, Vols. IX. 1821; XX. Part IV; Edinburgh Journal of Science, Oct. 1824, No. 2, p. 213; Noad, “Manual,” London, 1859, pp. 31, 32, 636–638; Harris, “Magnetism,” Part III. p. 119; Whewell, “History of Inductive Sciences,” 1859, Vol. II. pp. 75, 81, 331, 332; the lectures given by Wm. A. Miller during 1867 at the Royal Institution of Great Britain.

Charles Babbage (1792–1871), a prominent English scientist who is mentioned above and who besides being one of the founders of the Royal Astronomical Society, as has already been stated, was also a founder of the British Association and the originator of the Statistical Society, is the author of valuable papers, exhibiting a wide range of learning and research—mainly on mathematical subjects and relating to magnetical and electrical phenomena—which have been published in the Reports of the Royal and other Societies (“English Cycl.,” Vol. I. p. 457; “Encyl. Brit.,” ninth ed., Vol. III. p. 178; Larousse, “Dict.,” Vol. II. pp. 5–6; account of Babbage’s work in C. R. Weld’s “Hist. Roy. Soc.,” Vol. II. pp. 369–391).

Charles Babbage (1792–1871), a notable English scientist mentioned earlier, who, in addition to being one of the founders of the Royal Astronomical Society, was also a founder of the British Association and the creator of the Statistical Society, authored valuable papers showcasing a broad range of knowledge and research—mainly on mathematical topics and related to magnetic and electrical phenomena—that have been published in the Reports of the Royal and other Societies (“English Cycl.,” Vol. I. p. 457; “Encycl. Brit.,” ninth ed., Vol. III. p. 178; Larousse, “Dict.,” Vol. II. pp. 5–6; account of Babbage’s work in C. R. Weld’s “Hist. Roy. Soc.,” Vol. II. pp. 369–391).

A.D. 1820.—Fisher (George) (1794–1873), who two years before had joined Captain David Buchan in his voyage to the Arctic regions, is the first to point out the true cause of the sudden alteration in the rates of chronometers at sea. “He observed,” says Dr. Roget, “that the chronometers on board the ‘Dorothea’ and ‘Trent’ had a different rate of going from that they had on shore, even when these vessels had been frozen in, and therefore when their motion could not have contributed to that variation; ... this effect could be attributed only to the magnetic action exerted by the iron in the ships upon the inner rim of the balance of the chronometers, which is made of steel. A similar influence was perceptible on placing magnets in the neighbourhood of the chronometers. This conclusion was confirmed by experiments made for this purpose by Mr. Barlow, who ascertained that masses of iron devoid of all permanent magnetism occasioned an alteration in the rates of chronometers placed in different positions in their vicinity.”

A.D. 1820.—Fisher (George) (1794–1873), who two years earlier had joined Captain David Buchan on his voyage to the Arctic, was the first to identify the real reason behind the sudden changes in the rates of chronometers at sea. “He noted,” says Dr. Roget, “that the chronometers on board the ‘Dorothea’ and ‘Trent’ were running at different rates than they did on land, even when these ships were frozen in, meaning their movement couldn't have caused the variation; ... this effect could only be due to the magnetic influence of the iron in the ships on the inner rim of the chronometers' balance, which is made of steel. A similar effect was noticed when magnets were placed near the chronometers. This finding was backed up by experiments conducted by Mr. Barlow, who found that blocks of iron without any permanent magnetism caused changes in the rates of chronometers positioned nearby.”

References.—Fisher’s article “On the Errors in Longitude as Determined by Chronometers at Sea, Arising from the Action of the Iron in the Ships upon the Chronometers,” communicated by John Barrow, F.R.S., to the Phil. Mag., Vol. LVII. pp. 249–257. See besides, Edinburgh Jour. Sci., London, 1826, Vol. V. p. 224; Phil. Trans. for 1820, Part. II. p. 196, and the volume for 1833, relative to magnetical experiments; also the “Lib. U. K.” (Magn.), p. 63. For Capt. Buchan, consult Barrow’s “Chronological History of Voyages into the Arctic Regions.”

Sources.—Fisher’s article “On the Errors in Longitude as Determined by Chronometers at Sea, Arising from the Action of the Iron in the Ships upon the Chronometers,” communicated by John Barrow, F.R.S., to the Phil. Mag., Vol. LVII. pp. 249–257. Also see Edinburgh Jour. Sci., London, 1826, Vol. V. p. 224; Phil. Trans. for 1820, Part. II. p. 196, and the volume for 1833, regarding magnetic experiments; also the “Lib. U. K.” (Magn.), p. 63. For Capt. Buchan, refer to Barrow’s “Chronological History of Voyages into the Arctic Regions.”

Mr. George Thomas Fischer (1722–1848) is the author of “A Practical Treatise on Medical Electricity” (Poggendorff, Vol. I. p. 756).

Mr. George Thomas Fischer (1722–1848) is the author of “A Practical Treatise on Medical Electricity” (Poggendorff, Vol. I. p. 756).

[468]

[468]

A.D. 1820.—Bonnycastle (Charles), Professor of Mathematics in the University of Virginia, treats of the distribution of the magnetic fluids in masses of iron, as well as of the deviations which they produce in compasses placed within their influence, at pp. 446–456, Vol. LV of Tilloch’s Philosophical Magazine.

A.D. 1820.—Bonnycastle (Charles), Professor of Mathematics at the University of Virginia, discusses the distribution of magnetic fluids in large iron masses and the deviations they cause in compasses affected by them, on pages 446–456, Volume LV of Tilloch’s Philosophical Magazine.

He refers to the then recent publication of Peter Barlow’s “Essay on Magnetic Attractions,” containing the results of many experiments, made principally upon spheres of iron, as well as to Dr. Young’s views of the subject, which were printed by order of the Board of Longitude, and he says that the principle upon which he intends establishing his inquiry “is an extension of the law that regulates the action of electrified bodies upon conductors; which was first given by M. Poisson in the Memoirs of the Institute for 1811, and employed by him to determine the development of the electric fluids in spheres that mutually act on each other.”

He mentions the recent publication of Peter Barlow’s “Essay on Magnetic Attractions,” which includes the results of many experiments mainly on iron spheres, as well as Dr. Young’s thoughts on the topic, published at the request of the Board of Longitude. He states that the principle he plans to use for his inquiry “is an extension of the law that describes how electrified bodies interact with conductors; this was first introduced by M. Poisson in the Memoirs of the Institute for 1811 and used by him to determine the behavior of electric fluids in spheres that affect each other.”

The afore-named dissertation, at the time, called forth a rejoinder from a correspondent and a further communication from Mr. Bonnycastle, both of which appear at pp. 346–350, Vol. LVI of the same publication.

The previously mentioned dissertation prompted a response from a correspondent and another communication from Mr. Bonnycastle, both of which can be found on pages 346–350, Volume LVI of the same publication.

References.—Silliman’s Journal, Vol. XL. p. 32; “Sketch of the Life of Chas. Bonnycastle,” by Thomas Thomson; Poggendorff, Vol. I. pp. 234, 235; article “Magnetism,” p. 9, Vol. XIV of the eighth “Britannica.”

Sources.—Silliman’s Journal, Vol. 40, p. 32; “Sketch of the Life of Chas. Bonnycastle,” by Thomas Thomson; Poggendorff, Vol. 1, pp. 234, 235; article “Magnetism,” p. 9, Vol. 14 of the eighth “Britannica.”

A.D. 1820.—Harris (Wm. Snow), member of the College of Surgeons, and a very distinguished English scientist (1791–1867), proposes to the Board of the Admiralty his system of lightning conductors, of which an account appears at p. 231, Vol. LX of the Phil. Mag., as well as in a separate work published at London during 1822. This is followed by his “Observations on the Effects of Lightning ...” 1823, and by papers relative to the defence of ships and buildings from lightning, which were published, more particularly, in several numbers of the Nautical Magazine, the Phil. Mag., the Annals of Electricity, and in the Proc. Lond. Elec. Soc. for 1842, as well as in his “Record of Phil. Papers,” and under separate heads during many years between 1827 and 1854. One of his biographers remarks:

A.D. 1820.—Harris (Wm. Snow), a member of the College of Surgeons and a prominent English scientist (1791–1867), presents his system of lightning conductors to the Board of the Admiralty. Details about this can be found on p. 231, Vol. LX of the Phil. Mag., and in a separate work published in London in 1822. This is followed by his “Observations on the Effects of Lightning ...” in 1823, as well as papers on protecting ships and buildings from lightning, which appeared in several issues of the Nautical Magazine, the Phil. Mag., the Annals of Electricity, and in the Proc. Lond. Elec. Soc. for 1842, along with his “Record of Phil. Papers,” published separately over many years from 1827 to 1854. One of his biographers notes:

“His researches have gone far to remove certain popular errors as to what have been called ‘conductors’ and ‘non-conductors’ of electricity, and to show the inutility of the old form of lightning rod in the majority of cases; it being necessary, in place of such rod form, to link into one great chain all the metallic bodies employed in the construction of a building, thus providing a connection with these conductors between the highest parts and the ground, the single conductor, in one highest part, being possibly insufficient[469] to divert the course of the fluid and protect the whole fabric. These general principles have been largely applied to the protection of the ships of the Royal Navy during the last five and twenty years, under his advice and direction; and, laying aside the opinions which had been commonly received, the masts themselves of a ship have all been rendered perfectly conducting by incorporating with the spars capacious plates of copper, whilst all the large metallic masses in the hull have been tied, as it were, into a general conducting chain, communicating with the great conducting channels in the masts, and with the sea. This may be considered as the greatest experiment ever made by any country in the employment of metallic conductors for ships, and the result has been to secure the navy from a destructive agent, and to throw new light upon an interesting department of science” (Whewell, “Hist. of Induc. Sci.,” Vol. II. pp. 199, 200; Phil. Mag. for March 1841; eighth “Encycl. Britannica,” Vols. VIII. pp. 535, 610, 611, and XX. p. 24; “Edin. Review” for Oct. 1844, Vol. LXXX. pp. 444–473).

“His research has gone a long way in correcting some common misconceptions about what are called ‘conductors’ and ‘non-conductors’ of electricity. It has shown that the traditional form of lightning rod is often ineffective; instead of such a rod, it's necessary to connect all the metallic parts used in a building into one large chain. This provides a link between the highest points and the ground, as relying on a single conductor at the highest point may not be enough to redirect the electric charge and protect the entire structure. These general principles have been extensively applied to protect the ships of the Royal Navy over the past twenty-five years, based on his advice and guidance. Moving away from the commonly held beliefs, the masts of the ships have been made fully conductive by integrating large copper plates with the spars, while all the large metallic components in the hull have been connected together to form a comprehensive conductive chain that links to the main conductive pathways in the masts and the sea. This is considered the largest experiment ever conducted by any country regarding the use of metallic conductors for ships, and the results have successfully protected the navy from a destructive force and provided new insights into an intriguing field of science” (Whewell, “Hist. of Induc. Sci.,” Vol. II. pp. 199, 200; Phil. Mag. for March 1841; eighth “Encycl. Britannica,” Vols. VIII. pp. 535, 610, 611, and XX. p. 24; “Edin. Review” for Oct. 1844, Vol. LXXX. pp. 444–473).

Harris was the first, says Brewster, who introduced accurate quantitative measures into the investigation of the laws of statical electricity—the unit measure by which quantity is minutely estimated—and also the hydro-electrometer and scale-beam balance by which its intensity and the laws of attractive forces at all distances are demonstrated. Of not less value is the thermo-electrometer, by which the heating effects of given quantities of electricity are measured and rendered comparable with the varying conditions of quantity and intensity. Besides these instruments, we owe to Harris the discovery of a new reactive force, through which repulsion and other small physical forces are investigated and determined by means of his bifilar balance, founded upon the reactive force of two vertically suspended parallel threads when twined upon each other at a given angle, and acted upon by a suspended weight. With the aid of these instruments he has carried on a variety of important inquiries into the laws of electrical forces, and the laws and operations of electrical accumulation (eighth “Brit.,” Vol. VIII. p. 535). His papers on the subject appeared in 1825 and 1828, and a résumé of them is given by Noad (“Manual” 1859, pp. 35, 137–140), as well as in the “Electricity” article of the “Britannica,” both of which contain descriptions and illustrations of Harris’ unit jar and electro-thermometer.

Harris was the first, according to Brewster, to bring accurate quantitative measures into the study of the laws of static electricity—the unit measure used to precisely estimate quantity—along with the hydro-electrometer and scale-beam balance that demonstrate its intensity and the laws of attractive forces across different distances. Equally important is the thermo-electrometer, which measures the heating effects of specific amounts of electricity and allows for comparisons across varying conditions of quantity and intensity. In addition to these instruments, we owe to Harris the discovery of a new reactive force, through which repulsion and other small physical forces are explored and measured using his bifilar balance, which is based on the reactive force of two vertically suspended parallel threads twisted together at a specific angle and affected by a suspended weight. With these tools, he conducted a range of significant investigations into the laws of electrical forces and the principles and workings of electrical accumulation (eighth “Brit.,” Vol. VIII. p. 535). His papers on the topic were published in 1825 and 1828, and a résumé of them is provided by Noad (“Manual” 1859, pp. 35, 137–140), as well as in the “Electricity” article of the “Britannica,” both of which include descriptions and illustrations of Harris’ unit jar and electro-thermometer.

During the year 1827 Mr. Harris published in the Trans. Roy. Soc. of Edinburgh his memoir entitled “Experimental Inquiries Concerning the Laws of Magnetic Forces,” which experiments were made by means of a new and very accurate apparatus invented by him for examining the phenomena of induced magnetism. The[470] above was followed by two other memoirs, published in the Phil. Trans. for 1831, “On the Influence of Screens in Arresting the Progress of Magnetic Action ...” and “On the Power of Masses of Iron to Control the Attractive Force of a Magnet,” which are discoursed of in the “Britannica” article on “Magnetism,” wherein special treatment is also given more particularly to Mr. Harris’ researches concerning artificial magnets as well as the magnetic charge, the development of magnetism by rotation and the phenomena of periodical variations (“Rudim. Mag.,” Part III. p. 60; Fahie’s “Hist, of Elec. Tel.,” pp. 283, 284).

In 1827, Mr. Harris published a paper titled “Experimental Inquiries Concerning the Laws of Magnetic Forces” in the Trans. Roy. Soc. of Edinburgh. He conducted experiments using a new and highly accurate device he invented to study the phenomena of induced magnetism. The[470] paper was followed by two more papers published in the Phil. Trans. in 1831, titled “On the Influence of Screens in Arresting the Progress of Magnetic Action...” and “On the Power of Masses of Iron to Control the Attractive Force of a Magnet.” These are discussed in the “Britannica” article on “Magnetism,” which also focuses on Mr. Harris’ research into artificial magnets, magnetic charge, the development of magnetism through rotation, and the phenomena of periodic variations (“Rudim. Mag.,” Part III. p. 60; Fahie’s “Hist. of Elec. Tel.,” pp. 283, 284).

Besides additional apparatus named in the subjoined references Mr. Harris invented a very effective steering compass, of which an account is given in Part III. pp. 148–153, of his “Rudimentary Magnetism,” as well as at p. 594 of Noad’s “Manual,” at p. 105 of the “English Cyclopædia” (Arts and Sciences), Vol. III, and at p. 80, Vol. VIII, 1857, “Encycl. Britannica,” and he has also devised a magnetometer for the measurement of electric forces, of which the description and illustrations appear in the last-named publication as transcribed from Mr. Harris’ work already mentioned.

Besides other equipment listed in the references below, Mr. Harris invented a very effective steering compass, which is detailed in Part III, pp. 148–153, of his “Rudimentary Magnetism,” as well as on p. 594 of Noad’s “Manual,” on p. 105 of the “English Cyclopædia” (Arts and Sciences), Vol. III, and on p. 80, Vol. VIII, 1857, in the “Encycl. Britannica.” He also created a magnetometer to measure electric forces, which is described and illustrated in the last-mentioned publication, as taken from Mr. Harris’s work previously mentioned.

Mr. Harris was made a F. R. S. in 1831, and received the Copley medal four years later. It was in 1843 he published his well-known work “On the Nature of Thunderstorms,” the plans he advocated being adopted in 1847, when he received the order of knighthood as well as a large money grant from the English Government in acknowledgment of his scientific services. The following appears in the obituary notice of Sir Wm. Snow Harris, contributed by Mr. Charles Tomlinson to the Proceedings of the Roy. Soc. (XVI, 1868):

Mr. Harris was appointed a Fellow of the Royal Society (F.R.S.) in 1831 and received the Copley Medal four years later. In 1843, he published his famous work “On the Nature of Thunderstorms,” and the plans he proposed were adopted in 1847, when he was knighted and received a substantial financial grant from the English Government in recognition of his scientific contributions. The following is included in the obituary notice of Sir William Snow Harris, written by Mr. Charles Tomlinson for the Proceedings of the Roy. Soc. (XVI, 1868):

“Harris’ sympathies were with the Bennetts, the Cavendishes, the Singers, the Voltas of a past age. Frictional electricity was his forte and the source of his triumphs. He was bewildered and dazzled by the electrical development of the present day, and almost shut his eyes to it. He was attached too closely and exclusively to the old school of science to recognize the broad and sweeping advance of the new. He was not conscious even of being behind his age when he presented to the Royal Society in 1861 an elaborate paper on an improved form of Bennett’s discharger, and still less in 1864, when he discussed the laws of electrical distribution, and yet relied upon the Leyden jar and the unit jar.”

“Harris’ sympathies were with the Bennetts, the Cavendishes, the Singers, the Voltas of a past era. Frictional electricity was his strength and the reason for his successes. He was confused and overwhelmed by the electrical advancements of his time and nearly ignored them. He was too closely and exclusively tied to the old school of science to see the broad and far-reaching progress of the new. He wasn’t even aware that he was falling behind his time when he presented to the Royal Society in 1861 an intricate paper on an improved version of Bennett’s discharger, and even less so in 1864, when he discussed the laws of electrical distribution but still relied on the Leyden jar and the unit jar.”

References.Trans. of the Plymouth Institution, also Trans. of the Roy. Soc. for 1834, 1836, 1839; “Eng. Encycl.” (“Common Electricity”), Vol. III. p. 801; W. A. Miller, “Elem. of Chem.,” 1864, p. 32. For descriptions of his bifilar balance see the eighth “Britannica,” Vol. VIII. p. 623; Harris, “Rud. Elec.,” p. 99, and “Rud. Magn.,” pp. 119, 120; Noad, “Manual,” pp. 26, 27, 37, 40, 41, 63, 580; C. Stahelin, “Die Lehre ...” 1852; P. Volpicelli, “Ricerche analitiche ...” Roma,[471] 1865, while, for his balance electroscope and electrometers, see “Edin. Phil. Trans.,” Dec. 1831; eighth “Britannica,” Vol. VIII. pp. 540, 590, 620 622, 624; Harris, “Rud. Elec.,” pp. 99, etc.; the “Bakerian Lecture”; the “Report of British Association,” Dundee, 1867, for an able account of electrometers by Sir William Thomson. His electrical machine is described at pp. 74–76 of Noad’s “Manual,” as well as at p. 604, Vol. VIII of the 8th “Britannica,” the latter also giving, at p. 550, Harris’ experiments on the electrical attraction of spheres and planes. “Catal. Sc. Papers Roy. Soc.,” Vol. III. pp. 191–192; Lippincott’s “Biog. Dict.,” 1886, p. 1230; Biography in Harris’ “Frictional Electricity”; “Abstracts of Papers ... Phil. Trans., 1800–1830,” Vol. II. p. 298; Lumière Electrique for Oct. 3, 1891, p. 49; reprint of Sir Wm. Thomson’s “Mathematical Papers,” 1872; “Brit. Asso. Reports” for 1832, 1835, 1836; Edin. Phil. Trans. for 1834; Fahie’s “History,” p. 321; Edin. and London and Edin. Phil. Mag. for 1840; Phil. Trans., 1842; Phil. Mag. for 1856–1857, and Harris’ “Manuals of Electricity, Galvanism and Magnetism,” published in John Weale’s Rudimentary Series.

References.Trans. of the Plymouth Institution, also Trans. of the Roy. Soc. for 1834, 1836, 1839; “Eng. Encycl.” (“Common Electricity”), Vol. III. p. 801; W. A. Miller, “Elem. of Chem.,” 1864, p. 32. For descriptions of his bifilar balance see the eighth “Britannica,” Vol. VIII. p. 623; Harris, “Rud. Elec.,” p. 99, and “Rud. Magn.,” pp. 119, 120; Noad, “Manual,” pp. 26, 27, 37, 40, 41, 63, 580; C. Stahelin, “Die Lehre ...” 1852; P. Volpicelli, “Ricerche analitiche ...” Roma,[471] 1865, while, for his balance electroscope and electrometers, see “Edin. Phil. Trans.,” Dec. 1831; eighth “Britannica,” Vol. VIII. pp. 540, 590, 620, 622, 624; Harris, “Rud. Elec.,” pp. 99, etc.; the “Bakerian Lecture”; the “Report of British Association,” Dundee, 1867, for a thorough account of electrometers by Sir William Thomson. His electrical machine is described at pp. 74–76 of Noad’s “Manual,” as well as at p. 604, Vol. VIII of the 8th “Britannica,” the latter also providing, at p. 550, Harris’ experiments on the electrical attraction of spheres and planes. “Catal. Sc. Papers Roy. Soc.,” Vol. III. pp. 191–192; Lippincott’s “Biog. Dict.,” 1886, p. 1230; Biography in Harris’ “Frictional Electricity”; “Abstracts of Papers ... Phil. Trans., 1800–1830,” Vol. II. p. 298; Lumière Electrique for Oct. 3, 1891, p. 49; reprint of Sir Wm. Thomson’s “Mathematical Papers,” 1872; “Brit. Asso. Reports” for 1832, 1835, 1836; Edin. Phil. Trans. for 1834; Fahie’s “History,” p. 321; Edin. and London and Edin. Phil. Mag. for 1840; Phil. Trans., 1842; Phil. Mag. for 1856–1857, and Harris’ “Manuals of Electricity, Galvanism and Magnetism,” published in John Weale’s Rudimentary Series.

A.D. 1820.—Mitscherlich (Eilardt—Eilhert), Professor of Chemistry at the Berlin University, discovers what is called Isomorphism (isos, equal; morphe, form), showing that bodies containing very different electro-positive elements could not well be distinguished from each other; it was impossible therefore to put them in distant portions of the classification, and thus, remarks Whewell, the first system of Berzelius crumbled to pieces.

A.D. 1820.—Mitscherlich (Eilardt—Eilhert), a Chemistry professor at Berlin University, discovers what is known as Isomorphism (isos, equal; morphe, form), demonstrating that substances with very different electro-positive elements can hardly be distinguished from one another; therefore, it was impossible to place them in far-apart sections of the classification system, and thus, as Whewell notes, Berzelius's initial system fell apart.

In other words, Mitscherlich was the first to draw attention to the fact that two bodies having the same composition could assume different forms; to this law Berzelius gave the name of Isomerism (isos, equal; meros, part).

In other words, Mitscherlich was the first to point out that two substances with the same composition can take on different forms; to this principle, Berzelius gave the name Isomerism (isos, equal; meros, part).

Sir John Herschel makes particular mention (“Treatise on Light,” s. 1, 113) of Mitscherlich’s remarkable experiment with sulphate of lime—the alteration in the tints of which by heat, it is said, was first observed by Fresnel. This experiment was repeated by Sir David Brewster, and he discovered still more curious properties in glauberite, all of which are detailed in Vol. I. p. 417 of the London and Edinburgh Phil. Mag. for Dec. 1832.

Sir John Herschel specifically mentions (“Treatise on Light,” s. 1, 113) Mitscherlich’s impressive experiment with sulfate of lime—the color changes caused by heat were reportedly first noticed by Fresnel. This experiment was repeated by Sir David Brewster, who found even more interesting properties in glauberite, all of which are described in Vol. I, p. 417 of the London and Edinburgh Phil. Mag. for December 1832.

References.—“Cat. Sci. Papers Roy. Soc.,” Vol. IV. pp. 413–416; “Library Useful Knowledge” (Pol. of Light), p. 63; Poggendorff, Vol. II. pp. 160, 161; the very able treatise of Mr. J. Beete Jukes on “Mineralogical Science”; also Poggendorff’s Annalen, Vol. XV. p. 630, for Mitscherlich on the chemical origin of iron glance in volcanic masses.

References.—“Cat. Sci. Papers Roy. Soc.,” Vol. IV. pp. 413–416; “Library Useful Knowledge” (Pol. of Light), p. 63; Poggendorff, Vol. II. pp. 160, 161; the highly skilled treatise by Mr. J. Beete Jukes on “Mineralogical Science”; also Poggendorff’s Annalen, Vol. XV. p. 630, for Mitscherlich on the chemical origin of iron glance in volcanic rocks.

A.D. 1820.—Ampère (André Marie) (1775–1836), one of the most distinguished philosophers of the century, Professor of Mathematical Analysis in the French Ecole Polytechnique (1809), afterwards Professor of Physics at the Collège de France, reads before the Académie Royale des Sciences, Sept. 18, 25, Oct. 9, 13, and Nov. 6, 1820, papers[472] containing a complete exposition of the phenomena of electro-dynamics. His investigations were subsequently embodied in the “Recueil d’Observations ...” Paris, 1822, and were still further developed during 1824 and 1826, as shown through both his “Précis de la théorie ...” and “Théorie des Phénomènes Electro-Dynamiques.”

A.D. 1820.—Ampère (André Marie) (1775–1836), one of the leading thinkers of the century, served as a Professor of Mathematical Analysis at the French Ecole Polytechnique (1809) and later as a Professor of Physics at the Collège de France. He presented papers before the Académie Royale des Sciences on Sept. 18, 25, Oct. 9, 13, and Nov. 6, 1820, that included a full explanation of electro-dynamics phenomena. His research was later published in the “Recueil d'Observations ...” Paris, 1822, and was further expanded between 1824 and 1826, as demonstrated in his “Précis de la théorie ...” and “Théorie des Phénomènes Electro-Dynamiques.”

The news of Oersted’s discovery of the relation existing between the electric current and the magnet—the fundamental fact of electro-magnetism—was made known in July 1820, and the inquiry was at once taken up more particularly by Ampère, Arago, Biot, and Félix Savary in France, as well as by Berzelius, Davy, De la Rive, Cumming, Faraday, Joseph Henry, Schweigger, Seebeck, Sturgeon, Nobili and others throughout Europe and elsewhere. Of all these scientists, Ampère proved the most energetic, and, within three months of the announcement of Oersted’s discovery, his first memoir on the subject was publicly read in Paris.

The news of Oersted’s discovery of the relationship between electric current and magnetism—the core concept of electromagnetism—was announced in July 1820. This immediately sparked interest, especially from Ampère, Arago, Biot, and Félix Savary in France, as well as Berzelius, Davy, De la Rive, Cumming, Faraday, Joseph Henry, Schweigger, Seebeck, Sturgeon, Nobili, and others across Europe and beyond. Among all these scientists, Ampère was the most active, and within three months of Oersted’s announcement, he presented his first paper on the topic publicly in Paris.

In this first paper, Sept. 18, he explains the law determining the position of the magnetic needle in relation to the electric current, and he also makes known his intended experiments with spiral or helical wires, which he predicts will acquire and retain the properties of magnets so long as the electrical current flows through them. He likewise explains his theory of magnets, saying that if we assume a magnet to consist of an assemblage of minute currents of electricity whirling all with the same direction of rotation around the steel molecules and in planes at right angles to the axis of the bar, we will have an hypothesis which will account for all the known properties of a magnet. He constructed his spirals and helices, and to the astonishment of all, he produced magnets formed only of spools of copper wire traversed by electric currents. We can readily imagine, adds Prof. A. M. Mayer, the intense interest awakened by this discovery, a discovery which caused Arago to exclaim, “What would Newton, Halley, Dufay, Æpinus, Franklin and Coulomb have said if one had told them that the day would come when a navigator would be able to lay the course of his vessel without a magnetic needle and solely by means of electric currents?” “The vast field of physical science,” says Arago, “perhaps never presented so brilliant a discovery, conceived, verified and completed with such rapidity.” Thus Ampère became the author of a beautiful generalization, which not only included the phenomena exhibited by the new combinations of Oersted, but also disclosed forces existing in arrangements already familiar, although they were never detected till it was thus pointed out how they were to be looked for. His electro-dynamic theory of the action of currents and of magnets has been thought worthy of a place near the Principia of Newton ... it deservedly gained for[473] him the title of the Newton of electro-dynamics, as he did for this branch of science even more than Coulomb had previously done for electro-statics (Profs. A. M. Mayer and W. B. Rogers, “Memorial of Jos. Henry,” 1880, pp. 81, 476; Lardner, “Lectures,” 1859, Vol. II. p. 120; Fahie, “Hist. Tel.,” p. 276).

In this first paper, dated September 18, he explains the law that determines the position of the magnetic needle in relation to the electric current. He also shares his planned experiments with spiral or helical wires, predicting that they will acquire and retain magnetic properties as long as electric current flows through them. He further outlines his theory on magnets, suggesting that if we think of a magnet as made up of tiny currents of electricity all spinning in the same direction around the steel molecules and in planes perpendicular to the bar's axis, we'll have a hypothesis that explains all the known properties of a magnet. He created his spirals and helices, and to everyone's amazement, he produced magnets made solely from coils of copper wire carrying electric currents. We can easily imagine, adds Prof. A. M. Mayer, the intense interest sparked by this discovery, prompting Arago to exclaim, “What would Newton, Halley, Dufay, Æpinus, Franklin, and Coulomb have said if someone had told them that a day would come when a navigator could chart his course without a magnetic needle and only using electric currents?” “The vast field of physical science,” says Arago, “perhaps never presented such a brilliant discovery, conceived, verified, and completed with such speed.” Thus, Ampère became the author of a beautiful generalization that not only covered the phenomena observed in Oersted’s new combinations but also revealed forces already present in familiar arrangements, even though they had never been noticed until it was pointed out how to look for them. His electro-dynamic theory of the action of currents and magnets has been considered worthy of a place alongside Newton's Principia... it rightfully earned him the title of the Newton of electro-dynamics, as he advanced this branch of science even more than Coulomb had previously done for electro-statics (Profs. A. M. Mayer and W. B. Rogers, “Memorial of Jos. Henry,” 1880, pp. 81, 476; Lardner, “Lectures,” 1859, Vol. II. p. 120; Fahie, “Hist. Tel.,” p. 276).

The experiments of Oersted and Ampère were at once greatly extended by many scientists, among whom may be especially mentioned MM. Yelin, Bœckmann, Van Beek, De la Rive, Moll, Nobili, Barlow and Cumming. The last named apparently gave the earliest notice of the increased effects of a convolution of wire around the magnetic needle, and constructed the first astatic needle galvanometer (Trans. Camb. Soc., Vol. I. p. 279). The Chevalier Julius Konrad Yelin (1771–1826), German mathematician, ascertained that the electricity of an ordinary machine when passed along a helix, either in simple electrical sparks or by discharges from a battery, has the effect of rendering an included needle magnetic. According to Dr. Henry, M. Bœckmann found in varying these experiments that no modification of the effect is produced by altering the diameter of the helix from half an inch to thirteen inches. With a helix of thirty-four inches diameter, and a coated surface of 300 square inches, much less magnetism was, however, imparted; and with one of eighty-four inches it was scarcely perceptible. It was found that a needle outside of the helix was magnetized as much as one within; that after being once fully magnetized a continuation of the discharges diminished its power; and that five jars, each of 300 square inches, did not produce, by repeated discharges, much more effect than one of them (Poggendorff, Vol. II. p. 1382; Gilbert’s Annalen for 1820–1823).

The experiments by Oersted and Ampère were significantly expanded by various scientists, notably MM. Yelin, Bœckmann, Van Beek, De la Rive, Moll, Nobili, Barlow, and Cumming. Cumming was the first to notice that wrapping wire around the magnetic needle increased its effects and built the first astatic needle galvanometer (Trans. Camb. Soc., Vol. I. p. 279). Chevalier Julius Konrad Yelin (1771–1826), a German mathematician, discovered that electricity from a standard machine, when passed through a helix—either as simple electrical sparks or discharges from a battery—could magnetize a needle placed inside it. According to Dr. Henry, M. Bœckmann found that changing the diameter of the helix from half an inch to thirteen inches didn't alter the effect. However, with a helix measuring thirty-four inches in diameter and a surface area of 300 square inches, the magnetism imparted was much less, and with one that was eighty-four inches, it was barely noticeable. It was also determined that a needle outside the helix was magnetized just as much as one inside; that once fully magnetized, further discharges reduced its strength; and that using five jars, each with 300 square inches, didn’t result in much greater effect than just one of them (Poggendorff, Vol. II. p. 1382; Gilbert’s Annalen for 1820–1823).

In his second paper, Sept. 25 (Ann. de Chim. et de Phys., Vol. XV. pp. 59–170), Ampère makes known the results of his experiments on the mutual attractions and repulsions of electrical currents, showing conclusively that when the voltaic current is passed in the same direction through two parallel wires, so placed as to move freely, they attract each other, and that they are repelled if the currents are passed in opposite directions. Thus he establishes the second fundamental law of electro-magnetism, the first law, instituted as we have seen by Oersted, being that the magnetical effect of the electrical current is a circular motion around the current. In the last-named paper he also proposes the hypothesis of currents of electricity circulating from east to west around the terrestrial globe in planes at right angles to the direction of the dipping needle, to account for the phenomena of terrestrial magnetism (Roget, “Electro-Magn.,” p. 47).

In his second paper, dated Sept. 25 (Ann. de Chim. et de Phys., Vol. XV. pp. 59–170), Ampère reveals the results of his experiments on the mutual attractions and repulsions of electrical currents. He clearly demonstrates that when the voltaic current flows in the same direction through two parallel wires that can move freely, they attract each other; however, if the currents flow in opposite directions, they repel each other. This establishes the second fundamental law of electromagnetism, with the first law, as previously noted, introduced by Oersted, stating that the magnetic effect of the electrical current creates a circular motion around the current. In this same paper, he also suggests the hypothesis of electrical currents circulating from east to west around the Earth in planes that are perpendicular to the direction of the dipping needle, to explain the phenomena of terrestrial magnetism (Roget, “Electro-Magn.,” p. 47).

In his third paper, Oct. 9, Ampère investigates the properties[474] of currents transmitted through wires forming closed curves (courbes fermées) or complete geometrical figures, an inquiry also alluded to in another memoir read Oct. 30, 1820.

In his third paper, dated October 9, Ampère explores the properties[474] of currents flowing through wires that create closed loops (courbes fermées) or complete geometric shapes, a topic also mentioned in another paper presented on October 30, 1820.

These papers were immediately followed by others, which engaged nearly all the sittings of the Academy between Dec. 4, 1820, and Jan. 15, 1821. In these he brings forth new confirmations of his theories, and reduces the phenomena of electro-magnetism to mathematical analysis.

These papers were quickly followed by others, which took up almost all the meetings of the Academy between Dec. 4, 1820, and Jan. 15, 1821. In these, he presents new evidence for his theories and simplifies the phenomena of electro-magnetism to mathematical analysis.

Mr. Samuel Prime remarks (“Life of Morse,” 1875, p. 266) that the discovery of the action of the spiral coil upon the magnetic needle seems to have been independently made by Ampère in 1821:

Mr. Samuel Prime notes (“Life of Morse,” 1875, p. 266) that the discovery of how the spiral coil affects the magnetic needle appears to have been independently made by Ampère in 1821:

“I showed that the current which is in the pile acts on the magnetic needle by the conjunctive wire. I described the instrument, which I proposed to construct, and, among others, the galvanic spiral. I read a note upon the electro-chemical effects of a spiral of iron wire, subjected to the action of the earth, directing an electric current as well as a magnet. I announced the new fact of the attraction and repulsion of two electric currents, without the intermediation of any magnet, a fact which I had observed in conductors twisted spirally (Tilloch’s Journal of Science, Vol. LVII. p. 47, 1821).

“I demonstrated that the current flowing through the pile affects the magnetic needle via the connecting wire. I outlined the instrument I planned to build, including the galvanic spiral. I shared insights about the electrochemical effects of an iron wire spiral when subjected to the earth's magnetic influence while directing an electric current, similar to a magnet. I revealed the new finding regarding the attraction and repulsion of two electric currents without any magnet involved, a phenomenon I noticed in spirally twisted conductors (Tilloch’s Journal of Science, Vol. LVII. p. 47, 1821).”

One of his biographers, Professor Chrystal says: “Scarcely had the news of Oersted’s discovery reached France, when a French philosopher, Ampère, set to work to develop the important consequences which it involved. Physicists had long been looking for the connection between magnetism and electricity, and had, perhaps, inclined to the view that electricity was somehow to be explained as a magnetic phenomenon. It was, in fact, under the influence of such ideas, that Oersted was led to his discovery. Ampère showed that the explanation was to be found in an opposite direction. He discovered the ponderomotive action of one electric current on another, and, by a series of well-chosen experiments, he established the elementary laws of electro-dynamic action, starting from which, by a brilliant train of mathematical analysis, he not only evolved the complete explanation of all the electro-magnetic phenomena observed before him, but predicted many hitherto unknown. The results of his researches may be summarized in the statement that an electric current, in a linear circuit of any form, is equivalent in its action, whether on magnets or other circuits, to a magnetic shell bounded by the circuit, whose strength at every point is constant and proportional to the strength of the current. By his beautiful theory of molecular currents, he gave a theoretical explanation of that connection between electricity and magnetism which had been the dream of previous investigators. If we except the discovery of the[475] laws of the induction of electric currents, made about ten years later by Faraday, no advance in the science of electricity can compare for completeness and brilliancy with the work of Ampère. Our admiration is equally great, whether we contemplate the clearness and power of his mathematical investigations, the aptness and skill of his experiments, or the wonderful rapidity with which he elucidated his discovery when he had once found the clew.”

One of his biographers, Professor Chrystal, says: “Barely had the news of Oersted’s discovery reached France when French philosopher Ampère began to explore the significant implications it carried. Physicists had been searching for a connection between magnetism and electricity and had perhaps been leaning toward the idea that electricity could somehow be explained as a magnetic phenomenon. In fact, it was under the influence of such thoughts that Oersted made his discovery. Ampère demonstrated that the explanation actually lay in the opposite direction. He discovered the attractive force of one electric current on another and, through a series of carefully designed experiments, established the fundamental laws of electro-dynamic action. From there, through a brilliant sequence of mathematical analysis, he not only developed a complete explanation of all the electro-magnetic phenomena known at that time but also predicted many previously unknown ones. The results of his research can be summarized in the statement that an electric current in a linear circuit of any shape behaves similarly, whether affecting magnets or other circuits, to a magnetic shell defined by the circuit, whose strength at every point is constant and proportional to the strength of the current. With his elegant theory of molecular currents, he provided a theoretical explanation for the connection between electricity and magnetism that had been the aspiration of earlier researchers. If we exclude the discovery of the[475] laws of the induction of electric currents, made about ten years later by Faraday, no progress in the field of electricity compares in thoroughness and brilliance to Ampère's work. Our admiration is equally profound, whether we consider the clarity and strength of his mathematical investigations, the appropriateness and skill of his experiments, or the astonishing speed with which he clarified his discovery once he found the key.”

“Oersted,” remarks M. Babinet, “was the Christopher Columbus of magnetism; Ampère became its Pizarro and its Fernand Cortez.”

“Oersted,” says M. Babinet, “was the Christopher Columbus of magnetism; Ampère became its Pizarro and its Ferdinand Cortez.”

Of Ampère’s astatic needles, a description, taken from one of his memoirs (Ann. de Ch. et de Ph., Vol. XVIII. p. 320), appears at pp. 280–281 of Fahie’s “History” (Knight’s “Mech. Dict.,” 1874, Vol. I. p. 171, and Vol. II. p. 1181). For this greatly perfected form of galvanometer the credit has erroneously been given to Prof. Cumming, who first suggested the idea of neutralizing the directive force of the needle arising from the earth’s magnetism, which he did by placing a magnetized needle immediately beneath the movable or index needle. Fahie adds, in a footnote: “In Prof. Cumming’s paper ‘On the Connection of Galvanism and Magnetism,’ read before the Cambridge Philosophical Society, April 2, 1821, he described a near approach to the astatic needle. In order to neutralize the terrestrial magnetism he placed a small magnetized needle under the galvanometer needle” (Trans. Cam. Phil. Soc., Vol. I. p. 279). The credit of Ampère’s discovery is sometimes given to Nobili, as in Noad’s “Manual of Electricity,” London, 1859, p. 327; also Roget’s “Electro-Magnetism” in “Library of Useful Knowledge,” London, 1832, p. 42.

Of Ampère’s astatic needles, a description from one of his memoirs (Ann. de Ch. et de Ph., Vol. XVIII. p. 320) appears on pages 280–281 of Fahie’s “History” (Knight’s “Mech. Dict.,” 1874, Vol. I. p. 171, and Vol. II. p. 1181). The credit for this highly improved version of the galvanometer has mistakenly been attributed to Prof. Cumming, who was the first to propose the idea of canceling out the needle’s directional force caused by the Earth's magnetism by placing a magnetized needle directly underneath the movable or index needle. Fahie notes in a footnote: “In Prof. Cumming’s paper ‘On the Connection of Galvanism and Magnetism,’ presented to the Cambridge Philosophical Society on April 2, 1821, he described something very close to the astatic needle. To neutralize terrestrial magnetism, he placed a small magnetized needle beneath the galvanometer needle” (Trans. Cam. Phil. Soc., Vol. I. p. 279). Sometimes, credit for Ampère’s discovery is also given to Nobili, as noted in Noad’s “Manual of Electricity,” London, 1859, p. 327; and Roget’s “Electro-Magnetism” in the “Library of Useful Knowledge,” London, 1832, p. 42.

As has been already shown (Laplace, A.D. 1820), the first proposal to apply Oersted’s discovery to telegraphic purposes by substituting the deflection of the magnetic needle through electric currents for the divergence of the pith balls of the electroscope, was made by Ampère, in his Memoir of Oct. 2, 1820, which appears in the Comptes Rendus, and at p. 72, Vol. XV of the Annales de Chimie et de Physique. His plan, remarks Sabine, was, however, doomed to the same fate as that of Sömmering, of never coming into practice, and for the same reasons, principally the number of line wires. Had Ampère combined his system, or rather the one of Laplace, with that which Schweigger proposed of reducing Sömmering’s telegraph to two wires, or with any other using a code of signals, the problem of the electric telegraph would have been solved from the year 1820. Ampère makes no mention of surrounding the needles with coils of wire, as is so frequently stated by writers on the telegraph. Indeed he could not then have even heard of the galvanometer; for, although[476] Schweigger’s paper on the subject was read at Halle on the 16th of September 1820, it was not published until the November following.

As was already shown (Laplace, CE 1820), the first suggestion to use Oersted’s discovery for telegraphy by replacing the deflection of the magnetic needle with electric currents instead of the movement of pith balls in the electroscope was made by Ampère in his Memoir from October 2, 1820, which appears in the Comptes Rendus and on page 72, Volume XV of the Annales de Chimie et de Physique. However, Sabine notes that his plan was destined to meet the same fate as Sömmering’s, in that it never came into practical use, mainly due to the number of line wires. If Ampère had integrated his system, or rather Laplace’s, with Schweigger’s suggestion to reduce Sömmering’s telegraph to two wires, or any other system using a signal code, the problem of the electric telegraph could have been resolved back in 1820. Ampère does not mention surrounding the needles with coils of wire, which many writers on the telegraph often state. In fact, he likely hadn't even heard of the galvanometer yet; although Schweigger’s paper on the subject was presented at Halle on September 16, 1820, it wasn’t published until the following November.

M. Jean Jacques Antoine Ampère (1800–1864), son of André Marie Ampère, was an accomplished scholar who succeeded François Andrieux as professor at the Collège de France and became a member of the French Academy in 1847.

M. Jean Jacques Antoine Ampère (1800–1864), the son of André Marie Ampère, was a distinguished scholar who took over from François Andrieux as a professor at the Collège de France and became a member of the French Academy in 1847.

References.—For accounts of Ampère’s rotary magnet, electro-dynamic cylinders, revolving battery, and of his electripeter employed to alter rapidly the direction of the electric current in voltaic batteries, consult pp. 639, 640, 643, Vol. VIII of the eighth “Britannica.” Fahie, “Hist. of El. Tel.,” p. 303. See “Catal. Sci. Papers Roy. Soc.,” Vol. I. pp. 58, 61; Messrs. Sainte-Beuve et Littré’s account of his life and labours in the Revue des Deux Mondes for Feb. 15, 1837; “Notice sur M. Ampère,” par M. E. Littré, Paris, 1843; Arago’s “Eulogy on Ampère,” translated, at pp. 111–171 of the “Report of the Smithsonian Institution” for 1872. Consult also “Report Smiths. Instit.” for 1857, pp. 100–107; Ampère’s biography in the Sci. Am. Suppl., No. 674, p. 10760; also Ampère’s “Journal et Correspondance,” Poggendorff, Vol. I. pp. 39, 40; Address of His Royal Highness the Duke of Sussex to the Eng. Roy. Soc., 1836; Barlow on “Magnetic Attractions”: Comptes Rendus for 1838, Vol. VII. p. 81; Bibl. Univ., XX; Phil. Mag., Vols. LVI. p. 308; LVII. pp. 40–47, “On the Electro-Magnetic Experiments of Oersted and Ampère,” by Mr. Hatchett, and pp. 47–49; Ann. de Phys. de Bruxelles, Vol. VII; Ann. de Ch. et de Phys., XXIX; Du Moncel, Vol. III. p. 7; “Acad. de Paris,” Sept. 12, 1825; La Lum. Elect. for Oct. 31, 1891, p. 202; Roch, in “Zeitschr. f. Mathém.” 1859, p. 295; Roget on Ampère’s theory of Mag.; K. W. Knochenhauer, Pogg. Annal., XXXIV. p. 481; J. Marsh, “On a Particular Construction of M. Ampère’s Rotating Cylinder,” Phil. Mag., LIX. p. 433, 1822; Henn, “De Amperi principiis ...”; “Memorial of Joseph Henry,” 1880, pp. 59, 81; “Lib. of Use. Know.” (El. Mag.), pp. 24, 28, 83–92; Harris, “Rud. Elec.,” pp. 170, 171, and “Rud. Mag.,” p. 130; Noad, “Manual,” pp. 661–662, 861–864; “Encycl. Metrop.” (El. Mag.), Vol. IV. pp. 5–8; Highton, “Elec. Teleg.,” p. 39; Gmelin’s “Chemistry,” Vol. I. p. 317; Mrs. Somerville, “Conn. Phys. Sci.,” 1846, pp. 320, 321; Dr. Lardner, “Lectures,” Vol. II. p. 125; J. F. W. Herschel, “Prelim. Dis. Nat. Phil.,” 1855, p. 243; Whewell, “Hist. Induc. Sc.,” 1859, Vol. II. pp. 242, 246, 619; “Ann. of Sc. Disc.” for 1850, p. 129, and for 1865, p. 125; “Smithsonian Report” for 1878, p. 273; Sturgeon, “Sci. Researches,” Bury, 1850, pp. 12, 16, 29; Jour. Frankl. Inst. for 1851, Vol. XXII. p. 59; Turnbull, “El. Mag. Tel.,” 1853, pp. 55 and 221; (Vail’s “History,” pp. 133, 134; Prof. Henry’s Evid., 85a, record; Doct. Channing’s Ev., 47a, record; Hibbard, Ev., 31a. ...) See also Humboldt’s “Cosmos,” articles “Aurora Borealis,” “Volcanoes,” “Earthquakes”; Ampère et Babinet, “Exposé des Nouv. Déc. ... de Oersted, Arago, Ampère, Davy, Biot, Erman, Schweigger, De la Rive,” etc., Paris, 1822, translated into German “Darstellung der neuen ... dem Französischen,” Leipzig, 1822, and alluded to in Lumière Electrique for July 18, 1891, pp. 148, 149; Hachette et Ampère, “Sur les Expériences de Oersted et Ampère”: Journal de Physique for September 1820. Annales de Chimie for 1825; “Journal des Savants,” for June 1872; “Dict. Génér. de Biogr. et d’Histoire,” Paris, 2e ed., pp. 85–86; “Collection de Mémoires relatifs à la Physique,” Paris 1885, 1887, Vols. II and III passim, as per indexes; “Amer. Journ. of Psychology,” Vol. IV. pp. 6–7.

Citations.—For information on Ampère’s rotary magnet, electro-dynamic cylinders, revolving battery, and his electropeter used to quickly change the direction of the electric current in voltaic batteries, see pp. 639, 640, 643, Vol. VIII of the eighth “Britannica.” Fahie, “Hist. of El. Tel.,” p. 303. Refer to “Catal. Sci. Papers Roy. Soc.,” Vol. I. pp. 58, 61; Messrs. Sainte-Beuve and Littré’s account of his life and work in the Revue des Deux Mondes for Feb. 15, 1837; “Notice sur M. Ampère,” par M. E. Littré, Paris, 1843; Arago’s “Eulogy on Ampère,” translated, at pp. 111–171 of the “Report of the Smithsonian Institution” for 1872. Also check “Report Smiths. Instit.” for 1857, pp. 100–107; Ampère’s biography in the Sci. Am. Suppl., No. 674, p. 10760; and Ampère’s “Journal et Correspondance,” Poggendorff, Vol. I. pp. 39, 40; Address of His Royal Highness the Duke of Sussex to the Eng. Roy. Soc., 1836; Barlow on “Magnetic Attractions”: Comptes Rendus for 1838, Vol. VII. p. 81; Bibl. Univ., XX; Phil. Mag., Vols. LVI. p. 308; LVII. pp. 40–47, “On the Electro-Magnetic Experiments of Oersted and Ampère,” by Mr. Hatchett, and pp. 47–49; Ann. de Phys. de Bruxelles, Vol. VII; Ann. de Ch. et de Phys., XXIX; Du Moncel, Vol. III. p. 7; “Acad. de Paris,” Sept. 12, 1825; La Lum. Elect. for Oct. 31, 1891, p. 202; Roch, in “Zeitschr. f. Mathém.” 1859, p. 295; Roget on Ampère’s theory of Mag.; K. W. Knochenhauer, Pogg. Annal., XXXIV. p. 481; J. Marsh, “On a Particular Construction of M. Ampère’s Rotating Cylinder,” Phil. Mag., LIX. p. 433, 1822; Henn, “De Amperi principiis ...”; “Memorial of Joseph Henry,” 1880, pp. 59, 81; “Lib. of Use. Know.” (El. Mag.), pp. 24, 28, 83–92; Harris, “Rud. Elec.,” pp. 170, 171, and “Rud. Mag.,” p. 130; Noad, “Manual,” pp. 661–662, 861–864; “Encycl. Metrop.” (El. Mag.), Vol. IV. pp. 5–8; Highton, “Elec. Teleg.,” p. 39; Gmelin’s “Chemistry,” Vol. I. p. 317; Mrs. Somerville, “Conn. Phys. Sci.,” 1846, pp. 320, 321; Dr. Lardner, “Lectures,” Vol. II. p. 125; J. F. W. Herschel, “Prelim. Dis. Nat. Phil.,” 1855, p. 243; Whewell, “Hist. Induc. Sc.,” 1859, Vol. II. pp. 242, 246, 619; “Ann. of Sc. Disc.” for 1850, p. 129, and for 1865, p. 125; “Smithsonian Report” for 1878, p. 273; Sturgeon, “Sci. Researches,” Bury, 1850, pp. 12, 16, 29; Jour. Frankl. Inst. for 1851, Vol. XXII. p. 59; Turnbull, “El. Mag. Tel.,” 1853, pp. 55 and 221; (Vail’s “History,” pp. 133, 134; Prof. Henry’s Evid., 85a, record; Doct. Channing’s Ev., 47a, record; Hibbard, Ev., 31a. ...) See also Humboldt’s “Cosmos,” articles “Aurora Borealis,” “Volcanoes,” “Earthquakes”; Ampère et Babinet, “Exposé des Nouv. Déc. ... de Oersted, Arago, Ampère, Davy, Biot, Erman, Schweigger, De la Rive,” etc., Paris, 1822, translated into German “Darstellung der neuen ... dem Französischen,” Leipzig, 1822, and mentioned in Lumière Electrique for July 18, 1891, pp. 148, 149; Hachette et Ampère, “Sur les Expériences de Oersted et Ampère”: Journal de Physique for September 1820. Annales de Chimie for 1825; “Journal des Savants,” for June 1872; “Dict. Génér. de Biogr. et d’Histoire,” Paris, 2e ed., pp. 85–86; “Collection de Mémoires relatifs à la Physique,” Paris 1885, 1887, Vols. II and III passim, as per indexes; “Amer. Journ. of Psychology,” Vol. IV. pp. 6–7.

For William Ritchie (1790–1837), the author of an able paper, “On electro-magnetism, and Ampère’s proposal of telegraphic communication[477] by means of this power,” consult Phil. Trans. for 1833, p. 313; “Abstracts of Papers ... Roy. Soc.,” Vol. II. pp. 350, 382; Phil. Mag. or Annals, Vol. VII, 1830, p. 212; Phil. Mag. and Journal of Science, Vol. III, 1833, pp. 37, 122, 124, 145.

For William Ritchie (1790–1837), the author of a notable paper, “On electro-magnetism, and Ampère’s proposal of telegraphic communication[477],” see Phil. Trans. for 1833, p. 313; “Abstracts of Papers ... Roy. Soc.,” Vol. II. pp. 350, 382; Phil. Mag. or Annals, Vol. VII, 1830, p. 212; Phil. Mag. and Journal of Science, Vol. III, 1833, pp. 37, 122, 124, 145.

For Leopoldo Nobili (1784–1835), frequently mentioned above, consult “Bibl. Univ.,” Bruxelles, 1834 (Sc. et Arts), Tome LVI. pp. 82–89, 150–168; “Edin. Trans.” Vol. XII and Phil. Mag. Vol. XI, 1832, p. 359, for the account of experiments made by James David Forbes, similar to those of Nobili, wherein an electric spark was elicited from a natural magnet. For J. D. Forbes, see also Phil. Mag., 1832, Vol. XI. p. 359. For Nobili and Antinori, consult Phil. Mag., Vol. XI, 1832, pp. 401, 466; “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. XXV, 1824, N.S. p. 38; Vol. XXIX, 1825, N.S. p. 119. For Antinori and Marchese Cosimo Ridolfi, consult “Bibl. Britan.” Vol. XVI, N.S., 1821, pp. 72–75, 101–118.

For Leopoldo Nobili (1784–1835), often mentioned above, see “Bibl. Univ.,” Bruxelles, 1834 (Sc. et Arts), Tome LVI. pp. 82–89, 150–168; “Edin. Trans.” Vol. XII and Phil. Mag. Vol. XI, 1832, p. 359, for the account of experiments conducted by James David Forbes, similar to those of Nobili, where an electric spark was produced from a natural magnet. For J. D. Forbes, refer to Phil. Mag., 1832, Vol. XI. p. 359. For Nobili and Antinori, see Phil. Mag., Vol. XI, 1832, pp. 401, 466; “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. XXV, 1824, N.S. p. 38; Vol. XXIX, 1825, N.S. p. 119. For Antinori and Marchese Cosimo Ridolfi, consult “Bibl. Britan.” Vol. XVI, N.S., 1821, pp. 72–75, 101–118.

For Prof. James Cumming (1777–1861), also frequently named in above article, consult Phil. Mag., Vol. LX, 1822, p. 253; “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. XXV, N.S., 1824, p. 104, for experiments of Cumming, Trail and Marsh; the investigations in the same line of Mr. Thos. Stuart being especially reported on in “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. XXVII, N.S., 1824, pp. 199–206; “Dict. of Nat. Biog.,” Vol XIII. p. 296; “Edin. Phil. Journal,” 1824, Vol. X. p. 185; “Cat. Sc. Papers Roy. Soc.,” Vol. I. pp. 58–61; Vol. VI. p. 565; Vol. VII. p. 29; “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. XVI, N.S. p. 309; Vol. XVII, N.S. p. 16; Vol. XIX. p. 244; Vol. XX. pp. 173, 258; Vol. XXIV. p. 109.

For Prof. James Cumming (1777–1861), also frequently mentioned in the above article, refer to Phil. Mag., Vol. LX, 1822, p. 253; “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. XXV, N.S., 1824, p. 104, for experiments by Cumming, Trail, and Marsh; the related investigations by Mr. Thos. Stuart are specifically reported in “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. XXVII, N.S., 1824, pp. 199–206; “Dict. of Nat. Biog.,” Vol XIII. p. 296; “Edin. Phil. Journal,” 1824, Vol. X. p. 185; “Cat. Sc. Papers Roy. Soc.,” Vol. I. pp. 58–61; Vol. VI. p. 565; Vol. VII. p. 29; “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. XVI, N.S. p. 309; Vol. XVII, N.S. p. 16; Vol. XIX. p. 244; Vol. XX. pp. 173, 258; Vol. XXIV. p. 109.

For Le Chevalier Julius Konrad von Yelin (1771–1826), consult “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. XXIII, N.S., 1823, p. 38; Vol. XXIV, N.S., 1823, p. 253, and, especially, the important tract on the discovery of thermo-magnetism at p. 31 of his “Die Akademie der Wissenschaften und ihre Gegner,” Munich, 1822.

For Le Chevalier Julius Konrad von Yelin (1771–1826), see “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. XXIII, N.S., 1823, p. 38; Vol. XXIV, N.S., 1823, p. 253, and, particularly, the significant essay on the discovery of thermo-magnetism on p. 31 of his “Die Akademie der Wissenschaften und ihre Gegner,” Munich, 1822.

A.D. 1820.—Arago (Dominique François Jean), famous French astronomer, physicist and statesman (1786–1853), who at the early age of twenty-three had, besides being Assistant Astronomer to the Observatory, become the successor both of Lalande in the Academy of Sciences and of Monge in the chair of analytical mathematics at the Polytechnic School, and who, conjointly with Gay-Lussac, had founded the highly valued Annales de Chimie et de Physique in 1816, communicates to the French Institute, on the 25th of September 1820, his discovery that the electric current has the power of developing magnetism in iron and steel. Into the axis of a galvanic conductor made in the form of a coil, or helix, he placed a needle, the extremities of the wire coil being connected to the poles of a battery, and with this he proved that the wire not only acted on bodies already[478] magnetized, but that it could develop magnetism in such as did not already possess the power. When soft iron was used, the magnetism given was only temporary, but on repeating the experiment, M. Arago succeeded completely in permanently magnetizing small steel needles. Arago’s paper on the subject appears at p. 94, Vol. XV of the Ann. de Ch. et de Ph., and it is said that at about the same time Dr. Thos. J. Seebeck (1770–1831), and Georg Friedrich Pohl (1788–1849) laid similar results before the Berlin Academy, also that Sir Humphry Davy independently made a like discovery, of which he advised Dr. Wollaston, Nov. 12, 1820. Reference to this fact has already been made at Davy, under date A.D. 1801, wherein it was stated that the latter had found iron filings to so adhere to the connecting wire as to form a mass ten or twelve times the thickness of the wire. This was also the case in the experiments of M. Arago, who, upon observing that the filings rose before coming in contact with the conjugate wire, drew the conclusion that each small piece of iron was converted into a temporary magnet. Thus was Arago led to the discovery of what is called magnetic induction by electric currents, or, in other words, that an electrical current passing through a conductor will induce magnetic action in such bodies near it as are capable of being magnetized (Phil. Trans. for 1821, p. 9; Tilloch’s Jour. of Sci., Vol. LVII. p. 42, 1821; eighth “Britannica,” Vol. VIII. p. 532 and Vol. XIV. p. 640; Thomas Thomson, “Outline of the Sciences,” p. 563).

A.D. 1820.—Arago (Dominique François Jean), a well-known French astronomer, physicist, and statesman (1786–1853), who at just twenty-three had already become the Assistant Astronomer at the Observatory, as well as succeeding both Lalande in the Academy of Sciences and Monge in the analytical mathematics chair at the Polytechnic School. Along with Gay-Lussac, he founded the respected Annales de Chimie et de Physique in 1816. On September 25, 1820, he shared with the French Institute his discovery that electric currents can produce magnetism in iron and steel. He placed a needle inside a galvanic conductor shaped like a coil, connecting the ends of the wire to the poles of a battery. He demonstrated that the wire not only influenced objects that were already magnetized, but it could also generate magnetism in those that weren’t. When using soft iron, the magnetism was temporary, but with repeated experiments, M. Arago successfully permanently magnetized small steel needles. Arago’s paper on this topic can be found on p. 94, Vol. XV of the Ann. de Ch. et de Ph. Around the same time, Dr. Thomas J. Seebeck (1770–1831) and Georg Friedrich Pohl (1788–1849) presented similar findings to the Berlin Academy, and Sir Humphry Davy also made a similar discovery, informing Dr. Wollaston on November 12, 1820. This fact has been previously mentioned in Davy's notes dated AD 1801, where it was noted that he had found iron filings clinging to the connecting wire, forming a mass ten or twelve times the thickness of the wire. M. Arago observed a similar phenomenon in his experiments, noting that the filings would rise before contacting the connecting wire, leading him to conclude that each small piece of iron turned into a temporary magnet. This led Arago to the discovery known as magnetic induction by electric currents, which means that an electric current passing through a conductor will induce magnetic effects in nearby objects that can be magnetized (Phil. Trans. for 1821, p. 9; Tilloch’s Jour. of Sci., Vol. LVII. p. 42, 1821; eighth “Britannica,” Vol. VIII. p. 532 and Vol. XIV. p. 640; Thomas Thomson, “Outline of the Sciences,” p. 563).

A fact worth noting in connection with the development of Oersted’s discovery by both Arago and Ampère, is that in order “to prevent the communication of the electricity laterally in the folds of the coil, the wire was insulated by varnish in the first instance and afterward by winding silk or cotton around it” (F. C. Bakewell, “Elec. Sci.,” London, 1853, p. 37).

A notable fact regarding the advancement of Oersted’s discovery by both Arago and Ampère is that, to "prevent the lateral flow of electricity in the coil's folds, the wire was first insulated with varnish and then wrapped with silk or cotton" (F. C. Bakewell, “Elec. Sci.,” London, 1853, p. 37).

On the 22nd of November 1824, Arago announced to the French Academy of Sciences the remarkable discovery made by him of a new source of magnetism in rotatory motion. He was led to this by observing that when a magnetic needle was oscillating above or close by any body, such as water or a plate of metal, it gradually oscillated in arcs of less and less amplitude, as if it were standing in a resisting medium, and, besides, that the oscillations performed in a given time were the same in number (Humboldt’s “Cosmos,” “Magnetic Observations,” 1825). He caused a circular copper plate to revolve immediately beneath a magnetic needle or magnet, freely suspended so that the latter might rotate in a plane parallel to that of the copper plate, and he found that the needle tends to follow the circumvolution of the plate; that it will deviate from its true direction, and that by increasing the velocity of the plate the[479] deviation will increase till the needle passes the opposite point, when it will continue to revolve, and at last with such rapidity that the eye will be unable to distinguish it. This, says Mrs. Somerville, is quite independent of the motion of the air, since it is the same if a pane of glass be interposed between the magnet and the copper. When the magnet and the plate are at rest, not the smallest effect, attractive, repulsive, or of any kind, can be perceived between them. In describing this phenomenon Arago states that it takes place not only with metals, but with all substances, although the intensity depends upon the kind of substance in motion.

On November 22, 1824, Arago announced to the French Academy of Sciences his remarkable discovery of a new source of magnetism in rotary motion. He observed that when a magnetic needle oscillates above or near any object, like water or a metal plate, it gradually swings in smaller and smaller arcs, as if it were moving through a resisting medium. He also noted that the number of oscillations in a set amount of time remained the same (Humboldt’s “Cosmos,” “Magnetic Observations,” 1825). He made a circular copper plate spin directly beneath a magnetic needle or magnet, which was freely suspended to allow it to rotate in a plane parallel to that of the copper plate. He found that the needle tends to follow the rotation of the plate; it will shift from its original direction, and by increasing the speed of the plate, the deviation will increase until the needle passes the opposite point, at which point it will continue to spin so fast that it becomes indistinguishable to the eye. According to Mrs. Somerville, this effect is completely independent of air movement, as it remains the same even if a pane of glass is placed between the magnet and the copper plate. When the magnet and the plate are stationary, there is no noticeable attraction, repulsion, or any kind of effect between them. In discussing this phenomenon, Arago mentions that it occurs not only with metals but with all materials, although the strength of the effect varies with the type of substance in motion.

Arago’s experiments were repeated in London, March 7, 1825. His valuable discovery, which obtained for him the Copley medal, and which confirms the doctrine of the universal prevalence of magnetism in all bodies, is recorded in Arago’s “Sur les Déviations ... aiguille aimantée” (An. de Ch. et de Ph., Vol. XXXIII, and Phil. Trans., p. 467 for 1825), and a solution of the phenomena is given by Faraday in Phil. Trans. for 1832, p. 146, by Sir John Leslie in the Fifth Dissertation of the eighth “Britannica,” p. 746, as well as in the article “Magnetism” of the latter publication, and in Mrs. Somerville’s “Conn. of Phys. Sc.,” pp. 325–327. (See also the observations recorded in Humboldt’s “Cosmos,” 1849, Vol. I. pp. 172, 173; in Dr. Thomson’s “Outline of the Sciences,” pp. 556–558; Fahie, pp. 282, 283, 321; Dr. Whewell, Vol. II. pp. 254–256; Brewster’s Edin. Jour. of Sci., 1826, Vol. III. p. 179; “Dict. Gén. de Biogr. et d’Histoire,” Paris, 2e ed. p. 126.)

Arago’s experiments were repeated in London on March 7, 1825. His important discovery, which earned him the Copley medal and supports the idea that magnetism exists universally in all bodies, is documented in Arago’s “Sur les Déviations ... aiguille aimantée” (An. de Ch. et de Ph., Vol. XXXIII, and Phil. Trans., p. 467 for 1825). Faraday provides an explanation of the phenomena in Phil. Trans. for 1832, p. 146, while Sir John Leslie discusses it in the Fifth Dissertation of the eighth “Britannica,” p. 746, and it is also covered in the article “Magnetism” of that publication, as well as in Mrs. Somerville’s “Conn. of Phys. Sc.,” pp. 325–327. (See also the observations in Humboldt’s “Cosmos,” 1849, Vol. I, pp. 172, 173; in Dr. Thomson’s “Outline of the Sciences,” pp. 556–558; Fahie, pp. 282, 283, 321; Dr. Whewell, Vol. II, pp. 254–256; Brewster’s Edin. Jour. of Sci., 1826, Vol. III, p. 179; “Dict. Gén. de Biogr. et d’Histoire,” Paris, 2e ed. p. 126.)

In Brewster’s Edinburgh Journal of Science (Vol. V. p. 325), notice is given of Arago’s then recent researches on the influence which bodies considered not magnetic have on the motions of the magnetic needle, and reference is made to a new communication transmitted by Arago to the Académie des Sciences, as well as to a report of additional experiments in the same line given at meetings held July 3 and 10, 1826. Arago satisfactorily meets the denials made by Leopoldo Nobili and another Italian natural philosopher (Liberato Giovanni Bacelli) that substances not metallic have any influence on the magnetic oscillations, and he announces as a result of his investigations that, for certain positions of a vertical needle, and for velocities of rotation sufficiently rapid, the repulsive force which is exerted in the direction of the radius is as great as the force perpendicular to the radius, of which the effects are observed upon a horizontal needle.

In Brewster’s Edinburgh Journal of Science (Vol. V. p. 325), there is a mention of Arago’s recent studies on how non-magnetic bodies affect the movements of the magnetic needle. It also refers to a new communication sent by Arago to the Académie des Sciences, as well as a report on additional experiments discussed at meetings held on July 3 and 10, 1826. Arago effectively counters the claims made by Leopoldo Nobili and another Italian natural philosopher (Liberato Giovanni Bacelli) that non-metallic substances have any impact on magnetic oscillations. He concludes from his research that, under certain conditions for a vertical needle and at sufficiently high rotation speeds, the repulsive force exerted in the direction of the radius is equal to the force acting perpendicular to the radius, which affects a horizontal needle.

Poisson having stated in his memoir “On the Theory of Magnetism” in motion (see Poisson at A.D. 1811) that Coulomb had recognized the magnetic virtue in all bodies, independently of the iron which they contain, Arago remarked that the idea[480] of Coulomb was quite different from his, Coulomb having been of opinion that a quantity of iron, although too small for chemical analysis even to appreciate, was sufficient to produce in bodies which contained it appreciable magnetic effects. MM. Thénard and La Place confirmed this remark. Brewster adds that, in justice to Coulomb, it is necessary to state that he is the undoubted author of the discovery that all bodies, whether organic or inorganic, are sensible to the influence of magnetism. M. Biot has remarked that there are two ways of explaining this, either all substances in nature are susceptible of magnetism, or they all contain portions of iron, or other magnetic metals, which communicate to them this property. This last explanation, though adopted by Coulomb, by no means affects his claim to the discovery of the general fact that all bodies, whether organic or inorganic, are susceptible of becoming magnetic. Prof. Hansteen has drawn from numerous experiments and observations the important conclusion that every vertical object, of whatever material it is composed, has a magnetic south pole above, and a north pole below (Edin. Phil. Journal for January-April 1821).

Poisson noted in his paper “On the Theory of Magnetism” in motion (see Poisson at CE 1811) that Coulomb recognized the magnetic properties in all materials, regardless of the iron present in them. Arago pointed out that Coulomb's idea was quite different; Coulomb believed that even a small amount of iron, too tiny for chemical analysis to notice, could still produce noticeable magnetic effects in the bodies that contained it. MM. Thénard and La Place supported this observation. Brewster adds that, to be fair to Coulomb, it's important to acknowledge that he is undoubtedly the originator of the discovery that all bodies, whether organic or inorganic, respond to the influence of magnetism. M. Biot has noted that there are two ways to explain this: either all substances in nature can become magnetic, or they all contain small amounts of iron or other magnetic metals that give them this property. Although Coulomb favored the latter explanation, it does not diminish his achievement in discovering the general fact that all bodies, organic or inorganic, can become magnetic. Prof. Hansteen, based on extensive experiments and observations, has drawn the significant conclusion that every vertical object, regardless of what it’s made of, has a magnetic south pole above and a north pole below (Edin. Phil. Journal for January-April 1821).

M. Arago made many valuable investigations concerning the influence of the aurora borealis on the needle, on the variations of the latter, upon the nature of meteors, lightning, the zodiacal light, magnetic storms, etc. etc., which are admirably recorded more particularly in the great work of Alex. von Humboldt. The latter remarks that Arago has left behind him a treasury of magnetical observations (upward of 52,600 in number) carried on from 1818 to 1835, which have been carefully edited by M. Fédor Thoman, and published in the “Œuvres Complètes de François Arago” (Vol. IV. p. 493). Much could be said, especially regarding Arago’s paper, presented by him to the Academy of Sciences in 1811, which is considered to have established the foundation of chromatic polarization. Mention must at any rate be made of the fact that in Humboldt’s estimation the discovery of the two kinds of polarization of light may be considered the most brilliant of the century. They, unquestionably, rank among the most splendid of optical phenomena.

M. Arago conducted many important studies on the impact of the aurora borealis on the compass needle, the variations of the needle, the nature of meteors, lightning, the zodiacal light, magnetic storms, and more, which are excellently documented especially in the extensive work of Alex. von Humboldt. Humboldt notes that Arago left a treasure trove of magnetic observations (over 52,600 in total) collected from 1818 to 1835, which have been meticulously edited by M. Fédor Thoman and published in the “Œuvres Complètes de François Arago” (Vol. IV. p. 493). There’s a lot to discuss, particularly about Arago’s paper presented to the Academy of Sciences in 1811, which is viewed as laying the groundwork for chromatic polarization. It's worth mentioning that Humboldt regards the discovery of the two types of light polarization as one of the most significant achievements of the century. They certainly rank among the most remarkable optical phenomena.

Etienne Louis Malus, a distinguished French philosopher (Fifth Dissert. of “Encycl. Brit.”), discovered in 1808 polarization by reflection from polished surfaces, and Arago, during 1811, made the discovery of coloured polarization. A world of wonder, remarks Humboldt, composed of manifold modified waves of light having new properties was now revealed. A ray of light which reaches our eyes, after traversing millions of miles from the remotest regions of heaven, announces of itself in Arago’s polariscope (consisting of a plate of quartz cut across the axis placed in one end of a tube, at the other end of which is a doubly refracting prism) whether it is[481] reflected or refracted, whether it emanates from a solid or fluid, or gaseous body, even announcing the degree of its intensity (Delambre, “Histoire de l’Astronomie,” p. 652; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1849, Vol. I. p. 33; Vol. II. p. 715).

Etienne Louis Malus, a renowned French philosopher (Fifth Dissert. of “Encycl. Brit.”), discovered polarization by reflection from shiny surfaces in 1808, and Arago made the discovery of colored polarization in 1811. A world full of wonder, as Humboldt notes, was unveiled, consisting of various modified waves of light with new properties. A beam of light that reaches our eyes, after traveling millions of miles from distant parts of the universe, reveals in Arago’s polariscope (which includes a quartz plate cut across the axis placed at one end of a tube, with a doubly refracting prism at the other end) whether it is[481] reflected or refracted, whether it comes from a solid, liquid, or gas, and even indicates its intensity (Delambre, “Histoire de l’Astronomie,” p. 652; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1849, Vol. I. p. 33; Vol. II. p. 715).

In 1818, Arago was elected a F.R.S.; he became a member of the Royal Astronomical Society and also member of the Bureau des Longitudes during 1822, was made Perpetual Secretary of the Academy and Director of the Paris Observatory eight years later, and received the Rumford medal in 1850. The Copley medal given him in 1825 had never before been conferred upon a Frenchman of science. It was upon his urgent request that the “Annuaire du Bureau des Longitudes” and “Les Comptes Rendus hebdomadaires” were commenced by the Academy, 1828–1835.

In 1818, Arago was elected a Fellow of the Royal Society. He joined the Royal Astronomical Society and also became a member of the Bureau des Longitudes in 1822. Eight years later, he was appointed Perpetual Secretary of the Academy and Director of the Paris Observatory, and he received the Rumford medal in 1850. The Copley medal awarded to him in 1825 had never been given to a French scientist before. It was at his strong request that the "Annuaire du Bureau des Longitudes" and "Les Comptes Rendus hebdomadaires" were started by the Academy, from 1828 to 1835.

In a letter to Schumacher, Humboldt speaks of Arago as “one gifted with the noblest of natures, equally distinguished for intellectual power and for moral excellence.” In conjunction with Gay-Lussac, Arago was, for almost half a century, Humboldt’s most intimate friend, and their ever-increasing intimacy became such as to lead to a perfect unity of thought on scientific subjects. It cannot, therefore, be considered an exaggerated expression of feeling when, in a letter to Geoffroy St. Hilaire, dated Berlin, June 24, 1829, Humboldt should conclude with the words: “Pray remember me to MM. Valenciennes, Deleuze and Cuvier, but especially to him whom I hold dearest in this life, to M. Arago.”

In a letter to Schumacher, Humboldt describes Arago as “someone blessed with the noblest of natures, equally notable for intellectual strength and moral integrity.” Along with Gay-Lussac, Arago was Humboldt’s closest friend for almost fifty years, and their growing bond led to a perfect harmony of thoughts on scientific topics. Therefore, it’s not an exaggeration when, in a letter to Geoffroy St. Hilaire dated Berlin, June 24, 1829, Humboldt ends with the words: “Please remember me to MM. Valenciennes, Deleuze, and Cuvier, but especially to the one I cherish most in this life, M. Arago.”

References.—Poggendorff, Vol. I. pp. 53, 54, and the several biographies named at p. 202, Vol. I of “Johnson’s New Univ. Cycl.,” 1877; J. A. Barral, “Œuvres de F. Arago,” 1854–1855; Faria E. De e Arago, “Breve compendio ...” Lisbon, 1800; Arago’s “Notices Scientifiques,” “Cat. Sc. Papers Roy. Soc.,” Vol. I. pp. 80–84; Vol. IV. pp. 697–701; Vol. VI. pp. 567, 736–737; Vol. VIII. p. 537; “Encycl. Metropol.,” Vol IV (Magnetism), pp. 6, 7; J. F. W. Herschel, “Nat. Phil.,” 1855, pp. 117, 244, and his account of the repetition of M. Arago’s experiments on rotatory magnetism in Phil. Trans. for 1825; Whewell, “Hist. Induc. Sci.,” 1859, Vol. II. p. 226; Phil. Mag., Vols. LIX. p. 233; LVII. pp. 40–49; LVIII. p. 50; LXI, p. 134; “Lib. Useful Knowledge’” (Magnetism), p. 91; Noad, “Manual,” pp. 204, 534; “Ann. of Sci. Disc.” for 1850, p. 124; Harris, “Rud. Magn.,” Parts I, II. pp. 58–61 and Phil. Trans. for 1831, Part I; Prime’s “Life of Morse,” pp. 168, 265, 266; Gmelin’s “Chemistry,” Vol. I. p. 317; Comptes Rendus for 1836, Vol. II. p. 212; Dredge, “Electr. Illum.,” Vol. II. p. 122; Sturgeon, “Scient. Res.,” Bury, 1850, pp. 13, 37, 216, etc.; Appleton, “New Am. Cycl.,” Vol. XI. p. 71; Sci. Am. Suppl., No. 204, p. 3254; La Lumière Electrique for Oct. 31, p. 202; “Reports of the Smithsonian Institution” for 1857, pp. 102, 107; for 1862, pp. 132–143, and p. 127 of last named for Malus’ discovery. Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Générale,” Vol. I. part. i. pp. 676–677 detailing the contents of Arago’s “Œuvres Complètes,” published in thirteen volumes under the direction of J. A. Barral, also Vol. II. p. 76; Cornhill Magazine, Vol. XVII. p. 727; Pierre Prévost, “Tentative,” Genève, 1822 (Poggendorff, Vol. II. p. 525); Phil. Mag., Vol. LVIII. p. 50; Vol. LXI. p. 134; “Abstracts of Papers ... Roy. Soc.,” Vol. II. p. 249.

References.—Poggendorff, Vol. I, pp. 53, 54, and the various biographies listed on p. 202, Vol. I of “Johnson’s New Univ. Cycl.,” 1877; J. A. Barral, “Œuvres de F. Arago,” 1854–1855; Faria E. De e Arago, “Breve compendio ...” Lisbon, 1800; Arago’s “Notices Scientifiques,” “Cat. Sc. Papers Roy. Soc.,” Vol. I, pp. 80–84; Vol. IV, pp. 697–701; Vol. VI, pp. 567, 736–737; Vol. VIII, p. 537; “Encycl. Metropol.,” Vol. IV (Magnetism), pp. 6, 7; J. F. W. Herschel, “Nat. Phil.,” 1855, pp. 117, 244, and his account of repeating M. Arago’s experiments on rotatory magnetism in Phil. Trans. for 1825; Whewell, “Hist. Induc. Sci.,” 1859, Vol. II, p. 226; Phil. Mag., Vols. LIX, p. 233; LVII, pp. 40–49; LVIII, p. 50; LXI, p. 134; “Lib. Useful Knowledge” (Magnetism), p. 91; Noad, “Manual,” pp. 204, 534; “Ann. of Sci. Disc.” for 1850, p. 124; Harris, “Rud. Magn.,” Parts I, II, pp. 58–61 and Phil. Trans. for 1831, Part I; Prime’s “Life of Morse,” pp. 168, 265, 266; Gmelin’s “Chemistry,” Vol. I, p. 317; Comptes Rendus for 1836, Vol. II, p. 212; Dredge, “Electr. Illum.,” Vol. II, p. 122; Sturgeon, “Scient. Res.,” Bury, 1850, pp. 13, 37, 216, etc.; Appleton, “New Am. Cycl.,” Vol. XI, p. 71; Sci. Am. Suppl., No. 204, p. 3254; La Lumière Electrique for Oct. 31, p. 202; “Reports of the Smithsonian Institution” for 1857, pp. 102, 107; for 1862, pp. 132–143, and p. 127 of the last mentioned for Malus’ discovery. Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Générale,” Vol. I, part. i, pp. 676–677 detailing the contents of Arago’s “Œuvres Complètes,” published in thirteen volumes under the direction of J. A. Barral, also Vol. II, p. 76; Cornhill Magazine, Vol. XVII, p. 727; Pierre Prévost, “Tentative,” Genève, 1822 (Poggendorff, Vol. II, p. 525); Phil. Mag., Vol. LVIII, p. 50; Vol. LXI, p. 134; “Abstracts of Papers ... Roy. Soc.,” Vol. II, p. 249.

[482]

[482]

A.D. 1821.—Ridolfi (Marquis Cosimo di), an Italian agriculturist, is the author of several treatises on fenomeni elettro-magnetici, published in Florence, wherein he expresses the belief that “because electricity produces both magnetic and calorific phenomena, the elements giving these separately may possibly be so compounded together as to produce electricity; which infers that electricity is a compound of magnetism and caloric.”

A.D. 1821.—Ridolfi (Marquis Cosimo di), an Italian farmer, wrote several papers on electromagnetic phenomena, published in Florence, where he shares his belief that "since electricity generates both magnetic and thermal effects, the elements that create these individually might be combined to produce electricity; implying that electricity is a mixture of magnetism and heat."

References.—“Antologia di Firenze,” 1824, p. 159, and “Biblio. Ital.,” Vol. LXIII. p. 268 for Ridolfi’s description of the electric plate machine of Novellucci; also “Annales de Chimie et de Physique,” Vol. X. p. 287; Sturgeon, “Scientific Researches,” 1850, Sec. I. p. 29; “Bibliothèque Universelle” for Feb. 1821.

References.—“Antologia di Firenze,” 1824, p. 159, and “Biblio. Ital.,” Vol. LXIII. p. 268 for Ridolfi’s description of the electric plate machine of Novellucci; also “Annales de Chimie et de Physique,” Vol. X. p. 287; Sturgeon, “Scientific Researches,” 1850, Sec. I. p. 29; “Bibliothèque Universelle” for Feb. 1821.

A.D. 1821.—Scoresby (Dr. William) (1789–1857), English master-mariner, and author of numerous scientific and other treatises, first publishes, in the “Trans. of the Edinburgh Society,” accounts of his magnetometer—magnetimeter—and of his electro-magnetic experiments. These were duly followed up by full reports of his many interesting investigations relative, more particularly, to the development of magnetic properties of metals by percussion, as well as to magnetic induction, and regarding the uniform permeability of all known substances to the magnet’s influence.

A.D. 1821.—Scoresby (Dr. William) (1789–1857), an English master mariner and author of many scientific and other works, first publishes accounts of his magnetometer and electro-magnetic experiments in the “Trans. of the Edinburgh Society.” These were later followed by detailed reports of his numerous interesting investigations, particularly concerning the development of magnetic properties in metals through impact, as well as magnetic induction, and the consistent permeability of all known materials to magnetic influence.

References.—“Abstracts of Papers ... Roy. Soc.,” London 1832–1833, Vol. II. pp. 108, 168, 210; “Dict. of Nat. Biog.,” London, 1897, Vol. LI. p. 6; Phil. Trans. for 1822–1824; “Trans. Edin. Soc.,” Vol. IX. pp. 243–258, 353, 465; Vol. XI for 1824; Vol. XII for 1831; Vol. XIII for 1832, and Vol. XIV for 1833; “Brewster’s Jour. of Sc.,” Vol. VIII for 1828; “Bibliothèque Britannique,” Genève, 1796, N.S., Vol. XXIX for 1825, p. 185; “Edin. Phil. Jour.” for 1823, Vol. IX. p. 45.

Sources.—“Abstracts of Papers ... Roy. Soc.,” London 1832–1833, Vol. II. pp. 108, 168, 210; “Dict. of Nat. Biog.,” London, 1897, Vol. LI. p. 6; Phil. Trans. for 1822–1824; “Trans. Edin. Soc.,” Vol. IX. pp. 243–258, 353, 465; Vol. XI for 1824; Vol. XII for 1831; Vol. XIII for 1832, and Vol. XIV for 1833; “Brewster’s Jour. of Sc.,” Vol. VIII for 1828; “Bibliothèque Britannique,” Genève, 1796, N.S., Vol. XXIX for 1825, p. 185; “Edin. Phil. Jour.” for 1823, Vol. IX. p. 45.

A.D. 1821.—Babinet (Jacques) (1794–1872), French scientist, is the author of a very valuable treatise, published in Paris, upon the magnetical discoveries of Oersted, Ampère, Arago, Davy and others. This was followed by his “Résumé complet de la physique,” etc., and by a companion work treating of the relations of ponderable and imponderable bodies to the phenomena of magnetism and electricity, also, during the year 1829, by his Memoir upon the determination of terrestrial magnetism.

A.D. 1821.—Babinet (Jacques) (1794–1872), a French scientist, wrote a highly valuable book published in Paris about the magnetic discoveries made by Oersted, Ampère, Arago, Davy, and others. This was followed by his “Résumé complet de la physique,” among other works, and a companion piece that explored the relationships between tangible and intangible bodies in relation to magnetism and electricity. In 1829, he also published a paper on the determination of terrestrial magnetism.

He succeeded Savary as Professor at the Collège de France in 1838, and, two years later, took the place of Dulong in the section of General Physics at the Académie des Sciences, becoming not long after the Assistant Astronomer at the Paris Observatory for Meteorology.

He succeeded Savary as a professor at the Collège de France in 1838, and two years later, he took Dulong's spot in the General Physics section at the Académie des Sciences, becoming the Assistant Astronomer for Meteorology at the Paris Observatory shortly after.

His numerous scientific treatises are to be found throughout the “Mémoires de la Société Philomathique,” the “Annales de[483] Physique,” the “Comptes Rendus,” the “Revue des Deux-Mondes” and other prominent publications of the day.

His various scientific papers can be found in the “Mémoires de la Société Philomathique,” the “Annales de[483] Physique,” the “Comptes Rendus,” the “Revue des Deux-Mondes,” and other major publications of the time.

References.—Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. II. p. 10; “Eng. Cycl.,” London, 1872, Supplement, p. 143; “Biog. Gén.,” Vol. IV. p. 21; Mme. Blavatsky, “Isis Unveiled,” Vol. I. p. 202; and Ronalds’ “Catalogue,” pp. 10–11, for the joint works of Ampère and Babinet.

References.—Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. II, p. 10; “Eng. Cycl.,” London, 1872, Supplement, p. 143; “Biog. Gén.,” Vol. IV, p. 21; Mme. Blavatsky, “Isis Unveiled,” Vol. I, p. 202; and Ronalds’ “Catalogue,” pp. 10–11, for the joint works of Ampère and Babinet.

A.D. 1821.—Pfaff (Christian Heinrich) (1773–1852), who became Professor of Medicine, Physics, etc., at the Kiel University, and was one of the most energetic followers of Volta, sends an unusually interesting communication to Gilbert’s “Annalen der Physik” and to Schweigger’s “Journal für Chemie und Physik,” wherein he very ably supports the views of the Pavia physicist.

A.D. 1821.—Pfaff (Christian Heinrich) (1773–1852), who became a Professor of Medicine, Physics, and more at Kiel University, and was one of the most passionate supporters of Volta, sends an especially fascinating message to Gilbert’s “Annalen der Physik” and to Schweigger’s “Journal für Chemie und Physik,” where he effectively backs the ideas of the physicist from Pavia.

Pfaff had, long before that, become favourably known through numerous scientific papers, which were translated into the leading foreign journals, the ones entitled “Dissertatio inauguralis ...” published at Stuttgart, and “Über thierische Elektricität,” published at Leipzig, having brought him special distinction. He had also written, more particularly, upon the experiments made by Alex. von Humboldt as well as relative to Pacchiani’s “Formation of Muriatic Acid by Galvanism,” alluded to at the A.D. 1805 entry, and it was by reason of the investigations made by Pfaff and Van Marum that the use of the voltaic column was generally abandoned. These scientists had constructed very strong piles consisting, in some instances, of as many as seventy large separate discs, when they found that the lower layers of wet cloth or of pasteboard were so seriously compressed by the discs above them as to neutralize their effect.

Pfaff had, long before that, become well-known through numerous scientific papers, which were translated into leading foreign journals. The ones titled “Dissertatio inauguralis ...” published in Stuttgart and “Über thierische Elektricität,” published in Leipzig, earned him special recognition. He also specifically wrote about the experiments conducted by Alex. von Humboldt and concerning Pacchiani’s “Formation of Muriatic Acid by Galvanism,” mentioned in the CE 1805 entry. It was due to the research conducted by Pfaff and Van Marum that the use of the voltaic column was widely discontinued. These scientists built very strong piles consisting, in some cases, of as many as seventy large separate discs, only to discover that the lower layers of wet cloth or pasteboard were so severely compressed by the discs above them that it neutralized their effect.

References.—Johann Samuel T. Gehler’s “Phys. Wörterbuch,” Vol. VI. pp. 507, 517–518; “Roy. Soc. Cat. Sc. Papers,” Vol. IV. pp. 866–871; “Ann. der Chemie,” Vol. XXXIV. p. 307; Vol. LX. p. 314; “Annales de Chimie et de Physique,” Vol. XLI. pp. 236–247; Sturgeon, “Annals,” Vol. VIII. pp. 80, 146; Noad, “Manual,” p. 558; Wilkinson, “Elements,” Vol. I. pp. 1–8, 18, 22, 196, 326, 407; Vol. II. p. 106; “Encycl. Brit.” ninth ed., Vol. XVIII. p. 725; “Soc. Philom.,” Vol. II. p. 181; Phil. Mag., Vol. XXVII. p. 338.

References.—Johann Samuel T. Gehler’s “Phys. Dictionary,” Vol. VI. pp. 507, 517–518; “Royal Society Catalog of Scientific Papers,” Vol. IV. pp. 866–871; “Annals of Chemistry,” Vol. XXXIV. p. 307; Vol. LX. p. 314; “Annals of Chemistry and Physics,” Vol. XLI. pp. 236–247; Sturgeon, “Annals,” Vol. VIII. pp. 80, 146; Noad, “Manual,” p. 558; Wilkinson, “Elements,” Vol. I. pp. 1–8, 18, 22, 196, 326, 407; Vol. II. p. 106; “Encyclopedia Britannica,” ninth ed., Vol. XVIII. p. 725; “Society of Philomath,” Vol. II. p. 181; Philosophical Magazine, Vol. XXVII. p. 338.

A.D. 1821.—Faraday (Michael), a very distinguished English chemist and natural philosopher (1791–1867), who probably did more for the development of the study of electrical science than any other investigator, publishes his “History of the Progress of Electro-Magnetism” and succeeds, on the morning of Christmas (December 25), 1821, both in causing a magnetic needle to rotate round a wire carrying an electric current and in making the wire rotate around the needle, thus rendering possible the production of continuous mechanical motion by electricity.

A.D. 1821.—Michael Faraday, a highly respected English chemist and natural philosopher (1791–1867), who likely contributed more to the advancement of electrical science than any other researcher, publishes his “History of the Progress of Electro-Magnetism.” On Christmas morning (December 25), 1821, he successfully makes a magnetic needle rotate around a wire carrying an electric current and enables the wire to rotate around the needle, making it possible to produce continuous mechanical motion using electricity.

[484]

[484]

The apparatus with which he produced this result is described in nearly all works treating of natural philosophy. Premising his reference to this discovery of Mr. Faraday, whose original papers thereon appear in the Quarterly Journal of Sciences and the Arts, Vol. XII. pp. 75, 186, 283 and 416 (the first bearing date September 11, 1821), Dr. Whewell says that on attempting to analyze the electro-magnetic phenomena observed by Oersted and others into their simplest forms, they appeared, at least at first sight, to be different from any mechanical actions which had yet been observed. It seemed as if the conducting wire exerted on the pole of the magnet a force which was not attractive or repulsive, but transverse; not tending to draw the point acted on nearer, or to push it further off, in the line which reached from the acting point, but urging it to move at right angles to this line. The forces appeared to be such as Kepler had dreamt of in the infancy of mechanical conceptions, rather than such as those of which Newton had established the presence in the solar system, and such as he, and all his successors, had supposed to be the only kinds of force which exist in nature. The north pole of the needle moved as if it were impelled by a vortex revolving round the wire in one direction, while the south pole seemed to be driven by an opposite vortex (called by Wollaston vertiginous magnetism and considered by Mr. Barlow as the result of tangential action). The case seemed novel, and almost paradoxical. It was soon established by experiments, made in a great variety of forms, that the mechanical action was really of this transverse kind. And a curious result was obtained, which a little while before would have been considered as altogether incredible: that this force would cause a constant and rapid revolution of either of the bodies about the other—of the conducting wire about the magnet, or of the magnet about the conducting wire (Vol. XII of the “Journal of the Royal Institution”; Watkins, “Popular Sketch of Electro-Magnetism; or Electro-Dynamics,” London, 1828; Mrs. Somerville, “Connection of Phys. Sciences,” 1846, p. 315).

The device he used to achieve this result is discussed in almost every book on natural philosophy. Referring to Mr. Faraday's discovery, whose original papers can be found in the Quarterly Journal of Sciences and the Arts, Vol. XII, pp. 75, 186, 283, and 416 (the first dated September 11, 1821), Dr. Whewell notes that when he tried to break down the electro-magnetic phenomena observed by Oersted and others into their simplest components, they seemed, at least at first glance, to be unlike any mechanical actions previously observed. It appeared as though the conducting wire exerted a force on the magnet's pole that wasn't attractive or repulsive, but transverse; it didn't pull the point closer or push it away along the line connecting them, but instead urged it to move at right angles to that line. The forces seemed to mirror what Kepler had imagined in the early days of mechanical theory, rather than the forces Newton had identified in the solar system, which he and his successors had thought were the only types of force in nature. The north pole of the needle moved as if pushed by a vortex rotating around the wire in one direction, while the south pole seemed to be influenced by a counteracting vortex (referred to by Wollaston as vertiginous magnetism and viewed by Mr. Barlow as resulting from tangential action). The situation felt new and almost paradoxical. Through various experiments, it was quickly confirmed that the mechanical action was indeed of this transverse nature. An astonishing result emerged, which just a short while earlier would have seemed completely unbelievable: this force could lead to a continuous and rapid revolution of either object around the other—whether the conducting wire around the magnet or the magnet around the conducting wire (Vol. XII of the “Journal of the Royal Institution”; Watkins, “Popular Sketch of Electro-Magnetism; or Electro-Dynamics,” London, 1828; Mrs. Somerville, “Connection of Phys. Sciences,” 1846, p. 315).

Passing over many of Faraday’s important scientific investigations in other lines, we come to his second great discovery, that of magneto-electric induction, which is the converse of Oersted’s (developed by Ampère and Arago), the production of electricity by magnetism. This is recorded in the first series of “Experimental Researches in Electricity,” read November 24, 1831 before the Royal Society, of which body Faraday had become a Fellow during 1824, and it is published at p. 125 of the Phil. Trans. for 1832.

Skipping over many of Faraday’s significant scientific studies in other areas, we arrive at his second major discovery, which is magneto-electric induction, the opposite of Oersted’s work (further developed by Ampère and Arago), which is the generation of electricity through magnetism. This discovery is documented in the first series of “Experimental Researches in Electricity,” presented on November 24, 1831, to the Royal Society, where Faraday became a Fellow in 1824, and it was published on page 125 of the Phil. Trans. for 1832.

It appears that upon observing certain phenomena, which he[485] described as Volta-electric, he concluded before long that magnetism in motion ought to produce an electric current just as electricity was made to imitate all the effects of magnetism. He carried on many experiments, and after the announcements made by Arago to the French Academy, November 22, 1824, he endeavoured to make the conducting wire of the voltaic circuit excite electricity in a neighbouring wire by induction, just as the conductor charged with common electricity would have done, but he obtained no satisfactory results until August 29, 1831 (Annales de Chimie, Vol. XLVIII. p. 402). He remarks: “Certain effects of the induction of electrical currents have already been recognized and described; as those of magnetism; Ampère’s experiments of bringing a copper disc near to a flat spiral; his repetition, with electro-magnets, of Arago’s extraordinary experiments, and perhaps a few others. Still it appeared unlikely that these could be all the effects which induction by currents could produce.... These considerations, with their consequence, the hope of obtaining electricity from ordinary magnetism, have stimulated me at various times to investigate experimentally the inductive effects of electric currents. I lately arrived at positive results, and not only had my hopes fulfilled, but obtained a theory which appeared to me to open out a full explanation of Arago’s magnetic phenomena, and also to discover a new state which may probably have great influence in some of the most important effects of electric currents.” His very important conclusion was finally verified, October 1–17, in the following manner. He had taken a helix, or spool of copper wire, which latter, Prof. Brande tells us, was covered with silk as in his former experiments and which was connected by its extremities with a galvanometer, the deflection of which would of course announce a current of electricity in the spiral and wires connected with it, and he found that while in the act of introducing the pole of a powerful bar-magnet within the coils of the spiral, a deflection of the galvanometer took place in one direction, and that when in the act of withdrawing, it took place in the opposite direction; so that each time the conducting wire cut the magnetic curves, a current of electricity was, for the moment, produced in it. Dr. Whewell’s account of the discovery is so well interspersed with references that it deserves repetition here:

It seems that after observing certain phenomena, which he described as Volta-electric, he soon concluded that moving magnetism should create an electric current just as electricity was shown to mimic all the effects of magnetism. He conducted many experiments, and following Arago's announcements to the French Academy on November 22, 1824, he tried to make the wire in the voltaic circuit generate electricity in a nearby wire through induction, similar to how a conductor charged with regular electricity would operate. However, he didn't get satisfactory results until August 29, 1831 (Annales de Chimie, Vol. XLVIII. p. 402). He noted: “Some effects of induced electrical currents have already been recognized and described, including those of magnetism; Ampère’s experiments of bringing a copper disc close to a flat spiral; his repetition, using electro-magnets, of Arago’s remarkable experiments, and perhaps a few others. Still, it seemed unlikely that these were all the effects that current induction could produce.... These thoughts, along with the hope of generating electricity from standard magnetism, motivated me at various times to experimentally explore the inductive effects of electric currents. Recently, I achieved positive results, fulfilling my hopes and providing a theory that appeared to fully explain Arago’s magnetic phenomena, while also uncovering a new state that could significantly influence some of the most important effects of electric currents.” His crucial conclusion was finally confirmed from October 1–17 in this way. He took a helix, or spool of copper wire, which, as Prof. Brande informed us, was covered with silk just like in his earlier experiments, and connected its ends to a galvanometer, the deflection of which would indicate a current of electricity in the spiral and connected wires. He discovered that while inserting the pole of a strong bar-magnet into the coils of the spiral, a deflection of the galvanometer occurred in one direction, and when withdrawing it, the deflection occurred in the opposite direction; so that each time the conducting wire intersected the magnetic curves, a current of electricity was temporarily generated in it. Dr. Whewell’s account of the discovery is so well sprinkled with references that it deserves to be repeated here:

“In 1831, Faraday again sought for electro-dynamical induction, and, after some futile trials, at last found it in a form different from that in which he had looked for it. It was then seen, that at the precise time of making or breaking the contact which closed the galvanic circuit, a momentary effect was induced in a neighbouring wire, but disappeared instantly (Phil Trans.,[486] 1832, p. 127, 1st ser., Art. 10). Once in possession of this fact, Mr. Faraday ran rapidly up the ladder of discovery, to the general point of view. Instead of suddenly making or breaking the contact of the inducing circuit, a similar effect was produced by removing the inducible wire nearer to or further from the circuit (Art. 18)—the effects were increased by the proximity of soft iron (Art. 28)—when the soft iron was affected by an ordinary magnet, instead of the voltaic wire, the same effect still recurred (Art. 37)—and thus it appeared, that by making and breaking magnetic contact, a momentary electric current was produced. It was produced also by moving the magnet (Art. 39)—or by moving the wire with reference to the magnet (Art. 53). Finally, it was found that the earth might supply the place of a magnet in this as in other experiments (2nd ser., Phil. Trans., p. 163) and the mere motion of a wire, under proper circumstances, produced in it, it appeared, a momentary electric current (Art. 141). These facts were curiously confirmed by the results in special cases. They explained Arago’s experiments: for the momentary effect became permanent by the revolution of the plate. And without using the magnet, a revolving plate became an electrical machine (Art. 150), a revolving globe exhibited electro-magnetic action (Art. 164), the circuit being complete in the globe itself without the addition of any wire; and a mere motion of the wire of a galvanometer produced an electro-dynamic effect upon its needle (Art. 171).... And thus he was enabled, at the end of his second series of ‘Researches’ (December 1831), to give, in general terms, the law of nature to which may be referred the extraordinary number of new and curious experiments which he has stated (Arts. 256–264), namely, that if a wire move so as to cut a magnetic curve, a power is called into action which tends to urge a magnetic current through the wire; and that if a mass move so that its parts do not move in the same direction across the magnetic curves, and with the same angular velocity, electrical currents are called into play in the mass. And here might properly be added the experimental distinction between a helix and a magnet, which Faraday subsequently pointed out (‘Exper. Res.,’ Art. 3273): ‘Whereas an unchangeable magnet can never raise up a piece of soft iron to a state more than equal to its own, as measured by the moving wire, a helix carrying a current can develop in an iron core magnetic lines of force of a hundred or more times as much power as that possessed by itself when measured by the same means.’”

“In 1831, Faraday once again explored electro-dynamical induction and, after some unsuccessful attempts, finally discovered it in a form different from what he had anticipated. It became clear that at the exact moment of making or breaking the contact that completed the galvanic circuit, a temporary effect was induced in a nearby wire, but it vanished immediately (Phil Trans.,[486] 1832, p. 127, 1st ser., Art. 10). Once he grasped this fact, Mr. Faraday quickly climbed the ladder of discovery to a broader understanding. Instead of abruptly making or breaking the contact of the inducing circuit, a similar effect was produced by adjusting the distance of the inducible wire closer to or further from the circuit (Art. 18)—the effects were amplified by the presence of soft iron (Art. 28)—and when the soft iron was influenced by an ordinary magnet, rather than the voltaic wire, the same effect occurred (Art. 37)—thus revealing that by making and breaking magnetic contact, a brief electric current was generated. It was also produced by moving the magnet (Art. 39)—or by moving the wire in relation to the magnet (Art. 53). Ultimately, it was discovered that the earth could replace a magnet in this and other experiments (2nd ser., Phil. Trans., p. 163) and that simply moving a wire, under the right conditions, seemed to generate a brief electric current (Art. 141). These findings were interestingly supported by the outcomes in specific cases. They clarified Arago’s experiments: for the temporary effect became permanent through the rotation of the plate. And without the magnet, a rotating plate became an electrical machine (Art. 150), a rotating globe exhibited electro-magnetic action (Art. 164), with the circuit being completed within the globe itself without needing any additional wire; and simply moving the wire of a galvanometer produced an electro-dynamic effect on its needle (Art. 171).... Thus, by the conclusion of his second series of ‘Researches’ (December 1831), he was able to broadly state the natural law linked to the remarkable number of new and intriguing experiments he had presented (Arts. 256–264), namely, that if a wire moves in such a way that it cuts through a magnetic field, a force is activated that tends to drive a magnetic current through the wire; and that if a mass moves in such a way that its parts do not move in the same direction across the magnetic fields, and at the same angular velocity, electrical currents are generated within the mass. Additionally, it would be appropriate to mention the experimental distinction between a helix and a magnet that Faraday later highlighted (‘Exper. Res.,’ Art. 3273): ‘While an unchanging magnet can never elevate a piece of soft iron to a state greater than its own, as determined by the moving wire, a helix carrying a current can generate in an iron core magnetic lines of force that possess a hundred times or more the power of the helix itself when measured by the same standards.’”

An article on the reduction of Mr. Faraday’s discoveries in magneto-electric induction to a general law appeared in the “Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society” Vol. III. p. 37, and at Vol. IV. p. 11, new series, of the Philosophical Magazine (see Faraday’s[487] first two Memoirs in the Phil. Trans., Book XIII. chaps. v and viii; letter to Gay-Lussac in Annales de Chimie, Vol. LI. 1832, pp. 404–434; Phil. Mag., Vol. XVII. pp. 281, 356); while, in the Phil. Trans. for 1832, p. 132, is the Report of his production of the electric spark through a modified arrangement in which the electric current was induced by an electro-magnet, as shown in his subsequent work published in London during 1834. This is alluded to in Vol. V. pp. 349–354 of the Phil. Mag. for latter year, and in Poggendorff’s Annalen, Vol. XXXIV. pp. 292–301 for 1835. (See also Bakewell, “Elect. Science,” pp. 39, 140, 144.)

An article about reducing Mr. Faraday’s discoveries in magneto-electric induction to a general law was published in the “Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society” Vol. III. p. 37, and in Vol. IV. p. 11, new series, of the Philosophical Magazine (see Faraday’s[487] first two Memoirs in the Phil. Trans., Book XIII. chaps. v and viii; letter to Gay-Lussac in Annales de Chimie, Vol. LI. 1832, pp. 404–434; Phil. Mag., Vol. XVII. pp. 281, 356); while in the Phil. Trans. for 1832, p. 132, you can find the Report of his production of the electric spark using a modified setup where the electric current was generated by an electro-magnet, as demonstrated in his later work published in London in 1834. This is referenced in Vol. V. pp. 349–354 of the Phil. Mag. for that year, and in Poggendorff’s Annalen, Vol. XXXIV. pp. 292–301 for 1835. (See also Bakewell, “Elect. Science,” pp. 39, 140, 144.)

“Around the magnet, Faraday
Is sure that Volta’s lightnings play;
But how to draw them from the wire?
He took a lesson from the heart
’Tis when we meet—’tis when we part,
Breaks forth the electric fire.”
Herbert Mayo, in Blackwood.

In Prof. Alfred M. Mayer’s address, delivered before the American Association at Boston, August 26, 1880, we read: “It is not generally known or appreciated that Henry and Faraday independently discovered the means of producing the electric current and the electric spark from a magnet. Tyndall, in speaking of this great discovery of Faraday, says: ‘I cannot help thinking while I dwell upon them, that this discovery of magneto-electricity is the greatest experimental result ever obtained by an investigator. It is the Mont Blanc of Faraday’s own achievements. He always worked at great elevations, but higher than this he never subsequently attained.’ And it is this same physicist who further remarks (‘Johnson’s Cycl.,’ Vol. II. pp. 26–27) that all our induction coils, our medical machines, and the electric light so far as it has been applied to lighthouses, are the direct progeny of Faraday’s discovery. In the paper here referred to (Nov. 24, 1831) he for the first time calls the ‘magnetic curves,’ formed when iron-filings are strewn around a magnet, ‘lines of magnetic force.’ All his subsequent researches upon magnetism were made with reference to those lines. They enabled him to play like a magician with the magnetic force, guiding him securely through mazes of phenomena which would have been perfectly bewildering without their aid. The spark of the extra current, which I believe was noticed for the first time by Prof. Joseph Henry, had been noticed independently by Mr. William Jenkin. Faraday at once brought this observation under the yoke of his discovery, proving that the augmented spark was the product of a secondary current evoked by the reaction of the primary upon its own wire.” The[488] phenomenon of the spark from the extra current here alluded to was first announced by Henry in July 1832. He had observed that when the poles of a battery are united by means of a short wire of low resistance, no spark or at least a very faint one is produced, but when the poles of the battery are connected by a long copper wire and mercury cups, a brilliant spark is obtained at the moment the circuit is broken by raising one end of the wire out of its cup of mercury and also that the longer the wire and the greater the number of its helical convolutions, the more powerful would be the effect (Silliman, “Am. Jour. of Sc.,” Vol. XXII). The results of Faraday’s investigation of the extra current first appeared in the Phil. Mag. for November 1834.

In Prof. Alfred M. Mayer’s speech delivered to the American Association in Boston on August 26, 1880, he states: “It's not commonly known or appreciated that Henry and Faraday independently figured out how to generate electric current and a spark from a magnet. Tyndall, discussing Faraday's significant discovery, remarks: ‘I can’t help but think that this discovery of magneto-electricity is the greatest experimental result ever achieved by a researcher. It’s the Mont Blanc of Faraday's own accomplishments. He always operated at high levels, but higher than this he never reached again.’ It's this same physicist who also notes (‘Johnson’s Cycl.,’ Vol. II, pp. 26–27) that all our induction coils, medical devices, and electric lights—particularly those used in lighthouses—are direct descendants of Faraday’s discovery. In the paper he referenced (Nov. 24, 1831), he first called the 'magnetic curves' created by sprinkling iron filings around a magnet ‘lines of magnetic force.’ All his later research on magnetism was centered around those lines. They allowed him to manipulate magnetic force like a magician, guiding him smoothly through a maze of phenomena that would have been completely confusing without their help. The spark from the extra current, which I believe was first noted by Prof. Joseph Henry, was also independently observed by Mr. William Jenkin. Faraday immediately incorporated this observation into his discovery, demonstrating that the increased spark was the result of a secondary current created by the interaction of the primary with its own wire.” The[488] phenomenon of the spark from the extra current mentioned here was first reported by Henry in July 1832. He observed that when the terminals of a battery are connected with a short wire of low resistance, no spark or at least a very faint one is produced, but when the battery terminals are connected through a long copper wire and mercury cups, a dazzling spark appears just as the circuit is interrupted by lifting one end of the wire out of its mercury cup. He also noted that the longer the wire and the more helical twists it has, the stronger the effect would be (Silliman, “Am. Jour. of Sc.,” Vol. XXII). The outcomes of Faraday’s study of the extra current were first published in the Phil. Mag. in November 1834.

The references already named give an account of many other important results attained by Faraday during 1831 and up to the date of the publication of the third series of his “Experimental Researches” (p. 76), wherein he recognizes the “Identity of Electricities derived from different sources”[60] (Vol. I. par. 265 and 360), after investigating the electricities of the machine, the pile, and of the electrical fishes, and after employing as conductors the entire plant of the metallic gas pipes and water pipes of the city of London (Phil. Trans. for 1833, p. 23; Poggendorff, Annalen, Vol. XXIX, 1833, pp. 274, 365).

The references already mentioned provide an account of many other significant findings by Faraday from 1831 until the publication of the third series of his “Experimental Researches” (p. 76), where he acknowledges the “Identity of Electricities derived from different sources”[60] (Vol. I. par. 265 and 360), after studying the electricities from machines, batteries, and electric fish, and after using the entire network of metallic gas pipes and water pipes in the city of London (Phil. Trans. for 1833, p. 23; Poggendorff, Annalen, Vol. XXIX, 1833, pp. 274, 365).

In the fourth series, relating to “A New law of electric conduction” (Vol. I. par. 380, 381, 394, 410), he demonstrates the influence of what is called “the state of aggregation” upon the transmission of the current. He found that although the latter was conveyed through water it did not pass through ice. This he subsequently explained by saying that the liquid condition enables the molecule of water to turn round so as to place itself in the proper line of polarization, which the rigidity of ice prevents. This polar arrangement must precede decomposition, and decomposition is an accompaniment of conduction (Phil. Trans. for 1833, p. 507; Poggendorff, Annalen, Vol. XXXI, 1834, p. 225; also Phil. Mag., Vol. X. p. 98; “Royal Inst. Proc.,” Vol. II. p. 123; Silliman’s Journal, Vol. XXI. p. 368).

In the fourth series, regarding “A New Law of Electric Conduction” (Vol. I. par. 380, 381, 394, 410), he shows how what’s referred to as “the state of aggregation” affects the transmission of the current. He discovered that while the current could flow through water, it couldn't move through ice. He later explained that the liquid state allows water molecules to rotate and align themselves correctly for polarization, something that the rigidity of ice stops. This polar alignment must happen before decomposition, and decomposition is linked to conduction (Phil. Trans. for 1833, p. 507; Poggendorff, Annalen, Vol. XXXI, 1834, p. 225; also Phil. Mag., Vol. X. p. 98; “Royal Inst. Proc.,” Vol. II. p. 123; Silliman’s Journal, Vol. XXI. p. 368).

Other series (pars. 309, 450, 453–454, 472, 477, 661–662, 669, etc.) treat of “Electro-chemical or electrolytic decomposition.” The experiments of Wollaston in this line have been given under the A.D. 1801 date, where Prof. Faraday’s opinion of them is also expressed. Faraday was successful in the employment of Wollaston’s apparatus for the decomposition of water, and he afterwards[489] devised an arrangement enabling him to effect true electro-chemical decompositions by common electricity as well as by the voltaic pile. For this, it is said, he used an electric battery consisting of fifteen jars and a plate machine having two sets of rubbers and a glass disc fifty inches in diameter, the whole presenting a surface of 1422 inches. One revolution of the plate could be made to give ten or twelve sparks, each one inch long, while the conductors afforded sparks ten to fourteen inches in length. He also devised a discharging train, to instantaneously carry off electricity of the feeblest tension by connecting a thick wire as he had previously done with the London gas and water pipes. A good description of the methods by which he succeeded with the latter apparatus in establishing the analogy between ordinary and voltaic electricity is given in the eighth “Britannica,” Vol. VIII. pp. 596–597. He had shown, at paragraph 371 and p. 105 of his “Researches,” that as a measure of quantity, a voltaic group of two small wires of platinum and zinc, placed near each other, and immersed in dilute acid for three seconds, yields as much electricity as the electrical battery, charged by thirty turns of a large machine; a fact that was established both by its momentary electro-magnetic effect, and by the amount of its chemical action, but, in order to enable him to establish a principle of definite measurement, he devised a voltameter or volta-electrometer as mentioned at paragraph No. 739 (Noad, “Manual,” p. 365). By means of this apparatus he calculated that a single grain of water in a voltaic cell will require for its decomposition a quantity of electricity equal to that liberated in 800,000 discharges of the great Leyden battery of the Royal Institution (“Researches,” par. 861). Also, that the decomposition of a single grain of water by four grains of zinc in the active cell of the voltaic circle, produces as great an amount of polarization and decomposition in the cell of decomposition, as 950,000 charges of a large Leyden battery, of several square feet of coated surface; an enormous quantity of power, equal to a most destructive thunderstorm. Tyndall remarks (“Notes on Electricity,” No. 118, also “Faraday as a Discoverer,” 1868, p. 44) that Weber and Kohlrausch ascertained that the quantity of electricity associated with one milligramme of hydrogen in water, if diffused over a cloud 1000 metres above the earth, would exert, upon an equal quantity of the opposite electricity at the earth’s surface, an attractive force of 2,268,000 kilogrammes.[61]

Other series (pars. 309, 450, 453–454, 472, 477, 661–662, 669, etc.) discuss “Electro-chemical or electrolytic decomposition.” The experiments by Wollaston in this area are noted under the CE 1801 date, where Prof. Faraday also shares his thoughts on them. Faraday successfully used Wollaston’s apparatus to decompose water, and later he [489] created a setup that allowed him to achieve true electro-chemical decompositions using both common electricity and the voltaic pile. For this, it’s said he used an electric battery made of fifteen jars and a plate machine with two sets of rubbers and a glass disk fifty inches in diameter, totaling a surface area of 1422 inches. One turn of the plate could produce ten or twelve one-inch sparks, while the conductors could generate sparks ranging from ten to fourteen inches in length. He also created a discharging train to quickly eliminate even the weakest electrical tension by connecting a thick wire, as he had previously done with the gas and water pipes in London. A detailed description of how he succeeded with this apparatus to demonstrate the similarity between ordinary and voltaic electricity is provided in the eighth “Britannica,” Vol. VIII. pp. 596–597. He had shown, in paragraph 371 and p. 105 of his “Researches,” that a voltaic group made of two small wires of platinum and zinc, positioned close to each other and immersed in dilute acid for three seconds, produces as much electricity as the electrical battery charged by thirty turns of a large machine; a finding supported by its momentary electro-magnetic effect and the degree of its chemical activity. However, to establish a principle of definite measurement, he invented a voltameter or volta-electrometer as noted in paragraph No. 739 (Noad, “Manual,” p. 365). Using this device, he calculated that a single grain of water in a voltaic cell requires an amount of electricity equal to that released in 800,000 discharges of the large Leyden battery at the Royal Institution (“Researches,” par. 861). He also found that the decomposition of a single grain of water with four grains of zinc in the active cell of the voltaic circuit generates as much polarization and decomposition in the decomposition cell as 950,000 charges from a large Leyden battery with several square feet of coated surface; an immense amount of power, comparable to a highly destructive thunderstorm. Tyndall notes (“Notes on Electricity,” No. 118, also “Faraday as a Discoverer,” 1868, p. 44) that Weber and Kohlrausch determined that the amount of electricity linked with one milligram of hydrogen in water, if spread over a cloud 1000 meters above the ground, would exert an attractive force of 2,268,000 kilograms on an equal amount of opposite electricity at the earth's surface.[61]

Faraday introduced new terms to express more specifically the circumstances attending electro-chemical decomposition. Objections had long been made to the designation poles—one positive,[490] the other negative—on the ground that such did not convey a correct idea of the effects produced. These designations had been given under erroneous supposition that the poles exerted an attractive and repulsive energy towards the elements of the decomposing liquid, much as the poles of the magnet act towards iron. When connecting the extremities of a battery, the electricity simply makes a circuit; the current passes through the substance to be decomposed and the elements remain in operation until the connection is broken. Since the poles merely act as a path to the current he calls them electrodes (electron, electricity, odos, a way); that part of the surface of the decomposing matter which the current enters—immediately touching the positive pole—he designates as anode (ana, upward) and the part of the matter which the current leaves—next to the negative pole—cathode (kata, downward). He names electrolyte (luo, to set free) the fluid decomposed directly by electricity passing through it; the term electrolyzed meaning electro-chemically decomposed. The elements of an electrolyte are named ions (ion, going), the anion being the body (in sulphate of copper solution, the acid) which goes up to the positive pole, to the anode of the decomposing body, whilst the cation is that (in sulphate of copper solution, the metal) which goes down to the negative pole, to the cathode of the decomposing body.

Faraday introduced new terms to more accurately describe the conditions surrounding electro-chemical decomposition. For a long time, there had been objections to the term poles—one positive and the other negative—because it did not accurately reflect the effects produced. These labels were based on the mistaken belief that the poles attracted or repelled the elements of the decomposing liquid, similar to how magnetic poles interact with iron. When connecting the ends of a battery, electricity simply creates a circuit; the current flows through the substance undergoing decomposition and the process continues until the connection is broken. Since the poles only serve as pathways for the current, he calls them electrodes (electron, electricity, odos, a way); the part of the decomposing matter where the current enters—immediately adjacent to the positive pole—is called the anode (ana, upward), while the part where the current exits—next to the negative pole—is referred to as the cathode (kata, downward). He refers to the fluid that is directly decomposed by electricity passing through it as the electrolyte (luo, to set free), with the term electrolyzed meaning electro-chemically decomposed. The components of an electrolyte are called ions (ion, going), with the anion being the substance (in a copper sulfate solution, the acid) that goes up to the positive pole, to the anode of the decomposing substance, while the cation is the substance (in copper sulfate solution, the metal) that goes down to the negative pole, to the cathode of the decomposing substance.

The many tests which he made with his voltameter led him to the conclusion “that under every variety of circumstance, the decompositions of the voltaic current are as definite in their character as those chemical combinations which gave birth to the atomic theory” (Phil. Trans. for 1833, p. 675; for 1834, p. 77; Poggendorff, Annalen, Vols. XXXII. p. 401; XXXIII. pp. 301, 433, 481; Bakewell, “Electric Science,” p. 124; “Brit. Assoc. Report” for 1833, p. 393; Henry’s “Memoirs of Dalton,” p. 106).

The various tests he conducted with his voltameter led him to conclude that “under every possible circumstance, the decompositions from the voltaic current are just as definite in their nature as the chemical combinations that led to the atomic theory” (Phil. Trans. for 1833, p. 675; for 1834, p. 77; Poggendorff, Annalen, Vols. XXXII. p. 401; XXXIII. pp. 301, 433, 481; Bakewell, “Electric Science,” p. 124; “Brit. Assoc. Report” for 1833, p. 393; Henry’s “Memoirs of Dalton,” p. 106).

The eighth series of his “Researches” (Vol. I. pars. 875, etc.) treats of the “electricity of the voltaic pile,” a further investigation of which is shown through the papers constituting his sixteenth and seventeenth series as per Index of Vol. II. p. 302. Faraday establishes by very simple experiments the most powerful known refutation of Volta’s contact theory and shows conclusively that the current in the pile results from the mutual chemical action of its elements, just as Fabbroni and Wollaston had stated before him. An extract from the conclusion of his very elaborate defence of the chemical theory reads as follows: “... the contact theory assumes, that a force which is able to overcome powerful resistance ... can arise out of nothing: that, without any change in the acting matter, or the consumption of any generating force, a current can be produced, which shall go on for ever against a constant resistance, or[491] only be stopped as in the voltaic trough, by the ruins which its exertion has heaped upon its own course.... The chemical theory sets out with a power, the existence of which is pre-proved, and then follows its variations, rarely assuming anything which is not supported by some corresponding simple chemical fact. The contact theory sets out with an assumption to which it adds others, as the cases require, until at last the contact force, instead of being the firm unchangeable thing at first supposed by Volta, is as variable as chemical force itself. Were it otherwise than it is, and were the contact theory true, the equality of cause and effect must be denied. Then would perpetual motion also be true; and it would not be at all difficult, upon the first given case of an electric current by contact alone, to produce an electro-magnetic arrangement, which, as to its principle, would go on producing mechanical effects for ever” (“Exp. Res.,” pars. 2071–2073, Vol. II. pp. 103–104; Phil. Trans. for 1834, p. 425; for 1840, pp. 61, 93; Poggendorff, Annalen, Vols. XXXV. pp. 1, 222; LII. pp. 149, 547; LIII. pp. 316, 479, 548. Auguste Arthur De la Rive, “Archives de l’Elect.,” Genève, 1841–1845, Vol. I. pp. 93, 342; Graham, “Elem. of Chem.,” London, 1850, Vol. I. pp. 242, etc.; Faraday and Sturgeon, “Ann. of Elec.,” Vol. IV. pp. 229, 231; Daniell, “Intro. to Study of Chem. Phil.”; Liebig, Annal., Vol. XXXVI. p. 137; Figuier, “Expos. et Hist.,” 1857, Vol. IV. p. 434. Also De la Rive’s “Treatise,” Vol. I. pp. 393–402; “Exper. Researches,” Vol. I. pp. 322–323—induction of galvanic current upon itself).

The eighth series of his “Researches” (Vol. I. pars. 875, etc.) discusses the "electricity of the voltaic pile," with further exploration shown in the papers of his sixteenth and seventeenth series as listed in Index of Vol. II. p. 302. Faraday establishes, through very simple experiments, the most powerful known refutation of Volta’s contact theory and clearly demonstrates that the current in the pile results from the mutual chemical action of its elements, just as Fabbroni and Wollaston had stated before him. An excerpt from the conclusion of his detailed defense of the chemical theory reads: “... the contact theory assumes that a force strong enough to overcome significant resistance can come from nowhere: that, without any change in the materials acting or the depletion of any generating force, a current can be produced that continues forever against constant resistance, or[491] is only interrupted, as in the voltaic trough, by the ruins created from its own exertion.... The chemical theory begins with a power whose existence is already proven and then follows its variations, rarely assuming anything that isn’t backed by some simple chemical fact. The contact theory starts with an assumption and continues to add others as needed, until ultimately the contact force, instead of being the firm and unchangeable thing initially posited by Volta, becomes as variable as chemical force itself. If it were different, and the contact theory were true, we would have to deny the equality of cause and effect. Then perpetual motion would also be true; and it wouldn’t be at all difficult, with just one example of an electric current from contact alone, to create an electro-magnetic setup that, by its principle, would continue producing mechanical effects forever” (“Exp. Res.,” pars. 2071–2073, Vol. II. pp. 103–104; Phil. Trans. for 1834, p. 425; for 1840, pp. 61, 93; Poggendorff, Annalen, Vols. XXXV. pp. 1, 222; LII. pp. 149, 547; LIII. pp. 316, 479, 548. Auguste Arthur De la Rive, “Archives de l’Elect.,” Genève, 1841–1845, Vol. I. pp. 93, 342; Graham, “Elem. of Chem.,” London, 1850, Vol. I. pp. 242, etc.; Faraday and Sturgeon, “Ann. of Elec.,” Vol. IV. pp. 229, 231; Daniell, “Intro. to Study of Chem. Phil.”; Liebig, Annal., Vol. XXXVI. p. 137; Figuier, “Expos. et Hist.,” 1857, Vol. IV. p. 434. Also De la Rive’s “Treatise,” Vol. I. pp. 393–402; “Exper. Researches,” Vol. I. pp. 322–323—induction of galvanic current upon itself).

Faraday’s theory of induction offers nothing new as to the nature of the electric forces—it simply indicates the manner of their distribution and the laws by which they are affected. His experiments show that electrization by influence is possible only by means of continuous particles of air or other non-conducting medium (dielectric), that no electric action occurs at a distance greater than the interval existing between two adjacent molecules of such medium, in which latter a true polarization of the particles takes place, and that it is by means of this polarization that electric force is transferred to a distance. Induction only takes place through insulators: induction is insulation, it being the action of a charged body upon insulating matter, of which latter the particles communicate to each other in a very minute degree the electric forces whereby they become polarized and are enabled to transmit an equal amount of the opposite force to a distance. The latter property is termed inductive force or specific inductive capacity, and Faraday discovered that the intensity of electric induction varies in different insulating media; for instance, the induction through shell-lac (the first substance he experimented with) being[492] twice as great as through a like thickness of air. It was while experimenting with shell-lac that he first observed the singular phenomenon of the return or residual charge, i. e. the charge which would of itself gradually reappear in the apparatus after the latter had been suddenly and perfectly discharged. This, he considered due to the penetration, into the substance of the dielectric, of a portion of the charge by conduction. The inductive capacity of all gases he found to be the same as that of air, and this property does not alter with variations in their density.

Faraday’s theory of induction doesn’t offer anything new about the nature of electric forces; it just explains how they are distributed and the laws that affect them. His experiments reveal that electrification through influence can only happen via continuous particles of air or another non-conducting medium (dielectric). No electric action occurs beyond the distance between two adjacent molecules of such a medium, where true polarization of the particles takes place. It is through this polarization that electric force is transmitted over distance. Induction occurs only through insulators: induction is insulation, as it involves the effect of a charged body on insulating matter, where the particles communicate with each other to a very small degree regarding the electric forces, allowing them to become polarized and transmit an equal amount of the opposite force over a distance. This property is known as inductive force or specific inductive capacity, and Faraday found that the intensity of electric induction varies between different insulating materials; for example, the induction through shellac (the first substance he tested) was[492] twice as strong as through the same thickness of air. While experimenting with shellac, he first noticed the unusual phenomenon of the return or residual charge, which is the charge that would gradually reappear in the apparatus after it had been suddenly and completely discharged. He attributed this to a portion of the charge penetrating into the substance of the dielectric through conduction. He discovered that the inductive capacity of all gases is the same as that of air, and this property does not change with variations in their density.

His discovery of the specific inductive capacity of various substances has been already alluded to (A.D. 1772, Cavendish). Faraday’s biographer in the ninth “Britannica” says: “It appears, from hitherto unpublished papers, that Henry Cavendish had, before 1773, not only discovered that glass, wax, rosin and shell-lac have higher specific inductive capacities than air but had actually determined the numerical ratios of these capacities. This, of course, was not known to Faraday or other electricians of his time.” It was on the 30th of November, 1837, Faraday communicated to the Royal Society the paper on Induction wherein he announces the re-discovery of specific inductive capacity. One of its most important results to-day, remarks John Tyndall, “is the establishment of the specific inductive capacity of insulators—a subject of supreme importance in connection with submarine cables. As a striking illustration of Faraday’s insight, it may be mentioned that as early as 1838 he had virtually foreseen and predicted the retardation produced by the inductive action between the wires of submarine cables and the surrounding sea-water” (Tyndall’s “Notes on Electricity,” 1871, pp. 160–161; “Exper. Researches,” Index Vol. I.; “Faraday as a Discoverer,” new edition, p. 89). Consult, also, the references entered at Cavendish, A.D. 1772; J. E. H. Gordon, “Phys. Treatise on Elect. ...” London, 1883, Vol. I. chap. xi. par. 81–83, which alludes to “Exper. Researches,” 1161, Vol. I. p. 360 as well as to the investigations of specific inductive capacities made by Boltzmann, Romich and Fajdiga, Romich and Nomak, Schiller, Silow, Wüllner, Dr. Hopkinson, J. E. H. Gordon, Ayrton and Perry, and gives the “General Table of Specific Inductive Capacities,” detailing the observations of Cavendish, Faraday and all the others named above. See, besides, “Reprint of Papers ...” Sir Wm. Thomson, 1872 to 1884, 2nd ed., paragraphs 36, 46, 50; Phil. Trans., 1838, pp. 1, 79, 83, 125; 1842, p. 170; Poggendorff, Annalen, Vols. XLVI. pp. 1, 537; XLVII. pp. 33, 271, 529; XLVIII. pp. 269, 424, 513; XCVI. p. 488; XCVII. p. 415; Phil. Mag., Vols. IX. p. 61; XI. p. 10; XIII. pp. 281, 355, 412; “Bibl. Univ.,” Vol. XVII. p. 178 and “Archives des Sc. Phys.,” Vol. XXXI. p. 48;[493] “Journal de Pharm.,” Vol. XXVII. p. 60; W. S. Harris, “Specific Inductive Capacities ...” (Phil. Trans., 1842).

His discovery of the specific inductive capacity of different substances has already been mentioned (AD 1772, Cavendish). Faraday’s biographer in the ninth edition of “Britannica” states: “It seems, from previously unpublished papers, that Henry Cavendish had, before 1773, not only discovered that glass, wax, rosin, and shellac have higher specific inductive capacities than air but had actually calculated the numerical ratios of these capacities. This, of course, was not known to Faraday or other electricians of his time.” On November 30, 1837, Faraday presented a paper on Induction to the Royal Society, where he announced the re-discovery of specific inductive capacity. One of its most significant results today, comments John Tyndall, “is the recognition of the specific inductive capacity of insulators—a topic of critical importance regarding submarine cables. As a remarkable example of Faraday’s insight, it can be noted that as early as 1838 he had essentially foreseen and predicted the delay caused by the inductive effect between the wires of submarine cables and the surrounding seawater” (Tyndall’s “Notes on Electricity,” 1871, pp. 160–161; “Exper. Researches,” Index Vol. I.; “Faraday as a Discoverer,” new edition, p. 89). Also, refer to the sources listed under Cavendish, CE 1772; J. E. H. Gordon, “Phys. Treatise on Elect. ...” London, 1883, Vol. I. chap. xi. par. 81–83, which references “Exper. Researches,” 1161, Vol. I. p. 360 as well as the studies of specific inductive capacities conducted by Boltzmann, Romich and Fajdiga, Romich and Nomak, Schiller, Silow, Wüllner, Dr. Hopkinson, J. E. H. Gordon, Ayrton, and Perry, and provides the “General Table of Specific Inductive Capacities,” outlining the observations of Cavendish, Faraday, and all the other researchers mentioned. Additionally, see “Reprint of Papers ...” Sir Wm. Thomson, 1872 to 1884, 2nd ed., paragraphs 36, 46, 50; Phil. Trans., 1838, pp. 1, 79, 83, 125; 1842, p. 170; Poggendorff, Annalen, Vols. XLVI. pp. 1, 537; XLVII. pp. 33, 271, 529; XLVIII. pp. 269, 424, 513; XCVI. p. 488; XCVII. p. 415; Phil. Mag., Vols. IX. p. 61; XI. p. 10; XIII. pp. 281, 355, 412; “Bibl. Univ.,” Vol. XVII. p. 178 and “Archives des Sc. Phys.,” Vol. XXXI. p. 48;[493] “Journal de Pharm.,” Vol. XXVII. p. 60; W. S. Harris, “Specific Inductive Capacities ...” (Phil. Trans., 1842).

In the fifteenth series of his “Exper. Researches” (Vol. II. pars. 1749–1795), Faraday gives the results of his experiments proving the identity of the power of the gymnotus or the torpedo with common electricity. He concludes that “a single medium discharge of the fish is at least equal to the electricity of a Leyden battery of fifteen jars, containing 3500 square inches of glass coated on both sides, charged to its highest degree” (p. 8); “all the water and all the conducting matter around the fish, through which a discharge circuit can in any way be completed, is filled at the moment with circulating electric power and this state might be easily represented generally in a diagram by drawing the lines of inductive action upon it. In the case of a gymnotus surrounded equally in all directions by water, these would resemble generally in disposition the magnetic curves of a magnet having the same straight or curved shape as the animal, that is, provided he in such cases employed, as may be expected, his four electric organs at once” (p. 12) (C. Matteucci, “Traité des phénom. ...” Paris, 1844, pp. 188–192).

In the fifteenth series of his “Exper. Researches” (Vol. II. pars. 1749–1795), Faraday shares the findings of his experiments that demonstrate the similarity between the power of the gymnotus or the torpedo and regular electricity. He concludes that “a single discharge from the fish is at least equal to the electricity from a Leyden battery with fifteen jars, featuring 3500 square inches of glass coated on both sides, charged to its maximum level” (p. 8); “the water and all the conductive material around the fish, through which a discharge circuit can be completed, are filled with circulating electric power at that moment, and this situation could easily be illustrated in a diagram by drawing the lines of inductive action on it. In the case of a gymnotus surrounded equally in all directions by water, these lines would generally look like the magnetic curves of a magnet with a similar shape to the animal, assuming he was using, as anticipated, all four of his electric organs at the same time” (p. 12) (C. Matteucci, “Traité des phénom. ...” Paris, 1844, pp. 188–192).

Then follow in due course, Faraday’s remarkable papers relating to the magnetization of light and the illumination of magnetic lines of force, the polar and other condition of diamagnetic bodies, etc. These communications, which he made to the Royal Society in November and December 1845, contain the particulars of what many consider to be his most brilliant discoveries. He first shows that when a ray of polarized light passes through a piece of silicated borate of lead glass placed between the poles of a natural (or preferably an electro-) magnet, so that the line of magnetic force shall pass through its length, the polarized ray will experience a rotation. The law is thus expressed: “If a magnetic line of force be going from a North pole or coming from a South pole, along the path of a polarized ray, coming to the observer, it will rotate that ray to the right hand, or if such a line of force be coming from a North pole or going from a South pole it will rotate such a ray to the left hand” (Phil. Trans. for 1846 and 1856; Poggendorff, Annalen, Vol. C. pp. 111, 439; Noad, “Manual,” pp. 804–805; Harris, “Rud. Mag.,” Parts I and II. p. 71; Whewell, “Hist. of the Inductive Sciences,” Vol. II. pp. III, 133; Gmelin’s “Chemistry,” Vol. I. pp. 168–169). At the Faraday Centenary Celebration held in London, June 18, 1891, Lord Rayleigh observed that “the full significance of the last-named discovery was not yet realized. A large step towards realizing it, however, was contained in the observation of Sir William Thomson, that the rotation of the plane of polarization proved that something in the nature of rotation must be going on within the[494] medium when subjected to the magnetizing force, but the precise nature of the rotation was a matter for further speculation, and perhaps might not be known for some time to come.”

Then follow in due course Faraday’s remarkable papers on the magnetization of light and the illumination of magnetic lines of force, the polar and other conditions of diamagnetic bodies, and more. These communications, which he presented to the Royal Society in November and December 1845, contain details of what many consider to be his most brilliant discoveries. He first demonstrated that when a ray of polarized light passes through a piece of silicated borate of lead glass placed between the poles of a natural (or preferably an electro-) magnet, so that the line of magnetic force runs through its length, the polarized ray experiences a rotation. The law is expressed as follows: “If a magnetic line of force is going from a North pole or coming from a South pole, along the path of a polarized ray, coming to the observer, it will rotate that ray to the right, or if such a line of force is coming from a North pole or going from a South pole, it will rotate such a ray to the left” (Phil. Trans. for 1846 and 1856; Poggendorff, Annalen, Vol. C. pp. 111, 439; Noad, “Manual,” pp. 804–805; Harris, “Rud. Mag.,” Parts I and II. p. 71; Whewell, “Hist. of the Inductive Sciences,” Vol. II. pp. III, 133; Gmelin’s “Chemistry,” Vol. I. pp. 168–169). At the Faraday Centenary Celebration held in London on June 18, 1891, Lord Rayleigh noted that “the full significance of the last-named discovery was not yet realized. A significant step towards understanding it, however, was included in Sir William Thomson's observation that the rotation of the plane of polarization indicated that something like rotation must be happening within the[494] medium when subjected to the magnetizing force, but the exact nature of the rotation was a topic for further speculation, and might not be known for some time to come.”

Through Faraday’s other communication, is made known the discovery of diamagnetism. Therein he shows, as the result of his customary careful experimental explorations that the magnetism of every known substance (even tissues of the human frame) is manifested in one of two ways. Either the body is, like iron, attracted by the magnet, taking a position coincident with the magnetic forces which he calls paramagnetic (para beside or near, magnetes, magnes, magnet) or bodies—like bismuth, for instance—are repelled by the poles and should therefore be called diamagnetic (dia, across) for they set themselves across, equatorially, or at right angles to the magnetic lines. As far back as 1788, the repulsion by bismuth was first observed by Brugmans, while M. Becquerel, during 1827, confirmed the observation, said to have been made by Coulomb, that a needle of wood could be made to point across the magnetic curves, and stated that he had found such a needle place itself parallel to the wires of a galvanometer. Yet, neither M. Becquerel nor M. Lebaillif, who (after Saigy and Seebeck) had called attention to the repulsion of both bismuth and antimony by the magnet, made a distinction of the diamagnetic force from the paramagnetic as Faraday did. Amongst other results, this English scientist found that phosphorus is at the head of all diamagnetic substances, bismuth taking the lead amongst the metals, whilst, of many gases and vapours, oxygen proved to be the least diamagnetic, in fact, the only one which is paramagnetic (“Lond., Edin., and Dub. Phil. Mag.” for December 1850). All the facts set forth in Mr. Faraday’s paper are, according to Brande, resolvable by induction into the general law; that while every particle of a magnetic body is attracted, every particle of a diamagnetic body is repelled by either pole of a magnet: these forces continue as long as the magnetic power is sustained, and cease on the cessation of that power, standing therefore in the same general antithetical relation to each other as the positive and negative conditions of electricity, the northern and southern polarities of ordinary magnetism, or the lines of electric and magnetic force in magneto-electricity. (Phil. Trans. for 1846–1851; Phil. Mag., Vols. XXVIII. pp. 294, 396, 455; XXIX. pp. 153, 249; XXXVI. p. 88; Annales de Chimie, Vol. XVII. p. 359; Poggendorff, Annalen, Vols. LXVIII. p. 105; LXX. p. 283; LXXXII. pp. 75, 232; “Bibl. Univ. Archives,” Vols. I. p. 385; III. p. 338; XVI. p. 89; Ludwig F. von Froriep, “Notizen,” Vols. XXXVII. cols. 6–8; XXXIX. col. 257; Erdmann, “Jour. Prak. Chem.,” Vol. XXXVIII. p. 256; Liebig, Annal.,[495] Vol. LVII. p. 261; Napoli, “Rendiconto,” Vol. VI. p. 227; Silliman’s “Journal,” Vols. II. p. 233; X. p. 188; Walker, “Elect. Mag.,” Vol. II. p. 259; John Tyndall, “Researches on Diamagnetism and Magne-crystallic Action,” London, 1870, pp. 1, 38, 89, 90, 137; Whewell, “Hist. of Ind. Sc.,” 1859, Vol. II. p. 620; “Athenæum” for January 31, 1846; Plücker’s paper “On the relation of Magnetism and Diamagnetism,” dated September 8, 1847, in Poggendorff’s Annalen and in Taylor’s “Scientific Memoirs,” Vol. V. part ix. p. 376; Edmond Becquerel’s “Memoir on Diamagnetism” in An. de Ch. et de Ph., Vol. XXXII. p. 112; “Practical Mech. and Engin. Mag.,” 1846, p. 117; for “Coexistence of Paramagnetism and Diamagnetism in same Crystal,” see “Jour. of Chem. Soc.,” London, February 1906, p. 69, taken from Les Comptes Rendus).

Through Faraday’s other communication, the discovery of diamagnetism is revealed. He demonstrates, based on his usual thorough experimental investigations, that the magnetism of every known material (including human tissue) can be displayed in one of two ways. Either the object is attracted by the magnet, like iron, aligning with the magnetic forces, which he refers to as paramagnetic (para meaning beside or near, magnetes, magnes, magnet), or other materials—like bismuth, for example—are repelled by the poles and should be termed diamagnetic (dia, across) because they orient themselves across, equatorially, or at right angles to the magnetic lines. As early as 1788, Brugmans first noted the repulsion of bismuth, and in 1827, M. Becquerel confirmed the observation, attributed to Coulomb, that a wooden needle could be made to point across the magnetic curves, and he reported that he found such a needle positioning itself parallel to the wires of a galvanometer. However, neither M. Becquerel nor M. Lebaillif, who later highlighted the repulsion of both bismuth and antimony by the magnet (after Saigy and Seebeck), recognized the difference between diamagnetic and paramagnetic forces as Faraday did. Among other findings, this English scientist discovered that phosphorus tops the list of all diamagnetic materials, with bismuth leading among metals, while of many gases and vapors, oxygen was the least diamagnetic—indeed, the only one identified as paramagnetic (“Lond., Edin., and Dub. Phil. Mag.” for December 1850). According to Brande, all the facts presented in Mr. Faraday’s paper can be explained through induction into the general principle that while every particle of a magnetic body is attracted, every particle of a diamagnetic body is repelled by either pole of a magnet: these forces remain active as long as the magnetic influence is maintained and cease when that influence stops, standing in the same general oppositional relationship to each other as the positive and negative states of electricity, the northern and southern polarities of ordinary magnetism, or the lines of electric and magnetic force in magneto-electricity. (Phil. Trans. for 1846–1851; Phil. Mag., Vols. XXVIII. pp. 294, 396, 455; XXIX. pp. 153, 249; XXXVI. p. 88; Annales de Chimie, Vol. XVII. p. 359; Poggendorff, Annalen, Vols. LXVIII. p. 105; LXX. p. 283; LXXXII. pp. 75, 232; “Bibl. Univ. Archives,” Vols. I. p. 385; III. p. 338; XVI. p. 89; Ludwig F. von Froriep, “Notizen,” Vols. XXXVII. cols. 6–8; XXXIX. col. 257; Erdmann, “Jour. Prak. Chem.,” Vol. XXXVIII. p. 256; Liebig, Annal.,[495] Vol. LVII. p. 261; Napoli, “Rendiconto,” Vol. VI. p. 227; Silliman’s “Journal,” Vols. II. p. 233; X. p. 188; Walker, “Elect. Mag.,” Vol. II. p. 259; John Tyndall, “Researches on Diamagnetism and Magne-crystallic Action,” London, 1870, pp. 1, 38, 89, 90, 137; Whewell, “Hist. of Ind. Sc.,” 1859, Vol. II. p. 620; “Athenæum” for January 31, 1846; Plücker’s paper “On the relation of Magnetism and Diamagnetism,” dated September 8, 1847, in Poggendorff’s Annalen and in Taylor’s “Scientific Memoirs,” Vol. V. part ix. p. 376; Edmond Becquerel’s “Memoir on Diamagnetism” in An. de Ch. et de Ph., Vol. XXXII. p. 112; “Practical Mech. and Engin. Mag.,” 1846, p. 117; for “Coexistence of Paramagnetism and Diamagnetism in same Crystal,” see “Jour. of Chem. Soc.,” London, February 1906, p. 69, taken from Les Comptes Rendus).

During the course of Faraday’s experiments to ascertain the effects of magnetism on crystals some very curious results were obtained with bismuth. Having suspended four bars of the metal horizontally between the poles of the electro-magnet, the first pointed axially; the second equatorially; another equatorial in one position, and obliquely equatorial if turned round on its axis fifty or sixty degrees; the fourth equatorially and axially under the same treatment; whilst all of them were repelled by a single magnetic pole, thus showing their strong and well-marked diamagnetic character. These variations were attributed to the regularly crystalline condition of the bars. He then chose carefully selected crystals and, after describing their peculiar action between the poles, he says that “the results are altogether very different from those produced by diamagnetic action. They are equally distinct from those dependent on ordinary magnetic action. They are also distinct from those discovered and described by Plücker, in his beautiful researches into the relation of the optic axis to magnetic action; for there the force is equatorial, whereas here it is axial. So they appear to present to us a new force, or a new form of force in the molecules of matter, which, for convenience’ sake, I will conventionally designate by a new word, as the magne-crystallic force.” Prof. A. M. Mayer justly observes (“Johnson’s Cycl.,” I. 1342) that the above-named facts “received their full explanation at the hands of Tyndall, whose subtile examination or lucid explanation of these phenomena—though not popularly known—we think form his greatest claim to illustrious distinction as a man of science.” For an extract from the last-named work relative to M. Poisson’s remarkable theoretic prediction of magne-crystallic action, see the article concerning that scientist at A.D. 1811. (Consult Phil. Trans. for 1849, pp. 4, 22; Phil. Mag., Vol. XXIV. p. 77 and s. 4, Vol. II. p. 178; De la Rive, “Treatise,” Vol. I. pp. 482–497;[496] “Athenæum,” No. 1103, p. 1266; Gmelin’s “Chemistry,” Vol. I. pp. 514–519.)

During Faraday’s experiments to understand how magnetism affects crystals, some interesting results were found with bismuth. He suspended four bars of the metal horizontally between the poles of an electromagnet. The first bar pointed axially; the second pointed equatorially; another was equatorial in one position and obliquely equatorial when rotated fifty or sixty degrees; the fourth bar was equatorially and axially under the same conditions. All of them were repelled by a single magnetic pole, demonstrating their strong and clear diamagnetic properties. These differences were thought to be due to the regular crystalline structure of the bars. He then selected specific crystals and, after describing their unique behavior between the poles, noted that “the results are completely different from those produced by diamagnetic action. They are also distinct from those related to regular magnetic action. Furthermore, they differ from those discovered and described by Plücker in his outstanding research on the relationship between the optic axis and magnetic action; in his case, the force is equatorial, whereas here it is axial. Thus, they seem to present a new force, or a new form of force within the molecules of matter, which, for convenience, I will call magne-crystallic force.” Prof. A. M. Mayer rightly points out (“Johnson’s Cycl.,” I. 1342) that these facts “were fully explained by Tyndall, whose subtle examination or clear explanation of these phenomena—though not widely known—likely represents his greatest claim to distinction as a scientist.” For an extract from the aforementioned work regarding M. Poisson’s remarkable theoretical prediction of magne-crystallic action, see the article about that scientist at CE 1811. (Consult Phil. Trans. for 1849, pp. 4, 22; Phil. Mag., Vol. XXIV. p. 77 and s. 4, Vol. II. p. 178; De la Rive, “Treatise,” Vol. I. pp. 482–497;[496] “Athenæum,” No. 1103, p. 1266; Gmelin’s “Chemistry,” Vol. I. pp. 514–519.)

The remarkable discoveries we have named were succeeded by many others of a very high order, the references to which occupy as many as 158 separate entries through pp. 555–560, Vol. II. of the “Catal. of Sci. Papers of the Royal Society.” Among those may be singled out his additional investigations regarding the magnetism of gases and the magnetic relations of flames and gases, the lines of magnetic force, subterraneous electro-telegraphic wires (Phil. Mag. s. 4, Vol. VII. 1854), the relation of gravity to electricity, atmospheric magnetism, likewise his recorded observations on hydro-electricity, magneto-electric light for lighthouses, pyro-electricity, the electrophorus, Wheatstone’s telegraph, etc. (“Roy. Inst. Proc.” for 1854–1858, pp. 555–560). It was in 1848 he wrote of the powerful insulating properties of gutta-percha (Gmelin’s “Chemistry,” Vol. I. p. 313; “Lond. and Edin. Phil. Mag.,” Vol. XXXII. p. 165), and he not long after constructed a very singular apparatus to a Leyden jar consisting of a wire 140 miles long, perfectly insulated with gutta-percha, one end of which communicated with an insulated pile of 360 elements of zinc and copper charged with acidulated water, as described in the “Britannica.” The results of his inquiries concerning the Leyden jar charge of buried electric conducting wires were, according to Whitehouse’s pamphlet on the Atl. Tel. (p. 5) communicated to the Roy. Inst. during the year 1854.

The amazing discoveries we've mentioned were followed by many others of a very high caliber, which are referenced in 158 separate entries across pp. 555–560, Vol. II. of the “Catalog of Scientific Papers of the Royal Society.” Among these, his further investigations into the magnetism of gases, the magnetic properties of flames and gases, the lines of magnetic force, underground electro-telegraphic wires (Philosophical Magazine s. 4, Vol. VII. 1854), the connection between gravity and electricity, atmospheric magnetism, as well as his documented observations on hydroelectricity, magneto-electric lights for lighthouses, pyro-electricity, the electrophorus, Wheatstone’s telegraph, and more (“Royal Institution Proceedings” for 1854–1858, pp. 555–560) stand out. In 1848, he wrote about the strong insulating properties of gutta-percha (Gmelin’s “Chemistry,” Vol. I. p. 313; “London and Edinburgh Philosophical Magazine,” Vol. XXXII. p. 165), and shortly after, he built a unique apparatus for a Leyden jar, consisting of a 140-mile-long wire perfectly insulated with gutta-percha, one end of which connected to an insulated stack of 360 zinc and copper elements charged with acidulated water, as described in the “Encyclopedia Britannica.” The results of his investigations into the Leyden jar charge of buried electric conducting wires were, according to Whitehouse’s pamphlet on the Atlantic Telegraph (p. 5), presented to the Royal Institution in 1854.

The life of Michael Faraday is an admirable example of extraordinary successes achieved through patient endeavour and constancy of purpose over unusual obstacles of birth and education. M. Dumas, in the sixteenth volume of the London “Chemical News,” tells us he was the only man in England who raised himself to the first rank in science, whose every attribute can be fearlessly held up as a model. He had none of the “ambition, eternal pining after rank or hauteur” of Davy, nor “the secretiveness and coldness” of Wollaston. “Faraday’s intellect, while it burnt as brightly as Davy’s, was as deep searching as Wollaston’s, and as reverent as Newton’s, yet it had nothing in it which could repel us, chill us, or forbid our affection.” The son of a blacksmith, he was first placed in a bookseller’s shop, then apprenticed to a bookbinder, but his tastes were averse to the trade and he was led to seek instruction in another line, more particularly after attending the evening lectures of Mr. Tatum, yet, as already stated (see Dr. George Gregory, A.D. 1796), it was while in M. Riebau’s (the bookbinder’s) employ that chance threw in his way the works which led him to enter the channels in which he subsequently became so distinguished. To a friend, he writes:

The life of Michael Faraday is an inspiring example of remarkable achievements attained through patient effort and unwavering determination despite significant challenges in terms of his background and education. M. Dumas, in the sixteenth volume of the London “Chemical News,” notes that he was the only person in England who elevated himself to the top tier of science, with every quality that can confidently be presented as a model. He lacked the “ambition, constant longing for status or arrogance” that characterized Davy, as well as “the secretiveness and aloofness” of Wollaston. “Faraday’s intellect, while it shone as brightly as Davy’s, was as deeply probing as Wollaston’s and as respectful as Newton’s; yet it had none of the qualities that could drive us away, make us feel cold, or deter our affection.” The son of a blacksmith, he was initially placed in a bookseller’s shop, then apprenticed to a bookbinder, but his interests strayed from the trade and he sought education in another field, especially after attending the evening lectures of Mr. Tatum. However, as previously mentioned (see Dr. George Gregory, CE 1796), it was during his time working for M. Riebau (the bookbinder) that chance provided him with the works that directed him toward the paths where he later achieved such distinction. He wrote to a friend:

[497]

[497]

“Your subject interested me deeply every way; for Mrs. Marcet was a good friend to me, as she must have been to many of the human race. I entered the shop of a bookseller and bookbinder at the age of thirteen, in the year 1804, remaining there eight years, and during the chief part of the time bound books. Now it was in those books, in the hours after work, that I found the beginning of my philosophy. There were two that especially helped me, the ‘Encyclopædia Britannica,’ from which I gained my first notions of electricity, and Mrs. Marcet’s ‘Conversations on Chemistry,’ which gave me my foundation in that science. Do not suppose that I was a very deep thinker, or was marked as a precocious person ... but facts were important to me and saved me. I could trust a fact and always cross-examined an assertion. So when I questioned Mrs. Marcet’s book by such little experiments as I could find means to perform, and found it true to the facts as I could understand them, I felt that I had got hold of an anchor in chemical knowledge, and clung fast to it....” (“Faraday as a Discoverer,” by John Tyndall, 1868, pp. 6–7).

“Your subject intrigued me deeply in every way; Mrs. Marcet was a good friend to me, just as she must have been to many others. I started working in a bookstore and bookbinding shop at the age of thirteen, in 1804, and stayed there for eight years, primarily binding books. It was in those books, during my off hours, that I discovered the beginnings of my philosophy. Two books, in particular, really helped me: the ‘Encyclopædia Britannica,’ which introduced me to the basics of electricity, and Mrs. Marcet’s ‘Conversations on Chemistry,’ which laid the foundation for my knowledge in that field. Don’t think that I was a particularly deep thinker or exceptionally gifted... but facts mattered to me and were my saving grace. I could rely on facts and always scrutinized any claim. So, when I tested Mrs. Marcet’s book with the small experiments I could manage, and found it accurate according to what I understood, I felt like I had grasped a solid foundation in chemical knowledge and held on tight to it....” (“Faraday as a Discoverer,” by John Tyndall, 1868, pp. 6–7).

Think of the startling, not to say marvellous, achievements growing out of Faraday’s subsequent first experiments with an electrical machine made out of an old bottle and by the aid of a Leyden jar constructed with a medicine phial!

Think of the amazing, not to mention incredible, results that came from Faraday’s early experiments with an electrical machine made from an old bottle and a Leyden jar created with a medicine vial!

In 1812, he was taken by Mr. Dance to the lectures of Sir Humphry Davy, whose chemical assistant he became the following year and in whose company, as we have already seen (A.D. 1801), he travelled on the Continent until 1815. Mr. Davies Gilbert, to whom is due Davy’s introduction to the Royal Institution, has said of the last-named illustrious philosopher that the greatest of all his discoveries was the discovery of Faraday. In 1816, Michael Faraday was placed by Mr. Brande in charge of the “Quarterly Journal of Science,” and, during 1823, he was elected corresponding Member of the French Academy, becoming F.R.S. the ensuing year through the influence of his friend Richard Phillips. It was during 1825–1826 he published in the Phil. Trans. the chemical papers wherein he announces the discovery of benzole (called by him bicarburet of hydrogen) to which, says Hoffmann, “we virtually owe our supply of aniline, with all its magnificent progeny of colours.” In 1827, Faraday succeeded Davy as lecturer at the Royal Institution, and, from 1829 to 1842, he occupied the post of chemical lecturer at the Royal Military Academy, Woolwich. The “Experimental Researches,” to which we have so often alluded, first appeared in the 1831 Phil. Trans., and were afterwards collected in three volumes, which were published respectively during 1839, 1844, 1855. Faraday was made D.C.L. in 1832 by Oxford University, and, one[498] year later, he received the Fullerian professorship of chemistry in the Royal Institution, which he held till his death. A pension was given him by the English Government in 1835, and he also received the Royal Medal, which latter was again conferred upon him, together with the Rumford Medal, during 1846. Ten years before (1836) he had become a member of the Senate of the London University, and during the year 1858 the Queen allotted him the residence in Hampton Court where he died in 1867. “Taking him for all in all,” says Tyndall, “it will, I think, be conceded that Faraday was the greatest experimental philosopher that the world has ever seen; and I would hazard the opinion that the progress of future research will tend not to diminish but to enhance the labours of this mighty explorer.”

In 1812, Mr. Dance took him to the lectures of Sir Humphry Davy, and the following year, he became Davy's chemical assistant. As we’ve noted before (A.D. 1801), he traveled across the Continent with Davy until 1815. Mr. Davies Gilbert, who is responsible for introducing Davy to the Royal Institution, remarked that Davy's greatest discovery was actually Michael Faraday. In 1816, Mr. Brande appointed Faraday to oversee the “Quarterly Journal of Science,” and in 1823, he was elected as a corresponding member of the French Academy, becoming a Fellow of the Royal Society the following year thanks to his friend Richard Phillips. Between 1825 and 1826, he published chemical papers in the Phil. Trans., where he announced the discovery of benzole (which he called bicarburet of hydrogen). Hoffmann noted that “we essentially owe our supply of aniline, with all its wonderful range of colors,” to this discovery. In 1827, Faraday took over Davy's role as a lecturer at the Royal Institution, and from 1829 to 1842, he was the chemical lecturer at the Royal Military Academy in Woolwich. The “Experimental Researches,” which we have frequently referenced, first appeared in the 1831 Phil. Trans. and were later published in three volumes in 1839, 1844, and 1855. Faraday received an honorary D.C.L. from Oxford University in 1832, and a year later, he was appointed Fullerian Professor of Chemistry at the Royal Institution, a position he held until his death. The English Government granted him a pension in 1835, and he was awarded the Royal Medal, which he received again along with the Rumford Medal in 1846. A decade earlier (1836), he had become a member of the Senate of London University, and in 1858, the Queen granted him a residence in Hampton Court, where he passed away in 1867. “All things considered,” Tyndall said, “I think it will be accepted that Faraday was the greatest experimental philosopher the world has ever known; and I would venture to say that future research will continue to recognize and build upon the contributions of this remarkable explorer.”

References.—“Life of Faraday,” by Dr. H. Bence Jones (Sec. R.I.); “Michael Faraday,” by Dr. J. H. Gladstone, 1872; “Faraday as a Discoverer,” by John Tyndall; the biographical sketch by Prof. Joseph Lovering; “Michael Faraday, his Life and Work,” by Silv. P. Thompson, New York, 1898; “The Chemical News” (Am. Rep.), Vol. I. pp. 246, 250, 276, and Vol. II. pp. 98, 202; Report of the Faraday Centenary celebration at the London Roy. Inst., June 17, 1891; Poggendorff, Vol. I. pp. 719–722; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” 1872, Vol. VIII. p. 99; “Biog. Gén.,” Vol. XVII. pp. 90–93; “Men of the Time,” London, 1856; Reports on Faraday’s Lectures delivered before the Roy. Inst. (taken from the “London Mining Journal,” Nos. 714, 717–722), at pp. 319–324, 387–393; Vol. XVIII for 1849 of “Jour. of Frankl. Inst.”; Gmelin’s “Chemistry,” Vol. I. pp. 424, etc., 435–436, 514–519; Poggendorff, Annalen, Vols. LXXXVIII. p. 557; Ergänz, Vol. I. pp. 1, 28, 64, 73, 108, 187, 481–545; Gustav Wiedemann, “Die Lehre von Galv.,” 1863 and “Die Lehre von der Elektricität,” 1883; W. H. Uhland, “Die Elektrische Licht,” 1884, p. 62; An. Sc. Dis. for 1850, pp. 129, 131, 132; for 1851, p. 133, and for 1852, p. 110 on “Atmospheric Magnetism,” taken from “Jameson’s Journal,” July 1851; for 1853, p. 132; for 1856, p. 161; for 1858, p. 177, Faraday, “On the Conservatism of Force”; for 1860, p. 125, Faraday on “Static Induction”; for 1863, p. 108, “Elec. Lamp in Lighthouses”; for 1868, p. 169; for 1870, p. 10; for 1874, p. 174, on “Dielectric Absorption”; Robison, “Mechan. Phil.”; Leslie, “Geomet. Anal.”; “Jour. Roy. Inst.” for February 1831, Vol. I. p. 311 (Electrif. of ray of light); eighth “Britannica,” Vols. I, sixth dissertation; VIII. pp. 532–533, 539, 542, 544, 552, 601, 607, 617; XIV. pp. 68, 663; XXI. pp. 612, 622, 628, 630; ninth “Britannica,” Vol. IX. pp. 29–31; Brockhaus, “Conversations-Lexikon,” Vol. VI. pp. 565–566; “Lond. and Edin. Ph. Mag.,” Vol. I. p. 161 for letter of Faraday of July 27, 1832, enclosing one signed P. M., “in which chemical decomposition is for the first time obtained by the induced magnetic current”; Faraday and Schönbein (“London and Edin. Mag.,” July-August 1836; “Roy. Instit. Proc.,” III. 70–71); Faraday and Riess, “On the action of non-conducting bodies in electric induction,” 1856; Sturgeon, “Sc. Res.,” 1850, pp. 20, 475; “Practical Mechanic,” Vols. II. pp. 318, 408; III. p. 197; “Libr. of Useful Knowledge” (Elec. Mag.), pp. 18, 99; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” Vol. I. pp. 182, 188; Harris, “Rud. Magn.,” 1852, I and II, pp. 61–69, etc., 199; III. 122–128 and “Rud. Elec.,” 1st ed., pp. 33–34; “Edin. Jour. Sc.,” 1826, Vol. III. p. 373; “Edin. new Ph. Jour.,” Vol. LI. p. 61; Golding Bird’s “Nat. Phil.,” p. 227; James Johnstone, “The Ether Theory of 1839,” pp. 26, 37; Noad, “Manual,” pp. 59, 236, 692, 805, 866; “Am. Jour. Sc.” for April[499] 1871, relative to lines of magnetic force; “Ann. of Phil.” for 1832; “Bibl. Univ. Archives,” Vol. XVI. p. 129; “Roy. Instit. Proc.,” Vol. I, 1851–1854, pp. 56, 105, 216, 229; Phil. Trans., 1832, p. 163; 1851, pp. 29, 85; 1852, pp. 25, 137; Phil. Mag., Vol. III, 1852, p. 401; Dredge, “Elect. Illum.,” Vol. I. pp. 46, 91, 95; “New Eng. Mag.” for March 1891; Silliman’s Journal, Vol. XII. p. 69; “Sc. Am. Suppl.,” Nos. 198, p. 3148; 206, p. 3284; 526, p. 8404; 547, p. 8733; 652, p. 10416; La Lum. Electrique for October 31, 1891, pp. 202–203; Marcel Joubert, “Leçons,” 1882, Vol. I. pp. 495, 559; 576; Th. du Moncel, “Exposé des App. de l’Elec.,” 1872, Vols. I and II; G. B. Prescott, “Electricity,” 1885, Vol. I. pp. 105–112; “Reports of the Smithsonian Institution” for 1857, pp. 372–380; for 1862, p. 204; for 1889, p. 444; Richard Mansill, “New Syst. of Univ. Nat. Science,” 1887, pp. 180–185; “Faraday’s Researches on Electrostatical Induction,” also “Faraday’s Law of Attractions and Repulsions,” at pp. 26–30, and 647–664 of “Reprint of Papers on Electro-statics and Magnetism,” by Sir Wm. Thomson, London, 1884; “Essays in Historical Chemistry,” T. E. Thorpe, London, 1894, p. 142; “Life and Letters of Thomas Henry Huxley,” by Leonard Huxley, New York, 1901, as per Index at pp. 513–514; “Fragments of Science,” by John Tyndall, New York, 1901, Vol. I. pp. 420–443; “Jnl. of Psychological Medicine,” by Dr. William A. Hammond, New York, 1870, pp. 555–569; “Cat. Sc. Papers ... Roy. Soc.,” Vol. II. pp. 555–561; Vol. VI. p. 653; Vol. VII. p. 638; “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. XVIII, N.S. for 1821, p. 269; “Phil. Mag. and Jour. of Science,” 1833, Vol. III. pp. 18, 37, 38, 161, 253, 353, 460, 469, and Vol. XI, 1838, pp. 206, 358, 426, 430, 538.

Sources.—“Life of Faraday,” by Dr. H. Bence Jones (Sec. R.I.); “Michael Faraday,” by Dr. J. H. Gladstone, 1872; “Faraday as a Discoverer,” by John Tyndall; the biographical sketch by Prof. Joseph Lovering; “Michael Faraday, his Life and Work,” by Silv. P. Thompson, New York, 1898; “The Chemical News” (Am. Rep.), Vol. I. pp. 246, 250, 276, and Vol. II. pp. 98, 202; Report of the Faraday Centenary celebration at the London Roy. Inst., June 17, 1891; Poggendorff, Vol. I. pp. 719–722; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” 1872, Vol. VIII. p. 99; “Biog. Gén.,” Vol. XVII. pp. 90–93; “Men of the Time,” London, 1856; Reports on Faraday’s Lectures delivered before the Roy. Inst. (taken from the “London Mining Journal,” Nos. 714, 717–722), at pp. 319–324, 387–393; Vol. XVIII for 1849 of “Jour. of Frankl. Inst.”; Gmelin’s “Chemistry,” Vol. I. pp. 424, etc., 435–436, 514–519; Poggendorff, Annalen, Vols. LXXXVIII. p. 557; Ergänz, Vol. I. pp. 1, 28, 64, 73, 108, 187, 481–545; Gustav Wiedemann, “Die Lehre von Galv.,” 1863 and “Die Lehre von der Elektricität,” 1883; W. H. Uhland, “Die Elektrische Licht,” 1884, p. 62; An. Sc. Dis. for 1850, pp. 129, 131, 132; for 1851, p. 133, and for 1852, p. 110 on “Atmospheric Magnetism,” taken from “Jameson’s Journal,” July 1851; for 1853, p. 132; for 1856, p. 161; for 1858, p. 177, Faraday, “On the Conservatism of Force”; for 1860, p. 125, Faraday on “Static Induction”; for 1863, p. 108, “Elec. Lamp in Lighthouses”; for 1868, p. 169; for 1870, p. 10; for 1874, p. 174, on “Dielectric Absorption”; Robison, “Mechan. Phil.”; Leslie, “Geomet. Anal.”; “Jour. Roy. Inst.” for February 1831, Vol. I. p. 311 (Electrif. of ray of light); eighth “Britannica,” Vols. I, sixth dissertation; VIII. pp. 532–533, 539, 542, 544, 552, 601, 607, 617; XIV. pp. 68, 663; XXI. pp. 612, 622, 628, 630; ninth “Britannica,” Vol. IX. pp. 29–31; Brockhaus, “Conversations-Lexikon,” Vol. VI. pp. 565–566; “Lond. and Edin. Ph. Mag.,” Vol. I. p. 161 for letter of Faraday of July 27, 1832, enclosing one signed P. M., “in which chemical decomposition is for the first time obtained by the induced magnetic current”; Faraday and Schönbein (“London and Edin. Mag.,” July-August 1836; “Roy. Instit. Proc.,” III. 70–71); Faraday and Riess, “On the action of non-conducting bodies in electric induction,” 1856; Sturgeon, “Sc. Res.,” 1850, pp. 20, 475; “Practical Mechanic,” Vols. II. pp. 318, 408; III. p. 197; “Libr. of Useful Knowledge” (Elec. Mag.), pp. 18, 99; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” Vol. I. pp. 182, 188; Harris, “Rud. Magn.,” 1852, I and II, pp. 61–69, etc., 199; III. 122–128 and “Rud. Elec.,” 1st ed., pp. 33–34; “Edin. Jour. Sc.,” 1826, Vol. III. p. 373; “Edin. new Ph. Jour.,” Vol. LI. p. 61; Golding Bird’s “Nat. Phil.,” p. 227; James Johnstone, “The Ether Theory of 1839,” pp. 26, 37; Noad, “Manual,” pp. 59, 236, 692, 805, 866; “Am. Jour. Sc.” for April[499] 1871, relative to lines of magnetic force; “Ann. of Phil.” for 1832; “Bibl. Univ. Archives,” Vol. XVI. p. 129; “Roy. Instit. Proc.,” Vol. I, 1851–1854, pp. 56, 105, 216, 229; Phil. Trans., 1832, p. 163; 1851, pp. 29, 85; 1852, pp. 25, 137; Phil. Mag., Vol. III, 1852, p. 401; Dredge, “Elect. Illum.,” Vol. I. pp. 46, 91, 95; “New Eng. Mag.” for March 1891; Silliman’s Journal, Vol. XII. p. 69; “Sc. Am. Suppl.,” Nos. 198, p. 3148; 206, p. 3284; 526, p. 8404; 547, p. 8733; 652, p. 10416; La Lum. Electrique for October 31, 1891, pp. 202–203; Marcel Joubert, “Leçons,” 1882, Vol. I. pp. 495, 559; 576; Th. du Moncel, “Exposé des App. de l’Elec.,” 1872, Vols. I and II; G. B. Prescott, “Electricity,” 1885, Vol. I. pp. 105–112; “Reports of the Smithsonian Institution” for 1857, pp. 372–380; for 1862, p. 204; for 1889, p. 444; Richard Mansill, “New Syst. of Univ. Nat. Science,” 1887, pp. 180–185; “Faraday’s Researches on Electrostatical Induction,” also “Faraday’s Law of Attractions and Repulsions,” at pp. 26–30, and 647–664 of “Reprint of Papers on Electro-statics and Magnetism,” by Sir Wm. Thomson, London, 1884; “Essays in Historical Chemistry,” T. E. Thorpe, London, 1894, p. 142; “Life and Letters of Thomas Henry Huxley,” by Leonard Huxley, New York, 1901, as per Index at pp. 513–514; “Fragments of Science,” by John Tyndall, New York, 1901, Vol. I. pp. 420–443; “Jnl. of Psychological Medicine,” by Dr. William A. Hammond, New York, 1870, pp. 555–569; “Cat. Sc. Papers ... Roy. Soc.,” Vol. II. pp. 555–561; Vol. VI. p. 653; Vol. VII. p. 638; “Bibl. Britan.,” Vol. XVIII, N.S. for 1821, p. 269; “Phil. Mag. and Jour. of Science,” 1833, Vol. III. pp. 18, 37, 38, 161, 253, 353, 460, 469, and Vol. XI, 1838, pp. 206, 358, 426, 430, 538.


[501]

[501]

APPENDIX I

ACCOUNTS OF EARLY WRITERS, NAVIGATORS AND OTHERS
ALLUDED TO BY GILBERT AND NOT ALREADY DISPOSED
OF THROUGHOUT THIS “BIBLIOGRAPHICAL HISTORY”

ACCOUNTS OF EARLY WRITERS, NAVIGATORS AND OTHERS
ALLUDED TO BY GILBERT AND NOT YET ADDRESSED
OF THROUGHOUT THIS “BIBLIOGRAPHICAL HISTORY”

Abano, Pietro di—Petrus Aponus, Apponensis or Apianus—called “the Reconciler” (1250–1316), was Professor of Medicine at Padua and wrote several works of importance on different subjects. The best known is “Conciliator differentiarum philosophorum ac Medicorum,” which is devoted to the reconciliation of the various medical and philosophical schools, and in which reference is made to the loadstone, as is also the case in his “Tractatus de Venenis,” published during 1490.

Abano, Pietro di—Petrus Aponus, Apponensis or Apianus—known as “the Reconciler” (1250–1316), was a Professor of Medicine at Padua and wrote several important works on various subjects. The most well-known is “Conciliator differentiarum philosophorum ac Medicorum,” which focuses on reconciling the different medical and philosophical schools. It also mentions the loadstone, as does his “Tractatus de Venenis,” published in 1490.

References.—Larousse (Pierre), “Dict. Universel,” Vol. I. p. 11; “Biographie Générale,” Vol. I. pp. 29–31; G. A. Pritzel, “Thesaurus Literaturæ Botanicæ,” Lipsiæ, 1851, p. 226; N. F. J. Eloy, “Dict. hist. de la médecine,” Mons, 1778, Art. Apono; Ludovico Hain, “Repertorium Bibliographicorum,” Art. Abano; Mazzuchelli (Frederigo), “Raccolta d’Opuscoli ...” Venetia, 1741; Pellechet (Marie), “Catalogue général des incunables,” 1897, pp. 1–4; Gilbert, De Magnete, Book I. chap. i.

References.—Larousse (Pierre), “Universal Dictionary,” Vol. I. p. 11; “General Biography,” Vol. I. pp. 29–31; G. A. Pritzel, “Thesaurus of Botanical Literature,” Leipzig, 1851, p. 226; N. F. J. Eloy, “Historical Dictionary of Medicine,” Mons, 1778, Art. Apono; Ludovico Hain, “Bibliographic Repertory,” Art. Abano; Mazzuchelli (Frederigo), “Collection of Works ...” Venice, 1741; Pellechet (Marie), “General Catalogue of Incunabula,” 1897, pp. 1–4; Gilbert, On Magnetism, Book I, chap. i.

Agricola, Georgius—Bauer—Landmann—(1494–1555), is called by Dr. Thomas Thomson one of the most extraordinary men as well as one of the greatest promoters of chemistry that have ever existed, and he pronounces Agricola’s “De Re Metallica,” which was published in 1546, 1556, 1558, 1561, as, beyond comparison, the most valuable chemical work produced in the sixteenth century. Agricola is also the author of “De Natura eorum,” of “De Natura fossilium” and of “De veteribus et novis metallis,” all published at Basle in 1657.

Agricola, Georgius—Farmer—Landowner—(1494–1555), is recognized by Dr. Thomas Thomson as one of the most remarkable individuals and one of the greatest advocates of chemistry in history. He describes Agricola’s “De Re Metallica,” published in 1546, 1556, 1558, and 1561, as by far the most important chemical work created in the sixteenth century. Agricola is also the author of “De Natura eorum,” “De Natura fossilium,” and “De veteribus et novis metallis,” all published in Basel in 1657.

Gilbert mentions Agricola in his De Magnete (Book I. chaps, i. ii. vii. viii.; Book II. chap. xxxviii.) and, in connection with him, alludes more particularly to Gilgil, the Mauretanian, and also to Christoph—Entzelt—Encelius, author of a book bearing the same name as Agricola’s chief work, “De Re Metallica,” published at Frankfort, 1551. Attention may as well be called here to additional authors, whose works, in the same line, are of great variety and[502] but little known: (1) Cæsalpinus (Andreas) (1519–1603), “De Metallicis,” Romæ, 1596; (2) Morieni (Romani), who, in his “De Re Metallica,” Parisiis, 1559, treats (as does also John Joachim Beccher, 1635–1682: “Hutton’s Abridgments” Vol. I. p. 620) of the transmutation of metals and of the occult, much in same manner as Robertus Vallensis in his “De veritate et antiquitate artis chemicæ ...” 1593, 1612; (3) Bernardo Pèrez de Vargas, who, in his “De Re Metallica, en el qual se tratan de muchos diversos secretos ...” Madrid, 1569, tells how to find different kinds of minerals and metals and how to treat them to the best advantage in various industries; (4) J. Charles Faniani, “De Arte Metallicæ” 1576.

Gilbert mentions Agricola in his De Magnete (Book I. chaps, i. ii. vii. viii.; Book II. chap. xxxviii.) and, in connection with him, specifically refers to Gilgil, the Mauretanian, as well as Christoph—Entzelt—Encelius, who wrote a book with the same title as Agricola’s main work, “De Re Metallica,” published in Frankfurt, 1551. It’s also worth noting additional authors whose works in this area are diverse and[502] not widely known: (1) Cæsalpinus (Andreas) (1519–1603), “De Metallicis,” Rome, 1596; (2) Morieni (Romani), who, in his “De Re Metallica,” Paris, 1559, discusses (as does John Joachim Beccher, 1635–1682: “Hutton’s Abridgments” Vol. I. p. 620) the transmutation of metals and the occult, similar to Robertus Vallensis in his “De veritate et antiquitate artis chemicæ ...” 1593, 1612; (3) Bernardo Pèrez de Vargas, who, in his “De Re Metallica, en el qual se tratan de muchos diversos secretos ...” Madrid, 1569, explains how to locate different types of minerals and metals and how to process them most effectively for various industries; (4) J. Charles Faniani, “De Arte Metallicæ” 1576.

Cuvier says of Agricola: “He was the first mineralogist who appeared after the renaissance of the sciences in Europe: he was to mineralogy what Conrad Gesner was to zoology.”

Cuvier says of Agricola: “He was the first mineralogist to emerge after the renaissance of sciences in Europe: he was to mineralogy what Conrad Gesner was to zoology.”

References.—“Biog. Générale,” Vol. I. pp. 410–411; Larousse (Pierre), “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. I. p. 141; “Dict. hist. de la médecine” (N. F. J. Eloy), Mons, 1778, Vol. I. pp. 50–52.

Sources.—“Biog. Générale,” Vol. I. pp. 410–411; Larousse (Pierre), “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. I. p. 141; “Dict. hist. de la médecine” (N. F. J. Eloy), Mons, 1778, Vol. I. pp. 50–52.

Agrippa, Heinricus Cornelius—ab Netiesheyem, Nettesheim—(1486–1535), German Doctor of Medicine, also a Doctor of Divinity, a soldier—knighted for valour on the battle-field of Ravenna—a diplomatist, an astrologer, etc. He was in turns, ambassador at Paris and London, historiographer to Emperor Charles V, professor at the university of Pavia, town physician in Friburg, private practitioner at Geneva, court physician to Louise of Savoy, chief magistrate of Metz, theological delegate to the schismatic council of Pisa, etc., and for three years was engaged in a military expedition to Catalonia. He is the author of several important works, the full collection of which was published at Lyons in 1550. The one by which he is best known is “De occulta philosophia,” which was translated in French by Levasseur.

Agrippa, Heinricus Cornelius—of Nettesheim, Nettesheim—(1486–1535), was a German Doctor of Medicine and also a Doctor of Divinity. He was a soldier who was knighted for bravery on the battlefield of Ravenna. He worked as a diplomat, an astrologer, and more. He served as an ambassador in Paris and London, as the historiographer for Emperor Charles V, a professor at the University of Pavia, a town physician in Friburg, a private practitioner in Geneva, the court physician to Louise of Savoy, and the chief magistrate of Metz. He was also a theological delegate to the schismatic council of Pisa and was involved in a military expedition to Catalonia for three years. He authored several important works, with the complete collection published in Lyons in 1550. The work he is best known for is “De occulta philosophia,” which was translated into French by Levasseur.

References.—Morley (Henry), “The Life of H. Corn. Agrippa,” London, 1856; Bayle (Pierre), “Dict. Hist.”; Jos. Ennemoser, “History of Magic,” London, 1854, Vol. II. pp. 253–256; G. Naudé, “Apologie”; Larousse (Pierre), “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. I. pp. 143–144; Bolton (H. C.), “Chr. Hist. of Chem.,” p. 946; Gilbert, De Magnete, Book I. chap. i.

References.—Morley (Henry), “The Life of H. Corn. Agrippa,” London, 1856; Bayle (Pierre), “Dict. Hist.”; Jos. Ennemoser, “History of Magic,” London, 1854, Vol. II. pp. 253–256; G. Naudé, “Apologie”; Larousse (Pierre), “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. I. pp. 143–144; Bolton (H. C.), “Chr. Hist. of Chem.,” p. 946; Gilbert, De Magnete, Book I. chap. i.

Albategnius—Machometes Aractensis, Muhammad Ibn Jabir—Al-Battani—(d. A.D. 929), is considered by Lalande one of the twenty greatest known astronomers. His principal work, “De scientia stellarum,” was published in 1537.

Albategnius—Machometes Aractensis, Muhammad Ibn Jabir—Al-Battani—(d. CE 929), is regarded by Lalande as one of the top twenty astronomers in history. His major work, “De scientia stellarum,” was released in 1537.

References.—Delambre (J. B), “Hist. de l’astron. moderne,” pp. 10–62; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Générale,” Vol. I. part. i. p. 467; Vol. II. p. 71; Gilbert, De Magnete, Book VI. chap. ix.; “Engl. Cycl.” Vol. I. p. 84.

Sources.—Delambre (J. B), “History of Modern Astronomy,” pp. 10–62; Houzeau and Lancaster, “General Bibliography,” Vol. I, part. i, p. 467; Vol. II, p. 71; Gilbert, On Magnetism, Book VI, chap. ix.; “English Cyclopedia,” Vol. I, p. 84.

[503]

[503]

Alexander Aphrodisæus—Aphrodisiensis—a celebrated Greek scientist and the oldest commentator on Aristotle, who lived at about the close of the second century after Christ, and whose works were so highly esteemed by the Arabs that they translated most of them (Casiri, “Bibl. Arab. Hisp. Escur.,” Vol. I). The list of all of his publications appears in “Biog. Générale,” Vol. I. pp. 911–914.

Alexander Aphrodisius—Aphrodisiensis—a renowned Greek scientist and the earliest commentator on Aristotle, who lived around the end of the second century AD. His works were so valued by the Arabs that they translated most of them (Casiri, “Bibl. Arab. Hisp. Escur.,” Vol. I). A complete list of his publications can be found in “Biog. Générale,” Vol. I, pp. 911–914.

References.—Fabricius (Johann Albert), “Bibliotheca Græca,” Vol. V. p. 650; Ritter (Dr. Heinrich), “Geschichte der Philosophie,” Vol. IV. p. 24; Gilbert, De Magnete, Book I. chap. i. and Book II. chaps. ii. xxv.

References.—Fabricius (Johann Albert), “Bibliotheca Græca,” Vol. V. p. 650; Ritter (Dr. Heinrich), “Geschichte der Philosophie,” Vol. IV. p. 24; Gilbert, De Magnete, Book I. chap. i. and Book II. chaps. ii. xxv.

Amatus Lusitanus. See Lusitanus Amatus.

Amatus Lusitanus. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Anaxagoras, born at Clazomenæ, one of the Greek towns of Ionia, in 500 B.C., three years before the death of Pythagoras, was a very eminent philosopher of the Ionic school, wherein he succeeded Anaximenes as a leader, and numbered among his many hearers and pupils Diogenes of Apollonia, Pericles, Euripides, Socrates and Archelaus. A very good analysis of Anaxagoras’ philosophical opinions is to be found in the “Biographical Dictionary of the Society of Useful Knowledge.” Gilbert alludes to him (De Magnete, Book II. chap. iii. and Book V. chap. xiii.) as believing that the loadstone was endowed with a sort of life, because it possessed the power of moving and attracting iron, and as declaring in fact that the entire world is endowed with a soul.

Anaxagoras, born in Clazomenae, one of the Greek towns in Ionia, in 500 B.C., just three years before Pythagoras died, was a highly respected philosopher of the Ionic school. He followed Anaximenes as a leader and had many notable listeners and students, including Diogenes of Apollonia, Pericles, Euripides, Socrates, and Archelaus. A solid analysis of Anaxagoras’ philosophical views can be found in the “Biographical Dictionary of the Society of Useful Knowledge.” Gilbert references him in (De Magnete, Book II. chap. iii. and Book V. chap. xiii.) as believing that the loadstone had a form of life because it could move and attract iron, stating that the entire world is actually endowed with a soul.

Anaxagoras is accused, by Pliny and other early writers, of having predicted the fall of aerolites from the sun, and of regarding all bodies in the universe “as fragments of rocks, which the fiery ether, in the force of its gyratory motion, has torn from the earth and converted into stars” (Humboldt, “Cosmos” 1859–1860, Vol. I. pp. 133–135, note; Vol. II. p. 309; Vol. III. pp. 11–12; Vol. IV. pp. 206–207).

Anaxagoras is said by Pliny and other early writers to have predicted the fall of meteorites from the sun, and he viewed all bodies in the universe “as pieces of rock that the fiery ether, due to its swirling motion, has ripped from the earth and turned into stars” (Humboldt, “Cosmos” 1859–1860, Vol. I. pp. 133–135, note; Vol. II. p. 309; Vol. III. pp. 11–12; Vol. IV. pp. 206–207).

Aristotle also attacks Anaxagoras for not properly etymologizing the word aether, from αιθεἲν, to burn, and on this account using it for fire. He shows that aether, which signifies to run perpetually, implies that a perpetual motion and perpetuity of subsistence belongs to the heavenly bodies (“Treatises of Aristotle,” by Thos. Taylor, London, 1807, p. 43, note).

Aristotle also criticizes Anaxagoras for not correctly explaining the origin of the word aether, derived from αιθεἲν, meaning to burn, and for using it to refer to fire. He demonstrates that aether, which means to flow endlessly, suggests that eternal motion and continuous existence are features of celestial bodies (“Treatises of Aristotle,” by Thos. Taylor, London, 1807, p. 43, note).

According to Anaximenes, named above (born at Miletus about 528 B.C.), the primal principle was Aer, of which all things are formed and into which all things are resolved. He belonged to the branch called the dynamical, whose doctrines as to the heavenly bodies were opposed to those of mechanical philosophers such as Anaxagoras, Empedocles and Anaximander of Miletus (“Engl. Cycl.,” Biography, 1866, Vol. I, p. 201).

According to Anaximenes, mentioned earlier (born in Miletus around 528 B.C.), the fundamental principle was Air, from which everything is made and into which everything breaks down. He was part of a group known as the dynamical school, whose beliefs about celestial bodies were in contrast to those of mechanical thinkers like Anaxagoras, Empedocles, and Anaximander of Miletus (“Engl. Cycl.,” Biography, 1866, Vol. I, p. 201).

[504]

[504]

References.—Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. I. part i. pp. 401–402, and Vol. II. p. 74; “Plato,” by George Grote, London, 1865, Vol. I. pp. 49–62; “Essai théorique et pratique sur la génération des connaissances humaines,” par Guillaume Tiberghien, Bruxelles, 1844, Vol. I. pp. 181–182; Dr. Heinrich Ritter, “History of Ancient Philosophy,” London, 1846, Vol. I. pp. 281–318; Chas. Rollin, “Ancient History,” London, 1845, Vol. I. p. 376; Paul Tannery, “Pour l’histoire de la Science Hellène,” Paris, 1887, Chap. XII; Theod. Gomperz, “Greek Thinkers,” transl. of L. Magnus, London, 1901, Chap. IV. pp. 556–558, 597; Ueberweg, “Hist. of Philosophy,” transl. of Geo. S. Morris, New York, 1885, Vol. I. pp. 63–67; Alf. Weber, “Hist. of Phil.,” transl. of Frank Thilly, New York, 1896, pp. 48–53.

References.—Houzeau and Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. I, part i, pp. 401–402, and Vol. II, p. 74; “Plato,” by George Grote, London, 1865, Vol. I, pp. 49–62; “Theoretical and Practical Essay on the Generation of Human Knowledge,” by Guillaume Tiberghien, Brussels, 1844, Vol. I, pp. 181–182; Dr. Heinrich Ritter, “History of Ancient Philosophy,” London, 1846, Vol. I, pp. 281–318; Chas. Rollin, “Ancient History,” London, 1845, Vol. I, p. 376; Paul Tannery, “For the History of Hellenic Science,” Paris, 1887, Chap. XII; Theod. Gomperz, “Greek Thinkers,” translated by L. Magnus, London, 1901, Chap. IV, pp. 556–558, 597; Ueberweg, “History of Philosophy,” translated by Geo. S. Morris, New York, 1885, Vol. I, pp. 63–67; Alf. Weber, “History of Philosophy,” translated by Frank Thilly, New York, 1896, pp. 48–53.

Aquinas—St. Thomas—also called Doctor Angelicus (born at Aquino in Naples, A.D. 1225)—“the most successful organizer of knowledge the world has known since Aristotle”—was a famous schoolman and is considered by many the greatest of Christian philosophers. He is well worthy the profound respect and high admiration in which he is held always by Gilbert, who alludes to him in Book I. chap. i. and in Book II. chap. iii. of his De Magnete. The chief work of St. Thomas Aquinas is the “Summa Theologiæ,” to which he devoted the last nine years of his life and which by many has been called the supreme monument of the thirteenth century. The first part of the “Summa Theologiæ” is said to have been originally published in 1465 and the second part in 1471, the completed work first appearing during the year 1485.[62]

Aquinas—St. Thomas—also known as Doctor Angelicus (born in Aquino, Naples, CE 1225)—“the most successful organizer of knowledge the world has known since Aristotle”—was a renowned scholar and is regarded by many as the greatest Christian philosopher. He is truly deserving of the deep respect and high admiration always shown by Gilbert, who references him in Book I. chap. i. and in Book II. chap. iii. of his De Magnete. The main work of St. Thomas Aquinas is the “Summa Theologiæ,” which he dedicated the last nine years of his life to, and which many have called the greatest achievement of the thirteenth century. The first part of the “Summa Theologiæ” was originally published in 1465, and the second part in 1471, with the complete work first appearing in 1485.[62]

One of his critics remarks that those wishing to thoroughly comprehend the peculiar character of metaphysical thought in the Middle Ages should study Aquinas, in whose writings it is seen with the greatest consistency. He is thus spoken of in Dr. Wm. Turner’s “History of Philosophy,” published by Ginn & Co., 1903: “He had a comprehensiveness of purpose which, in these modern times, seems nothing short of stupendous. It is only when, as we study the history of later scholasticism and the history of the philosophy of modern times, we shall look back to the thirteenth century through the perspective of ages of less successful attempts at philosophical synthesis, that we shall begin to realize the true grandeur of the most commanding figure in the history of mediæval thought.”

One of his critics notes that anyone wanting to fully understand the unique nature of metaphysical thought during the Middle Ages should study Aquinas, whose writings display it with remarkable consistency. Dr. Wm. Turner discusses him in his “History of Philosophy,” published by Ginn & Co., 1903: “He had a scope of purpose that, in today's world, seems nothing short of amazing. It's only when we examine the history of later scholasticism and modern philosophy that we can reflect back on the thirteenth century, seen through the lens of less successful philosophical attempts, that we will truly appreciate the greatness of the most significant figure in medieval thought.”

[505]

[505]

Aquinas died at the Cistercian Monastery in 1274, and was canonized forty-nine years later by Pope John XXII.

Aquinas died at the Cistercian Monastery in 1274 and was canonized forty-nine years later by Pope John XXII.

References.—Carle (P. J.), “Hist. de la vie ... de Th. d’Aq.,” 1846; Maffei (Francesco Scipione), “Vita ...” 1842; B. Hauréau, “De la Phil. Schol.,” Paris, 1850, Vol. II. pp. 104, 213; G. Tiberghien, “Essai historique ... des con. hum.,” Bruxelles, 1844, Vol. I. pp. 374–378; Dr. Fried. Ueberweg, “Hist. of Phil.,” transl. of Geo. S. Morris, New York, 1885, Vol. I. pp. 440–452; “Thomæ Aquinatis Opera Theologica,” Venice, 1745–1760, 28 vols. quarto, edited by Bernardo M. de Rossi-Rubeis; “Petri de Bergamo, Super Omnia Opera D. Thomæ Aquinatis,” Bononiæ, 1473; “Biogr. Gén.,” Vol. XLV. pp. 208–218; “Siger de Brabant et l’Averroïsme au 13e siècle,” par Pierre Maudonnet, Friburg, 1899, Chap. IV passim; “Albert the Great,” by Dr. Joachim Sighart, transl. of Rev. Fr. T. A. Dixon, London, 1876, Chap. VI. p. 63; “The Great Schoolmen of the Middle Ages,” by W. J. Townsend, London, 1881, pp. 199–241; Alfred Weber, “Hist. of Phil.,” transl. of Frank Thilly, New York, 1896, pp. 241–246; Dr. W. Windelband, “Hist. of Phil.,” authorized transl. by Jas. H. Tufts, New York, 1893, pp. 313–314; Paola Antonia (Novelli), “De D. Th. Aquin.”; A. Hunaci, “Oratio,” Venice, 1507; likewise Veen (Otto van), Etiro (Partenio), Rodericus de Arriaga, Frigerio (Paolo) and Thouron (V. C.) in their works on Aquinas, 1610, 1630, 1648, 1688 and 1737–1740; Henry Hart Milman, “History of Latin Christianity,” London, 1857, Vol. VI. pp. 273–278, 281–286; Pellechet (Marie), “Catal. Gén. des Incunables,” 1897, pp. 210–249; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. II. p. 264; “Le Journal des Savants” for May 1851, pp. 278, 281–298 passim, and also in the issue of December 1905.

References.—Carle (P. J.), “History of the Life ... of Th. d’Aq.,” 1846; Maffei (Francesco Scipione), “Life ...” 1842; B. Hauréau, “On Scholastic Philosophy,” Paris, 1850, Vol. II. pp. 104, 213; G. Tiberghien, “Historical Essay ... on Human Concepts,” Bruxelles, 1844, Vol. I. pp. 374–378; Dr. Fried. Ueberweg, “History of Philosophy,” translated by Geo. S. Morris, New York, 1885, Vol. I. pp. 440–452; “Works of Thomas Aquinas,” Venice, 1745–1760, 28 vols. quarto, edited by Bernardo M. de Rossi-Rubeis; “Peter of Bergamo, On the Complete Works of St. Thomas Aquinas,” Bologna, 1473; “General Biography,” Vol. XLV. pp. 208–218; “Siger of Brabant and Averroism in the 13th Century,” by Pierre Maudonnet, Friburg, 1899, Chap. IV passim; “Albert the Great,” by Dr. Joachim Sighart, translated by Rev. Fr. T. A. Dixon, London, 1876, Chap. VI. p. 63; “The Great Schoolmen of the Middle Ages,” by W. J. Townsend, London, 1881, pp. 199–241; Alfred Weber, “History of Philosophy,” translated by Frank Thilly, New York, 1896, pp. 241–246; Dr. W. Windelband, “History of Philosophy,” authorized translation by Jas. H. Tufts, New York, 1893, pp. 313–314; Paola Antonia (Novelli), “On St. Thomas Aquinas”; A. Hunaci, “Oration,” Venice, 1507; as well as Veen (Otto van), Etiro (Partenio), Rodericus de Arriaga, Frigerio (Paolo), and Thouron (V. C.) in their works on Aquinas, 1610, 1630, 1648, 1688, and 1737–1740; Henry Hart Milman, “History of Latin Christianity,” London, 1857, Vol. VI. pp. 273–278, 281–286; Pellechet (Marie), “General Catalog of Incunables,” 1897, pp. 210–249; Houzeau and Lancaster, “General Bibliography,” Vol. II. p. 264; “The Journal of Scholars” for May 1851, pp. 278, 281–298 passim, and also in the issue of December 1905.

Aristarchus of Samos, one of the earliest astronomers of the Alexandrian School, who lived in the third century B.C., is referred to in Gilbert’s De Magnete, at Chaps. III and IX of book vi. Vitruvius ascribes to him the invention of a concave sundial which he calls scaphe and which is described by Martianus Mineus Capella (cited by Weidler); and Censorinus says that Aristarchus was the author of an extensive work called “Annus Magnus,” covering a period of 2484 years.

Aristarchus of Samos, one of the earliest astronomers from the Alexandrian School, who lived in the third century BCE, is mentioned in Gilbert’s De Magnete, in Chaps. III and IX of book vi. Vitruvius attributes the invention of a concave sundial, which he refers to as scaphe, to him, and this is described by Martianus Mineus Capella (cited by Weidler); Censorinus states that Aristarchus wrote an extensive work called “Annus Magnus,” which spans a period of 2484 years.

References.—Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. I. p. 623; Montucla (J. F.), “Hist. des Math.,” Vol. I. p. 721; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. II. p. 77; “Engl. Cycl.,” Vol. I. p. 314.

Sources.—Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. I. p. 623; Montucla (J. F.), “Hist. des Math.,” Vol. I. p. 721; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. II. p. 77; “Engl. Cycl.,” Vol. I. p. 314.

Arnaldus de Villa Nova—Arnaldus Novicomensis—Arnaud de Villeneuve, dit de Bachuone (1235–1312), who assumed the name of Magrinus when on his way from France to Sicily, was an eminent physician, the master of Raymond Lully, who taught medicine as well as alchemy at Barcelona and whose numerous treatises upon the virtues of plants, etc., are analyzed in M. F. Hœfer’s “Histoire de la Chimie,” Vol. I. p. 385. The first edition of his works appeared at Lyons in 1504.

Arnaldus de Villa Nova—Arnaldus Novicomensis—Arnaud de Villeneuve, also known as Magrin, was a renowned physician (1235–1312) who changed his name while traveling from France to Sicily. He was the teacher of Raymond Lully, instructing in both medicine and alchemy in Barcelona. His many writings on the properties of plants and other topics are examined in M. F. Hœfer’s “Histoire de la Chimie,” Vol. I, p. 385. The first edition of his works was published in Lyons in 1504.

References.——Campegius (Laurentius), “Arnaldi Vita”; “Nouvelle Biographie Générale” (Hœfer), Vol. III. pp. 279–282; Boulay (H. de), “Hist. de l’Univ. de Padoue,” Vol. IV; Freind (John), “Hist. de la Médecine,” Vol. III; N. F. J. Eloy, “Dict. Hist. de la Médecine,”[506] Mons, 1778, Tome III. p. 131; Astruc (Jean), “Hist, de la fac. de méd. de Montpellier”; “Journal des Savants” for June 1896, p. 342, “Testaments d’Amand de Villeneuve et de Raimond Lulle,” “L’Alchimie et les Alchimistes”; Figuier (Louis), Paris, 1860, p. 172; Gilbert, De Magnete, Book I. chap. i.

References.——Campegius (Laurentius), “Arnaldi Vita”; “Nouvelle Biographie Générale” (Hœfer), Vol. III. pp. 279–282; Boulay (H. de), “Hist. de l’Univ. de Padoue,” Vol. IV; Freind (John), “Hist. de la Médecine,” Vol. III; N. F. J. Eloy, “Dict. Hist. de la Médecine,”[506] Mons, 1778, Tome III. p. 131; Astruc (Jean), “Hist, de la fac. de méd. de Montpellier”; “Journal des Savants” for June 1896, p. 342, “Testaments d’Amand de Villeneuve et de Raimond Lulle,” “L’Alchimie et les Alchimistes”; Figuier (Louis), Paris, 1860, p. 172; Gilbert, De Magnete, Book I. chap. i.

Barbarus, Hermolaus—Barbaro Ermoleo—(1454–1495)—(Barbari Hermolai, Aquileiensis Pontificis), whose name alone Gilbert mentions, was a well-known Italian savant, Professor of Philosophy at the Padua University, and the author of many works, of which the most popular are: (1) “Castigationes Plinianæ,” Rome, 1492, wherein he boasts of having made more than five thousand corrections in Pliny’s “Natural History”; (2) “Castigationes Secundæ,” Venice, 1480; (3) “Castigationes in Pomponium Melam,” Antwerp, 1582; (4) “Compendium scientiæ naturalis ex Aristotele,” Venice, 1545.

Barbarus, Hermolaus—Barbaro Ermoleo—(1454–1495)—(Barbari Hermolai, Aquileiensis Pontificis), whose name is mentioned by Gilbert, was a well-known Italian scholar, Professor of Philosophy at the University of Padua, and the author of many works, the most notable of which are: (1) “Castigationes Plinianæ,” Rome, 1492, where he proudly states that he made over five thousand corrections in Pliny’s “Natural History”; (2) “Castigationes Secundæ,” Venice, 1480; (3) “Castigationes in Pomponium Melam,” Antwerp, 1582; (4) “Compendium scientiæ naturalis ex Aristotele,” Venice, 1545.

References.—Paul Jove, “Elogia”; Boissardus (Joannes Jacobus), “Icones ... virorum illustrium”; “Giornale de’ letterati d’ Italia,” Vol. XXXVIII; “Theosaurus Litteraturæ Botanicæ,” Lipsiæ, 1851, p. 333; “Biogr. Générale,” Vol. IV. pp. 418–419.

References.—Paul Jove, “Elogia”; Boissardus (Joannes Jacobus), “Icones ... virorum illustrium”; “Giornale de’ letterati d’ Italia,” Vol. XXXVIII; “Theosaurus Litteraturæ Botanicæ,” Leipzig, 1851, p. 333; “Biogr. Générale,” Vol. IV. pp. 418–419.

Becanus. See Goropius.

Becanus. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Benedictus—Benedetti—Joannes Baptista (1530–1590), Italian mathematician, who was considered a prodigy at the age of eighteen, and who, five years later, published in Venice a remarkable work on the solution of most of Euclid’s problems. He is also the author of treatises on navigation, astronomy, music, etc., and can justly be placed in the first rank of savants of the sixteenth century.

Benedictus—Benedetti—Joannes Baptista (1530–1590) was an Italian mathematician who was seen as a prodigy at eighteen. Five years later, he published a significant work in Venice on solving most of Euclid’s problems. He also wrote treatises on navigation, astronomy, music, and more, earning his place among the top scholars of the sixteenth century.

References.—“La Grande Encyclopédie,” Vol. VI. pp. 132–133; “Biog. Générale,” Vol. V. pp. 340–342; Libri (Guillaume), “Hist. des Sciences Mathém.,” Vol. III. pp. 121–133; Montucla (J. F.), “Hist. des Mathém.,” Vol. I. pp. 572, 693, 729; Marie (J. F.), “Hist. des Sc. Math.,” Vol. II. p. 307; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibliographie Générale,” Vol. II. p. 83; Gilbert, De Magnete, Chap. IX of book iv.

References.—“The Great Encyclopedia,” Vol. VI. pp. 132–133; “General Biography,” Vol. V. pp. 340–342; Libri (Guillaume), “History of Mathematical Sciences,” Vol. III. pp. 121–133; Montucla (J. F.), “History of Mathematics,” Vol. I. pp. 572, 693, 729; Marie (J. F.), “History of Mathematical Sciences,” Vol. II. p. 307; Houzeau and Lancaster, “General Bibliography,” Vol. II. p. 83; Gilbert, On the Magnet, Chap. IX of book iv.

Brasavolus, Antonius Musæ (1500–1570), alluded to by Gilbert in Book I. chap. i., was a very eminent Italian physician and the author of “Examen omnium simplicium medicamentorum,” Rome, 1536, as well as of “In octo libros Aphorism. Hippocratis Comment. et Annot.,” Basle, 1541, and of several other works, including a very complete index of all the notable features of the works of Galen.

Brasavolus, Antonius Musæ (1500–1570), mentioned by Gilbert in Book I, chap. i., was a highly respected Italian physician and the author of “Examen omnium simplicium medicamentorum,” published in Rome in 1536, as well as “In octo libros Aphorism. Hippocratis Comment. et Annot.,” released in Basle in 1541, along with several other works, including a comprehensive index of all the significant aspects of Galen's writings.

References.—Ginguené (Pierre Louis), “Histoire Litéraire d’Italie”; Baruffaldi (Girolamo), “Commentario istorico all’ inserizione ...,” Ferrara, 1704; “Biog. Générale,” Vol. VII. p. 269; “Storia della Medicina in Italia” (Salvatore de Renzi), Napoli, 1848, in Vol. III passim as per Index, Vol. V. p. 987; Pritzel (G. A.), “Thesaur. Lit. Botan.,” 1851, p. 31.

References.—Ginguené (Pierre Louis), “Literary History of Italy”; Baruffaldi (Girolamo), “Historical Commentary on the Inclusion ...,” Ferrara, 1704; “General Biography,” Vol. VII. p. 269; “History of Medicine in Italy” (Salvatore de Renzi), Napoli, 1848, in Vol. III throughout as per Index, Vol. V. p. 987; Pritzel (G. A.), “Literary Treasure of Botany,” 1851, p. 31.

[507]

[507]

Calaber, Hannibal Rosetius. Of all the authors cited by Gilbert, this is the only one, who, thus far, cannot satisfactorily be identified, although exhaustive efforts to this end have been made by the authors of both the English translations of De Magnete. One interpretation (Hannibal, of Roseto in Calabria, shown on map at end of Vol. I. of “Briefe uber Kalabrien und Sizilien,” Göttingen, 1791), has as yet found no endorsement.

Calaber, Hannibal Rosetius. Out of all the authors mentioned by Gilbert, this is the only one who, up to now, cannot be clearly identified, despite extensive attempts by the authors of both English translations of De Magnete. One interpretation (Hannibal, from Roseto in Calabria, indicated on the map at the end of Vol. I. of “Briefe uber Kalabrien und Sizilien,” Göttingen, 1791) has yet to receive any support.

Calcagninus, Cælius, Italian philosopher and astronomer (1479–1541) is the author of “Quomodo Cœlum stet, terra moveatur ...” wherein he asserts that the earth turns around the sun, also of “De Re Nautica,” containing a good account of ancient ceremonies and observations, as well as of a Commentary on Aristotle, and of many creditable poetical effusions published 1533. His complete works appeared at Basle during the year 1544, and a list of them, fifty-six in all, is given by Jean Pierre Nicéron in his “Mémoires pour servir à l’histoire des hommes illustres,” Paris, 1727–1745.

Calcagninus, Cælius, an Italian philosopher and astronomer (1479–1541), is the author of "Quomodo Cœlum stet, terra moveatur ..." in which he claims that the earth revolves around the sun. He also wrote "De Re Nautica," which provides a detailed account of ancient ceremonies and observations, as well as a Commentary on Aristotle, alongside many notable poems published in 1533. His complete works were released in Basle in 1544, and a list of them—fifty-six in total—is provided by Jean Pierre Nicéron in his “Mémoires pour servir à l’histoire des hommes illustres,” Paris, 1727–1745.

References.—Calcagnini (T. G.), “Della vita ... C. Calcag”; Ginguené (Pierre Louis), “Histoire Litéraire d’Italie,” Vols. IV, VI and VII; Paul Jove—Jovius—Giovio (b. 1483, d. 1552), “Eloges”; Borsetti, Ferranti Bolani (Ferrante Giovanni), “Historia almi Ferrariæ Gymnasii,” 1735; “Biog. Gén.,” Vol. VIII. pp. 159–161; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. III. p. 109; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. II. p. 98; Gilbert, De Magnete, Book I. chap. i.

References.—Calcagnini (T. G.), “Della vita ... C. Calcag”; Ginguené (Pierre Louis), “Histoire Littéraire d’Italie,” Vols. IV, VI and VII; Paul Jove—Jovius—Giovio (b. 1483, d. 1552), “Eloges”; Borsetti, Ferranti Bolani (Ferrante Giovanni), “Historia almi Ferrariæ Gymnasii,” 1735; “Biog. Gén.,” Vol. VIII. pp. 159–161; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. III. p. 109; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. II. p. 98; Gilbert, De Magnete, Book I. chap. i.

Cardanus, Hieronymus (1501–1576), who is so very frequently mentioned by Gilbert, throughout Books I, II, III and IV, was an Italian physicist whose writings are extremely numerous and are well reviewed in the best edition of his works published at Lyons during 1663. Those by which he is best known are the “Ars Magna,” “De Rerum Varietate, Libri XVII,” and the “De Subtilitate, Libri XXI,” which may be considered the exponent of all his scientific knowledge and a notably good translation of which, in French, by Richard Leblanc was published in Paris, 1556.

Cardanus, Hieronymus (1501–1576), who is frequently mentioned by Gilbert throughout Books I, II, III, and IV, was an Italian physicist known for his extensive writings, which are well documented in the best edition of his works published in Lyons in 1663. The works he is most recognized for are the “Ars Magna,” “De Rerum Varietate, Libri XVII,” and the “De Subtilitate, Libri XXI,” which represent the breadth of his scientific knowledge. A notably good translation of these works into French by Richard Leblanc was published in Paris in 1556.

References.—Morley (H.), “Life of Cardan,” 1854, wherein, Vol. II. pp. 56–70, will be found a long account more particularly of the contents of “De Subtilitate”; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. III. pp. 376–377; Dr. Fr. Ueberweg, “Hist. of Philosophy,” tr. of Geo. S. Morris, 1885, Vol. II. p. 25; Walton and Cotton, “Complete Angler,” New York and London, 1847, Part I. p. 142; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. II. p. 101.

References.—Morley (H.), “Life of Cardan,” 1854, where you can find a detailed discussion about the contents of “De Subtilitate” in Vol. II. pp. 56–70; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. III. pp. 376–377; Dr. Fr. Ueberweg, “Hist. of Philosophy,” translated by Geo. S. Morris, 1885, Vol. II. p. 25; Walton and Cotton, “Complete Angler,” New York and London, 1847, Part I. p. 142; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. II. p. 101.

Copernicus, Nicolaus—Koppernik—Zepernic—celebrated astronomer, native of Poland (1472–1543), whose studies led him to reject the Ptolemaic system of the universe, and who proposed the one now bearing his name, is the author of “De revolutionibus orbium cœlestium,” which was published May 24, 1543, a few days before his death. He is alluded to by Gilbert (De Magnete, Chaps.[508] II, III, VI, IX, of book vi.), who calls him “the restorer of astronomy” and “a man most worthy of the praise of scholarship.” The life and labours of Copernicus are fully detailed, in chapter treating of “Discoveries in the celestial spaces” of the “Cosmos” by Von Humboldt, who, in relation to a passage in “De Revolutionibus,” makes the following very curious note: “It very singularly happens that in an otherwise instructive memoir” (Czynski, “Kopernik et ses travaux,” 1847, p. 102), “the Electra of Sophocles is confounded with electric currents. The passage of Copernicus (quoted in Latin) is thus rendered: ‘If we take the sun for the torch of the universe, for its spirit and its guide—if Trismegistes call it a God, and if Sophocles consider it to be an electrical power which animates and contemplates all that is contained in creation....’

Copernicus, Nicolaus—Koppernik—Zepernic—renowned astronomer from Poland (1472–1543), whose studies led him to reject the Ptolemaic system of the universe and propose the one now named after him, is the author of “De revolutionibus orbium cœlestium,” which was published on May 24, 1543, just days before his death. He is mentioned by Gilbert (De Magnete, Chaps.[508] II, III, VI, IX, of book vi.), who refers to him as “the restorer of astronomy” and “a man most deserving of scholarly praise.” The life and work of Copernicus are thoroughly discussed in the chapter on “Discoveries in celestial spaces” of the “Cosmos” by Von Humboldt, who, in reference to a passage from “De Revolutionibus,” makes the following noteworthy observation: “It is quite remarkable that in an otherwise informative memoir” (Czynski, “Kopernik et ses travaux,” 1847, p. 102), “the Electra of Sophocles is confused with electrical currents. The passage from Copernicus (quoted in Latin) is translated as: ‘If we consider the sun to be the torch of the universe, its spirit and guide—if Trismegistus calls it a God, and if Sophocles views it as an electrical force that animates and contemplates everything contained in creation....’”

“Four men, Gutenberg, Columbus, Luther and Copernicus, stand at the dividing line of the Middle Ages, and serve as boundary stones marking the entrance of mankind into a higher and finer epoch of its development” (Kapp (Friedrich), Geschichte, etc., I).

“Four men, Gutenberg, Columbus, Luther, and Copernicus, mark the transition from the Middle Ages and serve as milestones indicating humanity's entry into a more advanced and refined era of its development” (Kapp (Friedrich), Geschichte, etc., I).

References.—Westphal (E. J.), “Nikolaus Kopernikus” (“Biographie des Copernicus”); Delambre (J. B. J.), “Histoire de l’astronomie Moderne”; “Journal des Savants” for February 1864 and for December 1895; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. V. pp. 66–67; Edw. S. Holden in “Pop. Sc. Monthly” for June 1904, pp. 109–131; Phil. Magazine, Vol. XIX. p. 302; Gassendi (Pierre), in “Nicolai Copernici Vita,” appended to his biography of Tycho (“Tychonis Brahei Vita,” 1655, Hagæ Comitum, p. 320); W. Whewell, “Hist. of the Ind. Sciences,” New York, 1858, Vol. I. pp. 257–290; the article at pp. 378–382, “Engl. Cycl.,” which abounds in references; Rheticus, “Narrat. prima”; Kepler (Johann), “De Temporis”; Horrebow (at A.D. 1725—the luminous process of the sun, a perpetual northern light); Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. II. pp. 109–113, for an extended list of authorities, and also pp. 1571–1572; Joachimus (Georgius) surnamed Rhecticus, who quotes many works on Copernicus.

Sources.—Westphal (E. J.), “Nikolaus Kopernikus” (“Biography of Copernicus”); Delambre (J. B. J.), “History of Modern Astronomy”; “Journal des Savants” for February 1864 and December 1895; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. V. pp. 66–67; Edw. S. Holden in “Pop. Sc. Monthly” for June 1904, pp. 109–131; Phil. Magazine, Vol. XIX. p. 302; Gassendi (Pierre), in “Nicolai Copernici Vita,” added to his biography of Tycho (“Tychonis Brahei Vita,” 1655, Hagæ Comitum, p. 320); W. Whewell, “History of the Ind. Sciences,” New York, 1858, Vol. I. pp. 257–290; the article at pp. 378–382, “Encyclopedia,” which is rich in references; Rheticus, “Narrat. prima”; Kepler (Johann), “De Temporis”; Horrebow (at CE 1725—the bright process of the sun, a constant northern light); Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. II. pp. 109–113, for an extensive list of sources, and also pp. 1571–1572; Joachimus (Georgius) known as Rheticus, who cites many works on Copernicus.

Cordus, Valerius—Eberwein—celebrated German botanist (1515–1544), who is alluded to by Gilbert, Book I. chap ii. wrote a Commentary on Dioscorides, published by Egénolphe in 1549, as well as an extensive history of plants, which is to be found in the Strasburg editions of his works, issued during 1562 and 1569.

Cordus, Valerius—Eberwein—was a renowned German botanist (1515–1544), mentioned by Gilbert in Book I, chapter ii. He wrote a Commentary on Dioscorides, published by Egénolphe in 1549, along with a comprehensive history of plants, which can be found in the Strasburg editions of his works released in 1562 and 1569.

References.—“Biog. Générale” (Hœfer), Vol. XI. pp. 804–807; Larousse (Pierre), “Grand Dictionnaire Universel,” Vol. V. p. 133; Adam (Melchior), “Vitæ med. Germ.”; “Lindenius renovatus”—“Thesaur. Lit. Botan.,” 1851, pp. 52, 334; Camerarius, “Vita Melanchthon”; Linden (Joannes Antonides van der), “De Scriptis Medicis,” 1651, pp. 572–573; “Dict. Historique de la Médecine,” par N. F. J. Eloy, Mons, 1778, pp. 705–707, Vol. I.

References.—“Biog. Générale” (Hœfer), Vol. XI. pp. 804–807; Larousse (Pierre), “Grand Dictionnaire Universel,” Vol. V. p. 133; Adam (Melchior), “Vitæ med. Germ.”; “Lindenius renovatus”—“Thesaur. Lit. Botan.,” 1851, pp. 52, 334; Camerarius, “Vita Melanchthon”; Linden (Joannes Antonides van der), “De Scriptis Medicis,” 1651, pp. 572–573; “Dict. Historique de la Médecine,” par N. F. J. Eloy, Mons, 1778, pp. 705–707, Vol. I.

Cortesius, Martinus, celebrated Spanish geographer who died about 1580, is the author of the well-known and extremely scarce work, “Breve compendio de la esfera, y de la arte de navegar,” Cadiz, 1546 1551, and Seville, 1556, which was translated by[509] Richard Eden, 1561, 1589, 1609. Of the 1556 issue, Salva remarks (II, 3763): “2e édition aussi rare que la première. C’est cet ouvrage qui a revolutionné la science nautique et qui fut le premier à indiquer la déclinaison de l’aiguille. Les instructions pour construire des mappemondes ne sont la partie la moins intéressante du texte et pourraient être utiles à tous ceux qui sont incapables de comprendre le principe des roses de vents et des loxodromes, qui couvrent la surface des cartes hydrographiques anciennes. Mais c’est justement ici que l’intelligence pénétrante de Cortez a indiqué les défauts de la projection longtemps avant Mercator.”

Cortesius, Martinus, a famous Spanish geographer who passed away around 1580, is the author of the well-known and incredibly rare work, “Breve compendio de la esfera, y de la arte de navegar,” published in Cadiz in 1546-1551 and in Seville in 1556. This work was translated by [509] Richard Eden in 1561, 1589, and 1609. Regarding the 1556 edition, Salva notes (II, 3763): “The second edition is as rare as the first. This book revolutionized nautical science and was the first to outline the declination of the compass needle. The instructions for creating world maps are not the least interesting part of the text and could be useful for anyone who struggles to grasp the principles of wind roses and loxodromes, which appear on old nautical charts. But it is precisely here that Cortez's keen insight pointed out the flaws of the projection long before Mercator.”

For a reproduction of the title page and of the twelve-page text of Martin Cortez’s “Breve Compendio,” see G. Hellmann, “Neudrucke,” 1898, No. 10.

For a reproduction of the title page and the twelve-page text of Martin Cortez’s “Breve Compendio,” see G. Hellmann, “Neudrucke,” 1898, No. 10.

References.—Fernandez de Navarrete, “Disertacion sobre la historia de la nautica y de las mathematicas,” Madrid, 1846; “La Grande Encyclopédie,” Vol. XII. p. 1114; “Biographie Générale,” Vol. XI. p. 964; Gilbert, De Magnete, Book I. chap. i.; Book III. chap. i. and Book IV. chap. i.

Sources.—Fernandez de Navarrete, “Dissertation on the History of Navigation and Mathematics,” Madrid, 1846; “The Great Encyclopedia,” Vol. XII. p. 1114; “General Biography,” Vol. XI. p. 964; Gilbert, On the Magnet, Book I. chap. i.; Book III. chap. i. and Book IV. chap. i.

Costæus, Joannes—Giovanni Costeo—of Lodi, who died at Bologna in 1603, was an Italian physician teaching medicine at the Universities of Turin and of Bologna and the author of several valuable works, notably the “Tractatus de universali stirpium natura,” Turin, 1578; the “Disquisitionum physiol. ... Avicennæ sectionem,” Bologna, 1589; the “Annot. in Avicennæ canonem ...” Venetia, 1595; and the “De igneis medicinæ ...” published also at Venice in the last-named year.

Costæus, Joannes—Giovanni Costeo—of Lodi, who passed away in Bologna in 1603, was an Italian physician who taught medicine at the Universities of Turin and Bologna. He authored several important works, including “Tractatus de universali stirpium natura,” Turin, 1578; “Disquisitionum physiol. ... Avicennæ sectionem,” Bologna, 1589; “Annot. in Avicennæ canonem ...” Venice, 1595; and “De igneis medicinæ ...” also published in Venice in the same year.

Gilbert, who speaks of him (De Magnete, Book I. chap. i.; Book II. chap. iii.; Book VI. chap. v.) gives this as the theory propounded by Costæus regarding the powers of amber and loadstone: “There is work on both sides, result on both sides, and therefore the motion is produced in part by the loadstone’s attraction and in part by the iron’s spontaneous movement; for, as we say that the vapours given out by the loadstone do by their own nature haste to attract the iron, so, too, do we say that the air impelled by the vapours, while seeking a place for itself, is turned back, and when turned back impels and transfers the iron, which is picked up, as it were, by it, and which, besides, is exerted on its own account. In this way, there is found a certain composite movement, resulting from the attraction, the spontaneous motion and the impulsion; which composite motion, however, is rightly to be referred to attraction, because the beginning of this motion is invariably from one term, and its end is there too; and that is precisely the distinguishing character of attraction.”

Gilbert, who discusses him (De Magnete, Book I. chap. i.; Book II. chap. iii.; Book VI. chap. v.), presents this theory proposed by Costæus about the powers of amber and loadstone: “There’s force on both sides, results on both sides, and thus the motion happens partly because of the loadstone’s attraction and partly because of the iron’s natural movement; as we say that the vapors emitted by the loadstone naturally rush to attract the iron, we also say that the air pushed by the vapors, while searching for space, is redirected, and when redirected, it nudges and moves the iron, which is, so to speak, lifted by it, and which also acts on its own. In this way, there’s a certain combined movement resulting from attraction, spontaneous motion, and force; however, this combined motion should rightly be attributed to attraction, because the origin of this motion always starts and ends with the same source; and that is exactly what defines attraction.”

References.—Eloy (N. F. J.), “Dict. historique de la Médecine”; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. V. p. 245.

References.—Eloy (N. F. J.), “Historical Dictionary of Medicine”; Larousse, “Universal Dictionary,” Vol. V. p. 245.

[510]

[510]

Cusanus—Nicolas Khrypffs or Krebs, Cardinal de Cusa (1401–1464), an eminent German scholar, who, abandoning the study of law, entered the Church, became Archdeacon of Liége, member of the Council of Basle, and was raised, in 1448, to the dignity of Cardinal. His biographer in the ninth “Encycl. Britan.” (Vol. VI. pp. 728–729) says: “As in religion he is entitled to be called one of the Reformers before the Reformation, so, in philosophy, he was one of those who broke with scholasticism while it was still the orthodox system.” His works were published in complete form by H. Petri, 1565.

Cusanus—Nicolas Khrypffs or Krebs, Cardinal de Cusa (1401–1464), was a prominent German scholar who left the study of law to join the Church. He became Archdeacon of Liège, a member of the Council of Basle, and was elevated to the rank of Cardinal in 1448. His biographer in the ninth “Encycl. Britan.” (Vol. VI. pp. 728–729) states: “In terms of religion, he can be considered one of the Reformers before the Reformation, and in philosophy, he was among those who broke away from scholasticism while it was still the accepted doctrine.” His works were published in their entirety by H. Petri in 1565.

References.—Hartzheim (Josephus), “Vita N. de C.,” Trèves, 1730; Deux (M.), “Life of C. Cusa,” 1847; Scharpff (Franz Anton), “Der Cardinal und Bischof Nic. von Cusa ...” Tübingen, 1871; Dr. W. Windelband, “History of Philosophy,” auth. tr. by Jas. H. Tufts, New York, 1893, pp. 345–347; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1860, Vol. II; Libri (G.), “Hist. des Sciences Mathém.,” Vol. III. p. 99; Dr. F. Ueberweg, “History of Philosophy,” tr. by Geo. S. Morris, 1885, Vol. II. pp. 23–24; Ritter (Dr. Heinrich), “Geschichte der Phil.,” Vol. IX. p. 142; Gilbert, De Magnete, Book I. chap. i. and Book II. chaps, iii. xxxvi.; “Journal des Savants” for January 1894; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. II. p. 115; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. V. p. 687; “Biogr. Gén.,” Vol. XII. pp. 651–657.

References.—Hartzheim (Josephus), “Vita N. de C.,” Trèves, 1730; Deux (M.), “Life of C. Cusa,” 1847; Scharpff (Franz Anton), “Der Cardinal und Bischof Nic. von Cusa ...” Tübingen, 1871; Dr. W. Windelband, “History of Philosophy,” auth. tr. by Jas. H. Tufts, New York, 1893, pp. 345–347; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1860, Vol. II; Libri (G.), “Hist. des Sciences Mathém.,” Vol. III. p. 99; Dr. F. Ueberweg, “History of Philosophy,” tr. by Geo. S. Morris, 1885, Vol. II. pp. 23–24; Ritter (Dr. Heinrich), “Geschichte der Phil.,” Vol. IX. p. 142; Gilbert, De Magnete, Book I. chap. i. and Book II. chaps, iii. xxxvi.; “Journal des Savants” for January 1894; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. II. p. 115; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. V. p. 687; “Biogr. Gén.,” Vol. XII. pp. 651–657.

Dominicus, Maria Ferrariensis—“Novara”—Italian savant (1464–1514), taught astronomy at Bologna, Rome and elsewhere, and had for one of his pupils the celebrated Copernicus, who, later on, became an associate in his investigations. None of his writings have reached us.

Dominicus, Maria Ferrariensis—“Novara”—Italian scholar (1464–1514), taught astronomy at Bologna, Rome, and other places, and had the famous Copernicus as one of his students, who later became a partner in his research. None of his writings have survived.

Gilbert thus alludes to Dominicus as well as to Stadius at Chap. II. book vi. of his De Magnete: “According to Dominicus Maria’s observations, the north pole is raised higher and the latitudes of places are greater now than in the past: from this he infers a change of latitudes. But Stadius, holding the directly opposite opinion, proves by observations, that the latitudes have grown less. ‘The latitude of Rome,’ says he, ‘is given in the Geographia of Ptolemy as 41⅔°; and lest any one should say that some error has crept into the text of Ptolemy, Pliny relates, and Vitruvius in his ninth book testifies, that at Rome on the day of the equinox the ninth part of the gnomon’s shadow is lacking. But recent observation (as Erasmus Rheinhold states) gives the latitude of Rome in our age as 41⅙°; so that you are in doubt whether one-half of a degree has been lost (decrevisse) in the centre of the world, or whether it is the result of an obliquation of the earth.’”

Gilbert refers to both Dominicus and Stadius in Chapter II of Book VI of his De Magnete: “Based on Dominicus Maria's observations, the north pole is now positioned higher and the latitudes of places are greater than they were in the past; he concludes that there has been a change in latitudes. However, Stadius, who firmly disagrees, shows through observations that the latitudes have actually decreased. ‘The latitude of Rome,’ he says, ‘is recorded in Ptolemy’s Geographia as 41⅔°; and to prevent anyone from claiming that an error has crept into Ptolemy’s text, Pliny notes, and Vitruvius confirms in his ninth book, that at Rome on the day of the equinox, the ninth part of the gnomon’s shadow is missing. But current observation (as Erasmus Rheinhold states) provides the latitude of Rome in our time as 41⅙°; so you’re left wondering whether half a degree has been lost (decrevisse) at the center of the world or if this is due to a shift in the earth’s position.’”

References.—Borsetti (Ferrante Giovanni), “Hist. Gymn. Ferrar.,” Vol. II. p. 50; Tiraboschi (Girolamo), “Storia della Letteratura Italiana,” Vol. XIV. p. 296; Montucla (J. F.), “Hist. des Math.,” Vol. I. p. 549; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. II. pp. 215–216; “Biog. Gén.,” Vol. XXXVIII. p. 336.

References.—Borsetti (Ferrante Giovanni), “Hist. Gymn. Ferrar.,” Vol. II. p. 50; Tiraboschi (Girolamo), “Storia della Letteratura Italiana,” Vol. XIV. p. 296; Montucla (J. F.), “Hist. des Math.,” Vol. I. p. 549; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. II. pp. 215–216; “Biog. Gén.,” Vol. XXXVIII. p. 336.

[511]

[511]

Dupuis. See Putaneus.

Dupuis. See Putaneus.

Empedocles, whom Gilbert merely names in Book V. chap. xii. of De Magnete, was a native of Sicily, distinguished as a philosopher as well as for his knowledge of medicine and of natural history.

Empedocles, whom Gilbert simply mentions in Book V, chap. xii. of De Magnete, was from Sicily and was known as both a philosopher and an expert in medicine and natural history.

Empedocles flourished about the year 442 or 460 B.C., and was pupil of Pythagoras or Anaxagoras, and, as others say, of Parmenides (“The Metaphysics of Aristotle” by the Rev. John H. McMahon, London, 1857, pp. 19–20, 34, 118).

Empedocles thrived around 442 or 460 BCE, and was a student of Pythagoras or Anaxagoras, and, according to some, of Parmenides (“The Metaphysics of Aristotle” by the Rev. John H. McMahon, London, 1857, pp. 19–20, 34, 118).

“Rien n’est engendré, disait Empédocle, rien ne périt de la mort funeste. Il n’y a que mélange ou séparation de parties.... L’éclair, c’est le feu s’échappant du nuage où le soleil l’avait lancé. La foudre n’est qu’une plus grande quantité de feu. Le tonnerre, c’est ce même feu qui s’éteint dans le nuage humide.... Les phénomènes magnétiques viennent de la convenance parfaite des pores et des effluves de l’aimant et du fer. Dès que les effluves de l’aimant out chassé l’air que contenaient les pores du fer, le courant des effluves de fer devient si fort que la masse entière est entrainée” (“Dict. des Sc. Philos.,” Paris, 1852, Vol. II. pp. 206–214).

“Nothing is created, said Empedocles, nothing perishes from deadly death. It's just a mixing or separating of parts.... The lightning is the fire escaping from the cloud where the sun had launched it. The thunder is just a larger amount of fire. The thunderstorm is that same fire extinguishing in the moist cloud.... Magnetic phenomena come from the perfect fit of the pores and emanations of the magnet and iron. Once the emanations of the magnet have expelled the air contained in the pores of the iron, the flow of the iron's emanations becomes so strong that the entire mass is drawn along.” (“Dict. des Sc. Philos.,” Paris, 1852, Vol. II. pp. 206–214).

References.—Karsten, “Emped. Agrig. Carmin. Reliq.” in Vol. II of “Phil. Graec. vet. relig.,” Amst., 1838; and the extensive list of authorities cited in Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. VII. pp. 457–458; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. I. part i. p. 401; Ueberweg, “Hist. of Philos.” (Morris), 1885, Vol. I. pp. 60–63; “The Works of George Berkeley,” by A. C. Fraser, Oxford, 1901, Vol. III. pp. 205, 247, 254, 290; Paul Tannery, “Pour l’histoire de la Science Hellène,” Paris, 1887, Chap. XIII. pp. 304–339; “Greek Thinkers,” by Theodor Gomperz, tr. of L. Magnus, London, 1901, Chap. V. pp. 558–562, 601; “A History of Classical Greek Literature,” by Rev. John P. Mahaffy, New York, 1880, Vol. I. pp. 123–128; Vol. II. pp. 48, 73, 77; “Essai Théorique et Historique sur la génération des connaissances humaines,” par Guillaume Tiberghien, Bruxelles, 1844, Vol. I. pp. 185–187.

Sources.—Karsten, “Emped. Agrig. Carmin. Reliq.” in Vol. II of “Phil. Graec. vet. relig.,” Amsterdam, 1838; and the extensive list of authorities cited in Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. VII, pp. 457–458; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. I, part i, p. 401; Ueberweg, “Hist. of Philos.” (Morris), 1885, Vol. I, pp. 60–63; “The Works of George Berkeley,” by A. C. Fraser, Oxford, 1901, Vol. III, pp. 205, 247, 254, 290; Paul Tannery, “Pour l’histoire de la Science Hellène,” Paris, 1887, Chap. XIII, pp. 304–339; “Greek Thinkers,” by Theodor Gomperz, translated by L. Magnus, London, 1901, Chap. V, pp. 558–562, 601; “A History of Classical Greek Literature,” by Rev. John P. Mahaffy, New York, 1880, Vol. I, pp. 123–128; Vol. II, pp. 48, 73, 77; “Essai Théorique et Historique sur la génération des connaissances humaines,” by Guillaume Tiberghien, Brussels, 1844, Vol. I, pp. 185–187.

We are told by Alex. Aphr. (Quæst. Nat., II. 23, p. 137, Speng) that, like Empedocles, Democritus sought to explain the attractive power of the magnet, upon which the latter wrote a treatise (according to Diog. IX. 47).

We learn from Alex. Aphr. (Quæst. Nat., II. 23, p. 137, Speng) that, similar to Empedocles, Democritus tried to explain the attractive force of the magnet, on which he wrote a treatise (according to Diog. IX. 47).

Democritus was born at Abdera in Thrace about 470 or 460 B.C., and, according to Thrasyllus, the grammarian, he died 357 B.C.—the same year as Hippocrates. He was considered, by far, the most learned thinker of his age, and, according to Carl Snyder, who dedicates “The World Machine,” 1907, to Democritus, he was justly esteemed by Bacon as the mightiest of the ancients, for he wrote illuminatively upon almost every branch of natural knowledge.

Democritus was born in Abdera, Thrace, around 470 or 460 BCE, and according to Thrasyllus, the grammarian, he died in 357 BCE—the same year as Hippocrates. He was widely regarded as the most knowledgeable thinker of his time, and Carl Snyder, in his 1907 book “The World Machine,” dedicates it to Democritus, noting that Bacon rightly regarded him as the greatest of the ancients because he wrote insightfully about nearly every field of natural knowledge.

The following note to “The Atomistic Philosophy” appears at p. 230, Vol. II of Dr. E. Zeller’s “History of Greek Philosophy,” translation of S. F. Alleyne, London, 1881:

The following note to “The Atomistic Philosophy” appears on p. 230, Vol. II of Dr. E. Zeller’s “History of Greek Philosophy,” translated by S. F. Alleyne, London, 1881:

[512]

[512]

“Leucippus and Democritus derive all action and suffering from contact. One thing suffers from another, if parts of the latter penetrate the empty interspaces of the former.... Democritus thought that the magnet and the iron consist of atoms of similar nature but which are less closely packed together in the magnet. As, on the one hand, like draws like, and, on the other, all moves in the Void, the emanations of the magnet penetrate the iron, and pass out a part of its atoms, which, on their side, strain towards the magnet, and penetrate its empty interspaces. The iron itself follows this movement, while the magnet does not move towards the iron, because the iron has fewer spaces for receiving the effluences.”

“Leucippus and Democritus say that all actions and suffering come from contact. One thing suffers because of another when parts of the latter fit into the empty spaces of the former.... Democritus believed that magnets and iron are made up of atoms that are similar but more loosely packed in magnets. Just as similar things attract each other and everything moves through the Void, the forces from the magnet penetrate the iron and push some of its atoms out, which then try to reach the magnet and fit into its empty spaces. The iron itself follows this movement, while the magnet doesn’t move toward the iron because the iron has fewer spaces to receive these influences.”

The attraction of the magnet, as explained by Diogenes of Appollonia, is thus given by Alex. Aphr. (Quæst. Nat., II. 23, p. 138, Speng): “Empedocles supposed that, after the emanations of the magnet have penetrated into the pores of the iron, and the air which choked them has been expelled, powerful emanations from the iron pass into the symmetrical pores of the magnet, which draw the iron to itself and hold it fast.”

The attraction of the magnet, as explained by Diogenes of Apollonia, is described by Alex. Aphr. (Quæst. Nat., II. 23, p. 138, Speng): “Empedocles believed that once the magnet's emanations have entered the pores of the iron and the air that blocked them has been pushed out, strong emanations from the iron flow into the aligned pores of the magnet, which pulls the iron toward itself and keeps it there.”

It may be added that the Atomic Doctrine of Leucippus and Democritus was opposed to the Homoiomeria of Anaxagoras of Clazomenæ—the last great philosopher of the Ionian School.

It can be added that the Atomic Theory of Leucippus and Democritus was in contrast to the Homoiomeria of Anaxagoras of Clazomenæ—the last major philosopher of the Ionian School.

References.—Ueberweg (Fr.), “History of Philosophy,” trans. of G. S. Morris, New York, 1885, Vol. I. pp. 67–71; Larousse (Pierre), “Dict. Univ. du XIXe siècle,” Paris, 1870, Tome VI. pp. 409–410; “La Grande Encyclopédie,” Paris, Tome XIV. pp. 66–69; “Nouvelle Biographie Générale” (Hœfer), Paris, 1855, Vol. XIII. pp. 566–574; Franck (Ad.), “Fragments qui subsistent de Démocrite,” in the “Mém. de la Société Royale de Nancy,” 1836; Beazley (C. Raymond), “The Dawn of Modem Geography,” Oxford, 1906, Vol. I. p. 254 (the use by Democritus of magnetic stones, mentioned by Solinus); Snyder (Carl), “The World Machine,” 1907, p. 133 (work on the magnet); Zeller (Eduard), “Philosophie der Griechen”; Ritter and Preller, “Historia Philosophiæ Græcæ” (7th ed., Gotha, 1888); Mulloch (F. G. A.), “Democriti Abderitæ operum fragmenta,” Berlin, 1843.

References.—Ueberweg (Fr.), “History of Philosophy,” trans. of G. S. Morris, New York, 1885, Vol. I. pp. 67–71; Larousse (Pierre), “Dict. Univ. du XIXe siècle,” Paris, 1870, Tome VI. pp. 409–410; “La Grande Encyclopédie,” Paris, Tome XIV. pp. 66–69; “Nouvelle Biographie Générale” (Hœfer), Paris, 1855, Vol. XIII. pp. 566–574; Franck (Ad.), “Fragments that Remain of Democritus,” in the “Mém. de la Société Royale de Nancy,” 1836; Beazley (C. Raymond), “The Dawn of Modern Geography,” Oxford, 1906, Vol. I. p. 254 (the use by Democritus of magnetic stones, mentioned by Solinus); Snyder (Carl), “The World Machine,” 1907, p. 133 (work on the magnet); Zeller (Eduard), “Philosophie der Griechen”; Ritter and Preller, “Historia Philosophiae Graecae” (7th ed., Gotha, 1888); Mulloch (F. G. A.), “Democriti Abderitæ Operum Fragmenta,” Berlin, 1843.

Erasmus, Reinholdus (1511–1553), a German savant, who taught astronomy and mathematics at Wittemberg, has left us “Commentarius Theoricæ Novæ Planetarum,” 1542, 1558, a work which, Delambre says, supplies the omissions of Purbacchius and must have cleared many of the passages of Ptolemy’s syntax. He also wrote “Almageste,” 1549;[63] made up the Prutenic (Prussian)[513] astronomical tables (“Prutenicæ tabulæ cœlestium motuum,” 1551), from the observations of Copernicus, Hipparchus and Ptolemy, and he is believed to be the author of the anonymous work entitled “Hypotyposes orbium cœlestium ...” which appeared during the year 1568.

Erasmus, Reinholdus (1511–1553), a German scholar who taught astronomy and mathematics at Wittenberg, has given us the “Commentarius Theoricæ Novæ Planetarum,” 1542, 1558, a work that Delambre says fills in the gaps left by Purbacchius and likely clarifies many of Ptolemy's syntactical structures. He also wrote “Almageste,” 1549;[63] created the Prutenic (Prussian) [513] astronomical tables (“Prutenicæ tabulæ cœlestium motuum,” 1551), based on the observations of Copernicus, Hipparchus, and Ptolemy, and he is thought to be the author of the anonymous work titled “Hypotyposes orbium cœlestium ...” which was published in 1568.

Gilbert’s reference to Erasmus has already been given in connection with Dominicus.

Gilbert’s mention of Erasmus has already been discussed in relation to Dominicus.

References.—Vossius (G.), “De Scientiis Mathem.,” Chap. XXXVI. p. 14; Delambre (J. B. J.), “Hist. de l’astronomie moderne,” Vol. I. pp. 142, 146, 164; Zedler (Johann Hch.); Mädler—Mædler (Johann Henrich von), Vol. I. p. 168; Bailly (Jean Sylvain), “Histoire de l’astronomie moderne ...” Vol. I. p. 366 and Vol. II. p. 71; Jöcher (Johann Friedrich), “Bibliogr. Astronom.”; Weidler (Christian Gottlieb), p. 353; “Biogr. Générale,” Vol. XLI. pp. 928–929.

References.—Vossius (G.), “On Mathematical Sciences,” Chap. XXXVI. p. 14; Delambre (J. B. J.), “History of Modern Astronomy,” Vol. I. pp. 142, 146, 164; Zedler (Johann Hch.); Mädler—Mædler (Johann Henrich von), Vol. I. p. 168; Bailly (Jean Sylvain), “History of Modern Astronomy ...” Vol. I. p. 366 and Vol. II. p. 71; Jöcher (Johann Friedrich), “Bibliography of Astronomy”; Weidler (Christian Gottlieb), p. 353; “General Biography,” Vol. XLI. pp. 928–929.

Erastus, Thomas—Thomas Lieber—(1524–1583) was a native of Switzerland, notable in medicine and famous in ecclesiastical polemics, who furiously combated the medical views of Paracelsus, notably in his “Disputationum de Medicina,” Basileæ, 1572–1573. Gilbert mentions him (De Magnete, Book I. chaps. i. and vii.), merely saying that, knowing naught of the nature of the loadstone, Erastus draws from it weak arguments against Paracelsus.

Erastus, Thomas—Thomas Lieber—(1524–1583) was originally from Switzerland, recognized for his contributions to medicine and notable for his religious debates. He strongly opposed the medical theories of Paracelsus, particularly in his work “Disputationum de Medicina,” published in Basel, 1572–1573. Gilbert refers to him in De Magnete, Book I, chapters i and vii, simply stating that, lacking understanding of the nature of the loadstone, Erastus presents weak arguments against Paracelsus.

His numerous works are detailed in the “Biographisches Lexikon,” Vienna und Leipzig, 1885, Vol. II. pp. 292, etc., and a very complete account thereof is to be found at pp. 561–564 of “De Scriptis Medicis,” by Joannes Antonides Van Der Linden, Amstel., 1651.

His many works are detailed in the “Biographisches Lexikon,” Vienna and Leipzig, 1885, Vol. II, pp. 292, etc., and a very complete account can be found at pp. 561–564 of “De Scriptis Medicis,” by Joannes Antonides Van Der Linden, Amstel., 1651.

References.—Pluquet (François André Adrien), “Diction. des Hérésies”; Moreri (Louis), “Le Grand Dictionnaire Historique”; Wordsworth (Christopher), “Ecclesiastical Biography”; “New Int. Encycl.,” New York, 1903, Vol. VI. p. 828; “Biog. Gén.,” Vol. XXXI. pp. 174–175; “La Grande Encyclopédie,” Vol. XVI. p. 163; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. VII. p. 788; Adam (Melchior), “Vitæ Germanorum Medicorum,” pp. 107–109; Bolton, H. C., “Ch. Hist. of Chem.,” p. 981.

Sources.—Pluquet (François André Adrien), “Dictionary of Heresies”; Moreri (Louis), “The Great Historical Dictionary”; Wordsworth (Christopher), “Ecclesiastical Biography”; “New International Encyclopedia,” New York, 1903, Vol. VI. p. 828; “Biographical General,” Vol. XXXI. pp. 174–175; “The Great Encyclopedia,” Vol. XVI. p. 163; Larousse, “Universal Dictionary,” Vol. VII. p. 788; Adam (Melchior), “Lives of German Physicians,” pp. 107–109; Bolton, H. C., “Chemical History,” p. 981.

Evax—Euace—a Latin naturalist who lived in the time of Tiberius and said to have been King of the Arabs, is the supposed author of “De nominibus et virtutis lapidum qui in artem medicinæ recipiuntur,” treating of gems, of which the MS.—now in the Oxford Library—was used by Marbodeus to make up his own work on precious stones.

Evax—Euace—a Latin naturalist who lived during the reign of Tiberius and is thought to have been the King of the Arabs, is believed to be the author of “De nominibus et virtutis lapidum qui in artem medicinæ recipiuntur,” which discusses gems. The manuscript, now in the Oxford Library, was utilized by Marbodeus to compile his own work on precious stones.

Salmasius delivers it as his opinion that, by an error of transcribers, from Cratevas, who in some copies is also named[514] Cratevas, this Evax has arisen. (“Gen. Biog. Dict.” of Alex. Chalmers, London, 1814, Vol. XIII. p. 411.)

Salmasius expresses that, due to a mistake by transcribers, this Evax has come from Cratevas, who is also referred to as Cratevas in some copies. (“Gen. Biog. Dict.” of Alex. Chalmers, London, 1814, Vol. XIII. p. 411.)

References.—“Journal des Savants” for June 1891 (“Traditions ... chez les Alchimistes du Moyen Age,” par Marcellin Pierre Eugène Berthelot); Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. VII. p. 1153; Gilbert, De Magnete, Book II. chap. xxxviii.

References.—“Journal des Savants” for June 1891 (“Traditions ... among the Alchemists of the Middle Ages,” by Marcellin Pierre Eugène Berthelot); Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. VII. p. 1153; Gilbert, De Magnete, Book II. chap. xxxviii.

Fallopius, Gabriellus (1523–1562), was a famous Italian anatomist and one of the three who, according to Cuvier, restored or rather created anatomy during the sixteenth century. The other two were Vassalli and Eustachi. His principal work is “Observationes Anatomicæ,” Venice, 1561; a list of the others—named in “Biog. Gén.,” Vol. XVII. pp. 66–69—embracing “De medicatis ... de metallis sev fossilibus ...” Venice, 1564; “De Simplicibus Medicamentis purgantibus tractatus,” 1566; “De Compositione Medicamentorum,” 1570; “Opera Genuina Omnia,” 1584, 1596, 1606. The collected edition of his complete works was published in Venice, 1584, and at Frankfort, 1600.

Fallopius, Gabriellus (1523–1562), was a renowned Italian anatomist and one of the three individuals who, according to Cuvier, revitalized or rather established anatomy in the sixteenth century. The other two were Vassalli and Eustachi. His main work is “Observationes Anatomicæ,” Venice, 1561; a list of the others—mentioned in “Biog. Gén.,” Vol. XVII. pp. 66–69—includes “De medicatis ... de metallis sev fossilibus ...” Venice, 1564; “De Simplicibus Medicamentis purgantibus tractatus,” 1566; “De Compositione Medicamentorum,” 1570; “Opera Genuina Omnia,” 1584, 1596, 1606. The collected edition of his complete works was published in Venice, 1584, and in Frankfort, 1600.

References.—Tiraboschi (Girolamo), “Biblioteca Modenese,” Vol. II. p. 236; Nicéron (J. P.), “Mémoires,” Vol. IV. p. 396; Gilbert, De Magnete, Book I. chaps. i. and xv. also Book II. chap. xxxviii.; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. VIII. p. 67.

References.—Tiraboschi (Girolamo), “Biblioteca Modenese,” Vol. II. p. 236; Nicéron (J. P.), “Mémoires,” Vol. IV. p. 396; Gilbert, De Magnete, Book I. chaps. i. and xv. also Book II. chap. xxxviii.; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. VIII. p. 67.

Fernelius, Joannes Franciscus (1497–1558), celebrated French physician, called the modern Galen, is the author of many works which are cited at pp. 477–483, Vol. XVII of the “Biographie Générale,” the principal ones being “De naturali parte medicinæ,” 1542, “De vacuandi ratione liber,” 1545, and “De Abditis Rerum Causis,” 1548. Gilbert alludes to the last named (De Magnete, Book I. chap. i.), saying that Fernel believes there is in the loadstone a hidden and abstruse cause: elsewhere he says this cause is celestial; and he does but explain the unknown by the more unknown. This search after hidden causes, he adds, is something ignorant, beggarly and resultless.

Fernelius, Joannes Franciscus (1497–1558), a renowned French physician referred to as the modern Galen, authored many works listed on pp. 477–483, Vol. XVII of the “Biographie Générale,” with the main ones being “De naturali parte medicinæ,” 1542, “De vacuandi ratione liber,” 1545, and “De Abditis Rerum Causis,” 1548. Gilbert mentions the last one (De Magnete, Book I. chap. i.), stating that Fernel believes there is a hidden and obscure cause in the loadstone; elsewhere he claims this cause is celestial, only explaining the unknown with something even more unknown. He adds that this search for hidden causes is foolish, beggarly, and ultimately fruitless.

References.—Thou (François Auguste de), “Historiarum sui temporis”; Sc. de Sainte Marthe, “Elogia Doct. Gallorum”; Eloy, “Dict. Hist. de la Médecine,” Mons, 1778, Vol. II. pp. 208–221; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. VIII. p. 259.

References.—You (François Auguste de), “Histories of His Time”; Sc. de Sainte Marthe, “Elogies of Notable French Scholars”; Eloy, “Historical Dictionary of Medicine,” Mons, 1778, Vol. II, pp. 208–221; Larousse, “Universal Dictionary,” Vol. VIII, p. 259.

Ficino, Marsilia (1433–1499), was the son of Ficino, the physician of Cosmo de Medici, and was one of the leading scholars of the Renaissance. He was celebrated as the most distinguished translator of Plato and as the reviver of Platonic philosophy in Italy. One of his biographers has said that the most important feature of his philosophy is his claim to harmonizing Platonic idealism with Christian doctrine.

Ficino, Marsilio (1433–1499), was the son of Ficino, the doctor for Cosimo de' Medici, and was one of the top scholars of the Renaissance. He was renowned as the leading translator of Plato and for bringing Platonic philosophy back to life in Italy. One of his biographers noted that the key aspect of his philosophy is his effort to blend Platonic idealism with Christian teachings.

[515]

[515]

Gilbert says that “Ficinus chews the cud of ancient opinions, and to give the reason of the magnetic direction seeks its cause in the constellation Ursa. Ficinus writes, and Merula copies, that in the loadstone the potency of Ursa prevails, and hence it is transferred into the iron” (De Magnete, Book. I. chap. i.; Book III., chap. i.; Book IV. chap. i.).

Gilbert says that “Ficinus reviews old beliefs, and to explain magnetic direction, he looks to the constellation Ursa. Ficinus writes, and Merula copies, that in the lodestone, the influence of Ursa is strong, and because of this, it is passed on to the iron” (De Magnete, Book. I. chap. i.; Book III., chap. i.; Book IV. chap. i.).

His complete works (published in two volumes, Venice, 1516, Basle, 1561, 1576, Paris, 1641), embrace “Theologiæ Platonicæ,” 1488; “De Vita libri tres,” 1489; “Iamblichus, de mysteriis ...” 1497; “Apologiæ in qua medicina, astrologia ...” 1498.

His complete works (published in two volumes, Venice, 1516, Basle, 1561, 1576, Paris, 1641) include “Theologiæ Platonicæ,” 1488; “De Vita libri tres,” 1489; “Iamblichus, de mysteriis ...” 1497; “Apologiæ in qua medicina, astrologia ...” 1498.

References.—Corsi (Raimondo Maria), “M. Ficini Vita,” Pisa, 1772; Symonds (John Addington), “Remains in Italy,” London, 1875, and “Renaissance in Italy,” New York, 1888, pp. 324–328; “English Cyclop.” (Biography), Vol. II. p. 908; “The Rise of Intellectual Liberty from Thales to Copernicus,” by Frederic May Holland, New York, 1885, pp. 279–280; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. VIII. pp. 331–332; “Journal des Savants” for May 1894; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. II. p. 131; “Biog. Générale,” Vol. XVII. pp. 634–638; “The Works of Geo. Berkeley,” by A. C. Fraser, Oxford, 1901, Vols. II. p. 268; III. pp. 216–217, 221–223, 260, 296–297; “Dict. of Philos. and Psych.,” by J. M. Baldwin, New York, 1901, Vol. I. p. 381.

References.—Corsi (Raimondo Maria), “M. Ficini Vita,” Pisa, 1772; Symonds (John Addington), “Remains in Italy,” London, 1875, and “Renaissance in Italy,” New York, 1888, pp. 324–328; “English Cyclop.” (Biography), Vol. II. p. 908; “The Rise of Intellectual Liberty from Thales to Copernicus,” by Frederic May Holland, New York, 1885, pp. 279–280; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. VIII. pp. 331–332; “Journal des Savants” for May 1894; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. II. p. 131; “Biog. Générale,” Vol. XVII. pp. 634–638; “The Works of Geo. Berkeley,” by A. C. Fraser, Oxford, 1901, Vols. II. p. 268; III. pp. 216–217, 221–223, 260, 296–297; “Dict. of Philos. and Psych.,” by J. M. Baldwin, New York, 1901, Vol. I. p. 381.

Fracastorio, Hieronymo (1483–1553), Italian physician and one of the most learned men of his day, is said to have been made Professor of Logic at the University of Padua when but nineteen years of age. J. B. Ramusio admitted that he owed to Fracastorio the idea and much of the material for his great work “Rac. di Navigazioni e Viaggi,” first published in 1550.

Fracastorio, Hieronymo (1483–1553), an Italian physician and one of the smartest people of his time, is said to have become a Professor of Logic at the University of Padua when he was just nineteen years old. J. B. Ramusio acknowledged that he owed Fracastorio the idea and much of the content for his major work “Rac. di Navigazioni e Viaggi,” which was first published in 1550.

Fracastorio made many important astronomical observations, and it was he and Peter Apian who first made known in Europe the fact that comets’ tails are always turned away from the sun, so that their line of prolongation passes through its centre.

Fracastorio made many important astronomical observations, and he and Peter Apian were the first to reveal in Europe that comets' tails always point away from the sun, so that their line of extension passes through its center.

Gilbert alludes to Fracastorio (De Magnete, Book I. chap. i.; Book II. chaps. ii. iv. xxiv. xxxviii. xxxix.; Book IV. chap. i.), and to his “De Sympathia,” of which the first edition is Venet., 1546. This, says Libri, is “an important work in which universal attraction, as well as electric and magnetic motion, is attributed to an imponderable principle.”

Gilbert refers to Fracastorio (De Magnete, Book I. chap. i.; Book II. chaps. ii. iv. xxiv. xxxviii. xxxix.; Book IV. chap. i.), and to his “De Sympathia,” with the first edition published in Venice, 1546. According to Libri, this is “an important work in which universal attraction, as well as electric and magnetic motion, is attributed to an imponderable principle.”

References.—Baillet (Adrien), “Jugement des Savants,” Vol. II; Menken (F. O.), “De Vita,” Leipzig, 1731; Teissier (H. A.), “Eloges des hommes illustres,” tirés de M. De Thou; Libri, “Hist. des. Sc. Mathém.,” Paris, 1838, Vol. III. p. 100; “Biog. Gén.,” Vol. XVIII. pp. 418–420; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1849, Vol. I. p. 86; Vol. II. p. 697; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. VIII. pp. 692–693; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. II. p. 135.

References.—Baillet (Adrien), “Judgment of the Scholars,” Vol. II; Menken (F. O.), “On Life,” Leipzig, 1731; Teissier (H. A.), “Eulogies of Illustrious Men,” taken from M. De Thou; Libri, “History of Mathematical Sciences,” Paris, 1838, Vol. III. p. 100; “General Biography,” Vol. XVIII. pp. 418–420; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1849, Vol. I. p. 86; Vol. II. p. 697; Larousse, “Universal Dictionary,” Vol. VIII. pp. 692–693; Houzeau and Lancaster, “General Bibliography,” Vol. II. p. 135.

Garcia d’Orta—Garzia ab Horto—Garcia del Huerto—Garcie du Jardin—a Portuguese physician and the author of “Coloquios[516] dos simples ... pello douctor Garcia Dorta,” 1563, which was translated into French and united to the works of C. d’Acosta and Nic. Monardes (Christophile de la Coste et M. Nicholas Monard) in 1567, 1574 and 1579. The passage which Gilbert alludes to (in De Magnete, Book I. chap. xiv.), is to be found in the abridged Latin translation of Garcia’s work made by Charles de l’Ecluse, Antwerp, 1593, lib. i. cap. 56, pp. 178–179. Hakewill observes (“Apologie,” 1635, lib. ii. p. 165): “Remarkable indeed, that is which Garzias ab Horto writes concerning the loadstone in Simpl. Indiæ, lib. i. cap. 47.”

Garcia d’Orta—Garzia ab Horto—Garcia del Huerto—Garcie du Jardin—a Portuguese doctor and the author of “Coloquios[516] dos simples ... pello douctor Garcia Dorta,” published in 1563, which was translated into French and combined with the works of C. d’Acosta and Nic. Monardes (Christophile de la Coste et M. Nicholas Monard) in 1567, 1574, and 1579. The passage that Gilbert references (in De Magnete, Book I, chap. xiv.) can be found in the abridged Latin translation of Garcia’s work, done by Charles de l’Ecluse, Antwerp, 1593, lib. i. cap. 56, pp. 178–179. Hakewill comments (“Apologie,” 1635, lib. ii. p. 165): “It’s indeed remarkable what Garzias ab Horto writes about the lodestone in Simpl. Indiæ, lib. i. cap. 47.”

References.—“Biog. Gén.,” Vol. XXXVIII. p. 887; Machado (Barb.), “Bibliotheca Lusitana”; Denis (Ferdinand), “Bulletin du Bibliographe”; Pincio (Léon), “Biblioteca Oriental y Occidental”; “Histoire des Drogues par Antoine Collin,” Lyon, 1619; “Thesaur. Lit. Bot.,” 1851, p. 127.

Sources.—“Biog. Gén.,” Vol. XXXVIII. p. 887; Machado (Barb.), “Bibliotheca Lusitana”; Denis (Ferdinand), “Bulletin du Bibliographe”; Pincio (Léon), “Biblioteca Oriental y Occidental”; “Histoire des Drogues par Antoine Collin,” Lyon, 1619; “Thesaur. Lit. Bot.,” 1851, p. 127.

Gauricus, Lucas (1476–1558), Italian mathematician and astronomer, one of whose pupils was César Scaliger, is the author of twenty-one different works (“Opera Omnia,” Basle, 1575), of which the best known are “Rerum naturalium et divinarum ...” 1540; “Isagogicus ... in tot am astrologiam prædictivam ...” 1546; “Tractatus Astrologicus,” 1552; “Tabulæ de primo mobili,” 1560.

Gauricus, Lucas (1476–1558), was an Italian mathematician and astronomer, one of whose students was César Scaliger. He wrote twenty-one different works (“Opera Omnia,” Basle, 1575), with the most well-known being “Rerum naturalium et divinarum ...” 1540; “Isagogicus ... in totam astrologiam prædictivam ...” 1546; “Tractatus Astrologicus,” 1552; “Tabulæ de primo mobili,” 1560.

Gilbert says (De Magnete, Book I. chap. i.) the astrologer Lucas Gauricus held that beneath the tail of Ursa Major is a loadstone, and that he assigns the loadstone (as well as the sardonyx and the onyx) not only to the planet Saturn, but also to Mars (with the diamond, jasper, and ruby), so that the loadstone, according to him, is ruled by two planets. Further, Lucas says that the loadstone belongs to the sign Virgo—and with a veil of mathematical erudition he covers many similar disgraceful stupidities.

Gilbert mentions (De Magnete, Book I. chap. i.) that the astrologer Lucas Gauricus believed there is a lodestone under the tail of Ursa Major. He associates the lodestone (along with sardonyx and onyx) not only with the planet Saturn but also with Mars (alongside diamond, jasper, and ruby), claiming that the lodestone is influenced by two planets. Additionally, Lucas states that the lodestone is connected to the sign Virgo—and he obscures many similar foolish ideas with a layer of mathematical jargon.

References.—Ughelli (Ferdinando), “Italia Sacra,” Venetiis 1717–1722; Nicodemo (Francesco), “Biblioteca Napoletana”; “Chronicum Mathematicorum,” which prefaces the Almagest of Riccioli; “Biog. Gén.,” Vol. XIX. pp. 681–683; “La Grande Encycl.,” Vol. XVIII. p. 617; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. VIII. p. 1087.

References.—Ughelli (Ferdinando), “Italia Sacra,” Venetiis 1717–1722; Nicodemo (Francesco), “Biblioteca Napoletana”; “Chronicum Mathematicorum,” which introduces the Almagest of Riccioli; “Biog. Gén.,” Vol. XIX. pp. 681–683; “La Grande Encycl.,” Vol. XVIII. p. 617; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. VIII. p. 1087.

Geber—Yeber—Djaber—Abū-Mūsa-Jābir—Ibn Haiyān—Al-Tarsūsi—who, according to Aboulwefa (Michaud, “Dict.,” Vol. XVI. p. 100) lived in the eighth century A.D., is the earliest of the Great Arabian chemists or alchemists. Rhazès and Avicenna call him “the master of masters,” and, by the author of “The Lives of Alchemystical Philosophers,” he is designated as “the prince of those alchemical adepts who have appeared during the Christian Era.” As many as five hundred different alchemical works have[517] been attributed to him, and a complete list of the most important will be found in M. F. Hœfer, “Histoire de la Chimie,” Paris, 1842.

Geber—Yeber—Djaber—Abū-Mūsa-Jābir—Ibn Haiyān—Al-Tarsūsi—who, according to Aboulwefa (Michaud, “Dict.,” Vol. XVI. p. 100) lived in the eighth century A.D., is the earliest of the Great Arabian chemists or alchemists. Rhazès and Avicenna refer to him as “the master of masters,” and the author of “The Lives of Alchemystical Philosophers” calls him “the prince of those alchemical adepts who have appeared during the Christian Era.” As many as five hundred different alchemical works have[517] been attributed to him, and a complete list of the most important can be found in M. F. Hœfer, “Histoire de la Chimie,” Paris, 1842.

References.—“Journal des Savants,” for May 1851, February 1892, pp. 118–128 passim, and for May 1892 (“Geber et ses œuvres alchimiques”), pp. 318–329; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. VIII. pp. 1114–1115; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. II. p. 147; Bolton (H. C.), “Chron. Hist. of Chem.,” pp. 985–986; “La Grande Encyclopédie,” Vol. XVIII. pp. 680–682; Gilbert, De Magnete, Book I. chap. vii.

References.—“Journal des Savants,” for May 1851, February 1892, pp. 118–128 passim, and for May 1892 (“Geber et ses œuvres alchimiques”), pp. 318–329; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. VIII. pp. 1114–1115; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. II. p. 147; Bolton (H. C.), “Chron. Hist. of Chem.,” pp. 985–986; “La Grande Encyclopédie,” Vol. XVIII. pp. 680–682; Gilbert, De Magnete, Book I. chap. vii.

Gemma, D. Cornelius, a well-known physician of Louvain (1535–1597) and son of the celebrated mathematician Gemma Frisius, is the author of the several works named at p. 854, Vol. XIX of the “Biographie Générale.” Of these, the most important is the “Cosmocritice, seu de naturæ divinis ... proprietatibus rerum” published at Antwerp in 1575.

Gemma, D. Cornelius, a famous physician from Louvain (1535–1597) and the son of the renowned mathematician Gemma Frisius, is the author of several works listed on p. 854, Vol. XIX of the “Biographie Générale.” The most significant of these is the “Cosmocritice, or on the divine properties of nature,” published in Antwerp in 1575.

References.—Foppens, “Bibliotheca Belgica”—“Biog. Médicale”; Linden (Joannes Antonides van der), “De scriptis medicis,” Amst., 1651, pp. 147–148; Gilbert, De Magnete, Book II. chap. iii.

References.—Foppens, “Bibliotheca Belgica”—“Biog. Médicale”; Linden (Joannes Antonides van der), “De scriptis medicis,” Amst., 1651, pp. 147–148; Gilbert, De Magnete, Book II. chap. iii.

Gemma, Frisius—Rainer—(1508–1555), above alluded to, besides being a mathematician was a medical practitioner. He wrote “De Principiis Astronomiæ et Cosmographiæ ...” Antwerp, 1530 (now of excessive scarcity and Chapters XXX-XXXI of which deal with America), as well as several other similar works published notably in 1539, 1545, 1548. These are standards of the Netherlands geographical schools, whose most brilliant representative was the well-known geographer, Gerard Mercator (1512–1594).

Gemma, Frisius—Rainer—(1508–1555), as mentioned earlier, was not only a mathematician but also a medical practitioner. He wrote “De Principiis Astronomiæ et Cosmographiæ ...” in Antwerp, 1530 (now extremely rare, and Chapters XXX-XXXI focus on America), along with several other similar works published notably in 1539, 1545, and 1548. These works are considered benchmarks for the Netherlands' geographical schools, whose most prominent representative was the famous geographer, Gerard Mercator (1512–1594).

References.—“Biog. Générale,” Vol. XIX. p. 854; “La Grande Encycl.,” Vol. XVIII. p. 702; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. L. part i. p. 1405 and Vol. II. p. 148.

References.—“Biog. Générale,” Vol. XIX. p. 854; “La Grande Encycl.,” Vol. XVIII. p. 702; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. L. part i. p. 1405 and Vol. II. p. 148.

Goropius, Henricus Becanus—Jean Bécan—Jean Van Gorp (1518–1572), a Belgian savant who practised medicine at Antwerp and who attempted to prove, in his “Indo-Scythica,” that Adam’s language was the German or Teutonic. We are told by Gilbert, in the first book of De Magnete, that Goropius ascribes the invention of the compass to the Cimbri or Teutons, on the ground that the thirty-two names of the winds thereon inscribed are pronounced in German by all mariners, whether they be British or Spaniards, or Frenchmen.

Goropius, Henricus Becanus—Jean Bécan—Jean Van Gorp (1518–1572) was a Belgian scholar who practiced medicine in Antwerp and tried to prove in his “Indo-Scythica” that Adam’s language was German or Teutonic. Gilbert mentions in the first book of De Magnete that Goropius credited the invention of the compass to the Cimbri or Teutons, arguing that the thirty-two names of the winds inscribed on it are pronounced in German by all sailors, whether they are British, Spanish, or French.

References.—“Opera Joannis Goropii Becani,” Antwerp, 1570; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. II. p. 457; “Biog. Générale,” Vol. V. pp. 70–71; and, for additional citations, as well as for mention of all his works, the “Grande Encyclopédie,” Vol. XIX.

Sources.—“Opera Joannis Goropii Becani,” Antwerp, 1570; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. II. p. 457; “Biog. Générale,” Vol. V. pp. 70–71; and for more citations, as well as a list of all his works, see the “Grande Encyclopédie,” Vol. XIX.

Grotius, Hugo, the latinized form of the Dutch De Groot—a great theologian and jurist (1583–1645). His singular precocity[518] attracted Joseph J. Scaliger, who undertook to direct his studies at the Leyden University, where it is said he achieved brilliant success in all studies.

Grotius, Hugo, the Latin version of the Dutch De Groot—a prominent theologian and jurist (1583–1645). His remarkable talent[518] caught the attention of Joseph J. Scaliger, who took charge of his education at Leyden University, where he reportedly excelled in all subjects.

One of his biographers remarks that, in the annals of precocious genius, there is no greater prodigy on record than Hugo Grotius, who was able to write good Latin verses at nine (1592), was ripe for the University at twelve (1595), and at the age of fifteen (1598), edited the Encyclopædic work of Martianus Capella—a writer of the fifth century—with the aid of his father, Jan de Groot, the Delft burgomaster. It might be added that, in 1597, he had delivered public discourses on mathematics, philosophy and jurisprudence; in 1598, he was so highly sought for everywhere, that he was asked to, and did, accompany Count Justin of Nassau and Olden Barneveldt on their special embassy to the French Court, and that, in 1599, he not only took his degree of doctor of law and pleaded his first cases before the Hague Courts, but was able, through his superior knowledge of mathematics, to translate into Latin Simon Stevin’s work on navigation. Later on, 1603, he was appointed historiographer of the United Provinces, becoming fiscal general in 1607 (also Council Pensionary at Rotterdam six years later), and during 1609, he published his first work “De Mare Liberum,” which was a treatise against the claims of the English to exclusive right over certain seas. This was followed in 1610 by “De Antiq. Reipub. Batavæ,” and some years afterwards by his chief work, “De Jure Belli et Pacis,” considered the basis of international law and freely translated into all the principal languages. Grotius is twice mentioned in Book IV. chap. ix. of De Magnete.

One of his biographers notes that, in the history of child prodigies, there’s no greater genius on record than Hugo Grotius, who could write good Latin verses at the age of nine (1592), was ready for university at twelve (1595), and at fifteen (1598) edited the encyclopedic work of Martianus Capella—a writer from the fifth century—with his father, Jan de Groot, the mayor of Delft. It’s worth mentioning that in 1597, he had given public talks on mathematics, philosophy, and law; by 1598, he was so in demand that he was invited to accompany Count Justin of Nassau and Olden Barneveldt on their special mission to the French Court. In 1599, he not only received his law degree and argued his first cases before the Hague Courts but also, thanks to his advanced knowledge of mathematics, translated Simon Stevin’s work on navigation into Latin. Later, in 1603, he was appointed the historian for the United Provinces, became the attorney general in 1607 (and Council Pensionary in Rotterdam six years later), and in 1609, he published his first work "De Mare Liberum," which argued against England’s claims to exclusive rights over certain seas. This was followed in 1610 by "De Antiq. Reipub. Batavæ," and a few years later by his major work, "De Jure Belli et Pacis," which is considered the foundation of international law and has been translated into all major languages. Grotius is mentioned twice in Book IV. chap. ix. of De Magnete.

References.—Brandt et Cattenbuch, “Histoire de Hugo de Groot,” 1727; Burigny (J. Levêque de), “Vie de Grotius,” 1752; Cras (Hendrik Constantijn), “Laudatio Hugonis Grotii,” 1796; Dr. Fried. Ueberweg, “Hist. of Phil.,” (Morris tr., 1885, Vol. II. p. 31); Rogge (H. C.), “Bibliotheca Grotiana,” 1883; Kœnen (Hendrik Jakob), “Hugo Grotius,” 1837; “Chambers’s Encycl.,” Vol. V. pp. 431–432; “La Grande Encycl.,” Vol. XIX. pp. 451–452; “Biographisch Woordenbock,” J. G. Frederiko en F. J. Van den Branden, Amsterdam, pp. 301–302; Larousse (Pierre), “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. VIII. p. 1556, giving list of his many works; Butler (C.), “Life of Grotius,” London, 1826; Creuzer (Georg Friedrich), “Luther und Grotius,” Heidelberg, 1846; “Biog. Générale,” Vol. XXII. pp. 197–216 for a complete record of all his works.

References.—Brandt and Cattenbuch, “History of Hugo de Groot,” 1727; Burigny (J. Levêque de), “Life of Grotius,” 1752; Cras (Hendrik Constantijn), “Praise of Hugo Grotius,” 1796; Dr. Fried. Ueberweg, “History of Philosophy,” (Morris tr., 1885, Vol. II. p. 31); Rogge (H. C.), “Grotian Bibliography,” 1883; Kœnen (Hendrik Jakob), “Hugo Grotius,” 1837; “Chambers’s Encyclopedia,” Vol. V. pp. 431–432; “The Great Encyclopedia,” Vol. XIX. pp. 451–452; “Biographical Dictionary,” J. G. Frederiko and F. J. Van den Branden, Amsterdam, pp. 301–302; Larousse (Pierre), “Universal Dictionary,” Vol. VIII. p. 1556, listing his many works; Butler (C.), “Life of Grotius,” London, 1826; Creuzer (Georg Friedrich), “Luther and Grotius,” Heidelberg, 1846; “General Biography,” Vol. XXII. pp. 197–216 for a complete record of all his works.

Hali Abas—‘Ali Ibn Al-‘Abbás—Al Majusí—celebrated Arabian physician, whose death occurred about A.D. 995, is author of “Ketab-el-Maleki,” i. e. the “Royal Book”—Liber Regius—in which he pretends to give all that was then known concerning medicine. Mr. Adams explains (Appendix, “Barker’s Lemprière,” London, 1838), that he considers the “Royal Book” as the most complete ancient treatise that has reached us on medicine, and the sciences[519] generally, with exception of the Synopsis of Paulus Ægenita. The Latin translation of this work, given in 1127 by Stephanus Antiochenus, was first printed in Venice, 1492, then at Lyons in 1523.

Hali Abas—‘Ali Ibn Al-‘Abbás—Al Majusí—was a renowned Arabian physician who died around CE 995. He wrote “Ketab-el-Maleki,” i. e. the “Royal Book”—Liber Regius—in which he aimed to compile everything known about medicine at that time. Mr. Adams explains in the Appendix of “Barker’s Lemprière,” published in London in 1838, that he views the “Royal Book” as the most comprehensive ancient text on medicine and sciences available to us, except for the Synopsis of Paulus Ægenita. The Latin translation of this work, done by Stephanus Antiochenus in 1127, was first printed in Venice in 1492 and then in Lyons in 1523.

References.—Casiri (Michael), “Bibliotheca Arabico-hispana Escur.,” Vol. I. pp. 260, 273; Hœfer, “Nouv. Biogr. Univ.,” Vol. II. pp. 96–97; Michaud, “Biog. Univ.,” Paris, 1843, Vol. I. p. 468; Gilbert, De Magnete, Book I. chap. i.; Freind (John), “History of Physick”; Choulant (Johann Ludwig), “Handbuch der Bücherkunde ...”; Wüstenfeld (H. F.), “Geschichte d’ Arab. Ærzte,” p. 59; “Biog. Gén.,” Vol. II. pp. 96–97.

References.—Casiri (Michael), “Bibliotheca Arabico-hispana Escur.,” Vol. I. pp. 260, 273; Hœfer, “Nouv. Biogr. Univ.,” Vol. II. pp. 96–97; Michaud, “Biog. Univ.,” Paris, 1843, Vol. I. p. 468; Gilbert, De Magnete, Book I. chap. i.; Freind (John), “History of Physick”; Choulant (Johann Ludwig), “Handbuch der Bücherkunde ...”; Wüstenfeld (H. F.), “Geschichte d’ Arab. Ærzte,” p. 59; “Biog. Gén.,” Vol. II. pp. 96–97.

Harriot, Thomas (1560–1621), one of the learned Englishmen alluded to by Gilbert, at the end of the first chapter, Book I of De Magnete, as having on long sea voyages observed the differences of magnetic variation, was a mathematician and astronomer, whose miscellaneous works, noted at pp. 437–439, Vol. XXIV of the “Dict. of Nat. Biog.,” embrace treatises on magnetism, mechanics, etc. The account he has given of his voyage to Virginia was printed in Hakluyt’s “Principal Navigations,” Vol. III and is pronounced “one of the earliest and best examples of a statistical survey made upon a large scale,” at p. 11, Vol. LXXI of the “Edinburgh Review.”

Harriot, Thomas (1560–1621), one of the knowledgeable Englishmen mentioned by Gilbert at the end of the first chapter, Book I of De Magnete, who observed the variations in magnetic direction during long sea voyages, was a mathematician and astronomer. His various works, noted on pages 437–439, Vol. XXIV of the “Dict. of Nat. Biog.,” include treatises on magnetism, mechanics, and more. The account he provided of his voyage to Virginia was published in Hakluyt’s “Principal Navigations,” Vol. III and is recognized as “one of the earliest and best examples of a statistical survey made on a large scale,” on page 11, Vol. LXXI of the “Edinburgh Review.”

Heraclides of Pontus and Ecphantus, was a Greek historian and philosopher who died about 330 B.C. Diogenes Laertius attributes to him many works that have not reached us, and we have nothing of him but fragments of his treatise on the constitutions of the different States which have been printed with the works of Elien. Gilbert commences the third chapter of his sixth book by saying that Heraclides, as well as the Pythagoreans Nicetas of Syracuse and Aristarchus of Samos, and, as it seems, many others, held that the earth moves, that the stars set through the interposition of the earth, and that they rise through the earth’s giving way: they do give the earth motion, and the earth being, like a wheel, supported on its axis, rotates upon it from west to east.

Heraclides of Pontus and Ecphantus was a Greek historian and philosopher who died around 330 BCE Diogenes Laertius credits him with many works that we no longer have, and all that remains are fragments of his writings on the constitutions of various States that have been published alongside the works of Elien. Gilbert starts the third chapter of his sixth book by stating that Heraclides, along with the Pythagoreans Nicetas of Syracuse and Aristarchus of Samos, and apparently many others, believed that the earth moves, that the stars set due to the earth's position, and that they rise because the earth shifts: they give the earth motion, and the earth, like a wheel, is supported on its axis and rotates from west to east.

References.—Rowles (S.), “De Vita et Scriptis,” 1824, Vol. VIII; Deswert (Eugenius), “Dissert de Heraclide Pontico,” 1830; Krische (August Bernhard), “Forschungen ...” p. 325; “La Grande Encyclopédie,” Vol. XIX. p. 1131; Dr. F. Ueberweg, “History of Philosophy,” tr. by Geo. S. Morris, New York, 1885, Vol. I. pp. 38–42; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1860, Vol. II. p. 309; “Essai théorique ... des connaissances humaines,” par G. Tiberghien, Bruxelles, 1844, Vol. I. pp. 182–185; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. IX. p. 200.

Sources.—Rowles (S.), “On Life and Writings,” 1824, Vol. VIII; Deswert (Eugenius), “Dissertation on Heraclitus of Pontus,” 1830; Krische (August Bernhard), “Researches ...” p. 325; “The Great Encyclopedia,” Vol. XIX. p. 1131; Dr. F. Ueberweg, “History of Philosophy,” translated by Geo. S. Morris, New York, 1885, Vol. I. pp. 38–42; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1860, Vol. II. p. 309; “Theoretical Essay ... on Human Knowledge,” by G. Tiberghien, Brussels, 1844, Vol. I. pp. 182–185; Larousse, “Universal Dictionary,” Vol. IX. p. 200.

Hermes Trismegistus (or “thrice great”) is the supposed author of many Greek works that have reached us and which constitute an encyclopædia of Egyptian wisdom in that they treat of astronomy, medicine, and other sciences. As one of his biographers has it,[520] the principal tenets of the Hermetic Books are that the Creator made the Cosmos by his word out of fluid ... that death and life are only changes and that nothing is destructible ... that passion or suffering is the result of motion.... Gilbert only refers to him in Book V. chap. xii. by saying that Hermes, Zoroaster and Orpheus recognize a universal soul. Clemens Alexandrinus, who has given an account and catalogue of his writings, makes him the author of six books of physic and of thirty-six books of divinity and philosophy.

Hermes Trismegistus (or "thrice great") is believed to be the author of several Greek works that we still have today, which together form an encyclopedia of Egyptian wisdom covering topics like astronomy, medicine, and other sciences. As one of his biographers states,[520] the main ideas in the Hermetic Books are that the Creator formed the Cosmos through his word from fluid ... that life and death are merely transitions and nothing is truly destructible ... that passion or suffering comes from motion.... Gilbert mentions him only in Book V. chap. xii., stating that Hermes, Zoroaster, and Orpheus recognize a universal soul. Clemens Alexandrinus, who provided a summary and list of his writings, attributes six books on physics and thirty-six books on divinity and philosophy to him.

References.—“The Works of George Berkeley,” by A. C. Fraser, Oxford, 1901, Vol. III. pp. 209, 253–255, 261, 267, 280; Baumgarten—Crusius (Ludwig Friedrich Otto), “... de librorum Hermeticorum ...” 1827; “Dict. of Philos. and Psychol.,” by J. M. Baldwin, New York, 1901, Vol. I. p. 475; “Hermes Trismegistus,” by Scheible (J.), 1855; Alex. Chalmers, “Gen. Biog. Dict.,” London, 1814, Vol. XVII. p. 396; “Hermes Trismegistus,” by Parthey (Gustav Friedrich Constantin), 1854; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. I. part i. pp. 427–428, 691–694; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. IX. p. 228; and the long list of citations in “Biog. Générale,” Vol. XXIV. pp. 377–382.

Sources.—“The Works of George Berkeley,” by A. C. Fraser, Oxford, 1901, Vol. III. pp. 209, 253–255, 261, 267, 280; Baumgarten—Crusius (Ludwig Friedrich Otto), “...de librorum Hermeticorum ...” 1827; “Dict. of Philos. and Psychol.,” by J. M. Baldwin, New York, 1901, Vol. I. p. 475; “Hermes Trismegistus,” by Scheible (J.), 1855; Alex. Chalmers, “Gen. Biog. Dict.,” London, 1814, Vol. XVII. p. 396; “Hermes Trismegistus,” by Parthey (Gustav Friedrich Constantin), 1854; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. I. part i. pp. 427–428, 691–694; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. IX. p. 228; and the long list of citations in “Biog. Générale,” Vol. XXIV. pp. 377–382.

Hero—Heron—of Alexandria, a Greek mathematician, pupil of the celebrated Ctesibius who flourished in the third century before Christ and to whom have been attributed many ancient writings upon different technical subjects. Allusion is made by Gilbert (De Magnete, Book II. chap. ii.), to Hero’s “Spiritualia,” which is his most valuable known work and which has been often translated, notably into Latin, 1575, 1680, 1683, into Italian, 1547, 1589, 1592, 1605; and into German, 1687, 1688.

Hero—Heron—of Alexandria, was a Greek mathematician and a student of the renowned Ctesibius, who thrived in the third century BC. Many ancient writings on various technical subjects have been attributed to him. Gilbert references Hero’s “Spiritualia” in De Magnete, Book II, chapter ii., which is his most significant known work and has been widely translated, notably into Latin in 1575, 1680, and 1683; into Italian in 1547, 1589, 1592, and 1605; and into German in 1687 and 1688.

References.—Hultsch (Friedrich), “Heronis Alex.,” 1864–1874; Montucla (J. F.), “Hist. des Mathém.,” Vol. I. p. 267; “Abhandlungen zur Geschichte der Mathematik,” Vol. VIII. pp. 175–214; Martin, “Sur la vie et les ouvrages d’Héron d’Alexandrie”—Mém. de l’Acad. des Ins. B. L., Paris, 1854, ss. 438–439; Arago (François), “Eloge de Watt” (Œuvres, Vol. I); Fabricius (Johann Albert), “Bibliotheca Græca,” Vol. IV. p. 234; Figuier (Louis), “Hist. des principales découvertes,” Vol. I. p. 42; “A short history of Greek Mathematics,” Jas. Gow, Cambridge, 1884, pp. 276–286; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. IX. p. 241; “Chambers’s Encyclopædia,” Vol. V. p. 689; ninth “Encycl. Britan.,” Vol. XI. p. 760; “La Grande Encyclopédie,” Vol. XIX. p. 1200; “Journal des Savants” for March 1903, p. 147, and for April 1903, p. 203; “Biogr. Générale,” Vol. XXIV. pp. 447–449; Th. Martin (“Mém. Ac. des Inscr.,” 1854); also two papers by Boncompagni and Vincent in “Bulletino di Bibliog.,” Vol. IV.

Sources.—Hultsch (Friedrich), “Heronis Alex.,” 1864–1874; Montucla (J. F.), “Hist. des Mathém.,” Vol. I. p. 267; “Abhandlungen zur Geschichte der Mathematik,” Vol. VIII. pp. 175–214; Martin, “Sur la vie et les ouvrages d’Héron d’Alexandrie”—Mém. de l’Acad. des Ins. B. L., Paris, 1854, ss. 438–439; Arago (François), “Eloge de Watt” (Œuvres, Vol. I); Fabricius (Johann Albert), “Bibliotheca Græca,” Vol. IV. p. 234; Figuier (Louis), “Hist. des principales découvertes,” Vol. I. p. 42; “A short history of Greek Mathematics,” Jas. Gow, Cambridge, 1884, pp. 276–286; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. IX. p. 241; “Chambers’s Encyclopædia,” Vol. V. p. 689; ninth “Encycl. Britan.,” Vol. XI. p. 760; “La Grande Encyclopédie,” Vol. XIX. p. 1200; “Journal des Savants” for March 1903, p. 147, and for April 1903, p. 203; “Biogr. Générale,” Vol. XXIV. pp. 447–449; Th. Martin (“Mém. Ac. des Inscr.,” 1854); also two papers by Boncompagni and Vincent in “Bulletino di Bibliog.,” Vol. IV.

Hipparchus the Rhodian, “le plus grand astronome de l’antiquité”—born, according to Strabo, at Nicæa in Bithynia, 160–145 B.C.—is the inventor of the astrolabe[64] and discoverer of “the precession of the equinoxes.” He is mentioned by Gilbert five times in Book VI. chaps, ii. viii. ix. of De Magnete, and is extensively[521] treated of in the “Journal des Savants” for November 1828, January 1829, August and September 1831, October 1843, August and September 1848, July 1859; also by the Rev. H. M. Close, in “Proc. of Roy. Irish Acad.,” Series III. vol. vi. No. 3, in Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. IX. p. 286, in the “Historical Account of Astronomy,” by John Narrien, London, 1833, pp. 219–244, and in the “Astronomy” article of the “Encyclopædia Britannica.”

Hipparchus of Rhodes, “the greatest astronomer of antiquity”—born, according to Strabo, in Nicæa in Bithynia, 160–145 BCE—is the inventor of the astrolabe[64] and the discoverer of “the precession of the equinoxes.” Gilbert mentions him five times in Book VI, chapters ii, viii, and ix of De Magnete, and he is extensively[521] discussed in the “Journal des Savants” for November 1828, January 1829, August and September 1831, October 1843, August and September 1848, and July 1859; also by Rev. H. M. Close, in “Proc. of Roy. Irish Acad.,” Series III, vol. vi, No. 3, in Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. IX, p. 286, in the “Historical Account of Astronomy” by John Narrien, London, 1833, pp. 219–244, and in the “Astronomy” article of the “Encyclopædia Britannica.”

By Humboldt, Hipparchus is called the founder of scientific astronomy and the greatest astronomical observer of antiquity. He was the actual originator of astronomical tables amongst the Greeks and, in the new map of the world which he constructed and founded upon that of Eratosthenes, the geographical degrees of latitude and longitude were based on lunar observations, and on the measurement of shadows, wherever such an application of astronomy was admissible (“Cosmos,” London, 1849, Vol. II. p. 545; Ideler, “Handbuch der Chronologie,” Vol. I. ss. 212, 329).

By Humboldt, Hipparchus is considered the founder of scientific astronomy and the greatest astronomical observer of ancient times. He was the true originator of astronomical tables among the Greeks, and in the new map of the world that he created, based on Eratosthenes' work, the geographical degrees of latitude and longitude were determined using lunar observations and the measurement of shadows, wherever this application of astronomy was appropriate (“Cosmos,” London, 1849, Vol. II. p. 545; Ideler, “Handbuch der Chronologie,” Vol. I. ss. 212, 329).

The mathematician Eratosthenes, alluded to above, was a native of Cyrene, and pronounced the most celebrated of the Alexandrian librarians. He is reported to have made the earliest attempt at measurement of an arc of the meridian. The next measurement of record is that of the astronomers of Almamon in the plains of Mesopotamia (“Encycl. Brit.,” ninth edition, Edinburgh, 1876, Vol. X. p. 177). The first arc of the meridian measured in modern times with an accuracy any way corresponding to the difficulty of the problem was by Snellius, who has given an account of it in his most remarkable work called “Eratosthenes Batavus,” published at Leyden in 1617 (“Ency. Brit.,” ninth edition, Vol. VII. pp. 597, 606, also eighth edition, Vol. I. pp. 617–618; “Cosmos,” London, 1849, Vol. II. p. 544, and Chasles, “Recherches sur l’astronomie ...” in the Comptes Rendus, Vol. XXIII, 1846, p. 851). The biographers of Snellius—Snell van Roijen (Willebrood)—state that he was a very celebrated Dutch astronomer (1591–1626), the discoverer of the law of refraction generally attributed to Descartes (Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1849, Vol. II. p. 699), the author of a treatise on navigation (“Tiphys Batavus,” Leyde, 1624) after the plan of Edward Wright, and that the method he employed (with imperfect instruments), for measuring an arc of the meridian has since been followed by all scientists (“La Grande Encyclopédie,” Vol. XXX. p. 115; “Nouv. Biog. Gén.,” de Hœfer, Vol. XLIV. p. 83; Montucla, “Hist. des Mathém.,” Vol. II; Larousse, “Dist. Univ.,” Vol. XVI. p. 795; Delambre, “Hist. de l’astronomie moderne,” Vol. II. pp. 92–119; “Ency. Brit.,” Akron, Ohio, 1905, Vol. XXII. p. 211).

The mathematician Eratosthenes, mentioned earlier, was from Cyrene and is recognized as one of the most famous librarians of Alexandria. He is said to have made the first attempt at measuring an arc of the meridian. The next recorded measurement was made by the astronomers of Almamon in the plains of Mesopotamia (“Encycl. Brit.,” ninth edition, Edinburgh, 1876, Vol. X. p. 177). The first accurately measured arc of the meridian in modern times, commensurate with the complexity of the problem, was done by Snellius, who detailed it in his notable work titled “Eratosthenes Batavus,” published in Leyden in 1617 (“Ency. Brit.,” ninth edition, Vol. VII. pp. 597, 606, also eighth edition, Vol. I. pp. 617–618; “Cosmos,” London, 1849, Vol. II. p. 544, and Chasles, “Recherches sur l’astronomie ...” in the Comptes Rendus, Vol. XXIII, 1846, p. 851). The biographers of Snellius—Snell van Roijen (Willebrood)—state that he was a highly regarded Dutch astronomer (1591–1626), known for discovering the law of refraction often credited to Descartes (Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1849, Vol. II. p. 699), and the author of a navigation treatise (“Tiphys Batavus,” Leyde, 1624) based on Edward Wright’s work. The technique he used (with imperfect instruments) for measuring an arc of the meridian has been adopted by all scientists since then (“La Grande Encyclopédie,” Vol. XXX. p. 115; “Nouv. Biog. Gén.,” de Hœfer, Vol. XLIV. p. 83; Montucla, “Hist. des Mathém.,” Vol. II; Larousse, “Dist. Univ.,” Vol. XVI. p. 795; Delambre, “Hist. de l’astronomie moderne,” Vol. II. pp. 92–119; “Ency. Brit.,” Akron, Ohio, 1905, Vol. XXII. p. 211).

[522]

[522]

References.—Theodor Gomperz, “Greek Thinkers,” translation of L. Magnus, London, 1901, p. 544; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. I. part i. pp. 413–414, and Vol. II. p. 164; “Geographical Journal” for October 1904, p. 411; Wm. Whewell, “Hist. of the Ind. Sc.,” New York, 1858, Vol. I. pp. 145–156; “Journal des Savants” for 1828, 1831, 1843; Alex. Chalmers, “Gen. Biog. Dict.,” London, 1814, Vol. XVII. pp. 505–506.

Sources.—Theodor Gomperz, “Greek Thinkers,” translation of L. Magnus, London, 1901, p. 544; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. I. part i. pp. 413–414, and Vol. II. p. 164; “Geographical Journal” for October 1904, p. 411; Wm. Whewell, “Hist. of the Ind. Sc.,” New York, 1858, Vol. I. pp. 145–156; “Journal des Savants” for 1828, 1831, 1843; Alex. Chalmers, “Gen. Biog. Dict.,” London, 1814, Vol. XVII. pp. 505–506.

Hues—Hood—Robert (1553(?)-1632), another of the English sea voyagers named by Gilbert at the end of his first book, was a mathematician and geographer who sailed around the world with Thomas Cavendish and is the author of “Tractatus de Globis ... et eorum usu,” 1593, 1594, 1627, which was written for the especial purpose of being used in connection with a set of globes by Emery Molyneux. This work was shortly afterwards followed by another in the same line entitled “Breviarum totius orbis”—“Breviarum orbis terrarum” (“Dict. of Nat. Biog.,” Vol. XXVIII. p. 156).

Hues—Hood—Robert (1553(?)-1632), another one of the English sea voyagers mentioned by Gilbert at the end of his first book, was a mathematician and geographer who circumnavigated the globe with Thomas Cavendish. He is the author of “Tractatus de Globis ... et eorum usu,” published in 1593, 1594, and 1627, which was specifically written to be used alongside a set of globes created by Emery Molyneux. This work was soon followed by another on the same topic titled “Breviarum totius orbis”—“Breviarum orbis terrarum” (“Dict. of Nat. Biog.,” Vol. XXVIII. p. 156).

Kendall—Kendel—Abram, who has already been mentioned (Gama, A.D. 1497; Norman, A.D. 1576), is called by Gilbert “the expert English navigator.” He was sailing master of the “Bear,” a ship belonging to Sir Robert Dudley (1573–1649), on the voyage which is referred to in Vol. IV of Hakluyt’s “Collection of the early voyages, travels and discoveries,” London, 1811. Therein, at pp. 57 and 58, mention is made of Kendall, who is also favourably alluded to in the very attractive and justly prominent work of Sir Robt. Dudley, published in three volumes at Florence, 1646–1647, 1661, and entitled “Dell Arcano del Mare di Roberto Dudleio, Duca di Nortumbria e Conte di Warwick.”

Kendall—Kendel—Abram, who has already been mentioned (Gama, CE 1497; Norman, CE 1576), is referred to by Gilbert as “the skilled English navigator.” He served as the sailing master of the “Bear,” a ship owned by Sir Robert Dudley (1573–1649), on the voyage discussed in Vol. IV of Hakluyt’s “Collection of the early voyages, travels and discoveries,” London, 1811. In that volume, on pages 57 and 58, Kendall is mentioned, and he is also favorably mentioned in the well-regarded and notable work of Sir Robt. Dudley, published in three volumes in Florence, 1646–1647, 1661, titled “Dell Arcano del Mare di Roberto Dudleio, Duca di Nortumbria e Conte di Warwick.”

References.—“Dict. of Nat. Biogr.,” Vol. XVI. p. 125; also Libri’s “Catalogues,” 1859, Vol. I. p. 160, and 1861, Vol. I. p. 268; Vol. II. p. 573, wherein it is said that amongst the Portulani are those of Abraham Kendall and John Diez for the coasts of America and the West Indies.

References.—“Dictionary of National Biography,” Vol. XVI, p. 125; also Libri’s “Catalogues,” 1859, Vol. I, p. 160, and 1861, Vol. I, p. 268; Vol. II, p. 573, which mentions that among the Portulani are those created by Abraham Kendall and John Diez for the coasts of America and the West Indies.

Kendall is said to have joined, during the year 1595, the last expedition of Francis Drake and to have died the year following. Drake is alluded to in the address by Edward Wright in connection with Thomas Candish (Cavendish), and they are both also mentioned together (De Magnete, Book III. chap. i.), where Gilbert calls Drake “our most illustrious Neptune,” and Cavendish “that other world-explorer.”

Kendall is said to have joined Francis Drake's last expedition in 1595 and to have died the following year. Drake is mentioned in the address by Edward Wright along with Thomas Candish (Cavendish), and they are both referred to together in De Magnete, Book III, chap. i., where Gilbert calls Drake “our most illustrious Neptune,” and Cavendish “that other world-explorer.”

References.—David Hume, “History of England,” London, 1822, Vol. V; “Lives of Drake, Candish and Dampier,” Edin., 1831; “Collection of Voyages and Discoveries,” Glasgow, 1792; “English Seamen of the Sixteenth Century,” by James Anthony Froude, New York, 1896, pp. 75–103, detailing Drake’s voyage around the world; “Life of Sir Francis Drake and Account of his Family,” reprinted from the “Biog. Britannica,” 1828; “The Works of John Locke,” London, 1812, Vol. X. pp. 359–512, for the “History of Navigation from its Origin to this Time” (1704), prefixed to “Churchill’s Collection of Voyages,” and embracing the voyages of Stephen Burrough, Sebastian Cabot, Sir Thos. Candish,[523] Christopher Columbus, Sir Francis Drake and Vasco da Gama, as well as the discoveries attributed to Gioia and others; making, for the polarity of needle, special mention of Bochart’s “Geog. Sacra,” p. 716, Purchas’ “Pilgrims,” p. 26 and Fuller’s “Miscellanies,” lib. iv. cap. 19; Franciscus Drakus, 1581, is Epig. 39, Liber Secundus, p. 28 of 1747, Amsterodami ed. of “Epigrammatum Ioan Oweni” (John Owen, 1560–1622, “Dict. of Nat. Biog.,” Vol. XLII. pp. 420–421). At pp. 437 and 444, Vol. I. of “The History of No’ America,” by Alfred Brittain, Philadelphia, 1903, will be found a plate portrait of Sir Francis Drake and the reproduction of a page from “Sir Francis Drake Revived,” originally published in 1626. The latter is “a true relation of foure severall voyages ... collected out of the notes of Sir Francis Drake, Philip Nichols and Francis Fletcher ...”; “The Voyages of the Cabots,” in “Narrative and Critical History of America,” by Justin Winsor, Boston, 1889, Vol. III. pp. 1–59–84 for Drake, Hawkins and Cavendish. “Life of Sir Rob. Dudley ...” by John Temple Leader, Florence, 1895. For Sir Francis Drake and Thos. Candish, consult also Vols. XV and XVI, as per Index, p. 412 of Richard Hakluyt, “The Principal Navigations ...” Edinburgh, 1889; “General Biog. Dict.,” Alex. Chalmers, London, 1813, Vol. XII. p. 305 for Sir Francis Drake and pp. 414–418 for Sir Rob. Dudley.

References.—David Hume, “History of England,” London, 1822, Vol. V; “Lives of Drake, Candish, and Dampier,” Edinburgh, 1831; “Collection of Voyages and Discoveries,” Glasgow, 1792; “English Seamen of the Sixteenth Century,” by James Anthony Froude, New York, 1896, pp. 75–103, detailing Drake’s voyage around the world; “Life of Sir Francis Drake and Account of his Family,” reprinted from the “Biog. Britannica,” 1828; “The Works of John Locke,” London, 1812, Vol. X, pp. 359–512, for the “History of Navigation from its Origin to this Time” (1704), prefixed to “Churchill’s Collection of Voyages,” covering the voyages of Stephen Burrough, Sebastian Cabot, Sir Thos. Candish, [523] Christopher Columbus, Sir Francis Drake, and Vasco da Gama, along with discoveries attributed to Gioia and others; making special mention of Bochart’s “Geog. Sacra,” p. 716, Purchas’ “Pilgrims,” p. 26, and Fuller’s “Miscellanies,” lib. iv. cap. 19; Franciscus Drakus, 1581, is Epig. 39, Liber Secundus, p. 28 of the 1747 Amsterdam edition of “Epigrammatum Ioan Oweni” (John Owen, 1560–1622, “Dict. of Nat. Biog.,” Vol. XLII. pp. 420–421). On pp. 437 and 444, Vol. I of “The History of No' America,” by Alfred Brittain, Philadelphia, 1903, features a portrait of Sir Francis Drake and a reproduction of a page from “Sir Francis Drake Revived,” originally published in 1626. The latter is “a true relation of four separate voyages... colated from the notes of Sir Francis Drake, Philip Nichols, and Francis Fletcher...”; “The Voyages of the Cabots,” in “Narrative and Critical History of America,” by Justin Winsor, Boston, 1889, Vol. III, pp. 1–59–84 for Drake, Hawkins, and Cavendish. “Life of Sir Rob. Dudley...” by John Temple Leader, Florence, 1895. For Sir Francis Drake and Thos. Candish, see also Vols. XV and XVI, as per Index, p. 412 of Richard Hakluyt, “The Principal Navigations...” Edinburgh, 1889; “General Biog. Dict.,” Alex. Chalmers, London, 1813, Vol. XII, p. 305 for Sir Francis Drake and pp. 414–418 for Sir Rob. Dudley.

Lactantius—Lucius Cœlius Firmianus—celebrated orator of Italian descent, called “the Christian Cicero,” died about 325–326 A.D. He was a teacher of rhetoric in Nicomedia, Bithynia, was entrusted by Constantine the Great with the education of his son Crispus Cæsar (“History of Christianity,” Rev. Hy. Hart Milman, London, 1840, Vol. II. p. 384), and became a very extensive writer. Dufresnoy enumerates as many as eighty-six editions of his entire works, besides separate publications of his different treatises, appearing between the years 1461–1465 and 1739; the best editions being given in Vols. X-XI of the “Bibliotheca Patrum Ecclesiasticorum Latinorum ...” by Gersdorf (Ephraim Gotthelf), Leipzig, 1842–1844 and in Migne (Jacques Paul) “Patrologiæ,” Vols. VI-VII, 1844. His principal work is the “Divinarum Institutionum,” the third book of which (“De falsa sapientia”) is referred to by Gilbert (De Magnete, Chap. III), when he says that Lactantius, like the most unlearned of the vulgar, or like an uncultured bumpkin, treats with ridicule the mention of antipodes and of a round globe of earth.

Lactantius—Lucius Cœlius Firmianus—was a celebrated orator of Italian descent, known as “the Christian Cicero,” who died around 325–326 CE He taught rhetoric in Nicomedia, Bithynia, and was appointed by Constantine the Great to educate his son Crispus Cæsar (“History of Christianity,” Rev. Hy. Hart Milman, London, 1840, Vol. II. p. 384). He became a prolific writer, with Dufresnoy listing as many as eighty-six editions of his collected works, along with separate publications of his various treatises, released between 1461–1465 and 1739. The best editions are found in Vols. X-XI of the “Bibliotheca Patrum Ecclesiasticorum Latinorum ...” by Gersdorf (Ephraim Gotthelf), Leipzig, 1842–1844, and in Migne (Jacques Paul) “Patrologiæ,” Vols. VI-VII, 1844. His main work is the “Divinarum Institutionum,” with the third book (“De falsa sapientia”) mentioned by Gilbert (De Magnete, Chap. III), noting that Lactantius, like the most uneducated among the common folk or an unsophisticated peasant, mocks the idea of antipodes and a spherical Earth.

Geo. Hakewill, who has already appeared in this “Bibliographical History,” at A.D. 1627, alludes to the above (“Apologie,” Oxford, 1635, lib. iii. p. 281), in manner following: “Yet that which to me seemeth more strange is that those two learned Clearkes, Lactantius (Divin. Inst., lib. iii. cap. 24), and Augustine (De Civitate Dei, I. lib. xvi. cap. 9), should with that earnestnesse deny the being of any antipodes.... Zachary, Bishop of Rome, and Boniface, Bishop of Mentz, led (as it seems), by the authority of these Fathers, went farther herein, condemning one Vergilius, a Bishop of Saltzburg, as an heretique, only for holding that there were antipodes.” Madame Blavatsky (“Isis Unveiled,” Vol. I. p. 526)[524] says: “In 317 A.D. we find Lactantius teaching his pupil Crispus Cæsar, that the earth is a plane surrounded by the sky, which is composed of fire and water, and warning him against the heretical doctrine of the earth’s globular form!”

Geo. Hakewill, who has already appeared in this “Bibliographical History,” at CE 1627, refers to the above (“Apologie,” Oxford, 1635, lib. iii. p. 281), in the following way: “Yet what seems even stranger to me is that those two learned clerics, Lactantius (Divin. Inst., lib. iii. cap. 24), and Augustine (De Civitate Dei, I. lib. xvi. cap. 9), should so earnestly deny the existence of any antipodes.... Zachary, Bishop of Rome, and Boniface, Bishop of Mentz, apparently guided by the authority of these Fathers, went further in this matter, condemning a certain Vergilius, a Bishop of Saltzburg, as a heretic, simply for believing that there were antipodes.” Madame Blavatsky (“Isis Unveiled,” Vol. I. p. 526)[524] states: “In 317 CE we find Lactantius teaching his pupil Crispus Cæsar that the earth is a flat plane surrounded by the sky, which is made of fire and water, and warning him against the heretical belief in the earth’s spherical shape!”

The following notes concerning the antipodes are likely to prove interesting:

The following notes about the antipodes are probably going to be interesting:

“Pythagoras left no writings—Aristotle speaks only of his school—but Diogenes Laertius in one passage (‘Vitæ,’ VIII. I. Pythag. 25), quotes an authority to the effect that Pythagoras asserted the earth to be spherical and inhabited all over, so that there were antipodes, to whom that is over which to us is under.... Plato makes Socrates say that he took up the work of Anaxagoras, hoping to learn whether the earth was round or flat (‘Phædo,’ 46, Stallb. I, 176).” In Plutarch’s essay, “On the face appearing in the orb of the moon,” one of the characters is lavish in his ridicule of the sphericity of the earth and of the theory of antipodes. (Justin Winsor, “Narrative and Critical History,” Boston, 1889, Vol. I. pp. 3–5, notes; Lucretius, “De Rerum,” V. pp. 1052, etc., and vi. p. 630; Virgil (Publius V. Maro), “Georgics,” I. p. 247; Tacitus (Publius Cornelius), “Germania,” p. 45.)

“Pythagoras didn’t leave any writings—Aristotle only mentions his school—but Diogenes Laertius refers to a source that claims Pythagoras said the earth is spherical and fully inhabited, meaning there are antipodes, where what’s over for us is under for them.... Plato has Socrates stating he examined the work of Anaxagoras to find out if the earth was round or flat (‘Phædo,’ 46, Stallb. I, 176).” In Plutarch’s essay, “On the face appearing in the orb of the moon,” one character mocks the idea of a spherical earth and the theory of antipodes. (Justin Winsor, “Narrative and Critical History,” Boston, 1889, Vol. I. pp. 3–5, notes; Lucretius, “De Rerum,” V. pp. 1052, etc., and vi. p. 630; Virgil (Publius V. Maro), “Georgics,” I. p. 247; Tacitus (Publius Cornelius), “Germania,” p. 45.)

Speaking of the lower hemisphere or antipodes, as well as of islands of magnetic power drawing vessels on their rocks, Albertus Magnus says, in the book “De Natura Locorum,” contained in his “Philosophus Philosophorum Princeps”: “Perhaps also some magnetic power in that region draws human stones, even as the magnet draws iron.” See the Legends, in Reisch’s—Reysch’s—“Map of the World,” Rome, 1508 (“Christ. Colombus,” by J. B. Thatcher, New York, 1903, Vol. I. pp. 165–166).

Speaking of the Southern Hemisphere or the opposite side of the world, as well as islands with magnetic forces that attract ships to their shores, Albertus Magnus mentions in his book “De Natura Locorum,” found within “Philosophus Philosophorum Princeps”: “Perhaps there’s some magnetic force in that area that attracts people, just like a magnet attracts iron.” See the Legends in Reisch’s—Reysch’s—“Map of the World,” Rome, 1508 (“Christ. Colombus” by J. B. Thatcher, New York, 1903, Vol. I, pp. 165–166).

At the beginning of the fourteenth century, the roundness of the earth and the antipodes were generally recognized. Mention thereof is to be found in the “Trésor” of Brunetto Latini, in the “Divina Commedia,” in the “Convito” (Dante, Opere Minori, Vol. I. p. 93), and in the “Acerba” of Francesco degli Stabili (Cecco d’Ascoli), at ff. 8–11, lib. i. cap. 3; as well as in most cosmographical treatises of the fourteenth century (Libri, Vol. II. p. 197, note).

At the start of the fourteenth century, the round shape of the earth and the existence of antipodes were widely accepted. References to this can be found in Brunetto Latini's “Trésor,” in the “Divina Commedia,” in the “Convito” (Dante, Opere Minori, Vol. I. p. 93), and in Francesco degli Stabili's “Acerba” (Cecco d’Ascoli), at ff. 8–11, lib. i. cap. 3; as well as in most cosmography texts from the fourteenth century (Libri, Vol. II. p. 197, note).

Cecco D’Ascoli. Last page of the earliest known edition of his “Acerba” Venetia 1476. Printed nineteen times up to and including the edition of 1546. Now in the Bibliothèque Sainte Geneviève, Paris.

Cecco D’Ascoli. Last page of the earliest known edition of his “Acerba” Venetia 1476. Printed nineteen times up to and including the edition of 1546. Now in the Bibliothèque Sainte Geneviève, Paris.

Lactantius. “De Divinis Institutionibus.” Page taken from the 1465 edition. In the Bibliothèque Ste. Geneviève, Paris.

Lactantius. “De Divinis Institutionibus.” Page taken from the 1465 edition. In the Bibliothèque Ste. Geneviève, Paris.

The passage in Lactantius (lib. iii. cap. 24), begins Ineptum credere. In the 1570 edition, it commences at Chap. XXIII, “Aut est ...” p. 178. In the “Works of Lactantius,” Edinburgh, 1871, Vol. I. chap. xxiv. pp. 196–197, the translator, Wm. Fletcher, says that he thus ridicules the antipodes and the roundness of the earth: “... the rotundity of the earth leads, in addition, to the invention of those suspended antipodes,” whilst, at Vol. II. chap. xxxix. p. 122, Lactantius says again that “about the antipodes, also, one can neither hear nor speak without laughter.”

The passage in Lactantius (book iii, chapter 24) starts with Ineptum credere. In the 1570 edition, it begins at Chapter XXIII, “Aut est ...” p. 178. In the “Works of Lactantius,” Edinburgh, 1871, Vol. I, chapter xxiv, pp. 196–197, the translator, Wm. Fletcher, notes that he mocks the idea of antipodes and the round shape of the earth: “... the roundness of the earth also gives rise to the concept of those suspended antipodes,” while in Vol. II, chapter xxxix, p. 122, Lactantius again states that “about the antipodes, one cannot hear or talk without laughing.”

[525]

[525]

In “Christian Schools and Scholars,” Augusta Th. Drane, London, 1867, p. 70, Albertus describes the antipodes and the countries they embrace.

In “Christian Schools and Scholars,” Augusta Th. Drane, London, 1867, p. 70, Albertus describes the opposite sides of the world and the countries they include.

Robert Steele, in his “Mediæval Lore,” London, 1893, p. 75, has it: “And fables tell, that there, beyond the antipodes be men that have their feet against our feet.”

Robert Steele, in his “Mediæval Lore,” London, 1893, p. 75, says: “And stories say that, over there, beyond the antipodes, there are men who stand with their feet against ours.”

At p. 200 of André Pezzani’s “La Pluralité des Existences de l’Ame,” Paris, 1866, he mentions that Cardinal Nicolas De Cusa admits the roundness of the earth, the plurality of worlds, etc.

At p. 200 of André Pezzani’s “La Pluralité des Existences de l’Ame,” Paris, 1866, he mentions that Cardinal Nicolas De Cusa acknowledges the roundness of the earth, the existence of multiple worlds, and so on.

For antipodes and roundness of the earth see, likewise: Libri, “Hist. des Sc. Mathém.,” Vol. II. pp. 178, 182, note; Ch. W. Shields, “The Final Philosophy,” New York, 1877, p. 46; “Le Journal des Sçavans,” Vol. XXXVI for 1707, p. 510, wherein it is said that Plutarch denied the antipodes, as did both Lactantius and Saint Augustine. Consult, also, the volumes of “Le Journal des Sçavans” for the years 1710 and 1721.

For information on the antipodes and the roundness of the earth, see: Libri, “Hist. des Sc. Mathém.,” Vol. II, pp. 178, 182, note; Ch. W. Shields, “The Final Philosophy,” New York, 1877, p. 46; “Le Journal des Sçavans,” Vol. XXXVI for 1707, p. 510, where it is mentioned that Plutarch denied the existence of antipodes, as did both Lactantius and Saint Augustine. Also, check the volumes of “Le Journal des Sçavans” for the years 1710 and 1721.

References.—Dupin (André M. J. J.), “Biblioth. des Auteurs Eccles.,” Vol. I. p. 295; Celier (Léonce), “Hist. des Auteurs Sacrés,” Vol. III. p. 387; Schöll (Carl), “Hist. de la Lit. Romaine,” Vol. IV. p. 26; “Biog. Gén.,” Vol. XXVIII. pp. 611–620; ninth “Encycl. Brit.,” Vol. XIV. pp. 195–196; Lenain de Tillemont, “Hist. Eccles.,” Vol. VI; Fleury (Claude), “Historia Ecclesiastica” (“The Eccles. History from A.D. 400 to A.D. 456”), Vol. I; “History of the Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire,” by Edward Gibbon (Milman), Philad. 1880, Vol. II. p. 248 note; “Anti-Nicene Christian Library,” edited by Drs. Roberts and Donaldson.

Sources.—Dupin (André M. J. J.), “Biblioth. des Auteurs Eccles.,” Vol. I. p. 295; Celier (Léonce), “Hist. des Auteurs Sacrés,” Vol. III. p. 387; Schöll (Carl), “Hist. de la Lit. Romaine,” Vol. IV. p. 26; “Biog. Gén.,” Vol. XXVIII. pp. 611–620; ninth “Encycl. Brit.,” Vol. XIV. pp. 195–196; Lenain de Tillemont, “Hist. Eccles.,” Vol. VI; Fleury (Claude), “Historia Ecclesiastica” (“The Eccles. History from CE 400 to CE 456”), Vol. I; “History of the Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire,” by Edward Gibbon (Milman), Philad. 1880, Vol. II. p. 248 note; “Anti-Nicene Christian Library,” edited by Drs. Roberts and Donaldson.

Lusitanus, Amatus—Joan Rodrigo Amato—Portuguese physician (1511–1568), is author of several medical essays wherein he advocates the views of Galen and of the Arabian School. His most important work is “Curationum medicinalium centuriæ septem,” and is so named because it is divided into seven parts, each containing a hundred different observations and reports on medical cures, etc. In De Magnete, Book I. chap. i., Gilbert names him amongst authors, like Antonius Musae Brasavolus and Joannes Baptista Montanus, who tell of the efficacy of the loadstone in medicine.

Lusitanus, Amatus—Joan Rodrigo Amato—was a Portuguese physician (1511–1568) who wrote several medical essays in support of the ideas of Galen and the Arabian School. His most significant work is “Curationum medicinalium centuriæ septem,” named for its structure, which is divided into seven parts, each featuring a hundred different observations and reports on medical treatments, etc. In De Magnete, Book I. chap. i., Gilbert mentions him alongside authors like Antonius Musae Brasavolus and Joannes Baptista Montanus, who discuss the effectiveness of the loadstone in medicine.

References.—“Thesaurus Literaturæ Botanicæ,” Lipsiæ, 1851, pp. 334–335; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. X. p. 796; “Dict. Hist. de la Médecine,” par N. F. J. Eloy, Mons, 1778, Vol. I. pp. 106–107.

Sources.—“Thesaurus Literaturæ Botanicæ,” Leipzig, 1851, pp. 334–335; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. X. p. 796; “Dict. Hist. de la Médecine,” by N. F. J. Eloy, Mons, 1778, Vol. I. pp. 106–107.

Lynschoten—Linschooten—Jan Huygan van—who, with Richard Hakluyt, we find mentioned by Edward Wright in his Address “to the most learned Mr. William Gilbert,” was a celebrated Dutch navigator (1563–1611) who accompanied Vicente Fonseca, Archbishop of Goa, upon his Eastern trip and first published a relation thereof during the year 1601. He is the author, also, of “Itinerario[526] Voyage ofte Schipvært,” Amsterdam, 1596, 1604, 1605, 1623, and “Itinerarium, ofte Schipvært,” Amsterdam, 1614.

Lynschoten—Linschooten—Jan Huygan van—who, along with Richard Hakluyt, is mentioned by Edward Wright in his Address “to the most learned Mr. William Gilbert,” was a prominent Dutch navigator (1563–1611) who traveled with Vicente Fonseca, Archbishop of Goa, on his journey to the East and first published an account of it in 1601. He is also the author of “Itinerario[526] Voyage ofte Schipvært,” published in Amsterdam in 1596, 1604, 1605, 1623, and “Itinerarium, ofte Schipvært,” published in Amsterdam in 1614.

References.—Lautz (G.), “Biog. de J. H. Van L.,” Amst., 1845; Du Boys (Pierre), “Vies des Gouverneurs,” p. 4; “La Grande Encycl.,” Vol. XXII. p. 299; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. X. p. 542; “Biog. Générale,” Vol. XXXI. p. 303.

References.—Lautz (G.), “Biography of J. H. Van L.,” Amsterdam, 1845; Du Boys (Pierre), “Lives of the Governors,” p. 4; “The Great Encyclopedia,” Vol. XXII, p. 299; Larousse, “Universal Dictionary,” Vol. X, p. 542; “General Biography,” Vol. XXXI, p. 303.

Machometes Aractensis. See Albategnius.

Machometes Aractensis. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Marbodeus Gallus, surnamed Pelliciarius, who is briefly mentioned twice by Gilbert in De Magnete, Book I. chap. i., was a French writer, son of a merchant (Marbode, Marbœuf) who finally became Bishop of Rennes in 1081, and died at Angers in 1123–1125. He is best known by his poetical works, which were first published in 1524. As has already been said, Marbodeus is supposed to have used the manuscript of Evax-Euace—to make up his own book on precious stones. The latter work is alluded to by J. B. Hauréau in the second of his articles on the Latin MSS. of the Palatine—“Codices Palatini Bibliothecæ Vaticanæ”—wherein the first line is quoted:

Marbodeus Gallus, nicknamed Pelliciarius, who is briefly mentioned twice by Gilbert in De Magnete, Book I, chapter i, was a French writer, the son of a merchant (Marbode, Marbœuf) who eventually became Bishop of Rennes in 1081 and died in Angers between 1123 and 1125. He is best known for his poetry, which was first published in 1524. As previously mentioned, Marbodeus is thought to have used the manuscript of Evax-Euace to create his own book on precious stones. This work is referenced by J. B. Hauréau in the second of his articles on the Latin manuscripts of the Palatine—“Codices Palatini Bibliothecæ Vaticanæ”—where the first line is quoted:

Evax, rex Arabum, fertur scripisse Neroni

(“Journal des Savants,” Sept. 1887, p. 565, June 1891, p. 372; “Hildeb. et Marbod. Opera,” Col. 1637).

(“Journal des Savants,” Sept. 1887, p. 565, June 1891, p. 372; “Hildeb. et Marbod. Opera,” Col. 1637).

Bertelli quotes, at p. 96 of his “Pietro Peregrino” Memoir, four of the Latin lines, as well as those of Hildeberti, which can be translated as follows:

Bertelli quotes, on p. 96 of his “Pietro Peregrino” Memoir, four of the Latin lines, as well as those of Hildeberti, which can be translated like this:

“The magnet stone is found amongst the Troglodites,
The same stone which India, its mother, sends;
This one is known to be of ferruginous colour
And its nature is to draw iron when near it.”

References.—“The Lapidarium of Marbodus” (with translation of the sixty-one chapters) at pp. 389–417 of “Antique Gems,” by Rev. C. W. King, London, 1866; “Gallia Christiana,” XIV. col. 746; “Hist. Lit. de la France,” Vol. X. p. 343; “La Grande Encycl.,” Vol. XXIII. p. 15; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. X2. p. 1126; “Biographie Générale,” Vol. XXXIII. pp. 366–367.

References.—“The Lapidarium of Marbodus” (with translation of the sixty-one chapters) on pp. 389–417 of “Antique Gems,” by Rev. C. W. King, London, 1866; “Gallia Christiana,” XIV. col. 746; “Hist. Lit. de la France,” Vol. X. p. 343; “La Grande Encycl.,” Vol. XXIII. p. 15; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. X2. p. 1126; “Biographie Générale,” Vol. XXXIII. pp. 366–367.

Marco Polo. See A.D. 1271–1295, p. 55.

Marco Polo. See A.D. 1271–1295, p. __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

55

Matthæus Silvaticus. See Silvaticus.

Matthæus Silvaticus. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Matthiolus, Petrus Andreas—Pierre André Mattiole—(1500–1577), Italian naturalist and physician, is best known by his Commentary originally published at Venice under the title “Il Dioscoride con gli suoi discorsi” and translated into Latin, 1554, which is said to contain all that was known of medicine and botany up to that time (Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. X. p. 1349; Eloy, “Dict. Hist. de Médecine,” Mons, 1778, Vol. III. pp. 190–193.)

Matthiolus, Petrus Andreas—Pierre André Mattiole—(1500–1577), Italian naturalist and physician, is most famous for his Commentary originally published in Venice under the title “Il Dioscoride con gli suoi discorsi” and translated into Latin in 1554. It is said to contain everything that was known about medicine and botany up to that time (Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. X. p. 1349; Eloy, “Dict. Hist. de Médecine,” Mons, 1778, Vol. III. pp. 190–193.)

Gilbert tells, in Book I. chap. i. of De Magnete, that Matthiolus,[527] the translator of Dioscorides, “furbishes again the garlic and diamond story, in connection with the loadstone, that he also brings in the fable of Mahomet’s shrine having an arched roof of magnets so that the people might be fooled by the trick of the coffin suspended in air, as though ’twere some divine miracle, and, furthermore, that he compares the attractive virtues of the loadstone, which pass through iron, to the mischief of the torpedo, whose poison passes through bodies and spreads in an occult way.”

Gilbert states in Book I, chapter i of De Magnete that Matthiolus,[527] the translator of Dioscorides, “revives the garlic and diamond story related to the lodestone. He also mentions the tale of Muhammad’s shrine having an arched roof made of magnets, which tricks people into believing in a miracle when a coffin is suspended in the air. Additionally, he compares the attractive properties of the lodestone, which can pass through iron, to the effects of the torpedo, whose poison spreads through bodies in a hidden way.”

Maurolycus—Marulle—Franciscus (1494–1575) was Abbot of Messina and a celebrated geometer. His well-known “Opuscula Mathematica,” Venice, 1575, containing treatises on the sphere, astronomical instruments, etc., was preceded by his great book on Cosmography published during 1543, and he also wrote many other works which will be found enumerated in the Catalogue so ably made up by the Abbé Scina (Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. X. p. 1365; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. II. p. 201).

Maurolycus—Marulle—Franciscus (1494–1575) was the Abbot of Messina and a renowned geometer. His famous “Opuscula Mathematica,” published in Venice in 1575, includes treatises on spheres, astronomical instruments, and more. This was preceded by his major work on Cosmography released in 1543, and he authored many other writings listed in the comprehensive Catalogue compiled by Abbé Scina (Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. X. p. 1365; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. II. p. 201).

Gilbert mentions Franciscus Maurolycus (De Magnete, Book I. chaps. i. and xvii., also Book IV. chaps. i. and xviii.), regarding the variation in the Mediterranean Sea and says that he discusses a few problems regarding the loadstone, adopting the current opinion of others, and that he believes the variation is caused by a certain magnetic island mentioned by Olaus Magnus.

Gilbert mentions Franciscus Maurolycus (De Magnete, Book I, chaps. i. and xvii., also Book IV, chaps. i. and xviii.), regarding the variation in the Mediterranean Sea. He notes that Maurolycus discusses some issues related to lodestones, agreeing with the prevailing views of others, and he believes that the variation is due to a specific magnetic island mentioned by Olaus Magnus.

References.—Libri, “Hist. des Sc. Mathém.,” Paris, 1838, Vol III. p. 102; “Nouv. Biog. Gén.” (Hœfer), Vol. XXXIV. p. 428; “Vita del Abate. Maurolico,” Messine, 1613; Nicéron, “Mémoires,” Vol. XXXVII; “Biog. Univ.” (Michaud), Vol. XXVII. p. 352; Tessier (H. A.), “Eloges des hommes Illustres”; “Dict. Univ. du XIXe siècle” (Larousse), Vol. X. p. 1365.

References.—Libri, “History of Mathematical Sciences,” Paris, 1838, Vol III. p. 102; “New Biographical Dictionary” (Hœfer), Vol. XXXIV. p. 428; “Life of Abate Maurolico,” Messine, 1613; Nicéron, “Memoirs,” Vol. XXXVII; “Universal Biography” (Michaud), Vol. XXVII. p. 352; Tessier (H. A.), “Eulogies of Distinguished Men”; “Dictionary of the 19th Century” (Larousse), Vol. X. p. 1365.

Menelaus (called also Mileus, Milieus, by Apian and by Mersenne), was a celebrated Alexandrian, living end of first century A.D., who, in his brilliant treatment especially of spherical geometry, went considerably beyond all his predecessors. The only work of his, however, that has reached us is a treatise on the sphere in three books, of which the translation was made by Maurolycus and inserted by P. Mersenne in his “Univ. Geometriæ Synopsis,” 1644.

Menelaus (also known as Mileus and Milieus, according to Apian and Mersenne) was a renowned Alexandrian who lived at the end of the first century CE His exceptional work, particularly on spherical geometry, surpassed that of all his predecessors. However, the only work of his that has survived is a three-book treatise on the sphere. The translation was done by Maurolycus and included by P. Mersenne in his “Univ. Geometriæ Synopsis,” published in 1644.

Menelaus is mentioned by Gilbert (De Magnete, Book VI. chaps. viii. and ix.) together with Ptolemy and Machometes Aractensis, who, says he, have held in their writings that the fixed stars and the whole firmament have a forward movement, for they contemplated the heavens and not the earth and knew nothing of magnetic inclination.

Menelaus is mentioned by Gilbert (De Magnete, Book VI. chaps. viii. and ix.) along with Ptolemy and Machometes Aractensis, who, according to him, claimed in their writings that the fixed stars and the entire sky have a forward motion because they focused on the heavens rather than the earth and were unaware of magnetic inclination.

References.—Montucla, J. F., “Hist. des Mathém.,” Vol. I. p. 291; Delambre, J. B. J., “Hist. de l’Astron. Moderne,” Vol. II. p. 243.

Sources.—Montucla, J. F., “History of Mathematics,” Vol. I, p. 291; Delambre, J. B. J., “History of Modern Astronomy,” Vol. II, p. 243.

Merula, Gaudentius, was an Italian savant living early in the[528] sixteenth century, author of “De Gallorum ... antiquitate,” 1536, 1538, 1592, of “Memorabilium” 1546, 1550, 1551, 1556, and of several general histories, etc. Gilbert says (De Magnete, Book I. chap. i.) Merula advises that on a loadstone be graven the image of a bear, when the moon looks to the north, so that, being suspended by an iron thread, it may win the virtue of the celestial Bear.

Merula, Gaudentius, was an Italian scholar living in the early sixteenth century. He wrote “De Gallorum ... antiquitate” in 1536, 1538, and 1592, “Memorabilium” in 1546, 1550, 1551, and 1556, and several general histories, among other works. Gilbert mentions (De Magnete, Book I. chap. i.) that Merula suggests engraving the image of a bear on a loadstone when the moon is positioned to the north, so that when it is hung by an iron thread, it can gain the power of the celestial Bear.

References.—Cotta (Lazaro Agostino), “Musæo Novarese,” p. 133; Philippo Argellati, “Bibliotheca ... Mediol. ...” Vol. II. pp. 2131–2134; “La Grande Encycl.” Vol. XXIII. p. 732; “Biog. Gén.,” Vol. XXXV. p. 127.

Sources.—Cotta (Lazaro Agostino), “Musæo Novarese,” p. 133; Philippo Argellati, “Bibliotheca ... Mediol. ...” Vol. II. pp. 2131–2134; “La Grande Encycl.” Vol. XXIII. p. 732; “Biog. Gén.,” Vol. XXXV. p. 127.

Montagnana, Bartholommeo, who is briefly alluded to at the end of Book I. chap. xv. of De Magnete, was the head of a well-known family of Italian physicians. He was born about 1400, practised medicine at Bologna and Padua, and wrote “Consilia Medica, edita Paduæ anno 1436,” also “De Balneis Patav.; de compositione et dosi medicamentorum,” the latter appearing at Padua in 1556.

Montagnana, Bartholommeo, who is briefly mentioned at the end of Book I. chap. xv. of De Magnete, was the leader of a prominent family of Italian doctors. He was born around 1400, practiced medicine in Bologna and Padua, and wrote “Consilia Medica, published in Padua in 1436,” as well as “De Balneis Patav.; on the composition and dosage of medicines,” the latter published in Padua in 1556.

References.—Papadopoli (Nicolaus Comnenus), “Historia Gymnasii Patavavini,” I; Manget (Jean Jacques), “Bibliotheca Scriptorum Medicorum”; “Biog. Générale,” Vol. XXXVI. p. 34.

References.—Papadopoli (Nicolaus Comnenus), “History of the University of Padua,” I; Manget (Jean Jacques), “Library of Medical Writers”; “General Biography,” Vol. XXXVI, p. 34.

Montanus, Arias—Benedictus (1527–1598), eminent Spanish Catholic divine and orientalist, member of the Council of Trent, is best known by his Polyglott Bible—Biblia Regia or Biblia Plantiniana—though he is the author of many works, mostly religious, published during the years 1569, 1571, 1572, 1574 and 1593. Upon completing the last of the eight folio volumes of the Biblia, he was offered, but declined, a bishopric by King Philip II, at whose request he had undertaken the work and who, later on, rewarded him with a liberal pension and other emoluments.

Montanus, Arias—Benedictus (1527–1598), a prominent Spanish Catholic theologian and expert in oriental studies, was a member of the Council of Trent. He is most famous for his Polyglott Bible—Biblia Regia or Biblia Plantiniana—but he also wrote many works, mostly religious, published in 1569, 1571, 1572, 1574, and 1593. After finishing the last of the eight folio volumes of the Biblia, he was offered a bishopric by King Philip II, who had requested the work from him. However, he declined the offer and was later rewarded with a generous pension and other benefits.

He is but briefly referred to by Gilbert, De Magnete, Book I. chap. i.

He is only briefly mentioned by Gilbert, De Magnete, Book I, chap. i.

References.—Antonio (Nicolas), “Bibl. Hisp. Nova”; D. Nicol. M. Serrano, “Appendice al Dicc. Univ.,” Madrid, 1881, Vol. XIV. p. 407; “Diccionario Enciclopedico Hispano-Americano,” Barcelona, 1887, Vol. II. p. 596; Loumyer (C.), “Vie de B. A. Montano,” 1842; “Biog. Gén.,” Vol. III. pp. 145–146; Rosenmüeller (Ernst Friedrich Carl), “Handbuch für die Literatur,” Vol. III. p. 296; Colomiès (Paul), “Italia et Hispania Orientalis,” p. 241.

References.—Antonio (Nicolas), “Bibl. Hisp. Nova”; D. Nicol. M. Serrano, “Appendice al Dicc. Univ.,” Madrid, 1881, Vol. XIV. p. 407; “Diccionario Enciclopedico Hispano-Americano,” Barcelona, 1887, Vol. II. p. 596; Loumyer (C.), “Vie de B. A. Montano,” 1842; “Biog. Gén.,” Vol. III. pp. 145–146; Rosenmüeller (Ernst Friedrich Carl), “Handbuch für die Literatur,” Vol. III. p. 296; Colomiès (Paul), “Italia et Hispania Orientalis,” p. 241.

Montanus—Da Monte—Joannes Baptista (1488–1551), already mentioned in connection with Lusitanus, was a Professor of Medicine at the Padua University and regarded as one of the most celebrated physicians of his day. He is the author of many valuable works, including “Metaphrasis Summaria,” 1551, “De Differentiis Medicamentorum,”[529] 1551; “In Nonum librum; Rhazès ad Almansorem Expositio,” 1554, 1562.

Montanus—Da Monte—Joannes Baptista (1488–1551), previously mentioned in relation to Lusitanus, was a Professor of Medicine at Padua University and was considered one of the most renowned physicians of his time. He authored several important works, including “Metaphrasis Summaria,” 1551, “De Differentiis Medicamentorum,”[529] 1551; “In Nonum librum; Rhazès ad Almansorem Expositio,” 1554, 1562.

References.—Tiraboschi (Girolamo), “Storia della Letteratura Italiana”; Facciolati (Jacopo), “Fasti Gymnasii Patavini,” par. III; Gilbert, De Magnete, Book I. chap. i.; “Biog. Générale,” Vol. XXXVI. pp. 108–109.

Sources.—Tiraboschi (Girolamo), “History of Italian Literature”; Facciolati (Jacopo), “Chronicles of the Patavian School,” par. III; Gilbert, On the Magnet, Book I. chap. i.; “General Biography,” Vol. XXXVI. pp. 108–109.

Myrepsus—Myrepsius—Nicolaus, Greek physician, living in the thirteenth century, became very prominent in Rome as a great student of the Arabic writers. He is the author, more particularly, of a medical treatise, divided into forty-eight sections containing as many as two thousand six hundred and fifty-six formulæ, which was translated by Leonard Fuchs under the title “Nic. Myr. Alex. medicamentorum opus,” Basle, 1549, and frequently reprinted, whilst another translation was made by Nicolas de Reggio, who, like Matthæus Silvaticus, was a physician at Salerno and who called it “Nic. Alex. liber de compositione medicamentorum,” Ingoldstadt, 1541. The last-named work has, by some, been confounded with the “Antidotarium” of Nicolas Præpositas.

Myrepsus—Myrepsius—Nicolaus, a Greek physician from the thirteenth century, became well-known in Rome as a top scholar of Arabic writers. He is particularly known for a medical treatise divided into forty-eight sections that includes two thousand six hundred and fifty-six formulas. This work was translated by Leonard Fuchs and published under the title “Nic. Myr. Alex. medicamentorum opus” in Basel in 1549, and it was reprinted many times. Another translation was done by Nicolas de Reggio, a physician from Salerno, who titled it “Nic. Alex. liber de compositione medicamentorum,” published in Ingolstadt in 1541. Some people have confused this last work with the “Antidotarium” of Nicolas Præpositas.

Myrepsus is spoken of by Gilbert, Book I, at end of chap. xiv. De Magnete treating of the medicinal virtue of the loadstone. Nicolaus, says he, puts into his “divine plaster” a good deal of loadstone, as do the Augsburg doctors in their “black plaster” for fresh wounds and stabs; because of the exsiccating effect of the loadstone without corrosion, it becomes an efficacious and useful remedy. Paracelsus, in like manner, and for the same end, makes loadstone an ingredient of his plaster for stab wounds.

Myrepsus is mentioned by Gilbert in Book I, at the end of chapter xiv of De Magnete, which discusses the medicinal properties of lodestone. He notes that Nicolaus includes a significant amount of lodestone in his “divine plaster,” just like the doctors in Augsburg use it in their “black plaster” for fresh wounds and stab injuries. Due to the drying effect of the lodestone without causing corrosion, it serves as an effective and beneficial remedy. Paracelsus similarly incorporates lodestone into his plaster for stab wounds for the same reason.

References.—Fabricius (Johann Albert), “Bibliotheca Græca,” Vol. X. p. 292; Vol. XII. pp. 4, 346; Kastner (Christian Wilhelm), “Medicin. Gelehrten-Lexikon,” p. 577; Freind (John), “Hist. of Physic,” Vol. I. p. 464; Hœfer (M. F.), “Hist. de la Chimie,” Vol. I; Sprengel (Kurt Polycarp Joachim), “Geschichte der Arzneikunde,” Vol. II. p. 334; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. XI. p. 744; “Biog. Générale,” Vol. XXXVII. p. 92.

References.—Fabricius (Johann Albert), “Bibliotheca Græca,” Vol. X. p. 292; Vol. XII. pp. 4, 346; Kastner (Christian Wilhelm), “Medicin. Gelehrten-Lexikon,” p. 577; Freind (John), “Hist. of Physic,” Vol. I. p. 464; Hœfer (M. F.), “Hist. de la Chimie,” Vol. I; Sprengel (Kurt Polycarp Joachim), “Geschichte der Arzneikunde,” Vol. II. p. 334; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. XI. p. 744; “Biog. Générale,” Vol. XXXVII. p. 92.

Nicander of Colophon, whom Gilbert mentions twice in his first book, chapter ii., “On the loadstone, what it is: its discovery”—was a Greek poet and physician who lived second century B.C. and of whom comparatively little is known. Only two of his many reported works remain: these are treated of at pp. 917–920, Vol. XXXVII of the “Biographie Générale,” where can likewise be found the titles of all the others according to Fabricius (Johann Albert), “Bibliotheca Græca,” Harles edition, Vol. IV. p. 345).

Nicander of Colophon, mentioned twice by Gilbert in his first book, chapter ii., “On the loadstone, what it is: its discovery”—was a Greek poet and physician who lived in the second century BCE and of whom relatively little is known. Only two of his many reported works remain: these are discussed on pp. 917–920, Vol. XXXVII of the “Biographie Générale,” where you can also find the titles of all the others according to Fabricius (Johann Albert), “Bibliotheca Græca,” Harles edition, Vol. IV. p. 345).

References.—Haller (Albrecht von), “Bibliotheca Botanica”; Charlant (Johann Ludwig), “Handb. ... die Æltere Medicin”; G. A. Pritzel, “Thesaur. Lit. Bot.,” 1851, pp. 210–211.

References.—Haller (Albrecht von), “Bibliotheca Botanica”; Charlant (Johann Ludwig), “Handbook ... of Ancient Medicine”; G. A. Pritzel, “Treasury of Botanical Literature,” 1851, pp. 210–211.

[530]

[530]

Nicetas—Hicetas—of Syracuse, a Pythagorician of the fourth century B.C., native of Chonæ in Phrygia (the old Colossæ of St. Paul) alluded to by Gilbert in conjunction with Heraclides of Pontus, was doubtless the first, according to Diog. Laert (VIII, 85), to teach the earth’s rotation. Humboldt remarks (“Cosmos,” 1860, Vol. II. p. 109) that Nicetas, Theophrastus and Heraclides Ponticus appear to have had a knowledge of the rotation of the earth upon its axis; but Aristarchus of Samos, and more particularly Seleucus of Babylon, who lived one hundred and fifty years after Alexander, first arrived at the knowledge that the earth not only rotated on its axis, but also moved around the Sun as the centre of the whole planetary system. Cicero, “Academica,” lib. iv. cap. 39: “Nicetas of Syracuse,” as Theophrastus says, “believed that the heavens, the sun, the moon, the stars—in brief, all things above—stand still; alone, the earth, of all things in the world, moves. Because it is rapidly turning and twisting upon its axis, it gives the effect of the whole sky moving, and that the earth stands.”

Nicetas—Hicetas—of Syracuse, a Pythagorean from the fourth century BCE, originally from Chonæ in Phrygia (the ancient Colossæ mentioned by St. Paul) was mentioned by Gilbert along with Heraclides of Pontus. According to Diogenes Laertius (VIII, 85), he was likely the first to teach the concept of the earth’s rotation. Humboldt notes (“Cosmos,” 1860, Vol. II, p. 109) that Nicetas, Theophrastus, and Heraclides Ponticus seemed to understand the rotation of the earth on its axis; however, Aristarchus of Samos, and especially Seleucus of Babylon, who lived about one hundred and fifty years after Alexander, were the first to realize that the earth not only rotated on its axis but also orbited around the Sun, which is the center of the entire solar system. Cicero, in “Academica,” lib. iv. cap. 39, states: “Nicetas of Syracuse,” as Theophrastus notes, “believed that the heavens, including the sun, the moon, and the stars—essentially everything above—are stationary; only the earth, among all things in the world, is in motion. Because it spins and rotates quickly on its axis, it creates the illusion that the entire sky is moving and that the earth is still.”

References.—Fabricius (Johann Albert), “Biblioth. Græca,” Vol. I. p. 847; “Biog. Générale,” Vol. XXIV. p. 642; “La Grande Encycl.,” Vol. XX. p. 63; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. II. p. 214; Gilbert, De Magnete, Book VI. chap. iii.

References.—Fabricius (Johann Albert), “Biblioth. Græca,” Vol. I. p. 847; “Biog. Générale,” Vol. XXIV. p. 642; “La Grande Encycl.,” Vol. XX. p. 63; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. II. p. 214; Gilbert, De Magnete, Book VI. chap. iii.

Pedro Nuñez, “Traitte ... de la Navigation.”

Pedro Nuñez, “Treatise ... on Navigation.”

Page 9 verso of Ms. Fr. No. 1338, now in the Bibliothèque Nationale, Paris.

Page 9 verso of Ms. Fr. No. 1338, now in the Bibliothèque Nationale, Paris.

Nuñez, Pedro—Nonius, Petrus—was a celebrated Portuguese mathematician (1492–1577) who, after his voyage to the East Indies, became chief cosmographer of the kingdom, and made a great many improvements in astronomical instruments, the merits of which were recognized notably by Tycho Brahé and by Dr. Halley. Of all his books, the most important are the “Tratado da sphera ...” 1537; “De arte atque ratione navigandi,” 1546; “Opera Mathematica,” 1566 (containing many treatises on navigation, instruments, sailing cards, etc.); “Annotaçoes à Sphera de Sacro Bosco,” 1567[65]; “Instrumenta Artis Navigandi,” 1592. Stockler observes [531]that the last-named treatise, which is an amplification of the 1537 “Tratatos das cartas de marear,” would alone justify placing Nonius among the most distinguished geometricians of his time.

Nuñez, Pedro—Nonius, Petrus—was a renowned Portuguese mathematician (1492–1577) who, after traveling to the East Indies, became the chief cosmographer of the kingdom and made numerous improvements in astronomical instruments. His contributions were notably recognized by Tycho Brahe and Dr. Halley. Among all his works, the most significant are “Tratado da sphera ...” 1537; “De arte atque ratione navigandi,” 1546; “Opera Mathematica,” 1566 (which includes many papers on navigation, instruments, sailing charts, etc.); “Annotaçoes à Sphera de Sacro Bosco,” 1567[65]; “Instrumenta Artis Navigandi,” 1592. Stockler notes [531]that the last mentioned treatise, which expands on the 1537 “Tratatos das cartas de marear,” would alone justify Nonius's place among the most distinguished geometricians of his time.

References.—Fernandez de Navarette, “Recherches ... sciences nautiques” (tr. M. D. de Mofras), Paris, 1839; Varnhagen (Francisco Adolfo de), “Historia geral do Brazil”; Machado (Barb.), “Biblioth. Lusitana”; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Générale,” 1887, Vol. I. part i. pp. 216, 574–575, and part ii. p. 1222; Gilbert, De Magnete, Book IV. chap. viii.; “La Grande Encycl.,” Vol. XXV. p. 140; “Biographie Générale,” Vol. XXXVIII. pp. 361–363; “Estromento de Sombras” of Pedro Nuñez, copied in Dr. G. Hellmann’s “Neudrucke,” 1898, No. 10; J. F. Montucla, “Hist. des Mathém. ...” (Supplément), Vol. II. pp. 656–659, for names of many other authors of treatises on navigation. For Sacro Bosco: “Dict. of National Biography,” edited by Sidney Lee, London, 1891, Vol. XXVII. p. 217; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. IX. pp. 934–935; Græsse (J. G. T.), “Trésor des livres rares,” Vol. VI. pp. 209–211; “Biog. Gén.,” Vol. XXVI. p. 555; Fabricius (Johann Albert), “Bibliotheca Latina Mediæ ... Ætatis”; Delambre (J. B. J.), “Astron. du Moyen-Age,” Vol. II; “Hist. Litter. de la France,” Vol. XIX. p. 1; “Ency. Brit.” ninth edition, Vol. XXI. pp. 140, 543.

References.—Fernandez de Navarette, “Researches ... nautical sciences” (trans. M. D. de Mofras), Paris, 1839; Varnhagen (Francisco Adolfo de), “General History of Brazil”; Machado (Barb.), “Lusitana Library”; Houzeau and Lancaster, “General Bibliography,” 1887, Vol. I. part i. pp. 216, 574–575, and part ii. p. 1222; Gilbert, On the Magnet, Book IV. chap. viii.; “The Great Encyclopedia,” Vol. XXV. p. 140; “General Biography,” Vol. XXXVIII. pp. 361–363; “Instrument of Shadows” by Pedro Nuñez, copied in Dr. G. Hellmann’s “Reprints,” 1898, No. 10; J. F. Montucla, “History of Mathematics ...” (Supplement), Vol. II. pp. 656–659, for names of many other authors of navigation treatises. For Sacro Bosco: “Dictionary of National Biography,” edited by Sidney Lee, London, 1891, Vol. XXVII. p. 217; Larousse, “Universal Dictionary,” Vol. IX. pp. 934–935; Græsse (J. G. T.), “Treasury of Rare Books,” Vol. VI. pp. 209–211; “General Biography,” Vol. XXVI. p. 555; Fabricius (Johann Albert), “Bibliotheca Latina of the Middle Ages ...”; Delambre (J. B. J.), “Astronomy of the Middle Ages,” Vol. II; “Literary History of France,” Vol. XIX. p. 1; “Encyclopedia Britannica,” ninth edition, Vol. XXI. pp. 140, 543.

Oribasius, Sardianus, was an eminent Greek physician, born about A.D. 325 at Sardes, the capital of Lydia. Gilbert (De Magnete, Book I. chap. i.) alludes to Chapter XIII of Oribasius’ “De Facultate Metallicorum,” which is embraced in one of the only three authentic treatises of his that have reached us, the first being part of a compilation relative to seventy medical books, whilst the second is a Synopsis, or rather an abridgment, of the first, and the third is called Euporistes, or manual of practical medicine.

Oribasius, Sardinian, was a notable Greek physician, born around CE 325 in Sardes, the capital of Lydia. Gilbert (De Magnete, Book I. chap. i.) references Chapter XIII of Oribasius’ “De Facultate Metallicorum,” which is included in one of the only three authentic works of his that still exist. The first is part of a collection related to seventy medical texts, the second is a synopsis, or more accurately, a summary of the first, and the third is titled Euporistes, or a manual of practical medicine.

References.—“Dict. Hist. de la Médecine,” par N. F. J. Eloy, Mons, 1778, Vol. III. 419–422; Eunapius, “Vitæ Philos. et Soph.”; Sprengel (Kurt Polycarp Joachim), “Hist. de la Médecine”; “La Grande Encycl.,” Vol. XXV. p. 561; “Biog. Gén.,” Vol. XXXVIII. pp. 786–789; Fabricius (Johann Albert), “Bibliotheca Græca,” Vols. IX. p. 451; XII. p. 640, and XIII. p. 353; Linden (Joannes Antonides van der) “... de scriptis medicis,” Amst., 1651, pp. 476–477.

References.—“Dictionary of the History of Medicine,” by N. F. J. Eloy, Mons, 1778, Vol. III. 419–422; Eunapius, “Lives of Philosophers and Sophists”; Sprengel (Kurt Polycarp Joachim), “History of Medicine”; “The Great Encyclopedia,” Vol. XXV. p. 561; “General Biography,” Vol. XXXVIII. pp. 786–789; Fabricius (Johann Albert), “Bibliotheca Graeca,” Vols. IX. p. 451; XII. p. 640, and XIII. p. 353; Linden (Joannes Antonides van der) “... on Medical Writings,” Amsterdam, 1651, pp. 476–477.

Orpheus, to whom Gilbert alludes (De Magnete, Book I. chap. ii.; Book II. chap. iii. and Book V. chap. xii.) is supposed to be the[532] Vedic Ribhu. Orpheus is a very important figure in Greek legend, whose existence is denied by Aristotle, but to whom are attributed many writings such as the Argonautica, Lithica, Bacchica, Orphica, etc.

Orpheus, referenced by Gilbert (De Magnete, Book I, chap. ii.; Book II, chap. iii. and Book V, chap. xii.), is believed to be the[532] Vedic Ribhu. Orpheus is a significant figure in Greek mythology, whose existence Aristotle disputes, but many works like the Argonautica, Lithica, Bacchica, Orphica, and others are attributed to him.

References.—“La Grande Encyclopédie,” Vol. XXV. pp. 607–608; “Biog. Générale,” Vol. XXXVIII. pp. 868–877; “English Cyclopædia,” Vol. IV. pp. 592–593.

References.—“The Big Encyclopedia,” Vol. XXV. pp. 607–608; “General Biography,” Vol. XXXVIII. pp. 868–877; “English Encyclopedia,” Vol. IV. pp. 592–593.

Oviedus, Gonzalus—Gonzalo Fernandez de Oviedo y Valdès—was one of the earliest historiographers of the New World (1478–1557), whose principal work—“Summario de las Indias Occidentales,” printed 1525—Gilbert says (De Magnete, Book I. chap. i.) contains earliest mention of the fact that in the meridian of the Azores there is no variation.

Oviedus, Gonzalez—Gonzalo Fernandez de Oviedo y Valdès—was one of the first historians of the New World (1478–1557). His main work, “Summario de las Indias Occidentales,” published in 1525, contains what Gilbert refers to in De Magnete, Book I, chap. i. as the earliest mention that there is no variation in the meridian of the Azores.

References.—The complete edition of Oviedus’s writings which appeared in 1850; “Thesaurus Liter. Botanicæ,” 1851, p. 218; Ticknor (George), “Hist. of Span. Lit.,” 1849.

References.—The complete edition of Oviedo's writings that was published in 1850; “Thesaurus Liter. Botanicæ,” 1851, p. 218; Ticknor (George), “History of Spanish Literature,” 1849.

Parmenides, an ancient philosopher, native of Southern Italy, living in fifth century A.D., and the most prominent of the followers of the Eleatic School (founded by him and Xenophanes), has embodied a brief summary of his tenets in a work called “Nature,” of which an able analyzation is to be found in the ninth “Encycl. Brit.,” Vol. XVIII. pp. 315–317. Gilbert’s only allusion to him is at Book V. chap. xii. of De Magnete, where he says that the ancient philosophers, as Thales, Heraclides, Anaxagoras, Archelaus, Pythagoras, Empedocles, Parmenides, Plato and the Platonists—nor Greek philosophers alone, but also the Egyptian and the Chaldean—all seek in the world a certain universal soul, and declare the whole world to be endowed with a soul.

Parmenides, an ancient philosopher from Southern Italy, lived in the fifth century CE and was the most notable among the followers of the Eleatic School, which he and Xenophanes founded. He summarized his ideas in a work called “Nature,” which is well analyzed in the ninth volume of the “Encycl. Brit.,” pages 315–317. The only reference Gilbert makes to him is in Book V, chapter xii. of De Magnete, where he states that the ancient philosophers, including Thales, Heraclides, Anaxagoras, Archelaus, Pythagoras, Empedocles, Parmenides, Plato, and the Platonists—not just Greek philosophers but also the Egyptians and Chaldeans—were all searching for a universal soul in the world and claimed that the entire world possesses a soul.

Parmenides has also left fragments of a poem on astronomy which was published by Scaliger.

Parmenides also left behind fragments of a poem about astronomy that Scaliger published.

References.—Ritter (Dr. Heinrich), “Hist. de la Philos.” (tr. M. Tissot), Vol. I; Fabricius (Johann Albert), “Biblioth. Græca,” Vol. I. p. 798; “Diog. Lært.,” IX. 23; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. II. p. 220; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. XII. p. 307; “Biog. Gén.,” Vol. XXXIX. pp. 227–230; Dr. Friedrich Ueberweg, “Hist. of Philosophy,” New York, 1885, Vol. I. pp. 54–57; Paul Tannery, “Pour l’Histoire de la Science Hellène,” Paris, 1887, Chap. IX. pp. 218–246.

References.—Ritter (Dr. Heinrich), “History of Philosophy” (translated by M. Tissot), Vol. I; Fabricius (Johann Albert), “Bibliotheca Graeca,” Vol. I, p. 798; “Diogenes Laertius,” IX. 23; Houzeau and Lancaster, “General Bibliography,” Vol. II, p. 220; Larousse, “Universal Dictionary,” Vol. XII, p. 307; “General Biography,” Vol. XXXIX, pp. 227–230; Dr. Friedrich Ueberweg, “History of Philosophy,” New York, 1885, Vol. I, pp. 54–57; Paul Tannery, “On the History of Hellenic Science,” Paris, 1887, Chap. IX, pp. 218–246.

Paul of Venice. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Paulus Venetus. See Sarpi, Pietro at A.D. 1623.

Paulus Venetus. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Philolaus, the Pythagorean, was born at Crotona and flourished about 374 B.C. He was a disciple of Archytas, was the first known writer on the subject of physics, and it is said his writings were so highly esteemed that Plato employed three books of Philolaus for the composition of his “Timæus.” Gilbert says (De Magnete,[533] Book VI. chap. iii.) that Philolaus, whom he calls an illustrious mathematician and a very experienced investigator of nature, would have the earth to be one of the stars and to turn in an oblique circle around the fire, just as the sun and moon have their paths.

Philolaus, the Pythagorean, was born in Crotona and was active around 374 BCE He studied under Archytas and was the first known writer on physics. His writings were so respected that Plato used three of Philolaus's books to write his “Timæus.” Gilbert states (De Magnete,[533] Book VI, chap. iii.) that Philolaus, whom he describes as an outstanding mathematician and a very knowledgeable natural philosopher, believed that the earth is one of the stars and moves in an oblique path around the fire, similar to the orbits of the sun and moon.

In the “Abhandlungen zur Geschichte der Mathematik,” Leipzig, 1899, Vol. IX. pp. 275–292, will be found “Note sur le charactère de l’astronomie Ancienne,” by Paul Mansion, explaining the seven systems of Ancient Astronomy and showing the centre of the world to be, according to Philolaus, a central fire, or vital flame of the entire planetary system; whilst Eudoxus,[66] Ptolemæus and Tycho Brahé believed it to be the earth immovable; Heraclides of Pontus asserted that it was the earth rotating from West to East; and both Aristarchus and Copernicus maintained that it was the Sun.

In the “Abhandlungen zur Geschichte der Mathematik,” Leipzig, 1899, Vol. IX. pp. 275–292, you will find “Note sur le charactère de l’astronomie Ancienne,” by Paul Mansion, which explains the seven systems of Ancient Astronomy and shows that, according to Philolaus, the center of the world is a central fire, or vital flame of the entire planetary system. Meanwhile, Eudoxus, Ptolemy, and Tycho Brahe believed it to be the immovable earth; Heraclides of Pontus claimed it was the earth rotating from West to East; and both Aristarchus and Copernicus argued that it was the Sun.

References.—Fabricius (Johann Albert), “Bibliotheca Græca”; Rose’s “New Gen. Biog. Dict.,” London, 1850, Vol. XI. p. 102; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. II. p. 224; Chaignet (Antelme Edouard), “Pythagore et la Philosophie Pythagoricienne,” 1873; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1859, Vol. I. p. 65; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. XII. p. 823.

References.—Fabricius (Johann Albert), “Bibliotheca Græca”; Rose’s “New Gen. Biog. Dict.,” London, 1850, Vol. XI. p. 102; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. II. p. 224; Chaignet (Antelme Edouard), “Pythagore et la Philosophie Pythagoricienne,” 1873; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1859, Vol. I. p. 65; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. XII. p. 823.

Philostratus, Flavius, to whom Gilbert alludes briefly at Chap. XXXVIII. book ii. of his De Magnete as affirming that the stone pantarbes attracts to itself other stones, was an eminent Greek sophist, born at Lemnos between 170 and 180 A.D., whose only writings known to us are accounts of the lives of Apollonius of Tyana[67] and of the Sophists. These were first published, Paris, 1608, and a part thereof have found a good translator in M. A. Chassang, who entitled his book “Le Merveilleux dans l’Antiquité,” Paris, 1862.

Philostratus, Flavius, whom Gilbert briefly refers to in Chap. XXXVIII of book ii of his De Magnete as claiming that the stone pantarbes attracts other stones, was a prominent Greek sophist, born on Lemnos between 170 and 180 CE. The only writings by him that we know of are biographies of Apollonius of Tyana[67] and the Sophists. These were first published in Paris in 1608, and part of them has been well translated by M. A. Chassang, who titled his book “Le Merveilleux dans l’Antiquité,” published in Paris in 1862.

References.—Letronne (Jean Antoine), “Mém. de l’Acad. des Inscrip.,” N. S., Vol. X. p. 296; Gibbon (Edward), “Roman Empire,” Vol. III. p. 241; Ritter (Dr. Heinrich), “Hist. de la Philos. Ancienne,” Vol. XII. chap. vii.; Fabricius (Johann Albert), “Bibliotheca Græca,” Vol. V. p. 540; Miller, in the “Journal des Savants,” 1849; “Biog. Gén.,” Vol. XL. pp. 3–5; ninth “Encycl. Britan.,” Vol. XVIII. pp. 796–797.

References.—Letronne (Jean Antoine), “Memoirs of the Academy of Inscriptions,” N. S., Vol. X, p. 296; Gibbon (Edward), “The History of the Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire,” Vol. III, p. 241; Ritter (Dr. Heinrich), “History of Ancient Philosophy,” Vol. XII, chap. vii.; Fabricius (Johann Albert), “Bibliotheca Graeca,” Vol. V, p. 540; Miller, in the “Journal des Savants,” 1849; “General Biography,” Vol. XL, pp. 3–5; ninth “Encyclopedia Britannica,” Vol. XVIII, pp. 796–797.

Plancius, Peter, who is alluded to in Edward Wright’s address to Gilbert, was a Dutch theologian and astronomer—“a most diligent student, not so much of geography as of magnetic observations”—(1552–1622),[534] the first to recommend the Dutch expeditions to the Indies and who prepared the necessary instructions and maps to ensure their success. His universal map has been alluded to at the Blundeville entry, A.D. 1602. In the article on Dr. Kohl’s Collection of Early Maps (“Harv. Univ. Bull.,” Vol. III. p. 305) allusion is made to a map of America by Peter Plancius, 1594, which is spoken of by Blundeville in his “Exercises” as “lately put forth in the yeere of our Lord 1592.”

Plancius, Peter, mentioned in Edward Wright’s address to Gilbert, was a Dutch theologian and astronomer—“a very dedicated student, not so much of geography as of magnetic observations”—(1552–1622),[534] the first to suggest the Dutch expeditions to the Indies and who prepared the necessary instructions and maps to ensure their success. His universal map is referenced in the Blundeville entry, CE 1602. In the article on Dr. Kohl’s Collection of Early Maps (“Harv. Univ. Bull.,” Vol. III. p. 305) there is a mention of a map of America by Peter Plancius from 1594, which is noted by Blundeville in his “Exercises” as “recently published in the year of our Lord 1592.”

References.—Wagenaar (Jan), “Histoire de la Hollande,” Vol. IX. p. 140, and also “Histoire d’Amsterdam,” Vol. I. p. 407, and Vol. III. p. 219; “Biog. Gén.,” Vol. XL. p. 403; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. XII. p. 1129.

References.—Wagenaar (Jan), “History of Holland,” Vol. IX. p. 140, and also “History of Amsterdam,” Vol. I. p. 407, and Vol. III. p. 219; “Gen. Bio.,” Vol. XL. p. 403; Larousse, “Univ. Dict.,” Vol. XII. p. 1129.

Plotinus of Alexandria, the father of Neoplatonism, lived 205–270 A.D. His writings were left to the editorial care of Porphyry, who arranged them in six divisions, each of which was subdivided into nine books, or Enneads. Plotinus maintains that men belong to two worlds, that of the senses and that of pure intelligence, and it depends upon ourselves as to which one we will direct most our thoughts and finally belong. The fire-firmament of Plotinus is alone referred to by Gilbert in the third chapter of the last book of De Magnete.

Plotinus of Alexandria, the founder of Neoplatonism, lived from 205 to 270 CE His writings were edited by Porphyry, who organized them into six sections, each divided into nine books, known as the Enneads. Plotinus argues that humans exist in two realms: the world of sensations and the realm of pure intellect, and it's up to us to decide which one we focus on most and ultimately belong to. The fire-firmament of Plotinus is mentioned by Gilbert in the third chapter of the final book of De Magnete.

References.—“Neoplatonism,” and works cited in the Encyclopædias, also the works on Plotinus, especially by Kirchner (Carl), 1854, by Brenning (Emil), “Die Lehre ... Plotin ...” (1864), and by Kleist (E. C. von) (1884); Plotini, “Operum Philosophicorum Omnium,” Basilæ, 1580, Liber III, Ennead II, p. 115; Kingsley (Charles), “Alexandria and her Schools,” Camb., 1854; Grucker (Emile), “De Plotinianis,” Paris, 1866; Lewes (George Henry), “History of Philosophy from Thales to Comte,”[68] London, 1867; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. XII. p. 1198; “Biog. Gén.,” Vol. XL. pp. 487–494; Dr. Fried. Ueberweg, “Hist. of Philos.,” tr. of Geo. S. Morris, 1885, Vol. I. pp. 240–252; Bouillet (Marie Nicolas), “Les Ennéades de Plotin,” 1857.

Sources.—“Neoplatonism,” and works cited in the Encyclopædias, also the works on Plotinus, especially by Kirchner (Carl), 1854, by Brenning (Emil), “Die Lehre ... Plotin ...” (1864), and by Kleist (E. C. von) (1884); Plotini, “Operum Philosophicorum Omnium,” Basel, 1580, Book III, Ennead II, p. 115; Kingsley (Charles), “Alexandria and her Schools,” Cambridge, 1854; Grucker (Emile), “De Plotinianis,” Paris, 1866; Lewes (George Henry), “History of Philosophy from Thales to Comte,” London, 1867; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. XII. p. 1198; “Biog. Gén.,” Vol. XL. pp. 487–494; Dr. Fried. Ueberweg, “Hist. of Philos.,” trans. of Geo. S. Morris, 1885, Vol. I. pp. 240–252; Bouillet (Marie Nicolas), “Les Ennéades de Plotin,” 1857.

Ptolemæus, Claudius, the great Egyptian mathematician, geographer and astronomer who flourished in middle of the second century after Christ, is frequently alluded to throughout four of the books of De Magnete, and Gilbert makes direct reference to the “Opus Quadripartitum,” “Cosmographia” and “Geographia.” The last is, however, the work with which Ptolemy’s name is most prominently connected. It was the standard up to the time of the marine discoveries of the fifteenth century, and has been translated and published into editions too numerous to mention here.

Ptolemy, Claudius, the great Egyptian mathematician, geographer, and astronomer who thrived in the middle of the second century AD, is often mentioned throughout four of the books of De Magnete, and Gilbert directly references the “Opus Quadripartitum,” “Cosmographia,” and “Geographia.” However, the last is the work most closely associated with Ptolemy. It was the standard reference until the marine discoveries of the fifteenth century and has been translated and published in countless editions.

[535]

[535]

It may be added that the “Geographia Universalis” issue of 1540 is the first to embrace a proper map bearing the name “America,” and that, to the identical account of Columbus which originally appeared in the 1522 and 1525 editions, Servetus appended a few words concerning the absurdity of putting the claims of Americus Vespuccius before those of the real discoverer.[69] The first book in which the name America was formally given to the new Continent is entitled “Globus Mundi,” published 1507–1510, and attributed to Henricus Loritus—de Glaris—Glareanus. The suggestion of the name had, indeed, been made by the geographer Waldseemüller (Martinus Hylacomylus) of Freiburg, in his “Cosmographiæ Introductio,” published at St. Dié, in Lorraine, April 25, 1507, but the “Globus Mundi” was first to put it into effect.

It’s worth noting that the “Geographia Universalis” edition from 1540 is the first to include a proper map labeled “America.” In the same context of Columbus's account that originally appeared in the 1522 and 1525 editions, Servetus added a few remarks about the ridiculousness of prioritizing Americus Vespuccius's claims over those of the real discoverer. [69] The first book to officially assign the name America to the new continent is called “Globus Mundi,” published between 1507 and 1510, and is attributed to Henricus Loritus—de Glaris—Glareanus. The suggestion for the name had actually been proposed by the geographer Waldseemüller (Martinus Hylacomylus) from Freiburg in his “Cosmographiæ Introductio,” published in St. Dié, Lorraine, on April 25, 1507, but the “Globus Mundi” was the first to implement it.

The Waldseemüller suggestion above alluded to is thus translated: “And the fourth part of the world, having been discovered by Americus, it may be called Amerige; that is, the land of Americus, or America.” In 1901, Prof. Jos. Fischer, of Beldkirch, discovered, at Wolfegg Castle in Würtemberg, two huge maps, measuring together eight feet by four and a half feet, which proved to be those of Waldseemüller, of which all trace had been lost for centuries. They were reproduced in London, during the year 1903, and were thus alluded to by one of the writers at the time:

The Waldseemüller suggestion mentioned above is translated as follows: “And the fourth part of the world, discovered by Americus, may be called Amerige; that is, the land of Americus, or America.” In 1901, Professor Jos. Fischer from Beldkirch found two large maps at Wolfegg Castle in Württemberg, measuring a total of eight feet by four and a half feet, which turned out to be Waldseemüller's maps, of which there had been no trace for centuries. They were reproduced in London in 1903, and one of the writers at that time referred to them as follows:

“Ever since Humboldt first called attention to the ‘Cosmographiæ Introductio’ no lost maps have ever been sought for so diligently as those of Waldseemüller. It is not too much to say that the honour of being their lucky discoverer has long been considered as the highest possible prize to be obtained amongst students in the field of ancient cartography. But until the summer of 1901, although many copies of the book are known in various editions, no specimen of either the globe or map has ever been seen or heard of in modern times. Some historians and geographers have even gone so far as to state definitely that they were never issued at all, and the book published alone. Others have held that they never got beyond their manuscript form, while some have contended that they were actually issued with the book, but, being separate, had become lost in the course of time. The writers holding this last view have been brought to their belief by tracing the supposed influence of the St. Dié cartography in later maps, and these authorities have been proved to be right by Prof. Fischer’s discovery. The expectation that the missing map would be found to bear the name of[536] AMERICA on the newly discovered Western Lands has also been duly realized.”

“Since Humboldt first highlighted the ‘Cosmographiæ Introductio,’ no lost maps have been searched for as diligently as those of Waldseemüller. It's fair to say that being the one to discover them has long been seen as the top prize among students of ancient cartography. However, until the summer of 1901, although many copies of the book are known in various editions, no globes or maps have been seen or heard of in modern times. Some historians and geographers have even claimed definitively that they were never published at all and that the book was released on its own. Others believe they never made it beyond manuscript form, while some argue they were actually produced with the book but became lost over time. Supporters of this last view have come to this conclusion by tracing the supposed influence of the St. Dié cartography in later maps, and their claims have been validated by Prof. Fischer’s discovery. The hope that the missing map would show the name [536] AMERICA on the newly discovered Western Lands has also come true.”

References.—“Le nom d’Amérique et les grandes mappemondes ... de 1507 et 1516,” in “Annales de Géographie,” 15 Janvier 1904, pp. 29–36; “History of North America,” by Alfred Brittin, Philadelphia, 1903, at p. 293, Vol. I of which is a fine reproduction of a sheet from Waldseemüller’s “Cosmographiæ Introductio” published in May 1507, showing the passage that first suggested calling the new world by the name of America; “Martinus Hylacomylus Waltzemüller, ses ouvrages et ses collaborateurs, par un géographe bibliophile” (M. d’Avezac), Paris, 1867; “Geographical Journal,” Vol. XIX. pp. 201–209, 389; Humboldt, “Examen Critique,” Paris, 1836, Vol. I. p. 22; also Vol. IV and Vol. V passim; “Amerigo Vespucci,” Vol. II. pp. 129–179 of Justin Winsor’s “Narrative and Critical History of America,” Boston, 1889. See also the geography and maps of Loritus (Henricus), Glareanus, in the “Geographical Journal” for June 1905; “Le Journal des Savants” for December 1830; April and May 1831; August 1840; October and December 1843; July 1847; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. I. part i. pp. 420–424, 684–688, and part. ii. p. 1390; also Vol. II. p. 231.

References.—“The name of America and the great world maps ... from 1507 and 1516,” in “Annales de Géographie,” January 15, 1904, pp. 29–36; “History of North America,” by Alfred Brittin, Philadelphia, 1903, at p. 293, Volume I of which is a great reproduction of a sheet from Waldseemüller’s “Cosmographiæ Introductio” published in May 1507, showing the passage that first proposed calling the new world America; “Martinus Hylacomylus Waltzemüller, his works and his collaborators, by a bibliophile geographer” (M. d’Avezac), Paris, 1867; “Geographical Journal,” Vol. XIX. pp. 201–209, 389; Humboldt, “Critical Examination,” Paris, 1836, Vol. I. p. 22; also Vol. IV and Vol. V passim; “Amerigo Vespucci,” Vol. II. pp. 129–179 of Justin Winsor’s “Narrative and Critical History of America,” Boston, 1889. See also the geography and maps of Loritus (Henricus), Glareanus, in the “Geographical Journal” for June 1905; “Le Journal des Savants” for December 1830; April and May 1831; August 1840; October and December 1843; July 1847; Houzeau and Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. I. part i. pp. 420–424, 684–688, and part ii. p. 1390; also Vol. II. p. 231.

Puteanus, Guilielmus—Dupuis, and not Dupuy—French physician of the sixteenth century, professor at the University of Grenoble, is the author of “De Medicamentorum,” Lyons, 1552, which was reproduced with a treatise of Cousinot under the title “De Occultis Pharmacorum” two years later. To Puteanus, Gilbert alludes (De Magnete, Book I. chap. i. and Book II. chap. iii.) saying that he discusses the loadstone briefly and crudely and deduces its power, not from a property of its whole substance unknown to any one and incapable of demonstration (as Galen held and, after him, nearly all physicians), but from “its substantial form as from a prime motor and self-motor, and as from its own most potent nature and its natural temperament, as the instrument which the efficient form of its substance, or the second cause, which is without a medium, employs in its operations. So the loadstone attracts iron not without a physical cause, and for the sake of some good.” But nothing like this, adds Gilbert, is done in other bodies by any substantial form unless it be the primary one, and this Puteanus does not recognize.

Puteanus, William—Dupuis, not Dupuy—was a French physician in the sixteenth century and a professor at the University of Grenoble. He wrote “De Medicamentorum” in Lyons in 1552, which was later combined with a treatise by Cousinot under the title “De Occultis Pharmacorum” two years later. Puteanus is referenced by Gilbert in De Magnete, Book I, chapter i, and Book II, chapter iii, where he notes that Puteanus discusses the loadstone in a basic and rough manner. Puteanus attributes its power not to a unique property of the whole substance that is undemonstrable (as Galen believed and many physicians after him) but to “its substantial form as a prime mover and self-mover, acting according to its own potent nature and natural temperament, functioning as the instrument that the efficient form of its substance—the second cause, which operates directly without any medium—uses in its actions. Therefore, the loadstone attracts iron not without a physical reason and for the benefit of some purpose.” However, Gilbert adds that no other substances exhibit this behavior by any substantial form unless it is the primary one, which Puteanus fails to recognize.

References.—“Biographie Générale,” Vol. XV. p. 367; Larousse, “Dict. Universel,” Vol. VI. p. 1420.

References.—“General Biography,” Vol. XV. p. 367; Larousse, “Universal Dictionary,” Vol. VI. p. 1420.

Pythagoras, celebrated Greek philosopher (569–470 B.C.) who, as Hegel says, “First made thought and not sense the criterion of the essence of things.” He is said to have travelled widely and, according to one of his biographers, he learned geometry from the Egyptians, arithmetic from the Phœnicians, astronomy from the Chaldæans, religious formulæ and ethical maxims from the Magians, and obtained other scientific and religious knowledge from the Arabians and the Indians. He settled finally at Crotona in Lower[537] Italy, during the year 529 B.C. and there established the school that has made him famous.

Pythagoras, the renowned Greek philosopher (569–470 BCE) who, as Hegel points out, “first made thought, rather than sensory experience, the standard for understanding the essence of things.” He's said to have traveled extensively and, according to one of his biographers, he learned geometry from the Egyptians, arithmetic from the Phoenicians, astronomy from the Chaldeans, religious doctrines and ethical principles from the Magians, and gained additional scientific and religious insights from the Arabians and Indians. He ultimately settled in Crotona in Lower[537] Italy in 529 B.C., where he founded the school that led to his lasting fame.

To a complete exposition of the Pythagorean school or sect, the “Biographie Générale” devotes, in Vol. XLI, twenty-four full columns, whilst the notices of the Pythagoreans which Aristotle gives in the first book of the “Metaphysics” contain about all that is of importance in their theory.

To fully explain the Pythagorean school or sect, the "Biographie Générale" dedicates twenty-four full columns in Vol. XLI, while the information about the Pythagoreans that Aristotle provides in the first book of the "Metaphysics" includes nearly everything significant in their theory.

According to the report of Philolaus of Croton, the Pythagoreans taught the progressive movement of the non-rotating Earth, its revolution around the focus of the world (the central fire, hestia), while Plato and Aristotle imagined that the Earth neither rotated nor advanced in space, but that, fixed to one central point, it merely oscillated from one side to the other. Humboldt, from whose “Cosmos” the above is taken, further says that the figurative and poetical myths of the Pythagorean and Platonic pictures of the universe were as changeable as the fancy from which they emanated, and he cites Plato, who, in the Phædrus, adopts the system of Philolaus, whilst, in the Timæus, he accepts the system according to which the earth is immovable in the centre and which was subsequently called the Hipparchian or Ptolemaic.[70]

According to the report from Philolaus of Croton, the Pythagoreans taught that the Earth moves progressively without rotating, orbiting around the focal point of the universe (the central fire, hestia), while Plato and Aristotle believed that the Earth neither rotated nor moved through space but was fixed to a single point, merely swaying from side to side. Humboldt, from whose “Cosmos” this is taken, further states that the figurative and poetic myths of the Pythagorean and Platonic views of the universe were as changeable as the imagination from which they originated. He cites Plato, who in the Phædrus embraces the system of Philolaus, while in the Timæus, he supports the idea that the Earth is immovable at the center, which was later referred to as the Hipparchian or Ptolemaic model.[70]

References.—Ueberweg (Dr. Friedrich), “History of Philosophy,” tr. of Geo. S. Morris, New York, 1885, Vol. I. pp. 42–49; Butler (William Archer), “Lectures on Ancient Philosophy”; Gilbert, De Magnete, Book II. chap. ii., and Book V. chap. xii.; Chas. Rollin, “Ancient History,” London, 1845, Vol. I. pp. 383–384; Iamblichus’ “Life of Pythagoras,” translated from the Greek by Thos. Taylor; “Dict. des Sc. Philos.,” Paris, 1852, Vol. V. pp. 297–312; Ritter (Dr. Heinrich), “History of Ancient Philosophy,” London, 1846, Vol. I. pp. 326–357; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. II. p. 232; Roeth (Eduard), “Geschichte,” 1846–1858; Cantor (Moritz), “Geschichte der Mathematik,” Leipzig, 1894, Vol. I. pp. 137–201; Grote (George), “Greece,” Vol. IV. pp. 525–551; Chaignet (Antelme Edouard), “Pythag. et la Phil. Pyth.,” 1873.

References.—Ueberweg (Dr. Friedrich), “History of Philosophy,” translated by Geo. S. Morris, New York, 1885, Vol. I, pp. 42–49; Butler (William Archer), “Lectures on Ancient Philosophy”; Gilbert, De Magnete, Book II, chap. ii, and Book V, chap. xii; Chas. Rollin, “Ancient History,” London, 1845, Vol. I, pp. 383–384; Iamblichus’ “Life of Pythagoras,” translated from the Greek by Thos. Taylor; “Dict. des Sc. Philos.,” Paris, 1852, Vol. V, pp. 297–312; Ritter (Dr. Heinrich), “History of Ancient Philosophy,” London, 1846, Vol. I, pp. 326–357; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. II, p. 232; Roeth (Eduard), “Geschichte,” 1846–1858; Cantor (Moritz), “Geschichte der Mathematik,” Leipzig, 1894, Vol. I, pp. 137–201; Grote (George), “Greece,” Vol. IV, pp. 525–551; Chaignet (Antelme Edouard), “Pythag. et la Phil. Pyth.,” 1873.

Reinholdus, Erasmus. See Erasmus.

Reinholdus, Erasmus. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Rhazès—Razes—Rasis—Rasaeus—Abu-Bekr Al-Rázi—Muhammad Ibn Zakariya—one of the most famous of the ancient Arabian[538] physicians, is the author of “De simplicibus, ad Almansorem,” the ten books of which contain a complete system of medicine.[71] In Book I. chap. xv. of De Magnete, reference is made to Chap. LXIII. liber ix. of Rhazès’ work, entitled “De Curatione omnium partium,” wherein an electuary of iron slag, or of prepared steel filings, is spoken of as a highly commended and celebrated remedy for dried-up liver, the Arabs believing that iron opens the spleen and the liver.

Rhazès—Razes—Rasis—Rasaeus—Abu-Bekr Al-Rázi—Muhammad Ibn Zakariya—one of the most renowned ancient Arabian[538] physicians, is the author of “De simplicibus, ad Almansorem,” a ten-volume work that presents a complete system of medicine. [71] In Book I, chap. xv. of De Magnete, there is a reference to Chap. LXIII, liber ix. of Rhazès’ work, titled “De Curatione omnium partium,” which discusses an electuary made from iron slag or prepared steel filings, described as a highly praised and well-known treatment for a dried-up liver, as the Arabs believed that iron helps open the spleen and the liver.

References.—“Journal des Sçavans,” Vol. LXXVI for 1725, p. 220, and Vol. LXXXV for 1728, p. 412; “Journal des Savants” for February 1892, pp. 118–126 passim, and for March 1892 (“l’Alchimie de Razes”), pp. 190–195, also for May 1851, p. 288, giving names of all the leading alchemists; “Abhandlungen zur Geschichte der Mathematik,” Vol. VI., Leipzig, 1892, pp. 43–44, 76; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. XIII. p. 747; Freind (John), “History of Physic”; Eloy (N. F. J.), “Dict. Hist. de la Médecine,” Vol. IV. pp. 56–61; Haller (Albrecht von), “Bibliotheca Botanica”; Sprengel (Kurt Polycarp Joachim), “Hist. de la Médecine.”

References.—“Journal des Sçavans,” Vol. LXXVI for 1725, p. 220, and Vol. LXXXV for 1728, p. 412; “Journal des Savants” for February 1892, pp. 118–126 passim, and for March 1892 (“l’Alchimie de Razes”), pp. 190–195, also for May 1851, p. 288, listing all the main alchemists; “Abhandlungen zur Geschichte der Mathematik,” Vol. VI., Leipzig, 1892, pp. 43–44, 76; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. XIII. p. 747; Freind (John), “History of Physic”; Eloy (N. F. J.), “Dict. Hist. de la Médecine,” Vol. IV. pp. 56–61; Haller (Albrecht von), “Bibliotheca Botanica”; Sprengel (Kurt Polycarp Joachim), “Hist. de la Médecine.”

Ruellius, Joannes—Jean Ruel—(1479–1537), was a French physician, attached to the court of François I—, who wrote a Commentary on Dioscorides, published 1516, 1529, 1543, as well as several medical treatises. The one by which he is best known is the “De Natura Stirpium,” Paris, 1536, reprinted four times at Basle and at Venice, from which Gilbert extracts (De Magnete, Book I. chap. i.) the mention by Ruellius that the loadstone’s force, when failing or dulled, is restored by the blood of a buck.

Ruellius, Joan—Jean Ruel—(1479–1537) was a French physician who served at the court of François I. He wrote a Commentary on Dioscorides, published in 1516, 1529, and 1543, along with several medical treatises. The one he’s most known for is “De Natura Stirpium,” Paris, 1536, which was reprinted four times in Basel and Venice. From this work, Gilbert quotes (De Magnete, Book I. chap. i.) Ruellius’s note that the force of the loadstone, when weak or dull, can be renewed by the blood of a buck.

References.—“Sc. de Ste Marthe, Elogia Doct. Gallorum”; Eloy (N. F. J.), “Dict. hist. de la Méd.”; “Biographie Générale,” Vol. XLII. pp. 864–865.

Sources.—“Sc. de Ste Marthe, Elogia Doct. Gallorum”; Eloy (N. F. J.), “Dict. hist. de la Méd.”; “Biographie Générale,” Vol. XLII. pp. 864–865.

Rueus, Franciscus—François de la Rüe—(1520–1585), Flemish naturalist who long practised in his native country and the author of “De Gemmis aliquot ...” 1547, 1565, which was printed, with the book on “Philosophy of Vallesius” in 1588, 1595, 1652, also at Franckfort in 1596, and together with the “Similitudines ac Parabolæ” of Lev. Lemnius in 1626. Gilbert’s only reference to him is briefly made in the opening chapter of De Magnete.

Rueus, Francis—François de la Rüe—(1520–1585), Flemish naturalist who practiced for many years in his home country and was the author of “De Gemmis aliquot ...” in 1547 and 1565. This work was printed alongside the book on “Philosophy of Vallesius” in 1588, 1595, and 1652, also in Frankfurt in 1596, and together with the “Similitudines ac Parabolæ” of Lev. Lemnius in 1626. The only mention of him by Gilbert is a brief reference in the opening chapter of De Magnete.

References.—Valère, André, “Bibl. Belgica,” p. 240; Mercklein (Georg Abraham), “Lindenius renovatus,” 1686, pp. 297, 304; Le P. Lelong, “Bibl. Sacr.,” p. 935; “Biog. Générale,” Vol. XXIX. p. 702.

Sources.—Valère, André, “Bibl. Belgica,” p. 240; Mercklein (Georg Abraham), “Lindenius renovatus,” 1686, pp. 297, 304; Le P. Lelong, “Bibl. Sacr.,” p. 935; “Biog. Générale,” Vol. XXIX. p. 702.

Scaliger, Julius Cæsar (1484–1558), a famous Italian scholar who practised medicine at Verona until 1525 and afterwards devoted[539] his time to writing on various subjects, as shown in the “Biographie Générale,” Vol. XLIII. pp. 446–450. Of the works cited in latter, should be extracted, as best known: “In Aristotelis ... de plantis,” 1556; “In Theophrasti, de causis plantarum,” 1566; “De Subtilitate ad Cardanum,” 1557, 1560, 1576, 1592, 1634.

Scaliger, Julius Caesar (1484–1558), was a renowned Italian scholar who practiced medicine in Verona until 1525, after which he dedicated[539] his time to writing on various topics, as detailed in the “Biographie Générale,” Vol. XLIII, pp. 446–450. Among the works mentioned in the latter, the following are the most well-known: “In Aristotelis ... de plantis,” 1556; “In Theophrasti, de causis plantarum,” 1566; “De Subtilitate ad Cardanum,” 1557, 1560, 1576, 1592, 1634.

It is to the last-named important work that Gilbert frequently alludes (De Magnete, Book I. chaps. i. xvi; Book II. chaps. i. iii. iv. xxxviii.; Book iv. chap. i.). He says, more particularly, that Scaliger strays far from truth when, in treating of magnetic bodies, he speaks of diamond attracting iron, also that he keeps the loadstone and iron in bran to protect them from the injurious action of the atmosphere, and that Scaliger, in order to explain the difference of variation for change of locality, brings in a celestial cause to himself unknown, and terrestrial loadstones that have nowhere been discovered; and seeks the cause not in the “siderite mountains,” but in that force which formed them, to wit, in the part of the heaven which overhangs that northern point.

Gilbert often references the significant work mentioned last (De Magnete, Book I. chaps. i. xvi; Book II. chaps. i. iii. iv. xxxviii.; Book IV. chap. i.). He notes, specifically, that Scaliger is far from the truth when he discusses magnetic bodies, claiming that diamonds attract iron. He also points out that Scaliger suggests keeping loadstones and iron in bran to shield them from harmful atmospheric effects. Additionally, Scaliger tries to explain the differences in variations caused by changing locations by introducing an unknown celestial cause and terrestrial loadstones that have never been found. He searches for the cause not in the "siderite mountains," but in the force that created them, specifically the part of the sky above the northern point.

References.—Teissier (H. A.), “Eloges des hommes illustres”; Coupé (Jean Marie Louis), “Soirées littéraires,” Vol. XV; Nicéron (Jean Pierre), “Mémoires,” XXIII; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. VIII. pp. 692–693.

Citations.—Teissier (H. A.), “Eulogies of Illustrious Men”; Coupé (Jean Marie Louis), “Literary Evenings,” Vol. XV; Nicéron (Jean Pierre), “Memoirs,” XXIII; Larousse, “Universal Dictionary,” Vol. VIII. pp. 692–693.

Silvaticus—Sylvaticus—Matthæus Moretus, well-known Italian savant living in 1344, physician to the King of Naples, one of the professors at Salerno,[72] and author of “Matth. Silvatici, medic. de Salerno, Liber cibalis et Medicinalis Pandectarum ...” originally published at Naples, 1474. This work, dedicated to Ferdinand, King of Sicily, is an Encyclopædic Dictionary and one of the most important books we have of the history of medicine in the Middle Ages, and at beginning of the Italian Renaissance. The citations made by Græsse (“Trésor,” Vol. VI. p. 406), state that Silvaticus was the owner of a private botanical garden at Salerno (Chap. CXCVII. s.v. “Colcasia” of the Opus Pandectarum), and allude to Thos. Frognall Dibdin’s “Bibliotheca Spenceriana,” Vol. IV. London, 1815, pp. 24–25, and Van der Meersch, “Rech. sur les impr. Belges,” etc., Vol. I. pp. 384, etc.

Silvaticus—Sylvaticus—Matthæus Moretus, a well-known Italian scholar living in 1344, was the physician to the King of Naples and one of the professors at Salerno,[72] and the author of “Matth. Silvatici, medic. de Salerno, Liber cibalis et Medicinalis Pandectarum ...” originally published in Naples, 1474. This work, dedicated to Ferdinand, King of Sicily, is an Encyclopedic Dictionary and one of the most significant books on the history of medicine during the Middle Ages and the beginning of the Italian Renaissance. The references made by Græsse (“Trésor,” Vol. VI. p. 406) indicate that Silvaticus owned a private botanical garden in Salerno (Chap. CXCVII. s.v. “Colcasia” of the Opus Pandectarum) and refer to Thos. Frognall Dibdin’s “Bibliotheca Spenceriana,” Vol. IV. London, 1815, pp. 24–25, and Van der Meersch, “Rech. sur les impr. Belges,” etc., Vol. I. pp. 384, etc.

[540]

[540]

References.—“Repertoire et sources historiques du Moyen Age,” par l’abbé Ulysse, Joseph Chevalier, Paris, 1877–1886, p. 2089; Argellati (Philippo), “Bibliotheca Mediolan.,” 1745; Tiraboschi (Girolamo), “Storia della Letteratura Italiana,” 1807, Vol. I. p. 275; Sbaralea (Joannes Hyacinthus), “Supplementum ... Scriptores ordinis,” 1806, p. 529; Tafuri (Giovanni Bernardino), “Scrittori ... di Napoli,” 1749, Vol. II. pp. 67–70; “Thesaur. Lit. Bot.,” 1851, p. 185; Brunet (Jacques Charles), “Manuel du Libraire,” 1864, Vol. V. pp. 387–388; Watt (Rob.), “Bibliotheca Britannica,” Edinburgh, 1824, Vol. II. p. 856 h; Larousse, “Dict. Univ.,” Vol. XIV. p. 1308; Paul Lacroix, “Science and Literature of the Middle Ages,” p. 117; Ludovico Hain, “Repertorium Bibliographicorum,” Vol. II. part ii. Nos. 15192–15202, pp. 375–376; Gilbert, De Magnete, Book I. chap. i.

Sources.—“Repertoire and Historical Sources of the Middle Ages,” by Abbé Ulysse, Joseph Chevalier, Paris, 1877–1886, p. 2089; Argellati (Philippo), “Bibliotheca Mediolan.,” 1745; Tiraboschi (Girolamo), “History of Italian Literature,” 1807, Vol. I. p. 275; Sbaralea (Joannes Hyacinthus), “Supplement ... Writers of the Order,” 1806, p. 529; Tafuri (Giovanni Bernardino), “Writers ... of Naples,” 1749, Vol. II. pp. 67–70; “Thesaurus. Lit. Bot.,” 1851, p. 185; Brunet (Jacques Charles), “Manual for Booksellers,” 1864, Vol. V. pp. 387–388; Watt (Rob.), “British Library,” Edinburgh, 1824, Vol. II. p. 856 h; Larousse, “Universal Dictionary,” Vol. XIV. p. 1308; Paul Lacroix, “Science and Literature of the Middle Ages,” p. 117; Ludovico Hain, “Repertorium Bibliographicorum,” Vol. II. part ii. Nos. 15192–15202, pp. 375–376; Gilbert, On the Magnet, Book I. chap. i.

Solinus, Caius JuliusGrammaticus—a Roman writer who lived in latter part of the second century, the author of a compilation in fifty-seven chapters which contains a sketch of the world as it was known to him, but which is supposed to have been taken entirely from Pliny’s “Natural History.” It was originally published under the title of “Collectanea rerum mirabilium,” the second edition being headed “Polyhistor.” This was one of the earliest known printed books, having first appeared at Venice in 1473, and it has since been translated into many foreign languages, notably during 1600, 1603, and 1847.

Solinus, Julius CaesarGrammaticus—a Roman writer who lived in the late second century, is the author of a compilation in fifty-seven chapters that outlines the world as he understood it, but which is believed to have been completely derived from Pliny’s “Natural History.” It was first published under the title “Collectanea rerum mirabilium,” with the second edition titled “Polyhistor.” This was one of the earliest known printed books, having first been issued in Venice in 1473, and it has since been translated into many foreign languages, particularly in 1600, 1603, and 1847.

The most important of the three references Gilbert makes to Solinus is found in De Magnete, Book II. chap. xxxviii., where it is said that Pliny and Julius Solinus tell of the stone cathochites, affirming that it attracts flesh and that it holds one’s hand, as loadstone holds iron and amber holds chaff. But that, says he, is due solely to its viscosity and its natural glutinousness, for it adheres most readily to a warm hand.

The most important of the three references Gilbert makes to Solinus is found in De Magnete, Book II. chap. xxxviii., where Pliny and Julius Solinus talk about the stone cathochites. They claim that it attracts flesh and that it can hold onto your hand, just like loadstone holds iron and amber holds chaff. However, he states that this effect is due entirely to its stickiness and natural gooeyness, as it sticks most easily to a warm hand.

References.—Dodwell (Henry, the elder), “Dissertationes Cyprianicæ”; Moller (D. W.); C. J. Solino, in “Biog. Gén.,” Vol. XLIV. pp. 153–154; “La Grande Encycl.,” Vol. XXX. p. 232.

References.—Dodwell (Henry, the elder), “Dissertationes Cyprianicæ”; Moller (D. W.); C. J. Solino, in “Biog. Gén.,” Vol. XLIV. pp. 153–154; “La Grande Encycl.,” Vol. XXX. p. 232.

Thebit Ben-Kora—Thabit Ibn Corrah—Abū Thabit Ibn Kurrah—Tebioth ben Chorezen (Houzeau, No. 1130), one of the most brilliant and accomplished scholars produced by the Arabs (836–901), called by Delambre “Le Ronsard de l’Astronomie,” is the author of many treatises on mathematics, and on other scientific subjects, the mention of the titles of which take up nearly two folio pages of Casiri’s “Catalogue.” Especially is he shown in latter as having translated into Arabic the chief works of Archimedes, Apollonius, Euclid and Ptolemy also the Physics and Analytics of Aristotle and many of the works of Hippocrates and Galen.

Thebit Ben-Kora—Thabit Ibn Corrah—Abū Thabit Ibn Kurrah—Tebioth ben Chorezen (Houzeau, No. 1130), one of the most brilliant and accomplished scholars produced by the Arabs (836–901), referred to by Delambre as “the Ronsard of Astronomy,” authored numerous treatises on mathematics and other scientific topics, with the titles taking up nearly two full pages in Casiri’s “Catalogue.” Notably, he is recognized for translating into Arabic the major works of Archimedes, Apollonius, Euclid, and Ptolemy, as well as Aristotle's Physics and Analytics, along with many works of Hippocrates and Galen.

Incidentally it may be added that geometry, to which Thebit Ben-Kora gave particular attention, was named by the Arabs handassah, and that the Tahrir Hendassiat contains: the explication,[541] the data and the optics, of Euclid, the syntaxis magna of Ptolemy, the spherics of Theodosius and his book concerning night and day, the spherics of Menelaus, the movable sphere of Autolycus, the ascendants or horoscopes of Asclepius, a treatise of Aristarchus on the discs of the sun and moon, the lemmas or theorems of Archimedes, also his treatise on the sphere and cylinder, the conics of Apollonius and Thebit Ben-Kora, a treatise of Theodosius on the positions, or quiescence, of bodies, etc., etc. (D’Herbelot, art. Handassah, and Aklides. See also, for origin of geometry, etc. “A Short History of Greek Mathem.,” Jas. Gow, Cambridge, 1884, pp. 123–134.)

By the way, it's worth mentioning that geometry, which Thebit Ben-Kora focused on, was called handassah by the Arabs. The Tahrir Hendassiat includes: the explanation, [541] the data and the optics of Euclid, the syntaxis magna of Ptolemy, the spherics of Theodosius and his work on night and day, the spherics of Menelaus, the movable sphere of Autolycus, the ascendants or horoscopes of Asclepius, a treatise by Aristarchus on the discs of the sun and moon, the lemmas or theorems of Archimedes, as well as his work on the sphere and cylinder, the conics of Apollonius and Thebit Ben-Kora, and a treatise by Theodosius on the positions, or rest, of bodies, among other things. (D’Herbelot, art. Handassah, and Aklides. See also, for the origin of geometry, etc. “A Short History of Greek Mathem.,” Jas. Gow, Cambridge, 1884, pp. 123–134.)

The allusions by Gilbert are to be found, Book III. chap. i., and Book VI. chap. ix. of De Magnete, in which latter it is said that, Thebitius, in order to establish a law for the great inequalities in the movements of the stars, held that the eighth sphere does not advance by continued motion from west to east, but that it has a sort of tremulous motion, “a movement of trepidation.”

The references by Gilbert can be found in Book III, Chapter 1, and Book VI, Chapter 9 of De Magnete. In the latter, it states that Thebitius, to explain the significant differences in the movements of the stars, believed that the eighth sphere doesn't move continuously from west to east but rather has a kind of shaky motion, “a movement of trepidation.”

References.—“Hist. de la Médecine Arabe,” par Dr. Lucien Leclerc, Paris, 1876, Vol. I. pp. 168–172; Dreyer (J.), “Tycho Brahe,” 1890, pp. 354–356; Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. I. part i. pp. 466–467, 702; “History of Mathematics,” Walter W. Rouse Ball, London, 1888, p. 153; “Abhandlungen zur Geschichte der Mathematik,” Vol. VI, Leipzig, 1892, pp. 25–26.

References.—“History of Arab Medicine,” by Dr. Lucien Leclerc, Paris, 1876, Vol. I. pp. 168–172; Dreyer (J.), “Tycho Brahe,” 1890, pp. 354–356; Houzeau and Lancaster, “General Bibliography,” Vol. I, part i. pp. 466–467, 702; “History of Mathematics,” Walter W. Rouse Ball, London, 1888, p. 153; “Treatises on the History of Mathematics,” Vol. VI, Leipzig, 1892, pp. 25–26.

Themistius of Paphlagonia—surnamed Euphrades—was a distinguished Greek orator and writer (about 315–390), whose philosophical works consist of commentaries in the form of paraphrases on some of Aristotle’s writings, one being upon the work “On Heaven,” and the other upon the twelfth book of the “Metaphysics.” The paraphrases were first published by Hermolaus Barbarus in 1481. Gilbert’s only reference is briefly made in De Magnete, Book II. chap. iv.

Themistius of Paphlagonia—also known as Euphrades—was a notable Greek speaker and writer (around 315–390), whose philosophical works include commentaries in the form of paraphrases on some of Aristotle’s texts, one being about “On Heaven” and the other about the twelfth book of the “Metaphysics.” Hermolaus Barbarus first published these paraphrases in 1481. Gilbert only mentions him briefly in De Magnete, Book II. chap. iv.

References.—Schöll (Carl), “Geschichte d. G. Litt.,” Vol. III. pp. 96, 388, or “Hist. de la Litt. Grecque,” Vol. VI. p. 141; Vol. VII. p. 121; Photius, cod. LXXIV; Fleury, “Hist. Eccles.”; Tillemont, “Hist. des Emp.,” Vols. IV and V; Suidas, art. “Themistius”; E. Baret, “De Themistio sophista ...” Paris, 1853; Brucker, “Hist. Crit. de la Phil.,” Vol. II. p. 484.

Sources.—Schöll (Carl), “History of Greek Literature,” Vol. III. pp. 96, 388, or “History of Greek Literature,” Vol. VI. p. 141; Vol. VII. p. 121; Photius, cod. LXXIV; Fleury, “Church History”; Tillemont, “History of the Emperors,” Vols. IV and V; Suidas, article “Themistius”; E. Baret, “On Themistius the Sophist ...” Paris, 1853; Brucker, “Critical History of Philosophy,” Vol. II. p. 484.

Zoroaster—Zarath ’ustra—Zerdusht—founder of the religious system contained in the Zend-Avesta (religious book of the Parsees, fire worshippers), is said to have been a native of Bactria, near the modern Balkh, and to have lived about 589–513 B.C. That he was an historical personage, equally with Buddha, Confucius and Mahomet, it is now scarcely possible to doubt.

Zoroaster—Zarathustra—Zerdusht—was the founder of the religious system outlined in the Zend-Avesta (the holy book of the Parsees, fire worshippers). He is believed to have originated from Bactria, close to present-day Balkh, and lived around 589–513 BCE It is now nearly impossible to doubt that he existed as a historical figure, just like Buddha, Confucius, and Muhammad.

His able biographer in the English Cyclopædia, London, 1868, Vol. VI. pp. 946–948, states that Zoroaster was a great astrologer and magician, and it is said at p. 95 of Mr. A. V. W. Jackson’s[542] admirable work on Zoroaster, published in New York, 1899, that some of the original Nasks of the Avesta are reported to have been wholly scientific in their contents, and that the Greeks even speak of books purported to be by Zoroaster treating of physics, of the stars and of precious stones.

His skilled biographer in the English Cyclopædia, London, 1868, Vol. VI, pp. 946–948, mentions that Zoroaster was a prominent astrologer and magician. Additionally, it is noted on p. 95 of Mr. A. V. W. Jackson’s[542] excellent work on Zoroaster, published in New York, 1899, that some of the original Nasks of the Avesta are said to have been entirely scientific in nature, and that the Greeks even refer to books supposedly written by Zoroaster discussing physics, astronomy, and gemstones.

Zoroaster is merely named by Gilbert in manner shown at the Hermes Trismegistus entry.

Zoroaster is only mentioned by Gilbert in the way indicated in the entry for Hermes Trismegistus.

References.—“Life of Zoroaster,” prefixed to Anquetil du Perron’s “Zend-Avesta,” Paris, 1771; Pastoret (Claude Emmanuel J. P. de), “Zoroaster, Confucius et Mahomet comparés,” 1787; Hyde (Thomas), “Historia ... Veterum Persarum ...” Oxford, 1760; “Zend-Avesta, Ouvrage de Zoroastre,” 2 vols. Paris, 1771; Martin-Haug (I.), “Essays,” Bombay, 1862; Malcolm (Sir John), “History of Persia,” 1815; Darmesteter, “Ormazd et Ahriman,” Paris, 1877; Spiegel (Friedrich), “Erânische Alterthumskunde,” Leipzig, 1871–1878; Chas. Rollin, “Ancient History,” London, 1845, Vol. I. pp. 234–235, 237; Ritter (Dr. Heinrich), “History of Ancient Philosophy,” London, 1846, Vol. I. p. 52; “History of the Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire,” Edward Gibbon (Milman), Philad., 1880, Vol. I. pp. 229–230, notes, and, for abridgment of his theology, pp. 231–234; also the Bury ed., London, 1900, Vol. I. pp. 197–198, 456–457; Vol. V. p. 487; “Classical Studies in Honour of Hy. Drisler,” New York, 1894, pp. 24–51; “The Fragments of the Persika of Ktesias,” by John Gilmore, London, 1888, pp. 29–36, 95; “The Great Monarchies of the Ancient Western World,” by Geo. Rawlinson, London, 1865, Vol. I. p. 195; Vol. III. pp. 93, 98, 105, 127, 135–139, 164; Vol. IV. pp. 110, 333; “Essai Historique,” Eug. Salverte, Paris, 1824, Vol. II. p. 503.

Sources.—“Life of Zoroaster,” included in Anquetil du Perron’s “Zend-Avesta,” Paris, 1771; Pastoret (Claude Emmanuel J. P. de), “Zoroaster, Confucius et Mahomet comparés,” 1787; Hyde (Thomas), “Historia ... Veterum Persarum ...” Oxford, 1760; “Zend-Avesta, Ouvrage de Zoroastre,” 2 vols. Paris, 1771; Martin-Haug (I.), “Essays,” Bombay, 1862; Malcolm (Sir John), “History of Persia,” 1815; Darmesteter, “Ormazd et Ahriman,” Paris, 1877; Spiegel (Friedrich), “Erânische Alterthumskunde,” Leipzig, 1871–1878; Chas. Rollin, “Ancient History,” London, 1845, Vol. I. pp. 234–235, 237; Ritter (Dr. Heinrich), “History of Ancient Philosophy,” London, 1846, Vol. I. p. 52; “History of the Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire,” Edward Gibbon (Milman), Philad., 1880, Vol. I. pp. 229–230, notes, and for a summary of his theology, pp. 231–234; also the Bury ed., London, 1900, Vol. I. pp. 197–198, 456–457; Vol. V. p. 487; “Classical Studies in Honour of Hy. Drisler,” New York, 1894, pp. 24–51; “The Fragments of the Persika of Ktesias,” by John Gilmore, London, 1888, pp. 29–36, 95; “The Great Monarchies of the Ancient Western World,” by Geo. Rawlinson, London, 1865, Vol. I. p. 195; Vol. III. pp. 93, 98, 105, 127, 135–139, 164; Vol. IV. pp. 110, 333; “Essai Historique,” Eug. Salverte, Paris, 1824, Vol. II. p. 503.

To the foregoing “Accounts of Early Writers,” can properly be added the following happy description of “The School of Athens,”[73] as coloured by Raphael and now to be seen among his frescoes in the papal state-apartments (StanzeCamere) of the Vatican in Rome, for, it will be observed, most of the leading writers of which we have spoken are therein depicted:

To the previous “Accounts of Early Writers,” we can suitably add this wonderful description of “The School of Athens,”[73] as illustrated by Raphael and currently on display among his frescoes in the papal state apartments (StanzeCamere) of the Vatican in Rome. It’s worth noting that most of the prominent writers we've discussed are represented there:

“The School of Athens”Scuola d’Atene—represents Philosophy in general, and is, with regard to expression and scholastic knowledge, a wonderful work; for every philosopher, by his posture and gestures, characterises his doctrines and opinions.... Beginning with the Ionian School, on the right, before the statue of Minerva, the aged person whose head is covered with linen, after the Egyptian manner is Thales; whom Raphael has represented as walking with a Stick, because, with that, he measured the Pyramids. Next to Thales is Archelaus of Messenia.... Behind them is Anaxagoras, resting his foot upon a marble book and almost hidden; in reference to the persecutions he underwent. The next figure, standing alone, at a little distance, to show that he is of another School, represents Pythagoras; who seems resolved to continue fixed at one spot, to[543] show the unchangeableness of his ideas ... his head and body being turned different ways shows his metaphorical method of teaching important truths; and the crown, formed by his hair, refers to his initiation in all mysteries. The Figure leaning on a column is Parmenides; close to whom sits a youth, his adopted son Zeno, who is writing something short; referring to a Poem, by Parmenides, which compared, in two hundred lines, all the various Systems of Philosophy. Two masters only of the Eleatic School are introduced; because its followers were few in number. The metaphysics of Parmenides and Zeno gave rise to the Sceptical Philosophy of Pyrrho, expressed by the next figure.... At the opposite side of the Picture, talking with his fingers to a Figure in armour, supposed to represent Alcibiades, is Socrates ... who, like Thales, appears to be walking; because geometry was never taught in a fixed place.... Plato and Aristotle are placed together on a flight of steps in the centre of the Picture: Plato, representative of the speculative school, holds the Timæus: his sublime style is expressed by his attitude, denoting that his thoughts soar above this earth; and the cord attached to his neck marks his initiation at the Eleusinian Mysteries.... Aristotle, founder of ethical and physical philosophy, points earthward. The Figure in shade, nearest to Plato, is Archothæa.... The next Figure, in the same line, indicates roughness of character, and represents Xenocrates.... Behind Socrates and another Figure, Lasthenia, is a bearded old man Zeno of Citium, the founder of the sect called Stoics.... Behind Zeno of Citium is Antisthenes, in shade, because his School is expressed by that of Zeno. On the side of Aristotle, the tallest and most conspicuous Figure is Theophrastus ... said to be the portrait of Cardinal Bembo. The next figures are Strato of Lampsacus, Demetrius Phalereus, Callisthenes, Neophron, Glycon. Behind the last named is Heraclides and in rear of the disciples of Aristotle are Euclid of Megara and Eubulides of Miletus, his pupil: the last hated Aristotle, and is looking angrily at him. The lower part of the Picture, on the side with the statue of Apollo, represents the Philosophy of Leucippus, the disciple of Zeno, though the author of a very opposite system. He first taught the doctrine of Atoms.... Democritus, his most celebrated disciple, is sitting near him—booted, in the manner of his countrymen, the Abderites—and writing upon a stone table, shaped like the sarcophagi among which he used to meditate: he lost his fortune, therefore his dress indicates poverty; and he is represented in deep meditation, to show his uncommon studiousness. Opposite to Leucippus sits Empedocles, resting on a cube, though not with contempt, according to the principles of Leucippus; because Empedocles[544] adhered, on some points, to the Pythagorean system. The youth holding, before Empedocles, Pythagoras’s Table of the Generation of Numbers and the Harmonies, is Meton.... The Figure in an Oriental costume bending over Pythagoras, represents Averrhoes, or one of the Magi, from which sect the Grecian Schools derived part of their doctrines. Behind Empedocles, is Epicharmus.... The Figure in a toga is Lucretius, placed near Empedocles, as having been his follower; but looking another way, because he differed from his master. This figure is the portrait of Francesco, Duke of Urbino, nephew to Julius II. The person crowned with vine-leaves and resting a book on a pedestal, is Epicurus, looking gay, according to the account given of him, and the Figure leaning upon his shoulder is Metrodorus; next to whom is Heraclitus, wearing a black veil, like that of the Ephesian Diana, in whose temple he exposed his works. Seated on the second step, near the centre of the Picture, is Diogenes, and below him is a Portrait of the great architect, Bramante (under the character of Archimedes), who is tracing an hexagonal figure on the pavement ... the enthusiastic-looking person who points to the hexagon, is supposed to be Archytas of Tarentum; the boy on his knees, is Phenix of Alexandria; and behind him, with a hand on his back, is Ctesibius. In the angle of the picture are Zoroaster and Ptolemy, one holding a celestial and the other a terrestrial globe, as representatives of Astronomy and Geometry; the figure wearing a crown, under the character of Zoroaster, being Alphonso, King of Arragon, Sicily and Naples; the person with a black turban on his head, and likewise holding a Globe, may probably represent Confucius: and the two persons with whom Alphonso seems conversing are portraits of Raphael and of his master Pietro Perugino. The statues and bassi-relievi with which Raphael has ornamented his scene, are emblematical of the different Schools of Philosophy: and the picture, in point of composition, is considered to be his chef-d’œuvre, the Sibyls of Sa Maria della Pace excepted.

“The School of Athens”Scuola d’Atene—represents Philosophy as a whole and is a remarkable work in terms of expression and academic knowledge; each philosopher is characterized by their posture and gestures, reflecting their doctrines and beliefs. Starting with the Ionian School on the right, in front of the statue of Minerva, the elderly figure with a linen-covered head, following the Egyptian style, is Thales; Raphael depicts him with a stick, as he used it to measure the Pyramids. Next to Thales is Archelaus of Messenia. Behind them is Anaxagoras, resting a foot on a marble book and almost concealed, symbolizing the persecutions he faced. The next figure, standing alone a little distance away to indicate he belongs to a different School, is Pythagoras; he appears determined to remain still to show the stability of his ideas. His head and body facing different directions illustrate his metaphorical method of imparting important truths, and the crown made from his hair signifies his initiation into all mysteries. The figure leaning against a column is Parmenides; near him sits a young man, his adopted son Zeno, who is writing something brief; this refers to a poem by Parmenides that compares various Systems of Philosophy in two hundred lines. Only two masters from the Eleatic School are included because its followers were few. The metaphysics of Parmenides and Zeno led to the Skeptical Philosophy of Pyrrho, depicted by the next figure. On the opposite side of the painting, Socrates is depicted conversing with a figure in armor, thought to represent Alcibiades; like Thales, he seems to be walking, as geometry was never taught in a fixed location. Plato and Aristotle are placed together on a flight of stairs at the center of the painting: Plato, representing the speculative school, holds the Timæus; his elevated position signifies his lofty thoughts. The cord around his neck indicates his initiation at the Eleusinian Mysteries. Aristotle, founder of ethical and physical philosophy, points downwards. The shaded figure nearest to Plato is Archothæa. The next figure in the same line suggests a rough character and represents Xenocrates. Behind Socrates and another figure, Lasthenia, is a bearded old man, Zeno of Citium, the founder of the Stoic sect. Following Zeno of Citium is Antisthenes, shown in shadow because his School is represented by Zeno. To Aristotle's side, the tallest and most prominent figure is Theophrastus, believed to be the portrait of Cardinal Bembo. The subsequent figures are Strato of Lampsacus, Demetrius Phalereus, Callisthenes, Neophron, and Glycon. Behind Glycon is Heraclides, and behind Aristotle's disciples are Euclid of Megara and Eubulides of Miletus, his pupil, who despised Aristotle and glares at him angrily. The lower part of the painting, beside the statue of Apollo, represents the philosophy of Leucippus, a disciple of Zeno but the author of a very different system. He first introduced the doctrine of Atoms. Democritus, his most famous disciple, sits near him, dressed in boots like his fellow countrymen, the Abderites, and writes on a stone table shaped like the sarcophagi where he used to meditate: he lost his wealth, hence his attire suggests poverty, and he is depicted deep in thought to illustrate his remarkable studiousness. Opposite Leucippus, Empedocles sits on a cube, not with contempt according to Leucippus’s principles, since Empedocles adhered to some points of the Pythagorean system. The youth holding Pythagoras's Table of the Generation of Numbers and Harmonies before Empedocles is Meton. The figure in Eastern attire leaning over Pythagoras represents Averrhoes or one of the Magi, from whom the Greek Schools derived some of their doctrines. Behind Empedocles is Epicharmus. The figure in a toga is Lucretius, positioned near Empedocles, having been his follower; however, he looks away, indicating his disagreement with his master. This figure is the likeness of Francesco, Duke of Urbino, Julius II's nephew. The figure crowned with vine leaves, resting a book on a pedestal, is Epicurus, appearing cheerful, according to accounts of him, and the figure leaning on his shoulder is Metrodorus; next to him is Heraclitus, draped in a black veil similar to that of the Ephesian Diana, in whose temple he presented his works. Seated on the second step near the center of the painting is Diogenes, and below him is a portrait of the great architect Bramante (in the guise of Archimedes), who is drawing a hexagonal figure on the pavement. The enthusiastic individual pointing to the hexagon is believed to be Archytas of Tarentum; the boy on his knees is Phenix of Alexandria, and behind him, with a hand on his back, is Ctesibius. In the corner of the painting are Zoroaster and Ptolemy, one holding a celestial globe and the other a terrestrial globe, representing Astronomy and Geometry; the crowned figure, representing Zoroaster, is Alphonso, King of Aragon, Sicily, and Naples; the individual wearing a black turban and also holding a globe may likely represent Confucius. The two figures conversing with Alphonso are portraits of Raphael and his master Pietro Perugino. The statues and bassi-relievi that Raphael has adorned his scene with symbolize the various Schools of Philosophy, and the painting is considered his chef-d’œuvre, aside from the Sibyls of Sa Maria della Pace.

A more detailed description of the above will be found in the works of Trendelenburg (Berlin, 1843), and of Richter (Heidelberg, 1882), bearing title “Ueber Rafael’s Schule von Athen.”

A more detailed description of the above can be found in the works of Trendelenburg (Berlin, 1843) and Richter (Heidelberg, 1882), titled “Ueber Rafael’s Schule von Athen.”


[545]

[545]

APPENDIX II

DISCOVERIES MADE BY WILLIAM GILBERT—DESIGNATED IN
“DE MAGNETE” BY THE LARGER ASTERISKS

DISCOVERIES MADE BY WILLIAM GILBERT—DESIGNATED IN
“DE MAGNETE” BY THE LARGER ASTERISKS

(Alluded to in the Gilbert A.D. 1600 Article, p. 83)

(Alluded to in the Gilbert A.D. 1600 Article, p. 83)

Book I. chap. iii. The loadstone ever has and ever shows its poles, which look toward the poles of the earth and move toward them and are subject to them.

Book I. chap. iii. The loadstone always has and always displays its poles, which point towards the Earth's poles and align with them, being drawn towards them.

Book I. chap. vi. The loadstone attracts iron ore, as well as the smelted metal, the best iron, acies, being the most readily attracted.

Book I. chap. vi. The magnet attracts iron ore, as well as the refined metal, the best iron, acies, being the most easily attracted.

Book I. chap. ix. Iron ore attracts iron ore.

Book I. chap. ix. Iron ore attracts iron ore.

Book I. chap. x. Iron ore has and acquires poles, and arranges itself with reference to the earth’s poles.

Book I. chap. x. Iron ore has and gains magnetic poles, aligning itself with the earth's poles.

Book I. chap. xi. Wrought-iron, not magnetized by the loadstone, attracts iron.

Book I. chap. xi. Wrought iron, which isn't magnetized by a lodestone, attracts iron.

Book I. chap. xii. A long piece of iron, even not magnetized, assumes a north and south direction.

Book I. chap. xii. A long piece of iron, even if it's not magnetized, will point north and south.

Book I. chap. xiii. Smelted iron has in itself fixed north and south parts, magnetic activity, verticity, and fixed vertices or poles.

Book I. chap. xiii. Smelted iron has fixed north and south ends, magnetic properties, a vertical orientation, and stable points or poles.

Book II. chap. ii. Not only do amber and jet attract light substances: the same is done by the diamond....

Book II. chap. ii. Not only do amber and jet attract light materials; the diamond does the same...

Book II. chap. ii. When the atmosphere is very cold and clear, the electrical effluvia of the earth offer less impediment.

Book II. chap. ii. When the air is really cold and clear, the electrical energy from the earth encounters less resistance.

Book II. chap. xxv. A strong, large, loadstone increases the power of another loadstone, and also the power of iron.

Book II. chap. xxv. A strong, large magnet boosts the power of another magnet, as well as the power of iron.

Book II. chap, xxxiv. Why a loadstone is of different power in its poles as well in the north as in the south regions (two experiments).

Book II. chap, xxxiv. Why a lodestone has different strengths at its poles in both the northern and southern regions (two experiments).

Book III. chap. xii. Iron becomes magnetized when red-hot and hammered in the magnetic meridian; also when the iron bars have, for a long time, lain fixed likewise in the north and south position (two experiments).

Book III. chap. xii. Iron gets magnetized when it's red-hot and hammered along the magnetic meridian; it also becomes magnetized if the iron bars have been positioned in the north-south direction for a long time (two experiments).

Book III. chap. xv. Two more experiments to show that the poles, equator, centre, are permanent and stable in the unbroken[546] loadstone; when it is reduced in size and a part taken away, they vary and occupy their positions.

Book III. chap. xv. Two more experiments to show that the poles, equator, and center are permanent and stable in the unbroken [546] lodestone; when it is reduced in size and a part is removed, they change and take their positions.

Book IV. chap. ii. Variation is due to inequality among the earth’s elevations.

Book IV. chap. ii. Variation is due to differences in the earth's heights.

Book V. chap. ii. Illustration of the direction and dip of a terrella representing the earth relative to the standard representation of the globe of the earth, at north latitude 50°.

Book V. chap. ii. Illustration of the direction and dip of a terrella representing the Earth relative to the standard representation of the globe of the Earth, at north latitude 50°.

Book V. chap. iii. Instrument for showing by the action of a loadstone, the degree of dip below the horizon in any latitude.

Book V. chap. iii. Tool for demonstrating how the action of a loadstone indicates the angle of dip below the horizon in any latitude.

Book V. chap. vi. Of the ratio of dip to latitude and the cause thereof.

Book V. chap. vi. Of the relationship between dip and latitude and the reason for it.

Book V. chap. xi. Of the formal magnetical act spherically effused.

Book V. chap. xi. About the formal magnetic action spread out in a spherical manner.


[547]

[547]

APPENDIX III

THE PHILOSOPHICAL TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF LONDON

THE PHILOSOPHICAL TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF LONDON

Unabridged

Commenced in 1665, as a periodical, by H. Oldenberg, first Secretary of the Society, and continued by him up to June 1677. Afterwards, successively edited by N. Grew, R. Plot, W. Musgrave, R. Walker, Sir H. Sloane, E. Halley, C. Mortimer, and other Secretaries, up to March 1752, when the publication began to be superintended by a Committee of the Royal Society. From 1665 to 1678, the publication was regularly made, with exception of six months between 1677 and 1678.

Commenced in 1665 as a periodical by H. Oldenberg, the first Secretary of the Society, and continued by him until June 1677. It was then edited successively by N. Grew, R. Plot, W. Musgrave, R. Walker, Sir H. Sloane, E. Halley, C. Mortimer, and other Secretaries until March 1752, when a Committee of the Royal Society took over the publication. From 1665 to 1678, the publication was regularly issued, except for a six-month gap between 1677 and 1678.

The title-page, “Philosophical Transactions giving some account of the present undertakings, studies and labours of the Ingenious in many considerable parts of the world,” was maintained up to the sixty-sixth volume, for year 1776, when it gave place to “The Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London.”

The title page, “Philosophical Transactions giving some account of the present undertakings, studies and labours of the Ingenious in many considerable parts of the world,” was used until the sixty-sixth volume, for the year 1776, when it was replaced by “The Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London.”

From 1679 to 1682, no volumes appeared, the lacunæ being (partly) made up through the seven numbers of “Philosophical Collections” issued by Robert Hooke (Nos. 1–7, one volume 4to).

From 1679 to 1682, no volumes were released, with the gaps (partly) filled by the seven issues of “Philosophical Collections” produced by Robert Hooke (Nos. 1–7, one volume 4to).

From 1683 to the present time, the publication has gone on uniformly, with exception of years 1688–1690, during which nothing was published, and of years 1691–1692, the proceedings of which appear in a volume (sometimes marked Vol. 16 and sometimes Vol. 17), containing the numbers 192–195.

From 1683 to now, the publication has continued consistently, except for the years 1688–1690, when nothing was published, and for 1691–1692, the proceedings of which are found in a volume (sometimes labeled Vol. 16 and sometimes Vol. 17), containing issues 192–195.

Reference to “The Bibliographer’s Manual,” by Wm. Thomas Lowndes (London, 1863, Part VIII. pp. 2143–2146) and to Samuel H. Scudder’s “Catalogue of Scientific Serials” (Cambridge, Mass., 1879, p. 27) will show how the different unabridged volumes have been made up, viz. Vols. 1–65 cover the years 1665–1775; Vols. 66–81 cover the years 1776–1791; Vols. 82–142 cover the years 1792–1852; Vols. 143–166 cover the years 1853–1876.

Reference to “The Bibliographer’s Manual,” by Wm. Thomas Lowndes (London, 1863, Part VIII. pp. 2143–2146) and to Samuel H. Scudder’s “Catalogue of Scientific Serials” (Cambridge, Mass., 1879, p. 27) will show how the different unabridged volumes have been compiled: Vols. 1–65 cover the years 1665–1775; Vols. 66–81 cover the years 1776–1791; Vols. 82–142 cover the years 1792–1852; Vols. 143–166 cover the years 1853–1876.

Regular dates followed up to Vol. 177, issued 1886–1887, since[548] when the publication has appeared in two series, viz. A (Physical) and B (Biological). The volumes now running are A 220, B 210.

Regular issues continued up to Vol. 177, released in 1886–1887, since[548] then the publication has been split into two series, namely A (Physical) and B (Biological). The current volumes are A 220, B 210.

In addition to the above, there have appeared, amongst many publications:

In addition to the above, there have been many publications:

“A General Index ... to all the Philosophical Transactions from the beginning to July 1677,” London, 1678.

“A General Index ... to all the Philosophical Transactions from the beginning to July 1677,” London, 1678.

“A General Index ... from January 1667–1668 to December 1693,” London, 1694. And one by James Briggs, 1665–1817.

“A General Index ... from January 1667–1668 to December 1693,” London, 1694. And one by James Briggs, 1665–1817.

“A General Index to the Philosophical Transactions from the first to the end of the seventieth volume,” by Paul Henry Maty (viz. 1665–1780, which was continued for 1781–1820 as Part II and for 1821–1830 as Part III).

“A General Index to the Philosophical Transactions from the first to the end of the seventieth volume,” by Paul Henry Maty (i.e., 1665–1780, which was continued for 1781–1820 as Part II and for 1821–1830 as Part III).

“Index to Volumes 1–17” (London, 1787); “Index to Volumes 71–110” (London, 1821); “Index for years 1821–1830” (London, 1833); “Index to Volumes 1–120” (London, 1842).

“Index to Volumes 1–17” (London, 1787); “Index to Volumes 71–110” (London, 1821); “Index for years 1821–1830” (London, 1833); “Index to Volumes 1–120” (London, 1842).

“Supplement to the Philosophical Transactions of July 1670” (by W. Holder), London, 1678.

“Supplement to the Philosophical Transactions of July 1670” (by W. Holder), London, 1678.

“Supplement to the Philosophical Transactions for October 1702” (by M. Lister), London, 1702.

“Supplement to the Philosophical Transactions for October 1702” (by M. Lister), London, 1702.

“Miscellanea Curiosa ... being the most valuable discourses read and delivered to the Royal Society,” 3 Vols., London, 1723–1727.

“Miscellanea Curiosa ... featuring the most valuable discussions presented and delivered to the Royal Society,” 3 Vols., London, 1723–1727.

“Abstracts of the Papers printed in the Philosophical Transactions”: 1800–1830, Vols. I-II; 1831–1843, Vols. III-IV; 1843–1850, Vol. V; 1850–1854, Vol. VI. From Vol. VI, continued as the “Proceedings of the Royal Society,” the years 1854–1905 being represented by Vols. VII-LXXVI (issued, from this date onward, in two series (A, Physical, and B, Biological); about two volumes each year).

“Abstracts of the Papers printed in the Philosophical Transactions”: 1800–1830, Vols. I-II; 1831–1843, Vols. III-IV; 1843–1850, Vol. V; 1850–1854, Vol. VI. From Vol. VI, continued as the “Proceedings of the Royal Society,” the years 1854–1905 being represented by Vols. VII-LXXVI (issued, from this date onward, in two series (A, Physical, and B, Biological); about two volumes each year).

“Catalogue of Scientific Papers. Compiled and published by the Royal Society of London”: 1800–1863, A to Z, Vols. 1–6; 1864–1873, A to Z, Vols. 7–8; 1874–1883, A to Z, Vols. 9–11; 1800–1883, A to Z, Vol. 12; 1884–1900, A to B, Vol. 13, reaching Vol. 17 in 1920.

“Catalogue of Scientific Papers. Compiled and published by the Royal Society of London”: 1800–1863, A to Z, Vols. 1–6; 1864–1873, A to Z, Vols. 7–8; 1874–1883, A to Z, Vols. 9–11; 1800–1883, A to Z, Vol. 12; 1884–1900, A to B, Vol. 13, reaching Vol. 17 in 1920.

Four volumes of Subject Index to the above have appeared, treating of Pure Mathematics, Mechanics, Heat, Light and Sound, Electricity and Magnetism.

Four volumes of the Subject Index mentioned above have been released, covering Pure Mathematics, Mechanics, Heat, Light and Sound, Electricity, and Magnetism.

Abridged

The several Abridgments may be properly collated as follows (through Lowndes, Scudder, Bolton, also through the private lists of the different copies found in Hartwell House, November 1843, and given to the compiler by Mr. Latimer Clark), viz.: From 1665 to[549] end of 1700, by John Lowthorp, 3 vols., Vols. I, II, III[74]; from 1700 to year 1720–1721 by Ben. Motte, 2 vols.[75]; from 1700 to year 1720 by Henry Jones, 2 vols., Vols. IV, V[76]; from 1720 to year 1732 by Mr. Reid and John Gray, 1 vol.[77]; from 1719 to year 1733, by John Eames and John Martyn, 2 vols., Vols. VI, VII[78]; from 1732 to year 1744, by John Martyn, 2 vols., Vols. VIII, IX[79]; from 1743 to year 1750, by John Martyn, 2 vols., Vol. X (two parts).

The various Abridgments can be properly organized as follows (via Lowndes, Scudder, Bolton, and also through the private lists of the different copies found in Hartwell House, November 1843, provided to the compiler by Mr. Latimer Clark), namely: From 1665 to[549] the end of 1700, by John Lowthorp, 3 volumes, Vols. I, II, III[74]; from 1700 to 1720–1721 by Ben. Motte, 2 volumes.[75]; from 1700 to 1720 by Henry Jones, 2 volumes, Vols. IV, V[76]; from 1720 to 1732 by Mr. Reid and John Gray, 1 volume.[77]; from 1719 to 1733, by John Eames and John Martyn, 2 volumes, Vols. VI, VII[78]; from 1732 to 1744, by John Martyn, 2 volumes, Vols. VIII, IX[79]; from 1743 to 1750, by John Martyn, 2 volumes, Vol. X (two parts).

“Memoirs of the Royal Society; or a New Abridgment of the Philosophical Transactions from 1665 to 1740,” by Benjamin Baddam, 10 Vols. (first edition, 1665–1735; second edition, 1665–1740).

“Memoirs of the Royal Society; or a New Abridgment of the Philosophical Transactions from 1665 to 1740,” by Benjamin Baddam, 10 Vols. (first edition, 1665–1735; second edition, 1665–1740).

“The Philosophical Transactions from their commencement in 1665 to 1800 abridged with notes and illustrations, by Charles Hutton, George Shaw and Richard Pearson,” 18 vols., the last volume containing a General Index to the whole which covers 116 pages.[80]

“The Philosophical Transactions from their start in 1665 to 1800, summarized with notes and illustrations, by Charles Hutton, George Shaw, and Richard Pearson,” 18 vols., the final volume includes a General Index to everything that spans 116 pages.[80]

Translations, in French, of some of the abridged and unabridged volumes are to be found recorded at p. 109 of Scudder’s “Catalogue,” already mentioned, one of the most important being “La Table des mémoires imprimés dans les Transactions Philosophiques ... 1665–1735,” by M. De Brémond, Paris, 1739.

Translations in French of some of the abridged and unabridged volumes are noted on page 109 of Scudder’s “Catalogue,” which has been mentioned before. One of the most significant ones is “La Table des mémoires imprimés dans les Transactions Philosophiques ... 1665–1735,” by M. De Brémond, Paris, 1739.

Translations have also been made in Latin, for the first five years, and some were published in Italian during 1729 and 1731–1734.

Translations have also been done in Latin for the first five years, and some were published in Italian between 1729 and 1731–1734.

THE PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE

The Philosophical Magazine, 1798–1813, 42 vols. United in 1814 with the Journal of Natural Philosophy, etc., and continued under the title of[550] The Philosophical Magazine and Journal, etc., 1814–1826, 26 vols., the sixty-eight volumes being called the first series. During 1827 it was united with the Annals of Philosophy or Magazine of Chemistry and it became then

The Philosophical Magazine, 1798–1813, 42 volumes. In 1814, it merged with the Journal of Natural Philosophy, etc., and continued under the title of[550] The Philosophical Magazine and Journal, etc., 1814–1826, 26 volumes, making the total of sixty-eight volumes referred to as the first series. In 1827, it combined with the Annals of Philosophy or Magazine of Chemistry and then became

The Philosophical Magazine or Annals of Chemistry, etc., 1827–1832, eleven vols., making up the second series. From 1832 to 1840, after amalgamating with Edinburgh Journal of Science, sixteen volumes were published under the name of

The Philosophical Magazine or Annals of Chemistry, etc., 1827–1832, eleven vols., forming the second series. From 1832 to 1840, after merging with the Edinburgh Journal of Science, sixteen volumes were published under the name of

The London and Edinburgh Philosophical Magazine and Journal of Science, and, during 1840–1850, twenty-one volumes appeared under the name of

The London and Edinburgh Philosophical Magazine and Journal of Science published twenty-one volumes from 1840 to 1850 under the name of

The London, Edinburgh and Dublin Philosophical Magazine and Journal of Science, in all thirty-seven volumes constituting the third series. The fourth series, of fifty volumes, was issued 1851–1875; the fifth series 1876–1900; and the sixth series, which began in 1901, is still running as we go to press.

The London, Edinburgh and Dublin Philosophical Magazine and Journal of Science includes a total of thirty-seven volumes in its third series. The fourth series, consisting of fifty volumes, was published from 1851 to 1875; the fifth series ran from 1876 to 1900; and the sixth series, which started in 1901, is still ongoing as we publish this.

LE JOURNAL DES SÇAVANS (SAVANTS)

Le Journal des Sçavans (Scudder, “Catal. of Sc. Serials,” 1879, p. 97). Published 1665–1792, with Supplements to 1707–1709 and a Continuation in 1797.

Le Journal des Sçavans (Scudder, “Catal. of Sc. Serials,” 1879, p. 97). Published from 1665 to 1792, with Supplements from 1707 to 1709 and a Continuation in 1797.

Journal des Sçavans (“Catal. of Ronalds’ library,” 1880, p. 261). Published 1665–1748, 1749–1792, 1816–1845.

Journal des Sçavans (“Catal. of Ronalds’ library,” 1880, p. 261). Published 1665–1748, 1749–1792, 1816–1845.

Le Journal des Sçavans (“British Museum Catalogue of Periodical Publications—Paris,” pp. 1369–1370). Published from 1665 to 1828. Edited successively by the Sieur de Hedonville, by J. Gallois, and others. With a Supplement for 1672–1674, and a Supplement for each of the years 1707, 1708 and 1709—142 volumes, Paris, 1681–1828, also 1723.

Le Journal des Sçavans (“British Museum Catalogue of Periodical Publications—Paris,” pp. 1369–1370). Published from 1665 to 1828. Edited sequentially by Sieur de Hedonville, J. Gallois, and others. It includes a Supplement for 1672–1674, and a Supplement for each of the years 1707, 1708, and 1709—142 volumes, Paris, 1681–1828, also 1723.

The “Journal des Sçavans” was commenced January 5, 1665, and suppressed March 30, 1665, after the publication of only thirteen numbers. Its publication was resumed January 4, 1666, during which year forty-two numbers were issued. In 1667, there appeared only sixteen numbers; only thirteen in 1668; four in 1669; one in 1670; three in 1671; eight in 1672; none in 1673; and only two in 1674. From 1674 to 1723, a number was published either once a fortnight or once a week, and, from 1724 to 1792, a number appeared every month. In December 1792, the publication was discontinued, but it was resumed January 4, 1797. On the 18th of June of the same year, however, it was again discontinued until September 1816, after which a number was for a time published regularly once a month.

The “Journal des Sçavans” started on January 5, 1665, and was shut down on March 30, 1665, after only thirteen issues were published. It resumed on January 4, 1666, and during that year, forty-two issues were released. In 1667, there were just sixteen issues; thirteen in 1668; four in 1669; one in 1670; three in 1671; eight in 1672; none in 1673; and only two in 1674. From 1674 to 1723, issues came out either every two weeks or once a week, and from 1724 to 1792, an issue was published every month. The publication stopped in December 1792, but it started again on January 4, 1797. However, on June 18 of the same year, it was discontinued once more until September 1816, after which it was published regularly once a month for a time.

[551]

[551]

“Table Générale des matières contenues dans le Journal des Sçavans ... depuis l’année, 1665 ... jusqu’ en 1750 inclusivement ...” 10 vols., Paris, 1753–1764.

“General Table of Contents of the Journal of Scholars ... from the year, 1665 ... to 1750 inclusive ...” 10 vols., Paris, 1753–1764.

Another edition of vols. 1–105, Amsterdam, 1679–1753, also 1685.

Another edition of vols. 1–105, Amsterdam, 1679–1753, also 1685.

Another edition of the years 1725–1760, Paris, 1725–1760.

Another edition from the years 1725–1760, Paris, 1725–1760.

“Annales des Sciences ... faisant suite au Journal des Sçavans,” Amsterdam, 1804–1806.

“Annals of Sciences ... following the Journal of Scholars,” Amsterdam, 1804–1806.

“Journal des Sçavans, combiné avec les Mémoires de Trévoux. Suite des 170 Volumes ...,” Amsterdam, 1756–1757.

“Journal of Scholars, combined with the Memoirs of Trévoux. Continuation of the 170 Volumes ...,” Amsterdam, 1756–1757.

“Journal des Sçavans, combiné avec les meilleurs Journaux Anglais,” January 1779 to December 1781, Amsterdam, 1779–1781.

“Journal des Sçavans, combined with the best English Journals,” January 1779 to December 1781, Amsterdam, 1779–1781.

Journal des Savants (“British Museum Catalogue of Periodical Publications—Paris,” pp. 1370–1371). Edited successively by P. C. F. Danon, le Brun, and others from 1816.

Journal des Savants (“British Museum Catalogue of Periodical Publications—Paris,” pp. 1370–1371). Edited over the years by P. C. F. Danon, le Brun, and others starting in 1816.

“Table méthodique et analytique des articles ... 1816–1858,” Paris, 1860.

“Systematic and analytical table of articles ... 1816–1858,” Paris, 1860.

“Table analytique des articles ... 1859–1908,” Paris, 1909.

“Analytical table of articles ... 1859–1908,” Paris, 1909.


[553]

[553]

APPENDIX IV

List of additional works, relating to subjects treated of in this “Bibliographical History,” which have not before been especially mentioned herein and which are deemed worthy of perusal:

List of additional works related to topics covered in this “Bibliographical History,” which have not been specifically mentioned here and are considered worth reading:

1486. Reisch (Father Gregory), “Æpitome ... Marg. Phil. ... Scibili.”

1486. Reisch (Father Gregory), “Summary ... Marg. Phil. ... Knowledge.”

1495. Roberti de Valle Rotho, Magensis ... “Compendium a Plinio data ...”

1495. Robert de Valle Rotho, Magensis ... “Summary given by Pliny ...”

1535. Stœffler (J.), “Cœlestium ... totius sphericæ ...”

1535. Stœffler (J.), “Cœlestium ... totius sphericæ ...”

1536. Mela (Pomponius), “De situ orbis.”

1536. Mela (Pomponius), “On the Geography of the World.”

1537. Maurius, “Sphera Volgare.”

1537. Maurius, “Common Sphere.”

1544. Ulstadius (P.), “Cœlum Philosophorum ...”

1544. Ulstadius (P.), “Cœlum Philosophorum ...”

1548. Leonicerus (James), “Compendium de meteoris ...”

1548. Leonicerus (James), “Compendium de meteoris ...”

1555. Navagero (A.), “Orationes ... carmin ... nonnulla. ...”

1555. Navagero (A.), “Orations ... poems ... some.”

1558. Göbel (Severin), “De Succino.”

1558. Göbel (Severin), “On Amber.”

1560. Pedemontani (Alex.), “De Secretis ...”

1560. Pedemontani (Alex.), “On Secrets ...”

1562. Carpentarius (J.), “Descriptionis universæ naturæ.”

1562. Carpentarius (J.), “Description of Universal Nature.”

1571. Titelmanni (Franc.), “Naturalis Philos. Compendium.”

1571. Titelmanni (Franc.), “Compendium of Natural Philosophy.”

1571. Fulco-Fulke, “A goodly gallery ... Meteors ...” (also published in 1634 and 1670).

1571. Fulco-Fulke, “A beautiful gallery ... Meteors ...” (also published in 1634 and 1670).

1572. Biringuccio (V.), “Pyrotechnie.”

1572. Biringuccio (V.), “Pyrotechnics.”

1572. Lemnius (Levinus), “Occulta naturæ miraculæ.”

1572. Lemnius (Levinus), “Secrets of the Wonders of Nature.”

1574. Zacaire (D.), “Livres sur l’arithmétique ... métaux,” etc.

1574. Zacaire (D.), “Books on arithmetic ... metals,” etc.

1582. Rao (Cesare), “I Meteori.”

1582. Rao (Cesare), “The Meteors.”

1582. Camorano (R.), “Compendio de la arte de navegar ...”

1582. Camorano (R.), “Compendium of the Art of Navigation ...”

1586. Malfanti (G.), “Le météore.”

1586. Malfanti (G.), “The Meteor.”

1592. Digges (Thomas), “A prognostication ...”

1592. Digges (Thomas), “A prediction ...”

1596. Gallucci (G. P.), “Ratio fabric andi ... magnetica acu.”

1596. Gallucci (G. P.), “The Method of Making ... Magnetic Needles.”

1596. Vuccher (Jean Jacques), “Les secrets et merveilles ...”

1596. Vuccher (Jean Jacques), “The secrets and wonders ...”

1596. Bodin (J.), “Universæ naturæ theatrum ...”

1596. Bodin (J.), “Theater of Universal Nature ...”

1604. Herlicius (D.), “Tractatus de fulmine.”

1604. Herlicius (D.), “Tractatus de fulmine.”

1604. Harward (S.), “Discourse of ... lightning.”

1604. Harward (S.), “Discourse of ... lightning.”

1605. Morales (G. de), “Libro de las virtudes ...”

1605. Morales (G. de), “Book of Virtues ...”

1607. Bollenatus Burgundo-gallus, “Theses physicæ ...”

1607. Bollenatus Burgundo-gallus, “Theses physicæ ...”

1609. Goclenius (R.), “Tract. ... de magnetica curatione.” (See also his “Mirabilium naturæ liber,” published in 1643.)

1609. Goclenius (R.), “Tract. ... on magnetic healing.” (See also his “Book of Natural Wonders,” published in 1643.)

1610. Arlensis, “Sympathia septem metallorum ...”

1610. Arlensis, “The Sympathy of the Seven Metals ...”

1610. Argolus (Andreas), “Epistola ad Davidem ...”

1610. Argolus (Andreas), “Letter to David ..."

1615. Godigno (N.), “De Abissinorum rebus.”

1615. Godigno (N.), “On the Affairs of the Abyssinians.”

1615. Foscarini (P. A.), “Epistola ...”

1615. Foscarini (P. A.), “Letter ...”

1621. Drebbel (C.), “De natura elementorum.”

1621. Drebbel (C.), “On the Nature of the Elements.”

1621. Tarde (J.), “Les usages ... esguille aymantée.”

1621. Tarde (J.), “The uses ... with a magnetized needle.”

1627. Fromondi (L.), “Meteorologicum ...” (See reference to Fromondi infra at 1781 date. He employed heart pulsations to calculate the distance of thunder.)

1627. Fromondi (L.), “Meteorologicum ...” (See reference to Fromondi infra at 1781 date. He used heartbeats to measure the distance of thunder.)

1630. Longinus (Cæsar), “Trinium magicum ...”

1630. Longinus (Cæsar), “Trinium magicum ...”

1631. Kœnio (H.), “Fulminum theoria meteor. ...”

1631. Kœnio (H.), “Theory of Lightning in Meteorology ...”

1632. Remmelinus (Joannes L. U.), “Instrumentum magneticum ...”

1632. Remmelinus (Joannes L. U.), “Magnetic Instrument ...”

[554]

[554]

1637. Ward (S.), “Magnetis reductorium ...” (See also his “Wonders of the loadstone,” published in 1640.)

1637. Ward (S.), “Magnetis reductorium ...” (See also his “Wonders of the loadstone,” published in 1640.)

1638. Fludd (Robert), “Philosophia Moysaica ...”

1638. Fludd (Robert), “Philosophia Moysaica ...”

1641. Fabricius (Hildanus), “Observationum et curationum ...”

1641. Fabricius (Hildanus), “Observationum et curationum ...”

1643. Servius (Petrus), “Dissertatio de Unguento ...”

1643. Servius (Petrus), “Dissertation on Ointment ...”

1645. Blæu (G. and J.), “Théatre du Monde.”

1645. Blæu (G. and J.), “Theater of the World.”

1646. Henricus (Regius), “Fundamenta physices.” (See also his “Philosophia naturalis,” published in 1654.)

1646. Henricus (Regius), “Fundamentals of Physics.” (See also his “Natural Philosophy,” published in 1654.)

1649. Zucchi (Nicolo), “Nova de machinis philosophia.”

1649. Zucchi (Nicolo), “Philosophy of New Machines.”

1651. Reæl (F.), “Observ. ... æn de magneetsteen ...”

1651. Reæl (F.), “Observ. ... æn de magneetsteen ...”

1656. Irvine (C.), “Medicina magnetica ...”

1656. Irvine (C.), “Magnetic Medicine ...”

1657. Turner (Robert), “Ars Notaria.”

1657. Turner (Robert), “Notary Art.”

1662. Rattray (Sylvester), “Theatrum sympatheticum ...”

1662. Rattray (Sylvester), “Theatrum sympatheticum ...”

1662. Westen (Wynant Van), “Het eerste deel ...”

1662. Westen (Wynant Van), “The First Part ...”

1663. Helvetius (J. F.), “Theatr. Herculis. ...” (See also his “Disputatio Philosophica,” published in 1677.)

1663. Helvetius (J. F.), “Theatr. Herculis. ...” (See also his “Disputatio Philosophica,” published in 1677.)

1664. Power (Henry), “Experimental Philosophy.”

1664. Power (Henry), “Experimental Science.”

1665. Johnston (J.), “Thaumatographia naturalis.”

1665. Johnston (J.), “Natural Wonders.”

1666. Accademia del Cimento, “Saggi di naturali esperienze.”

1666. Accademia del Cimento, “Essays on Natural Experiments.”

1666. “Mémoire d’Homberg, sur l’électr. d’un globe de soufre.”

1666. “Memoir on the electricity of a sulfur globe.”

1667. Colepress (Samuel), “Account of some magnetical experiments.”

1667. Colepress (Samuel), “Account of some magnetic experiments.”

1668. Leotaudus (Vincent), “Magnetologia ... magnetis philos.”

1668. Leotaudus (Vincent), “Magnetology ... philosophy of magnets.”

1668. Vitalis (H.), “De magnetica vulnerum curatione.”

1668. Vitalis (H.), “On the Magnetic Healing of Wounds.”

1673. Mentzel (M. Chn.), “De lapide bononiensi in obscuro lucenti.”

1673. Mentzel (M. Chn.), “About the Bologna stone shining in the dark.”

1674. Oughtred (W.), “Descript. ... double horiz. dyal. ...”

1674. Oughtred (W.), “Description of the double horizontal dial...”

1676. Heidel (W. E.), “Johannis Trithemii ...”

1676. Heidel (W. E.), “Johannis Trithemii ...”

1677. Dechales (C. F. M.), “Art de naviguer ...”

1677. Dechales (C. F. M.), “Art de naviguer ...”

1677. Hartmann (Philip Jacob), “Succini Prussici ...”

1677. Hartmann (Philip Jacob), “Succini Prussici ...”

1679. Schielen (J. G.), “Bibliotheca enueleata.”

1679. Schielen (J. G.), “Bibliotheca enueleata.”

1681. Senguerd (W.), “Philosophia naturalis ...”

1681. Senguerd (W.), “Natural Philosophy ...”

1682 Hiller (L. H.), “Mysterium artis. ...”

1682 Hiller (L. H.), “Mystery of Art. ...”

1684. Lana-Lanis (Franciscus de), “Magisterii ... et artis ...”

1684. Lana-Lanis (Franciscus de), “Mastery ... and art ...”

1684. Marana (G. P.), “L’espion du Grand Seigneur ...”

1684. Marana (G. P.), “The Spy of the Grand Lord ...”

1685. Friderici (J. B.), “Cryptographia ...”

1685. Friderici (J. B.), “Cryptographia ...”

1686. “Recueil d’expériences sur l’aimant ...” published anonymously at Lyons.

1686. “Recueil d’expériences sur l’aimant ...” published anonymously in Lyon.

1687. Dalance (M. D.), “Traité de l’aimant ...”

1687. Dalance (M. D.), “Treatise on the Magnet ...”

1688. Bartholinus (C. T.), “Specimen philos. naturalis ...”

1688. Bartholinus (C. T.), “Specimen philos. naturalis ...”

1688. Boulanger, “Traité de la sphère du monde.”

1688. Boulanger, “Treatise on the Sphere of the World.”

1689. Blagrave (Joseph), “Astrological practice of physick.”

1689. Blagrave (Joseph), “Astrological practice of medicine.”

1689. Eschenbach (A. C.), “Orphei Argonautica ...”

1689. Eschenbach (A. C.), “Orphei Argonautica ...”

1689. Rennefort (Souchu de), “L’aiman mystique.”

1689. Rennefort (Souchu de), “The Mystic Love.”

1691. Cecchi, “Saggi di naturali esperienze.”

1691. Cecchi, “Essays on Natural Experiences.”

1692. Brown (R.), “Disputatio philosophica ...”

1692. Brown (R.), “Disputatio philosophica ...”

1692. Cellio (Marco Antonio), “De terra magnete.”

1692. Cellio (Marco Antonio), “De terra magnete.”

1693. Gregorio (D.), “Lettera intorno all’ elettricità.”

1693. Gregorio (D.), “Letter on Electricity.”

1695. Hale (Sir M.), “Magnetismus magnus ...”

1695. Hale (Sir M.), “Magnetismus magnus ...”

1697. Zwinger (Theodor), “Scrutinum magnetis ...”

1697. Zwinger (Theodor), “Scrutinum magnetis ...”

1698. Ballard, on the magnetism of Drills in the Philos. Trans., for the year 1698, p. 417.

1698. Ballard, on the magnetism of Drills in the Philos. Trans., for the year 1698, p. 417.

1698. Tredwey (Robert), in the Philos. Trans., Vol. XIX. p. 711.

1698. Tredwey (Robert), in the Philos. Trans., Vol. XIX. p. 711.

1700. Cesi (In.), “De meteoris dissertatio.”

1700. Cesi (In.), “A Dissertation on Meteors.”

1707. “Curiöse speculationes ... speculirt,” Leipzig and Chemnitz.

1707. “Curious speculations ... speculated,” Leipzig and Chemnitz.

1714. Billingsley (C.), “Longitude at sea ...”

1714. Billingsley (C.), “Longitude at sea ...”

1718. Du Petit, Albert, “Secrets Merveilleux ...”

1718. Du Petit, Albert, “Amazing Secrets ...”

1718. Luderus (G.), “De methodis ... declin. ... magnetis ...”

1718. Luderus (G.), “On the methods ... of declination ... of magnets ...”

1719. Ditton, “Longitude and latitude found by the inclinatory and dipping needle.” (See also the edition published in London during 1721.)

1719. Ditton, “Longitude and latitude found by the inclinatory and dipping needle.” (See also the edition published in London in 1721.)

1722. Quellmalz (S. J.), “Dissertatio de magnete ...”

1722. Quellmalz (S. J.), “Dissertatio de magnete ...”

1723. Santanelli (F.), “Philosophiæ reconditæ ...”

1723. Santanelli (F.), “Hidden Philosophy ...”

1729. Abercorn (J. Hamilton, Earl of), “Calculations ... virtue of loadstones.”

1729. Abercorn (J. Hamilton, Earl of), “Calculations ... the power of loadstones.”

[555]

[555]

1729. Wischoff (C.), “De Wonderwerken Godts.”

1729. Wischoff (C.), “The Wonders of God.”

1730. Bailey (Nathan), “Loadstone,” in “Dictionarium Britannicum.”

1730. Bailey (Nathan), “Loadstone,” in “Dictionarium Britannicum.”

1731. Reibelt (J. J. A.), “Thes ... magnetis mysteriis ...”

1731. Reibelt (J. J. A.), “Thes ... magnetis mysteriis ...”

1732. Derham (W.), “Physico-theology.”

1732. Derham (W.), “Physico-theology.”

1734. Marana (G. P.), “Letters writ by a Turkish Spy.”

1734. Marana (G. P.), “Letters written by a Turkish Spy.”

1739. Brémond (François de), in Philos. Trans., Vol. XLI. p. 614.

1739. Brémond (François de), in Philos. Trans., Vol. XLI. p. 614.

1740. Mortenson, “Dissertatio de electricitate ...” Upsal. (Also the 1742 edition.)

1740. Mortenson, “Dissertation on Electricity ...” Upsala. (Also the 1742 edition.)

1743. Lobe (W.), “De vi corporum electrica.”

1743. Lobe (W.), “On the Power of Electric Bodies.”

1744. Akenside (Mark), Book III of “The Pleasures of Imagination.”

1744. Akenside (Mark), Book III of “The Pleasures of Imagination.”

1745. Piderit (J. R. A.), “Dissertatio inaugaralis ...”

1745. Piderit (J. R. A.), “Inaugural Dissertation ...”

1745. Psellus (M. C.), “De lapidum virt. Græc. ac Latine.”

1745. Psellus (M. C.), “On the Powers of Stones in Greek and Latin.”

1745. Rosenberg (A. G.), “Versuche einer Erklarung ...”

1745. Rosenberg (A. G.), “Attempts at an Explanation ...”

1745. Winkler (J. H.), “Quædam electricitatis ...” (See Philos. Trans. for 1745, p. 307.)

1745. Winkler (J. H.), “Certain Aspects of Electricity ...” (See Philos. Trans. for 1745, p. 307.)

1746. Elvius (Petrus), “Historisk berättelse ...”

1746. Elvius (Petrus), “Historical Account ...”

1746. Lohier fils, “Globules lumineux ...”

1746. Lohier fils, “Globules lumineux ...”

1746. Sguario-Squario (Euseb.), “Due Dissertazione ...”

1746. Sguario-Squario (Euseb.), “Two Dissertations ...”

1746. Trembley (A.), at p. 58, Vol. XLIV of the Philos. Trans.

1746. Trembley (A.), at p. 58, Vol. XLIV of the Philos. Trans.

1747. Carli (G.), “Dissertazione ... bussola nautica ...”

1747. Carli (G.), “Thesis ... nautical compass ...”

1747. Faure (G.), “Conghietture fisiche ... machina elettrica.”

1747. Faure (G.), “Physical Conjectures ... Electric Machine.”

1747. Franklin (Georg), “Declaratio phænomenorum ...”

1747. Franklin (Georg), “Declaration of Phenomena ...”

1747. Gottsched (Johann Christoph), “Nov. Prosp. in hist. electr. ...”

1747. Gottsched (Johann Christoph), “Nov. Prosp. in hist. electr. ...”

1747. Maffei (Scipione), “Della formazione de’ Fulmini.”

1747. Maffei (Scipione), “On the Formation of Lightning.”

1747. Vasquez-y-Morales (D. Jos.), “Ensayo sobre la Electricidad ...” (This is the translation of Nollet’s work, to which is added “Historia de la Elett.”)

1747. Vasquez-y-Morales (D. Jos.), “Essay on Electricity ...” (This is the translation of Nollet’s work, with “History of Electricity” added.)

1748. Collina (Egondio), “Considerazioni ... bussola nautica ...” (claims that the compass was in use during the tenth or eleventh century).

1748. Collina (Egondio), “Considerazioni ... bussola nautica ...” (asserts that the compass was used in the tenth or eleventh century).

1748. Rackstrow (B.), “Miscellaneous Observations ...”

1748. Rackstrow (B.), “Miscellaneous Observations ...”

1748. “Recueil de traités sur l’électricité ...” (published at Paris).

1748. “Collection of Treaties on Electricity ...” (published in Paris).

1749. Belgrado (Giacomo), “I fenomeni elettrici ...”

1749. Belgrado (Giacomo), “Electric Phenomena ...”

1749. Darcet, “Description d’un électromètre.”

1749. Darcet, “Description of an electrometer.”

1749. Mangin, “Question nouvelle ... sur l’électricité ...”

1749. Mangin, “New Question ... on Electricity ...”

1749. Plata (F. M.), “Dissertatio de electricitate ...”

1749. Plata (F. M.), “Dissertation on Electricity ...”

1750. Krafft (G. W.), “Prælectiones ... physicam theoreticam.”

1750. Krafft (G. W.), “Lectures ... theoretical physics.”

1750. Secondat de Montesquieu (J. B.), “Histoire de l’électricité.”

1750. Secondat de Montesquieu (J. B.), “History of Electricity.”

1751. Berthier, J. E., “Attractions et répulsions électriques.”

1751. Berthier, J. E., “Electrical Attractions and Repulsions.”

1751. Binat (Rev. F.), “Electricorum effectuum.”

1751. Binat (Rev. F.), “Effects of Electricity.”

1752. Guérin, “Histoire générale et particulière de l’électricité.”

1752. Guérin, “General and Specific History of Electricity.”

1752. Penrose (F.), “Treatise on electricity,” also “Essay on Magnetism.”

1752. Penrose (F.), “Treatise on Electricity,” also “Essay on Magnetism.”

1753. Rabiqueau (C.), “Le spectacle du feu élémentaire ...”

1753. Rabiqueau (C.), “The spectacle of elemental fire ...”

1753. Wolf (C.), and Bina (A.), “Physica experimentalis ...”

1753. Wolf (C.), and Bina (A.), “Experimental Physics ...”

1755. Frisi (Paolo), “Nova elect. theoria,” also his “De existentia et motu ætheris ...”

1755. Frisi (Paolo), “New Elective Theory,” also his “On the Existence and Motion of Ether ...”

1755. Landriani (G. B.), “Nova electricitatis theoria ...”

1755. Landriani (G. B.), “A New Theory of Electricity ...”

1755. Premoli (C. P.), “Nova electricitatis theoria.”

1755. Premoli (C. P.), “New Theory of Electricity.”

1756. Cartier (J.), “Philosophia electrica ad menten ...”

1756. Cartier (J.), “Electric Philosophy to the Mind ...”

1757. Butschany (Matthias), “Dissertatio ex phænom. electricis.”

1757. Butschany (Matthias), “Dissertation on Electric Phenomena.”

1759. Egeling (J.), “Disq. phys. de electricitate.”

1759. Egeling (J.), “Phys. Discussion on Electricity.”

1759. Fayol, “Observations sur un effect singulier ...”

1759. Fayol, “Observations on a unique effect ...”

1760. Avelloni (D.), “Lettera ... al fuoco elettrico ...”

1760. Avelloni (D.), “Letter ... on electric fire ...”

1760. Dutour (E. P.), “Recherches ... matière électrique.”

1760. Dutour (E. P.), “Researches ... on electrical matter.”

1760. Oberst (J.), “Conjecturæ ... magnetis naturam ...”

1760. Oberst (J.), “Conjectures ... on the nature of magnetism ...”

1760. Tillet, “Sur l’incendie.”

1760. Tillet, “On the Fire.”

1761. Laborde (J. B.), “Le clavecin électrique ...”

1761. Laborde (J. B.), “The Electric Harpsichord ...”

1761. Wakeley (Andrew), “The Mariner’s compass rectified,” as revised by Wm. Mountaine.

1761. Wakeley (Andrew), “The Mariner’s Compass Rectified,” as updated by Wm. Mountaine.

1762. Paulian (A. H.), “Conjectures nouvelles ...” likewise “Nouvelles conjectures sur les causes des phénomènes éiectriques,” published at Nîmes. (See also his “Electricité soumise ...” Avignon, 1768.)

1762. Paulian (A. H.), “New Conjectures ...” likewise “New Conjectures on the Causes of Electric Phenomena,” published in Nîmes. (See also his “Electricity Subdued ...” Avignon, 1768.)

1764. Meyer (Johann Friedr.), “Chymische versuche ...”

1764. Meyer (Johann Friedr.), “Chemical Experiments ...”

[556]

[556]

1765. Schmidt (N. E. A.), “Vom magnete,” published at Hanover.

1765. Schmidt (N. E. A.), “On the Magnet,” published in Hanover.

1767. Cellesius (Fabricius), “De naturali electricitate ...” A very rare work published at Lucca.

1767. Cellesius (Fabricius), “De naturali electricitate ...” A very rare work published in Lucca.

1769. Krunitz (Johann Georg), “Verzeichnis der vornehmsten schriften vonder Electricitat ...” published at Leipzig.

1769. Krunitz (Johann Georg), “List of the Most Important Works on Electricity ...” published in Leipzig.

1771. Barletti (Carlo), “Nuove sperienze elettriche ...”

1771. Barletti (Carlo), “New Electrical Experiments ...”

1771. Berdoe (M.), “Inquiry into the influence of the electric fluid in the structure and formation of animated beings.” This curious work was published at Bath, where Mr. Berdoe’s book “On the electric Fluid” was also published in 1773.

1771. Berdoe (M.), “Inquiry into the influence of the electric fluid in the structure and formation of animated beings.” This interesting work was published in Bath, where Mr. Berdoe’s book “On the Electric Fluid” was also published in 1773.

1772. Herbert (J. Edler von), “Theoriæ phænomenorum ...” also “Dissertatio ... aquæ ...” published at Labacii during the same year.

1772. Herbert (J. Edler von), “Theories of Phenomena ...” also “Dissertation ... on Water ...” published in Labacii that same year.

1772. Para, “Cours complet. ...” also “Théorie ...” published in 1786.

1772. For, “Complete Course. ...” also “Theory ...” published in 1786.

1773. “Essay on electricity ... late discoveries of Jas. Dævin, C. M. F., Bristol.”

1773. “Essay on electricity ... recent discoveries by Jas. Dævin, C. M. F., Bristol.”

1774. Fontana (Felice), “Descrizioni ed usi ... dell’ Aria.”

1774. Fontana (Felice), “Descriptions and Uses ... of the Air.”

1774. Pasumot (Fra.), “Observations sur les effets de la foudre ...”

1774. Pasumot (Fra.), “Observations on the Effects of Lightning ...”

1775. Detienne, “Peculiar construction of conductor of electrical machine for increasing the action thereof.”

1775. Detienne, “Unique design of the conductor for an electrical machine to enhance its performance.”

1775. Jacquet de Malzet (Louis Sebastien), “Lettre ... sur l’électrophore.”

1775. Jacquet de Malzet (Louis Sebastien), “Letter ... on the electrophorus.”

1775. Simmons (John), “An essay on the cause of lightning.”

1775. Simmons (John), “An essay on the cause of lightning.”

1776. Changeux (P. N.), “Météorographie, ou l’art d’observer les phénomènes de l’atmosphère,” published at Paris.

1776. Changeux (P. N.), “Meteorology, or the Art of Observing Atmospheric Phenomena,” published in Paris.

1776. Landriani (Marsiglio), “Osservazioni sulla poca ...”

1776. Landriani (Marsiglio), “Observations on the little ...”

1776. Rossler (T. F.), “Progr. de luce primigenia.” He says that the light before the creation of the sun, mentioned by Moses, was an electrical light. See besides “Le soleil est un aimant,” by R. P. Secchi (“Le Cosmos,” 453, Paris, 1854).

1776. Rossler (T. F.), “Progr. de luce primigenia.” He claims that the light before the sun was created, as mentioned by Moses, was an electrical light. Also see “Le soleil est un aimant,” by R. P. Secchi (“Le Cosmos,” 453, Paris, 1854).

1776. Schinz (Salomon), “Specimen phys. ...” also “Supplementum speciminis physici de Electricitate,” published at Turici in 1777.

1776. Schinz (Salomon), “Specimen phys. ...” also “Supplementum specimenis physici de Electricitate,” published in Zurich in 1777.

1777. Chigi (Aleso.), “Dell’ Elettricità terrestre-atmosferica dissertazione” (Bibl. Ital. di El. e Magn., p. 30).

1777. Chigi (Aleso.), “On Terrestrial and Atmospheric Electricity Discourse” (Bibl. Ital. di El. e Magn., p. 30).

1777. Gross (Johann Friedr.), “Précis des poses électriques.”

1777. Gross (Johann Friedr.), “Summary of Electric Positions.”

1777. Vairano (Josephus), “Diatriba de Electricitate.”

1777. Vairano (Josephus), “Diatribe on Electricity.”

1777. Weigel (Chr. Ehrenfried), “Grundriss der reinen v. angewandt. Chemie.”

1777. Weigel (Chr. Ehrenfried), “Outline of Pure and Applied Chemistry.”

1778. Chaptal (J. A. C.), “Observations sur l’influence de l’air ...” (published in the Reports of the Toulouse Academy, first series).

1778. Chaptal (J. A. C.), “Observations on the Influence of Air ...” (published in the Reports of the Toulouse Academy, first series).

1778. Steavenson (Robert), “Dissert. de electricitate ...”

1778. Steavenson (Robert), “Dissertation on Electricity ...”

1779. Lüdicke (A. F.), “Comment. de attract. magnetum ...”

1779. Lüdicke (A. F.), “Comment. de attract. magnetum ...”

1780. Hemmer (Johann Jacob), Articles in the Commentat. Acad. Theodoro-Palatine published at Mannheim.

1780. Hemmer (Johann Jacob), Articles in the Commentat. Acad. Theodoro-Palatine published at Mannheim.

1780. Pilatre des Rozier in the Journal de Physique, Vols. XVI and XVII.

1780. Pilatre des Rozier in the Journal de Physique, Vols. XVI and XVII.

1780. Tozzetti (Targioni), “Atti e memorie inedite ...”

1780. Tozzetti (Targioni), “Unpublished acts and memories ...”

1781. Bianchi (Iso), his “Elogium on Libertus Fromondi,” published at Cremona.

1781. Bianchi (Iso), his “Elogium on Libertus Fromondi,” published in Cremona.

1781. Brisson, “Dictionnaire de Physique.”

1781. Brisson, “Physics Dictionary.”

1781. Gabler (Matthias), “Theoria Magnetis.”

1781. Gabler (Matthias), “Theory of Magnetism.”

1781. Lacépède, “Essai sur l’électricité naturelle et artificielle.”

1781. Lacépède, "Essay on Natural and Artificial Electricity."

1782. Le Mercure de France, No. 23, for June 1782.

1782. Le Mercure de France, No. 23, for June 1782.

1782. Sans (M. de), in the Journal de Médecine for this year.

1782. Sans (M. de), in the Journal de Médecine for this year.

1783. Milner (Thomas), “Exper. and Observ. in Electricity.”

1783. Milner (Thomas), “Exper. and Observ. in Electricity.”

1785. Bruno (M. de), “Recherches ... fluide magnétique.”

1785. Bruno (M. de), “Research ... magnetic fluid.”

1787. Crell (L. F. F.), the miscellaneous scientific articles in his Chemische Annalen, published at Helmstadt.

1787. Crell (L. F. F.), the various scientific articles in his Chemische Annalen, published in Helmstadt.

1787. Hoffmann (C. L.), Magnetist, published at Frankfort.

1787. Hoffmann (C. L.), Magnetist, published in Frankfurt.

1789. Pasqual (A. R.), “Descrub. ... aguja nautica ...”

1789. Pasqual (A. R.), “Description of the Nautical Needle...”

1790. Fréméry (N. C. de), “Dissertatio ... de fulmine.”

1790. Fréméry (N. C. de), “Dissertation ... on lightning.”

1790. Segnitz (F. L.), “Specimen ... elect. animali ...”

1790. Segnitz (F. L.), “Sample ... of elected animals ...”

1791. Peart (Edward), “On electricity ... Magn. ... and El. Atmospheres,” published at Gainsboro’.

1791. Peart (Edward), “On electricity ... Magn. ... and El. Atmospheres,” published in Gainsborough.

1792. Aberg (V. J.), “... vim magneticam et electricam.”

1792. Aberg (V. J.), “... magnetic and electric force.”

[557]

[557]

1792. Carminati (Bassiano), in Brugnatelli’s Giorn. Fis. Med., II. p. 115.

1792. Carminati (Bassiano), in Brugnatelli’s Giorn. Fis. Med., II. p. 115.

1792. Reil (J. C.), “Uber thierische elektricität.”

1792. Reil (J. C.), “On Animal Electricity.”

1793. Creve (J. C. I. A.), “Beiträge zu Galvanism ...” published at Leipzig and at Frankfort. (See his “Phénomènes du galvanisme” in the Mém. de la Société méd. d’émulation.)

1793. Creve (J. C. I. A.), “Contributions to Galvanism ...” published in Leipzig and Frankfurt. (See his “Phenomena of Galvanism” in the Mém. de la Société méd. d’émulation.)

1793. Hauch (Adam Wilhelm von), his articles in the Vidensk. Selsk. Skrift. Ny Samml, published at Copenhagen.

1793. Hauch (Adam Wilhelm von), his articles in the Vidensk. Selsk. Skrift. Ny Samml, published in Copenhagen.

1794. Gutle (J. C.), “Zaubermechanik od. Beschreibung ...” published at Nürnberg.

1794. Gutle (J. C.), “Magic Mechanics or Description ...” published in Nuremberg.

1794. Hopf (C. G.), respond E. Eschenmayer, “Dissert. sistens ... theoriæ” (Sue, Vol. I. p. 133).

1794. Hopf (C. G.), respond E. Eschenmayer, “Dissert. sistens ... theoriæ” (Sue, Vol. I. p. 133).

1797. Bressy (Jos.), “Essai sur l’électricité de l’eau.”

1797. Bressy (Jos.), “Essay on the Electricity of Water.”

1798. Hoffmann (J. C.), “Anweisung gute Elektrisirmaschinen ...” published at Leipzig.

1798. Hoffmann (J. C.), “Instructions for Good Electric Machines ...” published in Leipzig.

1798. Tingry (P. F.), two articles, “Sur la phosphorescence des corps” and “Sur la nature du fluide électrique,” published in the Journal de Physique, Vol. XLVII.

1798. Tingry (P. F.), two articles, “On the Phosphorescence of Bodies” and “On the Nature of Electric Fluid,” published in the Journal de Physique, Vol. XLVII.

1798. Walker (Ralph), “A treatise on the magnet ...”

1798. Walker (Ralph), “A Guide to Magnetism ...”

1799. Arnim (L. A. von), “Versuch einer theorie ...” published at Halle.

1799. Arnim (L. A. von), “Attempt at a Theory ...” published at Halle.

1799. “Proceedings of the Am. Phil. Soc.,” Old Series, Vol. IV. p. 162, for “An Essay tending to improve intelligible signals ...”

1799. “Proceedings of the Am. Phil. Soc.,” Old Series, Vol. IV. p. 162, for “An Essay aiming to enhance clear signals ...”

1800. Hulme (N.), see his “Experiments and Observations ...” in the Philos. Trans. for 1800, Part I. p. 161, as well as Vol. IV of Reuss’s Repertorium.

1800. Hulme (N.), see his “Experiments and Observations ...” in the Philos. Trans. for 1800, Part I. p. 161, as well as Vol. IV of Reuss’s Repertorium.

1800. Treviranus (Gottfried R.), see articles in Gilb. Annal., Vol. VII as well as in Vol. VIII.

1800. Treviranus (Gottfried R.), see articles in Gilb. Annal., Vol. VII and also in Vol. VIII.


[559]

[559]

APPENDIX V

MERCATOR’S PROJECTION

The just claim of the English mathematician, Edward Wright

The legitimate assertion of the English mathematician, Edward Wright

Mercator, Gerardus (latinized form of Gerhard Kremer), 1512–1594, a Flemish geographer and mathematician, who is mentioned at pp. 79, 508, 516 of this “Bibliographical History of Electricity and Magnetism,” is reported to have invented a new method of making maps. The name of Mercator, it is said, was given to Kremer on account of the great usefulness of his reported invention to mercators or merchants.

Gerardus Mercator (the Latin version of Gerhard Kremer), 1512–1594, was a Flemish geographer and mathematician mentioned on pp. 79, 508, and 516 of this “Bibliographical History of Electricity and Magnetism.” He is said to have created a new way of making maps. The name Mercator was supposedly given to Kremer because of how useful his invention was for merchants.

Mercator’s earliest map was published in 1537. One year later appeared his Map of the World (rediscovered during 1878 in New York), and, in 1541, he introduced a terrestrial globe which was followed, ten years afterwards, by his equally well-known celestial globe. Then appeared, in 1568–1569, the first edition of his celebrated planisphere, intended for use in navigation, which is the earliest known map on what is called “Mercator’s Projection,” and, in later years, he brought out many other maps as well as geographical tables, etc., which are too numerous to be specified here. [See article Mercator in the Belgian “Biographie Nationale,” Vol. XIV, 1897, and consult likewise “L’œuvre géographique de Mercator” by Van Ostroy, “Meyers Konversations Lexikon,” 1897, Vol. XII, pp. 153–154, also “La Nouvelle Biographie Générale” de Mr. le Dr. Hœfer, Vol. XXV. p. 11.]

Mercator's first map was published in 1537. One year later, his Map of the World was released (rediscovered in 1878 in New York), and in 1541, he introduced a terrestrial globe, which was followed ten years later by his well-known celestial globe. Then, between 1568 and 1569, the first edition of his famous planisphere, designed for navigation, was published. This is the earliest known map using what is now called “Mercator’s Projection.” In the following years, he produced many other maps and geographical tables, which are too numerous to list here. [See article Mercator in the Belgian “Biographie Nationale,” Vol. XIV, 1897, and also consult “L’œuvre géographique de Mercator” by Van Ostroy, “Meyers Konversations Lexikon,” 1897, Vol. XII, pp. 153–154, as well as “La Nouvelle Biographie Générale” by Mr. Dr. Hœfer, Vol. XXV. p. 11.]

The original constructor of the chart known as “Mercator’s Projection” is, however, said to be a very able English mathematician, Edward Wright (1560–1615) who is alluded to herein at pp. 78, 79, 520, 524, 532. He was the designer of a very large sphere for Prince Henry, which showed the motion of the planets, etc., and he predicted the eclipses for a period of 17,100 years.

The original creator of the chart known as "Mercator's Projection" is said to be a highly skilled English mathematician, Edward Wright (1560–1615), who is referenced here on pages 78, 79, 520, 524, 532. He designed a large globe for Prince Henry that demonstrated the motion of the planets and predicted eclipses for 17,100 years.

So much has been said herein regarding different well-known maps that the following cannot but prove interesting. It is in apparently just claim on behalf of Edward Wright to the above-named invention, and, as stated in the volume published during[560] 1880 by John Davis for the Hakluyt Society, the first Map of the World that was engraved in England on Wright’s (Mercator’s) projection is fully described by Mr. C. M. Coote in a Note at pp. 85–95 of the Davis “Voyages and Works.” That map, he says, was published one year after Wright had explained the principle of the projection in his “Certain Errors.” From Mr. Coote’s description, the following is extracted:

So much has been said here about various well-known maps that what follows is bound to be interesting. It concerns Edward Wright's rightful claim to the invention mentioned above. As noted in the volume published in[560] 1880 by John Davis for the Hakluyt Society, Mr. C. M. Coote fully describes the first Map of the World engraved in England based on Wright’s (Mercator’s) projection in a note on pages 85–95 of the Davis “Voyages and Works.” According to him, that map was published just a year after Wright explained the principle of the projection in his “Certain Errors.” The following is extracted from Mr. Coote’s description:

What appears to have escaped the notice of Hallam, and those who have attempted to describe it at various times down to our day, is, that our map is laid down upon the projection commonly known as Mercator’s. So little appears to be known as to the early history of this projection, that as recently as April 16, 1878, it has been suggested by Mr. Elias F. Hall that charts upon this projection were not in general use among seamen at a period much earlier than 1630. Still more recently it has been gravely asserted that a distinguished Admiral of the American navy only knew of it as the Merchant’s projection, and that he never knew that there was such a man as Mercator. In 1569 was produced at Duisbourg, Mercator’s well-known Mappemonde, and many years elapsed before it attracted the notice of other mapmakers. However interesting it may be to us as a monument of geography, it is now admitted that, as regards the projection, it is only approximately correct up to latitude 40. For the want of a demonstration of the true principles upon which such a projection was to be laid down, beyond the legend on the Mappemonde, it found but few imitators. The only three known to us are Bernardus Puteanus of Bruges in 1579, Cornelius de Jode in 1589, and Petrus Plancius in 1594. Of the first and third no examples of their maps on this projection are known to exist, these two doubtless had all the imperfections of the original Mercator. De Jode’s “Speculum Orbis Terrarum” of 1589 is remarkable, as, while being on the old plane projection with the lines of latitude and longitude equidistant, there is to be seen on it a feeble attempt to divide the central meridional line according to the idea of Mercator, one of the best possible proofs how imperfectly this idea was understood by Mercator’s own fellow-countrymen. About 1597 was published by Jodocus Hondius in Amsterdam, a map entitled Typus Totius Orbis Terrarum, etc., easily to be recognized by an allegorical figure, at the bottom of it, of a Christian soldier armed for the fight against all the powers of evil. This is on the true projection, known as Mercator’s, but which is really that of Edward Wright. From Hondius’ connection with Mercator, and whose joint portraits from the frontispiece of the well-known Atlas of the latter, it might with good reason be supposed that Hondius acquired the art of projecting this map from Mercator, yet if one thing is more certain than[561] another in the history of this projection, it is the fact that Hondius did not acquire this art from Mercator or his map, but from Edward Wright, the friend and colleague of Hakluyt.

What seems to have been overlooked by Hallam and others who have tried to explain it over the years is that our map is based on the projection commonly known as Mercator’s. There isn’t much known about the early history of this projection; as recently as April 16, 1878, Mr. Elias F. Hall suggested that charts using this projection were not widely used by sailors until around 1630. More recently, it was seriously claimed that a well-known Admiral of the American navy only recognized it as the Merchant’s projection and was unaware that Mercator even existed. In 1569, Mercator produced his famous Mappemonde in Duisbourg, and it took many years for other mapmakers to notice it. Despite its significance in geography, it is now accepted that the projection is only approximately correct up to latitude 40. Due to the lack of a clear demonstration of the true principles for creating such a projection, aside from the legend on the Mappemonde, it had few imitators. The only three we know of are Bernardus Puteanus from Bruges in 1579, Cornelius de Jode in 1589, and Petrus Plancius in 1594. No examples of maps from the first and third are known to exist, so they likely had all the flaws of the original Mercator. De Jode’s “Speculum Orbis Terrarum” from 1589 is notable because, while it uses the old plane projection with equidistant lines of latitude and longitude, it makes a weak attempt to divide the central meridian line according to Mercator’s idea, which shows how poorly understood this concept was, even by Mercator’s fellow countrymen. Around 1597, Jodocus Hondius published a map in Amsterdam called Typus Totius Orbis Terrarum, which can be recognized by an allegorical figure of a Christian soldier ready to fight against all evil forces. This map uses the true projection known as Mercator’s, but is actually based on Edward Wright’s work. Given Hondius’ connection with Mercator, especially with their portraits appearing together in Mercator's famous Atlas, one might reasonably assume that Hondius learned how to create this map from Mercator. However, one thing is certain in the history of this projection: Hondius did not learn this skill from Mercator or his map, but from Edward Wright, who was a friend and colleague of Hakluyt.

In proof of this, the following evidence is adduced. We learn from Blundeville that, at some previous period, probably as early as 1592, Wright sent his friend, the author, “a table to drawe thereby the parallells in the Mariner’s Carde, together with the vse thereof in trewer sort, with a draught” or diagram of the projection. These, it is evident, were extracts from Wright’s “Errors in Navigation,” then in MS. Wright, in his preface to the reader, in his work when printed, bitterly complains that he was induced to lend MS. to Hondius, who, with its aid and without Wright’s consent, prepared and published several “mappes of the World, which maps had been vnhatched, had not he [Hondius] learned the right way to lay the groundwork of some of them out of his book.” That the above Typus is one of the printed maps complained of, seems to be proved by the allusion to Wright to be found on it.

In support of this, the following evidence is presented. We learn from Blundeville that, at some earlier time, likely as early as 1592, Wright sent his friend, the author, “a table to draw the parallels on the Mariner’s Carde, along with instructions on how to use it properly, plus a diagram of the projection.” It’s clear that these were excerpts from Wright’s “Errors in Navigation,” which was then in manuscript form. In his preface to the reader, included in the printed work, Wright expresses his frustration about being persuaded to lend the manuscript to Hondius, who, using it without Wright's permission, created and published several “maps of the World, which maps would not have been produced if he [Hondius] hadn’t learned the proper technique to lay out some of them from his book.” It seems that the Typus mentioned above is one of the printed maps Wright complained about, as indicated by a reference to him found on it.

The strongest evidence against the theory of Hondius having acquired this art from Mercator, is the fact that in none of the subsequent editions of Mercator’s Atlases edited by him is there a map on this projection to be found. The truth is, that to Wright, and not to Mercator, is due the honour of being the first to demonstrate the true principles upon which such maps were to be laid down by means of the now well-known Tables of meridional parts.

The most compelling argument against the idea that Hondius learned this technique from Mercator is that there’s no map using this projection in any of the later editions of Mercator’s Atlases that he edited. The reality is that the credit for being the first to reveal the true principles for creating such maps using the now-familiar Tables of meridional parts goes to Wright, not Mercator.

The first legitimate attempt to lay down a map upon the really true projection, is no other than the original of our map. Before proceeding to point out some of its remaining points of interest, it will be convenient here to endeavour to remove one or two misapprehensions respecting it, which are even now entertained by more than one of our eminent booksellers.

The first genuine effort to create a map on the actual true projection is none other than our original map. Before highlighting some of its other points of interest, it will be helpful to clear up a couple of misunderstandings about it, which are still held by more than a few of our prominent booksellers.

Mr. Quaritch, without adducing the least amount of evidence, asserts that “Hakluyt intended to insert this map in his work of 1589.” This is impossible, as from internal evidence it could not possibly have been produced at an earlier period than 1598 or 1599, as has been before pointed out. Upon this point we fear that Mr. Quaritch has allowed himself to be misled by the pardonable blunder of Hallam. Again he says, that Hakluyt calls the original of our great map a terrestrial globe. This is also a mistake. When Hakluyt said a globe, he meant one, and not a map; such a globe as he describes was forthcoming in 1592, at a period midway between the first edition of the “Voyages” and the appearance of our map. The only example of this globe at present known to exist is preserved in the Library of the Middle Temple.

Mr. Quaritch, without providing any evidence, claims that "Hakluyt intended to include this map in his work from 1589." This is impossible, as internal evidence shows it couldn't have been created any earlier than 1598 or 1599, as mentioned earlier. We believe Mr. Quaritch has been misled by Hallam's understandable mistake. He also states that Hakluyt refers to the original of our great map as a terrestrial globe. This is another error. When Hakluyt mentioned a globe, he was referring to one and not a map; the type of globe he describes became available in 1592, which is halfway between the first edition of the "Voyages" and the release of our map. The only known example of this globe is kept in the Library of the Middle Temple.

Hitherto one of the difficulties in describing and establishing[562] the identity of this map has been its anonymous authorship. Mr. Quaritch, in an otherwise fair appreciation of the writer’s labours in this direction, has thought fit, in another part of his catalogue, to charge the writer with appropriating Mr. Quaritch’s labours in this matter of authorship. The charge has found no foundation in any fact whatsoever. The writer’s conclusions about it were based solely upon a comparison made between our map and a globe, two things which Mr. Quaritch has confounded. The globe referred to is known to be by Molyneux, the reference to it in the title of the map led the writer to the not unnatural inference that they were by one and the same author. This position the writer strengthened by two quotations from a scarce tract by the late Dr. J. G. Kohl of Bremen, which was published twenty years before Mr. Quaritch’s catalogue of 1877 [No. 11919] saw the light. The conclusion arrived at by the writer, without any assistance from Quaritch, was that our map, circa 1600, was a new one, on a new projection, made by one of the most eminent globe-makers of his time, probably under the superintendence of Hakluyt. The evidence upon this point is of course strongly circumstantial only, which future research may either refute or confirm. Be this as it may, one thing is now quite certain, namely, that our map, to a very great extent, bears evidence upon the face of it of the handiwork of another of Hakluyt’s friends and colleagues, hitherto unsuspected, we take it, even by Mr. Quaritch. Allusion has been already made to Wright’s “Errors in Navigation,” the first edition of which was published in 1599. In 1610 appeared the second edition, in which mention is made of a general map, which map it has not been our good fortune to see, as the copy in our national library is without it. Several editions were subsequently published by Moxon. In these are to be seen copies of a map laid down upon lines almost identical with ours. They have geographical additions up to date, and also indicate the variations of the compass. These later maps are avowedly ascribed to Wright, and a comparison of any one of them with our map most certainly points to one common source, namely, the original. The conclusion is therefore irresistible, that whatever may be due to Molineux or Hakluyt in the execution of the original, it also represents the first map upon the true projection by Edward Wright. It will be observed as a somewhat happy coincidence that Hallam’s almost first words of introduction to our map are a reference to the Arctic work of Davis, 1585–1587. On the map is also to be observed a record of the discovery by the Dutchman Barents, of northern Novaya Zemlya, in his third voyage in 1596. This is the latest geographical discovery recorded upon it, which serves not only to determine the date of the map, but to establish for it the undoubted claim of being the earliest one engraved[563] in England, whereon this last important Arctic discovery is to be found. The striking similarity between our map and Molineux’s globe, in the delineations of these Arctic discoveries of Davis and Barents, seems to point to the conclusion that, so far as the geography is concerned, they both came from one source, namely, the hands of Molyneux.

Up until now, one of the challenges in describing and identifying[562] this map has been its anonymous authorship. Mr. Quaritch, while providing a generally fair assessment of the writer’s efforts in this area, has decided in another part of his catalogue to accuse the writer of taking credit for Mr. Quaritch’s work regarding authorship. This accusation has no basis in fact. The writer’s conclusions were drawn solely from a comparison between our map and a globe—two items that Mr. Quaritch has confused. The globe in question is known to be by Molyneux, and the reference to it in the title of the map led the writer to the reasonable assumption that both were created by the same author. The writer supported this idea with two quotes from a rare pamphlet by the late Dr. J. G. Kohl of Bremen, published twenty years before Mr. Quaritch’s catalogue of 1877 [No. 11919]. The writer concluded, without any input from Quaritch, that our map, from around 1600, was a new creation, on a fresh projection, made by one of the most prominent globe-makers of that time, likely under Hakluyt's guidance. The evidence for this assertion is, of course, largely circumstantial, and future research may ultimately validate or challenge it. Regardless, one thing is quite clear: our map significantly shows the work of another of Hakluyt’s friends and associates, who has likely not been suspected, even by Mr. Quaritch. Mention has already been made of Wright’s “Errors in Navigation,” the first edition of which was published in 1599. The second edition appeared in 1610, detailing a general map that we have unfortunately not seen, as the copy in our national library lacks it. Several editions were published later by Moxon. These include versions of a map drawn along nearly identical lines to ours. They feature updated geographical additions and indicate compass variations. These later maps are explicitly attributed to Wright, and comparing any of them with our map clearly suggests one common source: the original. Therefore, it is undeniable that, regardless of what may be credited to Molineux or Hakluyt in the creation of the original, it also represents the first map on the true projection by Edward Wright. It is somewhat amusing that Hallam’s almost introductory words regarding our map reference Davis’s Arctic work from 1585–1587. The map also notes the discovery of northern Novaya Zemlya by the Dutchman Barents during his third voyage in 1596. This is the most recent geographical discovery documented on it, which not only helps establish the map's date but also confirms its claim to being the earliest one engraved[563] in England that features this significant Arctic discovery. The striking similarity between our map and Molineux’s globe, especially in their depictions of Davis and Barents' Arctic discoveries, suggests that in terms of geography, they both originated from one source: Molyneux.

Arctic discovery did not escape the notice of our immortal Shakespere. In some fifty lines preceding his supposed reference to our map in “Twelfth Night,” occur the following words. “You are now sailed into the north of my lady’s opinion, where you will hang like an icicle on a Dutchman’s beard.” The antithetical idea being of course the equatorial region of the lady’s opinion. If the date assigned to it is correct it is probable in the extreme that the thought underlying these words was suggested to the mind of Shakespere by a glance at the upper portion of our map, evidently well known in his time as a separate publication. The remaining points that call for notice are as follows. The improved geography of the whole of the eastern portion of our map, as compared with its contemporaries, and the traces of the first appearance of the Dutch under Davis and Houtman at Bantam. On all the maps was to be seen the huge Terra Australis of the old geography. This, as Hallam remarked, had been left out on our map; but what is so remarkable is that upon it is to be observed, rising “like a little cloud out of the seas, like a man’s hand,” the then unknown continent of Australia. It will be observed that Hallam describes the original as “the best map of the sixteenth century.” Mr. Quaritch improves upon this, and says it is “by far the finest chartographical labour which appeared, from the epoch of the discovery of America down to the time of d’Anville.” If this implies a reference to our map as a work of art, i. e. an engraving, we beg to differ from him, as such terms are misleading. As a specimen of map engraving, it will not compare with even its pirated prototype by Hondius. The art of engraving by Englishmen, more particularly that of maps, was at this period, as is well known, in its infancy. Maps and illustrations for books were for the most part executed abroad, and those who did work here were almost all foreigners. The two best known were Augustus Ryther, who executed among other things the maps for Saxton’s Atlas, and Hondius, who did those for Speed’s Atlas. Mr. Richard Fisher writes: “We have scarcely any record of any Englishmen practising engraving in this country prior to the commencement of the seventeenth century.” The names, however, of two are afforded us by Davis himself in his Introduction to the “Seaman’s Secrets,” namely, those of Molyneux and Hillyer. It is to be hoped that the position of our map in the history of cartography is secured upon[564] firmer grounds than those suggested by the best intentions of Mr. Quaritch. It was the writer’s belief in this that first led him to express the hope that the original of the facsimile, so admirably done for the Society, would henceforth be as firmly associated with Shakespere’s “Twelfth Night” as it certainly is now, not only with the page of Hakluyt, but with the publications of the Society that bears his name.

Arctic discovery didn’t escape the attention of our immortal Shakespeare. In the fifty lines before his supposed reference to our map in “Twelfth Night,” he wrote, “You are now sailed into the north of my lady’s opinion, where you will hang like an icicle on a Dutchman’s beard.” The contrasting idea, of course, is the warmer region of the lady’s opinion. If the date assigned is correct, it’s highly likely that this thought was inspired by a glance at the upper part of our map, which was clearly well-known in his time as a separate publication. Other noteworthy points include the improved geography of the entire eastern section of our map, compared to its contemporaries, and the first appearances of the Dutch under Davis and Houtman at Bantam. On all the maps, the massive Terra Australis of old geography was evident. As Hallam pointed out, this was omitted on our map; however, what’s remarkable is that it shows, rising “like a little cloud out of the seas, like a man’s hand,” the then-unknown continent of Australia. Hallam describes the original as “the best map of the sixteenth century.” Mr. Quaritch enhances this by stating it is “by far the finest cartographic work that appeared from the time of the discovery of America until d’Anville.” If this suggests our map is a masterpiece in art, i.e., an engraving, we must disagree, as such terms can be misleading. As a specimen of map engraving, it doesn’t even compare to its pirated version by Hondius. At this time, the art of engraving by Englishmen, especially in maps, was still in its infancy. Most maps and illustrations for books were created abroad, and those working here were almost all foreigners. The two most well-known were Augustus Ryther, who made the maps for Saxton’s Atlas, and Hondius, who created those for Speed’s Atlas. Mr. Richard Fisher states, “We have scarcely any record of any Englishmen practicing engraving in this country before the early seventeenth century.” However, Davis himself mentions two names in his Introduction to the “Seaman’s Secrets,” specifically Molyneux and Hillyer. It is hoped that the significance of our map in cartography is founded on more solid grounds than those implied by the best intentions of Mr. Quaritch. The writer believes this led him to express the hope that the original of the facsimile, so beautifully created for the Society, will now be as closely associated with Shakespeare’s “Twelfth Night” as it already is with the pages of Hakluyt and the publications of the Society that bears his name.


[565]

[565]

INDEX

(Embracing much additional data.—See Preface)

(Embracing extra data.—See Preface)

A

A

  • Abano—Apponensis, Aponus, Apianus, Apian, Bienewitz—Pietro di, “Tractatus de Venenis”; “Conciliator differentiarum ...,” 26, 35, 124, 501, 515, 526, 527.
  • See Mazzuchelli, G. M., “Gli Scrittori ...,” Vol. I. Part I. pp. 1–11; Bayle, Pierre, “Dictionnaire Historique ...,” Vol. I. pp. 383–386.
  • Abbas Messanensis. See Maurolico.
  • Abbeville, Hist. Chr. d’, par Nicolas Sanson, 108
  • Abbott, Evelyn, translator of Max Duncker’s “History of Antiquity,” 7
  • Abd-Allatif—Movaffik, Eddin—Arabian physician (1162–1231), “Relation de l’Egypte,” 299
  • Abderites (at School of Athens), 543
  • Abel, Dr. Clarke, of Brighton (at CE 1816, Phillip, W.), 437
  • Abercorn, J. Hamilton, Earl of, “Calculations ... loadstones.”
  • See Hamilton, James.
  • Aberdeen University (at Sir David Brewster), 466
  • Aberg, Ulrich Johann, “Comparatio ... magneticam,” 1792, 556
  • Abhand. Berlin Akademie der Wissenschaften, 192
  • Abhand. d. Göttingen Kön. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, 445
  • Abhand. d. Mathem. ... Kön. Baierische Akad. der Wissenschaften: München, 1808–1824, 433, 477
  • Abhand. d. Naturforschende Gesellschaft: Halle, 414
  • Abhand. zur Geschichte der mathematik: Leipzig, 126, 520, 535, 538, 541
  • Abilgaard, Peter Christian (1740–1801), “Tentamina electrica,” 249
  • Abohalis. See Avicenna.
  • Abrégé de l’Astronomie. See Lalande, J. J. le François de.
  • Abrégé de l’histoire des Sarrazins. See Bergeron, Pierre.
  • Absorption, dielectric (at Faraday, Michael), 498
  • Abstracts of the papers printed in the Philosophical Transactions, 548.
  • See Royal Society, London.
  • Abul-Wéfa (Aboulwéfa), al bouzdjani (930–998), 93, 94, 512, 516
  • “Academia cæsarea leopoldino-carolina ... naturæ curiosum. ...” Hist. Nova Acta, etc.: Breslau Academy, 216, 273, 451
  • Academia electoralis inoguntina scientiarum utilium. Nova Acta, etc.: Erfurt, 12 Vols., 218
  • Academia electoralis scientiarum, also called Academia Theodoro-Palatina.
  • Academia scientiarum imperalis petropolitana. Commentarii, Nova Acta, etc.: St. Petersburg Imperial Academy, 140, 204, 214, 232, 273, 274, 368
  • Academia secretum naturæ, 75
  • Academia Theodoro-Palatina ... Commentarii (Historia et Commentationes).
  • See Manheim, also Hemmer, J. J.
  • Académie de l’industrie française, Journal des travaux de l’, 421
  • Académie de Marine, 274
  • Académie de Médecine: Paris, 237
  • Académie des Curieux de la Nature. See Academia ... naturæ curiosum. ...
  • Académie des Inscriptions et Belles Lettres: Paris, 8, 520, 533
  • Académie des Sciences (Institut), Paris, Mémoires, Histoire, Table, etc. (Comptes Rendus, Les, will be found under separate head), 18, 34, 72, 81, 115, 129, 130, 132, 138, 139, 140, 142, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149, 151, 152, 153, 155, 158, 160, 161, 162, 169, 171, 177, 178, 183, 190, 192, 198, 200, 201, 204, 205, 207, 214, 218, 220, 235, 237, 240, 248, 249, 262, 264, 266, 268, 270, 271, 273, 274, 275, 276, 277, 279, 280, 286, 288, 299, 300, 302, 303, 320, 329, 335, 337, 354, 380, 386, 387, 389, 395, 396, 407, 411, 412, 454, 455, 456, 460, 462, 466, 471, 476, 478, 479, 480, 481, 482, 485, 497
  • Académie du Gard, 10
  • “Academy and Literature,” 99.
  • (In June 1902, “Literature” was incorporated with “The Academy.”)
  • Academy of Lignitz, 174
  • Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, U.S.A., 356
  • Academy of Sciences. See American, Bavarian, Barcelona, Belgium, Besançon, Brescia, Brussels, Cambridge (U.S.A.), Copenhagen, Genoa (147), Lyons, Madrid, Manheim, Montpellier, Padua, Paris, Prague, Naples, Saint Petersburg, Stockholm, Turin, Washington, etc.
  • Accademia Bonon. et Istituto, Commentarii, 7 Vols. 1731–1791.
  • See Bologna Academy.
  • Accademia del Cimento, Saggi di naturali esperienze (Essays of natural experiments), Firenze (Florence), 96, 129, 143, 554.
  • See Tozzetti, Antinovi, also Magalotti, Iatromathematical school. Experiment at CE 1684, 143
  • Accademia Etrusca, Cortona, Italy, Memoirs, etc., Vols. I.-IX. 1755–1791, 58
  • Accademia Pontificia dei Nuovi Lincei, Roma, Atti, etc., 71, 380
  • Accumulator, electrical (secondary battery), first constructed by Ritter, J. W., 380
  • Acerbi (at Brugnatelli, L. V.), 363
  • Achard, Franz Carl (1753–1821), 262–263, 275, 282, 327, 332
  • Achromatic telescope, first construction, 214.
  • See Kelly, John.
  • Acide galvanique (Journal de Paris, No. 362).
  • See Robertson, E. G., 351
  • Ackermann, Johann Friedrich (1726–1804), “Medicinisch-chirurgische Zeitung”—on the contact theory—1792; “Versuch einer ... Körper”; “Nachrichten ...,” 249, 284, 327
  • Acoromboni, Francesco (at Sarpi, Pietro), 112
  • Acosta, C. d’, and Monardes, Nicholas, 516
  • Acosta, Joseph d’ (1540–1599), 21, 78, 118
  • “Acta Helvetica Physico-Mathematico. ...”
  • See Basle, Basel.
  • Acton, J. (at Chladni, E. F. F.), 314
  • Adam, Melchior, “Vitæ Germanorum Medicorum,” 508, 513
  • Adamantus. See Origen.
  • Adamas, 15
  • Adams (at Hali Abbas), 518
  • (Appendix, Barker’s Lemprière).
  • Adams, Charles Kendall, 38.
  • See Johnson’s Universal Cyclopædia, 38
  • Adams, George (1750–1795), “Essay on Electricity,” 1784, 1785, 1787, 1792, 1799; “Lectures ...,” 22, 160, 174, 201, 205, 206, 212, 231, 241, 258, 262, 263, 271, 280–281
  • Adams, John, President of U.S., 328
  • Adams’s language, the language of the Germans or Teutonic, 517
  • Adanson, Michel (1727–1806), 192–193, 218, 230, 296, 298, 374;
  • “Histoire naturelle du Senegal,” etc.
  • Addison, Joseph (1672–1719), “The Spectator” (March 1, 1711 to Dec. 6, 1712), 99
  • Adelard (Aetheland) of Bath—Adelardus Bathonïensis (twelfth century), 1302, 57
  • Adsigerius, Petrus, by W. Wenckebach, 1865, 48, 53
  • Ægineta—Æginata, Ægenita—Paulus.
  • See Paulus Ægenita.
  • Ælianus, Claudius (Greek writer who fl. c. CE 250), 270
  • Æneas, the tactician (at 341 BCE), 12
  • “Æpinus atomized,” 218
  • Æpinus, Franciscus Maria Ulricus Theodorus (1724–1802), Mathematical theory of electricity (at CE 1759); “Sermo Academicus de similitudine vis electricæ atque magneticæ”; Petropoli, 1758; “Exposition de la théorie de l’électricité de M. Æpinus”: Paris, 1787, 17, 185, 205, 215, 217–218, 286, 309, 310, 353, 415, 472, 553
  • Aerolites, Meteorites, Meteorolites, Meteors, 125, 151, 161, 258, 295, 313, 314, 315, 376, 380, 396, 414, 503.
  • See Fisher, E. G.; Fletcher, L.; Naidinger, W. R. von; Bjorn, Hans O.; Moigno, F. N. M.; Perego, Antonio; also the references given by S. P. Thompson in his “Notes on the De Magnete of Dr. William Gilbert,” 1901.
  • Consult, likewise, the CE entries herein, as follows:
  • 1790, Vassalli-Eandi, p. 295;
  • 1794, Chladni, p. 313;
  • 1801, Fourcroy, p. 354;
  • 1803, Biot, E. C., p. 380;
  • 1820, Laplace, p. 462
  • Aerolites, spontaneous ignition of, 313
  • Æschylus (525–456 BCE), 3, 4.
  • See Euripides.
  • Æther—Ether—Ether theory, 12, 133, 183, 184, 213, 254, 360, 404, 498, 503
  • Ætius, Amidenus, Greek physician (fl. fifth to sixth century), 26, 27
  • “Afhandl. i Fisik” (Berzelius), 370
  • Affaitatus, Fortunius—Affaydatus—Italian physicist, 71.
  • See Mazzuchelli, G. M., “Gli Scrittori,” Vol. I. Part I. p. 165.
  • Africanus, Sextus Julius, Optical signals, 22
  • Agamemnon’s line of optical signals, 3, 4
  • Agathias of Myrene (fl. sixteenth century), “De imperio ... gestis Justiniani,” 1648, 10
  • Agencies of electricity (Humphry Davy), 364
  • Aglave et Boulard, “Lumière Electrique,” 150, 152, 154, 166, 350
  • Agricola, Georgius—Bauer—Landmann (1494–1555), “De re metallica,” 501–502.
  • See Bayle, Pierre, “Dict. Historique,” Vol. I. pp. 139–140.
  • Agrippa, Heinrich Cornelius (1486–1535), 82, 502;
  • “De occulta philosophia,” etc. See Bayle, Pierre, “Dict. Historique,” Vol. I. pp. 145–156.
  • Agulhas (Aguilhas), Cape (the Needles)—Capo d’Agulhas, most southerly point of Africa.
  • See Wm. Gilbert, by Gilbert Club, 1900, p. 178;
  • also Wm. Gilbert, by P. F. Mottelay, 1893, p. 266.
  • Ahrens, J. E. W., “Dissertatio ... qualitate et quantitate electricitis ...”: Kiel, 1813.
  • Aikin, John (1747–1822), “General Biography,” 10 Vols. 1799–1815, 92, 131, 245, 311
  • Air, plate of, electrified like a plate of glass, 205, 215, 217
  • Airy, Sir George Biddell (1801–1892), 335, 461
  • Akademie der Wissenschaften und ihre Gegner. See Bavarian Academy.
  • Akenside, Mark, “The pleasures of imagination,” 555
  • Akin, C. K., on the origin of electricity (Trans. Phil. Soc. Cambridge), 1866.
  • Albategnius, Mahometes—Machometes Aractensis—Al-Battānī, a very prominent Arabian astronomer and mathematician (d. CE 929), 502
  • Al-Battānī. See Albategnius.
  • Albert, M., “Amer. Ann. d. Artz,” 224
  • Albertus Magnus, the “Universal Doctor” (1193–1280), “De Mineralibus,” 16, 17, 18, 27, 34, 35–37, 39, 72, 82, 119, 125, 171, 524–525
  • Albinus, F. B., “Specimen ...” (at Chladni, E. F. F.), 314
  • Albo, Comte Prosper (at Galvani, A.), 284
  • Albrecht, Duke of Prussia, 70
  • Albrecht, G. T., “Geschichte der Electricität,” 206
  • Albumazar (CE 805–885), prominent Arabian astronomer.
  • Alcazar, Ludovicus (at Zahn, F. J.), 146
  • Alchimie d’ Avicenne, 40
  • Alchimie et Alchimistes, 506.
  • See Figuier, Louis G.
  • Consult also “English books on alchemy” in Notes and Queries, 8th ser., xi, 363, 464.
  • Alchimistes du moyen-âge, 514
  • “Alchemy of Happiness,” by Mohammed Al-Ghazzali, 38
  • Alchemystical Philosophers, Lives of, 516
  • Alcibiades (c. 450–404 B.C.), 543
  • Aldini, Giovanni, nephew of Aldini (1762–1834), 270, 283, 304, 306, 326, 327, 331, 365, 366, 367, 374, 375, 393, 418, 419.
  • See “Essai théorique et expérimental sur le galvanisme,” 1804.
  • Aldrovandi—Aldrovandus—Ulysses, Ulisse (1522–1607), 8, 13, 72, 112, 113, 114, 126.
  • “Musacum Metallicum.”
  • Alemanni, P. (Phil. Mag., Vol. XXVII. p. 339, 1807), 393
  • Alembert, Jean Le Rond d’ (1717–1783), French mathematician, “Eléments de philosophie,” 1759; “Traité de dynamique”: Paris, 1743, 1781, 1796.
  • Alessandrini, Antonio, “Biografia Italiana”: Bologna, 1858.
  • See Bologna, “Nuovi Annali.”
  • Alexander Aphrodisacus—Aphrodisiensis (second century CE), 503, 511, 512.
  • See Speng, also Joannes Petrus, Lucensis.
  • Alexander, Emperor of Russia (at Schilling, P. L.), 421
  • Alexander, James (at Franklin, B.), 197
  • Alexander of Hales (d. 1245), 35, 38–39.
  • Doctor Irrefragabilis.
  • Alexander the Great, King of Macedon (356–323 BCE), 81, 333, 530
  • Alexandre, Jean (at AD 1802), 360–361
  • “Alexandria and her schools,” Charles Kingsley, 534
  • Alfarabius—Alpharabius—Al-Farabi (870–950), 37–38
  • Alfonso Diego. See Diego.
  • Alfonso el IX. (Alfonso—Alonzo—X., according to chronological order); “Las siete Partidas ...,” 60, 544
  • Alfonso the Tenth. See Alfonso el IX.
  • Al Gazel—Al Ghazzali (1058–1111), 37, 38
  • Alibard, Thomas François d’. See Dalibard.
  • Alibert, C., “Eloges ...,” 240, 258, 284
  • Alizeau (at Aldini, G.), 305
  • Alkalies, fixed decomposition of, 340, 341, 343, 372
  • Allamand, Jean Nicholas Sebastian (1713–1787), 170, 173, 299
  • Allen, Z., “Philosophy of the Mechanics of Nature,” 1852.
  • Allen, Z., and Hare, R., 449
  • Allen, Z., and Pepys, W. H., 372.
  • See also Romagnosi; Mazzuchelli, G. M., “Gli Scrittori,” Vol. I. Part I. 403–408; Bayle, Pierre, “Dict. Historique,” Vol. I. pp. 212–213.
  • Alleyne, S. F., Translator of E. Zeller’s “Hist. of Greek Philosophy,” 511
  • Allgem. ... Annal. der Chemie. See Scherer, A. N.
  • Allgem. bauzeitung ... von Förster, L. von: Wien, 1836–1876, 422, 440
  • Allgem. Deutsche Bibliothek, 256
  • Allgem. Deutsche Biographie: Leipzig, 218, 384.
  • See Mitscherlich and Tralles, J. G.
  • Allgem. Encyklopædie. See Ersch and Gruber.
  • Allgem. Gelehrten Lexicon. See Jöcher, C. G., 71
  • Allgem. Journal der Chemie. See Scherer, A. N.
  • Allgem. Koust-en-Letterb. See Vorsellmann de Heer.
  • “Allgem. Literatur-Zeitung”: Halle, 413
  • Allgem. Magazin der Natur-Kunst. See Lipsiae.
  • “Allgem. Nördlische Annalen der Chemie ...” See Scherer, A. N.
  • Alliaco, Cardinal Petrus de—Pierre d’ Ailly (1350–1420), Chancellor of the Paris University; “Imago Mundi,” 34
  • Allibone, S. Austin, “Critical Dictionary of English Literature,” 92, 102, 132
  • Almagests of Aboulwéfa, Ptolemy, Riccioli, and others, 55, 512, 513, 516
  • “Almagestum Novum. Astronomiam ...”; Bologna, 1651. See Riccioli, G. B.
  • Al-Majusi—Hali Abas, 518
  • Alphabetical, Autographic, Autokinetic, Automatic, and other telegraphs.
  • Consult Index to Catalogue of Wheeler Gift to Am. Ins. El. Eng., Vol. II. pp. 453–463.
  • Alphonso Diego. See Diego.
  • Alphonso, King of Arrago (at School of Athens), 544
  • Altdorf (Franconia), University of, 129
  • Althaus, Julius von (b. 1791), “Versuche ... elektromagnetismus ...”: Heidelberg, 1821, 326
  • Alvord, General B. H. W., U.S.A., 259, 260
  • Amænitates academicæ ...: Stockholm.
  • Amænitates literariæ ..., 202
  • Amand, Walkiers de Saint, of Brussels (Lichtenberg Mag., III., 118, 1785), 448, 449
  • Amatus Lusitanus. See Lusitanus Amatus.
  • Amaury, Marrigues à Montfort l’, 1773, 385
  • Amber. See Electron, 10
  • Amber and the Magnet, different names given to them by the ancients.
  • See the numerous citations made by Dr. S. P. Thompson in his “Notes” on Gilbert’s De Magnete.
  • Amber, historical account of, in Phil. Trans. for the year 1699, Nos. 248 and 249
  • Amécourt, Ponton d’, 285
  • America, name given to New World in honour of Am. Vespuccius, 535
  • American Academy of Arts and Sciences: Boston, 199, 259, 371
  • American Annual of Scientific Discovery. See Annual.
  • American Association, 1868, 389, 487
  • American Association for the advancement of science, 260, 315
  • American Electrical Society Journal: Chicago, Ill.
  • American Electrician: New York, 1896–1905.
  • American Institute of Electrical Engineers: New York, xiv
  • American Journal of Psychology, 445, 476
  • American Journal of Science and the Arts: New Haven, U.S.A., 1818 to date.
  • See Silliman, B.
  • American Meteorological Journal, 321
  • American Philosophical Society. Transactions, etc.: Philadelphia, Penn., 67, 193, 228, 237, 241, 259, 282, 283, 298, 299, 319, 327, 328, 329, 337, 354, 373, 448, 449, 557
  • American Polytechnic Review, 367
  • Amerigo Vespucci, the Florentine. See Vespucci.
  • Ames, Joseph, Typog. Antiq. (Herbert): London, 1749, 95
  • Ammersin, Rev. Father Windelinus—Wendelino, of Lucerne, 209
  • Ammoniacal amalgam first explained by Berzelius and Pontin, 370
  • Amontous, Guillaume (1663–1705), 143, 149, 254, 301, 434
  • Amoretti, Carlo (1741–1816), “Nuova scelta d’opuscoli,” 2 Vols.: Milano, 1804 and 1807; “Scelta di Opuscoli,” 36 Vols., and its sequel in 22 Vols.: Milano, 208, 224, 233, 248, 252, 253, 254, 257, 295, 298, 337, 347, 367, 383, 387, 393, 401.
  • See Ritter, Johann Wilhelm.
  • Amort, Eusebius (1692–1775), “Philosophia Pollingana ...”: Augsburg, 1730.
  • Ampelius, Ansonio Lucius (fl. third century CE), “Liber Memorialis,” 18
  • Ampère, André Marie (1775–1836), “Théorie des phénomènes électro-dynamiques ...,” 1826; “Memoires sur l’action mutuelle ...,” 1820–22, 1826, 1827; “Analyse des Mémoires ...” (Ann. de Phys. de Bruxelles, Vol. VII.), 7, 344, 352, 356, 375, 380, 420, 421, 422, 452, 454, 455, 456, 458, 459, 460, 471–476, 478, 482, 483, 484, 485.
  • The unit of current was named after Ampère; the other electrical measures are: the Volt, unit of pressure; the Ohm, unit of resistance, and the Watt, unit of power.
  • Ampère, A. M., and Babinet, J. See Babinet Jacques;
  • also Nipher, Francis Eugène.
  • Ampère, Jean Jacques Antoine (1800–1864), 476
  • Amsterdam, “Vaderlandsche Biblioteek ...,” I., 1773–1796.
  • Amyot—Amiot—Le Père (1718–1794), 259
  • Anacharsis, Travels in Greece, 291
  • Analogia electricitatis et magnetismi.
  • See Swinden, J. H. van, 272;
  • also Cigna, G. F., 224
  • Analogy between caloric and the electric fluid, 386
  • Analogy of electricity and lightning.
  • See articles on Franklin and on Nollet.
  • Anaxagoras of Clazomene (500–428 BCE), one of the greatest Greek philosophers, 15, 503, 511, 512, 524, 532, 542
  • Anaximander of Miletus (610–547 BCE), 503;
  • successor of Thales.
  • Anaximenes of Miletus (born c. 528 BCE), 503.
  • See Speng.
  • Andala, Ruardus, “Exercitationes academicæ ...,” 1708, 122
  • Anciennes relations des Indes et de la Chine, par E. Renandot, 60
  • Andrew, the Florentine—(Andrea Florentino—mentioned in Guerino’s Venetia, 1477 folio), 57
  • Andrews, Professor (at Keir, James), 297
  • Andrieux, Professor François Emile, “Mémoire ...,” 1824, 326, 476
  • Andry et Thouret, “Observations et recherches sur l’aimant,” 245.
  • (Reuss, Repertorium, xii, 18.)
  • Angell, John, “Magnetism and electricity,” 28
  • Angelstrom, D. (at Dalton, J.), 308
  • Anglade, J. G., “Essai sur le galvanisme,” 326
  • Angos, Mr. le Chevalier d’, 235
  • Angström, Anders Jöns (1814–1874), Swedish physicist who wrote extensively on magnetism, heat, and on the Zodiacal Light, 141
  • Animal Magnetism. See Magnetism, Animal.
  • Annalen der chemie. See Scherer, A. N.
  • Annalen der chemie, von Liebig (Justus von): Heidelberg.
  • Annalen der pharmacie. See Liebig, Justus von.
  • Annalen der physik und chemie, Johann Christian Poggendorff: Leipzig.
  • See Journal der Physik, von F. A. C. Gren.
  • Annalen der physik und chemie.
  • See Halle, also Journal der Physik, von F. A. C. Gren.
  • Annalen der physik und der physikalischen chemie, L. W. Gilbert: Halle und Leipzig.
  • See Halle, also Journal der Physik, von F. A. C. Gren.
  • Annalen der telegraphie.
  • See P. W. Brix, also “Zeitschrift des Deutsch-Oesterreichischen ...”
  • Annalen für das universalsystem der elemente ... von Sertürner: Göttingen.
  • Annalen für meteorologie.... See Johann Lamont.
  • Annales de chimie. See Mons, Jean Baptiste van.
  • Annales de chimie et de physique, par Gay-Lussac, etc., Vols. I.-LXXV, etc.: Paris, 119, 140, 157, 195, 218, 230, 233, 247, 248, 249, 261, 270, 279, 280, 284, 290, 291, 294, 297, 299, 306, 321, 335, 340, 344, 347, 348, 350, 352, 354, 355, 363, 368, 370, 372, 376, 378, 383, 388, 389, 390, 391, 392, 393, 394, 396, 406, 412, 414, 416, 420, 423, 426, 434, 441, 454, 455, 459, 462, 464, 473, 475, 476, 477, 478, 479, 482, 483, 485, 487, 494, 495
  • Annales de chimie ..., par De Morveau, etc., Vols. I.-XCVI., 1789–1815.
  • See Paris.
  • Annales d’électricité et de magnétisme ... publicés, par Mr. Georges Dumont: Paris, 1889–1890.
  • Annales de geographic et de bibliographie, 34, 58, 59, 536
  • Annales de la Société de Médecine de Montpellier.
  • See Montpellier.
  • Annales de la Société des Sciences d’Orléans, Vols. I.-XIV., 1819–1836.
  • Annales de l’électricité: Bruxelles, 1882–1884.
  • Annales de l’électricité médicale, 326
  • Annales de l’Observatoire de Bruxelles.
  • See Brussels, also Quetelet, L. A. J.
  • Annales de physique de Bruxelles, 476
  • Annales des mines, 380, 455
  • Annales des sciences et des arts ... par Maisonneuve: Paris, 1808–1809.
  • Annales des sciences faisant suite au Journal des Savants, 551
  • Annales du Magnétisme Animal: Paris.
  • Annales du Museum d’histoire naturelle.
  • See Museum.
  • Annales Encyclopédiques.
  • See Millin de Grandmaison.
  • Annales générales de sciences physiques et naturelles: Bruxelles, 1819–1831, par MM. Bory de St. Vincent, Drapez et Van Mons, 255
  • Annales Mundi. See Briet, Philippe.
  • Annales, or, a generalle chronicle of England, by Stow, John, 211
  • Annales Ord. Min. See Wadding.
  • Annales politiques, 265
  • Annales télégraphiques: Paris, 368, 423
  • Annali del Reale Osservatorio Meteorologico ... Napoli.
  • See Palmieri, Luigi.
  • Annali delle scienze del Regno Lombardo Veneto, del Fusinieri (Ambrogio): Padova, Milano, Venezia, 298, 314
  • Annali delle scienze naturali: Bologna.
  • Annali delle scienze naturali. See Padua.
  • Annali di chimica, dall Polli, Vols. I.-XLVIII.: Milano, 1845–1868.
  • Annali di chimica ..., di Brugnatelli, L. V.: Pavia.
  • Annali di fisica, chimica ..., Majocchi, Giov. Aless.: Milano.
  • Annali di fisica ..., dell’ Zantedeschi, Franc.: Padova.
  • Annali di matematica pura a applicata ..., da Tortoloni, Barnàba: Roma, 54
  • Annali di scienze ... da Tortoloni, Barnaba, etc.: Roma.
  • Annali di scienze matematiche e fisiche, da Tortoloni, Barnaba, 8 Vols.: Roma, 1850–1857.
  • Annali di storia naturale: Bologna.
  • Annalium Hirsaugiensium ... 1690.
  • See Trithemius, Johannes.
  • Annals of Caius Cornelius Tacitus, 140
  • Annals of chemistry ... electricity, galvanism ...: London.
  • Annals of chemistry. See Philosophical Magazine.
  • Annals of Clan-mac-noise, 139
  • Annals of electricity, magnetism and chemistry.
  • See Sturgeon, Wm.: London, 1836–1843.
  • Annals of philosophical discovery....
  • See Sturgeon, Wm.
  • Annals of philosophy, or magazine of chemistry ... and the arts.
  • See Thomson (Thos.); united with the Philosophical Magazine.
  • Annals of Turin Observatory. See Turin.
  • Année Scientifique et Industrielle.
  • See Figuier, Louis.
  • Annuaire du Bureau des Longitudes, 195, 266, 315, 321, 481
  • Annual of scientific discovery: Boston 1850–1851; edited by Wells, D. A. and others (continued as Annual Record of Science and Industry), 300, 330, 386, 416, 445, 449, 460, 476, 481, 498
  • “Annus Magnus,” the work of Aristarchus of Samos, covering 2484 years, 505
  • Anschell, Salmon (at Humboldt, Alex. von), 333
  • Anselmo, Georgio (at Aldini, Giov.), 305
  • Ansicht der chemischen naturgesetze.
  • See Niebuhr Karsten.
  • Antheaulme—Antheaume, M. de l’académie des sciences, “Traité sur les aimans artificiels,” 1760, 190, 274
  • Anthony of Bologna, called the Panormitan, 56
  • Anthropo-telegraph of Knight Spencer, 400
  • “Anti-Jacobin Magazine,” 311
  • Anti-magnetic bodies, observations on, 387
  • Anti-Nicene Christian Library, 525
  • Antinori, “Notizie istoriche ... Accad. del Cimento”: Firenze, 1841; Antinori and Nobili, 477
  • Antiochenus, Stephanus (at Hali-Abas), 519
  • Anti-phlogistic doctrine, 261, 386
  • Antipodes and rotundity of earth ridiculed, 523–525
  • Antiquitates Americanæ, 115
  • Antiquitates Italiæ Modii-Acri, 539
  • Antisthenes, Greek philosopher (b. 423 BCE); founder of the Cynic school of philosophy, 543
  • “Antologia, giornale di scienze ..., dir Vieusseux”: Firenze, 256, 482
  • Antologia Romana. See Gandolfi, B.
  • Antonia, Paola (Novelli), 505
  • Antonii, Bibl. Hisp. Vetus., 39
  • Antonio, Nicolas, “Bibl. Hisp. Nova,” 528
  • Antonius de Fantis. See Fantis.
  • Antonius Musæ Brasavolus. See Brasavolus.
  • “Aperçus historiques sur la boussole.”
  • See Avezac d’.
  • Aphron (south) and Zohron (north), 33, 35
  • Apianus. See Abano.
  • Apjohn, James (at Pearson, Geo.), 325
  • Apollo (at School of Athens), 543
  • Apollonius of Perga (born c. 262 BCE), 540, 541
  • Apollonius of Tyana (fl. first century A.D.). Life of, by Philistratus, 8, 533
  • Aponus. See Abano.
  • Appleton and Company, “New American Cyclopædia,” 22 Vols.; “Dictionary of Machines, Mechanics ...,” 22, 149, 255, 286, 316, 317, 318, 446, 449, 481
  • Apuleius—Appuleus (fl. second century), “Apologia and Florida”: Leipzig, 1900, 8
  • Aquinas. See Thomas Aquinas.
  • Aractensis Machometes. See Albatagnius.
  • Arago, Dom. François Jean (1786–1853), vii, 126, 138, 142, 166, 190, 195, 208, 228, 248, 259, 266, 309, 315, 321, 344, 375, 380, 389, 396, 412, 416, 417, 455, 461, 464, 472, 476, 477–481, 482, 484, 485, 520
  • Aranjuez-Madrid, telegraph line, 1798, 318
  • Aratus of Soli, in Cilicia (born c. 315 BCE), 533
  • Arcana of science and art ...: London, 1828–1838.
  • Archelaus, Greek philosopher of the fourth century BCE, surnamed Physicus, 503, 532, 542
  • “Archeologia philosophica nova ...”: London, 1663, 4, 210.
  • See Harvey, Gideon.
  • Archimedes (c. 287–212 BCE), whom Lodge calls the “father of physics,” 533, 540, 541, 544
  • Archives de l’électricité, par Rive, M. A. de la; Supplément à la “Bibliothequè Universelle,” de Genève.
  • Archives der mathematik und physik. See Grundig, C. G.
  • Archives des sciences....See Genève.
  • Archives des sciences physiques. See “Bibliothèque Universelle”: Genève.
  • Archives du magnétisme animal, 237
  • Archives du Musée Tyler, 160
  • Archives du Nord, pour la physique et la médecine: Copenhagen, 353
  • Archives ... Ges. Natural, 288
  • Archives für chemie und meteorologie. See Kastner, K. W. G.
  • Archives für ... naturlehre. See Kastner, K. W. G.
  • Archives littéraires, 351
  • Archives Néerlandaises, 142
  • Archytas of Tarentum (c. 428–347 B.C.), Greek scientist of the Pythagorean school, 532, 544
  • Arcothea (at School of Athens), 543
  • Arcueil, La Société d’, 236, 386, 389
  • Arcy, Patrik d’ (1725–1799), 177
  • Arderon, M. (at Milly, N. C. de Thy), 235
  • Ardoniis—Ardonyis—Santes de, Pisaurensis; “Liber de Venenis,” 1492, 26
  • Arella, Carnerale Antonio, “Storia dell’ Elettricita,” 2 Vols., 1839, 296
  • Arezzo, Ristoro d’, 50
  • Argelander, Friedrich Wilhelm August (1799–1875), in the Vörtragen geh. in der Königsberg Gesellschaft, 139
  • Argelatti, Philippo, native of Bologna (1685–1755), “Biblioth. Mediol.,” 528, 540
  • Argentelle, Louis Marc Antoine Robillard d’ (1777–1828), 302, 303
  • Argolus, Andreas, “Epistola ad Davidem,” 1610, 553
  • Aristarchus of Samos (fl. 280–264 BCE), Greek astronomer, 505, 519, 530, 533, 541
  • Aristotle (384–322 BCE), xix, 7, 11, 15, 21, 33, 35, 36, 37, 39, 40, 41, 43, 57, 81, 88, 124, 129, 136, 230, 323, 333, 370, 503, 504, 507, 511, 524, 532, 533, 537, 539, 541, 543.
  • “De Anima, libri tres ...”; “De Cœlo, libri quatuor ...”; “De Generatione ... libri duo ...”; “Meteorologicorum, libri quatuor ...”; “De naturali auscultatione ...”; Joannes a Trinitate; Joannes Baptista, 1748; Joannes de Mechlinea.
  • See Jourdain, C. M. G. B.; Scaliger, J. C.; Speng, Leonhard; Taylor, Thomas.
  • Arlandes, Comte d’ (at Charles, J. A. C.), 288
  • Arlensis, “Sympathia septem metallorum,” 1610, 553
  • Arlincourt, M. d’ (at Cruikshanks, Wm.), 338
  • Armagh Observatory, 92
  • Armangaud, Jeune. See “Electricité L’.”
  • Armed loadstones or magnets, 86 (Gilbert), 100 (Bacon).
  • Armées Météores, Les, 115
  • Armstrong and Faraday (at Schübler, G.), 416
  • Armstrong, Sir William George, First Lord, F.R.S., “Electric Movement in Air and Water” (1810–1900).
  • Arnaldus de Villa Nova—Arnaud de Villeneuve, dit de Bachuone (1235–1312); “Tractatus de virtutibus herbarum,” 27, 505–506
  • Arnaud and Porna, 385
  • Arnim, Ludwig Achim von (1781–1831), “Versuch. einer theorie ...”; “A treatise on the magnet”: Halle, 1799, 285, 393, 557
  • Arnold, Brother, “La Salle Institute” (Peregrinus), 45
  • Arnold, Matthew, Oxford Lectures, 6
  • Arrais, Edoardo, Madeira—Arraes, Duarte Madeyra, 135–137
  • Arrhenius, Claudius—Claes—Clas (1627–1694), 140, 141.
  • See “Nouv. Biogr. Univ.” 351–352
  • Arrhenius, Svante August, Director of the Physico-Chemical Department of the Nobel Institute, Stockholm (1859), 391, 392
  • Arriaga, Rodericus de, 505
  • Arsaces, Queen of Ethiopia, 8
  • Arsinoë, temple of, 18
  • Arsonval, Arsène d’ (1851), 420
  • Artaxerxes Mnemon, King of Persia (404–358 BCE), 196
  • “Art de vérifier les dates....” See Saint Allais, 2
  • Art of making signals, both by sea and by land, 149
  • Arts and Sciences, New Universal History of, 155
  • Arts (Royal), Society of, London.
  • See Journal of the Society of Arts: London.
  • Asclepius, the ascendants or horoscopes of, 541
  • (fl. end of fifth century CE).
  • Ash, Dr. Edward (on the action of metals ...), 337
  • Ashburner, Dr. John, translator of Reichenbach’s “Physico-Physiological Researches,” 140, 401
  • Askesian Society, founded by Pepys, W. H., and others, 371
  • Association, British, for the advancement of science.
  • See British Association.
  • Astatic needles, invented by Ampère (CE 1820), 473, 475
  • Asterisks, large and small, in Gilbert’s De Magnete, 83, 545
  • Astrolabe (at CE 1235–1315), invented by Hipparchus, 32, 46, 54, 148 (Bion), 520, 530
  • Astronom. Jahrbuch of Schumacher for 1838 (entered at Oersted, CE 1820), 455
  • Astronomia Britannica. See Newton, John.
  • Astronomical Society of France. See Paris.
  • Astronomical Society of Great Britain. See London.
  • Astronomische Abhandlungen of Schumacher (entered at Fraunhofer, CE 1814–1815), 432
  • “Astronomische Gesellschaft Vierteljahrschrift:” Leipzig, 1866–1876, 165
  • Astronomy, Historical account of, 521
  • Astruc, Jean, “Historie de la faculté de médecine de Montpellier,” 506
  • Ateneo, Commentarii, Perego, Antonio: Brescia.
  • Ateneo di Venezia. See Venetian Athenæum.
  • Athenæ Britannicæ. See Davies, Myles-Miles.
  • Athenæ Cantabrigienses. See Cooper, C. H.
  • Athenæ Oxionenses. See Wood, Anthony à.
  • “Athenæum:” London, 33, 134, 209, 495, 496
  • Athenæum of Treviso, 253
  • Athens, School of, 542–544
  • Atkinson, H. (at Chladni, E. F. F.), 314
  • Atlantic line of no declination, 64
  • “Atlantic Monthly,” 114
  • Atlas showing charts of magnetic variation, 62
  • Atmosphere, electricity of the, 319–321
  • Atmospheric electricity. See Electricity, atmospheric.
  • “Atmospheric magnetism” (taken from Jameson’s Journal), 498
  • Atomic doctrine of Leucippus and Democritus, 512
  • Atomic theory of chemistry, 307
  • Atomistic philosophy, 512
  • Atoms, doctrine of, 543
  • Atti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei: Roma.
  • Atti (also Memorie) dell’ I. R. Istituto Venet. di scienze.
  • See Venetian I. R. Institution.
  • Attractive poynt of Robert Norman, 76
  • Atwood, George, “A description ... natural philosophy,” 1776, 212
  • Aubenas, George Adolphe. See Miller, B. E. C.
  • Aubert, H., “Electrometrische Flasche”: Paris, 1789, 282
  • Aubrelicque of Compiègne, 34
  • Augé, Claude. See Larousse, Pierre.
  • Augustin, Friedrich Ludwig (b. 1776), “Vorn Galvanismus ...”: Berlin, 1801; “Versuch einer geschichte ... elektricität ...,” 1803, 326, 383
  • Augustine, Aurelius, Saint (354–430), the most prominent of the Latin Fathers of the Church, xix, 18, 20, 21, 25–26, 73, 74, 124, 523, 525.
  • See Monroe Cyclopædia, Vol. I. pp. 300–301.
  • Aumale, Henri Eugène Philippe Louis d’Orleans, duc d’ (1822–1907).
  • See Dazebry, Charles, et Bachelot, The., “Dictionnaire ...” p. 300, xix.
  • Aurifaber, Andreas (1512–1559), “Succini historia”: Konigsberg, 1551, 8
  • Aurora Australis, or Southern Polar Light, 141.
  • See Ulloa, A. de, 165–166
  • Aurora Borealis, or Northern Polar Light, 138–141;
  • its first distinctive name, Nororljós, was given it by the Icelandic settlers of Greenland (Cleasby and Vigfusson’s Dictionary), 114, 396.
  • Consult the entries herein under AD 1683, pp. 137–141,
  • also at Dalton, pp. 307–308;
  • 1793–1797, Robison, pp. 308–311;
  • 1799, Humboldt, pp. 330–335;
  • 1807, Young, pp. 395–396;
  • 1820, Arago, pp. 477–481.
  • Consult Ramus, J. F., and Capron, J. Rand.
  • Auroræ Boreales, Catalogue of, 140
  • Auroræ Boreales, Chronological Summary of Authors, 140
  • Auroræ Boreales, Theory of Max Hell, 233
  • Ausonius, Decimus Magnus (c. CE 309–393), “Mosella,” 11, 18
  • Austen. See Roberts, Austen.
  • Autolycus of Pitana, Greek astronomer, author of “De Sphæra” (fourth century BCE), 541
  • Autun, Honorius d’, “Imago Mundi,” 35
  • Autun. See Société d’Agriculture.
  • “Avazamenti della Medicina e Fisica.” See Brugnatelli, L. V.
  • Avelloni, D. d’, “Lettera ... al fuoco elettrico,” 315, 555
  • Avempace, Arabian philosopher (d. 1138), 36, 39
  • Averroës, Muhammed Ibn Ahmed Ibn-Roschd (1120–1198), 36, 38, 39–40, 124, 544.
  • See Bayle, P., “Dict. Historique,” Vol. I. pp. 552–562
  • Averroës et l’Averroïsme. See Renan.
  • Averroïsme au xiiie siècle, 37, 505
  • Avezac, M. d’, “Aperçus historiques sur la boussole,” 1858–1860, 63, 536
  • Avicenna—Abu ’Ali Hufain Ibn ’Abd Allah, Ibn Siná, Abohalis (980–1037), 22, 26, 27, 36, 37, 40, 169, 509, 516
  • Avogadro, Amadeo, Comte de Quaregna (1776–1856).
  • Consult Bibl. Univ. Suppl. Arch. l’Electricité, Vol. II. pp. 102–110; Mem. di Torino for 1823 and 1846; Botto, G. D.
  • Axon, William Edward Armitage (Proc. Phil. Soc. of Manchester, Vol. 16, pp. 166–171, 1877, relative to Strada); “On the history of the word telegraph” (Proc. Lit. Soc. of Manchester, Vol. 19, pp. 182–184, 1880).
  • Ayres, Brown (Journ. Franklin Inst., Ser. 3, Vol. 75, pp. 378–393 and Scientific American Supplement, July 6, 1878, concerning the telephone).
  • Ayrton and Perry (at Faraday, M.), 492
  • Ayrton, William Edward. See Romagnosi (Journ. of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, 1871), 492
  • Azais, Pierre Hyacinthe (b. 1766), “Theorie générale de l’électricité, du galvanisme et du magnetisme,” 1807, 248
  • Azuni, Domenico Alberto (1749–1827), “Dissertation sur l’origine de la boussole,” 1805 (Dissertazione sull’ origine della bussola nautica, 1797), 1, 3, 17, 22, 30, 31, 33, 43, 55, 57, 60, 69
  • Azyr, Vicq d’, 302, 303

B

B

  • Babbage, Charles (1792–1871) at p. 467 and mentioned at p. 466
  • Babinet, Jacques (1794–1872) and Ampère, A. M., “Exposé des nouvelles découvertes, par Oersted ...”: Paris, 1822, 475, 482, 483
  • Babington, Dr. William (1756–1833), (at Cruikshanks, Wm., CE 1800), 338
  • Babini, G. (at Morichini, D. P., A.D. 1812–1813), 424
  • Bacelli, Liberto Giovanni (1772–1835), “Risultati dell’ esperienze ...,” 455, 479
  • Bache, Dr. William (at Mesmer, F. A., CE 1772), 237
  • Bacher, Alex. André Philippe Frédéric, Recueil périodique: “Journal de médecine,” 307
  • Bacon, Francis, Baron Verulam, called by Sir Oliver Lodge “the herald of the dawn of science” (1561–1626), “Novum Organum”—Novum Organon—Bibliographical Account, xiv, 88, 89, 90, 92, 99–103, 129, 167, 171, 511
  • Bacon, Roger—Bacconis, Rogerii—(1214–1294), les éditions de.
  • See Monroe, “Cyclopædia,” Vol. I. pp. 316, 317,
  • also pages herein, 16, 34, 36, 37, 41–43, 45, 59, 119, 124, 137, 171
  • Baddam, Benjamin. See Royal Society.
  • Bærle, K. van. See Barlæus.
  • Baffin, William, Baffin’s Bay, 98
  • Bagdad Observatory; also Bagdad University, 38
  • Baguette divinatoire. See Divining rod.
  • Baierischen (Bavarian), Akad. Neue Abhandlungen, 272, 316
  • Baïlak—Baïlik—of Kibdjack, 55, 59, 87
  • Bailey, Nathan—Nathaniel—(d. 1742), “Dictionarium Britannicum ...,” 1736, 555
  • Baillet, Adrien, “Jugement des savants,” 109, 515
  • Bailly, Jean Sylvain, “Histoire de l’astronomie moderne,” 513
  • Bain, Alexander (at Coxe, John Redman, CE 1816), 436
  • Bain, William (1775–1853) (at Barlow, Peter, CE 1820), 457
  • Bajon, M. (d. 1790) (at Bancroft, Edward Nathaniel, A.D. 1769), 230
  • Baker, H. (at Ingen-housz, Johan), 257,
  • and (at Pearson, George), 326
  • Bakewell, Frederick C., “A manual of electricity,” 3rd ed., publ. in 1859; “Electric Science, its history ...,” 1853, 152, 223, 284, 338, 347, 381, 478, 487, 490
  • Balbi, Count Pado Battista (1693–1772), 294
  • Balck, Uldericus Dominicus (at Helmont, J. B. van, CE 1621), 104
  • Baldwin, J. M., “Dict. of Philosophy and Psychology,” 32, 39, 40, 519, 520
  • Baldwin, Loammi (1745–1807), 199, 281
  • Balfour, Dr. John Hutton, of Edinburgh (1808–1884), 463
  • Ball, Sir Robert (at Newton, Sir Isaac), 133
  • Ball, Walter W. Rouse, “History of Mathematics,” 541
  • Ballard, “Magnetism of Drills,” 554
  • Ballot, Christopher Hendrik Buÿs-, “Meteor. Preisfrage,” 1847, 440
  • Bammacaro, Niccolò, “Tentamen de vi electrica,” 273
  • Bancalari, Michele Alberto (b. 1805), 426
  • Bancroft, Edward Nathaniel (1744–1820), 129, 229, 239, 298
  • Banks, Sir Joseph (1743–1820), 247, 250, 252, 456
  • Barbarossa—Emperor Frederick I.—water compass, 30, 146
  • Barbarus, Hermolaus (1454–1495), “Compendium scientiæ ...,” 506.
  • See Bayle, Dictionary, Vol. I. pp. 633–638.
  • Barbazan, Etienne, “Fabliaux,” 30
  • Barberet, Denis (1714–1776), 167, 321
  • Barbeu-Dubourg, Jacques (1709–1779), 196
  • Barcelona Academy of Sciences, 317, 318
  • Bardenot, J. R. P., “Les recherches ... refutées”: Paris, 1824, 305
  • Barents, discoverer of Novaya Zemlya, 562, 563
  • Baret, E. (at Themistius of Paphlagonia), 540
  • Baretus and Oviedo, narrative of, 1554, 192
  • Barlæus—Bærle—Kaspar van, “Observ. ... magnesteen en de magnetische ...,” 1651, 136
  • Barletti, Carlo (d. 1800) “Nuove sperienze,” 1771, 207, 249, 556
  • Barlocci, Saverio (1784–1845), 423
  • Barlow, Peter (1776–1862), 398, 427, 457–460, 465, 467, 473, 476, 484.
  • “Essay on magnetical attractions ...,” 1823, 1824; “Encyclopædia of British Arts, Manufactures ...,” 1855.
  • Barlow, William Henry, 449, 460
  • Barlowe—Barlow—William (d. 1625), 18, 27, 57, 76, 78, 79, 80, 87, 90, 97, 141.
  • “Magneticall Advertisements ...,” 1613, 1616, 1618, 1843; “Navigator’s supply ...,” 1597.
  • Barnes, Robert (at Jadelot, J. F. N.), 330
  • Barneveldt—Barneveld—Joan van Olden—Oldenbarneveld (1549–1619) (at Grotius, Hugo), 518
  • Barneveldt—Barneveld—Wilhelm van (1747–1826), 6, 325, 326
  • Baronio, Dr. Joseph, of Milan, 393
  • Barral, G. (at Brugnatelli, L. V., CE 1802), 362
  • Barral, J. A. (at Arago, D. F. J., A.D. 1820), 481
  • Barrow, Sir John, F.R.S. (1764–1848), 114, 438, 439, 467
  • Bart and Schweigger researches, 414
  • Barthélémy, Jean Jacques (1716–1795), 291, 301
  • Barthema. See Varthema.
  • Bartholinus, C. Thomas (1688), 554
  • Bartholinus, Erasmus, “De Cometus,” 122
  • Bartholinus, Thomas (1616–1680), “De Luce animalium”; “De naturæ ...,” 29
  • Bartholomacus de Glanvilla—Anglicus—(fl. 1230–1250), “Liber de proprietatibus rerum,” 13, 16, 34, 37, 124.
  • See “Dict. of Nat. Biogr.,” 1908, Vol. VII. pp. 1288–1290.
  • Bartoli (at Eandi, G. A. F. G., CE 1790), 294
  • Baruffaldi, Girolamo (at Brasavolus, A. M.), 506
  • Barwick, G. A., xx
  • Basilica chimica. See Crollius, Oswaldus.
  • Basle—Basel—Acta Helvetica Physico Mathematico—Botanico—Medica, 8 Vols.; Nova Acta, etc., 1751–1787, 299.
  • See also Bernoulli I., James.
  • Basle—Basel—University, 147
  • Basse, Frédéric Henri, of Hamel (at A.D. 1803), 384
  • Batavæ, De Antiq. Reipubl., 517
  • Batavi Scientific Society. See Haarlem.
  • Batavian Society of Experimental Philosophy. See Rotterdam.
  • “Bath Chronicle,” 128
  • Bathanarius, once Count of Africa, 25
  • Bathseba, mentioned at p. 5 (1033–975 BCE).
  • Batines, Colomb de, “Bibliog. Dantesca,” 1845–1846, 44
  • Batteries (piles), electric, galvanic, etc.: Volta, 1775; Van Marum, 1785; Children, Cruikshanks, Davy, Tromsdorff, Babington, Eastwick in 1800; Wollaston, 1801; Pepys, Parrot in 1802; Ritter, Hachette in 1803; Behrends and Dyckoff, Gay-Lussac in 1804; Maréchaux, 1806; Deluc, 1809; Zamboni, 1812; Dana, 1819.
  • Bauer, L. A., “U.S. Magnetic Tables ...”; “Terrestrial Magnetism ...,” 60, 70, 79, 81, 91, 92, 138
  • Baumgarten—Crusius—Ludwig Friedrich Otto, 520
  • Baumgartner, Andreas von, Baron (b. 1793), 423.
  • See Ettinghausen, also “Zeitschrift für physik....”
  • Bavaria, Electoral Academy of. See Baierischen, 272
  • Bavarian Academy of Sciences, Munich, 273, 380, 406, 407, 424, 432, 433, 477
  • Bayle, Pierre (1647–1706), “Dictionnaire historique et critique,” 502: London edition, 1734.
  • Bayly and Wales, 242
  • Bayly, William, astronomer (d. 1810), 348
  • Bazin, Gilles Augustin (d. 1754), 208, 273.
  • See Nouv. Biogr. Gén., IV., 887.
  • Beacon fires (at 1084 BCE), 4
  • Beaufoy, Col. Mark (1764–1827), 157, 426, 427
  • Beaume. See La Beaume.
  • Beaumont, Elie de, “Memoir of Oersted,” 455
  • Beauvais, M. (at Alexandre, Jean, CE 1802), 361
  • Beazley, C. Raymond (at Empedocles), 511–512
  • Becani, Joannis Goropii. See Goropus.
  • Becanus. See Goropius.
  • Beccari—Beccaria—Jacopo Bartolommeo (1682–1767), 199, 208;
  • “De artif. elect.”; “A series of experiments,” 1775.
  • Beccaria, Giovanni Battista (1716–1781), 178, 189, 199, 206–208, 224, 226, 246, 253, 294, 320, 416
  • Beccher—Becher—Johann Joachim (1635–1682), 261, 262, 502
  • Beck, M. van. See Moll.
  • Beckensteiner, C. (at Thillaye-Platel, Antoine), 386
  • Becket, John Brice (at Wilkinson, C. H.), 269, and (at Thillaye-Platel), 385
  • Beckmann, Johann (1739–1811), “A history of inventions ...,” 17, 27, 148, 152, 233
  • Becquerel, Adolphe, “Des applications de l’électricité ...”: Paris, 1856–1860, 386
  • Becquerel, Alexandre Edmond (1820–1891), 218, 295;
  • (Comptes Rendus, 1840, 1843–4–6–7, 1864); “Memoir on Dia-Magnetism.”
  • Becquerel, Antoine César (1788–1878), “Eléments d’electro-chimie,” 1843; “Traité experimental de l’électricité et de magnetisme,” 1834–5–6–7, 1840; “Expériences sur la développement de l’électricité ...,” 1823; “Traité de Physique ...,” 1844, 8, 29, 31, 55, 195, 204, 258, 293, 321, 347, 352, 353, 370, 373, 389, 403, 417, 426, 433, 441, 463, 494.
  • See Vapereau, G., Dictionnaire, p. 119,
  • also Electro-capillary phenomena.
  • Becquerel, A. C., and Becquerel, Edmond (1820–1891), “Traité d’électricité et de magnétisme ...”: Paris, 1855, 1856; “Eléments de Physique ...”: Paris, 1847; “Résumé de l’historie de l’électricité et du magnetisme”: Paris, 1858, 24, 29, 30, 54, 110, 129, 153, 271, 315, 380, 388
  • Becquerel, A. C., and Brachet, A., 241, 271;
  • Concernant des expériences sur la torpille (Comptes Rendus, III., 135).
  • Becquerel, Edmond, and Frémy, Edmond, “Recherches électro-chimiques sur les propriétés des corps electrisés”: Paris, 1852.
  • Beddoes, Thomas (1760–1808), 392
  • Beeck, A. van, Van Beck and Bergsma, 463, 473
  • Beer, Aug., 1868 (at Thillaye-Platel, Antoine, CE 1803), 386
  • Beetz, W. von (at Zamboni, Giuseppe, CE 1812), 420
  • Behaim—Behm—Martin (1430–1506), 67
  • Behmen. See Boehm.
  • Behrend (at Bohnenberger, J. J. F. von), 434
  • Behrends, T. G. B. (at Reinhold, J. C. L., and at Humboldt, F. H. Alex. von), 327, 333
  • Behrends, Wilhelm, of Francfort, 284, 387
  • Belcher, Sir Edward, 446
  • Belgium, Royal Academy of Sciences, 243, 259, 280
  • Belgrado, Giacomo (1704–1780), 420, 555
  • Bell, Alexander Graham (1847), 72, 234
  • Bell. Jud. Adv. Roman, 10
  • Bellani, Angelo (at Volta Alessandro, CE 1775), 248
  • Bellay, Joachim du (1524–1560), “Comme le fer qui suit la calamite,” 16
  • Belleau, Rémy (1528–1577), “Bergeries,” 16
  • Belli, Giuseppe (1791–1860) (at Tralles, J. G., A.D. 1790), 293
  • Bellingeri—Berlingieri—Carlo Francesco (d. 1848), 284, 355
  • Beloe, William (1756–1817), “The Sexagenarian,” 324
  • Belon, Pierre (1517–1564), 270
  • Beltrami, P., 1823 (at Gay-Lussac, J. L., A.D. 1804), 389
  • Bembo, Cardinal (at School of Athens), 542
  • Bencora—Ben Konah—Thebitius, 540–541
  • Ben David—Bendavid—Lazarus, “Ueber die religion der Ebräer von Moses,” 9
  • Benedictus, Joannes Baptista (1530–1590), 506
  • Benham, Charles E. (at Gilbert, William, CE 1600), 92
  • Bennet, Abraham, Curate of Wirksworth, F.R.S. (1750–1799), 127, 282, 289, 303, 336, 373, 430, 470
  • Benzenberg, Johann Friedrich (1777–1846), 208, 314
  • Bérard, Frédéric (1789–1828), 423 (at Morichini, D. P., AD 1812–1813).
  • Béraud—Berault—Laurent (1703–1777), “Dissertation ... électricité”; “Theoria electricitatis,” 1755, 163, 164, 167, 258, 259
  • Bercy, Ugo di. See Sercy.
  • Berdoe, M., “Inquiry into the influence of the electric fluid ...,” 1771, 556
  • Bergen, Carolus, Augustus van (at Jallabert, J. L., CE 1749), 189
  • Bergerac, Savinien, Cyrano de (1629–1655), 103, 171
  • Bergeret—Berjeret—a physician of Dijon, 183
  • Bergeron, Pierre (second half of sixteenth century), “Abrégé de l’historie ...,” 60
  • Bergmann—Bergman—Sir Torbern Olof (1735–1784), “Bemerkung ... Krystales”; “Commentarius ... turmalini”; “Elektrische versuche ...,” 32, 220, 221;
  • History of Chemistry and other sciences.
  • Bergsma and Van Beek (at Dutrochet, R. J. H., A.D. 1820), 463
  • Berio (at Alexandre, Jean, CE 1802), 361
  • Berkel, A. van (at Shaw, George, CE 1791), 299
  • Berkeley, George, the works of, 511, 515, 520
  • Berlin, Astronomer Royal (Bernoulli), 147
  • Berlin Academy—University—Memoirs, History and Reports—Abhandlungen, 153, 155, 170, 173, 192, 214, 217, 218, 220, 223, 225, 226, 230, 262, 263, 276, 288, 299, 308, 352, 392, 471, 478
  • Berlingieri, Francesco Vacca Leopold (1732–1812), 206, 270, 300, 305, 327, 331
  • Bernoulli, Christoph (at Ritter, J. W., CE 1803–1805), 381
  • Bernoulli, Daniel (1700–1782) (Acta Helvetica, III. 1758, p. 223), 147, 160, 213
  • Bernoulli, family, 146–147, 155, 450
  • Bernoulli, James I. (1654–1705), 147
  • Bernoulli, John I. (1667–1748), 146, 226
  • Bernoulli, John II. (1710–1790), 147, 214
  • Bernoulli, John III. (1744–1807), 147, 226
  • Berrutti, S., “Elogio del ... Vassalli Eandi,” 1839, 29
  • Bertelli—Barnabita, Timoteo (1826–1905), 30, 44, 45, 47, 48, 50, 51, 57, 59, 60, 71, 72, 110, 111, 112, 526, 531;
  • “Memoria sopra P. Peregrino.”
  • Berthelot, Pierre Eugène Marcellin, Membre de l’Institut, F.R.S., “Chimie organique ...”
  • Berthier, J. E., “Attractions et répulsions électriques,” 1751, 555
  • Berthollet, Claude Louis de (1748–1822), “Discours ...,” 233, 236, 279, 377, 386, 388
  • Bertholon de St. Lazare, Nicolle Pierre (1742–1800), “De l’électricité du corps humain,” 1780; “De l’électricité des végétaux,” 1783; “De l’électricité des météores ...,” 1787, 20, 129, 178, 189, 223, 229, 240, 243, 256, 257, 258, 259, 263, 270, 295
  • Bertholot, Marcellin Pierre Eugène (1827–1907), “Collection des anciens alchimistes grecs”; “Traditions du moyen-âge”; “La révolution chimique,” x, 17, 262, 514;
  • “La Grande encyclopédie.” There is also a Berthelot, Th., mentioned in Dezebry, Ch.
  • Berton, Henri Montan (1766–1844), 329
  • Bertrand, J. L. F., 276
  • Berzelius, Jöns Jacob von (1779–1848), “Lehrbuch der Chemie,” 5 Vols.: Leipzig, 1848; “Afhandling Galvanismen”: Stockholm, 1802; “Essai sur la théorie ...”: Paris, 1819, 336, 340, 343, 345, 364, 368–370, 419, 423, 466, 471, 472
  • Berzelius, J. J. F., and Hissinger, W. (1766–1852), “Forsok med. elektr. ...:” Stockholm, 1806 (Afhandl. i fisik, kemi och Mineralogi, De i).
  • Beseke, J. M. G. (at Lavoisier, A. L., CE 1781), 262
  • Bessard, Toussaincte de, “Dialogue de la longitude,” 1574, 63, 72, 115
  • Bétancourt, Augustin de, Telegraphic line from Aranjuez to Madrid (Ronalds’ Catalogue, pp. 57 and 280).
  • See Bétancourt y Molina.
  • Bétancourt—Bethencourt—y Molina, Augustin de (1760–1826), 176, 318
  • Betylos, 17
  • Bevis—Bevans—John (1693–1771), 175, 178
  • Bew, Ch., 1824 (at Thillaye-Platel, Antoine, CE 1803), 385
  • Beyer, M., Memoirs of, 198,
  • and (at Gay-Lussac, J. L.), 198, 389
  • Beziers, Collège de, 353
  • Bianchi, G., 1738 and 1740 (at Dalton, John, CE 1793), 186, 308
  • Bianchi, Iso, 1781, 556
  • Bianchini, Dr. Giovanni Fortunato (1719–1779), 186, 263, 385
  • Bianco, Andrea (beginning of fifteenth century, CE), 62–63, 64, 65
  • Bianconi, G. (at Brugnatelli, L. V., A.D. 1802), 363
  • Bias, native of Iona (fl. c. 570 BCE), 7
  • Bibl. Acad. Belge de Namur, 256
  • Bibl. Dantesca. See Batines, Colomb de.
  • Bibl. Hisp. Vetus. See Antonii.
  • “Bibliografia Italiana di Elettricità e Magnetismo ...,” Rossetti, T. E.; Cantoni, G.: Padua, 1881.
  • Bibliographer’s Manual of William Thomas Loundes, 1863, 547
  • Bibliografia Italiana. See Alessandrini, Antonio, 256, 257, 293
  • Bibliographia Britannica.
  • Bibliographia Poetica. See English Poets.
  • Bibliographical Dictionary, 503
  • Bibliographical History of Electricity and Magnetism. General Cross-Entry Index. See Encyclopædia Britannica, XIV., 2637 BCE to CE 1821, 1–499, 82, 273, 294, 295, 346, 396, 408, 448, 466, 523, 533, 559
  • Bibliographie Analytique. See Miller, B. E. C.
  • Bibliographie Astronomique, Lalande, J. J. Le F. de, 233; Jöcher, J. F.
  • Bibliographie de l’astronomie. See Houzeau, J. C., et Lancester, A., Bruxelles.
  • Bibliographie des magnetismus. See Murhard, F. W. A.
  • Bibliographic Voltairienne, Quérard, J. M., 1842, 59
  • Bibliography of Electricity and Magnetism.
  • See Bibliographical History of Electricity and Magnetism.
  • Bibliography of Electricity and Magnetism, “Die Weltliteratur der Elektricitaet und des Magnetismus, von, 1860–1883 ...”: Wien, 1884.
  • See Bulletin of Bibliography,
  • also “Bulletino di Bibliografia ...”
  • Bibliography of Ptolemy’s Geography.
  • See Winsor, Justin.
  • Bibliography of the sympathetic telegraph, at entry No. 1881 and at pp. 409–418 of “Catalogue of Wheeler Gift to the Am. Inst. El. Eng.,” 1909.
  • Biblioteca Fisica d’Europa (at Morichini, D. P.), CE 1812–1813), 248, 424.
  • See Brugnatelli, L. V.
  • Biblioteca Germanica (at Morichini, D. P.), 326, 333, 424;
  • edited by Bura, Configliachi, Ridolfi and Santini.
  • Biblioteca Italiana (at Morichini, D. P.), 296, 424;
  • edited by Acerbi, Brugnatelli, Gioberti, Configliachi, Monti and others, 5 Vols., 256, 293, 295, 296, 298, 306, 363, 424, 464, 482, 554.
  • See Lombardy. Continued as Giornala dell’ I.R. Istituto Lombardo ... e Biblioteca Italiana up to 1856; it was not republished until 1858–1862, when it appeared as “Atti dell’ I.R. Istituto Lombardo.”
  • Biblioteca Marciana: Venice, 62, 63
  • Biblioteca Modenese. See Tiraboschi, G.
  • Biblioteca Napolitana, 516
  • Biblioteca Oltramontana, 295
  • Biblioteca Oriental y Occidental, 516
  • Biblioteca Vaticanæ, Codices, 526
  • Bibliotheca Arabico-Hispana Escurialensis. See Casiri, Michael.
  • Bibliotheca Belgica, 517.
  • See Foppers, J. F.
  • Bibliotheca Bibliothecarum, 54
  • Bibliotheca Britannica, A. Robert Watt: London, 16, 97, 117, 131, 134, 140, 170, 178, 231, 238, 240, 244, 248, 256, 263, 270, 282, 299, 306, 307, 313, 315, 328, 337, 340, 347, 359, 363, 367, 370, 371, 373, 383, 384, 393, 394, 403, 406, 407, 414, 416, 420, 423, 424, 426, 432, 441, 455, 460, 477, 499, 540
  • Bibliotheca Chemica: Glasgow, 1906, 43, 262, 520
  • Bibliotheca Enucleata of Schielen, J. G.: Ulm, 1679, 554
  • Bibliotheca Grotiana. See Rogge, H. C.
  • Bibliotheca Historica Italica ... 1874. See Merula, Gaudentius.
  • Bibliotheca Historica Medii Ævi. By August Potthast.
  • Bibliotheca Historico-Naturalis.... See Zuchold, E. A.
  • Bibliotheca Hulthemiana: Gand, 202
  • Bibliotheca Latina Mediæ ... Ætatis (Medii Ævi) of Albert Johan, 531
  • Bibliotheca Lusitana. See Machado, B.
  • Bibliotheca Mediol. See Argellati, P.
  • Bibliotheca Palatina Vindobonensis: Vicenna.
  • Bibliotheca Patrum Ecclesiasticorum Latinorum, 523
  • Bibliotheca Sacra. See Le Long Le Père Jacques.
  • Bibliotheca Scriptorum Medicorum. See Manget, J. J.
  • Bibliotheca Technologica. See Martin, Benjamin.
  • Bibliothecarius Quadripartitus. See Hottinger, J. H.
  • Bibliothek der philosophie: Berlin.
  • Bibliothek electro-technische: Braunschweig und Wien.
  • Bibliothek für philosophie: Berlin.
  • Bibliothèque Bibliographique: Paris.
  • Bibliothèque Britannique: Genève et Bruxelles, 1796–1815, 199, 231, 249, 482
  • Bibliothèque de l’Arsenal: Paris, xi
  • Bibliothèque d’histoire scientifique. See Hamy, E. T.
  • Bibliothèque des actualités industrielles. See Urbanitsky.
  • Bibliothèque des auteurs ecclésiastiques. See Dupin, M. J. J., 524
  • Bibliothèque des sciences ..., 6 Vols.: Lyon, 1668.
  • Bibliothèque des sciences contemporaines: Paris.
  • Bibliothèque du magnétisme animal: Paris.
  • Bibliothèque Egyptologique: issued in Paris during 1897, 14
  • Bibliothèque Germanique. See Biblioteca Germanica.
  • Bibliothèque Italienne. See Biblioteca Italiana.
  • Bibliothèque Mazarine: Paris, xi, 108
  • Bibliothèque Nationale: Paris, xi, xix, 30, 33, 43, 45, 53, 57, 102
  • Bibliothèque Sainte Geneviève: Paris, xii, xix, xx
  • Bibliothèque Universelle: Genève et Bruxelles, 140, 193, 257, 298, 416, 420, 433, 453, 476, 477, 482, 491, 492, 494, 499.
  • The Archives de l’Electricité is a supplement; likewise, the Archives des sciences physiques.
  • Bichat, Marie François Xavier (Biogr. Gén., VI. 2–20), 284, 285, 305
  • Biddle, Memoir of Seb. Cabot, 69
  • Bidone, Giorgio (1781–1839), “Description d’une nouvelle boussole ...” (Mém. de Turin, 1809–1810).
  • Bienvenu and Wittry de Abot, 431
  • Bifilar balance and balance Electroscope, 470–471
  • Bigeon, L., in Ann. de Ch. et de Phys. (at Æpinus, F. M. U. T.), 218
  • Bigot de Morogues, Pierre Marie Sebastien (1776–1840), “Chronological catalogue ...,” 315
  • Billingsley, C., “Longitude at sea ...,” 1714, 554
  • Bina, Andrea (b. 1724), “De physicis experimentibus ...,” 2 Vols. 1733–1756.
  • Binat, Rev. F., “Electricorum Effectuum ...,” 1751, 555
  • Bindemann, Carl, “Der heilige Augustinus,” 1844–1855, 25
  • Bio-bibliographie. See Chevalier.
  • Biografia degli Italiana illustri. See Tipaldo, E. A.
  • Biographia Britannica, 80, 91, 124, 522;
  • Kippis, Andrew: London, 1793, 16
  • Biographia Medica. See Hutchinson, Benjamin.
  • Biographia Philosophica. See Martin, Benjamin.
  • Biographia Scotica. See Stark.
  • Biographical Dictionary of the Society of Useful Knowledge, 502
  • Biographical Dictionary. See herein “General Biographical Dictionary,” by the different authors, Alex. Chalmers, John Gorton, J. B. Lippincott and H. J. Rose.
  • Biographie Générale. See Nouvelle Biographie Générale.
  • Biographie Medicale, 218, 258, 516
  • Biographie Nationale, 559
  • Biographie Universelle, ancienne et moderne. See Michaud, M.
  • Biographie Universelle et Portative, 233, 277, 293, 330
  • Biographisch-Literarisches Handwörterbuch. See Poggendorff.
  • Biographischen Lexikon, 513
  • Biography, Ecclesiastical. See Wordsworth, C.
  • Bion, Nicolas (1652–1733), 32, 148
  • Biot, Edouard Constant (1803–1850), 7, 380
  • (Acad. des Sciences, Savants Etrangers, Vol. X.).
  • Biot, Jean Baptiste (1774–1862), “Traité de Physique”; “Traité élémentaire d’astronomie et de physique.”
  • Biot and Arago, Biot and Becquerel (Comptes Rendus, 1839, viii, 223).
  • Biot and Cuvier (Annales de Chimie, Vol. XXXIX. p. 247).
  • Biot, Faraday and Sarart.
  • Biot, Oersted, Arago, Ampère, Davy, etc.: Paris, 1822, 93, 139, 141, 157, 195, 247, 273, 275, 276, 277, 279, 284, 313, 349, 376–380, 388, 390, 393, 402, 407, 419, 455, 462, 472, 476, 480
  • Birch, John (1745–1815), “Della forza dell’ Elettricita ...,” 1778; “Essay on medical application of electricity,” 1803, 281
  • Birch, M., “Observations on medical electricity,” 1779–1780.
  • Birch, Thomas (1705–1766), F.R.S., 131, 132, 175, 183, 195, 272;
  • on the luminousness of electricity (Phil. Trans. for 1754).
  • See History of the Royal Society.
  • Bird, Golding (1814–1854), 325, 426, 498
  • Biringuccio, V., “Pyrotechnie,” 1572, 553
  • Birkbeck, George (1776–1841), 458
  • Bjerregaard, C. H. A., “Sufi interpretations,” 38
  • Black, John, “An attempt ... electro-chemical theory,” 370
  • Black, Joseph (1728–1799), 309
  • Blackborrow—Beckborrow—Peter (at Bond, Henry, A.D.. 1637), 118
  • “Blackwood,” London (at Faraday, Michael), 487
  • Blæu, G. and J., “Théâtre du Monde,” 1645, 554
  • Blagden, Sir Charles (1748–1820), “An account of some fiery meteors,” 1784 (Phil. Trans. LXXIV. Part I.).
  • Blagrave—Blagrau—John, eminent English mathematician, 94, 95
  • Blagrave, Joseph (1689), 553;
  • “Traité de la sphère du monde.”
  • Blake, Professor (at Franklin, Benjamin, CE 1752), 197
  • Blakey, Robert, “History of the philosophy of the mind,” 237
  • Blanc, Gilbert (at Fowler, Richard, C.E. 1793), 307
  • Blavatsky, Helena Petrovna Hahn-Hahn (1831–1891), “Isis Unveiled,” 9, 10, 12–13, 15, 17, 64, 105, 108, 120, 135, 237, 401, 414, 483, 523
  • Bloch, Marcus E., “Naturgeschichte der Ausländischen fische,” 1786, 299
  • Blome’s translation of Descartes’ Philosophy, 133
  • Blondeau, M. (at Swinden, J. H. van, CE 1784), 274
  • Blondus, Flavius, “Italia Illustrata,” 211
  • Blondus, Michael Angelo (1497–1560), “De ventis et navigatione,” 58, 211
  • Bloomfield, Robert, “Norfolk,” 1806, 95
  • Blount, Sir Thomas Pope, “Censura,” 93
  • Blumenbach, Johann Friedrich (1752–1840), 327, 331
  • Blundeville, Thomas (b. 1530), 72, 94, 534.
  • See Dict. Nat. Biogr., 1886, V. 271; “Theoriques of the seven planets,” 1602; “His exercises ...,” 1606.
  • Boaz, James (at Pasley, C. W., CE 1808), 398
  • Bobierre, A. (at Davy, Sir Humphry, C.E. 1801), 345
  • Bocardo, Nuova Encyclopædia Italiana: Torino, 1877, 61
  • Boccalini, Trajano, Advices from Parnassus, 10
  • Bochart, Samuel (1599–1667), “Geographia Sacra”: Caen, 1646; Frankfort, 1681, 5, 523
  • Boddært, Pierre D. M. (b. 1730), “Histoire de la boussole,” 61
  • Bodies, anti-magnetic, observations on, 387
  • Bodin, J. (1596), “Universæ naturæ theatrum,” 1596, 553
  • Bodleian Library at Oxford, xix, 53.
  • This library was founded in 1602 by Sir Thos. Bodley. It is now the largest University library in the world, and is second in England to the British Museum Library which was founded in 1753.
  • Boeckmann, Johann Lorenz (1741–1802), 285, 308, 316, 393, 473
  • Boehm—Böhme—Behmen—Jacob (1575–1624), 65, 75
  • Boerhaave, Hermannus (1668–1738), “Biblia naturæ,” on title page, 132, 157, 169–170, 202
  • Bogulawski, Albrecht von (at Beccaria, G. B., CE 1753), 208
  • Bohadasch, J. B., “Dissertatio,” 229, 385
  • Bohnenberger, Gottlieb Christian (1732–1807), 434
  • Bohnenberger, Johann Joseph Friedrich von (1765–1831), 364, 433
  • Boinet, Amedée, xii
  • Boisgeraud—Boisgerard—Junior (Phil. Mag., LVII. 203), 455–456
  • Boissardus, Joannes Jacobus (at Barbarus, Hermolaus), 506
  • Boissier, C. Henri, “Mémoire sur la décomposition de l’eau,” 1801, 229, 329, 330, 375
  • Boisvallé, Sieur de Vissery de, 268, 269
  • Bollenatus, Burgundo-Gallus, 1607, 553
  • Bologna Academy and University, Commentarii, Rendiconto, Memorie (Transactions), 258, 268, 283, 284, 304, 509
  • Bologna, “Istituto delle scienze ed arti liberali,” 1745–1748.
  • Bologna, “Istituto nazionale Italiano,” Memorie, 248
  • Bologna, Journal Encyclopédique, 237, 275
  • Bologna, Nuovi Annali delle scienze naturali: Alessandrini, Bertolini, Gherardi e Ranzani, 30 Vols., 1834–1854.
  • Bolonian stone, 206.
  • See Canton’s phosphorus.
  • Bolten, Jochim Frederick, 26, 245
  • Bolton, Henry Carrington, “Select Bibliography of Chemistry,” 32, 37, 65, 228, 502, 513, 517, 548
  • Boltzmann, Ludwig (1844–1906) (Sitz. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Math.-Nat., Vol. 52), 492
  • Bombay Magnetic Observatory, 440
  • Bompass, Charles Carpenter, “Essay on the nature of heat, light and electricity,” 199
  • Bonaparte. See Napoleon.
  • Bonaparte, Joseph, King of Spain, 463
  • Bonaventura. See Fidanza, John, “Die mysterien und des magnetischen somnambulismus,” 1856.
  • Boncompagni—Ludovisi Baldassare (1821–1894), 54.
  • See Bulletino di Bibliografia.
  • Boncompagni—Buoncompagni and Vincent, 520
  • Bond, Henry, “The longitude found.” See Seaman’s Kalender, 1637, also Phil. Trans. for 1668, 1672, 1673, 118
  • Bondioli, Pietro Antonio (1765–1808), 308
  • Bonel, A., Histoire de la telegraphie ...: Paris, 1857.
  • Bonelli, G., “Télégraphes electro-chimique de Bonelli et Casselli,” 1863, 338
  • Boniface, the Apostle of Germany (680–754), 553
  • Bonnefoy, Jean Baptiste, “De l’application de l’électricité à l’art de guérir,” 299, 385
  • Bonnejoy, Octave Ernest, “Des applications de l’électricité à la thérapeutique,” 305
  • Bonnet, Charles (at Aldini, Giovanni, CE 1793), 258, 272, 505 (1720–1793).
  • Bonnycastle, Charles (1792–1840), 457, 468
  • Bonon. See Bologna.
  • Boot—Boodt—Anselme Boèce de (1550–1632), “Gemmarum et lapidum historia,” 17
  • Borda, Jean Charles (1733–1799), 76, 249, 266
  • Bordeaux, Académie Royale des Sciences, 167, 183, 203, 286, 288, 389
  • Borel, Pierre, M.D. (1620–1689), “Bibliotheca Chimica ...”: Parisiis, 1654.
  • Borelli, Giovanni Alfonso (1608–1679), “Applicazione dell’ elettricita alla navigazione,” 1855, 96, 97, 240, 270
  • Borough—Burrowes—William (1536–1599), “A discourse of the nature (variation) of the cumpas ...,” 1581, 76, 77, 117
  • Borsetti, Ferranti Bolani (Ferrante Giovanni), 507, 510
  • Bos, van den. See Moll.
  • Boscovitch (Boscovich), Father Roger Joseph—Ruggiero Giuseppe—(1711–1787), 139, 140, 303, 304
  • Bossange—Bosange—letter from Liebnitz, 152
  • Bosscha, J. (at Volta, Alessandro, CE 1775), 247
  • Bossut, Charles. See Histoire, Générale des Mathématiques, 35, 147
  • Bostock, John (1774–1846), 17, 249, 415, 419, 443;
  • “An account of the history and present state of galvanism”: London, 1818; “Outline of the history of the galvanic apparatus, etc.”
  • Bostock and Riley (at Thales, 600–580 BC), 8
  • Botto, A. (at Mariner’s Compass), 59
  • Botto, Giuseppe Domenico (1791–1865) (Mém. de Turin for 1843, 1845 and 1851; Botto and Avogadro “Mémoire sur ... les courants électriques ...”: Turin, 1839).
  • Bottomley, James Thompson, “Electrometers”: London, 1877 (describes the quadrant and absolute electrometers of Lord Kelvin).
  • Boucher, Pierre Joseph (1715–1780), “Recueil des savants étrangers,” 59
  • Boudet, Dr., “De l’électricité en médecine,” 229
  • Boudin, Jean Charles Marie, “Histoire physique et medicale de la fondre,” 1854, 389
  • Boué, A. (at Dalton, John, A.D. 1793), 308
  • Bouguer, Pierre, Membre de l’Académie Royale des Sciences and F.R.S. (1698–1758), “Traité de la navigation,” 1753, 138, 225
  • Bouguerel, Le Père Joseph (1680–1753), 114
  • Bouillet, J. Marie Nicolas, 109, 295, 534
  • Bouillon-Lagrange, Edma Jean Baptiste, Marquis de (1764–1840), 431
  • Boulanger—Boulenger—Jean, “Traité de la sphère du monde,” 1688, 553
  • Boulanger—not Boullangère—Nicholas Antoine (1722–1759), 185, 191–192
  • Boulay, H. de, “Histoire de l’Université de Padone,” 505
  • Boulger, Demetrius Charles, “History of China,” 2
  • Bourdonnay, D. (at Coulomb, C. A. de, CE 1785), 276
  • Bourguet (at CE 1812, Mr. Donovan), 419
  • Bourinot, J. G., 32, 115
  • Boussole—Bussola—Mariner’s Compass.
  • See Azuni, D. A., 1, 22, 55, 60, 69;
  • Bertelli, T., 57, 72;
  • Davies, 1;
  • Fincati, 58;
  • Klaproth, 1, 3, 5, 22 passim, 28, 29, 61, 69, 72;
  • Grimaldi, 61;
  • McCulloch, 61;
  • Molinier, 61;
  • Magliozi, 61;
  • Morveau, boussole à double aiguille, 233;
  • Signorelli, P. N., 58;
  • Venanson, 5, 17.
  • BCE 1110, p. 3; 1068, p. 4; 1033–975, p. 5; 1022, p. 5. CE 121, p. 21; 235, p. 22; 265–419, p. 22; 543, p. 27; 658, p. 27; 806–820, pp. 27–28; 1067–1148, p. 28; 1111–1117, p. 29; 1190–1210, p. 30; 1204–1220, p. 30; 1207, p. 31; 1235–1315, p. 31; 1250, p. 33; 1260, p. 43; 1265–1321, p. 43; 1266, p. 44; 1269, pp. 45–54; 1270, p. 54; 1271–1295, p. 55; 1282, p. 55; 1302, p. 56; 1327–1377, p. 58; résumé at pp. 59–61 passim.
  • Bouvier de Jodoigne. See Jodoigne.
  • Bowditch, Nathaniel (1773–1838), 412, 463
  • Boyle, Robert (1627–1691), “Mechanical origin ... electricity,” 1675; “Experiments and Notes ...,” 1676; “Experiments and Observations ...,” 1681; “Philosophical Works ...,” 1725, 7, 113, 125, 130–132, 135, 147, 167, 262
  • Boze—Böse—Georg Mathias (1710–1761), 166, 169, 179, 182, 185, 203
  • Boze, Gros de. See Claude.
  • Bozolus, Joseph (at CE 1767), 226–227, 244
  • Brachet. See Becquerel, A. C., 241, 271
  • Brackett, C. F., Professor, xii
  • Brahé, Tycho. See Tycho Brahé.
  • Bramante, Lazzari (c. 1444–1514), 544
  • Brande, William Thomas (1788–1866), “A Manual of Chemistry”; “Dictionary of Science ...”; “Dissertatio ...,” 37, 347, 370, 425, 426, 455, 485, 494, 497.
  • See Quarterly Journal of Science.
  • Branden, F. J. van den, “Biographisch Woordenbuck,” 518
  • Brandes, Heinrich Wilhelm (1777–1834), 195, 208, 314
  • Brandt, Georg (1694–1768), 163
  • Brandt and Cattenbach, 518
  • Brannt, W. T., translator of Langbein’s work on the electro-deposition of metals, 24
  • Brard, Cyprien Prosper (1788–1838), “Manuel du minéralogiste,” 153, 286
  • Brasavolus, Antonius Musæ (1500–1570), 26, 506, 525.
  • See Mazzuchelli, G. M., “Gli Scrittori ...,” Vol. II. Part IV. pp. 2023–2028; likewise Joëher, C. G., “Allgemeines, Gel. Lex.,” pp. 1338–1339.
  • Braun, C. J. H. E. (at Dalton, John, CE 1793), 308
  • Braun, J. A. (at Swinden, J. H. van, CE 1784), 274
  • Bravais, Auguste (b. 1811), 139
  • Bray, William (at Boyle, Robert, CE 1675), 130
  • Brayley, E. W. (at Gilbert, William, A.D. 1600), 91
  • Brechmann, Arrigi (at Gioia, Flavio, CE 1302), 56
  • Breda, Jacob van, 282
  • Breguet, Louis François Clement (1804–1883); Breguet et Bétancourt, 318
  • Breislak, Scipio (1748–1826), also Configliachi, Carlini and others, 363
  • Bremmer, Rev. James, 437
  • Brémond, François de, 555, 559
  • Brenning, Emil (at Plotinus of Alexandria), 533
  • Brera, V. L., “Giornale di medicina ...,” 12 Vols.: Padova, 1812–1817, 300, 363
  • Brescia, Academy and Athenæum. Commentarii del Ateneo di Brescia, 1814–1851, 420
  • Brescia, Commentarii, dell’ Accademia di Scienze ... del: Mella, 1808.
  • Breslau Academy, “Miscellanea ... Ephemerides, Academiæ Cæs. Naturæ Curiosum ...,” 24 Vols. 1670–1706. Also “Ephemerides, Acad. Cæs. Nat. Curios.,” 5 Vols.: Novimb., 1712–1722; Acta Physico-medica Acad. Cæs. Leopoldino-Carolinæ, Nat. Cur. ..., 18 Vols.: Novimb., 1727–1791.
  • Bressy, Joseph (at CE 1797), 324, 557
  • Breton frères (at Thillaye-Platel, Antoine, CE 1803), 385
  • Breton, Madame Le, “Hist. et Appl. de l’électricité ...,” 229
  • Brewer, John Sherren (1810–1879), “Fr. Rogeri Bacon,” 41, 42, 171, 269.
  • See “Dict. of Nat. Biogr.,” 1908, Vol. X. pp. 1202–3.
  • Brewster, Sir David (1781–1868), 96, 127, 134, 153, 156, 185, 208, 213, 225, 230, 261, 271, 275, 288, 298, 307, 311, 346, 379, 390, 409, 411, 423, 427, 432, 441, 444, 457, 458, 464–467, 471, 479, 480
  • Brewster, Sir David, and Ferguson, James, “Essays ... astronomy, electricity ...,” 1823.
  • Brewster, Sir David, and Robison, John, “A system of mechanical philosophy ...,” 4 Vols. 1822. Edinburgh Encyclopædia of Science, 1810–1830; Edinburgh Journal of Science, 1831–1832; Edinburgh Philosophical Journal, 1819–1824; London and Edinburgh Philosophical Magazine and Journal of Science, 1832–1850; London, Edinburgh and Dublin Philosophical Magazine and Journal of Science, 1851; “Treatise on Magnetism,” 1838; “Edinb. Encyclop.,” IV. 173; “Encyclop. Britannica,” Vol. XXI.
  • See Copley Medal, Royal Medal, Rumford Medal.
  • Brezé, Il Marchese de, 347
  • Briand, J., 1854 (at Thillaye-Platel, Antoine, CE 1803), 386
  • Bridges, John Henry, Oxford, 1897, 37, 43
  • “Briefe uber Kalabrien und Sizilien:” Göttingen, 507
  • Briet, Philippe (1601–1668), “Annales Mundi,” 56, 58
  • Briggs, Charles F., “The story of the telegraph ...,” 1858, 159
  • Bright, Charles, son of Edward Brailsford Bright, “Yof Dakar underground cables ...,” 1893.
  • Brilhac’s plate electrical machine, 257
  • Brisson, Dictionnaire de physique, 1781, 556
  • Brisson, Mathurin Jacques (1723–1806), “Dictionnaire raisonné de physique,” 6 Vols., 1800, 204, 247
  • Bristol, C. M. F. (at 1773), 240, 556
  • Bristol Philosophical (Pneumatic) Institution, 343
  • Britannica Baconica. See Childrey.
  • British Academy, Proceedings of the, 1905–1906, 54
  • British Annual, 1, 28, 80
  • British Association for the advancement of science, London; originated in 1831. Reports, Journals, etc., 142, 240, 267, 313, 335, 377, 389, 440, 446, 466, 471, 490
  • British Encyclopædia. See Nicholson.
  • British Museum, London, 54, 80, 106, 143, 272, 550, 551.
  • See Bodleian Library.
  • British Quarterly Review. See Quarterly Review.
  • Brittain, Alfred, 523, 536
  • Britton, John (at Gilbert, William, CE 1600), 91
  • Brix, T. W., “Annalen der telegraphie”: Berlin, 1870.
  • Brockelmann, Carl (at Avempace), 39
  • “Brockhaus’ Konversations-Lexikon,” F. A. Brockhaus: Berlin, Leipzig und Wien, 498
  • Brook, Abraham, electrometer, etc., 231, 281
  • Brougham, Lord Henry, 262, 457
  • Broussonet, Pierre Marie Auguste, 192
  • Brown, J. A., on the aurora borealis, 140
  • Brown, R., 1692, 553
  • Browne, G. H. (at Duverney, J. G., CE 1700), 148
  • Browne, Richard (at Arrais, E. D., CE 1683), 136
  • Browne, Sir Thomas (1605–1682), “Pseudodoxia Epidemica,” 1650, 7, 17, 18, 66, 69, 71, 113, 114, 123, 124, 127, 128
  • Browning, J. (at Ingen-housz, CE 1779), 257
  • Browning, Robert, translator of Æschylus, 3
  • Brucker, Johann Jacob (1690–1770), “Histoire critique de la philosophie,” 541.
  • See Enfield.
  • Brugmans, Anton (1732–1789), 215, 254, 494
  • Brugmans, Sebald Justin (at Brugmans, Anton, CE 1778), 254–255
  • Brugnatelli, Gaspare (1795–1852), son of L. V. Brugnatelli. Joined Configliachi in the editorship of the Giornale di Fisica, 363
  • Brugnatelli, Luigi Valentino (1761–1818), “Biblioteca fisica d’Europa”; “Annali di Giornale di Fisica, Chimica ...”; “Principles”; “Avanzamenti ... Fisica”; “Giornale di Pavia”; “Grunsätte”; “Giornale fisico-medico ...”; “Notizie ...” (1802, 1805) 247, 248, 258, 282, 284, 292, 294, 295, 296, 297, 298, 303, 306, 329, 330, 337, 350, 361, 362, 363, 383, 393, 394, 408, 419, 424
  • Brugnatelli, L. V., and Brera, V. L., “Commentarii medici,” 1796–1799.
  • Brugnatelli, L. V., Brunacci, G., and Configliachi, Pietro, “Giornale di fisica, chimica e storia naturale.”
  • Brugsch, Dr. H., founder of “Zeitschrift für Ægyptische Sprache und Alterthumskunde,” 14
  • Brumoy, Pierre (1688–1742), “Le théâtre des Grecs,” 4, 7
  • Brunacci, G. (at Brugnatelli, L. V., A.D. 1802), 363
  • Brunet, G., Annuaire des sociétés savantes, 1846.
  • Brunet, Jean Charles, Manuel du Libraire, 54, 63, 71, 146, 539, 540
  • Brunetto, Latini (1230–1294), xix, 34, 43, 56, 59, 524
  • Bruno, Giordano (at Lully, Raymond), 31, 33
  • Bruno, M. de, “Recherches ... fluida magnétique ...,” 1785, 556
  • Bruns, V. von (at Jadelot, J. F. M., CE 1799), 330
  • Brussels—Bruxelles—Annales de Physique (at Ampère, A. M., CE 1820), 476
  • Brussels—Bruxelles—Annales de l’Observatoire. See Quetelet, L. A. J.
  • Brussels—Bruxelles—Annales Générales des sciences physiques et naturelles, par Mr. Bory de St. Vincent, 255
  • Brussels, Royal Academy, Memoirs, etc., 195, 243, 256, 273, 289, 293, 298, 299, 314
  • Bryant, W. (at Adanson, Michael), 193
  • Bryant, William Cullen, 6
  • Brydone, Patrick, 27, 229, 385
  • Buccio, M., 1812 (at Jadelot, J. F. N., CE 1799), 330
  • Buch, Leopold de (Phil. Mag., Vol. XXIV. p. 244), 393
  • Buchan, Captain David (1780–1839), 467
  • Buchmeri, Spec. Acad. Nat. Cur. Hist., 103
  • Bucholz, Christoph Christian Friedrich (1770–1818), 400
  • Buddha (at Zoroaster), 541
  • Budge, 1846 (at Thillaye-Platel, Antoine, CE 1803), 386
  • Bueil College at Angers, 179
  • Buff, Heinrich (at Brande, W. T., CE 1813), 426
  • Buff, M. (b. 1805) (Phil. Mag. N. S., Vol. VII. p. 22), 258
  • Buffon. See Le Clerc, Georges Louis.
  • Buisson, F. R., “Précis historique ...,” 305
  • Bulletin de Géographie, 28, 30
  • Bulletin de la Société Académique de Laon, 94
  • Bulletin des sciences mathématiques, astronomiques, physiques et chimiques. 16 Vols.
  • See Ferussac, André Etienne.
  • Bulletin des sciences technologiques, 19 Vols.: Paris.
  • See Ferussac, André Etienne (1786–1836).
  • Bulletin du Bibliophile, 265, 516
  • Bulletin International de l’electricité: Paris, 1882–1895.
  • Bulletin of Bibliography for 1905, 138
  • Bulletino di Bibliografia e di storia delle scienze ... de Boncompagni, 54, 520
  • Bulletino Meteorologico dell’ Osservatorio del Collegio Romano ... e bibliografia....
  • See Sacchi, Angelo (1818–1878).
  • Bulletino telegrafico de Regno d’Italia, 1865–1888.
  • Buniva, Dr. Michele Francisco (at Hunter, John, A.D. 1773), 241.
  • Burci, 1852 (at Thillaye-Platel, Antoine, CE 1803), 386
  • Burgess, George, translator of Plato’s “Ion,” 13, 15, 20
  • Burigny, J. L’Evegne de, 518
  • Burke, Edmund (at Callender, Elisha, CE 1808), 400
  • Burkhardt (at Swinden, J. H. van, CE 1784), 273;
  • also (at Jadelot, J. F. N., CE 1799), 330
  • Burnet (at Dutrochet, R. J. H., CE 1820), 464
  • Burq, M. V., “Métallo-thérapie,” 1853, 233
  • Burrough, Stephen, master of the “Serchtrift,” 69, 522
  • Burstyn, J. P. (at Zamboni, Giuseppe, CE 1812), 420
  • Burton, Dr. William (at Boerhaave, H., CE 1743), 170
  • Busby, Dr. Thomas, translator of Lucretius’ “De rerum natura,” 19
  • Bushee, J. (at Gay-Lussac, J. L., CE 1804), 389
  • Bussola nautica, origine della. See Collina, A.
  • Bussy, Antoine Alexandre Brutas, “Manipulations Chimiques,” 1827, 340
  • Butet, Pierre Roland François, 274, 326, 330
  • Buti, Francesco da, 57, 63.
  • See Mazzuchelli, G. M., “Gli Scrittori ...,” Vol. II. Part IV. pp. 2468–2469.
  • Butler, Alban (at Augustine, St., CE 426), 25
  • Butler, A. J. (at Dante, Alighieri, CE 1265–1321), 44
  • Butler, C. (at Grotius, Hugo), 518
  • Butler, Samuel (1612–1680), author of “Hudibras,” 99
  • Butler, William Archer (at Pythagoras), 537
  • Butschany, Matthias, “Dissert. ex phænom. electricis ...,” 1757, 555
  • Butterfield’s wonderful collection of loadstones, 159, 175, 402
  • Buttmann, “Bemerkungen ... des magnetes und des basaltes,” 15
  • Buys-Ballot. See Ballot, C. H. Buÿs.
  • Buzzi, F. (at Wilkinson, C. N., CE (Common Era) 1783), 270
  • Byerges, Swedish Count (at CE 1266), 45

C

C

  • Cabæus, Nicolaus—Cabeo, Nicelo—(1585–1650), “Philosophia Magnetica,” 1629, 7, 33, 48, 50, 109, 110, 112, 113, 120, 146, 160
  • Cabot bibliography. See Winship, G. P.
  • Cabot, Jean (at Cabot, Sebastian, CE 1497), 69
  • Cabot, Sebastian (1474–1557), 65, 68, 69, 115, 521, 522.
  • See Dict. Nat. Biogr., 1886, VIII. 166–171
  • Cadet, Jean Marie (1751–1835), 235, 249, 273
  • Cadozza, Giovanni (1816–1877), “Sulla polarizazione rotatoria ...” (Giornale dell’ I.R. Istit. Lombardo, 1852, 1853, 1854.
  • See also Atti. Accad. Sc.: Torino, IV. 729–755, 1869).
  • Cæsalpinus, Andreas (1519–1603), “De Metallicis,” 17, 501
  • Cæsar, Caius Julius (102–44 BCE), “De bello Africano,” 24
  • Cæsar, Crispus. See Crispus.
  • Cæsare, Giulio Moderati (at CE 1590), 78, 79, 112, 113, 115, 149
  • Caille, Nicholas Louis de la (1713–1762), 301
  • (Nouv. Biog. Gén., Vol. 28, p. 441).
  • Caird, Edward, “The social philosophy and religion of Comte,” 533
  • Calaber, Hannibal Rosetius, 82, 507
  • Calamai, L. (at Shaw, George, A.D. 1791), 298
  • Calamita—calamite—the native magnet, 15, 16
  • Calandrin (at Swinden, J. H. van, CE 1784), 274
  • Calcagnini, T. G. (at Calcagninus, Cælius), 507
  • Calcagninus, Cælius (1479–1541), “De re nautica commentatio ...,” 58, 507
  • Caldani, Floriano (1772–1836), “Riflessioni ... elettricità animale,” 1792, 303, 326
  • (Ann. di Chimica di Brugnatelli, VII. 138, 159, 186, 208).
  • Caldani, Leopoldo Marco Antonio (1725–1813), 148, 303
  • “Caledonian Mercury,” 296
  • Callender—Calendar—Elisha, of Boston, 400
  • Callisen, Adolf Karl Peter (1786), 375, 455;
  • “Medicinisches Schriftsteller-Lexikon,” 1829–1837.
  • Callisthenes of Olynthus (c. 360–328 BCE), Greek historian, 543
  • Calogera—Calogiera—Angelo, “Raccolta d’Opuscoli scientifici ...”; also “Nuova Raccolta ...,” 140, 308
  • Caloric and electric fluid, analogy between, Berthelot at 1803.
  • Calorimotor—Calorimotive force—Hare at C.E. 1819, pp. 446–447; Pepys at CE 1802, p. 373
  • Camara, Matteo, “Memorie ...”: Salerno, 1876, 57
  • Cambridge Philosophical Society Transactions, 140, 473, 475
  • Cambridge University, 129, 212
  • Camerarius, Joachim (1500–1574), “Vita Melanch ...,” 507
  • Camillus, Leonardus. See Leonardus.
  • Camoëne, Luiz de (1524–1579), “Os Lusiades,” 24
  • Camorano, R., “Compendio de la arte de navegar ...,” 1582.
  • Campan, John (died c. 1300), 54
  • Campegius, Laurentius (at Arnaldus de Villa Nova), 505
  • Camper, Pierre (1722–1789), 243, 332
  • Campi (at Beccaria, G. B., CE 1753), 208
  • Candish—Cavendish—Sir Thomas, 79, 211, 522, 523
  • Cantapratensis, Thomas, of Louvain, 34
  • Canterzani, Sebastiano, 304
  • (Tipaldo, “Biografia,” Vol. VIII. p. 87).
  • Canton, John (1718–1772), 153, 157, 167, 176, 200, 205–206, 215, 217, 232, 252, 320, 393, 402, 415, 427
  • Cantoni, G. See “Bibliografia Italiana.”
  • Canton’s phosphorus, 206, 252, 393, 402
  • Cantor, Moritz, of Leipzig, 147, 537
  • Cantu, Cesare (at Volta, Alessandro), 248;
  • (at Romagnesi, G. D. G. G.), 367
  • Capella, Martianus Minneus Felix (fl. fifth century CE), 505, 518
  • Capmany y Montpalau, Antonio the elder (1742–1813), “Memorias historicas,” 60
  • Capocci (at Chladni, E. F. F., A.D. 1794), 314
  • Cappanera, Rodolfo, editor of “L’Elettricita,” and “La Natura,” in Florence and Naples.
  • Capron, J. Rand, “Auroræ, their characters and spectra”: London, 1879.
  • Cardanus—Hieronymus (1501–1576), 14, 17, 29, 35, 53, 108, 115, 126, 507, 539;
  • “De subtilitate ...,” 1550, 1611; “De rerum varietate,” 1556, 1557; “Ars magna-artis magnæ.”
  • See Scaliger, J. C., also Wundt, “Philosophische Studien.”
  • Cardanus, Giovanni, “De fulgure” in his “Opera Omnia,” 10 Vols.: Lugd., 1663, 199
  • Carhart, Dr. Henry S., mentioned at Grotthus, Theodor, CE 1805, 391
  • Carignano, Princess Giuseppina di, 208
  • Caritat. See Condorcet.
  • Carl, P., Doctor. See “Repertorium für Physikalische Technik,” 1865; “Repertorium für experimental physik,” 1868–1882.
  • Carle, P. J. (at Aquinas, St. Thomas), 504
  • Carli, Gian Rinaldo (1720–1785), “Dissertazione ... bussola nautica ...,” 1747, 553
  • Carlini (at Brugnatelli, L. V., CE 1802), 363
  • Carlisle, Sir Anthony (1769–1840), 270, 335–337, 419, 435
  • Carlyle, Thomas, “Crit. and Misc. Essays,” 59
  • Carminati, Prof. Don Bassiano, of Pavia (1750–1830), 246, 249, 254, 285, 303, 393, 555
  • (Tipaldo, “Biografia,” 1838, Vol. IX. p. 250).
  • Carmoy, M., 229, 257, 282, 385
  • Carnarvon, Earl of, translation of Homer’s Odyssey, 6
  • Carnegie, Andrew, “James Watt,” 190
  • Carnevale, Antonio Arella, “Storia dell’ elettricità,” 2 Vols.: Alessandria, 1839, 296
  • Carney, Michael (at Carpue, J. G. S.), 375
  • Carnot (at Sömmering, S. T. von, CE 1809), 407
  • Carpentarius, J., 156, 553
  • Carpenter, Nathaniel (1589–1628), “Geography delineated ...,” 1625, 1635; “Philosophia libera ...,” 1621, 1622, 1636, 1675, 107
  • Carpi, Dr., of Rome, 423
  • Carpue, Jean Joseph Constantin (1764–1846), 306, 375
  • Carradori, Gioachino (1758–1818), 232, 277, 292, 303, 304, 326, 327, 337
  • Consult “Annali di Chimica di Brugnatelli.”
  • Cars, chariots, magnetic. See Magnetic cars, also Chariots or cars.
  • Carsten. See Karsten.
  • Cartesius, Cartesian system. See Descartes.
  • Cartier, J., “Philosophia electrica ad menten ...,” 1756, 555
  • Carus (at Jacopi, J., CE 1810), 409
  • Casali, G. (at Halley, Edmund, AD 1683), 138
  • Cascades, electricity of, 293
  • Casiri, Michael (1710–1791), “Bibliotheca Arabico-Hispana Escuraliensis,” 1760–1770, 40, 502, 519, 540
  • Casselli et Bonelli, Télégraphes electro-chimiques, 338
  • Cassini de Thury, César François (1714–1788), 266, 268, 301
  • Cassini family, 117, 132, 141, 142, 144, 147, 148, 157, 168, 268, 315, 450
  • Cassini, Giovanni Domenico (1625–1712), 142, 144, 268
  • Cassini, Jacques (James) (1667–1756), 268
  • Cassini, Jean Jacques Dominique, Comte de (1747–1845), 266–268, 273
  • Cassius, Larcher. See Larcher.
  • Castberg, P. A. (at Jadelot, J. F. N., AD 1799), 330
  • Castianus (at Porta, CE 1558), 74
  • Castlereagh, Lord (at Wedgwood, Ralph, CE 1814), 430
  • Castor and Pollux, 23
  • Castro, Ezekiel di, “De igne lambente,” 29
  • Catalogue Bibl. Publicæ Univers. Lug. Bat., 54
  • Catalogue of Books and Papers relating to Electricity, Magnetism ... compiled by Sir Francis Ronalds and edited by Alfred J. Frost: London, 1880. Designated throughout these pages as the Ronalds’ Catalogue.
  • Catalogue of books printed in Bibl. Nationale, 102
  • Catalogue of electrical bodies. See Plot, R.
  • Catalogue of Latimer Clark Library, xiv
  • Catalogue of Scientific Papers. See Royal Society.
  • “Catalogue of Scientific Serials.” By Samuel H. Scudder, 1879, ix, 548–550
  • Catalogue of Wheeler Gift to Am. Inst. of Elect. Engineers, 2 Vols., 1909.
  • Cates, William Leist Readwin (1821–1895), co-operated with Bernard Bolingbroke Woodward in the publication of the “Dictionary of General Biography” (3rd ed. 1880), after editing the “Encyclopædia of Chronology,” 1872. [His brother, Cates, Arthur (1829–1901), co-operated with Papworth, Wyatt Angelicus Van Sandau (1822–1894), in the publication of the “Architectural Dictionary.”
  • Cathochiles (at Solinus, Caius Julius), 540
  • Caulfield, James, third earl of Charlemont (1728–1799), 316.
  • (He wrote on the tellograph, etc.)
  • Cauxois, Robert Reynault, “The Naturall and Morall Historie of the East and West Indies,” 1604, 78
  • Cavaliéri, Buonaventura (at Cassini family), 268
  • Cavalleri, G. M. (at Thillaye-Platel, Antoine, CE 1803), 386
  • Cavallo, Tiberius (1749–1809), 5, 45, 70, 78, 80, 138, 174, 193, 226, 229, 243–245, 246, 258, 261, 263, 269, 275, 277, 278, 280, 291, 304, 310, 313, 326, 336, 393;
  • “A complete treatise on electricity ...,” 1777, 1787, 1795, 1802; “Treatise on magnetism ...,” 1787, 1800; “Elements of natural philosophy ...,” 4 Vols. 1803.
  • Cavendish, Charles, Lord, 175, 238, 239
  • Cavendish, Henry (1731–1810), called “the Newton of Chemistry.”
  • See Maxwell, J. Clerk, “The electrical researches of the Hon. Henry Cavendish”;
  • also Copley Medal, 185, 199, 206, 207, 216, 218, 223, 231, 238–239, 240, 245, 251, 252, 255, 256, 291, 298, 310, 329, 374, 405, 406, 470, 492
  • Cavendish, Sir Thomas. See Candish.
  • Cawthorn, James (at Desaguliers, J. T., CE 1739), 167
  • Caxton, William (c. 1422–1491), “Myrrour,” 16
  • Cazelès, Masars de (at Thillaye-Platel, Antoine, A.D. 1803), 385
  • Cazin, Achille, “Traité théorique des piles ...,” 248
  • Cecchi, 1691, 554
  • Cecco d’Ascoli. See Stabili.
  • Cedrinus, G., “Compend. Hist.,” 18
  • Celi (at Bertholon de St. Lazare, A.D. 1780–1781), 259
  • Celier, Léonce, “Histoire des auteurs sacrés ...,” 525
  • Cellarius (at Columbus, Christopher, CE 1492), 67
  • Cellesius, Fabricius, “De naturali electricitate ...,” 1767, 556
  • Cellio, Marco Antonio, “De terra magnete ...,” 1692, 554
  • Celsius, Anders (1701–1744), “Observations of the needle ...,” 157, 168, 191, 232.
  • See Hjorter.
  • Censorinus, Roman writer of the third century, CE, 505
  • Centralblatt fuer Electrotechnik: Muenchen, 1880–1889.
  • Cesi, In, “De meteoris dissertatio ...,” 1700, 554
  • Cespedes, Andres Garcia de, “Reg. de Nav. y Hydr.,” 68
  • Cézanne, “Le cable transatlantique ...,” 361
  • Chaignet, Antelme Edouard, 533, 537;
  • “Pythagore et la philosophic Pythagorienne,” 1873.
  • Chaldeans, 536
  • Chales. See Dechalles.
  • Chalmers, Alexander (1759–1834), “General Biographical Dictionary,” 32 Vols. 1812–1817, 54, 95, 106, 120, 122, 129, 167, 186, 189, 265, 311, 514, 520, 522
  • Chambers, Ephraim (d. 1740), “Cyclopædia, or an Universal Dictionary of Arts and Sciences”; “Papers for the People”; “History and Memoirs of the Royal Academy of Sciences of Paris,” 5, 39, 79, 81, 97, 193, 229, 240, 330, 518, 520
  • “Chambers’ Journal,” 143
  • Chambers, Robert (1802–1871), “Cyclopædia of English Literature.”
  • Chambers, William and Robert, “Descriptive Astronomy,” 142
  • Champignon, “Etudes physiques ...”; Paris, 1843 (at Mesmer, F. A., CE 1772), 237
  • Champlin, Samuel (at Lully, Raymond, CE 1235–1315), 32
  • Chancellor of Bavaria, Hervart Johann Georg, 106
  • Chancellor, Richard (at Cabot, Sebastian, CE 1497), 69
  • Chandos, Duke of (at Desaguliers, J. T., CE 1739), 166
  • Changeux, P. N., 1776, 556
  • Channing, F. (at Thillaye-Platel, Antoine, A.D. 1803), 386
  • Channing, Dr. William Francis (b. 1820). He published, with Prof. John Bacon, Jr., Davis’s “Manual of Magnetism” (1841),
  • also “Notes on the medical application of electricity” (1849), 423, 436, 476
  • Chappe, Claude (1763–1805), 301, 317, 434, 439
  • Chappe, d’Auteroche, L’Abbé Jean (1722–1769), 301
  • Chappe, Ignace Urbain Jean (1760–1829), “Histoire de la télégraphie,” 2 Vols.: Paris, 1824, 301
  • Chappe, Robillard et Sylvestre, 302, 303, 306
  • Chaptal, J. A. C., 1778, 556
  • Chaptal, M., Ministre de l’Intérieur, 360, 361
  • Charas, Moïse, “Antiquité historique ...,” 14
  • Charcot (at Mesmer, F. A., CE 1772), 237
  • Chariots or cars, magnetic, 1, 3, 4, 5, 22, 27, 28
  • Charlant, Johann Ludwig (Choulant), “Handbuch der Bücherkunde,” 519,
  • also “Handbuch ... die Æltere Medicin,” 529
  • Charlemont, Lord, on the tellograph (at Edgeworth, R. L., A.D. 1794), 317
  • Charles, Emile, “Roger Bacon,” 43
  • Charles, Jacques Alexandre César (1746–1823), French physicist and aeronaut, 204, 247, 288–289, 351, 354, 407
  • Charles I, King of England, 91, 104, 121
  • Charles II, King of England, 119, 127, 130
  • Charles II, King of Naples, 16
  • Charles IV, of Lorraine (at Leurechon, Jean, CE 1628), 109
  • Charles V, Emperor of Germany and King of Spain, 61, 70, 114, 501
  • Charleton, Walter—Charlton—(1619–1707), 27, 91, 104, 105, 124, 245, 299;
  • “A ternary of paradoxes ... magnetic cure ...,” 1650; “Disquisitiones duæ chymico-physicæ ...,” 1665; “Physiologia Epicuro Gassendo, Charltoniana ...,” 1654.
  • Charlotte, Queen, Consort of George III, 405
  • Charpignon, Dr. (at Amoretti, Carlo, CE 1808), 401
  • Charton—Edouard—Edmond, “Voyageurs anciens et modernes ...,” 69;
  • contains an extensive bibliography of Marco Polo.
  • Charts of the magnetic variation.
  • See Bianco, Andrea, CE 1436, 62
  • Chasles, Michel (1793–1880), French mathematician, 96, 288 (note), 333, 351, 354, 386, 521
  • Chasles, Victor Euphémien Philarète (1798–1873).
  • Chassang, M. A., “Le merveilleux dans l’antiquité,” 533
  • Chaucer, Geoffrey (c. 1340–1400), 16, 32, 46, 58, 61–62;
  • “The house of fame”; “Assembly of foules”; “Romaunt of the rose”; “Treatise on the astrolabe.”
  • Chaudon, Louis Maïcul (et Delandine), “Dict. Historique Universel,” 20 Vols. 1810–1812, 163, 187, 192
  • Chauveau, M. A. B. (at Ewing, John, CE 1795), 321
  • Checler. See Wheler, Granville, 154, 155
  • “Chemical News:” London, 134, 150, 344, 370, 380, 466, 496, 498
  • Chemical Society: London, 449, 495
  • Chemische Annalen, von Crell, L. F. F.: Helmstadt, 1784–1803, 250
  • Chemisches Archiv., von Crell, L. F. F.: Helmstadt und Leipzig, 1783–1794.
  • Chemisches Journal, von Crell, L. F. F.: Helmstadt, 1778–1781.
  • Chenevix, Richard (b. 1830), 387
  • Chevalier—Chevallier—Jean Gabriel (1778–1848), 362;
  • “Instruction sur les paratonnerres”: Paris, 1823.
  • Chevalier and Henri (at Brugnatelli, L. V., CE 1802), 362
  • Chevalier, l’Abbé Ulysse Joseph (b. 1841), “Repertoire des sources historiques du moyen-âge”; “1st part—Bio-Bibliographie,” 401, 540
  • Chevremont, F. (at Robespierre, F. M. J. I., AD 1783), 269
  • Chevreul, M. E., “De la baguette divinatoire,” 401
  • Chiaromonti, Scipione, “Anti-Tycho,” 1621, 93
  • Chicago Meteorological Congress, 321
  • Chigi, Aleso—Alessandro—“Dell’ elettricità terrestre—atmosferica dissertazione”: Sienna, 1777.
  • Children, John George (1777–1852), 338, 372, 402, 419
  • Childrey, Dr. Joshua (1623–1670), “Britannica Baconica,” 1660, 142, 188
  • Chilo (fl. fifth century BCE), 7
  • Chiminello, Vincenzo (1741–1815; at Toaldo, Giuseppe, CE 1778), 253, 254
  • China—La Chine—BCE 2637, 1110, 1068, 1022; CE 121, 235, 265, 295, 806, 968, 1111, 1327–1377.
  • See Boulger, Davis, Du Halde, Paleologue, Panthier, Saillant et Nyon, Staunton.
  • Chinese dictionary, or rather encyclopædia “Poei-wen-yun-fou,” 22
  • Chinese history, chronological tables of, (at 2637 BCE), 1
  • Chinese knowledge of the loadstone, 21
  • Chinese nation, extraordinary antiquity of, according to Voltaire, 58
  • Chladni, Ernst Florenz Friedrich (1756–1827), founder of the theory of acoustics, “Ueber den Ursprung der von Pallas ...,” 1794, 312–315
  • Chompré, Nicolas Maurice (1750–1825), 390, 391 (Phil. Mag., XXVIII. 59).
  • See Riffault and Chompré.
  • Choue-wen, celebrated Chinese dictionary of Hin-tchin, 21
  • Chrichton, A. See Crichton, A.
  • Christiana, “Magazin für Naturvidenskaberne,” 29
  • Christiana, University of, 442
  • Christie, Samuel Hunter (1784–1865), 335, 432, 427, 458, 460, 465 (Phil. Trans., 1825, 1828, 1833, 1835, and Part II. for 1836).
  • “Chronicle,” London (at Alexandre, Jean, A.D. 1802), 361
  • Chronological History of Chemistry. See Bolton, H. C.
  • Chronological History of Magnetism, Electricity and the Telegraph, vii, xi, xiv
  • Chronological Summary of authors re Aurora, 140
  • Chronological Tables of Chinese History, 2637 BCE
  • Chrystal, Professor, mentioned at Ampère, A. M., A.D. 1820, 474
  • Church of New Jerusalem, founded by Swedenborg, 163
  • Church of Notre Dame de Chartres, 144, 145
  • (“Dict. of the wonders of nature,” pp. 362–366).
  • Church of Saint Augustine at Arimini, 78, 112, 113, 114
  • Church of Saint Brides, London, 232
  • Church of Saint Jean at Aix, 113, 114
  • Church of Saint John the Baptist at Arimini, 112, 113, 123
  • Church of Saint Laurence, Rome, 112
  • Church of Saint Michael th’ Archangel, 210
  • Church of the Augustines at Mantua, 113
  • Churchill, Awnsham (d. 1728) (Dict. Nat. Biogr. 1887, x, 307), 522
  • Churchill, Awnsham and John, authors of “A collection of voyages and travels ...”: London, 1704–1732, 98, 522
  • Churchman, John (1753–1805), 315;
  • The magnetic Atlas ..., 1790, 1794, 1804.
  • Cicero, Marcus Tullius (106–43 BCE), 2, 8, 43, 529, 532; “Academica”; “De divinatione.”
  • “Ciel et Terre,” 61, 92, 321
  • Cieza de Leon, Pedro de, “The seventeen years travels ...,” 1709, 211
  • Cigna, Giovanni Francesco (1734–1790). “Analogia magnetismi et electricitatis,” 224
  • Cioni e Petrini, 337, 392
  • Cisternay Dufay. See Dufay—Du Fay, 161
  • Claridge, Rev. J. T. W., F.R.S., 142
  • Clark, Latimer (1822–1898), x, xi, xiv, 361, 408, 440, 547
  • Clarke, Dr. Samuel (1675–1729), translator of Rohaulti’s “Physica,” 160, 129
  • Classen, Aris (at Schouten, W. C., CE 1616), 98
  • Claude, Gros de Boze (1680–1753), 290
  • Claudianus, Claudius (fl. c. CE 365), 11, 14, 18
  • Clausius, Rudolph Julius Emanuel (1822–1888), 347, 391, 392
  • Clavius, Christopher (1538–1612), 102, 530
  • Clayfield (at Tilloch, Alexander, CE 1805), 392
  • Cleasby and Vigfusson’s Dictionary. See Aurora Borealis.
  • Clement IV, Pope (at Bacon, Roger, CE 1254), 41
  • Clement and Désormes, 376
  • Clement Mallet, J. J., “Documents ... teleg., elec., magn.,” 1850.
  • Clement of Alexandria—Clemens Alexandrinus (born c. CE 150), 520
  • Cleobolus, born in the island of Rhodes (fl. c. 560 BCE), 7
  • Cleopatra sent news by wire (?) throughout her kingdom, 12
  • Cleoxenes, Greek engineer (at Polybius, 200 BCE), 19
  • Close, Rev. N. M. (at Hipparchus the Rhodian), 521
  • Clouet, M. (1751–1801), 372
  • Clowes, J. (at Swedenborg, Emmanuel, A.D. 1734), 164
  • Clytemnestra. In Greek legend, the daughter of King Tyndareus and Leda; wife of Agamemnon, 3
  • Cochon, Prefect of Vienne (at Alexandre, Jean, CE 1802), 361
  • Codices Palatini Bibliothecæ Vaticanæ, 526
  • Codrus (c. 1060 B.C.), last King of Athens, 4, 5
  • Coiffier, employs lighting to charge an electric jar, 200
  • Colardeau (at Coulomb, C. A. de, CE 1785), 277
  • Colepress, Samuel, “Account of some magnetical experiments,” 1667, 273, 554
  • Colla, Ant. (at Dalton, John, CE 1793), 308
  • Colladon, Jean Damel, Professor of Mechanics at Geneva, 244
  • Collection de mémoires relatifs à la physique, 277, 455, 476
  • Collège de France, Paris, 114, 117, 132, 263, 376, 471, 476, 482
  • College of Bueil at Angers, France, 179
  • College of Surgeons, London, 468
  • Collegium curiosum, established on plan of the Accademia del Cimento, 129
  • Collegium experimentale physico-mechanicum, 147
  • Collegium experimentale sire curiosum ..., 129, 130
  • Collenuccio, Pandolfo, “Historiæ Napolitanæ,” 1572; “Compendio ... regno di Napoli,” 1591, 57, 211
  • Colles, Christopher (1738–1821), 418
  • Collin, Antoine (at Garcia d’Orta), 516
  • Collina—Abbondio—Abondio (1691–1753), 60, 555;
  • “De acus nautica inventore,” 1747; “Considerazioni ... origine della bussola nautica ...,” 1748
  • Collinson, Peter (1693–1768), xiv, 193, 194, 196, 321
  • Collis, H. M. (at Thillaye-Platel, Antoine, A.D. 1803), 386
  • Colomiès, Paul (at Montanus, Arias Benedictus), 528
  • Colonna, Egidius (c. 1247–1316), 16
  • Colonne pendula of Maréchaux, 304
  • Colsmann (at Reinhold, J. C. L., CE 1797–1798), 327
  • Columbus, Christopher, xx, 24, 32, 34, 65–68, 78, 475, 508, 523, 534, 535
  • Columella, Lucius Junius Moderatus (fl. first century AD), 10
  • Combe, Blanche. See Janin de Combe Blanche, 304, 385
  • Comines, Philippe de Sieur d’Argentan (1445–1510), “Mémoires,” 537
  • “Commercial Magazine,” 430
  • Compass. Early compasses of various kinds are mentioned by Robert Norman in chapter x. of his “Newe Attractive”; also more particularly at BCE 2637, 1110, 1068, 1033–975, 1000–907; CE 121, 265–419, 1067–1148, 1204–1220, 1207, 1235–1315, 1250, 1265–1321, 1266, 1269, 1270, 1282, 1302, 1327–1377, 1775.
  • See Chambers’ Cyclopædia, Vol. I., also Colina and Diderot’s “Encyclopédie,” II. 374–379.
  • Compass card—rose of the winds—rose des vents, 63
  • Compass plant—silphium lancinatum—first introduced into Europe, 259–260
  • Completa Raccolta d’Opuscoli, 253
  • Composition of water from its constituent gases, Fourcroy at 1801, 354
  • Comptes Rendus hebdomadaires, de l’Académie des Sciences: Paris.
  • See Chambers, Ephraim, x, 1, 29, 93, 139, 140, 142, 195, 241, 258, 316, 318, 321, 329, 337, 359, 380, 389, 407, 423, 436, 440, 464, 475, 476, 481, 483, 495, 521
  • Comte, Isidore A. M. F. X. (1798–1857), founder of Positivism, 534.
  • See Lewes, G. H., also Caird, Edward.
  • Comus. See Le Dru.
  • Condamine, 165
  • Condenser of electricity, Cavallo’s, 244; Read’s, 312.
  • See CE 1802, 368
  • Condorcet, Marie Jean Antoine Nicolas Caritat, Marquis de (1734–1794), 190, 264
  • Conducting power of silk thread and of human hair (at Robison), 311
  • Configliachi, Pietro (1779–1844), “Giornale di fisica chimica e storia naturale.”
  • See “Biblioteca fisica d’Europa”; “Biblioteca Germanica”; “Biblioteca Italiana,” 248, 363, 406, 423, 424
  • Confucius, 541, 542, 544
  • Connaissance des temps, la. See Paris.
  • Connel, A. (at Nicholson, William, CE 1800), 337
  • Connolly, J. (at CE 1817), 441–442
  • Conringius, Hermannus, “De anquitatibus Academicis dissertationes ...,” 36
  • Conservation of force (Faraday), 498
  • Constantine the Great, mentioned at Lactantius, L. C. F., 523
  • Contact and Chemical theories (Faraday), 490–491
  • Conti, A. S., on the aurora borealis, 140
  • Conversations-Lexicon nieuwenhuis wooderbock ...: Leiden. See Konversations.
  • Cook, Benjamin, of Birmingham, 415
  • Cook, Captain James (1728–1779), 242, 348, 456
  • Cooke, Conrad W., 92, 116
  • Cooke, Sir Thomas William Fothergill (1806–1879), “The electric telegraph, was it invented by Professor Wheatstone?” (Five distinct pamphlets were issued under this title in 1854, 1856, 1857 and 1866), 365, 384, 407, 421, 422, 440, 444
  • Cooke, Sir Thos., and Hamel, T., “Historical account of the introduction of the galvanic and electro-magnetic telegraph into England ...”: London, 1859.
  • Cooper, C. C., “Identities of Light and Heat of Caloric and Electricity”: Philadelphia, 1848.
  • Cooper, Charles Henry (1808–1866), “Athenæ Cantabrigienses,” 91, 95
  • Cooper, M., “Philosophical enquiry ...”: London, 1746.
  • Coote, C. M., 560
  • Copenhagen, Academy (University) of Sciences, 157, 158, 249, 366;
  • “Det Kongelige Norske ...”: Kiobenhaven, 1768–1774; “Det Kongelige Danske ...”: Kiobenhaven, 1801–1818, 1824, 1826; “Nye Samling ... selskabs skrifter ...”: Kiobenhaven, 1784.
  • Copenhagen, Archives du Nord pour la physique et la médecine, 353
  • Copenhagen, Polytechnic School, 452
  • Copenhagen Society, “Acta Reg. Soc. Hafniensis,” 4 Vols.: Hafn. 1812, 115
  • Copernicus, Nicolaus—Koppernik (1472–1543), Copernican, 88, 90, 94, 95, 96, 102, 507–508, 510, 512, 513, 515, 533.
  • See Wundt, Wilhelm, “Philosophische Studien,” Index, p. 22.
  • Copley Medal of the Royal Society, London: three to Desaguliers, two each to Faraday and to Canton, 167, 176, 227, 246, 263, 454, 470, 479, 481.
  • Amongst other recipients of the Copley Medal are: Stephen Hales, 1739; Sir John Pringle, 1752; Benjamin Franklin, 1753; John Dollond, 1758; Benjamin Wilson, 1760; Hon. Henry Cavendish, 1766; Count Benjamin Rumford, 1792; Sir David Brewster, 1815; Alexander von Humboldt, 1852, and Lord Rayleigh, 1899.
  • Corday, Charlotte, mentioned at Robespierre, CE 1783, 269
  • Cordier, Henri, mentioned at Marco Polo, CE 1271–1295, 55.
  • See Mandeville.
  • Cordus, Valerius—Eberwein (1515–1544), 508
  • Cornelius, Agrippa. See Agrippa.
  • Cornelius, Gemma. See Gemma.
  • Cornelius, Tacitus—Caius Publius. See Tacitus.
  • “Cornhill Magazine,” 208, 227, 330, 413, 481
  • Corsa, A., “Notizie ... elettro-chimica,” 363
  • Corsi, Raimondo Maria, mentioned at Ficinus, Marsilio, 515
  • Cortambert and Gaillard (at Galvani, Luigi, A.D. 1786), 284 (Mém. de la Soc. médicale d’Emul., I. 232).
  • Cortez—Cortes—Cortesius—Martinus (died c. 1580), “Breve compendio de la esfera y de la arte de navigar,” 1546; “Breve compendio de la sphera ...,” 1551; “Arte de navegar,” 1556, 68, 114, 115, 507, 508
  • Cortez, Fernand, mentioned at Oersted, H. C., 475
  • Corvisart-Desmarets, Jean Nicolas (1755–1821), “Journal de Médecine,” 325, 326
  • Cosa, Juan de la (d. 1509), mentioned at Columbus, Christopher, 68.
  • See Nouv. Biogr. Gén. XII. 17.
  • Cosmo de Medici, mentioned at Ficino, Marsilio, 514
  • Cosmos (at Humboldt, Alex. von).
  • Cosmos, Le, Cosmos les Mondes. See Moigno, L’Abbé F. N. M., 365
  • Cosnier, Maloet and Darcet, 229, 385.
  • See Le Dru.
  • Costa, Fillipe—Felipe—of Mantua, 112
  • Costa-Saya, Antonio, “Dinamometro magnetico” (Giorn. del Sc. contemporanea): Messina, 1813.
  • Costæus—Costa—Joannes, of Lodi (d. 1603), 115, 508;
  • “De universali stirpium natura,” 1578.
  • Cotena, mentioned at Brugnatelli, L. V., CE 1802, 363
  • Cotes, Roger (1682–1716), 315
  • Cotes, T. (at Leurechon, Jean, A.D. 1628), 109
  • Cotta, Lazaro Agostino, 527
  • Cotte, Louis (1740–1815), “Traité de météorologie”; “Table of 134 Auroræ observed in the twelve years, 1768–1779,” 140, 207, 271, 308, 320
  • Cotugno, Domenico (1736–1822), 274, 331
  • Coulomb, Charles Augustin de (1736–1806), 156, 157, 215, 220, 225, 247, 254, 275–277, 302, 303, 310, 333, 354, 377, 379, 409, 413, 472, 473, 479, 480, 494
  • Council of Trent, mentioned at Sarpi—Paulus Venetus, CE 1632, 110
  • Coupé, Jean Marie Louis, “Soirées Littéraires,” 539
  • Couronne de tasses, 247, 351, 363
  • “Courrier du livre,” 32
  • Court de Gébelin, Antoine (1725–1784), “Monde Primitif ...,” 9 Vols.: Paris, 1781. Phœnicians credited with a knowledge of the compass.
  • Court Journal, London, mentioned at A.D. 1781, 260
  • Cousin, Victor, “... History of modern philosophy ...,” 33
  • Cousinot, “De occultis pharmacorum,” 536
  • Couvier, George, mentioned at Galvani, Luigi, CE 1786, 284–285
  • Coxe, John Redmond (1773–1864), 435
  • Cramer, Gabriel, mentioned at Bernoulli, John I, CE 1700, 146
  • Cramer, J. A., mentioned at Dalton, John, CE 1793, 308
  • Cras, Hendrik Constantijn, mentioned at Grotius, Hugo, 517, 518
  • Crateras, mentioned at Evax-Euace, 513, 514
  • Crauford and Hunter, mentioned at Marum, M. van, CE 1785, 279
  • Creech, Thomas, translator of Lucretius’ “De rerum natura,” 19, 21, 33
  • Crell, Lorenz Florenz Friedrich von (1744–1816), 250, 253, 254, 255, 327, 383, 554.
  • See Chemisches archiv.; Chemisches Journal; Chemische annalen; “Die neuesten entdeckungen in der chimie”: Leipzig.
  • Crescentio, Bartolomeo, mentioned at Raymond Lully, CE 1235–1315, 32
  • Creve, Johann Caspar Ignaz Anton (1769–1853), “Phénomènes du galvanisme” (Beiträge zu Galvanis versuchen ...: Frankfurt und Leipzig, 1793).
  • See Mém. de la Soc. d’Emulation, I. 236; “Biographisch-Literärisches Handwörterbuch,” pp. 497–498, 270, 284, 321, 327, 332, 333, 337, 393, 556
  • Crichton, A., Recueil Périodique de Litt. Med. Etrangère, 206
  • Crimotel de Tolloy. See Tolloy.
  • Crispus, Cesar, 523, 524
  • Crivelli, Joannis, mentioned at Hell, Maximilian, CE 1770, 233
  • Croissant and Thore, 449
  • Crollius, Oswaldus, “Basilica chimica ...,” 27
  • Crompton, Dr., mentioned at Newton, Sir Isaac, CE 1675, 134
  • Cronstedt, Axel Frederick von (1722–1765), “Versuch einer mineralogie ...,” 163, 287
  • Crookes, Sir William (1832–1919), mentioned at 337–330 BCE, 12
  • Crosse, Andrew (1784–1855), 178, 201, 248, 320, 434;
  • experiments in voltaic electricity (Phil. Mag., XLVI. 421, 1815).
  • Crosse, J. de la, “Memoirs for the ingenious,” 145
  • Cruger, P., Disputatio de motu magnetis (Poggendorff, I. 501): Leipzig, 1615.
  • Cruikshanks, William (1746–1800), on galvanic electricity (Nicholson’s Journal, IV.), 270, 337
  • Cruz, Alonzo de Santa. See Santa Cruz.
  • Cryptographia, by Friderici, 553
  • Crystal, Professor. See Chrystal.
  • Ctesias, Ktesias, the Knidian, Greek historian (fl. c. 400 BCE), 9, 10, 196, 541
  • Ctesibus of Alexandria (fl. c. 120, BCE), 520, 544
  • Cumming, Prof. James (1777–1861), discoverer of thermo-electric inversion (Phil. Mag., Series 4, Vol. XXVII.); “Manual of electro-dynamics,” 1827; “Researches in thermo-electricity” (Trans. Camb. Phil. Soc., 1827), 472, 473, 475, 477
  • Cunæus, N., wealthy burgess of Leyden, who, in 1746, independently made the discovery previously announced by Kleist, 173, 174.
  • See Ronald’s Catalogue, p. 120.
  • Curtet, François Antoine, 285, 341
  • Curtis’s Botanical Magazine, 259
  • Curtius, Nicolaus, “Libellus de medicamentis,” 27
  • Cusa—Cusanus—Nicolas Khrypffs (1401–1464), “Nicolai Cusani de staticis ...,” 1550, 82, 124, 509, 524
  • Cuthbertson, John, “Eigenschappen van de elektricität”: Amsterdam, 3 Vols. 1769, 1782, 1793; “Practical electricity and galvanism”: London, 1807, 1821, 228, 230–231, 264, 265, 277, 280, 326, 337, 342, 375, 393, 419;
  • “... A new method of increasing the charging capacity of coated electrical jars, discovered by John Wingfield” (Phil. Mag., XXXVI. 259, 1810).
  • Cuthel and Martin, mentioned at Aldini, G., AD 1793, 306
  • Cutts, Rev. E. L., mentioned at Gilbert, William, AD 1600, 91
  • Cuvier, Frédéric (1773–1838), 344, 378
  • Cuvier, Georges Leopold Chrétien Frédéric Dagobert de (1729–1822), a brief history of galvanism, 190, 279, 284, 303, 344, 419, 451, 481, 503, 515.
  • See “Histoire des Sciences Naturelles.”
  • Cuvier, G. L. C., and Biot, “Sur. l’appareil galvanique”: Paris, 1801.
  • Cuvillers, Mr. le baron d’Hénin de, mentioned at Mesmer, F. A., 237
  • Cuyper—Cuypers—C., “Exposé ... des machines électriques ...,” 1778, 387
  • Cybelè—Kybele—Rhea Cybele or “The great mother of the gods,” 12, 17
  • Cyclopædia of the Physical Sciences. See Nichols, Professor.
  • Cyclopædia of the Useful Arts. See Tomlinson, Charles.
  • Cyclopædic Science. See Pepper, J. H.
  • Cyrano de Bergerac. See Index of Jal’s Dictionary, p. 1312.
  • Czynski, mentioned at Copernicus, Nicolaus, 507

D

D

  • D’Acosta, José (1539–1600).
  • Dalance (“D ...”), Joachim, “Traité de l’aiman—l’aimant,” 1687, 1691, 554
  • Dalembert, Jean Le Rond d’. See Diderot, Denis, also D’Alembert.
  • Dalibard, Thomas François (1703–1779), 175, 195, 199–201, 320
  • Dal Negro, Salvatore (1768–1839), “Nuovo metodo ... machine elettriche,” 1799; Mem. Soc. Ital., xi, xxi; Annal. del Reg. Lomb.-Veneto, Vols. II., III., IV., V., VIII.).
  • Dal Rio Giorn., Ital. Letter del, 1805, 392
  • Dalton, John (1766–1844), 138, 140, 165, 307, 464.
  • See Royal Medal.
  • Dampier, William (1652–1715), English navigator, 522
  • Dana, Dr. J. F. (1793–1827), 452
  • Dance, Mr. (at Faraday, Michael, CE 1821), 497
  • Dandinus, Hieronymus (at Zahn, F. Joannes, CE 1696), 146
  • Daniell, “Introduction to study of Chem. Phil.,” 491
  • Danon, P. C. F., “Journal des Savants,” 551
  • Dante, Alighieri, illustrious Italian poet (1265–1321), author of the “Divina Commedia,” xix, 36, 40, 43, 44, 57, 60, 504, 524
  • Dantzig—Dantzic, Dantzik, Danzy—Memoirs, appeared under the caption of “Versuche und Abhandlungen ... in Danzig,” 1754, 161, 168, 169, 170, 172, 174, 175, 185, 186, 187, 189
  • Danuye, R. (at Chladni, E. F. F., CE 1794), 315
  • Darcet, “Description d’un électromètre,” 1749, 555
  • Darcet, Jean, Maloet, etc., 229, 235, 385.
  • See Le Dru.
  • Darguier and Marcorelle, 308; Marcorelle communicated many papers, relative to the déclinaison de l’aiguille aimantée, to the Mém. de Mathem. et de Phys. Vols. II. and IV., and to the Reports of the Toulouse Académie, Mém. de l’Académie Royale des Sciences de Toulouse, 1st Ser. Vol. III. 1788.
  • Darmester, James, French author (1849–1894), 451
  • Dartmouth College, 452
  • Darwin, Dr. Erasmus, of Lichfield (1731–1802), 213
  • Daubancourt—Daubencourt. See Larcher.
  • Daval, Peter (d. 1763) (at Watson, William, CE 1745), 175
  • David, King, 5
  • David the Jew (at Alfarabius), 37.
  • See Davies and Davis.
  • Davies, D., “Early history of the mariner’s compass,” 1
  • Davies, Myles—Miles (1662–1715), “Athenæ Britannicæ ...,” 1716.
  • Davies, Thomas Stephens (1795–1851), “Researches on terrestrial magnetism.”
  • Davis, Daniel, “Manual of Magnetism”; “Medical applications of electricity,” 1846, 1852, 347
  • Davis, John, for the Hakluyt Society, 562, 563
  • Davis, Joseph (at CE 1805), 389–390
  • Davis, Sir John Francis, Bart., “The Chinese; a general description of the empire,” 1836, 1844, 2 Vols.; “China during the war,” 1853, 1857, 2 Vols.; “La Chine,” 1837, 2 Vols., 1, 22, 23, 29, 30, 43, 54, 56, 61, 259
  • Davy, Dr. John (1790–1868), 8, 88, 89, 241, 278, 343, 345, 346, 347
  • Davy, Edward (1806–1885). See sketch of his career and of his telegraphic inventions in “Electrician,” XII. 196–197, 1884.
  • Davy, Henry, “Suffolk Collections” (at Blundeville, T., CE 1602), 95
  • Davy, Sir Humphry (1778–1829), 8, 88, 89, 167, 215, 233, 249, 262, 276, 278, 308, 322, 327, 330, 338, 339–347, 350, 356, 364, 369, 372, 373, 380, 381, 386, 389, 390, 392, 393, 394, 395, 416, 419, 423, 425, 426, 440, 443, 454, 456, 466, 472, 476, 478, 482, 496, 497.
  • See Romagnosi, G. D.; Paris, J. A.; Davy, John; Rumford Medal.
  • Dazebry, Charles, et Bachelet, Th., “Dictionnaire,” for Le Duc d’Aumale.
  • “De Bow’s Review,” 318, 407
  • Décade Philosophique, littéraire ...: Paris, 1794–1804. Continued as “La Revue on décade philosophique ...,” and subsequently incorporated with “Le Mercure de France,” 277, 306
  • Dechales—Deschales—Claude François, 553.
  • See Milliet.
  • Declination, magnetic, first announced in print by Francisco Falero in 1535, 67–68.
  • See also 65–66, 71
  • Declination or variation, 76
  • Decomposition of water. See Electric and galvanic decomposition of water.
  • “Dedication of books,” 60
  • Deffand, Marie de Vichy Chamcoud, Marquise de (1697–1780), 291
  • Deflagrator of Robert Hare (at CE 1819), 447
  • Deiman, Johann Rudolph (1743–1808), 245.
  • See Troostwjck.
  • De La Hire. See La Hire.
  • De Lambre—Delambre—Jean Baptiste Joseph, Membre de l’lnstitut (1749–1822), “Rapport historique sur le progrès des sciences ...”; “Abrégé de l’astronomie” ... 1813; “Histoire de l’astronomie ancienne ...,” 1817; “Histoire de l’astronomie du moyen-âge ...,” 1819; “Histoire de l’astronomie moderne ...,” 1821; “Histoire de l’astronomie ou 18e siècle ...,” 1827, 54, 92, 102, 117, 125, 130, 141, 220, 273, 302, 335, 361, 481, 502, 508, 512, 513, 521, 527, 531, 540
  • Delandine, F. A., et Chaudon, L. M., 192
  • De Lanis, “Magistinum naturæ et artis,” 1684.
  • De Lapide. Book in which Aristotle is said to have mentioned the employment of the magnet in navigation, 33, 35
  • De La Rive. See La Rive, A. A. de.
  • Delaroche (at Wilkinson, C. H., CE 1783), 269
  • Delaunay, C. F. Veau (1751–1814), “Manuel de l’électricité ...”: Paris, 1809, 198, 265, 277, 280, 281, 288, 289, 292, 324, 353, 386, 393, 394, 401, 402, 462
  • Delaunay, Louis (1740–1805), 8, 288;
  • “Lettre sur la tourmaline,” 1782; “Minéralogie des anciens,” 2 Vols. 1803.
  • Delaval, Edward Hussey (1729–1814), 220
  • Deleuze, Joseph Philippe François (1753–1835), 237, 425, 481
  • Delezenne, M., “Expériences ...,” 406, 417
  • (Extrait des Mém. de la Soc. R. des Sciences ... de Lille, 1844–1845).
  • Delisle, Romé de, “Essai de cristallographia”: Paris, 1772, 218
  • Delisle the younger (at Bion, Nicolas, CE 1702), 148
  • Della Bella, Giovannantonio (1730–1823), 275;
  • according to Lamont (Handbuch; p. 427), Della Bella discovered before Coulomb the law of magnetic attraction and repulsion.
  • Delle Chiage, “On the organs of the torpedo,” 241, 298, 409
  • De Lor. See Lor.
  • De Luc, Jean André. See Luc.
  • De Magnete. See Gilbert, Dr. William.
  • Demeter—Ceres—goddess of the grain, 13
  • Demetrius, Phalereus (c. 345–283 B.C.), 543
  • Democritus (born c. 470–460 BCE), 19, 511, 543
  • Denis, Ferdinand, “Bulletin du Bibliographe,” 516
  • “Denkschriften der Kön. Akad. ... zu München,” 407
  • Denmark, Royal Society of, 444
  • Denys, William (at CE 1666), 129.
  • Consult “Biog. Univ. de Michaud,” Vol. X. p. 439.
  • Denza, F. (at Dalton, John, CE 1793), 308
  • De re metallicade Metalliciide Arte Metallica, by Agricola, Encelius, Cæsalpinus, Morieni, B. Perez de Vargas, J. Chas. Famiani, 500–501
  • Derham, W. (1657–1735), 140, 141, 143, 308, 553
  • (Phil. Trans. for 1728, 1729–1730); Phil. Exp. and Observations for 1726.
  • Derozières (at Ingen-housz, John, CE 1779), 257
  • Desaguliers, Jean Theophile (1683–1744), 166, 174, 175
  • (Phil. Trans. for the years 1729, 1738, 1739, 1740, 1741, 1742).
  • Desbordeaux, sur le moyen d’obtenir un courant constant avec la pile de Wollaston (Comptes Rendus, Vol. XIX. p. 273), 359
  • Descartes (Cartesius), René du Perron (1596–1650)—Cartesian system, “Principia philosophiæ”: Amstelodami, 1656, 1664, 8, 90, 103, 109, 114, 122, 129, 133, 152, 213, 360, 520.
  • See Wundt “Philosophische Studien,” Index, p. 23.
  • Deschanel’s article on thermo-dynamics, 346
  • Des Essarts. See Essarts, also Lemoyne.
  • Desgenettes, Nicolas René Dufriche, Baron (1762–1837), 303
  • Deshais, Medical electricity. See Sauvages.
  • Deslandes, André François Boureau (1690–1757), 204
  • Desmarets, Nicolas (1725–1815), “Expériences ...”: Paris, 1754, 151
  • Desmortiers, Lebouvier, “Observations sur le danger du galvanisme ...” (Journ. de Physique, 1801, p. 467); “Examen des principaux systèmes sur la nature du fluide électrique ...”: Paris, 1813, 326, 330
  • Désormes, C. B., “Expériences ... l’appareil de Volta” (Ann. de Chimie, XXXVII. 1801, p. 284).
  • Désormes, Charles Bernard, et Hachette, J. N. P., “Mémoire pour servir à l’histoire ... qu’on nomme galvanisme” (Ann. de Chimie, XLIV. 1802); “Doubleurs de l’électricité” (Ann. de Chimie, XLIX. 1804), 249, 290, 363, 375, 376, 388, 419
  • Desparquets, “L’électricité appliquée au traitemont des malades,” 1862, 386
  • Despretz, César Mansuète (1791–1863), 337;
  • “Traité de physique,” 1837 (Comptes Rendus, XXIX. 1849).
  • Desrousseaux, F., “L’électricité dévoilée ...,” 1868; “Sources de l’électricité ...,” 1864.
  • Desruelles (at Zamboni, Giusippe, CE 1812), 420
  • Dessaignes (at A.D. 1811), 415.
  • On phosphorescence (Phil. Mag., XXXVII. 3, 1811, and XLIV. 313, 1814).
  • “Destruction of Destruction,” by Averröes, 38
  • “Destruction of the philosophers,” by Al Gazel, 38
  • Des Vignes, Pierre (Petri de Vineis), 15
  • Derwert, Eugenius (at Heraclides of Pontus and Ecphantus), 519
  • Detienne (Journ. de Phys., 1775; Scelta d’Opuscoli, XXIV. 1776), 249, 402, 556
  • Deux, M. (at Cusanus, Nicolas K.), 510
  • Deux-Ponts-Berigny, L. A., “Observations ...”: Paris, 1856.
  • Deveria, Charles Théodule (1831–1871), “Le fer et l’aimant ...,” 14, 106
  • Dezeimers, J. E., “Dictionnaire historique de la médecine,” 105
  • Dia-magnetic conditions of flame and gases (Phil. Mag., Series IV., Vol. 31, pp. 401–421, 1865).
  • Diamagnetism, 254, 494, 495.
  • Consult the following: “Abhandl. der Königl. Sachsischen Gesellschaft der Wiss.”: Göttingen, 1867; “Abhandl. der Königl. Sachsischen Gesellschaft der Wiss.”: Leipzig, 1852, 1867; Becquerel, Edmond, 495; Brugmans, Anton, 254; Faraday, Michael, 494–495; Plücker, Julius, 495 (Pogg. Annalen, LXXII., LXXIII., LXXV., LXXVI.); Oersted (Oversigt over det Kongl ..., 1847, 1848, 1849); Tyndall, John, 411 (Phil. Mag., 1851, 1856; Lieber’s Catal., 1865).
  • Diamilla-Muller, “Physique du Globe”: Torino and Firenze, 1870.
  • Diana temple at Ephesus, one of the world’s seven wonders, 18
  • Dias (mentioned at Aëtius, Amidenus, CE 450), 27
  • Dibdin, Thomas Frognall, “Bibliotheca Spenceriana,” 539
  • Diccionario Universale, Madrid, 1881, 527, 25 Vols., Barcelona, 1877–1899, 528
  • Dickerson, Dr. (mentioned at Volta, Alessandro, AD 1775), 246
  • Dickinson, Dr. E. N. (mentioned at Schilling, P. L., CE 1812), 421
  • Dictionario Enciclopedico Hispano-Americano.
  • Dictionary of Arts. See Ure.
  • Dictionary of Biographical Reference. See Phillips, L. B.
  • Dictionary of Biography. See Thomas, Joseph.
  • Dictionary of Electro-Magnetism, 454
  • Dictionary of Engineering, 362
  • Dictionary of General Biography. See Cates, W. L. R.
  • Dictionary of National Biography, edited by Sidney Lee and Leslie Stephen, ix, 32, 39, 41, 77, 80, 91, 95, 97, 105, 107, 109, 122, 125, 127, 128, 134, 158, 160, 172, 201, 203, 209, 256, 296, 297, 308, 477, 482, 518, 521, 522, 530, 548
  • Dictionary of Philosophy and Psychology, by J. M. Baldwin, 32, 39, 40
  • Dictionary of Science (“Athenæum,” Dec. 1871). See Rodwell, G. F.
  • Dictionary of Universal Biography. See Maunder.
  • Dictionnaire, biographique Suédois, 141
  • Dictionnaire classique d’histoire. See Grégoire, L.
  • Dictionnaire critique de biographie et d’histoire. See Jal, Auguste.
  • Dictionnaire de biographie. See Larousse Grand Dictionnaire Universel; contains a list of writers on the magnet.
  • Dictionnaire des sciences médicales, 301, 425
  • Dictionnaire des sciences philosophiques par une société de savants, 40, 511, 537
  • Dictionnaire d’histoire et de géographie ecclésiastiques, 1911 and 1913, 476, 502
  • Dictionnaire encyclopédique ... de physique. See Brisson, M. J.
  • Dictionnaire encyclopédique de la France, Le Bas, Philippe, 192
  • Dictionnaire encyclopédique des sciences See Grégoire, L.
  • Dictionnaire général de biographie et d’histoire, 389, 476, 479
  • Dictionnaire historique de la médecine. See Dezeimers, J. E., Eloy, N. F. J.
  • Dictionnaire historique, le grand. See Moreri, Louis.
  • Dictionnaire historique-universel. See Chaudon, L. M.
  • Dictionnaire raisonné. See Diderot, Denis, et D’Alembert, Jean Le Rond d’.
  • Dictionnaire technique et pratique d’électricité. See Durant, George.
  • Dictionnaire universel. See Chaudon, L. M.
  • Dictionnaire universel, by Bertrand, Elie (1712–1790).
  • Dictionnaire universel des contemporains. See Vapereau, G.: Paris, 1893.
  • Dictionnarium Britannicum. .... See Bailey, N.
  • Diderot, Denis (1713–1784), et D’Alembert, Jean Le Rond d’ (1717–1783), editors of “Encyclopédie en Dictionnaire Raisonné ...,” 224
  • Diego-Alfonso (mentioned at Gama, Vasco de, CE 1497), 69
  • Dieterici—Dietericii—Friedrich, “Die Philosophie der Araber,” 38
  • Dietrich, P. F. von (mentioned at 600 BCE), 10
  • Diez, John (mentioned at Kendall, Abraham), 522
  • Digby, Sir Kenelme (1603–1665), 7, 83, 90, 121, 160.
  • See Biogr. Britan., Vol. V. pp. 184–199.
  • Digges, Thomas, “A prognostication ...,” 1592, 551
  • Dijon, Lyceum, 386
  • Dinaux, Arthur Martin-Mathurin, 34
  • Dingler, J. F. See “Polytechnische Journal.”
  • Diodorus, surnamed Siculus (fl. in time of Augustus). See Posts, 2, 8, 196
  • Diogenes Laërtius (c. beginning of third century CE), 15, 519, 524, 530, 532
  • Diogenes of Apollonia (fifth century BCE), “Nat. Quæst.,” 14, 503, 512
  • Diogenes the Cynic (c. 412–323 BCE), 544
  • Dionysius Areopagitus, first bishop of Athens.
  • Dionysius—Dyonisius—of Halicarnassus (died c. 7 BCE), 29, 74
  • Dioscorides, Pedacius, Greek physician, “De medicinali materia ...,” 1543, 11, 17, 20, 21, 26, 27, 508, 526, 538
  • Dioskuri, 13
  • Dip and intensity, laws governing, Biot (1803), 376–380; Gay-Lussac (1804), 389
  • Dip or inclination, first announced in print by Norman in 1576, 75–76, 266
  • Dipping needle, 70, 76, 138, 147, 553
  • (Encycl. Brit., 8th ed., Vol. XIV. pp. 57, 82–89).
  • Dircks, Henry, Life of the Marquis of Worcester, 127
  • Directorium magneticum magneticis, 274
  • Discharger, universal, of William Henley, 237
  • Discoveries and experiments made by William Gilbert, 545–546
  • Dissociation theory (at Grotthus, Theodor, CE 1805), 391
  • Ditton, “Longitude and latitude found ...,” 1710, 553
  • Divining rod—virgula divina—(at Amoretti, Carlo, CE. 1808), 401
  • Diwish, Procopius (1696–1765), 209
  • Dixon, Rev. J. A. (at CE 1254), 37;
  • (at Aquinas, St. Thomas), 505
  • Dobbie, W., 140, 308
  • (Phil. Mag., LVI. 175, 1820, and LXI. 252, 1823).
  • Dobelli, F. (at Dalton, John, CE 1793), 308
  • Dods, Rev. Marcus, translator of St. Augustine’s “De Civitate Dei,” 25, 26
  • Dodson, James—Dooson, Jacob. See William Mountaine.
  • Dodwell, Henry, the elder, 540
  • Dollond, John (1706–1761), 214.
  • Was awarded Copley Medal in 1758 for the achromatic telescope, although Chester Moor Hall had anticipated—but “not adequately published”—the invention.
  • Dollond, Peter (1730–1820), 214
  • Dolomieu, M., 249
  • Dominicus, Maria Ferrariensis (Novara) (1464–1514), 510
  • Donadoni, Charles Antoine, Bishop of Sebenico (1675–1756), 186
  • Donovan, Michael (b. 1790), “On the origin, present state and progress of galvanism ...,” 1815, 1816, 347, 393, 418, 428
  • Doppelmayer, Johann Gabriel (1671–1750), “Neuentdeckte ... der electrischen kraft ...,” 1744
  • Dormoy (at Ingen-housz, Johan, CE 1779), 257
  • Dorpat Naturwiss. Abhandl., 368
  • Dorpat parallactic telescope, called the giant refractor, 433
  • Double, F. J. (at Jadelot, J. F. N., CE 1799), 330
  • Doublers of electricity (Bennet, Desonnes, Hachette, Read, Ronalds), 290, 336.
  • Likewise the revolving doubler invented by Nicholson, 336
  • Douglas, Robert (at Cassini, J. J. D., AD 1782–1791,) 267
  • Dove, Heinrich Wilhelm (1803–1879), 71, 292, 296, 321, 354, 380;
  • “Über elektricität”: Berlin, 1848; Poggendorff, Annalen, XIII., XX., XXVIII., XXIX., XXXV., XLIII., XLIV., XLIX., LII., LIV., LVI., LXIV., LXXII., LXXXVII.; “Repertorium der physik,” 7 Vols. 1837–1849, published in conjunction with Meser, Ludwig.
  • See the Repertorium der physik, Vol. V. p. 152, for “Literatur des magnetismus und der elektricität,” 1844.
  • Downie, Master of H.M.S. “Glory,” 292, 457
  • Drake, Sir Francis, xiv, 211, 522, 523
  • Drane, Augusta Th., “Christian schools and scholars,” 34, 37, 40, 42, 504, 525
  • Drant, Archdeacon Thomas, xix
  • Drebble, Cornelius (1572–1634), 553;
  • “De natura elementorum ...”: Hamburg, 1621.
  • Dredge, James (1840–1906), “Electric Illumination”: London, 1882–1885, 225, 347, 433, 481, 499
  • Dreyer, John Louis Emil, “Tycho Brahé ...,” 92, 93, 541
  • Drills, magnetism of, Ballard (Phil. Trans. for 1698, p. 417).
  • Drinkwater, John Elliot, “Life of Galileo,” 116
  • Drissler, Henry, Classical studies in honour of, 1894, 36, 37, 542
  • Dropsy, J. (mentioned at Thillaye-Platel, Antoine, A.D. 1803), 386
  • Drummond, Dr. (at Walsh, John, A.D. 1773), 239
  • Drummond, T., “On meteoric stones” (Phil. Mag., XLVIII. 28, 1816).
  • Dryden, John (1631–1700), 91
  • Dublin Quarterly Journal of Science, 6 Vols. 1861–1866.
  • Dublin, Trinity College, 344
  • Du Bois-Reymond, Emile H. (b. 1818), 335, 413, 420
  • Du Boulay, César Egasse, “Historia Universitatis Parisiensis,” 1665–1673, 39
  • Du Boys, Pierre (at Lynschoten, Jan Hugo van), 526
  • Ducretet, E. (at Mauduyt, A. R., CE 1781), 264
  • Dudley, Sir Robert (1573[-1649), “Dell’ Arcano del Mare di Roberto Dudleio, Duca di Nortumbria e conte di Warwick,” 522, 523
  • Dudoyon (at Aldini, Giovanni, CE 1793), 305
  • Due, Christian, and Hansteen, Christopher, “Resultate magnetischen ...,” 1863, 445
  • Dufay—Du Fay—Charles François de Cisternay (1698–1739), “Histoire de l’électricité,” 1733, 1734, 1737; “On Grey’s experiments,” 1737 (Phil. Trans. (abridged) VIII. 393; Phil. Trans. (unabridged) XXXVIII. 1735; Mém. de l’Acad. de Paris for 1733, 1734, 1737; Dantzig, Memoire, I. 226, 1737), 161–162, 181, 196, 218, 224, 263, 356, 419, 472
  • Du Fresnel (at Jadelot, J. F. N., A.D. 1799), 330
  • Dufresnoy, André Ignace Joseph (1733–1801), 523
  • Duhalde—Du Halde—Jean Baptiste (1674–1743), “Description de l’empire de la chine,” 1738, 1, 2, 3
  • Du Hamel, Henri Louis du Monceau (1700–1782), 190, 191, 206, 217;
  • “Façon singulière d’aimanter ...” (Mém. de Paris, 1745, Hist. p. 1, Mém. 181).
  • See also Mém. de Paris, 1750, Hist. p. 1, Mém. 154; 1771, Hist. p. 32; 1772, Mém. p. 44.
  • Du Hamel, Jean Baptiste (1624–1706), 235, 299;
  • “Philosophia vetus et nova ...,” 4 Vols. (also 6 Vols.), 1678, 1681, 1700; “Hist. Acad. Reg. Paris.”
  • Duillier. See Fatio—Facio—Faccio—de Duillier, “Lettre à Cassini ...”: Amsterdam, 1686.
  • Duke of Sussex (at Ampère, A. M., A.D. 1820), 476
  • Du Lasque, compass needles, 235
  • Dulong, Pierre Louis (1785–1838), 389, 482
  • Dumas, Charles Louis (1765–1813), 325;
  • “De magnetismo animali ... Judicium medicum,” 1790
  • Dumas, Jean Baptiste (1800–1884), 496.
  • See Cates, “Dictionary,” p. 1504; “Rapport ... en faveur de l’auteur des applications les plus utiles de la pile de Volta ...”: Paris, 1864.
  • Du Moncel, Th. (b. 1821), 209, 245, 318, 407, 414, 423, 440, 449, 476, 499;
  • “Exposé des applications de l’électricité ...,” 1853, 1854, 1857, 1862; “Coup d’œil ... des applications ... de l’électricité,” 1855; “Notice historique ... sur le tonnerre et les éclairs ...,” 1857; “Recherches sur l’électricité ...,” 1861 (Comptes Rendus, XXXIV. 1852; XXXVI. 1853; XXXVII. 1853; XXXIX. 1854; Annales télégraphiques, Vol. III. p. 465, 1861, also for May and June, 1863); Du Moncel was editor of the Journal “La Science.”
  • Dumont, Georges, “Annales d’électricité et de magnetisme”: Paris, 1889–1890.
  • Duncan, A., “Medical cases ...”: Edinburgh, 1778, 229
  • Duncker, Professor Max, “History of Antiquity,” 7
  • Duns Scotus, John, Doctor Subtilis (c. 1270–1308), 36, 40, 41.
  • See Joannes ab Incarnatione and Joannes de Colonia.
  • Du Perron, Anquetil, “Zend Avesta,” 542
  • Du Petit, Albert, “Secrets merveilleux ...,” 1718, 554
  • Dupin, André M. J. J., “Bibliothéque des auteurs écclesiastiques,” 525
  • Dupin, Charles, “Essai historique ...,” 329
  • Dupotet—Du Potet—de Senneroy, J. Baron, “Manuel ...,” 237
  • Duprez, François Joseph Ferdinand (b. 1807), 195, 196, 292, 319, 416
  • Dupuis, Charles François (1742–1809), 254, 264
  • Dupuis. See Puteanus Guilielmus, “De medicamentorum ...,” 1552, 536
  • Dupuytren, C. (at Galvani, Luigi, CE 1786), 285
  • Duquesne, Jean, “Li livres don Trésor,” xix
  • Durant, Georges, “Dictionnaire technique et pratique d’électricité”: Paris, 1887–1889, 347
  • Dureau, A., et Moreau, E. Lemoine, Paris, 1868, “Des poissons électriques....”
  • Dutens, Louis (1730–1812), “Abrégé chronologique pour servir à l’histoire de la physique”; “Recherches sur l’origine des découvertes ...,” 2 Vols. 1766, 1796, 10
  • Dutertre, P., “Des aurores et de quelques autres météores”: Le Mans, 1822, 308
  • Dutour—Du Tour—Etienne François (1711–1784), 170, 183, 214, 273, 426;
  • Discours sur l’aimant (Acad. de Paris, V., Mém. II. p. 49); (Mém. de Mathém. et de Phys. I. 375; II. 246, 516; III. 233, 244); “Recherches sur les différents mouvements de la matière électrique.”
  • Dutour—Du Tour—Grégoire, on the aurora borealis, 140
  • Dutrochet, René Joachim Henri (1776—1847), 463;
  • “Nouvelles recherches sur l’endosmose et l’exosmose”: Paris, 1828.
  • See also Burnet, “On the motion of sap in plants. Researches of Dutrochet ...” (Phil. Mag. or Annals, V. 389, 1829).
  • Duverney, Joseph Guichard (1648–1730), 148
  • Duvernier (mentioned at CE 1785), 282
  • Dwight, Professor R. H. W., 222
  • Dwight, S. E. (Phil. Mag. or Annals, III. 74, 1828).
  • Dyckhoff, “Expériences sur l’activité d’une pile de Volta ...,” 387–388, 420
  • (Journal de Chimie de Van Mons, No. XI. p. 190).

E

E

  • Eames, John, also Eames and Martyn. See Royal Society.
  • Eandi, Antonio Maria. See Vassalli-Eandi.
  • Eandi, Giuseppe Antonio Francesco Geronimo (1735–1799), 294
  • “Earth, a great magnet,” 82 (Gilbert), 92 (Fleming), 92 (Mayer), 145 (De la Hire), 101 (Bacon).
  • Eastwick (at Cruikshanks, Wm.), 338
  • Eberhart, Prof., of Halle (at Aurora Borealis), 138
  • Ebulides of Miletus, Greek philosopher (fl. fourth century BCE), 543
  • Ecclesiastical Biography. See Wordsworth, C.
  • Echard J. See Quétif and Echard.
  • Ecclesiastical History. See Rohrbacher.
  • Echeneis, or sucking fish, magnetic powers of, 299
  • Ecole de Médecine: Paris, 351
  • Ecole Normale: Paris, 353
  • Ecole Polytechnique: Paris, 195, 338, 351, 354, 375, 376, 462, 471, 477
  • Edelmann (at Zamboni, G., CE 1812), 420
  • Edelrantz, Chevalier A. N., Swedish savant, 398, 399
  • Eden, Richarde, 46, 509
  • Edgeworth, Maria, 316
  • Edgeworth, Richard Lovell (1744–1817), 316
  • Edinburgh Encyclopædia, Sir David Brewster, 18 Vols. 1810–1830, 40, 147, 170, 289, 304, 318, 413, 449, 466
  • Edinburgh Journal of Science. See Philosophical Magazine.
  • Edinburgh Medical and Surgical Journal, 393
  • Edinburgh Philosophical Journal, 255, 290, 347, 359, 414, 420, 429, 440, 444, 446, 459, 460, 465, 477, 480, 482, 498
  • Edinburgh Review—Magazine, 102, 296, 299, 335, 389, 395, 466, 469, 518
  • Edinburgh Royal Society—Transactions, Proceedings, etc., 225, 296, 297, 306, 309, 311, 423, 433, 465, 466, 467, 469, 470, 477, 482
  • Edinburgh University, 61, 227, 296, 396, 428, 466
  • Edison, Thomas A., xi
  • Edrisi—Idrisi—Aldrisi, Abou-Abd-ben-Edris al Hamondi (fl. CE 1099), the most eminent of Arabian geographers, 59, 61
  • Edward I, King of England, 32
  • Edward III, King of England, 15, 58
  • Eeles—Eales—Major Henry, of Lismore (1700–1781), 211, 318, 319, 418
  • Effemeridi Chim. Med. di Milano, 1807 (at Brugnatelli, L. V.), 363
  • Egeling, J., “Disq. phys. de electricitate,” 1759, 555
  • Egenoff—Egénolphe—Christian (1519–1598), German writer, 508
  • Egyptians (geometry), 536
  • Einhoff (Gilbert Ann., XII. p. 230), 326
  • Eisenlohr, Wilhelm (1799–1872), “Lehrbuch der Physik ...,”: Mannheim, 1836.
  • Eleatic School, masters of the, 532, 543.
  • See Parmenides.
  • Electric acid, 362
  • Electric and chemical forces, identity of (at Oersted, H. C.), 453
  • Electric and galvanic decomposition of water; methods, various apparatus, etc.: Marum, 1785; Pearson, 1797; Wollaston, 1801; Van Proostwjck, 1789; Wilkinson, 1783; Nicholson and Carlisle, 1807; Gautherot, 1801; Creve, 1783; Brugnatelli, 1802; Trommsdorff, 1801; Corradori in 1804; Pacchiani in 1804; Cuthbertson in 1806; Alemanni in 1807; Rossi and Michelotti in 1811; Fresnel in 1820; Mollet in 1821–1823; Hare in 1839; Grove in 1847; Palmieri in 1844; Callan, N. J., in 1854 (Phil. Mag., Feb. 1854).
  • Electric and galvanic fluids, identity of, 363
  • Electric and galvanic fluids, not identical, Humboldt, F. H. Alex. van, “Expériences ...,” 1799.
  • Electric and magnetic bodies, difference between (Gilbert), 85
  • Electric and magnetic cures: Aétius at CE 450, Wesley, 1759; Molenier, etc., 1768; Mesmer, 1772; Bolten, etc., 1775; Wilkinson, 1783; Adams, 1785; Perkins, 1798; Jadelot, 1799; Humboldt, 1799.
  • Electric and magnetic fluids: Coulomb, 1785.
  • Electric and magnetic forces, analogy between, Swinden (at 1784), 272;
  • Ritter (at 1803–1805), 383
  • Electric and magnetic forces of attraction and repulsion, analogies between. See Huebner, L.
  • Electric and nervous fluids, identity of, Valli, 302–303
  • Electric arc, first displayed by Sir Humphry Davy, 341
  • Electric atmospheres, investigated by Æpinus and Wilcke, 215
  • Electric fishes. See more especially the following CE entries: Scribonius, 50; Cavendish, 1772; Adanson, 1751; Redi, 1678; Hunter, 1773; S’Gravesande, 1774; Bancroft, 1769; Walsh, 1773; Spallanzani, 1780; Wilkinson (Galvani, Berlinghieri, Fontana and others), 1785; Vassalli-Eandi, 1790; Merula, 1791; Ingen-housz, 1779; Shaw (Réaumur, Schilling, Musschenbroek and others), 1791; Ewing, 1795; Humboldt, 1799; Geoffroy St. Hilaire, 1803; Matteucci (Bibl. Univ. de Genève, November 1837), Zantedeschi (Bull. Acad. Brux., VIII. 1841).
  • See also Aristotle, 341 BCE, and consult separate heads, like gymnotus, tetraodon, malapterus, raia, silurus, scolopendra, trichirus torpedo, etc.
  • Electric fluid and caloric, analogy between, 386
  • Electric fluid composed of three beams (at Bressy, J., CE 1797), 323
  • Electric fluid in medical practice, Lovett, etc., 212–213, 229, 281, 295
  • Electric fluid, its relation to vegetation, 282
  • Electric, galvanic and magnetic theories. See Theories.
  • “Electric Light,” Journal of electric lighting ...: London, 1882–1883.
  • Electric light, nature and origin of (at CE 1803, Biot), 379
  • Electric lighting, historical retrospect. See Jamin, Jules Célestin (1818–1886) in the “Revue des deux mondes,” Ser. III. Vol. 26, pp. 281–303; “Journal of the Franklin Institute,” Ser. III. Vol. 75, pp. 403–409; Dredge, James, “Electric Illumination.”
  • Electric machine, its development from the time of von Guericke, 126
  • Electric photometry, Masson in 1845, 1847, 1850, 1851.
  • Electric smelting: Marum, M. van, “Beschriving ...” 1785–1787.
  • Electric spark, influence of form and of substance upon it (at A.D. 1793), 212
  • Electric telegraph, history of the: Reynaud in 1851; Highton, 1852; Jones, 1852; House, 1853; Michaud, 1853; Bonel, 1857; Briggs and Maverick, 1858; Prescott, 1859; Lambert, 1862; Fahie, 1884.
  • “Electric telegraph and railway review”: London, 1870.
  • Electric telegraphs: Morrison, C. M., 1753; Comus, 1762; Lullin, 1766; Bozolus, 1767; Volta, 1775; Le Sage, 1774; Don Gualtier, 1781; Linguet, 1782; Lomond, 1787; Barthélémy, 1788; Reveroni, St. Cyr., 1790; Chappe, 1792; Reusser, 1794; Beckmann, 1794; Salva, 1795; Monge, 1798; Berton, 1798; Alexandre, 1802; Sömmering, 1809; Schweigger, 1811; Schilling, 1812; Sharpe, 1813; Wedgwood, 1814; Coxe, 1816; Ronalds, 1816; Ampère, 1820. For additional and more modern telegraphs, see “Electric telegraph, history of the.”
  • Electrical accumulator, Ritter at 1803–1805.
  • Electrical air thermometer, Kinnersley, 221
  • Electrical and magnetical analogy, denied by Swinden, J. H. van, 272
  • Electrical and magnetical publications (additional), published up to the year 1800, 551–555
  • Electrical attraction law, similar to that of gravity (at Robison), 310
  • Electrical condenser, Cavallo at 1775.
  • Electrical conductors, pointed form, preference for, 243, 250–252
  • Electrical decomposition of salts: Murray in 1821, Matteucci in 1830, Brande in 1831.
  • Electrical distribution and equilibrium, theory of:
  • Jäger (CE 1802), 363;
  • Prechtl (CE 1810), 407
  • Electrical doubler, Rev. Abraham Bennet, 1787, 280
  • “Electrical Engineer,” publication commenced in London, also in New York, during the year 1882.
  • “Electrical Industries,” publication commenced in Chicago during 1889.
  • Electrical machines: Ramsden, 1768; Dollond, 1761; Holtz, 1864; Mason, 1771; Priestley (at Hooper), 1774; Heintze, 1777; Ingen-housz, 1779; Nairne, 1782; Sigaud de la Fond, 1785; St. Amand, 1785; Van Marum, 1785; Mann, 1787; Ribright, 1788; Ronalds, 1816; Hare, 1823 and 1827; Ridolfi, 1824; Dakin, 1830; Dal Negro, 1834; Eton, 1841; Fizeau, 1853; Magrini, 1858.
  • “Electrical Magazine,” publication commenced in London during 1843.
  • Electrical measures. See Ampère, A. M.
  • “Electrical News and Telegraphical Reporter:” London, 1875.
  • Electrical Resistance, absolute limit of. History of the subject by Rowland, Henry Augustus (1848–1901) in Am. Jour. Sc., Ser. III. Vol. 15, pp. 281, 325, 430, 1878.
  • “Electrical Review:” London, 180, 428
  • “Electrical Review and Western Electrician:” New York and Chicago, 222, 223
  • Electrical Society, London, Transactions, Proceedings, etc., 299
  • Electrical Units. See Nipher, François Eugène.
  • “Electrical World:” New York, vii, xi, xiv
  • “Electrician,” publication commenced in London during 1876, 269
  • Electricians, Lives of the, by Jeans, Wm. T., 1887.
  • “Electricien, L’,” publication commenced in Paris during 1881.
  • “Electricité, L’,” publication commenced by Armengaud Jeune during 1876.
  • Electricities, the two, theories of Dufay, 161, 196;
  • Grey, 161, also 153–155;
  • Franklin, 196;
  • Watson, 196, also 175–177;
  • Wilcke, 215;
  • Æpinus, 217;
  • Symmer, 219;
  • Tossetti, G. B., “Nuova macchina ... della due elettricità ...,” n. d.; Zantedeschi, F., “De la differénce ... des deux électricités” (Comptes Rendus, XXXV. 1852).
  • Electricity—electricities. Both terms first used by Browne, Sir Thomas (1605–1682), in “Pseudodoxia Epidemica ...,” 1646. The name electricity appears for the second time in Helmont’s “A ternary ...,” 1650.
  • Electricity absorbed by bodies when reduced to vapour (at Laplace), 461
  • Electricity, agencies of, 364
  • Electricity, analogy between ordinary and voltaic, 489
  • “Electricity and Electrical Engineering:” London, 1890, etc.; Freke, John, 1752; Turner, Robert, 1746; Martin, Benj., 1746.
  • Electricity and galvanism explained on the mechanical theory of matter and motion (at A.D. 1820), 464
  • Electricity and galvanism, identity of, 356
  • Electricity and galvanism, medical efficacy of (at Thillaye-Platel), 384, 385
  • Electricity and light, analogy between, Marianini in 1862.
  • Electricity and lightning, analogy between. See articles on Franklin and Nollet.
  • Electricity and magnetism, identity of, affinity, analogy, connection, between them: Cigna, 1759; Æpinus, 1759; Hubner, 1780; Hemmer, 1781; Swinden, 1784; Cavallo, 1787; Wollaston, 1801; Robertson, 1801; Volta, 1802 and 1814; Ritter, 1801; Cumming, 1822.
  • Electricity and magnetism in medical practice (Thillaye-Platel at CE 1803), 384–386
  • Electricity and nervous fluids, identity of, 302
  • Electricity and phosphorescence, relation between (at Dessaignes, CE 1811), 415
  • Electricity and thunder, analogy between, Mazeas in 1752.
  • Electricity, animal, Achard, 1781; Cotugno, 1784; Valli, 1792; Brugnatelli, 1792; Berlinghieri, 1792; Fontana, 1793; Fowler, 1793; Wells, 1795; Rheinhold, etc., 1797; Robison (Fowler), 1793–1797; Coulomb, 1798; Davy, 1800; Lehot, 1801; Hemmer, 1799.
  • Electricity, atmospheric, 195, 206, 258, 293, 319–321, 416, 428, 429;
  • theories as to its origin (at Ewing, J.), 319;
  • Lullin, 1766; Beccaria, 1775; Gallitzin, 1775; Saussure, 1783; Bertholon, 1786; Read, 1794; De Lor, 1752; Schübler, 1811; Murray, 1814; Adams, “Essay ...,” 1784; Gardini, 1784;
  • Experiments by leading investigators, 319;
  • Biot, 377–378
  • Electricity, compounds of magnetism and caloric (at Ridolfi), 482
  • Electricity, condenser of, Cavallo, 244
  • Electricity destroyed by flame, 170
  • Electricity developed in flame, 426
  • Electricity developed in minerals by friction, 287
  • Electricity distribution upon the surfaces of bodies (Coulomb), 275
  • Electricity, effects of upon decapitated bodies, 295, 305
  • Electricity, ever present in the atmosphere, 177
  • Electricity, fire, heat, light, caloric, phlogiston, identity of (at A.D. 1802), 359
  • Electricity, first English printed book on the subject, “Origin ... of electricity,” by Robt. Boyle, 1675, 130–132
  • Electricity, first Latin printed book on the subject, De Magnete, by Wm. Gilbert, 82–92
  • Electricity, first step in the storage of, 348
  • Electricity, galvanic, in medical practice, 325
  • Electricity, galvanic, its influence on minerals (Guyton de Morveau), 233;
  • history of, Sue, Pierre aîné, 1802 and 1805, 361;
  • Gregory, George, 1796, 323–324;
  • Heidmann, J. A., 1806, 393.
  • See also Bostock, John; Delaunay, Claude Veau; Donovan, Michael; Guette, J. C.; Izarn, G.; Jones, William; Lusson, F.; Mangin, L’Abbé; Secondat, 131; Trommsdorff, J. B.; Schaub, J.; Wilkinson, C. H.; likewise at CE 1812, pp. 418–420, for a sketch of the history of galvanism divided into three periods.
  • Electricity in amber: Thales (Theophrastus, Solinus, Priscian, Pliny), BCE 600–580.
  • Electricity in minerals by friction, Haüy, 1787, 286
  • Electricity in vacuo, Eandi (1790), 294;
  • Nollet (1746), 182
  • Electricity, its resemblance to thunder and lightning, 152
  • Electricity, light, heat of caloric; identities of. See Cooper, C. C., 1848.
  • Electricity, magnetism, galvanism, history of, Mangin in 1752; Priestley in 1767–1794; Sigaud de la Fond in 1781; Du Fay in 1733–1737; Schaub in 1802; Sue in 1802–1805; Delaunay in 1809; Bywater in 1810; Donovan in 1815; La Rive in 1833; Arebla in 1839; Holdat de Lys in 1849–1850; Milani in 1853; Noad, 1855–1857; Becquerel in 1858.
  • Electricity, mechanical, origin or production of, by Boyle, 131, 132
  • Electricity, medical, history of, Guitard in 1854; Toutain, 1870; Krunitz-Kirtz, 1787; La Beaume, “Remarks ...,” 1820, 384–386
  • Electricity, multiplier of, Cavallo in 1755, 244;
  • Hare in 1839, 446–449
  • Electricity, new theories of (at Eandi), 294
  • Electricity not evolved by evaporation (at Laplace), 461
  • Electricity of cascades, 293;
  • Tralles (Schübler, Gustav; Belli, Giuseppe; Becquerel, A. C.; Wilde, F. S.), 1790, 293;Bressy, 1797.
  • Electricity of flame, Matteucci in 1854.
  • Electricity of human body, most complete series of experiments known, 285, 329
  • Electricity of ice, Achard, 1781.
  • Electricity of metals and minerals, Æpinus, 1759; Delaval, 1760; Guyton de Morveau, 1771; Brugmans, 1778; Bertholon, 1780; Haüy, 1787; Libes, Wollaston and Huyghens, 1801; Ure, 1811.
  • Electricity of meteors, Bertholon, 1780.
  • Electricity of plants. See Plant electricity.
  • Electricity of sifted powders, 290, 431
  • Electricity of vapours, Canali, Luigi (1759–1841), “Questions ...,” 1795.
  • Electricity of vegetable bodies, Ingen-housz, etc., 1779; Bertholon, 1780; Saussure, 1784; Morgan, etc., 1785; Read, 1794; Dutrochet, 1820.
  • Electricity, origin of. See Akin, C. K.
  • Electricity, plus and minus, Franklin, 1752; Nollet (Mém. de Paris, 1753 and 1762); Adams, 1785.
  • Electricity produced by pressure, 353, 379.
  • See Press electricity.
  • Electricity, second English book published, 167
  • Electricity, second Latin printed book on the subject, Philosophia Magnetica, by Nicolas Cabæus, 109–110
  • Electricity, storage of, Gautherot, 1801.
  • Electricity, theories of. See Theories.
  • Electricity, voltaic and galvanic, identity of (Volta, Aless., “L’identita del fluids ...”: Pavia, 1814.
  • Electricity, voltaic, first employed for the transmission of signals, 406
  • Electricity, voltaic, first suggestion as to its chemical origin, 329
  • Electrification of plates of air (in same way as plates of glass), 205
  • (at Canton, 1753), 215;
  • (at Wilcke, 1757), 217;
  • (at Æpinus, 1759).
  • Electrification of plates of ice (in same way as plates of glass), 221
  • (at Bergman, 1760–1762).
  • Electrified air, Cavallo, 278
  • Electro-balistic chronograph.... Le Boulangé in 1864; Navez in 1859.
  • Electro-capillary phenomena ... endosmosis and exosmosis ... 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th Memoirs of Becquerel, A. C., in Mém. Acad. des Sc. Institut de France, Vol. XXXVI. 1870.
  • Electro-chemical decompositions, theory of (at A.D. 1805), 390, 488–489
  • Electro-chemical exposition of compound bodies, theory of, Davy, 1800; Berzelius, 1802; Grotthus, 1805.
  • Electro-chemical telegraph, the first, 407
  • Electro-chemistry, Keir, J., 1791; Faraday, Michael, 1821; Hartmann, E. F., in 1838; Christophle, C., in 1851.
  • Electro-chronograph, Locke in 1850.
  • Electro-dynamic qualities of metals. See Thomson, Sir William.
  • Electro-dynamics, Ampère, 472, 474;
  • Weber, W. E., Leipzig, 1846, 1850, 1852, 1857, 1863–1871.
  • Electrolytes, decomposition of, Renault in 1867.
  • Electrolytic dissociation theory, Grotthus in 1805.
  • Electrolytic separation of metals, Zosimus, 425
  • Electro-magnetic brake, invented by Achard, 1781, 263
  • Electro-magnetic multiplier, Schweigger, 413, 414;
  • Poggendorff in 1811.
  • Electro-magnetic rotations, first produced by Wollaston in 1801, 358, 478, 493
  • Electro-magnetic telegraph. See Turnbull, L., also Vail, Alfred.
  • Electro-magnetism, founder of, Oersted, 1820, 452, 472, 474;
  • Romagnesi, 1802; Ampère, 1820; Faraday, 1821.
  • Electro-magnetism, history of its progress, by Michael Faraday, 483
  • Electro-magnetismus. This term appears for the first time in Kircher’s “Magnes sive ...,” 1641.
  • Electro-metallurgy, Grimelli, G., “Elettro-metallurgia ...,” 1844; “Storia scientifica ... elettro-metallurgia ...,” 1844; Watt, A., “Electro-metallurgy practically treated ...”: London, 1860.
  • Electrometers and Electroscopes of different kinds mentioned by Cuthbertson (at Lane, CE 1767), 228;
  • Henley, quadrant, also of Priestley, 1767, 1772, 228, 237;
  • Lane, discharging, 1767, 228, 282;
  • Cuthbertson, balance, 1769, 230;
  • Brook, quantitative, 1769, 231;
  • Tralles, atmospheric, 1790, 293;
  • Forster, atmospheric, 1815, 434;
  • Richman in 1753; Cavallo in 1777; Volta’s condensing electroscope described in his “Del Modo ...,” 1782; Bennet, gold-leaf electroscope, 1787, 289;
  • Singer, 1814, 430;
  • De Luc in 1819; Hare in 1821, 448;
  • Zamboni in 1833, see 420;
  • Perego, Antonio (Comment. Ateneo di Brescia for 1842, p. 77); electroscopes, capillary (Proc. Roy. Soc., Vol. 32, pp. 85–103, 1880). Others are: Cavallo, A.D. 1775; Saussure, 1785; Blanch, 1793; Arnim, 1799; Walker, 1813; Bohnenberger, 1815; Oersted, 1840; Harris, W. S. (hydro-electrometer), 1820, 469;
  • Faraday (Volta-electrometer), 1821, 489;
  • Roussilhe, L., in 1857; Collardeau, 277;
  • Coulomb, 1785, 275;
  • Ronalds, 440, 470;
  • Lord Kelvin. See Bottomley, J. P.
  • Electro-micrometer of Delaunay, 277
  • Electro-micrometer of Maréchaux, 395
  • Electron (amber), 8, 10
  • Electrophorus, Electrophori of various descriptions, and theories of (at Ingen-housz, A.D. 1779; Volta, 1775; Æpinus, 1759); Robertson, 1801; Wilcke, 1757; Lichtenberg, 1777 (double electrophorus); Kraft, 1909; Jacotot, 1804; Eynard, 1804; Phillips in 1833, 360, 402; Landriani (Ronalds’ Catalogue, p. 285), 249, 274
  • Electrophorus, perpetual, 386, 387
  • Electroplating, Brugnatelli, 1802.
  • Electro-positive and electro-negative substances, generalization of, 369
  • Electroscopes. See Electrometers and Electroscopes.
  • Electro-static capacity of glass, Hopkinson, John (Proc. Roy. Soc., Vol. 31, pp. 148–149, 1880).
  • Electro-statics, founder of, Coulomb, 1785, 473;
  • Volpicelli, P., numerous works thereon, 1852, 1853, 1854, 1855, 1856, 1858–1865.
  • Electro-therapeutics, technique of, Walther, Ph. F., “Ueber die therapeutische ...,” 1803.
  • Consult also Martens, F. H., “Vollstaendige ...,” 1803; Reinhold, J. C. L., “Geschichte ...,” 1803; and Kratzenstein, C. G., “Physikalische ...,” 1772.
  • “Elektrotechniker, Der,” publication commenced in Vienna during 1882.
  • “Elektrotechnische Zeitschrift,” publication commenced in Berlin during 1880.
  • Elements, invisible transfer at a distance, by Grotthus and by Hisinger and Berzelius, 419
  • Elephantine island, on the Upper Nile, 12
  • “Elettricita (L’),” publication commenced by Rodolfo Cappanera in Florence during 1877.
  • Eleusinian mysteries, 543
  • Elice, Fernandino (b. 1786), “Saggio sull’ Elettricità,” 256, 299
  • Elien, Claudius Ælianus Sophista (died c. CE 260), 518
  • Elizabeth, Queen of England (1533–1603), 80, 91, 211
  • Ellicott, John (1706–1772), 175, 185, 202
  • Ellis, George E. (“Memoir of Sir Benj. Thompson”), 371
  • Ellsworth, H. L. (at Callender, E., 1808), 400
  • Ellwert, J. K. P. von, Repertorium für Chemie ...: Hannover and Leipzig.
  • Elmo’s fire. See Saint Elmo’s fire.
  • Eloy, Nicholas François Joseph, “Dictionnaire historique de la médecine,” 4 Vols., Mons, 1778, 27, 37, 40, 65, 105, 114, 186, 202, 501, 502, 505, 508, 509, 512, 525, 537, 538
  • Elster, J., and Geitel, H., “Zusammenstellung ... atmosphärische elektricität,” 321
  • Elvius, Petrus, “Historisk berättelse ...,” 1746, 555.
  • Emerson, Ralph Waldo, 122
  • Empedocles, native of Sicily (fl. c. 460–442 B.C.), 503, 511, 532, 543, 544.
  • See Wundt, “Philosophische Studien,” Index, p. 25.
  • Emporium of Arts and Sciences, Philadelphia, 19, 78, 149, 231, 302, 322, 436
  • Encelius—Entzelt—Christoph (d. 1583), 501;
  • “De re metallica,” 1551.
  • Enciso, Martin Fernandez de, “Summa de Geographia,” 68
  • Encyclopædia Americana, 392, 513
  • Encyclopædia Britannica (different editions), 5, 10, 11, 17, 27, 29, 34, 38, 39, 42, 43, 55, 65, 71, 72, 75, 94, 96, 97, 102, 103, 105, 113, 121, 122, 127, 132, 134, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 157, 166, 170, 192, 193, 200, 202, 203, 208, 212, 213, 214, 218, 220, 221, 225, 227, 230, 231, 232, 236, 240, 245, 249, 250, 253, 254, 263, 265, 269, 270, 271, 274, 275, 277, 278, 282, 285, 286, 287, 290, 292, 296, 297, 301, 307, 308, 309, 311, 312, 313, 315, 328, 329, 335, 336, 337, 345, 347, 348, 354, 373, 378, 379, 380, 383, 387, 388, 389, 399, 404, 409, 412, 413, 414, 415, 416, 418, 423, 425, 247, 430, 431, 433, 434, 438, 440, 441, 442, 444, 445, 446, 447, 448, 451, 454, 457, 458, 462, 464, 465, 466, 468, 469, 470, 471, 476, 478, 479, 480, 483, 489, 492, 497, 498, 511, 514, 521, 522, 526, 532, 533.
  • First edition was published, in 3 Vols., 1768–1771, and the eleventh edition, in 29 Vols., 1910–1911. The Index issued by the Cambridge University Press, 1911, and the Indexes to the Catalogue of the Wheeler Gift, have served as a guide for the Index to this Bibliographical History, which will be found to embrace all names of individuals and of publications likely to prove of service to the general reader. It must be conceded that “the value of any Index depends to a large extent on the fulness of its cross-references,” and it will be seen that our own Index has not only been made upon an unusually extensive scale, but that the new “encyclopædic system of alphabetization” has likewise been closely followed along the lines adopted by the publishers of the Eleventh “Britannica,” wherever found practicable.
  • Encyclopædia Italiana. See Bocardo.
  • Encyclopædia Mancuniensis.... See Hodson, F. M.
  • Encyclopædia Metropolitana, 1, 11, 20, 22, 29, 30, 54, 76, 148, 195, 322, 330, 336, 347, 353, 355, 359, 370, 375, 379, 380, 383, 403, 418, 427, 446, 447, 455, 456, 458, 460, 476, 481
  • Encyclopædia of Chronology. See Cates, W. L. R.
  • Encyclopædia of Useful Arts. See Tomlinson, Charles.
  • Encyclopädie der elekt. Wissenschaften.... See Hartmann, J. F.
  • Encyclopédie ou Dictionnaire Raisonné: Genève, 1772. See Diderot, D., and D’Alembert, J. Le R.
  • Endosmosis and Exosmosis, Dutrochet, 1820, 463;
  • Porret (at 1816), 440.
  • For Endosmose et Osmose, consult Table analytique des Annales de Ch. et de Phys., Index, pp. 183, 282–283 (Napier, Chem. Soc. Mem. and Proc., Vol. III.).
  • See Electro-capillary phenomena.
  • Enfield, William (1741–1797), “The history of philosophy,” drawn up from Johann Jacob Brucker’s Historia Critica Philosophiæ, 1742–1767, 5, 17, 37, 43, 115
  • “Engineer,” The London, 263
  • “Engineering,” The, London, vii, xiv, 92, 116, 225, 263, 347
  • “English Cyclopædia,” Charles Knight: London, 1854–1870, 18, 22, 33, 39, 40, 54, 55, 61, 67, 76, 79, 81, 93, 103, 113, 116, 117, 122, 127, 144, 147, 152, 163, 201, 221, 251, 256, 264, 296, 302, 313, 315, 317, 322, 329, 337, 348, 395, 404, 412, 438, 440, 446, 455, 462, 470, 471, 483, 503, 505, 508, 515, 532, 533, 538, 541
  • “English Mechanic and World of Science,” publication commenced in London during 1865.
  • English Poets, “Biographica Poetica,” 62
  • Enneads of Plotinus, 534
  • Ennemoser, Joseph, “History of Magic,” 13, 14, 17, 18, 26, 65, 75, 106, 502
  • Ens, Gaspar, “Thaumaturgus Mathematicus,” 125
  • Entzelt. See Encelius.
  • Ephémérides Météorologiques, 288, 320
  • Ephemerides of the Lecture Society, Genoa, 361
  • Ephemerides. See Effemeridi, Breslau Academy.
  • Epicharmus, Greek poet (b. at Cos, 540 BCE), 544
  • Epicurus, Greek philosopher (342–270 BCE), 14, 544
  • Epiphanius (c. CE 315–403), “De Gemmis,” 17
  • Epitome of Electricity and Magnetism, by Green and Hazard, Philadelphia, 103, 162, 303
  • Er, M. (at Galvani, A.), “Physiologische Darstellung ...,” 284
  • Erasmus, Reinholdus (1511–1553), 510, 512
  • Erastus, Thomas—Thomas Lieber (1524–1583), 513, “Disputationem de medicina.”
  • Eratosthenes, native of Cyrene (at Hipparchus), 521
  • Erdmann, Otto Linné, “Journal für praktische chemie”; “Lehrbuch der chemie.”
  • See Scherer, A. N.,
  • also Nürnberg, 494
  • Erdmon, Richter and Lamballe (at Thillaye-Platel), 386
  • Erfurt University—Erfurt, Academia Moguntina Scientiarum, 352
  • Ergänzungs—Conversations-lexikon, 498
  • Erigena, Joannes Scotus—“Scotigena” (d. CE 875). See Monroe, Cyclopædia, Vol. II. pp. 496–497, also “Biogr. Britan.,” Vol. V. pp. 597–600; “Dict. of Nat. Biogr.,” 1897, Vol. LI. p. 115.
  • Erman, Paul (1764–1851), 248, 249, 285, 352, 384, 395, 414, 419, 426, 431, 476
  • Ersch, Johann Samuel, and Gruber, Johann Gottfried, “Allgemeine Encyklopædie der Wissenschaften ...”: Leipzig, 1818, etc., 312
  • Ersch, Johann Samuel, “Handbuch ...”: Amsterdam, 1813, and Leipzig, 1822–1840, 353
  • Erxleben, Johann Christian Polykarp, “Physikalisch-chemische abhandlungen,” 1776; “Physikalische-Bibliotek,” 250, 258
  • Eschenbach, Andreas Christian of Nuremberg (1663–1705), 554.
  • See Orpheus.
  • Eschenmayer, Carl Adolf von (1770–1852), 326
  • Essarts, Le Moyne des, Nicholas Toussaint, “Siècles Littéraires,” 190
  • Essay on electricity ... discoveries of James Daevin and C. M. F. Bristol, 1773, 556
  • Essays in historical chemistry. See Thorpe, T. E.
  • Etenaud, Alfred, “La télégraphie électrique,” 292
  • Ether. See Æther.
  • Etiolle, J. Leroy d’, “Sur l’emploi du galvanisme,” 330
  • Etiro, Parthenio (at Aquinas, St. Thomas), 505
  • Etruscan theurgism, founder of. See Tarchon.
  • Etruscans, the, 8–10
  • Etten. See Van Etten.
  • Ettinghausen, Andreas von, and Baumgartner, Andreas, “Zeitschrift für physik und mathematik,” 422
  • Ettinghausen, Andreas von (1796–1878). See “Zeitschrift für physik und mathematik,” 422
  • Euclid of Megara, Greek mathematician (fl. third century BCE), 40, 102, 328, 506, 531, 540, 541, 543
  • Eudiometer—eüdio-s (clear)—instrument for testing purity of air. The best known eudiometers are those of: Berthollet, Claude Louis (1748–1822), Annales de chimie, XXXIV. 78; Davy, Humphry (1778–1829), Philos. Mag., XXXI. 3, 347; Hope, Professor, at Edinburgh ... Nicholson’s Journ., 8vo., IV. 210; Morveau, L. B. Guyton de (1737–1816), Nicholson’s Journ., 4to., I. 268; Pepys, W. H., Phil. Trans. for 1807 and Phil. Mag., XXIX, 372; Priestley, Jos. (1733–1804), Scelta d’Opuscoli, 12 mo., XXXIV. 65; Volta, Alessandro (1745–1827), Nicholson’s Journ., XXV. 154, and Annali di chimica di Brugnatelli, II. 161, III. 36; (Gay-Lussac), 389. Others, by John Dalton, Mr. Seguin, Andrew Ure (418); Hare, etc., can be found in the “Eléments de Chimie Pratique” of P. J. Macquer.
  • Consult likewise Hegeman in 1829, Hauch in 1793, and Ernst Gottfried Fisher in 1807.
  • Eudoxus of Cnidus, Asia Minor (fl. c. 370 BCE), 533
  • Euler, Albert, 214
  • Euler, Johann Albrecht (1734–1800), 273, 360
  • Euler, Leonhard (1707–1783), 141, 200, 213–214.
  • Consult Euler, J. A., Frisi, Paul, and Béraud, Laurent, “Dissertationes selectæ ... electricitatis causa et theoria ...”: Petropoli et Lucæ, 1757; also Euler, Bernoulli and Dutour, “Pièces des prix de l’Acad. de Paris,” 1748.
  • Eunapius, Greek historian (b. CE 347), “The lives of the Sophists,” 531
  • Euripides (c. 480–406 BCE), “Fragmenta Euripidiis,” the third of the three celebrated Greek tragedians in point of time, the others being Æschylus and Sophocles, 13, 15, 503
  • Eustachi—Eustachio—Bartolomeo (d. 1574), author of “Tabulæ Anatomicæ,” 514
  • Eustathius, Archbishop of Thessalonica (d. 1198), 29
  • Evax—Euace—King of the Arabs, 512–513, 525.
  • See “Notes and Queries,” 2nd Ser. VIII. 401.
  • Evax, name of a black crystal, according to Paracelsus, 64
  • Evelyn, John, “Diary,” 130, 131
  • Ewing, John (1732–1802), 299, 319–321
  • Exner, Franz, “Ueber die Ursache ...”; “Repertorium der Physik,” 321
  • “Experimental Researches” of Michael Faraday, viii, xiii, 483–499
  • Eyck, S. S. (at Oersted, H. C.), 455
  • Eydam, Immanuel (1802–1847), “Die Erscheinungen der Elektrizitaet und des Magnetismus ...”: Weimar, 1843.
  • Eymerici, Nicolas (1320–1399), 32
  • Eynard, M. (at Ingen-housz, J.), 249, 257

F

F

  • Faber, Father, “Palladium chemicum,” 29
  • Fabré-Palaprat, Father B. R., 330, 385
  • Fabricius—Fabrizio—Girolamo (1537–1619), Italian anatomist, successor of Fallopius at Pisa University.
  • Fabricius, Hildanus, 1641, “Observationum,” 147, 554
  • Fabricius, Johann Albertus, German scholar (1644–1729), “Bibliotheca latina,” 1697, 39;
  • “Bibliotheca ecclesiastica,” 1718;
  • “Bibliotheca græca,” 1705–1728, 34, 39, 503, 520, 529, 531, 532, 533
  • Fabricius, Wilhelm von Hilden, “Observations ...,” 147
  • Fabroni—Fabbroni—Angelo, “Vitæ Italorum doctrina excellentium,” 20 Vols. 1778–1805; “Elogi d’Illustriæ Italiani,” 51, 113, 117, 253
  • Fabroni—Fabbroni—Giovanni Valentino M. (1752–1822), “Dell’ azione chimica dei metalli ...,” 1801 (Ann. di Chim. di Brugnatelli, XXI. 277), 327, 329–330, 393, 419, 490
  • Facciolati, Jacopo (at Montanus, Joannes Baptista), 529
  • Faculté de Médecine. See Paris.
  • Faculté des Sciences. See Paris.
  • Fahie, John Joseph, “History of Electric Telegraphy to the year 1837”; “History of Wireless Telegraphy, 1838–1899”; “Emporium of Arts and Sciences,” x, 11, 20, 22, 78, 82, 129, 145, 148, 208, 248, 284, 292, 318, 322, 338, 349, 355, 361, 365, 367, 376, 384, 390, 406, 407, 415, 421, 424, 429, 430, 438, 453, 455, 459, 470, 471, 475, 476, 479
  • Fahlberg, Samuel (1755–1836), “Beskrifning ofver elektriska alen gymnotus electricus” (Vetensk Acad. Nyr. Handl., 1794, 1801), 230, 299
  • Fairfax, Edward, “Godefroy de Boulogne,” 58
  • Fajdiga. See Romich.
  • Falconer, William, “Observations on the knowledge of the ancients respecting electricity” (Mem. Soc. of Manchester, III. 278), 10, 16, 24
  • Falconet, Camille (1671–1762), “Dissert. historique et critique,” 16, 21
  • Falero—Faleiro—Francisco (sixteenth century, at Columbus, Christopher, CE 1492), 67.
  • In his Tratado del esphera, 1565, is given the first printed record of magnetic declination.
  • Falero, Ruy, astronomer, 67
  • Fallopius, Gabriellus (1523–1562), 27, 82, 514
  • Faniani, J. Charles, “De arte metallica,” 502
  • Fant, Charles, “L’Image du Monde ...,” 35
  • Fantis, Antonius de, of Treviso, “Tabula generalis ...,” 1530, 53
  • Fantonelli—Fantanelli (at Brugnatelli, L. V., CE 1802), 363
  • Faraday, Michael (1791–1867), vii, ix, xi, xiii, 14, 167, 183, 184, 195, 230, 247, 267, 297, 323, 344, 357, 358, 370, 374, 380, 381, 383, 388, 389, 391, 392, 416, 420, 426, 430, 437, 450, 452, 472, 475, 479, 483–499
  • Farmer, Moses Gerrish (1820–1893; mentioned at CE 1771), 234
  • Farquharson, Rev. James, 140, 308
  • Farrar, Frederick William (1831–1903), “The early days of Christianity,” 2 Vols. 1882; “The life of lives,” 1899.
  • Farrar, John (Mem. Amer. Acad. O. S. 1818), “Elements of electricity and magnetism” (also of electro-magnetism, likewise of electro-dynamics), 1826, 1839, 1842, 238, 292, 324, 348, 376, 379, 389, 411, 415, 420, 458
  • Farrington, Dr. Oliver C. (mentioned at Chladni, E. F. F., CE 1794), 315
  • Fatio de Duiller, Nicolas, “Lettre ... lumière extraordinaire,” 1686, 141
  • Faure, G., “Conghietture ... machina elettrica ...,” 1747, 555
  • Fayol, “Observations sur un effet singulier ...,” 1759, 555
  • Fazio degli Uberti. See Uberti.
  • Fearnley, C., and Hansteen, C., 446
  • Féburier (at Ingen-housz, J., CE 1779), 257
  • Fech, Louis Antoine Lozeran du (d. 1755), 167, 183
  • Fechner, Gustav Theodor (1801–1887), “Repertorium (also Lehrbuch) der experimental physik ...”: Leipzig, 1832; “Handbuch der dynamischen elekt ...”: Leipzig, 1824, 421, 422
  • Féraut, Raimont, 16
  • Ferchius (at Duns Scotus).
  • Ferdinand, King of Sicily, 539
  • Ferdinand II, Grand Duke of Tuscany (1610–1670), 135
  • Ferguson, Adam (1723–1816), University of Edinburgh, 296
  • Ferguson, James (1710–1776), 232;
  • “An introduction to electricity,” 1770, 1775, 1778, 1825.
  • Ferguson, James, and Brewster, Sir David, “Essays ... electricity ...,” 1823, 466
  • Ferguson, John, “Bibliotheca chemica,” 2 Vols. 1906.
  • Ferguson, R. M., “Electricity,” 1866, 30
  • Fernel—Fernelius—Joannes Franciscus (1497–1558), 17, 169, 514
  • Ferrari. See Resti-Ferrari, also Zamboni, G.
  • Ferrario (at Brugnatelli, L. V., CE 1802), 363
  • Ferrer, Don Jaime (d. first half sixteenth century), at Lully, Raymond, 32.
  • See Mosen, Jayme Ferrer de Blanco.
  • Ferussac, André Etienne Baron de (1786–1836), 19, 449;
  • “Bulletin des sciences mathématiques,” 16 Vols.; “Bulletin des sciences technologiques,” 19 Vols.
  • Fessenden, T. G. (at Perkins, B. D., CE 1798), 328
  • Feuillée, L. (at Dalton, John, CE 1793), 308
  • Ficino, Marsilio—Marsiglio (1433–1499), 108, 115, 514–515
  • Fidanza, Giovanni, known as Bonaventura (1221–1274), 38, 39, 42
  • Figueyredo, Manuel de Andrade de, chorographer (1568–1630), 165
  • Figuier, Louis Guillaume (b. 1819), “Exposition et histoire des principales découvertes scientifiques et modernes,” 3 Vols.: Paris, 1855, 1857; “L’année scientifique et industrielle,” 2 Vols.: Paris, 1859; “L’alchimie et les alchimistes”: Paris, 1860, 32, 42, 126, 226, 280, 304, 306, 307, 364, 367, 371, 380, 388, 389, 400, 403, 407, 432, 443, 449, 455, 491, 506, 520
  • Fincati, Admiral Luigi, “Il magnete ... e la bussola”: Rome, 1878, 58, 63
  • Finugius, Hieronimus (at Gilbert, Wm., CE 1600), 53
  • Fire beacons and signals: BCE 1084, 588, 200; CE 232–290.
  • Firenze, Atti della Reg. Soc. Economica, 330
  • Firmas. See Hombre-Firmas.
  • Fischer, Ernest Gottfried (1754–1831), “Beschreibung d. Volta’ schen Eudiometers,” 1807; “Über den Ursprung der Meteorsteine,” 1820.
  • Fischer, J. C., “Geschichte der physik ...,” 8 Vols.: Göttingen, 1801–1808, 55
  • Fischer, Joseph, of Beldkirch, 535
  • Fisher, George, “Magnetical experiments ...” (1794–1873), 467
  • Fisher, George Thomas (1722–1847), 467
  • Fisher, Kuno (at Bacon, Sir Francis, CE 1620), 103
  • Fisher, Richard, 565
  • Fishes, electrical. See Electrical fishes.
  • Fiske, John (1842–1901), “Discovery of America,” 535
  • Fitton, William Henry (1780–1861), 359
  • Flagg, H. C., Observations on the ... torporific eel (Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc., O. S. II. 170) 1786, 299
  • Flamsteed, John (1646–1719), the first English Astronomer Royal, 130, 145
  • Fleming, J. A., xi, 92
  • Fletcher, Francis (at Kendall, Abraham), 523
  • Fletcher, L., “An introduction to the study of meteorites,” 1896.
  • Fletcher, William (at Lactantius, L. C. F.), 524
  • Fleury, Claude (1640–1723), “Hist. Ecclesiastique,” 39, 525, 541
  • (the Ecclesiastical History from CE 400 to CE 456).
  • Flinders, Matthew (1774–1814), 348, 457
  • Flint, Robert, “History of the philosophy of history”: Edinburgh, 1893, etc.
  • Flint, Stamford Rapples, “Mudge Memoirs”: Truro, 1883, 203
  • Florence—Firenze—Academy, 159, 329
  • Florence—Firenze. See Accademia del Cimento.
  • Flores, Don Lazare de, “Art de naviguer,” 165
  • Flourens, Marie Jean Pierre (b. 1794), 389
  • Fludd, Robert—Robertus de Fluctibus (1574–1637), 65, 245, 554
  • Foggo (Edinb. Journ. Sc., IV.), 417
  • Fogliani, Giornal (at Volta, Alessandro, CE 1775), 248
  • Fo-hi, the first great Chinese Emperor, 2
  • Foissac, Dr. (at Deleuze, J. F. F., CE 1813), 425
  • Folic, Mr. de la (at Swinden, J. H. van, CE 1784) (Journ. de Phys., 1774), 274
  • Folkes, Martin (1690–1754), 175, 181, 183
  • Fond. See Sigaud de la Fond.
  • Fonda, “Sopra la maniera ...,” 1770, 253
  • Fonseca, Ludovicus, “Journal,” 105, 245
  • Fonseca, Vicente, Archbishop of Goa, 525
  • Fontaine, Hippolyte, 454
  • Fontana, Felice (1730–1805), 235, 270, 284, 303–304, 305, 306, 327, 393, 419, 556
  • Fontana, Gregorio, “Disquisitiones physico-mathematicæ ...,” 1780, 290
  • Fontancourt, Sygerus de, 45
  • Fontenelle, Bernard le Bovier—Bouyer—de (1657–1737), 162, 170
  • Fontenelle, Julia. See Julia-Fontenelle.
  • Fonvielle, W. de, “Eclairs et Tonnerre,” 199
  • Foote, A. E. (at Chladni, E. F. F., A.D. 1794), 315
  • Foppens, John Francis (1689–1761), “Bibliotheca Belgica,” 517
  • Forbes, James David (b. 1809), 288, 454, 461, 477;
  • “History of natural philosophy”; “Review of the progress of mathematical and physical science.”
  • Forbes, P., “On the application of electro-magnetism as a motive power ...”(Annals of Electricity, V. 239), 1840.
  • Forchammer and Hauch, 454
  • Forchammer, G., 370
  • Ford, Paul L. (at Franklin, Benjamin, CE 1752), 199
  • Forerus, Laurentius (at Zahn, F. J., CE 1696), 146
  • Formaleoni, Vincenzo Antonio, “Saggio ... de Veneziani,” 64
  • Forskal, P., 299
  • Forster, B. M. (1764–1829), 406, 434
  • Forster, Johann Reinhold (1729–1798), “On the aurora borealis,” 166
  • Forster, L. von, 316, 440
  • Forster, T., on De Luc’s electric column (Phil. Mag. XXXVII. 424).
  • Forster’s Bauzeitung, 1848 (at Reusser, CE 1794), 316
  • Fortin (at Dupuis, C. F., CE 1778), 254
  • Fortis, Alberto Giovanni Battista (1740–1803), 351, 352, 401
  • Fortius, Joachimus, 119, 437
  • “Fortnightly Review,” London, 124
  • Fortschrift der Physik, 440
  • Foscarini, P. A., “Epistola ...,” 1615, 553
  • Foster, Capt. Henry (at Lorimer, Dr. John, CE 1775), 243
  • Foucault, Jean Bernard Léon (1819–1868), “De la chaleur ... l’aimant ...,” 1855.
  • Fourcroy, Antoine François de (1755–1809), 236, 247, 302, 333, 349, 352, 354–355, 389, 419
  • Fourcroy, C. (at Fourcroy, A. F. de, AD 1801), 354
  • Fourier, Baron Jean Baptiste (1768–1830), “Expériences thermo-electriques,” 454, 462
  • Four lines of no variation, 78, 118
  • Four magnetic poles or points of convergence, 118
  • Fournier, Georges (1595–1652), 69
  • Fouvielle, W. de, “Eclairs et Tonnerres,” 199
  • Fowler, Dr. Thomas (1736–1801), 102, 103, 229, 322, 332, 393, 419
  • Fowler, Richard (1765–1863), 306, 310, 327, 331, 332
  • Fox, Robert Were (at Lorimer, Dr. John, CE 1775), 243
  • Fracastorio, Hieronymo (1483–1553), 72, 299, 515;
  • “De sympathia et antipathia,” 1574.
  • Frampton, translator of Nicholas Monardus, 27
  • Francesco, Duke of Urbino, nephew to Julius II, 544
  • Francis I, Emperor of Austria, 407
  • Francis I, King of France, 535
  • Franck, Ad., 512
  • Francker—Francquer—University, 254, 271
  • Franklin, Alf., “Hist. de la Bibl. Mazarine,” 108
  • Franklin, Benjamin (1706–1790) (Phil. Trans., 1751, p. 289; 1752, p. 505; 1758, p. 695; 1755, p. 300; 1765, p. 182; Phil. Mag., 1819, p. 61; Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc., III. 1793). See Magnetism, animal; Sparks, Jared; Copley Medal; “Experiments and Observations (also new experiments) on electricity made in Philadelphia”: London, 1751, 1754, 1769, etc., xiv, 9, 133, 161, 176, 186, 187, 193–199, 201, 203, 204, 205, 206, 216, 217, 218, 219, 221, 222, 227, 228, 231, 237, 239, 240, 243, 250, 251, 252, 258, 264, 269, 278, 282, 288, 319, 320, 321, 328, 332, 339, 356, 455, 472.
  • Franklin’s letters were not publicly read before the Royal Society, or printed in their Phil. Trans, contrary to his wishes, 252
  • To Brother Potamian, the author of this Bibliographical History is much indebted for his Critical Notes to the Catalogue of the Wheeler Gift ...: New York, 1909. Edited by Mr. Wm. D. Weaver. On p. 191, Vol. I. of said Catalogue, an entry is made of the above-named 1751 edition of “Experiments and Observations ...,” with the following note: “These experiments and discoveries, which have given Franklin such fame were the work of four men, Benjamin Franklin, Philip Syng, Thomas Hopkinson and Ebenezer Kinnersley; but, owing to Franklin’s writing of them to England, they were published in his name and have redounded to his credit solely (Ford, P. L., Franklin Bibliography).”
  • Franklin, B., Lavoisier and others, on animal magnetism: Paris, 1784.
  • Franklin, Georg, “De electricitate ...”: Oemipont, 1747; “Declaratio phænomenorum ...,” 1747, 555
  • Franklin Institute, Philadelphia, 81, 199, 368, 370, 384, 406, 407, 423, 436, 449, 454, 455, 476, 498
  • Franz, Joseph (at Winckler, J. H., CE 1733), 162
  • Fraser, A. C., 511, 515, 520
  • Frauenhofer, Joseph von (1787–1826), 432, 466
  • Frazer, Professor (at Brewster, Sir David, A.D. 1820), 466
  • Frazers—Fraser’s—Magazine (at 600 BCE), 10
  • Frederick the Great was King Frederick II (1712–1786), 170
  • Frederick I, Emperor (1121–1190). See Barbarossa.
  • Frederick II, King of Germany (1194–1250), 93
  • Frederick V, Elector Palatine (1596–1632), 127
  • Frederiko, J. G., “Biographisch Woordenbock,” 518
  • Freeman, Edward Augustus, “Historic Towns” (Colchester, etc.), 91
  • Freind, John (at Arnaldus de Villa Nova), 505, 519, 529, 538
  • Freke, John (1688–1756), 201
  • Fréméry, N. C. de, “Dissertatio ... de fulmine,” 1790, 556
  • Frémy, Edmond. See Becquerel, Edmond.
  • Fresnel, Augustin Jean (1788–1827), 375, 389, 464, 471.
  • See “Fresnel and his followers,” by Moon, Robert; also Athenæum, July 14, 1849.
  • Freycinet, Claude Louis Desaulses de (1779–1842), 442
  • (Phil. Mag., LVII. 20, 1831).
  • Friderici, Johannes Balthazar, 1685, 554
  • Friedlander’s Experiments, 249
  • Frigerio, Paolo (at Aquinas, St. Thomas), 505
  • Friis, F. R., “Tyge Brahé,” 93
  • Frisch (at Shaw, George, CE 1791), 298
  • Frisi, Paolo (1728–1784), 138, 555
  • Fritsche, “Untersuch ... der Image du Monde,” 35
  • Fritz, H., “Das Polarlicht”: Leipzig, 1881, 140
  • Frobenius—Froben—Forster—(1709–1791), 161
  • Frobisher, Martin (at CE 1754), 211
  • Frode, Ari Hinn—Ara Hin—or the Wise, first compiled the Landnama-Bok, 28
  • Fromond, Jean Claude, Italian physicist, 208
  • Fromondi Libertus (1587–1653), “Meteorologicum,” 1627, 9, 553, 555
  • Froriep, Ludwig Friedrich von (1779–1847), 429, 494;
  • “Notizen aus d. Gebiet der”; “Natur-und-Heilkunde,” 50 Vols.: Weimar, 1822–1836.
  • Froriep, L. F. von, und Froriep, R., “Neue Notizen ...,” 40 Vols. 1836–1845.
  • Froriep, R., “Beobachtung ... magneto-electrischen apparatus”: Weimar, 1843, 386
  • Frost, Alfred James (1844–1881), Biographical Memoir of Sir Francis Ronalds, 1880.
  • Froude, Alfred J., 438, 440
  • Froude, James Anthony, “English seamen of the sixteenth century,” 522
  • Frulander, Dr., of Berlin, 342
  • Fuchs, Leonard (at Myrepsus, Nicolaus), 529
  • Fulco—Fulke, “A goodly gallery ... meteors,” 1571, 1634, 1670, 553
  • Fuller, Andrew (1754–1815), “Miscellaneous pieces ...,” 5, 523
  • Fuller, “Miscel.,” iv, cap. 19 (at 1033–975 BCE), 5
  • Fuller, Thomas, “History of the worthies of England”; “Church History of Britain,” 39, 91
  • Fumagelli (at Brugnatelli, L. V., AD 1802), 363
  • Furnaux, Tobias (at Hansteen, C., CE 1819), 444
  • Fusinieri, Ambrogio (1773–1854), 298, 314, 347, 420, 449;
  • “Annali delle scienze del Regno Lombardo-Veneto,” 1831–1845; “Memorie di meteorologia,” 1847.
  • Fuss, Nicolas von (1775–1826), 253
  • Fyfe, Dr. (mentioned at Cruikshanks, CE 1800), 338

G

G

  • Gabler, Matthias (1736–1805), “Theoria magnetis”: Ingoldstadt, 1781, 556
  • “Gaea-Natur und Leben,” Bd. 1–12, 1865–1876: Cöln und Leipzig, 416
  • Gahn, Gottlieb (at Berzelius, J. J. F. von, AD 1802–1806), 369, 370
  • Gaillard et Cortambert, 284
  • Gale, Dr. L. D. (at Franklin, Benjamin, A.D. 1752), 195;
  • also (at Tralles, J. G., CE 1790), 293
  • Gale, T. (at CE 1802), 364
  • Galen, Claudius Galenus, illustrious Roman physician (CE 130–201), “De facultatibus”; “De simplici medicina,” 11, 20, 83, 169, 333, 506, 514, 525, 536, 540
  • Galileo-Galilei (1564–1642), 55, 90, 96, 102, 114, 115–117, 120, 122, 152, 159.
  • Consult Wundt, Wilhelm, “Philosophischen Studien,” at Index, p. 27.
  • “Galileo of Magnetism,” William Gilbert, 82, 90
  • Galizi, D. (at Dalton, John, AD 1793), 308
  • Galli, Francisco. See Jayme, Juan.
  • Gallitzin, Prince Dmitry Alexewitsch Fürst. See Golitsuni.
  • Galois, J. (at “Le Journal des Sçavans”), 550
  • Galvani, Luigi Aloysio (1737–1798), 202, 220, 223, 249, 269, 270, 283–285, 302, 303, 304, 306, 322, 327, 331, 354, 363, 365, 419, 443
  • Galvani’s experiments, report on (at Fourcroy, A. F. de, CE 1801), 354;
  • also (at Wilkinson, C. H., CE 1783), 269
  • (Comment. Bonon. Scient., VII. 363, 1796; Opusc. Scelti, XV. 113).
  • Galvani Society of Paris, 304, 330, 348, 350, 392, 394, 419
  • (Phil. Mag., XV. 281, 1803; XVI. 90, 1803; XXIV. 172 and 183, 1806; XXV. 260, 1806).
  • Galvanic battery, some forms of. See Sharpless, S. P.
  • Galvanic conducting cord, sub-aqueous, 420
  • Galvanic current, its directive influence upon a magnetic needle, 365
  • Galvanic deflagrator of Prof. Hare, 447
  • Galvanic electricity, complete history of. See Electricity, galvanic, history of.
  • Galvanic electricity for treatment of diseases, 325, 330
  • Galvanic electricity, its influence on minerals (at Morveau, Guyton de, A.D. 1771), 233
  • Galvanic electricity, new theory of, Parrot, 367;
  • Volta, 367
  • Galvanic electricity, sketch of a new theory of, by Parrot, G. F. (at CE 1802), 367
  • Galvanic energy and the nervous influence, analogy between, 437
  • Galvanic fluid, different hypotheses (at Reinhold, J. C. L., CE 1797–1798), 326–328
  • Galvanic irritation and incitability, relation between, 331
  • Galvanic pile of Dr. Baronio, composed exclusively of vegetable substances, 393–394
  • (Phil. Mag., XXIII, 283, 1806).
  • Galvanism and frictional electricity, identity of (A.D. 1801, Wollaston), 356
  • Galvanism and magnetism, identity of (AD 1817), 442
  • Galvanism applied to medicine, Wilkinson, 1783, 269, 325, 330;
  • Vassalli-Eandi, 295;
  • Humboldt, 333
  • Galvanism, different hypotheses on, 327
  • Galvanism employed by Aldini and others to bring back life, 304–306
  • Galvanism, exciters and conductors of, 331
  • Galvanism, history of. See Electricity, galvanic, history of.
  • Galvanism, its effect on plants, 257
  • Galvanism, medical application of, 269, 330
  • Galvanism, theories of. See Theories, also Galvanic electricity.
  • Galvano-magnetic indicator. See Electro-magnetic multiplier.
  • Galvanometer: Schweigger, also Poggendorff at CE 1811, pp. 413, 414;
  • Ampère, 1820, pp. 473, 475;
  • Marianini, 1827, pp. 373, 475;
  • Pick, H., 1855 (Jahresbericht ... des Schuljahres, 1854–1855); Varley, 1863.
  • Gallucci, G. P., “Ratio fabric andi ... magnetica acu,” 1596, 553
  • (“Modus fabric andi ... cum acu magnetica”: Vinet, 1596).
  • Gama, D. Maria T. de, 69
  • Gama, Vasco da (c. 1460–1525), 68–69, 522, 523
  • Gamble, Rev. J., chaplain of the Duke of York (d. 1811), 322
  • Gandolfi, B., Lettera al Sig. D. Morichini ... macchina elettriche (Antologia Romana, 1797), 423
  • Garbio, P., “Annali di Serviti,” 110, 111
  • Garcia ab Horto—Don Garzia dall’ Horto—Garcia du Jardin (1734–1787), “Historia dei simplici aromati,” 1st edition, Goa, 1563; “Dell’ Historia dei simplici aromati ...”: Venezia, 1616, 514–515
  • Gardane, Joseph Jacques (at Thillaye-Platel, Antoine, AD 1803), 385
  • Garden, Alexander (at Bancroft, E. N., A.D. 1769), 230, 299
  • Garden, A., and Williamson, H., 230, 299
  • Gardiner—Gardner—“Observations on the animal œconomy,” 306, 326
  • Gardini, Giuseppe Francesco (1740–1816), 178, 258, 326, 362, 385
  • Garn, J. A., “De Torpedine”: Witteb., 1778, 298
  • Garnet, John (at CE 1795), 322
  • Garrat, A. C. (at Thillaye-Platel, Antoine, CE 1803), 386
  • Garthshorne, Dr. (at Davy, Humphry, CE 1801), 342
  • Garzoni, Barthélemi (brother of Leonardo Thomas), 110
  • Garzoni, Father Leonardo Thomas (1549–1589), some of his works were published by Barthélemi Garzoni, 110, 112, 113
  • Gasc, J. P., “Mémoire sur l’influence,” 257
  • Gassendi, Pierre (1592–1655), 7, 77, 90, 93, 107, 113, 114–115, 130, 132, 138, 508
  • Gasser, Achilles P., “Epistola Petri Peregrini ... de magnete,” 1558, 45
  • Gassiot, John Peter (1797–1877), 420
  • Gassner (at Zamboni, Giuseppe, CE 1812), 420
  • Gaubil, Le Père, records the early use of the compass, 21
  • Gaudentius, Merula. See Merula Gaudentius.
  • Gaugain, J. M. (Annales de Chimie, 1854, XLI. 66), 191
  • Gauricus, Lucas (1476–1558), 108, 516
  • Gauss, Johann Karl Friedrich (1777–1855), 82, 317, 318, 345, 422, 445;
  • “Intensitas vis magneticæ ...,” 1832.
  • Gauss, J. K. F., and Weber, W. E., “Resultate aus den Beobachtungen des Magnetischen Vereins ...”: Leipzig und Göttingen, 1837–1840.
  • Gautherot, Nicholas (1753–1803), 348–350, 380
  • Gauthey—Gauthier—Gualtier—Don (at CE 1781–1783), 264
  • Gauthier d’Espinois, 33
  • (at Vincent de Beauvais, CE 1250).
  • Gauthier, J. Louis, “Dissertatio ...,” 1793, 306
  • Gautier de Metz, 35;
  • “L’Image du Monde,” Nouv. Biog. Gén., Vol. XIX. p. 718.
  • Gavarret, T. (at Galvani, Luigi, CE 1786), 284
  • Gay-Lussac, Joseph Louis (1778–1850). See Paris, “Annales de Chimie et de Physique,” 157, 195, 249, 294, 321, 334, 338, 340, 344, 347, 377, 388–389, 419, 477, 481, 487.
  • Consult Ronalds’ Catalogue, pp. 196 and 406, for Gay-Lussac’s work in conjunction with Biot, Humboldt, Poisson, Pouillet, Thénard and others.
  • Gazetta di Roveredo, 367
  • Gazetta di Trento, 365
  • “Gazette of Salem,” 233, 235
  • Geber (at Tarsüsi, fl. eighth century A.D.), 515, 517
  • Gehlen, Adolph Ferdinand von, “Journal für die chemie und physik”; “Journal der chemie,” 9 Vols., 1803–1806 (Schweigger’s Journ., VI. 1812; XII. 1814; XX. 1817), 363, 367, 370, 380, 383, 391, 394, 400, 407, 408, 412, 414, 452.
  • See Scherer, also Schweigger.
  • Gehler, Johann Samuel Traugott (1751–1795), “Physikalisches Wörterbuch”: Leipzig, 17, 195, 248, 421, 483
  • Geiger, P. L. (at Jadelot, J. F. N., CE 1799), 330
  • Geitel, H. See Elster.
  • Gellert, C. E. (at Swinden, J. H. van, CE 1784), 273
  • Gellibrand, Henry (1597–1636), 95, 107, 112, 117, 120, 156, 266;
  • “A discourse mathematical on the variation of the magnetic needle ...,” 1635.
  • Consult “Dict. Nat. Biogr.,” XXI. 117; “Nouv. Biogr. Gén.,” XIX. 837; “Biogr. Univ.,” XVI. 128. John Pell made a “Letter of remarks” on the above, London, 1635.
  • Gemma, D. Cornelius (1535–1577), “De natura divinis ...,” 14, 17, 299, 517
  • Gemma Trisius—Rainer (1508–1555), 517
  • General Biographical Dictionary, by Alexander Chalmers, 54, 95, 106, 120, 122, 129, 167, 186, 189, 265, 311, 514, 520, 522, 523
  • General Biographical Dictionary, by H. J. Rose. See New General Biographical Dictionary.
  • General Biographical Dictionary, by John Gorton: London, 1833, 92, 95, 131, 265
  • General Biography. See Aikin.
  • Genève, Archives de l’électricité, 5 Vols. 1841–1845.
  • Genève, Archives des sciences physiques, 36 Vols. 1846–1857.
  • Genève, Bibliothèque Britannique, 144 Vols. 1796–1815, 482.
  • Genève, Bibliothèque Universelle, 57 Vols. 1858–1876, 140, 482
  • Genève, Catalogue of manuscripts in the Geneva Library, 1834, 54
  • Genève, Revue Suisse, 7 Vols. 1838–1844.
  • Genève, Société de Physique, Mémoires, 1821, 140
  • Genève, Université, 270
  • Genoa, Academy of Sciences, 147
  • “Gentleman’s Magazine,” 10, 202, 205, 206, 296, 298, 324, 401, 434, 456
  • Geoffroy, Etienne Louis (1725–1810), 297
  • Geoffroy, Saint Hilaire Etienne (1772–1844), 298, 300, 373–375, 409, 481
  • Geoffroy, Saint Hilaire Isidore (son of Etienne) (b. 1805), “Histoire Naturelle ...,” 299, 374, 375
  • “Geographia distincta ...” of Livio Sanuto, 65
  • Geographical Journal, 32, 60, 62, 67, 521, 535
  • Géographie du moyen-àge, Joachim Lelewell, 62
  • Géographie Universelle. See Malte-Brun, V. A.
  • Geometrical Analysis. See Leslie, Sir John.
  • George III, King of England, 231, 251
  • Gerbert, Pope Sylvester II, his magnetic clock mentioned by Simon Maiolus.
  • Gerbi, “Corso di Fisica,” 5 Vols.: Pisa, 1823–1825. See Zamboni, G.
  • Gerboin, Antoine Claude (1758–1827), 351–352
  • Gerdil, Le Père Hyacinthe Sigismond, professor in the Turin University (1718–1802), 209
  • Gerhard, C. A. (at Molenier, J.), 229,
  • and (at Thillaye-Platel, A.), 385
  • Germain (at Zamboni, G., A.D. 1812), 420
  • Gersdorf, Ephraim Gotthelf, 523
  • Gerspach, Edouard (at Alexandre, Jean, A.D. 1802), 361
  • Geschichte der mathematik. See Kästner, Abraham G.
  • “Geschichte der physik ...,” by J. C. Fisher: Göttingen, 1801–1808, 8 Vols., also by Poggendorff.
  • Gessner—Gesner—Conrad (1516–1565), 270, 502
  • Gessner, J. Matthias, “De electro veterum,” 8
  • Geuns, Etienne Jean van (1767–1795), 276
  • Gherardi, Silvestro (at Sarpi, P., CE 1632), 113,
  • and (at Galvani, Luigi, CE 1786), 284
  • (Ext. Nov. Act. Acad. Istit. Bonon, II. and III. 1840).
  • Ghirlanda, “Intorno ... del galvanismo ...” (Treviso Athenæum, V. p. 5, for 1835).
  • Ghisi, L. A., “Descrizione di due nuovi telegrafi elettrici ...”: Milano, 1850.
  • Giamone, Pietro (1676–1748), 539
  • Giant refractor, the. See Dorpat.
  • Gibbes, Sir George Smith (1771–1851), 270, 364
  • Gibbon, Edward (1737–1794), English historian, author of “The Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire,” edited by Henry Hart Milman (1791–1868), 525, 533, 542
  • Gibbs, Colonel George (at Morichini, D. P., CE 1812–1813), 423
  • Gilbert Club, London, 92, 113
  • Gilbert, Davies Giddy (1767–1839), 339, 497
  • Gilbert, L. W., “Annalen der Physik,” 195, 201, 211, 231, 248, 249, 253, 257, 277, 280, 284, 285, 293, 299, 300, 306, 320, 326, 327, 330, 333, 337, 355, 363, 364, 367, 368, 370, 374, 376, 380, 383, 384, 388, 391, 393, 394, 395, 406, 407, 408, 416, 420, 434, 443, 450, 455, 462, 473, 483
  • Gilbert, Dr. William (1544–1603), “De magnete magnetisque corporibus et de magno magnete tellure; Physiologia nova, plurimis et argumentis et experimentis demonstrata,” 1st edition, Londini, 1600; 2nd edition, Sedini, 1628; 3rd edition, Sedini, 1633; “De mundo nostro sub lunario Philosophia nova ...”: Amsterdam, 1651, vii, xi, xiv, xvii, xix, 11, 17, 37, 40, 42, 47, 48, 53, 63, 65, 69, 71, 76, 79, 80, 82–92, 94, 97, 99, 100, 101, 104, 105, 107, 108, 110, 111, 112, 113–116, 118, 120, 121, 123, 124, 141, 146, 159, 160, 211, 277, 501, 502, 503, 504, 505, 506, 507, 508, 509, 510, 511, 513, 514, 515, 516, 517, 518, 519, 520, 522, 523, 525, 526, 527, 528, 529, 530, 531, 532, 533, 534, 536, 537, 538, 539, 540, 541, 542, 545–546
  • Gilbert, Dr. William, accounts of early writers, navigators and others named in “De Magnete ...,” 501–542
  • Gilbert, Dr. William, his experiments and discoveries, designated, in “De Magnete ...,” by the larger asterisks, 545–546
  • Gilbert, Rev. Wm., 91
  • Gilgil, the Mauretanian (at Agricola, Georgius), 501
  • Gilmore, John (at Zoroaster), 542
  • Gilpin, George, Clerk of the London Royal Society, “Observations on the variation and on the dip ...”: London, 1806 (Phil. Trans. for 1806, pp. 385–419), 238
  • Gineau. See Lefevre-Gineau.
  • Ginguené, Pierre Louis, 44, 506, 507
  • Ginn and Company, 504
  • Giobert, C. A. (at Brugnatelli, L. V., CE 1802), 363
  • Gioberti, Giulio A. See Biblioteca Italiana, also Giulio (Giorn. Fis. Med., I. 188, 1792).
  • Gioia—Goia—Flavio, Amalphus, Gioia Joannes, an Italian pilot said to have been at Positano near Amalfi, 56–59, 73, 81, 211, 523
  • Giordiani (at Brugnatelli, L. V., CE 1802), 363
  • Giornale Astro-meteorologico of Toaldo, Padua, 253
  • Giornale dei letterati d’Italia ...: Venezia and Firenze, 1710.
  • See Zeno, Caterino, Pietro.
  • Giornale dell’ Italiana letteratura, 66 Vols.: Padova, 1802–1828, 248, 254, 330
  • Giornale dell’ I.R. Istituto Lombardo. See Biblioteca Italiana.
  • Giornale del Sc. Contemporanea: Messina.
  • Giornale di fisica, chimica e storia naturale, edited by L. V. and G. Brugnatelli, Brunacci and Configliachi, 10 Vols. 1808–1817.
  • Giornale di fisica. See Nuovo Cimento;
  • also Matteucci, Carlo.
  • Giornale di medicina pratica. See Breva, V. L., 300
  • Giornale di Pavia. See Brugnatelli, L. V.
  • Giornale di scienze.... See Verona Poligrafo.
  • Giornale Enciclopedico di Vicenza, 1779–1784, 253
  • Giornale fisico-chimico Italiano, 2 Vols. 1851–1852. See Zantedeschi, F.
  • Giornale fisico-medico ..., 20 Vols. 1792–1796. See Brugnatelli, L. V., 248
  • Giornale Sc. d’una Soc. Fil. di Torino, 257, 296
  • Giornale sulle scienze ...: Treviso, 18 Vols. 1821–1830.
  • Giornale Toscano di scienze med. fis. e natur: Pisa, 1840.
  • Giovene, G. M. (Mem. Soc. Ital., Vols. 8, 9 and 22), 1799–1841.
  • Giovini, Sarpi: Brussels, 1836, 113
  • Giraldi—Giraldus—Lilius Giacomo Gregorius, “Libellus de re nautica,” 1540, 57–58, 63
  • Girardi and Walter (at Shaw, George, CE 1791), 298
  • Girardin (Nouv. de la Républ. des lettres et des arts, 1779), 385
  • Giraud-Soulavie, Abbé, 273
  • Gironi (at Brugnatelli, L. V., CE 1802), 363
  • Girtannier, Christophe (1760–1800), 417
  • Giuli, G. (Ann. del Reg. Lombardo-Veneto, Vol. X. p. 30, 1840).
  • Giuli, G., and Linari-Santi (Ann. del Reg. Lombardo-Veneto, Vol. IX. p. 200, 1839).
  • Giulio—Julio—Sur les effets du fluide galvanique appliqué à differentes plantes ... (Bibliot. Ital., I. 28: Turin, 1803).
  • Giulio—Julio—e Rossi, “De excitabilitate contractionum ...”: Turin, 1800, 257, 284, 295, 305, 306, 326, 327, 350, 419
  • Giulio—Julio—Gioberti, Vassalli-Eandi, e Rossi. See Biblioteca Italiana.
  • Gladstone, Dr. J. H., 466, 498
  • Gladstone, The Right Hon. William Ewart, 6
  • Glanvill—Glanvil—Joseph (1636–1680), called Saducismus—Sadducismus—Triumphatus, 57, 127–129
  • Glanvilla—Glanville. See Bartholomæus de Glanvilla.
  • Glareamus, Heinrich Loriti (1488–1563). See Loritus, 535
  • “Glasgow Mechanics’ Magazine and Annals of Philosophy.” First issued at Glasgow during 1824.
  • Glasgow Observatory, 417
  • Glasgow Roy. Phil. Soc., 20
  • Glasgow University, 309, 425
  • Gleig, Dr. G. (at Robison, John, CE 1793–1797), 311
  • Globus Mundi, the first book in which the name “America” is mentioned, 535
  • Gloesener (Comptes Rendus, XXVI. 336;
  • also XXVII. 23: Paris, 1848).
  • Glycon of Athens, sculptor of the Farnese Hercules, 543
  • Gmelin, Christian (son of Johann Conrad Gmelin), 451
  • Gmelin, Christian Gottlob (1792–1860), “Experimenta electricitatem ...”; “Analys. d. turmalins ...” (Schweigger’s Journ., XXXI. 1821); “Handbuch der Chemie ...,” 221, 287, 297, 352, 359, 370, 403, 406, 446, 447, 449, 451, 464, 476, 481, 493, 496, 498
  • Gmelin, Eberhard, 451
  • Gmelin family, 450
  • Gmelin, Ferdinand Gottlob von (1782–1848), 451
  • Gmelin, Johann Conrad (1707–1759), 450
  • Gmelin, Johann Friedrich (1748–1804), 451
  • Gmelin, Johann Georg (1674–1728), 450
  • Gmelin, Johann Georg (1709–1755), 450
  • Gmelin, Leopold (1788–1853), “Handbuch d. theoret. chemie,” 2 Vols. 1817–1829 (Handbook of Chemistry, translated and edited by Henry Watts, 1848–1861), 153, 286, 296, 446, 447, 449–451, 496
  • Gmelin, Philip Friedrich (1722–1768), 450
  • Gmelin, Samuel Gottlieb (1744–1774), 450
  • Göbel, Severin, 553
  • Goclenius, Rudolphus, the younger (1572–1621), 27, 245, 553
  • Godigno, N., 553
  • Godin deo Delonaio—Odonais—Louis, 145
  • Godwin, Dr. Francis (at Wilkins, John, CE 1641), 119
  • Goethe, Johann Wolfgang von (1749–1832), greatest of German poets, 58, 331
  • Goldsmith, Oliver (1728–1774), “Survey of experimental philosophy, magnetism and electricity,” 2 Vols.: London, 1776.
  • Golitsuni—Gallitzin—Dmitry Aleksyrevich, Prince (1738–1803), 242, 262
  • Gomperz—Gompertz—Theodor, 8, 504, 511, 522
  • Gonzalus, Oviedus—Gonzalo Fernando de Oviedo y Valdès (1478–1557), 532
  • “Good Words,” 7, 28, 87, 88
  • Goodsir, Prof. (at Geoffroy, St. Hilaire Etienne, CE 1803), 375
  • Gordon, Andreas, 168, 203, 229, 239;
  • “Phænomena electricitatis exposita”; “Philosophia”; “Tentamen ... electricitatis”; “Versuche ... electricität.”
  • Gordon, James Edward Henry, “Physical treatise on electricity and magnetism”; “Traité expérimental ...,” 239, 492
  • Gore, George, “Theory and practice of electro-deposition ...”; “On the electrical relations of metals ...”; “Art of electro-metallurgy,” 24, 352
  • Goropius, Henricus Becanus—Joannes Becano (1518–1572), 211, 517;
  • “Hispanica Ioannis Goropii Becani,” 1580, 211
  • Gorton, John (d. 1835). See “General Biographical Dictionary.”
  • Gosse, Edmund (at Browne, Sir Th., CE 1646), 124
  • Gothaische Gelehrte Zeitungen, 240
  • Göttingen, Abhandlung d. Gött. Gesselschaft d. Wiss., 445
  • Göttingen, “Magazin für Allgemeine natur ...,” 11, 256, 257, 263, 298,
  • (at Lichtenberg, G. C., CE 1777), 250
  • Göttingen Observatory, 220
  • Göttingen, Societas regia Scientiarum Göttingensis (Commentarii Soc. Reg. Scient. Götting.), 28 Vols.: 1752–1808, 8, 220, 314, 451
  • Göttingen University (at Lichtenberg, G. C., CE 1777), 250
  • Göttingische Gelehrte Anzeigen, 246, 455
  • Göttingischen gemein. Abhand., 216
  • Gottling’s Almanach, 383
  • Gottoin of Coma, the Canon, 277
  • Gottshed, J. C., 555
  • Gouget, “Origin of Laws,” 10
  • Gough, John (at Berzelius, J. J. F. von, CE 1802–1806), 370
  • Gould, Benjamin Apthorp, Jr. (b. 1824) (astronomer), 407
  • Gourdon, Victor Pierre (at Thillaye-Platel, CE 1883), 385
  • Govi, Gilberto (1826–1889), “Volta e la telegrafia elettrica ...”: Turin, 1868; “Romagnosi e l’elettro-magnetismo ...,” 1869, 365, 366
  • Gow, James, of Cambridge, 39, 520, 541
  • Gower, John, “Confessio Amantis,” 58
  • Græsse, Jean George Théodore, “Trésor de livres rares et précieux”: Dresde, 1861, 63, 81, 531, 539
  • Graham, George (1675–1751), mentioned at Porret, Robert, A.D. 1816 (Phil. Trans., 1724, 1725, 1748), 146–157, 191, 266, 426, 441, 444
  • Graham, Richard (at CE 1745), 175
  • Graham, T., “Elements of Chemistry,” 2 Vols., 441, 491
  • (Phil. Mag. or Annals, I. 107, 1827).
  • Gralath, Daniel (1729–1809), “Elektrische Bibliothek”: Danzig, 1754, 1756; “Geschichte der Electricität”: Danzig, 1747, 1754, 1756, 174, 178, 185, 186–187
  • Grandamicus—Grandami—Jacobus, 120, 146
  • Grand Dictionnaire Historique, 1740, by Louis Moreri.
  • Grand Dictionnaire Universel du XIXe siècle, Pierre Larousse, 1866–1876, 15 Vols., 2, 24
  • Grandeau (mentioned at Bertholon de St. Lazare, CE 1780–1781), 259
  • Grande Encyclopédie des sciences, des lettres et des arts, 2
  • Grant, R., “History of physical astronomy.”
  • Grapengieser, Dr. C. J. C., “Versuche den Galvanismus ...,” 269, 325, 326, 330, 332, 419
  • Gravesande. See S’Gravesande.
  • Gray, Asa (1810–1888), 259, 260, 323
  • Gray, Edward Whittaker (1748–1807), 237
  • Gray—Grey—Stephen (d. 1736), xiv, 153–155, 161, 162, 167, 177, 193, 214, 217, 240
  • (Phil. Trans., abridged, VI., VIII., 1720, 1723, 1731, 1734–1735, 1735–1736; also Phil. Trans., unabridged, XXXVII. 1731–1732; XXXIX. 1735–1736 and 1738).
  • Gray, John. See Royal Society.
  • “Great Divide,” 315
  • Greaves, John (1602–1652), 120
  • Green and Hazard, authors of “Epitome of electricity and magnetism,” published at Philadelphia, 1809.
  • Green, George (1793–1841), “An essay on the application of mathematical analysis to the theories of magnetism and electricity”: London, 1828, 262
  • Green, J., “Electro-magnetism”: Philad., 1827.
  • Greenslet, Ferris (at Glanvill, Joseph, CE 1665), 129
  • Grégoire du Tour, 140
  • Grégoire, Louis, “Dictionnaire Encyclopédique des Sciences”; “Dictionnaire classique d’histoire,” 262
  • Gregorio, D., “Lettera intorno all’ elettricità ...,” 1693, 554
  • Gregorovius, Ferdinand, “History of ... Middle Ages,” translated by Annie Hamilton, 1896, 539
  • Gregory, David (1661–1708), observations on laws of magnetic action, 145
  • Gregory, George (1754–1808), “Economy of nature,” 263, 306, 322–323, 496
  • Gregory, Olinthus Gilbert (1774–1841), 434
  • Gregory, William, London, 1850, 140
  • Gregory XIII (at Bacon, Sir Francis, CE 1620), 102
  • Gren, Friedrich Albert Carl (1760–1798). See Journal der physik, 220, 248, 249, 271, 284, 326
  • Grenoble University, 536
  • Gresham College, 107, 117
  • Grew, Nehemiah (1641–1712), 159, 160, 547;
  • “Musæum regalis societatis,” Royal Society Transactions.
  • Grey, Zachary (1688–1766), 99
  • Griffin, J. J. (at Gmelin, Leopold, A.D. 1819), 450
  • Grimaldi, Francesco Maria (1618–1663), 113, 127, 141
  • Grimaldi, G., “Dissertazione ... della bussola”: Roma, 1741, 58, 61
  • Grimelli, G., “Storia ... dell’ elettro metallurgia ... lessicologica”: Modena, 1844.
  • Grindel, David Hieronymus, “Russischer Jahrbuch für der chemie und pharmacie,” 368
  • Griscom, Prof. (at Hare, Robert, AD 1819), 447
  • Gnselini, Francesco, “Vita de Fra Paolo Sarpi,” 111
  • Grofton (at CE 1676), 135
  • Gröningen—Groeningne—Academy of, 277
  • Gronov-Gronovius, Jacobus (Phil. Trans., LXV.), 299
  • Gross, Johann Friedrich, 273, 556
  • Grote, George, “Plato,” “Greece,” 11, 504, 537
  • Grotius, Hugo—De Groot (1583–1645), 517–518
  • Grotthus, Theodor, Baron von (1785–1822), 390–392, 419
  • Groue, Francis (at Kratzenstein, C. G., CE 1745), 171
  • Grouemann (Archives Néerlandaises), 142
  • Grout, Jonathan, Jr. (at CE 1800), 337
  • Grove, Sir William Robert (1811–1896), 391, 426
  • Growth of Industrial Art (at Grout, J., Jr., CE 1800), 337
  • Gruber, Johann Gottfried. See Ersch and Gruber.
  • Grucker, Emile (at Plotinus of Alexandria), 534
  • Grummert, Gottfried Heinrich, 172
  • Grundig, Christoph Gottlob (1707–1780), “Archiv. der mathematik und physik,” 1841–1855.
  • “Grundriss der Chemie,” 1833, edited by Friedrich Wohler.
  • Gruner, Christian Gottfried (at Galvani, Luigi, CE 1786), 285
  • Gruter, John, the great humanist and critic (1520–1627), is said to have edited the “... De mundo nostro...,” 1651, of William Gilbert (Wheeler Catalogue, No. 131).
  • Guadagni, G., 1744 (at Dalton, John, AD 1793), 308
  • “Guardian” (at Strada Famianus, CE 1617), 99
  • Guericke, Otto von (1602–1686), “Experimenta nova ...,” 125, 126, 130, 132, 150
  • Guérin, A. J., “Histoire Générale et particulière de l’électricité,” 1752, 420, 556
  • Guerino detto il Meschino, 57.
  • See Andrew the Florentine.
  • Gueront, Auguste, 208, 224, 361
  • Guette, Johann Conrad (b. 1747), “Beschreibung ...”: Nuremberg, 1790. It contains a bibliography and history of electricity.
  • Guide to the literature of botany. See Jackson, B. D. J.
  • Guido delle Colonne—Io Colonna da Messina, 44
  • Guillen, Felipe (at A.D. 1530–1542), 70
  • Guillotin, Joseph Ignace (1738–1814), 305
  • Guinicelli, Guido, of Bologna (1240–1276), 16, 43, 44.
  • Consult Biog. Gén. (Hœfer), Vol. XXII. p. 754; also Biogr. Univ., XVIII. 214.
  • Guisan, F. S., “De Gymnoto” (at Shaw, George, CE 1791), 299
  • Guitard, M. T., “Histoire de l’électricité médicale”: Paris; 1854, 179
  • Guitard, T. (at Thillaye-Platel, Antoine, CE 1803), 386
  • Gull, W. (at Thillaye-Platel, Antoine, CE 1803), 386
  • Gunter, Edmund (1581–1626), 107, 117
  • Günther, “Etwas von elektrophor ...”: Leipzig, 1783, 381
  • Gurney, Sir Goldeworthy (1793–1875), 426
  • Gustavson, Col. (at Dalton, John, AD 1793), 308
  • Gutenberg, Johann (c. 1398–1468), 508
  • Gutle, J. C., “Zaubermechanik od Beschreibung ...,” 1794, 557
  • Guye, Philippe A., “Journal de Chimie-Physique”: Genève, 392
  • Guyot—Guiot—de Provins, xix, 28, 30, 56.
  • His poem on the magnet is to be found in Legrand d’Aussy’s “Fabliaux ...,” 1781, and also in Lorimer’s “Concise Essay ...,” 1795. See “Nouv. Biogr. Gén.” (Hœfer), XXVIII. 951
  • Guyot, “Nouvelles récréations physiques et mathématiques,” 224
  • Gyges, ring of (at Thales of Miletus, 600–580 BCE), 8
  • Gymnotus electricus, 20, 129, 230, 241, 299, 319, 335, 374, 493

H

H

  • Haarlem Batavi Scientific Society, 279, 367
  • Haarlem Teylerian Society, 277, 278, 292
  • Hachette, Jean Nicholas Pierre (1769–1834), 290, 375–376, 420, 476
  • (Annales de Chimie, LXV. 1808; XXXVII. 1828; LI. 1834).
  • See Désormes.
  • Hachette et Ampère (Journal de Physique, Septembre 1820).
  • Hachette et Thénard.
  • Hacker, P. W., “Zur theorie des magnetismus”: Nürnberg, 1856, 160
  • Haen, Antoni de, “Ratio Medendi in Noscomio practico ...,” 1760, 212, 213
  • Hagen. “Memoriæ Philosophorum,” 97
  • Hagenbach-Bischoff, Jacob Eduard (Arch. Sc. Phys. Nat., Ser. III. pp. 476–482. Velocity of current propagation on telegraph lines experimented upon found to be 42,000 miles per second), Geneva, 1884.
  • Hahm, Friedrich von (at Walsh, John, CE 1773), 240
  • Haidinger, W. Ritter von, “Der meteorstein fäll ...”: Wien, 1866, 1868.
  • Hain, Ludovico, “Repertorium Bibliographicorum,” 502, 540
  • Hakewill, George (1578–1649), “An apologie ...,” 108, 211, 516, 523
  • Hakluyt—Hackluyt—Richard (1553–1616); Hakluyt Society, 58, 69, 70, 90, 115, 520, 522, 523, 525, 560–564;
  • “Principall navigations ...”; “Voyages....”
  • Haldane, Lieut.-Col. Henry, 270, 338, 393, 419
  • Haldat du Lys, Charles Nicholas Alexandra de (1770–1852), 277
  • Hale, Edward Everett, “Franklin in France,” 1887, 205, 207, 227, 250, 252, 288, 289
  • Hale, Sir Matthew (1609–1676), “Magnetismus magnus ...”: London, 1695, 554.
  • (Molecular magnets mentioned at p. 55 of above-named work.)
  • Hale, “Statical Essays,” 189
  • Hales, Reverend Stephen (1677–1761), 188, 200.
  • See Copley Medal.
  • Hali, Abbas (died c. CE 995), 26, 517;
  • “Liber totius medicinæ ...,” 1523.
  • Hall (mentioned at Dalton, John, CE 1793), 308
  • Hall, Elias F., 560
  • Hall, Joseph, Bishop of Norwich, “the English Seneca” (1574–1656), 16, 20
  • Hall, Sir James (mentioned at CE 1805), 392
  • Hallam, Henry (1777–1859), 61, 90, 113, 560–563;
  • “History of the Middle Ages”; “Introduction to the literature of the fifteenth and sixteenth and seventeenth centuries.”
  • Halle, Abhandl. d. Naturf. Gesellsch., 414
  • Halle, Annalen der Physik, von Gilbert, L. W. Continued under name of Annalen der Physik und Chemie.
  • Hallé, Jean N., 247, 249, 270, 305, 326, 333, 354, 393
  • Hallé, P. (at Naudé, Gabriel, CE 1625), 108
  • Haller, Albert von (1708–1777), “Elementa Physiologiæ”; “Bibliotheca Botanica,” 332, 385, 529, 538
  • Halley, Edmund, English Astronomer Royal (1656–1724), 70, 78, 118, 134, 137–142, 165, 214, 273, 301, 315, 444, 472, 530, 547
  • Halliwell, James Orchard, 531
  • Hallock, Prof. William, xii
  • Hamberger, Prof. Georg Erhard, 170
  • Hamburg, “Magazin der neuesten ... reisebeschreibungen,” 273
  • Hamburgisches Magazin, 216, 273, 320
  • Hamel, Joseph J. von (1788–1862), “Historical account of the introduction of the galvanic and electro-magnetic telegraph”: London, 1859, 365, 384, 407, 421, 422.
  • See “Regia Scientiarum.”
  • Hamel, J. T., and Cooke, W. F.: London, 1859.
  • Hamilton (at Swinden, J. H. van, CE 1784), 273
  • Hamilton, A. See Gregorius.
  • Hamilton, Hugh (1729–1805), 308
  • (Scelta d’ Opuscoli, XXXI. 3, 1776). “Phil. essays ... observations on the aurora ...”: London, 1767.
  • Hamilton, James, Sixth Duke of Abercorn (1656–1734), 159–160, 554;
  • “Calculations ... virtue of loadstones,” 1729.
  • Hamilton, Sir William, “Lectures on metaphysics and logic,” 40
  • Hammer, William J., xi
  • Hammond, Robert, “The electric light in our homes”: London, 1884.
  • Hamy, Ernest Theodore, “Bibliothèque d’histoire scientifique”: Paris, 1908.
  • Handbuch der Allgemeine Chemie, 262
  • Handbuch der Chemie. See Liebig, Justus von.
  • Handbuch der naturlehre. See Muncke, G. W.
  • Handbuch des magnetismus. See Lamont, Johann, Leipzig.
  • Handbuch die æltere medicine. See Charlant, J. L.
  • Handbuch für die literatur, by Rosenmüeller, E. F. C., 528
  • Hankel, Wilhelm Gottlieb (1814–1899), 153, 205, 426
  • (König. Sächische Gesells. d. Wissen, 1851, 1856, 1857, 1858, 1859, 1861, 1865; Poggendorff, Ann., LXXXI. 1850).
  • Hansen, Peter Andreas (mentioned at Hanstsen, C., AD 1819), 444
  • Hansteen, Christopher (1784–1873), 28, 29, 141, 157, 225, 267, 308, 442, 444–446, 457, 480;
  • “Untersuchungen über den magnetismus der erde ...”: Christiania, 1819 (Poggendorff’s Annals, 1825–1855; Phil. Mag., LIX. 248; Phil. Mag. or Annals, II. 324; Nyt Mag. for Naturvidenskabene, 1839, 1841, 1842, 1845–1851; Acad. Roy. de Belgique, 1853).
  • Harcourt, College of, 280
  • Hare, Robert (1781–1858), 256, 278, 308, 337, 356, 373, 389, 446–449, 460
  • (Phil. Mag., LIV. 206, 1819; LVII. 284, 1821; LXII. 8, 1823; Phil. Mag. or Annals, VII. 114 and 171, 1829; Amer. Phil. Soc. Trans., V. 1837; VI. 1839; VII. 1841).
  • Hare, Robert, and Allen, Z. (Amer. Phil. Soc. Trans., VI. 297, 1839).
  • Hariot—Harriot—Hariott—Thomas (1560–1621), 76, 519;
  • “On magnetic variations” (Poggendorff, I. 1019).
  • Harisse, Henri, 69
  • Harper’s Magazine: New York, 61
  • Harris’ Life of Charles II. (at Boyle, Robert, A.D. 1675), 130
  • Harris, Sir William Snow (1781–1867); “Rudimentary Electricity”; “Rudimentary Magnetism”; “Frictionary Electricity”; “Nature of Thunderstorms”; “Rudimentary Galvanism”; on lightning conductors (Annals of Electricity, IV. 484; Nautical Magazine, 1841, 1852, 1853), 15, 24, 134, 149, 156, 177, 178, 190, 191, 195, 204, 205, 212, 225, 229, 231, 238, 239, 250, 256, 277, 280, 290, 292, 315, 335, 380, 407, 412, 415, 423, 427, 446, 448, 455, 458, 461, 467, 468–471, 476, 481, 493, 498
  • Harrison, Frederick C., “The new calendar of great men,” 44
  • Harsdorffer, Georg Philippi, Senator of Nuremberg, 125
  • Harsu, Jacques de (1730–1784), 246;
  • “Recueil des effets salutaires de l’aimant ...,” 1783.
  • Harte, Richard (at Mesmer, F. A., CE 1772), 237
  • Hartmann, Franz, “Life of ... Paracelsus,” 1887, 65
  • Hartmann, Georg (1489–1564). To him is due the earliest determination of magnetic declination on land, March 4, 1544; its discovery on sea is due to Columbus, September 13, 1492. “Entdeckte ... diamagn. inclination ... des magnets ...,” 1544, 70–71, 77, 266
  • Hartmann, Johann Friedrich (d. 1800), 216, 320;
  • “Encyclopädie der elekt. wissenschaften ...”: Bremen, 1784 (Hamb. Mag., XXIV. 1759; XXV. 1761).
  • Hartmann, Philipp Jacob (1648–1707), 8, 554;
  • “Succini Prussici physica et civilis historia ...,” 1677 (Phil. Trans. abridged, II. 473; Phil. Trans. unabridged, XXI. 5, 49).
  • Hartshorn, T. C. (at Deleuze, J. Philippe F., CE 1813), 425
  • Hartsoeker, Nicolas (1656–1725), 151;
  • “Conjectures physiques,” 1706; “Cours de physique,” 1730.
  • Hartwig, Dr. G. (at Shaw, George, CE 1791), 299
  • Hartzheim, Josephus (at Cusanus, N. K.), 510
  • Harvard College—University— 62, 63, 417, 452, 534
  • Harvey—Harvy—Gideon (1640–1700); “Archelogia philosophica nova ...”: London, 1663; “Remarks on the influence of magnetism on rates of chronometers.”
  • Harvey, William (1578–1657), 90, 121, 336
  • Harward, O., “Discourse of ... lightning,” 1604, 553
  • Hatchett, Charles (1765–1847), 286, 387, 454, 476
  • Hatchett, “On the electro-magnetic experiments of Oersted and Ampère,” 1821 (Phil. Mag., LVII. 40).
  • Hauch, Adam Wilhelm von (1755–1838), “Memoir ...,” 249, 337, 454
  • (Vidensk. Selsk. Skrift Ny Samml, IV. 1793).
  • Hauch and Forchammer, 454
  • Hauff, Johann Karl Friedrich (1766–1846), “Neuer galvan. Apparat ...,” 1803–1804 (Gilbert’s Annal, XV. 1803; XVIII. 1804), 285
  • Hauksbee, Francis (died c. 1713), 149–151, 156, 168, 181, 191, 229, 252, 444
  • (Phil. Trans., XXIV. 1706, 1707–1709, 1711–1712).
  • Hauréau, Jean Barthélémy (1812–1896), “Histoire de la philosophie scholastique,” x, 37, 39, 41, 505, 526
  • Hausch, M. G., 93, 96; “Epistolæ ...”
  • Hausen—Hausenius—Christian Augustus (1692–1743), 168
  • Haussmann, J. F. L. (at Zamboni, G., A.D. 1812), 420
  • (Crell’s Chem. Annal., 1803, II. 207).
  • Haüy—Hauey—Le Père, René Just (1743–1822), 153, 273, 286–287, 295, 300, 353, 374, 415, 465;
  • “Traité élementaire de physique,” 3rd ed., 2 Vols. 1821 (Soc. Philomatique an 5, p. 34, an 12, p. 191; Phil. Mag., XX. 120, XXXVIII. 81; Mém. du Museum, Vol. III.).
  • Havgk (at Reinhold, J. C. L., CE 1797–1798), 327
  • Haward (at AD 1676), 134
  • Hawkins, John, 211, 523
  • Haygarth, Dr. J. (mentioned at Reinhold, J. C. L., CE 1797–1798), 328
  • Hazlitt, William Carew, “Collections and Notes,” 1876, 95, 300
  • “Heat and light consist of the conflict of the electricities....” Thus stated by Oersted, H. C., in a note appended to the translation of “Experimenta circa ...,” 1820, made by him for Thomson’s “Annals of Philosophy.”
  • Hebenstreit, Jean Ernest (1703–1757), (at Reinhold, J. C. L., CE 1797–1798), 327
  • Hecker, Auguste Frédéric (1743–1811), 332
  • Hedonville, Sieur de (at Le Journal des Sçavans), 550
  • Heer. See Vorsselman de Heer.
  • Hegel, Georg Wilhelm Friedrich (1770–1831), 536
  • Heidel, Wolfgang, Ernst, 554
  • Heidmann, J. A., 285, 393;
  • “Theory of galvanic electricity founded on experience” (Phil. Mag., XXVIII. 97, 1807).
  • Heidmann, J. H., “Observations physico-electriques” (Journ. di Chimie, VI. 190).
  • Heineken, C. (Phil. Mag. or Annals, II. 362, 411, 1827).
  • Heineken, N. S. (at Schwenter, Daniell, CE 1600), 81
  • Heinrich, Placidus (1758–1825), 420;
  • “Die Phosphorescenz der Körper,” 1811, 1812, 1814, 1815, 1820 (Schweigg. Journ., IV. 1812; XIII. 1814; XV. 1815; XXIX. 1820; Gilb. Ann., XXVII. 1807).
  • Heinze, Johann Georg (1719–1801), 280
  • Helancius, alludes to the electro-magnetical power of the betyli, 17
  • Helebrandt (at Heidmann, J. A., A.D. 1806), 393
  • Helfenzrieder, J. E. (at Dalton, John, AD 1793), 308
  • Helferricht, Adolf, 32
  • Helfferich, “Raymond Lully”: Berlin, 1888, 32
  • Heliodorus of Emesa in Syria (fl. c. third century CE), 8
  • Helix and magnet, experimental distinction between (Faraday), 486
  • Hell—Höll—Maximilian (1720–1792), 26, 233, 236, 246, 308;
  • “Ephemerides ad Meridian ...”: Vienna, 1757–1791; “Ephemerides, An 1777. Appendix Auroræ theoria.”
  • Hellant, Anders (d. 1789) (Schwedische Akad. Abhandl., XVIII. 68; XXXIX. 285), 308
  • Heller, Theodor Ægidius von (1759–1810), 218, 248, 271, 320
  • (Gren’s New Journ., II. 1795; IV. 1797; Gilb. Annal., IV. 1800).
  • Hellmann, Dr. G., 45, 46, 68, 77, 78, 79, 81, 92, 119, 138, 509, 531;
  • “Neudrucke von schriften und Karten,” 1898; “Rara magnetica,” 1898.
  • Hellwag, Christoph Friedrich (1754–1835), 285
  • Hellwag, C. F., and Jacobi, M., “Umfahrungen ... des galvanismus ...,” 1802.
  • Helmholtz, Hermann Ludwig Ferdinand von (Pogg. Annal., LXXXIII. 1851; LXXXIX. 1853).
  • Helmont, Johann Baptist van (1577–1644), 103–106;
  • “De magnetica ... curatione”: Paris, 1621; “Ternary of paradoxes, magnetic cure of wounds....” Translation of Dr. W. Charlton, London, 1650.
  • Helmuth, J. H., “Über d. Enstchung des Nordlichts,” 1777, 308
  • Helsham, Dr. (at Ferguson, James, CE 1770), 232
  • Helsingfors, University of, 179
  • Helvetius, J. F., 1663 and 1677, 554;
  • “Disputatio philosophica de magnete.”
  • Helvig—Helwig—C. G. (Gilbert’s Annalen, LI. S. 2, S. 10, 1815), 195, 417, 419
  • Hemman, M., “Medico Sur. Essays”: Berlin, 1778, 64
  • Hemmer, Johann Jacob (1733–1790), 29, 258, 270, 308, 386, 417, 426, 556;
  • “Sur l’électricité des métaux”: Paris, 1780; “On experiments with an electrophorus” (Mém. de l’acad. de Mannheim, Vol. IV. p. 112; Acad. Theod. Palat. Commentat. Vols. IV. V. VI.).
  • Henckel, Johann Friedrich (1679–1744), “Pyritologia ...,” 273
  • Henley—Henly—William (d. 1779), 228, 237–238, 249, 252, 305, 320, 362, 403
  • Henley, William, and Ronayne, T. (Phil. Trans., 1772, p. 137).
  • Henley, W. T., “Télégraphe électrique dans lequel les piles sont remplacées par des électro-aimants” (Comptes Rendus, XXX. 412, 1850).
  • Henn, “De Amperi principiis ...,” 1850, 476
  • Henri (mentioned at Brugnatelli, L. G., CE 1802), 362
  • Henricus (Regius), “Fundamenta physices,” 1646; “Philosophia naturalis,” 1654, 554
  • Henrion, Denis (at Leurechon, Jean, CE 1628), 109
  • Henry, Joseph (1797–1878) (Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc., V. 1835, 1837; VI. 1839; VIII. 1843; Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc., III. 165; IV. 179; Trans. Albany Institute, I. 22, 1831), 318, 322, 323, 337, 421, 447, 449, 459, 460, 472, 473, 476, 487, 488
  • Henry, Joseph, and Tan (or Ten) Eyck, Dr., “A work on the application of electro-magnetism to mechanical purposes” (Phil. Mag. or Annals, X. 314).
  • Henry, Lord Brougham, “Lives of Men of Letters and Science,” 1846, 457
  • Henry, Dr. William (1775–1836), “Elements of Experimental Chemistry,” 1799; “On Sir Humphry Davy and Dr. Wollaston” (Phil. Mag. or Ann., VII. 228; Phil. Mag., XXII. 183; XXXII. 277; XL. 337), 249, 270, 292, 347, 369, 392, 393, 419, 441, 449, 455, 473
  • Henry, W. C., “Memoirs of John Dalton,” 1854, 308, 490
  • Heraclidæ (descendants of Heracles—Hercules), 4, 5.
  • See “New Int. Cyclop.,” IX. 789.
  • Heraclides of Pontus and Ecphantus (died c. 330 BCE), 519, 530, 532, 533, 543
  • Heraclitus, Greek philosopher (fl. c. 500 BCE), mentioned by Gilbert, Wm., in De Magnete, Book V. Chap. XII.
  • See Zeller, Eduard.
  • Herbelot, Barthélémy d’, “Bibli. Orientali; on Dictionnaire Universel,” 541
  • Herbert, Joseph Elder von (1725–1794), 229, 273;
  • “Theoriæ phænomenorum electricorum,” 1772, 1778.
  • Herculean stone—native magnet (at 337–330 B.C.), 13
  • Hercules, Temples of, 13
  • Herlicius, D., “Tractatus de fulmine ...”: Starg, 1604, 553
  • Herembstads (at Humboldt, F. H. A., CE 1799), 332
  • Hermann, Daniel, “De rara et lacorta succino Borussiaco insitio,” 1580, 1600.
  • Hermes (Trismegistus)—the Egyptian god Thoth—looked upon by the Greeks as the originator of learning, 519, 542
  • Hermestaedt (at Reinhold, J. C. L., CE 1797–1798), 327
  • Hermolaus Barbarus, “H. B. Patritii Veneti et Aquileinsis ...,” 1516, 82, 541
  • Hero—Heron—of Alexandria (fl. third century B.C.), 520
  • Herschel, Prof. Alexander Stewart (mentioned at Chladni, E. F. F.), 313
  • Herschel, Sir Frederick William (1738–1822), 158.
  • See “Pioneers of Science,” by Sir Oliver Lodge, 1905, Lecture XII. and Index, pp. 402–403.
  • Herschel, Sir John Frederick William, son of the preceding (1792–1871); “Preliminary discourse on the study of natural philosophy,” 1831; “Revised instructions ...” for Royal Society, 1842, 76, 99, 101, 102, 140, 141, 158, 212, 262, 297, 300, 322, 369, 395, 455, 458, 466, 471, 476, 481
  • Hertz—Herz—Heinrich Rudolf, Professor of Physics in Bonn University (1857–1894), 184, 331
  • Hervart, Joannes Fridericus, “Admiranda Ethnicæ ...,” 15, 106
  • Hervart, Johann George (1554–1622), 106
  • Hevelius—Hevel—Hewelcke Joannes (1611–1687), 130
  • (Phil. Trans. 1670, p. 2059).
  • Heyden, J. M. van der, “Mémoire sur l’électro-magnétisme” (Journal de Phys. Chim. et d’Hist. Nat., Vol. 94), Paris, 1822.
  • Hiao-wou-ti, Emperor of the Chinese Han dynasty, 5
  • Hibbard (mentioned at Ampère, A. M., A.D. 1820), 476
  • Hien Toung, ascended Chinese throne, CE 806, 28
  • Higgs, Paget (at Oersted, H. C., CE 1820), 454
  • Highton, Edward, 148, 242, 248, 286, 316, 318, 337, 359, 407, 436, 439, 476;
  • “The electric telegraph; its history and progress”: London, 1852.
  • Hilaire. See Geoffroy, Saint Hilaire.
  • Hildeberti—Gildebert—French writer (c. CE 1055–1133), 526
  • Hildebrand, A. (at Jacotot, Pierre, CE 1804), 387
  • Hildebrandt, Georg Friedrich (1764–1816), 311
  • (Gilbert’s Ann., XXI. 1805; XXX. 1808; Gehlen’s Neues Allgem. Jour. d. Chemie, VI. 1808; Schweigger’s Journ., I. 1811; XI. 1814).
  • Hill, Sir John (c. 1716–1775); “A general natural history,” 1748; “Theophrastus’ History of Stones,” De lapidibus, 2nd ed. 1774, 13
  • Hiller, L. H., “Mysterium artis ...,” 1682, 554
  • Hillyer, mentioned at Mercator, 563
  • Hin-tchin completed in CE 121 the celebrated Chinese dictionary “Choue-Wen,” 21
  • Hiörter. See Hjorter.
  • Hipparchus the Rhodian—Abraxis (b. 160–145 (?) BCE)—Hipparchian, 32, 108, 513, 520–522, 533, 537
  • Hippias of Elis (c. 460, BCE), 15
  • Hippocrates, “father of medical science” (c. 460–357 BCE), 14, 40, 270, 506, 511, 540
  • Hirt, Aloys (1759–1837), “Der Tempel Salomonis”: Berlin, 1803, 5, 9
  • (Ronalds’ Catalogue, p. 246).
  • Hisinger, W. (1766–1852), “Forsk med. elektriska ...”: Stockholm, 336, 369, 419.
  • See Berzelius, also Ideler, C. L.
  • Histoire abrégée, par Dalibard, 175
  • Histoire académique du magnétisme animal. See Mojon.
  • “Histoire (Chinoise) traduite du Thoung-Kian-Kang-Mou”: Paris, 1777, 2
  • Histoire Chr. d’Abbeville, par Nicolas Sanson, 108
  • Histoire critique des pratiques superstitieuses, 148
  • Histoire de l’Arianisme, 144
  • Histoire de l’astronomie au 18e siècle. See Delambre, J. B. J.
  • Histoire de la Bibliothèque Mazarine, par Alf. Franklin, 108
  • Histoire de la boussole. See Boddært, P. D. M.
  • Histoire de la chimie. See Hœfer, M. F.
  • Histoire ... de la dynastie de Tang, 21
  • Histoire de l’électricité medicale. See Guitard, M. T.
  • Histoire de la littérature Romaine. See Schöll, Carl.
  • Histoire de la Médicine Arabe, par L. Leclerc, 541
  • Histoire de la médicine, par J. Freind, 505.
  • See also Sprengel, K. P. J.
  • Histoire de la philosophie. See Rémusat, Charles de.
  • Histoire de la télégraphie. See Bonel, A.; Chappe, I. U. J.; also Mangin M.; Bonel, A.; Reynard, J. J.
  • Histoire de l’Université de Paris, 39
  • Histoire des auteurs sacrés, par Léonce Celier, 525
  • Histoire des météores. See Rambosson, J.
  • Histoire des physiciens (Desaguliers, Boyle, etc.). See Séverien, Alexandre.
  • Histoire des sciences. See Maupied, F. L. M.
  • Histoire des sciences mathématiques.... See Marie, J. F.
  • Histoire des sciences mathématiques ... à la fin du 17e siècle, par Guillaume Libri (1803–1869), 45
  • Histoire des sciences mathématiques et physiques chez les Belges.
  • See Quetelot, L. A. J.
  • Histoire des sciences naturelles, par Georges Cuvier, 190, 202
  • “Histoire du Galvanisme ...” See Electricity, galvanic, history of.
  • Histoire ecclésiastique, par Lenain de Tillemont, 525
  • Histoire générale des mathématiques, Charles Bossut, 147
  • Histoire littéraire de la France, 33, 526, 531
  • Historia Ecclesiastica, by Claude Fleury, 525
  • Historia Gymnasii Patavavini, 528
  • “Historia rerum Norvegicarum of Torffæus,” 44
  • Historia ... Veterum Persarum, by Thomas Hyde, 141
  • Historia Univ. Par. See Du Boulay.
  • Historiæ Animalium Angliæ, 204
  • “Historiæ Hierosolimitanæ” of Jacobus de Vitry, 31
  • Historical account of astronomy. See Narisson, John.
  • Historical Magazine, 209
  • Historical Memoirs on Galvanism. See Schaub, J.
  • Historical sketch of the Electric Telegraph, by A. Jones, 1852.
  • Histories of telegraphy, by I. U. J. Chappe, 301
  • History and heroes of the Art of Medicine, 132
  • History and present state of Galvanism. See Bostock, John.
  • History and progress of the electric telegraph. See Sabine, Robert.
  • History of antiquity. See Duncker, Max.
  • History of Chaldea, 2
  • History of China, Chronological tables, 1
  • History of classical Greek literature, 511
  • History of Electric Science. See Bakewell, Frederick C.
  • History of electricity. See Electricity, galvanic, history of.
  • History of Greek mathematics, 520
  • History of Latin Christianity. See Milman.
  • History of Magnetism. See Magnetism, history of.
  • History of mathematics. See Ball, W. W. R.
  • History of natural philosophy. See Forbes, J. D.
  • “History of navigation from its origin to this time” (1704), 522
  • History of Norway, 44
  • History of scientific ideas, by Whewell, 499
  • History of Spanish Literature, Geo. Tickner, 532
  • History of philosophy from Thales to Comte, 534
  • History of the Crusades, 31
  • History of the decline and fall of the Roman Empire, by Gibbon (Milman), 525
  • History of the Philosophy of History. See Flint, Robert.
  • History of the telegraph. See p. 458 of the Index, Vol. II. of Catalogue of Wheeler Gift to the Amer. Inst. of Electrical Engineers, 1909. See also Sabine, Robert; Jones, A.; Chappe, I. U. J., 301
  • History of things lost, 1715, 81
  • History of wireless telegraphy, by J. J. Fahie, x
  • History philosophically illustrated. See Miller, Dr. George.
  • Hjortberg, G. F. (K. Schwed. Akad. Abh., Vol. 27, pp. 200, 280; Vol. 30, p. 99), Leipzig, 1765, 1768, 385
  • Hjorter—Hiörter—Olav—Olof Peter (1696–1750), 139, 168, 273, 308;
  • “Von der Magnet-Nadel ... vestorbenen A. Celsius ...,” 1747.
  • Hoadley, B., and Wilson, B., “Observations ... electrical experiments ...,” 1756, 185
  • Hoang-ti, Chinese Emperor (at 2637 BCE), 1, 2, 28
  • Hobart Town—Hobarton—place at which important magnetical observations were made by Edward Sabine in 1841, 1843, 267
  • Hodson, F. M., “Encyclopædia Mancuniensis ...”: Manchester, 1813.
  • Hody, Humphrey (1659–1706), 43
  • Hœfer, Johann F. Christian, Charles M. Ferdinand (1811–?); “Histoire de la Chimie”; “Histoire de l’astronomie”; “Nouvelle Biographie Générale,” 34, 44, 71, 505, 517, 529, 531
  • Hœfer. See “Nouvelle Biographie Générale.”
  • Hofberg, Hermann, 165, 370;
  • “Svenskt. Biografiskt Handlexikon.”
  • Hoff, Jacobus Hendricus van’t. See Van’t Hoff.
  • Höffding, Harold, “A history of modern philosophy,” 94
  • Hoffmann, C. L. (at Faraday, Michael), 497, and at 1787, 556
  • Hoffmann, Johann Christian (b. 1768), “Anweirsung ...,” 557;
  • “Praktische ... elektrisermachinen ...”: Leipzig, 1795.
  • Hoffmann, Privy Councillor of Mayence, 451
  • Holden, Edward S. (at Galileo, AD 1632), 117;
  • (at Copernicus, N.), 508
  • Holder, William (1616–1698), Royal Society Transactions, 548
  • Holland, Frederick May (at Ficino, Marsiglio), 515
  • Holland, Philemon (1552–1637), The naturall historie of C. Plinius Secundus, 11, 13, 18, 26, 124.
  • See Pliny.
  • Hollick, F. (at Jadelot, J. F. N., CE 1799), 330
  • Hollmann, Samuel Christian (1696–1787), “Of electrical fire” (Phil. Trans., X. 271, 1744–1745.
  • Holmgren, K. A., “Recherches ... l’influence de la température sur le magnetisme” (Upsala Acad., 1855, 1859).
  • Holsbeck, H. van (at Thillaye-Platel, Antoine, CE 1803), 386
  • Holtz, Wilhelm Theodor Bernhard, “Ueber die elektrische ...”: Berlin, 1878; “Zur theorie der influenzelektrisismaschine”: Greifewald, 1878 (Ann. Phys. und Chem., Vol. 126, pp. 157–171, 1865), 179
  • Holywood. See Sacro Bosco.
  • Hombre-Firmas, Louis Augustin, Baron d’ (1785–1857), 423, 424
  • Home, Sir Everard (1756–1832) (at Banks, Sir Joseph, CE 1820), 456
  • Homer, father of Greek poetry (flourished according to Herodotus ninth century BCE), 5, 6, 23, 29
  • Homes, Henry Guy, translator of Al Gazel, 38
  • Hondius, Jodocus, 562–564
  • Honorius, d’Autun (Phil. Mag., XXXV. 108), 35
  • Hood, T., “The use of both the globes,” 1592
  • Hooke, Dr. Robert (1635–1703), 26, 130, 142–143, 147, 301, 399, 434, 547
  • Hooker, Sir J. D. (at CE 1781), 259
  • Hooper, Dr. William, “Rational Recreations,” 241
  • Hopf, C. G. “Dissert. sistens ... theoriæ,” 1794, 557
  • Hopkinson, Thomas (1709–1751), “On the effect of points in electricity.”
  • Hopkinson, T., and Rittenhouse, D. (Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. O.S. II.) 178, 198, 252, 283, 492
  • Hoppe, Edmund, “Geschichte ...,” 1884, 224, 319
  • Horrebow—Horreboe—Christian (1718–1776), 158
  • Horrebow—Horreboe—Nicolas (1712–1760), 158
  • Horrebow—Horreboe—Peter (1728–1812), 158
  • Horrebow—Horreboe—Peter (1679–1764), 157–158, 508
  • Horrox—Horrockes—Jeremiah (1619–1641), 96
  • Horsford, Eben Norton (b. 1818), “Cabot’s Landfall ... Norumbega,” 115.
  • Consult “Appleton’s Cyclopædia,” III. 265.
  • Hortenz—Hortentz—A. B. (mentioned at CE 1805), 392
  • (Phil. Mag., XXIV. 91, 1806).
  • Horus (the Egyptian deity Hôr), 14, 64
  • Hottinger, Johann Heinrich, “Bibliothecarius quadripartitus,” 1664, 40
  • Houtman and Davis, 563
  • Houzeau, Jean Charles, et Lancaster, Albert, “Bibliographie générale de l’Astronomie,” 20, 40, 54, 58, 63, 68, 75, 93, 94, 96, 97, 106, 115, 116, 122, 127, 134, 138, 142, 143, 147, 152, 158, 181, 267, 293, 304, 314, 335, 412, 432, 446, 462, 481, 501, 503, 505, 506, 507, 508, 510, 511, 515, 517, 519, 522, 527, 530, 531, 533, 536, 537, 540, 541
  • Howard, Luke (at Wells, C. C., CE 1795), 323
  • (Phil. Mag., XVI. 97, 334, 1803; LVII. 81, 1821).
  • Howldy, Thomas (Phil. Mag., XLIII. 241, 363, 1814; XLVI. 401, 1815; XLVIII. 285, 1816; Phil. Mag. or Annals, I. 343, 1827), 427, 429
  • Hoy, James (Tilloch’s Phil. Mag., LI. 422, 1818), 308
  • Hubner, Lorenz (1753–1809), 272, 274
  • (at Swinden, J. H. van, A.D. 1784), “Abhandlung ...” (Neue Philos. Abhand. d. Baier Akad. d. Wiss., II. 353–384).
  • Hudson, Thomas, “Electricity”: London, 1806.
  • Hues—Hood—Robert (1553–1632), at 76, 109, 522;
  • “On magnetic variations.”
  • Hufeland, C. W., “Journal de médecine pratique,” 304, 327, 333, 385
  • Hugenius. See Huygens below.
  • Hughes de Bercy. See Ugo di Bercy.
  • Hulme, N., “A continuation of the experiments ... Canton’s phosphorus,” 1801 (Phil. Trans, for 1800, part I. p. 161; for 1801, p. 403), 556
  • Hulsius, Levinus, “Descriptio et usus ...,” 1597, 71
  • Hultsch, Friedrich (at Hero of Alexandria), 520
  • Humane Society, Transactions of, 238, 305
  • Humboldt, Friedrich Heinrich Alexander von (1769–1859), Aphorismi ex doctrina ... voyage ... dans les années, 1799–1804; “Asie Centrale (Central Asien) ... Recherches sur les chaines de montagnes ...”: Paris, 1843; Cosmos: Sketch of a physical description of the universe (this was translated into English by Lieut.-Col. Edward and Mrs. Sabine, also by H. Faye, by C. Galusky and by E. C. Otté); Examen critique de l’histoire de la géographie ... et des progrès de l’astronomie nautique: Paris, 1836–1837; Expériences sur le galvanisme.
  • See Jadelot, J. F. N., at C.E. 1799; Kritische Untersuchungen; “Observations sur l’anguille électrique”: Paris, 1806; Relation historique du voyage aux régions equinoctiales; “Views of Nature ...,” translated by E. C. Otté and H. G. Bohn; “Versuche über der elektrischen fische”: Jena, 1806; Voyage zoologique.
  • See Klaproth.
  • Humboldt, F. H. A. von, and Biot, J. B. (Phil. Mag., XXII. 248, 249, 1815.)
  • Humboldt, F. H. A. von, and Boupland, “Untersuchungen ...”: Paris, 1810.
  • Humboldt, F. H. A. von, and Gay-Lussac, L. J. (Phil. Mag., XXIII. 356, 1806).
  • See Copley Medal and the following reference numbers.
  • Humboldt, 1, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 10, 11, 15, 20, 22, 23, 24, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 42, 44, 53, 54, 55, 56, 59, 60, 63, 64, 66, 67, 69, 70, 77, 78, 82, 87, 88, 91, 92, 93, 96, 98, 113, 114, 115, 117, 118, 119, 129, 132, 137, 138, 140, 141, 142, 153, 157, 158, 165, 168, 193, 196, 207, 208, 230, 249, 254, 255, 262, 266, 270, 267, 277, 294, 299, 313, 314, 318, 321, 326, 327, 330, 335, 337, 344, 354, 380, 389, 393, 402, 412, 417, 419, 443, 444, 445, 446, 454, 460, 462, 476, 478, 479, 480, 481, 483, 498, 503, 510, 515, 521, 530, 537
  • Hume, David, “History of England,” 66, 522
  • Hunaci, A. (at Aquinas, St. Thomas), 505
  • Hunt, Robert, F.R.S. See Walker, William, Jr.
  • Hunter, George, of York (at Fowler, Richard, CE 1793), 307
  • Hunter, John (1728–1793), 240, 279, 298, 299, 331, 436
  • (Phil. Trans., 1773, 1775; Opuscoli Scelti, XXII. 364).
  • Hutchins, Thomas (at Lorimer, Dr. John, CE 1775), 243;
  • “Expériences ... sur l’électricité galvanique ...” (Journ. de Chimie de Van Mons, No. VI. p. 289).
  • Hutchinson, Benjamin, “Biographia Medica ...,” 1799, 92
  • Hutton, Charles. See Royal Society.
  • Hutton, Dr., of Woolwich, “Phil. and Math. Dictionary,” 54, 80, 220, 400, 462
  • Huxham, John (at Dalton, John, A.D. 1793), 308
  • (Phil. Trans., XLVI. 472).
  • Huxley, Leonard (at Faraday, Michael, CE 1821), 499
  • Huxley, Prof. the Right Hon. Thomas Henry (1825–1895), “Science and Education”; “Science Culture,” 228, 499
  • Huygens—Huyghens—Huyhens—Hugenius—Christian (1529–1695), 151, 152, 235, 357
  • Hyde, Thomas (at Zoroaster), 541

I

I

  • Iamblichus, Greek writer and head of Syrian Neoplatonism (fl. second century CE); Life of Pythagoras, 2, 515, 537
  • Iatromathematical School founded by Borelli, which became the Accademia del Cimento, 96
  • Ibn Ahmed, Ibn Roschd. See Averroës.
  • Ibn Siná, Al Rayic. See Avicenna.
  • Ibn Yahga. See Avemplace.
  • Iceland spar and other crystals. See references at pp. 153 (Leméry, etc.), and at pp. 355–357, Lehot, Huyghens, etc.
  • Ideler, Christian Ludwig (1766–1846), 521
  • (Pogg. Annalen, XXVI. 1832); “Handbuch der mathematischen und technischen chronologie.”
  • Idrisi. See Edrisi.
  • “Iliad” of Homer, translation by Pope, 7
  • “Illustrated London News,” 440
  • “Il Nuovo Cimento, Giornale di fisica ...” See Nuovo Cimento.
  • “Il Poligrafo, Giornale di scienze ...”: Verona, 420
  • Image du monde—Imago mundi—Mirroir du monde, 35
  • Imhof, Maximus (1758–1817), “Theoria electricitatis ...,” 1790 (Gilb., Ann., XVIII, 1804).
  • Imperial Cyclopædia, also English and Penny Cyclopædias and Mech. Dict. by Charles Knight, 4, 11, 18, 27, 29, 31, 56, 57, 59, 66, 69, 148, 277, 284, 335, 397, 440, 446, 475
  • “Imperial Dictionary of Universal Biography,” published by Wm. McKenzie, 82, 117, 129, 285
  • Imp. reale istituto veneto di scienze, lettere ed arte; “Atti delle adunanze”: Venezia. See Perego, Antonio.
  • Inclination. See Variation.
  • Inclination. Word introduced by Henry Bond to denote magnetic dip.
  • Inclinometer. See Lloyd, Humphrey.
  • Indagine. See Jæger, Johann Ludolph.
  • Index to the present work. See Encyclopædia Britannica.
  • Indicator, galvano-magnetic, 412
  • Induction, magneto-electric, Faraday’s discovery, 484–487
  • Induction memoirs. See Wurtmann, Elie François.
  • “Industrie Moderne:” Bruxelles, vii
  • Influence or induction machine, 337
  • Ingenhousz—Ingen-housz—Jan (1730–1799), 230, 239, 249, 251, 252, 256–258, 278, 280, 282, 299, 448
  • (Phil. Trans., 1775, 1778, 1779, 1780, 1788, 1789; Journal de Physique, XXXV. 1789).
  • “Ingénieur (L’), Electricien,” publication commenced in Paris during 1861.
  • Inglis, Gavin, theory of waterspouts (Phil. Mag., LIII. 216, 1818).
  • Ingram (at Walsh, John, CE 1773), 240
  • Innocenti, G. (at CE 1805), 393
  • (Nuova Scelta d’Opusc., II. 96, 1807).
  • Institut des mathématiques et physiques, 409
  • “Institut, L’,” publication commenced in Paris during 1833.
  • Institut National des Sciences et des Arts. Mémoires: Paris, 178, 228, 247, 248, 277, 284, 288, 318, 333, 335, 339, 349, 350, 351, 352, 354, 355, 375, 376, 377, 380, 386, 388, 389, 410, 412, 415, 454, 455, 462, 468, 477
  • Institution of Electrical Engineers, London, xiv.
  • The “Journal” was commenced in 1872.
  • Intensity, the most important element of terrestrial magnetism, 76, 250.
  • See Borda.
  • “Internationale Elektrotechnische Zeitschrift und Bericht ueber die Elektrische Austellung”: Vienna, 1884.
  • International Encyclopædia (New), Dodd, Meade and Co.: New York, 34, 38, 39, 64, 92, 392, 445, 513
  • Invisible or Philosophical College, which has since become the Royal Society, 130
  • Ionian School (at School of Athens), 542
  • Ionides, S. A. (at Lully, Raymond, CE 1235–1315), 32
  • Ions, 391, 480
  • Irish Academy, Transactions, 263, 317, 419
  • Irish Royal Society, 419
  • Irvine, Christopher (1638–1685), “Medicina magnetica ...”: Edinburgh, 1656, 554
  • Irving, Washington (1783–1859), History of the life ... Columbus, 32, 66
  • Isidore—Isodorus Hispalensis (c. A.D. 560–636), Bishop of Seville from CE 600 to 630, “Originum sive Etymologiarum,” Lib. XX. 17, 18, 20
  • Islands of eruption, or marine volcanoes, 417
  • Isomerism (at Mitscherlich, E., CE 1820), 471
  • Isomorphism discovered by Mitscherlich, 471
  • Istituto delle scienze ed. arti liberali: Bologna, 2 Vols. 1745–1748.
  • Istituto Nazion. Ital., 248
  • Istituto R. Lombardo-Veneto, Memorie, Giornale, Atti, etc.
  • See Lombardy, 141, 248, 257, 420
  • Italian Society, Memorie di matematica e fisica. See Societa Italiana.
  • Ivory, Sir James (1765–1842). See p. 645 of Cates’ Dictionary (Phil. Mag., LX. 81, 1822), 410
  • Izarn, Joseph (Giuseppe) (1766–1836), “Manuel du galvanisme”: Paris, 1805; “Lithologie atmosphériques ...”: 223, 275, 282, 306, 315, 349, 350, 355, 359, 366, 367, 376, 383, 391.
  • See Romagnosi, G. D., “Manuale del galvanismo”: Firenze, 1805.

J

J

  • J. G. S. (entered at CE 1707), 152
  • Jachim, George. See Rhactius.
  • Jackson, A. V. W. (entered at Zoroaster), 541
  • Jackson, Benjamin Daydon, “Guide to the literature of Botany,” 153
  • Jackson, Charles Thomas (b. 1805), “Electro-magnetic telegraph”: Boston, 1849, 234
  • Jacobi, Joseph (1774–1813), “Elementi di Fisica ...”
  • Jacobi, Moritz Hermann von (1801–1874), 285;
  • “On the application of electro-magnetism to the movement of machines”: London, 1837 (Bull. Phys. Math. du St. Petersburg, I. 129, 1842; II., 1844; Pogg. Annal., XL. 1837).
  • Jacopi, Joseph (1779–1813), 409
  • Jacopo. See Riccati-Jacopo.
  • Jacotot, Pierre (1755–1821), 386
  • Jacquet de Malzet, Louis Sebastien (1715–1800), 387, 556
  • Jacquin, Nicolas Joseph Baron (1727–1817), 347, 422
  • Jadelot, J. Fr. Nicolas, was a son of the very celebrated doctor Nicolas Jadelot (1738–1793) and translated Humboldt’s work on galvanism (1738–1793), 326, 330
  • Jæger—Jäger—Johann Rudolph (Indagine) (1728–1787).
  • Jæger—Jäger—Karl Christopher Friedrich von, of Wurtemberg, 363, 408, 421
  • Jahrbuch der Chemie und physik.... See Nürnberg, 416
  • Jal, Augustus (1795–1873), “Dictionnaire Critique de biographie et d’histoire,” 1867.
  • Jallabert, Giovanni Francisco (1689–1764), 263
  • Jallabert, Jean Louis (1712–1768), 179, 189, 209, 213, 229, 263, 385;
  • “Expériences sur l’électricité ...”: Genève, 1748, and Paris, 1749 (Mémoires de Paris, 1742, 1748).
  • James I of England, 82
  • Jameson’s Journal, 498
  • Jameson, Prof. Robert, of Edinburgh (1774–1854), 296, 465.
  • See Edinburgh, Phil. Journal and New Phil. Journal.
  • Janet, Paul (at Volta, Alessandro, CE 1775), 248
  • Janin de Combe Blanche, Jean (1730–1790), 304, 385
  • Japanese historical notes ... received about CE 543, “the wheel which indicates the South,” 27
  • Jaques de Vitry. See Vitry, James.
  • Jayme, Juan, and Francisco Galli, test a new declinatorium, 78
  • Jeans, William T., “Lives of the electricians,” 1887.
  • Jebb, Dr. Samuel (1694–1772), “Fratris Rogeri Bacon, edidit Londini, 1733,” 42.
  • See p. 700 of the “Dict. of Nat. Biogr.,” 1908, Vol. X.
  • Jefferson, Thomas (1743–1826), 327–328
  • Jelgersma, W. B., “Specimen physicum ... electricitatem,” 1775, 556
  • Jelinek, C., “Beitrage ... meteorologischer apparate ...”: Wien, 1850 (Sitzungsbericht Wien Acad., V. 1850, II. Abtheil).
  • Jena—Iena—University, 403
  • Jenkin, Fleeming, “Précis of a lecture on construction of telegraphic lines ...”: London, 1863.
  • Jenkin, William (at Faraday, Michael, CE 1821), 487
  • Jessen, F. E., “Norge” (at Torfæus, Th., CE 1266), 45
  • Jessenius, John (at Brahé, Tycho, CE 1601), 93
  • Jest, E. F., “Macchina ideo-elettrica d’Armstrong e sulla nuova pila di Bunsen”: Torina, 1844, 1845.
  • Jewett, Llewellyn (at Wedgwood, Ralph, CE 1814), 429
  • Joachimus, Georgius, surnamed Rhæticus (1514–1576), has many works on Copernicus (Hœfer, “Nouv. Biog. Gén.,” Vol. XXVI. 716–718).
  • Joannes a Trinitate, “Disputationes animasticæ ...,” 1713 [Aristotle].
  • Joannes ab Incarnatione, “Joannis Duns Scoti ... Sententiarum Petri Lombardi ...,” 1609.
  • Joannes Baptista Montanus. See Montanus.
  • Joannes Baptista, “Philosophica Aristotelica Restituta,” 1748.
  • Joannes Baptista Porta. See Porta.
  • Joannes Costæus. See Costæus.
  • Joannes de Colonia, “Incipiunt questiones ...,” 1476 [Duns Scotus].
  • Joannes de Mechlinea, “Textus ... de anima Aristoteles ...,” 1491.
  • Joannes de Monte Regio, “Saphaeæ nobilis instrumenti astronomici,” 1534 [Müller, John, Regiomontanus].
  • Joannes de Rupeccissa, “Cœlum Philosophorum,” 1544; and “Liber ... lapidis philosophorum,” 1613, 1702 [Aquinas, St. Thomas].
  • Joannes de Sacro Bosco. See Holywood, John.
  • Joannes Franciscus Fernelius. See Fernel.
  • Joannes Franciscus Offusius. See Offusius.
  • Joannes Gioia. See Gioia.
  • Joannes Glozaviensis, “Introductorium ... sphere materialis ...,” 1518 [Holywood, John—Sacro Bosco].
  • Joannes Isaacus, Hollandus, “Opera mineralia ... sive de lapide philosophico ...,” 1616 (a hundred and fourteen experiments, 1596) [Paracelsus].
  • Joannes Langius. See Langius.
  • Joannes Petrus, Lucensis, “Problemata Aristotelis ...,” 1501 [Alexander Aphrodiseus].
  • Joannes Scotus Erigena, “Ein beitrag zur geschichte der philosophic ... in Mittelalter”: München, 1861. See Erigena.
  • Joannes Stobnicensis, “Introductio in Ptolemai Cosmographiam ...,” 1519 [Ptolemæus, Claudius].
  • Joannes Taisnier. See Taisnier.
  • Jobert de Lamballe, Antoine Joseph (b. 1799), “Des Appareils ...”; “On medical electricity” (“Bulletin Général de thérapeutique,” Vol. XXIII.; “Nouvelle Biographie Générale,” XXVI. 769), 299, 300, 386
  • Jocher—Jœcher—Christian Gottlieb, “Compendiöses Gelehrten-Lexicon”: Leipzig, 1750, 71, 107
  • Jode, Cornelius de, 563
  • Jodoigne, Bouvier de (Van Mons’ Journal, Nos. XII. and XL.), 388
  • John II, King of Portugal (1455–1495), 67
  • John IV, King of Portugal (1604–1656), 135, 136–137
  • John of Holywood. See Sacro Bosco.
  • John of London. See Peckham, John.
  • John of Rochelle. (d. 1271), 38
  • Johnson, Alvin L., “New Universal Cyclopædia,” edited by Charles Kendall Adams, 5, 23, 38, 64, 78, 208, 284, 302, 310, 412, 446, 455, 462, 481, 487, 495
  • Johnson, E. J., “On the influence which magnetic needles exercise over each other” (Phil. Trans. for 1834).
  • Johnston, J., “Thaumatographia naturalis,” 1665, 554
  • Johnstone, James (at Faraday, Michael, CE 1821), 498
  • Jones, Alexander, “Historical sketch of the electric telegraph,” 159
  • Jones, G., “Observations on the Zodiacal Light ...,” 1856.
  • Jones, Henry Bence. See Royal Society, also 498
  • Jones, H. Lewis, “Medical Electricity,” 183, 189
  • Jones, J. Winter (at Varthema, L. di, CE 1502), 69
  • Jones, Prof. Stanley (at Porta, Giambattista della, CE 1558), 72
  • Jones, Thomas, “On his reflecting compass” (Gilb., Annal, LIV. 197, 508).
  • Jones, William (1675(?)-1740), “Epitome of navigation....”
  • Jones, William (1726–1800), “Essay on electricity”: London, 1799, 281;
  • Jones and Rittenhouse, 1793.
  • Jordan, C. J., “Engraving by galvanism” (Mechanics’ Magazine for June, 1839).
  • Jordan, Johann Ludwig (mentioned at CE 1812), 419
  • Josephus, Flavius (b. CE 37), 9
  • Joubert, Marcel (at Faraday, Michael, CE 1821), 499
  • Joule, James Prescott (b. 1818), 346
  • (Ann. of Electricity, IV. 203, 1839; IV. 474, 1840; V. 187, 1840; V. 431, 1841; Phil. Mag., Ser. iii., XXIII. for 1843; Phil. Mag. for Oct., Dec. 1851 and Jan. 7, 1852).
  • Jourdain, Amable Louis M. M. Bréchillet (1738–1818), 11, 38
  • Jourdain, Charles Marie Gabriel Bréchillet (b. 1817), 11
  • Jourdain, M., “Sur les traductions d’Aristotle,” 36
  • Journal de Chimie.... See Mons, J. B. van.
  • Journal de Chimie et d’histoire naturelle. See Moll, Gerit.
  • Journal de Chimie—Physique, de Philippe—A. Guye: Genève, 392
  • Journal de la société de pharmacie, 285, 306, 363
  • Journal de L’Ecole Polytechnique. See Ecole Polytechnique.
  • Journal de Leipzig, 248, 285
  • Journal de Litterature médicale, 241
  • Journal de Médecine, 249, 255, 326, 402, 556.
  • See also Bacher.
  • Journal de Paris, 265, 271, 284, 288, 300, 342, 351
  • Journal de Pharmacie, 493
  • Journal de Physiologie, 325
  • Journal de Physique. See Rozier, Monge; de la Méthérie; begun as “Introdn. sur la physique,” 140, 198, 201, 207, 218, 224, 229, 235, 240, 241, 243, 248, 249, 257, 258, 259, 261, 262, 266, 271, 273, 274, 275, 277, 279, 280, 281, 284, 285, 288, 292, 295, 298, 300, 302, 303, 304, 306, 313, 320, 324, 326, 328, 329, 330, 337, 341, 349, 350, 351, 355, 362, 375, 376, 379, 383, 388, 394, 401, 402, 416, 431, 453, 476, 556, 557
  • Journal der Chemie. See Gehlen, A. F.
  • Journal der Physik, von Friedrich Albert Carl Gren (1760–1798): Halle, Leipzig, 1790–1794; continued as Neues Journal der Physik, von F. A. C. Gren: Leipzig, 1795–1797; continued as Annalen der Physik, von (F. A. C. Gren) L. W. Gilbert: Halle, 1797–1808; Neue Folge, 1809–1818, Neueste Folge, 1819–1824; continued as Annalen der Physik (und Chemie), von J. C. Poggendorff: Leipzig 1824–1877, etc. “Journal für Chemie und Physik ...,” edited by J. J. Bernhardi, C. F. Bucholz ..., J. S. C. Schweigger and Dr. Meinecke: Nürnberg, 1811–1820, 220, 248, 249, 271, 284, 293, 303, 316, 320, 335, 449
  • Journal des Débats, 224, 377
  • Journal des Mines, 288, 314, 324, 388, 415
  • Journal des Savants—Sçavans. See Annales des Sciences, viii, x, xvii, 11, 16, 20, 24, 26, 32, 33, 37, 39, 40, 42, 43, 54, 55, 61, 65, 75, 91, 93, 94, 96, 105, 117, 121, 122, 125, 127, 129, 130, 134, 140, 143, 144, 151, 152, 153, 155, 162, 166, 171, 178, 183, 187, 189, 199, 204, 214, 229, 233, 235, 242, 247, 262, 280, 300, 322, 355, 370, 371, 375, 380, 389, 462, 476, 505, 508, 510, 514, 517, 520, 521, 522, 526, 533, 536, 538
  • Journal des travaux de l’académie de l’industrie française, 421
  • Journal du galvanisme. See Nauche, J. L.
  • Journal Encyclopédique. See Bologna.
  • Journal für die chemie und pharmacie. See Gehlen, A. F. von.
  • Journal für die chemie und physik. See Gehlen, A. F. von, at Scherer, A. N.
  • Journal für chemie und physik. See Gren as above, likewise Scherer, Schweigger, also Nürnberg.
  • Journal für praktische chemie. See Erdmann, Scherer, also Nürnberg.
  • Journal littéraire à la Haye, 155
  • Journal littéraire de Berlin, 263
  • “Journal of Arts and Sciences.” See Newton’s.
  • Journal of British Astronomical Association, 93
  • Journal of natural philosophy, chemistry and the Arts, by William Nicholson, publication commenced in London during 1797. After Vol. 36, it was incorporated with the Phil. Mag. See p. 548.
  • Journal of physiological medicine, 499
  • Journal of science and the arts. See Dublin, also Quarterly Journal, likewise Royal Institution, 418, 437
  • Journal of the British Astronomical Association, 93
  • Journal of the (British) Royal Institute. See London.
  • Journal of the Franklin Institute of the State of Pennsylvania, edited by F. P. Jones and others, 27, 81, 199.
  • See Franklin Institute.
  • Journal of the Horticultural Society, 257
  • Journal of the Royal Institution, 322
  • Journal of the Society of Arts: London. See Society of Arts.
  • Journal of the Society of Telegraph Engineers, 440, 455
  • Journal of the Telegraph, 440
  • “Journal Télégraphique,” publication commenced at Berne during 1869.
  • Jove—Jovius—Paul—Paolo Jovio (1483–1552), Italian historian, 58, 211, 506, 507.
  • See Moreri, L., Grand Dictionnaire, Vol. V. Pt. I, pp. 160–161.
  • Joyce, Jeremiah (1763–1816).
  • Jukes, J. Beete (at Mitscherlich, E., AD 1820), 471
  • Julia-Fontenelle, Jean Simon Sébastien Eugène de (1780–1842), “Manuel de l’électricité”; “Sur les combustions humaines spontanées”; “Manuel de Physique,” 329
  • Julio. See Giulio. Bibliothèque Italienne, 5 Vols., by Gioberti, Vassalli-Eandi and Rossi.
  • Julius Cæsar Moderatus.
  • Julius Cæsar Scaliger. See Scaliger.
  • Jungnitz, L. A., “Aphorismen über d. lehre von d. Elektricität”: Breslau, 1794, 1796.
  • Junoblowiskiana Society, 285, 302, 303
  • Jurine, Louis (1751–1819), 331
  • Justin of Nassau Court and Olden Barnevelt, 518

K

K

  • Kaempfer, Engebrecht (1651–1716), 149, 230, 240
  • Kaemtz—Kamtz—Ludwig Friedrich (1801–1867), 185, 195, 249, 257, 308, 414, 416, 417;
  • “Lehrbuch der meteorologie,” “Untersuchungen ...,” 1826 (Schweigg. Journ., XXXVIII. 1823; XLV. 1825; LIII. and LXI. 1828 and 1831; LVI. 1829; Phil Mag., LXII. 441; Mém. des Sar. Etrang., Vol. VI.; Bull. Phys. Math. Acad. St. Petersb., VII. 1849).
  • Kaestner, Karl Wilhelm Gottlieb—Kastner, Christian—(1783–1857), 220, 314, 408, 529;
  • “Archives für ... naturlehre,” 18 Vols.: Nürnberg, 1824, 1829; “Archives für ... meteorologie,” 1830; “Medicin Gelehrte-Lexikon.”
  • Kahm—Kalm—P. (mentioned at Dalton, John, CE 1793), 308
  • (Schwedische Akad. Abhandl., an 1752, p. 153).
  • Kai-bara—Tok-sin, shows in the “Wa-zi-si” that the first magnetic cars were constructed in Japan during CE 658, 27
  • Kapp, Friedrich, “Geschichte ...,” 508
  • Karlsruhe Polytechnische Schule.
  • Karsten, Carl Johann Bernhard (1782–1853), 511;
  • “Allgemeine Encyclopädie der Physik”: Leipzig, 1856.
  • Karsten, Gustav (b. 1820), “Allgemeine Physik.” One of the editors of Vol. I. of the “Allg. Encycl. d. Physik.”
  • Karsten, Wenceslaus Johann Gustav (1732–1787), Anleitung ... Kenntn. d. Natur, 1783.
  • Kast, Johann Joachim, “Questionum decades duæ de magnete”: Strasburg, 1683.
  • Kastner—Kästner—Abraham G., “Geschichte der mathematik,” 93, 96, 115, 117, 147, 538, 541
  • Kazwini. See Zakarizā.
  • Keferstein—Kefferstein—W., and Kupffer, D., 300
  • Keill, John (1671–1721), “Introductiones ad veram physicum,” 151, 163
  • Keir—Kier—James (Phil. Trans. for 1776) (1735–1820), 297
  • Keiser (at Zamboni, Giuseppe, CE 1812), 420
  • Kelland, Rev. P. (at Young, Thomas, CE 1807), 395
  • Kelly, John, Rector of Copford, “The life of J. Dollond ... inventor of the achromatic telescope,” 214
  • Kelsch, M. (at Dalton, John, CE 1793) 308
  • (Commerc. Litt. Norimb., 1734).
  • Kelvin, Lord. See Thomson, Sir William.
  • Kemp, M., “Description of a non-galvanic pile ...,” 1828 (Jameson’s Journ., VI.).
  • Kempe, Rev. J. E. (at Oersted, H. C., CE 1820), 455
  • Kempelen, Wolfgang von, 171
  • Kendall—Kendal—Abram—Abraham—English navigator, 69, 76, 522
  • Keou-tsoungchy, writes the earliest known description of a water compass, 29
  • Kepler, Johann (1571–1630), 92, 93, 95, 141, 208, 266, 484, 508;
  • “Stella Martis,” “Epitome Astronomiæ Copernicanæ ...,” 1635. See Moreri, L., “Dictionnaire Historique ...,” Vol. V. Pt. 2, p. 21; Wundt, “Philosophische Studien,” Index, p. 34.
  • Kerckring, Theodor. See Kirckringius.
  • Kerner, T. (at Aldini, G., CE 1793), 305
  • Kerr, Robert (1755–1813), 297
  • Kew Observatory (at Ronalds, Sir Francis, CE 1816), 440
  • Kiel University (at Pfaff, C. H., AD 1821), 483
  • Kielmayer—Kielmaier—Karl Friedrich (1765–1844), 284, 302, 326;
  • “Dissertatio sistens ... de electricitate et galvanismo”: Tubingen, 1802; “Examen experimentorum ... effectus magnetis ...”: Tubingen, 1813.
  • Kienmayer, Franz von (d. 1802), “Sur une nouvelle manière de préparer l’amalgame electrique ...”: Paris, 1788 (Jour. de Phys., XXXIII. 1788, 97;
  • Opusc. Scelti, XII. 3, 1789).
  • Kierski, M. (at Thillaye-Platel, Antoine, CE 1803), 386;
  • “Dissertatio de electricitatis ...”: Berolini, 1854.
  • Kies, Johann (1713–1871), “De effectibus electricitatis ...”: Tubingen, 1775.
  • Kiesser (Archiv., IV. 62), 401
  • Kilian, Franz M. (at Aldini, G., A.D. 1793), 306
  • King, Rev. C. W., “Antique gems,” 18, 526
  • King-che-so, the oldest known monument of sculptured stone, 3
  • King, Edward, “Remarks concerning stones said to have fallen from the clouds, both in these days and in ancient times”: London, 1796.
  • King’s College, Cambridge, 549
  • Kingsley, Charles (at Plotinus of Alexandria), 534
  • Kingsley and Silliman, “An account of meteoric stones ...” (Phil. Mag., XXX. 232, 1808; Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc., O.S. vi., Pt. II. 1818).
  • Kin-Koung-yuan, the name of the magnetic cars first made in CE 806–820, 27, 28
  • Kinnersley, Ebenezer (1711–1778), 221–223, 228, 234, 320, 367, 379;
  • “New experiments in electricity” (Phil. Trans. for 1763); “On some electrical experiments with charcoal” (Phil. Trans. for 1773).
  • “Kiobenhaven Selskab. Skrifter som udi ... ere Tremlagde,” 1745.
  • Kippingius, Henricus (d. 1678), “Antiq. Rom. de Exped. Mar.,” 5.
  • See p. 32 of Moreri, L., “Grand Dictionnaire ...,” Vol. V.
  • Kippis, Andrew, “Biographia Britannica”: London, 1793.
  • Kirby, Thomas, “Analysis of electricity and fire ...,” 1777.
  • Kircher, Athanasius (1601–1680), 5, 18, 53, 63, 120–121, 125, 130, 146, 160;
  • “Ars magnetis ... prodigiosis effectibus magnetis,” 1631; “Magnes, sive de arte magnetica,” 1641, 1643, 1654; “Prælusiones magneticæ” (Pogg. I. 1259), 1645; “Magneticum naturæ regnum,” 1667. See pp. 32–33, 63 of Moreri, L., “Grand Dictionnaire ...,” Vol. V.
  • Kirchhoff—Kirchoff—Gustav Robert (1824–1877), Helmholtz, Hermann Ludwig Ferdinand (1821–1894), and Siemens, Ernst Werner (1816–1892), “Verhandlungen der Kgl. Preussischen Akademie ...”: Berlin, 1880. An important paper on lightning conductors.
  • Kirchhoff—Kirchoff—Nicolaus Anton Johann (1725–1800), “Zarüstung, die Wirkung ...” (Gött. Mag., T. I. 1780, St. ii. pp. 322–326).
  • Kirchmaier, Georg Caspar (1635–1700), “De fulmine et tonitru,” 1659; “De luce, igne ac perennibus lucernis”: Viteberg, 1676, 1677 (Miscell. Acad. Nat. Cur. 1677 and 1685, Pogg. I. 1261, 1676–1693).
  • Kirchmaier, Sebastian, “De filis meteoricis ...”: Viteberg, 1666.
  • Kirchmaier, Theodor, “De virgula divinatrice” (Pogg. I. 1262), 1678, 401
  • Kirchner, Carl (at Plotinus of Alexandria), 534
  • Kirkringius—Kirckring—Theodor “... spicilegium anatomicum,” 147
  • Kirkwood, Daniel, “Meteoric Astronomy,” 1867.
  • Kirwan, Richard (1733–1812), 263 (Phil. Mag., XXXIV. 247, 1809).
  • Kirwanian Society of Dublin, 418, 419
  • Kjobenhavn, “Nyt bibliothek fer physik ...,” 453, 455
  • Kjobenhavn, “Oversigt over det ... forhandlinger ...,” 453, 454
  • Klaproth, Julius (1783–1835), “Lettre à Mr. de Humboldt sur l’invention de la boussole”: Paris, 1834, 1, 3, 5, 22, 23, 24, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 33, 43, 54, 56, 61, 69, 72, 77, 115, 153
  • Klaproth, Martin Heinrich (1743–1817), 315;
  • “Des masses pierreuses et métalliques tombées de l’atmosphère” (Mém. de l’Acad. R. de Berlin, for 1803; Gehlen, Jour. f. Chem. v. Physik, VIII. 1809).
  • Klein, G., 284, 305, 326, 385 (Mém. de la Soc. de Haarlem, Vol. I.).
  • Klein, S., “Dissertatio” (at Avicenna), 40
  • Kleist, E. C. von (at Plotinus of Alexandria), 534
  • Kleist, Ewald Georg von (d. 1748), inventor of the Leyden phial. [See note in Ronalds’ Catalogue, p. 268, also Nos. 323 and 460 of the Catalogue of the Wheeler Gift, edited by Wm. D. Weaver. See likewise the Cunæus entry herein], 173–175
  • Klenke (at Humboldt, F. H. A., CE 1799), 335
  • Klindworth, J. A., 249
  • Klingenstierna—Klingensternia—Samuel, Swedish mathematician (1689–1765); “Dissertatio de electricitate,” 1740, 1742; “Tal om de naysta zön vid electriciteten,” 1755, 187
  • Klingenstierna, S., and Brande, W. T., “Dissertatio de magnetismo artificiale,” 1752.
  • Klinkosch, Joseph Thaddäus (1734–1778), 274, 387
  • (“Mém. de l’Acad. de Prague,” III. 218).
  • Kloerich, F. W., “Versuche über d. Wirkungen d. Magnets ...”: Göttingen, 1765, 246
  • Kluge, Karl Alexander Ferdinand, animal magnetism: Amsterdam, 1812 (in “Proeve eener voorstellung ...”).
  • Klugel, Georg Simon (1739–1812), 326
  • Knight, Charles, Cyclopædia (1791–1873). See also English Cyclopædia, Imperial Cyclopædia, Penny Cyclopædia, Mechanical Dictionary, 4, 11, 18, 27, 29, 31, 56, 57, 59, 66, 69, 148, 277, 284, 335, 397, 440, 446, 475
  • Knight, Gowin (1713–1772), 180, 190, 265, 272, 276 (Phil. Trans., XLIII. 161, 361; XLIV. 656).
  • Knockenhauer, Karl Wilhelm (b. 1805), 476
  • (Sitzungsberichten d. Wien Acad. I. 1852; XV. 1855; XXVII. 1857), “Uber die gesetze des magnetismus nach Ampère’s theorie” (Poggendorff Annalen, XXXIV. 481).
  • Knox, Dr. Robert (at Bancroft, E. N., A.D. 1769), 230
  • Koate, President of the London College of Surgeons, 304
  • Kobell, Franz von (b. 1803), “Die Galvanographie ...,” 1842, 1846 (Schweigg. Journ., LXIV. 1832; Gelehrt Anzeig d. Münch. Acad. 1834, 1843, 1850).
  • Kœnen, Hendrik Jakob (at Grotius, Hugo), 518
  • Kœnio, H., “Fulminum theoria meteor ...,” 1631, 553
  • Koestlin—Koeslin—Carl Heinrich, “Examen ... effectus magnetis ...,” 1813, 243
  • Kohl, Fred. Georg (at Brugmans, Anton, CE 1778), 255
  • Kohl, Dr. Johann Georg, collection of early maps, 62, 63, 533, 562
  • Kohlrausch, R. H. (Pogg. Annal., LXXII. 1847 to XCVIII. 1856); “Theory of the electric residue in the Leyden Jar”: London, 1854.
  • Kohlrausch, R. H., and Weber, Wm. Ed., 489; “Elektrodynamische Maasbestimmungen ...,” 1856.
  • Kohlreif, G. A. (at Lavoisier, A. L., CE 1781), 262
  • “Kön. baïerische akademie der wissenschaften,” 383
  • “Kongl. svenska vetenskaps Academien,” Handlingar, Stockholm, p. 168, 453
  • Konversations-Lexikon. See Brockhaus, Meyers, “Conversations.”
  • Kopp, J. H., “Dissertatio ... causis combustionis spontaneæ in corpore humano pactæ,” 1800.
  • Koten, J. H. van, “De galvanische stroom ...”: Amsterdam, 1856.
  • Koupho, Chinese physicist, discourse on the loadstone, 23
  • Krafft, Georg Wolfgang (1701–1754), is the author of “Prælectiones in physicam theoreticam,” “Observationes meteorologicæ ...,” “De viribus attractionis magneticæ experimenta,” 140, 308, 554
  • Krafft, Wolfgang Ludwig (1743–1814), 141, 249, 257, 308, 402;
  • “Tentamen theoriæ electrophori,” 1778 (Novi Comment. Acad. Petropol., XV. 586; XVII. 695; XIX. 610; Acta Petrop., 1778).
  • Krais, J., translator of Lucanus’ “Pharsalia,” 140
  • Kramer, G. E., Über telegraphen—schreib apparate, 1851 (Dingler’s Polytech. Journ., CXIX. and CXXI. for 1851).
  • Kramer, G. E., and Belli, Giuseppe, “Sulla produzione dell’ Ozono ...,” 1844, 1845.
  • Kratzenstein, Christian Gottlieb (1723–1795), 170–172, 213;
  • “Theoria electricit. more geometrico explicata”: Halle, 1746.
  • Krayenhoff, Cornelius Rudolph Theodor van (1758–1840), and Van Troostwijk, A. P., “De l’appl. de l’électricité ...,” 1788, 385
  • Kreil, Karl (b. 1798), “Jahrbücher ... für Meteorologie und Erdmagnetismus von Kreil,” “Magnetische und geographische ...,” 1846, 1855, 1862 (Sitzungsberichte d. Wien Acad., III. 1849; IV. 1850; VIII. and IX. 1852; XXXVI., No. 16).
  • Kries, Friedrich Christian (1768–1849), “Von d. magnet. Erscheinungen,” 1827.
  • Krische, August Bernhard (at Heraclides), 519
  • Kruger, Georg (at Dalton, John, CE 1793), 308
  • Kruger, Johann Gottlob (1715–1759), 174;
  • “Diss. de electricitatis Musschenbroekianæ ...,” 1756.
  • Krunitz, Johann Georg (1728–1796), 298, 326, 385, 556;
  • “Verzeichnis der vornehmsten schriften der electricität und den electrischen curen,” 1769.
  • Krunitz—Kirtz—Johann Georg (1728–1796), 298, 385
  • Krziwaneck, J., “De electricitate ...,” 1839, 328
  • Ktesias. See Ctesias.
  • Kuhlmann, Quirinus (1652–1689), “Kircheriana de arte magna sciendi ...”: London, 1681.
  • Kuhn (at Thillaye-Platel, Antoine, A.D. 1803), 386
  • Kuhn—Kuehn—Karl (1816–1869), “Handbuch der angewandten elektricitätslehre ...”: Leipzig, 1866, 264, 385, 413, 420
  • Kuhn—Kuehn—Karl Gottlob (1754–1840), “Traité de l’électricité,” 1771; “Die nuest. Entdeckungen ... elektricität ...,” 1796, 1797.
  • Kung-foo-Whing is said to have invented a method of transmitting sound through wires by the thumthsein, CE 968, 28
  • Kupffer—Kupfer—Adolpte Theodor (b. 1799), “Annales de l’Observatoire physique central de l’empire de Russie ...,” 1850–1859.
  • Kupffer—Kupfer—D., and Keferstein, W. (at Shaw, John, CE 1791), 300

L

L

  • La Beaume, Michael, “Du galvanisme”: Paris, 1828, 330, 385
  • “La Bible” of Guyot de Provins, 30
  • La Boissière, “Notice sur les travaux ...,” 10
  • Laborde, Jean Baptiste de (d. 1777), “Le clavecin électrique,” 1761, 555
  • La Caille (at Lambert, J. H., AD 1766–1776), 225
  • Lacépède, Bernard Germain Etienne de la Ville, Comte de (1756–1825), “Essai sur l’électricité naturelle et artificielle,” 2 Vols. 1781, 273, 556
  • Lachmann, M. (at Haüy, René, CE 1787), 288
  • La Condamine, Charles Marie de (1701–1774), 165
  • La Coste, Christophile de, 516
  • La Croix, Paul, “Science and literature of the middle ages,” 54, 540
  • Lacque, Du (at Milly, N. C. De Thy, CE 1771), 235
  • Lactantius, Lucius Cœlius Firmianus (died c. CE 325–326), “Divinarum Institutionum,” 523–525
  • Lacy, H. de, “Du galvanisme médical...,” 1849, 330
  • Laet, Jan de (1593–1640), “De gemmis et lapidibus,” 1647, 17
  • “La France littéraire, ou Dictionnaire Bibliographique des Savants,” par Joseph M. Quérard, 59
  • Lagos, Vincente Rodriguez de (sixteenth to seventeenth century), 69
  • La Grande Encyclopédie. See Larousse, Pierre, also Berthelot, M. P. E.
  • Lagrange, Joseph Louis, Comte de, Membre de l’Institut, F.R.S. (1736–1813), 116, 133, 224, 318, 409, 462.
  • See Wundt, Wilhelm, “Philosophische Studien,” Index, pp. 35–36.
  • Lagrange, La Place, etc., “Rapport sur un nouveau télégraphe des citoyens Bréguet, L. F. C., et Bétancourt”: Paris, 1798.
  • La Grave—Lagrave, 304, 419;
  • “Expériences galvaniques...,” (Journal de Physique, an XI, pp. 159, 233, 472).
  • La Hire, Philippe de, “...New sort of magnetical compass...,” (Phil. Trans. for 1687, p. 344), 141, 144, 145, 148, 268
  • Lalande—La Lande—Joseph Jérome le François de (1732–1807), 95, 233, 300, 301, 477
  • (Journal des Savants, Nov. 1792); “Abrégé de l’astronomie.”
  • See “Bibliographie Astronomique.”
  • “La Lumière Electrique,” publication commenced in Paris during 1879, vii, 24, 140, 154, 199, 208, 224, 269, 361, 416, 422, 455, 470, 476, 481, 499
  • Lamanon, Robert de Paul, Chevalier de (1752–1787), 250
  • Lamartillière (at Aldini, G., CE 1793), 305
  • Lamballe. See Jobert de Lamballe.
  • Lambert, A. J. (at Chladni, E. F. F., CE 1794), 314
  • Lambert, Alexandre, “Historique de la télégraphie ... ses systèmes divers”: Paris, 1862.
  • Lambert, Johann Heinrich (1728–1777), 156, 220, 224–225, 309, 315, 444
  • Lambeth Palace, 329
  • Lamé, Gabriel (b. 1795), “Cours de physique de l’Ecole Polytechnique,” 2 Vols. 1837, 195
  • La Méthérie, Jean Claude de (1743–1817), 261, 270, 281–282, 299, 303, 435
  • (Journal de Physique, XLII. 252; LIII. and LIV.; Annali di Chim. di Brugnatelli, XIX. 156, 1802).
  • Lamirault, H., et Cie., 14, 80
  • Lamont, Johann (1805–1879), 71, 233, 275;
  • “Handbuch des magnetismus” (Allgem. Encyclop. der Physik, XV. 1867); “Annalen für meteorologie ...”: Munchen, 1842; “Magnetismus der erde”: Berlin, 1846.
  • Lamotte-Fouqué, Frederic Henri Charles, Baron de (1777–1843), 75
  • Lampadius, Wilhelm August (1772–1842), “Versuche und Beobachtungen über die elektricität ...,” 1793, 1804.
  • “Lamp of Life,” 104
  • Lamy, François (1636–1711), “Conjectures physiques ...,” 1689.
  • Lana-Lanis—Franciscus de—Lana Terzi—Pertius de Lanis (1631–1687), 53, 110, 554.
  • See p. 718, Cates’ Dictionary.
  • “La Nature,” 171, 260
  • “Lancet,” 97
  • Lancetti, Vincenzio, “Biographia Cremonese”: Milano, 1819–1822, 71
  • Landnama-Bok—Landnamabok, 28
  • Lando. See Mongiardini.
  • Landriani, G. B., “Nova electricitatis theoria ...,” 1755, 555
  • Landriani, Marsiglio (d. 1816 ...), 278, 284;
  • “On an improved electrophorus” (Scelta d’Opuscoli, 12 mo., XIX. 73, 1776); (Mayer’s Samml. “Phys. Aufsäge der Gesellsch. Böhmischer Naturf,” III.) Letters from Van Marum in 1789 and 1791.
  • Lane, Timothy (1734–1807), 228, 282;
  • “On the magnetic attraction of oxides of iron” (Phil. Mag., XXIII. 253); Description of Mr. Lane’s electrometer (Phil. Trans., LVII. 451, 1768).
  • Lang, Andrew, “Sagas of the Kings of Norway,” 115
  • Lang, Victor von (Sitzungb. Wien. Acad., XXXI. No. 18, 1858; LIX. 1869).
  • Langbein, Dr. Geo., “A complete treatise on the electro-deposition of metals,” 24
  • Langenbucher, Jacob (at Gay-Lussac, J. L., CE 1804), 389
  • Langius, Joannes, “Epistolorum medicinalium,” 1589, 17, 27, 82
  • Langworthy, Charles Cunningham, “View of the Perkinian electricity,” 1798, 328
  • Lanis, P. Francisci Tertii de, 53, 110
  • La Pérouse—Jean François de Galaup, Comte de (b. 1741), 249
  • La Péyrouse—Pérouse—Philippe (1744–1818), “Description d’un météore ...” (Toulouse Academy, 1ere Série IV. 189, 1790), 250
  • Lapide Bononiensi: Mentzel, Chn., 1673; Montalbani, Ovido, 1634; Licetus, 1640; Mentzel, 554
  • Lapis electricus of Linnæus, 13, 153
  • Lapis fulminaris, 218
  • Lapis heracleus, 15
  • Lapis herculaneus, 15
  • Lapis lyncurius, 13, 218
  • La Place, Capt. Cyrille Pierre Théodore (b. 1793), 462
  • La Place, Pierre Simon, Marquis de (1749–1827), 96, 141, 247, 261, 262, 318, 344, 349, 377, 378, 386, 409, 416, 426, 459, 460–462, 463, 475, 480.
  • See Wundt, Wilhelm, “Philosophische Studien,” Index, pp. 35–36.
  • La Place, P. S., and Lavoisier, A. L. (Mémoires de Paris for 1781), 462
  • Larcher, Cassius, Daubancourt, and Zanetti, F. M., 306 (Ann. de Chim., XLV. 195).
  • Lardner, Dionysius (1793–1859), “Manual of electricity ...”; “Handbooks of Electricity, etc.”; “Lectures on Science and Art”; Cabinet Library, 12 Vols.; Cabinet Cyclopædia, 134 Vols., 8, 10, 80, 115, 138, 157, 207, 227, 336, 339, 347, 379, 390, 392, 417, 455, 473, 476
  • Lardner, Nathaniel (1684–1768), “Credibility of the gospel history ...,” 25
  • La Rive, Auguste Arthur De (b. 1801), “Recherches sur la cause de l’électricité ...”; “Essai historique”; “Traité d’électricité ...”; “A treatise on electricity ...,” 1853, 1856, 1858; “Archives de l’électricité; supplément à la Bibliothèque Universelle De Genève” (Ann. de Chimie, XXXVII. 225, 1828; Phil. Mag. or Annals, III. 151, also the Quarterly Journal, XXXV. 161, 1828; Phil. Trans, for 1847; pt. 1, 10, 107, 139, 140, 185, 259, 263, 292, 300, 305, 308, 321, 330, 347, 352, 359, 365, 384, 385, 387, 391, 406, 407, 418, 420, 434, 441, 454, 472, 473, 476, 491, 495
  • La Rive and Marcet (Geneva, Soc. de Phys., VI. 503, 1833).
  • Larousse, Pierre Athanase (1817–1875), “Grand Dictionnaire Universel du XIXe siècle ... Biographie, etc.”; “Revue Encyclopédique,” 2, 10, 21, 38, 41, 45, 64, 65, 68, 69, 80, 81, 91, 94, 97, 98, 103, 105, 106, 107, 109, 114, 117, 120, 121, 122, 127, 128, 130, 132, 148, 149, 158, 190, 253, 255, 259, 282, 286, 288, 289, 294, 295, 296, 306, 324, 350, 353, 359, 361, 367, 376, 383, 385, 386, 387, 402, 408, 409, 414, 420, 424, 428, 456, 464, 471, 483, 498, 501, 502, 505, 507, 508, 509, 510, 511, 512, 513, 514, 515, 516, 517, 519, 520, 521, 525, 526, 527, 529, 531, 532, 533, 534, 536, 538, 539, 540
  • Larousse, Pierre, “La Grande Encyclopédie,” 31 Vols. 1886–1903; “Le Nouveau Larousse” (Claude Augé), 1, 2, 14, 20, 31, 33, 34, 38, 39, 41, 44, 79, 80, 81, 91, 94, 97, 117, 122, 141, 148, 166, 170, 196, 208, 211, 236, 259, 262, 264, 370, 400, 434, 506, 509, 511, 513, 516, 517, 518, 519, 520, 521, 526, 528, 530, 531, 532, 540
  • Larrey, Dominique Jean, Baron de (1776–1842) (Acad. des Sciences, XVIII. 417).
  • Larrey, Felix Hippolyte, Baron de (1810–1852), 284
  • La Rue, W. de, “On the structure of electro-precipitated metals” (Journal of the Chemical Society, article CXXX. p. 300).
  • Las Casas, Barthélémy de (1474–1566), 66
  • Lassell, J. and C. (at Humboldt, Alex von), 335
  • Lassone, Jean Joseph Marie François de, 263, 385 (Recueil sur l’électricité medicale, I. 245, 1763).
  • Lasthenia, one of the most distinguished disciples of Plato (born c. 420 B.C.), 543
  • Latini, Brunetto (1230–1294), “Les livres dou Trésor,” XIX.; “Il Tesoro,” 1474. Ronalds says it “contains one of the oldest documents on the knowledge in Europe of the compass.”
  • Laugier, André (1770–1832), on meteoric stones (Phil. Mag., XXVI. II; LVI. 157; Annales de Ch., LVIII. 261; Ann. de Ch. et de Phys., XIII. 441).
  • Laurencin, Paul, “Le Télégraphe,” 12, 264
  • Lausanne, Mémoires de la Société Physique de Lausanne, 91, 293
  • Lautz, G. (at Lynschoten, J. H. van), 526
  • Laverine (at Jadelot, J. F. N., CE 1799) (Opusc. Scelti, XXII. 132, 1803), 330
  • Lavoisier, Antoine Laurent (1743–1794), 236, 261–262, 263, 297, 355, 386, 416, 426, 429, 461, 462;
  • “Opuscules physiques et chimiques,” 1774, 1801.
  • See La Place, P. S., “Traité élémentaire de chimie ... dans un ordre nouveau ...,” 2 Vols. 1789, 1801.
  • Law, Alexander (at AD 1808), 400
  • Law, Dr. (at CE 1675), 133
  • Lawrence, R. M., 330, 386, “On the application of electricity ...,” 1853; “Galvanism, its medical application and uses,” 1857.
  • Lawrence, Sir Edwin Durning, xii
  • Leader, John Temple (at Kendall, A.), 523
  • Lebailif—Lebaillif (at Faraday, Michael, CE, 1821), 494
  • Le Bas. See Dictionnaire Encyclopédique de la France.
  • Le Blanc, Richard (at Thillaye-Platel, Antoine, CE 1803, and at Cardanus, H.), 385, 507
  • Le Bouvier-Desmortiers, Urbain René Thomas (1739–1827), 410.
  • See Desmortiers.
  • Le Breton, “Histoire” (at St. Elmo, CE 304), 24, 229
  • Le Breton, Mme. J., “Hist. et Appl. de l’électricité,” 1884, 268, 454
  • Le Brun (at Journal des Savants), 551
  • Le Brun, Pierre (1661–1729), 148, 401
  • Le Cat, Claude Nicolas (1700–1768), “Mémoire sur l’électricité,” 1746, 128, 178
  • Lechman, M. (1707–1778), on the tourmaline (at Æpinus, F. M. U. T., CE 1759), 218, 287
  • Leclerc, Jean Georges Louis, Comte de Buffon (1707–1788), “Histoire naturelle,” 127 Vols.; “Histoire des Minéraux,” 5 Vols.; “Théorie de la Terre,” 1, 7, 30, 33, 37, 55, 60, 61, 161, 200, 218, 259, 299, 320, 332, 359
  • Leclerc, Lucien, “Histoire de la médecine arabe,” 541
  • Lecluse—Lescluse—Charles de (1524–1609).
  • Le Comus. See Le Dru.
  • “Le Cosmos,” Paris, 57, 115, 134, 140, 209, 264, 302, 365, 401, 440
  • “Le Courrier du Livre,” 32
  • Lectures on Electricity. See Sturgeon, William.
  • Le Dru, Nicholas Philippe—called Le Comus, Le Camus, also Cosnier (1731–1807), 224, 229, 235, 385;
  • Cosnier (Le Dru), Maloet, Darcet and others are named in report made in Paris during 1783.
  • Lee, Sidney. See “Dictionary of National Biography.”
  • Leeson, “Experiments ... electro-chemical decomposition of water ...” (Ann. of Elect., IV. 238), 337
  • Lefevre-Gineau, Louis (1751–1829), 389
  • Lefroy, J. H. (at Dalton, John, CE 1793), 308 (Phil. Mag., 3rd Series, XXXVI. 457, 1850).
  • Lefroy, J. H., and Richardson, Sir John, “Magnetical and Meteorological Observations ...”
  • “Le Globe,” 412
  • Le Grave (at Jadelot, J. F. N., CE 1799), 330
  • Legros and Onimus (at Thillaye-Platel, Antoine, CE 1803), 386
  • Le Hardy, Major Charles, 399
  • Lehmann, Johann Gottlob (d. 1767), “Abhandlung von Phosphoris,” “Von magnet Theilen im Sande” (Mém. de la Soc. de Haarlem, XI. Pt. I. 1769), 273
  • Lehmann, Otto, of Karlsruhe, “Die elektrischen lichterscheinungen ...”
  • Lehot, C. J., “Observations sur le galvanisme et le magnétisme” (Jour. de Phys., an 9, LII. 135, 1801), 270, 348, 355, 419
  • Lehre von der Electricität. See Wiedemann, Gustav.
  • Lehre von Galvanismus und Electro-Magnetismus. See Wiedemann, Gustav.
  • Lehrbuch der Allgemeine Chemie. See Ostwald, F. W.
  • Lehrbuch der Chemie, 5 Vols. Leipzig, 1848. See Berzelius, J. J. F. von.
  • Lehrbuch der Komischen Physik. See Muller, J. H. J.
  • Lehrbuch der Meteorologie. See Kaemtz, L. F.
  • Lehrbuch der Physik und Meteorologie. See Müller-Pouillet.
  • Lehrbuch der Physik zum Gebrauche: Mannheim, 1836. See Eisenlohr, W.
  • Lehrbuch der Physiologie des Mens Körpers: Erlangen, 312
  • Leibnitz—Leibniz—Gottfried Wilhelm von (1646–1716), 147, 152
  • Leidenfrost, Ludwig Christoph, “... Miscellanea experimenta circa electricitatem,” 1781.
  • Leipzig—Lipsiæ—“Acta Eruditorum ...,” “Indices generales ...,” 117 Vols., 306
  • Leipzig, “Allgemeines Magazin der Natur-Kunst und Wissenschaft.”
  • Leipzig, “Commentarii de rebus in scientia naturali et medicina gestis,” von C. G. Ludwig, 37 Vols. Lipsiæ, 1752–1798, 130, 285
  • Leipzig Society. “Abhandlungen ... Wissenschaften.”
  • Leipzig University, 162
  • Leitch, John, “Hieroglyphic Essays and Correspondence,” 396
  • Leithead, William, “Electricity; its nature, operation ...,” 1837, 29, 129, 135, 149, 153, 240, 241, 376, 383, 443
  • Leland—Leyland—John (1506–1552), 42
  • Lelandri, Contessi G. (Ann. Reg. Lomb. Veneto), 347
  • Lelewell, Joachim. See Géographie de Moyen-Âge, 62
  • Lelong, Le P. Jacques, “Bibliotheca sacra,” 1709, 538
  • Le Lorrain de Vallemont. See Vallemont.
  • Lemaire—Le Maire (Mém. Acad. de Paris, 1745, 1750), 190
  • Leméry, Louis (1667–1743), exhibits the tourmaline—lapis electricus, 153, 218, 442, 465
  • Leméry, Nicholas (at Leméry, Louis, CE 1717), 153
  • Lemoine—Moreau. See Dureau.
  • “Le Moniteur,” 359, 380
  • “Le Moniteur Scientifique.” See Quesneville, Dr. G. A.
  • Lemnius—Lemmeus—Lieven—Levinus (1505–1568), “De miraculis occultis naturæ ...,” first edition, Antwerpiæ, 1559 (“The Secret miracles of nature,” wherein he described the mariner’s compass), 5, 87, 538, 553
  • Lemonnier—Le Monnier—Louis Guillaume (Mém. de Paris, 1746, 1752; Philos. Trans. for 1746, p. 290).
  • Lemonnier—Le Monnier—Pierre Claude Charles (1715–1799), “Lois du magnétisme ... dans les différentes parties du globe terrestre ...”: Paris, 1776–1778, 176, 177–178, 200, 232, 320 (Mém. de Paris, 1770, 1771, 1772, 1773, 1774, 1777–1779).
  • Le Monnier, according to Brit. Museum Catalogue; Nouvelle Biographie Générale, 1859, XXX. 621; Poggendorff Handwörterbuch.
  • Lemonnier, according to Encycl. Britannica, 1911, XVI. 416; Biographie Universelle, XXIV. 95–97; New Intern. Encycl., 1915, XIII. 765; Dict. of Gen. Biogr., 1881, p. 744.
  • Not mentioned in Allgemeine Deutsche Biographie, 1883, Band 18, 1906, Band 51, or in either Meyer’s or Brockhaus’ Konversations-Lexikon.
  • Lemoyne des Essarts, Nicholas Toussaint, “Siècles Littéraires,” 190
  • Lemprière, John (b. 1824), English author, “Bibliotheca Classica,” 1788, 518
  • Lemström, K. S., Professor at Helsingfors. See Lenström.
  • Lenain de Tillemont. See Tillemont.
  • Lenglet du Fresnoy, Nicole (1674–1755), “Methode ...,” 1772, Vol. XIV. contains an outline of the history of science and art.
  • Lenoble—Le Noble—Mr. L’Abbé, Chanoine de la Collégiale de Vernon sur Seine en Normandie, “Aimants artificiels d’une très grande force” (Mém. de Paris, 1772, Hist., p. 17), 26, 253.
  • See Thouret, also Ronalds’ Catalogue, p. 296.
  • “Le Nouveau Larousse illustré,” par Claude Augé, 7 Vols. 1901–1904.
  • Lenström, Selim (at Aurora Borealis), 139, 179, 180
  • Lenz, Heinrich Friedrich Emil (1804–1865), 423
  • (Mém. et Bull. de l’Acad. de St. Petersb., 1831, 1836–1839, 1844–1858; Pogg. Ann., XXXI. for 1834, XXXIV. for 1835).
  • Lenz, R. (Mém. et Bull. de l’Acad. de St. Petersb., 1862, 1866).
  • Leonardus, Camillus (fl. sixteenth century CE), 17, 26, 57, 73, 82;
  • “Speculum lapidum,” 1502, 1516 (“The mirror of stones,” 1750).
  • See Græsse, “Trésor de livres ...,” Vol. IV. p. 165.
  • Leopold of Tuscany, 96
  • Leopoldino-Carolino. See Breslau.
  • Leotaud—Leotaudus, Leotandus—Vincent (1595–1672), 120, 160, 554;
  • “R. P. Vincentii Leotaudi ... magnetologia ... magnetis philosophia,” 1668.
  • Leprince—Le Prince, “Nouvelle théorie de l’aurore boréale ...,” 1817, 308
  • Le Roi—Le Roy—and D’Arcy, 177
  • Le Roux de Lincy, 34
  • Leroux—Le Roux—François Pierre, “Etudes sur les machines electro-magnétiques ...” (Ann. de Chim. et Phys., Ser. IV. Vol. X. pp. 201–291). Deals with the Peltier and Thomson effects.
  • Le Roy—Le Roi—Jean Baptiste (d. 1800), 177, 198, 208, 240, 273, 302, 303, 320
  • Lesage—Le Sage—Georges Louis, Jr. (1724–1803), “Traité de Physique ...,” 209, 241–242, 255
  • Lesage—Le Sage—Georges Louis, Sr. (1676–1759), “Des corps terrestres et des météores,” 242
  • Leslie, Sir John (1766–1832), 134, 192, 225, 295–296, 315, 440, 479, 498;
  • “Observations on electrical theories,” 1824.
  • See Rumford Medal. “Treatises on natural philosophy ...” (Phil. Mag., XLII. 44, 1813).
  • “Les Mondes,” 248, 365. See Moigno.
  • Le télégraphe. See Laurencin, Paul.
  • Letheby, H., “An account ... gymnotus electricus ...,” 1842, 299
  • Letronne, Jean Antoine, “Mém. de l’Acad. des Inscriptions,” 533
  • Leucippus, Greek philosopher, disciple of Zeno (fl. fifth century BCE), 512, 543
  • Leupold, electrical machine, 150
  • Leurechon, Jean, French poet (1591–1670). See Van Etten.
  • Leuwenhoeck, Anthony van (Phil. Trans., XIX. for 1695–1697, p. 512), 245, 246
  • Levasseur (mentioned at Agrippa, H. C.), 502
  • Lewes, George Henry, “History of philosophy from Thales to Comte,” 534
  • Lewis, Meriwether, on the zodiacal light, 141
  • Lexell, Anders Johann (1740–1784).
  • Leyden Jar discovered by E. G. von Kleist, Nov. 4, 1745, 173
  • Leyden Jar principle employed by Bozolus for transmitting intelligence, 226
  • Leyden University, 169, 518
  • Leyes de las Partidas. See Alfonso el IX.
  • Leymarie, Alex. (1732–1796) “Une nouvelle ... tourmaline,” 1850 (Toulouse Acad. 3e Série), 287–288
  • Liais, E., “Pendule electro-magnétique” (Mém. de la Soc. de Cherbourg, II. 294, IV. 205).
  • Libanius, Greek Sophist (CE 314–393).
  • See Nouv. Biogr. de Hœfer, 1860, XXI. 110–113.
  • Libavius, Andreas (1560–1616), 124; “Alchymia ... medico physico chemico,” 1606.
  • Libes, Antoine (1752–1832), 131, 277, 353;
  • “Théorie de l’électricité ...”; “Histoire philosophique des progrès de la physique”; “Traité élémentaire de physique” (electricity by pressure); “Dictionnaire de physique.”
  • Library of American Biography. See Jared Sparks.
  • Library of Literary Criticism. See Moulton, Ch. W.
  • Library of Useful Knowledge, 103, 204, 219, 220, 226, 228, 256, 264, 278, 280, 282, 287, 290, 380, 423, 431, 455, 458, 460, 467, 471, 475, 476, 481, 498
  • “Library, The,” 122
  • Libri Carrucci dalla Sommaia (Guglielmo Bruto Icilio Timoleone) (1803–1869), “Histoire des sciences mathématiques en Italie depuis la renaissance des lettres jusqu’à la fin du 17e siècle,” 4 Vols. 1835, 1838–1848, 1865; “Catalogues ...”; Nouvelle Biogr. Gén. V. 922; 16, 23, 30, 33, 35, 43, 44, 45, 53, 55, 57, 61, 64, 66, 75, 97, 106, 110, 114, 116, 117, 126, 140, 299, 506, 510, 515, 522, 524, 525, 527, 531
  • Liceti, Fortunio (1577–1657).
  • Licetus, Fortunatus (1577–1657), “Litheosphorus ... lapide Bononiensi lucern ...,” 1640.
  • Lichtenberg, Georg Christoph (1744–1799). Discovered the double electrophorus, as explained in his “De novo methodo ...”: Göttingen, 1779; “An Dr. Exleben ...” (Gött. Mag., J. i., S. ii. 216–220, 1780), 250
  • Lichtenberg, Ludwig Christian (1738–1812).
  • Lichtenberg, L. C., and Michaelis, G. A., concerning Solomon’s temple, 10
  • Lichtenberg, L. C., and Voigt, J. H. (1751–1823), “Magazin für das neueste aus der Physik ...,” 249, 256, 257, 280, 313, 316, 431, 449
  • Lieberkuhn—Lieberkyn—Dr. Johann Nathaniel, of the Berlin Academy (1711–1756), makes known Kleist’s discovery of the Leyden Jar, 173, 174
  • Liebig, J., and Kopp, J. H., “Jahresbericht über ... chemie, physik, etc.”
  • Liebig, Justus—Justin—Freiherr von, 491, 494
  • (Poggendorff, J. C., “Handwörterbuch,” pp. 1455–1460); “Handwörterbuch der ... chemie, von Liebig, Poggendorff, Wöhler, etc.”; “Annalen der pharmacie....”
  • Lientandi, “Magnetologia”: Lugdini Bat., 1668.
  • Light, finite velocity of, discovered by Rœmer, Olaus, 157
  • Lightning and thunder attracted and directed by the ancients, 9, 294
  • Lightning and thunder inoculated into clouds by bombs, 368
  • Lightning, many sources recognised by Etruscans and Romans, 9
  • Lightning-rod Conference, Report of, 198, 199
  • Lightning rods on ancient temples, 600 BCE, 9
  • Liliencron, Rochus, 34
  • Lilliehöök, C. B., “Voyages ... in Scandinavia,” 1842, 139
  • Linari-Santi, P. (1777–1858), 298, 337;
  • “Sur les propriétés électriques ... de la torpille”: Genève, 1837–1838; “Sull elettricità animale”: Napoli, 1843 (Bibl. Univ., 1837–1838; Fusinieri, Ann. Sc. R. Lomb.-Veneto, 1839; Bibl. Ital., Vol. XCII. 258; Rendiconto dell’ Acad. di Napoli, II. 1843).
  • Linari-Santi, P., and Guili, G. (Ann. del Reg. Lomb.-Veneto, IX. 200, 1839).
  • Linari-Santi, P., and Palmieri, Luigi (Rendiconto dell’ Acad, di Napoli, III. 1844).
  • Linck, Johann Wilhelm (1760–1805), “De raga torpedine,” 1788, 298
  • Lincy, Le Roux de, and Tisserand, L. M., 34
  • Lind, James (d. 1794), 331
  • Linden, Joannes Antonides van der, “De Scriptio Medicis,” 26, 508, 513, 517, 531
  • Line of no magnetic variation. See Columbus, Christopher, 65
  • Linguet, Simon Henri Nicholas (1736–1794), “Mémoire ... moyen d’établir des signaux par la lumière,” 1782, 265
  • Lining, Dr. John, 196, 320 (“Mém. de Paris,” 1755).
  • Linnæus—Linné—Carl von (1707–1778), “Flora Zeylanica” (on the tourmaline), 1747; (K. Schwed. Akad. Abh., XXIV. 291; VI. 93; VIII. 61; Acta Holminensio, XXIV. 292, 1762), 13, 153, 192, 288, 297, 385, 450, 451, 456
  • Linnean Society of New England, Transactions, 298
  • Linnstrom, H., “Schwedisches Bücher-Lexikon,” 1830–1865.
  • Lion, Moise, “Electricité statique, Histoire et recherches nouvelles”: Paris, 1868.
  • Lipenius, Martinus, “Navigatio Salomonis Ophiritica illustrata,” 1660, 33, 73, 87
  • Lippincott, Joshua Ballinger (1816–1886), “General Biographical Dictionary,” 470
  • Lisbon Academy, “Memorias da Acad. Real das Sciencas da Lisboa,” 12 Vols.
  • Lisieux College, 254
  • Lister, Dr. Martin (1638–1712), “Collection Académique,” 204, 288, 402, 548
  • Li-tchi-tchin, celebrated Chinese naturalist, 77
  • Literary and Philosophical Society, Manchester. See Manchester.
  • Literary Digest, 57
  • Literary Gazette, 412
  • Littré and Sainte Beuve, 476
  • Littré, M. E. (at Ampère, A. M., CE 1820), 476
  • “Living Authors” (at Gregory, George, A.D. 1796), 324
  • Livio Sanuto (fl. sixteenth century CE), “Geografia ... della bussola e dell’ Aguglia ...,” 1588, 65, 69, 114, 115
  • Livy. See Titus Livius (Phil. Trans., XLVIII., Pt. 1, p. 211).
  • Lloyd, Humphrey (b. 1800), 28, 138;
  • “A treatise on magnetism,”: London, 1874; “Remarks on the theory of the compound magnetic needle”; “Account of the Induction Inclinometer ...” (Trans. Royal Irish Acad., XVII. 1836; XIX, 1840 and 1841; XXI. 1843; XXII. 1849; XXIV. 1862; Proceedings Royal Irish Acad., 1848, 1850, 1853, 1861, 1862).
  • Lloyd, Sabine, and Ross, “Observations ... terrestrial magnetic force in Ireland” (Report of the British Association for 1835).
  • Loadstone. See Lodestone.
  • Lobe, W., “De vi corporum electrica,” 1743, 555
  • Lobb, Harry (at Thillaye-Platel, Antoine, CE 1803), 386;
  • “A popular treatise on curative electricity ...,” 1867.
  • Locke, John (1792–1856), works of (at Kendall, Abram), 522 (Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc., VI. 1839).
  • Locrian, The, 8
  • Loder, M. Juste Chrétien de (1753–1832), (at Pearson, George, CE 1797), 326, 333
  • Lodestone’s lifting power, 134, 159
  • Lodestone—Loadstone—first discovered at Magnesia in Lydia, 146.
  • See Magnet, Magnes. Its use in antiquity for directive purposes.
  • See Ferguson, also Barrow, Sir John, “Voyage en Chine,” 1805.
  • Lodestone, magnet, armed, 86, 100
  • Lodestones, different descriptions of, 13;
  • virtue of (Earl of Abercorn), 554
  • Lodge, Sir Oliver, “Pioneers of Science,” 462.
  • See Rumford Medal.
  • Lofft, Capel (Phil. Mag., LI. 109, 203, 1818), 314
  • Logan (Phil. Trans., 1735), 195
  • Lohier fils, “Globules lumineux,” 1746, 555
  • Lohmeir, P., “De fulmine,” 1676 (Pogg., I. 1491).
  • Lo-Luz—Lo-Looz—Robert de, “Recherches ... pour prouver le magnétisme universel,” 1788.
  • Lombardi, Antonio (b. 1768), “Storia della letteratura Italiana ...,” 6 Vols. (Mem. Soc. Ital., Vol. XX.), 330
  • Lombardo-Veneto (Venetian Lombardy Imperial Royal Institution).
  • See Istituto, Lombardy, Fusinieri, Giuli.
  • Lombardus, Petrus—Peter Lombard—Bishop of Lyons (fl. twelfth century A.D.), “Sententiarum, Libri IIII.,” 41.
  • See Joannes ab Incarnatione.
  • Lombardy—Lombardo-Veneto, “Giornale dell’ I.R. Istituto Lombardo di scienze, lettere ed arti, e Biblioteca Italiana,” 25 Vols.: Milano, 1841–1856, is the suite of the “Biblioteca Italiana,” which ran from 1816 to 1840. Memorie—also Atti—dell’ I.R. Istituto Lombardo di scienze, lettere ed arti, 1843–1848.
  • Lomond—Lomont—Claude Jean Baptiste (1749–1830), 285
  • Lomonosow—Remonozow—Michael Wassiljewitsch (1711–1765), 204
  • Lomonosow—Remonozow and Grischow, A. N. (1726–1760), “Orationes de meteoris electricis explicationes ...,” 1755.
  • London and Edinburgh Phil. Mag. and Journal of Science.
  • See Philosophical Magazine.
  • London Chemical Society, 394
  • London College of Surgeons, 178, 304
  • London, Edinburgh and Dublin Phil. Mag. and Journ. of Sc.
  • See Philosophical Magazine.
  • London Electrical Society, 468
  • London Encyclopædia, 22 Vols. 1839.
  • London Geological Society, 359, 371
  • London, Guy’s Hospital, 443
  • London Institution, 371, 372, 458
  • London Mechanics’ Register. See New London.
  • London Mining Journal, 498
  • London, Royal Astronomical Society, 433, 462
  • London, Royal Society. See Royal Society, London.
  • London. See Journal of the Society of Arts, Nicholson’s “Journal of Nat. Phil ...,” “Phil. Magazine ...,” “Electrical Society,” “Royal Society,” “Royal Institution,” “Pharmaceutical Journal.”
  • London University, 498
  • Long’s expedition to the Rocky Mountains, 259
  • Longfellow, Henry W., “Golden Legend,” “Evangeline,” 24, 260
  • Longinus, Cæsar, “Trinium magicum ...,” 1630, 553
  • Lonicerus, Janus—Lonicer, Joannes, 26, 553;
  • “Compendium de meteoris ex Aristotelo, Plinio et Pontano,” 1548; “In Dioscoridæ Anazarbei de re medica ...”
  • Lonmyer, C. See Loumeyer, C.
  • Loomis, Elias, Observations on magnetic dip—intensity—“The aurora borealis” (Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc., New Series, VII. 1841, VIII. 1843, IX. 1846; Phil. Mag. for Nov. 1847), 140
  • Lopez de Gomara, Francisco, 211
  • Lor, M. de, 195, 200, 320, 416 (De Lor and Dalibard’s experiments, Ronalds’ Catalogue, p. 123).
  • Lorenzini, Stephani (at Shaw, George, A.D. 1791), 298
  • Lorgna, Antonio Maria (1736–1796), 253
  • (Opus. Scelti, IV. 235, 1781); “Lettera (al Toaldo) sur Parafulmini.”
  • Lorimer, Dr. John (1732–1795), “Essay on magnetism,” 1795, 30, 243, 281 (Phil. Trans., 1775).
  • Loritus, Henricus de Glaris—Gareanus, 535, 536
  • Lorraine, Duke of, 160
  • Lottin, Victor Charles (1795–1858), 139;
  • “Sur les aurores boréales” (Ann. Maritim, LIX. 1839).
  • Louis, Antoine (1723–1792), “Observations sur l’électricité ...,” 1747, 186
  • Louis IX, King of France, 56;
  • Louis XI, 538;
  • Louis XIII, 107;
  • Louis XIV, 130;
  • Louis XV., 229
  • Louise de Savoy, 502
  • Loumeyer, C. (at Montanus, Arias Benedictus), 528
  • Lous, Christian Karl (1724–1804), “Tentamina experimentorum ...”: Copenhagen, 1773
  • Louvre, Catalogue of manuscripts, 14
  • Lovejoy, B. G. (at Bacon, Sir Francis, CE 1620), 102
  • Lovering, Prof. Joseph, 498
  • Lovett—Lovet—Richard (1692–1780), “Subtil—Subtile—Medium Proved,” 133, 212–213, 229, 269
  • Lowenörn (at Aurora Borealis), 139;
  • “Uber den magnet ...,” 1802
  • Lower (at Thillaye-Platel, Antoine, AD 1803), 385
  • Löwig, C. von, “Repertorium für organische chemie”: Zurich.
  • Lowndes, F., “Observations on medical electricity ...,” 1787, 385
  • Lowndes, William Thomas, “Bibliographer’s Manual of English Literature,” 4 Vols. 1834, 547, 548
  • Lowthorp, John. See Royal Society.
  • Loxodromes, 509
  • Lozeran du Fech, Louis Antoine (d. 1755), “Observation d’un phénomène céleste,” 1730 (“Mémoire de Trevoux” for 1730, 1732).
  • Luc, Jean André de—Deluc (1727–1817), 176, 249, 364, 388, 405, 417, 418, 419, 420, 428, 433, 434, 438, 440, 447;
  • “Traité élémentaire sur le fluide electrico-galvanique,” 2 Vols. 1804 (Phil. Mag., XLIV. 248, XLV. 97, 329, L. 392). One of his dry piles rings bells for over forty years, 405
  • Lucanus (CE 39–65), Marcus Annæus, “Pharsalia,” 140
  • Lucchesini, Signorè Marchese (at Walsh, John, CE 1773), 240
  • Lucretius, Titus Carus (99–56 BCE), “De rerum natura” (The nature of things), 7, 14, 19, 21, 33, 73, 524, 544
  • Luderus, G., “De methodis ... declin. ... magnetis ...,” 1718, 554
  • Lüdicke—Ludecke—August Friedrich (1748–1822) (Gilbert Annalen, IX. 1801 and 1802; L. 1815, LXVIII. 1821).
  • Ludolff—Leudolff—Christian Friedrich (1707–1763), 170, 200, 320
  • (Mém. Acad. Roy. Berlin, 1744), 320
  • Ludwig, Christian Friedrich, “Scriptores ... minores ...,”: Lipsiæ, 1791–1795, 304, 327, 332
  • Ludwig, Christian Gottlieb. See Leipzig.
  • Ludwig, Christian Theophile (1709–1773).
  • Lughi (at Pearson, George, CE 1797), 326
  • Lullin, Amédæ—Amadeus (1695–1756), “Dissertatio physica de electricitate ...,” 1776, 226, 271
  • Lully—Lull—Raymundius Lullius (c. A.D. 1254–1315), 31–33, 505
  • Luloffs, Johannes (1711–1768) (at Dalton, John, CE 1793), 308;
  • “De aurora boreali ...,” 1731.
  • “Lumière Electrique.” See “La Lumière Electrique.”
  • Lunar diurnal magnetic variation, 267
  • Lunar volcanoes, 462
  • Lund and Muschmann, 446
  • Lundborg, J. M., “De electricitate atmospheræ,” 1791.
  • Lusitanus, Amatus, Joan Roderigo Amato (1511–1568), 27, 525, 528
  • Lusson, F., “Les origines de l’électricité”: La Rochelle, 1882.
  • Luther and Grotius, 519
  • Luther, Martin (1483–1546), 508
  • Lyly, John (c. 1554–1606), “Euphues,” 16
  • Lyncurium. See Lapis, 8, 13, 15, 17, 176.
  • See also Watson, Wm., 1759 (Phil. Trans., LI. 1759) and Napione, C. A. Q., 1795.
  • Lynschoten, Jan Huygan van (1563–1611), 525
  • Lyon, Rev. John (at Adams, George, CE 1785), 281
  • Lyons—Lyon (Lugduni), Academy of Sciences; Comptes Rendus, Historie, Mémoires, etc., 337;
  • Histoire de l’Acad. Royale des Sciences ... de Lyon, par T. B. Dumas, 1839.
  • Lyons—Lyon—College of, 163
  • Lyons—Lyon—Congrès scientifique. See Pétetin, J. H. D.
  • Lyons—Lyon—Société d’Etudes Scientifiques, Bulletin, etc.: Lyon, 1874, etc.
  • Lyons, T. A., Electro-magnetic phenomena, 54, 56

M

M

  • MacAdie, Alexander (at Electricity of the Atmosphere), 319
  • Macaire, J. F. (at Alexander Tilloch), 392
  • Macaulay, Thomas Babington (1800–1859), “Essays,” 99, 102, 132
  • MacCrindle, author of “Ancient India,” as described by Ktesias, 10
  • MacCulloch, “Traités ... boussole”: Paris, 1853, 61
  • Macdonald, Lieut.-Col. John (1759–1831), method of telegraphing, 400, 442
  • MacGowan, George, 262
  • Macgregor, J. (“Journal of the Society of Arts,” May 20, 1859), 291
  • Machado, Barb., “Bibliotheca Lusitana,” 516, 531
  • Machiavelli, Nicolo (1469–1527), 114
  • Machines, electrical. See Electrical Machines.
  • Machometes Aractensis. See Albategnius, 527
  • MacKendrick, Dr. John Gray (at Kirwan, Richard), 263
  • MacKenzie, William. See “Imp. Dict. of Univ. Biography.”
  • MacMahon, Rev. John H., “Metaphysics of Aristotle,” 310
  • MacMillan, Walter G., “Treatise on electro-metallurgy,” 24
  • Macquer, Pierre Joseph (at Fourcroy, A. F. de), 354
  • Macrinus, M. Opelius (CE 164–218), 12
  • Macvey, Napier (1776–1847), 296
  • Madeira Arrais—Madeyra Arraez (Duarte). See Arrais.
  • Madison, Rev. James (1749–1812), 327, 328
  • Mädler—Maedler—Johann Heinrich von, “Geschichte der Himmelskunde,” 513
  • Madrid, Gazette de, 318
  • Maffei, Francisco Scipione de (1675–1755), 321, 505, 554
  • Magalotti—Magolotti—Lorenzo (1637–1712), Saggi Accad. del Cimento, 1666–1761.
  • “Magaz. Sc. de Göttingen,” 10
  • Magazin der neuesten ... reisebeschreibungen.
  • “Magazin encyclopédique ...,” par Millin de Grandmaison, Aubin Louis. See Rafn, C. G.
  • Magazin für das neueste aus der physik. See Lichtenberg and Voigt.
  • Magazin für naturvidenskaberne. See Christiana.
  • Magazin für ... naturkunden, von Voigt, J. H., 12 vols., Jena and Weimar, 380
  • Magazine of American History, 115
  • Magellan—Magalhaeus—Magalhäes—Ferdinand, commanded in 1520 the first expedition around the world, 67, 288.
  • [Magellan—Magalhaeus—Joào Hyazinthe, F.R.S., was a very prominent astronomical writer.]
  • Magendie, François, 325, 385
  • Maggiotto, F., upon a new electrical machine, 254
  • Magi: loadstone so called in their honour, 13
  • Magliabechiana Library at Florence, 57
  • Magliozzi, M., “Notizia ... bussola,” 61
  • Magne-crystallic action: Poisson, 1811, 411;
  • Faraday, at 1821, 495;
  • Tyndall, at Poisson, 1811, 411, and also in Phil., Mag. for 1851, 1856 and 1870.
  • Magnesian stone, 13
  • Magnet—loadstone—armed, 86, 100
  • Magnet—magnes—the loadstone. [See Chambers’ Cyclopædia, Vol. III.], 12–13, 145–146
  • Magnet and helix, experimental distinction between, 486
  • Magnet, applications for medical relief, 26
  • Magnet, artificial. See Hamilton, 159;
  • Knight, 180;
  • Antheaulme, Du Hamel, Le Maire, 190;
  • Michell, John, 191;
  • Canton, 206;
  • Æpinus, 217;
  • Gregory, 323
  • Magnet, elliptical. See Treméry, J. L., 324
  • Magnet, Ethiopian, said to repel iron. See Maiolus, “Dies Caniculares ...,” 1597, p. 781.
  • Magnet, filar suspension, first mentioned by Leonardus Camillus, “Speculum Lapidum,” 1610, p. 129
  • Magnet, first English work on the, Norman Robert, “The newe attractive,” 1592.
  • Magnet, its four virtues or operations, according to Sir Francis Bacon, 100
  • Magnet, its threefold power, attractive, directive and inductive. See Oberst, Joseph, “Conjecturæ ...”: Augsburg, 1760.
  • Magnet, mathematical theory of the (at Hansteen, C., CE 1819), 444
  • Magnet, molecular, first suggested by Kirwan, R., 263.
  • See Hale, Matthew, “Magnetismus magnus ...”: London, 1695.
  • Magnet, native, its different names, etc. See BCE 1022, 600–580, 337–330, 321, 285–247, 60–56; also CE 121, 265, 295–334, 400, 1111–1117, 1490–1541.
  • Magnet, natural and artificial. See Gregory, G., 322
  • Magnet, powdered. See Ingen-housz, 256,
  • and Marcel (at Swinden), 273
  • Magnet, writers on the subject. See Zahn, Johann—Joannes (1641–1707); Schott, Gaspar (1608–1666) in his “Magia universali ...”: Bamberg, 1677; Boyle, Robert (1627–1691), “Some Considerations ...,” 1664, p. 15; Ruard, Andala (1665–1727), in his “Exercitationes ...,” 1709; Pfundt, Ehrenfried in his “Disputatio Physica de magnete,” 1673; Bertrand, Elie (1712–1790), “Dictionnaire Universel”: Avignon, 1763, p. 14.
  • Magnetic and electric forces, analogy between, 383
  • Magnetic Atlas or Variation Charts: Bianco, Andrea, 1436, 62;
  • Halley, Edmund, 1683, 137;
  • Churchman, John (mention made of Halley, Lambert, Mountaine and Dodson, Wilke) 1794, 315;
  • Barlow, Peter, 1820, 458
  • Magnetic Attractions and repulsions, 156
  • Magnetic Cars, Carriages. See Chariots.
  • Magnetic Curves, 156
  • Magnetic Declination, causes of the, 164
  • Magnetic Declination, first announced in print by Falero, Francisco, in 1535, 67–68
  • Magnetic Declination, history of, by Carli, Gian Rinaldo (1720–1785), “Dissertazione ...”: Venice, 1747.
  • Magnetic Dip, earliest known observations in U.S.A., 258–259
  • Magnetic Expedition, 333 (Humboldt), 445 (Hansteen).
  • Magnetic Fluids, two, theory of: Wilcke, J.C. (mentions Coulomb, 276, and Poisson, 410), 1757, 215, 276;
  • Brugmans, Anton, in 1778, 215;
  • Prevost, Pierre (1751–1839), “De l’origine ...”: Genève, 1788; Treméry, J. L., in 1797.
  • Magnetic Force, law of the decrement of, 334
  • Magnetic Force, laws of, by Dr. Brooke Taylor, 156
  • Magnetic Forces, causes and mechanism of, 164
  • Magnetic Induction by electric currents, discovered by Arago, 478
  • Magnetic Influence, earliest known application of, 2637 BCE
  • Magnetic Intensity and dip or inclination, Gay-Lussac, 1804, 389
  • Magnetic Islands and mountains, 71
  • Magnetic Measurement, absolute, by Poisson, 411
  • Magnetic Plants, 259–261
  • Magnetic Poles: Halley, 1683, 137;
  • Euler, Albert, 1766, 214;
  • Brewster, 1820, 465;
  • Royal Society of London, “Miscellanea Curiosa”: London, 1726.
  • Magnetic Properties of metals developed by percussion, 482
  • Magnetic Rotatory Polarization. See Cadozza, G., likewise Arago at p. 478
  • Magnetic Sand: Butterfield in 1698 and Desaguliers and Musschenbroek in 1733, 174, 175
  • Magnetic Society. See Paris.
  • Magnetic Stations, 267, 334
  • Magnetic Stones, 512
  • Magnetic Storms, so named by Humboldt, 334
  • Magnetic Suspension of statues, tombs, etc., 18, 73, 123, 222
  • Magnetical compass of new design by De la Hire (Phil. Trans., 1687, p. 344), 145
  • Magneticks (Phil. Trans. abridged, Vol. X. Pt. I. Chap. iv. pp. 1–20, for 1756).
  • “Magnetischen vereins ...,” Resultate ... von Gauss ...: Göttingen, 1836–1841.
  • Magnetism and Electricity, analogy between, 163, 272
  • Magnetism, Animal: Mesmer, 235–237;
  • Puységur, 236, 425
  • Magnetism, Animal, and its curative powers, detailed by Kluge (Karl Alexander Ferdinand) in “Proeve eener voorstelling ...”: Amsterdam, 1812.
  • Magnetism, Animal, and magnetism, mineral, division established by Kircher, Athan, in his “Magneticum Naturæ ...”: Amsterdam, 1667.
  • Magnetism, Animal, history of. See Mojon.
  • Magnetism, Animal. See Report of Franklin, B.: Philadelphia, 1837 (2nd ed.); also Petrus, P. B., “Etude ...”: Pise, 1852, p. 237.
  • Magnetism, History of, by Wilcke, J. C., “Tal om Magnetem ...”: Stockholm, 1764, also by Murhard, F. W. A., and likewise by Churchman, John, in “Magnetic Atlas ...”: London, 1794.
  • Magnetism imparted to iron bar without a magnet, 300
  • Magnetism imparted to non-ferruginous substances, 163
  • Magnetism, influence of heat upon, 458
  • Magnetism, its effect on plants, 257
  • Magnetism—Magnetisme—this noun first employed by Barlow, Wm., in his “Magneticall Advertisements ...”: London, 1616.
  • Magnetism, Mathematical, theory of, Hansteen, Chr. (1784–1873), “Untersuchungen ...,” 1819, Chap. v., 444–446
  • Magnetism, Mechanical, production of, by Boyle, R., in his “Works ...,” 1699–1700 (Vol. II. p. 323), 131, 132
  • Magnetism of salts of the magnetic metals (Phil. Mag., Ser. IV. Vol. XXX. pp. 366–370, 1865).
  • Magnetism, Rotatory, Arago (1820), 478;
  • Cadozza, Harris, 469;
  • Barlow, 458.
  • Consult “Table Analytique de, Annales de Ch. et de Phys.,” Index pp. 257–258.
  • See Electro-magnetic Rotations.
  • Magnetism, theories of. See Theories.
  • Magnetism, universal prevalence of, in all bodies (Arago), 479
  • “Magnetist,” published at Frankfort, 556
  • Magneto-electric induction, discovered by Faraday, 484–487
  • Magnetometer of Bidone, Georgio (1781–1889), “Description ...”: Turin, 1807; also of Scoresby, 1821, and of Lloyd, H., “Proc. Royal Irish Academy.”
  • Magnus, L. See Gomperz.
  • Magnus, Professor G. (at Gmelin, L.) 450
  • Magrini, L. (at Oersted, H. C.), 455
  • Magrinus. See Arnaldus de Villa Nova.
  • Mahaffy, John P., 122, 511
  • Mahomet, 73, 91, 123, 222, 527, 541, 542.
  • For Mahomets’ tomb, etc. (magnetic suspension of) see Sir Thomas Browne, “Pseudodoxia Epidemica ...,” 1646; Van Etten, Henry, “Mathematical Recreations ...,” 1674; Weston, Wynant van, “Mathematische ...,” 1662–1663; Guyot, E. G. (1706–1786), “Nouvelles Récréations ...,” published in 1769–1770.
  • Mahon, Lord, third Earl of Stanhope (1753–1816), 184, 254, 255, 275, 310
  • Mailla—Maillac—Joseph Anne Marie de Moyriac de (1679–1748), 1–2
  • Maimbourg, Louis (1610–1686), 144
  • Maimbray—De Maimbray—of Edinburgh, 179, 282
  • Maimonides—Moses Ben Maimon (at Cordova c. CE 1132), 40
  • Maindron, Ernest (at Mesmer, F. A.), 237;
  • (at Volta, A.), 248
  • Maiolus—Maiolo—Majolus—Simon (1520–1597), Bishop of Volturara, “Colloginas”; “Dies Caniculares ...,” 19, 33, 160
  • Mair, John, credited with the discovery of the secular variation of the declination, 1635, 117
  • Mairan, Jean Jacques d’Ortous de (1678–1711), “Traité de physique ...,” 1731, 139, 140, 141, 142, 309
  • Maisiat, Michel (1770–1822), “... changements faits à la boussole ...”: Paris, 1818. Contains a brief history of the mariner’s compass.
  • Maissas—Meissas—Alexandre André de (b. 1800), 352
  • Majocchi, Giovanni Alessandro (d. 1854), “Annali di Fisica, Chimica, etc.”: Milano, 28 Vols. 420
  • Majus (i. e. May), Heinrich, “Disp. de tonitru”; “Disp. de fulmine” (Pogg., II. 21, 1673), 199
  • Makium, constructs a novel magnetic chariot, 22
  • Malapterurus—at one time called Malapterus-electricus, 192, 374
  • Malcolm, Sir John (at Zoroaster), 542
  • Malfanti, G., “Le météore ...,” 1586, 553
  • Mallemans de Messanges, C. (1653–1723), “Nouveau système de l’aimant”: Paris, 1680.
  • Mallet, Charles Auguste (b. 1807), “Manuel de philosophic,” 1835.
  • Mallet, Charles François (1766–1853) (Annales des Ponts et Chaussées).
  • Mallet, Clément. See Clément Mallet.
  • Mallet du Pan, Jacques (1749–1800), “Mercure historique,” 265
  • Mallet-Favre, Jacques André (1740–1790), Swiss astronomer, “De acus magneticæ ...”; “Observations astronomiques ...,” 249
  • Mallet, Friedrich (1728–1797), “Description mathématique du globe,” 232
  • Maloet. See Le Dru, Maloet, Cosnier, Darcet ..., 229, 385
  • Malte-Brun, Victor Adolphe, “Géographie Universelle,” 1816, 93
  • Malus, Etienne Louis (1775–1812), 480–481
  • Malzet. See Jacquet de Malzet.
  • Manardus, Joannes, “Epistolarum medicinalium ...,” 1549, 27
  • Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society, Trans. and Memoirs, 10, 16, 24, 134, 165
  • Mandeville, Sir John (born c. 1300), 67, 72.
  • See Biogr. Univ. de Michaud, Vol. XXVI. p. 32; Dict. of Nat. Biogr., Vol. XXXVI. pp. 23–29, and the works of H. Cordier therein named.
  • Manetto—Manetho—Manathou, on the magnet stone, 14.
  • At pp. 51–54 of Arnold Hermann Ludwig Heeren’s “Manual of Ancient History,” Oxford, 1833, it is said that Manetto was a celebrated high priest at Heliopolis who flourished under the reign of Ptolemy Philadelphus, about 260 BCE He wrote the Ægyptica, and his authenticity is now completely established.
  • Consult George Stanley Faber, Horæ Mosaicæ, I. 251; George Rawlinson’s “Bampton Lectures,” p. 56; William Osburn, “Monumental History of Egypt,” II. 606–608; J. P. Cory, “Of the writings of Manetto, translated from the Greek.”
  • Manget, Jean Jacques, “Bibliotheca Scriptorum Medicorum,” 528
  • Mangin, l’Abbé (d. 1772), “Histoire Générale ... de l’électricité ...”: Paris, 3 Vols. 1752, 555
  • Manheim—Mannheim—Academy of Sciences, Theodoro Palatina, Historia, Memoria et Commentationes, 29, 285, 289
  • Manheim—Mannheim—Electoral Meteorol. Society, Transactions, 285, 320
  • Mann, Théodore Augustin (1735–1809), “Sur les marées aériennes ...,” 1792, 289, 320
  • Mannevilette, Jean Baptiste N. D. Après de (1707–1780), “Le nouveau quartier” (Hadley’s quadrant), 1739
  • Mansill, Richard (at Faraday), 499
  • Mansion, Paul, “Note ... astronomie ancienne,” 533
  • Manual of Chemistry. See Brande, W. T.
  • Manual of Classical Biography. See Moss, J. W.
  • Manual of Electro-metallurgy. See Napier, James; Shaw, George.
  • Manual of Magnetism. See Davis, Daniel.
  • Manuel de l’électricité. See Delaunay, Veau.
  • Manuel du libraire et de l’amateur de livres par Jacques C. Brunet, Paris, 71
  • Maplet, John (d. 1592), “A Greene Forest or a Naturall Historie,” 16
  • Marais, Paul, “Bibliothèque Mazarine,” xi
  • Maraldi, James Philip (at Cassini), 268
  • Marana, G. P., “L’espion ...,” 1684; “Letters writ ...,” 1734, 554, 555
  • Marat, Jean Paul (1744–1793), 269, 385 (at Thillaye-Platel).
  • Marbodeus Gallus, surnamed Pelliciarius (1035–1125), 17, 26, 74, 82, 513
  • Marcel, Arnold, 149, 206, 273, 292
  • Marcellus Empiricus (fl. end fourth century), “De medicamentis ...,” 24, 26
  • Marcet, Mrs., “Conversations on chemistry,” 322, 323, 497
  • Marciana Library at Venice, 111
  • Marcilius Ficinus. See Ficino.
  • Marco Polo. See Polo, Marco.
  • Marcorelle and Darguier (at Dalton, J.), 308
  • Mardonius, Persian general (d. 479 BCE), fire signals, 4
  • Maréchaux, Peter Ludwig (b. 1764), 388, 394, 420
  • Margarita Philosophica of Father Gregorius Reisch, 34–35
  • Margueritte (at Pepys, W. H., Sr.), 372
  • Mariani Parthenii Electricorum, 227
  • Marianini, Stefano Giovanni (1790–1866), 325, 330, 355, 385
  • Maricourt, Pierre de. See Peregrinus.
  • Marie Davy (at Thillaye-Platel), 386
  • Marie, J. E. Maximilien, “Hist. des Sc. Mathématiques et Physiques,” 12 Vols. 1883–1888, 147, 152, 412, 506
  • Marin, Th. (at De Romas), 204
  • Mariners’ compass, history of the. See Maissiat, Michel (1770–1822), “Mémoire ...,” 1818, viii, 59–61, 141;
  • Keou-tsoungchy, CE 1111–1117, 29;
  • Guyot de Provins, CE 1190–1210, 30;
  • Bianco, Andrea, A.D. 1436, 62–63;
  • Voltaire, F. M. A. de, AD 1327–1377, 58, 104
  • Marinette, or compass, 56
  • Marinière, or loadstone, 30
  • Markham, C. R., translator of Acosta’s “Natural ... history of the Indies,” 21
  • Marni, “Sulla formazione ...” (at Alexander Tilloch), 392
  • Marrherr, P. A. (at Thillaye-Platel), 1765, 385
  • Marrigues à Montfort l’Amaury (at Thillaye-Platel), 1773, 385
  • Marsh, J. (at Ampère), 476, 477
  • Marshall, Charles. See Morrison, Charles, 208–209
  • Marsigli, Luigi Fernandino, Conte (1658–1730), 419
  • Martianus, Minneus Felix Capella (fl. early fifth century).
  • Martin, Adam Georg (b. 1812), “Repertorium der Galvanoplastik und Galvanostegie,” 2 Vols. 1856.
  • Martin, A. R. (Vetensk. Akad. Abh. 1758 and 1761).
  • Martin, Benjamin (1704–1782), “Bibliotheca Technologica,” 1737; “Essay on Electricity ...,” 1746; “Biographia Philosophica,” 1764; “Philosophia Britannica,” 1747, 95, 131, 170, 252, 315
  • Martin de Brettes, “Appareils chrono-électriques ...,” 1858.
  • Martin-Haug, I., “Essays ...,” 1862 (at Zoroaster), 542
  • Martin, Henri, “Bibliothèque de l’Arsenal,” ix
  • Martin, Henry (at Oersted), 455
  • Martin, Louis Henri, Baron (1810–1883), “Sur ... Héron d’Alexandrie,” 520
  • Martin, “Météorologie ...” (at Aurora Borealis), 139
  • Martin, Thomas Henri (1813–1884), 8, 10, 15, 18, 72, 520;
  • “De l’aimant, de ses noms divers,” 1861; “Du succin, de ses noms divers,” 1860; “La foudre, l’électricité ...,” 1866; “Observations ... electriques ...,” 1865; “Les attractions ... magnétiques ...,” 1865.
  • Martineau, James (at Priestley, Joseph), 228
  • Martyn and Chambers, “The Phil. Hist. and Mem. of the Royal Academy at Paris,”: London, 1742, 145
  • Martyn, John—also Eames and Martyn. See Royal Society.
  • Marum, Martin van (1750–1837), 231, 247, 257, 277–280, 337, 384, 448, 455, 483
  • Marzari, G., e Toaldo, G., 253, 254
  • Masars—Mazars—de Cazelès. See Cazelès, 229
  • Mascagni, P. (at Brugnatelli), 363
  • Mascuelli, G. (at Bolton, J. F.), 245
  • Mason, Col. David, 223, 234, 235
  • Maspero, Gaston Camille Charles (b. 1846), “Dawn of Civilization,” 14, 299
  • “Massachusetts Gazette,” 223
  • Massachusetts Institute of Technology, xi
  • Massé, J. (at Jadelot, J. F. N.), 330
  • Massuet, Pierre, “Essais ...,” 1751, 175
  • Materia subtilis. See Subtle.
  • Maternus, G. C. Cilano de, 1743 (at Dalton, John), 308
  • Mather, Encrease—Increase (1639–1723), 135
  • Matteini—Matheini—Luigi (at Sarpi, Pietro), 112
  • Matteucci, Carlo (1811–1868), 135, 241, 284, 298, 330, 355, 374, 385, 409, 426, 441, 469, 493;
  • “... Giornale de Fisica ...,” 1853; “Traité des phenomènes ...,” 1844; “Sur l’électricité animale ...,” 1834; “Richerche Elettro ...,” 1846; “Recherches physiques ...,” 1837; “Manuale di teleg. elett ...,” 1850; Mémoires, in Annales de Chimie. ... Vols. 27, 28, 34.
  • See Cates’ “Dictionary of General Biography,” 3rd ed. 1880, p. 848.
  • Matteucci, P. (at Dalton, J.), “De aurora boreali ...”: Bononioe, 1747, 308
  • Matthæus Silvaticus. See Silvaticus, 529
  • Matthieu, C. (at Galvani, L.), 285
  • Matthieu de Messine, the notary of Lentino, 15–16
  • Matthiolus, Petrus Andreas (1500–1577), 27, 526;
  • “Commentaries on Dioscorides,” 1598; “P. A. M. ... opera ... de materia medica,” 1596.
  • Maty, Dr. Matthew, Secretary of the English Royal Society (1718–1776), 170, 272
  • Maty, Paul Henry, son of Dr. Matthew Maty, editor of the Philosophical Transactions (1745–1787), 547.
  • See “Dict. of Nat. Biogr.,” Vol. XXXVII. 1894, pp. 78–79.
  • Matzenauer, E. (at Dalton, J.), 308
  • Maudonnet, Pierre, “Siger de Brabant ...,” 37, 505
  • Mauduyt, Antoine René (1731–1815), 229, 263, 269, 270, 302, 385
  • Maufras, M. D. de, translator of F. de Navarette’s “Recherches ...,” 531
  • Maunder, Samuel, “Biographical Treasury,” “Dictionary of Univ. Biog.,” 1838, 148
  • Maunoir, Professor (at Schwenter, D.), 81
  • Maupied, F. L. M., “Histoire des Sciences,” 37, 103, 404
  • Maupin, Georges (at Leurechon, J.), 109
  • Maurice, 1810 (at Thillaye-Platel), 385
  • Maurius, “Sphera volgare ...,” 1537, 553
  • Mauro, Fiorentino (1494–1556), “Sphera volgare ...”: Venice, 1537.
  • Maurolycus—Maurolico—Franciscus, Abbas Messanensis (1494–1575), 72, 115, 527;
  • “D. F. A. ... Opuscula mathematica ...,” 1575.
  • Maver, William, Jr., “Wireless telegraphy,” 19
  • Maxwell, James Clerk (1831–1879), “The electrical researches of the Hon. Henry Cavendish,” on title page, xiii, 184, 239, 252.
  • See Rumford Medal.
  • Maxwell, William, “Medicina magnetica ...,” 1679, 135, 245, 301
  • May, Gustav, “Die Weltliteratur der Electricitaet und des Magnetismus von 1860–1883 ...”: Wien, 1884. [The English edition, “A bibliography of electricity and magnetism, 1860–1883,” was published in London, also in 1884.]
  • Maycock, J. D. (at Luc, J. A. de; also at Donovan, Michael), 406, 419
  • Mayer, A. F. J. C., “Spicilegium ...”: Bonnæ, 1843, 298
  • Mayer, Alfred Marshall (1836–1906), 92, 140, 310, 324, 472, 473, 487, 495
  • Mayer, And., “Dissert. sistens ...,” 1777.
  • Mayer, B. E., “Hist. of Mod. Philos.,” 1900, 94
  • Mayer, G. F. (Poligrafo di Verona, ii, 97, 1836).
  • Mayer, Johan Tobias, junior (1752–1830), 220, 416
  • Mayer, Johan Tobias, senior (1723–1762), 220, 252
  • Mayer, Johann (1754–1807), “Abhandlungen ...,” 1793, 249, 285
  • Mayer, Joseph (1752–1814), Abh. Bohm. Gesellsch. d. Wiss., 1785.
  • Mayer—Meyer—F. C., “De luce boreali ...,” 1726, 308
  • Mayo, Herbert (at Faraday, M.), 487
  • Mazéas, L’Abbé Jean Mathurin (1716–1801), eminent mathematician, brother of Guillaume Mazéas (1742–1776) the well-known chanoine of Vannes, F.R.S., 200, 201, 320
  • Mazzuchelli, Frederigo, “Raccolta d’Opuscoli,” 501
  • Mazzuchelli, Giovanni Maria, Conte de (1707–1765), 64, 71;
  • “Gli Scrittori d’Italia ...”: Brescia, 1753–1763.
  • Meade, William, “On the origin and progress of galvanism”: Dublin, 1805, 285
  • Mechanical Dictionary. See Knight.
  • “Mechanics’ Journal.” See Practical Mechanics’ Journal.
  • “Mechanics’ Magazine” (at Nicholson, Wm.), 337
  • Médecine éclairée par les sciences physiques, 303
  • Medhurst, George—first germ of pneumatic telegraphy, 408
  • Medical Facts, 229
  • Medical Library and Historical Journal, 147
  • Medicina magnetica. See Maxwell, Wm.
  • Medicin Gelehrten-Lexikon, 529
  • Medicinisch-chirurgische Zeitung. See Ackermann, J. F.
  • Medicinisches-Schrifsteller Lexicon. See Callisen.
  • Medina, Pedro da—Piedro de (born c. 1493), denies variation of compass in “Arte del Navegar,” 63, 64, 68
  • Meersch, P. C. van der, 539
  • Megascope, invented by J. A. C. Charles, 288–289
  • Megerlin, Peter (d. 1686) (at Bernoulli family), 147
  • Mehu, M. C. See Sestier, Félix.
  • Mehun, Giovanni di, 61
  • Meidinger, J. Ferdinand (1726–1777), 258
  • Meissas. See Maissas.
  • Meissner, G., and Meyerstein, J., “Uber ein neues galvanometer ...,” 1859.
  • Mela—Pomponius (fl. in first century), “De situ orbis,” 506, 553
  • Melchior, Adam (at Cordus, Valerius), 508
  • Mellarde of Turin, 1749, 385
  • Melloni, Macedonio (1798–1854), “Magnetismo delle Rocce,” 1853, 1854, 1857.
  • Melseu, M. (at Diwish, P.), 209
  • Mémoires de mathématique et physique, 183, 204, 274, 277, 320, 426
  • Mémoires de Turin, 140
  • Mémoires des savants étrangers, 204, 320
  • Mémoires des sciences mathématiques de France, 412
  • Mémoires des sociétés savantes et littéraires de la Republique Française, 285, 328, 349, 350, 352, 355, 389
  • Mémoires récréatifs. See Robertson.
  • “Memoirs for the ingenious ...,” 145
  • “Men of the Time” (at Faraday, M.), 498
  • Mendenhall, Thomas Corwin, 321
  • Mendoza, Juan Gonzales de, “History of the Kingdom of China” (1540–1617), 77
  • Mendoza y Rios, José de, “Tratado de Navegacion,” 120
  • Menelaus—Mileus—Milleus (fl. end first century CE), 527, 541
  • Menippus (at Browne, Sir Thomas), 123
  • Menken, F. O. (at Fracastorio, H.), 515
  • Menon, L’Abbé (at Maimbray, M.), 179
  • Menon, M., “Influence de l’électricité sur la végétation,” 257
  • Mentzel, M. Chn., “De lapide Bononiensi ...,” 1673, 554
  • Mercator, Gerard Kremer—Kaufmann, Mercator’s Projection, xvii, 80, 510, 518, 559–564 (Nouvelle Biographie Générale, Vol. XXXV. p. 11).
  • Merckleim, George Abraham, “Lindenius Renovatus,” 508, 538
  • “Mercure de France,” 243, 259, 265, 556.
  • See Décade.
  • Mercurial phosphorus (Hauksbec), 150
  • Mergey, Antoine Eugène, “Etude sur les travaux de De Romas,” 204, 337
  • Merivale, Charles, “History of the Romans,” 8
  • Merry, W. W., and Riddell, Jas., translators of Homer’s “Odyssey,” 6
  • Mersenne, Marin (1588–1648), 109, 120, 122, 130, 527
  • Merula Gaudentius (fl. early sixteenth century), 108, 299, 527–528
  • (Società Storica Lombarda), “Biblioteca Historica Italica”; “Memorabilium ...,” 1556.
  • Merula, Paulus, “Cosmographiæ Generalis ...,” 1605, 72, 515
  • Merveilleux (Le) dans l’antiquité. See Chassang, M. A.
  • Merz, Heinrich (at Fraunhofer, J. von), 433
  • Meschino, Il. See Guerino.
  • Mesmer, Friedrich Anton (1733–1815), 64, 233, 235–237
  • “Messager des Sciences et des Arts:” Gand, 1823, 274
  • Messanges. See Mallemans.
  • Messines, Matthieu de, 15
  • Metals and minerals, electricity of. See Electricity of metals and minerals.
  • Metals, electrically revivified by Beccaria, 207
  • Meteoric stones (at Fourcroy, Antoine), 313, 354.
  • See also Salverte.
  • Meteorites, Meteorolites, Meteors. See Aerolites; also, Phipson, 286, 313, 314, 315, 376, 380
  • “Météorographie ...” by P. N. Changeux, 1776, 556
  • Meteors. See Stanhusius, Mich.; also Trew, Abdias.
  • Meteyard, Miss, “Life of Wedgwood,” 430
  • Méthérie, J. C. de la. See La Méthérie.
  • Meton—Meto—celebrated Athenian mathematician (fl. 432 BCE), 544
  • Metrodorus (at School of Athens), 544.
  • Greek philosopher of Chios (fl. beginning fourth century CE), was pupil of Democritus. Another Greek philosopher of the same name was brother of Timocrates and flourished CE 230–277. Another Metrodorus, Greek philosopher and traveller, living first century BCE, was a native of Scepsis and the author of many important works.
  • Metzger, Johann Jacob (1783–1853), Electrical plate machine, 256
  • Meusel, Johann Georg, 233
  • Meyer, “Chymische Versuche ...; sull’ elettricità animale ...” (Sue i 127), 1792.
  • Meyer, Com., “... virtù della calamita ...”: Roma, 1696.
  • Meyer, Ernst van (at Lavoisier, A. L.), 262
  • Meyer, F. C., de luce boreali, 140
  • Meyer, H. von, of Frankfort (Archiv. f. d. Ges. Natural, XIV. p. 342), 288
  • Meyer, Herman Joseph (1796–1856), Meyer’s Konversations-Lexikon: Leipzig und Wien, 30, 152, 262, 335, 389, 392, 559
  • Meyer, Johann Friedrich (1705–1765), “Chymische Versuche ... elektrischen materie ...,” 1764, 555
  • Meyer, Johann Karl Friedrich (1733–1811), “Versuche mit der von Pallas ...,” 1776, 1777 and 1780, 346
  • Meyer, Moritz (Deutsche Klinik, 1857, No. 9), 386
  • Meyer, W. H. Theodor, “Bestimmungen ...” 1857, and “Beobachtungen ...,” 1858.
  • Meyerstein, J. See Meissner and Meyerstein.
  • Meygenberg, Conrad van, “Book of Nature,” 34
  • Mezzini (at Aldini, G.), 305, and (at Reinhold, J. C. L.), 327
  • Mical, L’Abbé N. (1780–1844), 171. See “Nouv. Biog. Gén.,” XXXV. 312.
  • Micali, Joseph (1780–1844), “L’Italie avant la domination des Romains,” 8
  • Micanzio, Fra Fulgentio, 110, 113
  • Michael de Montaigne (1533–1592) (“Nouv. Biog. Gén.,” XXXVI. 55), 299–300
  • Michaelis, Jean David P. (1717–1791), 5, 9, 10, 326, 332
  • Michaud frères, “Biographie Universelle Ancienne et Moderne”: Paris et Leipzig, 1811–1853, 2, 12, 25, 45, 58, 68, 71, 93, 95, 106, 122, 140, 146, 148, 163, 164, 170, 186, 189, 203, 208, 220, 232, 233, 235, 236, 243, 258, 259, 263, 265, 277, 280, 292, 301, 303, 306, 370, 400, 406, 455, 456, 464, 518, 527
  • Michaud, Joseph François, “History of the Crusades,” 31
  • Michell—Michel—John (1724–1793), Artificial magnets, 191, 206, 217
  • Michelotti, V., “Précis de nouvelles expériences galvaniques,” 1809, 295
  • Middeldorpf, A., 1854 (at Jadelot, J. F. N.), 330
  • Middleton, Capt. Christopher (d. 1770), 267
  • Miers, Prof. H. A. (at Chladni, E. F. F.), 315
  • Migne, Jacques Paul (1800–1875), “Patrologiæ cursus completus,” 1854
  • Milano—Milan—Effemeridi Chim. Mediche, 363
  • Miles, Rev. Henry of Tooting, 172
  • “Militaire Spectateur Hollandais,” 397
  • Miller and Daniell (Phil. Trans. for 1844, Part I.).
  • Miller (at Philostratus, Flavius), 533
  • Miller, Benigne Emmanuel Clément (Revue de Biographie Analytique, par E. C. Miller et G. A. Aubenas, 1804).
  • Miller, George, D.D. (1764–1848), “History Philosophically Illustrated from the Fall of the Roman Empire to the French Revolution, 1832” (Dublin Academy, VII. 139); “Elements of Natural Philosophy,” 1799, 23, 32, 33, 42, 55, 56, 57, 61, 66, 96, 102, 116, 130, 134, 248, 262, 284, 441
  • Miller, Gerh. And., “Schreiben ... d. elektricität ...,” 1746.
  • Miller, Hugh, “Essays ... scientific”: Edinburgh, 1862.
  • Miller, Samuel, D.D., “Retrospect ...,” 3 Vols. 1805, 10
  • Miller, William Allen, “Chemistry ...,” 1871, 433, 467, 470
  • Milliet—De Chales—Dechales Claudius François (1621–1678), “L’Art de naviguer”: Paris, 1677; “Cursus, seu mundus mathematicus ...,” 1690, 1674, 110, 146, 273
  • Millin de Grandmaison, Aubin Louis (1759–1818), “Magazin Encyclopédique,” 1795; “Annales Encyclopédiques,” 1795, 384, 451
  • Milly, Nicolas Christiern, Comte de Thy (1728–1784), 235, 264
  • Milman, Henry Hart, D.D. (1791–1868), “History of Latin Christianity,” 36, 42, 144, 505, 523.
  • See Gibbon.
  • Milner, Thomas (1719–1797), “Exp. and Obs. in electricity,” 1783, 367, 556
  • Mimosa pudica and mimosa sensitiva (at Dutrochet, Schmuck and at Ingen-housz), 257, 464
  • Mines are fired by electricity in 1749, 189.
  • It has already been noted (at CE 1745, 176) that Watson exploded gunpowder (Phil. Trans. abridged, X. 288), and reference should be made to Franklin’s letter to Collinson, July 27, 1750, as well as to Priestley’s History (1775 edition, p. 78) and to Schilling’s report of the explosion of mines by galvanic currents, as mentioned herein, A.D. 1812, 421
  • Mining Journal. See London Mining Journal.
  • Minkeller, M., 249
  • Minotto (at Zamboni, Giuseppe), 420
  • Miot (at Chappe, Claude), 301.
  • Mirmont, De la Ville de, 18
  • “Mirror of Nature” of Vincent de Beauvais, 34
  • Mirus, C. E. (at Dalton, John), 308
  • “Miscellanea ... Tauriniensa,” 224
  • Mitscherlich, Eilard—Eilhert—M. (Allgem. Deutsche Biographie, XXII. 15–22), 471
  • Mizauld, Antoine (at Schott, Gaspar), 126
  • Mochetti, Francisco (d. 1839), 424
  • Mœurs, de Reg. Athen., 5
  • Moigno, Abbé François Napoléon Marie (1804–1884), Aumonier du Lycée Louis Le Grand, “Traité de télégraphie électrique”; “Les Mondes”; “Le Cosmos, Revue encyclopédique hebdomadaire”: Paris, 1852–1870, 98, 242, 248, 365, 440, 556
  • Moillet, Mrs. Amelia, “Sketch of the life of James Keir,” 297
  • Mojon, Benedetto, junior, “Sur l’application ...,” 1845, 386
  • Mojon, Benedetto, senior (1784–1849), “Histoire académique du magnétisme animal,” 1841.
  • Mojon, Benoit, “Réflections ...” (Journ. du Galvan., XI. p. 168).
  • Mojon, Giuseppe—Joseph (at Romagnosi, G. D. G. G.), 366
  • Molenier, Jacob, “Essai sur le mécanisme de l’électricité,” 229
  • Molinier, Victor, “Notice ... boussole au XIIIe siècle,” 61
  • Molitor, N. K. (at Ingen-housz, Johan), 258
  • Moll—Gerhard—Gerrit, of Utrecht (1785–1838), “Sur des expériences electro-magnétiques” (Brewster’s Journal of Science, III. 1830).
  • Consult “Journal de Chimie et d’Histoire Naturelle,” Vol. 94, pp. 377–388; Moll and Van Beck (Journal de Physique, XCII. 1821); Moll, Van Rees and Van den Bos (Gilb. Ann. LXXII. 1822), 272, 273, 473
  • Moller, D. W. (at Solinus, Caius Julius), 540
  • Möller, P. L., 440, 450
  • Mollet, Joseph (1758–1829), “Cours élémentaire de physique expérimentale,” 2 Vols. 1822 (Acad. de Lyon, Mai, 1823), 226, 367
  • Molyneux, Emery (at Hues—Hood—Robert), 522, 562, 563
  • Mombret, Eugène Coquebert (at Chladni, E. F. F.), 314
  • Monardus, Nicolas, 27, 516
  • “Monatliche correspondenz ... von Zach”: Gotha, 1800–1813, 462
  • Moncel. See Du Moncel.
  • Moncomy, Balthazar de, 126
  • Mond, Dr. Robert L., xii
  • Monge, Gaspard, Comte de Péluse (1746–1818), 247, 294, 328, 375, 407, 417, 477.
  • See Jal’s Dictionary, 878–879.
  • Mongiardini and Lando, “Sul Galvanismo ...”: Genova, 1803, 330
  • Moniteur. See Le Moniteur.
  • “Moniteur Scientifique.” See Quesneville, Gustave Augustin.
  • Monro, Alexander (1733–1817), “Experiments ...,” 1793, 1794, 306, 327
  • Monroe, Paul, “A Cyclopædia of Education”: New York, 1913.
  • Mons, Jean Baptiste van (1765–1842), “Journal de Chimie” (complément aux Annales de Chimie), Bruxelles, 1802, 231, 248, 285, 306, 326, 337, 341, 350, 353, 362, 363, 367, 381, 383, 384, 388, 400, 452
  • Montagnana, Bartholomeo (born c. A.D. 1400), 528
  • Montagu, Basil (at Bacon, Sir Francis), 102
  • Montaigne, Michael de. See Michel de Montaigne.
  • Montanus, Arias Benedictus (1527–1598), 528
  • Montanus, Joannes Baptista (1488–1551), “Metaphrasis summaria ...,” 1551, 26, 525, 528
  • Montbéliard, Guénaud de (at Morveau, L. B. Guyton de), 233
  • “Monthly Magazine,” publication commenced in London during 1796, 43, 229, 381
  • Monti and Gironi (at Brugnatelli, L. V.), 363
  • Montpellier, Academy of Sciences, Histoire de la Société Royale, Mémoires, Recueils, etc., 276
  • Montpellier, Annales de la Société de Médecine (Ecole de Médecine), 328, 507
  • Montpellier, Catalogues méthodiques des livres scientifiques, 1855–1856.
  • Montpellier, Faculté de, 506
  • Montravel, Tardy de (at Amoretti, Carlo), 401
  • Montucla, Jean Etienne (1725–1799), “Histoire des Mathématiques,” 79, 81, 122, 123, 171, 220, 401, 505, 506, 510, 520, 521, 527, 531
  • Moon, Robert. See Fresnel.
  • Moore, Bishop of Norwich (at Rohault, Jacques), 129
  • Moore, Sir John (1761–1809), 397
  • Morales, G. de, 1605, 553
  • Morant, Philip (at Gilbert, William), 92
  • Moreau, on the electrical organs of fishes, 300
  • Moreri, Louis (1643–1680), “Le Grand Dictionnaire Historique,” 1740, 163, 513
  • Morgagni, Giovanni Battista (1682–1771), 147, 148
  • Morgan, George Cadogan (1754–1798), 282
  • Morgan, J., 1815 (at Thillaye-Platel, Antoine), 385
  • Morhof, Daniel George (1639–1691), “Polyhistor ... et rerum commentarii,” 1688, 55
  • Morichini, Domenico Pini (1773–1836), 423–424
  • Morieni, Romani, “De re metallica”: Parisiis, 1559, 502
  • Morin, Jean Baptiste (1583–1656), 183, 187
  • Moringo—Moringuo—Gerardus (at Augustine, Aurelius, Saint), 25
  • Morlet (at Hansteen, Christoph), 446
  • Morley, Henry (at Agrippa, H. C.), 502;
  • (at Cardanus, H.), 507
  • Morozzo—Morotius—Carlo Luigi, Comte de (1744–1804), 295
  • Morrell, Thomas, “Elements of the History of Phil. and Sc.,” 108, 268
  • Morris, George S., translator of Ueberweg’s “Hist. of Phil.,” 26, 32, 33, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 102
  • Morris, William, 6
  • Morrison, Charles (fl. 1753), 208–209, 241 (Dict. Nat. Biogr., 1909, Vol. XIII. p. 1004).
  • Morse, Prof. Samuel Finley Breese. See Prime, Samuel Irenæus, 197
  • Mortenson, “Dissertatio de electricitate ...,” 1740, 1742, 555
  • Mortimer, Cromwell (d. 1752), 154, 155, 547.
  • See Royal Society.
  • Morveau, Baron Louis Bernard Guyton de (1737–1816), 233, 236, 247, 333, 354, 372, 392.
  • See Paris, Annales de Chimie.
  • Moscati, Pietro (at Ingen-housz, Johan), 257
  • Moser, L., and Riess, R. T., 423
  • Moser, Ludwig, “Über d. n. magnetischen Entdeckungen,” 1834, 423;
  • “Repertorium der physik.”
  • See Dove, Heinrich Wilhelm.
  • Moses (at the Etruscans), 9
  • Moss, Joseph William, “Manual of Classical Biography,” 11, 18
  • Motte, Benjamin. See Royal Society.
  • Mottelay, Paul F., xiv, 92
  • Moulton, Chas. Wells, “Library of Literary Criticism,” 62, 102, 124, 132, 134, 199, 216, 228
  • Moulton, John Fletcher (b. 1844). See Spottiswoode, William.
  • Mountaine, W., and Dodson, J., 165, 267, 315, 555
  • Mountaine, William, “Epitome of the Art of Navigation,” 1744, 165, 166.
  • He was associated with James Dodson, in the publication of “An account of the methods used to describe lines on Dr. Halley’s chart,” 1746.
  • Mouzin, P. (at Bolten, J. F.), 246
  • Moyes, Henry, “Heads of a course of lectures on the philosophy of chemistry,” 1780, 270, 342, 347
  • Muirhead, James Patrick, translator of Arago’s “Eloge of James Watt,” 126, 190, 228, 313
  • Muirhead, Professor Lockhardt, 462
  • Müller, G. F. (at Gmelin Family), 450
  • Müller, Johann Heinrich Jacob, “Lehrbuch der Kosmichen Physik,” 1856, 1865 and 1872, 140, 288;
  • Diamagnetism (Pogg. Ann., Vol. 83 for 1851).
  • Müller, Johannes, German scientist and astronomer, known as Regiomontanus (1436–1476), 67.
  • See Joannes de Monte Regio.
  • Müller—Mueller—Gerhard Andreas (1718–1762), 450
  • Muller-Pouillet, “Lehrbuch der physik und meteorologie,” 2 Vols. 1868–1869.
  • Mulloch, F. G. A., “Democriti Abderitæ ...,” 1843, 511
  • Multiplicator: Nobili and Antinovi: in 1822. See Oersted in 1825–1826.
  • Multiplier, electro-magnetic of Schweigger (at CE 1811), 413–414
  • Multiplier of Colladon, and of Henry, at pp. 112, 242, of Ronalds’ Catalogue.
  • Multiplier of electricity of Cavallo, 244
  • Mumenthaler, John Jacob (1729–1813), at Ingen-housz, 249, 257
  • Muncke, Georg Wilhelm (1772–1847), “Handbuch der naturlehre,” 2 Vols. 1829–1830, 308, 422.
  • See his numerous articles on magnetism, etc., in Gilb. Ann., Pogg. Ann. and Schweig. Journ.
  • Mundt, electrical machine of silken strips, 449
  • Mung-khi-py-than, 23, 29
  • Munich—München—Academie. See Bavarian Academy.
  • Munich—München—Royal Society, 381
  • Munichs, M. (at Gallitzin, D. A.), 243
  • Munk, Salomon, “Mélanges de philosophie Juive et arabe,” 39
  • Munk, William, “The roll of the College ...,” 91, 97, 105, 359
  • Munro, Alexander, 306, 332, 419
  • Murat, A. M., “Antiq. Italiana,” 36
  • Muratori, Ludovico Antonio, “Antiquitates Italiæ Medii Aevi.,” 539
  • Murhard, Fr. W. A., “Versuch einer historisch-chronologischen bibliographie des magnetismus”: Kassel, 1797.
  • Muriates produced by galvanic decomposition of water, 392
  • Murray, Dr. John (d. 1820), 428
  • Murray, J. (Phil. Mag., LIV. 39), 314, 424
  • Murray, Lord George (1761–1803), 316, 389, 437
  • Murray, John (1756–1851) (at Oersted, H. C.), 455, and at 419, 428–429
  • Musæum Regalis Societatis. See Grew, Nehemiah.
  • Musæum Septalianum. See Terzagus.
  • Muschmann—Musschman—M., Prof. of Chemistry at Christiana University, 442, 446
  • Musée de Chantilly, Manuscript of “La Cité de Dieu,” xix
  • Musée Tyler, Haarlem, Archives.
  • Museum d’histoire naturelle, Mémoires, 240, 288, 298, 300, 374
  • Musgrave William (1655–1721), Royal Society Transactions, 547
  • Muspratt, James Sheridan, “Chemistry,” 134
  • Musschenbroek—Musschenbroek—Petrus van (1692–1761), Professor of Natural Philosophy in the University of Leyden, “Essai de Physique,” “Recueil d’expériences,” 111, 138, 156, 173, 174, 175, 176, 191, 204, 270, 299, 320
  • Mydorge, Claude (1585–1647), 109
  • Mylius, J. Ch. (1710–1757), 320
  • Myrepsus. See Nicolaus.

N

N

  • Næggerath and Steininger (at Chladni, E. F. F., CE 1794), 315
  • Nairne, Edward (1726–1806), “Experiments ... to show the advantage of elevated pointed conductors” (Phil. Trans., 1778, p. 823), 237, 238, 243, 252, 264, 265.
  • See also Phil. Trans., 1772, p. 496; 1774, p. 79; 1780, p. 334; 1783, p. 223.
  • Namias, Giacinto (b. 1810) (“Giornale Veneto di scienze mediche,” V. 3, 1860), “Della elettricità applicata alla medicina,” 1851.
  • Namur, Jean Pie (b. 1804), “Bibliographie Académique Belge ...,” 1838, 256
  • Nancy, Mémoires de, 277
  • Nancy, Société Royale, 512
  • Napier, James (1810–1884), “A manual of electro-metallurgy,” 339, 359;
  • “On Electrical Endosmoses” (Chem. Soc. Mem. and Proceed., III. 28).
  • Napier, Macvey, “Memoir of Sir John Leslie,” 296
  • Naples, “Atti, Memorie, Rendiconto, della Reale Academia della scienze ...,” 495
  • Naples, the first academy of sciences, established in 1560, 75
  • Naples. See Palmieri, Luigi.
  • Napoléon Bonaparte, 247, 248, 338, 339, 361
  • Naram-Sin (at 2637 BCE), 2
  • Narducci, Enrico (1832–1893), 50
  • Narrien, John, “Historical account of astronomy,” 521
  • National Academy of Sciences. See Washington.
  • “Natura (La),” publication commenced by Rodolfo Capparrera in Florence during 1877, as “L’Elettricita.”
  • “Naturæ Novitates,” publication commenced in Berlin during 1879.
  • “Nature” of Parmenides, 532
  • “Nature,” publication commenced in London during 1869, 31, 63, 77, 93, 99, 107, 128, 140, 440
  • “Naturwissenschaftliche abhandlungen am Dorpat,” 1823, 368
  • Nauche, Jacques Louis (1776–1843), “Journal du Galvanisme,” 280, 305, 326, 330, 337, 363, 453
  • Naudé, Gabriel (1600–1653), “Apologie ...,” 107, 502, 538.
  • See account of his many curious books at p. 232, Vol. I. See III. of “Notes and Queries.”
  • Naumann, Karl Friedrich (b. 1797), “Krystallographie,” 1825, 1830, 1841, 1850, 1852, 1854, 1856 (Pogg. Ann., III. 1825, XXXV. 1835).
  • Nautical Magazine (or Journal), London, 1832, etc., 61, 468
  • Nautonnier—Nautoniez—Guillaume de, Sicur de Castelfranco, “Mécometrie de l’eymant ...,” 1602–1604, 63
  • Navagero, A., “Orationes ... carmin ... nonulla ...,” 1555, 553
  • Navarrete, D. Martin Fernandez de (1765–1844), “Discurso historico ...,” “Recherches ... sciences nautiques,” 60, 509, 531
  • Neander, Johann August Wilhelm, 25
  • Nebel, Daniel Wilhelm (1735–1805), “De magnete artificiali”: Utrecht, 1756; “De electricitatis neu medico,” 1758.
  • Nebel, W. B. (at Thillaye-Platel, Antoine, A.D. 1803), 385
  • Necker de Saussure, Louis Albert (b. 1786) (Bibl. Univ., Feb. 1830).
  • Neckham, Alexander (1157–1217), Abbot of St. Mary’s, 31;
  • “De Utensilibus”; “De natura rerum.”
  • Needham, John Tuberville. See Mem. de Brux., IV. 1783; “Dict. of Nat. Biogr.,” 1894, Vol. XL. p. 157.
  • Neef, Christian Ernst (1782–1849) (Pogg. Annal., XXXVI. 1835; XLVI. 1439; L. 1840), “Nachschrift ... über elektromagnetismus,” 1821, 423
  • Negro, Salvatore dal (1768–1839), “Dell’ elettricismo idro-metallico”: Padova, 1802; Ann. delle scienze del Regno Lombardo-Veneto, II. 109; III. 1833; IV. 1834; V. 165; Mem. Soc. Ital., XXI. 323, 1837.
  • Nelis, Corneille François de, of Malines (1736–1798), 288, 434, 435
  • Nelli, Giovanni Battista Clemente, “Vita de Galileo,” 116, 117
  • Neophron, Athenian poet who flourished fifth century BCE, 543
  • Neoplatonism, Plotinus the father of, 534
  • Netherlands, Royal Institute of, 272
  • Neubauer, Adolf (1832–1907), 35
  • “Neudrucke ...” of Dr. G. Hellmann, 531
  • “Neue Freie Presse” of Vienna, 421
  • “Neues Allgemeines Journal der Chemie.” See Gehlen, A. F. von, at Scherer, A. N.
  • “Neues Conversations-Lexicon”: Köln and Bonn.
  • “Neues Journal für chemie und physik.” See Gehlen, A. F. von at Scherer, A. N.
  • “Neuesten entdeckungen in der Chemie,” Crell, L. F. F., 254
  • “Neuestes Conversations-Lexicon”: Wien.
  • Neumann, Carl, “Theorie der Electricitäts ...,” 1863, 1864.
  • Neumann, Franz Ernst (at Hare, Robert, AD 1819), 449 (Crell’s Journ., XXVI. 1843).
  • Neumann, K. A., “Über meteorolithen ...,” 1813 (Gilb. Ann., XLII. 1812; XLIII. 1813).
  • Neumayer, G., “Bericht ... meteorsteines ...,” 1869.
  • Neve, T., “... concerning an aurora australis ...” (Phil. Trans., XLI. 843).
  • New Annual Register, 323
  • “New Cyclopædia or Universal Dictionary of Arts and Sciences,” 45 Vols. See Rees, Abraham.
  • New England Magazine, 499
  • New General Biographical Dictionary, Rose, H. James, 2, 20, 24, 40, 43, 45, 68, 95, 107, 122, 156, 163, 202, 296, 533
  • “New London Mechanics’ Register and Magazine of Science and the Useful Arts,” publication commenced in London during 1824.
  • Newton, John, “Astronomia Britannica,” 1657.
  • “Newton’s Journal of Arts and Sciences,” publication commenced in London by W. Newton during 1820.
  • Newton, Sir Isaac (1642–1727), 58, 92, 95, 129, 132–134, 140, 145, 146, 150, 155, 159, 168, 181, 183, 225, 229, 238, 253, 315, 340, 461, 466, 472, 473, 484, 496
  • New York Columbian, 418
  • Neyreneuf, François Vincent, 426
  • Niamias, G. (at Thillaye-Platel, Antoine, AD 1803), 386
  • Nicander of Colophon (fl. second century BCE), 97, 529
  • Nicephorus, Callistus Xanthopoulos (fl. c. CE 1330), 142; “Historia Eccles. ...”
  • Niceron, Jean Pierre (1685–1738), “Mémoires pour servir à l’histoire des hommes illustres,” 97, 211, 507, 514, 527, 539
  • Nicetas—Hicetas—of Syracuse (fl. fourth century B.C.), 519, 530
  • Nicholas, Emperor of Russia, 422
  • Nicholas of Lynne (Carmelite astronomer, at Lully, Raymond).
  • Nicholl, J. F., “Life of Sebastian Cabot,” 69
  • Nichols, Edward L., xii
  • Nichols, Philip (at Kendal, Abram), 523
  • Nichols, Professor, “Cyclopædia of the physical sciences,” 461
  • Nicholson and Carlisle, 270, 337, 369, 419, 435
  • Nicholson, William (1753–1815), editor of the “Journal of Natural Philosophy,” “British Cyclopædia,” etc.
  • Nicholson’s “Journal of Natural Philosophy, Chemistry and the Arts,” commenced in 1802, 36 Vols., 165, 208, 228, 231, 241, 245, 248, 249, 270, 278, 280, 281, 296, 298, 302, 304, 322, 325, 330, 335, 336, 337, 338, 339, 341, 342, 347, 349, 359, 362, 363, 367, 369, 370, 383, 386, 387, 388, 393, 394, 398, 405, 406, 407, 428, 431, 443, 449
  • Nicklès, François Joseph Jérôme (b. 1820) (Comptes Rendus, année 1851), “Recherches sur l’aimantation,” 1855.
  • Nicodemo, Francisco, “Bibliotheca Napolitana,” 1699, 516
  • Nicolas, Lieut. Nicolas Harris (at Pasley, C. W., AD 1808), 398
  • Nicolas, Pierre François (1743–1816), “... électricité comme remède ...,” 1782, 385
  • Nicolas, Sir Harris (at CE 1327–1377), 59
  • Nicolaus Myrepsus (fl. thirteenth century CE), 27, 529
  • Niebuhr, Karsten—Carstens (1733–1815), celebrated German traveller, “Voyage en Egypte”; “Ansicht der Chemischen Naturgesetze,” 61, 453.
  • See “Journal des Savants” for Feb. 1818.
  • Nierembergius, Eusebius (at Zahn, F. J., CE 1696), 146
  • Nierop, Dirck van, “Nederduytsche Astronomia ...”: Amsterdam, 1658.
  • Niño, Pedro Alonzo (1468–1505), 60
  • Nipher, Francis Eugène, “The Volt, the Ohm and the Ampère”: practical electrical units (Journ. Ass. Engin. Soc., Vol. VII. pp. 83, 89: New York, 1888).
  • Nivelet, François, “Electricité médicale ...,” 1860–1863, 386
  • Noad, Henry Minchin (1815–1877), “Lectures on electricity ...,” 1839, 1844; “A manual of electricity ...,” 1855, 1857, 77, 122, 140, 145, 150, 176, 181, 196, 205, 206, 207, 225, 227, 228, 231, 239, 250, 252, 271, 274, 287, 291, 292, 297, 308, 318, 325, 330, 334, 335, 337, 339, 340, 347, 355, 356, 373, 378, 379, 380, 391, 407, 409, 418, 423, 437, 440, 447, 448, 455, 457, 458, 459, 460, 465, 467, 469, 470, 471, 475, 476, 481, 483, 489, 493
  • Nobili and Antinovi, “Sopra la forza elettromotrice del magnetismo,” 1831, 1832 (Ann. del Reg. Lomb. Veneto, II. 96, 832; Phil. Mag. for June 1832).
  • Nobili, Leopoldo (1784–1835), 285, 413, 472, 473, 475, 477, 479
  • (Bibl. Univ., XXV. 1824; Ital. Soc. Mem., XX. p. 173; Pogg. Annal., XXXIII. 1834).
  • Noectus, C. (at Dalton, John, CE 1793), 308
  • Noël, Bonaventura d’Argonne. See Vigneul-Marville.
  • Noggerath, Jacob (b. 1788), 314
  • (Phil. Mag. or Annals, II. 46, 1827; Schweigg. Journ., III. p. 224, 1828).
  • Noggerath, J., and Bischof, C. G. C. (Schweigg. Journ., XLIII. 825, 1825).
  • Noggerath, J., and Reuss, G. C. H. (Phil. Mag., VIII. 174, 1830).
  • Nollet, Jean Antoine (1700–1770) (Mém. de Paris, 1745, Hist., p. 4, Mém., p. 107; also 1746, Hist., p. 1, Mém., p. 1, and 1747, Hist., p. 1, Mém., p. 102; Phil. Trans., XLV. 187; XLVI. 368), 168, 174, 179, 180, 181–183, 185, 187, 188, 189, 193, 199, 201, 220, 224, 249, 257, 282, 320, 332, 554
  • Nomak. See Romisch.
  • Nonius, Petrus. See Nuñez.
  • Nooth, John Merwin, M.D., 278
  • Nordenskjold, Nils Adolf Erik (1832–1901), “Periplus,” 1897, 63, 139
  • “Nordisches Archiv. für d. Nat. v. Arzeneiw.,” 257
  • “Nördlischen Kätter für die chemie ...” See Scherer, A. N.
  • Norman, Robert (fl. 1590), “The newe attractive, or account of the first invention of the dipping needle,” xiv, 70, 75–77, 97, 112, 115, 250, 266
  • “North British Review,” 466
  • Norumbega, the lost city of New England, 115
  • Norwood, Richard (1589–1675), “The Seaman’s Practice ...,” 1719.
  • “Notes and Queries,” 75
  • Nouveau Larousse, Claude Augé, 1, 25, 131, 262
  • “Nouvelle Biographie Générale depuis les temps les plus reculés jusqu’à nos jours,” edited by Dr. Hœfer, 2, 5, 10, 16, 21, 24, 25, 31, 32, 38, 39, 41, 44, 45, 54, 58, 64, 68, 71, 79, 80, 81, 90, 93, 95, 97, 104, 106, 108, 109, 117, 122, 130, 137, 141, 145, 163, 164, 166, 170, 179, 186, 187, 190, 192, 196, 202, 205, 207, 233, 253, 255, 259, 262, 263, 265, 281, 282, 288, 289, 294, 296, 298, 301, 312, 347, 350, 359, 361, 367, 383, 386, 401, 434, 455, 462, 464, 483, 498, 501, 502, 504, 505, 506, 507, 508, 509, 510, 512, 513, 514, 515, 516, 517, 518, 519, 520, 521, 525, 526, 527, 528, 529, 530, 531, 532, 533, 534, 536, 537, 538, 539, 540
  • Nouvelliste, Le, 298
  • Novara. See Dominicus Maria Ferrariensis.
  • Novelli. See Paola Antonia (at Aquinas), 505
  • Novellucci, his electric plate machine, 256, 482
  • (Antologia di Firenze, August 1824, p. 159).
  • Novum Organum—Novum Organon—of Francis Bacon; Novum Organum, London, 1620, 1650, 1802; Lug. B., 1645, 1650; Oxford, 1878, 1889; Novum Organon, Lips., 1840; Clarend., 1813; Nuovo Organo, Bassano, 1788; Neues Organon, Berlin, 1793, xiv, 90, 92, 99, 103
  • Noya-Caraffa, Giovanni, Duke of (1715–1768), “Recueil de Mém. Æpinus” (Phil. Trans., LI. Pt. I, p. 396, 1759), 17, 193, 218
  • Numa Pompilius, the second King of Rome, 9
  • Nuneberg, M. (at Ingen-housz, CE 1779), 257 (Scelta d’Opus., XVII. 113).
  • Nuñez—Nonius—Petrus (1492–1577), 530
  • Nouva Collezione d’Opuscoli scientifici ...: Bologna, 257
  • Nouva Scelta d’Opuscoli, Interessanti sulle scienze, 2 Vols.: Milano, 1804–1807.
  • See Amoretti, Carlo.
  • Nuovi annali della scienze naturali: Bologna.
  • Nuovi Lincei. See Rome, Accad. Ponteficia.
  • Nuovo Cimento, “Giornale di fisica, chimica ...,” edited by Matteucci and others, at Pisa and Torino.
  • Nürnberg, “Neues Journal für chemie und physik,” von Schweigger, J. S. Ch. von Vols. 1–30, 1811–1820 (30 Vols.), Vols. 31–42, 1821–1824 (12 Vols.); “Jahrbuch der chemie und physik ...,” Vols. 43–54, 1825–1828 (12 Vols.), Vols. 55–60, 1829–1830 (6 Vols.), Vols. 61–69, 1831–1833 (9 Vols.); “Journal für praktische chemie,” von Erdmann, Otto Linné, Vols. 1–108, 1834–1869 (108 Vols.), Vols. 1–14, 1870–1876 (14 Vols.).
  • Nyerup, Rasmus, “Univ. Annalen,” 158
  • Nyrén, Magnus (at Swedenborg, Em., A.D. 1734), 165
  • Nysten, Pierre Hubert (1771–1818), “Nouvelles expériences galvaniques,” 305
  • “Nyt Bibliothek fer Physik ...”: Kjobenhavn, 453, 455
  • “Nyt Magazin fer naturvidenskaberne:” Christiana, 29, 446

O

O

  • Oberst, J., “Conjecturæ ... magnetis naturam ...,” 1760, 555
  • Obert, Klindworth and Minkeler (at Ingen-housz, J., C.E. 1779), 257, 249
  • Observations sur la physique. See Rozier, François, 258–259;
  • Scudder, “Catalogue,” 1879, p. 110.
  • Oderigo, Nicolo, xx
  • Odier, Louis (1748–1817), 81, 82, 240
  • “Odyssey” of Homer, 5, 6
  • Oersted, Hans Christian (1770–1851), vii, 64, 81, 222, 345, 365, 366, 367, 376, 380, 381, 383, 384, 412, 413, 414, 421, 451–455, 456, 465, 472, 473, 474, 475, 476, 478, 482, 484
  • (Phil. Mag., XXIII. 129; LVI. 394; LIX. 462; Phil. Mag. or Annals, VIII, 230; Gehlen IV. Jour., III. 1804; VIII. 1808; Voigt’s Mag., III. 412; Schweigg. Jour., XX. 1817; XXIX. 1820; XXXII. and XXXIII. 1821; XXVIII. 1821–1822; LIII. 1828; Ann. Ch. et Phys., XXII. 1823; Oversigt over det Kongl. danske Videnskabernes Selskabs Forhandlinger, 1822–1823, 1823–1824, 1825–1826, and almost every year up to 1840 inclusively).
  • Offord, J., Jr. (at 321 BCE), ix
  • Offusius, Joannes Franciscus, “De divina astrorum facultate,” 1570, 11
  • Ohm, Georg Simon (1787–1854). See Nipher, Francis Eugène, “Die galvanische Kelte mathematisch bearbeitet,” 1827; “Grundzüge der physik ...,” 1854, 384, 460
  • Ohm, Martin, brother of Georg Simon, “Spirit of mathematical analysis ...,” 1843.
  • Ohm’s Law, xiv, 384. Consult Crystal, George (“Electrician,” Vol. XXV. p. 309, 1890); Hopkinson, John (1849–1898), Lectures at Inst. Civil. Eng., London, Vol. I. pp. 81–106, 1844; Kohlrausch, R. H. A., also Tyndall, John (Phil. Mag., Ser. IV. Vol. III. pp. 321–330, 1852); Raymond, Jules, “Recherches ... loi d’Ohm,” 1870; Webb, F. C. (Phil. Mag., Ser. IV. Vol. XXXV. pp. 325–333, 1868).
  • Oken, Lorenz, 403–404
  • Olaus, Magnus, “Historia de Gentibus Septentrionalibus,” 1555, 71, 527
  • Olbers, Heinrich Wilhelm Matthaüs (1758–1840), on the Zodiacal Light, etc., 141, 345, 462
  • Oldenberg, Henry, Secretary of the Royal Society (1615?-1677), 142, 547
  • Olfers, J. F. M., “Die-gattung torpedo ...,” 1831 (at Shaw, George, CE 1791), 298
  • Oliva, Joannes, Map of the World, A.D. 1613, 63
  • Oliva, Salvatore, Atlas showing both Americas, CE 1620, 63
  • Oliver, A., of Salem, Mass., Theories of lightning, thunderstorms and waterspouts (Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc., O.S. II. 74, 101).
  • Olmstead—Olmsted—Denison (1791–1859), 141, 457, 458, 461;
  • “On the zodiacal light”; “Introduction to natural history.”
  • Omar Khayyám—Kheyyám (d. 1123), 38
  • Omont, Henri, xi
  • Ongania (at CE 1436), 63
  • Onimus and Legros, “Traité d’électricité médicale,” 386
  • “Onomasticon Literarium.” See Sax—Sachs.
  • “Operator, The,” publication commenced in New York during the year 1874; afterwards became “The Operator and the Electrical World.”
  • Oppermanno—Oppermanus—Septimus Andreas, 325, 326, 385.
  • Oppianus (fl. second century CE), “Halieutica,” 11
  • Opuscoli Act. Erudit.: Lips., 130
  • Opuscoli filosofici ..., 2 Vols.: Milano, 1827.
  • Opuscoli matematici e fisici ...: Milano, 257, 271, 295, 298
  • Opuscoli scelti sulle scienze e sulle arti, 22 Vols.: Milano and Bologna; Nuova collezione d’opuscoli scientifici ... 5 Vols.: Bologna, 1817–1824; Fr. Cardinali, Fr. Ovioli, and others, 175, 208, 241, 243, 248, 253, 254, 257, 258, 263, 270, 271, 272, 280, 281, 284, 295, 299, 306, 335, 347, 401.
  • See Amoretti and “Scelta di opuscoli interessanti ...”
  • Orb of Coition, 100
  • Orb of Virtue—Orbis Virtutis, 86, 100
  • Organe électrique artificiel. See Volta.
  • Oribasius Sardianus (born c. CE 325), 26, 531
  • Origanus recte Tost David, “Annorum Posterorium, XXX.,” 1609.
  • Origen, also called Adamantus (c. CE 185–254), 38
  • Orioli, F. See Opuscoli Scelti ..., 258
  • Orléans, “Société Royale des sciences ...,” Annales.
  • Ormoy, Abbé d’, 282
  • Orosius (fl. fifth century CE), Historarium.
  • Orphei Argonautica of A. C. Eschenbach, 554
  • Orpheus, Vedic Ribhu, “Argonautica,” “Lythica,” “Bacchia,” etc., edited by the very distinguished Greek scholar, Andrea Christian Eschenbach of Nuremberg (1663–1705), 519, 530–531
  • Orsini, Count de Rosenberg, 10
  • Ortell—Oertel—Abraham (1527–1598), 63
  • Osann, Gottfried Wilhelm (b. 1797), ten articles in Poggendorff’s Annalen on Electricity, Meteoric Iron, Phosphorescence, etc., from Vol. VIII. 1826 to Vol. CVI. 1859; Grundzüge der lehre von dem magnetismus und der elektricität, 1847.
  • Osbun, Prof., of Salem, Mass., 234
  • Osmose. See Endosmosis and Exosmosis.
  • Osorius—Osorio—de Fonseca, Jeronimo (b. 1506), “Histoire du Portugal,” Genève, 1581, 68
  • Ostertag, Johann Philipp (1734–1801), “... die Kentnisse der Alten von der Electricität” (Neue Abhandl. der Baierischen Akad., IV. 113, 1785); “Antiquarische Abhandl. über Gewitterelektricitat,” 1810.
  • Ostroy, van, 559
  • Ostwald, Friedrich Wilhelm (b. 1853), “Lehrbuch der Allgemeine Chemie” and “Zeitschrift für Physikalische Chemie,” 1887; established with Jacobus Hendrikus Van’t Hoff; “Elektrochemie,” 1896; “Ostwald’s Klassiker der exakten Wissenschaften”: Leipzig, 284, 391, 455
  • Otté, E. C. See Humbolt, Alex. von “Cosmos.”
  • Otto’s letter to Benjamin Franklin, 67
  • Oudry, “Applications en grand de la galvanoplastie et de l’électro-métallurgie,” 1868.
  • Oughtred, W., “Descrip. ... double horiz. ... dyal ...,” 1674, 553
  • “Oversigt over det Kongl. danska Videnskabernes Selskabs Forhandliger ...”: Kjobenhavn, 453, 454
  • Ovid, Publius Ovidius Naso (43 BCE-AD 18), “Fastorum, libri xii”; “Metam. ... Numa ... Jupiter Elicius,” CE 17, 10, 462
  • Oviedo, Luis de, “Methodo de la coleccion ... medicinas simples,” 1622, 27
  • Oviedus, Gonzales. See Gonzalus Oviedus.
  • Ovioli, F. See Opuscoli Scelti, 257
  • Owen, Dr. Richard (1804–1892), 404
  • Owen, John—Oweni, Ioan (1560–1622), 523
  • Oxford University, Library, etc., 40, 99, 145, 151, 405, 497, 513, 530
  • Ozanam, Antoine Frédéric (1813–1853), 504
  • Ozanam, Jacques (1640–1717), “Récréations mathématiques,” 4 Vols. 1721, 1724, etc., 401

P

P

  • Pacchiani, Francesco Giuseppe (1771–1835), 392, 393, 419, 483
  • (Nuova Scelta d’Opuscoli, I. 277, 1804; Phil. Mag., XXIV. 176, 1806; Ann. Chim. di Brugnatelli, XXII. pp. 125, 135, 144, 1805).
  • Pac̄ifico, Salomone Ireneo (CE 776–846), 60
  • Pacini, Filippo (1812–1883), 299,
  • “Sopra l’organo elettrico del Siluro elettrico del Nilo ...,” 1846.
  • Pacinotti, Antonio (b. 1841), “Descrizione di una machinetta elettro-magnetica ...,” 1864. This is the author’s ring-armature with closed coils (Catal. of Wheeler Gift, No. 1601).
  • Pacinotti, L. (at Dalton, John, CE 1793), 308
  • Padova—Padua—Accademia, Saggi, Memorie, etc., 140, 253, 303, 304, 528
  • Padova—Padua—Annali della scienze naturali, 363
  • Padova—Padua—“Giornale Astro-Meteoroligico,” 254
  • Padova—Padua—Observatory, 254
  • Padova—Padua—University, 253, 455, 460, 499, 502, 506, 515, 528
  • Padova—Padua—University, history of, by Boulay, 505
  • Pæologue. See Paléologue.
  • Pagani, O. M. (at Thillaye-Platel, Antoine, AD 1803), 385, on medical electricity.
  • Page, Charles Grafton (1812–1868), on new electrical instruments, induction, etc., etc. (Silliman’s Journal, XXVI.-XLIX.; Bibl. Univ., X. 398), 234, 283
  • Page, Charles G., and Rittenhouse, D. (Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc., O.S. II. pp. 173, 175, 1786).
  • Page, John, of Williamsburg (at Rittenhouse, David, A.D. 1786), 282
  • Paisley, Lord, “Experiments on his loadstone,” 161.
  • See Hamilton, James (Phil. Trans. XXXVI. 245, 1729–1730).
  • Pajot-Laforest (at Aldini, Giovanni, CE 1793), 305
  • Palagi, A., “Nuove sperienze sull’ elettricità telluro-atmosferica” (Rendiconto dell’ Accad. delle scienze dell’ Ist. d’ Bologna, 1858, p. 72).
  • Paléologue, Georges Maurice, “L’Art Chinois,” 2, 3 (Acta Acad. Petropol., I. 1778; Phil. Trans. for 1776, 1778).
  • Palladius, Bishop of Helenopolis (A.D. 368–430), says that lodestone attracts the nails of ships....
  • Pallas, Peter Simon (1741–1811), 314, 451
  • Palm, G. A., “Der magnet in alterthum,” 1867, 15
  • Palma (Siciliano) Richerche medico-elettriche (mentioned by Bertholon, 1749).
  • Palmer, W. (at Pasley, C. W., CE 1808), 397
  • Palmieri, Luigi (b. 1807), 337, 416, 420;
  • Annali del Reale Osservatorio meteorologico ... Napoli, 1859 (Rendiconto dell’ Accad. di Napoli, IV. 1845; Giornale I.R. Istit. Lomb., N.S. 4, II. 346).
  • Palmieri, Luigi, and Linari-Santi, P., 337
  • Palmstedt, Carl (at Shaw, George, A.D. 1791), 299
  • Pameyer, George (at CE 1250), 34
  • Pancirollus, Guido (1523–1599), 22, 81, 123
  • Pander, Christian Heinrich, “Beiträge zur naturk,” 368
  • Pandulph, “History of Naples,” 211
  • Panormitano: name given to Anthony of Bologna.
  • Pantarbe, 10, 533
  • Paoli, Adrian (at 600–580 BCE), 10
  • Paolo, Rev. Maestro. See Sarpi.
  • Paolo. See Paulus Æginæ.
  • Paolo, the Venetian. See Marco Polo—Paulum Venetum.
  • Papadapoli, Nicolaus Comnenus, 528
  • Para, “Cours complet ...,” 1772, 556
  • Paracelsus (1493–1541), 26, 64–65, 104, 301, 513, 529.
  • See Joannes Isaacus, Hollandus.
  • Paramagnetism, 494, 495
  • Paris, Académie Royale des Sciénces de L’Institut de France; Comptes Rendus hebdomadaires, X. and passim; La Connaissance des temps; Histoire et Mémoires de l’Académie, Table des articles ... depuis 1666 jusqu’en 1770 par Rozier, François (1734–1793); Recueil des pièces.
  • Paris, Annales de Chimie, par Guyton de Morveau, Lavoisier, etc., 1789–1815.
  • Paris, Annales de Chimie et de Physique, par Gay-Lussac. From January 1st, 1914, the work was divided into two distinct monthly sections: “Annales de Chimie” and “Annales de Physique.”
  • Paris, Astronomical Society, 481
  • Paris, Bureau des Longitudes, 481
  • Paris, Ecole-Faculté de Médecine, 273, 274, 284, 384, 385, 538
  • Paris, Faculté des Sciences, 373, 374
  • Paris, John Ayrton (1785–1856), “Life of Sir Humphry Davy,” 340, 341, 347
  • Paris, Magnetic Society, 425
  • Paris, Mémoires de, 207, 253, 268, 271, 279, 302, 320, 460
  • Paris Observatoire, 157, 268, 301, 477, 481, 482
  • Paris, Palais des Tuileries, telegraph erected upon, 329
  • Paris, “Paris et ses historiens,” 34
  • Paris Societies in addition to those elsewhere mentioned.
  • See Académie des Sciences, 1666–1790; Galvani Society; Institut Nationale; Journal; Société d’Encouragement; Société de Médecine; Société Médicale d’émulation; Société Philomatique; Société Philotechnique.
  • Paris University, 16, 530
  • Parke, translator of J. G. de Mendoza’s “History of the Kingdom of China,” 77
  • Parma University, 365
  • Parmenides of Elea (fl. fifth century BCE) founder of the Eleatic Greek School of Philosophy, 511, 532, 543
  • Parrot, Georg Friedrich (1767–1852), 195, 308, 367, 368;
  • “Handbuch der Physik,” 195, 420.
  • See Voltaic pile, chemical theory of (Voigt’s Mag., IV. 1802; Gilb. Annal., XII. XXI. LV. LX. LXI.; Ann. de Chim. et Phys., XLVI.).
  • Parry (afterwards Sir), W. E., his magnetical observations, 139, 457
  • Parshall, Dr. Horace Field, xii
  • Parthey, Gustav Friedrich Constantin, 520
  • Partington, C. F. (at AD 1770), 232
  • Partington, M. (at Molenier, Jacob, CE 1768), 229
  • Pascalis, P. A., Mémoire sur l’électricité médicale, 1819, 385
  • Pasley, Sir Charles William (1780–1861), Telegraph, 397–398, 399, 442, 439 (Phil. Mag., XXIX. XXXV.).
  • Pasqual, A. R., “Descr. ... aguja nautica,” 1789, 556
  • Pastoret, Claude Emmanuel J. P. de, 542
  • Pasumot, Fra., “Observations sur les effets de la foudre,” 1774, 556
  • Paterson, William, Lieut.-Gov. of New South Wales (1755–1810), “On a new electrical fish, the Tetrodon electricus” (Phil. Mag. for 1786), 297
  • Patterson, Prof. Robert (1743–1824) (Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc., O.S. II. 251, III. 321).
  • Patterson, R. M., on electricity from steam (Silliman’s Jour., XI. 1841).
  • Pauli, Adrian, 8
  • Paulian, Aimé Henri (1722–1801), 183, 205, 555
  • Paulsohm, P. (at Thillaye-Platel, Antoine, CE 1803), 385
  • Paulum Venetum. See Polo, Marco, at A.D. 1271.
  • Paulus Ægenita—Æginata—Paul of Ægina, Greek physician (fl. seventh century CE), 20, 519
  • Paulus Jovius, “Historiarum sui temporis ...,” 1552, 58, 506, 507
  • Paulus Venetus. See Sarpi, Pietro, herein, at A.D. 1632.
  • Pauly, August Friedrich von, “Real-Encyclop. der class. Alterthums ...,” 25
  • Pauthier, Jean Pierre Guillaume, “Chine Ancienne,” 2, 3
  • Pavia, Rivista di Fisica, Mat. e Sc. Naturali, 57
  • Pavia University, 246, 284, 361, 424
  • Payssé, M., Expérience relative au galvanisme, 285, 306
  • Pazienti, A., “Dell’ azione ... dell’ elettrico e del magnetismo ...,” 1846 (Giornale Veneto di Scienza Medicale, V. Ser. II. 1855).
  • Peabody, Col. Francis (at CE 1771), 234
  • Peacock, Dr. George (at Young, Thomas, CE 1807), 396
  • Pearson, George (1751–1828), 324, 375 (Phil. Mag., XV. 274, 1803).
  • Pearson, Karl, “Grammar of Science,” 102
  • Pearson, Richard. See Royal Society.
  • Peart, Edward (1756–1824), “On electric atmospheres,” 1793, 312, 556
  • Peckham, John (John of London), 42, 45
  • Péclet, Jean Claude Eugène (1793–1857), “Essai historique sur l’électricité” (Ann. Chim. et Phys. an 1841, 3e Série).
  • Pedacius, Greek botanist, 11
  • Pedemontani, Alexander, “De secretis ...,” 1560, 553
  • Peel, W., on the production of muriates (Phil. Mag., XXIII. 257), 392, 419
  • Peirce, Prof. C. Saunders, xx
  • Pell, John, “Gellibrand’s discourse on the variation of the magnetic needle,” 119
  • Pellechet, Marie, “Catalogue général des incunables,” 26, 37, 501, 504
  • Pelletan, Charles (at Volta, Alessandro, CE 1775), 247;
  • also (at Humboldt, Alex. von., CE 1799), 333,
  • and (at Fourcroy, Ant. Fr. de. CE 1801), 354
  • Pelletan, Philippe Jean (at Volta, CE 1775), 247
  • Pelliciarius. See Marbodeus Gallus.
  • Peltier, Jean Charles Athanase (1785–1845), discoverer of the Peltier effect.
  • See Le Roux, F. P. (Proc. Birmingham Philos. Soc., Vol. V. pp. 53–56, 1886; Edinb. New Philos. Journ., Vol. XXXVII. pp. 298–304 and Vol. XXXVIII. pp. 97–101, 1844–1845; Ann. Ch. et Phys., 1834, 1836, 1839). The well-known Peltier electroscope was anticipated by Milner, Thomas (1719–1797), in his “Experiments ...,” 1783, 204, 367, 381, 416
  • Peltierin (“Annales de Chimie,” LXV. p. 330), 321
  • Penada, Jacopo (at Dalton, John, CE 1793), 308
  • Pennsylvania University, 278, 319, 373, 435, 446
  • Penny Cyclopædia, edited by Charles Knight, 4, 11, 12, 19, 127, 264, 302, 317, 322, 438, 441
  • Penrose, F., “Treatise on electricity,” 1752; “Essay on magnetism,” 1753, 555
  • People’s Cyclopædia, 240
  • Pepper, J. H., “Cyclopædic Science,” “Voltiac electricity,” 223, 256, 304, 305, 336, 339
  • Pepys, Samuel, “Diary,” 127
  • Pepys, William Haseldine, Jr., 373
  • Pepys, William Haseldine, Sr. (1775–1856), 289, 338, 371–373, 378, 393, 403
  • Percival, Thomas (1740–1804), “Medical and experimental essays,” 386
  • Perego, Antonio (b. 1787), “Relatione sul fulmine caduto in Iseo” (Comment. Ateneo Brescia, 1834, for aerolites, and 1842, p. 77, for a new electroscope); “Atti delle Adunanze dell’ Imp. Reale Istituto Veneto di scienze, lettere ed arti,” 1846.
  • Peregrinus—Peregrini, Petrus de Maricourt (fl. thirteenth century, AD), “De Magnete ...”: Augsburgi, 1558, vii, xi, xiv, xix, xx, 33, 42, 44, 45–54, 57, 72, 73, 76, 83, 87, 88, 110, 112, 115, 526, 544
  • Perewoschtschikow—Perevoschtchikoff—Demetrius (b. 1760) (Bulletino della Soc. Imp. dei Naturalisti di Mosca, 1829).
  • Periander of Corinth (fl. c. 625 BCE), 7
  • Pericles (at Anaxagoras), 503
  • Period of the five (Chinese) Emperors, 1
  • Perkins, Benjamin Douglas Elisha (1741–1799), Perkinism, 327;
  • “The influence of metallic tractors on the human body,” 1798, 1799.
  • Perkins, John, “Conjectures concerning winds and waterspouts,” 1786 (Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc., II. 335).
  • Péron, François (1775–1810), “Voyage de découvertes ...,” 1807.
  • Péron F., and Freycinet L., “Voyages ...,” 1816, 442
  • Perpetual motion engine, 50, 52, 53, 86, 120
  • Perry, John (at Faraday, Michael, CE 1821), 492
  • Person, Charles Cleophas (b. 1801), 330;
  • “Théorie du Galvanisme ...,” 1831; Medical Galvanism (Journal des Connaissances médico-chirurgicales, 1853; Journal de Physiol. Expér., 1830, X. 216).
  • Peschel, C. F., “Elements of Physics,” 3 Vols. 1845.
  • Peschel, Oscar Ferdinand (at Bianco, Andrea, CE 1436), 64
  • Peter the Lombard. See Monroe “Cyclopædia,” Vol. IV. p. 660, and its very numerous references, 41
  • Peters, C. A. F. See “Zeitschrift für populäre.”
  • Petersburg. See Saint Petersburg.
  • Petersdorff, F. C. von (at Chladni, E. F. F., CE 1794), 314
  • Petersen, Frederick Christian (1786–1856), 333
  • Peterson, William (1755–1810), Lieut.-Gov. of New South Wales, 297
  • Petetin, Jacques Henri Désiré (1744–1808), 229, 351, 385;
  • “Nouveau mécanisme de l’électricité,” 1802; “Théorie du galvanisme ...,” 1803; Société de santé de Lyon, Actes, etc.
  • Petit, Fédéric (b. 1810), on meteors, etc. (Toulouse Academy Reports, 3rd and 4th Series, for 1844, 1846, 1848, 1849, 1855), 315
  • Petit, P., “A letter ... where ... a globous magnet called terrella and the variation of the variation is examined” (Phil. Trans. 1667, p. 502).
  • Petit-Radel, Philippe (1749–1815), 305
  • Petrequin (at Pearson, George, AD 1797), 325
  • Petri de Bergamo, 505
  • Petri de Vineis. See Des Vignes, Pierre.
  • Petri, H. (at Cusanus), 510
  • Petrina, F. A., “Entdeckungen im Galvano-Voltaismus,” 249, 258 (Baumgartner, Andreas Zeitschrift f. Phys., V. 1837).
  • Petrini, Pietro (1785–1822)—Petrini, P., and Cioni, M., 337, 392
  • Petropol. See St. Petersburg.
  • Petrus Aponus—Apponensis—Apianus. See Abano, 501
  • Petrus Lombardus. See Peter the Lombard.
  • Petrus Nonius. See Nuñez, Pedro, 530
  • Petrus Plancius—Plancius Peter, 94, 533
  • Peurbach, Georg von (1423–1461), Novæ theoriæ planetarum, 512
  • Pezzani, André (at Lactantius, L. C. F.), 525
  • Pezzi, Cesare G. (at Galvani, Luigi, CE 1786), 283–284
  • Pfaff, Christian Heinrich, of Kiel (1773–1852)—Pfaff, C. H., and Michaelis, G. A., 195, 270, 278, 285, 327, 331, 332, 333, 335, 353, 385, 393, 419, 493
  • (Gren’s Journal, VIII.; Ann. der Chemie, XXXIV. 307; Soc. Philom., II. 181, 1796; Gilb. Ann., Vols. VII. and LXXIV.; Phil. Mag., XXVII. 338; Schweigger’s Journal, Vols. I.-LXIV.; Gehlen’s Jour. f. Chem. v. Phys. for 1806 and 1808).
  • Pfaff, Johann Wilhelm Andreas (1774–1835)—Pfaff, J. W. A., and Schweigger J. S. C., 415
  • Pfalzbayr Beiträge for 1782, 285, 330
  • Pfluger, E. (at Thillaye-Platel, Antoine, CE 1803), 386 (Monatsberichte d. Berlin Akad., 1858).
  • Phæacians, the, 6 (dwellers on the mythical island of Scheria).
  • Phædo—Phœdo—Phædrus. See Plato.
  • Pharmaceutical Journal, London, 308
  • Pharos, Temple of, 18
  • Phenix of Alexandria (at School of Athens), 544
  • “Phil. Graec. vet. relig.,” 511
  • Philadelphia, College of, 222
  • Philadelphia. See American Museum, American Philosophical Society, Academy of Natural Sciences, Journal of the Franklin Institute.
  • Philip, Dr. Wilson (at Bostock, John, CE 1818), 325, 443
  • Philip II, King of Spain, 77, 527
  • Philipeaux (at Thillaye-Platel, Antoine, A.D. 1803), 386
  • Philips, R., “Electrical formation of crystallized sulphuret” (Phil. Mag. or Annals, VII. 226, 1830).
  • Phillips, John, 249, 257
  • Phillips, Laurence Barnett, “Dict. of Biogr. Ref.,” 1871, 300
  • Phillips, Sir Richard (1778–1851), one of the editors of the “Philosophical Magazine,” 285, 428, 464, 466, 497
  • Philo, Judæus (b. 20–10 BCE) “Libellus de Opificio Mundi,” 20
  • Philolaus, the Pythagorian (fl. c. 374 BCE), 532, 537
  • Philosophia Britannica. See Martin, Benjamin.
  • Philosophia Magnetica, 1629, of Nicolaus Cabæus was the second Latin book published on electricity; Gilbert’s De Magnete, 1600, being the first.
  • Philosophia Moysaica. See Fludd, Robert, 554
  • Philosophia Naturalis, 1654. See Regius, Henricus (Le Roy).
  • Philosophia Pollingana ... 1730. See Amort, Eusebius.
  • Philosophical and Mathematical Dictionary. See Hutton.
  • Philosophical: “History and Memoirs of the Royal Academy of Sciences at Paris”: London, 1742.
  • See Académie Royale des Sciences, Paris.
  • Philosophical Magazine—Philosophical Magazine and Journal ...; Philosophical Magazine or Annals of Chemistry ...; London and Edinburgh Phil. Mag. and Journal of Science; London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Phil. Mag. and Journ. of Sc., edited by Brewster, Kane Phillips, Taylor, Tilloch and others: under name of Tilloch’s Ph. Mag., etc.
  • Philosophical Magazine, etc., xvii, 43, 61, 81, 133, 140, 143, 148, 165, 178, 195, 201, 212, 214, 218, 221, 225, 229, 230, 231, 246, 248, 249, 252, 256, 258, 263, 270, 277, 279, 281, 285, 288, 289, 291, 295, 296, 297, 298, 300, 305, 306, 308, 311, 314, 315, 326, 329, 330, 335, 337, 338, 347, 348, 349, 354, 359, 362, 363, 367, 371, 373, 374, 375, 376, 377, 380, 381, 382, 383, 388, 389, 390, 391, 392, 393, 394, 397, 398, 399, 400, 403, 405, 406, 411, 414, 415, 416, 417, 418, 419, 423, 424, 426, 427, 428, 429, 431, 432, 433, 434, 435, 436, 440, 442, 444, 446, 448, 449, 451, 452, 453, 454, 455, 456, 457, 458, 460, 464, 466, 467, 468, 469, 471, 476, 477, 479, 481, 483, 486, 487, 488, 492, 494, 495, 496, 498, 499, 549–550
  • Philosophical Society, Cambridge, England.
  • Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society. See Royal Society, London.
  • Philostratus, Flavius (born c. 180–170 BCE), 8, 533
  • Phipson, T. L., on Phosphorescence, Meteors, Aerolites, etc., 1858, 1862, 1867.
  • Phlogiston—Phlogistic theory from Boyle to Lavoisier, 261, 262, 362
  • Phædo of Aristotle, 537
  • Phœnicians, the, along the Syrian coast, 5, 7, 536; Phœnician star.
  • Phœnicians. See Court de Gébelin, Antoine (1725–1784), “Monde primitif ...,” 1781; also Huet, Pierre Daniel (1630–1725), “History ...,” 1717.
  • Phonograph, suggested at (A.D. 1745), 171;
  • also at (CE 1620–1655), 103,
  • and at (CE 1641), 119
  • Photius, Patriarch of Constantinople (c. 820–891), 7, 541
  • Photometers of Lambert, Leslie, and Count Rumford, 225
  • Photometry (Photometria), 225
  • “Physikal ... Worterbuch ...,” edited by Gehler, J. S. T., 248
  • Physical Society of London, Proceedings, etc., publication commenced in London during 1876.
  • Physikalische-Bibliothek. See Erxleben.
  • “Physiologische Darstellung der Lebenskräfte,” 284
  • Pianciani, Giambattista (b. 1784) (Bibl. Ital., XCIX. 97, 1835) (at Shaw, George, CE 1791), 298
  • Picard, Jean (1620–1682), first observed electric light in vacuo, 132, 146, 268 (Anc. Mém. Paris, II. X.; Bibl. Ital., XCIX. 42).
  • Picchioni, L. (Bibl. Ital., XCVI. 404, 1839).
  • Piccinelli, G. (at Thillaye-Platel, Antoine, A.D. 1803), 385 (Opusc. Scelti, VIII. 310, Milano, 1785).
  • Piccolomini, Alessandro, archivesco di Patrasso, “De la sphera del mondo ...,” 1540.
  • Pickel, Georg (1751–1838), animal electricity, etc., 249, 257, 385
  • Pickering, Charles (at Schouten, G. C., CE 1616), 98
  • Pictet, Marc Auguste (1752–1825), “On atmospheric electricity,” 199, 309, 327, 331, 407
  • Pictorio, Georg (at CE 430), 26
  • Piderit, J. R. A., “Dissertatio ...,” 1745, 555
  • Piezo electricity: electricity developed by pressure, as in some crystals.
  • Pigafetta, Francisco Antonio (1491–1534), “Trattato di navigazione ...,” 67, 68
  • Pignotti, Lorenzo (1739–1812), 299, 392
  • Pigram, W. (at Bolten, J. F., CE 1775), 246
  • Pilatre de Rozier, Jean François (1756–1785), “Sur la cause de la foudre” and “Sur des expériences électriques”: Paris, 1780–1781, 288, 554 (Journ. de Physique, XVI. and XVII.).
  • Pilkington, James, Bishop of Durham (1520–1576), 232
  • Pinaud, A., Electro-dynamics, etc. (Reports of the Toulouse Academy for 1843, 1844, 1846).
  • Pincio, Leon, “Biblioteca ...,” 516
  • Pinckney, Charles Cotesworth, 320
  • Pine, T., “On the connection between electricity and vegetation” (Annals of Electricity, IV. 421), 257
  • Pineda, Juan de, Spanish Jesuit (c. 1557–1637), 5
  • Pinkerton, John (at CE 1809), 402
  • Pinson, P. C., “Essai ... applications de l’électricité à la médecine,” 1857, 386
  • “Pioneers of Science.” See Lodge, Sir Oliver.
  • Pisa University, 392
  • Piso, Lucius Calpurnius, “Die Lorazischen ...” von A. Michaelis, 1877, 10
  • Pittacus (c. 652–569 BCE), 7
  • Pivati, Johannes Francisco (1689–1764), 185, 186, 263;
  • “Della elettricità medica ...,” 1747.
  • Pivia and Matteucci, 384
  • Pixii, Hypolite, Jr., Magneto-elect. apparatus (Ann. de Chimie for July 1832).
  • Pizarro, 475
  • Placidus, Heinrich (Schweigger’s Journal, XV.), 420
  • Plana, Giovanni Antonio Amadeo (b. 1781), Memoirs on the theory of magnetism, on the distribution of electricity, etc. (Mém. de Turin, Ser. II. Vol. III. 1844, 1845, 1864).
  • Plancius, Peter (1552–1622), 94, 532–533, 560
  • Plant electricity, researches on, 259–261
  • Planta, Martin de (1727–1772), 229, 256 (In Allg. deutsche Biblioth. XXIV. Anh. Abth., p. 549, 1760).
  • Plat, Sir Hugh (1552–1611), “Jewel House of Art and Nature,” 1653, 74, 124
  • Plata, F. M., “Dissertatio de electricitate,” 1749, 555
  • Plate of air electrically charged, 313
  • Platea, Francis Piazza (d. at Bologna, A.D. 1460) (at CE 450), 27
  • Plateau, M. J. (at 285–247 BCE), 18
  • Plato, Athenian philosopher (c. 427–347 BCE)— Platonists—“Ion”; “Timæus”; “Phædrus”; “Phædo,” etc. See Monroe “Cyclopædia ...,” Vol. IV. pp. 722–725; 7, 8, 13, 15, 20, 43, 270, 515, 525, 533, 534, 538, 544
  • Plattes, Gabriel, 124, 125
  • Plautus, Titus Maccius (c. 254–184 BCE). The greatest comic poet of ancient Rome. The “Bacchides,” etc., the editio princeps of his works appeared at Venice in 1472.
  • Playfair, John (1748–1819), 99, 122, 156, 295, 296, 311;
  • “Outlines of natural philosophy,” 2 Vols. 1812–1816; “Magnetising power of violet rays” (Phil. Mag., LIII. 155, 1817).
  • Playfair, Lyon Lord (1818–1898), 122, 423.
  • See Vapereau, G., “Dictionnaire ...,” p. 1260.
  • Pliny—Plinius Cæcilius Secundus (Caius) CE 23–79), “... Naturalis Historiæ ...,” 1st edition: Venetiis, 1469; “Naturæ Historiarum”: Venice, 1497; “Hist. Mundi ...” (History of the World, English translation by Philemon Holland, London, 1634). See Græsse, V. 337; “New Int. Cycl.,” XVIII. 733, title page, xix, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 13, 17, 18, 20, 21, 24, 26, 29, 43, 67, 72, 74, 97, 123, 124, 270, 503, 506, 510, 540
  • Plon, Nourrit et Compagnie, xii
  • Plot, Robert (1640–1696), Catalogue of electrical bodies (Phil. Trans., XX. 384, 1698), 547
  • Plotinus of Alexandria (fl. CE 205–270), 534
  • Pluanski, “Thèse sur Duns Scott,” 41
  • Plücker, Julius (b. 1801), 412, 495.
  • On diamagnetism, etc. (Crell’s Journal, XXXV. 1847; Phil. Mag. for June 1849; Phil. Trans. 1858; Scientific Memoirs, Vol. V. Pt. XIX. p. 253; Pogg. Annal., LXXII.-CX.); “On the magnetic relation ... of the optic axis of crystals....”
  • Plumptre, Edward Hayes (1821–1891), refers to the system of posts organised by Persian kings; “The divina commedia,” 4, 41, 43, 44, 60
  • Pluquet, François André Adrien, 513
  • Plurality of worlds, roundness of earth, etc., 525
  • Plus and minus theory of electricity: Watson, 175;
  • Wilson, 184;
  • and Franklin, 196
  • Plutarch (c. CE 46–120), 4, 11, 14, 20, 74, 124, 140, 524, 525;
  • “Life of Quintus Sertorius,” “Placit. Philos.,” “Quæstiones Platonicæ,” “Quæstiones Conviviales” (Phil. Trans., Watson, XLVIII. Part. I.).
  • Plymouth Institution, Transactions of the, 470
  • Poëy, A., “Météorologie ...,” 1861; “Bibliographic cyclonique ...,” 1866 (Comptes Rendus, XLIII. 1856, XLIV. 1857; Annuaire de la Soc. Météorol. de France, VIII. 75, 1860, IX. 42, 1861).
  • Poggendorff, Johann Christian (1796–1877), “Biographisch-Literarisches Handwörterbuch ...”: Leipzig, 1863; “Annalen der physik und chemie” (begun in 1824); “Geschichte der physik”: Leipzig, 1879, 8, 31, 66, 71, 75, 82, 90, 107, 140, 175, 199, 209, 214, 242, 254, 256, 258, 259, 263, 267, 271, 275, 280, 284, 292, 298, 302, 303, 306, 323, 324, 325, 326, 335, 350, 353, 359, 360, 364, 367, 370, 376, 383, 385, 387, 391, 395, 402, 408, 414, 415, 416, 423, 428, 432, 434, 441, 443, 444, 446, 449, 450, 451, 454, 460, 464, 467, 468, 471, 473, 476, 481, 487, 488, 489, 490, 491, 492, 493, 494, 495, 498
  • Poggioli, M. P., “Nouvelle application de l’électricité par frottement sans commotion” (Mémoire lu à l’Institut, Oct. 31, 1853), 257, 386
  • Pohl, Georg Friedrich (1788–1849), on electro-magnetism, etc. (Gilb. Ann., LXIX. LXXI. LXXIV. LXXV.; Kastner’s Archives, VI. 1825, IX. 1826, XI. 1827, XIII. and XIV. 1828), 478
  • “Points versus knobs,” famous controversy commenced in 1772 by Benjamin Wilson (1708–1778), author of “A treatise on electricity ...”: London, 1750, and of “Observations on lightning ...”: London, 1773. See also Pringle, Sir Joseph, 250–252
  • Poisson, Siméon Denis (1781–1840), 141, 215, 313, 375, 378, 409–412, 469, 479, 495
  • (Société Philomatique, 11, p. 180, 1803, also for 1824, p. 49, for 1825, p. 82, and for 1826, p. 19; Mém. de l’Institut, 1811; Mém. Acad. Roy. des Sciences, V. pp. 247, 488, VI. p. 441).
  • Poisson, S. D., Gay-Lussac, and others, “Instruction sur les paratonnerres...,” 1824.
  • Pokorny of Prague, “Kronika Prace,” 209
  • Polarization, chromatic, by reflection, also coloured, 480
  • Polarization, rotatory.
  • See Magnetic rotatory polarization.
  • See Cadozza, Giovanni.
  • Polcastro, G. B., “Notizia sopre ... Pacchiani ...”: Padova, 1805, 392
  • Poleni, Marquis Giovanni de (1683–1761), 139, 253, 308; “Sopra l’aurora boreale ...”
  • Poles, magnetic, two—Bond at CE 1646.
  • Poles of a loadstone: See Petrus Peregrinus at CE. 1269, 46, 47, 48, 49, 54;
  • also Gilbert at CE 1600, 83, 86
  • Poli, Giuseppe Sarevio (1746–1825), 199, 308;
  • “Elementi de Fisica,” 5 Vols. 1802, 1824 (Opus. Scelti, II. 382).
  • Polidori, Luigi Eustachio (b. 1830) (Ann. di Chim. di Brugnatelli, V. 30, 1794).
  • Poligrafo, H., “Giornale di scienze ...”: Verona.
  • Polinière, Pierre (1671–1734), 148, 163;
  • “Expériences de physique ...,” 1709, 1734, 1741.
  • Pollak (at Zamboni, G., CE 1812), 420
  • Polo, Marco—Paulum Venetum—is said to have brought the compass from China into Italy, CE 1271–1295. See, for complete bibliographies, the references at p. 55 herein, also the work published in 1818 by P. Zurla on Marco Polo and other celebrated navigators, and likewise Charton Edouard, 55, 67, 527
  • Polybius, Greek statesman and historian (c. 205–120 BCE), 19, 434
  • Polyglott Bible of Arias Montanus, 528
  • Polytechnic Central Journal, 422.
  • The publication called “Polytechnic Journal” was begun in 1839–1840.
  • Polytechnic School of Paris. See Ecole Polytechnique.
  • Polytechnisches Centralblatt, 414
  • Polytechnisches Journal von Dingler, J. F.: Stuttgart and Tübingen, Vols. 1–50, 1820–1833, 50 Vols.; Vols. 51–100, 1834–1846, 50 Vols.; Vols. 100–150, 1846–1858, 50 Vols.; Vols. 151–200, 1859–1871, 50 Vols.; Vols. 201–211, 1871–1874, 11 Vols.; Vols. 212–222, 1874–1876, 11 Vols.; Vol. 329, August 1, 1914.
  • Pomparium Melam. (at Barbarus, H.), 506
  • Poncelet, Polycarpe (fl. second half of eighteenth century), 226
  • Pontano, Giovanni Giovano (1426–1503), “Liber de meteoris ...”: Strasburg, 45
  • Pontin, Magnus Martin de (1781–1858), 340, 343, 369, 419
  • Pontin, M. M. de, and Berzelius, J. J. F. von, 370
  • Poole, R. L. (at Duns Scotus), 41
  • Pope, Alexander, translator of the “Odyssey” of Homer, 6, 7
  • Popham, Rear-Admiral Sir Home Riggs (1762–1820), 317, 400, 437, 439
  • “Popular Science Monthly:” New York, 92, 117, 315, 508
  • Porna and Arnaud, Medical electricity, 1787, 385
  • Porphyry—Porphyrïus—Greek historian (CE 233–304), whose most distinguished pupil was Iamblichus, author of “Life of Pythagoras,” 534
  • Porret, Robert (1783–1868), Voltaic Endosmose, etc. (Ann. of Phil., VIII. 1816), 440–441
  • Porta, Joannes Baptista—Giambattista della Porta (1538–1615), “Magiæ Naturalis,” 1588; “Magia Naturalis ...,” 1558 (“Natural Magick ...,” 1658), 13, 19, 72–75, 87, 110, 112, 124
  • Portolan, the oldest dated is that of Pietro Visconti, dated 1311, 63
  • Positivism, founder of, 534
  • Possidius, Saint, Bishop of Calama (at CE 426), 25
  • Posts, the first institution of, ascribed to Diodorus Siculus (“Notes and Queries,” Oct. 31, 1863, p. 356).
  • Potamian, Brother, 92
  • Potocki, Count Jeroslas, 407
  • Potter, Richard (b. 1799) (Majocchi’s Annali di Fisica ..., 1843).
  • Potthast, August. See “Bibliotheca Historica ...”
  • Pouillet, Claude Servais Mathias (1790–1868), “Eléments de physique expérimentale et de météorologie ...,” 1829, 195, 258, 312, 319, 373, 389, 416, 417, 426, 434, 461.
  • See Dezebry, “Dictionnaire ...,” p. 2306; also Muller-Pouillet (Ann. de Chim. et de Phys., IV. 1837, XX. 1845, XXIX. 1849, XXXI. 28; Comptes Rendus, IV. 513, 785, XIX. 1384, LXIV. 1867).
  • Poujoulat, Jean Joseph François, “Histoire de Saint Augustin,” 1845, 25
  • Power, Henry, “Experimental philosophy ...,” 1664, 554
  • Pownall, “On the ether suggested by Sir Isaac Newton ...” (Phil. Mag., XVIII. 155).
  • Poynt Attractive—poynt respective—of Robert Norman, 76
  • Præpositas, name sometimes given to Nicolaus Myrepsus, 529
  • Prætorius (Richter), Joh., “De cometis ...”: Norimberg, 1579.
  • “Practical Mechanic,” Glasgow, 26, 233, 454, 498
  • “Practical Mechanics’ Journal,” publication commenced at Glasgow by W. and J. H. Johnson during 1848.
  • Prague—Prag—Academy, Memoirs, 387;
  • “Prague News,” 209
  • Pravaz (at Pearson, George, CE 1797), 325
  • Prechtl, Johann Joseph (1778–1854), 407, 424
  • (Gehlen’s Journal, VIII. 1809; Schweigg. Journ., IV. 1812, XXXVI. 1822).
  • Preller, Ludwig (1809–1861), 512
  • Premoli, Carlo P., “Nova electricitatis theoria ...,” 1755, 555
  • Prémontrés, Order of, at Celle, 145
  • Prescott, George Bartlett (1831–1894), 277, 290;
  • “History, theory and practice of the electric telegraph,” “The speaking telephone.”
  • Prescott, William Hickling, “Account of the Emperor Charles V’s life,” 36, 114
  • Presles, Raoul de, “La cité de Dieu,” xix
  • Prévost, Jean Louis, on animal electricity, 1823, 1843.
  • Prevost, Pierre (1751–1839), “De l’origine des forces magnétiques”: Genève, 1788, 242, 315, 325, 481
  • Price, Dr. James (1752–1783) (at Thillaye-Platel, Antoine, CE 1803), 282, 385
  • Prichett, Professor C. W., 142
  • Priestley, Joseph (1733–1804), 17, 29, 90, 131, 132, 150, 155, 162, 163, 164, 166, 168, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 183, 187, 189, 195, 197, 198, 204, 205, 206, 212, 213, 224, 227–228, 238, 240, 241, 256, 258, 262, 264, 322, 415, 418.
  • See Krunitz-Kirtz, Johann Georg (1728–1796).
  • Prieto, A. (at Dalton, John, CE 1793), 308
  • Prieur-Duvernois, Claude Antoine (1763–1832), 280
  • Prime, Samuel Irenæus (1812–1885), 367, 407, 421, 422, 436, 455, 474, 481; “Life of S. F. B. Morse.”
  • Prince, Rev. John (1643–1723) (at CE 1771), 234;
  • “Worthies of Devon,” 107
  • Princeton College, 246, 421
  • “Principes de Physiologie,” 284
  • Principles of Physics. See Silliman, Benjamin.
  • Pringle, Sir John, Bart. (1707–1782), 232, 240, 243, 250–252, 456, 457.
  • See Copley Medal.
  • Priscian—Theodorus Priscianus—Greek physician (fl. fourth century CE), “Rerum medicarum,” 7
  • Pritzel, G. A., “Thesaurus literaturæ Botanicæ,” 153, 170, 501, 506, 508, 516, 525, 529, 532, 540
  • Proclus—Procullus—head of the later Neoplatonists (CE 410–485), 2, 117, 533, 537.
  • See Taylor, Thomas.
  • Procopius, De bello Vandal, lib. II. Cap. II. Stars on spears, 24
  • Proctor, Richard Anthony (1837–1888), “Old and new astronomy,” 93, 138, 433
  • Prokorny of Prague, “Kronika Prace,” 209
  • Prutenic (Prussian) Astronomic Tables, 512–513
  • Pryce, William, “Mineralogia Cornubiensis ...,” 401
  • Psellus, M. C., “De lapidum virt. ...,” 1745, 555
  • Ptolemæus, Claudius, the great geographer (fl. middle second century CE), 40, 62, 72, 117, 124, 507, 508, 512, 513, 527, 533, 534–536, 539, 544.
  • See Joannes Stobnicensis.
  • Ptolemæus II, Philadelphus (308–247 BCE), son of Ptolemy Soter (367–283 BCE), one of Alexander the Great’s generals, 18, 67, 74, 94, 114
  • Ptolemy Soter, 18. See Ptolemæus II.
  • Puccinotti, F. (at Thillaye-Platel, Antoine, CE 1803), 385
  • Pulkowa (Russia) Observatory, 165
  • Pulvermacher, Isaac Louis (at Thillaye-Platel, Antoine, CE 1803), 386; Medical electricity, 1859.
  • Purchas, Samuel (1575–1626), author of “Purchas, his pilgrimage ...,” 1625, 523
  • Pusckin, Comte de, 285
  • Puteanus, Bernardus, of Bruges, 562
  • Puteanus, Guilielmus—Dupuis (fl. sixteenth century A.D.), 536
  • Putnam, George Haven, “Books and their makers during the middle ages,” 25
  • Puységur, Armand Marie Jacques de Chastonet, Marquis de (1752–1825), “Magnétisme Animal,” 236, 237, 425.
  • See Dezebry, “Dictionnaire ...,” p. 2348.
  • Pyro-electricity: Davy (1800), 346;
  • Haüy (1787), 286;
  • Brewster (1820), 465
  • Pyrometus. See Josiah Wedgwood’s tapered gauge.
  • “Pyrotechnie,” by Biringuccio, 553
  • Pyrrho, Greek philosopher (360–270 BCE), 543
  • Pythagoras (569–470 BCE)—Pythagorian—Pythagorician, 503, 511, 524, 530, 532, 533, 536–537, 542, 544
  • Pythagorean school or sect, complete exposition of, 537, 544

Q

Q

  • Quaritch, Bernard, 561–564
  • Quarterly Journal of Science, Literature and the Arts, formerly the Journal of Science and the Arts, edited by Brande, W. T., at the Royal Institution, London, 308, 359, 367, 373, 440, 484, 497
  • Quarterly Review, 348, 359, 396
  • Quatrefages de Bréan, Jean Louis Armand de (b. 1810), 375
  • Queens’ College, Cambridge, 191
  • Quellmalz, Samuel Theodor (1696–1758), 167, 264, 385, 554;
  • Dissertatio de magnete (Pogg., II. 548, 1722; Commerc. Litt. Norimb., V. and VI.).
  • Querard, Joseph Marie (1797–1865). See “La France Littéraire,” also “Bibliothèque Voltairienne,” 59, 186, 192
  • Quesneville, Dr. Gustave Augustin. See “Le Moniteur Scientifique,” also “Revue Scientifique et industrielle,” 30 Vols. 1840–9 to date, 18, 143, 247, 258, 259, 262, 280, 392
  • Quet, Jean Antoine (b. 1810), “Des divers phénomènes electriques,” 1853 (Comptes Rendus, XXXIV. 805, XXXV. 279, XXXVI. 1853).
  • Quetelet, Lambert Adolphe Jacques (1796–1874), 81, 314, 341;
  • “Annales de l’Observatoire de Bruxelles”; “Histoire des sciences mathém. et physiques chez les Belges” (Mém. de l’Acad. de Bruxelles, 1830, 1831, 1839, 1840; Phil. Mag., Ser. IV. Vol. I. April 1851, p. 329, on atmospheric electricity).
  • Quetelet, L. A. J., and Zantedeschi, Francesco, “Sur les courants Electriques telluro-atmosphériques ...” (Bulletins de l’Acad. Royale de Belgique, 2e série, XV. No. 5).
  • Quétif, Jacques, and Echard, J., “Scriptores Ordinis Prædicatorum ...,” 37
  • Quincke, Georg Hermann, “Sammlung ... elektrische Ströme,” 1856–1861, 441
  • Quinet de Certines, “Théorie de l’aimant ...,” 1809.
  • Quinet, J., “Exposé ... aiguille aimantée ...,” 1826.
  • Quinquet, “Observations sur les paratonnerres.”
  • Quintine, L’Abbé de la, “Dissertation sur le magnétisme des corps,” 1732.
  • Quintus Sertorius, 3

R

R

  • Rabiqueau, Charles A., “Le spectacle du feu élémentaire,” 204, 555
  • Racagni, Giuseppe Maria (1741–1822), 412
  • Raccolta di documenti ... della R. C. Columb, 66
  • Raccolta d’opuscoli scientifici ... by Calogera, Angelo: Venezia, 1728–1757, 51 Vols. The Nuova Raccolta ... 1754–1787 consists of 42 Vols. See Calogera, 140, 308
  • Raccolta Ferrarese di Opuscoli Scientifici ... di Autori Ital. ..., 298
  • Raccolta Pratica di scienze, 248
  • Rackstrow, B., “Miscellaneous Observations ...,” 1748, 555
  • Rafn, C.G., Nyt bibliothek for physik ...: Kjobenhavn; “Magazin Encyclopédique,” 257, 306, 330
  • Ragozin, Z. A., History of Chaldea, 2
  • Raia torpedo, 135, 240, 298–299, 374
  • Raleigh, Sir Walter, xiv
  • Rambosson, J., Histoire des Météores, 1868–1869. See Meteorites, etc.
  • Ramis of Munich (at Gay-Lussac, J. L.), 388, 389
  • Rammelsberg, C. (at Haüy, Le Père R. J.), 288
  • Ramsden, Jesse (1735–1800), 229, 256, 280
  • Ramus, Joachim Frederick (1686–1769) (at Dalton, John), 308
  • Ramusio—Rannusio—Giovanni Battista (1485–1557), “... Navigationi et viaggi ...”: Venezia, 1554–1556, folio, 60, 66, 515
  • Randolph, P. B., author of “Pre-Adamite Man,” 12
  • Ranke, Leopold von (1795–1886), 94, 102
  • Rankine, William John Macquorn (1820–1872), 347, 392
  • Ranzi—Renzi—Salvatore de, 299, 507
  • Rao, Cesare, “I. Meteori,” 1582, 553
  • Raphael, “School of Athens,” 542–544
  • Rapin, Nicholas (1540–1608), 16
  • Rashdall, Hastings, “Universities Europe ...,” 539
  • Ratte, E. H. de (at Dalton, John), 308
  • Rattray, Sylvester, 1662, 554
  • Rauch, C. V., 1851 (at Thillaye-Platel, A.), 386
  • Raulet, Mr. (at Dalibard, T. F.), 200
  • Rawley, Dr. (at Sir Francis Bacon), 101
  • Rawlinson, George, “History of Herodotus,” 19, 542
  • Rayleigh, John William Strutt, Lord (at Faraday, M.), 493.
  • See Copley Medal, also Royal Medal.
  • Raymond, Rossiter W. (at Amoretti, Carlo), 401
  • Read, John I., Condenser of electricity, 289, 290, 312–313, 320, 360, 375
  • Reæl, Laurens, “Observatien ... (am) æn de magneetsteen ...,” 131, 554
  • “Reale Istituto Lombardo di scienze e lettere,” Atti, Rendiconti, Giornale, Memorie: Milano, 141
  • Réaumur, René Antoine Forchault de (1683–1757), 160, 173, 181, 240, 257, 270, 298, 299
  • Récamier, M. (at Jadelot, J. F. N.), 330
  • Records of general science, 159
  • Recueil de traités sur l’électricité, 1748, 555
  • Recueil d’expériences sur l’aimant, 1686, 554
  • Recueil Périodique de la Société de Médecine de Paris. See Sédillot, Jean; also Paris, Société de Médecine.
  • Recueil Périodique de Litt. Méd. Etrangère. See Crichton, A.
  • Redi, Francesco (1626–1697), “Esperienze interno a diverse cose naturali ...”: Firenze, 1671, 135, 230, 270
  • Rees, Abraham (1743–1825), “New Cyclopædia or Universal Dictionary of Arts and Sciences,” 45 Vols. 1819, 92, 193, 392, 394
  • Rees, W. van. See Moll.
  • Reibelt, Johannes Joseph Adam, “De physicis ... magnetis mysteriis ...,” 1731, 555
  • Reich, Ferdinand (b. 1799), 416
  • Reichenbach, George von (1772–1826), 432.
  • See Encycl. Britan., XXIII. 49; Brockhaus, XIII. 719.
  • Reichenbach, Karl Ludwig Friedrich Baron von (1788–1869), 12, 140, 401;
  • Physico-Physiological Researches, 1851 (translations by John Ashburner and Dr. Wm. Gregory); “Odische Begebenheiten. ...,” 1862; “Odische Lohe ...,” 1867; “Odische Erwiederungen ...,” 1886.
  • Reichenberger, J. N. (at Swinden, J. H. van), 274
  • Reichenstein, F. J. Muller von (1740–1825) (at Haüy, Le Père René Just), 288
  • Reichsanzeiger, German publication, 325, 326, 383
  • Reggio, Nicolas de (at Myrepsius, Nicolaus), 529
  • Reg. Societa Economica di Firenze, 330
  • Regiomontanus. See Müller, John, 67
  • “Register of the Arts and Sciences,” publication commenced in London during 1824.
  • Regius, Henricus—Le Roy (1598–1679), “Philosophia Naturalis”: Amsterdam, 1654.
  • Regnault, Le Père Noël (1683–1762), 161
  • Reid, David Boswell (1805–1863), and Bain, Alex. (1818–1877), Elements of chemistry and electricity.
  • Reid, James D., “The telegraph in America,” 226, 337, 418, 430, 440
  • Reid, Thomas. See Royal Society.
  • Reil, J. C., Archives, “Uber thierische elektricität” (Gren’s Journal, VI. 1792), 285, 327, 393, 557
  • Reinhold, Johann Christoph Leopold (1769–1809), “Geschichte des galvanismus,” 326, 364, 393
  • Reinholdus, Erasmus. See Erasmus.
  • Reinzer, Frank, “Meteorologia ...”: Augsburg, 1709.
  • Reisch, Father Gregorius, “Margarita Philosophica,” 35, 553
  • Reiser’s plate machine, 256
  • Reiss, Wilhelm (in Poggendorff’s Annalen), 258
  • Reitlinger, E. (at Lichtenberg, G. C.), 250;
  • “Ueber ... elektricität auf Springbrunnen” (Aus den Sitzungsberichten Wien, 1859 and 1860).
  • “Reliquary, The,” 67, 130
  • Remak, R., 1856, 1860, 1865 (at Jadelot, J. F. N.), 330
  • Remmelinus, Joannes L. V., 553
  • Rémusat, Charles François Marie, Comte de (1797–1875), “Histoire de la Philosophie” (Bacon, etc.), 125, 128, 134.
  • See Dezebry, “Dictionnaire général ...,” pp. 2404–5.
  • Rémusat, Jean Pierre Abel (1788–1832). See Dezebry, “Dictionnaire général ...,” p. 2404.
  • Renan, Joseph Ernest, “L’Averroës et L’Averroïsme,” 39
  • Renatus, Cartesius. See Descartes.
  • Renaudot, Eusèbe (1646–1720), “Anciennes relations ... Chine,” 60
  • Rennefort, Souchu de, “L’aiman mystique,” 1689, 554
  • Rennie, George Banks (at CE 1752), 203
  • Renwick, James (1790–1863), 282
  • Renzi, Antonio, “La divina commedia,” 1882. Dante is at CE 1265–1321, 43–44
  • Répertoire et sources historiques.... See Chevalier, W. J.
  • Répertorium der experimental physik. See Fechner, Gustav Theodor.
  • Repertorium der galvanoplastik und galvanostegie. See Martin, Adam Georg.
  • Repertorium der physik. See Exner, Prof. Franz.
  • Repertorium der physik, 8 Vols.: Berlin, 1837–1849.
  • See Dove, Heinrich Wilhelm von, and Moser, Ludwig F. These 8 Vols. are a continuation of Fechner’s Repertorium mentioned above.
  • Repertorium für chemie ...: Hannover und Leipzig. See Ellwert, J. K. P. von.
  • Repertorium für organische chemie. See Löwig, C. von.
  • Repertorium für physikalische technik ... experimental physik.... See Carl, Dr. P.
  • Repertory of the Arts and Manufactures, 424, 434.
  • It became “The Repertory of Patent Inventions” during 1794.
  • Restelli, A., 1846 (at Thillaye-Platel, Antoine), 386
  • Resti-Ferrari, G. See Zamboni, G., 420
  • Return stroke, or lateral shock of an electrical discharge, 184, 255
  • Reuss, Jeremias David (1750–1837), “Repertorium commentationum ...”; “De re electrica”: Berlin and Göttingen, 245, 263, 308, 328, 330, 386, 557
  • Reusser—Reiser—of Geneva (Voigt’s Magazin, VII. 57, IX. 183), 226, 315–316
  • Reveroni—St. Cyr, Jacques Antoine, Baron de (1767–1829), 292
  • Revillas, D., 1738 (at Dalton, John), 308
  • Revue Britannique. See Sédillot, L. P. E. A.
  • Revue des Deux-Mondes, 476, 483
  • Revue Encyclopédique ...: Paris, 1819.
  • Revue Générale des Sciences, 140, 248
  • “Revue Internationale de l’Electricité et de ses applications,” publication commenced by A. Montpellier in Paris during 1885; afterwards incorporated with “L’Electricien.”
  • Revue Scientifique. See Quesneville.
  • Reyger, G., 1756 (at Dalton, John), 308
  • Reymond du Bois. See Du-Bois, Reymond.
  • Reynaud, J. J., “De la télégraphie ... résumé historique ...”: Marseille, 1851.
  • Reynolds, J. R., 1872 (at Thillaye-Platel, Antoine), 386
  • Rezia and Brugnatelli (at Brugnatelli, L. V.), 363
  • Rhæticus—Rheticus—Rhætius—surname of George Joachim (1514–1576), 508
  • Rhazès—Rasis—Muhammad Ibn Zakarīyā] (born c. middle ninth century CE in Rai, Persia), “De Simplicis, ad Almansorem,” 26, 516, 529, 537, 538
  • “Rheinische Beiträgen zur Gelehrsamkeit” for 1781, 285
  • Riadore, J. F., 1845 (at Thillaye-Platel, Antoine), 386
  • Riccioli, Giovanni Battista (1598–1671), “Almagestum Novum,” 1651, 54, 55, 67, 93, 127
  • Richard, Rudolph (at Swinden, J. H. van), 273
  • Richard II, King of England (1367–1400), 58
  • Richer, Jean, French philosopher who died in 1696, 129
  • Richer, T. (at Shaw, George), Observations on electrical fishes, 230, 299
  • Richerand, Balthasar Anthelm, Baron (1779–1840), 284
  • Richmann, George William (1711–1753), Professor in St. Petersburg, killed by atmospheric electricity, 204, 320
  • Richter, Georg Friedrich (1691–1742), 270, 365
  • Richter, J.—Heidelberg, 1882—(at School of Athens), 544
  • Richter, Lamballe and Erdmon, 386
  • Rico-y-Sinobas, M., 1853 (at Dalton, John), 308
  • Riddell, James. See Merry, W. W., 6
  • Ridley, Marke (1560–1624), 79, 80, 97, 141
  • Ridlon, Gideon Tibbetts, “Ancient Ryedales,” 97
  • Ridolfi, Marquis Cosimo di, 256, 423, 477, 482
  • Riecke, “Rudolf Clausius”: Göttingen, 1889 (at Grotthus, Baron von), 392
  • Riess, Peter Theophil (b. 1805), 420, 423;
  • “Die lehre von der Reibunge-Elektricität,” 2 Vols. 1853, 1858, 1867.
  • Riess, P. T., and Faraday, M., 498
  • Riess, P. T., and Moser, L., 423;
  • “On the magnetising power of the solar rays,” 1830 (Phil. Mag. or Annals, VIII. 155).
  • Riess, P. T., and Rose, G., “Über d. Pyro-Elektricität d. minerale ...” (Abhandl. d. Berlin Acad., 1843).
  • Riffault, Anatole, et Chompré, N. M., 390, 391, 394
  • Riffault des Hêtres, Jean René Denis (1752–1826), 394, 429.
  • He also experimented with Chompré.
  • Rinklake (Mimosa Pudica), 257
  • Rinmann, S. (at Haüy, Le Père René Just), 288
  • Ristoro d’Arezzo. See d’Arezzo.
  • Ritchie, William (1790–1837), 225, 476
  • Rittenhouse, David (1732–1796), 282–283
  • Ritter, Dr. Heinrich (1791–1869), “Histoire de la philosophie ancienne” (History of ancient philosophy; Geschichte der philosophie), 41, 352, 353, 503, 504, 510, 512, 532, 533, 537, 542;
  • Ritter and Preller, 512
  • Ritter, Johann Wilhelm (1776–1810), 257, 327, 335, 349, 380–384, 393, 419, 464;
  • Ritter and Amorette, 1804.
  • Rive. See La Rive.
  • Rivière—Rivoire—Antoine, “Traité ...,” 253
  • Rivista di Fisica, Mat. e Sc. Nat. Pavia, 57
  • Rivista, G. Ital., 58
  • Rivista Scientifico-Industriale. See Vimercati, G.
  • Rivius, Johannes, “Vitæ D. Aur. Augustini,” 1646, 25
  • Robert on the electrophorus, 249
  • Robert, M., makes ascension with Prof. Charles, 288
  • Roberti de Valle Rotho, 1495, 553
  • Roberts and Donaldson (at Lactantius, L. C. F.), 525
  • Roberts-Austen, Prof. Sir William Chandler (1843–1902), 372
  • Robertson, Abraham (1751–1826), 251
  • Robertson, Dr. William, Principal of the University of Edinburgh (1721–1793), “History of the reign of Charles V,” “Historical Disquisition ...”: Basle, 1792, 36, 61, 114
  • Robertson, Etienne Gaspard Robert (1763–1837), “Mémoires Récréatifs,” “Scientifiques,” “Acide Galvanique,” 248, 249, 275, 284, 342, 350–351, 419
  • Robertson, John M., “Philosophical Works of Francis Bacon,” 102
  • Robertson, Rev. Alexander, “Fra Paolo Sarpi ...,” 113
  • Robertus de Fluctibus. See Fludd.
  • Robertus, J., “Curationis Magneticæ ...,” 245
  • Robespierre, Francis Maximilien Joseph Isidore de (1758–1794), 268–269
  • Robillard, M. See Argentelle.
  • Robin, Charles (at Shaw, George), 298, 300;
  • and (at Pepys, W. H., Sr.), 375
  • Robins, B. (at Watson, Wm.), 175;
  • and (at Romagnosi, G. D. G.), 367
  • Robinson, Thomas Romney (1792–1882) (Trans. Roy. Irish Acad., XXII. 1–24, 291–311, 499–524).
  • Robiquet, Henri Edme (1822–1860), “... théorie de Franklin sur la nature du fluide electrique ...,” 1854.
  • Robison, John (1739–1805), 88, 89, 146, 156, 180, 225, 268, 307, 308–311, 327, 466, 498
  • Robson, W., translator of the “Historiæ Hierosolimitanæ ...,” 31
  • Roch, M. (at Ampère, A. M.), 476
  • Roche, Ed. A. (at Coulomb, C. A. de), 276
  • Rochegude, Mr. de, 16
  • Rodwell, George Farrer, “A Dictionaryof Science,” 1871.
  • Rœmer, Olaus (1644–1710), 157
  • Roeth, Eduard (at Pythagoras), 537
  • Roger, D. J. N. Lud, “Specimen Physiologicum,” 241
  • Rogers, Wm. B., 369, 413, 453, 473
  • Roget, Peter Mark (1779–1869), 383, 467, 473, 475, 476
  • Rogge, H. C., “Bibliotheca Grotiana,” 518
  • Rohault, Jacques (1620–1675), 113, 122, 125, 129, 160.
  • See Jal’s “Dictionaire,” p. 1075.
  • Rohde’s “Système complet de signaux,” 400
  • Rohrbacher, François René, “Ecclesiastical History,” 34
  • Roiffé, Jacques C. F. de la Perrière de (d. 1776), 212
  • Rollin, Charles, “Ancient History” (1661–1741), 19, 504, 537, 542
  • Romagnosi, Gian Domenico (1761–1835), 365–367.
  • For Romagnosi’s experiment, see Ronalds’ Catalogue, pp. 436–437.
  • Consult, likewise, the following:—
  • Aldini, Giovanni (1762–1834), “Essai théorique ...”: Paris, 1804.
  • Ayrton, Wm. Ed. (1847–1908), “Electricity as a motive power”: Sheffield, 1879.
  • Cantu, Cesare (1807–1895), “Notizia di G. Romagnosi”: Prato, 1840; Milano, 1835.
  • Davy, Sir H. (1778–1829), “On the magnetic phenomenon ...” (Philos. Mag., Ser. I. Vol. LVIII. pp. 43–50), London, 1820.
  • Govi, Gilberto (1826–1889), “Romagnosi ...”: Torino, 1869.
  • Izarn, Joseph (1766–1834), “Manuel du Galvanisme”: Paris, 1805.
  • Siemens, Sir Chas. Wm. (1822–1883), “On the progress of the electric telegraph” (Journ. Soc. of Arts, Vol. VI. pp. 348–358), London, 1858.
  • Tommasi, Donato (b. 1848), “Histoire des sciences ...” (“Cosmos-les-Mondes,” Ser. IV. Vol. V. pp. 326–328), Paris, 1882.
  • Zantedeschi, Feo (1797–1873), “L’elettromagnestismo ...”: Trent, 1859; “Trattato ...”: Venice, 1845.
  • Romas, de, Kite experiments, 203–204, 320
  • Romershausen, E., Marburg, 1851 and 1853, 257
  • Romich and Fajdiga, also Romich and Nomak, 492
  • Rommereul, General (at Alexandre, Jean), 361
  • Ronalds, Sir Francis (1788–1873), “Catalogue of books and papers relating to electricity ...”: London, 1880, xiv, 5, 121, 140, 148, 179, 183, 199, 202, 208, 223, 229, 248, 253, 269, 290, 337, 366, 388, 389, 406, 423, 424, 438–440, 483, 550
  • Ronayne, Thomas, 201, 238, 270, 320
  • Rondelet, Guillaume (1507–1566), 270
  • Rose, Rev. Hugh James (1795–1838), English divine, who projected the “New General Bibliographical Dictionary,” carried on by his brother, Henry John Rose (1800–1873), 95, 531
  • Rose of the winds—wind roses—roses des vents—compass card, 59, 63, 509
  • Rosel (at Humboldt, F. H. Alex. von), 332
  • Rosenberg, A. G., 1745, 555
  • Rosenberger, Ferdinand (at Guericke, Otto von), 126
  • Rosenmüller, Ernst Friedrich Carl, 528
  • Rosenthal, J., 1862 (at Thillaye-Platel, Antoine), 386
  • Rosicrucians, 65
  • Rosier. See Rozier.
  • Rosny, Léon de, “Les peuples orientaux ...,” 5
  • Ross, David (at Cassini, J. J. D.), 267
  • Ross, Sir James Clark (1800–1862) (Ronalds’ Catalogue, p. 440), 458
  • Ross, Sir John (1777–1856). See Ronalds’ Catalogue, p. 441, also pp. 457 and 458 herein.
  • Rossel, Admiral de, magnetic observations, 250
  • Rossetti, Francisco (1833–1895). See Bibliografia Italiana.
  • Rossi, Francesco (d. 1841), “Expériences galvaniques ...” See Giulio.
  • Rossi-Rubeis, B. M. de, 505
  • Rossignol, Jean Pierre (b. CE 1804), “Les métaux dans l’antiquité ...,” 1863.
  • Rossler, T. F., 1776, 556
  • Rost, J. L. (at Dalton, John), 308
  • Rotatory Polarization. See Cadozza, Giovanni,
  • also Arago, D. F. J.
  • See Magnetism, rotatory.
  • Rotterdam, “Bataafsch genootschap ...”: Verhandelingen, 292
  • (Batavian society of experimental philosophy; Mém. de la société de physique experimentale).
  • Rouelle, G. F. (at Milly, N. C. de), 235
  • Rouget’s observations on the gymnotus electricus, 230
  • Roul (at Zamboni, G.), 420
  • Rouland and Detienne (at Volta, Alessandro), 249
  • Rouland, N., “Electricité appliquée aux végétaux,” 257, 449
  • Roundness of the earth and antipodes ridiculed, 523–525
  • Rouppe (at Galvani, Aloysio), 285
  • Rousseau, Jean Jacques (at Alexandre, Jean), 360
  • Roussel (at Galvani, Aloysio), 284
  • Roux, Augustin, “Expériences Nouvelles,” 255
  • Roux, F. I., “Conservation des plaques ...,” 1866, 347
  • Roveredo, Gazetta di, 367
  • Rowles, S. (at Heraclides), 519
  • Royal Academy of Sciences of Paris, the philosophical history and memoirs of ..., Vols. I.-V.
  • See Paris, Académie Royale.
  • Royal Astronomical Society of Great Britain, London, 471, 481
  • Royal Institution of Great Britain, Proceedings, etc., 277, 307, 322, 338, 339, 340, 341, 342, 344, 369, 370, 371, 372, 373, 395, 396, 425, 433, 467, 474, 478, 482, 484, 488, 489, 496, 497, 498, 499.
  • See “Journal of Science and the Arts,”
  • also “Journal of the Roy. Inst.,”
  • likewise the “Quarterly Journal of Science, Literature, and the Arts.”
  • Royal Irish Academy, Dublin, Proceedings, etc., 263, 521
  • Royal Medal, awarded to Michael Faraday, 498.
  • The very first award of the Royal Medal was made to John Dalton in 1826. Its other recipients embrace Sir Humphry Davy, 1827; Sir David Brewster, 1830; Michael Faraday, 1835, and 1846; Lord Rayleigh, 1882.
  • Royal Society of Edinburgh, Proceedings, etc., 140, 142, 466
  • Royal Society of Literature, Transactions, etc., 14
  • Royal Society of London:—
  • Abstracts of the papers printed, 140, 158, 243, 249, 277, 347, 348, 372, 387, 436, 437, 458, 460, 471, 477, 481, 482 (continued as “Proceedings of the Royal Society of London”).
  • Catalogue of Scientific Papers compiled and published by the, 158, 220, 233, 255, 257, 258, 263, 277, 298, 314, 315, 335, 347, 348, 353, 355, 359, 364, 368, 370, 373, 375, 376, 379, 384, 385, 386, 387, 388, 389, 391, 394, 395, 401, 402, 403, 408, 412, 414, 415, 416, 426, 428, 441, 446, 449, 450, 454, 456, 460, 462, 464, 466, 470, 471, 476, 477, 481, 483, 496, 499
  • Histories of the: by Birch, Thomas, 132, 175, 183, 195, 272;
  • by Sprat, Thomas, 132;
  • by Thomson, Thomas, 90, 105, 132, 150, 152, 155, 156, 162, 167, 189, 190, 196, 214, 218, 221, 222, 227, 239, 248, 251, 256, 263, 268, 284, 288, 347, 355, 456;
  • by Weld, Charles Richard, 66, 75, 103, 114, 132, 155, 167, 168, 187, 191, 196, 239, 252, 446, 456, 462
  • Proceedings of the: a continuation of the “Abstracts,” 548
  • The Abridged Philosophical Transactions of the:
  • by Baddam, Benjamin, 8, 92, 95, 119, 138, 141, 145, 149, 150, 153, 155, 157, 160, 162, 175, 549;
  • by Eames and Martyn, 138, 149, 155, 156, 157, 160, 175, 246, 549;
  • by Eames, John (d. 1744), 549
  • (see Eames and Martyn, Dict. of Nat. Biogr., XVI. 313);
  • by Gray, John (1800–1875), 549 (see Read and Gray);
  • by Hutton, Charles (1737–1823), 15, 27, 95, 97, 119, 130, 131, 138, 141, 143, 145, 149, 150, 153, 155, 156, 157, 160, 162, 166, 167, 173, 175, 176, 178, 181, 183, 185, 188, 191, 199, 200, 201, 205, 207, 219, 221, 223, 226, 229, 232, 237, 238, 240, 241, 243, 245, 249, 252, 256, 265, 291, 297, 298, 299, 313, 322, 336, 502, 549;
  • by Jones, Henry Bence (1814–1873), 141, 150, 156, 498, 549;
  • by Lowthorp, John, 119, 138, 143, 145, 160, 549;
  • by Martyn, John (1699–1768), 154, 155, 157, 162, 166, 167, 173, 175, 176, 177, 178, 180, 181, 183, 185, 189, 267, 549 (see Eames and Martyn);
  • by Motte, Benjamin (d. 1738), 549 (Dict. Nat. Biogr., XXXIX. 194);
  • by Pearson, Richard (1765–1826), 549;
  • by Reid, Thomas (1710–1796) (Reid and Gray), 138, 155, 156, 157, 160, 175, 246, 549;
  • by Shaw, George (1751–1813), 298, 374, 549
  • The Unabridged Philosophical Transactions of the, viii, ix, xvii, 8, 15, 17, 27, 29, 92, 96, 118, 127, 130, 131, 134, 135, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 143, 145, 149, 150, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 157, 158, 160, 162, 165, 166, 167, 172, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 180, 181, 183, 185, 186, 188, 189, 191, 195, 196, 199, 200, 201, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 209, 212, 213, 218, 219, 221, 222, 223, 225, 228, 229, 230, 231, 232, 235, 237, 238, 239, 240, 241, 243, 245, 246, 247, 248, 249, 251, 255, 256, 257, 258, 265, 267, 271, 273, 278, 284, 289, 290, 291, 296, 297, 298, 308, 313, 314, 315, 320, 322, 325, 326, 336, 337, 339, 340, 344, 347, 348, 357, 359, 367, 371, 372, 373, 387, 393, 396, 399, 402, 403, 405, 417, 418, 426, 431, 433, 436, 437, 440, 446, 449, 458, 460, 465, 466, 467, 469, 470, 471, 476, 477, 478, 479, 481, 482, 484, 485, 486, 487, 488, 490, 491, 492, 493, 494, 495, 497, 499, 547–549, 554, 555, 557
  • Rozier—Rosier—Abbé François (1734–1793), 10, 140, 193, 198, 208, 248, 249, 253, 257, 263, 266, 271, 277, 280, 281, 299, 300, 302;
  • “Tableau du travail annuel de toutes les Académies de l’Europe ...” Vol. I. Paris, 1772. Continued as “Observations sur la physique,” Vols. II. to XLIII., and as “Journal de Physique,” Vols. XLIV. to date. “Nouvelle Table ... depuis 1666 jusqu’en 1770.”
  • See Paris, Académie Royale des Sciences.
  • Rozier, Pilatre de. See Pilatre de Rozier (at Charles, J. A. C.), 288
  • Rudolf, Alexander J. (at Halley, Edmund), 138
  • Rudolf, II, Emperor of Germany, 95
  • Rudolfi, Karl Asmund (1771–1832), 192
  • Ruellius, Joannes (1479–1537), 8, 27, 124, 538;
  • “De natura stirpium ...,” 1536; “De medicinali materia ...,” 1543, a fuller description of which is: “Dioscorides ... de medicinali ... Ioanne Ruellio Suessionessi interprete ...”
  • Rueus, Franciscus—François de la Rue (1520–1585), 538;
  • “De gemmis aliquot ...,” 1547.
  • Ruffinus—Rufinus—Tyrannus, “Prosper d’Aquitaine,” 19
  • Ruhmkorff, Heinrich Daniel (1803–1877), “Appareil d’induction électrique,” 1850–1851 (Du Moncel, Th., “Notice sur l’appareil ...”: Paris, 1855); Verdu and Ruhmkorff in Comptes Rendus, XXXVI. 649–652.
  • Ruland, Martin, “A lexicon of alchemy or alchemical dictionary”: London, 1892, 17
  • Rumford, Count. See Thompson, Sir Benjamin.
  • Rumford Medal, 344, 481, 498.
  • The very first award of the Rumford Medal was made to Count Rumford in 1800. He had already received the Copley Medal in 1792. Amongst other prominent recipients of the Rumford Medal may be mentioned: Sir David Brewster, 1818 (besides the Copley Medal, 1815, and the Royal Medal, 1830); James Clerk Maxwell, 1860; John Tyndall, 1864; Sir John Leslie, 1884; and Sir Oliver Lodge, 1898.
  • Runeberg, E. F., 1757 (at Thillaye-Platel, Antoine), 385
  • Rupert, Prince Robert of Bavaria (1619–1682), 127
  • Russell, J. Rutherfurd, 65, 105, 132
  • Rutherford, Dr. (at Fowler, Richard), 307
  • Rutty, William (1687–1730), edited the Phil. Trans. Nos. 309–406.
  • Ruysch, Johan—Reisch—Reysch, “Map of the world”: Rome, 1508, 524
  • Rysselberghe, F. van, Simultaneous transmission of telegraphic and telephonic messages on one line. This method was fully described by Charles Mourlon in his “Système ...”: Brussels, 1884 and 1887.
  • Ryther, Augustus, 563

S

S

  • Saavedra, Antonimo Suarez, “Tratado de telegrafia”: Barcelona, 1880, 318;
  • “Rivista,” 313, 318
  • Sabatier—Sabathier—Raphael Bienvenu (1732–1811), 247, 333, 354.
  • See Dezebry, Ch., “Dictionnaire ...,” p. 2497.
  • Sabine, Robert (1837–1884), “History and Progress of the electric telegraph,” 1869, 208, 223, 284, 286, 316, 366;
  • “On the electrical properties of selenium” (Phil. Mag., Ser. V. Vol. V. pp. 401–415, 1878).
  • Sabine, Sir Edward, P.R.S. (1788–1883), 82, 115, 194, 220, 267, 377, 385, 457.
  • See Humboldt, Cosmos;
  • also Cates’ Dictionary, p. 1539.
  • Sacchetti, F. (at Aëtius, Amidenus), 27
  • Sacharoff of the St. Petersburg Academy of Sciences, 388
  • Sachs, Michael (1808–1864), 36;
  • “Encycl. Brit.,” 1911, XXIII. 973.
  • Sacro Bosco—Sacrobusto—Joannes de—John of Holywood (thirteenth century), 530–531.
  • See Joannes Glozariensis.
  • Sage, B. G. (1740–1824), “Recherches ... galvanisme,” 285
  • Sagredus—Sagredo—Iohannes Franciscus (b. 1616), 79, 115, 116
  • Saigi (at Faraday, Michael), 494
  • Saignette, M., “Sur l’électricité de la torpille,” 240
  • Saillant et Nyon, “Mémoires concernant l’histoire ...”: Paris, 1788, 1, 2, 3, 21, 28, 259
  • Saint Allais, de, “Art de vérifier les dates des faits historiques”: Paris, 1819, 2.
  • “l’Art de vérifier les dates” is also by Clément (François), 1770, 1783, 1818, 1819, 1820.
  • Saint Amand, Walkiers de, Electrical machine, 280, 448.
  • See Amand.
  • Saint Augustine, “De Civitate Dei,” xx, 20, 26, 41, 73, 74, 79
  • Saint Cyr. See Reveroni.
  • Saint Elmo (St. Erasmus), Bishop of Formiæ, 23–24, 125, 161. St. Elmo’s fire.
  • Saint Fond, Faujas de (at Saussure, H. B. de), 271
  • Saint Hilaire. See Geoffroy, Saint Hilaire.
  • Saint Honorat de Lerius, La vie de, 16
  • Saintiot, Mr. de (at Aldini, Giovanni), 306
  • Saint Julien’s electrical machine, 257
  • Saint Leger de Soissons, Mr. l’Abbé de, 126
  • Saint Louis (and his consort Marguerite de Provence), 33, 54
  • Saint Paul’s Cathedral, 210, 231, 232
  • Saint Petersburg, Imperial Academy of Science. Transactions, Comment., Actes, Mémoires, etc., 140, 141, 204, 206, 214, 217, 218, 229, 232, 242, 249, 273, 274, 309, 314, 368, 388, 402, 421, 450
  • Saint Sauveur, Charles Poyen (at Mesmer, F. A.), 237
  • Saint Vincent, Bory de, “Annales Générales,” 255
  • Sainte Beuve, Charles Augustin (1804–1869), Portraits Littéraires. See Dezebry, Ch. (“Dictionnaire ...,” p. 2511), 108, 476
  • Sainte Marthe, Scévole de, “Elogia Gallorum Doctrina illustrium,” 1737, 513, 537
  • Salem Gazette, concerning new Electric Light Station in 1889, 233–234, 235
  • Salerno, School of (at Silvaticus, M. M.), 539
  • Salimbene, a Minorite, “Chronicles of Parma,” 16
  • Salmanazar (at Albertus Magnus), 35
  • Salmasius, Ludovicus, “Commentary upon Solinus,” 22, 513
  • Salmonsen, J., “Konversations-Leksikon,” 121
  • Salva, Don Francisco (1747–1808), 317
  • Salverte, Anne Joseph Eusèbe Baconnière (1771–1839), “Philosophy of Magic,” “Des sciences occultes,” 1, 9, 10, 19, 56, 401, 542.
  • See Phil. Mag., XV., 354 for meteoric stones.
  • Salviana (at Wilkinson, C. H.), 270
  • Salviatus—Salviati—Leonardo (at Hamilton, James), 159
  • Salzburg Med. Chir. Zeitung, 249, 451
  • Sanctis, Dr. B. de (Phil. Mag., LX. 199, 1822; and LXI. 70, 123).
  • Sandys, J. E., “Classical Scholarship,” 34, 39
  • San Martino, Gian Battista (1739–1800) (at Amoretti, Carlo), 401;
  • “Memoria ...,” 1785, 257
  • Sans Abbé (at Molenier, Jacob), 229
  • (at Thillaye-Platel), 385
  • Sanson, Nicolas (at Naudé, Gabriel), 108
  • Santa Cruz, Alonzo de, magnetic charts, 70
  • Santanelli, F. (at Chappe, Claude), 301, and at p. 554
  • Santarem, M. F. Barros de (1790–1856), “Essai sur l’histoire de la cosmographie et de la cartographie pendant le moyen-âge,” 1436, 62
  • Santes de Ardonyis. See Ardoniis.
  • Santi Linari. See Linari, Santi.
  • Sanuto, Livio. See Livio Sanuto.
  • Sargon of Agadé, remotest authentic date yet arrived at in history, 2
  • Sarlandière, Jean Baptista (at Pearson, George), 325, and (at Thillaye-Platel, Antoine), 385
  • Sarpi, Pietro—Pietro Soave, Polano—better known by his Servitan monastic appellation, Fra Paolo—Paulus Venetus (1552–1623), xiv, 75, 78, 90, 110–114, 116;
  • “Istoria del Concilio Tridentino,” 1619, 1620, 1632; History of the Council of Trent, 1676; Histoire du Concile de Trente, 1736.
  • Sarrabat, Nicholas (at Desaguliers, J. T.), 167
  • “Saturday Review,” London, 155, 227, 424
  • Saunders, Admiral (at Robison, John), 309
  • Saussure, Horace Benedict de (1740–1799), 253, 257, 270–271, 273, 288, 295, 320, 416, 417, 426, 462
  • Saussure, Nicholas Theodore de (1767–1845), the son of Horace de Saussure.
  • Sauvages de la Croix, François Boissier Deshais (1706–1776), 229, 263, 332, 385
  • Savants étrangers, Mémoires, 204, 288, 380
  • Savart. See Savary.
  • Savary—Savart—Félix (1791–1841), 379, 380, 472, 482.
  • See Dezebry, Ch., Dictionnaire, p. 2545.
  • Savérien, Alexandre (1722–1805), “Histoire des physiciens” (Desaguliers, Boyle, etc., being Vol. VI. of his “Histoire des philosophes ...”), Paris, 1768.
  • Savery, Servington, “Magnetical observationsand experiments,” 1729–1730 (Phil. Trans., XXXVI. 295), 160
  • Savi, Paolo (1798–1871), “Etudes anatomiques sur la torpille” (Matteucci, Carlo v., 1844), 298
  • Savioli, G., “Dissertatio in causam physicam auroræ borealis,” 1789, 308
  • Sawyer’s electro-chemical telegraph, 338
  • Sax—Sachs—M., “Onomasticon Literarium,” 97
  • Saxo—Grammaticus—“Saxonis Gram. Historia Danica,” 71
  • Saxthorph, Friedrich (d. 1806), “Elektricitätsläre,” 2 Vols. 1802–3, 216
  • Saxton’s Atlas (at Mercator), 563
  • Sbaralea, Joannes Hyacinthus (at Silvaticus, M. M.), 539
  • Scaliger, Joseph Justus (1540–1609), French scholar, “De emendatione ...,” 518
  • Scaliger, Julius Cæsar (1484–1558), Italian scholar, wrote commentaries on Aristotle and on Theophrastus, etc., “De subtilitate ad Cardanum,” 1557, 115, 516, 532, 538–539
  • Scarella, Giambattista (1711–1779), “De Magnete,” 1759, 139
  • Scarpa, Antonio (1747–1832), 331, 333, 409
  • Scelta di Opuscoli interesanti tradotti de varie lingue, 36 Vols., Milano, 1775–1777. Continued as Opuscoli scelti sulle scienze e sulle arti, 7 Vols. 1778–1784.
  • Scelta di Opuscoli, Milano. See Amoretti, also Soave.
  • Scelta di Opuscoli scientifici e literati, 224
  • Sc. de Ste Marthe. See Sainte Marthe.
  • Schäffer, Jacob Christian (1718–1790), “Kräfte ... elektrophors ...,” 237, 249, 257
  • Schaffer, J. G., 1776 (at Thillaye-Platel, Antoine), 385
  • Schaffner’s Manual. See Shaffner.
  • Scharpff, Franz Anton (at Cardinal de Cusa), 510
  • Schaub, J. (at Jadelot, J. F. N.), 330;
  • Gmelin and Schaub, 451 (Archiv. f. Pharm. v. A. Med. Ph., 1802).
  • Scheele, Carl Wilhelm, “Chemical Essays ...,” 1786.
  • Scheible, J. (at Hermes Trismegistus), 519
  • Schelhorn—Schellhorn—Johann Georg, 202
  • Schellen, Thomas Joseph Heinrich (1818–1844), “Die elektromagnetische telegraphie ...,” 316
  • Schelling, Friedrich Wilhelm Joseph von (1775–1854).
  • Scherer, Alexander Nicoläus (1771–1824), 249, 391;
  • “Allgemeine nördlische annalen der chemie ...,” 1819–1822, which was a continuation of “Nördlischen blätter für die chemie ...,” published at Halle and Saint Petersburg, 1817–1818; “Allgemeines Journal der chemie,” 10 Vols., 1798–1803, continued as “Neues allgemeines Journal der chemie,” 1803–1805, by A. F. von Gehlen, who subsequently named it “Journal für die chemie und physik ...,” 1806–1810. It was continued at Nürnberg as “Neues Journal für chemie und physik” by Johann Salomo Christoph von Schweigger, 1811–1833, and united, during 1834, with the “Journal für praktische chemie” of Otto Linné Erdmann, who afterwards published the well-known “Lehrbuch der chemie.” The “Journal für praktische chemie” was in its 90th Vol. July 1914.
  • See Nürnberg.
  • Scherer, J. B. A. von, “Über d. meteorsteine ...”: Leipzig, 1809.
  • Scheuchzer, J. J. (at Dalton, John), 308
  • Schiele, Johann Georg, “Bibliotheca Enucleata ...” (“Acus magnetica ...”), Ulm, 1679.
  • Schielen, J. G., 1679, 554
  • Schiller (at Faraday, Michael), 492
  • Schilling, Godefredus W. Gulielmus, “Diatribe de morbo in Europa ...,” 230, 240, 299
  • Schilling, Johann Jacob (b. 1702), “Observationes ...,” 1734–1737.
  • Schilling, Pawel Lwowitsch, Baron of Kannstadt (1786–1837), 420–423, 445
  • Schinz, Salomon (1734–1784), “Specimen physicum de electricitate ...,” 1776, 1777, 556
  • Schlegel, J. William, 326, 327
  • Schlichtegroll, Adolph Heinrich Friedrich von, 233
  • Schmid’s “Allgemeine Encyklopædie ...”: Iena, 1840.
  • Schmidt (at Zamboni, Giuseppe), 420
  • Schmidt, George C. (at Van Swinden, J. H. van), 274
  • Schmidt, J. F. J., “Das Zodiacallicht,” 1856, 142
  • Schmidt, N. E. A., “Vom magnete ...,” 1765, 556
  • Schmuck, Edmund Joseph (b. 1771) (at Ingen-housz, Johan), 257;
  • “On the action of galvanic electricity on the mimosa pudica. ...”
  • Schoell, Maximilien Samson Frédéric (1766–1833), “Hist. de la litt. Grecque,” 25
  • Schöll, Carl, “Hist. de la lit. romaine,” 525
  • (at Themistius), 541
  • Scholz, B. (at Jäger, K. C. F. van), 364
  • Schönbein, Christian Friedrich (1799–1868), 296, 297, 498;
  • Schönbein and Faraday (Pogg. Ann., Vols. 37 to 109).
  • School of Athens—Scuola d’Atene—by Raphael, xvii, 542–544
  • Schott, P. Gaspar (1608–1666), “Ars magnetica ...,” etc., etc., 53, 125, 126
  • Schouten, Guillaume Cornelissen—Wilhelm Cornelisz, 97–98
  • Schreiber (at Chladni, E. F. F.), 314
  • Schreibers, Karl Franz Anton von (1775–1852) (at Chladni, E. F. F.), 315, 420
  • Schubert on zodiacal light, 141
  • Schuberth, E. (at Paracelsus, 1490–1541), 65
  • Schübler, Gustav (1787–1834), 292, 320, 406, 416, 420
  • Schultze, “Zur Kentniss ... elect. ... fische,” 300
  • Schumacher, Heinrich Christian (1780–1850), 345, 432, 481
  • Schuster, Sir Arthur, xii
  • “Schwed. Akad. Abhandlungen ...,” 216, 221, 257, 288
  • Schwed. Magazine, 221
  • Schwed. Musæum, 216
  • Schweigger, Johann, Salomo Christoph (1779–1857), “Journal (also Neues Journal) für die chemie und physik,” 1811–1833; “Über das elektron der Alten ...,” 1848; “Introd. to mythology through natural history.”
  • See Nürnberg, Scherer, 13, 257, 293, 314, 315, 358, 388, 389, 391, 407, 408, 412, 413, 414, 415, 416, 420, 424, 447, 451, 452, 455, 472, 475, 476, 483
  • Schweigger—Seidel, Franz W., 414
  • Schwenkenhardt, M. (at Ingen-housz, Johan), 257
  • Schwenter, Daniel. See Sunde.
  • “Science,” publication commenced in New York during 1880, 67, 75
  • “Science and literature of the middle ages.” See Lacroix, Paul.
  • “Science et Arts,” 337
  • “Sciences mathématiques en Italie, Histoire des,” by Libri, G. B. I. T., 4 Vols. 1838–1848.
  • “Sciences mathématiques et physiques chez les Belges, Histoire des,” by Quetelet, L. A. J.: Bruxelles, 1852.
  • “Scientiarum et artium istitutum bononiense ...,” Commentarii, 254
  • “Scientific American” and “Scientific American Supplement,” published respectively in New York during 1845 and 1876, to date, 10, 11, 109, 135, 138, 139, 142, 176, 178, 191, 193, 208, 209, 224, 226, 230, 240, 241, 250, 259, 263, 291, 292, 302, 310, 318, 329, 335, 336, 348, 361, 370, 389, 414, 420, 421, 422, 424, 433, 434, 436, 440, 447, 455, 460, 476, 481, 499
  • “Scientific Gazette,” publication commenced by C. F. Partington in London during 1825.
  • Scientific Memoirs. See Taylor, Richard.
  • “Scientific Progress,” 315
  • Scientific Researches. See Sturgeon, William.
  • “Scienziati Italiani,” Atti, Pisa, 1840–1847.
  • Scina, Domenico Ragona (1765–1837), 527;
  • “Esperienze e scoperte sull’ elettro-magnetismo,” “Elementi di fisica generale” (also “fisica particolarle”), 1809, 1829, 1842, 1843.
  • Scolopendra electrica, scolopendra subterranea, 298
  • Scoresby, William (1789–1857), 276, 482
  • “Scot’s Magazine,” 208, 209
  • Scott, Sir Walter, “Lay of the last Minstrel,” 4
  • Scotus, Joannes Duns. See Duns Scotus.
  • Scotus, Michael Joannes (fl. thirteenth century A.D.), “De secretio naturæ,” “Aristotelis opera ...,” 36
  • Scrantoni, J. M., 1740 (at Dalton, John), 308
  • Scribonius Largus Designationus (fl. first century CE), 20, 230;
  • Biog. Univ. de Michaud, Vol. XXVIII. pp. 589–595.
  • Scrinci, Dr., in “Prague News,” 209
  • Scudder, Samuel Hubbard, “Catalogue of scientific serials of all countries”: Cambridge, Mass., 1879, ix, 547–550
  • Sebald, H., translator of H. C. Oersted’s “Leben ...,” 455
  • Sebastien and Cassini (at Picard, Jean), 132
  • Secchi, R. P. Angelo (1818–1878), “Bulletino Meteorologico ...,” 314
  • Secondat de Montesquieu, Jean Baptiste, Baron (1716–1796), “Histoire de l’électricité,” 1746, 1750, 131, 555;
  • “Observations de physique,” 1750.
  • Sedillot, Jean (1757–1840), founder of the Société de Médecine de la Seine, “Recueil périodique de la Société de Médecine de Paris ...,” 248, 284, 295–296, 306
  • Sedillot, Louis Pierre Eugène Amélie (1808–1875), 32, 93;
  • “Revue Britannique ...,” “Des savants arabes ...,” “Matériaux ... sciences mathématiques ...”
  • Seebeck, Thomas Johann (1770–1831), 344, 373, 380, 387, 395, 413, 414, 415, 454, 478, 494
  • Segnitz, F. L., “Specimen ... elect. animali,” 1790, 556
  • Seguin, Armand (at Chladni, E. F. F.), 314;
  • also (at Fourcroy, A. F. de), 354
  • Seiferheld, G. H. (at Hare, Robert), 449
  • Seiler, J. (at Jadelot, J. F. N.), 330
  • Selenium, discovered by Berzelius, 369–370
  • Selenium, electrical properties of. See Sabine, Robert.
  • Sellers—Seller—John (at Savery, Servington), 160
  • Seleucus of Babylon (at Nicetas of Syracuse), 530
  • Semaphores: BCE 1084, 341, 232, 200;
  • also, Hooke 1684, Amontons 1704, Odier 1773, Dupuis 1778, Chappe 1792, Edgeworth 1794, Murray, Gamble and Garnet 1795, Pasley 1808, Parrot 1802, Davis 1805, Gregory 1815, Popham and Bremmer 1816, Connolly 1817.
  • Sementini, L. (at Amoretti, Carlo), 401
  • Senebier, Jean (1742–1809), “Catalogue ... manuscrits ... Bibliothèque de Genève,” 1779, 54, 243, 258, 271, 294, 295
  • Seneca, Lucius Annæus (c. 4 BCE-CE 65), “Quæstiones Naturales,” 8, 20, 24, 533
  • Senft, A. A., 1778 (at Thillaye-Platel, Antoine), 385
  • Senguerd, W., “Philosophia naturalis ...,” 1681, 554
  • Serantoni, J. M., 1740 (at Dalton, John), 308
  • Serapio, Mauritanus, 17, 26
  • Serapis, temple of, at Alexandria, 18
  • Sercy—Bercy—Ugo di, 61
  • Seres, William—Willyam (at Strype, CE 1754), 210
  • Serpieri, Alessandro, on the Zodiacal Light, 141
  • Serra, F. M. (at Dalton, John), 308
  • Serrano, D. Nicol M. (at Montanus—Arias—Benedictus), 528
  • Serres, Pierre Marcel, J. de (b. 1783), 493
  • Sertorius Quintus (d. 72 BCE), 4
  • Servetus, Michael—Serveto, Miguel, 535
  • Servius, Maurus Honoratus (fourth century), “Virgil,” 13
  • Servius, Petrus, 1643, 554
  • Servius Tullius, Roman king, 29
  • Sestier, Felix, et Méhu, C., “De la foudre ...,” 2 Vols. 1866, 199, 254
  • Seven wise men of Greece, 7
  • Severineus, Christopher, Bishop elect of Angola, 136
  • Severtius Jacobus—Jacques Severt, “De orbis catoptrici ...,” 1598, 115
  • Severus, Bishop of Milevis (at Augustine, Saint), 25
  • Sewall, Rev. Frank (at Swedenborg, Emmanuel), 165
  • Seylas—Seixas—y Lovera Francisco de, 71
  • Seypfer (at Parrot, George Friedrich), 367
  • S’Gravesande, Willem Jakob Storen van (1688–1742), “Eléments de Physique,” 152, 181, 270, 299
  • Sguario-Squario—Euseb., “Due dissertazione ...,” 1746, 308, 385, 555
  • Shaffner—Schaffner Taliaferro Preston (1818–1881), “Telegraph Manual,” “Shaffner’s Telegraph Companion,” 7, 22, 277, 286, 302, 316, 318, 440, 454
  • Shakespeare, William (1564–1616), 16, 24, 195, 563, 564
  • Sharpe, Benjamin, also John Robert at pp. 424 and 439
  • Sharpless, Stephen Paschall, “On some forms of the galvanic battery” (Amer. Journ. of Science, Ser. III. Vol. I. pp. 247–251, 1871).
  • Shaw, George. See Royal Society.
  • Shea, John Gilmary, 115
  • Shields, Charles W., “The final philosophy,” 35, 525
  • Short, James (at Watson, William), 175
  • Shumiro-Accadian culture, 2
  • Siderites, 14, 15, 17
  • Siècles littéraires. See Essarts.
  • Siemens, Ernest Werner von (1816–1892), 370, 408 (Pogg. Ann., 1845 to 1861).
  • Siemens, Sir Charles William (1822–1883), 408.
  • See Romagnosi, also Cates’ Dictionary, p. 1541.
  • Sieur de Castel Franco. See Nautonnier.
  • Sigaud de la Fond, Jean René (1740–1810), 174, 235, 280, 385
  • Sighart, Dr. Joachim (at Albertus Magnus), 37, 505
  • Sign of fire, transmission of messages, 10
  • Signorelli, Pietro Napoli, “Sull’ invenzione della bussola nautica ...,” 58
  • Silberschlag, J. E. (at Dalton, John), 308
  • Siljeström, Peter Adam (Vetensk Acad. Handl. 1814), 139
  • Silliman, Benjamin (1779–1864), “The American Journal of Science and the Arts,” “Principles of Physics,” 22, 28, 29, 30, 56, 61, 139, 140, 157, 191, 289, 371, 389, 423, 440, 446, 447, 448, 449, 452, 468, 488, 495, 498, 499
  • Silow (at Faraday, Michael), 492
  • Silurus electricus, 192, 299, 374
  • Silvaticus, Matthew (fl. CE 1344), 26, 82, 529, 539
  • Silvestre, Aug. François de (1762–1851), 102, 303, 306
  • Simmons, John, “An essay on the cause of lightning,” 1775, 556
  • Simon of Bruges. See Stevinus.
  • Simon, Paul Louis (1767–1815), “Resultate d. galvanismus”: Berlin, 1801 (at Galvani, Luigi, CE 1786), 284, 419
  • Simpson, Sir J. (at Brewster, Sir David), 466
  • Singer, George John (1786–1817), “Elements of electricity ...,” 205, 249, 406, 419, 428, 429, 430–432, 434, 435, 470
  • Sinobas. See Rico-y-Sinobas, 308
  • Sismondi, Jean Charles Leonard de (1773–1842), 37, 40;
  • “Historical view of the literature of the South of Europe.” See Dezebry, Ch., “Dictionnaire ...,” p. 2638.
  • Sixtus of Sienna (1520–1569), 504
  • Sjoesten, C. G., (at Martin, Benjamin), 253
  • Skand. Lit. Selskabs Skrifter, 453
  • Skandia, “Svenska litteratur”: Upsala, 453
  • “Skandinaviska naturforskarnes ...”: Förhandlingar, 1842, 299
  • Skrimshire, W., Jr. (at CE 1806), 393
  • Sloane, Sir Hans (1660–1753), Royal Society Transactions, 547
  • Sloane, William M., “Aristotle and the Arabs,” 37
  • Small, Robert (at Kepler, Johann), 96
  • Smeaton, John (1724–1792) (Phil. Trans., XLVI. 513, 1749), 176, 202, 203
  • Smee, Alfred (1818–1877), “Elements of electro-metallurgy,” 363, 397
  • Smiles, Samuel, “Lives of the Engineers ...,” 203
  • Smith, Willoughby (1828–1891), 369–370;
  • “Selenium, its electrical qualities and the effect of light thereon”: London, 1877.
  • Smithsonian Institution, Washington D.C. Bulletin, Reports, etc., etc., 140, 315, 324, 375, 389, 407, 413, 423, 455, 459, 476, 481, 499
  • Smuck—Schmuck—Edmond Joseph (b. 1771), 284, 326, 327, 332, 419
  • Snell—Snellius—van Roijen—Willebrood (1591–1626), “Eratosthenes Batavus,” 1617, 521
  • Snow Harris. See Harris, Sir William Snow.
  • Snyder, Carl, “The world machine,” 1907, 511, 512
  • Soave, Francesco (1743–1806), Scelta d’opuscoli, 1776, 1804; Nuova scelta d’opuscoli, 1804, 208, 298, 401
  • Soc. Göttingen recent. Comment, 220
  • Soc. Hafniensis. See Copenhagen.
  • Soc. Upsal, Nova Acta, 221
  • “Societa Italiana delle scienze;” Memoire di matematica y fisica, Verona e Modena, 248, 249, 253, 254, 258, 294, 295, 298, 303, 306, 330, 413, 420, 423
  • “Societas regia scientiarum Göttingensis,” Commentationes, 8, 451
  • Société Académique de Laon, Bulletin de la, 94
  • Société Astronomique de France, Bulletin de la, 93
  • Société Chimique d’Arcueil, 236
  • Société d’Agriculture d’Autun, 285
  • Société d’Arcueil, Mémoires de Physique, 334, 386, 389
  • Société de Genève, Mémoires, etc., 140
  • Société de Médecine. See Paris, also Sédillot, Jean, 270, 284, 302
  • Société d’Emulation de Paris, 258, 284, 285
  • Société de Santé de Lyon. See Petetin, Jacques H. D., 229
  • Société Galvani de Paris, opened October 24, 1802.
  • Société Hollandaise des sciences, Haarlem.
  • Société Internationale des Electriciens, Bulletin: Paris, 1884 to date.
  • Société médicale d’émulation de Paris, Mémoires, 258, 284, 285, 557
  • Société Philomathèque, Paris, Bulletin des Sciences, 249, 274, 277, 279, 284, 288, 300, 301, 302, 303, 306, 314, 318, 324, 326, 335, 347, 349, 374, 376, 378, 380, 383, 385, 412, 482, 483
  • Société Physique. See Lausanne.
  • Sociétés Savantes et Littéraires, Mémoires, 285
  • Sociétés Savantes. ... See Tessier, Octave.
  • Society for the advancement of the Arts, Geneva, 270
  • Society for the encouragement of Arts, London, Transactions. See Society of Arts.
  • Society of Arts ... Transactions, publication commenced in London during 1783, 291, 305, 365, 367, 389, 397, 398, 399, 406, 407, 413, 437, 441, 442, 443, 458
  • Society of telegraph engineers, London, 440
  • Socrates (born c. 471–469), 7, 12, 503, 524, 543
  • Soirées littéraires. See Coupé, J. M. L.
  • Sokolow (at Richmann, G. W., A.D. 1753), 204
  • Solander, Daniel Charles (1736–1782), 456
  • Solinus, Caius Julius (fl. latter part second century, CE), 7, 17, 22, 43, 124, 512, 540;
  • “De situ et memorabilibus ...,” 1473; “De memoralibus (sic) mundi ...,” 1498; “De mirabilibus mundi ...,” 1500.
  • Solly, E. (at Ingen-housz, AD 1779), 257
  • Solomon, King of Israel, 5
  • Solomon’s Temple. See Temple of Solomon.
  • Solon (c. 638–558 BCE), 7
  • Somer, John, Minorite astronomer (at Lully, Raymond), 32
  • Somerset, Edward (1601–1667), 126
  • Sömmering, Samuel Thomas von (1755–1830), 284, 304, 331, 384, 406–407, 412, 420, 421, 422, 424, 435, 475
  • Sömmering, William (at Sömmering, S. T. von, A.D. 1809), 407
  • Sommerville—Somerville, Mrs. Mary Fairfax (1780–1872), “Connection of the Physical Sciences,” “On the earth ...,” 171, 377, 410, 423, 455, 460, 476, 479, 484
  • Sonnini de Manoncourt, Charles Nicolas Sigisbert (1751–1812), who, with Virey, Julien Joseph, edited the important supplement to “Buffon’s Natural History,” 6, 30, 33, 37, 55
  • Sophists (at Philostratus, Flavius), 533
  • Sophocles, “Electra,” 507.
  • See also Euripides.
  • Sotacus describes five kinds of native magnets, 13
  • Souciet, P. Etienne (1671–1744), “Observations mathématiques ...” (at 2637 BCE), 1
  • Soulavie. See Giraud-Soulavie.
  • Spallanzani, Abbé Lazaro (1729–1799), 239, 240, 255, 258, 270, 271, 284, 298, 332, 355
  • Sparks, Jared, “Library of Am. Biography,” “Works of Benj. Franklin,” 69, 199, 239, 252
  • Spath, J. L. (at Dalton, John), 308
  • Specific inductive capacity, discovered by Faraday, Michael, 239, 491, 492, 493
  • Specific inductive capacity of different gases (Brit. Assoc. Report for 1880, pp. 197–201).
  • “Spectator” for Dec. 6, 1711 (at Strada, F., CE 1617), 99
  • Spedding, Ellis and Heath, 99
  • Speed’s Atlas, mentioned at Mercator, 563
  • Spencer, Knight, 400
  • Speng—Spengel—Leonhard, “Alex. Aphrod. Quæstonium naturalium ...,” 1842; “Incerti ... Aristotelis ...,” 1842; “Anaximenis ... Aristotelis ad Alexandrum,” 1844, 27, 512
  • Spidberg, J. C. (at Dalton, John), 308
  • Spider thread filaments: Bennet 1787, Fontana 1793.
  • Spiegel, Friedrich (at Zoroaster), 541
  • Spon, Charles, xi, 362
  • Spottiswoode, William (1825–1883), De la Rue, Warren, and Mueller, Hugo, W. (Proc. Roy. Soc., XXIII. pp. 356–361).
  • Spottiswoode, W., and Moulton, John Fletcher (Phil. Trans., 1879, pp. 165–229).
  • Sprat, Thomas, “History of the Royal Society,” 132
  • Spratt, Lieut. James (1771–1853), “Homograph ...,” 400
  • Spreng, Johann, “Hist. R. Herb,” 193
  • Sprengel, Kurt Polycarp Joachim, “Histoire de la médecine,” 529, 531, 538
  • Squario. See Sguario.
  • Stabili, Francesco degli, the real name of Cecco d’Ascoli (1257–1327), “Acerba,” xx, 524, 531
  • Stadius, eminent astronomer of the sixteenth century, who succeeded, in the Paris University, the famous Peter Ramus—Pierre de la Ramée (1515–1572), “Tabulæ Bergenses,” 1560, 510
  • Stahelin, C. (at Harris, William Snow), 470
  • Stahl, George Ernest (1660–1734), 261, 262, 362
  • Stambio, C. (at Jadelot, J. F. N.), 330
  • Stanhope, Charles, third Earl of. See Mahon, Lord.
  • Stanhusius, Mich., “De Meteoris ...,” 1572 and 1578.
  • Stanley, Sir Edward, of Tongue Castle, 121
  • Stanley, Venetia Anastasia, 121
  • Stark, Dr. James, of Edinburgh, 375
  • Stark, J. C. (at Galvani, Luigi, AD 1786), 284
  • Stark, John, “Biographia Scotica”: Edinburgh, 1805, 311
  • Starke, Mariana (at School of Athens), 542
  • Statistical Society, London, 471
  • Staunton, Sir George Thomas (1737–1801), “The history of the great and mighty kingdom of China,” “Account of an Embassy,” 1, 21
  • Steavenson, Robert, “Dissert. de electricitate ...,” 1778, 556
  • Steele, Robert, “Gleanings from Barthol. de Glanvilla,” 16;
  • “Mediæval Lore,” 526
  • Steichen, Michel, “Vie et travaux de Simon Stevinus,” 79
  • Steiglehuer—Steiglehner—Cölestin (1738–1819), 272, 274
  • Steindachner, F. (at Shaw, George), 299
  • Steinhaueser, Johannes Gottfried (1768–1825).
  • Steinheil, Karl August (1801–1870), 422
  • Steininger and Neggerath, 315
  • Stenischneider—Steinschneider—Moritz (1816–1907), “Intorno alla calamita,” 38, 72
  • Stella, F. M. (at Amoretti, Carlo), 401
  • Stens—Stensen—Niels—Nicolas, 1671, 270
  • Stephen, Leslie. See “Dict. of National Biography.”
  • Stephens (at Franklin, Benjamin), 196
  • Stepling, Jos. (at Dalton, John), 308
  • Stevens, B. P., and Brown, xx.
  • Stevinus, Simon (1548–1628), called Simon of Bruges, 63, 78, 79, 80, 81, 102, 517.
  • See Wright, Edward.
  • Stewart, Professor Balfour, “Lessons in elementary physics”: London, 1872.
  • Stillingfleet, Edward (1635–1699), 147
  • Stobæus, Joannes (fl. c. CE 500), 24
  • Stockholm, Royal Academy of Sciences, 187, 232
  • Stockler de Borja, Franc. de (1759–1829), 530
  • Stoeckl, Albert, 39
  • Stœffler, Johann, “Cœlestium ... totius sphericæ ...,” 553
  • Stones, meteoric. See Salverte.
  • Stow, John (1525–1605), 210, 211
  • Strabo, Greek historian (66–28 B.C.), 17, 67, 520, 533
  • Strada, Famianus, Italian Jesuit (1572–1649), “Prolusiones Academicæ ...,” 82, 98, 123
  • Strato of Lampsacus, philosopher who lived in the reign of Ptolemy Philadelphus, 542
  • Streizig of Verona (at Gay-Lussac, J. L., CE 1804), 389
  • Stroemer—Stromer—Märten (1707–1770) 187
  • Struve, Christian August (1767–1807), 326, 385, 433
  • Strype, John (1643–1737), 210, 232
  • Stuart, Thomas (at Ampère, A. M., A.D. 1820), 477
  • “Student, The, or Oxford and Cambridge Misc.,” 98
  • Stuebler—Stuber—Eugen, “Life of Franklin,” 199
  • Stuello, “Bibl. Scrip., S. J.”: Rome, 1676, 110
  • Stukeley, Rev. William (1687–1765), 187–189
  • Sturgeon, William (1783–1850), “Annals of Electricity,” 1836–1843; “Lectures on Electricity”: London, 1842; “Scientific Researches”: Bury, 1850; “Annals of Philosophical Discovery ...,” 79, 80, 140, 142, 162, 181, 199, 201, 204, 207, 223, 232, 239, 243, 245, 256, 257, 263, 296, 297, 304, 306, 330, 337, 339, 347, 359, 370, 384, 388, 394, 395, 397, 406, 407, 408, 414, 415, 420, 428, 432, 433, 440, 441, 454, 455, 460, 464, 468, 472, 476, 481, 482, 483, 491, 498
  • Sturla, Jarl—Snorri Sturlason, 44
  • Sturm, Johann Christoph, of the Altdorff University (1635–1703), 129–130
  • Sturmy’s “Mariner’s Magazine,” 143, 242
  • Stuvenius (at Columbus, Christopher, CE 1492), 67
  • Subtle—subtil—subtile—matter (materia subtilis) subtile medium, 57, 122, 133, 151, 174, 183, 212, 213, 214, 355, 360, 495
  • Succinum—Succini, 137, also at p. 8.
  • Sue, Jean Joseph (1760–1830), “Recherches physiologiques,” 306
  • (Hœfer, “Biog. Gén.,” 1865, Vol. 44, pp. 620–621)
  • Sue, Pierre aîné (1739–1816), “Histoire du Galvanisme,” 247, 248, 249, 264, 275, 281, 285, 299, 301, 303, 306, 326, 328, 330, 350, 353, 355, 359, 361, 363, 376, 378, 383, 385
  • Suhm, Peter Frederik, “In effigien Torfæi ...” (at A.D. 1266), 45
  • Suidas, author of a prominent Greek lexicon compiled during the tenth century, 541
  • Sulzer, Johann Georg (1720–1779), 152, 223, 312, 419
  • Summanus, night source of lightning, 9
  • Sunde, Janus Hercules de (pseud. of Schwenter, Daniel, 1585–1636), 81, 125, 240
  • Sundelin, K., 1822 (at Thillaye-Platel, Antoine, CE 1803), 385
  • Suspension of statues, etc., in mid-air, 18, 123, 222, 527
  • “Svenska Vetenskaps Akademiens Handlingar” for 1740, 168
  • Swammerdam, Jan (1637–1682), 202
  • Swanwick, Anna, translator of Æschylus, 4
  • Swedenborg, Emmanuel (1688–1772), 163–165
  • Swedish Academy of Sciences, 190
  • Swickardus (at Browne, Sir Thomas, CE 1646), 124
  • Swieten, Gerard van, pupil of Boerhaave (at CE 1722), 157
  • Swiettiki of Denmark (at A.D. 1745), 174
  • Swift, William (at Henley, William T.), 237
  • Swinden, Jan Hendrik van (1746–1823), “Tentamina theoriæ mathematicæ ...,” 1772; “Recueil de mémoires sur l’analogie de l’électricité et du magnétisme ...,” 1784; “Analogia electricitatis et magnetismi,” 1780–1781; “Positiones physicæ,” 1786, 65, 103, 106, 121, 131, 135, 140, 170, 199, 218, 224, 229, 230, 233, 237, 240, 254, 263, 271–274, 285, 309, 393
  • Sylvester, Charles (at CE 1805, 1806 and 1812), 392, 394, 419
  • Symes, R., 1771 (at Thillaye-Platel, Antoine), 385
  • Symmer, Robert (d. 1763), 161, 218–220, 221, 224, 409
  • Symonds, John Addington (at Ficino, Marsiglio), 515
  • Symons, G. J. (at Franklin, Benjamin), 199
  • Szuki—Shiki—or “Historical Memoirs of Szu-ma-thsian”—Szu-mats’een—the greatest of all Chinese historical works, 5

T

T

  • Table générale des Bulletins des sociétés savantes. See Tessier, Octave.
  • Tachard, Father Guy (d. 1714), 156
  • Tacitus, Publius Caius Cornelius (c. CE 54–120), “Germania,” “Annals,” “Agricola,” etc., 140, 524.
  • See “Annals of C. C. Tacitus.”
  • Tafel, Dr. R. L. (at Swedenborg, E.), 163
  • Tafuri, Giovanni Bernardino, “Scrittori ... di Napoli,” 1749, 540
  • Taisnier, Jean—Joannes (Taisnier of Hainault—Hannonius) (1509–1562), “De natura magnetis ...,” 1562, 13, 46, 53
  • Tait, Professor Peter Guthrie. See Thomson, Sir William.
  • Talbot, Sir Gilbert, on magnetical remedies, 126
  • Talmud, designation of the loadstone, 15
  • Tamery, Prof. Paul, “Pour l’histoire de la science Helléne,” 8, 504, 511, 532
  • Tarchon, founder of Etruscan theurgism, 9
  • Tarde, J., “Les usages ... esguille aymantée,” 1621, 553
  • Tatum’s lectures (at Faraday, Michael), 455, 496
  • Taylor and Phillips, editors of the Phil. Mag., 466
  • Taylor, Brook—Brooke, F.R.S. (1685–1731), 150, 155, 156, 191, 264
  • Taylor, Richard (1781–1858), “Scientific Memoirs,” 428, 495
  • Taylor, Thomas, translator of Iamblichus, the treatises of Aristotle and the six books of Proclus, 2, 503, 537
  • Taylor, W. B., “Memoir of Joseph Henry,” 447, 460;
  • “(1) La longitude terrestre ...,” 1556; “Recherches sur les propriétés magnetiques du fer,” 1862
  • Tcheou-Koung—Choung (Ki-tan), 3
  • Tchéyeou—Tchi-yeou—Chinese prince (at 2637 BCE), 1
  • Tchi-nan, chariot of the South, 3
  • Tchin-Thsang-Ki, 77
  • Tching-Onang, nephew of Tcheou-Koung, regent of the Chinese Empire, 3
  • Tchou-lou plains, 1
  • “Telegrafista (II),” publication commenced in Rome during 1881.
  • Telegrafo elettrico scintillante, 227
  • Telegraph Polygrammatic, 397
  • Telegraph-Anthropo of Knight Spencer employed as early as 1805, 400
  • Telegraph electro-chemical, the first, 407
  • Telegraph, Symbolic, also the Terrestrial Telegraph introduced by Macdonald, 399
  • Telegraph: on the history of the word telegraph.
  • See Axon, W. E. A.
  • See History of the telegraph.
  • “Télégraphe, La.” See Ternant.
  • “Telegrapher, The,” publication commenced in New York during 1864, afterwards called “Journal of the Telegraph.”
  • “Telegraphic Journal,” publication commenced in London during 1864, 408
  • Telegraphic signals, first transmitted by voltaic electricity, 406
  • “Telegraphist, The,” publication commenced in London during 1883; “The Telegraphist and Electrician” first appeared in London during 1876.
  • Telegraphs, electric and galvanic. See Electric Telegraphs.
  • Telegraphs, optical. See Semaphores.
  • Telegraphy, histories of, 301:
  • written by I. U. J. Chappe, Paris, 1824, and Le Mans, 1840; Bois, Victor, 1853–1856; Bonel, A., Paris, 1857; Mangin, M., 1752; Reynaud, J. J., 1851.
  • Telegraphy, oceanic: Brett in 1858; and Brigge, also in 1858.
  • Telegraphy, pneumatic, by Medhurst, 408
  • Telegraphy, wireless, 10, 19
  • “Telephone, The,” “Review of electrical science”: London, 1889.
  • Telephoning—communicating sound through a wire—in 1667, 143
  • Telesio, Bernardino, “De rerum natura ...,” 1570.
  • Tellograph of Richard Lovell Edgeworth, 316
  • Templeman, in the “Nouvelliste,” 1759, 298
  • Temple of Jerusalem, never struck by lightning during 1000 years, 9
  • Temple of Diana at Ephesus, 18
  • Temple of Juno had its roof covered with sword blades, 9
  • Temple of Pharos, 18
  • Temple of Solomon, 10
  • Temple of Serapis at Alexandria, 18
  • Temples of Hercules, 13
  • Tentzel—Tentzelius—Andreas, “Medicina Diastalica,” 245
  • Tentzel, Wilhelm Ernst, “Collection Académique,” 229
  • Termeyer, Raimondo Maria de, 298, 299
  • Ternant, A. L., “Le Télégraphe,” 147, 264, 265
  • Terrellaterrella-microge, little earth, 47, 48, 50, 83, 86, 121.
  • See Petit P., also Wren, Sir Chr.
  • “Terrestrial Magnetism,” 59, 138, 140, 199.
  • See also Bauer, L. A.
  • Terzagus, “Musæum Septalianum,” 159
  • Teske, J. G. (at Thillaye-Platel), 385
  • Tessier, Henri Alexandre, “Eloges des hommes illustres,” 93, 515, 527, 539
  • Tessier, Octave, “Table générale des bulletins des sociétés savantes”: Paris, 1873, 43
  • Tetens, J. N., “Schreiben ... magneteuren,” 1775, 246
  • Tetraodon—tetrodon—electricus, 298, 374
  • Teyler, Archives du Musée, 160
  • Teyler Van der Hulst, Pieter (1702–1778), “Tweede Genootschap,” published at Haarlem, 1781, 280
  • Teylerian electrical machine, 292
  • Teylerian Society. See Haarlem.
  • Thalen, J. R., “Recherches ... magnétiques du fer ...” (Nova Acta Reg. Soc. Upsala, III. Série), 1862.
  • Thales of Miletus (639–548 BCE), 7, 15, 515, 532, 534, 542, 543
  • Thatcher—Thacher—John Boyd, 66, 524
  • Theamedes of the ancients believed to be identical with the tourmaline, 17
  • Thebit-ben-Korah—Thebitius (836–901), 540–541
  • Thebitius. See Thebit-ben-Korah.
  • Themistius (c. CE 315–390), “Oratio,” “Euphrades,” 10, 541
  • Thénard, Louis Jacques, Baron (1777–1857), 249, 338, 340, 347, 352, 354, 376, 380, 388, 389, 419, 480
  • Theodoric the Great (c. CE 454–526), 18
  • Theodorus, Emperor, 144 (entered at Louis Maimbourg).
  • Theodosius the Great (fl. 379–395), 24, 541
  • Theophrastus (372–286 BCE), 7, 13, 21, 270, 530, 539, 543.
  • See Scaliger, J. C., also Hill, Sir John.
  • Theory, undulatory—Young, Dr. Thomas, 395
  • Thermo-dynamics, second law of, 346, 392.
  • The first law or principle of thermo-dynamics was enunciated by the French physicist Carnot (Nicolas Leonard Sardi, 1796–1832).
  • Thermo-electric inversion, discovered by Prof. James Cummings.
  • Thermo-electric needle of Becquerel, 463
  • Thermo-electric tension of minerals (Phil. Mag., Ser. IV. Vol. XXX. pp. 337–339, 1865).
  • Thermo-electricity: Dessaignes, 415;
  • Seebeck, 415;
  • Brewster, 465.
  • See Cummings, James, and consult Table Analytique des Annales de Ch. et de Phys., Index, pp. 364–370.
  • Thermo-electrometer of Harris, 469
  • Thevenot, Melchisedech (1620–1692), “Recueil de Voyages,” 47, 53
  • Thibaud VI, Comte de Champagne, 33
  • Thicknesse, Ra. (at Williamson, C. H.) 270
  • Thillaye, Jean Baptiste Jacques (1752–1822), 385
  • Thillaye-Platel, Antoine (1782–1806), 274, 384–385, 430
  • Thilly, Frank, 504, 505.
  • See Weber, Alfred.
  • Tholuck, Friedrich August Gottren (1799–1877), 38
  • Thoman, Fédor (at Arago, D. F. J.), 480
  • Thomas Aquinas, Saint, Doctor Angelicus (1225–1274), 16, 35, 36, 37, 39, 57, 171, 505, 506.
  • See Joannes de Rupescissa.
  • Thomas, John, “Univ. Pron. Dict.,” 146, 148
  • Thomas, Joseph (Dict. of Nat. Biogr.), 163, 286, 370
  • Thompson, A. T., translator of Salverte’s “Philosophy of Magic,” 1
  • Thompson, Benjamin, Count Rumford (1753–1814), 225, 346, 370–371.
  • See Copley Medal, also Rumford Medal.
  • Thompson, Silvanus P. (1851–1916), Introduction, xi, xiii–xv, xvii, xix, 45, 46, 54, 63, 92, 113, 189, 342, 498.
  • See Aerolites.
  • Thoms, William T. (at Strype, CE 1754), 210
  • Thomson, Allen (1809–1884), 425
  • Thomson, Elihu, xi, 184
  • Thomson, Thomas (1773–1852), “An outline of the sciences of heat and electricity,” 1st ed. 1830; “Annals of Philosophy”: London, 1813–1826; “Outline of the Sciences ...”; “Annals of Philosophy”; “History of the Royal Society”: London, 1812; “History of Chemistry,” etc.; 90, 105, 132, 150, 152, 155, 156, 162, 167, 189, 190, 196, 199, 214, 218, 221, 222, 227, 233, 239, 248, 249, 251, 256, 262, 263, 268, 277, 284, 286, 313, 347, 363, 364, 370, 403, 408, 412, 414, 423, 427, 435, 440, 441, 443, 446, 449, 452, 455, 458, 461, 468, 478, 479
  • Thomson, Sir William, first Baron Kelvin of Largs (1824–1907), dedication, x, xi, 87, 141, 218, 239, 321, 346, 371, 392, 411, 412, 413, 455, 470, 492, 493, 499.
  • See Le Roux, F. P., Electro-dynamic qualities of metals (Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. for 1879, pp. 55–85).
  • Thor, son of Odin, personifies electricity, 13
  • Thore and Croissant (at Hare, Robert), 449
  • Thorp, R. W. D. (at Thillaye-Platel), 385
  • Thorpe, T. E., “Essays in historical chemistry,” 132, 189, 228, 239, 262, 347, 499
  • Thou, François Auguste de (at Fracastorio, H.), 515
  • Thouin, André (compass plant), 259
  • Thoung-Kian-Kang-Mou, 2, 5
  • Thouret, Michel Augustin (1749–1810), “Rapport sur les aimants ... Le Noble,” 1783; “Lettre sur le magnétisme animal,” 1784–1785, 245, 273
  • Thouret, T. Auguste (at Mesmer, F. A.), 237
  • Thouri, de (at Thillaye-Platel), 385
  • Thouron, V. C., 505
  • Thouvenel, Pierre (1747–1815), “Mémoire physique ...,” 1781, 384, 401
  • Thrasyllus, the grammarian, 511
  • Thumstein, apparatus for transmitting sound through wires (at CE 968), 28
  • Thunder and lightning attracted and directed by the ancients, 9, 294
  • Tiato (at Toaldo, G.), 253
  • Tiberghien, Guillaume, “Essai théorique et historique sur la génération des connaissances humaines,” 42, 102, 122, 504, 505, 511, 519
  • Tiberius, 20, 513
  • “Tidsskrift for naturvidenskaberne; af Orsted ...”: Kjobenhavn, 1822–1828, 455
  • Tillard—Tilland—Captain (islands of eruption), 417
  • Tillemont, Louis Sébastien Lenain de (1637–1698), “Histoire des Empereurs,” “Mémoires Hist. Eccles.,” 25, 525, 541
  • Tillet, “Sur l’incendie,” 1760, 555
  • Tilloch, Alexander (1759–1825), one of the editors of the “Philosophical Magazine and Journal of Science,” 252, 381, 392, 396, 429, 434, 452, 467, 474, 478
  • Timæus (c. 352–256 BCE), Greek historian, 8
  • Timæus. See Plato.
  • “Times,” London, 134, 248
  • Timochares (c. 367–283 BCE) (at Ptolemy—Ptolemæus II), 18
  • Tinan, Barbier de (at Toaldo, G.), 253
  • Tingry, P. F. (Journal de Physique, Vol. XLVII.), 557
  • Tipaldo, Emilio A. de, “Biografia degli Italiani illustri, nella scienze ...”: Venezia, 1834, 253, 300, 303
  • Tiphys Batavus, 521
  • Tiraboschi, Girolamo (1731–1794), “Biblioteca Modenese,” “Storia della litteratura Italiana,” 55, 113, 510, 514, 529, 540
  • Tisserand, L. M., “Paris et ses historiens,” 34
  • Tissot, “Historie de la philosophie,” 532
  • Titelmanni, Franc, “Naturalis Philos. Compendium,” 1571, 553
  • Titius—Tietz—Johann Daniel (1729–1796), “De electrici experimenti ...,” 1771; “Gemeinützige ...,” “Tableau du travail actuel de toutes les Académies de l’Europe ...,” 158
  • Titus Livius (b. CE 59), Great Roman historian, generally called Livy, 10, 24, 78
  • Toaldo, Giuseppe (1719–1798), 140, 253, 254, 271, 295
  • Todd, John T. (experiments on the torpedo), 436
  • Tolloy, Crimotel de (at Jadelot, J. F. N.), 330
  • Tomlinson, Charles, “Cyclopædia of useful arts and manufactures,” 317, 322, 337, 339, 437, 455, 470
  • Tommasi—Tomasi—Donato, of Paris (b. 1848), “Traité des piles électriques,” 365, 376.
  • See Romagnosi, G. D.
  • Tonkin, John, of Penzance, 339
  • Topaz, a talisman, 8
  • Torfæus, Thormodr (Phormodur Torfesen) (1636–1719), 44
  • Torpedo, torpille. See alsoraia torpedo,” also Savi, P., 11, 20, 136, 149, 229, 230, 239, 240, 241, 258, 270, 319, 334, 345, 346, 374, 409, 436, 493, 527
  • Torsion balance, invented by Coulomb, 275
  • Tortolini, Barnaba, “Annali di scienze ...,” 8 Vols.; “Annali di matematica ...,” 1856–1861.
  • Toscanelli, Paul del Pozzo (1397–1482), 34; Nouv. Biog. Gén. (Hœfer), Vol. 45, pp. 557–558.
  • Touche, Daillant de la, 164
  • Toulouse, Academy Reports, Mémoires, etc., 229, 288, 556
  • Tourdes, J. (at Aldini, G.), 306
  • Tourmaline, 8, 13, 17, 152, 153, 184, 193, 218, 286, 287–288, 364, 451, 465
  • Tourtelle, Etienne, “Histoire philosophique de la médecine,” 65, 170
  • Toutain (at Thillaye-Platel), 386
  • Townsend, W. J., “The great schoolmen of the Middle Ages,” 37, 41, 505
  • Tozzetti, Targioni, “Atti e Memorie inedite dell’ Accademia del Cimento ...,” 3 Vols.; also, “Notizie ...,” 3 Vols. 1780, 556
  • Trail—Traill, Thomas Stewart (1781–1862), 339, 465, 477
  • Tralles, Johann Georg (1763–1822) (“Allgemeine Deutsche Biographie,” 1894, Vol. 38, pp. 494–495), 292–293, 331
  • Transactions Elec. Soc. Mannheim, 29.
  • See “Academia electoralis scientiarum,” which is also called “Academia Theodoro Palatina.”
  • Transmitting intelligence by wire; in early days said to have been done by one of the Cleopatras, 12.
  • See also Kung-foo-Whing (at CE 968), 28
  • Tredwey, Robert (Phil. Trans., XIX. 711), 1698, 554
  • Trembley, A., on light caused by quicksilver shaken in glass tube, 175, 177, 555
  • Treméry, Jean Louis (1773–1851), 288, 324;
  • “Observations sur les aimants elliptiques,” 1797.
  • Trendelenberg, Friedrich Adolf (1802–1872), 544
  • Trent, History of the Council of, 90, 110, 528
  • Tressan, Louis Elizabeth de la Vergne de (1705–1783), 189, 385, 417
  • Treviranus, Gottfried Reinhold (1776–1837), 255, 257, 327, 557
  • Treviso Athenæum, “Memorie scientifiche ...,” 1817–1847, 253
  • Treviso Giornale, “Giornale sulle scienze ...,” 1821–1830.
  • Trévoux, Mémoires de, 551
  • Trew, Abdias, “De meteoris ...”: Argent, 1654.
  • Trichiurus electricus—trichiurus Indicus, 297, 298
  • Triennald, S. von, 308
  • Tries’ claim to Van Marum’s machine, 280
  • Trieste, School of Arts and Navigation, 407
  • Trinity College, at Cambridge, England, 4, 212, 319
  • Tripier, A. (at Thillaye-Platel), 386
  • Trismegistus. See Hermes.
  • Tristan, Comte J. de, 401
  • Trithemius, Johannes (1462–1516), author of “Steganographia ...,” 1606; “Annalium Hirsaugiensium ...,” 1690; “De scriptoribus ecclesiasticis,” 37, 504, 554
  • Trommsdorff, Johann Barthelomaüs (1770–1837), 285, 352–353, 419
  • Troostwijk, Adriaan Paets van (1752–1837), and Deiman, Jean Rodolph, 280, 291–292, 385
  • Trouvé (at Zamboni, Giuseppe), 420
  • Tsching-Vang, second emperor of the Tcheou dynasty, 3
  • Tübingen. See Gmelin family.
  • Tübingen, “Morgenblatt,” 351
  • Tübingen University, 284, 303, 433, 450, 451
  • Tufts, James H. See Windelband’s “History of Philosophy.”
  • Tulk, Dr. Alfred, 404
  • Tullus Hostilius (672–640 BCE), third legendary King of Rome, 9
  • Turnbull, Laurence (1821–1900), “Electro-magnetic Telegraph, with an historical account of its progress”: Philad., 1853, 11, 317, 318, 368, 384, 407, 422, 436, 440, 455, 476
  • Turner, Robert, “Electricology; or a discourse upon electricity ...,” 1746, 554
  • Turner, William, “History of Philosophy,” 504
  • Turin—Torino—Academie Royale des Sciences or University, 30, 140, 209, 294, 295, 296, 302, 306, 367
  • Turin—Torino—Bibl. de, 284
  • Turin—Torino—College of Fine Arts, 294
  • Turin—Torino—Memorie della Soc. Agr., 257, 295
  • Turin—Torino—Normal College, 294
  • Turin—Torino—Nuova Encyclopedia Italiana. See Bocardo.
  • Turin—Torino—Observatory, Annals of, 295
  • Turin—Torino. See Giornale Scientifico d’una Soc. Fil.
  • Twast (at CE 1812), 419
  • Two-fluid theory: Hare, 1823; Ingen-housz, 1778; Symner and Dufay, 409–410
  • Tycho Brahé (1546–1601), 92, 94, 95, 102, 508, 530, 533.
  • See Jöcher, C. G., “Allgemeines Gel. Lex.,” pp. 1325–1327.
  • Tyndall, John (1820–1893), “Heat as a mode of motion,” vii, xiii, 14, 131, 132, 142, 166, 170, 173, 177, 231, 255, 282, 314, 344, 346, 380, 383, 396, 411, 433, 487, 489, 492, 495, 497, 498, 499.
  • See “Lives of the Electricians,” by William T. Jeans, 1887; “Lessons in Electricity.”
  • Also Rumford Medal.
  • Typhon, bone of (Typhoëus, in Greek Legend), 14

U

U

  • Uberti, Bonifacio—Fazio degli (d. 1368), “Il Dittamondo ... ridotto,” 44
  • Ueberweg, Dr. Friedrich (1826–1871), History of Philosophy, translated by George S. Morris, 26, 32, 33, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 102, 122, 504, 505, 507, 510, 511, 512, 518, 519, 532, 534, 537
  • Ughelli, Fernandino, “Italia Sacra,” 516
  • Ugo di Bercy (Sercy) (fl. thirteenth century CE), 56, 61.
  • See Nouvelle Biographie Générale, of Hœfer, V. 783.
  • Ugollet at Venice, publisher of Ausonius’ “Mosella,” 18
  • Uhland, W. H. (at Faraday), 498
  • Ulloa, Don Antonio de, Spanish mathematician (1716–1795). Makes the earliest recorded reference to the Aurora Australis, 141, 165–166
  • Ulstadius, Philippus (fl. sixteenth century CE), “Cœlum philosophorum”: Paris, 1544, 553
  • Undulatory theory of light, interferences in the, Dr. Young, 1807, 395
  • Unger, Johann Friedrich von (1716–1781), “Abhandlung von der natur der Electricität”: Braunschweig, 1745 (Hamb. Magaz., VIII. 1751).
  • “United Service Journal,” 397
  • United States Japan Expedition (Zodiacal Light), 142
  • Universal Encyclopædia, 38
  • Universal Lexicon, Leipzig, 48
  • Université de Padone. See Boulay, H. de.
  • Universities of Europe in the Middle Ages. See Rashdall, Hastings.
  • Unzer, T. C., 245
  • Upsala Academy (University), 141, 163, 168, 221, 387
  • Upsala Botanical Gardens, 259;
  • Compass plant, 259
  • Upsala Royal Society, 232
  • Urbanitzky, Alfred von, “Electricity in the service of man ...,” edited by Richard Wormell, and revised by R. Mullineux Walmsley, London, 1886; “Les lampes électriques ...”: Paris, 1885 (Bibliothèque des Actualités Industrielles, No. IV.), 162, 219
  • Ure, Andrew (1778–1857), “Dictionary of Arts,” “Dictionary of Chemistry,” 354, 370, 417–418, 440, 446, 455
  • Ursa Major: star referred to by William Gilbert in connection with Marsilius Ficinus, Cardanus, Lucas Gauricus and Gaudentius Merula, who believe it to influence magnetic variation, 108
  • Usiglio, C., 1844 (at Jadelot, J. F. N.), 330
  • Ussher, Henry (1743–1790) (at John Dalton), 308

V

V

  • Van: all additional names with this prefix appear under the names.
  • Vacca, Andrea (1772–1826), 299
  • Vacca, Leopold (1732–1812), 299
  • Vacuo, in. Propagation of light in vacuo, 132, 182, 202, 294.
  • See Picard, Jean (Anc. Mémoires, Paris, Vols. II. and X.); Return of electric light in vacuo (Grummert, G. H.), 172; Attrition of bodies in vacuo (Phil. Trans., XXIV. 2165); Electric light in vacuo (Dantzig, Memoirs, I. 417).
  • Vail, Alfred (1807–1859), “History of the American Electro-magnetic Telegraph ...,” 286, 316, 436
  • Vairano, Josephus, “Diatriba de electricitate,” 1777, 556
  • Valenciennes (at Arago), 481
  • Valens, Flavius, Roman Emperor, 144 (CE 328–378). See Moreri, L., “Grand Dict.,” Vol. VIII. pt. 3, p. 13; Hœfer, “Nouv. Biog. Gén.,” Vol. XLV. pp. 855–856.
  • Valentinelli, Giuseppe, Royal Librarian of the Marciana, Venice, 111
  • Valentinus, Bazilius (fifteenth century)—Basil Valentine, “Conclusiones ... magnect ...”: Rottm., 1632.
  • Valère, André, Biblio. Belgica, 538
  • Vallemont, Pierre Le Lorrain de (1649–1721), “La physique occulte, en traité de la baguette divinatoire,” 1693; “Description de l’aimant ...,” 1692, 110, 144, 401
  • Vallensis, Roberti, “Di veritate ...,” 1593 and 1612, 502
  • Vallerius, H. (at Thillaye-Platel), 386
  • Vallesius—Valles de Corarrubias—Francisco, 538
  • Valli, Eusebio (1755–1816), 249, 270, 285, 302–303, 327, 393, 419
  • Vallot, Joseph, “Report on difference between chalcedony and tourmaline,” 288
  • Vanderlot’s work on the Surinam Eel, 230
  • Van Etten, Henry, is pseud. of Jean Leurechon (1591–1670), q.v., “Mathematical Recreations,” “Récréations Mathématiques,” 109, 126, 127, 148, 401
  • Van Swinden. See Swinden.
  • Van’t Hoff, Professor Jakobus Hendrikus (b. 1852, d. 1915). He established, with F. W. Ostwald, the “Lehrbuch der Allegem. Chemie” and “Zeitschrift für physikalische chemie”; “Dix années dans l’histoire d’une théorie ...,” 1865.
  • See Ostwald.
  • Vapereau, G., “Dictionnaire Universel des Contemporains”: Paris, 1893.
  • Vargas, Bernardo Perez de, “De re metallica,” 502
  • Variation and dip of the magnetic needle, observations on the.
  • See Gilpin, George.
  • Variation charts: Barlow, 1820; Churchman, at 1790–1804; Halley, 1701; Bianco, 1436.
  • Variation denied by Medina, Pedro de, 63–64
  • Variation of the compass, first shown by Burrowes—Borough—in 1592, 77
  • Variation of the declination:—
  • Annual—Cassini at 1782–1791, 117, 266;
  • Cause of errors investigated, Flinders, 1801, 348;
  • Dip or inclination, Hartmann, 1544, 70;
  • Norman, 1576, 75–76;
  • Peregrinus (1269), 76
  • Diurnal and horary—Beaufoy (1813), 427;
  • Graham, 1722, 117, 156;
  • Swinden, 1784, 273
  • Cassini IV. 1784, 157, 273
  • Intensity—“The third and most important element of terrestrial magnetism,” Borda, 1776, 249
  • Secular—Gellibrand, 1635, 117.
  • See John Mair and John Pell, 1635.
  • Variation of the variation: Gellibrand, 1635, 117–118;
  • Wright, Edw., 80; Petit, P. (Phil. Trans., 1667, p. 502).
  • Varley introduced the use of compressed air for message transmission, 408
  • Varnhagen, Francisco, Adolfo de (at Pedro Nuñez), 531
  • Varthema. See Vertomannus.
  • Vasco da Gama. See Gama.
  • Vasco, on Galvanism, 327
  • Vasquez y Morales, D. Jos., “Ensayo sobre la electricidad ...,” 1747, 555
  • Vassalli-Eandi, Antonio Maria (1761–1825). See Bibliothèque Italienne; also Mem. Accad. Torino, Vols. 6, 10, 12, 14, 22, 24, 26, 27, 30; Phil. Mag., XV. 319; Journal de Physique, 1799, 1800; Biblioteca Oltremontana, 1787 and 1788, 9, 207, 224, 257, 259, 270, 274, 285, 294–296, 298, 305, 306, 331, 393, 401, 419, 514
  • Vauquelin, Louis Nicholas (1763–1829), 247, 333, 344, 349, 352, 354, 355, 389, 419
  • Veau de Launay. See Delaunay.
  • Veaumorel, Caullet de, 265, 280
  • Veen, Otto van (Aquinas, St. Thomas), 505
  • Venanson, Flamminius—Flamnius, “De l’invention de la boussole nautique,” 1808, 5, 17, 30, 31, 43, 54, 56, 57
  • Venetian Athenaeum—Ateneo di Venezia.
  • Venetian Imperial Royal Institution, Atti ... (also Memorie) dell’ I.R. Istituto Veneto di science....
  • Venetus, Paulus. See Sarpi.
  • Venturi, Giambattista of Modena (1746–1822), 331, 333
  • Veratti, Giuseppe of Bologna (1707–1793), 186, 204, 213, 264, 384
  • Vergil—Virgil, “De inventoribus rerum.”
  • Vergil—Virgil (70–19 BCE), Publius V. Maro, “Georgics,” “Eclogues,” “Æneid,” etc., title page.
  • Vergilius—Virgilius—Bishop of Salzburg from 744 to the time of his death during the year 784, 523
  • Verhand, van het Genootsch te Rotterdam, 280, 292
  • Vernier (at Coulomb, C. A. de), 276
  • Verona Lyceum, 420
  • “Verona Poligrafo,” “Poligrafo, Giornale di scienze ...,” 420
  • Verrall, A. W., translator of the Agamemnon of Æschylus, 4
  • Versorium, introduced by Wm. Gilbert, 83
  • Vertommanus—Varthema—Ludovico di (b. 1480, d. early sixteenth century), 69–70
  • Vespucci, Amerigo (1452–1512), Italian navigator, in whose honour the new world was named America, Vespuccius Americus, 536, 537
  • Vetensk Akad. Nyr. Handl., 216, 257, 288, 299, 370
  • Vicenza, Giornale Enciclopedico, Vicenza 1779–1784, 253
  • Vicq d’Azyr, Felix (1748–1794). Sécr. Perpétuel Soc. Royale de Médecine, 302, 303
  • “Vidensk. Salsk. Skrift. Ny Samml.,” 557.
  • See Copenhagen Academy.
  • Videt, F. F. (at Thillaye-Platel), 386
  • Viegeron, P. D., “Mémoire sur la force des pointes,” 252
  • Vienna Academy—“Kais. Akad. der Wissenschaften,” 250. See also p. 408.
  • Vienna Polytechnic Institute, 407, 408
  • “Vierteljehrschrift des Astronomischen Gesellschaft,” Leipzig, 1879, 165
  • Vieta, Francis (1540–1603), 90, 102, 109
  • Vigenere, Blaise de (1523–1596), 78
  • Vignaud, Henri, on Toscanelli and on Columbus, 34, 66
  • Vigneul—Marville—pseud. Noel Bonaventura d’Argonne—“Mélanges d’histoire et de Littérature,” 1699–1701, 97
  • Vilette, M. F., Paper electrophorus, 249
  • Vilgerderson, Floke (at Frode, the Wise), 28
  • Villeneuve, Arnaud de. See Arnaldus de Villa Nova.
  • Villeneuve, O. de (at Thillaye-Platel), 385
  • Vimercati, Guido, Rivista Scientifico-Industriale.
  • Vincent and Boncompagni in “Bulletino di Bibliogr.,” Vol. IV., 520
  • Vincent de Beauvais (c. 1190–1264), xix, 16, 18, 33–35, 39, 40, 59
  • Vineis, P. de, 15
  • Vircy, Jules Joseph (1775–1847), “Dictionnaire des sciences médicales,” 425
  • Virgil. See Vergil.
  • Virginia University, 467
  • Virgula Divina or divining rod, at Amoretti, 401
  • Visconti—Visconte—Pietro, author of the oldest known portolan, 1311, 63
  • Vitalis, H., “De magnetica vulnerum curatione,” 1668, 554
  • Vitruvius, G.—Marcus Vitruvius Pollio—believed to have flourished in the time of Julius Cæsar, 505, 510
  • Vitry, Jacobus de, Cardinal Bishop of Ptolemais (d. betw. 1240 and 1244), 30, 56, 59
  • Vivenzio, Le Chevalier G. (at Thillaye-Platel), “Teoria e practica della elletricita medica,” 1784, 274, 385
  • Vogel, Johann Ludwig Andreas (1771–1840), “Die wunder des magnetismus”: Erfurt, 1818.
  • Vogt, Joannis, author of “Catalogus Historico-Criticus,” 1793, xix
  • Voigt, Johann Heinrich (1751–1823), “Magazin für das Neueste aus der Physik,” “Versuche ... magnetismus,” Iena, 1793; “Mag. für Naturkunde ...”
  • See Lichtenberg, 314, 316, 318, 327, 368, 380, 383, 452
  • Volhard, Jacob, in “Le Moniteur Scientifique,” 262
  • Volland—Voland—Mlle. (at Ledru Comus), 224
  • Volpicelli, Paolo (1804–1879), “Intorno ... magnete,” “Sul cognito fenomeno ...,” 71, 353, 470
  • Volt.... See Nipher, Francis Eugène.
  • Volta, Alessandro (1745–1827). See “Raccolta Voltania”: Como, 1899, 217, 224, 245, 246–249, 261, 274, 276, 277, 278, 279, 284, 285, 288, 293, 295, 304, 320, 327, 331, 332, 337, 338, 339, 349, 350, 351, 361, 368, 389, 395, 416, 419, 424, 426, 443, 447, 461, 462, 470, 483, 487, 490, 491.
  • At p. 15, Vol. II. of Catalogue of the Wheeler Gift is mention of Volta’s well-known letter to Sir Joseph Banks, wherein he announces his discovery of the Voltaic pile, called by him Organe électrique artificiel.
  • Voltaic electricity, first suggestion as to its chemical origin, 329
  • Voltaic pile, chemical theory of: Parrot, George Friedrich (1802, 1831, 1838), 367–368
  • Voltaic pile, preparation of ammoniacal amalgam, 388
  • Voltaire, F. M. Aronet de (1694–1778), “Essai sur les mœurs ...,” 56, 58–59, 61
  • Von Vang, first emperor of the Tcheou dynasty, 3
  • Vorsselmann de Heer, Pieter Otto Coenraad (1809–1841) (Algem. Konst-en-Letterb., 1836–1838, also Pogg. Ann., 1839, 1841).
  • Vossius, G., “De Scientiis Mathem ...,” 513
  • Vossius, Isaac, Canon of Windsor, “De Motu Morium ...,” 1663.
  • Vuccher, Jean Jacques, “De Secretis ...,” 1596, 26, 553

W

W

  • Wadding, Luc (1588–1657), “Annales Ord. Min ...,” “J. Duns Scoti Opera” in 12 Volumes: Lyons, 1639, 39, 41
  • Wagenaar, Jan, “Histoire de la Hollande,” 534
  • Wagner (at Zamboni), 420
  • Waite, Arthur Edward, “Lives of Alchemystical Philosophers,” 32, 64, 65
  • Waitz, Jacob Seigismund von (1698–1777), 170, 426
  • Wa-Kan-san siü-tson-ye, the great Japanese encyclopædia, describes the compass, 153
  • Wakeley, Andrew, “The mariners’ compass rectified,” 555
  • Walchius (at Wilkins, John, and at Kratzenstein, C. G.), 119, 172
  • Wales, William (1734–1798), English mathematician, 242, 457
  • Walimer, father of Theodoric and King of the Goths, 29
  • Walker, Adam (1730–1821), 359–360
  • Walker and Mitchel (Astronomical Journal, Cambridge, Mass., 1848).
  • Walker, Charles Vincent (1811–1882), “Electrotype Manipulation,” “Manual of Electricity, Magnetism and Meteorology,” 379, 384, 495;
  • Walker, C. V., and Lardner, Dionysius.
  • Walker, E. (Phil. Mag., XLI. XLII. XLIII., London, 1813–1814).
  • Walker, Edward, “Terrestrial and Cosmical Magnetism”: Cambridge, 1866, 77, 107, 168, 268, 335
  • Walker, Ezekiel (at Bennet, Rev. Abraham, and at Murray, John), 291, 429
  • Walker, Ralph, “Treatise on Magnetism” and “Treatise on the magnet”: London, 1794 and 1798, 54, 77, 119, 137, 157, 191, 232, 249, 250, 546, 555
  • Walker, Richard (1679–1764), Royal Society Transactions, 547
  • Walker, S. C., “Researches ... meteors” (Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc., 1843).
  • Walker, William, Captain, “The magnetism of ships”: London, 1853, 69, 292, 348
  • Walker, William, senior (“Mem. of Dist. Men of Science”: London, 1862), 440
  • Walker, William, junior, and Hunt, Robert, “Memoirs of distinguished men ...”: London, 1864.
  • Walkiers—Walckiers—de Saint-Amand. See Amand.
  • Wall, Dr. William, 152, 193
  • Waller, A. D. (Plant electricity), 260
  • Waller, Richard, translator of Essays of the Accademio del Cimento, London, 1684, 143
  • Wallerius, G. (at Ingen-housz), 257
  • Wallis, John (1616–1703), 138, 141
  • Walmsley, R. Mullineux. See Urbanitzky.
  • Walsh, John (1725–1795), 149, 230, 239–240, 241, 258, 270, 290, 298, 319
  • Waltenhofen, A. K. Elder von (Sitz. d. K. Akad. d. Wiss., Wien, 1863, 1869, 1870).
  • Walter and Girardi (Mem. Soc. Ital., III. 553), 298
  • Walter, Louis H., xi
  • Walton and Cotton, “Complete Angler,” 1847, 37, 65, 109, 507
  • Waltzemüller, Martinus Hylacomylus—Waldseemüller—“Cosmographiæ Introductio,” 535–536
  • Ward, Henry (at Pasley, C. W.), 398
  • Ward, John, “Lives of the Gresham Professors,” 143
  • Ward, Samuel (1617–1689), “Magnetis reductorium ...,” “Wonders of the loadstone,” 1637 and 1639–1640, 554
  • Ward, Thomas (1640–1704), 172
  • Ware (at Thillaye-Platel), 386
  • Wargentin, Pierre Guillaume (1717–1783), 139, 157, 168, 190, 308
  • Waring, Edward John, “Bibliotheca Therapeutica,” 27
  • Warltire, John, 227, 228
  • Wartmann, Louis Elie François (1817–1886), author of many scientific works. The most notable ones on induction appeared at Geneva 1844, 1845, 1846–1850; “Mémoire sur les étoiles filantes”: Bruxelles, 1839, 207, 257
  • Washington (D. C.) National Academy of Sciences, Memoir of, 321.
  • See Smithsonian Institution.
  • Water decomposition, methods of and treatises on, 337
  • Watkins, Fcis. (at Zamboni, G., and at Faraday, M.), 420, 484
  • Watson, Sir William (1717–1787), 17, 159, 168, 175–177, 178, 186, 189, 196, 197, 198, 221, 227, 231, 251, 320, 385
  • Watt, Alexander (1823–1892), “Electro-Metallurgy ...,” 1860; “Bibliotheca Britannica,” 4 Vols. 1824, 97, 238, 240
  • Watt, Gregory (1777–1804), 339
  • Watt, James (1736–1819), 126, 190, 208, 228, 297, 308, 339, 520
  • Watt, Robert, “Bibliotheca Britannica” (1774–1819), 131, 134, 170, 255, 540
  • Watts, Henry (1815–1884), “Dictionary of Chemistry,” “Dictionary of Arts ...,” 417, 449
  • Weale, John, “Rudimentary series,” 366, 471
  • Weaver, William D., xi
  • Webb, Jonathan, of Salem, Mass., 234
  • Weber, Alfred, “History of Philosophy,” translated by Frank Thilly, 26, 41, 122, 504, 505
  • Weber, Joseph (at Galvani, Aloysio), 285
  • Weber, Wilhelm Eduard (1804–1891), 3, 263, 314, 422, 445, 489.
  • See Gauss, Karl Friedrich (1777–1855).
  • Webster (at Reinhold, J. C. L.), 327
  • Webster, Dr. J. W., Professor at Harvard College, 417
  • Webster, John (at Murray, John), 429
  • Webster, Rev. W., translator of “Histoire de l’Arianisme,” 144
  • Wedgwood, Aaron, 429.
  • He gives a brief notice of a writing telegraph in his “Book of Remembrance ...”: London, 1814.
  • Wedgwood, Ralph, 429–430, 439
  • Wedgwood, Thomas, 429
  • Weidler, Christian Gottlieb (at Erasmus, R.), 513
  • Weidler, Johann Friedrich (1692–1755), 122, 130, 308, 505
  • Weigel, Chr. Ehrenfried, “Grundriss ...,” 1777, 556
  • Weigsenborn of Weimar (at Franklin, B.), 195
  • Weiss, Charles Samuel (1780–1856), 431, 432
  • Weiss, E., Electrometer, 431
  • Weisse, John A., “Origin ... Engl. language and literature,” 1879, 42
  • Weld, Charles Richard, “History of the Royal Society,” 66, 75, 103, 114, 132, 155, 167, 168, 181, 191, 196, 239, 252, 446, 456, 462, 471
  • Wells, Charles William (1757–1817) (Phil. Trans., 1795, p. 246), “Observatione ... Galvani’s experiments”: London, 1795, 284, 322–323, 327, 419
  • Wells, D. A., “Annual of Scientific Discovery ...”: Boston, U.S.A., 1850
  • Wenckebach—Wenkebach—Edouard (1813–1874), “De Magneto-elektrische ...,” 1838.
  • Wenckebach—Wenkebach—Wilhelm (1803–1847), “Sur Petrus Adsigerius,” 48, 53, 54
  • Wennstrom, John, 358
  • Wens, Act. Hill, 253
  • Werner, C., “Die Scholastik ...”: Vienna, 1881, 41
  • Wernsdorf, Johann Christian, 19
  • Wesley, John (1703–1791), 212, 213, 216
  • Westcott’s magnetic guard for needle pointers, 443
  • (at Pasley, C. W.), 398
  • Westen, Wynant van, 554
  • “Westminster Review,” London, 458
  • Weston—Wheldon, “Catalogue,” 124, 230
  • Westphal, T. J., “Nikolaus Kopernikus,” 508
  • Wetzel, Dr., of Upsal, 212
  • Weyer, Sylvain van de, “Lettres sur les Anglais ...,” 1854, 79, 81
  • Wheatstone, Sir Charles (1802–1875), 422, 430, 440;
  • Coke, W. F., and Wheatstone, Sir Chas.
  • Wheeler, Schuyler Skaats, Latimer Clark Library Catalogue, xiv
  • Wheldon’s Catalogue, 230
  • Wheler, Granville, 154, 155
  • Whewell, William (1794–1866), “History of the Inductive Sciences ...,” “Philosophy of the Inductive Sciences ...,” “Physical Astronomy,” “History of Scientific Ideas,” “Astronomy and Physics,” 30, 32, 42, 43, 59, 75, 89, 91, 94, 95, 96, 102, 103, 116, 117, 119, 120, 122, 131, 134, 138, 142, 147, 156, 157, 159, 171, 214, 220, 239, 370, 378, 391, 396, 404, 412, 414, 433, 445, 446, 451, 453, 460, 464, 467, 469, 471, 476, 479, 499, 481, 484, 485, 493, 495, 499, 508, 522
  • Whiston, William (1667–1752), 77, 150, 156, 191.
  • See “Dict. of Nat. Biogr.,” Vol. LXI. 1900, pp. 10–14.
  • White, A. Hastings, xi
  • White, Andrew D., author, 114
  • White, John, “A rich cabinet ... of inventions,” 135
  • White, M., associated with Stephen Grey, 161
  • Whitehouse’s pamphlet on the Atlantic Telegraph, 496
  • Wiard, Secretary of Mme. Du Deffand, 291
  • Wiedeburg, Johann Ernst Basilius (1733–1789), “Beobachtungen und Muthmassungen ...”: Iena, 1771, 140, 308
  • Wiedemann, G. M. (Pogg. Annal. Volumes for 1848–1862).
  • Wiedemann, Gustav. Heinrich (1826–1899), “Die lehre von galvanismus ...,” 1861–1863; “Die lehre von der elektricität,” 1882–1885, 441, 498
  • Wiedemann, Rudolf Franz (Ann. Physik und Chemie, Vol. 89, pp. 497–531).
  • Wieglib, Johann Christian (1732–1801), editor of “Handbuch der Allgem. Chemie,” “Die natuerliche ...”: Berlin, 1779, 262
  • Wien. See Vienna.
  • Wilcke—Wlik—Johann Carl (1732–1796), 187, 205, 214–216, 217, 288, 315, 386, 410, 444
  • Wilde, Franz Samuel, “Expériences sur l’électricité des cascades,” 293
  • Wilkes, C., “Theory of Zodiacal Light,” 142
  • Wilkins, John, the fourteenth Bishop of Chester and first Secretary of the Royal Society (1614–1672), “Mercury, or the secret and swift messenger,” 119, 171, 437
  • Wilkins, Simon (at Browne, Sir Thomas), 124
  • Wilkinson, Charles Henry (fl. 1800), “Elements of Galvanism in theory and practice,” 2 Vols.: London, 1804; “Essay on the Leyden Phial ...”: London, 1798, 140, 224, 228, 231, 237, 240, 249, 269–270, 279, 280, 281, 284, 289, 306, 307, 312, 323, 325, 326, 327, 331, 333, 337, 339, 347, 353, 355, 361, 365, 379, 385, 402, 419, 483
  • Wilkinson, George, of Sunderland, 229, 385
  • William IV, King of England, 466
  • William, Landgrave of Hesse-Cassell, 93
  • Williams, Professor Samuel, magnetic observations first made in U.S., 259
  • Williamson, H., 230, 299
  • Willigen, V. T. M., van der, 160
  • Wilson, Benjamin (1708–1788), “Treatise on electricity,” 1750, 1752; “New experiments and observations ...,” 1777, 155, 176, 178, 180, 183–185, 202, 203, 209, 221, 231, 251, 252, 255, 320, 419.
  • See Hoadley, Dr. Benjamin, and Wilson, Benjamin, “Observations on a series of experiments ...”: London, 1756.
  • See Copley Medal.
  • Wilson, George, 239, 374, 406
  • Wilson, James, F.R.S.E., 192, 297, 374
  • Wilson, Philip—Phillip, 325, 437
  • Wilson, W. (Phil. Mag., XXII. 260), 337
  • Winckler, Johann Heinrich (1703–1770), 162, 174, 176, 186, 198, 205, 321, 555
  • Windelband, Dr., “Hist. of Phil. translated by Jas. H. Tufts,” 37, 40, 41, 102, 122, 505, 510
  • Wind-roses. See Rose of the winds.
  • Wingfield, John, “New method increasing ... capacity ... electric jars,” 231.
  • See Cuthbertson, John.
  • Winship, George P., “The Cabot Bibliography,” 69
  • Winsor, Justin, “Narrative and Critical History ...,” “Bibliography of Ptolemy’s Geography” (1831–1897), “Description of John G. Kohl’s Collection of Early Maps,” 62–63, 64, 66, 67, 115, 523, 524, 536
  • Winter, George K. (at Ingen-housz, J. J.), 256
  • Winthorp, John (at Newton, Sir Isaac), 134
  • Wireless Telegraphy, 10, 19
  • Wischoff, C., “De Wonderwerken Godts ...,” 1729, 555
  • Witson—Witsen—Nicholaes of Amsterdam, 149
  • Wittry, Abbé d’Everlange de, 259
  • Wittry de Abdt. (1764–1840), “On preparation of mosaic gold for electric machines,” 431
  • Wöhler—Woehler—Friedrich (1800–1882), “Grundriss der Chemie,” 1833, 340, 370.
  • See Wöhler, F., and Partsch, P. M., “Analyse des Meteoreis ...”: Wien, 1852; Wöhler, F., and Berzelius, J. J. F. von, “Jahrsbericht ...,” 1822 to 1851; Cates, L. R., “Dict. of General Biography,” p. 1552.
  • Wolf, C., “Histoire de l’observatoire depuis as fondation ...,” 267
  • Wolf, C., and Bina, A., “Physica experimentalis ...”: Venetiis 1753–1756, 555
  • Wolf, Christian (1679–1716) (Act. Erudit. 1716), 420
  • Wolf, M. (at Horrebow, Peter), “Hist. Ordbog.,” 158
  • Wolf, R., “Geschichte der Astronomie ...,” “Über der Ozongchalt ...”
  • Wolfart, Dr. Carl Christian, of Berlin, 236
  • Wolfart, J. F., “Des Guiot von Provins”: Halle, 1861, 30
  • Wolfe, Samuel, of the Society of Dantzig, 174
  • Wolfius (at Hauksbee, F., and at Hausen, C. A.), 150, 169
  • Wolfram, Erdmann (1760–1828), 449 (Ferussac, Bulletin), 1824.
  • Wollaston, William Hyde (1766–1828), 221, 255, 280, 347, 356–359, 364, 365, 394, 403, 419, 433, 456, 478, 484, 488, 490, 496
  • Wood, Anthony à, “Athenæ Oxonienses,” 80, 81, 91, 92
  • Wood, John, 158, 175
  • Wood, Professor (at Bennet, Rev. A.), 291
  • Woodbury, Hon. Levi, 368
  • Woods, S. (Phil. Mag., XXI. 289), 249
  • Woodward (at Howldy, Thomas), 428
  • Woodward, Bernard Bolingbroke. See Cates, W. L. R.
  • Woolinch, Royal Military Academy, 434, 457, 497
  • Worcester, Marquis of, 434
  • Wordsworth, Christopher, “Ecclesiastical Bibliography,” 513
  • “World Apple,” Behaim’s celebrated globe, 67
  • Wormell, Richard, 162, 219
  • Wornsdorff, “Poetæ Latinæ Minores,” 19
  • Worsley, Philip Stanhope, translator of Homer’s “Odyssey,” 6
  • Wotton (at Boyle, Robert), 130, 131
  • Woulfe, M. (Phil. Trans., 1771), 431
  • Wren, Sir Christopher (1632–1723), contrives a terrella.
  • Wright, Edward, “The haven-finding art,” being a translation of the “Portuum Investigandum ratio” of Stevin, Simon, 76, 80, 521, 522, 525, 533, 559–564
  • Wright, Gabriel (at Nairne, Edward), 265
  • Wright, Thomas (1810–1877), “Chronicles and Memoirs ... middle ages,” 1863, 31, 91
  • Writers, navigators and others alluded to in Giberts’ De Magnete, XVII. 501–542
  • Wüllner (at Faraday, M.), 492
  • Wundt, Wilhelm, “Philosophische Studien”: Leipzig, 1886.
  • Wünshendorff, E., “Traité de télégraphie sous-marine,” 407
  • Wüstenfeld—Wuestenfeld—Heinrich Ferdinand, “Geschichte der Arabischen Aertze ...”: Göttingen, 1840, 38, 39, 519

X

X

  • Xenocrates of Chalcedon (396–314 BCE), Greek philosopher, 543
  • Xenophanes of Colophon, contemporary of Anixamander and of Pythagoras (sixth century BCE), 532
  • Xenophon, Athenian historian (c. 434–355 BCE), 12, 43, 196.
  • See Moreri, Louis, “Grand Dictionnaire historique,” Vol. XVIII. p. 74
  • Xerxes I (c. 519–465 BCE), 4
  • Ximenes, Leonardo (1716–1786), “Osservazione dell’ Aurora boreale ...,” 1752–1753.

Y

Y

  • Yates and Hansteen (Vol. II. Whewell’s Hist. of Ind. Sc.), 446
  • Yatman, Matthew, “Familiar analysis ... electricity and galvanism ...”: London, 1810; “Letter ... on Davy’s Galvanic girdle”: London, 1811, 347
  • “Year Book of Facts in Science and the Arts,” discoveries in electricity, etc., commenced in London during 1838.
  • Yelin, Chevalier Julius Konrad von (1771–1826), 327, 473, 477
  • Youmans, Dr. Edward Livingston, author of “Chemical Atlas,” 1856, 370
  • Young, Arthur (1741–1820), “Travels in France ...,” “Voyage Agronomique en France,” 285, 286
  • Young, C. A., in American Journal of Science, 140
  • Young, Dr. Matthew (1750–1800), “Analysis of the principles of natural philosophy,” 387, 405, 467
  • Young, Sir Thomas (1773–1829), “A course of lectures on natural philosophy and the mechanical arts”: London, 1807; “Catalogue,” 34, 54, 92, 140, 155, 206, 221, 225, 238, 239, 245, 249, 250, 256, 258, 259, 268, 271, 276, 277, 284, 290, 298, 308, 309, 310, 311, 313, 330, 340, 346, 359, 364, 369, 386, 388, 395–396, 431, 462, 468
  • Yue-tchang-che, Chinese writer, 3
  • Yule, Colonel Sir Henry (reviewer of Marco Polo’s Travels), 55

Z

Z

  • Zaccaire—Zachaire—Zacharias—Denis (1510–1556), 553
  • Zaccaria, F. A., “Annali letterari ...,” “Storia della Elettricita ...”: Modena, 1762–1764.
  • Zach, Franz Xavier, Baron von, “Zach. Mon. Corr. ...,” “Allg. ... Geographische Ephemeriden,” 462
  • Zachary, Bishop of Rome (d. CE 752), 523
  • Zahn, F. Joannes (1641–1707), 8, 145–146.
  • His “Specula ...,” 3 Vols. 1696, gives a list of writers on the magnet.
  • Zakarīyā-Ibn-Muhammad Al-Kazwīnī, on Aerolites (Nuova scelta d’Opuscoli, 9to, ii, 333).
  • Zamboni, Giuseppe (1776–1846), 249, 257, 364, 388, 420, 447;
  • Resti-Ferrari, G., “Elettroscopio ... del Zamboni”; Girolamo Ferrari’s review of the five volumes of the “Corso elementare di fisica,” published by R. Gerbi: Pisa, 1823–1825.
  • Zamboni, G., and Fusinieri, A., “Sulla teoria ...”: Padova, 1834, 420
  • Zanon, Bartolomeo, “Intorno un punto ...”: Belluno, 1840, 257
  • Zanotii, Francesco Maria (1692–1777), 306, 308.
  • See Larcher.
  • Zantedeschi, Francesco (1797–1873), 183, 257, 298, 423, 426, 449.
  • See Romagnosi, G. D.,
  • also Giornale fisico-chimico; Annali di fisica: Padova, 1849–1850.
  • Zedler, Johann Heinrich (at Erasmus, R.), 512 (1706–1760);
  • “Grosses ... universal lexicon ...”
  • “Zeitschrift des Deutsch-Oesterreichischen Telegraphen-Vereins,” commenced in Berlin during 1854 and was continued in 1872 as “Annalen der Telegraphie ...”
  • Zeitschrift für Ægyptische Sprache und Alterthumskunde, 14
  • Zeitschrift für Angewandte Elektricitätslehre, edited by Carl, Ph., and Uppenborn, F., Jr.
  • Zeitschrift für mathematischen und naturw. ... von Hoffmann: Leipzig, 1870–1876.
  • Zeitschrift für physik und mathematik, edited by Ettinghausen, A. von, and Baumgartner, Andreas, 10 Vols. published at Wien, 1806–1832, 432, 476
  • Zeitschrift für physikalische chemie. See Ostwald, F. W.
  • Zeitschrift für populare mittheilungen ..., von Peters, C. A. F.: Altona, 1858–1869, 446
  • Zeller, Dr. Edward (1814–1908), “History of Greek Philosophy,” “Philosophie der Griechen,” 510, 511
  • Zend-Avesta (religious book of the Parsees), 541, 542
  • Zendrini, B. (at John Dalton), 308
  • Zenger, M. W. (Sc. Am. Suppl., p. 10915), 139
  • Zeno of Citium, founder of the Stoics, flourished in Cyprus during third century BCE, and is said to have lived 92 years, 543
  • Zeno of Elea, the adopted son of Parmenides, born about 500 BCE, 543
  • Zeno, Pietro Caterino, “Giornale de Letterati, d’Italia,” 1710, 506
  • Zetzsche, Karl Eduard (1830–1894), “Geschichte der Elektrischen Telegraphie,” 316, 384, 421, 439
  • Zetzell, P., “Anmerkung von der lahmheit,” 1755, 264, 386
  • Ziemssen, H. (at Thillaye-Platel), 386
  • Zimmermann, Wilhelm Ludwig (1780–1825) (Gilb. Annalen, Vol. 28, p. 483).
  • Zodiacal Light, 141–142, 380
  • Zohron and Aphron, 33, 35
  • Zöllner, J. K. Friedrich, “Theory of Comets” (Auszug. in Pog. Ann., CIX. 1860), 140
  • Zoroaster—Zarath ’ustra—Zerdusht (c. 589–513 BCE), 520, 542, 544.
  • See Moreri, Louis, “Grand Dictionnaire Historique,” Vol. VIII. p. 115.
  • Zosimus, Greek historian, who lived under Theodosius II (401–450), is the first to call attention to the electrolytic separation of metals, 24.
  • See Moreri, Louis, “Grand Dictionnaire Historique,” Vol. VIII. p. 116.
  • Zuccala, G. (at Volta, Alessandro), 248
  • Zucchi, Nicolo—Zucchius Nicolaus—“Nova de machini philosophia,” 1649, 146, 554
  • Zuchold, E. A., “Bibliotheca Historico-Naturalis ...”: Göttingen.
  • Zurich, “Repertorium für organische chemie.” See Löwig, C. von.
  • Zwinger, F. (at Thillaye-Platel), 385
  • Zwinger, Theodor, “Scrutinum Magnetis” (1658–1724), 554

FOOTNOTES:

[1] Touching the antiquity of the Chinese nation, the distinguished French author, J. P. Pauthier (“Chine,” Paris, 1839, pp. 20, 27), thus expresses himself: “Son histoire authentique qu’elle fait remonter avec ce charactère de certitude, jusqu’à la 61e année du règne de Hoang-ti, la première de leur premier cycle, 2637 ans avant notre ère.... Le cycle de 60 années dont les séries se suivent depuis la 61e année du règne de Hoang-ti, sans interruption et avec autant de régularité que les siècles dans les computs Européens.” And Saillant et Nyon (“Mémoires concernant l’histoire,” Vol. XIII. p. 76) add conclusively: “Depuis l’année courante (1769) jusqu’à la 2637e avant l’ère Chrétienne, qui répond exactement à la 61e du règne de Hoang-ti, on peut sans crainte de s’égarer, suivre un des plus beaux sentiers de l’histoire, pendant l’espace de 4406 ans.”

[1] Referring to the ancient history of the Chinese nation, the notable French author, J. P. Pauthier (“Chine,” Paris, 1839, pp. 20, 27), states: “Its authentic history can be traced back with certainty to the 61st year of Hoang-ti's reign, the first year of their first cycle, 2637 years before our era.... The 60-year cycle has continued unbroken and with regularity since the 61st year of Hoang-ti's reign, just like the centuries in European calendars.” Additionally, Saillant and Nyon (“Mémoires concernant l’histoire,” Vol. XIII. p. 76) conclude: “From the current year (1769) back to 2637BC, which exactly corresponds to the 61st year of Hoang-ti's reign, one can confidently follow one of the most remarkable paths of history for 4406 years.”

Incidentally, we may add that in his “History of Chaldea,” New York, 1866, pp. 195, 213, 364, Mr. Z. A. Ragozin says that that country can point to a monumentally recorded date nearly 4000 B.C.—more than Egypt can do—and he says, furthermore, “we cannot possibly accept a date later than 4000 B.C. for the foreign immigration, and, for the Shumiro-Accadian culture, less than 1000 years, thus taking us as far back as 5000 B.C. The date of 3750 B.C. is that of Naram-Sin, and 3800 B.C. is now generally accepted for Sargon of Agadê—perhaps the remotest authentic date yet arrived at in history. To such as are inclined to doubt the authenticity of these early dates, as well as the truthfulness of “the mensuration of divine periods,” and of “the observations of celestial bodies throughout the whole of time,” it will be interesting to note the following, taken from the Greek “Iamblichus” translation of Thomas Taylor, Chiswick, 1821, p. 318: “Proclus (in Tim., lib. iv. p. 277) informs us that the Chaldeans had observations of the stars which embraced whole mundane periods ... likewise confirmed by Cicero, who says (in his first book on Divination) that they had records of the stars for the space of 370,000 years, and by Diodorus Siculus (‘Bibl.,’ lib. xi. p. 118), who states that their observations comprehended the space of 473,000 years!”

Incidentally, we should mention that in his “History of Chaldea,” New York, 1866, pp. 195, 213, 364, Mr. Z. A. Ragozin states that this country can reference a monumentally recorded date nearly 4000 BCE—more than Egypt can—and he further explains, “we cannot possibly accept a date later than 4000 B.C. for foreign immigration, and for Shumiro-Accadian culture, less than 1000 years, which takes us back to around 5000 BCE The date of 3750 BCE refers to Naram-Sin, and 3800 BCE is now generally accepted for Sargon of Agadê—perhaps the earliest authentic date we've reached in history. For those who may doubt the authenticity of these early dates, as well as the validity of “the measurement of divine periods,” and of “the observations of celestial bodies throughout history,” it will be interesting to note the following, taken from the Greek “Iamblichus” translation by Thomas Taylor, Chiswick, 1821, p. 318: “Proclus (in Tim., lib. iv. p. 277) informs us that the Chaldeans had observations of the stars that covered entire worldly periods... which is also confirmed by Cicero, who states (in his first book on Divination) that they had records of the stars spanning 370,000 years, and by Diodorus Siculus (‘Bibl.,’ lib. xi. p. 118), who mentions that their observations included the span of 473,000 years!”

[2] “Le monument le plus ancien (de pierre sculptée) signalé par le King-che-so porte sur une façade cette scène d’histoire: ‘Tcheou-Choung, régent de l’empire pendant la minorité de son neveu Tching-Ouang (1110 av. J. C.) reçoit les envois du roi des Yue-tchang-che.... Les anciens auteurs Chinois rapportent que ces ambassadeurs offrirent à la cour de Chine des éléphants et des faisans blancs et que pour leur retour Tcheou-Koung leur fit présent de chars qui montraient le sud.’” (“L’art Chinois,” par M. Paléologue, Paris, 1888, pp. 132–134; J. P. Pauthier, “Chine,” p. 87.)

[2] “The oldest monument (of carved stone) mentioned by King-che-so depicts this historical scene: ‘Tcheou-Choung, regent of the empire during the minority of his nephew Tching-Ouang (1110 BC), receives gifts from the king of the Yue-tchang-che.... Ancient Chinese writers report that these ambassadors presented the Chinese court with elephants and white pheasants, and on their return, Tcheou-Koung gifted them chariots that depicted the south.’” (“L’art Chinois,” by M. Paléologue, Paris, 1888, pp. 132–134; J. P. Pauthier, “Chine,” p. 87.)

[3] While the Greeks steered by the Great Bear, which, if a more visible, was a far more uncertain guide, the Phœnicians had, at an early time, discovered a less conspicuous but more trustworthy guide in the polar star, which the Greeks call The Phœnician Star (“History of Antiquity,” Prof. Max Duncker, translated by Evelyn Abbott, London, 1882, Vol. II. p. 293).

[3] While the Greeks navigated by the Great Bear, which was a more obvious but much less reliable guide, the Phoenicians had, early on, found a less visible yet more dependable guide in the North Star, which the Greeks refer to as The Phoenician Star (“History of Antiquity,” Prof. Max Duncker, translated by Evelyn Abbott, London, 1882, Vol. II. p. 293).

[4] The Etruscans “inquired, under the direction of technical rules, into the hidden properties of nature, particularly those of the electric phenomena.” “History of the Romans,” by Chas. Merivale, New York, 1880, Vol. II. p. 395. (Cicero, “De Divin.,” i. 41–42; Diod. Sic., v. 40; Senec., “Nat. Qu.,” ii. 32; Micali, “l’Italie,” ii. 246 foll.).

[4] The Etruscans “explored, guided by technical principles, the hidden properties of nature, especially those related to electrical phenomena.” “History of the Romans,” by Chas. Merivale, New York, 1880, Vol. II. p. 395. (Cicero, “De Divin.,” i. 41–42; Diod. Sic., v. 40; Senec., “Nat. Qu.,” ii. 32; Micali, “l’Italie,” ii. 246 foll.).

[5] In this Chapter I of Book II Gilbert says that Aristotle admits only of two simple movements of his elements, from the centre and toward the centre ... so that in the earth there is but one motion of all its parts towards the centre of the world—a wild headlong falling. Johannes Franciscus Offusius (the author of “De divina astrorum facultate,” Paris, 1570), says he distinguishes several magnetic movements, the first to the centre, the second to the pole, traversing seventy-seven degrees, the third to iron, the fourth to a loadstone.

[5] In this Chapter I of Book II, Gilbert says that Aristotle recognizes only two simple movements of his elements: one moving toward the center and the other moving away from it. This means that all parts of the earth have just one motion, which is a rapid fall toward the center of the world. Johannes Franciscus Offusius (the author of “De divina astrorum facultate,” Paris, 1570) claims he identifies several magnetic movements: the first is directed toward the center, the second toward the pole, covering seventy-seven degrees, the third toward iron, and the fourth toward a lodestone.

[6] At p. 16, note No. 4, of his “Dawn of Civilization,” New York, 1894, Mr. G. Maspero says that the well-known French archæologist, Charles Théodule Deveria (1831–1871), was the first to prove that the Egyptians believed the sky to be made of iron or steel. This was done in his monograph entitled “Le fer et l’aimant, leur nom et leur usage dans l’ancienne Egypte,” published originally at Paris during 1872 in “Mélanges d’Archéologie,” Vol. I. pp. 2–10; also by M. Charas, in “l’antiquité Historique,” first edition, pp. 64–67, and at pp. 339–356, Vol. V. of the “Bibliothèque Egyptologique,” issued in Paris during 1897. So well established was the belief in a sky-ceiling of iron, says M. Charas, that it was preserved in common speech by means of the name given to the metal itself, viz. Bai-ni-pit (in the Coptic, Benipi, benipe)—metal of heaven. Reference is thereto made in “The Transactions of the Royal Society of Literature,” Vol. XIV. second series, p. 291, by Mr. J. Offord, Jr., who speaks of the splendid and exceedingly valuable papyrus in the Louvre “Catalogue des Manuscripts,” Paris, 1874, pp. 170–171 of M. Deveria, who frequently referred to it in the preparation of the monograph above alluded to upon Iron and the Loadstone in Ancient Egypt (“Zeitschrift für Ægyptische Sprache und Alterthumskunde”—Review founded by M. le Docteur H. Brugsch). Deveria says: “Cette matière céleste (dont parle Plutarque) devait être l’aimant, la substance d’Horus, la siderites des Romains, plutôt que le fer non-magnétique, substance typhonienne.... Ils disent aussi que la pierre d’aimant est un des os de Horus et le fer un des os de Typhon: c’est Manathon qui nous l’apprend.” For Deveria, see “La Grande Encyclopédie,” H. Lamirault et Cie., Paris, n. d., Vol. XIV. p. 375.

[6] On p. 16, note No. 4, of his “Dawn of Civilization,” New York, 1894, Mr. G. Maspero states that the well-known French archaeologist, Charles Théodule Deveria (1831–1871), was the first to demonstrate that the Egyptians believed the sky was made of iron or steel. This was detailed in his monograph titled “Le fer et l’aimant, leur nom et leur usage dans l’ancienne Egypte,” originally published in Paris in 1872 in “Mélanges d’Archéologie,” Vol. I, pp. 2–10; also by M. Charas in “l’antiquité Historique,” first edition, pp. 64–67, and on pp. 339–356, Vol. V. of the “Bibliothèque Egyptologique,” published in Paris in 1897. M. Charas notes that the belief in a sky made of iron was so well established that it was reflected in everyday speech through the name for the metal itself, namely Bai-ni-pit (in Coptic, Benipi, benipe)—metal of heaven. This is referenced in “The Transactions of the Royal Society of Literature,” Vol. XIV, second series, p. 291, by Mr. J. Offord, Jr., who remarks on the remarkable and valuable papyrus in the Louvre “Catalogue des Manuscripts,” Paris, 1874, pp. 170–171 of M. Deveria, who frequently consulted it while preparing the monograph mentioned above on Iron and the Loadstone in Ancient Egypt (“Zeitschrift für Ægyptische Sprache und Alterthumskunde”—Review founded by M. le Docteur H. Brugsch). Deveria states: “Cette matière céleste (dont parle Plutarque) devait être l’aimant, la substance d’Horus, la siderites des Romains, plutôt que le fer non-magnétique, substance typhonienne.... Ils disent aussi que la pierre d’aimant est un des os de Horus et le fer un des os de Typhon: c’est Manathon qui nous l’apprend.” For Deveria, see “La Grande Encyclopédie,” H. Lamirault et Cie., Paris, n. d., Vol. XIV, p. 375.

[7] The word calamita was first used by the Italians. It is employed by Petri de Vineis (Pierre des Vignes), Matthieu de Messine, the notary of Lentino, and by Guido Guinicelli of Bologna (Libri, “Hist. des Sc. Mathém.,” Vol. II. pp. 66–69). Consult likewise C. Falconet, “Dissert. Histor.,” Paris, 1746; “Le Journal des Sçavans” for July-December 1724, Vol. LXXV. pp. 22–28; W. Falconer, Vol. III. of the “Mem. of the Society of Manchester,” also “Bibl. Britan.,” 1798, Vol. VIII. p. 281.

[7] The term calamita was first used by the Italians. It has been referenced by Petri de Vineis (Pierre des Vignes), Matthieu de Messine, the notary of Lentino, and by Guido Guinicelli of Bologna (Libri, “Hist. des Sc. Mathém.,” Vol. II. pp. 66–69). Also check C. Falconet, “Dissert. Histor.,” Paris, 1746; “Le Journal des Sçavans” for July-December 1724, Vol. LXXV. pp. 22–28; W. Falconer, Vol. III. of the “Mem. of the Society of Manchester,” and “Bibl. Britan.,” 1798, Vol. VIII. p. 281.

In the “Essai d’un Glossaire Occitanien” (“Le Journal des Savants” for June 1820, pp. 369–370) it is said about M. de Rochegude that he discovered in “La Vie de St. Honorat de Lérins,” written by Raimont Féraut in 1300, the words caramida, caramita, which he interprets as calamite, aimant, boussole, and that he also read in the “Bergeries” of Remy Belleau (1528–1577) the words calamite ou aiguille aimantée. He found that Joachim du Bellay (1524–1560) had written “Comme le fer qui suit la calamite,” and Nicholas Rapin (1540–1608) “Tourne ma calamite,” but, after examining all the ancient works obtainable, he concluded that the poem of Raimont Féraut, admitted by him to have been translated from an old Latin MS., is the earliest publication containing the word adopted by many to designate the compass. The poem alluded to is the only one extant of Raimont Féraut—Raymond Féraudi de Thoard—a troubadour, long at the court of Charles II of Naples, who died about A.D. 1324 (“Biogr. Génér.”—Hœfer—Vol. XVII. p. 354).

In the “Essai d’un Glossaire Occitanien” (“Le Journal des Savants” for June 1820, pp. 369–370), it is stated that M. de Rochegude discovered the words caramida and caramita in “La Vie de St. Honorat de Lérins,” written by Raimont Féraut in 1300, interpreting them as calamite, aimant, boussole. He also found the phrase calamite ou aiguille aimantée in the “Bergeries” by Remy Belleau (1528–1577). He noted that Joachim du Bellay (1524–1560) wrote “Comme le fer qui suit la calamite,” and Nicholas Rapin (1540–1608) wrote “Tourne ma calamite.” However, after reviewing all available ancient works, he concluded that the poem by Raimont Féraut, which he acknowledged had been translated from an old Latin manuscript, is the earliest publication containing the term adopted by many to refer to the compass. This poem is the only one still existing by Raimont Féraut—Raymond Féraudi de Thoard—a troubadour who spent a long time at the court of Charles II of Naples, who died around CE 1324 (“Biogr. Génér.”—Hœfer—Vol. XVII. p. 354).

[8] “If an adamant be set by iron, it suffereth not the iron to come to the magnet, but it draweth it by a manner of violence, from the magnet, so that though the magnet draweth iron to itself, the adamant draweth it away from the magnet” (Mediæval Lore, “Gleanings from Barthol. de Glanvilla,” by Robert Steele, London, 1893, Chap. IX. p. 32). The great “Liber de Proprietatibus Rerum,” which has been elsewhere cited in this compilation, was undoubtedly written by Glanvilla (who, according to Salimbene, author of the “Chronicles of Parma,” had been a professor of theology in the Paris University) before the year 1260, for, as Steele remarks, he cites Albertus Magnus, who was in Paris during 1248, but does not quote from either Vincent de Beauvais, Thomas Aquinas, Roger Bacon or Egidius Colonna, all of whom were in Paris during the second half of the thirteenth century.

[8] “If a lodestone is placed next to iron, it prevents the iron from reaching the magnet, instead pulling it away forcefully from the magnet, so even though the magnet attracts iron to itself, the lodestone pulls it away from the magnet” (Mediæval Lore, “Gleanings from Barthol. de Glanvilla,” by Robert Steele, London, 1893, Chap. IX. p. 32). The significant “Liber de Proprietatibus Rerum,” mentioned elsewhere in this compilation, was certainly written by Glanvilla (who, according to Salimbene, author of the “Chronicles of Parma,” was a theology professor at the University of Paris) before the year 1260, because, as Steele points out, he references Albertus Magnus, who was in Paris in 1248, but does not cite Vincent de Beauvais, Thomas Aquinas, Roger Bacon, or Egidius Colonna, all of whom were in Paris during the latter half of the thirteenth century.

[9] It is scarcely necessary to add that the afore-named method of suspension is impracticable. This curious problem was deemed worthy of a memoir by M. J. Plateau, communicated to the “Académie des Sciences” at its séance of November 28, 1864 (“Le Moniteur Scientifique,” par le Dr. Quesneville, Vol. VI. p. 1146).

[9] It’s hardly necessary to say that the previously mentioned method of suspension just doesn't work. This interesting problem was considered important enough for a paper by M. J. Plateau, presented to the "Académie des Sciences" at its séance on November 28, 1864 (“Le Moniteur Scientifique,” by Dr. Quesneville, Vol. VI. p. 1146).

[10] The “Historiæ Hierosolimitanæ” relates all that passed in the kingdom of Jerusalem from 1177 to the siege of Ptolemais inclusively (“History of the Crusades,” Joseph François Michaud, translated by W. Robson, Vol. I. p. 456).

[10] The “Historiæ Hierosolimitanæ” recounts everything that happened in the kingdom of Jerusalem from 1177 to the siege of Ptolemais, including both events (“History of the Crusades,” Joseph François Michaud, translated by W. Robson, Vol. I. p. 456).

[11] The Astrolabe.—For descriptions of astrolabes used by the Arabs, see pp. 338–357 of “Matériaux ... Sciences Mathém.,” by L. A. Sedillot, Paris, 1845, and for plates showing the construction of the compass and other nautical instruments of his time, consult Crescentio (Bartolomeo), “Nautica Mediterranea,” Rome, 1602.

[11] The Astrolabe.—For descriptions of astrolabes used by the Arabs, see pp. 338–357 of “Matériaux ... Sciences Mathém.,” by L. A. Sedillot, Paris, 1845, and for images showing the design of the compass and other nautical tools from that era, check out Crescentio (Bartolomeo), “Nautica Mediterranea,” Rome, 1602.

The invention of the astrolabe is ascribed to Hipparchus, and Chaucer’s description in 1391 is the first book treating of it in time and importance. In Chaucer’s “Treatise on the Astrolabe,” he declares his intention of making use of the calendars of the reverend clerks John Somer and Nicholas of Lynne. His reference here is to the Minorite astronomer John Somer—Semur—Somerarius—and to the Carmelite Nicholas, who was lecturer in theology at Oxford (“Dict. of Nat. Biog.,” Vol. LIII. p. 219).

The invention of the astrolabe is credited to Hipparchus, and Chaucer’s description in 1391 is the first significant book on the topic. In Chaucer’s “Treatise on the Astrolabe,” he mentions his plan to use the calendars created by the respected clerks John Somer and Nicholas of Lynne. He is referring to the Minorite astronomer John Somer—Semur—Somerarius—and to the Carmelite Nicholas, who taught theology at Oxford (“Dict. of Nat. Biog.,” Vol. LIII. p. 219).

See the illustrated description of an astrolabe by S. A. Ionides, in “Geog. Journ.” for Oct. 1904, pp. 411–417, accompanying references to other works treating of astrolabes; “Le Courrier du Livre,” Quebec, 1899, Vol. III. p. 159, alluding to three works on the astrolabe of Samuel Champlin and Geoffrey Chaucer; “Canada,” by J. G. Bourinot, London, 1897, p. 79, with cut of Champlin’s lost astrolabe made in Paris during 1603; also the entry for Nicholas Bion to be found herein at A.D. 1702.

See the illustrated description of an astrolabe by S. A. Ionides in “Geog. Journ.” for October 1904, pages 411–417, along with references to other works about astrolabes; “Le Courrier du Livre,” Quebec, 1899, Vol. III, p. 159, mentioning three works on the astrolabe of Samuel Champlin and Geoffrey Chaucer; “Canada,” by J. G. Bourinot, London, 1897, p. 79, featuring a depiction of Champlin’s lost astrolabe made in Paris in 1603; also the entry for Nicholas Bion can be found here at C.E. 1702.

[12] Vincent de Beauvais desired to facilitate the pursuit of learning by collecting into one large work everything useful to be known in art, history, natural science and philosophy, “so that the great edifice of science should be once more presented with all its halls and porticos forming one harmonious whole, domed over, if we may so express ourselves, with theology and surmounted by the Cross” (“Eccl. History,” Rohrbacher, Vol. XVIII. p. 444, quoted at pp. 86 and 89 of “Christian Schools and Scholars,” London, 1867). His “Speculum Majus,” of which the most trustworthy edition was that published at Strasbourg in ten large folio volumes during 1473, consisted of three parts: “Speculum Naturale,” 32 books and 3718 chapters; “Speculum Doctrinale,” 17 books and 2374 chapters; “Speculum Historiale,” 31 books and 3793 chapters, a total of 80 books and 9885 chapters (“Encycl. Britan.,” ninth ed., Vol. XXIV. p. 235; “Paris et ses historiens,” Paris, 1867, p. 100, note, indicating that, according to Fabricius, the “Speculum Naturale” mentions as many as 350 different names of Arabian, Greek and Latin authors). The influence of the mediæval encyclopædias of Vincent de Beauvais, Brunetto Latini and Bartholomew Anglicus on Western Literature of the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries is presented in Liliencron’s “Festrede,” München, 1876 (J. E. Sandys, “Classical Scholarship,” 1903, p. 558).

[12] Vincent de Beauvais wanted to make learning easier by gathering everything useful to know about art, history, natural science, and philosophy into one comprehensive work. He aimed to present the vast structure of science, so it would once again showcase all its halls and features as a cohesive whole, “crowned,” as we might say, with theology and topped by the Cross” (“Eccl. History,” Rohrbacher, Vol. XVIII. p. 444, quoted at pp. 86 and 89 of “Christian Schools and Scholars,” London, 1867). His “Speculum Majus,” with the most reliable edition published in Strasbourg in ten large folio volumes in 1473, was divided into three parts: “Speculum Naturale,” containing 32 books and 3,718 chapters; “Speculum Doctrinale,” with 17 books and 2,374 chapters; and “Speculum Historiale,” which had 31 books and 3,793 chapters, making a total of 80 books and 9,885 chapters (“Encycl. Britan.,” ninth ed., Vol. XXIV. p. 235; “Paris et ses historiens,” Paris, 1867, p. 100, note, indicating that, according to Fabricius, the “Speculum Naturale” refers to as many as 350 distinct names of Arabian, Greek, and Latin authors). The impact of the medieval encyclopedias by Vincent de Beauvais, Brunetto Latini, and Bartholomew Anglicus on Western literature during the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries is discussed in Liliencron’s “Festrede,” München, 1876 (J. E. Sandys, “Classical Scholarship,” 1903, p. 558).

[13] In his “De Mineralibus” (Lyons ed. 1651, Treat. III. lib. ii. cap. 6, p. 243), Albertus says: “One angle ... is to the zohron (north) ... but another angle of the magnet opposite to it attracts to the aphron (south).” Cardan (“De Subtilitate,” Lugduni, 1663); Salmanazar (Book II. “of the Egyptian Hermitus, 19 stars, and 15 stones, and 15 herbs, and 15 figures”: “on one side the magnet attracts iron, on the other side repels it); Pietro d’ Abano (“Conciliator Differentiarum,” Mantuæ, 1472, Diff. 51, p. 104, or the 1520 Venice edition, p. 73: “know that a magnet is discovered which attracts iron on one side and repels it on the other”).

[13] In his “De Mineralibus” (Lyons ed. 1651, Treat. III. lib. ii. cap. 6, p. 243), Albertus says: “One angle ... points to the zohron (north) ... while the opposite angle of the magnet attracts to the aphron (south).” Cardan (“De Subtilitate,” Lugduni, 1663); Salmanazar (Book II. “of the Egyptian Hermitus, 19 stars, and 15 stones, and 15 herbs, and 15 figures”: “on one side the magnet attracts iron, and on the other side, it repels it); Pietro d’ Abano (“Conciliator Differentiarum,” Mantuæ, 1472, Diff. 51, p. 104, or the 1520 Venice edition, p. 73: “know that there is a magnet that attracts iron on one side and repels it on the other”).

[14] Albertus was the first schoolman who lectured on the Stagirite, and who in his unbounded range of knowledge comprehends the whole metaphysical, moral, physical, as well as logical system of Aristotle (“History of Latin Christianity,” by the Rev. H. H. Milman, London, 1857, Vol. VI. pp. 270, 277). The first knowledge of the Aristotelian philosophy in the Middle Ages was acquired by translators of Aristotle’s works out of the Arabic. The Arabian commentators were considered the most skilful and authentic guides in the study of his system (“Hist. of the Reign of Charles V,” Robertson and Prescott, Philad., 1883, Vol. I. p. 308; Conring, “Antiq. Acad.,” Diss. III. p. 95, Supplem. p. 241; Murat, “Antiq. Ital.,” Vol. III. p. 392; “Aristotle and the Arabs,” at pp. 257–268 of “Classical Studies in Honour of Hy. Drissler,” New York, 1894; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1860, Vol. II. pp. 215–216).

[14] Albertus was the first scholar to teach about Aristotle, and he had such a vast range of knowledge that he covered Aristotle's entire metaphysical, moral, physical, and logical system (“History of Latin Christianity,” by the Rev. H. H. Milman, London, 1857, Vol. VI. pp. 270, 277). The first exposure to Aristotelian philosophy in the Middle Ages came from translators who translated his works from Arabic. The Arab commentators were seen as the most skillful and reliable guides for studying his system (“Hist. of the Reign of Charles V,” Robertson and Prescott, Philad., 1883, Vol. I. p. 308; Conring, “Antiq. Acad.,” Diss. III. p. 95, Supplem. p. 241; Murat, “Antiq. Ital.,” Vol. III. p. 392; “Aristotle and the Arabs,” at pp. 257–268 of “Classical Studies in Honour of Hy. Drissler,” New York, 1894; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1860, Vol. II. pp. 215–216).

[15] See “Omar Khayyám and his position in the History of Sufism,” to be found at end of the singularly attractive volume entitled “Sufi Interpretations ...” by C. H. A. Bjerregaard, New York, 1902. For an account of Omar Khayyám—Kheyyám (died in 1123), who was a very distinguished Persian philosopher, mathematician, poet and astronomer, also Director of the Bagdad Observatory, consult the ninth ed. of the “Encycl. Britann.,” Vol. XVII. pp. 771–772; “La Grande Encycl.,” Vol. XXV. pp. 372–373; “The Universal Cyclopædia,” Chas. Kendall Adams, New York, 1900, Vol. VIII. p. 588.

[15] See “Omar Khayyám and his position in the History of Sufism,” located at the end of the uniquely appealing book titled “Sufi Interpretations ...” by C. H. A. Bjerregaard, New York, 1902. For information on Omar Khayyám—Kheyyám (who died in 1123), a prominent Persian philosopher, mathematician, poet, and astronomer, as well as the Director of the Bagdad Observatory, refer to the ninth edition of the “Encycl. Britann.,” Vol. XVII. pp. 771–772; “La Grande Encycl.,” Vol. XXV. pp. 372–373; “The Universal Cyclopædia,” Chas. Kendall Adams, New York, 1900, Vol. VIII. p. 588.

[16] Identified by some authors as John Peckham, a disciple of St. Bonaventura, who became Archbishop of Canterbury from 1278 to 1293 (“Christian Schools and Scholars,” by Augusta Th. Drane, London, 1867, Vol. II. p. 172).

[16] Some authors identify him as John Peckham, a student of St. Bonaventura, who served as Archbishop of Canterbury from 1278 to 1293 (“Christian Schools and Scholars,” by Augusta Th. Drane, London, 1867, Vol. II. p. 172).

[17] To Peregrinus is due the first inception of the terrella. He makes the magnet round, and says, “You must know that this stone bears in itself a likeness of the heavens and contains two points, one North and the other South, thus resembling the poles of the sky....” In his Memoria Prima, “Sopra P. P. de Maricourt,” 1868, P. D. Timoteo Bertelli Barnabita states (Chap. VI. p. 22) that, besides the terrella, Gilbert appropriated other observations and experiments of Peregrinus, and, farther on (Chap. VII. p. 28), he gives us the following extract from Thévenot: “L’on voit encore que la pluspart des choses que l’on attribue à Gilbert et qui luy ont donné la réputation de Père de la Philosophie de l’Ayman estaient scües dès le treizième siècle.” This, says he (in a note, pp. 28–29), is doubtless an exaggeration. That Gilbert took from P. Peregrinus his terrella and many excellent scientific plans on magnetism, the ideas of others also, is probable, but it is indubitable that much was his own, and that, for his time, his work is a veritable chef-d’œuvre of inductive and experimental method and the most finished treatise on magnetism which had up to that time appeared.

[17] Peregrinus is credited with the first concept of the terrella. He describes the magnet as round and states, “You should know that this stone has a resemblance to the heavens and contains two points, one for the North and the other for the South, thus mirroring the poles of the sky....” In his Memoria Prima, “Sopra P. P. de Maricourt,” 1868, P. D. Timoteo Bertelli Barnabita mentions (Chap. VI. p. 22) that, aside from the terrella, Gilbert adopted other observations and experiments from Peregrinus. Later on (Chap. VII. p. 28), he provides the following quote from Thévenot: “L’on voit encore que la pluspart des choses que l’on attribue à Gilbert et qui luy ont donné la réputation de Père de la Philosophie de l’Ayman estaient scües dès le treizième siècle.” He notes (in a footnote, pp. 28–29) that this is likely an exaggeration. It is probable that Gilbert borrowed his terrella and many valuable scientific ideas on magnetism from P. Peregrinus, but it is undeniable that much of the work was his own, and that, at his time, his work is a veritable chef-d’œuvre of inductive and experimental method and the most comprehensive treatise on magnetism that had appeared up to that point.

In this connection, Bertelli adds (Part III. p. 92): “We must conclude that historical truth was undoubtedly distorted when, for so long a period, it was asserted and repeated, without any sufficient mature investigation, that the famous William Gilbert of Colchester was the real and sole founder of magnetism and of the inductive method in experimental science. We certainly must not deny him the no small merit which is his due, nor the share he had in the discoveries at the commencement of the seventeenth century, but we must, likewise, confess that the copious collection of facts which he gives us, and the experimental and discursive method with which he presents them is neither altogether his own nor is it new” (see W. Wenkebach, “Sur Petrus Adsigerius,” Rome, 1865, p. 8; “Universal Lexicon,” Leipzig, 1741; N. Cabæus, “Phil. Magn.,” Ferrara, 1629, p. 23).

In this context, Bertelli adds (Part III. p. 92): “We must conclude that historical truth was definitely distorted when, for such a long time, it was claimed and repeated, without any thorough investigation, that the famous William Gilbert of Colchester was the true and only founder of magnetism and the inductive method in experimental science. We certainly shouldn't deny him the significant merit he deserves, nor the role he played in the discoveries at the beginning of the seventeenth century, but we must also acknowledge that the extensive collection of facts he provides, and the experimental and discursive method with which he presents them, is neither entirely his own nor is it new” (see W. Wenkebach, “Sur Petrus Adsigerius,” Rome, 1865, p. 8; “Universal Lexicon,” Leipzig, 1741; N. Cabæus, “Phil. Magn.,” Ferrara, 1629, p. 23).

[18] In this same sense does Ristoro d’Arezzo write in his “La Compositione del Mondo ... del 1282,” transcribed by Enrico Narducci, Roma, 1859, pp. 172, 316, xi, xii. Ristoro calls the needle angola (lib. xxxix. p. 326,), which, says he, guides the mariner and which is itself directed (per la virtu del cielo) by the star called tramontane (pp. 110, 263–4, 326); see “Pietro Peregrino,” Bertelli, 1858, pp. 55, 130.

[18] In the same way, Ristoro d’Arezzo writes in his "La Compositione del Mondo ... del 1282," transcribed by Enrico Narducci, Roma, 1859, pp. 172, 316, xi, xii. Ristoro refers to the needle as angola (lib. xxxix. p. 326), which, he says, guides the mariner and is itself directed (per la virtu del cielo) by the star known as tramontane (pp. 110, 263–4, 326); see “Pietro Peregrino,” Bertelli, 1858, pp. 55, 130.

[19] Dr. Geo. Miller names (“Hist. Phil. Ill.,” London, 1849, Vol. I. p. 180, note) Guyot de Provins, Jacques de Vitry and Brunetto Latini, as referring to the compass. He adds that the Chronicle of France intimates the use of this instrument under the name of marinette towards the time of the first of the voyages of the Crusaders undertaken by Louis IX, and that Hughes de Bercy, a contemporary of that prince, speaks of it as well known in that country. For these reasons, says he, “the credit of the invention must be denied to Flavio de Melfi, or Flavio Gioia, a Neapolitan, who is commonly said to have constructed the first compass about the year 1302, on account of which the province of Principato, in which he was born, bears one of these instruments for its arms.

[19] Dr. Geo. Miller mentions (“Hist. Phil. Ill.,” London, 1849, Vol. I. p. 180, note) Guyot de Provins, Jacques de Vitry, and Brunetto Latini as referring to the compass. He notes that the Chronicle of France suggests the use of this instrument under the name of marinette around the time of the first Crusade led by Louis IX, and that Hughes de Bercy, a contemporary of that king, describes it as well-known in that country. For these reasons, he states, “the credit for the invention must be denied to Flavio de Melfi, or Flavio Gioia, a Neapolitan, who is commonly believed to have created the first compass around the year 1302, which is why the province of Principato, where he was born, features one of these instruments in its coat of arms.”

[20] It is interesting to note that the “Confessio Amantis,” which went through as many as four editions before the year 1560, is a huge work of nearly thirty-five thousand lines which was written at the desire of King Richard II of England between the years 1377 and 1393.

[20] It's worth mentioning that the "Confessio Amantis," which had up to four editions published before 1560, is a massive work of nearly thirty-five thousand lines that was created at the request of King Richard II of England between 1377 and 1393.

[21] Les Roses des Vents n’apparaissent pas sur les cartes avant le xvie siècle (“Annales de Géographie,” VI. 1897, p. 14 de la Bibliographie). See A.D. 1436 entry.

[21] The Wind Roses do not appear on maps before the 16th century (“Annales de Géographie,” VI. 1897, p. 14 of the Bibliography). See CE 1436 entry.

[22] Incidentally, it may be mentioned that when the laws of Castile were collected in a Code, during the reign of Alfonso the tenth, surnamed El Sabio, the learned, the compilers divided the work into seven volumes or parts (siete partidas) in order that each volume or part might be dedicated to one of the seven letters constituting Alfonso’s name (“Dedication of Books,” New York, 1881, pp. 17–18).

[22] By the way, it’s worth noting that when the laws of Castile were compiled into a Code during the reign of Alfonso the Tenth, nicknamed El Sabio, the scholars divided the work into seven volumes or parts (siete partidas) so that each volume could be dedicated to one of the seven letters in Alfonso’s name (“Dedication of Books,” New York, 1881, pp. 17–18).

[23] See “Geographical Journal,” Vol. V. March 1895, No. 3, “Pre-Columbian Discovery of America,” pp. 222, 224, 226, for sketches of Andrea Bianco’s Map of 1448.

[23] See “Geographical Journal,” Vol. V. March 1895, No. 3, “Pre-Columbian Discovery of America,” pp. 222, 224, 226, for sketches of Andrea Bianco’s Map of 1448.

[24] In Kohl’s collection of early maps already alluded to as given in “Harv. Univ. Bull.,” Vol. III, reference is made (p. 175) to the portolano—A.D. 1426—of a Venetian hydrographer, Giacomo Giraldi, which has been preserved in the Biblioteca Marciana and which was reproduced at Venice by Ongania in 1881, also (p. 303) to the Map of America published during 1570 by Abraham Oertel—Ortell—b. 1527, d. 1598, and at p. 365 to the Map of the World by Joannes Oliva, A.D. 1613, as well as to an Atlas by Salvatore Oliva, A.D. 1620, showing both the Americas. In an article headed “The first true Maps,” to be found in “Nature” of December 15, 1904, pp. 159–161, mention is made that the oldest dated portolan is the first of Pietro Vesconte—Visconti—executed in 1311.

[24] In Kohl’s collection of early maps previously referenced in “Harv. Univ. Bull.,” Vol. III, there is a mention (p. 175) of the portolano—CE 1426—created by the Venetian hydrographer Giacomo Giraldi, which is preserved in the Biblioteca Marciana and was reproduced in Venice by Ongania in 1881. It also refers (p. 303) to the Map of America published in 1570 by Abraham Oertel—Ortell—b. 1527, d. 1598, and on p. 365 to the Map of the World by Joannes Oliva, A.D. 1613, along with an Atlas by Salvatore Oliva, CE 1620, which shows both Americas. An article titled “The first true Maps,” found in “Nature” on December 15, 1904, pp. 159–161, notes that the oldest dated portolan is the first by Pietro Vesconte—Visconti—created in 1311.

[25] For Nautonniez, see Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. I. part ii. p. 1193, also J-G. T. Græsse, “Trésor de Livres Rares,” Dresde, 1863, Vol. IV. p. 651, and Brunet, “Manuel,” p. 827, at which latter appears the statement of M. Frère to the effect that Guillaume de Nautonnier—Nautonniez—caused to be reprinted, under the above-named title of “Mécométrie de l’Eymant,” the “Dialogue de la Longitude” of Toussaincte de Bessard originally published at Rouen in 1574.

[25] For Nautonniez, see Houzeau et Lancaster, “Bibl. Gén.,” Vol. I. part ii. p. 1193, also J-G. T. Græsse, “Trésor de Livres Rares,” Dresden, 1863, Vol. IV. p. 651, and Brunet, “Manuel,” p. 827, where M. Frère notes that Guillaume de Nautonnier—Nautonniez—had the “Dialogue de la Longitude” by Toussaincte de Bessard, originally published in Rouen in 1574, reprinted under the title “Mécométrie de l’Eymant.”

For the reported investigation of Pedro da Medina, who, Gilbert says, (“De Magnete,” Book IV. chap. viii.) does not accept variation and has with many errors disgraced the art of navigation, consult, preferably, the Venetia 1555 edition entitled “L’Arte del navegar,” Libro sesto, “Della Aguggia, over bossolo da navegar,” pp. cviii-cxvi. The leaf xxiii contains a Map of America. This last-named map of the Nuevo Mundo “may be taken to represent the results of Spanish discovery about 1540, Pedro da Medina having been the official examiner of pilots. It is interesting as showing the mouth of the Spirito Santo (the Mississippi) and the lands around the river and gulf of St. Lawrence. The Island of Cape Breton appears as part of Nova Scotia and of the mainland; but Newfoundland is represented as three islands, divided from Northern Canada by a much wider expanse of water than the actual Straits of Belle Isle. This is, however, a striking instance of the great extent of Medina’s geographical knowledge. The river Saguenay is shown at its entry into the St. Lawrence, which is also a remarkable feature in so early a map.”

For the investigation reported about Pedro da Medina, who, according to Gilbert (“De Magnete,” Book IV, chap. viii), does not accept variation and has made many errors that have harmed the art of navigation, it's best to consult the 1555 Venetian edition titled “L’Arte del navegar,” Libro sesto, “Della Aguggia, over bossolo da navegar,” pp. cviii-cxvi. Leaf xxiii includes a Map of America. This map of the New World “can be seen as representing the findings of Spanish exploration around 1540, with Pedro da Medina serving as the official examiner of pilots. It’s notable for depicting the mouth of the Spirito Santo (the Mississippi) and the areas surrounding the river and the Gulf of St. Lawrence. Cape Breton Island is shown as part of Nova Scotia and the mainland; however, Newfoundland is represented as three islands, separated from Northern Canada by a much wider stretch of water than the actual Straits of Belle Isle. This is a striking example of the extensive geographical knowledge Medina possessed. The Saguenay River is marked at its juncture with the St. Lawrence, which is also a remarkable detail in such an early map.”

[26] Behaim’s justly famous globe was made up from the authorities of Ptolemy, Pliny and Strabo, as well as from the reports of Marco Polo’s travels and the semi-fabulous travels of Sir John Mandeville (“English Cyclopædia,” Vol. I. p. 617).

[26] Behaim’s well-known globe was created based on the works of Ptolemy, Pliny, and Strabo, along with the accounts of Marco Polo’s journeys and the somewhat legendary travels of Sir John Mandeville (“English Cyclopædia,” Vol. I. p. 617).

[27] Aguilhas, in Portuguese, signifies needles: Walker, “Magnetism of Ships,” 1853, p. 2; Sir Thomas Browne, “Pseud. Epidem.,” Book II. p. 70.

[27] Aguilhas, in Portuguese, means needles: Walker, “Magnetism of Ships,” 1853, p. 2; Sir Thomas Browne, “Pseud. Epidem.,” Book II. p. 70.

[28] It is in the “Epistle Dedicatorie” to this work that Barlowe is shown to have been the first to make use of the word magnetisme.

[28] In the "Dedication" of this work, it's clear that Barlowe was the first to use the word magnetism.

[29] “Imperial Dict. of Universal Biography,” Vol. II. p. 626.

[29] “Imperial Dict. of Universal Biography,” Vol. II. p. 626.

[30] The earth itself is a magnet according to Gilbert, who considered that the inflections of the lines of equal declination and inclination depend upon the distribution of mass, the configuration of continents, or the form and extent of the deep, intervening ocean basins. It is difficult to connect the periodic variations which characterize the three principal forms of magnetic phenomena (the isoclinic, the isogonic and the isodynamic lines) with this rigid system of the distribution of force and mass, unless we represent to ourselves the attractive force of the material particles modified by similar periodic changes of temperature in the interior of the terrestrial planet.... Of these lines, the isogonic are the most important in their immediate application to navigation, whilst we find from the most recent views that the isodynamic, especially those which indicate the horizontal force, are the most valuable elements in the theory of terrestrial magnetism (Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1859–1860, Vol. I. pp. 180–181, 185; Vol. II. p. 334, wherein references are made to Gauss, “Resultate der Beob. des Magn. Vereins,” 1838, s. 21; Sabine, “Report on the Variations of the Magnetic Intensity,” p. 63).

[30] The Earth itself is like a magnet, according to Gilbert, who believed that the changes in the lines of equal declination and inclination are influenced by the distribution of mass, the shape of continents, and the size and depth of the ocean basins in between. It's challenging to connect the periodic variations that define the three main types of magnetic phenomena (the isoclinic, isogonic, and isodynamic lines) to this strict system of force and mass distribution, unless we imagine the attractive force of material particles altered by similar periodic temperature changes inside the Earth.... Among these lines, the isogonic ones are the most important for navigation, while recent views suggest that the isodynamic lines, especially those that show horizontal force, are the most valuable components in the theory of terrestrial magnetism (Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1859–1860, Vol. I. pp. 180–181, 185; Vol. II. p. 334, referencing Gauss, “Resultate der Beob. des Magn. Vereins,” 1838, s. 21; Sabine, “Report on the Variations of the Magnetic Intensity,” p. 63).

[31] The reader is referred to Appendix I herein for “Accounts of early writers and others alluded to in Gilbert’s ‘De Magnete,’ not already disposed of throughout this Bibliographical History.” Gilbert says that only a few points touching the loadstone are briefly mentioned by Marbodeus Gallus, Albertus, Mattæus Silvaticus, Hermolaus Barbarus, Camillus Leonhardus, Cornelius Agrippa, Fallopius, Joannes Langius, Cardinal de Cusa, Hannibal Rosetius Calaber, all of whom repeat only the figments of others.

[31] For information on “Accounts of early writers and others mentioned in Gilbert’s ‘De Magnete,’ not already covered in this Bibliographical History,” please see Appendix I. Gilbert states that only a few points about the lodestone are briefly discussed by Marbodeus Gallus, Albertus, Mattæus Silvaticus, Hermolaus Barbarus, Camillus Leonhardus, Cornelius Agrippa, Fallopius, Joannes Langius, Cardinal de Cusa, and Hannibal Rosetius Calaber, all of whom merely repeat the ideas of others.

[32] Sir Kenelm Digby (“Treatise of the Nature of Bodies,” 1645, Chap. XX. p. 225) says that the manner in which Gilbert “arrived to discover so much of magnetical philosophy” and “all the knowledge he got on the subject, was by forming a little loadstone into the shape of the earth. By which means he composed a wonderful designe, which was to make the whole globe of the earth maniable; for he found the properties of the whole earth in that little body ... which he could manage and try experiments upon at his will....” In the note at p. 47 (P. Peregrinus, A.D. 1269), it will be seen that the terrella was constructed by both in practically the same manner: only Peregrinus considered it “a likeness to the heavens,” whilst Gilbert regarded it as the earth itself.

[32] Sir Kenelm Digby (“Treatise of the Nature of Bodies,” 1645, Chap. XX. p. 225) states that the way Gilbert “managed to uncover so much about magnetic philosophy” and “all the knowledge he gained on the topic was by shaping a small loadstone into the form of the earth. This allowed him to create a remarkable design aimed at making a complete model of the earth movable; for he discovered the properties of the entire earth within that small object ... which he could control and experiment with at his convenience....” In the note on p. 47 (P. Peregrinus, CE 1269), it can be seen that the terrella was built by both in almost the same way: only Peregrinus viewed it as “a representation of the heavens,” while Gilbert saw it as the earth itself.

[33] The magnetized versorium consisted of a piece of iron, or needle, resting upon a point, or pin, and was put in motion, excited, by the loadstone or natural magnet. The non-magnetized versorium was made of any sort of metal, for use in electrical experiments (“De Magnete,” Book II. chap. ii.; Book III. chap. i.).

[33] The magnetized versorium was a piece of iron, or a needle, balanced on a point or pin, and it was set in motion by the loadstone or natural magnet. The non-magnetized versorium could be made from any type of metal and was used in electrical experiments (“De Magnete,” Book II. chap. ii.; Book III. chap. i.).

[34] Asterisks. As Gilbert remarks in his Author’s Preface, he has set over against “the great multitude” of his discoveries and experiments larger and smaller asterisks according to their importance and their subtility; all of his experiments having been, says he, “investigated and again and again done and repeated under our eyes.” There are, in all, 178 small and 21 large asterisks, some of them being attached to illustrations, of which latter there are as many as 84 throughout the work. See Appendix II herein.

[34] Asterisks. As Gilbert mentions in his Author’s Preface, he has placed asterisks of varying sizes next to "the great multitude" of his discoveries and experiments based on their significance and subtleties; he states that all of his experiments have been “examined and done repeatedly right before our eyes.” In total, there are 178 small asterisks and 21 large ones, some linked to illustrations, of which there are as many as 84 throughout the work. See Appendix II herein.

[35] Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1849, Vol. I. p. 170, and Vol. II. pp. 717–718.

[35] Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1849, Vol. I. p. 170, and Vol. II. pp. 717–718.

[36] Sir Wm. Thomson, “Good Words,” 1879, p. 445.

[36] Sir Wm. Thomson, “Good Words,” 1879, p. 445.

We have already indicated several modes of construction, notably at A.D. 1282 (Baïlak of Kibdjak), at A.D. 1558 (G. B. Porta), as well as at A.D. 1597 (Wm. Barlowe), and it is interesting to observe how all these vary, more particularly from the types described by Levinus Lemnius in the “De Occulta Naturæ Miracula,” mentioned at B.C. 1033, and by Martinus Lipenius in his “Navigatio Salomonis Ophiritica” noted at A.D. 1250.

We have already pointed out several construction methods, particularly in CE 1282 (Baïlak of Kibdjak), in CE 1558 (G. B. Porta), and again in CE 1597 (Wm. Barlowe). It's interesting to see how all these differ, especially from the types described by Levinus Lemnius in “De Occulta Naturæ Miracula,” which is noted at BCE 1033, and by Martinus Lipenius in his “Navigatio Salomonis Ophiritica,” referenced at CE 1250.

[37] “Cosmos,” 1860, Vol. II. p. 341, or prior edition, 1849, Vol. II. p. 726.

[37] “Cosmos,” 1860, Vol. II. p. 341, or earlier edition, 1849, Vol. II. p. 726.

[38] “Good Words,” 1879, with a facsimile of the title-page at p. 383.

[38] “Good Words,” 1879, with a facsimile of the title page on p. 383.

[39] According to Dr. John Davy, this “De Mundo Nostro,” which is but little known, “is a very remarkable book, both in style and matter; and there is a vigour and energy of expression belonging to it very suitable to its originality. Possessed of a more minute and practical knowledge of natural philosophy than Bacon, his opposition to the philosophy of the schools was more searching and particular, and at the same time probably little less efficient” (“Memoirs of the Life of Sir Humphry Davy,” London, 1836, Vol. I. p. 311).

[39] According to Dr. John Davy, this “De Mundo Nostro,” which is not very well-known, “is a remarkable book, both in style and content; and it has a vigor and energy in its expression that perfectly matches its originality. With a more detailed and practical understanding of natural philosophy than Bacon, his critique of the philosophy of the schools was more thorough and specific, and likely just as effective” (“Memoirs of the Life of Sir Humphry Davy,” London, 1836, Vol. I. p. 311).

[40] Gilbert’s near kinsman, Rev. William Gilbert, of Brental Ely, in Suffolk.

[40] Gilbert’s close relative, Rev. William Gilbert, from Brental Ely, in Suffolk.

[41] At the first chapter of Books I., III. and IV.

[41] At the beginning of Chapters I of Books I, III, and IV.

[42] “Philosophia magnetica in qua magnetis natura penitus explicatur....” An important work on the loadstone, in which the author often confutes the published treatise of Dr. Gilbert of Colchester, and quotes the inedited writings of L. Garzoni, who, even before Gilbert, had made researches respecting the magnet. A curious chapter in the “Philosophia” institutes a comparison between electrical and magnetical attraction (Libri, “Catalogue,” 1871, Part. I. p. 161).

[42] “Magnetic Philosophy, where the nature of magnets is thoroughly explained....” An important work on lodestones, in which the author frequently challenges the published writings of Dr. Gilbert of Colchester and references the unpublished works of L. Garzoni, who had conducted research on magnets even before Gilbert. A fascinating chapter in the “Philosophy” compares electrical and magnetic attraction (Libri, “Catalogue,” 1871, Part. I. p. 161).

[43] It is in the afore-mentioned Book IV. chap. i. that Gilbert makes mention of Norumbega, “the lost city of New England,” regarding which latter very interesting particulars will be found in the following publications: “Magazine of Amer. Hist.” for 1877, pp. 14, 321, and for 1886, p. 291; “New England’s Lost City Found”; Lang’s “Sagas of the Kings of Norway”; “Antiquitates Americanæ,” Royal Soc. of Copenhagen; Shea’s “Catholic Church in Colonial Days”; “Narrative and Critical History of America,” by Justin Winsor, Boston, 1889, Vol. II. pp. 451, 453, 459, 472; Vol. III. pp. 169–218; Vol. IV. pp. 53, 71, 88, 91–99, 101, 152, 373, 384; Vol. V. p. 479; R. Hakluyt, “The Principal Navigations,” Edinburgh, 1889, Vol. XIII. p. 162, note; J. G. Bourinot, “Canada,” London, 1897, p. 28; Horsford, “Cabot’s Landfall in 1497, and the site of Norumbega”; “Discovery of the Ancient City of Norumbega”; also “Defences of Norumbega.”

[43] It is in the previously mentioned Book IV, chapter 1, that Gilbert talks about Norumbega, “the lost city of New England.” You can find some very interesting details about it in the following publications: “Magazine of Amer. Hist.” for 1877, pp. 14, 321, and for 1886, p. 291; “New England’s Lost City Found”; Lang’s “Sagas of the Kings of Norway”; “Antiquitates Americanæ,” Royal Soc. of Copenhagen; Shea’s “Catholic Church in Colonial Days”; “Narrative and Critical History of America,” by Justin Winsor, Boston, 1889, Vol. II, pp. 451, 453, 459, 472; Vol. III, pp. 169–218; Vol. IV, pp. 53, 71, 88, 91–99, 101, 152, 373, 384; Vol. V, p. 479; R. Hakluyt, “The Principal Navigations,” Edinburgh, 1889, Vol. XIII, p. 162, note; J. G. Bourinot, “Canada,” London, 1897, p. 28; Horsford, “Cabot’s Landfall in 1497, and the site of Norumbega”; “Discovery of the Ancient City of Norumbega”; also “Defences of Norumbega.”

[44] “That which first occasioned this Discourse, was the reading of a little Pamphlet, stiled, Nuntius Inanimatus (by Dr. Francis Godwin); wherein he affirms that there are certain ways to discourse with a Friend, though he were in a close Dungeon, in a besieged City, or a hundred miles off.... After this, I did collect all such Notes to this purpose, as I met with in the course of my other Studies. From whence when I had received full satisfaction, I did for mine own further delight compose them into this method.”—The Author.

[44] “What inspired this discussion was reading a small pamphlet titled, Nuntius Inanimatus (by Dr. Francis Godwin), where he claims that there are ways to communicate with a friend, even if they’re locked in a dungeon, in a besieged city, or a hundred miles away.... After that, I gathered all the relevant notes I came across during my other studies. Once I felt satisfied with the information, I organized them for my own enjoyment into this format.” —The Author.

[45] In the second edition of Digby’s “The Immortality of Reasonable Soules” (“a treatise on the soul proving its immortality”), published during the year 1645, are to be found attractive portraits of himself and of his wife, Venetia Anastasia Stanley, daughter of Sir Edward Stanley, of Tongue Castle, one of the celebrated beauties of her day.

[45] In the second edition of Digby’s “The Immortality of Reasonable Souls” (“a treatise on the soul proving its immortality”), published in 1645, there are appealing portraits of him and his wife, Venetia Anastasia Stanley, daughter of Sir Edward Stanley of Tongue Castle, who was one of the renowned beauties of her time.

[46] Libri says (“Catal.,” 1861, Pt. II. p. 701) that the learned Jesuit, Schott, seems to have been very conversant with angels, for he not only dedicated his “Magia Naturalis” to an angel, but likewise another of his works, the “Magia Arithmetica,” wherein he indicates the total number of the angels in existence, that number being composed of sixty-eight numerical figures.

[46] Libri says (“Catal.,” 1861, Pt. II. p. 701) that the scholarly Jesuit, Schott, appears to have been very familiar with angels, as he not only dedicated his “Magia Naturalis” to an angel, but also another of his works, the “Magia Arithmetica,” in which he states the total number of the angels in existence, that number being made up of sixty-eight numerical figures.

[47] “The meetings, from which the Royal Society originated, commenced about the year 1645, a number of persons having then begun to assemble for the consideration of all subjects connected with experimental inquiries; all questions of theology and policy being expressly precluded” (Dr. Geo. Miller, from Harris’s “Life of Charles II,” Vol. I. p. 7, London, 1766).

[47] “The meetings that led to the founding of the Royal Society started around 1645, when a group of people began coming together to discuss topics related to experimental research; all matters of theology and politics were specifically excluded” (Dr. Geo. Miller, from Harris’s “Life of Charles II,” Vol. I. p. 7, London, 1766).

[48] In the entry at p. 223, Part I of Libri’s “Catal.” for 1861 it is said that, in the first volume of the works of A. S. Conti, who was the intimate friend of Sir Isaac Newton, we find for the first time mention of the fact that the aurora is supposed to be an electrical phenomenon.

[48] In the entry on p. 223, Part I of Libri’s “Catal.” for 1861, it is noted that in the first volume of the works of A. S. Conti, who was a close friend of Sir Isaac Newton, we find the first mention that the aurora is thought to be an electrical phenomenon.

[49] “La perte de l’illustre M. Huygens est inestimable, peu de gens le savent autant que moi; il a égalé, à mon avis, la réputation de Galilée et de Descartes, et, aidé par ce qu’ils avaient fait, il a surpassé leurs découvertes.” (Extracted from a letter written by Leibnitz to Bosange, July 26, 1695—“Journal des Savants,” for Nov. 1905, “Oeuvres complètes de Christian Huygens,” La Haye, 1905.)

[49] "The loss of the esteemed Mr. Huygens is immeasurable; few people know it as well as I do. In my opinion, he matched the reputation of Galileo and Descartes, and building on what they had accomplished, he surpassed their discoveries." (Extracted from a letter written by Leibniz to Bosange, July 26, 1695—“Journal des Savants,” for Nov. 1905, “Oeuvres complètes de Christian Huygens,” La Haye, 1905.)

[50] Just here we may refer to the fact—for it is a fact—that the electrical energy transmitted over a line, which may be many miles in length, really does not travel by the wire connecting the two points. It travels in the ether surrounding the wire. The wire itself is, in fact, the guiding core of the disturbances in the ether which proceed outward in all directions to unlimited distances. The guiding core or conducting wire is needed to focalize or direct the delivery of the energy. This curious conclusion of science, then, that the power from the power-station wire travels in the space around the wires led from the station, is one of the results of recent electrical studies, just as with light those studies begun by Maxwell and Hertz have led to the inevitable conclusion that the light of the candle, the light of a kerosene lamp, and the light of a gas burner are all in essence electrical phenomena, as are all forms of radiation in the ether (“Electricity During the Nineteenth Century,” Prof. Elihu Thomson, Washington, 1901).

[50] Here, we need to point out an interesting fact: the electrical energy transmitted along a line, which can be many miles long, doesn’t actually travel through the wire connecting the two points. Instead, it moves through the ether that surrounds the wire. The wire itself acts as a guiding core for the disturbances in the ether that radiate out in all directions to infinite distances. The guiding core or conducting wire is necessary to focus or direct the delivery of the energy. This intriguing conclusion from science—that the power from the power-station wire travels through the space around the wires extending from the station—is one of the findings from recent electrical studies. Similarly, studies initiated by Maxwell and Hertz have led to the unavoidable conclusion that the light from a candle, a kerosene lamp, and a gas burner are essentially electrical phenomena, like all types of radiation in the ether (“Electricity During the Nineteenth Century,” Prof. Elihu Thomson, Washington, 1901).

[51] Mr. Andrew Crosse (1784–1855) was a distinguished English scientist, author of “Experiments in Voltaic Electricity,” 1815, alluded to in Phil. Magazine, Vol. XLVI. p. 421 and in Gilb. “Ann.,” Bd. XLI. s. 60. See “Dict. of Nat. Biog.,” Vol. XIII. p. 223, and the many references thereto annexed.

[51] Mr. Andrew Crosse (1784–1855) was a prominent English scientist, who wrote “Experiments in Voltaic Electricity” in 1815, mentioned in Phil. Magazine, Vol. XLVI, p. 421, and in Gilb. “Ann.,” Bd. XLI, s. 60. See “Dict. of Nat. Biog.,” Vol. XIII, p. 223, along with the numerous references attached to it.

[52] “The first sound theory of chemistry was denominated the antiphlogistic, in contradistinction to that of phlogiston, or the principle of inflammability, which was first proposed by Beccher (born at Spires in Germany in the year 1635) and then improved by Stahl, a native of Anspach, in honour of whom it has been commonly denominated the Stahlian theory. The difference between the two theories is briefly this, that according to the earlier a body is conceived to be deprived in combustion of a component principle, whereas according to the later a component part of the atmosphere is conceived to be combined with it” (Dr. Geo. Miller, from Thomson’s “History of Chemistry,” London, 1830, Vol. I. pp. 246, 250, and Vol. II. pp. 99–100).

[52] “The first sound theory of chemistry was called the antiphlogistic, in contrast to the phlogiston theory, which is based on the idea of inflammability. This idea was first suggested by Beccher (who was born in Spires, Germany, in 1635) and later refined by Stahl, who was from Anspach, giving rise to what is often referred to as the Stahlian theory. The main difference between the two theories is that the earlier one suggests that a substance loses a key component during combustion, while the later one suggests that a part of the atmosphere combines with it” (Dr. Geo. Miller, from Thomson’s “History of Chemistry,” London, 1830, Vol. I. pp. 246, 250, and Vol. II. pp. 99–100).

[53] Ueber die Ursache und die Gesetze der atmosphärischen Elektricität. Von Prof. Franz Exner. Repertorium der Physik. Band XXII. Heft 7.

[53] On the Cause and Laws of Atmospheric Electricity. By Prof. Franz Exner. Journal of Physics. Volume XXII. Issue 7.

[54] Ueber Atmosphärischen und Gewitter Elektricität. Meteor. Zeits. 1, 2, 3 and 4, 1885.

[54] On Atmospheric and Thunderstorm Electricity. Meteor. Times. 1, 2, 3 and 4, 1885.

[55] Memoir of National Academy of Sciences.

[55] Memoir of National Academy of Sciences.

[56] (a) Report of Chicago Meteorological Congress. Part II. August 1893. (b) Zusammenstellung der Ergebnisse neuerer der Arbeiten über atmosphärische Elektricität. Von J. Elster und H. Geitel. Wissen. Beilage zum Jahresbericht des Herzoglichen Gymnasiums zu Wolfenbuttel, 1897.

[56] (a) Report of the Chicago Meteorological Congress. Part II. August 1893. (b) Compilation of the Results of Recent Studies on Atmospheric Electricity. By J. Elster and H. Geitel. Knowledge. Appendix to the Annual Report of the Duke's Gymnasium in Wolfenbüttel, 1897.

[57] (a) Observations of Atmospheric Electricity. American Meteorological Journal, 1887. (b) Terrestrial Magnetism. December 1897.

[57] (a) Observations of Atmospheric Electricity. American Meteorological Journal, 1887. (b) Terrestrial Magnetism. December 1897.

Consult Sir Wm. Thomson (Lord Kelvin), “Reprint of Papers on Electro-statics and Magnetism,” London, 1884, second edition, pp. 192–239, Chapter (Article) XVI, “Atmospheric Electricity.”

Consult Sir Wm. Thomson (Lord Kelvin), “Reprint of Papers on Electro-statics and Magnetism,” London, 1884, second edition, pp. 192–239, Chapter (Article) XVI, “Atmospheric Electricity.”

[58] For Gauss and Weber: Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1849, Vol. I. pp. 172, 185–186; Vol. II. p. 720, and Vol. V, 1859, pp. 63, 71; “Encycl. Brit.,” 1879, Vol. X. p. 116, and the 1902 ed. Vol. XXXIII. p. 798; “Am. Journ. of Psych.,” Vol. IV. pp. 7–10; “New International Encycl.,” 1903, Vol. VIII. p. 159. The following curious array of figures is selected from Gauss’ many interesting calculations. He found that the earth’s magnetism is such as would result from the existence, in every cubic yard of its mass, of six magnetized steel bars, each weighing one pound. Compared with one such magnet, the magnetism of the earth is represented by 8,464,000,000,000,000,000,000 (“Am. Ann. of Sc. Dis.,” 1852, p. iii).

[58] For Gauss and Weber: Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1849, Vol. I. pp. 172, 185–186; Vol. II. p. 720, and Vol. V, 1859, pp. 63, 71; “Encycl. Brit.,” 1879, Vol. X. p. 116, and the 1902 ed. Vol. XXXIII. p. 798; “Am. Journ. of Psych.,” Vol. IV. pp. 7–10; “New International Encycl.,” 1903, Vol. VIII. p. 159. The following interesting set of figures is taken from Gauss’ numerous fascinating calculations. He discovered that the earth’s magnetism is equivalent to what you would get if there were six magnetized steel bars, each weighing one pound, in every cubic yard of its mass. In comparison to one such magnet, the magnetism of the earth is represented by 8,464,000,000,000,000,000,000 (“Am. Ann. of Sc. Dis.,” 1852, p. iii).

[59] Whewell, “Hist. of Induc. Sci.,” 1859, Vol. II. p. 244. It paved the way for his subsequent identification of the forces of electricity, galvanism and magnetism.

[59] Whewell, “Hist. of Induc. Sci.,” 1859, Vol. II. p. 244. It set the stage for his later discovery of the forces of electricity, galvanism, and magnetism.

Prof. W. B. Rogers remarks that attempts to discover this connection had been made with galvanic piles or batteries whose poles were not connected by conductors, under the expectation that these would show magnetical relations, although in such cases the electricity accumulated at the extremities was evidently stagnant. It was reserved for Oersted first to bring into prominent view the fact that it was not while the electricity was thus at rest, but while it was flowing through the wire connecting the two poles, that it exhibited magnetic action, and that a wire thus carrying a current, while it had the power of affecting a magnetic needle, was in turn susceptible of being acted on by a magnet; and this was the initial step in the science of electro-magnetism.

Prof. W. B. Rogers notes that there had been earlier attempts to find this connection using galvanic piles or batteries that weren’t linked by conductors, expecting these would reveal magnetic relationships. However, it was clear that the electricity built up at the ends was stagnant. It was Oersted who first highlighted that it wasn't when the electricity was at rest but when it was flowing through the wire connecting the two poles that it displayed magnetic action. He showed that a wire carrying a current could affect a magnetic needle and could also be influenced by a magnet; this was the foundational moment in the science of electromagnetism.

[60] See the 1839 ed. of “Experimental Researches”: I, “Voltaic Electricity,” par. 268; II, “Ordinary Electricity,” par. 284; III, “Magneto-Electricity,” par. 343; IV, “Thermo-Electricity,” par. 349; V, “Animal Electricity,” par. 351.

[60] See the 1839 edition of “Experimental Researches”: I, “Voltaic Electricity,” para. 268; II, “Ordinary Electricity,” para. 284; III, “Magneto-Electricity,” para. 343; IV, “Thermo-Electricity,” para. 349; V, “Animal Electricity,” para. 351.

[61] In English measure, the metre is ¹⁄₁₁ yd., the milligramme is ¹⁄₆₅ of a grain; the kilogramme is 2 lb. 3¼ oz.

[61] In English units, the meter is 1/11 yd., the milligram is 1/65 of a grain; the kilogram is 2 lb. 3¼ oz.

[62] In the Summa of Theology was presented, says Ozanam Antoine Frédéric, a vast synthesis of the moral sciences, in which was unfolded all that could be known of God, of man and of their mutual relations—a truly Catholic philosophy.... Sixtus of Sienna and Trithemius both declare that St. Thomas explained all the works of Aristotle and that he was the first Latin Doctor who did so (“Christian Schools and Scholars,” p. 81).

[62] In the Summa of Theology, Ozanam Antoine Frédéric described a comprehensive synthesis of moral sciences, covering everything that could be known about God, humanity, and their relationship—a genuinely Catholic philosophy.... Sixtus of Sienna and Trithemius both stated that St. Thomas explained all the works of Aristotle and that he was the first Latin Doctor to do so (“Christian Schools and Scholars,” p. 81).

It may also be added that, in the estimation of one of his biographers, the greatest of the many disciples of St. Thomas was, by far, Dante Alighieri, in whose “Divina Commedia” the theology and philosophy of the Middle Ages, as fixed by St. Thomas, have received the immortality which poetry alone can bestow.

It can also be noted that, according to one of his biographers, the greatest of St. Thomas's many followers was undoubtedly Dante Alighieri, whose "Divine Comedy" has given the theology and philosophy of the Middle Ages, as established by St. Thomas, the timelessness that only poetry can provide.

[63] Almagest was the name given to the great work of Aboulwéfa and was afterwards often applied to astronomical writings treating of celestial phenomena in general. The word is of Greek, not Arabic, origin, and signifies a composition made up on a very extensive scale (“Journ. des Savants,” December 1843, p. 725, and March 1845, p. 150). Almagest was also the name given to the extensive astronomical work by Ptolemy of Alexandria, which established the Ptolemaic System as astronomical science for 1400 years, until overthrown by the system of Copernicus. Ptolemy’s work (originally entitled “The Great Composition”), the Arabs called by the Greek word, magisté, “greatest,” and, with the addition by Arabic translators of their article al, “the,” the hybrid name “Almagest” came into use (“Encycl. Amer.,” Vol. I. n. p.; “Encycl. Britan.,” Edin., 1886, Vol. XX).

[63] Almagest was the title given to the significant work of Aboulwéfa and was later frequently used for astronomical writings that addressed celestial phenomena in general. The term originates from Greek, not Arabic, and means a composition created on a very large scale (“Journ. des Savants,” December 1843, p. 725, and March 1845, p. 150). Almagest was also the name of the comprehensive astronomical work by Ptolemy of Alexandria, which established the Ptolemaic System as the basis of astronomical science for 1400 years, until it was replaced by Copernicus's system. Ptolemy’s work (initially called “The Great Composition”) was referred to by the Arabs using the Greek word, magisté, meaning “greatest,” and with the addition of the Arabic article al, “the,” the hybrid name “Almagest” came into common use (“Encycl. Amer.,” Vol. I. n. p.; “Encycl. Britan.,” Edin., 1886, Vol. XX).

[64] See résumé concerning the Astrolabe at A.D. 1235–1315—Raymond Lully.

[64] See résumé about the Astrolabe at A.D. 1235–1315—Raymond Lully.

[65] Sacro Bosco, here alluded to, is John Holywood or Halifax—in Latin, Johannes de Sacro Bosco or Sacro Busto—an English mathematician, said to have studied at Oxford and to have afterwards become a Professor of Astronomy at the University of Paris about the year 1230. Sacro Bosco was one of the first, in the Middle Ages, to avail himself of the Arabian writings on astronomy and is believed to have condensed pretty much all the science therein contained in his own well-known “Tractatus de Sphæra.” Of the latter, which was the second astronomical work to appear in print and which was first issued at Ferrara in 1472, there were, it is said, as many as twenty-four more editions published before the year 1500. Houzeau says this “Tractatus” was the standard for three centuries, and the writer in “La Grande Encyclopédie,” Vol. XXIX. p. 44, states that there were more than seventy Latin editions of it published between the fifteenth and the seventeenth centuries.

[65] Sacro Bosco, referred to here, is John Holywood or Halifax—in Latin, Johannes de Sacro Bosco or Sacro Busto—an English mathematician who is said to have studied at Oxford and later became a Professor of Astronomy at the University of Paris around the year 1230. Sacro Bosco was one of the first in the Middle Ages to utilize Arabian writings on astronomy and is believed to have summarized much of the science contained in these works in his well-known “Tractatus de Sphæra.” This was the second astronomical work to be published in print, first released in Ferrara in 1472, and it is said that there were as many as twenty-four additional editions published before the year 1500. Houzeau claims this “Tractatus” was the standard for three centuries, and the writer in “La Grande Encyclopédie,” Vol. XXIX. p. 44, notes that more than seventy Latin editions of it were published between the fifteenth and seventeenth centuries.

He is also the author of numerous other works, including “De Astrolabio” and a very meritorious “Tractatus de Arte Numerandi,” which latter is reproduced at pp. 1–26 of the “Rara Mathematica” of Jas. Orchard Halliwell, London, 1839.

He is also the author of many other works, including “De Astrolabio” and a highly regarded “Tractatus de Arte Numerandi,” which is reproduced on pages 1–26 of the “Rara Mathematica” by Jas. Orchard Halliwell, London, 1839.

The best commentary ever written on the astronomy of Sacro Bosco is the “Commentarius in sphæram ... of Christopher Clavius,” called the Euclid of his country. Clavius was born at Bamberg in 1538, died at Rome in 1612, and, according to Houzeau, was the author of as many as twenty-six different works on mathematics and astronomy. An almost equally valuable Commentary on the Sphere of Sacro Bosco was written by the famous encyclopedist Cecco d’Ascoli (1257–1327) whose real name, as we have already been informed, was Francesco degli Stabili (Libri, “Hist. des Sc. Mathém.,” Vol. II. pp. 191–200, 525–526; Hœfer, “Hist. de l’Astronomie,” Paris, 1873, p. 285; Alex. Chalmers, “Gen. Biog. Dict.,” Vol. IX. pp. 1–3; Rose, “New Gen. Biog. Dict.,” Vol. VI. p. 153; “Encycl. Brit.,” 1876, Vol. V. p. 282; Bertelli, “Pietro Peregrino,” 1868, p. 129).

The best commentary ever written on the astronomy of Sacro Bosco is the “Commentarius in sphæram ... by Christopher Clavius,” who is referred to as the Euclid of his country. Clavius was born in Bamberg in 1538 and died in Rome in 1612. According to Houzeau, he authored as many as twenty-six different works on mathematics and astronomy. Another valuable commentary on the Sphere of Sacro Bosco was written by the famous encyclopedist Cecco d’Ascoli (1257–1327), whose real name, as we have already noted, was Francesco degli Stabili (Libri, “Hist. des Sc. Mathém.,” Vol. II. pp. 191–200, 525–526; Hœfer, “Hist. de l’Astronomie,” Paris, 1873, p. 285; Alex. Chalmers, “Gen. Biog. Dict.,” Vol. IX. pp. 1–3; Rose, “New Gen. Biog. Dict.,” Vol. VI. p. 153; “Encycl. Brit.,” 1876, Vol. V. p. 282; Bertelli, “Pietro Peregrino,” 1868, p. 129).

[66] Eudoxus, not before mentioned in this “Bibliographical History,” was a native of Cnidus, Asia Minor, who flourished about 370 B.C. He was a pupil of Plato, and is frequently mentioned by Aratus, Archimedes, Aristotle, Cicero, Hipparchus, Proclus, Ptolemy, Seneca, Strabo, Vitruvius and others. Cicero calls him the greatest astronomer that has ever lived, and Strabo quotes him as a very distinguished mathematician.

[66] Eudoxus, not previously mentioned in this “Bibliographical History,” was from Cnidus in Asia Minor and was active around 370 BCE He was a student of Plato and is often referenced by Aratus, Archimedes, Aristotle, Cicero, Hipparchus, Proclus, Ptolemy, Seneca, Strabo, Vitruvius, and others. Cicero regards him as the greatest astronomer to have ever lived, and Strabo describes him as a highly distinguished mathematician.

[67] Apollonius of Tyana, a Pythagorean philosopher who lived in first century after Christ and who, in the account of his extraordinary travels through India, reports having seen the precious stone pantarbes casting rays of fire, and attracting all other gems, which adhered to it like swarms of bees (“Engl. Cycl.,” Chas. Knight, Biography, Vol. I. p. 266).

[67] Apollonius of Tyana, a Pythagorean philosopher who lived in the first century AD, recounts his incredible journeys through India, where he claims to have seen the precious stone pantarbes shining with fiery rays and drawing in all other gems, which clung to it like swarms of bees (“Engl. Cycl.,” Chas. Knight, Biography, Vol. I. p. 266).

[68] Comte (Isidore Auguste Marie François-Xavier) (1798–1857). Very celebrated French philosopher, founder of Positivism, called Le Fondateur de la religion de l’humanité. Consult: Caird (Edward), “The Social Philosophy and Religion of Comte.”

[68] Comte (Isidore Auguste Marie François-Xavier) (1798–1857). A well-known French philosopher, the founder of Positivism, referred to as Le Fondateur de la religion de l’humanité. See: Caird (Edward), “The Social Philosophy and Religion of Comte.”

[69] With reference to the real discoverer, we can add here with propriety the words of John Fiske: “No ingenuity of argument can take from Columbus the glory of an achievement which has, and can have, no parallel in the whole career of mankind. It was a thing that could be done but once!”

[69] Regarding the true discoverer, we can appropriately include the words of John Fiske: “No amount of clever reasoning can diminish the glory of Columbus's achievement, which has no equal in all of human history. It was something that could only happen once!”

[70] “... Aristotle adds that some say the earth being situated in the centre, is rolled around the pole, as it is written in the Timæus ... there are three significations of the pole with Plato. Thus, in the Phædo, he calls heaven the pole, and also the extremities of the axis about which the heaven revolves. But, in other places of the Timæus, and also in the present passage he calls the axis the pole” (“The Treatises of Aristotle,” Thos. Taylor, London, 1807, p. 235; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1849, Vol. II. p. 695, note). The Earth “is said by Plato to be conglobed about the pole, which is extended through the universe; because she (the Earth) is contained and compressed about its axis. For the axis also is the pole. And the pole is thus now denominated because the universe revolves about it ... on this account, the pole is said by Plato to be extended through the universe, as entirely pervading the centre of the Earth” (“The Six Books of Proclus,” Thos. Taylor, London, 1816, Book VII. chap. xxii. pp. 172–173).

[70] “... Aristotle adds that some believe the Earth, positioned at the center, revolves around the pole, as mentioned in the Timæus ... there are three meanings of the pole according to Plato. In the Phædo, he refers to the heavens as the pole and also to the ends of the axis around which the heavens rotate. However, in other sections of the Timæus, and in the current passage, he calls the axis the pole” (“The Treatises of Aristotle,” Thos. Taylor, London, 1807, p. 235; Humboldt, “Cosmos,” 1849, Vol. II. p. 695, note). The Earth “is described by Plato as being gathered around the pole, which stretches throughout the universe; because it (the Earth) is contained and compressed around its axis. For the axis is also the pole. And the pole is now named so because the universe turns around it ... for this reason, Plato says that the pole is extended throughout the universe, as it completely penetrates the center of the Earth” (“The Six Books of Proclus,” Thos. Taylor, London, 1816, Book VII. chap. xxii. pp. 172–173).

[71] It was for a copy of the valuable works of this popular Arabian physician, which he borrowed from “La Faculté de Médecine” of Paris, that Louis XI had to deposit in pledge a large quantity of plate and had, besides, to procure a nobleman to join him as surety in a Deed binding himself under great forfeiture to restore these extraordinarily scarce books (Gabr. Naudé, “Additions à l’histoire de Louis XI,” par Comines, Vol. IV. p. 281). Rhazès was born and brought up at Rai, the most northern town of Irak Ajemi, where he is said to have died A.D. 923 or 932 (“Engl. Cycl.,” Vol. V. pp. 69–70).

[71] Louis XI had to put up a lot of silver and find a nobleman to back him with a written agreement, which included serious penalties, just to borrow a copy of the valuable works of this well-known Arabian physician from “La Faculté de Médecine” in Paris. Rhazès was born and raised in Rai, the northernmost town of Irak Ajemi, where he is believed to have died in either A.D. 923 or 932 (“Engl. Cycl.,” Vol. V. pp. 69–70).

[72] The School of Salerno and the introduction of Arabian sciences into Italy are discussed with learning and judgment by Muratori (Lodovico Antonio), “Antiquitates Italiæ Medii Aevi.,” Vol. III. pp. 932–940, and by Giannone (Pietro), “Istoria Civile del Regno di Napoli,” Vol. II. pp. 119–127). Consult, likewise, for the Salerno school, “Universities of Europe in the Middle Ages,” by Hastings Rashdall, Oxford, 1895, Chap. III. pp. 75–86, and also pp. 306–307, Vol. IV. part i. of the “History of the City of Rome in the Middle Ages ...” of Ferdinand Gregorovius, tr. by Annie Hamilton, London, 1896.

[72] The School of Salerno and the introduction of Arabian sciences into Italy are examined with insight and discernment by Muratori (Lodovico Antonio) in “Antiquitates Italiæ Medii Aevi,” Vol. III, pp. 932–940, and by Giannone (Pietro) in “Istoria Civile del Regno di Napoli,” Vol. II, pp. 119–127). Also, for information on the Salerno school, refer to “Universities of Europe in the Middle Ages” by Hastings Rashdall, Oxford, 1895, Chap. III, pp. 75–86, and additionally pp. 306–307, Vol. IV, part i. of the “History of the City of Rome in the Middle Ages...” by Ferdinand Gregorovius, translated by Annie Hamilton, London, 1896.

[73] Extracted from “Information and Directions for Travellers,” by Mariana Starke, 8th ed., John Murray, London, 1832.

[73] Extracted from “Information and Directions for Travellers,” by Mariana Starke, 8th ed., John Murray, London, 1832.

[74] Vol. III has at p. 688 an Index and an advertisement to the effect that two more volumes by Benjamin Motte will continue the work from 1700 to 1720.

[74] Vol. III has on p. 688 an Index and an advertisement stating that two more volumes by Benjamin Motte will continue the work from 1700 to 1720.

[75] Benjamin Motte edited in 1721 an abridgment 1700–1720, in three volumes which “was very incorrect and was severely handled by a rival editor, Hy. Jones, fellow of King’s College, Cambridge” (“Dict. of Nat. Biogr.,” Vol. XXXIX. p. 194).

[75] Benjamin Motte published an abridged version of 1700–1720 in 1721, made up of three volumes, which "was very inaccurate and was harshly criticized by a competing editor, Hy. Jones, a fellow of King’s College, Cambridge" (“Dict. of Nat. Biogr.,” Vol. XXXIX. p. 194).

[76] These volumes, IV and V, are generally adopted, instead of those by Benjamin Motte, “a printer who had issued a bad abridgment of the same portion” before that of Henry Jones (“Dict. Nat. Biogr.,” Vol. XXX. p. 109).

[76] These volumes, IV and V, are usually preferred over those by Benjamin Motte, “a printer who published a poor abridgment of the same section” prior to Henry Jones’s work (“Dict. Nat. Biogr.,” Vol. XXX. p. 109).

[77] This volume is in two parts, separately paged, and is by some designated as the volume VI to take the place of one of those of Eames and Martyn.

[77] This book is in two parts, each with its own pagination, and some refer to it as volume VI, replacing one of the volumes by Eames and Martyn.

[78] Volume VII is followed by an Index to the previous seven volumes.

[78] Volume VII is followed by an index for the first seven volumes.

[79] John Martyn published, between 1734 and 1756, five volumes comprising the Transactions from 1719 to 1750 (“Dict. of Nat. Biogr.,” Vol. XXXVI. p. 318). The last two volumes are marked Vol. X. parts i. and ii.

[79] John Martyn published, between 1734 and 1756, five volumes that include the Transactions from 1719 to 1750 (“Dict. of Nat. Biogr.,” Vol. XXXVI. p. 318). The last two volumes are labeled Vol. X, parts i. and ii.

[80] Hutton’s Abridgment contains ... many biographical memoirs of deceased members of the Royal Society, as well as some rare tracts not readily found elsewhere.

[80] Hutton’s Abridgment includes ... many biographies of former members of the Royal Society, along with some unique documents that are not easily found anywhere else.

Transcriber’s Notes:

1. Obvious printers’, punctuation and spelling errors have been corrected silently.

2. Where hyphenation is in doubt, it has been retained as in the original.

3. Some hyphenated and non-hyphenated versions of the same words have been retained as in the original.

4. Where appropriate, the original spelling has been retained.

Transcriber’s Notes:

1. Obvious printing mistakes, punctuation, and spelling errors have been corrected silently.

2. If there was any uncertainty about hyphenation, it has been kept as in the original.

3. Both hyphenated and non-hyphenated versions of the same words have been preserved as in the original.

4. The original spelling has been preserved where applicable.


Download ePUB

If you like this ebook, consider a donation!